Philo of Alexandria — Noah · Babel · Abraham
Works in this volume — 11
- On the Tilling of the Earth by Noah
- About the Planting of Noah
- On Drunkenness
- On Sobriety
- On the Confusion of Languages
- On the Migration of Abraham
- On the question, Who is the Heir of Divine Things
- On the Meeting for the sake of receiving Instructions
- On Fugitives
- On the question why certain Names in the Holy Scriptures are changed
- On the doctrine that Dreams are sent from God, Books 1-2
On the Tilling of the Earth by Noah
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1"And Noah began to be a husbandman; and he planted a vineyard, and he drank of the wine, and he was drunk in his house." The generality of men not understanding the nature of things, do also of necessity err with respect to the composition of names; for those who consider affairs anatomically, as it were, are easily able to affix appropriate names to things, but those who look at them in a confused and irregular way are incapable of such accuracy.
2But Moses, through the exceeding abundance of his knowledge of all things, was accustomed to affix the most felicitous and expressive appellations to them. Accordingly, in many passages of the law, we shall find this opinion, which we have expressed, confirmed by the fact, and not least in the passage which we have cited at the beginning of this treatise, in which the just Noah is represented as a husbandman.
3For what man is there who is at all hasty in forming an opinion, who would not think that the being a husbandman (γεωργία), and the occupying one’s self in cultivating the ground (γη̃ς ἐργασία), were the same thing? And yet in real truth, not only are these things not the same, but they are even very much separated from one another, so as to be opposed to, and at variance with one another.
4For a man without any skill may labour at taking care of the land; but if a man is called a husbandman, he, from his mere name, is believed to be no unskilful man, but a farmer of experience, inasmuch as his name (γεωργός) has been derived from agricultural skill (γεωργικὴ τέχνη), of which he is the namesake.
5And besides all this, we must likewise consider this other point, that the tiller of the ground (ὁ γη̃ς ἐγάτης) looks only to one end, namely, to his wages; for he is altogether a hireling, and has no care whatever to till the land well. But the husbandman (ὁ γεωγὸς) would be glad also to contribute something of his own, and to spend in addition some of his private resources for the sake of improving the soil, and of avoiding blame from those who understand the business; for his desire is to derive his revenues every year not from any other source, but from his agricultural labours, when they have been brought into a productive state.
6He therefore occupies himself with improving the character of wild trees, and making them fruitful, and with further improving the character of fruitful trees by his care, and with reducing by pruning those branches which through superfluity of nourishment are too luxuriant, and with inducing those which are contracted and crowded to grow by the extension of their young shoots. Moreover, those trees which are of good sorts, and which make many shoots, he propagates by extending them under the earth in ditches of no very great depth, and those which do not produce good fruit he endeavours to improve by the insertion of other kinds into their roots, connecting them by the most natural union. For the same thing happens likewise in the case of men, that they firmly unite into their own family adopted sons, who are unconnected with them in blood, but whom they make their own on account of their virtues.
7The husbandman, therefore, takes up innumerable shoots, with their roots entire, which have by natural process become barren, as far as bearing fruit is concerned, and which even do great injury to those plants which do bear by reason of their being planted near them. Such, then, is the art which is applied to those plants which grow out of the ground. And now let us turn our consideration to the husbandry of the soul in its turn.
8First of all, therefore, the husbandman is not anxious to plant or to sow anything that is unproductive, but only all such things as are worth cultivation, and as bear fruit, which will bring a yearly produce to their master man. For nature has pointed him out as the master of all trees and animals, and all other things whatever which are perishable;
9and what can man be but the kind that is in every one of us, which is accustomed to reap the advantage from all that is sown or planted? But since milk is the food of infants, but cakes made of wheat are the food of fullgrown men, so also the soul must have a milk-like nourishment in its age of childhood, namely, the elementary instruction of encyclical science. But the perfect food which is fit for men consists of explanations dictated by prudence, and temperance, and every virtue. For these things being sown and implanted in the mind will bring forth most advantageous fruit, namely, good and praiseworthy actions.
10By means of this husbandry, all the trees of the passions and vices, which shoot forth and grow up to a height, bringing forth pernicious fruits, are rooted up, and cut down, and cleared away, so that not even the smallest fragment of them is left, from which any new shoots of evil actions can subsequently spring up.
11And if, besides, there are any trees which produce no fruit at all, neither good nor bad, the husbandman will cut them down too, but still he will not suffer them to be completely destroyed, but he will apply them to some appropriate use, making them into stakes and fixing them as pales all round his homestead, or using them as a fence for a city to serve instead of a wall.
12For Moses says, "Every tree which bringeth not forth fruit good to eat thou shalt cut down; and thou shalt make it into stakes against the city which shall make war upon them." And these trees are likened to those powers developed in words alone, which have nothing in them but mere speculation,
13among which we must class medical science, when unconnected with practise, by which it is natural that such persons may be cured, and also the oratorical and hireling species of rhetoric, which is conversant not about the discovery of the truth, but solely about the means of deceiving the hearers by plausible persuasion; and in the same class we must place all those parts of dialectics and geometry which have no connection with a proper regulation of the character or morals, but which only sharpen the mind, not suffering it to exercise a dull apprehension towards each question which is raised and submitted to it, but always to dissect the question and divide it, so as to distinguish the peculiar character of each thing from the common qualities of the whole genus.
14At all events, men say, that the ancients compared the principles of philosophy, as being threefold, to a field; likening natural philosophy to trees and plants, and moral philosophy to fruits, for the sake of which the plants are planted; and logical philosophy to the hedge or fence:
15for as the wall, which is erected around, is the guardian of the plants and of the fruit which are in the field, keeping off all those who wish to do them injury and to destroy them, in the same manner, the logical part of philosophy is the strongest possible sort of protection to the other two parts, the moral and the natural philosophy;
16for when it simplifies twofold and ambiguous expressions, and when it solves specious plausibilities entangled in sophisms, and utterly destroys seductive deceits, the greatest allurement and ruin to the soul, by means of its own expressive and clear language, and its unambiguous demonstrations, it makes the whole mind smooth like wax, and ready to receive all the innocent and very praiseworthy impressions of sound natural and moral philosophy.
17These then are the professions and promises made by the husbandry of the soul, "I will cut down all the trees of folly, and intemperance, and injustice, and cowardice; and I will eradicate all the plants of pleasure, and appetite, and anger, and passion, and of all similar affections, even if they have raised their heads as high as heaven. And I will burn out their roots, darting down the attack of flame to the very foundations of the earth, so that no portion, nay, no trace, or shadow whatever, of such things shall be left;
18and I will destroy these things, and I will implant in those souls which are of a childlike age, young shoots, whose fruit shall nourish them. And those shoots are as follows: the practise of writing and reading with facility; an accurate study and investigation of the works of wise poets; geometry, and a careful study of rhetorical speeches, and the whole course of encyclical education. And in those souls which have arrived at the age of puberty or of manhood, I will implant things which are even better and more perfect, namely, the tree of prudence, the tree of courage, the tree of temperance, the tree of justice, the tree of every respective virtue.
19And if there be any tree belonging to what is called the wild class, which does not bear eatable fruit, but which is able to be a fence to and a protector of that which is eatable, that also I will manage, not for its own sake, but because it is calculated by nature to be of use to what is necessary and very useful.
20Therefore, the allwise Moses attributes to the just man a knowledge of the husbandry of the soul, as an act consistent with his character, and thoroughly suited to him, saying, "Noah began to be a husbandman." But to the unjust man he attributes the task of tilling the ground, which is an employment bearing the heaviest burdens without any knowledge.
21For "Cain," says he, "was a tiller of the ground;" and a little afterwards, when he is detected in having contracted the pollution of fratricide, it is said, "Cursed art thou by the earth, which opened her mouth to receive the word of thy brother from thy hand, with which thou tillest the earth, and it shall not put forth its strength to give unto thee."
22How then could any one show more manifestly, that the lawgiver looks upon the wicked man as a tiller of the earth, and not as a husbandman, than by such language as we here see used? We must not indeed suppose that what is here said, is said of a man who is able to work by his hands or by his feet, or by any other of the powers of his body, or of any mountain land, or of any champaign country, but that is applicable to the powers existing in every one of us; for it happens that the soul of the wicked man is not concerned about any thing else except about his earthly body, and about all the pleasures of that body.
23Moreover, the general crowd of men, travelling over the different climates of the earth and penetrating to its furthest boundaries, and traversing the seas, and investigating the things that lie hid in the recesses of the ocean, and leaving no single part of the whole universe unexplored, is continually providing from every quarter the means by which it can increase pleasure.
24For as fishermen let down their nets at times to the most extraordinary depths, comprehending a vast surface of the sea in their circle, in order to catch the greatest possible number of fish enclosed within their nets, like people shut up within the walls of a besieged city; so in the same manner the greatest part of men having extended their universal nets to take everything, as the poets somewhere say, not only over the parts of the sea, but also over the whole nature of earth, and air, and water, seek to catch everything from every quarter for the enjoyment and attainment of pleasure.
25For they dig mines in the earth, and they sail across the seas, and they achieve every other work both of peace and war, providing unbounded materials for pleasure, as for their queen, being utterly uninitiated in that husbandry of the soul which sows and plants the virtues and reaps their fruit, which is a happy life. But they labouring to procure, and reducing to a system those things which are pleasant to the flesh, cultivate with all imaginable care that composite mass, that carefully fashioned statue, the narrow house of the soul, which, from its birth to its death it can never lay aside, but which it is compelled to bear till the day of its death, burdensome as it is.
Sections 26–50
26We have now therefore explained, in what respect, the occupation of tilling the ground differs from husbandry, and a tiller of the ground from a husbandman. And we must now consider whether there are not some other species akin to these already mentioned, but which, through the common names borne by them and others, conceal the real difference which exists between them. At least there are two which we have discovered by investigation, concerning which we will say what is fitting, if it is in our power.
27Therefore, as we found a tiller of the earth and a husbandman, though there did not appear to be any difference between them (till we came to investigate the allegorical meaning concealed under each name), nevertheless very far removed from one another in fact, such also shall we find to be the case with a shepherd and a keeper of sheep. For the lawgiver sometimes speaks of the occupation of a shepherd, and sometimes of that of a keeper of sheep.
28And those who do not examine expressions with any excessive accuracy, will perhaps fancy that these two appellations are synonimous terms for the same employment. They are, however, in reality the names of things which are widely different in the meaning affixed to their concealed ideas.
29For if it is customary to give both the names of shepherd and keeper of sheep to those who have the management of flocks, still they do not give these names to that reason which is the superintendant of the flock of the soul; for a man who is but an indifferent manager of a flock is called a keeper of sheep, but a good and faithful one is called a shepherd, and in what way we will proceed to show immediately.
30Nature has made cattle akin to every individual among us, the soul putting forth two young branches as from one root; one of which being entire and undivided, and being left in its integrity is called the mind; but the other part is separated by six divisions into seven natures, five outward senses, and two other organs, the organs of speech, and that of generation.
31But all this multitude of external senses and organs being destitute of reason is compared to a sheep, but since it is composed of many parts, it of necessity stands in need of a governor by the unvarying law of nature. Whenever therefore a man who is ignorant how to govern, and at the same time wealthy, rises up and appoints himself governor, he becomes the cause of innumerable evils to the flocks,
32for he supplies all necessary things in superabundance, and the flock being immoderately glutted with them becomes insolent through the superfluity of food; for insolence is the genuine offspring of satiety. Accordingly, they become insolent and exult, and shake off all restraint, and being scattered in small divisions they break the appointed order of the Lord.
33But he who, for a while, was then governor, being deserted by the flock under his orders, appears stripped of his authority, and runs about earnestly endeavouring, if possible, to collect the scattered flock together and to unite it again; but when he finds that he is unable to do this he groans and weeps, blaming his own remissness, and reproaching himself as the cause of all that has happened.
34In this manner, also, the offspring of the outward senses, when the mind is supine and indolent, being satiated in the most unbounded degree with a superfluity of the pleasures of the outward senses, toss their heads, and frisk about, and rove about, at random, wherever they please; the eyes being opened wide to embrace every object of sight, and hastening even to feast themselves on objects which ought not to be looked at; and the ears eagerly receiving every kind of voice, and never being satisfied, but always thirsting for superfluity and the indulgence of vain curiosity and sometimes even for such delights as are but little suited to a free man.
35Since on what other account can we imagine, that in every quarter of the habitable globe, the theatres are every day filled with incalculable myriads of spectators? For they, being wholly under the dominion of sounds and sights, and allowing their ears and their eyes to be carried away without any restraint, go in pursuit of harp-players and singers to the harp, and every description of effeminate and unmanly music; and, moreover, eagerly receiving dancers and every other kind of actors, because they place themselves and move in all kinds of effeminate positions and motions, they are continually by their applause exciting the factions of the theatre, never thinking either of the propriety of their own conduct or of that of the general body of the citizens; but, miserable as they are, upsetting all their own plan of life for the sake of their eyes and ears.
36And there are others who are still more unfortunate and miserable than these men, who have released their sense of taste out of prison as it were; and that sense, immediately rushing, in an unrestrained manner, to every kind of meat and drink, selects from the things that are already prepared, and also cherishes an indiscriminate and insatiable hunger for what is not present. So that, even if the channels of the belly are filled, its ever unsatisfied appetites, raging and ravening around, continue to look and stalk about in every direction, lest there should any where be any fragment which has been overlooked, that it may swallow that up also like a devouring fire.
37And this gluttony is followed by its usual natural attendant, an eagerness for the connections of the sexes, which brings in its train a strange frenzy, an unrestrainable madness and a most grievous fury; for, when men are oppressed by the indulgence of gluttony and delicate food, and by much unmixed wine and drunkenness, they are no longer able to restrain themselves, but hastening to amorous gratifications they revel and disturb the doors, until they are at last able to rest when they have drawn off the great violence of their passion.
38On which account nature, as it would seem, has placed the organs of such connection beneath the belly, being previously aware that they do not delight in hunger, but that they follow upon satiety and then rise up to fulfil their peculiar operations.
39Those, then, who permit the flock committed to their charge to satiate themselves all at once with all the things that they desire, we must call keepers of sheep; but those, on the contrary, we should entitle shepherds, who supply their flocks with only so much as is necessary and proper for them; cutting off and utterly rejecting all superfluous and useless extravagance and abundance, which is not less injurious than want and deficiency, and who guard with great prudence against the possibility of the flock becoming diseased through their want of care and indolence, praying that those diseases, which at times are liable to attack flocks from external causes, may not visit theirs.
40And they take equal care that it may not straggle about at random and get scattered, holding out to them as an object of fear one who will chastise those who never obey reason, and inflicting continual punishment, moderate when applied to those who err only in such a degree as admits of a remedy, but very severe when laid upon those whose wickedness is uncurable; for though in its essence it may appear an abominable thing, nevertheless punishment is the greatest good to foolish persons, great as the remedies of the physician are to those who are ill in the body.
41These, then, are the occupations of shepherds who prefer those things which are useful, though mixed with unpleasantness, to those which are pleasant but pernicious. Thus, at all events, the occupation of a shepherd has come to be considered a respectable and profitable employment, so that the race of poets has been accustomed to call kings the shepherds of the people; but the law giver gives this title to the wise, who are the only real kings, for he represents them as rulers of all men of irrational passions, as of a flock of sheep.
42On this account he has attributed to Jacob, the man who was made perfect by practise, a skill in the science of a shepherd, saying: "For he is the shepherd of Laban’s sheep." That is, of the sheep of the foolish soul, which thinks only those things good which are the objects of the outward senses and apparent to them, being deceived and enslaved by colours and shadows; for the name, Laban, being interpreted, means "whitening."
43He also attributes the same skill to the all-wise Moses, for he also is represented as the shepherd of the mind which embraces pride in preference to truth, and which receives appearance rather than reality; for the interpretation of the name Jethro is "superfluous," and superfluity is pride adopted for the purpose of introducing error into correct life; which is the cause why different things are looked upon as right in different cities, and not those principles which ought to be looked upon as just everywhere, inasmuch as it never sees, not even in a dream, the common and immovable principles of the justice of nature. For, it is said, that "Moses was the shepherd of the sheep of Jethro, the priest of Midian."
44And this man himself prays that the flock may not be left without a shepherd, meaning by the flock the whole multitude of the parts of the soul; but that they may meet with a good shepherd, who will lead them away from the nets of folly, and injustice, and all wickedness, and conduct them to the doctrines of learning and all other virtue; for, says Moses, "Let the Lord the God of spirits and of all flesh look down upon man and upon this assembly." And then, a little further on, he adds, "And the assembly of the Lord shall not be like sheep who have no shepherd."
45But is it not well worth praying for, that the flock which is akin to each individual of us, and of so much value, may not be left without any superintendent or governor, so that we may not, through being filled with a love of the worst of all constitutions, an ochlocracy, which is a base copy of the best form, democracy, pass our lives for ever amid tumults, and disorders, and intestine seditions?
46Certainly it is not anarchy alone that is an evil, through being the parent of ochlocracy, but also the insurrection of any lawless and violent force against authority; for the tyrant who, by his own nature is hostile, is, in the case of cities, a man, but in the case of the body and the soul, and all transactions having reference to either, he is a mind resembling the brute beasts, besieging the citadel of each individual;
47but not only are these dominations unprofitable, but so also are the governments and authority of other persons, who are very gentle, for gentleness is a line of conduct very likely to be despised, and injurious to both parties, both to the rulers and the subjects. To the one from the disregard with which their subjects treat them, so that they are unable to manage any matter, whether of public or of their own private business successfully, are sometimes even compelled to abdicate their authority; and to the others, because of their continual disrespect to their governors, disregarding all persuasion, so that they contract a habit of self-willed insolence, a possession of great evil.
48We must then think that one of these classes of governors differs in no respect from keepers of sheep, while the others resemble the sheep themselves, for the governors persuade the governed to be luxurious, through the extravagance of the supplies with which they provide them; and the governed being unable to bear their satiety become insolent; but what is really desirable is, that our mind should govern all our conduct, like a goatherd, or a cowherd, or a shepherd, or, in short, like any herdsman of any kind; choosing in preference to what is pleasant that which is for the advantage both of himself and of his flock.
49But the providence of God is the principal and almost the only cause that the divisions of the soul are not left entirely without any governor, and that they have met with a blameless and in all respects good shepherd. In consequence of whose appointment it is impossible that the company of the mind should become scattered; for it will of necessity appear in one and the same order, looking to the authority of its one governor, since the heaviest burden of all is to be compelled to obey a variety of rulers.
50Thus, indeed, being a shepherd is a good thing, so that it is justly attributed, not only to kings, and to wise men, and to souls who are perfectly purified, but also to God, the ruler of all things; and he who confirms this is not any ordinary person, but a prophet, whom it is good to believe, he namely who wrote the psalms; for he speaks thus, "The Lord is my shepherd, and he shall cause me to lack nothing;"
Sections 51–75
51and let every one in his turn say the same thing, for it is very becoming to every man who loves God to study such a song as this, but above all this world should sing it. For God, like a shepherd and a king, governs (as if they were a flock of sheep) the earth, and the water, and the air, and the fire, and all the plants, and living creatures that are in them, whether mortal or divine; and he regulates the nature of the heaven, and the periodical revolutions of the sun and moon, and the variations and harmonious movements of the other stars, ruling them according to law and justice; appointing, as their immediate superintendent, his own right reason, his first-born son, who is to receive the charge of this sacred company, as the lieutenant of the great king; for it is said somewhere, "Behold, I am he! I will send my messenger before thy face, who shall keep thee in the road."
52Let therefore all the world, the greatest and most perfect flock of the living God, say "The Lord is my shepherd, and he shall cause me to lack nothing,"
53and let every separate individual say the same thing; not with the voice which proceeds from his tongue and his mouth, extending only through a scanty portion of the air, but with the wide spreading voice of the mind, which reaches to the very extremities of this universe; for it is impossible that there should be a deficiency of anything that is necessary, where God presides, who is in the habit of bestowing good things in all fulness and completeness in all living beings.
54But there is a very beautiful encouragement to equality contained in the song before mentioned; for in real truth, the man who appears to have everything else, and yet who is impatient under the authority of one master, is incomplete in his happiness, and is poor; but if a soul is governed by God, having that one and only thing on which all other things depend, it is very naturally in no need of other things, regarding not blind riches, but only such as are endowed with real and acute sight.
55All true disciples have come to conceive an earnest and unalterable love for that; and therefore laughing at the mere keeping of sheep, they have directed their attention to the attainment of a shepherd’s knowledge; and a proof of this is to be found in the case of Joseph,
56who was always studying that knowledge which is conversant about the body and vain opinions, not being able to rule and govern irrational nature (for it is customary for old men to be appointed to offices of irresponsible authority; but this man is always young, even if after a lapse of time he may come to support old age, which has at last reached him); and being accustomed to nourish this and to lead it on to growth, he expects to be able to persuade the lovers of virtue to change and come over to him, in order that in so changing to irrational and inanimate objects, they may have no leisure for applying themselves to the studies of a rational soul.
57For Moses represents Joseph as saying, "If the king," that is to say, the mind, the king of the body, "shall ask you, What is your occupation? answer, We are men, the keepers of cattle." When they hear this they are naturally impatient, not liking the idea, while they are rulers, of confessing that they hold the rank of subordinates;
58for those who supply food to the outward senses, through the abundance of the objects perceptible only by them, become the slaves of those who are nourished, like servants who pay to their mistresses a compulsory reverence every day; but those who preside over them are rulers, and they bridle the vehement impetuosity with which they are hurried on to luxury.
59At first therefore, although they do not hear what is said with any pleasure, they will still keep silence, thinking it unseemly to discuss the difference between the employment of a keeper of cattle and a shepherd, before those who do not understand it; but subsequently, when a contest about these things arises, they will contend with all their power, and will never desist till they have carried their point by main force, having exhibited the liberality, and nobleness, and royal character of their nature to the living God. Accordingly when the king asks, "What is your occupation?" they will answer "We are shepherds, we and our fathers."
60Would they not then appear to boast as much of their occupation as shepherds, as the king himself, who is conversing with them, does of his mighty power and dominion? At least they are testifying their high opinion of the profession of life which they have adopted, not in honour of themselves alone, but of their father also, as being worthy of all possible care and diligence;
61and yet, if the discussion had been merely about the care of goats or sheep, perhaps they would have been ashamed to make such an admission through desire to avoid dishonour; for such occupations are accounted inglorious and mean among those who are loaded with great prosperity, without being at the same time endowed with prudence, and especially among kings.
62And the Egyptian character is by nature most especially haughty and boastful whenever so slight a breeze of prosperity does merely blow upon it, so that men of that nation look upon the pursuits of life and objects of ambition of ordinary men, as subjects for laughter and downright ridicule.
63But since the matter before us, at present, is to consider the rational and irrational powers in the soul, those persons will naturally boast, who are persuaded that they are able to master the irrational faculties, by taking the rational ones for their allies.
64If therefore any envious or captious person should blame us, and say, "How then have ye, who are devoted to the employment of shepherds, and who profess to be occupied in the care and management of the flocks which belong to you, ever thought of approaching the country of the body and the passions, namely Egypt? and why have ye not turned your voyage in another direction? You must say to him in reply, with all freedom of speech, We have come hither as sojourners, not as inhabitants."
65For in reality every soul of a wise man has heaven for its country, and looks upon earth as a strange land, and considers the house of wisdom his own home; but the house of the body, a lodging-house, on which it proposes to sojourn for a while.
66Therefore since the mind, the ruler of the flock, having taken the flock of the soul, using the law of nature as its teacher, governs it consistently and vigorously, rendering it worthy of approbation and great praise; but when it manages it sluggishly and indulgently, with a disregard of law, then it renders it blameable. Very naturally, therefore, the one will assume the name of a king, being addressed as a shepherd, but the other will only have the title of a confectioner, or of a baker, being called a keeper of sheep, supplying the means of feasting and gluttonous eating to cattle accustomed to gorge themselves to satiety.
67I have now therefore explained, in no superficial manner, in what way a husbandman differs from a tiller of the ground, and a shepherd from a keeper of sheep. There is also a third point, having some connection with what has already been said, which we will now proceed to speak of. For I consider that a horseman and a rider differ; meaning by this statement, not merely that one man who is carried on a neighing animal differs from another man who is carried on a similar beast, but the motion of the one is different from the motion of the other; therefore the man who gets on a horse without any skill in horsemanship, is correctly called a rider,
68and he has given himself up to an irrational and restive animal, to such a degree that it is absolutely inevitable that he must be carried wherever the animal chooses to go, and if he fails to see beforehand a chasm in the earth, or a deep pit, it has happened before now that such a man, in consequence of the impetuosity of his course, has been thrown headlong down a precipice and dashed to pieces.
69But a horseman, on the other hand, when he is about to mount, takes the bridle in his hand, and then taking hold of the mane on the horse’s neck, he leaps on; and though he appears to be carried by the horse, yet, if one must tell the truth, he in reality guides the animal that carries him, as a pilot guides a ship. For the pilot too, appearing to be carried by the ship which he is managing, does in real truth guide it, and conducts it to whatever harbour he is himself desirous to hasten.
70While, therefore, the horse goes on in obedience to the rein, the horseman pats the horse, as if praising it; but when it goes on with too great impetuosity, and is carried away beyond moderation, then he pulls it back with force and vigour, so as to restrain its speed. But if the horse continue to be disobedient, then he takes the whole bridle, and pulls him back, and drags back his neck, so that he is compelled to stop.
71And for all his restiveness and his continued disregard of the rein, there are whips and spurs prepared, and all other instruments of punishment which have been invented by horse-breakers. And it is not wonderful: for when the horseman mounts, the art of horsemanship mounts too; so that there then being two parties borne by the horse, and skilful in horsemanship, they will very naturally get the better of one animal who is subjected to them, and who is incapable of acquiring skill.
72Therefore now, leaving the consideration of these neighing animals, and of the parties carried by them, investigate, if you will, the condition of your own soul. For in its several parts you will find both horses and a rider in the fashion of a charioteer, just as you do in external things.
73Now, the horses are appetite and passion, the one being male and the other female. On this account, the one giving itself airs, wishes to be unrestrained and free, and holds its head erect, as a male animal naturally does; and the other, not being free, but of a slavish disposition, and rejoicing in all kinds of crafty wickedness, devours the house, and destroys the house, for she is female. And the rider and charioteer is one, namely the mind. When, indeed, he mounts with prudence, he is a charioteer; but when he does so with folly, then he is but a rider.
74For a fool, through ignorance, is unable to keep hold of the reins; but they, falling from his hands, drop on the ground. And the animals, immediately that they have got the better of the reins, run on in an ill-regulated and unrestrained course.
75But the man who has mounted behind them, not being able to take hold of anything by which he may steady himself, falls, and lacerating his knees and his hands and his face, like a miserable man as he is, he bitterly weeps over his disaster; and after hanging by his feet to the chariot after he has been overturned, he is suspended, with his face upwards, lying on his back; and as the chariot proceeds, he is dragged along, and injured in his head, and neck, and both his shoulders; and then, being hurried on in this direction and in that, and being dashed against everything which lies in the way, he endures a most pitiable death.
Sections 76–100
76He then meets with an end, such as I have been describing; and the chariot, being lightened by his fall and bounding along violently, when, at last, it is dashed to the ground in the rebound, is easily broken to pieces, so that it can never again be joined or fastened together. And the animals, being now released from everything which could restrain them, proceed at random, and are frantic, and do not cease galloping on, till they are tripped up and fall, or till they are hurried over some high precipice, and so are dashed to pieces and destroyed.
77In this manner, then, it seems that the whole chariot of the soul is destroyed, with its passengers; and all through the carelessness or unskilfulness of the driver. But it is desirable for them that such horses, and such drivers, and riders, so wholly without skill, should be destroyed, in order that the faculties of virtue may be roused; for when folly has fallen, it follows of necessity that wisdom must rise up.
78On this account Moses, in his passages of exhortation, says, "If thou goest forth to battle against thy enemies, and if thou seest numbers of horses, and riders, and people, be not afraid, because the Lord thy God is with thee." For we must neglect anger and desire, and, in short, all the passions, and indeed the whole company of reasonings, which are mounted upon each of the passions as upon horses, even if they believe that they can exert irresistible strength; at least, all those must do so who have the power of the great King holding a shield over them, and in every place, and at every time, fighting in their defence.
79But the divine army is the body of virtues, the champions of the souls that love God, whom it becomes, when they see the adversary defeated, to sing a most beautiful and becoming hymn to the God who giveth the victory and the glorious triumph; and two choruses, the one proceeding from the conclave of the men, and the other from the company of the women, will stand up and sing in alternate songs a melody responsive to one another’s voices.
80And the chorus of men will have Moses for their leader; and that of the women will be under the guidance of Miriam, "the purified outward sense." For it is just that hymns and praises should be uttered in honour of God without any delay, both in accordance with the suggestions of the intellect and the perceptions of the outward senses, and that each instrument should be struck in harmony, I mean those both of the mind and of the outward sense, in gratitude and honour to the holy Saviour.
81Accordingly, all the men sing the song on the sea-shore, not indeed with a blind mind, but seeing sharply, Moses being the leader of the song; and women sing, who are in good truth the most excellent of their sex, having been enrolled in the lists of the republic of virtue, Miriam being their leader.
82And the same hymn is sung by both the choruses, having a most admirable burden of the song which is beautiful to be sung. And it is as follows: "Let us sing unto the Lord, for he has been glorified gloriously; the horse and his rider hath he thrown into the sea."
83For no one, if he searches ever so eagerly, can ever discover a more excellent victory than that by which the most mighty army, four-footed, restive, and proud as it was, of the passions and vices was overthrown. For the vices are four in genus, and the passions likewise are equal in number. Moreover, the mind, which is the character of them all, the one which hates virtue and loves the passions, has fallen and perished—the mind, which delighted in pleasures and appetites, and deeds of injustice and wickedness, and likewise in acts of rapine and of covetousness.
84Very beautifully, therefore, does the lawgiver in his recommendations, teach us not to elect as a chief, a man who is a breeder of horses, thinking that such a one is altogether unsuited to exercise authority, inasmuch as he is in a frenzy about pleasures and appetites, and intolerable loves, and rages about like an unbridled and unmanageable horse. For he speaks thus, "Thou shalt not be able to set over thyself a man that is a stranger, because he is not thy brother; because he will not multiply for himself his horses, and will not turn his people towards Egypt."
85Therefore, according to the most holy Moses, no man that was a breeder of horses was ever born fit for dominion; and yet some one perhaps may say that power in cavalry is a great strength to the king, not inferior either to infantry or to a naval force, but in many places far more advantageous than either, and especially in those cases in which one has need of swiftness of motion without delay, but prompt and energetic, when the times do not admit of delay, but are at the very crisis of action, so that those who arrive too late are very naturally not considered to have been sluggish so much as to have been wholly useless, the opportunity for action having passed by like a cloud.
86And we would say to these people: My good men, the lawgiver is removing no protection whatever from the ruler, nor is he in any respect mutilating the army of his power which he has collected, by cutting off the force of cavalry which is the most efficient part of his army; but he is endeavouring to the best of his power to increase and strengthen it, in order that his allies, contributing to its strength and number, may most easily destroy their enemies.
87For who else is equally skilful in marshalling and arraying armies, and in distributing them in squadrons, and in appointing captains of regiments and leaders of squadrons, and other commanders of large and small bodies, and in displaying a knowledge of all the other suggestions of tactics and strategy, and in explaining the principles of the military art to those who will avail themselves of them skilfully, through the great superabundance of his knowledge of such matters?
88But the question is not now about his force of cavalry, which it is necessary to collect around the rulers for the destruction of their enemies and the protection of their friends; but concerning the irrational, and immoderate, and unmanageable impetuosity of the soul, which it is desirable to check, lest it should turn all its people towards Egypt, the country of the body, and labour with all its might to render it devoted to pleasure and to the passions, rather than to the service of virtue and of God; since it follows inevitably that he who has acquired a body of cavalry for himself, must, as he said himself, proceed on the road which leads to Egypt.
89For when the wave rises high and dashes over each side of the soul (looking upon it as a ship), that is to say, over the mind and the outward sense, being lifted up by evident passions and iniquities which blow fiercely upon it, so that the soul leans on one side and is nearly over-balanced; then, as is natural, the mind becoming water-logged, goes down, and the deep in which it is sunk and overwhelmed is the body, which is compared to Egypt.
90Beware, therefore, never to occupy yourself in this kind of horse-breeding, for they who pursue the other kind are themselves also blameable, for how can they not be? inasmuch as by them irrational animals are exceedingly humoured, and from their houses troops of well-fed horses continually go forth; while to the men who conduct them, not a person is found who ever gives the slightest contribution to relieve their wants, nor any present to increase their superfluities.
91But, nevertheless, they err in a lighter degree; for these men who breed horses to contend for the prize, assert that by so doing they are adorning the sacred games and the assemblies, which are held in honour everywhere, and they affirm that they are the causes not only of pleasure to the spectators, and of that kind of delight which arises from beholding the spectacle, but that they also give them an inducement to study and practise praiseworthy pursuits. For they who attribute to animals a desire for victory, using, out of their love of honour and rivalry in excellence, a certain unceasing exhortation, and encouragement, and eagerness, enduring pleasant labours, will never desist from what is suitable and becoming to them, till they attain the end that they desire.
92But these men seek pretexts to excuse themselves, while doing wrong, but those who do wrong without excuse are they, who would make the mind a rider, and mount him upon his horse, though ignorant of the science of horsemanship, his horse being that four-footed vice and passion;
93but if after having been taught the art of managing a chariot, you devote greater pains and study to it, and think yourself at last competent and able to manage horses, mount, and take hold of the reins. For thus, even if they are restive, you will not, by being thrown out of the chariot, receive wounds difficult to be cured, and also afford a subject of ridicule to all the spectators who delight in mischief; nor, on the other hand, will you be overwhelmed by your enemies coming against you or running over you from behind, since by your own speed you will outstrip and leave behind those who are coming after you, and you will be able to afford to disregard those who are coming towards you, because of your skill in getting safely out of the way.
94It is not unnaturally, therefore, that Moses, singing his song of triumph on the destruction of the riders, nevertheless prays for complete safety for the horsemen; for these are able, putting their bridles into the mouths of the irrational powers, to check the impetuosity of their superabundant violence. What then his prayer is must be told: he says, "Let Dan be a serpent in the way, sitting in the path, biting the heel of the horse; and the horseman shall fall backwards, awaiting the salvation of the Lord."
95But we must explain what is the enigmatical meaning which he conceals under this prayer, the name of Dan, being interpreted, means "judgment;" therefore he here likens that power of the soul which investigates, and accurately examines, and distinguishes between, and, in some degree, decides on each part of the soul, to a dragon (and the dragon is an animal various in its movements, and exceedingly cunning, and ready to display its courage, and very powerful to repel those who begin acts of violence), but not to that friendly serpent, the counsellor of life, which is wont to be called Eve in his national language, but to the one made by Moses, of the material of brass, which, when those who had been bitten by the poisonous serpents, and who were at the point of death beheld, they are said to have lived and not to have died.
96And these things thus expressed resemble visions and prodigies; I mean the account of one dragon uttering the voice of a man and pouring his sophistries into most innocent dispositions, and deceiving the woman with plausible arguments of persuasion; and of another becoming a cause of complete safety to those who looked upon it.
97But, in the allegorical explanations of these statements, all that bears a fabulous appearance is got rid of in a moment, and the truth is discovered in a most evident manner. The serpent, then, which appeared to the woman, that is to life depending on the outward senses and on the flesh, we pronounce to have been pleasure, crawling forward with an indirect motion, full of innumerable wiles, unable to raise itself up, ever cast down on the ground, creeping only upon the good things of the earth, seeking lurking places in the body, burying itself in each of the outward senses as in pits or caverns, a plotter against man, designing destruction to a being better than itself, eager to kill with its poisonous but painless bite. But the brazen serpent, made by Moses, we explain as being the disposition opposite to pleasure, namely, patient endurance, on which account it is that he is represented as having made it of brass, which is a very strong material.
98He, then, who with sound judgment contemplates the appearance of patient endurance, even if he has been previously bitten by the allurements of pleasure, must inevitably live; for the one holds over his soul a death to be averted by no prayers, but self-restraint proffers him health and preservation of life; and temperance, which repels evils, is a remedy and perfect antidote for intemperance.
99And every wise man looks upon what is good as dear to him, which is also altogether calculated to ensure his preservation. So that when Moses prays that it may happen to Dan, either himself, to be that serpent (for the words may be understood in either sense), he means a serpent closely resembling the one which has been made by himself, but not like the one which appeared to Eve, for then the prayer is an entreaty for good things;
100therefore the character of patient endurance is good, and capable of receiving immortality, which is the perfect good. But the character of pleasure is evil, bringing in its train the greatest of all punishments, death. On which account Moses says, "Let Dan become a serpent," and that not in any other place rather than in the road.
Sections 101–125
101For the indulgences of intemperance and gluttony, and whatever other vices the immoderate and insatiable pleasures, when completely filled with an abundance of all external things, produce and bring forth, do not allow the soul to proceed onwards by the plain and straight road, but compel it to fall into ravines and gulfs, until they utterly destroy it; but those practises which adhere to patience, and endurance, and moderation, and all other virtues, keep the soul in the straight road, leaving no stumbling block in the way, against which it can stumble and fall. Very naturally, therefore, has Moses declared that temperance clings to the right way, because it is plain that the contrary habit, intemperance, is always straying from the road.
102And the expression, "Sitting in the path," suggests some such meaning as this, as I persuade myself: a path is a road calculated for riding horses and driving carriages on, well beaten by men and beasts.
103This road they say is very like pleasures, for almost from their earliest birth to extreme old age men proceed and walk along it, and with great indolence and easiness of temper spend all their lives in it, and not men only, but every species of animal whatever; for there is no single thing which is not attracted by the allurements of pleasure, and which is not, at times, entangled in its multifarious nets, from which it is very difficult to escape.
104But the paths of prudence, and temperance, and the other virtues, even though they may not be utterly untravelled, are, at all events, not beaten much; for the number of those who proceed by those roads, and who philosophise in a genuine spirit, and who form associations with virtue alone, disregarding, once for all, all other allurements, is very small.
105Therefore he sits constantly in the road, and not once only, who has an eagerness for, and a care for, patient endurances, in order to watch from his ambush and attack pleasure, to which men in general are accustomed, that fountain of everlasting evils, and so to keep it off, and to eradicate it from the whole district of the soul.
106Then, as Moses says, proceeding to the natural consequence of his position, he will of necessity bite the heel of the horse; for it is the especial attribute of patient endurance and temperance to shake and overturn the foundations of vice, which lifts its head on high, and of exerted, and quickly-moved, and unmanageable passion.
107Moses, therefore, represents the serpent that appeared to Eve as planning the death of man, for he records, that God says in his curses, "He shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel." But he represents the serpent of Dan, which is the one which we are now discussing, as biting the heel of the horse and not of the man,
108for the serpent of Eve, being the symbol of pleasure, as has been already shown, attacks man, that is to say, the reasoning power which is in every one of us; for the enjoyment and free use of excessive pleasure is the destruction of the mind;
109and the serpent of Dan being a sort of image of vigorous virtue and of patient endurance, will bite the horse, who is the emblem of passion and wickedness, because temperance is occupied about the over throw and destruction of these things. Accordingly, when they are bitten and when they have fallen, "the horseman also," says Moses, "will fall;"
110and the meaning which he conceals under this enigmatical expression is such as this, that we must think it an excellent thing and an object worthy of all labour, that our mind shall not be mounted upon any one of the passions or vices, but that whenever an attempt is made by force to put it upon one of them, we must endeavour to leap off and fall, for such falls produce the most glorious victories. On which account one of the ancients, when challenged to a contest of abuse, said, "I will never engage in such a contest as that in which he who wins is more dishonoured than he who is defeated."
111Do you, therefore, my friend, never enter into a contest of evil, and never contend for the pre-eminence in such practises, but rather exert yourself with all your might to escape from them. And if ever, being under the compulsion of some power which is mightier than yourself, you are compelled to engage in such a strife, take care to be without delay defeated;
112for then you, being defeated, will be a glorious conqueror, and those who have gained the victory will have got the worst. And do not ever entrust it to a herald to proclaim the victory of your rival or to the judge to crown; but do you go yourself and offer to him the acknowledgment of victory and the palm, and crown him, if he will, and bind him with wreaths of triumph, and proclaim him as conqueror yourself, pronouncing with a loud and piercing voice such a proclamation as this: "O ye spectators, and ye who have offered prizes at these games! In this contest which you have proposed to us of appetite, and passion, and intemperance, and folly, and injustice, I have been defeated, and this man whom ye behold has gained the victory. And he has gained it by such a superabundance of excellence, that even we, who might very naturally have envied our conquerors, do not grudge him the triumph."
113Therefore, in all these unholy contests, surrender the prizes to others; but, as for those which are really holy, study yourself to gain the crown in them. And think not those contests holy which the different cities propose in their triennial festivals, when they build theatres and receive many myriads of people; for in those he who has overthrown any one in wrestling, or who has cast him on his back or on his face upon the ground, or he who is very skilful in wrestling or in the pancratium, carries off the first prize, though he may be a man who has never abstained from any act of may violence or of injustice.
114There are some men, again, who, having armed and strongly fortified both their hands in a most hard and terrible manner, like iron, attack their adversaries, and batter their heads and faces, and the other parts of their bodies, and whenever they are able to plant a blow, they inflict great fractures, and then claim the decision in their favour, and the crown of victory, by means of their merciless cruelty.
115But what man in his senses would not laugh at the other competitions of runners, and candidates for the prize in the pentathlum, to see men studying with all their energies to leap the longest distance, and measuring spaces and distances, and contending with one another in swiftness of foot? men whom, not only those more active animals, an antelope, or a deer, but even the very smallest beasts, such as a dog, or a hare, without making any extraordinary haste, would outrun, though they were to exert themselves with all their speed, and to put themselves out of breath.
116Of all these contests, then, there is not one which is truly sacred; no, not though all the men in the world should combine to bear witness in their favour, but they must be convicted by themselves of bearing false witness if they do so: for they who admire these things have established laws against men who behave with insolent violence, and have affixed punishments to assaults, and have appointed judges to decide on every action of that kind.
117How, then, is it natural for the same persons to be indignant at those who insult and assault others privately, and to establish in their cases punishments which cannot be avoided, but yet, in the case of those who commit these assaults publicly, and in assemblies of the people, and in theatres, to establish by law that they shall receive crowns, and that proclamations shall be made in their honour, and all sorts of other glorious circumstances?
118For when two opposite opinions are established concerning any one thing, whether it be person or action, it follows of necessity that one or other of them must be wrong, and the other right, for it is impossible for them both to be right: which of the two, then, will you praise deservedly? Will you not say that that sentence is right which orders those who begin acts of violence to be punished? You would justly blame the contrary law, which commands such persons to be honoured; that nothing sacred may be blamed, every such thing must be altogether glorious.
119Therefore the Olympian contest is the only one that justly deserves to be called sacred; meaning by this, not that which the inhabitants of Elis celebrate, but that which is instituted for the acquisition of the divine, and Olympian, and genuine virtues. Now, as competitors in this contest, all those have their names inscribed who are very weak in their bodies, but very vigorous in their souls; and then, having stripped off their clothes, and smeared themselves in the dust, they do all those actions which belong to skill and to power, omitting nothing which may conduce to their gaining the victory.
120These men, therefore, get the better of their adversaries: and then, again, they have a competition with one another for the prize of pre-eminence, for they are not all victorious in the same manner, but all are worthy of honour, having routed and overthrown most grievous and formidable enemies;
121and he who shows himself superior to all the rest of these is most admirable, and we must not envy him, when he gets the first prize of all the wrestlers. And those who are thought worthy of the second or of the third place, must not be cast down; for these prizes are proposed for the acquisition of virtue. But to those who are unable to attain to the very highest eminence, even the acquisition of a moderate prize is serviceable. And it is even said that such is more stable, since it avoids the envy which always sticks to those who are excessively eminent.
122Therefore it is said in a way to convey much instruction, "The horseman will fall," that if any one falls from vice, he may be raised up by leaning on good things, and so may stand upright again. And in a still more instructive manner is that other expression used, which bids one not leap off in front, but "fall backwards," since it is always advantageous to be behind-hand in vice and passion;
123for it is always good to be beforehand in doing what is good, but to be slack in doing what is disgraceful: and, on the other hand, it is good to come close to the one, but to stand aloof from and to be as far as possible removed from the other. And that man is free from all disorder, to whom it happens to be removed at a distance from the errors of passion. Accordingly, Moses says that he is "awaiting the salvation which comes from God," in order that, as far as he is removed from committing iniquity, so far he may also advance in well-doing.
124Everything, then, that is requisite has now been said on the subject of a horseman and a rider, and a keeper of sheep and a shepherd, and a tiller of the ground and a husbandman; and all the difference existing between each of these pairs has been very accurately defined, as far as it was in our power. It is time now to turn to what follows.
125Moses, then, introduces the man who is desirous of virtue as not possessing a complete knowledge of the whole business of a husbandman, but only as labouring with diligence at its principles and rudiments; for he says, "Noah began to be a husbandman." And the beginning, as the proverb of the old writers has it, is half of the whole; as yet, therefore, he is half of the distance removed from the end, and where the end is not attained, it has been often injurious to many persons, to have begun great enterprises.
Sections 126–150
126At all events, before now, some persons whose minds were not right, through their thoughts revolving in continued changes, have conceived a notion of some good things, but have derived no advantage from it; for it has happened that, as they did not attain the end which they desired, they have been overwhelmed by the impetuosity of a number of adverse circumstances coming against them, and so that good conception has been destroyed.
127Was it not on this account that when Cain fancied that he had offered up a blameless sacrifice, an oracle came to him bidding him not to feel confidence as a man who had presented a well approved offering? for that he had not sacrificed with holy and perfect victims. And the oracle is as follows: "If thou dost not bring thy offering properly, and if thou dost not distribute it rightly."
128What is right, then, here is the honour of God, and that which is not properly distributed is not right. But let us now examine what meaning is contained under this expression. There are some persons who look upon piety as consisting in the affirmation that all things have been made by God, both what is good and the contrary;
129to whom we would say that one portion of your opinion is praiseworthy, but the other portion blameable. One portion is praiseworthy, because it properly honours that which alone is worthy to receive honour; but that portion is blameable, which does so without any discrimination or division. For it was not proper to confuse and mingle everything together, nor to declare God the cause of everything without distinction, but to make a difference, and to pronounce him the cause only of those things which are good;
130for it is an absurdity to be anxious about priests, taking care that they shall be perfect in their bodies and free from all defect and mutilation, and to be very particular about the animals which are offered in sacrifice, to be sure that they have no defect of any kind whatever, not even the most insignificant possible; and to appoint men, and to say whom and how many ought to be appointed for this business, whom some call inspectors of blemishes, to take care that the victims may be brought to the altar without any blemish or imperfection, and yet to allow the opinions which are held concerning God to be in confusion in the soul of each individual, and not to take care that they are discriminated by the rule of right reason.
131Do you not see that the law pronounces the camel to be an unclean beast, because it chews the cud and does not part the hoof. And yet, if we considered this sentence as it is expressed in its literal sense, I do not see what reason there is in it when it is interpreted; but if we look at it in its allegorical meaning, it is very clear and inevitable.
132For as the animal which chews the cud, again masticates the food which is put before it and devoured by it, when it again rises up to its teeth, so also the soul of the man who is fond of learning, when it has received any speculative opinions by hearing them, does not abandon them to forgetfulness, but quietly by itself revolves over every one of them again in its mind in all tranquillity, and so comes to the recollection of them all.
133But it is not every memory which is good, but only that which is exerted on good subjects, since it is a most pernicious thing that what is bad should not be forgotten; on which account, with a view to perfection, it is necessary that the hoofs should be parted, in order that so the faculty of memory, being divided into two sections, the word which flows through the mouth may divide the lips, as being things which nature has made of a two-fold character, and may also separate the advantageous species of memory from that which is mischievous.
134Again, the dividing the hoof without chewing the cud does not by itself appear to bring any advantage with it. For what advantage is there in distinguishing the natures of things beginning at the top, and going down to the most unimportant points, and yet not to be able to do so in one’s self, not to have one’s own divisions clearly distinguished, which by some persons are with great felicity named atoms and indivisible portions?
135for all these things are manifest displays of intelligence and excessive accuracy, sharpened to a degree of the most acute comprehension. But they have no influence in causing virtue, or in making men live a life free from reproach.
136Accordingly, in their daily discussions, the company of sophists all over the world annoys the ears of those whom they meet, by discussing with minute accuracy, and expounding precisely, all expressions of a double and ambiguous character, and distinguishing everything which appears to occur to the recollection (and a great many things are fixed deeply in it). Do not these men divide the elements of grammatical speech into consonants and vowels? And do not some men divide speech into their first principles, noun, verb, and conjunction?
137Do not musicians again divide their own science into rhythm, and part, and melody? and subdivide melody into the chromatic, the enharmonic, and the diatonic species, into the divisions of fourths, and fifths, and the diapason, and into combined and distinct melodies?
138Do not geometricians divide their science into two generic lines, the straight line, and the circumference? And do not other professors of other arts draw careful distinctions between the species which exist in each of their arts, going accurately through them all from beginning to end?
139And the whole company of students of philosophy may argue with them on their line of conduct, each going through the studies to which he is accustomed; because, of all existing things some are corporeal, and some incorporeal; some again are inanimate, and some have vitality; some are endowed with, others destitute of reason; some are mortal, others divine; and of mortals some are male, and some female, these being the two divisions of the human race.
140Again, of incorporeal things, some are perfect and others imperfect; and of perfect things, some are questions and interrogations, others are imprecatory or adjurative; and there are other kinds which have special differences in the elementary principles of such things. Again, there are some things which the dialecticians are accustomed to call actions;
141and of these some are simple, and others are not simple; and of those which are not simple some are conjunctive, and others are adjunctive in a greater or lesser degree; moreover some are disjunctive, and there are others which come under a similar description. Again, some are true, some are false, some are doubtful; some possible and some impossible; some are corruptible, others incorruptible; some necessary, and others not necessary; some are easy of solution, others difficult to understand; and there are other classifications akin to these. Again, of those which are imperfect there are proximate divisions into what are called categorems and accidents, and other classifications which are subordinate to these.
142And although the intellect, when it has sharpened itself so as to render itself more acute than before (as a physician gives strength to bodies), dissects the natures of things, but yet derives no advantage with respect to the acquisition of virtue; it will divide the hoof, being able to divide, and to distinguish, and to discriminate between each separate thing; but it will not chew the cud so as to avail itself of any useful food which may be able, by means of its recollections, to soften the asperity of the soul which has been engendered by sins, and to produce a really gentle and pleasant motion.
143Therefore a vast number of those who are called sophists, being admired in their respective cities, and having attracted almost all the world to look upon them with honour, on account of the accuracy of their definitions and their excessive cleverness in inventions, have grown old while vehemently bound by the passions, and have passed their whole life in them, in no respect differing from private individuals who are of no account and are held in no consideration.
144For which reason the lawgiver very admirably compares those of the sophists who live in this manner to the race of swine, who live a life in no respect pure or brilliant, but confused and disorderly, and who are devoted to the basest habits.
145For he says that the swine is an unclean animal, because it divides the hoof and does not chew the cud, just as he has pronounced the camel unclean for the contrary reason because it chews the cud and does not divide the hoof. But as many animals as partake of both these qualities are very appropriately described as clean, because they have avoided impropriety in both the aforementioned particulars. For division without memory, and care, and a diligent examination of what is best, is but an imperfect good; but the combination and union of the two in the same animal is a most perfect good.
146And even the enemies of the soul are afraid of this perfection, whom, as they are no longer able to stand up against it, a genuine peace gets the mastery over. And all those who have attained to a half-perfect or half-established wisdom, are too weak to be able to make any effectual opposition to the brood of sins, which have become confined by long usage, and which have gained strength by time.
147On this account, when in the time of war the general makes a levy of his army, he does not summon all the youth, not even, though it displays all imaginable willingness and spontaneous readiness to come forward to repel the enemy. But he commands some to depart and to remain at home, in order that by continued exercise they may acquire such an amount of military power and skill as may afterwards be sufficient to secure the victory.
148And the order of this levy is made through the medium of the heralds of the army when the war is at hand, and already at the very gates. And the heralds will make this announcement: "What man is there who has built a new house, and has not handselled it? Let him go and return to his house, that he may not die in the war, and another man handsel it instead of him. And what man is there who has planted a vineyard and has not received any joy from the fruit thereof? Let him go and turn away back to his house, that he may not die in the war, and another man be delighted with the fruit of his vineyard. And what man has espoused a wife, and has not received her? Let him go and return back to his house, that he may not die in the war, and another man take his wife."
149For why, I should say, O most excellent man, do you not think it more proper to summon these men to follow you to the contest of war rather than the others, men who have acquired marriages, and houses, and vineyards, and all other kinds of possessions in abundance? For they will most cheerfully undergo dangers, even if they be altogether most formidable, for the sake of the safety of all these things. Since those men who have none of these things which have been enumerated will be very likely to exhibit indifference and inactivity in the war, as having no very important pledges at stake.
150Or do you think that, just in proportion to the absence of any enjoyment from the possession of such things that they have hitherto felt, will be their apprehension lest they never be able to enjoy such things, and that this will give them energy? For what advantage from all the possessions that they may have acquired is left to those who have been subdued in war? But will they not be taken prisoners? Then they will immediately suffer for their absence from the field of battle; for while they are sitting at home and wallowing in luxury, it is evidently inevitable that their enemies, who are conducting all the operations of the war with energy, will, not merely without any loss, but even without the slightest exertion, make themselves masters of all that they possess.
Sections 151–175
151But the multitude of their other allies will cheerfully encounter the contest on behalf of these things. At first sight, indeed, it seems absurd to rely upon the energies or fortune of others; and especially when it is both an individual and a common danger, involving defeat, and slavery, and utter destruction, which hangs over men’s heads, who are able of themselves to encounter the toils and perils of war, and who are not hindered by any disease, or by old age, or by any other disaster. It is rather fitting that those, whom the danger chiefly concerns, should seize their arms and stand in the front battalions and hold their shields over their allies, fighting cheerfully and with a spirit which even courts dangers.
152In the next place, will they not have displayed examples, not of treachery only, but of the greatest insensibility, if they allow others to fight in their cause, while they themselves are occupied about their domestic affairs? And shall others be willing to incur contests and dangers in the cause of their safety, which they are afraid to encounter for their own? And shall others cheerfully endure scarcity of provisions, and sleeping on the ground, and other hardships of body and soul, from their desire for victory, while they, covering their houses with stucco and nonsense, so much lifeless ornament, or gathering in their harvests from their fields, and celebrating the festival of the vintage, or coming into connection, now for the first time, with virgins who have long since been betrothed to them, and sleeping with them, as if it were the most opportune season for marriage, pass their time in such vanities?
153It is a good thing, no doubt, to take care of one’s walls, to collect one’s revenues, to feast, to revel in wine, to contract marriages, to go courting the old and withered dames (as the proverb calls them); but these are the employments of peace, and to do all these things in the crisis of a war raging in all its freshness and vigour,
154while neither father, nor brother, nor any relation or connection whatever shares the fatigues of the war; when this, I say, is the case, must we not say that universal cowardice has occupied the whole house? Oh, but you will say there are at all events myriads of relations who are fighting in their cause. Then, while they are encountering danger to their lives, must not those who are spending their time in luxury and delicate living appear to surpass even the worst of wild beasts in the excess of their inhumanity?
155Again, they will say, but it is hard that others, without enduring any labour themselves, should reap the fruits of our labours. Which, then, is worst, that enemies should come into one’s inheritance while one is still alive, or that friends and relations should do so after one is dead? It is absurdity even to compare things which are so widely different;
156and yet it is not inconsistent with reason, not only that all the property which belongs to these men who shun military service, but that even they themselves, too, may become the property of their enemies when they have obtained the mastery. So those, indeed, who die in defence of the general safety, even if they have not enjoyed as yet any advantage from those possessions which they previously had, meet with death in its most pleasant form, considering that, by their saving the others, their property goes to those whom they desired to have for their successors.
157Therefore the words of the law here admit, perhaps, of all these and even of still more excuses; but that no one of those who study evil cunning, through his ingenuity in devising excuses, may feel any confidence in their validity, we will proceed with the allegory, and say that, in the first place, the law does not only think it right for men to labour for the acquisition of good things, but also for the enjoyment of those which they have already acquired; and that it looks upon happiness as consisting in the exercise of perfect virtue, which makes life safe and complete. In the second place, that the question here is not about a house, or a vineyard, or a betrothed and espoused wife, in order that he may marry her as an accepted suitor, and that he who planted the vineyard may gather the fruit thereof and press it out, and then, drinking the unmixed wine, may be gladdened in his heart, and that the man who has built a house may dwell in it; but the question is rather about the faculties of the soul, to which the beginnings, and progress, and perfection of all praiseworthy actions are owing.
158Now, the beginnings have usually especial connection with a suitor; for as he who courts a wife is about to become her husband, since he is not so already, so in the same manner whoever, endued with a good disposition, hopes to marry that well-born and pure maiden, education, courts her immediately. Progress has especial reference to the husbandman; for as it is an object of particular care to the planter to make his trees grow, so also is it to him, who is devoted to learning, that the speculations of wisdom should receive the greatest possible improvement. And perfection especially belongs to the building of a house when it is finished, but has not yet settled and become firm.
159But in all these different circumstances, at the beginning, or in the progress, or at the end of any undertaking, it is alike becoming to men to live without contention, and not engage in the war of the sophists, which is always stirring up a quarrelsome confusion, which tends to the adulteration of the truth; since the truth is dear to peace, which is at variance with their interests.
160For if they come to this contest, being private individuals engaging in a struggle against men experienced in warfare, they will by all means be defeated; the one who is only beginning, because he is destitute of experience; the one who is in a state of progress, because he is still imperfect; and the one who is perfect, because he is not yet thoroughly practised in virtue. But just as it is necessary that plaster, after it has been applied to a wall, must become solid and acquire firmness, so also it is indispensable that the souls of those who have attained to perfection, must become strengthened, and be established on firmer foundations by continual study and incessant practise.
161And those who do not arrive at this point are by philosophers indeed called wise men, but it is without their own knowledge: for they say that it is impossible for them who have advanced as far as the perfection of wisdom, and who have now for the first time reached its summit to be aware of their own perfection; for they affirm that it is impossible for both these things to happen at the same time, namely the arrival at the desired goal, and the apprehension that one has arrived there; but they affirm that on the border between the two, there is ignorance, of such a sort, that it is not far removed from knowledge, but that it is very near to it, and close to its doors.
162When a man has acquired this, and thoroughly comprehends it, and is entirely acquainted with the powers of his adversaries, it will be his task to war against the company of contentious sophists, for there is good hope that such a man may conquer; but he who is still impeded by the cloud of ignorance in front of him, and who is not yet able to pour forth the light of knowledge, may safely remain at home; that is to say, it is well for him not to enter into a contest with respect to those matters with which he is not thoroughly acquainted, but he had better rest and keep quiet.
163But the man who is elevated by self-sufficiency, not being acquainted with the skill or power of his adversaries, will undoubtedly meet with disaster before he can do anything, and will endure the death of knowledge, which is a more grievous death than that which separates the soul from the body.
164And this ought to happen to those who allow themselves to be deceived by the sophists; for when they are not able to find a solution for their sophisms, believing their fallacies as if they were true statements, they die as to the life of knowledge, suffering the same thing that they do who are cajoled by flatterers; for in the case of those men too, their soul, while in a healthy and genuine state, is driven off and overthrown by a friendship which is diseased in its very nature.
165We must therefore advise those who are beginning to learn not to go forth into such contests, for they have not sufficient knowledge; and we must counsel those who are making some progress to abstain from them, because they are not perfect; and those who have now for the first time just attained to perfection, we must urge to forbear, because in some degree their perfection has escaped their own notice.
166But of those who disregard our warnings, Moses says, "One man will inhabit his house, and another will obtain his vineyard, and another will marry a wife." And the meaning of this is something of this kind: the powers which have been enumerated, of careful beginning, and improvement, and perfection, will never fail altogether, but will at different times approach and unite themselves with different persons, and will not be always forming the same souls, but will change about, resembling seals;
167for seals, when they have stamped an impression on one piece of wax, without suffering any alteration themselves, though they impress on it a form which is derived from themselves, remain in the same condition as before; and if the piece of wax which has been stamped, be melted, and the impression effaced, then another piece may be substituted in its place. So that, my good friends, do not think, that when you yourselves perish, your powers perish with you; for they, being immortal, have, on account of their own glory, embraced ten thousand other persons before they came to you, who, they perceived, did not behave like you, out of an aversion to danger, shunning their society, but who rather came forward to meet them, and showed an eagerness to consult their safety.
168And if any one is a friend of virtue, let him pray that all good things may be implanted in him, and may appear in his soul, like some symmetrical proportion conducing to beauty in a statue or a picture, considering that there are innumerable persons watching at hand, to whom nature will give all these things instead of giving them to him, namely, facility of learning, improvement, and perfection; but it is better that he should shine out rather than they, guarding safely the graces which have been bestowed on him by God; and that he himself should not, by carrying forward destruction, afford an easy prey to his unsparing enemies.
169Are we then to say that there is but little use in a beginning to which a fortunate end does not set its seal? It has often indeed happened that even some who have attained to perfection have still been thought imperfect, from appearing to have improved through their own earnestness alone, and not according to the will of God. And on this account, being exceedingly elated by their vain opinion, and elevated to a great height, they have fallen from a high position to the lowest depths, and so been destroyed.
170"For if," says Moses, "you have built a new house, you shall also erect a battlement on the house, and then shall commit no murder in your house if any one falls from it."
171For the most grievous of all falls is for a man to stumble and fall from the honour due to God; crowning himself rather than God, and committing domestic murder. For he who does not duly honour the living God kills his own soul: so that the building of education which he has erected is of no advantage to him. But instruction has a nature which never grows old; on which account Moses calls its house a new house, for all other things are gradually destroyed by time. But instruction, in proportion as it advances towards perfection, is fresh and vigorous, looking blooming with an ever-flourishing appearance, and putting itself in motion with continual studies.
172And in his hortatory admonitions Moses recommends that those who have received the most abundant possession of good things should not look upon themselves as the causes of their acquisition, but should "remember God who gave them strength to acquire the power."
173This then is the utmost limit of good fortune, and the other things are its beginnings, so that those who forget the end cannot possibly derive any advantage from the acquisitions which they have made. And so the falls which these men endure are selfincurred, through their own self-sufficiency, because they could not endure to call the loving and all-accomplishing God the cause of their good things.
174There are also some people who, letting loose every cable of piety, hasten to make a speedy voyage, in the hope of anchoring in its harbours. And afterwards, when they are at no great distance off, but are just on the point of reaching the haven, on a sudden there comes a violent wind, blowing in their teeth and coming upon them closely, which drives back the vessel which was proceeding onwards in its straight course, in such a manner as to destroy a great many of the things which were of use to contribute to a fair voyage;
175no one then could blame those people for being still tossed about by the sea, for the slowness, which they have displayed in completing their voyage, has been unintentional on their part. Who then can be likened to them rather than he who prayed what is called the great prayer? "For if," says Moses, "any one dies in his presence suddenly, then immediately the head of his vow shall be polluted and he shall be shaved;" and then after saying a few more sentences he thus proceeds, "And the former days shall not be taken into the computation, because the head of his vow was polluted."
Sections 176–181
176Now by the two expressions suddenly and immediately, the involuntary character of the deviation of the soul is manifested. For with reference to intentional sins there is need of time to consider where, and when, and how a thing is to be done. But unintentional sins are committed suddenly, without any consideration, and, if it be possible to say such a thing they strike upon the man without any time at all.
177For it is very difficult, as in the case of runners, for men, when they first begin to travel by the road which leads to piety, to keep their course straight onward without stumbling and without being out of breath; since there are innumerable hindrances to every human being,
178but above all things, that which is the one and only thing in the way of doing good, namely the abstaining from any intentional misdeeds, is of service also to keep off the incalculable number of voluntary sins; and, in the second place, even of those which are involuntary, they are but few which are committed, and they do not cling to a person for any very long time.
179Very beautifully, therefore, has Moses said that the days of unintentional error do not come into the computation (ἄλογος); not only because the error was one without calculation, but also because it is not possible to give an account (λόγος) of involuntary offences. Therefore, it often happens, when we are asked the reason of such and such a thing, that we say that we do not know, and that we cannot tell, in that we were not present when they were done, and also that we were ignorant of their being done.
180It is, therefore, a very rare thing when God gives to any one to keep his life in a steady course from the beginning to the end, without either stumbling or falling; but escaping both kinds of offences, unintentional as well as intentional, with great speed and owing to the celerity and impetuosity of one’s motions.
181These things then are here said about beginning and end, because of the instance of the just Noah, who, after he had acquired the first and elementary principles of the knowledge of husbandry, was unable to reach its furthest limits. For it is said that "he began to be a husbandman," not that he arrived at the extreme end of complete knowledge: but what is said about his planting we will discuss subsequently.
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1„Καὶ ἤρξατο Νῶε ἄνθρωπος γεωργὸς γῆς εἶναι, καὶ ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ ἔπιε τοῦ οἴνου, καὶ ἐμεθύσθη ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 9,20.21). οἱ μὲν πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰς φύσεις τῶν πραγμάτων οὐκ εἰδότες καὶ περὶ τὴν τῶν ὀνομάτων θέσιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἁμαρτάνουσι· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀνατομῆς περινοηθεῖσι κύριαι προσρήσεις ἕπονται, τοῖς δ’ ὑποσυγκεχυμένοις οὐ σφόδρα ἠκριβωμέναι.
2Μωυσῆς δὲ κατὰ πολλὴν περιουσίαν τῆς ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐπιστήμης ὀνόμασιν εὐθυβολωτάτοις καὶ ἐμφαντικωτάτοις εἴωθε χρῆσθαι. πολλαχοῦ μὲν οὖν τῆς νομοθεσίας τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν ἐπαληθεύουσαν εὑρήσομεν, οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ κἀν τῷ προτεθέντι κεφαλαίῳ, καθ’ ὃ γεωργὸς ὁ δίκαιος Νῶε εἰσάγεται.
3τίνι γὰρ τῶν προχειροτέρων οὐκ ἂν δόξειε τὰ αὐτὰ εἶναι γεωργία τε καὶ γῆς ἐργασία, καίτοι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐ μόνον οὐκ ὄντα τὰ αὐτά, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν ἀπηρτημένα, ὡς ἀντιστατεῖν καὶ διαμάχεσθαι;
4δύναται μὲν γάρ τις καὶ ἄνευ ἐπιστήμης περὶ τὴν γῆς ἐπιμέλειαν πονεῖσθαι, γεωργὸς δὲ τὸ μὴ ἰδιώτης ἀλλ’ ἔμπειρος εἶναι καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι πεπίστωται, ὅπερ ἐκ τῆς γεωργικῆς τέχνης, ἧς φερώνυμός ἐστιν, εὕρηται.
5πρὸς δὲ τούτῳ κἀκεῖνο λογιστέον, ὅτι ὁ μὲν γῆς ἐργάτης πρὸς ἓν τέλος, τὸν μισθόν, ἀφορῶν — ἔμμισθος γὰρ ὡς ἐπίπαν οὗτος — οὐδεμίαν ἔχει φροντίδα τοῦ καλῶς ἐργάσασθαι, ὁ μέντοι γεωργὸς πολλὰ ἂν ἐθελήσαι καὶ τῶν ἰδίων εἰσφέρειν καὶ προσαναλίσκειν οἴκοθέν τι ὑπὲρ τοῦ καὶ τὸ χωρίον ὀνῆσαι καὶ πρὸς μηδενὸς τῶν ἰδόντων μεμφθῆναι· βούλεται γὰρ οὐχ ἑτέρωθέν ποθεν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν γεωργηθέντων εὐτοκίᾳ χρωμένων ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος τοὺς καρποὺς ἀναλαμβάνειν.
6οὗτος τὰ μὲν ἄγρια τῶν δένδρων ἡμεροῦν, τὰ δ’ ἥμερα ἐπιμελείαις συναύξειν, τὰ δ’ ὑπὸ πλεοναζούσης τροφῆς κεχυμένα τομαῖς στέλλειν, τὰ δ’ ἐσταλμένα καὶ πεπιλημένα ἐπιφύσεων ἐκτάσεσι μηκύνειν, καὶ ὅσα μὲν εὐγενῆ πολυκληματοῦντα κατὰ γῆς τείνειν ἐν οὐ πάνυ βαθείαις τάφροις, ὅσα δὲ μὴ εὔκαρπα ἑτέρων εἰς τὸν πρὸς ταῖς ῥίζαις κορμὸν ἐνθέσει καὶ συμφυεστάτῃ ἑνώσει βελτιοῦν ἐθελήσει — καὶ γὰρ ἐπ’ ἀνθρώπων τυγχάνει ταὐτὸν, ὡς τοὺς θετοὺς παῖδας γένεσιν ἀλλοτρίοις διὰ τὰς σφετέρας οἰκειουμένους ἀρετὰς παγίως ἐναρμόζεσθαι —·
7μυρία τοίνυν καὶ αὐτόπρεμνα ῥίζαις αὐταῖς ἀνασπάσας κατέβαλε τὰς εἰς εὐκαρπίαν ἐκ φύσεις ἐστειρωμένα καὶ τοῖς φέρουσι μεγάλην ζημίαν ἐκ τοῦ παραπεφυτεῦσθαι πλησίον ἐνεγκόντα. τοιαύτη μέν τίς ἐστιν ἡ περὶ τὰ βλαστάνοντα ἐκ γῆς φυτὰ τέχνη, τὴν δὲ ψυχῆς γεωργικὴν ἐν μέρει πάλιν ἐπισκεψώμεθα.
8Πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν σπείρειν ἢ φυτεύειν ἄγονον οὐδὲν ἐπιτηδεύει, πάντα δ’ ἥμερα καὶ καρποτόκα φόρους ἐτησίους οἴσοντα τῷ ἡγεμόνι ἀνθρώπῳ· τοῦτον γὰρ ἄρχοντα ἡ φύσις δένδρων τε καὶ ζῴων τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα θνητὰ ἅπαξ ἁπάντων ἀνέδειξεν.
9ἄνθρωπος δὲ ὁ ἐν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν τίς ἂν εἴη πλὴν ὁ νοῦς, ὃς τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν σπαρέντων καὶ φυτευθέντων ὠφελείας εἴωθε καρποῦσθαι; ἐπεὶ δὲ νηπίοις μέν ἐστι γάλα τροφή, τελείοις δὲ τὰ ἐκ πυρῶν πέμματα, καὶ ψυχῆς γαλακτώδεις μὲν ἂν εἶεν τροφαὶ κατὰ τὴν παιδικὴν ἡλικίαν τὰ τῆς ἐγκυκλίου μουσικῆς προπαιδεύματα, τέλειαι δὲ καὶ ἀνδράσιν ἐμπρεπεῖς αἱ διὰ φρονήσεως καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ ἁπάσης ἀρετῆς ὑφηγήσεις· ταῦτα γὰρ σπαρέντα καὶ φυτευθέντα ἐν διανοίᾳ καρποὺς ὠφελιμωτάτους οἴσει, καλὰς καὶ ἐπαινετὰς πράξεις.
10διὰ ταύτης τῆς γεωργικῆς καὶ ὅσα παθῶν ἢ κακιῶν δένδρα ἀναβλαστόντα εἰς ὕψος ἐξήρθη φθοροποιοὺς φέροντα καρπούς, ὑποτεμνόμενα καθαίρεται, ὡς μηδὲ βραχύ τι λείψανον ἐαθῆναι, ἀφ’ οὗ νέαι βλάσται πάλιν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀναδραμοῦνται.
11κἂν εἴ τινα μέντοι δένδρα εἴη μήτ’ ὠφελίμων μήτ’ αὖ βλαβερῶν καρπῶν οἰστικά, ταῦτα ἐκκόψει μέν, οὐ μὴν ἐάσει γε ἀφανισθῆναι, κατατάξει δ’ αὐτὰ εἰς ἐναρμόνιον χρῆσιν ἢ βαλλομένη χάρακας καὶ σταυροὺς ἐν κύκλῳ στρατοπέδου ἢ φραγμὸν πόλεως, ἵνα ἀντὶ τείχους ᾖ.
12λέγει γάρ· „πᾶν ὃ οὐ καρπόβρωτόν ἐστιν, ἐκκόψεις καὶ ποιήσεις χαράκωσιν ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν, ἥτις ποιήσει πρὸς σὲ τὸν πόλεμον“ (Deut. 20,20). ταῦτα δ’ εἰκάζεται τὰ δένδρα ταῖς περὶ λόγους δυνάμεσι θεωρίαν ψιλὴν ἐχούσαις·
13ἐν αἷς θετέον ἰατρολογίαν ἀπεζευγμένην ἔργων, δι’ ὧν τοὺς κάμνοντας εἰκός ἐστι σῴζεσθαι, καὶ ῥητορικῆς τὸ συνηγορικὸν καὶ ἔμμισθον εἶδος οὐ περὶ τὴν εὕρεσιν τοῦ δικαίου πραγματευόμενον, ἀλλὰ περὶ τὴν δι’ ἀπάτης πειθὼ τῶν ἀκουόντων, ἔτι μέντοι καὶ διαλεκτικῆς καὶ γεωμετρίας ὅσα εἰς μὲν ἐπανόρθωσιν ἤθους οὐδὲν συνεργεῖ, παραθήγει δὲ τὸν νοῦν οὐκ ἐῶντα ἀμβλείᾳ χρῆσθαι τῇ πρὸς ἕκαστα τῶν ἀπορουμένων προσβολῇ, τομαῖς δὲ ἀεὶ καὶ διαστολαῖς χρῆσθαι, ὡς τὴν ἑκάστου πράγματος ἰδιότητα κοινῶν διαζευγνύναι ποιοτήτων.
14τὸν γοῦν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν λόγον τρίδυμον ὄντα τοὺς παλαιοὺς ἀγρῷ φασιν ἀπεικάσαι, τὸ μὲν φυσικὸν αὐτοῦ δένδροις καὶ φυτοῖς παραβάλλοντας, τὸ δ’ ἠθικὸν καρποῖς, ὧν ἕνεκα καὶ τὰ φυτά, τὸ δ’ αὖ λογικὸν φραγμῷ καὶ περιβόλῳ·
15καθάπερ γὰρ τὸ περικείμενον τεῖχος ὀπώρας καὶ φυτῶν τῶν κατὰ τὸν ἀγρόν ἐστι φυλακτήριον τοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ σίνεσθαι παρεισφθείρεσθαι βουλομένους ἀνεῖργον, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τὸ λογικὸν μέρος φιλοσοφίας φρουρά τίς ἐστιν ὀχυρωτάτη τῶν δυεῖν ἐκείνων, ἠθικοῦ τε καὶ φυσικοῦ·
16τὰς γὰρ διπλᾶς καὶ ἀμφιβόλους ὅταν ἐξαπλοῖ λέξεις καὶ τὰς διὰ τῶν σοφισμάτων πιθανότητας ἐπιλύῃ καὶ τὴν εὐπαράγωγον ἀπάτην, μέγιστον ψυχῆς δέλεαρ καὶ ἐπιζήμιον, ἀναιρῇ διὰ λόγων ἐμφαντικωτάτων καὶ ἀποδείξεων ἀνενδοιάστων, ὥσπερ κηρὸν λελειασμένον τὸν νοῦν ἀπεργάζεται ἕτοιμον δέχεσθαι τούς τε φυσιολογίας καὶ τοὺς ἠθοποιίας ἀσινεῖς καὶ πάνυ
17δοκίμους χαρακτῆρας. ταῦτ’ οὖν ἡ ψυχῆς ἐπαγγελλομένη γεωργικὴ προκηρύττει· τὰ ἀφροσύνης δένδρα καὶ ἀκολασίας ἀδικίας τε καὶ δειλίας πάντ’ ἐκκόψω, ἐκτεμῶ καὶ τὰ ἡδονῆς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας ὀργῆς τε καὶ θυμοῦ καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων παθῶν, κἂν ἄχρις οὐρανοῦ μηκύνηται, τὰ φυτά, ἐπικαύσω καὶ τὰς ῥίζας αὐτῶν ἐφιεῖς’ ἄχρι τῶν ὑστάτων τῆς γῆς φλογὸς ῥιπήν, ὡς μηδὲν μέρος ἀλλὰ μηδ’ ἴχνος ἢ σκιὰν ὑπολειφθῆναι τὸ παράπαν.
18ἀνελῶ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα, φυτεύσω δὲ ταῖς μὲν ἐν ἡλικίᾳ παιδικῇ ψυχαῖς μοσχεύματα, ὧν ὁ καρπὸς αὐτὰς τιθηνήσεται — ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα ἡ τοῦ γράφειν καὶ ἀναγινώσκειν εὐτρόχως ἐπιτήδευσις, ἡ τῶν παρὰ σοφοῖς ποιηταῖς ἀκριβὴς ἔρευνα, γεωμετρία καὶ ἡ περὶ τοὺς ῥητορικοὺς λόγους μελέτη καὶ ἡ σύμπασα τῆς ἐγκυκλίου παιδείας μουσική —, ταῖς δὲ νεανιευομέναις καὶ ἀνδρουμέναις ἤδη τὰ ἀμείνω καὶ τελεώτερα, τὸ φρονήσεως φυτόν, τὸ ἀνδρείας, τὸ σωφροσύνης, τὸ δικαιοσύνης, τὸ ἀρετῆς ἁπάσης.
19ἂν μέντοι τι καὶ τῶν τῆς ἀγρίας λεγομένης ὕλης ἐδώδιμον μὲν μὴ φέρῃ καρπόν, δύνηται δὲ ἐδωδίμου φραγμὸς εἶναι καὶ φυλακτήριον, καὶ τοῦτο ταμιεύσομαι, οὐ δι’ ἑαυτό, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ὑπηρετεῖν ἀναγκαίῳ καὶ χρησίμῳ σφόδρα πέφυκε.
20διὰ τοῦτο ὁ πάνσοφος Μωυσῆς τῷ μὲν δικαίῳ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς γεωργικὴν ὡς ἐναρμόνιον καὶ ἐπιβάλλουσαν τέχνην ἀνατίθησι λέγων „ἤρξατο Νῶε ἄνθρωπος εἶναι γεωργός“, τῷ δὲ ἀδίκῳ τὴν ἄνευ ἐπιστήμης φέρουσαν ἄχθη βαρύτατα γῆς ἐργασίαν· „Κάιν“
21γάρ φησιν „ἦν ἐργαζόμενος τὴν γῆν“ (Gen. 4,2), καὶ μικρὸν ὕστερον, ἡνίκα τὸ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδελφοκτονίᾳ ἄγος ἐργασάμενος καταφωρᾶται, λέγεται· „ἐπικατάρατος σὺ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἣ ἔχανε τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς δέξασθαι τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἐκ τῆς χειρός σου, ᾗ ἐργᾷ τὴν γῆν, καὶ οὐ προσθήσει τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῆς δοῦναί σοι“ (Gen. 4,11.12).
22πῶς οὖν ἄν τις περιφανέστερον ἐπιδεῖξαι δύναιτο, ὅτι γῆς ἐργάτην ἀλλ’ οὐ γεωργὸν ὁ νομοθέτης νομίζει τὸν φαῦλον, ἢ τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον; οὐ μὴν ὑποληπτέον ἢ περὶ ἀνθρώπου χερσὶ καὶ ποσὶ καὶ τῇ ἄλλῃ δυνάμει τοῦ σώματος ἐνεργεῖν ἱκανοῦ ἢ περὶ γῆς ὀρεινῆς καὶ πεδιάδος εἶναι τὸν λόγον, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν καθ’ ἕκαστον ἡμῶν δυνάμεων· τὴν γὰρ τοῦ φαύλου ψυχὴν περὶ οὐδὲν ἄλλο πραγματεύεσθαι συμβέβηκεν ἢ τὸ γήινον σῶμα καὶ τὰς τοῦ σώματος ἁπάσας ἡδονάς.
23ὁ γοῦν πολὺς ὅμιλος ἀνθρώπων τὰ γῆς ἐπιὼν κλίματα καὶ ἄχρι τῶν περάτων φθάνων αὐτῆς καὶ τὰ πελάγη περαιούμενος καὶ τὰ ἐν μυχοῖς θαλάττης ἀναζητῶν καὶ μηδὲν μέρος ἐῶν τοῦ παντὸς ἀδιερεύνητον ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ πορίζει ταῦτα, δι’ ὧν ἡδονὴν συναυξήσει·
24καθάπερ γὰρ οἱ ἁλιευόμενοι δίκτυα καθιᾶσιν ἔστιν ὅτε μήκιστα πολλὴν ἐν κύκλῳ περιβαλλόμενοι θάλατταν, ἵν’ ὡς πλείστους ἐντὸς ληφθέντας ἀρκύων οἷα τειχήρεις γεγονότας ἰχθύας συλλάβωσι, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἡ πλείστη μοῖρα ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἐπὶ μέρος θαλάττης μόνον, ἀλλ’ ἐφ’ ἅπασαν τὴν ὕδατος καὶ γῆς καὶ ἀέρος φύσιν τὰ πάναγρα, ὡς οἱ ποιηταί πού φασι, λίνα τείνας’ ἅπαντα πανταχόθεν δι’ ἡδονῆς ἀπόλαυσίν τε καὶ χρῆσιν ἀγκιστρεύεται·
25καὶ γὰρ γῆν μεταλλεύουσι καὶ τὰ πελάγη διαβαίνουσι καὶ τἄλλα πάντα ὅσα εἰρήνης καὶ πολέμου ἔργα δρῶσιν, ὕλας ἀφθόνους ὡς βασιλίδι ἡδονῇ πορίζοντες, οἱ γεωργίας μὲν ἀμύητοι ψυχικῆς, ἣ σπείρουσα καὶ φυτεύουσα τὰς ἀρετὰς καρπὸν δρέπεται τὸν εὐδαίμονα βίον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν, ἐργασάμενοι δὲ καὶ μεθοδεύοντες τὰ φίλα τῇ σαρκὶ καὶ τὸν σύνθετον χοῦν, τὸν πεπλασμένον ἀνδριάντα, τὸν ψυχῆς ἔγγιστα οἶκον, ὃν ἀπὸ γενέσεως ἄχρι τελευτῆς, ἄχθος τοσοῦτον, οὐκ ἀποτίθεται νεκροφοροῦσα, μετὰ σπουδῆς τῆς πάσης οἰκειούμενοι.
Sections 26–50
26Ὡς μὲν οὖν γεωργίας ἐργασία γῆς καὶ γεωργοῦ γῆς ἐργάτης διαφέρουσιν, εἴρηται. σκεπτέον δέ, μὴ καὶ ἄλλαι τινές εἰσιν ἰδέαι συγγενεῖς τῶν εἰρημένων, διὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασι κοινωνίαν ἐπικρύπτουσαι τὰς ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι διαφοράς· εἰσὶ δέ γε ἃς ἀναζητοῦντες εὕρομεν διτταί, περὶ ὧν τὰ προσήκοντα, ἐὰν οἷόν τε ᾖ, λέξομεν.
27αὐτίκα τοίνυν ὡς γεωργὸν καὶ γῆς ἐργάτην δόξαντας ἀδιαφορεῖν ἀλλήλων εὕρομεν ἐν τοῖς κατὰ διάνοιαν ἀλληγοροῦντες μακρῷ διεστηκότας, οὕτως ποιμένα καὶ κτηνοτρόφον· μέμνηται γὰρ ποτὲ μὲν κτηνοτροφίας ποτὲ δ’ αὖ ποιμενικῆς ὁ νομοθέτης.
28καὶ οἵ γε μὴ λίαν ἠκριβωμένοι τάχα που τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπιτηδεύσεως συνωνυμούσας ὑπολήψονται προσρήσεις εἶναι, εἰσὶ δέ γε πραγμάτων διαφερόντων ἐν ταῖς δι’ ὑπονοιῶν ἀποδόσεσι·
29καὶ γὰρ εἰ τοῖς θρεμμάτων προεστηκόσιν ἀμφότερα ἐπιφημίζειν ἔθος κτηνοτρόφων καὶ ποιμένων ὀνόματα, ἀλλ’ οὔ γε τῷ τὴν ψυχῆς ἀγέλην ἐπιτετραμμένῳ λογισμῷ· φαῦλος μὲν γὰρ ὢν ὁ ἀγελάρχης οὗτος καλεῖται κτηνοτρόφος, ἀγαθὸς δὲ καὶ σπουδαῖος ὀνομάζεται ποιμήν. ὃν δὲ τρόπον, ἐπιδείξομεν αὐτίκα·
30ἡ φύσις ἡμῶν ἑκάστῳ κτήνη συγγεγέννηκε, τῆς ψυχῆς ὥσπερ ἀπὸ μιᾶς ῥίζης ἔρνη διττὰ ἀναβλαστούσης, ὧν τὸ μὲν ἄτμητον ὅλον δι’ ὅλων ἐαθὲν ἐπεφημίσθη νοῦς, τὸ δ’ ἑξαχῇ σχισθὲν εἰς ἑπτὰ φύσεις πέντε τῶν αἰσθήσεων καὶ δυεῖν ἄλλων ὀργάνων, φωνητηρίου τε καὶ γονίμου.
31αὕτη δὲ πᾶσα ἡ πληθὺς ἄλογος οὖσα κτήνεσιν ἀπεικάζεται, πληθύι δὲ νόμῳ φύσεως ἡγεμόνος ἐξ ἀνάγκης δεῖ. ἐπειδὰν μὲν οὖν ἄπειρος ἀρχῆς ἅμα καὶ πλούσιος ἐξαναστὰς ἄρχοντα ἑαυτὸν ἀποφήνῃ, μυρίων αἴτιος κακῶν γίνεται τοῖς θρέμμασιν·
32αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ ἄφθονα παρέχει τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, τὰ δὲ ἀμέτρως ἐμφορούμενα ὑπὸ πλεοναζούσης τροφῆς ἐξυβρίζει—κόρου γὰρ ὕβρις ἔγγονον γνήσιον—, ἐξυβρίζοντα μέντοι σκιρτᾷ καὶ ἀφηνιάζει καὶ κατὰ μέρος σκιδνάμενα διαλύει τὸ τῆς ἀγέλης συντεταγμένον στῖφος.
33ὁ δὲ τέως ἡγεμὼν καταλειφθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχομένων ἰδιώτης ἀνεφάνη, καὶ ἐπιτρέχει μὲν σπουδάζων, εἴ τι δύναιτο συλλαβεῖν ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς καὶ ὑπαγαγέσθαι· ὅταν δὲ ἀδυνατῇ, στένει καὶ κλαίει τὴν ἰδίαν κακίζων εὐχέρειαν καὶ ἑαυτὸν τῶν συμβεβηκότων αἰτιώμενος.
34τοῦτον δὴ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων θρέμματα, ἐπειδὰν ὁ νοῦς ὑπτίως καὶ ῥᾳθύμως ἔχῃ, τῆς τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀπλήστως ἐμφορούμενα ἀφθονίας ἀπαυχενίζει τε καὶ σκιρτᾷ καὶ πλημμελῶς ὅπῃ τύχοι φέρεται, καὶ ὀφθαλμοὶ πρὸς πάντα ἀναπεπταμένοι τὰ ὁρατά, καὶ ἃ μὴ θέμις ὁρᾶν, ἐξώκειλαν, καὶ ἀκοαὶ πάσας φωνὰς παραδεχόμεναι καὶ μηδέποτε πληρούμεναι, διψῶσαι δὲ ἀεὶ περιεργίας καὶ φιλοπραγμοσύνης, ἔστι δὲ ὅπου καὶ ἀνελευθέρου χλεύης ἐκπεφοιτήκασιν.
35ἐπεὶ πόθεν ἄλλοθεν τὰ πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης θέατρα νομίζομεν ἀμυθήτων μυριάδων ἀνὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν πληροῦσθαι; οἱ γὰρ ἀκουσμάτων καὶ θεαμάτων ἥττους καὶ ὦτα καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς χωρὶς ἡνιῶν ἐάσαντες φέρεσθαι καὶ κιθαριστὰς καὶ κιθαρῳδοὺς καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν κεκλασμένην καὶ ἄνανδρον μουσικὴν περιέποντες, ἔτι δὲ ὀρχηστὰς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους μίμους ἀποδεχόμενοι, ὅτι σχέσεις καὶ κινήσεις ἐκτεθηλυμμένας ἴσχονται καὶ κινοῦνται, τὸν ἐπὶ σκηνῆς ἀεὶ πόλεμον συγκροτοῦσι μήτε τῆς τῶν ἰδίων μήτε τῆς τῶν κοινῶν ἐπανορθώσεως πεφροντικότες, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἑαυτῶν οἱ δυστυχεῖς διά τε ὀφθαλμῶν καὶ ὤτων ἀνατρέποντες βίον.
36ἄλλοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ τούτων ἀθλιώτεροι καὶ κακοδαιμονέστεροι, οἳ τὴν γεῦσιν ὥσπερ ἐκ δεσμῶν ἔλυσαν· ἡ δὲ πρὸς πᾶσαν σιτίων τε καὶ ποτῶν ἀπόλαυσιν ἄφετος εὐθὺς ὁρμήσασα τά τε ἤδη εὐτρεπισθέντα ἐπιλέγεται καὶ πεῖναν ἄληκτον καὶ ἄπληστον ἴσχει τῶν ἀπόντων, ὡς, κἂν αἱ τῆς γαστρὸς ἀποπληρωθῶσι δεξαμεναί, σπαργῶσαν ἔτι καὶ μαιμῶσαν τὴν ἀεὶ κενὴν ἐπιθυμίαν περιβλέπεσθαι καὶ περιφοιτᾶν, μή τί που παροραθὲν λείψανον ἀφεῖται, ἵνα καὶ τοῦτο παμφάγου πυρὸς δίκην ἐπιλιχμήσηται.
37γαστριμαργίᾳ τοίνυν ἡ ὀπαδὸς ἐκ φύσεως ἀκολουθεῖ συνουσίας ἡδονὴ μανίαν ἔκτοπον καὶ οἶστρον ἀνεπίσχετον καὶ λύτταν ἀργαλεωτάτην ἐπιφέρουσα· ὅταν γὰρ ὑπὸ ὀψοφαγίας καὶ ἀκράτου καὶ πολλῆς μέθης ἄνθρωποι πιεσθῶσιν, οὐκέτι κρατεῖν ἑαυτῶν δύνανται, πρὸς δὲ τὰς ἐρωτικὰς μίξεις ἐπειγόμενοι κωμάζουσι καὶ θυραυλοῦσι, μέχρις ἂν τὸν πολὺν τοῦ πάθους ἀποχετευσάμενοι βρασμὸν ἠρεμῆσαι δυνηθῶσιν.
38οὗ χάριν καὶ ἡ φύσις ὡς ἔοικεν ὑπογάστρια τὰ συνουσίας ὄργανα ἐδημιούργησε, προλαβοῦσα ὅτι λιμῷ μὲν οὐ χαίρει, πλησμονῇ δὲ
39ἕπεται καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἰδίας ἐνεργείας ὑπανίσταται. τοὺς οὖν τοῖς θρέμμασι τούτοις ἐπιτρέποντας ἀθρόων ὧν ὀρέγονται πάντων ἐμφορεῖσθαι κτηνοτρόφους λεκτέον, ποιμένας δ’ ἔμπαλιν ὅσοι τά τε ἀναγκαῖα καὶ αὐτὰ μόνα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια παρέχουσι περιτεμνόμενοι καὶ ἀποκόπτοντες τὴν περιττὴν καὶ ἀλυσιτελῆ πᾶσαν ἀφθονίαν, ἥτις ἀπορίας καὶ ἐνδείας οὐχ ἥκιστα βλάπτει, πρόνοιάν τε πολλὴν ἔχουσι τοῦ μὴ ἐξ ἀμελείας καὶ ῥᾳθυμίας νοσῆσαι τὴν ἀγέλην εὐχόμενοι μηδὲ τὰς ἔξωθεν εἰωθυίας κατασκήπτειν νόσους ἐπιγενέσθαι.
40στοχάζονται δὲ οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ τοῦ μὴ διασπασθεῖσαν αὐτὴν σποράδην διασκεδασθῆναι, φόβον ἐπανατεινόμενοι τὸν σωφρονιστὴν τῶν λόγῳ μηδέποτε πειθομένων καὶ κολάσει χρώμενοι συνεχεῖ, μετρίᾳ μὲν κατὰ τῶν ἰάσιμα νεωτεριζόντων, ἀφορήτῳ δὲ κατὰ τῶν ἀνίατα· τὸ γὰρ εἶναι δοκοῦν ἀπευκτὸν μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν ἀφραίνουσιν, ἡ κόλασις, ὥσπερ τοῖς τὰ σώματα κάμνουσιν αἱ ἰατρικαὶ ὗλαι.
41ταῦτα τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα ποιμένων ἐστίν, οἳ τῶν σὺν ἡδονῇ βλαβερῶν τὰ μετὰ ἀηδίας προτιμῶσιν ὠφέλιμα. οὕτως γοῦν σεμνὸν καὶ λυσιτελὲς νενόμισται τὸ ποιμαίνειν, ὥστε τὸ μὲν ποιητικὸν γένος τοὺς βασιλέας ποιμένας λαῶν εἴωθε καλεῖν, ὁ δὲ νομοθέτης τοὺς σοφούς, οἳ μόνοι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν βασιλεῖς εἰσιν· ἄρχοντας γὰρ αὐτοὺς ὡς ἂν ποίμνης εἰσάγει τῆς ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων ἀλόγου φορᾶς.
42διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῷ τελειωθέντι ἐξ ἀσκήσεως Ἰακὼβ τὴν ποιμενικὴν ἐπιστήμην περιῆψε· ποιμαίνει γὰρ οὗτος τὰ πρόβατα Λάβαν (Gen. 30,36), τῆς τοῦ ἄφρονος ψυχῆς τὰ αἰσθητὰ μόνα καὶ φαινόμενα νομιζούσης ἀγαθά, χρώμασι καὶ σκιαῖς ἠπατημένης καὶ δεδουλωμένης· λευκασμὸς γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται Λάβαν.
43καὶ Μωυσεῖ τῷ πανσόφῳ τὴν αὐτὴν τέχνην ἀνατίθησι· καὶ γὰρ οὗτος ποιμὴν ἀποδείκνυται διανοίας τῦφον πρὸ ἀληθείας ἀσπαζομένης καὶ πρὸ τοῦ εἶναι τὸ δοκεῖν ἀποδεχομένης· περισσὸς γὰρ Ἰοθὸρ ἑρμηνεύεται, περιττὸν δὲ καὶ ἐπεισηγμένον ἀπλανεῖ βίῳ πρὸς ἀπάτην τῦφος, ᾧ καὶ τὰ κατὰ πόλεις ἕτερα παρ’ ἑτέροις, οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ δίκαια παρὰ πᾶσιν, ἔθος εἰσηγεῖσθαι τὰ κοινὰ τῆς φύσεως καὶ ἀκίνητα νόμιμα οὐδ’ ὄναρ ἰδόντι· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „Μωυσῆς ἦν ποιμαίνων τὰ πρόβατα Ἰοθὸρ τοῦ ἱερέως Μαδιάμ" (Exod. 3,1).
44ὁ δ’ αὐτὸς οὗτος εὔχεται, μὴ ὡς ἀνεπιτρόπευτον ποίμνην τὸν ὄχλον καὶ λεὼν ἅπαντα τῆς ψυχῆς ἀφεθῆναι, τυχεῖν δὲ ἀγαθοῦ ποιμένος ἐξάγοντος μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀφροσύνης καὶ ἀδικίας καὶ πάσης κακίας δικτύων, εἰσάγοντος δὲ εἰς τὰ παιδείας καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς δόγματα· „ἐπισκεψάσθω“ γάρ φησι „κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων καὶ πάσης σαρκὸς ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ τῆς συναγωγῆς ταύτης“· εἶτα ὀλίγα προσειπὼν ἐπιφέρει· „καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ἡ συναγωγὴ κυρίου ὡσεὶ πρόβατα, οἷς οὐκ ἔστι ποιμήν“ (Num. 27,16.17).
45ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἄξιον εὔχεσθαι μὴ χωρὶς ἐπιστάτου καὶ ἡγεμόνος ἐαθῆναι τὸ συγγενὲς καὶ συμφυὲς ἡμῶν ἑκάστῳ ποίμνιον, ὡς μὴ τῆς φαυλοτάτης τῶν κακοπολιτειῶν ὀχλοκρατίας, ἣ παράκομμα τῆς ἀρίστης δημοκρατίας ἐστίν, ἀναπλησθέντες θορύβοις καὶ ταραχαῖς καὶ ἐμφυλίοις στάσεσιν ἀεὶ χρώμενοι διατελῶμεν;
46οὐ μὴν ἀναρχία μόνον ὀχλοκρατίαν τίκτουσα δεινόν, ἀλλ’ ἡ καὶ παρανόμου καὶ βιαίου τινὸς ἐφ’ ἡγεμονίαν ἐπανάστασις· τύραννος γὰρ ἐκ φύσεως ἐχθρός, πόλεων μὲν ἄνθρωπος, σώματος δὲ καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ τῶν καθ’ ἑκάτερον πραγμάτων ὁ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἐπιτετειχικὼς ἑκάστῳ θηριωδέστατος νοῦς.
47ἀλυσιτελεῖς δὲ οὐχ αὗται μόνον αἱ δεσποτεῖαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν λίαν ἐπιεικῶν ἀρχαί τε καὶ προστασίαι· χρηστότης γὰρ πρᾶγμα εὐκαταφρόνητον καὶ ἑκατέροις, ἄρχουσί τε καὶ ὑπηκόοις, βλαβερόν, τοῖς μὲν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων εἰς αὐτοὺς ὀλιγωρίας μηδὲν μήτε ἴδιον μήτε κοινὸν ἐπανορθώσασθαι δυναμένοις, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ τὰς ἡγεμονίας ἀναγκαζομένοις ἀποτίθεσθαι, τοῖς δὲ ἐκ συνεχοῦς τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας ὀλιγωρίας πειθοῦς ἠμεληκόσι καὶ ἀδεῶς ἐπὶ μεγάλου κακοῦ κτήσει περιποιησαμένοις αὐθάδειαν.
48τούτους μὲν οὖν θρεμμάτων, ἐκείνους δὲ κτηνοτρόφων οὐδὲν νομιστέον διαφέρειν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τρυφᾶν ἐν ἀφθόνοις ὕλαις ἀναπείθουσιν, οἱ δὲ τὸν κόρον ἀδυνατοῦντες φέρειν ἐξυβρίζουσι. χρὴ δὲ ὥσπερ αἰπόλον ἢ βουκόλον ἢ ποιμένα ἢ κοινῶς νομέα τὸν ἡμέτερον ἄρχειν νοῦν τὸ συμφέρον πρὸ τοῦ ἡδέος ἑαυτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς θρέμμασιν αἱρούμενον.
49ἡ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπίσκεψις πρῶτον σχεδὸν καὶ μόνον αἴτιον τοῦ τὰ μέρη τῆς ψυχῆς μὴ ἀνεπιτρόπευτα ἀφεθῆναι, τυχεῖν δὲ ἀνυπαιτίου καὶ πάντα ἀγαθοῦ ποιμένος· οὗ κατασταθέντος ἀμήχανον τὴν σύνοδον τῆς διανοίας γενέσθαι σποράδα. ὑπὸ γὰρ μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν σύνταξιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης φανεῖται πρὸς τὴν ἑνὸς ἐπιστασίαν ἀφορῶσα, ἐπεὶ τό γε πολλαῖς ὑπακούειν ἀρχαῖς ἀναγκάζεσθαι βαρύτατον ἄχθος.
50οὕτως μέντοι τὸ ποιμαίνειν ἐστὶν ἀγαθόν, ὥστε οὐ βασιλεῦσι μόνον καὶ σοφοῖς ἀνδράσι καὶ ψυχαῖς τέλεια κεκαθαρμέναις ἀλλὰ καὶ θεῷ τῷ πανηγεμόνι δικαίως ἀνατίθεται. τούτου δὲ ἐγγυητὴς οὐχ ὁ τυχὼν ἀλλὰ προφήτης ἐστίν, ᾧ καλὸν πιστεύειν, ὁ τὰς ὑμνῳδίας ἀναγράψας· λέγει γὰρ ὧδε· „κύριος ποιμαίνει με, καὶ οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει“ (Psalm. 22,1).
Sections 51–75
51τοῦτο μέντοι τὸ ᾆσμα παντὶ φιλοθέῳ μελετᾶν ἐμπρεπές, τῷ δὲ δὴ κόσμῳ καὶ διαφερόντως· καθάπερ γάρ τινα ποίμνην γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀέρα καὶ πῦρ καὶ ὅσα ἐν τούτοις φυτά τε αὖ καὶ ζῷα, τὰ μὲν θνητὰ τὰ δὲ θεῖα, ἔτι δὲ οὐρανοῦ φύσιν καὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης περιόδους καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων τροπάς τε αὖ καὶ χορείας ἐναρμονίους ὁ ποιμὴν καὶ βασιλεὺς θεὸς ἄγει κατὰ δίκην καὶ νόμον, προστησάμενος τὸν ὀρθὸν αὑτοῦ λόγον καὶ πρωτόγονον υἱόν, ὃς τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς ἱερᾶς ταύτης ἀγέλης οἷά τις μεγάλου βασιλέως ὕπαρχος διαδέξεται· καὶ γὰρ εἴρηταί που· „Ἰδοὺ ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποστέλλω ἄγγελόν μου εἰς πρόσωπόν σου τοῦ φυλάξαι σε ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ“ (Exod. 23,20).
52λεγέτω τοίνυν καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἅπας, ἡ μεγίστη καὶ τελεωτάτη τοῦ ὄντος θεοῦ ποίμνη· „κύριος ποιμαίνει με, καὶ οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει“.
53λεγέτω καὶ ἕκαστος τῶν ἐν μέρει τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο μὴ τῇ διὰ γλώττης καὶ στόματος ῥεούσῃ φωνῇ πρὸς βραχεῖαν ἀέρος ἐξικνουμένῃ μοῖραν, ἀλλὰ τῇ τῆς διανοίας εὐρυνομένῃ καὶ τῶν τοῦ παντὸς ἁπτομένῃ περάτων· ἀμήχανον γὰρ τῶν ἐπιβαλλόντων ἔνδειαν εἶναί τινος ἐπιστατοῦντος θεοῦ πλήρη καὶ τέλεια τἀγαθὰ τοῖς οὖσιν ἅπασιν εἰωθότος
54χαρίζεσθαι. παγκάλη δὲ εἰς ὁσιότητα παραίνεσις ἡ διὰ τοῦ λεχθέντος ᾄσματος· τῷ γὰρ ὄντι ὁ μὲν πάντα τὰ ἄλλα δοκῶν ἔχειν, τῇ δὲ ἑνὸς προστασίᾳ δυσχεραίνων, ἀτελὴς καὶ πένης· ἥτις δὲ ὑπὸ θεοῦ ποιμαίνεται ψυχὴ τὸ ἓν καὶ μόνον ἔχουσα, οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐκκρέμαται, ἀπροσδεὴς εἰκότως ἐστὶν ἄλλων, οὐ τυφλὸν πλοῦτον, βλέποντα δὲ καὶ σφόδρα ὀξυδορκοῦντα θαυμάζουσα.
55τούτου πάντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἰς σύντονον καὶ δυσαπάλλακτον ἔρωτα ἦλθον, διὸ κτηνοτροφίαν γελάσαντες ἐξεπόνησαν ποιμενικὴν ἐπιστήμην.
56τεκμήριον δέ· ὁ τὴν περὶ σῶμα καὶ τὰς κενὰς δόξας ὑπόθεσιν ἀεὶ μελετῶν Ἰωσήφ, ἄρχειν μὲν καὶ ἐπιστατεῖν ἀλόγου φύσεως οὐκ ἐπιστάμενος — πρεσβύταις γὰρ ἔθος ἐπὶ τὰς ἀνυπευθύνους ἀρχὰς καλεῖσθαι, νέος δέ ἐστιν οὗτος ἀεί, κἂν τὸ χρόνου μήκει γῆρας ἐπιγινόμενον ἐνέγκηται —, τρέφειν δὲ εἰωθὼς καὶ συναύξειν ὑπολαμβάνει καὶ τοὺς φιλαρέτους πεῖσαι δυνήσεσθαι μεταβάλλειν ὡς αὐτόν, ἵνα τῶν ἀλόγων καὶ ἀψύχων περιεχόμενοι μηκέτ’ ἐνευκαιρεῖν δύνωνται τοῖς λογικῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιτηδεύμασι· φησὶ γάρ·
57ἂν ὁ βασιλεὺς νοῦς τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας πυνθάνηται, τί τὸ ἔργον ὑμῶν, ἀποκρίνεσθε· ἄνδρες κτηνοτρόφοι ἐσμέν (Gen. 46, 33. 34). τοῦτο ἀκούσαντες κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς δυσχεραίνουσιν, εἰ ἡγεμόνες ὄντες ὑπηκόων τάξιν ἔχειν ὁμολογήσουσιν·
58οἱ μὲν γὰρ τροφὰς ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι διὰ τῆς τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀφθονίας εὐτρεπιζόμενοι δοῦλοι γίνονται τῶν τρεφομένων καθάπερ δεσποίναις οἰκέται φόρον τελοῦντες καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀναγκαῖον, ἄρχοντες δὲ οἱ τούτων ἐπιστατοῦντες καὶ τὰ περιττὰ τῆς εἰς ἀπληστίαν ὁρμῆς αὐτῶν ἐπιστομίζοντες.
59τὸ μὲν οὖν πρῶτον καίτοι τοῦ λεχθέντος οὐ καθ’ ἡδονὴν ἀκούσαντες ἐχεμυθήσουσι περιττὸν ἡγούμενοι τὸ μὴ μαθησομένοις διαφορὰν κτηνοτροφίας καὶ ποιμενικῆς ὑφηγεῖσθαι, αὖθις δὲ ὅταν ὁ περὶ τούτων ἀγὼν ἐνστῇ, διαγωνιοῦνται πάσῃ δυνάμει καί, πρὶν ἀνὰ κράτος ἑλεῖν, οὐκ ἀνήσουσι τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἐλεύθερόν τε καὶ εὐγενὲς καὶ ἡγεμονικὸν τῷ ὄντι ἐπιδειξάμενοι· πυνθανομένου γοῦν τοῦ βασιλέως „τί τὸ ἔργον ὑμῶν;“ ἀποκρίνονται· „ποιμένες ἐσμέν, καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν“ (Gen. 47, 3).
60εἶτ’ οὐκ ἂν δόξαιεν ἐπὶ ποιμενικῇ τοσοῦτον αὐχεῖν, ὅσον οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῷ τοσούτῳ κράτει τῆς ἀρχῆς ὁ προσομιλῶν αὐτοῖς βασιλεύς; οἵ γε οὐχ αὑτοῖς μόνοις τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ βίου τούτου μαρτυροῦσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτῶν, ὡς σπουδῆς καὶ ἐπιμελείας ἁπάσης ἀξίου·
61καίτοι γε, εἰ μὲν ἦν περὶ αἰγῶν ἢ προβάτων ἐπιμελείας ὁ λόγος, κἂν ἴσως ᾐδέσθησαν ὁμολογεῖν ἀτιμίαν φυγόντες· ἄδοξα γὰρ καὶ ταπεινὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα παρὰ τοῖς ὄγκον μὲν εὐτυχίας τὸν ἄνευ φρονήσεως περιβεβλημένοις καὶ μάλιστα βασιλεῦσι νενόμισται·
62τὸ δὲ Αἰγυπτιακὸν ἐκ φύσεως καὶ διαφερόντως ἐστὶν ὑπέραυχον, ὁπότε μικρά τις αὐτὸ μόνον αὔρα καταπνεύσειεν εὐπραγίας, ὡς χλεύην καὶ πλατὺν γέλωτα ἡγεῖσθαι τὰς τῶν δημοτικωτέρων ἀνθρώπων περὶ βίον σπουδάς τε καὶ φιλοτιμίας.
63ἐπειδὴ δὲ περὶ τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ δυνάμεων λογικῶν τε αὖ καὶ ἀλόγων πρόκειται σκοπεῖν, εἰκότως αὐχήσουσιν οἱ πεπεισμένοι ὅτι δύνανται κρατεῖν τῶν ἀλόγων συμμάχοις χρώμενοι ταῖς λογικαῖς.
64ἐὰν μέντοι τις βάσκανος καὶ φιλεγκλήμων αἰτιώμενος φάσκῃ· πῶς οὖν ποιμενικὴν τέχνην διαπονοῦντες καὶ τῆς συμφυοῦς ποίμνης ἐπιμέλειαν ἔχειν καὶ προστασίαν ἐπαγγελλόμενοι προσορμίσασθαι τῇ σώματος καὶ παθῶν χώρᾳ διενοήθητε, Αἰγύπτῳ, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἑτέρωσε τὸν πλοῦν ἐποιήσασθε; μετὰ παρρησίας αὐτῷ λεκτέον, ὅτι „παροικεῖν, οὐ κατοικεῖν ἤλθομεν“
65(Gen. 47, 4)· τῷ γὰρ ὄντι πᾶσα ψυχὴ σοφοῦ πατρίδα μὲν οὐρανόν, ξένην δὲ γῆν ἔλαχε, καὶ νομίζει τὸν μὲν σοφίας οἶκον ἴδιον, τὸν δὲ σώματος ὀθνεῖον, ᾧ καὶ παρεπιδημεῖν οἴεται.
66οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὰν ὁ ἀγελάρχης νοῦς παραλαβὼν τὴν ψυχῆς ἀγέλην νόμῳ φύσεως διδασκάλῳ χρώμενος εὐτόνως ἀφηγῆται, δόκιμον αὐτὴν καὶ σφόδρα ἐπαινετὴν ἀπεργάζεται, ὅταν δὲ παρανομίᾳ ῥᾳθύμως καὶ ἀνειμένως προσφερόμενος, ψεκτήν. εἰκότως τοίνυν ὁ μὲν βασιλέως ὄνομα ὑποδύσεται ποιμὴν προσαγορευθείς, ὁ δ’ ὀψαρτυτοῦ τινος ἢ σιτοπόνου κτηνοτρόφος ἐπιφημισθείς, εὐωχίαν καὶ θοίνην ἀδηφαγεῖν θρέμμασιν εἰωθόσιν εὐτρεπιζόμενος.
67Ὃν δὴ τρόπον γεωργὸς μὲν ἐργάτου γῆς, ποιμὴν δὲ κτηνοτρόφου διενήνοχεν, οὐκ ἀμελῶς ἐπιδέδειχα. καὶ τρίτον δ’ ἐστὶ συγγένειάν τινα ἔχον πρὸς τὰ λεχθέντα, περὶ οὗ νῦν ἐροῦμεν· ἱππέα τε γὰρ καὶ ἀναβάτην οὐ μόνον, ἄνθρωπον ἐποχούμενον ἐποχουμένου χρεμετιστικῷ ζῴῳ μακρῷ διαφέρειν ἡγεῖται, ἀλλὰ καὶ λογισμὸν λογισμοῦ.
68ὁ μὲν τοίνυν ἄνευ τέχνης ἱππικῆς ἐπιβεβηκὼς λέγεται μὲν εἰκότως ἀναβάτης, ἐκδέδωκε δὲ ἑαυτὸν ἀλόγῳ καὶ σκιρτητικῷ θρέμματι, ὥσθ’ ὅπῃ ἂν ἐκεῖνο χωρῇ | ’κεῖσε πάντως ἀναγκαῖον φέρεσθαι καὶ μὴ προϊδόμενον χάσμα γῆς ἢ βαθύν τινα βόθρον ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν τῷ δρόμῳ ῥύμης κατακρημνισθῆναι [συνηνέχθη] καὶ συγκαταποθῆναι τὸν φερόμενον.
69ὁ δ’ ἱππεὺς πάλιν, ὅταν ἀνέρχεσθαι μέλλῃ, χαλινὸν ἐντίθησι κἄπειτ’ ἐφαλλόμενος τῆς περιαυχενίου χαίτης ἐνείληπται καὶ φέρεσθαι δοκῶν αὐτός, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, ἄγει τὸ κομίζον τρόπον κυβερνήτου· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἄγεσθαι δοκῶν ὑπὸ νεὼς τῆς κυβερνωμένης ἄγει πρὸς ἀλήθειαν αὐτὴν καὶ ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπείγεται παραπέμπει λιμένας.
70ὅταν μὲν οὖν εὐηνίως προέρχηται, καταψήχει ὁ ἱππεὺς ὡς ἂν ἐπαινῶν τὸν ἵππον, ὅταν δὲ σὺν πλείονι ὁρμῇ πέραν ἐκφέρηται τοῦ μετρίου, μετὰ βίας εὐτόνως ἀναχαιτίζει, ὡς ὑπανεῖναι τοῦ τάχους· ἐὰν δὲ ἀπειθῶν ἐπιμένῃ, λαβὼν τοῦ χαλινοῦ ὅλον ἀντέσπασε καὶ ἀντιπεριήγαγεν αὐτοῦ τὸν αὐχένα, ὡς ἐξ ἀνάγκης στῆναι·
71καὶ πρὸς σκιρτήσεις μὲν καὶ τοὺς συνεχεῖς ἀφηνιασμούς εἰσι μάστιγες καὶ μύωπες εὐτρεπεῖς καὶ τἄλλ’ ὅσα πωλοδάμναις ἵππων κατεσκεύασται κολαστήρια. καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν· ἀνιόντος γὰρ τοῦ ἱππέως καὶ ἱππικὴ τέχνη συνανέρχεται, ὥστε δύο ὄντες καὶ ἐποχούμενοι καὶ ἐπιστήμονες εἰκότως ἑνὸς καὶ ὑποβεβλημένου καὶ ἀπαραδέκτου τέχνης ζῴου περιέσονται.
72μεταβὰς τοίνυν ἀπὸ τῶν χρεμετιζόντων καὶ τῶν ἐποχουμένων αὐτοῖς τὴν σαυτοῦ ψυχὴν εἰ θέλεις ἐρεύνησον· εὑρήσεις γὰρ ἐν τοῖς μέρεσιν αὐτῆς καὶ ἵππους καὶ ἡνίοχον καὶ ἀναβάτην, ὅσαπερ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐκτός.
73ἵπποι μὲν οὖν ἐπιθυμία καὶ θυμός εἰσιν, ὁ μὲν ἄρρην, ἡ δὲ θήλεια. διὰ τοῦθ’ ὁ μὲν γαυριῶν ἄφετος εἶναι βούλεται καὶ ἐλεύθερος καὶ ἔστιν ὑψαύχην ὡς ἂν ἄρρην, ἡ δ’ ἀνελεύθερος καὶ δουλοπρεπὴς καὶ πανουργίᾳ χαίρουσα οἰκόσιτος, οἰκοφθόρος· θήλεια γάρ. ἀναβάτης δὲ καὶ ἡνίοχος εἷς ὁ νοῦς· ἀλλ’ ἡνίκα μὲν μετὰ φρονήσεως ἄνεισιν, ἡνίοχος, ὁπότε δὲ μετ’ ἀφροσύνης, ἀναβάτης.
74ἄφρων μὲν οὖν ὑπὸ ἀμαθίας κρατεῖν ἀδυνατεῖ τῶν ἡνιῶν, αἱ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν ἀπορρυεῖσαι χαμαὶ πίπτουσι, τὰ δὲ ζῷα εὐθὺς ἀφηνιάσαντα πλημμελῆ καὶ ἄτακτον ποιεῖται τὸν δρόμον.
75ὁ δ’ ἐπιβεβηκὼς οὐδενὸς ἐνειλημμένος, ὑφ’ οὗ στηριχθήσεται, πίπτει, περιδρυπτόμενος δὲ γόνυ καὶ χεῖρας καὶ πρόσωπα μεγάλα κλαίει τὴν ἰδίαν κακοπραγίαν ὁ δείλαιος, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τὰς βάσεις πρὸς τὸν δίφρον ἐξημμένος ἀνατραπεὶς ὕπτιος ἐπὶ νῶτα ἀπῃώρηται καὶ ἐν ἁρματροχιαῖς αὐταῖς κεφαλήν τε καὶ αὐχένα καὶ ὤμους ἀμφοτέρους περιθραύεται κατασυρόμενος, εἶθ’ ὧδε κἀκεῖσε φορούμενος καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν ποσὶ προσαραττόμενος οἰκτρότατον ὑπομένει θάνατον.
Sections 76–100
76τῷ μὲν δὴ τοιοῦτον ἀποβαίνει τὸ τέλος, τὸ δὲ ὄχημα ἀνακουφιζόμενον καὶ ἐξαλλόμενον μετὰ βίας, ὅταν ἐπὶ γῆν παλίσσυτον ἐνεχθῇ, ῥᾷστα κατάγνυται, ὡς μηκέτ’ αὖθις ἁρμοσθῆναι καὶ παγῆναι δύνασθαι· τὰ δὲ ζῷα πάντων τῶν συνεχόντων ἀφειμένα παρακινεῖται καὶ οἰστρᾷ καὶ οὐ παύεται φερόμενα, πρὶν ὑποσκελισθέντα πεσεῖν ἢ κατά τινος ἐνεχθέντα κρημνοῦ βαθέος παραπολέσθαι.
77τοῦτον οὖν ἔοικε τὸν τρόπον αὐτοῖς ἐπιβάταις τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄχημα σύμπαν διαφθείρεσθαι πλημμελῆσαν τὴν ἡνιόχησιν. τοὺς δὴ τοιούτους ἵππους καὶ τοὺς ἐποχουμένους ἄνευ τέχνης αὐτοῖς λυσιτελὲς καθαιρεῖσθαι, ἵνα τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐγείρηται· πιπτούσης γὰρ ἀφροσύνης ἀνάγκη φρόνησιν ὑπανίστασθαι.
78διὰ τοῦτ’ ἐν προτρεπτικοῖς Μωυσῆς φησιν· „ἐὰν ἐξέλθῃς εἰς πόλεμον ἐπ’ ἐχθρούς σου καὶ ἴδῃς ἵππον καὶ ἀναβάτην καὶ λαὸν πλείονα, οὐ φοβηθήσῃ, ὅτι κύριος ὁ θεὸς μετὰ σοῦ“ (Deut. 20,1)· θυμοῦ γὰρ καὶ ἐπιθυμίας καὶ συνόλως ἁπάντων παθῶν, πασῶν δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων κακιῶν ἐποχουμένων ὥσπερ ἵπποις ἑκάστοις λογισμῶν, κἂν ἀμάχῳ ῥώμῃ κεχρῆσθαι νομίζωσιν, ἀλογητέον τοὺς ἔχοντας τὴν τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως θεοῦ δύναμιν ὑπερασπίζουσαν καὶ προαγωνιζομένην αἰεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ.
79στρατὸς δὲ θεῖος αἱ ἀρεταὶ φιλοθέων ὑπέρμαχοι ψυχῶν, αἷς, ἐπειδὰν ἴδωσι τὸν ἀντίπαλον ἡττημένον, ἁρμόττει πάγκαλον καὶ πρεπωδέστατον ὕμνον ᾄδειν τῷ νικηφόρῳ καὶ καλλινίκῳ θεῷ. δύο δὲ χοροί, ὁ μὲν τῆς ἀνδρωνίτιδος, ὁ δὲ τῆς γυναικωνίτιδος ἑστίας, στάντες ἄντηχον καὶ ἀντίφωνον ἀναμέλψουσιν ἁρμονίαν.
80χρήσεται δ’ ὁ μὲν τῶν ἀνδρῶν χορὸς ἡγεμόνι Μωυσεῖ, νῷ τελείῳ, ὁ δὲ τῶν γυναικῶν Μαριάμ, αἰσθήσει κεκαθαρμένῃ (Exod. 15, 1. 20)· δίκαιον γὰρ καὶ νοητῶς καὶ αἰσθητῶς τοὺς εἰς τὸ θεῖον ὕμνους καὶ εὐδαιμονισμοὺς ἀνυπερθέτως ποιεῖσθαι καὶ τῶν ὀργάνων ἐμμελῶς κρούειν ἑκάτερον, τό τε νοῦ καὶ αἰσθήσεως, ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ μόνου σωτῆρος εὐχαριστίᾳ καὶ τιμῇ.
81τὴν γοῦν παράλιον ᾠδὴν ᾄδουσι μὲν πάντες ἄνδρες, οὐ μὴν τυφλῇ διανοίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ὀξὺ καθορῶντες Μωυσέως ἐξάρχοντος, ᾄδουσι δὲ καὶ γυναῖκες αἱ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἄρισται, τῷ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐγγεγραμμέναι πολιτεύματι, Μαριὰμ ἀφηγουμένης αὐταῖς.
82ὕμνος δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς ἀμφοτέροις ᾄδεται τοῖς χοροῖς ἐπῳδὸν ἔχων θαυμασιώτατον, ὃν ἐφυμνεῖσθαι καλόν· ἔστι δὲ τοιόσδε· „ᾄσωμεν τῷ κυρίῳ, ἐνδόξως γὰρ δεδόξασται· ἵππον καὶ ἀναβάτην ἔρριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν“ (Exod. 15,1.21)·
83ἀμείνονα γὰρ καὶ τελειοτέραν οὐκ ἄν τις εὕροι σκοπῶν νίκην ἢ καθ’ ἣν τὸ τετράπουν καὶ σκιρτητικὸν καὶ ὑπέραυχον ἥττηται παθῶν τε καὶ κακιῶν ἀλκιμώτατον στῖφος—καὶ γὰρ κακίαι τῷ γένει τέτταρες καὶ πάθη ταύταις ἰσάριθμα—, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ὁ ἐπιβάτης αὐτῶν μισάρετος καὶ φιλοπαθὴς νοῦς καταπεσὼν οἴχεται, ὃς ἡδοναῖς καὶ ἐπιθυμίαις, ἀδικίαις τε καὶ πανουργίαις, ἔτι δὲ ἁρπαγαῖς καὶ πλεονεξίαις καὶ τοῖς παραπλησίοις θρέμμασιν ἐγεγήθει.
84παγκάλως οὖν ὁ νομοθέτης ἐν ταῖς παραινέσεσιν ἐκδιδάσκει μηδ’ ἄρχοντα χειροτονεῖν ἱπποτρόφον, ἀνεπιτήδειον οἰόμενος εἶναι πρὸς ἡγεμονίαν πάνθ’ ὃς ἂν περὶ ἡδονὰς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας καὶ ἔρωτας ἀκαθέκτους μεμηνὼς οἷα ἀχαλίνωτος καὶ ἀφηνιαστὴς ἵππος οἰστρᾷ· λέγει γὰρ ὧδε· „οὐ δυνήσῃ καταστῆσαι ἐπὶ σεαυτὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀλλότριον, ὅτι οὐκ ἀδελφός σού ἐστι· διότι οὐ πληθυνεῖ ἑαυτῷ ἵππον, οὐδὲ μὴ ἀποστρέψῃ τὸν λαὸν εἰς Αἴγυπτον“ (Deut. 17,15. 16).
85οὐκοῦν τῶν ἱπποτρόφων πρὸς ἀρχὴν πέφυκεν οὐδεὶς κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν· καίτοι φαίη τις ἂν ἴσως, ὅτι μεγάλη χείρ ἐστι βασιλέως ἱππικὴ δύναμις οὔτε πεζῆς οὔτε ναυτικῆς ἀποδέουσα, πολλαχοῦ δὲ καὶ λυσιτελεστέρα καὶ μάλιστα ἐν οἷς ἀνυπερθέτου καὶ συντόνου τάχους τῆς ἐπεξόδου δεῖ τῶν καιρῶν μέλλειν οὐκ ἐπιτρεπόντων, ἀλλ’ ἐπ’ αὐτῆς ἱσταμένων ἀκμῆς, ὡς μὴ ἀναβάλλεσθαι τοὺς ὑστερηκότας μᾶλλον ἢ ἀποτυχεῖν ἂν εἰκότως εἰσάπαν νομισθῆναι, φθάντων παρελθεῖν ὥσπερ
86νέφους ἐκείνων. εἴποιμεν δ’ ἂν αὐτοῖς· οὐδεμίαν, ὦ γενναῖοι, φρουρὰν ἄρχοντος ὁ νομοθέτης ὑποτέμνεται οὐδὲ τὸ συλλεχθὲν αὐτῷ στράτευμα ἀκρωτηριάζει τῆς δυνάμεως τὸ ἀνυσιμώτερον, τὴν ἱππικὴν δύναμιν, ἀποκόπτων, ἀλλ’ ὡς οἷόν τε πειρᾶται συναύξειν, ἵν’ εἴς τε ἰσχὺν καὶ πλῆθος ἐπιδόντες οἱ σύμμαχοι ῥᾷστα τοὺς ἐναντίους καθαιρῶσι.
87τίνι γὰρ οὕτω λοχίσαι στράτευμα καὶ τάξαι καὶ κατὰ φάλαγγας διανεῖμαι καὶ λοχαγοὺς καὶ ταξιάρχους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πλειόνων ἢ ἐλαττόνων ἡγεμόνας καταστῆσαι ἢ ὅσα τακτικὰ καὶ στρατηγικὰ εὕρηται [καὶ] τοῖς ὀρθῶς χρησομένοις ὑφηγήσασθαι κατὰ πολλὴν τῆς ἐν τούτοις ἐπιστήμης περιουσίαν ἐξεγένετο;
88ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι νῦν ὁ λόγος αὐτῷ περὶ δυνάμεως ἱππικῆς, ἣν συγκροτεῖσθαι πρὸς ἄρχοντος ἐπ’ ἀναιρέσει δυσμενῶν καὶ σωτηρίᾳ φίλων ἀναγκαῖον, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀλόγου καὶ ἀμέτρου καὶ ἀπειθοῦς φορᾶς, ἣν ἐπιστομίζειν λυσιτελές, μή ποτε τὸν λαὸν αὐτῆς ἅπαντα εἰς Αἴγυπτον, τὴν τοῦ σώματος χώραν, ἀποστρέψῃ καὶ φιλήδονον καὶ φιλοπαθῆ μᾶλλον ἢ φιλάρετον καὶ φιλόθεον ἀνὰ κράτος ἐργάσηται, ἐπειδὴ τὸν πλῆθος ἵππων παρ’ ἑαυτῷ κτώμενον ἀνάγκη τὴν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφη, βαδίζειν ὁδόν.
89ὅταν γὰρ καθ’ ἑκάτερον τοῖχον τῆς ψυχῆς νεὼς τρόπον, τόν τε νοῦ καὶ αἰσθήσεως, ὑπὸ βίας τῶν καταπνεόντων εἰς αὐτὴν παθῶν τε καὶ ἀδικημάτων ἀντιρρεπούσης καὶ κλινομένης ἐξαιρόμενον ἐπιβαίνῃ τὸ κῦμα, τόθ’ ὡς εἰκὸς ὑπέραντλος ὁ νοῦς γινόμενος καταποντοῦται· βυθὸς δέ ἐστιν, εἰς ὃν καταποντοῦται καὶ καταδύεται, σῶμα αὐτὸ τὸ ἀπεικασθὲν Αἰγύπτῳ.
90μή ποτ’ οὖν περὶ τοῦτο σπουδάσῃς τῆς ἱπποτροφίας τὸ εἶδος. οἱ μὲν γὰρ θάτερον μετιόντες ψεκτοὶ μὲν καὶ αὐτοί· πῶς γὰρ οὔ; παρ’ οἷς ἄλογα ζῷα μᾶλλον τετίμηται, ὧν ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας ἵππων μὲν ἀγέλαι κατευωχημένων ἀεὶ προέρχονται, ἀνθρώπων δὲ ἑπομένων οὐδὲ εἷς ἔρανον εἰς ἐπανόρθωσιν ἐνδείας, οὐ δωρεὰν εἰς περιουσίαν εὑρισκόμενος.
91ἀλλ’ ὅμως κουφότερα ἀδικοῦσιν· ἀθλητὰς γὰρ ἵππους ἀνατρέφοντες τούς τε ἱεροὺς ἀγῶνας καὶ τὰς πανταχῇ πανηγύρεις ἀγομένας φασὶ κοσμεῖν καὶ οὐχ ἡδονῆς μόνον [ἀλλὰ] καὶ τῆς περὶ τὴν θέαν τέρψεως αἴτιοι γίνεσθαι τοῖς ὁρῶσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τῶν καλῶν ἀσκήσεώς τε καὶ μελέτης· οἱ γὰρ τὸν τοῦ νικηφορῆσαι πόθον ἐνιδόντες θηρίοις, διὰ τιμῆς ἔρωτα καὶ ζῆλον ἀρετῆς ἀλέκτῳ τινὶ προτροπῇ καὶ προθυμίᾳ χρησάμενοι, πόνους ἡδεῖς ὑποστάντες τῶν οἰκείων καὶ ἐπιβαλλόντων οὐκ ἀφέξονται, πρὶν ἢ ἐπὶ τέλος ἐλθεῖν αὐτῶν.
92ἀλλ’ οὗτοι μὲν εὑρεσιλογοῦσιν ἀδικοῦντες, οἱ δ’ ἄνευ ἀπολογίας διαμαρτάνοντές εἰσιν οἱ τὸν ἀναβάτην νοῦν ἔποχον ἀποφαίνοντες ἄπειρον ἱππικῆς ἐπιστήμης κακίᾳ καὶ πάθει τετράποδι.
93ἐὰν μέντοι τέχνην τὴν ἡνιοχικὴν ἀναδιδαχθεὶς ἐπὶ πλέον ἐνομιλήσῃς καὶ ἐνδιατρίψῃς αὐτῇ καὶ ἤδη νομίσῃς ἱκανὸς εἶναι δύνασθαι κρατεῖν ἵππων, ἀναβὰς ἔχου τῶν ἡνιῶν· οὕτως γὰρ οὔτε ἀνασκιρτώντων αὐτὸς ἀποπίπτων μετὰ τραυμάτων δυσιάτων γέλωτα παρ’ ἐπιχαιρεκακοῦσιν ὀφλήσεις θεαταῖς οὔτ’ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἢ κατόπιν ἐπιτρεχόντων ἐχθρῶν ἁλώσῃ, τοὺς μὲν τάχει φθάνων τῷ προεκδραμεῖν διώκοντας, τῶν δὲ προσιόντων ἀλογῶν διὰ τὴν τοῦ δύνασθαι ἐξαναχωρεῖν
94ἀσφαλῶς ἐπιστήμην. οὐκ εἰκότως οὖν Μωυσῆς ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀναβατῶν ᾄδων ἀπωλείᾳ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν εὔχεται σωτηρίαν παντελῆ; δύνανται γὰρ οὗτοι χαλινὸν ταῖς ἀλόγοις δυνάμεσιν ἐμβαλόντες αὐτῶν ἐπιστομίζειν τῆς πλεοναζούσης τὴν φορὰν ὁρμῆς. τίς οὖν ἡ εὐχή, λεκτέον· „γενέσθω“ φησί „Δὰν ὄφις ἐφ’ ὁδοῦ, ἐγκαθήμενος ἐπὶ τρίβου, δάκνων πτέρναν ἵππου, καὶ πεσεῖται ὁ ἱππεὺς εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, τὴν σωτηρίαν περιμένων κυρίου“ (Gen. 49,17. 18).
95ὃ δ’ αἰνίττεται διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς, μηνυτέον· ἑρμηνεύεται Δὰν κρίσις· τὴν οὖν ἐξετάζουσαν καὶ ἀκριβοῦσαν καὶ διακρίνουσαν καὶ τρόπον τινὰ δικάζουσαν ἕκαστα τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμιν ὡμοίωσε δράκοντι—ζῷον δ’ ἐστὶ καὶ τὴν κίνησιν ποικίλον καὶ συνετὸν ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα καὶ πρὸς ἀλκὴν ἕτοιμον καὶ τοὺς χειρῶν ἄρχοντας ἀδίκων ἀμύνασθαι δυνατώτατον—, οὐ μὴν τῷ φίλῳ καὶ συμβούλῳ ζωῆς—Εὔαν πατρίῳ γλώττῃ καλεῖν αὐτὴν ἔθος—, ἀλλὰ τῷ πρὸς Μωυσέως ἐξ ὕλης χαλκοῦ δημιουργηθέντι, ὃν οἱ δηχθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν ἰοβόλων ὄφεων καίτοι μέλλοντες τελευτήσειν ὁπότε κατίδοιεν ἐπιβιοῦν
96καὶ μηδέποτε ἀποθνῄσκειν λέγονται (Num. 21,8). ταῦτα δ’ οὕτως μὲν λεγόμενα φάσμασιν ἔοικε καὶ τέρασι, δράκων ἀνθρώπου προϊέμενος φωνὴν καὶ ἐνσοφιστεύων ἀκακωτάτοις ἤθεσι καὶ πιθανότησιν εὐπαραγώγοις γυναῖκα ἀπατῶν, καὶ ἕτερος αἴτιος σωτηρίας γενόμενος παντελοῦς τοῖς θεασαμένοις.
97ἐν δὲ ταῖς δι’ ὑπονοιῶν ἀποδόσεσι τὸ μὲν μυθῶδες ἐκποδὼν οἴχεται, τὸ δ’ ἀληθὲς ἀρίδηλον εὑρίσκεται· τὸν μὲν οὖν τῆς γυναικὸς ὄφιν, αἰσθήσεως καὶ σαρκῶν ἐκκρεμαμένης ζωῆς, ἡδονὴν εἶναί φαμεν, ἰλυσπωμένην καὶ πολυπλοκωτάτην, ἀνεγερθῆναι μὴ δυναμένην, αἰεὶ καταβεβλημένην, ἐπὶ μόνα τὰ γῆς ἕρπουσαν ἀγαθά, καταδύσεις τὰς ἐν τῷ σώματι ζητοῦσαν, ὥσπερ ὀρύγμασιν ἢ χάσμασιν ἑκάστῃ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἐμφωλεύουσαν, σύμβουλον ἀνθρώπου, φονῶσαν κατὰ τοῦ κρείττονος, ἰοβόλοις καὶ ἀνωδύνοις γλιχομένην δήγμασιν ἀποκτεῖναι· τὸν δὲ Μωυσέως ὄφιν τὴν ἡδονῆς ἐναντίαν διάθεσιν, καρτερίαν, παρὸ καὶ τῆς χαλκοῦ κραταιοτάτης ὕλης κατεσκευασμένος εἰσάγεται.
98τὸν οὖν ἄκρως καταθεασάμενον τὸ καρτερίας εἶδος, κἂν εἰ δεδηγμένος πρότερον ὑπὸ τῶν φίλτρων ἡδονῆς τυγχάνοι, ζῆν ἀναγκαῖον· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐπανατείνεται ψυχῇ θάνατον ἀπαραίτητον, ἐγκράτεια δ’ ὑγείαν καὶ σωτηρίαν προτείνει βίου. ἀντιπαθὲς δ’ ἀκολασίας φάρμακον ἡ ἀλεξίκακος σωφροσύνη.
99παντὶ δὲ σοφῷ τὸ καλὸν φίλον, ὃ καὶ πάντως ἐστὶ σωτήριον. ὥσθ’ ὅταν εὔχηται Μωυσῆς γενέσθαι τῷ Δὰν ἢ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον ὄφιν—ἑκατέρως γὰρ ἔστιν ἐκδέξασθαι —, παραπλήσιον τῷ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ κατασκευασθέντι, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὅμοιον τῷ τῆς Εὔας εὔχεται·
100τὴν γὰρ εὐχὴν ἀγαθῶν αἴτησιν εἶναι συμβέβηκε. τὸ μὲν οὖν τῆς καρτερίας γένος ἀγαθὸν καὶ οἰστικὸν ἀφθαρσίας, ἀγαθοῦ τελείου, τὸ δὲ τῆς ἡδονῆς κακὸν τὴν μεγίστην τιμωρίαν ἐπιφέρον, θάνατον. διὸ λέγει·
Sections 101–125
101„γενέσθω Δὰν ὄφις“ οὐχ ἑτέρωθι μᾶλλον ἢ „ἐφ’ ὁδοῦ“· τὰ μὲν γὰρ τῆς ἀκρασίας καὶ λαιμαργίας καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα αἱ ἀμέτρητοι καὶ ἄπληστοι, πληρούμεναι πρὸς τῆς τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀφθονίας, ὠδίνουσι καὶ τίκτουσιν ἡδοναί, κατὰ λεωφόρου καὶ εὐθυτενοῦς βαίνειν οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει ψυχήν, φάραγξι δὲ καὶ βαράθροις ἐμπίπτειν ἄχρι τοῦ καὶ διαφθεῖραι παντελῶς αὐτὴν ἀναγκάζει· τὰ δὲ καρτερίας καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς * * * ἐχόμενα μόνα, μηδενὸς ὄντος ἐν ποσὶν ὀλισθηροῦ, ᾧ προσπταίσασα κλιθήσεται. προσφυέστατα οὖν ἔχεσθαι τῆς ὀρθῆς ὁδοῦ σωφροσύνην εἶπε, διότι καὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἕξιν ἀκολασίαν ἀνοδίᾳ χρῆσθαι
102συμβέβηκε. τὸ δὲ „καθήμενος ἐπὶ τρίβου“ τοιοῦτον ὑποβάλλει νοῦν, ὥς γε ἐμαυτὸν πείθω· τρίβος ἐστὶν ἡ τετριμμένη πρός τε ἀνθρώπων καὶ ὑποζυγίων ἱππήλατος καὶ ἁμαξήλατος ὁδός.
103ταύτῃ φασὶν ἡδονὴν ἐμφερεστάτην εἶναι· σχεδὸν γὰρ ἀπὸ γενέσεως ἄχρι τοῦ μακροῦ γήρως ἐπιβαίνουσι καὶ ἐμπεριπατοῦσι καὶ μετὰ σχολῆς καὶ ῥᾳστώνης ἐνδιατρίβουσι τῇ ὁδῷ ταύτῃ, οὐκ ἄνθρωποι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσαι ἄλλαι ἰδέαι τῶν ζῴων εἰσίν· ἓν γὰρ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὃ μὴ πρὸς ἡδονῆς δελεασθὲν εἵλκυσται καὶ ἐμφέρεται τοῖς πολυπλοκωτάτοις δικτύοις αὐτῆς, ἃ πολὺς διεκδῦναι πόνος.
104αἱ δὲ φρονήσεως καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετῶν ὁδοί, καὶ εἰ μὴ ἄβατοι, ἀλλά τοι πάντως ἄτριπτοι· ὀλίγος γὰρ ἀριθμός ἐστι τῶν αὐτὰς βαδιζόντων, οἳ πεφιλοσοφήκασιν ἀνόθως καὶ πρὸς μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἑταιρίαν ἔθεντο, τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἅπαξ ἀλογήσαντες.
105„ἐγκάθηται“ οὖν, καὶ οὐχ ἅπαξ, ὅτῳ ζῆλος καὶ φροντὶς εἰσέρχεται καρτερίας, ἵν’ ἐξ ἐνέδρας ἐπιθέμενος τὴν ἐθάδα ἡδονήν, πηγὴν ἀεννάων κακῶν, ἐπιφράξῃ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνέλῃ χωρίου.
106τότε, ὥς φησιν ἀκολουθίᾳ χρώμενος, ἀναγκαίως „δήξεται πτέρναν ἵππου“· καρτερίας γὰρ καὶ σωφροσύνης ἴδιον τὰς τῆς ὑψαυχενούσης κακίας καὶ τοῦ παρατεθηγμένου καὶ ὀξυκινήτου καὶ σκιρτητικοῦ
107πάθους ἐπιβάθρας διασεῖσαι καὶ ἀνατρέψαι. τὸν μὲν οὖν τῆς Εὔας ὄφιν εἰσάγει κατ’ ἀνθρώπου φονῶντα—λέγει γὰρ ἐν ταῖς ἀραῖς· „αὐτός σου τηρήσει κεφαλήν, καὶ σὺ τηρήσεις αὐτοῦ πτέρναν“ (Gen. 3,15)—, τὸν δὲ τοῦ Δάν, περὶ οὗ νῦν ἐστιν ὁ λόγος, ἵππου πτέρναν, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου δάκνοντα·
108ὁ μὲν γὰρ τῆς Εὔας ἡδονῆς ὢν σύμβολον, ὡς ἐδείχθη πρότερον, ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ καθ’ ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ἐπιτίθεται λογισμῷ—φθορὰ γὰρ διανοίας πλεοναζούσης ἡδονῆς ἀπόλαυσίς τε καὶ χρῆσις —·
109ὁ δὲ τοῦ Δάν, εἰκών τις ὢν ἐρρωμενεστάτης ἀρετῆς καρτερίας, ἵππον, τὸ πάθους καὶ κακίας σύμβολον, δήξεται, διότι σωφροσύνη τὴν τούτων καθαίρεσίν τε καὶ φθορὰν μελετᾷ. δηχθέντων μέντοι καὶ ὀκλασάντων „ὁ ἱππεὺς“ φησί „πεσεῖται“.
110ὃ δ’ αἰνίττεται, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· καλὸν καὶ περιμάχητον εἶναι νομίζει μηδενὶ τῶν ἐκ πάθους ἢ κακίας τὸν ἡμέτερον ἐποχεῖσθαι νοῦν, ἀλλ’ ὁπότ’ ἐπιβῆναί τινι αὐτῶν βιασθείη, σπουδάζειν καθάλλεσθαι καὶ ἀποπίπτειν· τὰ γὰρ τοιαῦτα πτώματα φέρει τὰς εὐκλεεστάτας νίκας. διὸ καὶ τῶν πάλαι τις προκληθεὶς ἐπὶ λοιδορίας ἅμιλλαν οὐκ ἂν εἰς τοιοῦτον ἀγῶνα ἔφη ποτὲ παρελθεῖν, ἐν ᾧ χείρων ὁ νικῶν ἐστι τοῦ ἡττωμένου.
111καὶ σὺ τοίνυν, ὦ οὗτος, μηδέποτ’ εἰς κακῶν παρέλθῃς ἅμιλλαν μηδὲ περὶ πρωτείων τῶν ἐν τούτοις διαγωνίσῃ, ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μέν, ἐὰν οἷόν τε ᾖ, σπούδασον ἀποδρᾶναι· ἐὰν δέ που πρὸς ἐρρωμενεστέρας δυνάμεως βιασθεὶς ἀναγκασθῇς διαγωνίσασθαι, μὴ μελλήσῃς ἡττᾶσθαι·
112τότε γὰρ εὖ μὲν ἔσῃ νενικηκὼς ὁ ἡττώμενος, ἡττώμενοι δ’ οἱ νενικηκότες. καὶ μὴ ἐπιτρέψῃς μηδὲ κήρυκι κηρῦξαι μηδὲ βραβευτῇ στεφανῶσαι τὸν ἐχθρόν, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς παρελθὼν τὰ βραβεῖα καὶ τὸν φοίνικα ἀνάδος καὶ στεφάνωσον, εἰ θέλει, καὶ ταῖς ταινίαις ἀνάδησον καὶ κήρυξον αὐτὸς μεγάλῃ καὶ ἀρρήκτῳ φωνῇ κήρυγμα τοιοῦτον· τὸν ἐπιθυμίας καὶ θυμοῦ καὶ ἀκολασίας ἀφροσύνης τε αὖ καὶ ἀδικίας προτεθέντα ἀγῶνα, ὦ θεαταὶ καὶ ἀθλοθέται, ἥττημαι μὲν ἐγώ, νενίκηκε δ’ οὑτοσί, καὶ οὕτως ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος νενίκηκεν, ὥστε καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἀνταγωνισταῖς ἡμῖν, οὓς εἰκὸς ἦν βασκαίνειν, μὴ φθονεῖσθαι.
113τὰ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἀνιέρων τούτων ἀγώνων ἆθλα παραχώρησον ἄλλοις, τὰ δὲ τῶν ἱερῶν ὄντως αὐτὸς ἀνάδησαι· ἱεροὺς δὲ μὴ νομίσῃς ἀγῶνας, οὓς αἱ πόλεις ἐν ταῖς τριετηρίσιν ἄγουσι θέατρα ἀναδειμάμεναι πολλὰς ἀνθρώπων δεξόμενα μυριάδας· ἐν γὰρ τούτοις ἢ ὁ καταπαλαίσας τινὰ καὶ ὕπτιον ἢ πρηνῆ τείνας ἐπὶ γῆν ἢ ὁ πυκτεύειν καὶ παγκρατιάζειν δυνάμενος καὶ μηδεμιᾶς μήτε ὕβρεως μήτε ἀδικίας ἀπεχόμενος φέρεται
114τὰ πρωτεῖα· εἰσὶ δ’ οἳ σφόδρα καὶ κραταιότατα σιδήρου τρόπον ἀκονησάμενοι καὶ στομώσαντες ἑκατέραν τῶν χειρῶν περιάψαντες κεφαλὰς καὶ πρόσωπα τῶν ἀντιπάλων ἀποσκάπτουσι καὶ τἄλλα, ἐπὰν τύχωσι τὰς πληγὰς ἐνεγκόντες, ἀποθραύουσιν, εἶτα βραβείων καὶ στεφάνων τῆς ἀνηλεοῦς ὠμότητος ἕνεκα μεταποιοῦνται.
115τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα ἀγωνίσματα δρομέων ἢ πεντάθλων τίς οὐκ ἂν γελάσαι τῶν εὖ φρονούντων, ἐπιτετηδευκότων μήκιστα ἐξάλλεσθαι καὶ μετρουμένων τὰ διαστήματα καὶ περὶ ποδῶν ὠκύτητος ἁμιλλωμένων; οὓς οὐ μόνον τῶν ἁδροτέρων ζῴων δορκὰς ἢ ἔλαφος ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν βραχυτάτων σκυλάκιον ἢ λαγωδάριον μὴ σφόδρα ἐπειγόμενον ῥύμῃ καὶ ἀπνευστὶ θέοντας παραδραμεῖται.
116τούτων μὲν δὴ τῶν ἀγώνων πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἱερὸς οὐδείς, κἂν πάντες ἄνθρωποι μαρτυρῶσιν, οὓς ἀνάγκη πρὸς ἑαυτῶν ψευδομαρτυριῶν ἁλίσκεσθαι· οἱ γὰρ ταῦτα θαυμάζοντες τοὺς νόμους τοὺς καθ’ ὑβριστῶν καὶ τιμωρίας τὰς ἐπὶ ταῖς αἰκίαις ἔθεσαν καὶ δικαστὰς τοὺς περὶ ἑκάστων διαγνωσομένους ἀπεκλήρωσαν.
117πῶς οὖν εἰκός ἐστι τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς ἰδίᾳ τινὰς αἰκισαμένοις ἀγανακτεῖν καὶ δίκας κατ’ αὐτῶν ἀπαραιτήτους ὡρικέναι, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς δημοσίᾳ καὶ ἐν πανηγύρεσι καὶ θεάτροις στεφάνους καὶ κηρύγματα καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ νομοθετῆσαι;
118δυεῖν γὰρ ἐναντίων καθ’ ἑνὸς εἴτε σώματος εἴτε πράγματος ὁρισθέντων ἢ εὖ ἢ κακῶς ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἂν ἔχοι θάτερον· ἄμφω γὰρ ἀμήχανον. πότερον οὖν ἐπαινοῖτ’ ἂν δεόντως; ἆρ’ οὐ τὸ τοὺς χειρῶν ἄρχοντας ἀδίκων κολάζεσθαι; ψέγοιτ’ ἂν οὖν εἰκότως τὸ ἐναντίον, τὸ τιμᾶσθαι· ψεκτὸν δ’ οὐδὲν τῶν ἱερῶν, ἀλλὰ πάντως εὐκλεές.
119ὁ τοίνυν Ὀλυμπιακὸς ἀγὼν μόνος ἂν λέγοιτο ἐνδίκως ἱερός, οὐχ ὃν τιθέασιν οἱ τὴν Ἦλιν οἰκοῦντες, ἀλλ’ ὁ περὶ κτήσεως τῶν θείων καὶ ὀλυμπίων ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀρετῶν. εἰς τοῦτον τὸν ἀγῶνα οἱ ἀσθενέστατοι τὰ σώματα ἐρρωμενέστατοι δὲ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐγγράφονται πάντες, εἶτα ἀποδυσάμενοι καὶ κονισάμενοι πάνθ’ ὅσα καὶ τέχνης καὶ δυνάμεως ἔργα δρῶσι, παραλιπόντες οὐδὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ νικηφορῆσαι.
120τῶν μὲν οὖν ἀντιπάλων οἱ ἀθληταὶ περίεισιν οὗτοι, πρὸς ἀλλήλους δὲ πάλιν περὶ πρωτείων διαφέρονται· οὐ γὰρ ὁ αὐτὸς τῆς νίκης τρόπος ἅπασιν, ἀλλὰ πάντες ἄξιοι τιμῆς ἀργαλεωτάτους καὶ βαρεῖς ἀνατρέψαντες καὶ καταβαλόντες ἐχθρούς.
121θαυμασιώτατος δὲ καὶ τούτων ὁ διενεγκών, ᾧ καὶ τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἄθλων οὐ φθονητέον λαμβάνοντι. οἳ δὲ κἂν δευτερείων ἢ τρίτων ἀξιωθῶσι, μὴ κατηφείτωσαν· καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα ἐπ’ ἀρετῆς κτήσει προτίθεται, τοῖς δὲ μὴ τῶν ἄκρων ἐφικέσθαι δυναμένοις ἡ τῶν μέσων κτῆσις ὠφέλιμος, λέγεται δὲ ὅτι καὶ βεβαιοτέρα τὸν ἐμφυόμενον ἀεὶ τοῖς ὑπερέχουσιν ἐκφεύγουσα φθόνον.
122παιδευτικώτατα οὖν εἴρηται τὸ „πεσεῖται ὁ ἱππεύς“, ἵν’ εἴ τις ἀποπίπτοι [μὲν] κακῶν, ἐγείρηται [δὲ] ἀγαθοῖς ἐπερειδόμενος καὶ συνορθιάζηται. διδασκαλικώτατον δὲ κἀκεῖνο, μὴ πρόσω φάναι, κατόπιν δὲ πίπτειν, ἐπειδὴ κακίας καὶ πάθους ὑστερίζειν ἀεὶ λυσιτελέστατον·
123φθάνειν μὲν γὰρ τὰ καλὰ δρῶντα δεῖ, τὰ δὲ αἰσχρὰ μέλλειν [καὶ] ἔμπαλιν, κἀκείνοις μὲν προσέρχεσθαι, τούτων δὲ ὑστερίζειν καὶ μακρὸν ὅσον ἀπολείπεσθαι· ᾧ γὰρ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐγγίνεται καὶ παθῶν ὑστερίζειν, ἄνοσος διατελεῖ. τὴν γοῦν „παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ σωτηρίαν περιμένειν“ φησὶν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἐφ’ ὅσον ἀπελείφθη τοῦ ἀδικεῖν, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον τῷ δικαιοπραγεῖν ἐπιδράμῃ.
124Περὶ μὲν οὖν ἱππέως καὶ ἀναβάτου, κτηνοτρόφου τε καὶ ποιμένος, ἔτι δὲ γῆν ἐργαζομένου καὶ γεωργοῦ τὰ προσήκοντα εἴρηται, καὶ αἱ καθ’ ἑκάστην συζυγίαν ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν ἠκρίβωνται διαφοραί.
125πρὸς δὲ τὰ ἀκόλουθα καιρὸς ἤδη τρέπεσθαι. τὸν οὖν ἐφιέμενον ἀρετῆς οὐ παντελῆ κεκτημένον τὴν γεωργικῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιστήμην εἰσάγει, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ μόνον περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς αὐτῆς πεπονημένον· λέγει γάρ· „ἤρξατο Νῶε ἄνθρωπος εἶναι γεωργός“. ἀρχὴ δ’, ὁ τῶν παλαιῶν λόγος, ἥμισυ τοῦ παντός, ὡς ἂν ἡμίσει πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἀφεστηκυῖα, οὗ μὴ προσγενομένου καὶ τὸ ἄρξασθαι πολλάκις μεγάλα πολλοὺς ἔβλαψεν.
Sections 126–150
126ἤδη γοῦν τινες καὶ τῶν οὐκ εὐαγῶν τῆς διανοίας κατὰ τὰς συνεχεῖς μεταβολὰς στροβουμένης ἔννοιαν χρηστοῦ τινος ἔλαβον, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲν ὤνηντο· ἔστι γὰρ μὴ πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἡξάντων φορὰν ἀθρόον τῶν ἐναντίων καταρραγεῖσαν ἐπικλύσαι καὶ τὸ χρηστὸν ἐκεῖνο διαφθαρῆναι νόημα.
127οὐ διὰ τοῦτο μέντοι δόξαντι θυσίας ἀμέμπτους ἀναγαγεῖν τῷ Κάιν λόγιον ἐξέπεσε μὴ θαρρεῖν ὡς κεκαλλιερηκότι; μὴ γὰρ ἐφ’ ἱεροῖς καὶ τελείοις βουθυτῆσαι· τὸ δὲ λόγιόν ἐστι τοιόνδε· „οὐκ ἐὰν ὀρθῶς προσενέγκῃς, ὀρθῶς δὲ μὴ διέλῃς“ (Gen. 4, 7).
128ὀρθὸν μὲν οὖν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ τιμή, τὸ δὲ ἀδιαίρετον οὐκ ὀρθόν. ὃν δ’ ἔχει καὶ τοῦτο λόγον, ἴδωμεν· εἰσί τινες οἱ τὸ εὐσεβὲς ἐν τῷ πάντα φάσκειν ὑπὸ θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τά τε καλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐναντία, περιγράφοντες·
129πρὸς οὓς ἂν λέγοιμεν, ὅτι τὸ μὲν ὑμῶν ἐπαινετόν ἐστι τῆς δόξης, τὸ δ’ ἔμπαλιν ψεκτόν, ἐπαινετὸν μέν, ὅτι τὸ μόνον θαυμάζετε τίμιον, ψεκτὸν δὲ αὖ, παρόσον ἄνευ τομῆς καὶ διαιρέσεως· ἔδει γὰρ μὴ φῦραι καὶ συγχέαι πάντων ἀθρόως ἀποφήναντας αἴτιον, ἀλλὰ μετὰ διαστολῆς μόνων ὁμολογῆσαι τῶν ἀγαθῶν.
130ἄτοπον γὰρ ἱερέων μὲν πρόνοιαν ἔχειν, ὡς ὁλόκληροι τὰ σώματα καὶ παντελεῖς ἔσονται, τῶν τε καταθυομένων ζῴων, ὡς οὐδὲν οὐδεμιᾷ τὸ παράπαν ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τῇ βραχυτάτῃ χρήσεται λώβῃ, καί τινας δεῖ ὅσους ἐπ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο χειροτονεῖν τὸ ἔργον, οὓς ἔνιοι μωμοσκόπους ὀνομάζουσιν, ἵνα ἄμωμα καὶ ἀσινῆ προσάγηται τῷ βωμῷ τὰ ἱερεῖα, τὰς δὲ περὶ θεοῦ δόξας ἐν ταῖς ἑκάστων ψυχαῖς ὑποσυγκεχύσθαι καὶ μὴ κανόνι ὀρθοῦ λόγου διακεκρίσθαι.
131τὸν κάμηλον οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι ἀκάθαρτον εἶναί φησι ζῷον ὁ νόμος, ἐπειδὴ μηρυκᾶται μέν, οὐ διχηλεῖ δέ (Lev. 11,4) ; καίτοι γε πρὸς τὴν ῥητὴν ἐπίσκεψιν οὐκ οἶδ’ ὃν ἔχει λόγον ἡ προσαποδοθεῖσα αἰτία, πρὸς δὲ τὴν δι’ ὑπονοιῶν ἀναγκαιότατον·
132ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ μηρυκώμενον τὴν προκαταβληθεῖσαν ὑπαναπλέουσαν αὖθις ἐπιλεαίνει τροφήν, οὕτως ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ φιλομαθοῦς, ἐπειδάν τινα δι’ ἀκοῆς δέξηται θεωρήματα, λήθῃ μὲν αὐτὰ οὐ παραδίδωσιν, ἠρεμήσασα δὲ καθ’ ἑαυτὴν ἕκαστα μεθ’ ἡσυχίας τῆς πάσης ἀναπολεῖ καὶ εἰς ἀνάμνησιν τῶν πάντων ἔρχεται.
133μνήμη δ’ οὐ πᾶσα ἀγαθόν, ἀλλ’ ἡ ἐπὶ μόνοις τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, ἐπεὶ τό γε ἄληστα εἶναι τὰ κακὰ βλαβερώτατον· οὗ ἕνεκα πρὸς τελειότητα χρεία τοῦ διχηλεῖν, ἵνα τοῦ μνημονικοῦ δίχα τμηθέντος ὁ λόγος διττὰιὰ στόματος, οὗπερ διττὰίτταδιττὰιττὰ ἡ φύσις [διττὰιτὰ] εἰργάσατο χείλη, ῥέων διαστείλῃ τό τε ὠφέλιμον καὶ τὸ ἐπιζήμιον μνήμης γένους εἶδος.
134ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὸ διχηλεῖν ἄνευ τοῦ μηρυκᾶσθαι καθ’ ἑαυτὸ φαίνεταί τινα ἔχειν ὄνησιν ἐξ αὑτοῦ. τί γὰρ ὄφελος τὰς φύσεις τῶν πραγμάτων τέμνειν ἄνωθεν ἀρξάμενον μέχρι τῶν λεπτοτάτων, εἰς τοὔσχατον δὲ αὐτὸ μηκέτι γίνεσθαι μηδὲ ἔχειν διαιρετὰ τὰ μέρη, ἅπερ ἄτομα καὶ ἀμερῆ πρὸς ἐνίων εὐθυβόλως ὀνομάζεται;
135ταῦτα γὰρ συνέσεως μὲν καὶ περιττῆς ἀκριβείας ἠκονημένης εἰς ὀξυτάτην ἀγχίνοιαν ἐναργῆ δείγματ’ ἐστίν, ὄνησιν δὲ οὐδεμίαν πρὸς καλοκἀγαθίαν καὶ ἀνεπιλήπτου βίου
136διέξοδον ἔχει. καθ’ ἑκάστην γοῦν ἡμέραν ὁ πανταχοῦ τῶν σοφιστῶν ὅμιλος ἀποκναίει τὰ ὦτα τῶν παρατυγχανόντων ἀκριβολογούμενος καὶ τὰς διπλᾶς καὶ ἀμφιβόλους λέξεις ἀναπτύσσων καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ὅσα δοκεῖ μεμνῆσθαι — πέπηγε δὲ καὶ πλειόνων — διακρίνων. ἢ οὐχ οἱ μὲν τὰ στοιχεῖα τῆς ἐγγραμμάτου φωνῆς εἴς τε ἄφωνα καὶ φωνήεντα τέμνουσιν; ἔνιοι δὲ τὸν λόγον εἰς τὰ ἀνωτάτω τρία, ὄνομα; ῥῆμα, σύνδεσμον;
137μουσικοὶ δὲ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπιστήμην εἰς ῥυθμόν, εἰς μέτρον, εἰς μέλος, καὶ τὸ μέλος εἴς τε τὸ χρωματικὸν καὶ ἐναρμόνιον καὶ διατονικὸν εἶδος καὶ διὰ τεσσάρων καὶ διὰ πέντε καὶ διὰ πασῶν, συνημμένων τε καὶ διεζευγμένων μελῳδίας;
138γεωμέτραι δὲ εἰς τὰς γενικωτάτας δύο γραμμὰς εὐθεῖάν τε καὶ περιφέρειαν; καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι τεχνῖται εἰς τὰς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἐπιστήμην ἰδέας τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν πρώτων ἄχρι τῶν ὑστάτων;
139ᾧ συνεπηχείτω μέντοι καὶ τῶν φιλοσοφούντων χορὸς ἅπας τὰ εἰωθότα διεξιών, ὅτι τῶν ὄντων τὰ μέν ἐστι σώματα, τὰ δ’ ἀσώματα· καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄψυχα, τὰ δὲ ψυχὴν ἔχοντα· καὶ τὰ μὲν λογικά, τὰ δ’ ἄλογα· καὶ τὰ μὲν θνητά, τὰ δὲ θεῖα· καὶ τῶν θνητῶν τὸ μὲν ἄρρεν, τὸ δὲ θῆλυ, τὰ ἀνθρώπου τμήματα·
140καὶ πάλιν τῶν ἀσωμάτων τὰ μὲν τέλεια, τὰ δὲ ἀτελῆ· καὶ τῶν τελείων τὰ μὲν ἐρωτήματα καὶ πύσματα ἀρατικά τε αὖ καὶ ὁρκικὰ καὶ ὅσαι ἄλλαι τῶν κατ’ εἶδος ἐν ταῖς περὶ τούτων στοιχειώσεσιν ἀναγράφονται διαφοραί, τὰ δὲ πάλιν ἃ διαλεκτικοῖς ἔθος ὀνομάζειν ἀξιώματα· καὶ τούτων τὰ μὲν ἁπλᾶ, τὰ δ’ οὐχ ἁπλᾶ· καὶ τῶν οὐχ
141ἁπλῶν τὰ μὲν συνημμένα, τὰ δὲ παρασυνημμένα τὸ μᾶλλον ἢ ἧττον, καὶ προσέτι δὲ διεζευγμένα καὶ ἄλλα τοιουτότροπα, ἔτι δ’ ἀληθῆ τε καὶ ψευδῆ καὶ ἄδηλα, δυνατά τε καὶ ἀδύνατα [καὶ τὰ μὲν φθαρτὰ καὶ ἄφθαρτα] καὶ ἀναγκαῖα καὶ οὐκ ἀναγκαῖα, καὶ εὔπορά τε καὶ ἄπορα καὶ ὅσα συγγενῆ τούτοις· πάλιν δὲ τῶν ἀτελῶν αἱ εἰς τὰ λεγόμενα κατηγορήματα καὶ συμβεβηκότα καὶ ὅσα τούτων ἐλάττω διαιρέσεις προσεχεῖς.
142κἂν ἔτι παραθήξας ὁ νοῦς εἰς τὸ λεπτότερον ἑαυτόν, καθάπερ ἰατρὸς τὰ σώματα, τὰς τῶν πραγμάτων φύσεις ἀνατέμνῃ, πλέον οὐδὲν πρὸς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν ἐργάσεται, ἀλλὰ διχηλήσει μὲν διαστέλλειν καὶ διακρίνειν ἕκαστα δυνάμενος, οὐ μηρυκηθήσεται δέ, ὡς ὠφελίμῳ χρῆσθαι τροφῇ κατὰ τὰς ὑπομνήσεις τὴν ἐξ ἁμαρτημάτων ἐπιγεγενημένην τραχύτητα ψυχῇ λεαινούσῃ καὶ προσηνῆ καὶ λείαν τῷ ὄντι κίνησιν ἀπεργαζομένῃ.
143μυρίοι οὖν τῶν λεγομένων σοφιστῶν θαυμασθέντες κατὰ πόλεις καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην σχεδὸν ἅπασαν ἐπὶ τιμὴν ἐπιστρέψαντες ἕνεκα ἀκριβολογίας καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰς εὑρέσεις δεινότητος ἀνὰ κράτος τοῖς πάθεσι ἐγκατεγήρασαν καὶ ἐγκατέτριψαν τὸν βίον οὐδὲν ἰδιωτῶν ἠμελημένων καὶ φαυλοτάτων διενεγκόντες ἀνθρώπων·
144διὸ καὶ παγκάλως τοὺς οὕτω βιοῦντας τῶν σοφιστῶν ὁ νομοθέτης τῷ συῶν παραβάλλει γένει διαυγεῖ μὲν οὐδενὶ καὶ καθαρῷ θολερῷ δὲ καὶ βορβορώδει βίῳ καὶ τοῖς αἰσχίστοις ἐμφερομένους.
145τὸν γὰρ σῦν ἀκάθαρτον εἶναί φησιν, ὅτι διχηλεῖ μέν, οὐ μηρυκᾶται δέ (Lev. 11,7), ὡς τὸν κάμηλον διὰ τὴν ἐναντίαν πρόφασιν, ὅτι μηρυκώμενος οὐ διχηλεῖ. ὅσα μέντοι τῶν ζῴων ἀμφοτέρων μετέχει, καθαρὰ εἰκότως ἀναγράφεται, ὅτι τὴν περὶ ἑκάτερον τῶν λεχθέντων ἀτοπίαν ἐκπέφευγε. καὶ γὰρ διαίρεσις ἄνευ μνήμης καὶ μελέτης καὶ διεξόδου τῶν ἀρίστων * * * ἀγαθὸν ἀτελές, ἡ δ’ ἀμφοῖν
146εἰς ταὐτὸ σύνοδός τε καὶ κοινωνία τελειότατον. τελειότητα δὲ καὶ οἱ δυσμενεῖς τῆς ψυχῆς καταπτήσσουσιν, ὧν μηκέτι ἐπανίστασθαι δυναμένων ἡ ἀψευδὴς εἰρήνη κρατεῖ. ἡμιέργου δ’ ὅσοι σοφίας ἢ πάλιν ἡμιπαγοῦς ἔλαχον, ἀσθενέστεροι ἢ ὥστε ἁμαρτημάτων ἐκ πολλοῦ συγκεκροτημένων καὶ πρὸς ἀλκὴν ἐπιδεδωκότων ἐναντιοῦσθαι στίφεσι.
147διὰ τοῦθ’ ὅταν ἐν τῷ τοῦ πολέμου καιρῷ ποιῆται τῆς στρατιᾶς κατάλογον, οὐχ ἅπασαν καλεῖ τὴν νεότητα, κἂν μετὰ προθυμίας τῆς πάσης αὐτοκελεύστῳ χρῆται πρὸς ἐχθρῶν ἄμυναν ἑτοιμότητι, προστάττει δὲ ἀπιόντας οἴκοι καταμεῖναι, ὡς ἂν ἐκ συνεχοῦς μελέτης τὴν τοῦ ποτε δύνασθαι νικᾶν ἀνὰ κράτος ἰσχύν τε καὶ ἐμπειρίαν εὕρωνται κραταιοτάτην.
148ἡ δὲ πρόσταξις διὰ τῶν τῆς στρατιᾶς γραμματέων γίνεται, ὅταν ὁ πόλεμος ἐγγὺς καὶ ἐπὶ θύραις ὢν ἤδη τυγχάνῃ· ταυτὶ δὲ φήσουσι· „τίς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ οἰκοδομήσας οἰκίαν καινὴν καὶ οὐκ ἐνεκαίνισεν αὐτήν; πορευέσθω καὶ ἀποστραφήτω εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἕτερος ἐγκαινιεῖ αὐτήν. καὶ τίς ὃς ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα καὶ οὐκ εὐφράνθη ἐξ αὐτοῦ; πορευέσθω καὶ ἀποστραφήτω εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἕτερος εὐφρανθήσεται ἐξ αὐτοῦ. καὶ τίς ἐμνηστεύσατο γυναῖκα καὶ οὐκ ἔλαβεν αὐτήν; πορευέσθω καὶ ἀποστραφήτω εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἕτερος λήψεται αὐτήν“
149(Deut. 20,5—7). διὰ τί γάρ, εἴποιμ’ ἂν, ὦ θαυμασιώτατε, οὐχὶ τούτους μᾶλλον ἑτέρων εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦ πολέμου κατατάττειν ἀξιοῖς, οἳ γύναια καὶ οἰκίας καὶ ἀμπελῶνας καὶ τὴν ἄλλην κτῆσιν ἀφθονωτάτην περιπεποίηνται; τοὺς γὰρ περὶ τῆς τούτων ἀσφαλείας κινδύνους, καὶ εἰ πάντως εἶεν βαρύτατοι, κουφότατα οἴσουσιν· ἐπεὶ οἷς γε τῶν λεχθέντων οὐδὲν πρόσεστιν, ἅτε μηδὲν ἔχοντες ἀναγκαῖον ἐνέχυρον ὄκνῳ καὶ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ τὰ πολλὰ χρήσονται.
150ἢ παρόσον οὐδενὸς τῶν κτηθέντων ἀπολελαύκασιν, εἶτα μηδ’ ὕστερον δυνηθῶσιν ἀπολαῦσαι; τοῖς γὰρ κρατηθεῖσι τῷ πολέμῳ τίς ἀπολείπεται τῶν κτηθέντων ὄνησις; ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἁλώσονται; εὐθὺς μὲν οὖν τό γε ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀστρατεύτοις πείσονται· οἴκοι γὰρ καθεζομένων καὶ τρυφώντων ἀνάγκη τοὺς τὰ τοῦ πολέμου συντόνως δρῶντας ἐχθροὺς οὐκ ἀναιμωτὶ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀκονιτὶ κρατεῖν.
Sections 151–175
151ἀλλὰ τὸ τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων πλῆθος καὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀγῶνα προθύμως ἀναδέξεται; πρῶτον μὲν ἄτοπον ἐπὶ ταῖς ἑτέρων σπουδαῖς ἢ τύχαις ὁρμεῖν, καὶ μάλιστα ὅτε περὶ ἀναστάσεως καὶ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ καὶ πορθήσεως ἴδιός τε καὶ κοινὸς ἐπικρέμαται κίνδυνος, δυναμένους συνδιαφέρεσθαι τὰ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ μήθ’ ὑπὸ νόσου μήθ’ ὑπὸ γήρως μήθ’ ὑπ’ ἄλλης κακοπραγίας μηδεμιᾶς κωλυομένους. ἁρπάσαντας γὰρ δεῖ τὰ ὅπλα ἐν ταῖς πρώταις φάλαγξι τούτους καὶ ὑπερέχειν τῶν συμμάχων τὰς ἀσπίδας ἐκθύμως καὶ φιλοκινδύνως μαχομένους.
152ἔπειτ’ οὐ προδοσίας μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῆς ἀναλγησίας ἐξενηνοχότες ἂν εἶεν δείγματα, εἰ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι προπολεμήσουσιν, αὐτοὶ δὲ πρὸς τοῖς οἰκείοις πράγμασιν ἔσονται, καὶ οἱ μὲν τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐκείνων σωτηρίας ἀγῶνας ἀναρρίπτειν θελήσουσιν, οἱ δὲ οὐδὲ τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν ἀναδέξονται, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀσιτίας καὶ χαμευνίας καὶ τὰς ἄλλας σώματός τε καὶ ψυχῆς κακώσεις ἄσμενοι διὰ τὸν τοῦ νικῆσαι πόθον καρτερήσουσιν, οἱ δὲ κονιάματα καὶ λήρους, κόσμον ἄψυχον, οἰκίαις περιτιθέντες ἢ τὴν κατ’ ἀγροὺς ὀπώραν δρεπόμενοι καὶ τἀπιλήνῐ ἄγοντες ἢ ταῖς ὁμολογηθείσαις ἔκπαλαι παρθένοις νῦν πρῶτον εἰς ὁμιλίαν ἐρχόμενοι καὶ συνευναζόμενοι ὡς ἐν ἐπιτηδειοτάτῳ τοῦ γαμεῖν καιρῷ διατελοῦσι;
153καλόν γε τοίχων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, προσόδους ἐκλέγειν, ἑστιᾶσθαι, μεθύειν, θαλαμεύεσθαι, νυμφοστολεῖσθαι τὰς γεγηρακυίας καὶ σαπράς, τὸ λεγόμενον, ἀλλ’ εἰρήνης ἔργα, ἐν δ’ ἔτι ἡβῶντός τε καὶ ἀνθοῦντος ἀκμῇ πολέμου πάντα δρᾶν.
154ἢ τούτων οὐχ ὁ πατήρ, οὐκ ἀδελφός, οὐ τῶν ἀφ’ αἵματος οὐδείς, οὐ γένους ἐστράτευται, ἀλλὰ πανοίκιος αὐτοῖς ἐμπεφώλευκεν ἡ δειλία; ἀλλὰ πάντως εἰσὶ μυρίοι τῶν συγγενῶν ἀγωνιζόμενοι. τούτων οὖν τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς κίνδυνον αἰρομένων οἱ χλιδῶντες καὶ ἁβροδιαίτως ζῶντες τίνας οὐκ ἂν ἀτιθάσους θῆρας δι’ ὑπερβολὴν ὠμότητος παραδράμοιεν;
155ἀλλὰ χαλεπὸν τὸ ἑτέρους ἀπονητὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀπολαῦσαι πόνων. καὶ πότερον χαλεπώτερον ἐχθροὺς ἔτι ζώντων ἢ φίλους καὶ συγγενεῖς τετελευτηκότων ἐπὶ τὸν κλῆρον ἐλθεῖν; ἢ καὶ τὸ συγκρίνειν τὰ οὕτως μακρὰν ἀφεστῶτα εὔηθες;
156καὶ μὴν εὔλογον μὴ μόνον ὅσα τοῖς ἀστρατεύτοις πρόσεστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους ἐχθρῶν κεκρατηκότων γενέσθαι κτήματα· τοῖς δέ γε ἀποθνῄσκουσιν ὑπὲρ τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας, καὶ εἰ μηδενὸς ἀπώναντο πρότερον τῶν κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν, ἡδίστη τελευτὴ γίνεται λογιζομένοις ὅτι πρὸς οὓς ηὔξαντο διαδόχους τὴν οὐσίαν
157ἐλθεῖν ἔρχεται. τὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦ νόμου ῥητὸν τοσαύτας καὶ ἔτι πλείους ἐπισκέψεις ἴσως ἔχει. ὡς δὲ μηδεὶς εὑρεσιλογῶν θρασύνηται τῶν κακοτεχνούντων, ἀλληγοροῦντες φήσομεν ὅτι πρῶτον μὲν οὐ μόνον οἴεται δεῖν ὁ νόμος περὶ τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν πονεῖσθαί τινα κτῆσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὴν τῶν κτηθέντων ἀπόλαυσιν, καὶ τό γε εὐδαιμονεῖν ἀρετῆς χρήσει τελείας περιγενέσθαι νομίζει σῷον καὶ παντελῆ περιποιούσης βίον· ἔπειθ’ ὅτι οὐ περὶ οἰκίας ἢ ἀμπελῶνος ἢ τῆς καθ’ ὁμολογίας ἐγγυηθείσης γυναικός ἐστιν ὁ λόγος αὐτῷ, ὅπως τὴν μὲν ὡς μνηστὴρ ἀγάγηται, τοῦ δ’ ἀμπελῶνος τὸν καρπὸν ὁ φυτουργὸς ἀποδρεψάμενος καὶ ἀποθλίψας, εἶτ’ ἐμπιὼν μεθύσματος ἀκράτου γανωθῇ, τὴν δ’ οἰκίαν ὁ ἀναδειμάμενος οἰκήσῃ, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν κατὰ ψυχὴν δυνάμεων, δι’ ὧν συμβέβηκεν ἀρχάς τε λαμβάνειν καὶ προκοπὰς καὶ τελειότητας ἐν πράξεσιν ἐπαινεταῖς·
158αἱ μὲν τοίνυν ἀρχαὶ περὶ μνηστῆρα φιλοῦσι γίνεσθαι—καθάπερ γὰρ ὁ μνώμενος γυναῖκα μέλλων ἐπὰν ἀνὴρ οὐ γεγονὼς ἤδη, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὁ εὐφυὴς εὐγενῆ μὲν καὶ καθαρὰν ἄξεσθαι παρθένον, παιδείαν, ἐλπίζει, μνᾶται δ’ αὐτίκα—, αἱ δὲ προκοπαὶ περὶ γεωργόν—ὡς γὰρ ἐπιμελὲς τῷ φυτουργῷ τὰ δένδρα αὔξεσθαι, καὶ τῷ φιλομαθεῖ τὰ φρονήσεως θεωρήματα ποιῆσαι μηκίστην λαβεῖν ἐπίδοσιν —, αἱ δὲ τελειότητες περὶ δημιουργίαν οἰκίας τελειουμένης μέν, οὔπω δὲ πῆξιν λαβούσης.
159ἁρμόττει δὴ πᾶσι τούτοις, ἀρχομένοις, προκόπτουσι, τετελειωμένοις, βιοῦν ἀφιλονείκως καὶ μὴ τῷ τῶν σοφιστῶν ἐπαποδύεσθαι πολέμῳ δύσεριν ταραχὴν ἐπὶ νοθείᾳ τἀληθοῦς ἀεὶ μελετώντων· ἐπειδὴ τἀληθὲς εἰρήνῃ φίλον, ἣ δυσμενὴς αὐτοῖς.
160εἰ γὰρ εἰς τοῦτον ἀφίξονται τὸν ἀγῶνα πρὸς ἐμπειροπολέμους ἰδιῶται, παντελῶς ἁλώσονται· ὁ μὲν ἀρχόμενος, ὅτι ἄπειρος, ὁ δὲ προκόπτων, ὅτι ἀτελής, ὁ δὲ τέλειος, ὅτι οὔπω ἄτριβος ἀρετῆς· δεῖ δ’ ὥσπερ τὰ κονιάματα στηριχθῆναι βεβαίως καὶ λαβεῖν πῆξιν, οὕτως τὰς τῶν τελειωθέντων ψυχὰς κραταιωθείσας παγιώτερον ἱδρυθῆναι μελέτῃ συνεχεῖ καὶ γυμνάσμασιν ἐπαλλήλοις.
161οἱ δὲ μὴ τούτων τυγχάνοντες παρὰ τοῖς φιλοσόφοις διαλεληθότες εἶναι λέγονται σοφοί· τοὺς γὰρ ἄχρι σοφίας ἄκρας ἐληλακότας καὶ τῶν ὅρων αὐτῆς ἄρτι πρῶτον ἁψαμένους ἀμήχανον εἰδέναι φασὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν τελείωσιν· μὴ γὰρ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον ἄμφω συνίστασθαι, τήν τε πρὸς τὸ πέρας ἄφιξιν καὶ τὴν τῆς ἀφίξεως κατάληψιν, ἀλλ’ εἶναι μεθόριον ἄγνοιαν, οὐ τὴν μακρὰν ἀπεληλαμένην ἐπιστήμης, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐγγὺς καὶ ἀγχίθυρον αὐτῇ.
162τοῦ μὲν οὖν καταλαμβάνοντος καὶ συνιέντος καὶ τὰς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεις ἐπισταμένου ἄκρως γένοιτ’ ἂν ἔργον πολεμῆσαι τῷ φιλέριδι καὶ σοφιστικῷ στίφει· νικήσειν γὰρ τὸν τοιοῦτον ἐλπίς. ᾧ δὲ ἔτι τὸ ἀγνοίας ἐπιπροσθεῖ σκότος, μήπω τοῦ τῆς ἐπιστήμης ἀναλάμψαι φέγγους ἰσχυκότος, ἀσφαλὲς οἴκοι καταμεῖναι, τουτέστιν εἰς τὴν περὶ ὧν ἄκρως οὐ κατείληφε μὴ παρελθεῖν ἅμιλλαν, ἀλλ’ ἠρεμῆσαί τε καὶ ἡσυχάσαι.
163ὁ δ’ ὑπ’ αὐθαδείας ἐξενεχθείς, τὰ παλαίσματα τῶν ἀντιπάλων οὐκ εἰδώς, πρὶν δρᾶσαι, παθεῖν φθήσεται καὶ τὸν ἐπιστήμης θάνατον ἐνδέξεται, ὅς ἐστιν ἀργαλεώτερος τοῦ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα διακρίνοντος.
164ὀφείλει δὲ τοῦτο συμβαίνειν τοῖς πρὸς τῶν σοφισμάτων ἀπατωμένοις· ὅταν γὰρ τὰς λύσεις αὐτῶν εὑρεῖν μὴ δυνηθῶσιν, ὡς ἀληθέσι τοῖς κατεψευσμένοις πεπιστευκότες ἀποθνῄσκουσι βίον τὸν τῆς ἐπιστήμης ταὐτὸν πεπονθότες τοῖς ὑπὸ κολάκων φενακιζομένοις· καὶ γὰρ τούτων ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς ὑγιαίνουσα καὶ ἀληθὴς ὑπὸ τῆς
165φύσει νοσερᾶς ἐξωθεῖται καὶ ἀνατρέπεται φιλίας. συμβουλευτέον οὖν εἰς τοὺς τοιούτους ἀγῶνας μὴ παρέρχεσθαι τοῖς τε ἀρχομένοις τοῦ μανθάνειν—ἀνεπιστήμονες γὰρ—καὶ τοῖς προκόπτουσι, διότι οὐ τέλειοι, καὶ τοῖς πρῶτον τελειωθεῖσι, διότι λέληθεν αὐτοὺς ἄχρι πῇ τελειότης.
166τῶν δὲ ἀπειθησάντων ἄλλος, φησίν, ἄνθρωπος τὴν μὲν οἰκίαν οἰκήσει, τὸν δ’ ἀμπελῶνα κτήσεται, τὴν δὲ γυναῖκα ἄξεται· τὸ δ’ ἐστὶν ἴσον τῷ αἱ λεχθεῖσαι δυνάμεις σπουδῆς, βελτιώσεως, τελειώσεως ἐπιλείψουσι μὲν οὐδέποτε, ἄλλοτε δὲ ἄλλοις ἐνομιλήσουσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐπιφοιτῶσαι καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς οὐ τὰς αὐτὰς * * * ἀμείβουσαι, σφραγῖσιν ὁμοιούμεναι. καὶ γὰρ αὗται τὸν κηρὸν ἐπειδὰν τυπώσωσι,
167παθοῦσαι μηδὲν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν εἶδος ἐγχαράξασαι μένουσιν ἐν ὁμοίῳ· κἂν ὁ τυπωθεὶς συγχυθῇ κηρὸς καὶ ἀφανισθῇ, πάλιν ἕτερος ὑποβληθήσεται. ὥστε, ὦ γενναῖοι, μὴ νομίσητε φθειρομένοις συμφθείρεσθαι τὰς δυνάμεις ὑμῖν· ἀθάνατοι γὰρ οὖσαι μυρίους ἄλλους πρὸ ὑμῶν ἀσπάζονται τῆς ἀπ’ αὐτῶν εὐκλείας, οὓς ἂν αἴσθωνται μὴ ὥσπερ ὑμᾶς διὰ τὸ ῥιψοκίνδυνον ἀποδεδρακότας τὴν ὁμιλίαν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ προσιόντας καὶ θεραπευτικῶς ἀσφαλείας ἔχοντας.
168εἰ δέ τις ἀρετῆς φίλος, εὐχέσθω τὰ καλὰ πάντα ἐμφυτευθῆναί τε αὑτῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς φανῆναι καθάπερ ἐν ἀνδριάντι καὶ γραφῇ τελείᾳ τὰς εἰς εὐμορφίαν συμμετρίας, λογιζόμενος ὅτι εἰσὶν ἔφεδροι μυρίοι, οἷς ἡ φύσις ἀντ’ αὐτοῦ δωρήσεται ταῦτα πάντα, εὐμαθείας, προκοπάς, τελειότητας. ἄμεινον δὲ πρὸ ἐκείνων αὐτὸν ἐκλάμψαι ταμιευόμενον τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ δοθείσας ἀσφαλῶς χάριτας καὶ μὴ προενεγκόντα πόρθησιν ἐχθροῖς ἀφειδοῦσιν ἑτοιμοτάτην λείαν παρασχεῖν.
169οὐκοῦν βραχὺ ὄφελος ἀρχῆς, ἣν τέλος αἴσιον οὐκ ἐσφράγισται. πολλάκις μέντοι καὶ τελειωθέντες τινὲς ἀτελεῖς ἐνομίσθησαν τῷ παρὰ τὴν ἰδίαν προθυμίαν, ἀλλὰ μὴ κατ’ ἐπιφροσύνην θεοῦ βελτιωθῆναι δόξαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μέντοι τὸ δόξαι μετεωρισθέντες καὶ ἐξαρθέντες ἐπὶ μήκιστον ἀφ’ ὑψηλοτέρων χωρίων εἰς ἔσχατον κατενεχθέντες βυθὸν ἠφανίσθησαν· „ἐὰν“
170γάρ φησιν „οἰκοδομήσῃς οἰκίαν καινήν, καὶ ποιήσεις στεφάνην τῷ δώματί σου, καὶ οὐ ποιήσεις φόνον ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ σου, ἐὰν πέσῃ ὁ πεσὼν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ“ (Deut. 22,8).
171πτωμάτων γὰρ ἀργαλεώτατον θεοῦ τιμῆς ἀποπεσεῖν ὀλισθόντα, στεφανώσαντα πρὸ ἐκείνου ἑαυτὸν καὶ φόνον ἐμφύλιον ἐργασάμενον· κτείνει γὰρ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ὁ μὴ τὸ ὂν τιμῶν, ὡς ἀνόνητον αὐτῷ γενέσθαι παιδείας τὸ οἰκοδόμημα. παιδεία δὲ φύσιν ἔλαχε τὴν ἀγήρω, διόπερ καινὴν εἶπε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτῆς· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα χρόνῳ φθείρεται, ἡ δ’ ἐφ’ ὅσον πρόεισιν, ἐπὶ μήκιστον ἡβᾷ καὶ ἐπακμάζει τὸ ἀειθαλὲς εἶδος φαιδρυνομένη καὶ ταῖς συνεχέσιν ἐπιμελείαις καινουμένη.
172κἀν τοῖς προτρεπτικοῖς μέντοι παραινεῖ τοὺς κτῆσιν ἀγαθῶν λαχόντας πλείστην μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἀναγράψαι τῆς κτήσεως αἰτίους, ἀλλὰ „μνησθῆναι θεοῦ τοῦ διδόντος ἰσχὺν ποιῆσαι δύναμιν“ (Deut. 8,18).
173τοῦτο μὲν οὖν τὸ εὐπραγίας ἦν πέρας, ἀρχαὶ δ’ ἐκεῖναι· ὥστε τοὺς ἐκλανθανομένους τοῦ τέλους μηδὲ τῆς τῶν κτηθέντων ἀρχῆς εὖ ἂν ἔτ’ ἀπόνασθαι. τούτοις μὲν οὖν ἑκούσια γίνεται διὰ φιλαυτίαν τὰ σφάλματα οὐχ ὑπομένουσι τὸν φιλόδωρον καὶ τελεσφόρον θεὸν αἴτιον ἀποφῆναι τῶν ἀγαθῶν.
174εἰσὶ δ’ οἳ πάντα κάλων εὐσεβείας ἀνασείσαντες ἐνορμίσασθαι τοῖς λιμέσιν αὐτῆς ταχυναυτοῦντες ἐσπούδασαν, κἄπειτ’ οὐ μακρὰν ἀφεστηκότων, ἀλλ’ ἤδη μελλόντων προσέχειν, αἰφνίδιον ἐξ ἐναντίας καταρραγὲν πνεῦμα πλησίστιον εὐθυδρομοῦν τὸ σκάφος ἀνέωσεν, ὡς ὑποκεῖραι πολλὰ τῶν πρὸς εὔπλοιαν συνεργούντων.
175τούτους οὐκ ἄν τις ἔτι θαλαττεύοντας αἰτιάσαιτο· ἀκούσιος γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐπειγομένοις γέγονεν ἡ βραδυτής. τίς οὖν ἀπεικάζεται τούτοις ἢ ὁ τὴν μεγάλην λεγομένην εὐξάμενος εὐχήν; „ἐὰν γάρ τις“ φησίν „ἀποθάνῃ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ αἰφνίδιον, παραχρῆμα μιανθήσεται ἡ κεφαλὴ εὐχῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ξυρήσεται“· εἶτα ὀλίγα προσειπὼν ἐπιφέρει· „αἱ δ’ ἡμέραι αἱ πρότεραι ἄλογοι ἔσονται, ὅτι ἐμιάνθη κεφαλὴ εὐχῆς αὐτοῦ“ (Num. 6,9. 12)·
Sections 176–181
176δι’ ἀμφοτέρων τοίνυν, τοῦ τε „αἰφνίδιον“ καὶ τοῦ „παραχρῆμα“ εἰπεῖν, ἡ ἀκούσιος παρίσταται τῆς ψυχῆς τροπή· πρὸς μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἑκούσια τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων εἰς τὸ βουλεύσασθαι ποῦ καὶ πότε καὶ πῶς πρακτέον χρόνου δεῖ, τὰ δὲ ἀκούσια ἐξαίφνης, ἀπερισκέπτως καί, εἰ οἷόν τε τοῦτ’ εἰπεῖν, ἀχρόνως κατασκήπτει.
177χαλεπὸν γὰρ ὥσπερ τοὺς δρομεῖς ἀρξαμένους ὁδοῦ τῆς πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἀπταίστως καὶ ἀπνευστὶ διευθῦναι τὸν δρόμον, ἐπειδὴ μυρία ἐμποδὼν παντὶ τῷ γενομένῳ.
178πρότερον μὲν οὖν, ὃ ἓν καὶ μόνον εὐεργεσία, μηδενὸς τῶν κατὰ γνώμην ἀδικημάτων ἐφάψασθαι πᾶσάν τε τὴν ἀμήχανον τῶν ἀκουσίων πληθὺν ἰσχῦσαι διώσασθαι· δεύτερον δὲ τὸ μήτε πολλοῖς τῶν ἀκουσίων μήτ’ ἐπὶ μήκιστον χρόνον ἐνδιατρῖψαι.
179παγκάλως δὲ τὰς τῆς ἀκουσίου τροπῆς ἡμέρας εἶπεν ἀλόγους, οὐ μόνον ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἄλογον, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ τῶν ἀκουσίων λόγον οὐκ ἔστιν ἀποδοῦναι. παρὸ καὶ πυνθανομένων πολλάκις τὰς τῶν πραγμάτων αἰτίας φαμὲν μήτ’ εἰδέναι μήτ’ εἰπεῖν δύνασθαι· μήτε γὰρ γιγνομένων συμπαραληφθῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἄφιξιν αὐτῶν ἀγνοῆσαι.
180σπάνιον οὖν εἴ τῳ δωρήσεται ὁ θεὸς ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους σταδιεῦσαι τὸν βίον μήτ’ ὀκλάσαντι μήτ’ ὀλισθόντι, ἀλλ’ ἑκατέραν φύσιν ἀδικημάτων, ἑκουσίων τε καὶ ἀκουσίων, ῥύμῃ καὶ φορᾷ τάχους ὠκυδρομωτάτου ὑπερπτῆναι.
181ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀρχῆς τε πέρι καὶ τέλους εἴρηται διὰ Νῶε τὸν δίκαιον, ὃς τὰ πρῶτα καὶ στοιχειώδη τῆς γεωργικῆς κτησάμενος τέχνης ἄχρι τῶν περάτων αὐτῆς ἐλθεῖν ἠσθένησε· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἤρξατο γῆς εἶναι γεωργός“, οὐ τῶν ὅρων τῶν ἄκρας ἐπιστήμης ἐλάβετο. τὰ δὲ περὶ τῆς φυτουργίας εἰρημένα αὐτοῦ λέγωμεν αὖθις.
About the Planting of Noah
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1In the former part of this treatise we have spoken of the art of husbandry as to its genus, dwelling on it at as great a length as the time admitted of; but in this book we will discuss the question of his cultivation of his vineyard with regard to the species as far as it is in our power. For Moses represents the just Noah not only as a husbandman, but also especially as occupied with the cultivation of vines, saying, "Noah began to be a husbandman of the earth; and he planted a vineyard."
2And it is fitting that a man who was about to discuss the whole question of separate plants and manners of cultivation, should first of all acquire an accurate comprehension of the most perfect plants in the universe, and of the great planter and superintendent of them. He then who is the greatest of all planters and the most perfect in art, is the Ruler of the universe; and his plant is not one which comprises within itself only individual plants, but rather infinite numbers of them springing up like suckers from one root, namely, this world.
3For after the Creator of the world, reducing that substance, which was in its own nature destitute of order and regularity, into a state of order, and bringing it from a condition of confusion into a distinct system, began to fashion and shape it, he placed the earth and the water in the middle, and the plants of air and fire he drew up from their previously central position to a lofty eminence; and the aether he arranged all round, placing it as a boundary to and preservation of the things within, from which also it seems that the heaven derives its name, causing the earth to be borne upon the water in such a way that it continues dry, which, however, there was reason to fear might be dissolved by water; and this great worker of marvels, moreover, united the air, which was exceedingly cold by its own nature, to fire which is very hot; a most surprising miracle.
4For how can it be looked upon as anything but a prodigy, for that which would dissolve another thing, to be held together by that which it would dissolve: that is to say, for water to be held together by earth; and again, for that which is the hottest of all things to be placed upon that which is the coldest without its nature being destroyed, that is to say, for fire to be placed upon air? And these are the elements of this most perfect plant; but the very great and all productive plant is this world, of which the aforesaid branches are the main shoots.
5We must now therefore consider where God placed its foundations, and in fact, what foundation it has on which it is supported, as a statue is on a pedestal; certainly we cannot imagine that any body is left outside and wandering about, since God has worked up and arranged every imaginable material throughout the whole universe.
6For it was fitting that the most perfect and greatest of all works should be made by the greatest of all makers; and it would not have been the most perfect of works if it had not been filled up by perfect parts, so that this world consists of all earth, and all water, and all air, and all fire, not a single particle, no not the smallest imaginable atom, being omitted.
7It follows therefore of necessity, that what is outside must either be a vacuum or nothing at all. If now it is a vacuum, than how can that which is full and solid, and the heaviest of all things, avoid being pressed down by its own weight, since there is no solid thing to hold it up? from which consideration it would appear to be something like a vision, since the mind is always seeking for some corporeal foundation, such as everything which is moved, must of necessity have: and especially the world, inasmuch as it is the greatest of all bodies, and embraces a multitude of other bodies as its own appropriate parts.
8If therefore any one wishes to escape from the difficulties of this question which present themselves in the different doubts thus raised, let him speak freely and say that there is nothing in any material of such power as to be able to support this weight of the world. But it is the eternal law of the everlasting God which is the most supporting and firm foundation of the universe.
9This it is which, being extended from the centre to the borders, and again from the extremities to the centre, runs through the whole unsubdued course of nature, collecting all the parts and binding them firmly together; for the father who created them has made it the indissoluble bond of the universe.
10Very naturally and appropriately therefore, all earth will not be dissolved by all water, which the bosom of the earth contains, nor will fire be extinguished by air, nor again will air be burnt up by fire, since the divine law establishes itself as a boundary to all these elements, like a vowel among consonants, so that the universe may, as it were, be harmonious in concert with the music expressed by letters; persuasion, by its own authority, putting an end to the threatening conflicts of contrary natures.
11Thus then the plant which bears all things was rooted, and when it was rooted was made strong. But of the particular plants, and those of smaller growth, some were moveable, so as to have their places changed; and some were made so as, without any such change, to stand steadily in the same place.
12Those then that are affected by motion, inducing change of place, which we call animals, are attached to the most important portions of the universe; the terrestrial animals to the earth, the animals which swim to the water, the winged animals to the air and those which can live in the flame to the fire (which last are said to be most evidently produced in Macedonia), and the stars are attached to the heaven. For those who have studied philosophy pronounce the stars also to be animals, being endowed with intellect and pervading the whole universe; some being planets, and moving by their own intrinsic nature; and others, that is the fixed stars, being borne along with the revolutions of the universe; so that they likewise appear to change their places.
13But those which are regulated according to a nature devoid of all sensation, which are peculiarly called plants, have no participation in that motion which involves a change of place.
14But the Creator made two different races on the earth and in the air. In the air, he made the winged animals capable of being perceived by the external senses, and other powers which can by no means be comprehended in any place by the external senses; and this is the company of incorporeal souls arranged in order, but not in the same classifications. For it is said that some are assigned to mortal bodies, and are again subjected to a change of place according to certain defined periodical revolutions; but that others which have received a more divinely prepared habitation, look down upon the region of the earth, and that in the highest place, near the other itself, the purest souls are placed, which those who have studied philosophy among the Greeks call heroes, but which Moses, by a felicitous appellation, entitles angels; souls which go as ambassadors and messengers of good from the ruler of all things to his subjects, and messengers also to the king respecting those things of which his subjects have heard. To the earth again he assigned two classes, terrestrial animals and plants, wishing that she should be at the same time their mother and their nurse.
15For, as in the case of woman and every animal of the female sex, fountains of milk spring up in them when they are about to bring forth, in order that they may supply the offspring that is born of them with necessary and suitable food; so in a similar manner God has assigned to the earth, which is the mother of all terrestrial animals, all the different species of plants, in order that the animals produced by the earth may have such food as is akin to them, and not alien from their natures.
16And, indeed, God has caused plants to grow with their heads downwards, having fixed their heads in the deepest parts of the earth; and having drawn up the heads of the irrational animals from the earth, he has set them up high on long necks, putting their fore feet under their necks as a kind of foundation.
17But man has received a preeminently superior formation. For of all other animals God has bent the eyes downwards, so that they look upon the ground; but on the other hand, he has raised the eyes of man so that he may behold the heaven, being not a terrestrial but a celestial plant as the old proverb is.
18But the others who say that our mind is a portion of the ethereal nature, have by this assertion attributed to man a kindred with the air; but the great Moses has not named the species of the rational soul by a title resembling that of any created being, but has pronounced it an image of the divine and invisible being, making it a coin as it were of sterling metal, stamped and impressed with the seal of God, the impression of which is the eternal word.
19For, says Moses, "God breathed into man’s face the breath of life," so that it follows of necessity, that he that received the breath must be fashioned after the model of him who sent it forth. On which account it is said too, that "Man was made after the image of God," and not after the image of any created being.
20It follows, therefore, since the soul of man has been fashioned in accordance with the archetypal word of the great cause of all things, that his body also, having been raised up to the purest portion of the universe—the heaven, must extend its vision, in order that, by a comparison with what is visible, it may attain to an accurate comprehension of what is invisible.
21Since, therefore, it was impossible for any one to perceive the attraction of the mind to the living God, except for those persons alone who were drawn towards him (for that which each person suffers, he alone particularly knows), God has given us the eyes of the body (as an evident and visible image of the invisible eye), which are able to look up to the heaven;
22for when the eyes, composed of perishable material, have raised themselves to such a height, as to be able from the region of the earth to mount up to heaven which is removed at so great a distance from the earth, and to reach its utmost heights, how great a course in every direction must we suppose to be within the power of the eyes of the soul? which, being endowed with wings from their excessive desire to see the living God clearly, reach up not only to the highest regions of the air, but even pass over the boundaries of the whole world, and hasten towards the Uncreated.
23On this account, those persons who are insatiable in their desire for wisdom and knowledge are said in the sacred oracles to be "called up."
24For it is legitimate that those persons should be called up to the Deity who have been inspired by him. For it would be a terrible thing if whirlwinds and hurricanes have power to tear trees up by their roots, and to toss them in the air, and to carry off vessels of many tons’ burden, though loaded with cargoes, as if they were the lightest things imaginable, out of the middle of the sea; and if even lakes and rivers are raised on high, when their streams actually leave the bosom of the earth, having been drawn up by the ardent and diversified eddies of the winds: and yet, if the mind, which is intrinsically light, cannot be raised up by the nature of the Divine Spirit, which is able to do everything and to subdue all things below, and cannot be elevated to an exceeding height; and especially the mind of the man who studies philosophy in a genuine manner.
25For he does not incline downwards to the things dear to the body and to the earth, from which he separates himself, and studies to alienate himself as far as possible; but he is borne upwards, being insatiably devoted to sublime, holy, magnificent, and happy natures.
Sections 26–50
26Therefore, also, Moses will be summoned upwards, the steward and guardian of the sacred mysteries of the living God. For we read in the book of Leviticus, "He called Moses up to him." Bezeleel also will be summoned up, being thought worthy of the same honours. For him, also, God calls up for the preparation of the sacred furniture and for the care of the sacred works.
27But he receives only the second honour of this summons, and the all-wise Moses shall have the first place assigned to him. For the former fashions shadows only, like painters do, in which it is not right to form any living thing. For the very name Bezeleel is interpreted to mean, "working in shadows." But Moses does not make shadows, but the task is assigned to him of forming the archetypal natures of things themselves. And in other places, also, the great Cause of all things is accustomed to reveal his secrets to some in a more conspicuous and visible manner, as if in the pure light of the sun, and to others more sparely, as though in the shade.
28Having therefore gone through all the larger plants in the universe, let us see in what manner the all-wise God made the trees which exist in the smaller world, that is to say, in man. In the first place, then, taking our body as if it were a field of deep soil, he created the external senses to be in it as so many channels.
29And after that, he arranged the place of each separate one of them, as if it had been a fruit-bearing and most useful tree, assigning the sense of hearing to the ear, that of sight to the eyes, that of smell to the nostrils, and each of the other senses and faculties to their kindred and appropriate organs. And the divine man bears his testimony to this account of mine, speaking thus in his Psalms, "He that planted the ear, doth he not hear? and he that made the eyes, shall he not see?"
30Moreover, all the different powers which run down as far as the legs and hands, and all the other parts of the body, whether internal or external, are all those of an unimportant kind.
31But those which are better and more perfect he has rooted in the more central portion; that which is preeminently able to bring forth fruit, the dominant portion of the man. These faculties are perception, comprehension, felicity of conjecture, study, memory, habit, disposition, the various species of art, the firmness of knowledge of different things, the apprehension of the speculations of universal virtue in such a way as is never forgotten. Now, no mortal is competent to plant any one of these things himself. But of all of them together there is one architect, the uncreated God, who has not only made them originally, but who also makes them for and implants them in every individual man that is born.
32Now the account of the planting of Paradise is consistent with what has been already said. For it is stated, "God planted a Paradise in Eden, towards the east; and there he placed the man whom he has made." Now, to think that it is here meant that God planted vines, or olive trees, or apple trees, or pomegranates, or any trees of such kinds, is mere incurable folly.
33For why should he have done so? any one may ask. Was it that he might have a pleasant abode to spend his time in? Even the whole world could not be considered a dwelling sufficient for God, the governor of the universe. Would it not appear to be deficient in innumerable other things, so that it could never be looked upon as a place worthily suited to the reception of the great King? True, indeed, it is impiety to think that the Cause of all things can be contained in that which he has caused, especially as even those trees do not invariably bear their annual fruit.
34For whose enjoyment and use, then, is it that the Paradise is to produce fruit? For that of no man. For there is absolutely no one at all who is represented as inhabiting the Paradise, since Moses says that God removed the first man who was created out of the earth, by name Adam, from his original place, and placed him here.
35And, moreover, God has no need of food any more than he has of anything else; for it follows necessarily that he who uses food must first of all stand in need of it. And in the second place, that he must have organs adapted for the reception of it, by means of which he can receive it when it enters him; and then dismiss it from him when he has digested it. But all these things, which are parts of the happiness and blessedness which surround the Great Cause of all things, are inconsistent with the doctrine of those men who represent him as clothed with human form, and influenced by human passions to the utter destruction of all piety and religious feeling—both great virtues; such notions being contrary to all law and right.
36We must therefore have recourse to allegory, which is a favourite with men capable of seeing through it; for the sacred oracles most evidently conduct us towards and instigate us to the pursuit of it. For they say that in the Paradise there were plants in no respect similar to those which exist among us; but they speak of trees of life, trees of immortality, trees of knowledge, of comprehension, of understanding; trees of the knowledge of good and evil.
37Now these cannot have been trees of the land, but must indisputably have been plants of a rational soil, which was a road to travel along, leading to virtue, and having for its end life and immortality; and another road leading to vice, having for its end the loss of life and immortality, that is to say, death. Therefore, we must suppose that the bounteous God plants in the soul, as it were, a paradise of virtues and of the actions in accordance with them, which lead it to perfect happiness.
38On this account, also, he has assigned a most appropriate place to the Paradise, called Eden (and the name Eden, being interpreted, means "delight"), an emblem of the soul, which sees right things, and revels amid the virtues, and exults by reason of the abundance and magnitude of its joy; proposing to itself one source of enjoyment in the place of the innumerable things which are accounted pleasant among men, namely the service of the one wise God.
39He, then, who had drunk of this unmixed source of joy, and was a follower of and fellow rejoicer with Moses, and not one of the least valued of that body, in his Psalms addressed his own mind, saying, "Delight thou in the Lord." Exciting himself and his mind towards heavenly and divine love by these words, and indignantly turning away from the luxury and effeminacy existing among what are called and believed to be human goods; and being hurried away in his whole heart by divine inspiration and fervour, and finding his joy in God alone.
40And the statement that "the Paradise was in the east," is a proof of what has been here said. For folly is a thing of darkness and setting, and which brings on the night; but wisdom is a most brilliant thing, radiant all around, and in the truest sense of the word, rising. And, as the sun, when it arises, fills the whole circle of the heaven with its light, so in the same manner, when the beams of virtue shine forth, they made the whole place occupied by the mind full of pure light.
41Therefore the possessions of man have guards and keepers, very fierce beasts, for the repulse of invading and attacking enemies. But the possessions of God have rational natures for their guards. For "there," says Moses, "God placed the man whom he had made;" that is to say, he placed him among the rational virtues alone;
42therefore the practises and uses of the virtues have received from God this especial honour beyond the souls of other animals. And therefore, also, it is most expressly and plainly declared that God placed that man which is really man in us, namely, the mind, among the most sacred shoots and plants of excellence and virtue. But among those animals which have no share in mind, no one has ever cultivated any plant worth speaking of, since there is not one of them capable by nature of receiving comprehension.
43We cannot therefore raise any question as to why it was ordained that all the different species of animals should be collected in the ark which was made at the time of the great deluge, while more were brought into the Paradise. For the ark was an emblem of the body, which of necessity therefore contained all the most tameable and ferocious evils of the passions and vices; but the Paradise contained only the virtues: and the virtues do not receive anything savage or in short anything destitute of reason.
44And Moses also speaks very carefully, not representing the man who was made after God’s own image, but the man who was formed of clay, as the one who was placed in the paradise. For the one who was made after the image of God, and stamped with the truth of God, does, as it appears to me, in no respect differ from the tree which bore as its fruit everlasting life. For they are both imperishable, and have both been thought worthy of the most central position in the dominant part of man. For it is said that "the tree of life is in the midst of the Paradise." But the other man, he of the composite and more earthly body, who has no justification in uncreated and simple nature, the cultivator of which is the only person who knows how to dwell in the house and in the courts of the Lord. For Jacob is represented "as a plain man dwelling in a house," having a disposition full of ingenuity, and compounded and made up of all kinds of materials.
45It was natural therefore to place and firmly root the mind in the middle of the paradise, that is, of the universal world, having in itself faculties which draw it in contrary directions, so that it should be kept in a state of doubt when called upon to discriminate as to what it should choose and what it should avoid, since if it chose the better part it would reap immortality and glory; and if it chose the worse it would meet with reproach and death.
46Such then are the trees which the only wise God has planted in rational souls. But Moses, pitying those who were exiled and compelled to quit the paradise of the virtues, addresses a prayer to the absolute authority of God and to his merciful and propitious powers, entreating that in the place from which the earthly mind, Adam, was banished, there a people capable of seeing the truth might be planted.
47For he says, "Bring them in and plant them in the mountain of thy inheritance which thou dost give them; thou hast made them to sit in thy seat, O Lord; in the sanctuary, O Lord, which thy hands have made. The Lord shall shall be king of ages, for ever and ever."
48Therefore he had learnt, as plainly as any man that ever lived, that God, having fixed the roots and seeds of everything down in the earth, is the cause also of the greatest of all plants, namely this world, shooting up; which world he here seems to speak of enigmatically in the song which I have just quoted, where he calls it the mountain of his inheritance; since that which is made is the most appropriate possession and inheritance, of him who has made it.
49Therefore he prays that we may be planted in it, not in order that we may become irrational and unmanageable in our natures; but that, in due obedience to the arrangement of the all-perfect governor, imitating his perpetual and undeviating consistency, we may live a temperate and innocent life. For to be able to live in a strict uniformity with nature, is what the men of old have defined as the end of happiness.
50And accordingly what is said afterwards is in strict agreement with what is said before, namely, that the world is the beautiful and properly prepared house of God, appreciable by the external senses; and that he himself made it and that it is not uncreated, as some persons have thought. And he uses the word "sanctuary," as meaning a splendour emitted from holy objects, an imitation of the archetypal model; since those things which are beautiful to the external senses are to the intellectual senses models of what is beautiful. The expression that "it was prepared by the hands of God," means that it was made by his world-creating powers.
Sections 51–75
51But in order that no one may suppose that the Creator had need of any one of the things which he created, he adds the most necessary assertion, "Being King of ages for ever and ever." But a king is in need of nothing, but everything which is subject to him is inevitably in need of the king.
52And some persons have said that God is and is properly called the inheritance of God, the use and enjoyment of which Moses has now prayed may be afforded to us. For, says he, representing us as children just beginning to learn by means of the doctrines and speculations of wisdom, and not leaving us destitute of the elements of knowledge, plant them in sublime and heavenly reason.
53For this is the most thoroughly prepared inheritance; the house most completely ready, the abode most entirely suitable, which "thou hast made holy." For, O master, thou art the maker of all good and holy things, as, on the other hand, corruptible creation is of what is evil and profane. Reign thou throughout infinite eternity over the suppliant soul; not leaving it for a single moment without a governor. For an uninterrupted service under them is not only better than freedom, but even than the most extensive dominion.
54In many people perhaps an inquiry may suggest itself as to what is the meaning of the expression, "In the mountain of thy inheritance." It is plain that God bestows inheritance, but perhaps it is not reasonable to think that he receives inheritances, since everything in the world belongs to him.
55But perhaps this is said of those who are subject to him as their master, according to some special computation of connection; just as kings govern indeed all their subjects, but rule their own servants in a different and peculiar manner, whom they are accustomed to employ as ministers for the care of their bodies and the rest of their manner of life.
56And again, though they are lords of all the possessions in their whole country, even of those which appear to belong to private individuals, they nevertheless are accounted owners only of those portions which they can entrust to superintendents and overseers, from whom they receive yearly revenues, which properties they often visit for the sake of relaxation and amusement, when they lay aside for a while the heaviest portion of the burden of the cares which arise to them in the administration of public affairs and in the government of their kingdoms; and these possessions are called especially the royal properties.
57Moreover all the silver and gold, and other treasures which are stored up in the coffers of their subjects, do all in reality belong more to the rulers than to those who possess them. But nevertheless there are some which are peculiarly called the royal treasures, in which those who are appointed collectors of the produce lay up the revenues which are derived from the country.
58Do not wonder, therefore, if the company of wise souls is pronounced to be the especial inheritance of the all-powerful God who has authority and dominion over everything, since he sees most acutely of all beings, exercising the irreproachable and unadulterated eye of the mind, which is never shut, but is always wide open and looking intensely into every thing.
59And on this account, indeed, it is said in the greater prayer, "Inquire of thy father, and he will tell thee; of thy elders, and they will reply to thee, when the Most High divided the nations, when he separated the sons of Adam, he fixed the boundaries of the nations, according to the number of the angels of God, and the portion of the Lord himself was his people Israel."
60For, behold, here again, he uses the expression, "the portion and inheritance of God," meaning that disposition which is capable of seeing him, and which sincerely worships him; and he says that the children of the earth, whom he calls the sons of Adam, were scattered and dispersed, and brought together again, and that a company was formed of them, since they were unable to use right reason as their guide. For, in real truth, virtue is the cause of harmony and unity, and the opposite disposition is the cause of dissolution and disagreement.
61Indeed, it is a proof of what has been said, what happens every year on the day called the day of atonement; for on that day the people are enjoined "to take by lot two goats, one for the Lord, and one to be the scapegoat;" that is to say, two reasons, the one in accordance with God, the other consistent with creation. He, therefore, who wishes to exalt the Cause of all things will acquire honour to himself; but he who attributes honour to creation will be banished, being driven from the most sacred places, and compelled to fall into inaccessible and wicked gulfs.
62Moses, therefore, has such intimate connection with God, that, relying upon this in a very great degree, he is in the habit of using more fervent and energetic expressions and doctrines than are calculated for the ears of us inferior persons; for he not only thinks it fit to speak of God as an inheritor, but even, which is a more startling thing to the comprehension, he calls him the inheritance of others;
63for to the entire tribe which came to him as a fugitive and a suppliant, he did not think fit to allot only a portion of land, as he did to the other eleven tribes, but he chose that they should receive an especial honour, namely, the priesthood, a possession not of earth, but of heaven. "For thou shalt not be," says God, as Moses represents, "a portion to the tribe of Levi, nor any inheritance among the children of Israel, because the Lord himself is their inheritance." And again he speaks in the person of God, in his holy oracles, in this manner: "I am thy portion and inheritance."
64For, in real truth, the mind which is perfectly purified, and which knows all the things of creation, knows and recognizes one only God, the Uncreate, whom it approaches, and by whom it is received. For to whom is it permitted to say, "He alone is my God," except to the man who is attached to none of the objects which are inferior to him? And this is the custom of the Levites; for the name of Levi, being interpreted, means, "he is to me," because different things are honoured by different people, but by him only that which is highest and most excellent, the Cause of all things.
65They tell an old story, that some man in ancient times, who had fallen madly in love with the beauty of wisdom, as if it had been the beauty of a most lovely woman, once, when he saw a most sumptuous preparation of unbounded and costly magnificence, looked towards some of his friends, and said, "Behold, O companions, how many things there are of which I have no need!" And yet he had nothing whatever of even necessary things beyond his mere clothes, so that he was not puffed up with the magnitude of his riches, which has been the case with numbers of people; so that, on this account, he spoke arrogantly against pomp and show.
66The lawgiver teaches us that we should account those people wise who are not eager to be rich in created things, but who despise all created things in comparison of the friendship of the uncreated God, whom they look upon as the only true wealth, and the boundary of most perfect happiness.
67Never, then, let those men boast, who have acquired power and sovereignty, as some do, because they have subdued one city, or country, or nation; and others, because they have acquired the dominion over all the countries of the earth, to its furthest borders, and over all Grecian and barbarous nations, and over all the rivers and seas, infinite both in number and magnitude.
68For if, besides these things, they had made themselves masters (which it is impious even to mention) of that sublime nature which was the only thing that the Creator made free from the bond of slavery and servitude, they would still be looked upon but as private individuals in comparison with the great kings who have received God for their inheritance; for in proportion as that nature which has acquired a possession is better than the possession itself, and the Creator than the thing created, by so much also are they more royal.
69Therefore, some people considered, that they who said that everything was the property of the one good Being, were speaking in an unreasonable manner, looking at the deficiencies and abundance which existed externally, and thinking no one rich who was in want of either money or possessions. But Moses thinks wisdom a thing of such preeminent value, and deserving to be so eagerly sought after, that not only the whole world deserves to be his inheritance, but that he even looks upon the Governor of the universe in that light;
70and these are the doctrines, not of men who are halting between two opinions, but of those who are occupied in a firm and sure faith; since, even now, there are some persons among those who make a show and pretence of piety, who calumniate the literal meaning of this saying, saying that it is neither pious nor safe to speak of God as the inheritance of a man.
71You say this—I should say to them—because ye have come not from genuine passion, but from a supposititious and illegitimate one, to the investigation of things. For you thought it a matter of equal consequence for God to be called the inheritance of possessions, of vineyards, and oliveyards, and such matters, and of wise men; and ye did not perceive that paintings are said to be the inheritance of painters, and, in short, that any art is said to be the inheritance of the artist, not looked at as an earthly possession, but as a heavenly prize; for none of such things are the property of any master,
72but still they are an advantage to those who possess them: so that you, O sycophants, hear of the living God as an inheritance, not in the sense of being a possession, like those which I have enumerated, but as being the most beneficial and greatest of goods to those who think fit to worship the Cause of all good.
73Having, therefore, now said what is proper concerning the original planter and the original plant, let us next proceed, in due order, to the consideration of matters of instruction and imitation. In the first place, then, the wise Abraham is said "to have planted a field at the well of the oath, and to have called upon the name of the everlasting Lord God." And here there is no peculiar property of the plants mentioned, but only the magnitude of the place.
74And they who are in the habit of investigating these matters say, that everything which belongs to God has been very carefully and accurately described, both tree and place, and the fruit of the tree. Accordingly, they say that the tree was the field itself, not like those trees which sprung up out of the ground, but rather to those which grow according to the firmly-rooted mind of the man who loves God: and the place, they say, is the well of the oath, and the fruit, the change of the name of the Lord into that of "The Eternal God."
75And it is necessary further to give the probable explanation of each point of the things here mentioned. The field, then, being in length a hundred cubits, and as many in breadth, multiplied together according to the nature and character of a square, is composed of ten thousand superficial cubits;
Sections 76–100
76and this is the greatest limit of those numbers which increase from the unit, and also the most perfect: so that the limit is the beginning of numbers, and the end, in those calculations, according to the first combination, is the number ten thousand; in reference to which fact, some persons have not erred greatly, who have compared the limit to the starting-place, and the number ten thousand to the goal, and all the numbers between these two to those who contend in a race; for they, beginning to start from the unit, as from the starting place, come to the number ten thousand as to the goal.
77Therefore, some persons, departing from these numbers, as from signals, have said that God is the beginning and end of everything, which is a doctrine admirably calculated to engender piety. This doctrine, being implanted in the soul, produces a most beautiful and nutritious fruit, holiness; and the place most suitable for this fruit,
78is the well which is called the oath, in which there is a report that no water could be found. For, says Moses, "the children of Israel, coming thither, reported to him concerning the well which they had digged: and they said, We found no water; and he called that place, " The Oath." Let us now consider what is the meaning of this statement.
79Those who investigate the nature of things as they actually exist, and who conduct their examinations of each individual matter in no negligent manner, behave very like those men who dig wells; for they also are seeking springs in an obscure place. And all men have one common desire, to find something to drink. But some men’s nature is to be nourished by the food of the soul, and that of others by the food of the body.
80As, therefore, some of those who have dug wells have often done so without finding water; so likewise those who advance far in knowledge, and who have made great progress in it, are still often unable to attain to the end which they desire. At all events, they say that men of extensive learning often find fault with their terrible ignorance, for they only just know how far they are removed from the truth. And there is a story that some man of old time, when he was admired for his wisdom, said, that it was a fine thing that he should be admired, who only just knew that he knows nothing.
81And choose, if you like, any art you please, whether trifling or important, and the man, too, who is most excellent, and most highly thought of in regard of his skill in it, and then consider if the professions held out by the art are equal to the performances of the artist; for if you duly examine the matter, you will find that the performance falls short of the profession, not by a small, but by a vast distance, it being almost impossible for a man to be perfect in any art whatever, which is in continual motion like a fountain, and is constantly pouring forth various species of all kinds of speculations.
82On this account, it is most appropriately denominated an oath, being the most certain sign of faith, comprehending also the testimony of God: for as he who swears, calls God to be a witness to a matter concerning which a question is raised, so it is not possible to swear so truly about any matter, as to the fact that the perfection of no art whatever can be found in the artist who professes it.
83And the same assertion holds good also with respect to all the other powers which exist in us, or very nearly so; for, as they say, that no water was found in the well which had been mentioned, so also neither was there the faculty of seeing in the eyes, or that of hearing in the ears, or that of smelling in the nostrils, or, in short, any one of the senses in its corresponding organ; and similarly in the mind, there was not the faculty of comprehension.
84For how could it have happened that any one should have made a mistake in what he saw, or in what he heard, or in what he understood, if the comprehensions of each of these faculties had been well established, and if they had had a trustworthy nature of themselves without God implanting accuracy in them?
85Having now, therefore, discussed the place sufficiently in which the tree flourishes, let us now, in conclusion, examine also the subject of the fruit: Now, what the fruit is, Moses will tell us himself: "For the Lord God everlasting," says he, "called it by its name."
86Therefore the appellations already mentioned reveal the powers existing in the living God; for one title is that of Lord, according to which he governs; and the other is God, according to which he is beneficent. For which reason also, in the account of the creation of the world, according to the most holy Moses, the name of God is always assumed by him: for it was fitting that the power according to which the Creator, when he was bringing his creatures into the world, arranged and adorned them, should be invoked also by that creation.
87Inasmuch, therefore, as he is a ruler, he has both powers, that, namely, of doing good, and that of doing harm; regulating his conduct on the principle of requiting him who has done anything. But inasmuch as he is a benefactor, he is inclined only to one of these two courses, namely, to do good.
88And it would be the greatest possible advantage to the soul no longer to feel any doubt about the power of the king for both purposes, but steadily to emancipate itself from the fear, which is suspended over it, on account of the vastness of his authority, and to kindle and keep alive a most firm hope of the acquisition and enjoyment of blessings arising from his being beneficent by deliberate intention.
89Now the expression, "everlasting God," is equivalent to, God who bestows gifts, not sometimes giving and sometimes not, but always and incessantly; it is equivalent to, God who does good uninterruptedly; to God who, without intermission, is connecting a flow of benefits, coming one after the other; God, who pours forth blessings upon blessings, who is made up of mercies connected and united; God, who never omits any single opportunity of doing good; God, who is also the Lord, so that he is able to injure.
90This also Jacob, the practiser of virtue, asked at the end of his most holy prayers. For he said, "And the Lord shall be to me as God." Which is equivalent to: He will no longer display towards me the despotic power of his absolute authority, but rather the beneficent influence of his universally propitious and saving power, utterly removing the fear with which he is regarded as a master, and filling the soul with affection and benevolence as felt towards a benefactor.
91What soul could ever conceive thus that the master and ruler of the universe, without changing anything of his own nature, but remaining in the condition in which he always was, is continually kind and uninterruptedly bounteous?
92owing to which he is, to those who are happy, the most perfect cause of unlimited and overflowing blessings. And to trust in a king who is not by reason of the magnitude of his authority elated so as to do injury to his subjects, but who, through his love to mankind, prefers that every one should enjoy happiness without fear, is the greatest possible bulwark of prosperity and security.
93What, therefore, we originally undertook we have now nearly fulfilled, namely, to demonstrate that the fact spoken of must be taken to mean the principle which declares God to be the most glorious of all things. The portion of the subject which follows next, is the demonstration that perfection is found in no created thing, but that it does appear in them at times owing to the grace of the great Cause of all things. And the fruit of the tree is, that the graces of God endure for ever and ever, and that they are shed incessantly upon mankind, and never cease.
94Thus, in truth, the wise man, following the practise of the first and greatest planter, displays his knowledge of husbandry; and the sacred scripture wishes the labours of husbandry to be performed, even by those of us who are not yet perfect, but who are still reckoned among the middle numbers of those things which are accounted duties; for it says, "When you go forth into the land which the Lord your God giveth to you, and when you plant every tree which is good for food, you shall completely purify its uncleanness. For three years it shall be unclean as to its fruit, it shall not be eaten; but in the fourth year, all its fruit shall be holy, being praised by the Lord. And in tile fifth year you shall eat the fruit thereof; and everything that it bears shall be useful to you: I am the Lord your God." Therefore it was impossible for the children of Israel, to plant those trees which are eatable, before they arrived in the country which had been given them by God: for he says,
95"When you go forth into the land, ... and when you plant every tree which is good for food."
96So that while we are outside of the promised land, we should not be able to cultivate such trees; and this is very natural;
97for as long as the mind has not entered upon the path of wisdom, but turns aside and wanders out of the road, it cares only for the trees which do not admit of being cultivated or used for food of men—trees which are barren and useless, and which, though they bear, bear no fruit which is eatable.
98But when the mind, having entered upon the path of wisdom, marches along with its doctrines, and begins to keep pace with them all, it then cultivates the useful trees, which are capable of bearing eatable fruit, instead of caring for those useless kinds; it cultivates a mastery over, instead of the indulgence of the passions, and knowledge instead of ignorance, and good instead of evil.
99Since therefore he who is led into the path of virtue is still at a long distance from the end, it is very naturally laid as an injunction upon the man who plants, to remove the uncleanness of that which is planted. And what this is, we will now consider.
100These duties which are as it were in the middle, appear to me to be properly looked upon in the same light as those trees, which admit of being cultivated and used for food; for each of them bears most useful fruits, the one for the body, and the other for the soul. But in the middle there must necessarily be many injurious plants springing up with and growing along-side of them, which must be removed in order that the better sorts may not be injured.
Sections 101–125
101May I not call the restoration of a deposit a useful plant of the soul? But still this plant requires purification and exceeding attention. What then is the purification? This. Having taken a deposit from a man while he is sober, you must not restore it to him while he is drunk, or intemperate, or mad; for in such a case though he may have received the advantage of having his own back again, he will have no opportunity of being benefited by it. Again. You must not restore a deposit to debtors or to slaves while their creditors or their masters are present; for that is betraying, and not a restoration of a deposit. Nor must you keep faith in small things in the hope merely of gaining confidence, so as to have greater things entrusted to you.
102For those who fish, and who let down small baits into the sea, with the view of catching larger fish, are not very much to be blamed, as they say that they are providing for the good supply of the market, and in order that they may supply men with unlimited food for every day.
103But no one should use as a bait, the restoration of a deposit of small value by way of obtaining a larger one, holding forth in his hands, and displaying the deposit of one individual, and that a trifling one, and in his intention appropriating the deposits of every body, and those too of unspeakable value. If, therefore, you remove the uncleanness of your deposit, as of these trees, namely, the inquiries threatened by plotters, the evils arising from want of opportunity and treachery, and all things of similar kinds; you will bring into a state of cultivation and usefulness, that which was on the point of becoming wild.
104And in the case of the tree of friendship, it is necessary to cut down and eradicate these things which shoot up by the side of it for the sake of preserving the more valuable plant. And the evil plants which spring up along-side are these: the tricky blandishments of courtesans towards their lovers, and the deceitfulness of parasites to those whom they flatter.
105For one may see those who make a traffic of their personal beauty, clinging to their lovers as if they were excessively fond of them; but they love not them but themselves, and they are eager only for their daily gains. And as for flatterers, sometimes they conceal unspeakable hatred towards those whom they flatter; but still, being slaves to gluttony and intemperance, they are on that account induced to pay court to those who can supply their immoderate appetites.
106But the tree of science and unadulterated friendship having rejected and discarded these things, will bear fruit of the greatest possible service to those who use it, namely, incorruptible good faith. For good-will is a desire that one’s neighbour should enjoy good things for his own sake. But courtesans and flatterers are anxious solely for their own advantage, which is the only motive why they should confer pleasure, the first on their lovers, and the latter on the objects of their flatteries. We must therefore cut down all trickeries and flatteries as evil plants growing up near the tree of friendship.
107The due attention to sacred rites, and good faith in the matter of sacrifices, are the most excellent of trees; but along-side of them an evil grows up, namely, superstition, which it is desirable to eradicate before it has time to blossom. For some persons have fancied the sacrificing of oxen to be piety, and they assign a portion of all that they steal or obtain by denials, or by cheating their creditors, or by plundering, to the altars. Impious wretches that they are, thinking that thus they are paying a price to buy themselves off from suffering punishment for their offences.
108But to such persons I would say, O ye men, the tribunal of God is not to be corrupted by bribes; so that those who have guilty minds will be rejected, even if they sacrifice a hundred oxen every day; and those who are innocent will be received, even if they never sacrifice at all. For God delights in altars on which no fire is burned, but which are frequented by virtues, and which do not blaze with great flame, such as those sacrifices do kindle which are offered by impious men, and which are no sacrifices at all, and which serve to remind one of the ignorances and wickedness of each of the sacrificers; for Moses has somewhere spoken of a sacrifice "reminding one of sin."
109All such things therefore, being the causes of great injury, it is necessary to cut off and eradicate, in obedience to the oracle in which it is enjoined "to remove the uncleanness of the tree which has been planted, bearing eatable fruit."
110But we, even after we have been instructed, make no progress in learning; but some persons, having a self-taught natural instinct, purify what is good from the evils which surround it, as Jacob did, he who was surnamed the practiser of virtue; for he "peeled the rods, leaving on the white bark, having stripped off all the green;" in order that the dark and dusky vanity in the middle being taken away in every case, a white appearance might be displayed, which should be produced so as to be akin to it, not by diversified art but by nature;
111in reference to which it is also commanded in the law which was established in cases of leprosy, that "the man who was not infected with any variation of colour, but who was white all over from the head to the extremity of his feet, should be pure." In order that, according to the similitude of the body, those who have discarded the crafty, and unscrupulous, and ambiguous, and uncertain disposition of mind, may embrace the simple, uncoloured, unambiguous, plain complexion of truth;
112therefore, to say that the tree is purified, contains a principle, the assertion of which is founded surely in truth, but to make the same statement with respect to the fruit is saying what is not equally clear or credible; for no cultivator of figs or grapes, or, in sort, of any fruit whatever, purifies them.
113And again Moses says, "Its fruit shall be impure for three days, it shall not be eaten;" as if in fact it were customary for it to be purified for ever. We must, therefore, say that this is one of those expressions which have a concealed meaning, since the words themselves are not quite consistent with it; for the expression is an ambiguous one; for it bears one sense of this kind, the fruit shall remain for three years; and then there is a distinct injunction, "it shall not be eaten before it is purified." But there is also another meaning, "the fruit of the tree shall for three years be unpurified, and while in that state it shall not be eaten."
114According, then, to the former statement one may understand it in this manner: the three years being taken for time which is divided into three portions; for it is the nature of time to be divided into the past, the present, and the future; therefore the fruit of education will exist, and will endure, and will last unimpaired through all the divisions of time, a statement equivalent to—it will never receive any corruption, for the nature of good is imperishable. But the fruit which is not purified shall not be eaten; inasmuch as virtuous reasons, duly purified and rendered sound, nourish the soul, and give vigour to the mind; but the opposite kinds are not nutritious, but bring disease and destruction on the soul.
115According to the other meaning, as in the disputes of dialecticians, the word "undemonstrated" is used in a double sense, either of a proposition which it is hard to demonstrate by reason of its difficulty, or of one which is intrinsically so plain as to require no demonstration, and the truth of which is established not by the testimony of any one else, but by its own internal evidence. So also fruit may be understood as not being purified, either when it is so impure as to be difficult to purify, or when it requires no purification, but is bright, and clear, and pure of itself.
116Such now is the fruit of education; being for three years, that is to say for all time, divided as it is into three portions, most completely pure and brilliant, being overshadowed by no injurious thing, and having no need whatever of any washings or purifications, or any thing else whatever which tends to cleansing.
117"But in the fourth year," says the scripture, "all the fruit of the tree shall be sacred, being praised by the Lord." The prophetic books appear often to dignify the number four in many places of the exposition of the law, and most especially in the account of the creation of the universe;
118for the light which is perceptible by the outward senses, and held in honour, being that which throws the most brilliant light both upon itself and upon other things, and upon its own parents the sun and the moon, and upon the most sacred company of the stars, which by their rising and setting fix the boundaries of night and day, and moreover, of months and years, and which have shown the nature of number, to which, also, the greatest good of the soul is attributed, Moses says was created on the fourth day.
119And now he honours this day in a remarkable degree, assigning the fruit of the trees to God, in accordance with no other time than with the fourth year after they are planted;
120for this has a principle in it very consistent with nature and with good morals. At all events it so happens that the roots of the universe, the elements of which the world is composed, are four—earth, water, air, and fire. Also, that the seasons of the year are equal in number, namely, winter and summer, and those others which are between these two, spring and autumn.
121And as this is the most ancient of all square numbers, it is found to exist in right angles, as the figure of a square in geometry shows. And right angles are manifest examples of correctness of reason. And right reason is an everlasting fountain of virtues.
122It follows, therefore, of necessity that the sides of a square must be all equal to one another. And equality is the parent of justice, which is the mistress and ruler of all the virtues, so that it is now proved that this number four is the symbol of equality, and justice, and of all virtue, beyond any other number.
123And the number four is likewise called "all," because it comprehends in its power the numbers up to ten, and the number ten itself. That is comprehends all the numbers up to itself is manifest to every one; but that it also comprehends the numbers which come after it, is very easily seen by a calculation of numbers,
124when we have put them together, one, two, three, four, we shall find what we were doubting about; for of one and four, the number five will be found to be composed, and of two and four six are made up; the number seven, again, consists of three and four; again, according to a triple combination of one, and three, and four, the number eight is composed; also of two, and three, and four, the number nine; and the number ten is made of all the numbers together, for one, and two, and three, and four make ten.
125On this account also, Moses said that in the fourth year all the fruit of the tree shall be holy; for this number has an even, and an entire, and a full, and (as one may almost say) every possible reason in it, because the number ten, of which four is the parent, is the first starting place of all the numbers when put together after the unit; and the number four and the number ten are both also called "all," but the number ten is so called by reason of its operation, this number four with reference to its potentiality.
Sections 126–150
126And Moses very appropriately says that the fruit of education is not only holy but also praised; for every one of the virtues is a holy thing, but most especially is gratitude holy; but it is impossible to show gratitude to God in a genuine manner, by those means which people in general think the only ones, namely offerings and sacrifices; for the whole world could not be a temple worthy to be raised to his honour, except by means of praises and hymns, and those too must be such as are sung, not by loud voices, but by the invisible and pure mind, which shall raise the shout and song to him.
127At all events there is an old saying often quoted, originally invented by wise men, but, as is often the case, handed down in succession to future ages, and one which has not escaped our ears, which are always greedy of instruction, and it is to this effect, "When," say they, "the Creator had finished the whole world, he asked of one of his ministers, whether he felt that any thing that was wanting which had not been created of all the things that are in the earth, or in the water, or of all that have received the sublime nature of the air, or the loftiest nature of all the universe, namely, that of the heaven;
128and he replied, that every thing every where was perfect and complete; but that he wished for one thing only, namely for reason, which should be able duly to praise it all, and which should not so much praise as give an accurate account of the exceeding excellence existing throughout, even in these things which appeared the most unimportant and the most obscure; for he said that an exact account of the works of God was their most complete and adequate panegyric, since they required no addition of external things to set them forth, but were of such a character that the bare plain truth was their most perfect encomium."
129And when the Father had heard what he said he praised it all, and at no distant time produced a race, which should be capable of receiving all learning, and of composing hymns of praise, producing them from one of the faculties existing around him, the virgin memory, whose name men in general distort and call her Mnemosyne.
130This is then the purport of that legend of the ancients, and we in accordance with that story say, that it is the most appropriate work of God to confer benefits, and of created beings to show gratitude, since they are unable to give any requital of those benefits beyond gratitude; for whatever he might be inclined to give as a requital for the other things which he has received, will be found to be the private property of him who is the Creator of all things, and not of the nature which offers it.
131Having learnt therefore that there is only one employment possible for us of all the things that seem to contribute to the honour of God, namely the display of gratitude, let us at all times and in all places study this, with our voice, and with useful writings, and let us never desist composing encomiastic orations and poems, in order that both the Creator and the world may be honoured by every description of utterance which can be exhibited in either speaking or singing; the one being, as some has said, the best of all causes, and the other the most perfect of all created things.
132Since therefore all the fruit of the soul is consecrated in the fourth year and the fourth number; in the fifth year we ourselves shall be allowed the use and enjoyment of it for ourselves; for the scripture says, "In the fifth year ye shall eat the fruit thereof;" since it has been established by a perpetual law of nature, that account shall be taken of the creation after the Creator in every thing; so that even if we are thought worthy of the second place, it must be considered a marvellous thing;
133and on this account it assigns to us the fruit of the fifth year, because the number five is the number appropriate to the outward sense; and if one must tell the truth, that which nourishes our minds is the outward sense, which by means of our eyes sets before us the distinctive qualities of colours and forms, and by means of our ears presents us with all the various peculiarities of sounds, and with smells by means of the nose, and with tastes through the medium of the mouth, and which enables us to judge of the yielding softness and resisting hardness, or of softness and roughness, or again of heat and cold, by means of the faculty which is dispersed over the whole body, which we usually denominate touch.
134But the most correct example of what has been said, is afforded by the sons of Leah, that is of virtue, not all her sons, but the fourth and fifth; for with respect to the fourth, Moses says that, then she ceased to bring forth, and his name was called Judah, which, being interpreted, is "confession to the Lord," and the fifth she 4 called Issachar, and the name being interpreted, means "reward;" and after she had brought forth in this manner, the soul immediately spoke and related what it had suffered; for says Moses, "She called his name Issachar, which means reward."
135Therefore Judas, the mind which blesses God, and which is without ceasing, devoted to pouring forth hymns of praise and gratitude to him, is himself in truth "the holy and praiseworthy fruit," being produced not by the trees of the earth but by a rational and virtuous nature. In reference to which, the nature which brought him forth is said to have desisted from bringing forth, since she knew not which way to turn, when she had come to the limit of perfection; for of all successful actions which are brought forth, the best and most perfect production is a hymn to the Father of the universe;
136and the fifth son is in no respect different from the enjoyment of the trees planted in the fifth year; for the tiller of the earth after a fashion takes his reward from the trees in the fifth year, and he takes the offspring of the soul, Issachar, who was called the "reward," and very naturally, being brought forth after the grateful Judah; for to a grateful person gratitude is a most sufficient reward.
137Therefore, the fruits of the trees are called the produce of the owners of the trees; but the fruit of instruction and wisdom is no longer the produce of man, but as Moses says, "of the universal Governor alone;" for after he has spoken of his produce, he adds, "I am the Lord your God," asserting most distinctly that there is one God, whose fruit is the produce of the soul.
138And with this assertion, this oracle delivered by one of the prophets is consistent, "Fruit from me has been found by you. What wise man will understand this? Will any intelligent person comprehend it?" For it does not belong to every one, but only to the wise man, to understand whose the fruit of the mind is.
139Therefore, concerning that most ancient and sacred husbandry, which the Cause of all things uses with reference to the world, that most productive of trees, and concerning that other kind in imitation of it which the virtuous man studies, and concerning the ordinary quaternion of prizes, and the laws and precepts which all tend to the same point, we have now spoken to the best of our power.
140Let us now consider the vine-planting of the just Noah which is a species of husbandry. For it is said that "Noah began to be a husbandman of the earth, and he planted a vineyard, and drank of the wine, and got drunk." Therefore, the wise man here cultivates with skill and science the tree of drunkenness, though fools enter upon its management in an unartistic and negligent manner,
141so that it is necessary for us now to speak in a fitting manner about drunkenness; for we shall presently know the power also of that tree which gives rise to it. Afterwards, we will examine with accuracy what has been said by the lawgiver concerning drunkenness, but at present we will examine what determination others have come to on this subject.
142Now, among many philosophers, this question has been investigated with no slight degree of pains, and the question is proposed in this manner, whether the wise man will get drunk? Therefore, to get drunk is a matter of a twofold nature, one part of it being equivalent to being overcome with wine; the other, to behaving foolishly in one’s cups.
143But of those who have dealt with this proposition, some have said that the wise man never takes too much unmixed wine, and never behaves foolishly; for that the one is an error, and that the other is an efficient cause of error, and that both the one and the other is inconsistent with good conduct.
144Others again have asserted, that to be overcome with wine is appropriate even to a virtuous man, but that to behave foolishly is inconsistent with his character. For that the wisdom which is in him is sufficient to resist those things which attempt to do him injury, and to destroy the innovations which they seek to produce in the soul, and that wisdom is endued with a power capable of extinguishing the passions, whether they be fanned by the impetuous gale of furious love, or kindled by abundant and heating wine, and that owing to this power it will always be superior to them. Since also of those who dive beneath a deep river or under the sea, some are destroyed from being ignorant of the art of swimming, but others who are possessed of this knowledge are very speedily saved; and, indeed, a great quantity of wine, inundating the soul like a torrent, sometimes weighs it down and precipitates it to the lowest depth of ignorance, but at other times is unable to part it, because it is supported and borne aloft by saving instruction.
145Those again who have not sufficiently observed the greatness of this excess with respect to passion in the wise man, have pressed him down, when he was applying himself to the study of sublime things, from heaven to earth, as those men do who are seeking to catch birds, in order to involve him in disasters similar to their own; but others, seeing the great height of his virtue, have said that a wise man, if he indulges in wine beyond the bounds of moderation, will by all means cease to be master of himself, and will go astray, and will not only let his hands droop out of weakness, like those athletes do who are defeated, but will also droop his neck and his head, and stumble, and fall down, coming to the ground with his whole body.
146Having then learnt this beforehand, the wise man will never of his own accord think fit to enter upon a contest of hard drinking, unless there were great things at stake, such as the safety of his country, or the honour of his parents, or the preservation of his children, or of his nearest relations, or in short, the success and prosperity of some important public or private interest.
147For he would not take a deadly poison unless the occasion compelled him very strongly to depart from life, as it might urge him to depart from his country. And at all events it is plain, that unmixed wine is a poison, which is the cause, if not of death, at least of madness, and why may we not pronounce madness to be death, since by it the most important thing in us dies, namely, the mind? But it appears to me that a man would without the slightest hesitation choose (if a choice was permitted him), that death which separates and disunites the soul and the body as a lesser evil in preference to that greater one—the alienation of the mind.
148On this account, forsooth, men of old time called skill in the art of making wine madness (μαινομένη), and called the Bacchae who were carried away under the influence of wine, mad women (Μαινάδες), since wine is the cause of madness and folly to those who indulge in it insatiably.
149Such then are, as it were, the prefaces of this discussion or investigation. Let us now go on to the other parts of this question which is divided into two heads as is natural; the one view affirming that the wise man will occasionally be drunk, and the other, on the contrary, insisting that he will not get drunk.
150Now it is well to ruminate the arguments which are adduced in support of the former view, having first of all taken our beginning from this point, that of things some are homonymous, and others are only synonymous. And it is admitted that the being homonymous and the being synonymous are two opposite things, because homonymy is predicated of many subjects which have one common name; and synonymy is the application of many different names to one subject.
Sections 151–175
151For instance, the name of dog is beyond all question a homonymy, inasmuch as it comprehends many dissimilar things which are signified by that appellation. For there is a terrestrial barking animal called a dog; there is also a marine monster with the same name: there is also the star in heaven, which the poets call the autumnal star, because it rises at the beginning of autumn, for the sake of ripening the fruits and bringing them to perfection. Moreover, there were the philosophers who came from the cynic school. Aristippus and Diogenes; and others too who chose to practise the same mode of life, an incalculable number of men.
152Again there are other appellations which differ from one another, but still signify but one thing, as a shaft, a bolt, and arrow; for all these terms are applied to the weapon which is sent from the string of the bow against the mark; and again there are the words, oar, scull, and blade, to express the instrument used for propelling a vessel, of equal power with sails; for whenever a ship, by reason of a calm or of unfavourable winds cannot use its sails, then, those, whose business it is, sitting down as rowers, and stretching out their oars on each side like wings, compel it to proceed onwards as if borne on wings; and so the vessel being borne on the top of the waves, and rather running over them than cutting through them, hastens along with a speedy voyage, and speedily anchors in a safe harbour.
153And again, a staff, and a stick, and a cane, are all different appellations of one subject with which we can strike, or support one’s self steadily, and on which one can lean, and do many other things besides. And we have enumerated these instances not for the purpose of making a long story, but in order that the matter under investigation may be more clearly understood.
154The ancients called unmixed wine οἶνος, and also μέθυ. At all events, this latter name is used in very many passages of poetry, so that if those names are accounted synonymous which are applied to one subject, then οἶνος and μέθυσμα, and other words derived from them will differ in nothing but sound, and the being overcome with wine (οἰνου̃σθαι), and the being drunk (μεθύειν), are one and the same thing.
155And both these words intimate a taking of too much wine, which nevertheless there may be many reasons for a good man not turning away from; and if he be overcome with wine he will also be drunk, being nevertheless not made in any respect the worse by his drunkenness, but remaining the same as if he had simply been well filled with wine.
156We have now detailed one of the opinions concerning a wise man getting drunk: and the second is as follows:— The men of the present day, with the exception of a small portion of them, do not choose in any way to resemble the men of old times; but both in mind and action they show that they are in no respect agreed with them, but that they differ from them widely.
157For they have made such a revolution as to bring reasons which were sound and healthy into incurable decay and destruction. And in the place of a vigorous and athletic habit, they have brought almost every thing into a state of disease; and in the place of a full, and strong, and sinewy body, they have rendered it weak, inducing an unnatural, and swollen, and sickly habit, filling it up with empty wind alone, which soon bursts by reason of the want of any power to keep it together, when it is extended in the greatest degree.
158And the actions of created beings, which are most worthy of attention, and which were, as one may say, masculine actions, those also they have made disgraceful feminine instead, and discreditable instead of honourable, so that there are very few persons found, either in deed or in words, inclined to an imitation of the ancient manners.
159Therefore, the poets and historians who lived in their time, and all other men who devoted themselves to literary studies, did not confine themselves to soothing and tickling the ears with rhythmical sounds, but, if there was anything broken, so to say, and relaxed in the mind, they roused it up, and whatever there was in it suited to their purpose they improved by initiation into natural philosophy and virtue. But the cooks and confectioners of our time, and those persons who are only artists of superfluous luxury, in the arts of dyeing and making perfumes, are always building up the outward senses with some new colour, or shape, or scent, or flavour, so as utterly to destroy the most important part of us, the mind.
160And why do I mention these things? In order to show that the men of the present day do not use wine now as the ancients did. For now they drink eagerly without once taking breath, till the body and soul are both wholly relaxed, and they keep on bidding their cup-bearers to bring more wine, and are angry with them if they delay while they are cooling what is called by them the hot drink; and in a vile imitation of the gymnastic contests, they institute a contest among their fellow revellers as to who can drink most wine, in which they do many glorious things to one another, biting one another’s ears and noses, and the tips of the fingers of their hands, and any other parts of the body they can get at.
161Now, these are the contests of revelry while in youth and vigour, and, as one may say, in its prime; but the others are the deeds of that ancient and more old-fashioned sort. For the men of old time began every good action with perfect sacrifices, thinking that in that way the result would be most favourable to them; and even if the occasion required especial promptitude in action, still they did not begin till they had offered prayers and sacrifices. But in all cases waited, thinking that haste was not in every case better than slowness. For speed, which is not accompanied with forethought, is injurious, but slowness, when founded on good hope, is advantageous.
162Knowing, therefore, that the use and enjoyment of wine require much care, they did not drink unmixed wine either in great quantities or at all times, but only in moderation and on fitting occasions. For first, of all, they offered up prayers and instituted sacrifices, and then, having propitiated the deity, and having purified their bodies and souls, the former with baths, and the latter with the waters of laws and of right instruction, they then turned their cheerful and rejoicing countenances to more luxurious food, very often not returning home but, walking about in the temples in which they sacrificed, in order that, by keeping in mind their sacrifices, and having a due respect for the place, they might enjoy what should be really a most sacred feast, doing no wrong either in word or deed.
163And this, indeed, is what they say the word μεθύειν, to be drunk, derives its name from; because, μετὰ τὸ θύειν (after sacrificing) it was the custom of the men of old to drink great quantities of wine. And to whom could the manner of using unmixed wine described above be more appropriate than to wise men to whom the work to be done before drinking, namely, sacrificing, is so appropriate?
164For one may almost say that no bad man can really perform sacrifices, not even if he were to bring the altar ten thousand oxen every day without intermission; for his most important and indispensable offering, namely his mind, is polluted. And it is impious for polluted things to come near to the altar.
165This, now, is the second point of view in which this question may be regarded, by which we have shown that it is not inconsistent with the character of the wise man to get drunk. There is a third way of looking at this subject, which depends chiefly on the exceeding plausibility of an argument derived from etymology. For some persons think that drunkenness derives its name not merely from the fact of its being admitted after sacrifice, but also because it is the cause of relaxation (μέθεσις) to the soul.
166But the reason of foolish men is relaxed so as to get strength for many sins; while that of those inclined to be sensible is relaxed, so as to enjoy freedom from care, and cheerfulness, and lightness of heart. For the wise man, when he is intoxicated, becomes more good-humoured than when he is sober; so that in this respect we should not be at all wrong in saying that he may get drunk.
167And besides all this, we must likewise add, that we are not speaking of a stern-looking and sordid kind of wisdom, contracted by profound thought and ill-humour; but, on the other hand, of that wisdom which wears a tranquil and cheerful appearance, being full of joy and happiness, by which men have often been led on to sport and divert themselves in no inelegant manner, indulging in amusements suitable to their dignified and earnest character, just as in a well-tuned lyre one may have a combination uniting, by means of opposite sounds, in one melodious harmony.
168At all events, according to the most holy Moses, the end of all wisdom is amusement and mirth, not such mirth as is pursued by foolish people, uncombined with any prudence, but such as is admitted even by those who are already grey, not only through old age alone, but also through deep thinking. Do you not see that he speaks of the man who has drunk deeply of that wisdom which is to be derived from a man’s own hearing and learning, and study; not as one who partakes of mirth, but who is actually mirth in itself?
169This is Isaac, for the name Isaac being interpreted means "laughter," with whose character it is very consistent that he should have been sporting with "perseverance," which the Hebrews call Rebekkah. But it is not lawful for a private individual to behold the divine instruction of the soul, but the king may behold it, as one with whom wisdom has dwelt for a very long time, if we may not rather say that it dwells with him all his life. His name is Abimelech, who, looking out through the window with the well-opened and radiant eye of the mind, saw Isaac sporting with Rebekkah his wife.
170For what employment is more suitable for a wise man than to be sporting, and rejoicing, and diverting himself with perseverance in good things? From which it is plain that he will become intoxicated, since intoxication contributes to good morals, and also produces relaxation and advantage;
171for unmixed wine seems to increase and render more intense all the natural qualities, whether they be good or the contrary, as many other things do too. For money is to a good man a cause of good things, and to a bad man, as some one has said, it is a cause of bad things. And again, high rank makes the wickedness of a fool more conspicuous, but it renders the virtue of the just man more glorious. So also unmixed wine, being poured forth in abundance, makes the man who is the slave of his passions, still more subservient to them, but it renders him who has them under control more manageable and amiable.
172Who, indeed, is there who does not know that of two opposite things, when one kind is suitable to most people, the other kind must of necessity be suited to some? As, for instance, white and black are two opposite colours: if white is suitable both to good and to bad things, then black must also be necessarily equally suitable to both, and not to one of the two alone. And, again, to be sober and to be drunk are two opposite things; accordingly, both bad men and good, as the ancient proverb says, partake of sobriety; therefore, also, drunkenness is suitable to both classes. Therefore the virtuous man will get drunk without losing any of his virtue by it.
173But if, like persons before a court of justice, one must bring forward not only such proofs as are in accordance with the rules of art, but those too which have no connection with art, one of which is proof by testimony, we will then produce many sons of physicians and philosophers of high repute to give evidence, not by words alone, but also by writings.
174For they have left behind ten thousand commentaries entitled treatises on drunkenness; in which they consider nothing beyond the bare use of wine, without pursuing any investigation with respect to those who are accustomed to behave foolishly in their cups, and in fact omitting every thing which has reference to conduct under the influence of wine; so that it is very plainly confessed in their writings that drunkenness is the same as drinking wine freely. And to drink a superabundant quantity of wine on proper occasions is not unsuitable to a wise man; therefore we shall not be wrong if we say that a wise man may get drunk.
175But since no one is ever inscribed on the rolls as a conqueror if he has contended by himself alone, for if he does this he appears only to be fighting with a shadow, and very naturally too; it follows that we must also produce the arguments of those who contend for the opposite side of the question, that by this means a most just judgment may be formed, and that the other side of the question may not be decided against through default.
Sections 176–177
176And the first and the most powerful argument is this: if no one in his senses would entrust a secret which he wished to be kept to a drunken man, then a good and wise man will not get drunk. But before we collect all the other arguments in their order, it may be better to reply to each objection separately, in order that we may not appear to be too prolix, and consequently to be troublesome.
177Some one then will say in opposition that, according to the argument that has been advanced, the wise man must never have a bilious attack, and never go to sleep, and above all must never die. But he to whom some of these things happens is either an inanimate being or a divine one; but beyond all question he is not a man at all. Imitating this perversion of the arguments, one may apply it equally to a bilious man, or to a sleeping man, or to a dying man; for no one in his senses would tell a secret to a man in any of these conditions, but it would be reasonable for him to tell it to a wise man, for the wise man is never bilious, never goes to sleep, and never dies.
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1Ἐν μὲν τῷ προτέρῳ βιβλίῳ τὰ περὶ γεωργικῆς τέχνης γενικῆς, ὅσα καιρὸς ἦν, εἴπομεν, ἐν δὲ τούτῳ περὶ τῆς κατ’ εἶδος ἀμπελουργικῆς, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ, ἀποδώσομεν. τὸν γὰρ δίκαιον οὐ γεωργὸν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἰδίως ἀμπελουργὸν εἰσάγει φάσκων· „ἤρξατο Νῶε ἄνθρωπος εἶναι γεωργὸς γῆς καὶ ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα“ (Gen. 9, 20).
2προσήκει δὲ τὸν μέλλοντα περὶ τῶν κατὰ μέρος φυτουργιῶν τε καὶ γεωργιῶν διεξιέναι κατανοῆσαι πρῶτον τὰ τελειότατα τοῦ παντὸς φυτὰ καὶ τὸν μέγαν φυτουργὸν καὶ ἐπιστάτην αὐτῶν. ὁ μὲν τοίνυν τῶν φυτουργῶν μέγιστος καὶ τὴν τέχνην τελειότατος ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμών ἐστι, φυτὸν δὲ αὖ περιέχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὰ ἐν μέρει φυτὰ ἅμα παμμυρία καθάπερ κληματίδας ἐκ μιᾶς ἀναβλαστάνοντα ῥίζης ὅδε ὁ κόσμος.
3ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὴν οὐσίαν ἄτακτον καὶ συγκεχυμένην οὖσαν ἐξ αὑτῆς εἰς τάξιν ἐξ ἀταξίας καὶ ἐκ συγχύσεως εἰς διάκρισιν ἄγων ὁ κοσμοπλάστης μορφοῦν ἤρξατο, γῆν μὲν καὶ ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τὸ μέσον ἐρρίζου, τὰ δὲ ἀέρος καὶ πυρὸς δένδρα πρὸς τὴν μετάρσιον ἀνεῖλκεν ἀπὸ τοῦ μέσου χώραν, τὸν δὲ αἰθέριον ἐν κύκλῳ τόπον ὠχυροῦτο τῶν ἐντὸς ὅρον τε καὶ φυλακτήριον αὐτὸν τιθείς, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ οὐρανὸς ὠνομάσθαι δοκεῖ· καὶ ὀχεῖσθαι μὲν γῆν ὕδατι ξηρὰν οὖσαν, ἣν δέος ἦν ὕδατι διαλύεσθαι, πυρὶ δὲ ἀέρα θερμῷ φύσει τὸν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχρότατον, θαῦμα ἔκτοπον, ὁ θαυματοποιὸς εἰργάζετο.
4πῶς γὰρ οὐ τεράστιον ὑπὸ μὲν τοῦ λυομένου συνέχεσθα τὸ λύον, πρὸς γῆς ὕδωρ, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ψυχροτάτῳ τὸ θερμότατον ἄσβεστον ἱδρῦσθαι, πῦρ ἐπὶ ἀέρι; καὶ ταῦτα μὲν τὰ τέλεια τοῦ παντὸς ἦν μοσχεύματα, τὸ δὲ παμμέγεθες καὶ παμφορώτατον ἔρνος ὁ κόσμος οὗτος, οὗ παραφυάδες οἱ εἰρημένοι βλαστοί.
5Ὅπου ποτ’ οὖν ἄρα τὰς ῥίζας καθῆκε καὶ τίς ἐστιν αὐτῷ βάσις, ἐφ’ ἧς ὥσπερ ἀνδριὰς ἐρήρεισται, σκεπτέον. σῶμα μὲν οὖν οὐδὲν ἀπολειφθὲν εἰκὸς ἔξω πλανᾶσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν δι’ ὅλων ὕλην ἐργασαμένου καὶ διακοσμήσαντος θεοῦ·
6τελειότατον γὰρ ἥρμοττε τὸ μέγιστον τῶν ἔργων τῷ μεγίστῳ δημιουργῷ διαπλάσασθαι, τελειότατον δὲ οὐκ ἂν ἦν, εἰ μὴ τελείοις συνεπληροῦτο μέρεσιν· ὥστε ἐκ γῆς ἁπάσης καὶ παντὸς ὕδατος καὶ ἀέρος καὶ πυρός, μηδενὸς ἔξω μηδὲ τοῦ βραχυτάτου καταλειφθέντος, συνέστη ὅδε ὁ κόσμος.
7ἀνάγκη τοίνυν ἐκτὸς ἢ κενὸν ἢ μηδὲν εἶναι. εἰ μὲν δὴ κενόν, πῶς τὸ πλῆρες καὶ ναστὸν καὶ τῶν ὄντων βαρύτατον οὐ βρίθει ταλαντεῦον στερεοῦ μηδενὸς ἐπερείδοντος; ἐξ οὗ φάσματι ἂν ἐοικέναι δόξαι, ζητούσης ἀεὶ τῆς διανοίας βάσιν σωματικήν, ἣν πᾶν ἔχειν εἰκός, ἐάν τι κινούμενον τυγχάνῃ, τὸν δὲ δὴ κόσμον καὶ διαφερόντως, ὅτι τὸ μέγιστον σωμάτων ἐστὶ καὶ πλῆθος ἄλλων σωμάτων ὡς οἰκεῖα ἐγκεκόλπισται μέρη. τὰς δυσωπίας οὖν εἴ τις ἀποδιδράσκειν βούλοιτο τὰς ἐν τοῖς διαπορηθεῖσι,
8λεγέτω μετὰ παρρησίας, ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν ὕλαις κραταιὸν οὕτως, ὡς τὸν κόσμον ἀχθοφορεῖν ἰσχῦσαι, λόγος δὲ ὁ ἀίδιος θεοῦ τοῦ αἰωνίου τὸ ὀχυρώτατον καὶ βεβαιότατον ἔρεισμα τῶν ὅλων ἐστίν.
9οὗτος ἀπὸ τῶν μέσων ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄκρων ἐπὶ τὰ μέσα ταθεὶς δολιχεύει τὸν τῆς φύσεως δρόμον ἀήττητον συνάγων τὰ μέρη πάντα καὶ σφίγγων· δεσμὸν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἄρρηκτον τοῦ παντὸς ὁ γεννήσας ἐποίει πατήρ.
10εἰκότως οὖν οὐδὲ γῆ πᾶσα διαλυθήσεται πρὸς παντὸς ὕδατος, ὅπερ αὐτῆς οἱ κόλποι κεχωρήκασιν, οὐδ’ ὑπὸ ἀέρος σβεσθήσεται πῦρ, οὐδ’ ἔμπαλιν ὑπὸ πυρὸς ἀὴρ ἀναφλεχθήσεται, τοῦ θείου λόγου μεθόριον τάττοντος αὑτὸν καθάπερ φωνήεντα στοιχείων ἀφώνων, ἵνα τὸ ὅλον ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐγγραμμάτου φωνῆς συνηχήσῃ, τὰς τῶν ἐναντίων ἀπειλὰς πειθοῖ τῇ συναγωγῷ μεσιτεύοντός τε καὶ διαιτῶντος.
11Οὕτως μὲν δὴ τὸ παμφορώτατον φυτὸν ἐρριζοῦτο καὶ ῥιζωθὲν ἐκρατεῖτο· τῶν δὲ ἐν μέρει καὶ βραχυτέρων φυτῶν τὰ μὲν μεταβατικῶς κινητά, τὰ δὲ ἄνευ μεταβάσεως ὡς ἂν ἑστῶτα κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον ἐδημιουργεῖτο.
12τὰ μὲν οὖν μεταβατικῇ κινήσει χρώμενα, ἃ δή φαμεν ἡμεῖς ζῷα εἶναι, ταῖς τοῦ παντὸς ὁλοσχερεστέραις προσεγένετο μοίραις, γῇ μὲν τὰ χερσαῖα, πλωτὰ δὲ ὕδατι, τὰ δὲ πτηνὰ ἀέρι καὶ τὰ πυρίγονα πυρί, ὧν τὴν γένεσιν ἀριδηλοτέραν κατὰ Μακεδονίαν λόγος ἔχει προφαίνεσθαι, καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες οὐρανῷ—ζῷα γὰρ καὶ τούτους νοερὰ δι’ ὅλων φασὶν οἱ φιλοσοφήσαντες —, ὧν οἱ μὲν πλάνητες ἐξ ἑαυτῶν, οἱ δ’ ἀπλανεῖς τῇ τοῦ παντὸς συμπεριαγόμενοι φορᾷ τόπους ἐναλλάττειν δοκοῦσι.
13τὰ δὲ ἀφαντάστῳ φύσει διοικούμενα, ἅπερ ἰδίως λέγεται φυτά, μεταβατικῆς κινήσεως ἀμέτοχα. διττὰ δὲ ἔν τε γῇ καὶ ἀέρι γένη ὁ ποιῶν ἐποίει.
14ἀέρι μὲν τὰ πτηνὰ καὶ αἰσθητὰ καὶ δυνάμεις ἄλλας αἰσθήσει οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς καταλαμβανομένας—ψυχῶν ὁ θίασος οὗτος ἀσωμάτων ἐστὶ διακεκοσμημένων οὐ ταῖς αὐταῖς ἐν τάξεσι· τὰς μὲν γὰρ εἰσκρίνεσθαι λόγος ἔχει σώμασι θνητοῖς καὶ κατά τινας ὡρισμένας περιόδους ἀπαλλάττεσθαι πάλιν, τὰς δὲ θειοτέρας κατασκευῆς λαχούσας ἅπαντος ἀλογεῖν τοῦ γῆς χωρίου, ἀνωτάτω δ’ εἶναι πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ αἰθέρι τὰς καθαρωτάτας, ἃς οἱ μὲν παρ’ Ἕλλησι φιλοσοφήσαντες ἥρωας καλοῦσι, Μωυσῆς δὲ ὀνόματι εὐθυβόλῳ χρώμενος ἀγγέλους προσαγορεύει, πρεσβευομένας καὶ διαγγελλούσας τά τε παρὰ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος τοῖς ὑπηκόοις ἀγαθὰ καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ ὧν εἰσιν οἱ ὑπήκοοι χρεῖοι —, γῇ δὲ ζῷά τε χερσαῖα καὶ φυτά, δύο πάλιν, προσένειμε, τὴν αὐτὴν μητέρα τε βουληθεὶς εἶναι καὶ τροφόν·
15καθάπερ γὰρ γυναικὶ καὶ παντὶ τῷ θήλει πηγαὶ πρὸς τῷ μέλλειν ἀποκυΐσκειν ἀναχέονται γάλακτος, ἵνα τοῖς γεννωμένοις ἄρδωσι τὰς ἀναγκαίας καὶ ἁρμοττούσας τροφάς, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τῇ χερσαίων ζῴων μητρὶ γῇ πάσας φυτῶν προσένειμεν ἰδέας, ἵνα συγγενέσι καὶ μὴ ὀθνείοις τροφαῖς τὰ γεννώμενα χρήσηται.
16καὶ μὴν τὰ μὲν φυτὰ κατωκάρα ἀπειργάζετο τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς βαθυγειοτάτοις γῆς μέρεσι πήξας, ζῴων δὲ τῶν ἀλόγων τὰς κεφαλὰς ἀνελκύσας ἀπὸ γῆς ἐπὶ προμήκους αὐχένος ἄκρας ἡρμόζετο τῷ αὐχένι ὥσπερ ἐπίβασιν τοὺς ἐμπροσθίους πόδας θείς.
17ἐξαιρέτου δὲ τῆς κατασκευῆς ἔλαχεν ἄνθρωπος· τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἄλλων τὰς ὄψεις περιήγαγε κάτω κάμψας, διὸ νένευκε πρὸς χέρσον, ἀνθρώπου δὲ ἔμπαλιν ἀνώρθωσεν, ἵνα τὸν οὐρανὸν καταθεᾶται, φυτὸν οὐκ ἐπίγειον ἀλλ’ οὐράνιον, ὡς ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, ὑπάρχων.
18ἀλλ’ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι τῆς αἰθερίου φύσεως τὸν ἡμέτερον νοῦν μοῖραν εἰπόντες εἶναι συγγένειαν ἀνθρώπῳ πρὸς αἰθέρα συνῆψαν. ὁ δὲ μέγας Μωυσῆς οὐδενὶ τῶν γεγονότων τῆς λογικῆς ψυχῆς τὸ εἶδος ὡμοίωσεν, ἀλλ’ εἶπεν αὐτὴν τοῦ θείου καὶ ἀοράτου πνεύματος ἐκείνου δόκιμον εἶναι νόμισμα σημειωθὲν καὶ τυπωθὲν σφραγῖδι θεοῦ, ἧς ὁ χαρακτήρ ἐστιν ὁ ἀίδιος λόγος· „ἐνέπνευσε“
19γάρ φησιν „ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς“ (Gen. 2,7), ὥστε ἀνάγκη πρὸς τὸν ἐκπέμποντα τὸν δεχόμενον ἀπεικονίσθαι· διὸ καὶ λέγεται κατ’ εἰκόνα θεοῦ τὸν ἄνθρωπον γεγενῆσθαι (Gen. 1,27), οὐ μὴν κατ’ εἰκόνα τινὸς τῶν γεγονότων.
20ἀκόλουθον οὖν ἦν τῆς ἀνθρώπου ψυχῆς κατὰ τὸν ἀρχέτυπον τοῦ αἰτίου λόγον ἀπεικονισθείσης καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἀνεγερθὲν πρὸς τὴν καθαρωτάτην τοῦ παντὸς μοῖραν, οὐρανόν, τὰς ὄψεις ἀνατεῖναι, ἵνα τῷ φανερῷ τὸ ἀφανὲς ἐκδήλως καταλαμβάνηται.
21ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν τὴν πρὸς τὸ ὂν διανοίας ὁλκὴν ἀμήχανον ἦν ἰδεῖν ὅτι μὴ τοὺς ἀχθέντας πρὸς αὐτοῦ μόνους — ὃ γὰρ πέπονθεν ἕκαστος, αὐτὸς ἐξαιρέτως οἶδεν —, εἴδωλον ἐναργὲς ἀειδοῦς ὄμματος τὰ τοῦ σώματος ποιεῖ δυνάμενα πρὸς αἰθέρα ἀπονεύειν.
22ὁπότε γὰρ οἱ ἐκ φθαρτῆς παγέντες ὕλης ὀφθαλμοὶ τοσοῦτον ἐπέβησαν, ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τῆς γῆς χωρίου πρὸς τὸν μακρὰν οὕτως ἀφεστῶτα ἀνατρέχειν οὐρανὸν καὶ ψαύειν τῶν περάτων αὐτοῦ, πόσον τινὰ χρὴ νομίσαι τὸν πάντῃ δρόμον τῶν ψυχῆς ὀμμάτων; ἅπερ ὑπὸ πολλοῦ τοῦ τὸ ὂν κατιδεῖν τηλαυγῶς ἱμέρου πτερωθέντα οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὸν ἔσχατον αἰθέρα τείνεται, παραμειψάμενα δὲ
23καὶ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου τοὺς ὅρους ἐπείγεται πρὸς τὸν ἀγένητον. διὰ τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς χρησμοῖς οἱ σοφίας καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἄπληστοι διατελοῦντες ἀνακεκλῆσθαι λέγονται· πρὸς γὰρ τὸ θεῖον ἄνω καλεῖσθαι θέμις τοὺς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ καταπνευσθέντας.
24δεινὸν γάρ, εἰ τυφῶσι μὲν καὶ ἁρπυίαις αὐτόπρεμνα δένδρα πρὸς ἀέρα ἀνασπᾶται καὶ μυριάγωγα σκάφη βρίθοντα φόρτῳ καθάπερ τινὰ τῶν κουφοτάτων ἐκ μέσων τῶν πελαγῶν ἀναρπάζεται καὶ λίμναι καὶ ποταμοὶ μετάρσιοι φέρονται, τοὺς γῆς κόλπους ἐκλιπόντος τοῦ ῥεύματος, ὅπερ ἀνιμήσαντο αἱ τῶν ἀνέμων κραταιόταται καὶ πολυπλοκώταται δῖναι, τῇ δὲ τοῦ θείου πνεύματος καὶ πάντα δυνατοῦ καὶ τὰ κάτω νικῶντος φύσει κοῦφον ὁ νοῦς ὢν οὐκ ἐπελαφρίζεται καὶ πρὸς μήκιστον ὕψος ἐξαίρεται, καὶ μάλιστα ὁ τοῦ φιλοσοφήσαντος ἀνόθως.
25οὗτος γὰρ κάτω μὲν οὐ βρίθει πρὸς τὰ σώματος καὶ γῆς φίλα ταλαντεύων, ὧν διάζευξιν καὶ ἀλλοτρίωσιν ἀεὶ διεπόνησεν, ἄνω δὲ φέρεται τῶν μεταρσίων καὶ ἱεροπρεπεστάτων καὶ εὐδαιμόνων φύσεων ἀκορέστως ἐρασθείς.
Sections 26–50
26τοιγαροῦν Μωυσῆς ὁ ταμίας καὶ φύλαξ τῶν τοῦ ὄντος ὀργίων ἀνακεκλήσεται· λέγεται γὰρ ἐν Λευιτικῇ βίβλῳ „ἀνεκάλεσε Μωυσῆν“ (Lev. 1, 1). ἀνακεκλήσεται δὲ καὶ ὁ τῶν δευτερείων ἀξιωθεὶς Βεσελεήλ· καὶ γὰρ τοῦτον ἀνακαλεῖ ὁ θεὸς πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν κατασκευήν τε καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν ἔργων (Exod. 31,2 sqq.).
27ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν τὰ δευτερεῖα τῆς ἀνακλήσεως, Μωυσῆς δὲ ὁ πάνσοφος οἴσεται τὰ πρωτεῖα· ἐκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ τὰς σκιὰς πλάττει καθάπερ οἱ ζωγραφοῦντες οἷς οὐ θέμις οὐδὲν ἔμψυχον δημιουργῆσαι — Βεσελεὴλ γὰρ ἐν σκιαῖς ποιῶν ἑρμηνεύεται —, Μωυσῆς δὲ οὐ σκιὰς ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀρχετύπους φύσεις αὐτὰς τῶν πραγμάτων ἔλαχεν ἀνατυποῦν. ἄλλως τε καὶ τὸ αἴτιον οἷς μὲν τηλαυγέστερον καὶ ἀριδηλότερον ὡς ἂν ἐν ἡλίῳ καθαρῷ, οἷς δὲ ἀμυδρότερον ὡς ἂν ἐν σκιᾷ τὰ οἰκεῖα εἴωθεν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι.
28Διεξεληλυθότες οὖν περὶ τῶν ὁλοσχερεστέρων ἐν κόσμῳ φυτῶν ἴδωμεν ὃν τρόπον καὶ τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, τῷ βραχεῖ κόσμῳ, δένδρα ὁ πάνσοφος ἐδημιούργει θεός. αὐτίκα τοίνυν ὥσπερ βαθύγειον χωρίον σῶμα τὸ ἡμέτερον λαβὼν δεξαμενὰς αὐτῷ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀπειργάζετο·
29κἄπειθ’ οἷα φυτὸν ἥμερον καὶ ὠφελιμώτατον ἑκάστην αὐτῶν ἐνετίθει, ἀκοὴν μὲν εἰς οὖς, ὄψιν δ’ εἰς ὄμματα καὶ εἰς μυκτῆρας ὄσφρησιν καὶ τὰς ἄλλας εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα καὶ συγγενῆ χωρία. μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ ὁ θεσπέσιος ἀνὴρ ἐν ὕμνοις λέγων ὧδε· „ὁ φυτεύων οὖς οὐκ ἀκούει; ὁ πλάσσων ὀφθαλμοὺς οὐκ ἐπιβλέψει“ (Psalm. 93,9) ;
30καὶ τὰς διηκούσας μέντοι μέχρι σκελῶν τε καὶ χειρῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τοῦ σώματος μερῶν, ὅσα ἐντός τε καὶ ἐκτός, δυνάμεις ἁπάσας εὐγενῆ μοσχεύματα εἶναι συμβέβηκε.
31τὰ δὲ ἀμείνω καὶ τελειότερα τῷ μεσαιτάτῳ καὶ καρποφορεῖν δυναμένῳ διαφερόντως ἡγεμονικῷ προσερρίζου· ταῦτα δέ εἰσι νόησις, κατάληψις, εὐστοχία, μελέται, μνῆμαι, ἕξεις, διαθέσεις, τεχνῶν ἰδέαι πολύτροποι, βεβαιότης ἐπιστημῶν, τῶν ἀρετῆς ἁπάσης θεωρημάτων ἄληστος ἀνάληψις. τούτων οὐδὲν οὐδεὶς θνητὸς ἱκανὸς φυτουργῆσαι, πάντων δὲ ἀθρόων εἷς ὁ ἀγένητος τεχνίτης, οὐ πεποιηκὼς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ποιῶν ἀεὶ καθ’ ἕκαστον τῶν γεννωμένων τὰ φυτὰ ταῦτα.
32Τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἐστὶν ἀκόλουθος καὶ ἡ τοῦ παραδείσου φυτουργία· λέγεται γάρ· „ἐφύτευσεν ὁ θεὸς παράδεισον ἐν Ἐδὲμ κατὰ ἀνατολάς, καὶ ἔθετο ἐκεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὃν ἔπλασεν“ (Gen. 2,8). τὸ μὲν οὖν ἀμπέλους καὶ ἐλαιῶν ἢ μηλεῶν ἢ ῥοιῶν ἢ τῶν παραπλησίων δένδρα οἴεσθαι * * * πολλὴ καὶ δυσθεράπευτος εὐήθεια.
33τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκα, εἴποι τις ἄν; ἵνα ἐνδιαιτήσεις εὐαγώγους ἔχῃ; ὁ γὰρ κόσμος ἅπας αὐταρκέστατον ἐνδιαίτημα ἂν νομισθείη θεῷ τῷ πανηγεμόνι; ἢ οὐχὶ μυρίων καὶ ἄλλων δόξαι ἂν ὑστερίζειν, ὡς πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀξιόχρεων ὑποληφθῆναι; χωρὶς τοῦ μηδὲ εὐαγὲς εἶναι οἴεσθαι τὸ αἴτιον ἐν τῷ αἰτιατῷ περιέχεσθαι [τῷ] μηδὲ τὰ δένδρα τοὺς ἐτησίους δήπου φέρειν καρπούς.
34πρὸς τὴν τίνος οὖν ἀπόλαυσίν τε καὶ χρῆσιν καρποφορήσει ὁ παράδεισος; ἀνθρώπου μὲν οὐδενός· οὐδεὶς γὰρ εἰσάγεται τὸ παράπαν τὸν παράδεισον οἰκῶν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸν πρῶτον διαπλασθέντα ἐκ γῆς μεταναστῆναί φησιν ἐνθένδε, ὄνομα Ἀδάμ.
35καὶ μὴν ὅ γε θεὸς ὥσπερ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τροφῆς ἀνεπιδεής ἐστιν· ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὸν τροφῇ χρώμενον δεῖσθαι μὲν τὸ πρῶτον, ἔπειτα δὲ ὄργανα εὐτρεπίσθαι, δι’ ὧν καὶ τὴν εἰσιοῦσαν παραδέξεται καὶ τὴν ἐκμασηθεῖσαν θύραζε ἀποπέμψει. ταῦτα δὲ μακαριότητος καὶ εὐδαιμονίας τῆς περὶ τὸ αἴτιον ἀπᾴδει, τῶν ἀνθρωπόμορφον, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἀνθρωποπαθὲς αὐτὸ εἰσαγόντων ἐπ’ εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος καθαιρέσει,
36μεγάλων ἀρετῶν, ἐκθεσμότατα ὄντα εὑρήματα. ἰτέον οὖν ἐπ’ ἀλληγορίαν τὴν ὁρατικοῖς φίλην ἀνδράσι· καὶ γὰρ οἱ χρησμοὶ τὰς εἰς αὐτὴν ἡμῖν ἀφορμὰς ἐναργέστατα προτείνουσι· λέγουσι γὰρ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ φυτὰ εἶναι μηδὲν ἐοικότα τοῖς παρ’ ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ ζωῆς, ἀθανασίας, εἰδήσεως, καταλήψεως, συνέσεως, καλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ φαντασίας.
37ταῦτα δὲ χέρσου μὲν οὐκ ἂν εἴη, λογικῆς δὲ ψυχῆς ἀναγκαίως φυτά, ἧς ἡ μὲν πρὸς ἀρετὴν ὁδὸς αὕτη ζωὴν καὶ ἀθανασίαν ἔχουσα τὸ τέλος, ἡ δὲ πρὸς κακίαν φυγήν τε τούτων καὶ θάνατον. τὸν οὖν φιλόδωρον θεὸν ὑποληπτέον ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ καθάπερ παράδεισον ἀρετῶν καὶ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὰς πράξεων ἐμφυτεύειν πρὸς τελείαν εὐδαιμονίαν αὐτὴν ἄγοντα.
38διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τόπον οἰκειότατον προσένειμε τῷ παραδείσῳ καλούμενον Ἐδέμ — ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ τρυφή —, σύμβολον ψυχῆς τῆς ἄρτια βλεπούσης, ἀρεταῖς ἐγχορευούσης καὶ ὑπὸ πλήθους καὶ μεγέθους χαρᾶς ἀνασκιρτώσης, ἀπόλαυσμα ἓν ἀντὶ μυρίων τῶν παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἡδίστων προτεθειμένης τὴν τοῦ μόνου θεραπείαν σοφοῦ.
39τούτου τοῦ γανώματος ἀκράτου τις σπάσας, ὁ τοῦ Μωυσέως δὴ θιασώτης, ὃς οὐχὶ τῶν ἠμελημένων ἦν, ἐν ὑμνῳδίαις ἀνεφθέγξατο πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον νοῦν φάσκων „κατατρύφησον τοῦ κυρίου“ (Psalm. 36,4), παρακεκινημένος πρὸς τὸν οὐράνιον καὶ θεῖον ἔρωτα τῇ φωνῇ, τὰς μὲν ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις καὶ φαινομένοις ἀνθρωπίνοις ἀγαθοῖς χλιδὰς καὶ θρύψεις ἀλήκτους δυσχεράνας, ὅλον δὲ τὸν νοῦν ὑπὸ θείας κατοχῆς συναρπασθεὶς οἴστρῳ καὶ ἐνευφραινόμενος μόνῳ θεῷ.
40καὶ τὸ πρὸς ἀνατολαῖς μέντοι τὸν παράδεισον εἶναι (Gen. 2, 8) δεῖγμα τοῦ λεχθέντος ἐστί· σκοταῖον μὲν γὰρ καὶ δυόμενον καὶ νυκτιφόρον ἀφροσύνη, λαμπρότατον δὲ καὶ περιαυγέστατον καὶ ἀνατέλλον ὡς ἀληθῶς φρόνησις. καὶ καθάπερ ἀνίσχων ἥλιος ὅλον τὸν οὐρανοῦ κύκλον φέγγους ἀναπληροῖ, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον αἱ ἀρετῆς ἀκτῖνες ἀναλάμψασαι τὸ διανοίας χωρίον ὅλον μεστὸν αὐγῆς καθαρᾶς ἀπεργάζονται.
41τὰ μὲν οὖν ἀνθρώπου κτήματα φρουροὺς ἔχει καὶ φύλακας ἀγριωτάτους θῆρας εἰς τὴν τῶν ἐπιόντων καὶ κατατρεχόντων ἄμυναν, τὰ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ κτήματα λογικὰς φύσεις· „ἔθετο“ γάρ φησιν „ἐκεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὃν ἔπλασεν“, ὃ ἐπὶ λογικῶν μόνων τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐστιν.
42αἱ οὖν ἀσκήσεις τε καὶ χρήσεις ἐξαίρετον γέρας παρὰ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ψυχὰς τουτὶ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἔλαβον· διὸ καὶ ἐμφαντικώτατα εἴρηται, ὅτι τὸν ἐν ἡμῖν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἄνθρωπον, τουτέστι τὸν νοῦν, ἔθηκεν ἐν ἱερωτάτοις καλοκἀγαθίας βλαστήμασι καὶ φυτοῖς, ἐπεὶ [δὲ] τῶν διανοίας ἀμετόχων ἱκανὸν οὐδὲν ἀρετὰς γεωργῆσαι, ὧν τὸ
43παράπαν λαμβάνειν οὐ πέφυκε κατάληψιν. οὐκ ἔστι δ’ οὖν ἀπορητέον, τί δήποτε εἰς μὲν τὴν κιβωτόν, ἣν ἐν τῷ μεγίστῳ κατακλυσμῷ κατασκευασθῆναι συνέβη, πᾶσαι τῶν θηρίων αἱ ἱδέαι εἰσάγονται, εἰς δὲ τὸν παράδεισον οὐδεμία· ἡ μὲν γὰρ κιβωτὸς σύμβολον ἦν σώματος, ὅπερ ἐξ ἀνάγκης κεχώρηκε τὰς παθῶν καὶ κακιῶν ἀτιθάσους κἀξηγριωμένας κῆρας, ὁ δὲ παράδεισος ἀρετῶν· ἀρεταὶ δὲ οὐδὲν ἀνήμερον ἢ συνόλως ἄλογον παραδέχονται.
44παρατετηρημένως δὲ οὐ τὸν κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα τυπωθέντα ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸν πεπλασμένον εἰσαχθῆναί φησιν εἰς τὸν παράδεισον· ὁ μὲν γὰρ τῷ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα θεοῦ χαραχθεὶς πνεύματι οὐδὲν διαφέρει τοῦ τὴν ἀθάνατον ζωὴν καρποφοροῦντος, ὡς ἔμοιγε φαίνεται, δένδρου—ἄμφω γὰρ ἄφθαρτα καὶ μοίρας τῆς μεσαιτάτης καὶ ἡγεμονικωτάτης ἠξίωται· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς ἐστιν ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ παραδείσου (Gen. 2, 9) —, ὁ δὲ τοῦ πολυμιγοῦς καὶ γεωδεστέρου σώματος, ἀπλάστου καὶ ἁπλῆς φύσεως ἀμέτοχος, ἧς ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐπίσταται τὸν οἶκον καὶ τὰς αὐλὰς [τοῦ κυρίου] οἰκεῖν μόνος — Ἰακὼβ γὰρ „ἄπλαστος οἰκῶν οἰκίαν“ εἰσάγεται (Gen. 25,27) —, πολυτρόπῳ δὲ καὶ ἐκ παντοίων συνῃρημένῃ καὶ πεπλασμένῃ διαθέσει χρώμενος.
45τιθέναι οὖν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, τῷ παντὶ κόσμῳ, ῥιζωθέντα εἰκὸς ἦν τὸν μέσον νοῦν, ὁλκοῖς πρὸς τἀναντία κεχρημένον δυνάμεσιν ἐπὶ τὴν διάκρισίν τε αὐτῶν ἀνακληθέντα, ἵνα πρὸς αἵρεσιν καὶ φυγὴν ὁρμήσας, εἰ μὲν τὰ ἀμείνω δεξιώσαιτο, ἀθανασίας καὶ εὐκλείας ἀπόναιτο, εἰ δ’ αὖ τὰ χείρω, ψεκτὸν θάνατον εὕρηται.
46τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ δένδρα ὁ μόνος σοφὸς ἐν ψυχαῖς λογικαῖς ἐρρίζου. Μωυσῆς δὲ οἰκτιζόμενος τοὺς μετανάστας ἐκ τοῦ τῶν ἀρετῶν παραδείσου γεγονότας καὶ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον τοῦ θεοῦ κράτος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς ἵλεως καὶ ἡμέρους δυνάμεις εὔχεται, ὅθεν ὁ γήινος νοῦς Ἀδὰμ πεφυγάδευται, κεῖθι τοὺς ὁρατικοὺς ἐμφυτευθῆναι· λέγει γάρ·
47„εἰσαγαγὼν καταφύτευσον αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος κληρονομίας σου, εἰς ἕτοιμον κατοικητήριόν σου ὃ κατειργάσω, κύριε, ἁγίασμα, κύριε, ὃ ἡτοίμασαν αἱ χεῖρές σου· κύριος βασιλεύων τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ἐπ’ αἰῶνα καὶ ἔτι“ (Exod. 15,17. 18).
48οὐκοῦν σαφέστατα εἰ καί τις ἄλλος ἔμαθεν, ὅτι τὰ σπέρματα καὶ τὰς ῥίζας ἁπάντων καθεὶς ὁ θεὸς αἴτιός ἐστι τοῦ τὸ μέγιστον ἀναβλαστῆσαι φυτόν, τόνδε τὸν κόσμον, ὃν καὶ νῦν ἔοικεν αἰνίττεσθαι δι’ αὐτοῦ τοῦ λεχθέντος ᾄσματος „ὄρος“ αὐτὸν „κληρονομίας“ εἰπών· ἐπειδὴ τοῦ πεποιηκότος οἰκειότατον τὸ γενόμενον κτῆμα καὶ κλῆρος.
49εὔχεται οὖν ἡμᾶς ἐν τούτῳ φυτευθῆναι, οὐχ ἵνα ἄλογοι καὶ ἀφηνιασταὶ γενώμεθα τὰς φύσεις, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἑπόμενοι τῇ τοῦ τελειοτάτου διοικήσει τὴν κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχουσαν αὐτοῦ διέξοδον ἀπομιμούμενοι σώφρονι καὶ ἀπταίστῳ βίῳ χρώμεθα· τὸ γὰρ ἀκολουθίᾳ φύσεως ἰσχῦσαι ζῆν εὐδαιμονίας τέλος εἶπον οἱ πρῶτοι.
50καὶ μὴν τά γε αὖθις λεγόμενα συνᾴδει τῷ προτεθέντι, τὸ τὸν κόσμον εὐτρεπῆ καὶ ἕτοιμον αἰσθητὸν οἶκον εἶναι θεοῦ, τὸ κατειργάσθαι καὶ μὴ ἀγένητον εἶναι, ὡς ᾠήθησάν τινες, τὸ „ἁγίασμα“, οἷον ἁγίων ἀπαύγασμα, μίμημα ἀρχετύπου, ἐπεὶ τὰ αἰσθήσει καλὰ τῶν νοήσει καλῶν εἰκόνες, τὸ ἡτοιμάσθαι ὑπὸ χειρῶν θεοῦ, τῶν κοσμοποιῶν αὐτοῦ δυνάμεων.
Sections 51–75
51ἀλλ’ ὅπως μηδεὶς ὑπολάβοι τὸν ποιητὴν χρεῖον εἶναί τινος τῶν γεγονότων, τὸ ἀναγκαιότατον ἐπιφωνήσει· „βασιλεύων τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ἐπ’ αἰῶνα καὶ ἔτι“· βασιλέα δὲ οὐδενὸς δεῖσθαι, τὰ δὲ ὑπήκοα βασιλέως θέμις πάντα.
52τινὲς δὲ ἔφασαν κλῆρον εἶναι καὶ λέγεσθαι θεοῦ τὸ ἀγαθόν, οὗ τὴν χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν εὔχεσθαι νυνὶ Μωυσῆν προσγενέσθαι· εἰσαγαγών, γάρ φησιν, ἡμᾶς οἷα παῖδας ἄρτι μανθάνειν ἀρχομένους διὰ τῶν σοφίας δογμάτων καὶ θεωρημάτων καὶ μὴ ἀστοιχειώτους ἐάσας ἐν ὑψηλῷ καὶ οὐρανίῳ λόγῳ καταφύτευσον.
53κλῆρος γὰρ οὗτος ἑτοιμότατος καὶ προχειρότατος οἶκος, ἐπιτηδειότατον ἐνδιαίτημα, ὃ „κατειργάσω ἅγιον“· ἀγαθῶν γὰρ καὶ ἁγίων, ὦ δέσποτα, ποιητὴς ὢν τυγχάνεις, ὡς ἔμπαλιν κακῶν καὶ βεβήλων γένεσις ἡ φθαρτή. βασίλευε δὴ τὸν ἄπειρον αἰῶνα ψυχῆς τῆς ἱκέτιδος μηδὲ ἀκαρὲς ἐῶν αὐτὴν ἀνηγεμόνευτον· ἡ γὰρ ἀδιάστατος παρὰ σοὶ δουλεία τῆς μεγίστης ἀρχῆς,
54οὐκ ἐλευθερίας μόνον ἀμείνων. πολλοῖς δὲ ἂν τάχα που ζήτησιν παράσχοι, τίνα ἔχει λόγον τὸ „εἰς ὄρος κληρονομίας σου“· κληροδοτεῖν μὲν θεὸν ἀναγκαῖον, κληρονομεῖν δὲ ἴσως οὐκ εὔλογον πάντων αὐτοῦ κτημάτων ὄντων.
55ἀλλὰ μήποτε τοῦτο λέγεται ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν ἐξαίρετον οἰκειώσεως λόγον δεσποζομένων πρὸς αὐτοῦ, καθάπερ οἱ βασιλεῖς ἁπάντων μὲν ἄρχουσι τῶν ὑπηκόων, διαφερόντως δὲ τῶν οἰκετῶν, οἷς πρὸς τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην δίαιταν ὑπηρέταις εἰώθασι χρῆσθαι.
56οἱ δὲ αὐτοὶ καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἁπάντων ὄντες κτημάτων δεσπόται καὶ ὅσων ἐπικρατεῖν οἱ ἰδιῶται δοκοῦσι, μόνα ταῦτα ἔχειν νομίζονται, ἅπερ ἐπιτρόποις καὶ ἐπιμεληταῖς ἐγχειρίσαιεν, ἀφ’ ὧν καὶ τὰς ἐτησίους προσόδους ἐκλέγουσιν· εἰς ἃ πολλάκις ἀνέσεως καὶ εὐθυμίας ἕνεκα προσέρχονται τὸ βαρύτατον τῶν ἐν πολιτείᾳ καὶ βασιλείᾳ φροντίδων ἄχθος ἀποτιθέμενοι· καὶ καλεῖται μέντοι ταῦτα τὰ κτήματα αὐτοῖς βασιλικά.
57καὶ μὴν ἄργυρός τε καὶ χρυσὸς καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα κειμήλια παρὰ τοῖς ἀρχομένοις θησαυροφυλακεῖται τῶν ἡγουμένων μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἐχόντων ἐστίν, ἀλλ’ ὅμως ἴδιοι τῶν βασιλέων θησαυροὶ λέγονται, ἐν οἷς οἱ ταχθέντες τῶν φόρων ἐκλογισταὶ τὰς ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας προσόδους κατατίθενται.
58μηδὲν οὖν θαυμάσῃς, εἰ καὶ τοῦ πανηγεμόνος θεοῦ τὸ ἐφ’ ἅπασι κράτος εἰληχότος ἐξαίρετος κλῆρος εἶναι λέγεται ψυχῶν σοφῶν ὁ θίασος, ὁ ὀξυωπέστατα ὁρῶν, ἀμέμπτῳ καὶ ἀκραιφνεῖ κεχρημένος τῷ διανοίας ὄμματι, μύσαντι μὲν οὐδέποτε, ἀεὶ δὲ ἀναπεπταμένῳ καὶ εὐθυτενῶς βλέποντι.
59οὐ διὰ τοῦτο μέντοι καὶ ἐν ᾠδῇ τῇ μείζονι λέγεται· „ἐπερώτησον τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ σοι, τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους σου καὶ ἐροῦσί σοι· ὅτε διεμέριζεν ὁ ὕψιστος ἔθνη, ὡς διέσπειρεν υἱοὺς Ἀδάμ, ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀγγέλων θεοῦ·
60καὶ ἐγένετο μερὶς κυρίου λαὸς αὐτοῦ Ἰσραήλ“ (Deut. 32, 7 — 9) ; ἰδοὺ γὰρ πάλιν μερίδα καὶ κλῆρον εἴρηκε θεοῦ τὸν ὁρατικὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ γνήσιον θεραπευτὴν τρόπον, τοὺς δὲ γῆς παῖδας, οὓς Ἀδὰμ ὠνόμασεν υἱούς, ἐσπάρθαι καὶ ἀνασκεδασθῆναι καὶ ἐπισυναχθῆναι, στῖφος δὲ γενέσθαι ἡγεμόνι χρήσασθαι ὀρθῷ λόγῳ μὴ δυναμένους. τῷ γὰρ ὄντι ἁρμονίας μὲν καὶ ἑνώσεως αἴτιον ἀρετή, διαλύσεως δὲ καὶ διαρτήσεως ἡ ἐναντία διάθεσις.
61δεῖγμα μέντοι τῶν εἰρημένων ἐστὶ τὸ γινόμενον ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος ἡμέρᾳ τῇ λεγομένῃ τοῦ ἱλασμοῦ· τότε γὰρ διείρηται „δύο τράγους διακληροῦν, τὸν μὲν τῷ κυρίῳ, τὸν δὲ τῷ ἀποπομπαίῳ“ (Lev. 16,8), διττὸν λόγον, ὃν μὲν θεῷ, ὃν δὲ γενέσει· ὁ ἀποσεμνύνων μὲν οὖν τὸ αἴτιον [τιμὴν] αὐτῷ προσκληρώσεται, ὁ δὲ γένεσιν φυγαδευθήσεται, τῶν μὲν ἱερωτάτων ἐλαυνόμενος χωρίων, εἰς δὲ ἄβατα καὶ
62βέβηλα καὶ βάραθρα ἐμπίπτων. τοσαύτῃ μέντοι τῇ τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς περιουσίᾳ χρῆται Μωυσῆς, ὥστε αὐτῷ τούτῳ μάλιστα πεπιστευκὼς θερμοτέροις καὶ μείζοσιν ἢ κατὰ τὰς ἑτέρων ἡμῶν ἀκοὰς λόγοις τε καὶ δόγμασιν εἴωθε χρῆσθαι· οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἀξιοῖ κληρονομεῖν θεόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτόν, τὸ παραδοξότατον, κλῆρον ἑτέρων εἶναι.
63φυλὴν γὰρ ὅλην πρόσφυγα καὶ ἱκέτιν αὐτοῦ λῆξιν μὲν τῆς χώρας, καθάπερ τὰς ἄλλας ἕνδεκα, οὐκ ἠξίωσε νείμασθαι, γέρας δὲ ἐξαίρετον λαβεῖν ἱερωσύνην, οὐκ ἐπίγειον, ἀλλ’ ὀλύμπιον κτῆμα· „οὐ γὰρ ἔσται“ φησί „τῇ φυλῇ Λευὶ μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, ὅτι κύριος αὐτὸς κλῆρος αὐτῶν“ (Deut. 10, 9). καὶ ἐκ προσώπου μέντοι τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τῶν χρησμῶν ᾄδεται τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· „ἐγὼ μερίς σου καὶ κληροδοσία“ (Num. 18, 20)·
64τῷ γὰρ ὄντι ὁ τελείως ἐκκεκαθαρμένος νοῦς καὶ πάντα τὰ γενέσεως ἀπογινώσκων ἓν μόνον οἶδε καὶ γνωρίζει τὸ ἀγένητον, ᾧ προσελήλυθεν, ὑφ’ οὗ καὶ προσείληπται. τίνι γὰρ ἔξεστιν εἰπεῖν „αὐτός μοι μόνος ἐστὶν ὁ θεός“ ἢ τῷ μηδὲν τῶν μετ’ αὐτὸν ἀσπαζομένῳ; οὗτος δ’ ἐστὶν ὁ Λευίτης τρόπος· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ „αὐτός μοι“ διὰ τὸ ἄλλα ἄλλοις τετιμῆσθαι, μόνῳ δὲ αὐτῷ τὸ ἀνωτάτω καὶ πάντων ἄριστον
65αἴτιον. ἤδη τινὰ τῶν παλαιῶν φασι καθάπερ ἐκπρεπεστάτης γυναικὸς τῷ σοφίας ἐπιμανέντα κάλλει πολυτελεστάτης πομπῆς θεασάμενον παρασκευὴν ἄφθονον, ἀπιδόντα πρός τινας τῶν συνήθων εἰπεῖν „ἴδετε, ὦ ἑταῖροι, ὅσων χρείαν οὐκ ἔχω“, καίτοι γε ἔξω τῶν ἀναγκαίων οὐδὲν ἁπλῶς περιβεβλημένον, ὡς μηδὲ ὑποφυσηθέντα πλούτου μεγέθει, ὃ μυρίοις συνέβη, δόξαι τῷ λόγῳ καταλαζονεύεσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ.
66ὃ νομοθέτης ἐκδιδάσκει φρονεῖν δεῖν τοὺς μηδὲν χρῆμα τῶν ἐν γενέσει γνωρίζοντας, ἀπογινώσκοντας δὲ ὅσα γενητὰ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀγένητον οἰκειότητα, ὃν μόνον πλοῦτον καὶ εὐδαιμονίας ὅρον τελεωτάτης ἐνόμισαν.
67μηκέτι νῦν οἱ τὰς βασιλείας καὶ ἡγεμονίας ἀναψάμενοι μεγαλαυχείτωσαν, οἱ μὲν ὅτι μίαν πόλιν ἢ χώραν ἢ ἔθνος ἓν ὑπηγάγοντο, οἱ δὲ ὅτι πάντα μὲν γῆς κλίματα μέχρι τῶν περάτων αὐτῆς, πάντα δὲ Ἑλληνικὰ καὶ βαρβαρικὰ ἔθνη, πάντας δὲ ποταμοὺς καὶ τὰ ἄπειρα πλήθει καὶ μεγέθει πελάγη προσεκτήσαντο.
68καὶ γὰρ εἰ μετὰ τούτων τῆς μεταρσίου φύσεως, ὃ μηδὲ εἰπεῖν εὐαγές, ἣν μόνην ἐκ πάντων ἀδούλωτον καὶ ἐλεύθερον ὁ ποιητὴς εἰργάσατο, ἐπεκράτησαν, ἰδιῶται νομισθεῖεν ἂν κατὰ σύγκρισιν μεγάλων βασιλέων, οἳ τὸν θεὸν κλῆρον ἔλαχον· ὅσῳ γὰρ ὁ κτησάμενος τὸ κτῆμα τοῦ κτήματος ἀμείνων καὶ τὸ πεποιηκὸς τοῦ γεγονότος, τοσούτῳ βασιλικώτεροι ἐκεῖνοι.
69τοὺς μὲν οὖν πάντα τοῦ σπουδαίου φάσκοντας εἶναι παραδοξολογεῖν ᾠήθησάν τινες ἀφορῶντες εἰς τὴν ἐκτὸς ἔνδειάν τε καὶ περιουσίαν καὶ μηδένα τῶν ἀχρημάτων ἢ ἀκτημόνων πλούσιον νομίζοντες. Μωυσῆς δὲ οὕτως περίβλεπτον καὶ περιμάχητον ἡγεῖται σοφίαν, ὥστε οὐ μόνον τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον ἀξιόχρεω κλῆρον αὐτῆς ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμόνα νομίζειν.
70τὰ δὲ δόγματα οὐκ ἐπαμφοτεριζόντων ταῦτ’ ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ βεβαίᾳ πίστει κατεσχημένων· ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν εἰσί τινες τῶν ἐπιμορφαζόντων εὐσέβειαν, οἳ τὸ πρόχειρον τοῦ λόγου παρασυκοφαντοῦσι φάσκοντες οὔθ’ ὅσιον οὔτ’ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι λέγειν ἀνθρώπου θεὸν κλῆρον.
71οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ γνησίου τοῦ πάθους, ἀλλ’ ὑποβολιμαίου καὶ νόθου, πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν πραγμάτων, εἴποιμ’ ἂν αὐτοῖς, ἥκετε· ἐν ἴσῳ γὰρ ᾠήθητε τὰ ἀμπέλων ἢ ἐλαιῶν ἢ τῶν ὁμοιοτρόπων κτήματα τῶν ἐχόντων καὶ σοφῶν τὸν θεὸν κλῆρον λέγεσθαι, καὶ οὐκ ἐνενοήσατε ὅτι καὶ ζωγράφοις ζωγραφία καὶ συνόλως τέχνη τῷ τεχνίτῃ λέγεται κλῆρος, οὐχ ὡς γήινον κτῆμα, ἀλλ’ ὡς ὀλύμπιον ἀγώνισμα.
72δεσπόζεται γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν, ἀλλ’ ὠφελεῖ τοὺς ἔχοντας· ὥστε καὶ τὸ ὂν κλῆρον μὴ ὡς κτῆμα τούτοις ἐμφερὲς ἀκούετε τοῖς λεχθεῖσιν, ὦ συκοφάνται, ἀλλ’ ὡς ὠφελιμώτατον καὶ μεγίστων τοῖς θεραπεύειν ἀξιοῦσιν ἀγαθῶν αἴτιον.
73Εἰρηκότες οὖν περὶ τοῦ πρώτου φυτουργοῦ καὶ φυτοῦ τὰ ἁρμόζοντα μέτιμεν ἑξῆς ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν μαθημάτων ἅμα καὶ μιμημάτων ἐπιμελείας. εὐθέως τοίνυν ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ λέγεται „φυτεῦσαι ἄρουραν ἐπὶ τῷ φρέατι τοῦ ὅρκου καὶ ἐπικαλέσαι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου θεὸς αἰώνιος“ (Gen. 21, 33)· καὶ οὐ δεδήλωται τῶν φυτῶν ἡ ἰδιότης, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ μόνον τοῦ χωρίου τὸ μέγεθος.
74φασὶ δὲ οἷς ἔθος ἐρευνᾶν τὰ τοιαῦτα, πάντα θεοῦ ὅσα ἐν κτήμασιν ἠκριβῶσθαι διαφερόντως, καὶ τὸ δένδρον καὶ τὸ χωρίον καὶ τὸν τοῦ δένδρου καρπόν· τὸ μὲν οὖν δένδρον αὐτὴν εἶναι τὴν ἄρουραν, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁμοίαν τοῖς βλαστάνουσιν ἀπὸ γῆς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς διάνοιαν ῥιζωθεῖσαν, τὸ δὲ χωρίον τὸ φρέαρ τοῦ ὅρκου, τὸν δὲ καρπὸν τὴν τοῦ κυρίου ὀνόματος μετάληψιν εἰς θεὸν αἰώνιον.
75τὸν δὲ περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν προταθέντων εἰκότα λόγον ἀναγκαῖον προσαποδοῦναι· ἡ μὲν τοίνυν ἄρουρα μήκει πηχῶν οὖσα ἑκατὸν καὶ πλάτει τῶν ἴσων κατὰ τὴν τοῦ τετραγώνου φύσιν πολυπλασιασθέντων εἰς μυρίων ἀριθμὸν ἐπιπέδων συντίθεται πηχῶν.
Sections 76–100
76ἔστι δὲ ὅρος οὗτος τῶν ἀπὸ μονάδος παραυξηθέντων ὁ μέγιστος καὶ τελειότατος, ὥστε ἀρχὴν μὲν ἀριθμῶν εἶναι μονάδα, τέλος δὲ ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν πρώτην σύνθεσιν μυριάδα. παρὸ καί τινες οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ βαλβῖδι μὲν μονάδα, καμπτῆρι δὲ εἴκασαν μυριάδα, τοὺς δὲ μεθορίους πάντας ἀριθμοὺς τοῖς δρόμον ἀγωνιζομένοις· ἀρχόμενοι γὰρ ὥσπερ ἀπὸ βαλβῖδος φέρεσθαι μονάδος παρὰ μυριάδα τὸ τέλος ἵστανται.
77μετιόντες οὖν ἀπὸ τούτων τινὲς ὡσανεὶ συμβόλων ἔφασαν τὸν θεὸν ἀρχὴν καὶ πέρας εἶναι τῶν ἁπάντων, δόγμα κατασκευαστικὸν εὐσεβείας· τοῦτο τὸ δόγμα φυτευθὲν ἐν ψυχῇ κάλλιστον καὶ τροφιμώτατον καρπόν, ὁσιότητα, τίκτει.
78τόπος δ’ ἐστὶν οἰκειότατος τῷ φυτῷ τὸ φρέαρ, ὃ κέκληται ὅρκος, ἐν ᾧ κατέχει λόγος μὴ ἀνευρεθῆναι ὕδωρ· „παραγενόμενοι“ γάρ φησιν „οἱ παῖδες Ἰσαὰκ ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ περὶ τοῦ φρέατος οὗ ὤρυξαν, καὶ εἶπον· οὐχ εὕρομεν ὕδωρ, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸ ὅρκος“ (Gen. 26, 32. 33). τοῦτο δὲ ἣν ἔχει δύναμιν θεασώμεθα·
79οἱ τὴν τῶν ὄντων φύσιν διερευνῶντες καὶ τὰς περὶ ἑκάστων ζητήσεις μὴ ὀλιγώρως ποιούμενοι παραπλήσια ποιοῦσι τοῖς τὰ φρέατα ὀρύττουσι· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι τὰς ἐν ἀφανεῖ πηγὰς ἀναζητοῦσι. καὶ κοινὸς μὲν πόθος ἅπασίν ἐστι ποτὸν ἀνευρεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν δι’ οὗ σῶμα, τοῖς δὲ δι’ οὗ ψυχὴ πέφυκε τρέφεσθαι.
80ὥσπερ οὖν ἔνιοι τῶν ἀνατεμνόντων τὰ φρέατα τὸ ζητούμενον ὕδωρ πολλάκις οὐχ εὗρον, οὕτως οἱ προσωτέρω χωροῦντες τῶν ἐπιστημῶν καὶ ἐπὶ πλέον ἐμβαθύνοντες αὐταῖς ἀδυνατοῦσι τοῦ τέλους ἐπιψαῦσαι. τοὺς γοῦν πολυμαθεῖς φασιν ἀμαθίαν δεινὴν ἑαυτῶν κατηγορεῖν, μόνον γὰρ ὅσον τοῦ ἀληθοῦς ὑστερίζουσιν ᾔσθοντο. καί τινα τῶν παλαιῶν λόγος ἔχει θαυμαζόμενον ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ εἰκότως φάναι θαυμάζεσθαι· μόνον γὰρ εἰδέναι ὅτι οὐδὲν οἶδεν.
81ἑλοῦ δ’ εἰ θέλεις ἣν ἂν διανοηθῇς μικρὰν ἢ μείζονα τέχνην καὶ τὸν κατὰ ταύτην γενόμενον ἄριστόν τε καὶ δοκιμώτατον, εἶτα κατανόησον εἰ τὰ ἐπαγγέλματα τῆς τέχνης ἰσάζει τοῖς ἔργοις τοῦ τεχνίτου· σκοπῶν γὰρ εὑρήσεις ταῦτα ἐκείνων οὐ βραχέσιν ἀλλὰ μεγάλοις διαστήμασιν ἀποδέοντα, σχεδὸν ἀδυνάτου καθεστῶτος πρὸς ἡντινοῦν τελειωθῆναι τέχνην πηγῆς τρόπον ἀεὶ καινουμένην καὶ θεωρημάτων παντοίων ἰδέας ἀνομβροῦσαν.
82διὰ τοῦθ’ ὅρκος ὠνομάσθη προσφυέστατα τὸ πίστεως βεβαιοτάτης σύμβολον μαρτυρίαν θεοῦ περιεχούσης. ὡς γὰρ ὁ ὀμνὺς τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων καλεῖ θεὸν μάρτυρα, ἐπ’ οὐδενὶ οὕτως ἔστιν εὐορκῆσαι ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ μηδεμιᾶς ἐπιστήμης εὑρίσκεσθαι παρὰ τῷ τεχνίτῃ τέλος.
83ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς λόγος καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ἄλλας ὅσαι περὶ ἡμᾶς δυνάμεις ὀλίγου δεῖν κεχώρηκεν· ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν τῷ λεχθέντι φρέατι ὕδωρ φασὶ μὴ εὑρεθῆναι, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τὸ ὁρατὸν οὐδ’ ἐν ὠσὶ τὸ ἀκούειν οὐδ’ ἐν μυκτῆρσι τὸ ὀσφραίνεσθαι οὐδὲ συνόλως ἐν αἰσθήσεως ὀργάνοις τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι, κατὰ τὸ παραπλήσιον δὲ οὐδ’ ἐν νῷ τὸ καταλαμβάνειν.
84πῶς γὰρ ἂν παρορᾶν ἢ παρακούειν ἢ παρανοεῖν συνέβαινεν, εἴπερ ἐν τούτοις πάγιαι ἦσαν αἱ ἀντιλήψεις ἑκάστου, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῶν θεοῦ σπείροντος
85τὸ βέβαιον ἐπεφύκεσαν; ἱκανῶς οὖν καὶ περὶ τοῦ χωρίου διειλεγμένοι, ἐν ᾧ τὸ δένδρον ἀνθεῖ, καὶ περὶ τοῦ καρποῦ τελευταῖον ἐξεργασώμεθα. τίς οὖν ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ, αὐτὸς ὑφηγήσεται· „ἐπεκάλεσε“ γὰρ „τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου θεὸς αἰώνιος“ (Gen. 21, 33).
86αἱ τοίνυν λεχθεῖσαι προσρήσεις τὰς περὶ τὸ ὂν ἐμφαίνουσι δυνάμεις· ἡ μὲν γὰρ κύριος καθ’ ἣν ἄρχει, ἡ δὲ θεὸς καθ’ ἣν εὐεργετεῖ· οὗ χάριν καὶ τῇ κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν κοσμοποιίᾳ πάσῃ τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ὄνομα ἀναλαμβάνεται· ἥρμοττε γὰρ τὴν δύναμιν, καθ’ ἣν ὁ ποιῶν εἰς γένεσιν ἄγων ἐτίθετο καὶ διεκοσμεῖτο, διὰ ταύτης καὶ [κατα]κληθῆναι.
87καθὸ μὲν οὖν ἄρχων ἐστίν, ἄμφω δύναται, καὶ εὖ καὶ κακῶς ποιεῖν, συμμεταβαλλόμενος πρὸς τὴν τοῦ δράσαντος ἀπόδοσιν· καθὸ δὲ εὐεργέτης, θάτερον μόνον βούλεται, τὸ εὐεργετεῖν.
88μέγιστον δ’ ἂν ψυχῆς γένοιτο ἀγαθὸν μηκέτι ἐνδοιάζειν περὶ τῆς πρὸς ἑκάτερα τοῦ βασιλέως ἰσχύος, ἀλλ’ ἀνενδοιάστως τὸν μὲν ἕνεκα τοῦ κράτους τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ φόβον ἐπικρεμάμενον καταλύειν, τὴν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ προαιρετικῶς εἶναι φιλόδωρον ἀγαθῶν κτήσεως καὶ χρήσεως ἐλπίδα βεβαιοτάτην ζωπυρεῖν.
89τὸ δὴ „θεὸς αἰώνιος“ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ ὁ χαριζόμενος οὐ ποτὲ μὲν ποτὲ δὲ οὔ, ἀεὶ δὲ καὶ συνεχῶς, ὁ ἀδιαστάτως εὐεργετῶν, ὁ τὴν τῶν δωρεῶν ἐπάλληλον φορὰν ἀπαύστως συνείρων, ὁ τὰς χάριτας ἐχομένας ἀλλήλων ἀνακυκλῶν δυνάμεσιν ἑνωτικαῖς καθαρμοσάμενος, ὁ μηδένα καιρὸν τοῦ ποιεῖν εὖ παραλείπων, ὁ κύριος ὤν, ὡς καὶ βλάπτειν δύνασθαι.
90τοῦτο καὶ ὁ ἀσκητὴς Ἰακὼβ ᾐτήσατο ἐπὶ τέλει τῶν ἱεροπρεπεστάτων εὐχῶν· εἶπε γάρ που· „καὶ ἔσται κύριος ἐμοὶ εἰς θεόν“ (Gen. 28,21), ἴσον τῷ οὐκέτι μοι τὸ δεσποτικὸν ἐπιδείξεται τῆς αὐτοκράτορος ἀρχῆς, ἀλλὰ τὸ εὐεργετικὸν τῆς ἵλεω περὶ πάντα καὶ σωτηρίου δυνάμεως, τὸν μὲν οἷα ἐπὶ δεσπότῃ φόβον ἀναιρῶν, τὴν δὲ ὡς ἐπ’ εὐεργέτῃ φιλίαν καὶ εὔνοιαν τῇ ψυχῇ παρέχων.
91τίς ἂν οὖν τοῦθ’ ὑπολάβοι ψυχή, ὅτι ὁ δεσπότης καὶ ἡγεμὼν τῶν ὅλων οὐδὲν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φύσεως μεταβάλλων, μένων δὲ ἐν ὁμοίῳ, ἀγαθός ἐστι συνεχῶς καὶ φιλόδωρος ἀνελλιπῶς; ὅθεν ὄντως ἀγαθῶν ἀφθόνων καὶ ἀεννάων αἴτιος τελειότατος τοῖς εὐδαιμονοῦσι.
92βασιλεῖ δὲ πεπιστευκέναι μὴ τῷ μεγέθει τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐπαιρομένῳ πρὸς βλάβας τῶν ὑπηκόων, ἀλλὰ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τὸ ἐνδεὲς ἑκάστῳ ἐπανορθοῦσθαι προαιρουμένῳ, μέγιστόν ἐστι πρὸς εὐθυμίαν καὶ ἀσφάλειαν ἕρκος.
93Ἃ τοίνυν ὑπεσχόμεθα, ἤδη σχεδὸν ἀποδέδεικται, [τὸ] φυτὸν μὲν τὸ ἀρχήν τε καὶ τέλος λαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἁπάντων εἶναι θεόν, χωρίον δὲ τὸ ἀκόλουθον τὸ ἐν μηδενὶ τῶν ἐν γενέσει τέλειον εὑρίσκεσθαι, ἐπ’ αὐτῷ δ’ ἔσθ’ ὅτε χάρισι τοῦ αἰτίου προφαίνεσθαι, καρπὸς δὲ τὸ τὰς τοῦ θεοῦ διαιωνίζειν χάριτας καὶ ὀμβρούσας ἀπαύστως μηδέποτε λήγειν.
94οὕτως μὲν δὴ καὶ ὁ σοφὸς ἑπόμενος τῇ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ μεγίστου φυτουργοῦ τέχνῃ τὴν γεωργικὴν ἐπιδείκνυται. βούλεται δὲ ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος καὶ τοῖς μήπω τελειωθεῖσιν ἡμῖν, ἔτι δὲ ἐν μέσοις ἀριθμοῖς τῶν λεγομένων καθηκόντων ἐξεταζομένοις, διαπονηθῆναι τὰ γεωργικά· φησὶ γάρ·
95„ὅταν εἰσέλθητε πρὸς τὴν γῆν, ἣν κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν δίδωσιν ὑμῖν, καὶ καταφυτεύσητε πᾶν ξύλον βρώσεως, περικαθαριεῖτε τὴν ἀκαθαρσίαν αὐτοῦ· ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ τρία ἔτη ἔσται ἀπερικάθαρτος, οὐ βρωθήσεται· τῷ δὲ ἔτει τῷ τετάρτῳ ἔσται πᾶς καρπὸς αὐτοῦ ἅγιος, αἰνετὸς τῷ κυρίῳ· τῷ δὲ ἔτει τῷ πέμπτῳ φάγεσθε τὸν καρπόν, πρόσθεμα ὑμῖν τὰ γεννήματα αὐτοῦ. ἐγώ εἰμι κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν„ (Lev. 19, 23 — 25).
96οὐκοῦν τῶν ξύλων τὰ ἐδώδιμα, πρὶν εἰς τὴν ὑπὸ θεοῦ δοθεῖσαν χώραν μεταναστῆναι, φυτεύειν ἀδύνατον· „ὅταν γὰρ εἰσέλθητε πρὸς τὴν γῆν, φυτεύσετε πᾶν ξύλον βρώσιμον„ φησίν, ὥστε ἔξω διατρίβοντες οὐκ ἂν δυναίμεθα τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν δένδρων γεωργεῖν· καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως·
97ἕως μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὴν σοφίας ὁδὸν οὐ προσελήλυθεν ὁ νοῦς, τετραμμένος δὲ πόρρω πλανᾶται, τῶν τῆς ἀγρίας ὕλης ἐπιμελεῖται φυτῶν, ἅπερ ἤτοι ἄγονα ὄντα ἐστείρωται ἢ γεννῶντα ἐδωδίμων ἐστὶν ἄφορα.
98ὅταν δὲ εἰς τὴν φρονήσεως ἐμβὰς ὁδὸν συνεισέρχηται τοῖς δόγμασι καὶ συντρέχῃ πᾶσιν, ἄρξεται τὴν ἥμερον καὶ καρπῶν ἡμέρων οἰστικὴν ἀντὶ τῆς ἀγρίας ἐκείνης γεωργεῖν, ἀπάθειαν ἀντὶ παθῶν καὶ ἀντὶ ἀγνοίας ἐπιστήμην καὶ ἀντὶ κακῶν ἀγαθά.
99ἐπεὶ οὖν ὁ ἄρτι εἰσαγόμενος μακρὰν τοῦ τέλους ἀφέστηκεν, εἰκότως φυτεύσαντι αὐτῷ προστέτακται περιελεῖν τὴν ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ φυτευθέντος. τί δὲ τοῦτ’ ἐστί, συνεπισκεψώμεθα.
100τὰ μέσα τῶν καθηκόντων ἡμέρων φυτῶν ἔχειν μοι δοκεῖ λόγον· ἑκάτερα γὰρ ὠφελιμωτάτους φέρει καρπούς, τὰ μὲν σώμασι, τὰ δὲ ψυχαῖς. πολλὰ δὲ ἐν τοῖς μέσοις συναναβλαστάνοντα καὶ ἐπιφυόμενα τῶν βλαβερῶν ἀναγκαίως ἂν τέμνοιτο τοῦ μὴ ζημιοῦσθαι τὰ ἀμείνω χάριν.
Sections 101–125
101ἢ οὐκ ἂν εἴποιμεν φυτὸν ἥμερον ψυχῆς παρακαταθήκης ἀπόδοσιν; ἀλλὰ τοῦτό γε τὸ φυτὸν καθάρσεως δεῖται καὶ περιττοτέρας ἐπιμελείας. τίς οὖν ἡ κάθαρσις ἥδε; παρὰ νήφοντος λαβὼν παρακαταθήκην μήτε μεθύοντι μήτ’ ἀσώτῳ μήτε μεμηνότι ἀποδῷς—ὁ γὰρ λαβὼν ὄνησιν ἐκ τοῦ κομίσασθαι οὐχ ἕξει καιρὸν ὠφεληθῆναι—, μηδὲ χρεώσταις ἢ δούλοις ἀποδῷς δανειστῶν καὶ δεσποτῶν ἐφεδρευόντων—προδοσία γὰρ τοῦτ’ ἐστίν, οὐκ ἀπόδοσις—, μηδὲ τὴν ἐν ὀλίγοις πίστιν φύλαττε ἐπὶ θήρᾳ τῆς ἐν πλείοσι πίστεως·
102δελέατά γε οἱ μὲν ἁλιευόμενοι μικρὰ καθιέντες ἐπὶ τῷ τοὺς μείζους ἀγκιστρεύεσθαι τῶν ἰχθύων οὐ σφόδρα ἂν ὑπαίτιοι τῆς κατ’ ἀγορὰν εὐετηρίας προνοεῖσθαι φάσκοντες καὶ ὡς ἂν ἄφθονον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ποιήσωνται δίαιταν·
103δέλεαρ δὴ μηδεὶς ὀλιγοχρημάτου παρακαταθήκης ἀπόδοσιν ἐπ’ ἄγρᾳ μείζονος προφερέτω, χερσὶ μὲν τὰ ἑνὸς καὶ ὀλίγα προτείνων, διανοίᾳ δὲ τὰ πάντων καὶ ἀμύθητα νοσφιζόμενος. ἐὰν οὖν ὡς δένδρου τῆς παρακαταθήκης περιέλῃς τὰ ἀκάθαρτα, τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐφεδρευόντων βλάβας, τὰς ἀκαιρίας, τὰς ἐνέδρας, τὰ ὁμοιότροπα πάντα, ἡμερώσεις τὸ μέλλον ἀγριαίνεσθαι.
104κἀν τῷ φιλίας μέντοι φυτῷ ταῦτα δὴ τὰ παραβλαστάνοντα τεμεῖν καὶ ἀποκόψαι φυλακῆς ἕνεκα τοῦ βελτίονος ἀναγκαῖον. τὰ δὲ παραβλαστάνοντα ταῦτ’ ἐστίν· ἑταιρῶν πρὸς ἐραστὰς γοητεῖαι, πρὸς τοὺς κολακευομένους οἰκοσίτων ἀπάται.
105τὰς γὰρ μισθαρνούσας ἐπὶ τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ σώματος ἰδεῖν ἔστι περιεχομένας τῶν ἐραστῶν ὡς δὴ σφόδρα φιλούσας—φιλοῦσι δὲ οὐκ ἐκείνους, ἀλλ’ ἑαυτὰς καὶ τοῖς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν λήμμασιν ἐπικεχήνασι—, τούς τε κόλακας ἄλεκτον μὲν ἔστιν ὅτε μῖσος πρὸς τοὺς θεραπευομένους φυλάττοντας, ὀψοφαγίαν δὲ καὶ λαιμαργίαν ἀγαπῶντας, ὑφ’ ὧν ἀναπείθονται τοὺς χορηγοὺς τῶν ἀμέτρων ἐπιθυμιῶν περιέπειν.
106τὸ δὲ τῆς ἀκιβδηλεύτου φιλίας δένδρον ἀποσεισάμενον καὶ μεθέμενον ταῦτα καρπὸν τοῖς χρησομένοις ὠφελιμώτατον οἴσει, τὸ ἀδέκαστον. εὔνοια γάρ ἐστι βούλησις τοῦ τῷ πλησίον εἶναι τὰ ἀγαθὰ αὐτοῦ χάριν ἐκείνου. αἱ δέ γε χαμαιτύπαι καὶ οἱ κόλακες αὑτῶν ἕνεκα σπουδάζουσιν, αἱ μὲν τοῖς ἐρασταῖς, οἱ δὲ τοῖς κολακευομένοις τὰ ἀγαθὰ προσάγειν. τὰς οὖν εἰρωνείας καὶ γοητείας καθάπερ ἐπιφυομένας κῆρας τῷ φιλίας φυτῷ
107περικοπτέον. ἱερουργίαι γε μὴν καὶ ἡ περὶ τὰς θυσίας ἁγιστεία βλάστημα κάλλιστον, ἀλλὰ παραναπέφυκεν αὐτῷ κακόν, δεισιδειμονία, ἣν πρὶν χλοῆσαι λυσιτελὲς ἐκτεμεῖν. ἔνιοι γὰρ ᾠήθησαν τὸ βουθυτεῖν εὐσέβειαν εἶναι, καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἂν κλέψωσιν ἢ ἀρνήσωνται ἢ χρεωκοπήσωσιν ἢ ἁρπάσωσιν ἢ λεηλατήσωσι μοίρας ἀπονέμουσι τοῖς βωμοῖς, οἱ δυσκάθαρτοι, τὸ μὴ δοῦναι δίκην ἐφ’ οἷς ἐξήμαρτον ὤνιον εἶναι νομίζοντες.
108ἀλλὰ γάρ, εἴποιμ’ ἂν αὐτοῖς, ἀδέκαστόν ἐστιν, ὦ οὗτοι, τὸ θεοῦ δικαστήριον, ὡς τοὺς μὲν γνώμῃ κεχρημένους ὑπαιτίῳ, κἂν καθ’ ἅπασαν ἡμέραν ἑκατὸν βόας ἀνάγωσιν, ἀποστρέφεσθαι, τοὺς δ’ ἀνυπαιτίους, κἂν μηδὲν θύωσι τὸ παράπαν, ἀποδέχεσθαι. βωμοῖς γὰρ ἀπύροις, περὶ οὓς ἀρεταὶ χορεύουσι, γέγηθεν ὁ θεός, ἀλλ’ οὐ πυρὶ πολλῷ φλέγουσιν, ὅπερ αἱ τῶν ἀνιέρων ἄθυτοι θυσίαι συνανέφλεξαν ὑπομιμνῄσκουσαι τὰς ἑκάστων ἀγνοίας τε καὶ διαμαρτίας· καὶ γὰρ εἶπέ που Μωυσῆς θυσίαν „ἀναμιμνῄσκουσαν ἁμαρτίαν“ (Num. 5, 15).
109πάντ’ οὖν τὰ τοιαῦτα μεγάλης γιγνόμενα ζημίας αἴτια χρὴ περιαιρεῖν καὶ ἀποκόπτειν ἑπομένους τῷ χρησμῷ, ἐν ᾧ διείρηται περιαιρεῖν τὴν
110ἀκαθαρσίαν ξύλου τοῦ φυτευθέντος ἐδωδίμου. ἀλλ’ ἡμεῖς μὲν οὐδὲ διδασκόμενοι πρὸς εὐμάθειαν ἐπιδίδομεν· ἔνιοι δὲ αὐτοδιδάκτῳ τῇ φύσει χρησάμενοι τἀγαθὸν ἐξέδυσαν τῶν ἐνειλημμένων βλαβῶν, καθάπερ ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐπίκλην Ἰακώβ· οὗτος γὰρ „ῥάβδους ἐλέπισε λεπίσματα λευκὰ περισύρων τὸ χλωρόν“ (Gen. 30,37), ἵνα τῆς ἐν μέσοις ποικιλίας σκοταίοις καὶ ζοφεροῖς πανταχοῦ ἀναιρεθείσης τὸ μὴ τέχνῃ ποικιλλόμενον, φύσει δὲ γεννώμενον ἀδελφὸν αὐτῆς λευκὸν εἶδος ἀναδειχθῇ.
111παρὸ καὶ ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς λέπρας τεθέντι νόμῳ διείρηται τὸν μηκέτι διηνθισμένον ποικιλίᾳ χρωμάτων ὅλον δὲ λευκωθέντα δι’ ὅλων ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἄκρας ἕως ποδῶν ἐσχάτων καθαρὸν εἶναι (Lev. 13,12.13), ἵνα κατὰ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος μετάβασιν τὸ ποικίλον καὶ πανοῦργον καὶ ἀντιρρέπον καὶ ἐπαμφοτερίζον τῆς διανοίας μεθέμενοι πάθος τὸ ἀποίκιλον καὶ ἀνενδοίαστον ἀληθείας ἁπλοῦν χρῶμα δεξώμεθα.
112τὸ μὲν οὖν τὸ ξύλον φάσκειν περικαθαίρεσθαι λόγον ἔχει βεβαιούμενον ἀληθείᾳ, τὸ δὲ τὸν καρπὸν οὐ πάνυ τῷ ἐναργεῖ πεπίστωται· σῦκα γὰρ ἢ σταφυλὴν ἢ συνόλως καρπὸν οὐδεὶς γεωργῶν περικαθαίρει.
113καὶ μήν φησί γε· „ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ τρία ἔτη ἔσται ἀπερικάθαρτος, οὐ βρωθήσεται“, ὡς εἰωθότος δήπου περικαθαίρεσθαι ἀεί. λεκτέον οὖν, ὅτι καὶ τοῦθ’ ἕν ἐστι τῶν ἐν ὑπονοίαις ἀποδιδομένων, τοῦ ῥητοῦ μὴ σφόδρα συνᾴδοντος. ἡ δὲ λέξις ἐστὶν ἀμφίβολος· δηλοῖ γὰρ ἓν μέν τι τοιοῦτον „ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ τρία ἔτη ἔσται“, εἶτα ἰδίᾳ τὸ „ἀπερικάθαρτος οὐ βρωθήσεται“, ἕτερον δὲ „ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ τρία ἔτη ἔσται ἀπερικάθαρτος“, ἔπειθ’ οὕτως „οὐ βρωθήσεται.“
114κατὰ μὲν οὖν τὸ πρότερον σημαινόμενον ταῦτα ἄν τις ἐκδέξαιτο· τῶν τριῶν ἐτῶν ἀντὶ τοῦ τριμεροῦς χρόνου παραλαμβανομένων, ὃς εἰς τὸν παρεληλυθότα καὶ ἐνεστῶτα καὶ μέλλοντα τέμνεσθαι πέφυκεν, ὁ τῆς παιδείας καρπὸς ἔσται καὶ ὑποστήσεται καὶ μενεῖ σῷος κατὰ πάντα τὰ χρόνου τμήματα, ἴσον τῷ δι’ αἰῶνος φθορὰν μὴ δεχόμενος· ἄφθαρτος γὰρ ἡ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φύσις. „ἀπερικάθαρτος δὲ καρπὸς οὐ βρωθήσεται“, παρόσον οἱ μὲν κεκαθαρμένοι καὶ ὑγιαίνοντες ἀστεῖοι λόγοι ψυχὴν τρέφουσι καὶ νοῦν αὔξουσιν, οὐ τρόφιμοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ ἐναντίοι νόσον καὶ φθορὰν ἐπιπέμποντες αὐτῇ.
115κατὰ δὲ τὸ ἕτερον σημαινόμενον ὥσπερ ἀναπόδεικτος λέγεται διχῶς, ὅ τε δυσκόλως ἀργαλεότητος ἕνεκα ἐπιδεικνύμενος καὶ ὁ ἐνθένδε γνώριμος ἐξ αὑτοῦ, τὸ σαφὲς οὐκ ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρου μαρτυρίας, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῆς ἐμφαινομένης ἐναργείας αὐτῷ πιστούμενος, ᾧ πρὸς τοὺς συλλογιστικοὺς εἴωθεν ἡ διαλεκτικὴ λόγους χρῆσθαι, οὕτως ἀπερικάθαρτος καρπὸς ὅ τε δεόμενος καθάρσεως καὶ μὴ κεκαθαρμένος, καὶ ὁ τηλαυγέστατος.
116τοιοῦτός ἐστιν ὁ παιδείας καρπὸς τρία ἔτη, τουτέστι τὸν τριμερῆ χρόνον, τὸν σύμπαντα αἰῶνα, καθαρώτατος καὶ διαυγέστατος, ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς βλαβεροῦ συσκιαζόμενος, λουτρῶν καὶ περιρραντηρίων ἢ συνόλως ἑτέρου τινὸς τῶν εἰς κάθαρσιν τεινόντων οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς
117χρεῖος ὤν. „τῷ δὲ ἔτει“ φησί „τῷ τετάρτῳ ἔσται πᾶς ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ ἅγιος, αἰνετὸς τῷ κυρίῳ“. τὸν τέσσαρα ἀριθμὸν πολλαχοῦ μὲν τῆς νομοθεσίας, μάλιστα δὲ ἐν τῷ καταλόγῳ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς γενέσεως, ἀποσεμνύνειν ἔοικεν ὁ προφητικὸς λόγος·
118τὸ γὰρ αἰσθητὸν καὶ τίμιον φῶς, τὸ καὶ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων σαφέστατον γνώρισμα, καὶ τοὺς τοκέας αὐτοῦ ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὸν ἱερώτατον χορὸν τῶν ἀστέρων, οἳ νύκτα τε καὶ ἡμέραν, ἔτι τε μῆνας καὶ ἐνιαυτοὺς ἀνατολαῖς καὶ δύσεσιν ἐπεράτωσαν ἀριθμοῦ τε φύσιν ἀνέδειξαν, οἷς τὸ μέγιστον ψυχῆς ἀγαθὸν ἀνάκειται, ἡμέρᾳ τετάρτῃ φησὶ δημιουργηθῆναι (Gen. 1, 14).
119διαφερόντως δὲ καὶ νῦν αὐτὸν ἐκτετίμηκεν, οὐκ ἐν ἑτέρῳ χρόνῳ τὸν τῶν δένδρων καρπὸν ἀναθεὶς τῷ θεῷ ἢ ἐνιαυτῷ τῆς φυτείας τετάρτῳ.
120λόγον γὰρ καὶ φυσικώτατον καὶ ἠθικώτατον ἔχει· τάς τε γοῦν τοῦ παντὸς ῥίζας, ἐξ ὧν ὁ κόσμος, τέτταρας εἶναι συμβέβηκε, γῆν, ὕδωρ, ἀέρα, πῦρ, καὶ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας ἰσαρίθμους, χειμῶνα καὶ θέρος καὶ τὰς μεθορίους, ἔαρ τε καὶ μετόπωρον.
121πρεσβύτατός τε αὖ τετραγώνων ὁ ἀριθμὸς ὢν ἐν ὀρθαῖς γωνίαις, ὡς τὸ κατὰ γεωμετρίαν δηλοῖ σχῆμα, ἐξετάζεται· αἱ δ’ εἰσὶν ὀρθότητος λόγου σαφῆ δείγματα, πηγὴ δὲ ἀέναος ἀρετῶν ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος.
122ἀνάγκη μέντοι τὰς τοῦ τετραγώνου πλευρὰς ἴσας εἶναι· δικαιοσύνην δὲ ἰσότης τὴν ἔξαρχον καὶ ἡγεμονίδα τῶν ἀρετῶν ἔτεκεν· ὥστε ἰσότητος καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιδείκνυται τὸν ἀριθμὸν εἶναι σύμβολον.
123καλεῖται δ’ ἡ τετρὰς καὶ „πᾶς“, ὅτι τοὺς ἄχρι δεκάδος καὶ αὐτὴν δεκάδα περιέχει δυνάμει. ὅτι μὲν οὖν τοὺς πρὸ αὐτῆς, παντί τῳ δῆλον· ὅτι δὲ καὶ τοὺς μετ’ αὐτήν, ἐξ ἐπιλογισμοῦ ῥᾴδιον ἰδεῖν [ἐν ἀριθμῷ μὲν ἕξ]·
124ἕν, δύο, τρία, τέτταρα συντιθέντες ὃ ἠποροῦμεν εὑρήσομεν. ἐκ μὲν γὰρ ἑνὸς καὶ τεττάρων πεντὰς ἔσται, ἐκ δὲ δυεῖν καὶ τεττάρων ἑξάς, ἑβδομὰς δὲ ἐκ τριῶν καὶ τεττάρων· καὶ κατὰ τὴν διπλῆν σύνθεσιν ἐξ ἑνὸς καὶ τριῶν καὶ τεττάρων ὀγδοάς, καὶ πάλιν ἐκ δυεῖν καὶ τριῶν καὶ τεττάρων ὁ ἐννέα ἀριθμός, δεκὰς δὲ ἐκ πάντων· ἓν γὰρ καὶ δύο καὶ τρία καὶ τέτταρα δέκα γεννᾷ.
125διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Μωυσῆς εἶπεν, ὅτι „ἔτει τῷ τετάρτῳ ἔσται πᾶς ὁ καρπὸς αὐτοῦ ἅγιος“· ἄρτιον γὰρ καὶ ὁλόκληρον καὶ πλήρη, ὡς καὶ σύμπαντα, ὡς τύπῳ φάναι, λόγον ἔχει, διὰ τὸ δεκάδα, ἣν τετρὰς ἐγέννησε, πρῶτον καμπτῆρα τῶν ἀπὸ μονάδος συντιθεμένων ἀριθμῶν ἑστάναι· δεκὰς δὲ καὶ τετρὰς „πᾶς“ ἐν ἀριθμοῖς εἶναι λέγεται, ἀλλὰ δεκὰς μὲν ἀποτελέσματι, τετρὰς δὲ δυνάμει.
Sections 126–150
126τόν τε παιδείας καρπὸν οὐ μόνον ἅγιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἰνετὸν εἶναί φησι προσηκόντως· ἑκάστη μέν γε τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐστι χρῆμα ἅγιον, εὐχαριστία δὲ ὑπερβαλλόντως· θεῷ δὲ οὐκ ἔνεστι γνησίως εὐχαριστῆσαι δι’ ὧν νομίζουσιν οἱ πολλοὶ κατασκευῶν ἀναθημάτων θυσιῶν—οὐδὲ γὰρ σύμπας ὁ κόσμος ἱερὸν ἀξιόχρεων ἂν γένοιτο πρὸς τὴν τούτου τιμήν —, ἀλλὰ δι’ ἐπαίνων καὶ ὕμνων, οὐχ οὓς ἡ γεγωνὸς ᾄσεται φωνή, ἀλλὰ οὓς ὁ ἀειδὴς καὶ καθαρώτατος νοῦς ἐπηχήσει καὶ ἀναμέλψει.
127παλαιὸς γοῦν ᾄδεται λόγος ὑπὸ μὲν σοφῶν εὑρεθείς, μνήμῃ δέ, οἷα φιλεῖ, κατὰ διαδοχὰς παραδοθεὶς τοῖς μετέπειτα, οὐδὲ τὰς ἀεὶ παιδείας λίχνους ἡμετέρας παρῆλθεν ἀκοάς. ἔστι δὲ τοιόσδε· ἡνίκα, φασί, τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον ὁ ποιητὴς ἐτελεσφόρησεν, ἑνὸς τῶν ὑποφητῶν ἐπύθετο, εἴ τι ποθεῖ μὴ γενόμενον τῶν ὅσα κατὰ γῆς καὶ καθ’ ὕδατος ἢ ὅσα κατὰ τὴν μετάρσιον ἀέρος ἢ τὴν ἐσχάτην τοῦ παντὸς φύσιν οὐρανοῦ γέγονεν.
128ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο τέλεια μὲν καὶ πλήρη πάντα διὰ πάντων εἶναι, ἓν δὲ μόνον ζητεῖν, τὸν ἐπαινέτην αὐτῶν λόγον, ὃς τὰς ἐν πᾶσι καὶ τοῖς βραχυτάτοις καὶ ἀφανεστάτοις δοκοῦσιν ὑπερβολὰς οὐκ ἐπαινέσει μᾶλλον ἢ ἐξαγγελεῖ· τὰς γὰρ διηγήσεις τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἔργων αὐταρκέστατον ἐκείνων ἔπαινον εἶναι, προσθήκης οὐδεμιᾶς ἔξωθεν εἰς κόσμον δεομένων, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀψευδὲς τῆς ἀληθείας τελειότατον ἐχόντων ἐγκώμιον.
129ἀκούσαντα δὲ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ παντὸς τὸ λεχθὲν ἐπαινέσαι, καὶ οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν τὸ πάμμουσον καὶ ὑμνῳδὸν ἀναφανῆναι γένος ἐκ μιᾶς δὴ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν δυνάμεων παρθένου Μνήμης, ἣν Μνημοσύνην παρατρέποντες οἱ πολλοὶ τοὔνομα καλοῦσιν.
130ὁ μὲν οὖν τῶν παλαιῶν μῦθος ὧδε ἔχει. ἑπόμενοι δὲ ἡμεῖς αὐτῷ λέγομεν, ὅτι οἰκειότατόν ἐστιν ἔργον θεῷ μὲν εὐεργετεῖν, γενέσει δὲ εὐχαριστεῖν μηδὲν ἔξω τούτου πλέον τῶν εἰς ἀμοιβὴν ἀντιπαρασχεῖν δυναμένῃ· ὃ γὰρ ἂν θελήσῃ τῶν ἄλλων ἀντιχαρίσασθαι, τοῦθ’ εὑρήσεται τοῦ πάντα πεποιηκότος ἀλλ’ οὐ τῆς κομιζούσης φύσεως κτῆμα ἴδιον.
131μαθόντες οὖν, ὡς ἓν ἔργον ἡμῖν ἐπιβάλλει μόνον ἐν τοῖς πρὸς τιμὴν θεοῦ, τὸ εὐχάριστον, τοῦτο ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ μελετῶμεν διὰ φωνῆς καὶ διὰ γραμμάτων ἀστείων καὶ μηδέποτε ἐπιλείπωμεν μήτε λόγους ἐγκωμιαστικοὺς μήτε ποιήματα συντιθέντες, ἵνα καὶ ἐμμελῶς καὶ χωρὶς μέλους καὶ καθ’ ἑκατέραν φωνῆς ἰδέαν, ᾗ τὸ λέγειν καὶ τὸ ᾄδειν ἀποκεκλήρωται, ὅ τε κοσμοποιὸς καὶ ὁ κόσμος γεραίρηται, „ὁ μέν“, ὡς ἔφη τις, „ἄριστος τῶν αἰτίων, ὁ δὲ τελειότατος τῶν γεγονότων“.
132ἐπειδὰν οὖν ἔτει καὶ ἀριθμῷ τετάρτῳ πᾶς ὁ ψυχῆς ἀφιερωθῇ καρπός, τῷ πέμπτῳ τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν καὶ χρῆσιν ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ σχήσομεν. φησὶ γάρ· „ἐν τῷ ἔτει τῷ πέμπτῳ φάγεσθε τὸν καρπόν“, ἐπειδὴ τὸ γεγονὸς τοῦ πεποιηκότος ὕστερον ἐν ἅπασιν ἐξετάζεσθαι νόμος φύσεως ἀνεπίληπτος, ὥστε κἄν, εἰ τῶν δευτερείων ἀντιλαμβανοίμεθα, καὶ θαυμαστὸν ἡγεῖσθαι.
133καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μέντοι τὸν καρπὸν τοῦ πέμπτου ἡμῖν ἀνατίθησιν, ὅτι αἰσθήσεως πεντὰς ἀριθμὸς οἰκεῖος καί, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, τὸ τρέφον τὸν νοῦν ἡμῶν ἐστιν αἴσθησις, ἢ δι’ ὀφθαλμῶν τὰς χρωμάτων καὶ σχημάτων ποιότητας εὐτρεπίζουσα ἢ δι’ ὤτων παντοδαπὰς τὰς τῶν φωνῶν ἰδιότητας ἢ διὰ μυκτήρων ὀσμὰς ἢ χυλοὺς διὰ στόματος ἢ μαλακότητας εὐενδότους καὶ σκληρότητας ἀντιτύπους ἢ λειότητας καὶ τραχύτητας, ψυχρότητάς τε αὖ καὶ θερμότητας διὰ τῆς ἀνὰ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα σκιδναμένης
134δυνάμεως ἣν ἔθος ὀνομάζειν ἁφήν. τῶν δὲ εἰρημένων παράδειγμα σαφέστατον οἱ Λείας υἱοί, τῆς ἀρετῆς, οὐχ ἅπαντες, ἀλλὰ τέταρτός τε καὶ πέμπτος. ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ τετάρτου φησὶ Μωυσῆς, ὅτι „ἔστη τοῦ τίκτειν“ (Gen. 29, 35), καλεῖται δὲ Ἰούδας, ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται κυρίῳ ἐξομολόγησις. τὸν δὲ πέμπτον Ἰσσάχαρ προσαγορεύει, μισθὸς δὲ μεταληφθεὶς καλεῖται. καὶ τεκοῦσα τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον ἡ ψυχὴ ὃ ἔπαθεν εὐθὺς ἐξελάλησεν· „ἐκάλεσε“ γάρ φησι „τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰσσάχαρ, ὅ ἐστι μισθός“ (Gen. 30, 18).
135οὐκοῦν Ἰούδας ὁ εὐλογῶν τὸν θεὸν νοῦς καὶ τὰς εἰς αὐτὸν εὐχαρίστους ὑμνῳδίας ἀπαύστως μελετῶν αὐτὸς ὁ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν „ἅγιος καὶ αἰνετὸς καρπὸς“ ἦν, οὐχ ὑπὸ γῆς δένδρων, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ φύσεως λογικῆς καὶ σπουδαίας ἐνεχθείς. παρὸ καὶ ἡ τεκοῦσα αὐτὸν φύσις „στῆναι“ λέγεται „τοῦ τίκτειν“, ἐπεὶ καὶ πῇ τράπηται οὐκ εἶχεν ἔτι, πρὸς τὸν τελειότητος ὅρον ἐλθοῦσα· τῶν γὰρ ἀποκυηθέντων κατορθωμάτων ἁπάντων ἄριστον καὶ τελειότατον γέννημα ὁ εἰς τὸν πατέρα τοῦ παντὸς ὕμνος.
136ὁ δὲ πέμπτος υἱὸς τῆς κατὰ τὸν πέμπτον ἐνιαυτὸν τῶν φυτευθέντων ἀδιαφορεῖ χρήσεως· ὅ τε γὰρ γεωπόνος μισθὸν τρόπον τινὰ λαμβάνει παρὰ τῶν δένδρων ἔτει πέμπτῳ καὶ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς γέννημα Ἰσσάχαρ [ὃς] μισθὸς ἐκαλεῖτο, καὶ σφόδρα εἰκότως, μετὰ τὸν εὐχάριστον Ἰούδαν ἀποκυηθείς· τῷ γὰρ εὐχαρίστῳ μισθὸς αὐτὸ τὸ εὐχαριστεῖν αὐταρκέστατος.
137οἱ μὲν οὖν τῶν δένδρων καρποὶ γεννήματα λέγονται τῶν ἐχόντων, ὁ δὲ παιδείας καὶ φρονήσεως οὐκέτι ἀνθρώπου, μόνου δέ, ὥς φησι Μωυσῆς, τοῦ πανηγεμόνος· εἰπὼν γὰρ „τὰ γεννήματα αὐτοῦ“ ἐπιφέρει· „ἐγώ εἰμι κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν“, ἐναργέστατα παριστὰς ὅτι οὗ τὸ γέννημα καὶ ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς καρπός, εἷς ἐστιν ὁ θεός.
138τούτῳ καὶ παρά τινι τῶν προφητῶν χρησθὲν συνᾴδει τόδε· „ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὁ καρπός σου εὕρηται. τίς σοφὸς καὶ συνήσει ταῦτα; συνετὸς καὶ γνώσεται αὐτά“ (Hos. 14,9.10) ; οὐ γὰρ παντὸς ἀλλὰ μόνου σοφοῦ τὸ γνῶναι, τίνος ὁ διανοίας καρπός ἐστι.
139Περὶ μὲν οὖν γεωργίας τῆς πρεσβυτάτης καὶ ἱερωτάτης, ᾗ τὸ αἴτιον πρὸς τὸν κόσμον, τὸ παμφορώτατον φυτῶν, χρῆται, καὶ περὶ τῆς ἑπομένης, ἣν ὁ ἀστεῖος ἐπιτηδεύει, καὶ περὶ τῆς φερομένης τετράδος τῶν ἄθλων, καὶ ἃ κατὰ προστάξεις καὶ ὑφηγήσεις νόμων συνεκροτεῖτο,
140ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν εἴπομεν. τὴν δὲ τοῦ δικαίου Νῶε ἀμπελουργικήν, εἶδος γεωργικῆς οὖσαν, ἐπισκεψώμεθα. λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἤρξατο Νῶε ἄνθρωπος εἶναι γεωργὸς γῆς· καὶ ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ ἔπιε τοῦ οἴνου, καὶ ἐμεθύσθη“ (Gen. 9, 20. 21).
141οὐκοῦν τὸ μέθης φυτὸν ἐξεργάζεται τεχνικῶς καὶ ἐπιστημόνως ὁ δίκαιος τῶν ἀφρόνων ἄτεχνον καὶ πλημμελῆ ποιουμένων αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπιστασίαν, ὥστε ἀναγκαῖον τὰ προσήκοντα περὶ μέθης εἰπεῖν· εὐθὺς γὰρ εἰσόμεθα καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ παρέχοντος αὐτῇ τὰς ἀφορμὰς φυτοῦ. τὰ μὲν οὖν εἰρημένα τῷ νομοθέτῃ περὶ μέθης εἰσόμεθα ἐπ’ ἀκριβείας αὖθις, νυνὶ δὲ ἐξερευνήσωμεν ὅσα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔδοξεν.
142ἐσπουδάσθη δὲ παρὰ πολλοῖς τῶν φιλοσόφων ἡ σκέψις οὐ μετρίως. προτείνεται δὲ οὕτως, εἰ μεθυσθήσεται ὁ σοφός. ἔστι τοίνυν τὸ μεθύειν διττόν, ἓν μὲν ἴσον τι τῷ οἰνοῦσθαι, ἕτερον δὲ ἴσον τῷ ληρεῖν ἐν οἴνῳ.
143τῶν δὲ ἐπιχειρησάντων τῇ προτάσει οἱ μὲν ἔφασαν μήτε ἀκράτῳ πλείονι χρήσεσθαι τὸν σοφὸν μήτε ληρήσειν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἁμάρτημα, τὸ δὲ ἁμαρτήματος εἶναι ποιητικόν, ἑκάτερον δὲ ἀλλότριον κατορθοῦντος·
144οἱ δὲ τὸ μὲν οἰνοῦσθαι καὶ σπουδαίῳ προσῆκον ἀπεφήναντο, τὸ δὲ ληρεῖν ἀνοίκειον· τὴν γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ φρόνησιν ἱκανὴν εἶναι τοῖς βλάπτειν ἐπιχειροῦσιν ἀντιστατῆσαι καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχὴν νεωτερισμὸν αὐτῶν καθελεῖν· δύναμιν δὲ περιβεβλῆσθαι φρόνησιν παθῶν σβεστήριον εἴτε ὑπὸ φλεγμαίνοντος ἔρωτος οἴστρων ἀνερριπισμένων εἴτε ὑπὸ πολλοῦ καὶ ζέοντος ἐξημμένων οἴνου, δι’ ἣν ὑπεράνω στήσεται· ἐπεὶ καὶ τῶν κατὰ ποταμοῦ βαθέος ἢ θαλάττης δυομένων οἱ μὲν ἄπειροι τοῦ ναυτίλλεσθαι διαφθείρονται, οἱ δὲ τοῦ πράγματος ἐπιστήμονες τάχιστα διασῴζονται· καὶ μὴν ὥσπερ χειμάρρους ὁ πολὺς ἄκρατος ἐπικλύζων τὴν ψυχὴν τοτὲ μὲν βρίθουσαν εἰς ἀμαθίας ἔσχατον βυθὸν κατέρριψε, τοτὲ δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς σωτηρίου παιδείας ἐπικουφιζομένην καὶ ἐπελαφριζομένην οὐδὲν ἴσχυσε βλάψαι.
145οἱ δὲ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς περὶ τὸ πάθος ὑπερβολῆς οὐ κατανοήσαντες, οἶμαι, τοῦ σοφοῦ μετεωροπολοῦντα αὐτὸν ὥσπερ οἱ τὰ πτηνὰ θηρῶντες ἐπὶ γῆν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ κατεβίβασαν, ἵν’ εἰς τὰς ὁμοίας κῆρας ἀγάγωσιν, οὐδ’ ὁρῶντες ἀρετῆς εἰς ὕψος ἔφασαν, ὅτι χρησάμενος οἴνω πλείονι τοῦ μετρίου πάντως ἀκράτωρ αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ γενόμενος διαμαρτήσεται καὶ οὐ χεῖρας μόνον ὑπ’ ἀσθενείας οἷα τῶν ἀθλητῶν οἱ νενικημένοι καθείς, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐχένα καὶ κεφαλὴν παραβαλὼν καὶ ὀκλάσας καὶ ὅλον τὸ
146σῶμα κατασυρεὶς ἀναπεσεῖται. τοῦτο μέντοι προμαθὼν οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἀξιώσειεν ἑκὼν εἰς πολυοινίας ἀγῶνα ἐλθεῖν, εἰ μὴ μεγάλα εἴη τὰ διαφέροντα, σωτηρία πατρίδος ἢ τιμὴ γονέων ἢ τέκνων καὶ τῶν οἰκειοτάτων σωμάτων ἀσφάλεια ἢ συνόλως ἰδίων τε καὶ κοινῶν ἐπανόρθωσις πραγμάτων.
147οὐδὲ γὰρ θανάσιμον φάρμακον προσενέγκαιτο ἄν, εἰ μὴ πάνυ βιάζοιντο οἱ καιροὶ καθάπερ ἐκ πατρίδος μετανίστασθαι τοῦ βίου· φάρμακον δέ, εἰ καὶ οὐ θανάτου, μανίας γοῦν ἄκρατον εἶναι αἴτιον συμβέβηκε. διὰ τί δ’ οὐχὶ καὶ μανίαν λεκτέον θάνατον, ᾧ τὸ κράτιστον ἀποθνῄσκει τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν, ὁ νοῦς; ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ τις ἂν εἰκότως τὸν διακρίνοντα καὶ διαλύοντα ψυχήν τε καὶ σῶμα ὡς κουφότερον ἀντὶ βαρυτέρου τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἔκστασιν, εἴ τις ἦν αἵρεσις, ἀνενδοιάστως ἑλέσθαι.
148διὰ τοῦτο μέντοι καὶ τὸν εὑρετὴν τῆς περὶ τὸν οἶνον ἐργασίας μαινόλην ἐκάλεσαν οἱ πρῶτοι καὶ τὰς ἐξ αὐτοῦ κατασχέτους γενομένας βάκχας μαινάδας, ἐπεὶ μανίας καὶ παραφροσύνης αἴτιος τοῖς ἀπλήστως ἐμφορουμένοις ὁ οἶνος.
149τὰ μὲν οὖν ὡσανεὶ προοίμια τῆς σκέψεως τοιαῦτά ἐστι, τὸν δὲ περὶ αὐτῆς λόγον ἤδη περαίνωμεν διπλοῦν ὡς εἰκὸς ὄντα, τὸν μὲν ὅτι ὁ σοφὸς μεθυσθήσεται κατασκευάζοντα, τὸν δὲ τοὐναντίον ὅτι οὐ μεθυσθήσεται βεβαιούμενον.
150τοῦ δὲ προτέρου τὰς πίστεις ἁρμόττον λέγειν πρότερον, ποιησαμένους ἐνθένδε τὴν ἀρχήν· τῶν πραγμάτων τὰ μὲν ὁμώνυμα, τὰ δὲ συνώνυμα εἶναι συμβέβηκεν. ὁμωνυμία δὲ καὶ συνωνυμία τἀναντία ὁμολογεῖται, ὅτι ὁμωνυμία μὲν κατὰ πολλῶν ὑποκειμένων ἓν ὄνομα,
Sections 151–175
151συνωνυμία δὲ καθ’ ἑνὸς ὑποκειμένου πολλά. ἡ κυνὸς φωνὴ πάντως ὁμώνυμος ἐμφερομένων πλειόνων ἀνομοίων, ἃ δι’ αὐτῆς σημαίνεται· τό τε γὰρ χερσαῖον ὑλακτικὸν ζῷον κύων καὶ θὴρ ὁ θαλάττιος καὶ ὁ οὐράνιος ἀστήρ, ὃν ὀπωρινὸν οἱ ποιηταὶ καλοῦσιν, ὅτι τῆς ὀπώρας ἄρτι ἡβώσης ἐπιτέλλει τοῦ τελεσφορηθῆναί τε χάριν αὐτὴν καὶ πεπανθῆναι, καὶ προσέτι ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς κυνικῆς αἱρέσεως ὁρμηθεὶς φιλόσοφος, Ἀρίστιππος καὶ Διογένης καὶ ἄλλων οἳ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐπιτηδεύειν ἠξίωσαν ἀπερίληπτος ἀριθμὸς ἀνθρώπων.
152ἄλλαι δ’ εἰσὶ προσρήσεις διάφοροι κατὰ σημαινομένου ἑνὸς ὡς ἰός, ὀϊστός, βέλος—τὸ γὰρ διὰ τῆς τόξου νευρᾶς ἐπὶ τὸν σκοπὸν ἀφιέμενον πάντα ταῦτα λέγεται—· καὶ πάλιν εἰρεσία, κώπη, πλάτη, τὸ πρὸς πλοῦν ἰσοδυναμοῦν ἱστίοις· ὁπότε γὰρ μὴ δύναιτο χρῆσθαι ναῦς κατὰ νηνεμίας ἢ ἀντιπνοίας ἱστίοις, πρόσκωποι καθίσαντες οἷς ἐπιμελὲς καὶ οἷα ταρσοὺς ἑκατέρωθεν ἀποτείναντες ὑπόπτερον αὐτὴν φέρεσθαι βιάζονται, ἡ δὲ ἐξαιρομένη πρὸς ὕψος, ἐπιτρέχουσα τοῖς κύμασι μᾶλλον ἢ ἐντέμνουσα ταῦτα, τροχάζουσα ταχυναυτεῖ καὶ ναυλοχωτάτοις ὑποδρόμοις ἐνορμίζεται.
153καὶ μὴν πάλιν σκίπων, βακτηρία, ῥάβδος ἑνὸς ὑποκειμένου διάφοροι κλήσεις, ᾧ τύπτειν καὶ ἀκραδάντως σκηρίπτεσθαι καὶ ἐπερείδεσθαι καὶ ἄλλα πλείω ποιεῖν ἔνεστι. ταῦτα δ’ οὐ μακρολογοῦντες ὅλως εἴπομεν, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ
154σαφέστερον γνῶναι τὸ ζητούμενον. τὸν ἄκρατον ὥσπερ οἶνον, οὕτως καὶ μέθυ οἱ παλαιοὶ ἐκάλουν· πολλαχοῦ γοῦν τῆς ποιήσεώς ἐστι τουτὶ τοὔνομα ἐμφερόμενον, ὥστ’ εἰ τὰ συνωνυμοῦντα καθ’ ἑνὸς ὑποκειμένου λέγεται, οἶνος καὶ μέθυ, καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τούτων οὐδὲν ὅτι μὴ φωναῖς διοίσει μόνον, τό τε οἰνοῦσθαι καὶ τὸ μεθύειν [ἕν]·
155ἑκάτερον δὲ πλείονος οἴνου χρῆσιν ἐμφαίνει, ἣν πολλῶν ἕνεκα αἰτιῶν οὐκ ἂν ἀποστρέφοιτο ὁ σπουδαῖος. εἰ δὲ οἰνωθήσεται, καὶ μεθυσθήσεται, χεῖρον οὐδὲν ἐκ τῆς μέθης διατεθείς, ἀλλὰ ταὐτὸν ὅπερ καὶ [ὁ] ἐκ ψιλῆς τῆς οἰνώσεως παθών.
156Μία μὲν ἀπόδειξις περὶ τοῦ τὸν σοφὸν μεθυσθῆναι λέλεκται, δευτέρα δ’ ἐστὶ τοιαύτη· σχεδὸν οἱ νῦν ἄνθρωποι τοῖς προτέροις ἔξω μέρους βραχέος οὐδὲν ὁμοιότροπον ζηλοῦν ἀξιοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἐν ἔργοις τὸ μὴ συνῳδὸν καὶ διαφωνοῦν ἐπιδείκνυνται·
157τοὺς μὲν γὰρ λόγους ὑγιαίνοντας καὶ ἐρρωμένους εἰς πάθος ἀνήκεστον καὶ φθορὰν περιήγαγον ἀντὶ σφριγώσης καὶ ἀθλητικῆς ὄντως εὐεξίας οὐδὲν ὅτι μὴ νοσοῦν κατασκευάσαντες καὶ τὸν πλήρη καὶ ναστόν, ὡς ἔφη τις, ὑπ’ εὐτονίας ὄγκον εἰς παρὰ φύσιν οἰδούσης καχεξίας ἀγαγόντες καὶ κενῷ φυσήματι μόνον ἐπαίροντες, ὃ δι’ ἔνδειαν τῆς συνεχούσης δυνάμεως, ὅταν μάλιστα περιταθῇ, ῥήγνυται.
158τὰς δὲ πράξεις ἐπαινέσεως καὶ σπουδῆς ἀξίας καὶ αὐτάς, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἄρρενας ἐξεθήλυναν αἰσχρὰς ἀντὶ καλῶν ἐργαζόμενοι, ὡς ὀλίγους εἶναι παντάπασιν ἑκατέροις, ἔργοις τε καὶ λόγοις, ἀρχαιοτρόπου ζηλώσεως ἐρῶντας.
159τοιγαροῦν ἐπ’ ἐκείνων ποιηταὶ καὶ λογογράφοι καὶ ὅσοι περὶ τὰ ἄλλα μουσικῆς ἐσπούδαζον ἤνθουν, οὐ τὰς ἀκοὰς διὰ τῆς ἐν ῥυθμοῖς φωνῆς ἀφηδύνοντές τε καὶ θρύπτοντες, ἀλλὰ εἴ τι τῆς διανοίας κατεαγὸς καὶ κεκλασμένον ἐγείροντες καὶ ὅσον ἐμμελὲς αὐτῆς ἁρμοζόμενοι φύσεως καὶ ἀρετῆς ὀργάνοις· ἐφ’ ἡμῶν δὲ ὀψαρτυταὶ καὶ σιτοπόνοι καὶ ὅσοι τῆς ἐν βαφικῇ καὶ μυρεψικῇ τεχνῖται περιεργίας, ἀεί τι καινὸν χρῶμα ἢ σχῆμα ἢ ἀτμὸν ἢ χυλὸν ἐπιτειχίζοντες ταῖς αἰσθήσεσιν, ὅπως τὸν ἡγεμόνα πορθήσωσι νοῦν.
160τίνος δὴ χάριν τούτων ἐμνήσθην; ἵν’ ἐπιδείξω, ὅτι καὶ τὸν ἄκρατον οὐχ ὁμοίως οἱ νῦν τοῖς πάλαι προσφέρονται. νῦν μὲν γὰρ ἄχρι τοῦ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν παρεθῆναι πίνουσιν ἀθρόως καὶ ἀπνευστί, χαίνοντες ἔτι καὶ προσεπιφέρειν τοῖς οἰνοχοουμένοις κελεύοντες, κἂν διαμέλλωσιν ἀγανακτοῦντες, ὅτι τὸν θερμὸν λεγόμενον παρ’ αὐτοῖς πότον παραψύχουσι, καὶ τὸ παράκομμα τῶν γυμνικῶν, τὸν παροίνιον ἀγῶνα, πρὸς τοὺς συνόντας ἐπιδείκνυνται, ἐν ᾧ μεγάλα καὶ καλὰ ἀλλήλους ἀντιδρῶσιν, ὦτα καὶ ῥῖνας καὶ χειρῶν ἄκρους δακτύλους καὶ ὁποῖα δ’ ἂν τύχῃ μέρη τοῦ σώματος ἀπεσθίοντες.
161ταῦτ’ ἐστὶ τῆς ἡβώσης καὶ νεωτέρας καὶ ἄρτι ἀκμαζούσης ἆθλα, ὡς ἔοικεν, εὐφροσύνης, τῆς δὲ ἀρχαίας καὶ πρεσβυτέρας τἀναντία· πάσης γὰρ καλῆς πράξεως ἀφ’ ἱερῶν τελείων οἱ πρότεροι κατήρχοντο, νομίζοντες μάλιστα οὕτως αἴσιον ἀποβήσεσθαι τὸ τέλος αὐτοῖς, καὶ πρὶν εὔξασθαί τε καὶ θῦσαι, καὶ εἰ σφόδρα τοῦ πράττειν ἐπέσπευδον οἱ καιροί, πάντως ἀνέμενον οὐκ ἀεὶ τὸ ταχὺ τοῦ βραδέος ἡγούμενοι κρεῖττον· οὐ προμηθὲς μὲν γὰρ τάχος βλαβερόν, βραδυτὴς δὲ μετ’ εὐελπιστίας ὠφέλιμον. εἰδότες οὖν, ὅτι καὶ ἡ τοῦ οἴνου ἀπόλαυσίς τε καὶ χρῆσις δεῖται πολλῆς ἐπιμελείας,
162οὔτε ἄδην οὔτε ἀεὶ προσεφέροντο τὸν ἄκρατον, ἀλλ’ ἔν τε κόσμῳ καὶ καιρῷ προσήκοντι. πρότερον γὰρ εὐξάμενοι καὶ θυσίας ἀναγαγόντες καὶ ἱλασάμενοι τὸ θεῖον, σώματα καὶ ψυχὰς καθηράμενοι, τὰ μὲν λουτροῖς, τὰ δὲ νόμων καὶ παιδείας ὀρθῆς ῥεύμασι, φαιδροὶ καὶ γεγηθότες πρὸς ἀνειμένην δίαιταν ἐτρέποντο, μηδὲ οἴκαδε πολλάκις ἀφικόμενοι, ἀλλ’ ἐν οἷς ἔθυσαν ἱεροῖς διατελοῦντες, ἵνα καὶ τῶν θυσιῶν μεμνημένοι καὶ τὸν τόπον αἰδούμενοι ἱεροπρεπεστάτην ὡς ἀληθῶς ἄγωσιν εὐωχίαν, μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ διαμαρτάνοντες.
163ἀπὸ τούτου γέ τοί φασι τὸ μεθύειν ὠνομάσθαι, ὅτι μετὰ τὸ θύειν ἔθος ἦν τοῖς πρότερον οἰνοῦσθαι. τίσι δὴ μᾶλλον οἰκεῖος ἂν εἴη τῆς τοῦ ἀκράτου χρήσεως ὁ λεχθεὶς τρόπος ἢ σοφοῖς ἀνδράσιν, οἷς καὶ τὸ πρὸ τῆς μέθης ἔργον ἁρμόττει τὸ θύειν;
164σχεδὸν γὰρ οὐδὲ εἷς τῶν φαύλων πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἱερουργεῖ, κἂν ἐνδελεχεῖς μυρίους βόας ἀνὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν ἀνάγῃ· τὸ γὰρ ἀναγκαιότατον ἱερεῖον αὐτῷ λελώβηται, ὁ νοῦς, λώβας δὲ οὐ θέμις βωμῶν προσάψασθαι.
165Δεύτερος μὲν δὴ λόγος οὗτος εἴρηται, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐκ ἀλλότριον σπουδαίου τὸ μεθύειν, τρίτος δ’ ἐστὶν ἀπὸ διαφερούσης τῆς πρὸς τὴν ἐτυμολογίαν πιθανότητος ἠρτημένος· τὴν γὰρ μέθην οὐ μόνον, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ θυσίας ἐπιτελεῖται, νομίζουσί τινες εἰρῆσθαι, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ μεθέσεως ψυχῆς αἰτία γίγνεται.
166μεθίεται δὲ ὁ μὲν τῶν ἀφρόνων λογισμὸς εἰς πλειόνων χύσιν ἁμαρτημάτων, ὁ δὲ τῶν ἐμφρόνων εἰς ἀνέσεως καὶ εὐθυμίας καὶ ἱλαρότητος ἀπόλαυσιν· ἡδίων γὰρ αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ νήφοντος οἰνωθεὶς ὁ σοφὸς γίγνεται, ὥστε οὐδ’ ἂν ταύτῃ διαμαρτάνοιμεν φάσκοντες ὅτι μεθυσθήσεται. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις κἀκεῖνο λεκτέον,
167ὅτι οὐ σκυθρωπὸν καὶ αὐστηρὸν τὸ τῆς σοφίας εἶδος, ὑπὸ συννοίας καὶ κατηφείας ἐσταλμένον, ἀλλ’ ἔμπαλιν ἱλαρὸν καὶ γαληνίζον, μεστὸν γηθοσύνης καὶ χαρᾶς· ὑφ’ ὧν πολλάκις προήχθη τις οὐκ ἀμούσως παῖξαί τι καὶ χαριεντίσασθαι, παιδιὰν μέντοι τῇ σεμνότητι καὶ σπουδῇ καθάπερ ἐν ἡρμοσμένῃ λύρᾳ φθόγγοις ἀντιφώνοις εἰς ἑνὸς μέλους κρᾶσιν συνηχοῦσαν.
168κατὰ γοῦν τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν τέλος ἐστὶ σοφίας παιδιὰ καὶ γέλως, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἃ τοῖς νηπίοις ἄνευ φρονήσεως πᾶσι μελετᾶται, ἀλλ’ ἃ τοῖς ἤδη πολιοῖς οὐ χρόνῳ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ βουλαῖς ἀγαθαῖς γεγονόσιν. οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι τὸν αὐτηκόου καὶ αὐτομαθοῦς καὶ αὐτουργοῦ τῆς ἐπιστήμης ἀρυσάμενον οὐ μετέχοντα γέλωτος, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸν γέλωτα εἶναί φησιν;
169οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰσαάκ, ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται γέλως, ᾧ παίζειν μετὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς, ἣν Ῥεβέκκαν Ἑβραῖοι καλοῦσιν, ἁρμόττει. τὴν δὲ | θείαν παιδιὰν τῆς ψυχῆς ἰδιώτῃ μὲν οὐ θέμις ἰδεῖν, βασιλεῖ δὲ ἔξεστιν, ᾧ πάμπολυν χρόνον παρῴκησεν, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντ’ ἐνῴκησε τὸν αἰῶνα, σοφία. προσαγορεύεται οὗτος Ἀβιμέλεχ, ὃς διακύψας τῇ θυρίδι, τῷ διοιχθέντι καὶ φωσφόρῳ τῆς διανοίας ὄμματι, τὸν Ἰσαὰκ εἶδε παίζοντα μετὰ Ῥεβέκκας τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ (Gen. 26,8).
170τί γὰρ ἄλλο ἐμπρεπὲς ἔργον σοφῷ ἢ τὸ παίζειν καὶ γανοῦσθαι καὶ συνευφραίνεσθαι τῇ τῶν καλῶν ὑπομονῇ; ἐξ ὧν ὅτι καὶ μεθυσθήσεται δῆλόν ἐστι τῆς μέθης ἠθοποιούσης καὶ ἄνεσιν καὶ ὠφέλειαν ἐργαζομένης·
171ὁ γὰρ ἄκρατος τὰ τῇ φύσει προσόντα ἐπιτείνειν καὶ σφοδρύνειν ἔοικεν εἴτε καλὰ εἴτε καὶ τὰ ἐναντία, καθάπερ καὶ πολλὰ τῶν ἄλλων· ἐπεὶ καὶ χρήματα αἴτια μὲν ἀγαθῶν ἀγαθῷ, κακῷ δέ, ὡς ἔφη τις, κακῶν· καὶ πάλιν δόξα τοῦ μὲν ἄφρονος τὴν κακίαν ἐπιφανεστέραν, τοῦ δὲ δικαίου τὴν ἀρετὴν εὐκλεεστέραν ἐπιφαίνει. οὕτως οὖν καὶ ὁ ἄκρατος ἀναχυθεὶς τὸν μὲν πάθεσι κεχρημένον ἐμπαθέστερον, τὸν δὲ εὐπαθείαις εὐμενέστερον καὶ ἵλεω μᾶλλον ἀπειργάσατο.
172τίς γε μὴν οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι δυεῖν ἐναντίων ἐπειδὰν θάτερον εἶδος ἐφαρμόζῃ πλείοσι, καὶ θάτερον ἐξ ἀνάγκης συμβήσεται; οἷον λευκοῦ καὶ μέλανος ἐναντίων ὄντων, εἰ τὸ λευκὸν ἀστείοις τε καὶ φαύλοις, καὶ τὸ μέλαν ἐξ ἴσου δήπουθεν ἀμφοτέροις, οὐχὶ μόνοις προσέσται τοῖς ἑτέροις. καὶ μὴν τό γε νήφειν καὶ τὸ μεθύειν ἐναντία, μετέχουσι δὲ τοῦ νήφειν, ὡς ὁ τῶν προτέρων λόγος, ἀγαθοί τε καὶ φαῦλοι· ὥστε καὶ τὸ μεθύειν ἑκατέρῳ τῶν εἰδῶν ἐφαρμόττει. μεθυσθήσεται τοιγάρτοι καὶ ὁ ἀστεῖος μηδὲν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀποβαλών.
173εἰ δ’ ὥσπερ ἐν δικαστηρίῳ μὴ μόνον ταῖς ἐντέχνοις ἀποδείξεσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς ἀτέχνοις λεγομέναις χρηστέον, ὧν μία ἐστὶν ἡ διὰ τῶν μαρτυριῶν, πολλοὺς καὶ εὐδοκίμους μαρτυροῦντας παρεξόμεθα παῖδας ἰατρῶν καὶ φιλοσόφων, οὐ λόγοις μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ γράμμασι τὴν μαρτυρίαν σημαινομένους.
174μυρίας γὰρ ἀπολελοίπασι συντάξεις ἐπιγράψαντες περὶ μέθης, ἐν αἷς περὶ ψιλῆς αὐτὸ μόνον χρήσεως οἴνου σκοποῦσιν, οὐδὲν περὶ τῶν ληρεῖν εἰωθότων προσεξετάζοντες, ἀλλ’ ὅλον τὸ παροινίας παραπέμψαντες εἶδος· ὥστε καὶ παρὰ τούτοις σαφέστατα ἀνωμολογῆσθαι, ὅτι τὸ μεθύειν ἦν τὸ οἰνοῦσθαι. οἴνου δὲ σπάσαι πλείονος οὐκ ἂν εἴη χεῖρον ἐν καιρῷ σοφόν· οὐ τοίνυν διαμαρτησόμεθα λέγοντες ὅτι μεθυσθήσεται.
175ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς καθ’ αὑτὸν ἀγωνιζόμενος ἀναγράφεται νικῶν, εἰ δὲ ἀγωνίζεται, σκιαμαχεῖν μᾶλλον ἂν εἰκότως δόξαι, ἀνάγκη καὶ τοὺς τὸ ἐναντίον κατασκευάζοντας λόγους εἰπεῖν, ἵνα δικαιοτάτη γενηθῇ κρίσις, μηδετέρου μέρους ἐξ ἐρήμου καταδικασθέντος.
Sections 176–177
176ἔστι δὲ πρῶτος καὶ δυνατώτατος οὗτος· εἰ τῷ μεθύοντι οὐκ ἄν τις εὐλόγως λόγον ἀπόρρητον παρακατάθοιτο, τῷ δὲ ἀστείῳ παρακατατίθεται, οὐκ ἄρα μεθύει ὁ ἀστεῖος. ἀλλ’ οὖν πρὶν ἢ τοὺς ἄλλους ἑξῆς συνείρειν, ἄμεινον καθ’ ἕκαστον τῶν προτεινομένων ἀντιλέγειν, ἵνα μὴ μακρηγοροῦντες ἐπὶ πλέον διοχλεῖν δοκῶμεν.
177φήσει δή τις ἐναντιούμενος, ὅτι κατὰ τὸν λεχθέντα λόγον ὁ σοφὸς οὔτε μελαγχολήσει ποτὲ οὔτε κοιμηθήσεται οὔτε συνόλως ἀποθανεῖται· ᾧ δὲ μὴ συμβαίνει τι τοιοῦτον, ἄψυχόν ἐστιν ἢ θεῖον, ἄνθρωπος δὲ οὐκ ἂν εἴη τὸ παράπαν. τὴν γὰρ ἀγωγὴν τοῦ λόγου μιμησάμενος ἐφαρμόσει τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον τῷ μελαγχολῶντι ἢ κοιμωμένῳ ἢ ἀποθνῄσκοντι· οὐκ ἄν τις εὐλόγως λόγον ἀπόρρητον τῷ τοιούτῳ παρακατάθοιτο, τῷ δὲ σοφῷ εὐλόγως· οὔτ’ ἄρα μελαγχολᾷ οὔτε κοιμᾶται οὔτε ἀποθνῄσκει ὁ σοφός.
On Drunkenness
Contents — 9 sections
Sections 1–25
1What has been said by other philosophers about drunkenness we have to the best of our ability recorded in the treatise before this present one. But now let us consider what is the opinion of the lawgiver, who was in all respects great and wise, on this subject;
2for in many places of his history of the giving of the law he mentions wine, and the plant which produces wine, namely the vine; and he commands some persons drink it, but some he does not permit to do so; and at times he gives contrary directions to the same people, ordering them sometimes to drink and some times to abstain. These therefore are the persons who have taken the great vow, to whom it is expressly forbidden to drink unmixed wine, being the priests who are engaged in offering sacrifices. But those who drink wine are numerous beyond all calculation, and among them are all those who are especially praised by the lawgiver for their virtue.
3But before we begin to talk of these subjects we will examine with accuracy some points that concern this argument, and, as I at least imagine they are these.
4Moses looks upon an unmixed wine as a symbol not of one thing only but of many, namely of trifling, and playing the fool, and of all kinds of insensibility and of insatiable greediness, and of a covetousness which is hard to be pleased, and of a cheerfulness which comprehends many other objects, and of a nakedness which is apparent in all the things now mentioned, such as that which he says Noah, when drunk, displayed himself in. Wine, then, is said to produce all these effects.
5But great numbers of persons who, because they never touch unmixed wine, look upon themselves as sober, are them involved in the same accusation. And one may see some of acting in a foolish and senseless manner, and others possessed by complete insensibility; and others again who are never satisfied, but are always thirsting for what cannot be obtained, because of their want of knowledge; others, on the other hand rejoicing and exulting; and others in good truth naked.
6The cause now of behaving foolishly is a mischievous ignorance; I mean by this expression, not an ignorance of such things as are matters of instruction but an alienation from, and dislike of knowledge. The cause again of insensibility is a treacherous and mutilated ignorance. The cause of insatiability is a most grievous appetite for the indulgence of the passions of the soul. The cause of cheerfulness is at once the acquisition and the employment of virtue. Of nakedness there are many causes—an ignorance of such things as are opposite to one another; complete innocence and simplicity of manners; truth, which strips off all the coverings of such things as are concealed, on the one side revealing virtue to our eyes, and on the other side, in its turn, uncovering vice;
7for no one can possibly put off both these things at one time, nor can he either strip them both off together. But when any one discards the one, he must of necessity take up and clothe himself with the other.
8For as the old story tells us, God, when he had combined pleasure and pain, two things naturally at variance, under one head, gave to us an outward sense capable of appreciating them both, not at the same moment, but at different times, fixing the period of the return of one to be simultaneous with the moment of the flight of the other. Thus from one root of the dominant principle, the two shoots of virtue and vice sprang up, neither blossoming nor bearing fruit at the same time;
9for when the one loses its leaves and fades away, then the other begins to shoot, and blossom, and look green, so that one might fancy that the one withered through dissatisfaction at the blooming appearance of the other. It is with reference to this that Moses represents in a most natural manner the departure of Jacob to be contemporaneous with the arrival of Esau; "For it came to pass," says he, "that as Jacob went out his brother Esau came in."
10As long, indeed, as prudence dwells in and makes his abode in the soul, so long every companion of folly is discarded and banished to a distance; but when prudence departs then folly rejoices and enters, since its enemy and adversary, for whose sake it was driven away and banished, is no longer inhabiting the same place as before.
11We have now then said enough by way of preface to this treatise. We will proceed to adduce the proofs of all that we have said, beginning first of all to establish the first point. We said, then, that ignorance was the cause of man’s behaving foolishly and misconducting himself, just as a great quantity of unmixed wine is to great numbers of foolish persons;
12for ignorance is the primary evil of all the errors of the soul, if we must tell the truth, from which, as from a spring, all the actions of life do flow, never producing to any one, one single stream of wholesome or drinkable water, but only brackish water, the cause of disease and destruction to all who use it.
13Thus, at all events, the lawgiver is very indignant with all uninstructed and unmanageable persons, more than he is with any other description of people whatever. And a proof of this is this: who are they who are united in alliance not so much by study as by nature, whether among men or among the other kinds of animals? No one; not even a madman would say that any beings were so closely united as parents and children; for even by the mere untaught instinct of nature the parent always cares for his offspring, and in every case endeavours to provide for its safety and durability.
14Those, then, who are the natural protectors of others, Moses represents as having crossed over to the ranks of enemies, making those accusers who would naturally have been advocates, I mean the father and mother, in order that the children may be destroyed by those by whom above all others it was natural they should be saved; "For if," says he, "any man’s son be disobedient, or contentious, not obeying the voice of his father and of his mother, and if they reprove him and he does not listen to them, then his father and his mother shall take him, and shall bring him before the elders of the city, and shall bring him to the gate of that place, and shall say to the men of their city, This our son is disobedient and contentious, and does not obey our voice, but spends his time in revelling and drunkenness. And the men of that city shall stone him, and you shall destroy that wicked one from among you."
15Therefore, here the accusations are four in number—disobedience, and contentiousness, and love of revelling, and drunkenness; and the last of these is the greatest, deriving its growth from the first, namely, from disobedience; for when the soul begins to be restive it advances onward through contention and quarrelsomeness, and arrives at last at the furthest boundary, drunkenness, the cause of alienation of mind and folly. But it is requisite to see the force of each of all these accusations, beginning with the first in order.
16It is then confessed by all most undeniably, that it is both honourable and advantageous to yield and to become obedient to virtue, so that on the other hand to be disobedient to it must be disgraceful and in no moderate degree disadvantageous. And to be contentious and obstinate is a quality which comprehends every extravagance of evil; for the man who is disobedient is less wicked than he who is contentious, since the one only disregards what he is commanded to do, but the other also exerts himself to do the contrary.
17Come, now, let us investigate the true nature of these things. Since the law commands, for instance, that men should honour their parents, he who does not honour them is disobedient; but he who dishonours them is contentious. And again, since it is a righteous action to preserve one’s country, we must call the man who admits of hesitation in the pursuit of the object disobedient, but the man who is prepared moreover to betray it we must pronounce perverse and contentious.
18Again, he who, when requested to requite a favour, contradicts the man who says that he ought to consider himself a debtor, is disobedient; but he who, in addition to making no return, is so carried away by contentiousness that he endeavours to do the person what harm he can, commits unredeemable wickedness. And further, he who never approaches, nor practises sacrifices, or any of the other observances required by piety, disobeys the commandments which the law usually ordains in such matters; but he who resists and turns aside to the opposite disposition, impiety, is a wicked man and a minister of impiety.
19Such a man as this was he who said, "Who is there whom I am to obey?" and again, "I do not know the Lord." For by his first expression he states that there is no such thing as a Deity; and by the second question he means, that even if there is such a being, still he will not recognize him, which arises from a deficiency in his providence; for if he were possessed of providence he would be recognized.
20Now to bring contributions and supplies in aid of an entertainment with a view to a participation in that best of all possessions, prudence, is praiseworthy and advantageous. But to do so with a view to the worst of all objects, folly, is disadvantageous and blameable;
21therefore, the contributions for the most excellent object are the desire of virtue, the imitation of good men, continued care, laborious practise, incessant and unwearied labours; the contributions for the opposite object are relaxation, indifference, luxury, effeminacy, and a complete desertion of what is right.
22And we may see those who every day descend into the arena to contend in drinking much wine, and practising this quality every day, and striving to gain the victory in greediness and voracity, bringing their contributions as though they had some desirable object in view, and injuring themselves in every thing, in their property, and their bodies, and their souls; for by contributing their property they diminish their substance; and they break down and enervate the powers of their bodies by their luxurious way of life, and as for their souls, inundating them with immoderate food like a swollen torrent, they compel that to sink down to the lowest depth.
23For the same manner all those, who bring contributions for the destruction of learning, injure the most important thing in them, namely, their mind, cutting off every thing that might save it—prudence, and temperance, and courage, and justice; on which account he seems to me himself to use a compound word, συμβολοϰοπω̃ν, for the more manifest manifestation of his meaning, because they who bring forward attempts at virtue as their offering and contribution, wound and lacerate, and cut to pieces, obedient and learning-loving souls to the extent of their utter destruction.
24Therefore the wise Abraham is said to have returned again from the slaughter of Chedorlaomer, and of the kings who were with him. And on the other hand, Amalek is said to have cut to pieces the rear of the company of the meditator of virtue, in strict accordance with the truth of nature; for what is contrary to one is also hostile to the other, and such things are always meditating the destruction of one another.
25But one may especially blame a man who contributes offerings on this account, because such an one has not only determined to do wrong, but also to co-operate with others in doing wrong, thinking fit in some things to be the leader himself, and in others to follow the leadership of others; so that, erring both by nature and through what he has learnt, he leaves himself no good hope of safety, and this, too, though the law has expressly said that one must "not follow a multitude to do evil;"
Sections 26–50
26for, in truth, evil is a very manifold and very fertile thing in the souls of men, but good is but a contracted and rare thing. Again it is a most useful recommendation, not to join with many persons to do evil, but to unite with a few whose chief practise is to do justly.
27The fourth and greatest of the accusations, is that of drunkenness, not slight but excessive drunkenness. For devotion to crime is equivalent to devotion to swelling up, and kindling, and inflaming the poison which is the great cause of folly, namely ignorance, a thing which can never be extinguished, but which is at all times and in every case raising a conflagration and fury in the soul.
28Very naturally, therefore, justice will follow which purifies every evil disposition of the mind, for it is said, "Thou shalt utterly get rid of the wicked man," not out of the city, or out of the country, or out of the nation, but "out of yourselves." For there are many faulty and blameable thoughts lurking in us, and taking up their abode in the recesses of our hearts, which, since they are incurable, it is necessary to eradicate and destroy.
29Therefore it is just that this disobedient and contentious man, who is always advancing plausible reasons as a sort of offering and contribution on his part towards the destruction of what is good, and who is inflamed with strong wine, and raging in a drunken manner against virtue, and being absurdly excited to his own injury by wine, should have his allies for his accusers, his own father and mother, since he ought to receive every possible reproof and chastisement from those who can be saved;
30but of the father and mother the appellations are common, but their powers are different. At all events we shall speak with justice, if we say that the Creator of the universe is also the father of his creation; and that the mother was the knowledge of the Creator with whom God uniting, not as a man unites, became the father of creation. And this knowledge having received the seed of God, when the day of her travail arrived, brought forth her only and well-beloved son, perceptible by the external senses, namely this world.
31Accordingly wisdom is represented by some one of the beings of the divine company as speaking of herself in this manner: "God created me as the first of his works, and before the beginning of time did he establish me." For it was necessary that all the things which came under the head of the creation must be younger than the mother and nurse of the whole universe.
32Who then is able to encounter the accusation of these parents? No one can withstand even their moderate threats, or their very slightest reproach; for neither is any one able to contain the immeasurable multitude of their gifts, perhaps even the whole world is not; but like a shallow channel, when the great fountain of the bounties of God flows into it, it will be very speedily filled so as to overtop its bounds and overflow; but if we are unable to receive his benefits, how shall we endure his chastising powers when they come upon us?
33But these parents of the universe must be taken out of the present discussion; and for the present let us consider their pupils and acquaintances who have had assigned to them the care and superintendence of such souls as are not unwilling to learn and illiterate. Therefore we say that the father is masculine and perfect right reason, and that the mother is that middle and encyclical course of study, and instruction, and learning, which it is honourable and advantageous to obey as a child obeys his parents.
34The recommendation then of the father, that is of right reason, is to follow and obey reason, pursuing naked and undisguised truth; and the injunction of learning, the mother that is, is to obey the just customs, which ancient men who embraced opinion, as if it were truth, have established in cities, and nations, and countries.
35Now these parents have four classes of children. First of all comes that class which is obedient to them both, the second is that which attends to neither, being the opposite of the former one. Of the others, each is half perfect. For the one is exceedingly attached to its father, and attends to him, but disregards its mother and her injunctions. The other again appears to be attached to its mother, and obeys her in everything, but pays but little attention to its father. The first class, therefore, will carry off the prize of victory as superior to all the others; the second, which is the contrary of it, will meet with defeat and destruction at the same time; and as to each of the others they will claim, one the second prize, and the other the third. The one which is obedient to its father being the second in honour, and the one which obeys its mother being the third.
36Now of the soul attached to its mother, yielding to the opinions of the many and constantly changing its appearance in accordance with the various forms arising from the manifold and different ways of life, after the manner of the Egyptian Proteus, who was able to assume the likeness of anything in the whole world, and to conceal his real form so as to render it entirely invisible, the most visible image is Jothor, a compound of pride, who evidently represents a city and constitution of men from all quarters, and of all nations, carried away by vain opinions.
37For after the wise Moses had invited the whole people of the soul to observe piety and to pay the honour due to God, and had taught them the commandments and the most sacred laws, (for he says, "When there is a controversy among them and they come to me, I will decide between them all, and I will bring together to them the commandments of God and his law.") then Jothor, wise in his own conceit, uninitiated in the divine blessings, but having principally lived among human and corruptible things, harangues the people, and proposes laws contrary to those of nature, having regard only to opinion, while those other laws are all referrible to the standard of reality and truth.
38And indeed the prophet, pitying this man and commiserating his exceeding error, thinks it fitting to endeavour to teach him better things, and to persuade him to change his ways, and to forsake vain opinions and steadily to follow the truth.
39For says he, "We after having cut up and eradicated the vain pride of the mind, will leave our abodes and depart to the place of knowledge, which we shall gain possession of by the divine oracles and their agreement of the result with them. Come now with us, and we will do thee good." For so doing you will get rid of that most pernicious thing, false opinion, and you will acquire that most advantageous thing, truth.
40But he, being as it were subdued by enchantment in this way, will neglect what is said, and will by no means follow any kind of knowledge whatever, but will retire and will run off to his own individual and empty pride. For it is said in the scripture that he replied to him, "I will not go, except to my own country and to my own race;" that is to say, to his kindred infidelity imbued with false opinions, since he had not learnt that true faith which is dear to men.
41For, when desiring to make a display of his piety, he says, "Now I know that God is a great Lord in comparison of all gods," he accuses himself of impiety in the eyes of all men who are competent to form a judgment; for they will say to him,
42"Dost thou now know, O impious man, the power of the Ruler of the universe? but before this thou didst not know it. For was there anything which thou hast ever fallen in with of more antiquity or power than God? And are not the virtues of their parents known to the children before anything else in the world? And was not the Ruler of the universe the creator and the father of it? So that if you now say that you know it, you do not know it now, because you did not know it from the beginning of the creation."
43And you are not the less convicted of false pretences, when you profess to compare things that cannot be compared, and say that you now recognise the greatness and pre-eminence of God in comparison of all other gods. For if thou hadst in real truth known the living God, you would never have supposed that there was any other god endued with independent authority;
44for as the sun, when he has arisen, hides the stars, pouring forth his own light altogether over our sight, so also when the beams of the light-giving God, unmingled as they are, and entirely pure, and visible at the greatest distance, shone upon the eye of the soul, being comprehensible only by the intellect, then the eye of the soul can see nothing else; for the knowledge of the living God having beamed upon it, out-dazzles everything else, so that even those things which are most brilliant by their own intrinsic light appear to be dark in comparison.
45Therefore he would never have ventured to compare the true and faithful God to those falsely named gods, if he had really known him; but ignorance of the one God has caused him to entertain a belief of many as gods, who have in reality no existence at all.
46Now this same opinion is entertained by every one who, having thoroughly comprehended the affairs of the soul, looks with astonishment on the affairs of the body and on the things external to the body, diversified as they are with different colours and forms, in order to deceive the outward sense, which is easily worked upon.
47Such a man as this the lawgiver calls labour, who, not perceiving the true laws of nature, falsely assents to those which are in force among men, saying, "it is not the custom in our country to give the younger daughter in marriage before the elder."
48For he thinks that it behoves him to adhere to the classification arising from the consideration of time, according to which, that which is oldest is entitled to priority, and after that, that which is the younger is admitted to a participation in their joint rights. But the practiser of wisdom, knowing that natures are not subject to time, desires what is younger first, and what is older afterwards. And moral reason agrees with him in this matter, for it is necessary for those who practise anything, first of all to come to the more recent learning, in order that after that, they may be able to derive advantage from that which is more perfect.
49And, on this account, the lovers of virtue and excellence do not approach the doors of the older philosophy before they have become familiar with these younger parts of it, grammar, and geometry, and the whole range of encyclical learning; for these subordinate branches do always attend upon those, who with sincerity and purity of purpose court wisdom.
50But he acts cunningly in opposition to these principles, wishing us to take to ourselves the elder sister first, not in order that we may have her in a lasting manner, but that being attracted by the allurements of the younger, we may hereafter relax in our desire for the elder one.
Sections 51–75
51And we may almost say that this has happened to many of those who have used out of the way roads to learning; for still, as one may say, men coming from their very swaddling clothes to the most perfect study and way of life, philosophy, not thinking it fit to be utterly ignorant of encyclical learning, have still determined to apply themselves to them late and unwillingly. And then, descending from the older and more important kinds of learning to the contemplation of the inferior and younger branches, they have grown old among them so as no longer to be able to return to those pursuits with which they began.
52It is on this account, I imagine, that he says, "Accomplish her seven years," which is equivalent to: let not the good of the soul be unaccomplished by you; but let it have an end and a due completion, in order that you may meet with the younger classification of good things, of which personal beauty, and glory, and riches, and such things as these make up the sum.
53But he does not promise to accomplish them, but only agrees to fulfil them; that is to say, studying never to omit anything which may conduce to its growth and fulness, but in every instance labouring to get the better of all his difficulties, even though there may be innumerable impediments hindering and drawing him in the opposite direction.
54And the scripture here appears to me to show very plainly, that customs are regarded by men more than by women, as is clear by the words of Rachel, who admires only those things which are perceptible by the outward senses; for she says to her father, "Be not angry, my lord, that I am unable to rise up before thee in thy presence, because the custom of women is upon me."
55Therefore it is especially the conduct of women to pay regard to customs; for, indeed, that is the habit of the weaker and more feminine soul; while the nature of men, and of that reason which is really vigorous and masculine, is to be guided by nature.
56But I marvel at the sincerity and truth of the soul which, in its conversation, confesses that it is unable to rise up against apparent good things, and nevertheless admires and honours every one of them, and all but prefers them to itself.
57Since who of us does resist wealth, and who of us enters the lists against glory? And who despises honour or authority, who, I may say, of almost all those who are still stained by vain opinions? No one whatever.
58But as long as we have none of these things we talk loudly and proudly, as if we were men of small wants, and companions of frugality, which renders life all-sufficient for itself, and just, and suitable for free and nobly born men. But when there is hope of any of the things which I have enumerated, or when only the slightest breeze of such hope blows upon us, then we are found out, for we at once yield, and submit, and are unable to hold out or resist; and being betrayed by the outward senses, which are so dear to us, we abandon the whole alliance of the soul, and we desert not in a concealed manner, but openly and undisguisedly. And perhaps this is not more than is reasonable to expect.
59For the customs of women are still predominant in us, while we are not as yet able to wash them off, or to rise and cross over to the hearth of the men’s chamber, as is related of the mind which loved virtue, by name Sarah;
60for she is represented in the sacred oracles as having ceased to be influenced by the customs of women, when she was about to be in travail and to bring forth the self-taught offspring, being by name Isaac.
61And she is said not to have had a mother, having received the inheritance of relationship from her father only, and not from her mother, having no share in the female race; for some one has said somewhere, "And yet, in truth, she is my sister, the daughter of my father, but not the daughter of my mother." For she is not formed of the material perceptible by the outward senses, which is always in a state of formation or of dissolution, which is called the mother, and nurse and bringer up of created things; among which, first of all, the tree of wisdom sprang up, but rather of the cause and father of all.
62She, therefore, having emerged out of the whole corporeal world, and exulting from the joy which is in God, laughs at the pursuits of men, which are conversant about either war or peace.
63We, then, being overcome by the unmanly and woman-like association with the outward senses, and the passions, and the objects of the outward senses, are not able to stand up in opposition to anything that is apparent. But are dragged on, some of us, in spite of ourselves, and others of us willingly, by everything which comes across us;
64and if our army, not being able to execute the commands of the father, were to yield, it would nevertheless have for an ally its mother, moderate learning, which enacts in different cities such laws as are in common use, and appear to be just, and establishes different institutions in different countries.
65But there are some persons who, neglecting the precepts of their mothers, adhere with all their might to the injunctions of their fathers, whom right reason has thought worthy of the greatest honour, namely, of the priesthood; and if we go through their actions, by which they have obtained this honour, we shall perhaps incur the ridicule of many, who are deceived by the first appearances which present themselves to them, and who do not perceive those powers which are invisible and kept in the shade.
66For those who have applied themselves to prayers and sacrifices, and the whole body of ceremonies connected with the temple, are, what seems a most paradoxical thing, homicides, fratricides, murderers of those persons who are nearest and dearest to them, though they ought to be pure, and sprung from the pure, having no connection with any pollution, intentionally incurred, nay, not even unintentionally.
67For it is said, "Each of you slay his brother, and each of you slay his neighbour, and each of you slay his nearest relations. And the sons of Levi did as Moses had spoken; and there fell of the people in that day about three thousand men." And those who had slain such a vast multitude he praises, saying, "Ye have this day, each of you, filled your hands to the Lord in your son, or your brother, so that blessing shall be given to you."
68What, then, are we to say, but that such men are caught by the common customs of men, having, as their accuser, their mother, who lives according to the laws of the state, and acts like a demagogue, namely, custom: but that the others preserve the laws of nature, having, for their ally, their father, namely, right reason;
69for it is not the case, as some persons think, that the priests slay men, rational animals, compounded of soul and body, but they only eradicate from their minds all those things which are akin to and dear to the flesh, thinking it seemly for those who have become ministers of the only wise God, to alienate themselves from all the things of creation, and to look upon all such things as enemies and thoroughly hostile.
70On this account it is, that we shall slay a brother, not a man, but the body, which is brother to the soul; that is to say, we shall separate that which is devoted to the passions and mortal, from that which is devoted to virtue and divine. And, again, we shall slay a neighbour, not a man, but a company and a band; for such a company is, at the same time, akin to, and hostile to, the soul, laying baits and spreading snares for it, in order that being inundated by the objects of the outward senses, which overflow it, it may never emerge and look up to heaven, so as to embrace the beautiful and God-like natures. And we shall also slay those nearest to us: but that which is nearest to the mind is uttered speech, inserting false opinions among reasonable and natural plausibilities and probabilities, to the destruction of that best of all possessions, truth.
71Why, then, are we not also to repel this being, too, who is a sophist and a polluted person, condemning him to the death which is suited to him, namely, silence (for silence is the death of speech), in order that the mind may be no longer led away by its sophisms, but being completely emancipated from all the pleasures which are according to the body, "the brother," and being alienated from, and having shaken off the yoke of, all the trickeries according to "the neighbour," and the neighbouring outward senses, and from the sophistries in accordance with the "nearest" nearest " speech, may be able, in all purity, to apply itself to all the proper objects of the intellect.
72This is he "who says to his father and to his mother," his mortal parents, "I have not seen you," ever since I have beheld the things of God, who "does not recognize his sons," ever since he has become an acquaintance of wisdom, who "disowns his brethren," ever since he has ceased to be disowned by God, and has been thought worthy of perfect salvation.
73This is he who "took as coadjutor," that is to say, who searched for and sought out the things of corruptible creation, of which the chief happiness is laid up in eating and drinking, and who went, Moses says, "to the chimney," which was burning and flaming with the excesses of wickedness, and which could never be extinguished, namely, the life of man, and who, after that, was able even to pierce the woman through her belly, because she appeared to be the cause of bringing forth, being, in real truth, rather the patient than the agent, and even every "man," and every reasoning which follows the opinion which attributes passions to the essence of God, who is the cause of all things.
74Will not this person be justly looked upon as a murderer, by many who are influenced by the customs which have so much weight among women? But with God, the ruler and father of the universe, he will be thought worthy of infinite praises and panegyrics, and of rewards which can never be taken away; and the rewards are great, and akin to one another, being peace and the priesthood:
75for it was an illustrious achievement, after having put to flight the almost invincible troops of men who live according to the common fashion, and having put down the civil war of the appetites in the soul, to establish a peace firmly; and for this great exploit to receive nothing else, not riches, not glory, not honour, not authority, not beauty, not strength, not any of the advantages of the body, nor, on the other hand, earth or heaven, or all the world, but that most important and valuable of all things, the rank of the priesthood, the office of serving and paying honour to Him who is in truth the only being worthy of honour and service; this is an admirable thing, an object worthy of contention.
Sections 76–100
76And I was not wrong when I called those rewards, brothers to one another, but I said so, knowing that he cannot be made a true priest who is still serving in human and mortal warfare, in which vain opinions are the officers of the companies; and that he cannot be a peaceful man, who does not in sincerity cultivate and serve, with all simplicity, the only Being who has no share in warfare, and everlasting peace.
77Such are the persons who honour their father, and the things belonging to their father, but who pay but little regard to their mother and to things that belong to her. But Moses represents the man who is at variance with both his father and his mother, and brings them forward as saying, "I know not the Lord; and I will not let Israel go." For he appears to put himself in opposition to those divine things, which are established in accordance with divine reason, and also to those which are established with reference to created beings, by means of education, and to be throwing everything into confusion in every direction.
78And there are even now—for the human race has not as yet entirely purified itself from unmixed wickedness—there are still persons who have absolutely determined to do nothing which has any bearing on piety or on human society, but who, on the contrary, are the companions of impiety and atheism, and treacherous towards their equals.
79And these men go about, being the greatest imaginable pests of their cities, out of curiosity and a love of interfering, mixing themselves up with, or rather, if one must tell the truth, throwing into confusion all kinds of affairs, both public and private, men who ought to have put up prayers and offered sacrifices to avert (as if it had been a great disease) famine, or pestilence, or any other evil inflicted by God; for these calamities are great evils to those on whom they fall; in reference to which Moses sings their destruction, when they have been destroyed by their own allies, and swallowed up by their own opinions, as if by the waves of a stormy sea.
80Let us now, therefore, proceeding in regular order, speak of the enemies of these persons, men who honour instruction and right reason, among whom are those who are attached to the virtue of one of their parents, being half-perfect companions; these men are the most excellent guardians of the laws which the father, that is to say, right reason, established, and faithful stewards of the customs which education, their mother, instituted;
81and they were instructed by right reason, their father, to honour the Father of the universe, and not to neglect the customs and laws established by education, their mother, and considered by all men to be founded in justice.
82When, therefore, Jacob, the practiser of virtue, and the man who entered into the lists of, and was a candidate for, the prizes of virtue, was inclined to give his ears in exchange for his eyes, and words for actions, and improvements for perfection, as the bounteous God was willing to give eyes to his mind, in order that he might for the future clearly see what hitherto he had only comprehended by hearing (for the eyes are more trustworthy than the ears), the oracle sounded in his ears, "Thy name shall not be called Jacob; but Israel shall thy name be, because thou hast prevailed with God and with men, with power." Jacob then is the name of learning and of improvement, that is to say of those powers which depend upon learning, and Israel is the name of perfection, for the name being interpreted means "the sight of God;"
83and what can be more perfect among all the virtues than the sight of the only living God? Accordingly he who hath seen this good thing is confessed to be good by both his parents, having attained to strength in God and power both before the Lord and before men.
84And it appears to me to be very well said in the book of Proverbs, "Men who see what is right before God and before men." Since it is by the aid of both these that men attain to the complete possession of good. For when you have been taught to observe the laws of your Father, and not to disregard the injunctions of your mother, you will be able to say with confidence and pride, "For I also was born a son, subject to my father, and beloved before the face of my "mother." But, I should say to this man, were you not fated to be loved, if you kept the laws established among mortals out of a desire for fellowship, and if you paid due respect to the ordinances of the uncreate God out of a love for, and a desire to exhibit piety?
85Therefore Moses, the divine prophet of God, in his description of the building of the temple, shows the perfection of the temple in both points; for it is not without due consideration for us that he covers the ark both within and without with gold, or that he gives two robes to the chief priest, or that he builds two altars, one outside the tabernacle for the victims, and the other inside for the burning incense; but he does this, wishing by these emblems to exhibit the virtues of each species;
86for it is fitting that the wise man should be adorned both with the invisible excellences existing within in the soul, and also with those external ones which are outwardly visible, and with prudence which is more valuable than gold. And whenever it departs from human studies, worshipping the living God alone, it puts on the simple unvaried robe of truth, which no mortal thing can ever touch, for it is made of linen material, a material not produced from any being whose nature it is to die. But whenever it passes over to mix in political affairs, then it lays aside the man’s robe and assumes the other embroidered one of a most admirable beauty to look at; for life being a thing of great variety and of great changes, requires the diversified wisdom of the pilot who is to hold the helm;
87and he will appear in the outer conspicuous altar of life to exercise abundant prudence with respect to the skin, and flesh, and blood, and everything relating to the body, in order not to offend the common multitude which gives the second place in honour to the good things of the body in close proximity to the good things of the soul; and at the inner altar he will use bloodless, fleshless, incorporeal things, things proceeding from reasoning alone, which are compared to frankincense and other burnt spices; for as these fill the nostrils, so do those fill the whole region of the soul with fragrance.
88We must also not be ignorant that wisdom, being the art of arts, appears to vary according to its different materials, but it shows its true species without alteration to those who have acute sight, and who are not carried away by the burden of the body with which they are surrounded: but who see the impression which is stamped upon it by art itself.
89They say that Phidias, the celebrated statuary, made statues of brass, and of ivory, and of gold, and of other different materials, and that in all these works he displayed one and the same art, so that not only good judges, but even those who had no pretensions to the title, recognized the artist from his works.
90For, as in the case of twins, nature having often employed the same character, has produced similitudes very slightly indeed differing from one another; in the same manner perfect art, being the imitation and copy of nature, when it has taken different materials, fashions and stamps the same appearance on all, so that the works produced by her are in the highest possible degree kindred, and brother-like, and twins.
91And the power which exists in the wise man will show the same result: for when it is occupied with the affairs of the living God it is called piety and holiness: but when it employs itself upon the heaven, and the things in heaven, it is natural philosophy; and when it devotes itself to the investigation of the air, and of the different circumstances attending its variations and changes, whether taking place in the uniform yearly revolutions of the seasons, or in the partial periods of months and days, it is then called meteorology. It is called moral philosophy when it busies itself about the rectification of human morals; and this moral philosophy is divided into several subordinate species; that namely of politics, when occupied about state affairs; economy, when applied to the management of a household; when it is devoted to the subject of banquets and entertainments, it is then convivial philosophy. Again, that power which concerns itself about the government of men, is royal; that which is conversant with commands and prohibitions, is legislative.
92For all these different powers the wise man of many names and many celebrities does truly contain within himself, namely, piety, holiness, natural philosophy, meteorology, moral philosophy, political knowledge, economy, royal power, legislative wisdom, and innumerable other faculties; and in every one of them he will be seen to wear one and the same appearance.
93But now that we have discussed the four different classes of children, we must beware not to overlook this, which may be the most excellent proof of this partition and division of the chapter; for when a child is elated and puffed up by folly, his parents accuse him in this manner, saying, "This is our son," pointing to the disobedient and stiff-necked youth;
94for by the demonstration "this," they show that they have other sons likewise, some of whom obey one of them, and others of whom obey them both, being well-disposed reasonings, of whom Reuben is an example; others again, who are fond of hearing and learning, of whom Simeon is a specimen, for his name, being interpreted, means "hearing;" others, people who fly to and become suppliants of God, this is the company of the Levites; others singing a song of gratitude, not so much with a loud voice as with the mind, of whom Judah is the leader; others, who have been thought worthy of rewards and presents, on account of their voluntary acquisition of virtue through labour, like Issachar; others, persons who have abandoned the Chaldaean meteorological speculations, and passed over to the contemplation of the uncreate God, like Abraham; some, who have attained to self-taught and spontaneous virtue, like Isaac; some, full of wisdom and strength, and beloved by God, like the most perfect Moses.
95Very naturally, therefore, the sacred law commands the disobedient and contentious man—who brings contributions of evil, that is to say, who joins together and heaps up sin upon sin, great crimes on little ones, fresh guilt upon ancient, intentional upon involuntary misdeeds; and who, like a person inflamed by wine, is always intoxicated and drunk, and raging with ceaseless and unrestrained drunkenness, during the whole of his life—to be stoned; because he has drunk of the unmixed and abundant cup of folly, and because he has destroyed the injunctions of right reason, his father, and the legitimate expositions of his mother’s instruction. And though he had an example of excellence and virtue in his brothers, who were approved of by his parents, he did not imitate their virtue, but, on the contrary, he thought fit to go to an additional length in his transgressions, so as to make a god of the body, and to make a god of Typhus, who is especially honoured among the Egyptians, the emblem of whom was the figure of a golden bull; around which his mad worshippers establish dances, and sing, and prelude, not with such melodies as are redolent of wine and revelry, like the sweet songs sung at feasts and entertainments, but a really melancholy and mournful lamentation, like men intoxicated, who have relaxed and quite destroyed the tone and energy of the soul.
96For it is said, that when Joshua heard the people crying out he said to Moses, "There is the sound of war in the camp. And he said, It is not the voice of men beginning to exert themselves in battle, nor is it the voice of men betaking themselves to flight, but it is the voice of men beginning revelry and drunkenness that I hear: and when he came near to the camp he saw the calf and the dances." And the enigmatical meaning, which is concealed under these figurative expressions, we will explain to the best of our ability.
97Our own affairs are at one time in a state of tranquillity, and at another they behave as it were with unseasonable impetuosity and loud cries; and their tranquillity is profound peace, and their condition, when in an opposite state, is interminable war;
98and the witness to this fact is one who has experienced its truth, and who cannot lie; for having heard the voice of the people crying out, he says to the manager and superintendent of the affairs, "There is a sound of war in the tent;" for as long as the irrational impulses were not stirred up, and had not raised any outcry in us, our minds were established with some firmness; but when they began to fill the place of the soul with all sorts of voices and sounds, calling together and awakening the passions, they created a civil sedition and war in the camp.
99Very naturally, for where else should there be strife, and battle, and contention, and all the other deeds of interminable war, except in the life according to the body, which he, speaking allegorically, calls the camp? This life the mind is accustomed to leave, when under the influence of God it approaches the living God, contemplating the incorporeal appearances;
100"for Moses," says the scripture, "having taken his own tent, fixed it outside the camp," and that too not near it, but a long way off, and at a great distance from the camp. And by these statements he tells us, figuratively, that the wise man is but a sojourner, and a person who leaves war and goes over to peace, and who passes from the mortal and disturbed camp to the undisturbed and peaceful and divine life of rational and happy souls.
Sections 101–125
101And he says in another passage that, "When I have gone out of the city I will stretch forth my hands unto the Lord, and the voices shall cease." Think not here that he who is speaking is a man, a contexture, or composition, or combination of soul and body, or whatever else you may choose to call this concrete animal; but rather the purest and most unalloyed mind, which, while contained in the city of the body and of mortal life is cramped and confined, and like a man who is bound in prison confesses plainly that he is unable to relish the free air. But as soon as it has escaped from this city, then being released, as to its thoughts and imaginations, as prisoners are loosened as to their hands and feet, it will put forth its energies in their free, and emancipated, and unrestrained strength, so that the commands of the passions will be at once put an end to.
102Are not the outcries of pleasure very loud with which she is accustomed to deliver such commands as please her? And is not the voice of appetite unwearied when she pours forth her bitter threats against those who do not serve her? And so again all the other passions have a voice of loud and varied sound.
103But even, if each one of the passions were to exert the ten thousand mouths and voices, and all the power of making an uproar spoken of by poets, it would not be able to perplex the ears of the perfect man, after he has already passed from them, and determined no longer to dwell in the same city with them.
104But the sacred Scriptures agree with the man who can speak from experience, when he says that in the camp of the body all the sounds of war were heard, the tranquillity dear to peace having been driven to a distance. For he does not say that it is not such a shout of war, but that it is not such a shout as some persons think the cry of men who have conquered or who have been conquered to be, but rather such an one as would proceed from men heavy and overwhelmed with wine.
105For the expression, "It is not the voice of men beginning to exert themselves in battle," is equivalent to the words, "of men who have got the better in war," for exertion in battle is the cause of victory. Thus he represents the wise Abraham, after the destruction of the nine kings, that is, of the four passions and the five powers of the outward senses, which were all set in motion in a manner contrary to nature, preluding with a hymn of gratitude, and saying, "I will stretch forth my hand to the most high God, who made heaven and earth; that I will not take from a thread even to a shoe-latchet of any thing that is thine."
106And he means, as it appears to me, by this expression, everything in the world, the heaven, the earth, the water, the air, and all animals, and all plants. For to every one of them, he who directs all the energies of his soul towards God, and who looks to him alone as the only source from which he can hope for advantage, may fitly say—I will take nothing that is yours; I will not receive from the sun the light of day, nor by night will I receive light from the moon or from the other stars, nor rain from the air and from the clouds, nor meat and drink from the earth and from the water, nor the power of sight from the eyes, nor the faculty of hearing from the ears, nor that of smelling from the nostrils, nor from the palate in the mouth the sense of taste, nor the faculty of speaking from the tongue, nor the power of giving and taking from the hands, nor that of approaching and of retreating from the feet, nor that of breathing from the lungs, nor that of digesting from the liver, nor from the other internal organs of the body the power of exciting the energies which belong to them, nor the yearly produce from trees and seeds; but I will look upon every thing as proceeding from the only wise God, who extends his own beneficial powers in every direction, and who by their agency benefits me.
107He then who can thus look upon the living God, and who thus comprehends the nature of the cause of all things, honours the things of which he is the cause in a secondary degree to himself; while at the same time he confesses their importance though without flattering them. And this confession is most just: I will receive nothing from you, but everything from God, to whom all things belong, though perhaps the benefits may be bestowed through the medium of you; for ye are instruments to minister to his everlasting graces.
108But man, who is devoid of any consideration, who is blinded as to his mind, by which alone the living God is comprehensible, does, by means of that mind, never see anything anywhere, but sees all the bodies which are in the world by his own outward senses, which he looks upon as the causes of all things which exist.
109On which account, beginning to make gods for himself, he has filled the world with images and statues, and innumerable other representations, made out of all kinds of different materials, fashioned by painters and statuaries, whom the lawgiver banished to a distance from his state, proposing both publicly and privately great rewards and surpassing honours to them, by which conduct he has brought about a contrary result to that which he intended, namely, impiety instead of religion.
110For the worship of many gods in the souls of ignorant people is mere impiety; and they who deify mortal things neglect the honour due to God; who are not content with making images of the sun and of the moon to the extent of their inclination, and of all the earth, and of all the water, but they even gave beasts and plants devoid of reason a share in those honours, which belonged of right only to immortal beings. And he, reproving them, began a song of victory as has here been shown.
111And Moses indeed, in the same manner, when he saw the king of Egypt, that arrogant man with his six hundred chariots, that is to say, with the six carefully arranged motions of the organic body, and with the governors who were appointed to manage them, who, while none of all created things are by nature calculated to stand still, think nevertheless that they may look upon everything as solidly settled and admitting of no alteration; when he, I say, saw that this king had met with the punishment due to his impiety, and that the people, who were practisers of virtue, had escaped from the attacks of their enemies, and had been saved by mighty power beyond their expectation, he then sang a hymn to God as a just and true judge, beginning a hymn in a manner most becoming and most exactly suited to the events that had happened, because the horse and his rider he had thrown into the sea;" having utterly destroyed that mind which rode upon the irrational impulses of that four-footed and restive animal, passion, and had become an ally, and defender, and protector of the seeing soul, so as to bestow upon it complete safety.
112And the same prophet begins a song to the well, not only for the destruction of the passions, but also because he has had strength given to him to acquire the most valuable of all possessions, namely incomparable wisdom, which he compares to a well; for it is deep, and not superficial, giving forth a sweet stream to souls who thirst for goodness and virtue, a drink at once most necessary and most sweet.
113But it is not entrusted to any person who is not initiated in wisdom to dig this well, but only to kings, on which account it is said, "Kings hewed it out of stone." For it is the office of mighty rulers to investigate and to establish wisdom, not meaning those who with their arms have subdued sea and land, but those who with the powers of the soul have fought against and subdued its diversified, and mingled, and confused multitude.
114Now the pupils and followers of these persons are those who say, "Thy sons have taken the sum of the men of war who are under our charge, and there is not one of them who has refused, but each man has brought his gift to the Lord of that which he has found."
115For these men are likely again to prelude with a song of triumph, being eager to attain to perfect and dominant powers. For they say that the man who has taken the sum of the whole, has also taken the greatest number of the reasons of courage, which are by nature inclined to war, being arrayed in opposition to two squadrons, one of which is led by cowardice, which is difficult to overtake, and the other by frantic temerity and rashness; and neither of them has any share in sound wisdom.
116And it is very admirably said that no one refused, by way of intimating a participation in perfect and complete courage; just as the lyre and any other musical instrument is out of tune, if there is one single discordant note in it; but is in tune when the strings are all harmonious and pour forth the same symphony at one touch. In the same manner also, the instrument of the soul is out of tune when it is either strained by rashness and urged on to a degree of exceeding sharpness, or relaxed by cowardice in an immoderate degree, so as to be let down and become very flat. But it is in tune when all the tones of courage and of every virtue are well united and combined together, and so produce one well-arranged melody.
117And it is a great proof of good tune and of skilful management to bring his due gift to God; and this is to honour the living God in a becoming manner, by means of confessing most distinctly that this whole universe is his gift to us;
118for he says in, strictest accordance with natural truth, "the man has brought the gift which he found." But every one of us, the moment that he is born, finds the great gift of God, namely the universal world, which he has given to him, and to the most excellent parts of him.
119There are also particular gifts which it is suitable both to God to give, and to men to receive. And these must be the virtues and the energies in accordance with them, at the discovery of which, being almost without any connexion with time, by reason of the surpassing rapidity of the giver which he is accustomed to exhibit in his gifts, every one is full of admiration, even those to whom nothing else in the world appears great.
120On which account also, the question is put, "How didst thou find it so quickly, O my son?" the questioner marvelling at the promptness of the virtuous disposition; and he who has received the benefit answers felicitously, "Because the Lord God gave it to me." For the gifts and explanations of men are slow, but those of God are most rapid, outstripping the motion of even the most speedy time.
121Therefore those who by their strength and courage have become chiefs and leaders of the chorus which raises the song of triumph and of gratitude, are those who have been already mentioned; but those who, by reason of having been put to flight, and of their weakness, are companions of the song of lamentation which is raised on occasion of defeat, are men whom one ought to look upon as cowards, rather than to pity; like those who have a body labouring under some natural defect, to whom any ordinary occasion of sickness is a great hindrance to their cure.
122But some persons have succumbed contrary to their inclinations, not because the energies of their souls are more effeminate, but because they have been overwhelmed by the more vigorous strength of their adversaries; and imitating those who are willing slaves, they have voluntarily cast themselves down before either masters, though they were freemen by birth; on which account being unable to be sold they have, which is the most incredible of all things, bought masters for themselves and so become slaves, doing the very same thing with those who are insatiably eager for drunkenness with wine;
123for they also of their own free will and without any compulsion, drink unmixed wine, so that of their own accord they eradicate sobriety from their souls, and choose folly; for, says the scripture, "I hear the voice of those who are beginning revelry and drunkenness;" that is to say, of men who are exhibiting a madness which is not involuntary, but who injure themselves with a voluntary and deliberate frenzy.
124And every one who comes near the camp sees the calf and the dances, and he himself also is soon infected. For we fall in with Typhus and the revellers of Typhus, whenever we deliberately purpose to come near to the camp of the body; since those who are fond of contemplation and are eager to see incorporeal objects, as being persons who practise obstinacy from pride, are accustomed to dwell at a distance from the body.
125Do then therefore pray to God never to begin revelry or drunkenness, that is to say, never intentionally to set forth in the road which leads to ignorance and folly; for unintentional errors are as light again as deliberate sins, inasmuch as they are not weighed down by the irresistible conviction of conscience.
Sections 126–150
126And when your prayers have been accomplished, you will no longer be able to remain in ignorance or out of office, but you will acquire the most important of all offices, namely, the priesthood. For it is almost the only occupation of the priests and ministers of God to offer abstemious sacrifices, abstaining in the firmness of their minds from wine and from every other cause of folly.
127For, says the scripture, "The Lord spoke unto Aaron, saying, Wine and strong drink shalt thou not drink, neither thou nor thy sons after thee, when ye come into the tabernacle of the testimony, or when ye approach the altar of sacrifice, so that ye may not die. This shall be an everlasting law for all your generations to distinguish between what is sacred and what is profane, and between what is pure and what is impure."
128But Aaron is the priest, and the interpretation of his name is "mountainous;" reasoning occupying itself with sublime and lofty objects, not on account of the superabundant excess of the arrogance of empty pride, but by reason of the magnitude of its virtue, which, elevating the thoughts beyond even heaven, suffers it not to contemplate anything that is lowly. And no one who is disposed in this manner will ever voluntarily touch unmixed wine or any other medicine of folly,
129for it is inevitable that he must either make one in the solemn procession and enter the tabernacle, being about to perform the rites which may not be seen, or else, that approaching the altar he must offer sacrifices of gratitude for all the public and private blessings which have been showered upon him; and these things require sobriety and great presence of mind.
130Therefore, any one may here rightly admire the expressions in which the command is conveyed. For how can it be anything but admirable for people, while sober and masters of themselves, to apply themselves to prayers and to the offering of sacrifices? just as on the other hand it is ridiculous for men to do so when relaxed both in body and soul by wine;
131unless indeed as often as servants, and sons, and subjects, are about to approach masters, and parents, and sovereigns, they take care to be sober in order not to offend in either word or deed, lest if they in any respect act as if contemptuous of their rank, they should be punished, or to speak in the most moderate manner, should at least suffer ridicule; and yet any one when about to become the minister of the Ruler and father of the universe, is not then to show himself superior to meat, and drink, and sleep, and all the vulgar necessities of nature, but is to turn aside to luxury and effeminacy, and imitate the life of the intemperate, and having his eyes weighed down with wine, and his head shaking, and bending his neck to one side, and belching from intemperance, and being weak and tottering in his whole body, is in that condition to approach the sacred purifications, and altars, and sacrifices. No: such a man may not without impiety even behold the sacred flame at a distance.
132But, if indeed one is to understand these things as said not of the tabernacle or altar of sacrifice which are visible, and which are made of inanimate and perishable materials, but of those objects of speculation which are invisible and only by the intellect, of which these other things are only the images perceptible by the outward senses; he will all the more marvel at the explanation.
133For since the Creator has in every instance made one thing a model and another a copy of that model, he has made the archetypal pattern of virtue for the seal, and then he has on this stamped an impression from it very closely resembling the stamp. Therefore, the archetypal seal is the incorporeal idea being a thing as to its intrinsic nature an object of the outward senses, but yet not actually coming within the sphere of their operations. Just as if there is a piece of wood floating in the deepest part of the Atlantic sea, a person may say that the nature of wood is to be burned, but that that particular piece never will be burnt because of the way in which it is saturated with salt water.
134Let us then look upon the tabernacle and the altar as ideas, the one being the idea of incorporeal virtue, and the other as the emblem of an image of it, which is perceptible by the outward senses. Now it is easy to see the altar and the things which are on it, for they have all their preparations out of doors, and are consumed by unquenchable fire, so as to shine not by day alone, but also by night;
135but the tabernacle and all things that are therein are invisible, not only because these are placed in the innermost recesses and in the most holy shrines, but also because God has affixed according to the injunctions of the law, the inevitable punishment of death, not only to any one who touches them, but to any one who through the superfluous curiosity of his eyes beholds them. The only exception is, if any one is perfect and faultless, unpolluted by any error whether it be great or small, having a nature entirely even and full, and in all respects most perfect;
136for to such a man it is permitted once in each year to enter in and behold what is invisible to others, since in him alone of all men the winged and heavenly love of incorruptible and incorporeal good things abides.
137When, therefore, any one being smitten by the idea is influenced by the seal which gives an impression of the particular virtues, perceiving, and comprehending, and admiring the most God-like beauty of that idea which he is approaching, as having received the impression of that seal, then a forgetfulness of ignorance and folly is at once engendered in him, accompanied by a simultaneous recollection of instruction and learning.
138On which account the scripture says, "Wine and strong drink thou shalt not drink, neither thou nor thy sons after thee," when ye enter into the tabernacle of the testimony or approach the altar of sacrifice; and he goes through all these details not more by way of prohibition than of explaining his intention. In truth, for one who was issuing prohibitions, it was appropriate to say, Drink not wine when you are performing sacrifice; but for one who is declaring his opinion, it is more suitable to say, Ye shall not drink. For it is impossible for a man to admit ignorance, which is the cause of intoxication and of ignorance of the soul, if he be one who studies the generic and specific virtues and devotes himself to the pursuit of them.
139And he very often speaks of the tabernacle of testimony, in truth, inasmuch as God is the witness of virtue, to whom it is honourable and expedient to attend, or inasmuch as it is virtue which implants steadiness in our souls, eradicating ambiguous, and doubtful, and hesitating, and vacillating reasonings out of them by force, and revealing truth in life as in a court of justice.
140And the scripture says that, "he shall not die who offers abstemious sacrifices;" since ignorance brings death, and education and instruction bring immortality. For as in our own bodies disease is the cause of dissolution, and health of preservation; so in the same manner in our souls also, that which saves is prudence, for this is a kind of good health of the mind; and that which destroys is folly, which inflicts an incurable disease.
141And he expressly declares his opinion, and pronounces this last to be an everlasting evil. For he considers that there is an undying law set up and established in the nature of the universe embracing these principles, that instruction is a salutary and saving thing, but that ignorance is the cause of disease and destruction.
142He also besides delivers this further statement, that the laws which are established in accordance with truth are at once everlasting; since right reason, which is law, is not perishable. For also, on the other hand, the contrary thing, namely lawlessness, is a thing of brief existence, and by its own intrinsic nature easily destructible, as it is confessed to be by all persons of sound sense.
143And it is an especial property of law and of instruction to distinguish what is profane from what is holy, and what is unclean from what is clean; as, on the other hand, it is the effect of lawlessness and ignorance to combine things that are at variance with one another by force, and to throw everything into disorder and confusion. On this account the greatest of the kings and prophets, Samuel, as the sacred scriptures tell us, drank no wine or intoxicating liquors to the day of his death; for he is enrolled among the ranks of the divine army which he will never leave in consequence of the prudence of the wise captain.
144But Samuel was perhaps in reality a man, but he is looked upon not as a compound animal, but as mind rejoicing only in the service and ministrations of God. For the name Samuel, being interpreted, means "appointed to God;" because he looked upon all such actions as are done in accordance with vain and empty opinions to be shameful irregularity.
145He was born of a human mother, whose name when interpreted means "grace." For without divine grace it is impossible either to abandon the ranks of mortal things, or to remain steadily and constantly with those which are imperishable.
146But whatever soul is filled with grace is at once in a state of exultation, and delight, and dancing; for it becomes full of triumph, so that it would appear to many of the uninitiated to be intoxicated, and agitated, and to be beside itself. On which account it was said to it by a young boy, and that not by one only but by every one who was old enough for juvenile sauciness and for a readiness to mock at what is good, "How long will you be drunk? Put an end to your wine-bibbing."
147For in the case of those who are under the influence of divine inspiration, not only is the soul accustomed to be excited, and as it were to become frenzied, but also the body is accustomed to become reddish and of a fiery complexion, the joy which is internally diffused and which is exulting, secretly spreading its affections even to the exterior parts, by which many foolish people are deceived, and have fancied that sober persons were intoxicated.
148And yet indeed those sober people are in a manner intoxicated, having drunk deep of all good things, and having received pledges from perfect virtue. But those are intoxicated with that drunkenness which proceeds from wine, who pass their whole lives without ever having tasted wisdom, though they have a continued hunger and desire for it.
149Very naturally therefore is answer made to the man who acts with the impetuosity of youth, and thinks to produce laughter at the venerable and austere mode of life of prudence, "My good man I am a hard woman, a severe day, and I drink no wine or strong drink, and I pour out my soul before the Lord." Very great is the freedom of speech of that soul which is filled with the graces of God.
150In the first place it calls itself a severe day, having regard to the boy who is mocking it; for by him and by every fool the road which leads to virtue is looked upon as rough and difficult to travel and most painful, as one of the old poets testifies, saying:— Vice one may take in troops with ease, But in fair virtue’s front Immortal God has stationed toil, And care, and sweat, to bar the road. Long is the road and steep, And rough at first, which leads the steps Of mortal man thereto; But when you reach the height, the path Is easy which before was hard, And swift the onward course.
Sections 151–175
151After this the soul goes on to deny that it drinks wine or strong drink, boasting in its being continually sober throughout the whole of its life. For to have the reasoning powers really free, and unfettered, and pure, and intoxicated by no passion, was really a very important and admirable thing.
152And from this it results that the mind which is filled with unmixed sobriety is of itself a complete and entire libation, and is offered as such to and consecrated to God. For what is the meaning of the expression, "I will pour out my soul before the Lord," but "I will consecrate it entirely to him?" Having broken all the chains by which it was formerly bound, which all the empty anxieties of mortal life fastened around it, and having led it forth and emancipated it from them, he has stretched, and extended, and diffused it to such a degree that it reaches even the extreme boundaries of the universe, and is borne onwards to the beautiful and glorious sight of the uncreate God.
153Therefore this company is one of sober persons who have made instruction their guide; but the former one is a company of drunkards, whose leader is ignorance.
154But since intoxication does not only display folly, which is the child of ignorance, but also utter insensibility; and since, again, wine is the cause of that insensibility which affects the body, while the cause of the insensibility of the soul is the ignorance of those things with which it is proper and natural to be acquainted; we must now say a few words about ignorance, reminding the reader of only the most important particulars relating to it.
155To which, then, of the passions which affect the body shall we compare that passion in the soul which is called ignorance? To the deprivation of the organs of the external senses? Therefore all those, who have been injured in their eyes or ears, are no longer able to see or hear at all, but have no acquaintance with day or light, which are the only objects for the sake of which, if we are to tell the plain truth, life is really desirable, but dwell in lasting darkness and everlasting night, being made insensible to everything whether of small or great importance; men whom ordinary conversation naturally is accustomed to call infirm.
156For even if all the other faculties of the rest of the body, should attain to the very extreme limit of strength and vigour, still, if they are tripped up, as it were, and deprived of their foundation by the deprivation of the eyes and ears, they will meet with a great fall, so as never again to be able to rise; for the things which support man and keep him erect are in name, indeed, the feet, but in reality the powers of hearing and seeing; and the man who possesses them in their complete integrity is awake and stands upright, but he who is deprived of them falls and will be utterly destroyed.
157And ignorance does produce completely similar effects on the soul, depriving it of its faculties of seeing and of hearing, and allowing neither light nor reason to enter into it, lest the one should instruct it and the other should exhibit the truth to it. But shedding upon it dense darkness and abundant folly, it renders the most beautiful soul a deaf, and dumb, and lifeless stone.
158For knowledge, which is the opposite of ignorance, may be called, in a manner, the eyes and ears of the soul; for it applies the mind to what is said, and fixes its eyes upon things as they exist, and cannot endure to form a false judgment of anything which it either sees or hears. But it examines and carefully surveys every object which is worthy of being seen or heard, and even if it be necessary to sail or to travel over sea and land, it will traverse them to its furthest boundaries that it may see anything more important, or hear anything more modern;
159for the love of knowledge admits of no hesitation or delay, it is an enemy to sleep and a friend to waking. Therefore, continually rousing up, and awakening, and sharpening the intellect, it compels it to roam about in every direction, where instruction is to be obtained, inspiring it with an avidity for hearing, and infusing into it an insatiable thirst for learning.
160Therefore knowledge causes hearing and seeing, by means of which faculties success and rectitude of conduct are arrived at; for he who sees and hears, knowing what is expedient, chooses that, and rejecting the contrary is benefited by his knowledge. But ignorance causes to the soul a mutilation more grievous than the mutilation of the body, and is the cause of many errors, since it is unable to derive any assistance from without, either by foreseeing anything, or by any acuteness of hearing. Therefore, owing to its exceeding desolateness of condition, it is left utterly undefended and unprotected, and is exposed to the plots of all kinds of men and to dangers from all kinds of events.
161Let us, then, never drink unmixed wine in such quantities as to cause insensibility to our outward senses, nor let us alienate ourselves to such a degree from knowledge as to diffuse ignorance, that vast and dense darkness, over our souls.
162But there are two kinds of ignorance, one simple, being complete insensibility; and the other of a twofold nature, when a man is not only enveloped in ignorance, but also thinks that he knows what he never has known, being elated with an ungrounded opinion of his knowledge.
163The former evil is the lighter one, for it is the cause of lighter offences, and of what we may perhaps call involuntary errors; but the second is of more importance, for it is the parent of great evils, and not only of unintentional but also of deliberate offences.
164These are the offences of which Lot, the the father of daughters, appears to me to be especially guilty, not being able to nourish a masculine and perfect plant in his soul; for he had two daughters by his wife, who was afterwards turned to stone, whom, using an appropriate appellation, one may call habit, a nature at variance with truth, and always, whenever any one tries to lead it on, lagging behind and looking round upon its ancient and customary ways, and remaining in the midst of them like a lifeless pillar.
165Of these daughters of his the elder may be called Counsel, and the younger may be named Assent, for assent follows upon taking counsel; but no one after he has assented still takes counsel. Accordingly the mind, when it has taken its seat in its council chamber, begins to put its daughters in motion; and with the elder one, namely, Counsel, it begins to consider and investigate everything; and with the younger one, Assent, it begins easily to assent to the circumstances that arise, and to embrace what is hostile as though it were friendly, if they only present ever so slight an attraction of pleasure from this source.
166But sober reasoning does not admit these things, but only that reasoning does so which is overcome with wine, and, as it were, drunk. On which account it is said, "They made their father drink wine." That is to say, they brought complete insensibility on the mind, so that it fancied itself competent by its own abilities to judge what was expedient, and to assent to all sorts of apparent facts, as if they really had solid truth in them; human nature being by no means and under no circumstances competent either to ascertain the truth by consideration, or to choose real truth and advantage, or to reject what is false and the cause of injury;
167for the great darkness which is spread over all existing bodies and things does not permit one to see the real nature of each thing, but even if any one, under the influence of immoderate curiosity or of a real love of learning, wishes to emerge from ignorance and to obtain a closer view, he, like people wholly deprived of sight, stumbling over what is before his feet, will fall, and so get behind hand before he can lay hold of anything; or else, snatching at something with his hands, he will make uncertain guesses, having only conjecture in the place of truth.
168For even if education, holding a torch to the mind, conducts it on his way, kindling its own peculiar light, it would still, with reference to the perception of existing things, do harm rather than good; for a slight light is naturally liable to be extinguished by dense darkness, and when the light is extinguished all power of seeing is useless.
169Accordingly we must, on these accounts, remind the man who gives himself airs by reason of his power of deliberating, or of wisely choosing one kind of objects and avoiding others, that if the same unalterable perceptions of the same things always occurred to us, it might perhaps be requisite to admire the two faculties of judging which are implanted in us by nature, namely, the outward senses and the intellect, as unerring and incorruptible, and never to doubt or hesitate about anything, but trusting in every first appearance to choose one kind of thing and to reject the contrary kind.
170But since we are found to be influenced in different manners by the same things at different times, we should have nothing positive to assert about anything, inasmuch as what appears has no settled or stationary existence, but is subject to various, and multiform, and ever-recurring changes. For it follows of necessity, since the imagination is unstable, that the judgment formed by it must be unstable likewise;
171and there are many reasons for this. In the first place, the differences which exist in animals are not in one particular only, but are unspeakable in point of number, extending through every part, having reference both to their creation and to the way in which they are furnished with their different faculties, and to their way of being supported and their habits, and to the manner in which they choose and avoid different things, and to the energies and motions of the outward senses, and to the peculiar properties of the endless passions affecting both the soul and body.
172For without mentioning those animals which have the faculty of judgment, consider also some of those which are the objects of judgment, such as the chameleon and the polypus; for they say that the former of these animals changes his complexion so as to resemble the soils over which he is accustomed to creep, and that the other is like the rocks of the sea-shore to which it clings, nature herself, perhaps, being their saviour, and endowing them with a quality to protect them from being caught, namely, with that of changing to all kinds of complexions, as a defence against evil.
173Again, have you never perceived the neck of the dove changing colour so as to assume a countless variety of hues in the rays of the sun? is it not by turns red, and purple and fiery coloured, and cinereous, and again pale, and ruddy, and every other variety of colour, the very names of which it is not easy to enumerate?
174They say indeed that among the Scythians, among that tribe which is called the Geloni, most marvellous things happen, rarely indeed, but nevertheless it does happen; namely that there is a beast seen which is called the tarandus, not much less than an ox in size, and exceedingly like a stag in the character of his face. The story goes that this animal continually changes his coat according to the place in which he is, or the trees which he is near, and that in short he always resembles whatever he is near, so that through the similarity of his colour he escapes the notice of those who fall in with him, and that it is owing to this, rather than to any vigour of body, that he is hard to catch.
175Now these facts and others which resemble them are visible proofs of our inability to comprehend everything. In the next place, not only are there all these variations with respect to animals, but there are also innumerable changes and varieties in men, and great differences between one man and another.
Sections 176–200
176For not only do they form different opinions respecting the same things at different times, but different men also judge in different manners, some looking on things as pleasures, which others on the contrary regard as annoyances. For the things with which some persons are sometimes vexed, others delight in, and on the contrary the things, which some persons are eager to acquire and look upon as pleasant and suitable, those very same things others reject and drive to a distance as unsuitable and ill-omened.
177At all events I have before now often seen in the theatre, when I have been there, some persons influenced by a melody of those who were exhibiting on the stage, whether dramatists or musicians, as to be excited and to join in the music, uttering encomiums without intending it; and I have seen others at the same time so unmoved that you would think there was not the least difference between them and the inanimate seats on which they were sitting; and others again so disgusted that they have even gone away and quitted the spectacle, stopping their ears with their hands, lest some atom of a sound being left behind and still sounding in them should inflict annoyance on their morose and unpleasable souls.
178And yet why do I say this? Every single individual among us (which is the most surprising thing of all) is subject to infinite changes and variations both in body and soul, and sometimes chooses and sometimes rejects things which are subject to no changes themselves, but which by their intrinsic nature do always remain in the same condition.
179For the same fancies do not strike the same men when they are well and when they are ill, nor when they are awake and when they are asleep, nor when they are young and when they are old. And a man who is standing still often conceives different ideas from those which he entertains when he is in motion; and also when he is courageous, or when he is alarmed; again when he is grieved, or when he is delighted, and when he is in love, he feels differently from what he does when he is full of hatred.
180And why need I be prolix and leep dwelling on these points? For in short every motion of both body and soul, whether in accordance with nature or in opposition to nature, is the cause of a great variation and change respecting the appearances which present themselves to us; from which all sorts of inconsistent and opposite dreams arise to occupy our minds.
181And that is not the least influential cause of the instability of one’s perceptions which arises from the position of the objects, from their distance, and from the places by which they are each of them surrounded.
182Do we not see that the fishes in the sea, when they stretch out their fins and swim about, do always appear larger than their real natural size? And oars too, even though they are very straight, look as if they were broken when they are under water; and things at a great distance display false appearances to our eyes, and in this way do frequently deceive the mind.
183For at times inanimate objects have been imagined to be alive, and on the contrary living animals have been considered to be lifeless; sometimes again stationary things appear to be in motion, and things in motion appear to be standing still: even things which are approaching towards us do sometimes appear to be retreating from us, and things which are going away do on the other hand appear to be approaching. At times very short things seem to be exceedingly long, and things which have many angles appear to be circular. There is also an infinite number of other things of which a false impression is given though they are open to the sight, which however no man in his senses would subscribe to as certain.
184What again are we to say of the quantities occurring in things compounded? For it is through the admixture of a greater or a lesser quantity that great injury or good is often done, as in many other instances, so most especially in the case of medicines compounded by medical science.
185For quantity in such compounds is measured by fixed limits and rules, and it is not safe either to stop short before one has reached them, nor to advance beyond them. For if too little be applied, it relaxes, and if too much, it strains the natural powers; and each extremity is mischievous, the one from its impotence being capable of producing any effect at all, and the other by reason of its exceeding strength being necessarily hurtful. Again it is very plain with reference to smoothness, and roughness, and thickness, and close compression, or on the other hand leanness and slackness, how very much influence all these differences have in respect of doing good or harm.
186Nor indeed is any one ignorant that scarcely anything whatever of existing things, if you consider it in itself and by itself, is accurately understood; but by comparing it with its opposite, then we arrive at a knowledge of its true nature. As for instance, we comprehend what is meant by little by placing it in juxta-position with what is great; we understand what dry is by comparing it with wet, cold by comparing it with heat, light by comparing it with heavy, black by contrasting it with white, weak by contrasting it with strong, and few by comparing it with many. In the same way also, in whatever is referred to virtue or to vice,
187what is advantageous is recognised by a comparison with what is injurious, what is beautiful by a comparison with what is unseemly, what is just and generally good, by placing it in juxta-position with what is unjust and bad. And, indeed, if any one considers everything that there is in the world, he will be able to arrive at a proper estimate of its character, by taking it in the same manner; for each separate thing is by itself incomprehensible, but by a comparison with another thing, is easy to understand it.
188Now, that which is unable to bear witness to itself, but which stands in need of the advocacy of something else, is not to be trusted or thought steady. So that in this way those men are convicted who say that they have no difficulty in assenting to or denying propositions about anything.
189And why need we wonder? For any one who advances far into matters, and who contemplates them in an unmixed state will know this, that nothing is ever presented to our view according to its real plain nature, but that everything has the most various possible mixtures and combinations.
190Some one will say, We at once comprehend colours. How so? Do we not do so by means of the external things, air and light, and also by the moisture which exists in our eyes themselves? And in what way are sweet and bitter comprehended? Is it apart from the moisture in our mouths? And as to all the flavours which are in accordance with, or at variance with nature, are not they in the same case? What, again, are we to say of the smells arising from perfumes which are burnt? Do they exhibit plain unmixed simple natures, or rather qualities compounded of themselves and of the air, and sometimes also of the fire which consumes their bodies, and also of the faculty existing in our own nostrils?
191From all this we collect the inference that we have neither any proper comprehension of colours, not only of the combination which consists of the objects submitted to our view and of light; nor of smells, but only of the mixture which consists of that which flows from substances and the all-receiving air; nor of tastes, but only of the union which arises from the tasteable object presented to us, and the moist substance in our mouths.
192Since, then, this is the state of affairs with respect to these matters, it is worth while to appreciate correctly the simplicity, or rashness, or impudence of those who pretend to be able with ease to form an opinion, so as to assent to or deny what is stated with respect to anything whatever. For if the simple faculties are wanting, but the mingled powers and those which are formed by contributions from many sources are within sight, and if it is impossible for those which are invisible to be seen, and if we are unable to comprehend separately the character of all the component parts which are united to make up each faculty, then what remains except that we must think it necessary to suspend our judgment?
193And then, too, do not those facts which are diffused over nearly the whole world, and which have caused both to Greeks and barbarians such erroneous judgments, exhort us not to be too ready in giving our credence to what is not seen? And what are these facts? Surely they are the instructions which we have received from our childhood, and our national customs and ancient laws, of which it is admitted that there is not a single one which is of equal force among all people; but it is notorious that they vary according to the different countries, and nations, and cities, aye, and even still more, in every village and private house, and even with respect to men, and women, and infant children, in almost every point.
194At all events, what are accounted disgraceful actions among us, are by others looked upon as honourable; what we think becoming, others call unseemly; what we pronounce just, others renounce as iniquitous; others think our holy actions impious, our lawful deeds lawless: and further, what we think praiseworthy, they find fault with; what we think worthy of all honour, is, in the eyes of others, deserving of punishment; and, in fact, they think most things to be of a contrary character to what we think.
195And why need I be prolix and dwell further on this subject, when I am called off by other more important points? If then, any one, leaving out of the question all other more remarkable subjects of speculation, were to choose to devote his time to an investigation of the subject here proposed, namely, to examine the education, and customs, and laws of every different nation, and country, and place, and city; of all subjects and rulers; of all men, whether renowned or inglorious, whether free or slaves, whether ignorant or endowed with knowledge, he would spend not one day or two, nor a month, nor even a year, but his whole life, even though he were to reach a great age, in the investigation; and he would nevertheless still leave a vast number of subjects unexamined, uninvestigated, and unmentioned, without perceiving it.
196Therefore, since there are some persons and things removed from other persons and things, not by a short distance only, but since they are utterly different, it then follows of necessity that the perceptions which occur to men of different things must also differ, and that their opinions must be at variance with one another.
197And since this is the case, who is so foolish and ridiculous as to affirm positively that such and such a thing is just, or wise, or honourable, or expedient? For whatever this man defines as such, some one else, who from his childhood, has learnt a contrary lesson, will be sure to deny.
198But I am not surprised if a confused and mixed multitude, being the inglorious slave of customs and laws, however introduced and established, accustomed from its very cradle to obey them as if they were masters and tyrants, having their souls beaten and buffeted, as it were, and utterly unable to conceive any lofty or magnanimous thoughts, believes at once every tradition which is presented to it, and leaving its mind without any proper training, assents to and denies propositions without examination and without deliberation. But even if the multitude of those who are called philosophers, pretending that they are really seeking for certainty and accuracy in things, being divided into ranks and companies, come to discordant, and often even to diametrically opposite decisions, and that too, not about some one accidental matter, but about almost everything, whether great or small, with respect to which any discussion can arise.
199For when some persons affirm that the world is infinite, while others pronounce it to be confined within limits; or while some look upon the world as uncreated, and others assert that it is created; or when some persons look upon it as destitute of any ruler and superintendent, attributing to it a motion, deprived of reason, and proceeding on some independent internal impulse, while others think that there is a care of and providence, which looks over the whole and its parts of marvellous power and wisdom, God ruling and governing the whole, in a manner free from all stumbling, and full of protection. How is it possible for any one to affirm that the comprehension of such objects as are brought before them, is the same in all men?
200And again, the imaginations which are occupied with the consideration of what is good, are not they compelled to suspend their judgment rather than to agree? While some think that it is only what is good that is beautiful, and treasure that up in the soul, and others divide it into numbers of minute particles, and extend it as far as the body and external circumstances.
Sections 201–224
201These men affirm that such pieces of prosperity as are granted by fortune, are the body-guards of the body, namely strength and good health, and that the integrity and sound condition of the organs of the external senses, and all things of that kind, are the guards of that princess, the soul; for since the nature of good is divided according to three divisions, the third and outermost is the champion and defender of the second and yielding one, and the second in its turn is a great bulwark and protection to the first;
202and about these very things, and about the different ways of life, and about the ends to which all actions ought to be referred, and about ten thousand other things which logical, and moral, and natural philosophy comprehends, there have been an unspeakable number of discussions, as to which, up to the present time, there is no agreement whatever among all these philosophers who have examined into such subject.
203Is it not then strictly in accordance with nature that while its two daughters, Counsel and Assent, were agreed together, and sleeping together, the mind is introduced as embarrassed by an ignorance of all knowledge? for we read in the scripture, "They knew not when they lay down, or when they rose up."
204For it was not likely that in his state he could clearly and distinctly comprehend either sleep or waking, or a stationary position or motion; but when he appears to have come to an opinion in the best manner, then above all other times is he found to be most foolish, since his affairs then come to an end, by no means resembling that which was expected;
205and whenever he has decided on assenting to some things as true, then he incurs a reproach and condemnation for his facility in adopting opinions, those things which he previously believed as most certain now appearing untrustworthy and uncertain; so that, as matters are in the habit of turning out contrary to what was expected, the safest course appears to be to suspend one’s judgment.
206Having now discussed these matters sufficiently, let us turn to what follows the points already examined. We said, then, that under the name of drunkenness was signified that covetousness and greediness, which has often greatly injured many persons, and the votaries of which one may see, even though they may be amply filled in all the channels of their bodies, still unsatisfied and empty as to their desires.
207These men, if, being distended by the abundance of the things which they have devoured, they nevertheless get breath again for a short time, like wrestlers who are tired, soon descend again to the same contest.
208Moreover, the king of the Egyptian country, that is of the body, appearing to the minister of drunkenness, his cupbearer, to be angry with him; again at no great distance of time is represented in the sacred scriptures as reconciled to him remembering that passion which breaks down the appetites in the day of his perishable creation, not in the imperishable light of the uncreated luminary; for it is said that it was Pharaoh’s birth-day, when he sent for the chief butler out of his prison, that he might appear at his banquet;
209for it is a peculiar characteristic of the man who is devoted to the passions, to think created and perishable things beautiful, because he is enveloped in night and dense darkness, as to the knowledge of imperishable things. On which account he embraces drunkenness as the beginning of all pleasures, and its minister the cup-bearer.
210Now there are three companions of and servants of the intemperate and incontinent soul, the chief baker, the chief cook, and the chief butler, whom the admirable Moses mentions in these words, "And Pharaoh was angry with the two eunuchs, with the chief butler, and with the chief baker, and he put them in prison with the chief cook;" and the chief cook is eunuch; for he says in another place, "And Joseph was brought down to Egypt, and a eunuch became his master, Pharaoh’s chief cook,"
211and again, they sold Joseph to Pharaoh’s eunuch, the chief cook; and why is it that the aforesaid offices are absolutely committed to one who is neither man nor woman? Is it because men are by nature calculated to sow seed, and woman to receive it, and that the meeting of the two together is the cause of the generation, and also of the duration of all animals? But it belongs to an unproductive and barren soil, or one may rather say to one which has been made a eunuch, to delight in costly meats and drinks, and in superfluous extravagant preparations of delicacies, since it is unable in reality either to scatter the masculine seeds of virtue, or to receive and nourish them after they have been shed upon it; but, like a rough and stony field, only to destroy those things which ought to have lived for ever.
212And it is laid down as a doctrine of the most general applicability and usefulness, that every author of pleasure is unproductive of wisdom, being neither male nor female, because it is incompetent either to give or to receive the seeds which have a tendency to incorruptibility, but is able only to study the most disgraceful habits of life, to destroy what ought to be indestructible, and to extinguish the torches of wisdom, which ought to be enduring and inextinguishable.
213None of such persons does Moses permit to come into the assembly of God; for he says that, "A man who is bruised or castrated shall not enter into the assembly of the Lord." For what advantage is there, from the hearing of the sacred scriptures, to a man who is destitute of wisdom, whose faith has been eradicated, and who is unable to preserve that deposit of doctrines most advantageous to all human life?
214Now, there are three persons who contribute to the conviviality of the human race, —the chief baker, the cup-bearer, and the maker of delicacies: very naturally, since we desire the use and enjoyment of three things—meat, confections, and drink. But some men only desire that indispensable food which we use of necessity for the sake of our health, and in order to avoid living in an illiberal manner. Others again desire immoderate and exceedingly extravagant luxuries, which, breaking through the appetites, and weighing down, and overwhelming the channels of the body by their number, usually become the parents of all sorts of terrible diseases.
215Those, therefore, who are inexperienced in pleasure and the indulgence of the appetites and diseases, like the common people in cities, living a life free alike from hatred and from annoyances, as frugal people, have no need of all kinds of various ministers of refined skill, being contented with ordinary cooks, and cup-bearers, and confectioners.
216But they who think that the most important and royal object of life is to live pleasantly, and who refer everything, whether of great or small importance, to this object, desire to avail themselves of the services of chief cooks and chief cupbearers, and chief confectioners, that is to say, of men possessed of the highest degree of skill in the arts which they profess.
217For those who are skilful in the making of confections and luxuries invent the most various possible kinds of cheese-cakes, and honey cakes, and of innumerable other sweetmeats, varying from one another, not merely in the difference of their material, but also in the manner in which they are made, and in their shape, in such a way as not only to please the taste, but also to beguile the eye.
218And again, the contrivances displayed in the examination of different kinds of wine to produce some, the effect of which shall speedily go off, and which shall not produce headache, but, on the contrary, shall be devoid of any tendency to heat the blood, and shall be very fragrant, admitting either a copious or a scanty admixture with water, according as the object is to have a strong and powerful draught, or a gentle and imperceptible one. And all the other devices and inventions of cup-bearers all come to the same end of art.
219And to cook up and prepare fish, and birds, and similar viands, in every variety of manner, and to make all other kinds of sweetmeats and delicacies, we have plausible confectioners of exceeding skill; and there are thousands of other luxuries which they are clever at contriving, besides those which they have heard of or seen made by others, having devised them themselves out of their continued care and attention to the object of making life luxurious, and effeminate, and not worth living.
220But all these men have been now spoken of as eunuchs, being utterly barren of wisdom. But the mind, with which the king of the belly makes a treaty and agreement, was the cup-bearer; for by its own nature, the human race is very fond of wine, and this is the sole thing of which it is immeasurably insatiable, since there is no one who is impossible to be satisfied with sleep, and eating, and carnal enjoyments, and things like these; but nearly every one is insatiably fond of wine, and especially those who are occupied with serious business;
221for after they have drunk they are still thirsty, and they begin drinking at first out of small cups, then, as they proceed, they tell their servants to bring them wine in larger goblets, and when they are pretty full and getting riotous, being no longer able to restrain themselves, they take bowls and goblets of all the largest sizes that they can get, and drink the wine unmixed in huge draughts, until they are either overcome by deep sleep, being no longer able to govern themselves, or till what they have poured into themselves is vomited out again through repletion.
222But even then, nevertheless, the insatiable desire which exists within them continues to rage as though it were still under the influence of hunger. "For their wine is of the vine of Sodom," as Moses says, "and their tendrils are from Gomorrah; their grapes are grapes of gall, and their branches are bitter branches. The rage of dragons is their wine, and the incurable fury of serpents." The interpretation of the name Sodom is "barrenness and blindness." But Moses here compares those who are the slaves of greediness for wine and general gluttony, and of other most disgraceful pleasures to a vine, and to the different products of the vine;
223and the enigmatical meaning which he conceals under this allegory is this:— There is no plant of true joy naturally implanted in the soul of the bad man; inasmuch as it has no healthy roots, but only such as are burnt and reduced to ashes, since, instead of water, Heaven has poured upon it the fire of lightning which cannot be quenched, God having adjudged that as fitting punishment for the impious. But there is implanted in it the plant of excessive desire, barren of all good things, and destitute of anything deserving of regard or contemplation, which he here compares to a vine. Not meaning that one which is the parent of eatable fruit, but that one which produces bitterness, and wickedness, and ungodly cunning; and which is most fertile in anger, and fury, and the most savage dispositions; biting the soul like an asp or a viper, inflicting envenomed wounds, utterly incurable.
224For which wounds, however, we pray that a relief may be found by propitiating the all-merciful God, in order that he may destroy this wild vine, and may condemn the eunuchs and all persons who are barren of virtue to everlasting punishment; and that, instead of them he may implant in our souls the valuable trees of right instruction, and may bestow upon us noble and masculine reason as its fruit, such as is able to bear within it good actions by way of seed, and is able to increase the virtues, and is calculated to maintain and preserve for ever the entire connection and system of happiness.
Contents — 9 sections
Sections 1–25
1Τὰ μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις φιλοσόφοις εἰρημένα περὶ μέθης, ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν, ἐν τῇ πρὸ ταύτης ὑπεμνήσαμεν βίβλῳ, νυνὶ δὲ ἐπισκεψώμεθα τίνα τῷ πάντα μεγάλῳ καὶ σοφῷ νομοθέτῃ περὶ αὐτῆς δοκεῖ.
2πολλαχοῦ γὰρ τῆς νομοθεσίας οἴνου καὶ τοῦ γεννῶντος φυτοῦ τὸν οἶνον ἀμπέλου διαμέμνηται· καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἐμπίνειν ἐπιτρέπει, τοῖς δ’ οὐκ ἐφίησι, καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἔστιν ὅτε προστάττει τἀναντία, οἴνῳ χρῆσθαί τε καὶ μή. οὗτοι μὲν οὖν εἰσιν οἱ τὴν μεγάλην εὐχὴν εὐξάμενοι (Num. 6, 2 sqq.), οἷς δὲ ἀκράτῳ χρῆσθαι ἀπείρηται οἱ λειτουργοῦντες ἱερεῖς (Lev. 10, 9), οἱ δὲ προσφερόμενοι τὸν οἶνον μυρίοι τῶν ἐπ’ ἀρετῇ μάλιστα καὶ παρ’ αὐτῷ τεθαυμασμένων.
3πρὶν δὲ περὶ τούτων ἄρξασθαι λέγειν, τὰ συντείνοντα πρὸς τὰς κατασκευὰς αὐτῶν ἀκριβωτέον. ἔστι δ’ ὥς γ’ οἶμαι
4τάδε· σύμβολον τὸν ἄκρατον Μωυσῆς οὐχ ἑνὸς ἀλλὰ πλειόνων εἶναι νομίζει, τοῦ ληρεῖν καὶ παραπαίειν, ἀναισθησίας παντελοῦς, ἀπληστίας ἀκορέστου καὶ δυσαρέστου ἐπιθυμίας καὶ εὐφροσύνης τῆς τἄλλα περιεχούσης καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἐμφαινομένης γυμνότητος, ᾗ τὸν Νῶε μεθυσθέντα φησὶ χρήσασθαι. τὸν μὲν οὖν οἶνον λέγεται ταῦτα ἐργάζεσθαι. μυρίοι δὲ καὶ τῶν οὐ προσαψαμένων ἀκράτου νήφειν ὑπολαμβάνοντες τοῖς ὁμοίοις ἁλίσκονται·
5καὶ ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἀφραίνοντάς τε καὶ ληροῦντας, τοὺς δ’ ἀναισθησίᾳ παντελεῖ κατεσχημένους, τοὺς δὲ μηδέποτε πληρουμένους, αἰεὶ δὲ τῶν ἀνηνύτων διψῶντας διὰ χηρείαν ἐπιστήμης, τοὺς δ’ ἔμπαλιν γανουμένους καὶ εὐφραινομένους, τοὺς δὲ τῷ ὄντι γυμνουμένους.
6τοῦ μὲν οὖν ληρεῖν αἴτιον ἡ ἐπιζήμιος ἀπαιδευσία—λέγω δ’ οὐ τὴν παιδείας ἀνεπιστημοσύνην, ἀλλὰ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὴν ἀλλοτρίωσιν—, τοῦ δ’ ἀναισθητεῖν ἡ ἐπίβουλος καὶ πηρὸς ἄγνοια, ἀπληστίας δὲ ἡ ἀργαλεωτάτη παθῶν ψυχῆς ἐπιθυμία, εὐφροσύνης δὲ κτῆσις ὁμοῦ καὶ χρῆσις ἀρετῆς, γυμνότητος μέντοι πολλά, ἄγνοια τῶν ἐναντίων, ἀκακία καὶ ἀφέλεια ἠθῶν, ἀλήθεια ἡ τὰ τῶν συνεσκιασμένων πραγμάτων ἀνακαλυπτήρια ἄγουσα δύναμις, τῇ μὲν ἀπαμπίσχουσα ἀρετήν, τῇ δὲ κακίαν ἐν μέρει· ἅμα μὲν γὰρ οὐχ
7οἷον ἀποδύσασθαι, ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐνσκευάσασθαι ταύτας δυνατόν· ἐπειδὰν δέ τις ἀπορρίψῃ τὴν ἑτέραν, ἐξ ἀνάγκης τὴν ἐναντίαν ἀναλαβὼν ἐπαμπίσχεται.
8ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡδονὴν καὶ ἀλγηδόνα φύσει μαχομένας, ὡς ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, εἰς μίαν κορυφὴν συνάψας ὁ θεὸς ἑκατέρας αἴσθησιν οὐκ ἐν ταὐτῷ, διαλλάττουσι δὲ χρόνοις ἐνειργάσατο κατὰ τὴν φυγὴν τῆς ἑτέρας κάθοδον τῇ ἐναντίᾳ ψηφισάμενος, οὕτως ἀπὸ μιᾶς ῥίζης τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ τά τε ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας διττὰ ἀνέδραμεν ἔρνη μήτε βλαστάνοντα μήτε καρποφοροῦντα ἐν ταὐτῷ·
9ὁπότε μὲν γὰρ φυλλορροεῖ καὶ ἀφαυαίνεται θάτερον, ἄρχεται ἀναβλαστάνειν καὶ χλοηφορεῖν τὸ ἐναντίον, ὡς ὑπολαβεῖν, ὅτι ἑκάτερον τῇ θατέρου δυσχεραῖνον εὐπραγίᾳ στέλλεται. δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν φυσικώτατα τὴν Ἰακὼβ ἔξοδον εἴσοδον Ἠσαῦ παρίστησιν· „ἐγένετο“ γάρ φησιν „ὅσον ἐξῆλθεν Ἰακώβ, ἧκεν Ἠσαῦ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 27, 30)·
10μέχρι μὲν γὰρ ἐνσχολάζει καὶ ἐμπεριπατεῖ τῇ ψυχῇ φρόνησις, ὑπερόριος πᾶς ὁ ἀφροσύνης ἑταῖρος ἐκτετόξευται· ἐπειδὰν δὲ μεταναστῇ, γεγηθὼς κάτεισιν ἐκεῖνος, τῆς πολεμίου καὶ δυσμενοῦς δι’ ἣν ἠλαύνετο καὶ ἐφυγαδεύετο μηκέτι τὸν αὐτὸν χῶρον οἰκούσης.
11Τὰ μὲν οὖν ὡσανεὶ προοίμια τῆς γραφῆς ἀρκούντως λέλεκται, τὰς δ’ ἀποδείξεις ἑκάστων προσαποδώσομεν, ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου πρῶτον ἀρξάμενοι διδάσκειν· τὴν τοίνυν ἀπαιδευσίαν τοῦ ληρεῖν καὶ ἁμαρτάνειν αἰτίαν ἔφαμεν εἶναι καθάπερ μυρίοις τῶν ἀφρόνων τὸν πολὺν ἄκρατον.
12ἀπαιδευσία γὰρ τῶν ψυχῆς ἁμαρτημάτων, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, τὸ ἀρχέκακον, ἀφ’ ἧς ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς ῥέουσιν αἱ τοῦ βίου πράξεις, πότιμον μὲν καὶ σωτήριον οὐδὲν οὐδενὶ νᾶμα ἐκδιδοῦσα τὸ παράπαν, ἁλμυρὸν δὲ νόσου καὶ φθορᾶς τοῖς χρησομένοις αἴτιον.
13οὕτως γοῦν κατὰ ἀναγώγων καὶ ἀπαιδεύτων ὁ νομοθέτης φονᾷ, ὡς κατ’ οὐδενὸς ἴσως ἑτέρου. τεκμήριον δέ· τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ ἐπιτηδεύσει μᾶλλον ἢ φύσει σύμμαχοι παρά τε ἀνθρώποις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις γένεσι τῶν ζῴων; ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ μανεὶς ἑτέρους ἂν εἴποι τις ἢ τοὺς τοκέας εἶναι· κήδεται γὰρ ἀδιδάκτῳ τῇ φύσει τὸ πεποιηκὸς αἰεὶ τοῦ γενομένου, καὶ σωτηρίας
14αὐτοῦ καὶ διαμονῆς τῆς εἰσάπαν πρόνοιαν ἔχει. τοὺς οὖν ἐκ φύσεως συναγωνιστὰς ὑπάρχοντας εἰς ἐχθρῶν μετελθεῖν τάξιν ἐσπούδασε κατηγόρους ἐπιστήσας τοὺς δεόντως ἂν συναγορεύοντας, πατέρα καὶ μητέρα, ἵν’ ὑφ’ ὧν εἰκὸς ἦν σῴζεσθαι μόνων παραπόλωνται· „ἐὰν γάρ τινι“ φησίν „υἱὸς ᾖ ἀπειθὴς καὶ ἐρεθιστὴς οὐχ ὑπακούων φωνῆς πατρὸς καὶ μητρός, καὶ παιδεύωσιν αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εἰσακούῃ αὐτῶν, συλλαβόντες αὐτὸν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ ἐξάξουσιν εἰς τὴν γερουσίαν τῆς πόλεως αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐροῦσι τοῖς ἀνδράσι τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν· ὁ υἱὸς ἡμῶν οὗτος ἀπειθεῖ καὶ ἐρεθίζει, οὐκ εἰσακούει τῆς φωνῆς ἡμῶν, συμβολοκοπῶν οἰνοφλυγεῖ. καὶ λιθοβολήσουσιν αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐξαρεῖς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν“ (Deut. 21,18—21).
15οὐκοῦν αἱ κατηγορίαι ἀριθμῷ τέτταρες, ἀπείθεια καὶ ἐρεθισμὸς καὶ συμβολῶν εἰσφορὰ καὶ μέθη. μεγίστη δ’ ἡ τελευταία παραύξησιν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἀπειθείας λαβοῦσα· ἀρξαμένη γὰρ ἀφηνιάζειν ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ προελθοῦσα διὰ ἔριδος καὶ φιλονεικίας ἐπὶ ὕστατον ὅρον ἔρχεται, μέθην, τὴν ἐκστάσεως καὶ παραφροσύνης αἰτίαν. ἑκάστης δὲ τῶν κατηγοριῶν τὴν δύναμιν ἰδεῖν ἀναγκαῖον τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης λαβόντας.
16ἀνωμολόγηται τοίνυν περιφανῶς, ὅτι τὸ εἴκειν καὶ πειθαρχεῖν ἀρετῇ καλὸν καὶ συμφέρον, ὥστε τὸ ἀπειθεῖν ἔμπαλιν αἰσχρὸν καὶ οὐ μετρίως ἀλυσιτελές· τὸ δὲ δὴ καὶ ἐρεθίζειν ὑπερβολὴν πᾶσαν κεχώρηκε τοῦ δεινοῦ· ὁ γὰρ ἀπειθὴς τοῦ φιλέριδος ἧττον μοχθηρός ἐστιν, ὁ μὲν αὐτὸ μόνον τῶν προσταττομένων ἀλογῶν, ὁ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἐγχειρεῖν σπουδὴν πεποιημένος.
17φέρε δ’ ὡς ἔχει τοῦτο θεασώμεθα· νόμου κελεύοντος, εἰ τύχοι, τοὺς γονεῖς τιμᾶν, ὁ μὲν μὴ τιμῶν ἀπειθής, ὁ δ’ ἀτιμάζων φίλερις. καὶ πάλιν τοῦ τὴν πατρίδα σῴζειν ὄντος δικαίου τὸν μὲν πρὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὄκνῳ χρώμενον ἀπειθῆ, τὸν δ’ ἔτι καὶ προδιδόναι διεγνωκότα δύσεριν καὶ φιλόνεικον λεκτέον.
18ὅ τε μὴ χαριζόμενός τισιν ἐναντιούμενος τῷ φάσκοντι δεῖν ὠφελεῖν ἀπειθεῖ, ὁ δὲ πρὸς τῷ μὴ χαρίζεσθαι καὶ ὅσα βλάβης ἐστὶν ἐμποιῶν ἔριδι ἐπαιρόμενος ἀνίατα ἐξαμαρτάνει. καὶ μὴν ὅ γε ἱερουργίαις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὅσα πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἀναφέρεται μὴ χρώμενος ἀπειθεῖ προστάξεσιν, ἃς ὁ νόμος εἴωθε περὶ τούτων προστάττειν, ἀνερεθίζει δ’ ὁ πρὸς τοὐναντίον, ἀσέβειαν, ἀποκλίνας καὶ ἀθεότητος εἰσηγητής.
19οἷος ἦν ὁ φάσκων „τίς ἐστιν οὗ ὑπακούσομαι;“ καὶ πάλιν „οὐκ οἶδα τὸν κύριον“ (Exod. 5, 2). διὰ μὲν οὖν τῆς προτέρας φωνῆς παρίστησιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι τὸ θεῖον, διὰ δὲ τῆς ἔπειτα, ὅτι, εἰ καὶ ἔστιν, ἀλλά τοι ἀγνοεῖται, ὅπερ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ προνοεῖν συνάγεται· εἰ γὰρ προὐνόει, κἂν ἐγινώσκετο. συμβολάς γε μὴν καὶ ἐράνους φέρειν ἐπὶ μὲν τῇ
20τοῦ ἀρίστου κτήματος μετουσίᾳ, φρονήσεως, ἐπαινετὸν καὶ συμφέρον, ἕνεκα δὲ τῆς τοῦ ἀκροτάτου πάντων κακοῦ, ἀφροσύνης, ἀλυσιτελές τε καὶ ψεκτόν.
21αἱ μὲν οὖν πρὸς τὸ ἄριστον συμβολαὶ πόθος ἀρετῆς, τῶν καλῶν ζῆλος, μελέται συνεχεῖς, ἀσκήσεις ἐπίμονοι, ἄτρυτοι καὶ ἀκμῆτες πόνοι, αἱ δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον ἄνεσις, ῥᾳθυμία, τρυφή, θρύψις, παντελὴς ἐκδιαίτησις.
22ἰδεῖν μέντοι καὶ τοὺς ἐπαποδυομένους πολυοινίᾳ καὶ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν γυμναζομένους καὶ ἀθλοῦντας τοὺς ἐπ’ ἀπληστίᾳ γαστρὸς ἄθλους ἔστι συμβολὰς μὲν ὡς ἐπί τινι τῶν λυσιτελῶν εἰσφέροντας, ζημιουμένους δὲ πάντα, χρήματα, σώματα, ψυχάς· τὰ μὲν γὰρ εἰσφέροντες μειοῦσι τὴν οὐσίαν, τῶν δὲ σωμάτων διὰ τὸ ἁβροδίαιτον κατακλῶσι καὶ θρύπτουσι τὰς δυνάμεις, τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς ποταμοῦ χειμάρρου τρόπον ἀμετρίᾳ τροφῶν ἐπικλύζοντες εἰς βυθὸν ἀναγκάζουσι δύεσθαι.
23τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον καὶ ὅσοι φέρουσιν ἐράνους ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει παιδείας, τὸ κυριώτατον τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ζημιοῦσι, διάνοιαν, ἀποκόπτοντες αὐτῆς τὰ σωτήρια, φρόνησιν καὶ σωφροσύνην, ἔτι δὲ ἀνδρείαν καὶ δικαιοσύνην. διό μοι δοκεῖ καὶ αὐτὸς ὀνόματι συνθέτῳ χρῆσθαι τῷ „συμβολοκοπῶν“ πρὸς δήλωσιν ἐναργεστέραν τοῦ σημαινομένου, διότι τὰ κατὰ ἀρετῆς ἐπιχειρήματα ὥσπερ τινὰς συμβολὰς καὶ ἐράνους εἰσφέροντες τιτρώσκουσι καὶ διαιροῦσι καὶ συγκόπτουσι μέχρι παντελοῦς φθορᾶς τὰς φιληκόους καὶ φιλομαθεῖς
24ψυχάς. ὁ μὲν οὖν σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ ἐπανελθεῖν λέγεται „ἀπὸ τῆς κοπῆς τοῦ Χοδολλαγόμορ καὶ τῶν βασιλέων τῶν μετ’ αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 14,17), ὁ δ’ Ἀμαλὴκ ἔμπαλιν τοῦ ἀσκητοῦ „τὴν οὐραγίαν κόπτειν“ (Deut. 25,18), ἀκολουθίᾳ φύσεως· ἐχθρὰ γὰρ | τὰ ἐναντία καὶ τὸν ἐπ’ ἀλλήλοις ὄλεθρον ἀεὶ μελετῶντα.
25τὸν δὲ κομίζοντα τὰς συμβολὰς καὶ ταύτῃ μάλιστ’ ἄν τις αἰτιάσαιτο, ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἀδικεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συναδικεῖν ἔγνωκεν ἑτέροις ἀξιῶν τὰ μὲν αὐτὸς εἰσηγεῖσθαι, τὰ δ’ εἰσηγουμένων ἄλλων ἀκροᾶσθαι, ὅπως καὶ φύσει καὶ μαθήσει διαμαρτάνων μηδεμίαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ὑπολείπηται χρηστὴν ἐλπίδα ἑαυτῷ, καὶ ταῦτα νόμου διειρηκότος "μὴ γίνεσθαι μετὰ πολλῶν ἐπὶ κακίᾳ“ (Exod. 23,2)·
Sections 26–50
26τῷ γὰρ ὄντι πολύχουν μὲν καὶ πολυφορώτατον ἐν ἀνθρώπων ψυχαῖς τὸ κακόν, ἐσταλμένον δὲ καὶ σπάνιον τἀγαθόν. παραίνεσις οὖν ὠφελιμωτάτη μὴ τοῖς πολλοῖς, μεθ’ ὧν τὸ ἀδικεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ὀλίγοις, μεθ’ ὧν τὸ δικαιοπραγεῖν, συμφέρεσθαι.
27τέταρτον τοίνυν καὶ μέγιστον ἔγκλημα ἦν τὸ μεθύειν, οὐκ ἀνειμένως, ἀλλὰ σφόδρα συντόνως· τὸ γὰρ οἰνοφλυγεῖν ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ τὸ παραίτιον ἀφροσύνης φάρμακον, ἀπαιδευσίαν, ἐντύφεσθαι καὶ ἀνακαίεσθαι καὶ ἀναφλέγεσθαι μηδέποτε σβεσθῆναι δυναμένην, ἀλλ’ ὅλην δι’ ὅλων αἰεὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐμπιπρᾶσάν τε καὶ πυρπολοῦσαν.
28εἰκότως οὖν ἕψεται δίκη πάντα μοχθηρὸν τρόπον ἐκκαθαίρουσα διανοίας· λέγεται γὰρ „ἐξαρεῖς τὸν πονηρόν“, οὐκ ἐκ πόλεως ἢ χώρας ἢ ἔθνους, ἀλλ’ „ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν“ (Deut. 21,21)· ἡμῖν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐνυπάρχουσι καὶ ἐμφωλεύουσιν οἱ ὑπαίτιοι καὶ ἐπίληπτοι λογισμοί, οὕς, ὁπότε ἀνιάτως ἔχοιεν, ἀποκόπτειν καὶ διαφθείρειν ἀναγκαῖον.
29τὸν οὖν ἀπειθῆ καὶ φίλεριν καὶ λόγων πιθανότητας ὥσπερ τινὰς συμβολὰς καὶ ἐράνους ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τοῦ καλοῦ πορίζοντα καὶ ἀκράτῳ φλεγόμενον καὶ καταμεθύοντα ἀρετῆς καὶ παροινίας ἐκτόπους εἰς αὐτὴν παροινοῦντα δίκαιον ἦν κατηγόρους μὲν τοὺς ἄλλοις συμμάχους λαβεῖν, πατέρα καὶ μητέρα, φθορὰν δὲ ἐνδέξασθαι παντελῆ πρὸς νουθεσίαν καὶ σωφρονισμὸν τῶν οἵων τε. σῴζεσθαι.
30πατρὸς δὲ καὶ μητρὸς κοιναὶ μὲν αἱ κλήσεις, διάφοροι δ’ αἱ δυνάμεις. τὸν γοῦν τόδε τὸ πᾶν ἐργασάμενον δημιουργὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ πατέρα εἶναι τοῦ γεγονότος εὐθὺς ἐν δίκῃ φήσομεν, μητέρα δὲ τὴν τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἐπιστήμην, ᾗ συνὼν ὁ θεὸς οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἔσπειρε γένεσιν. ἡ δὲ παραδεξαμένη τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ σπέρματα τελεσφόροις ὠδῖσι τὸν μόνον καὶ ἀγαπητὸν αἰσθητὸν υἱὸν ἀπεκύησε, τόνδε τὸν κόσμον.
31εἰσάγεται γοῦν παρά τινι τῶν ἐκ τοῦ θείου χοροῦ ἡ σοφία περὶ αὑτῆς λέγουσα τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· „ὁ θεὸς ἐκτήσατό με πρωτίστην τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἔργων, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέ με“ (Prov. 8,22)· ἦν γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον τῆς μητρὸς καὶ τιθήνης τῶν ὅλων πάνθ’ ὅσα εἰς γένεσιν ἦλθεν εἶναι νεώτερα.
32τούτων οὖν τῶν γονέων τίς ἱκανὸς ὑποστῆναι κατηγορίαν; ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ μετρίαν ἀπειλὴν ἢ ἐλαφροτάτην κατάμεμψιν. οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν δωρεῶν ἱκανὸς οὐδεὶς χωρῆσαι τὸ ἄφθονον πλῆθος, ἴσως δὲ οὐδ’ ὁ κόσμος, ἀλλ’ οἷα βραχεῖα δεξαμενὴ μεγάλης ἐπιρρεούσης τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ χαρίτων πηγῆς τάχιστα ἀποπληρωθήσεται, ὡς ἀναβλύσαι τε καὶ ὑπερεκχεῖσθαι. εἰ δὲ τὰς εὐεργεσίας ἀδυνατοῦμεν δέχεσθαι, τὰς κολαστηρίους δυνάμεις πῶς ἐπιφερομένας οἴσομεν;
33τοὺς μὲν δὴ τοῦ παντὸς γονεῖς ὑπεξαιρετέον τοῦ παρόντος λόγου, τοὺς δὲ φοιτητὰς καὶ γνωρίμους αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ προστασίαν εἰληχότας ψυχῶν, ὅσαι μὴ ἀνάγωγοι καὶ ἄμουσοι, νῦν ἐπισκεψώμεθα. πατέρα τοίνυν εἶναί φαμεν τὸν ἄρρενα καὶ τέλειον καὶ ὀρθὸν λόγον, μητέρα δὲ τὴν μέσην καὶ ἐγκύκλιον χορείαν τε καὶ παιδείαν· οἷς καλὸν καὶ συμφέρον ὡς ἂν ἔκγονον τοκεῦσι πείθεσθαι.
34τοῦ μὲν οὖν πατρός, ὀρθοῦ λόγου, παράγγελμα ἕπεσθαι καὶ ἀκολουθεῖν τῇ φύσει γυμνὴν καὶ ἀπημφιασμένην ἀλήθειαν μεταδιώκοντας, παιδείας δέ, τῆς μητρός, θέσει δικαίοις προσέχειν, ἃ κατὰ πόλεις καὶ ἔθνη καὶ χώρας ἔθεντο οἱ πρῶτοι δόκησιν πρὸ ἀληθείας ἀσπασάμενοι.
35τοῖς γονεῦσι τούτοις τέτταρες παίδων εἰσὶ τάξεις, ἡ μὲν ἀμφοτέροις καταπειθής, ἡ δ’ οὐδετέρῳ προσέχουσα, ἐναντία τῇ προτέρᾳ, τῶν δ’ ἄλλων ἡμιτελὴς ἑκατέρα· ἡ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν φιλοπάτωρ σφόδρα γεγονυῖα τῷ μὲν προσέχει, μητρὸς δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπισκήψεων αὐτῆς ἀλογεῖ, ἡ δ’ ἔμπαλιν φιλομήτωρ εἶναι δοκοῦσα τῇ μὲν πάντα ὑπηρετεῖ, τῶν δὲ τοῦ πατρὸς ἥκιστα φροντίζει. ἡ μὲν οὖν πρώτη τὰ κατὰ πάντων ἆθλα οἴσεται νικητήρια, ἡ δ’ ἀντίπαλος ἧτταν ὁμοῦ καὶ φθορὰν ἀναδέξεται, τῶν δ’ ἄλλων ἑκατέρα, ἡ μὲν δευτερείων, ἡ δὲ τρίτων ἄθλων μεταποιήσεται, δευτερείων μὲν ἡ πειθαρχοῦσα πατρί, τρίτων δ’ ἡ τῇ μητρί.
36τῆς μὲν οὖν φιλομήτορος ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν δόξαις ὑπεικούσης καὶ κατὰ τὰς πολυτρόπους τοῦ βίου ζηλώσεις παντοδαπὰς μεταβαλλούσης ἰδέας Αἰγυπτίου Πρωτέως τὸν τρόπον, ὃς τῷ πάνθ’ ὅσα ἐν τῷ παντὶ πεφυκέναι γίνεσθαι τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀδηλούμενον ἔσχεν εἶδος, τύπος ἐναργέστατος Ἰοθόρ, πλάσμα τύφου, πρὸς πόλιν καὶ πολιτείαν συγκλύδων καὶ μιγάδων ἀνθρώπων κεναῖς αἰωρουμένων δόξαις μάλιστα ἁρμόττων.
37Μωυσέως γὰρ τοῦ σοφοῦ τὸν λεὼν ἅπαντα τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς εὐσέβειαν καὶ τιμὴν θεοῦ μετακαλοῦντος καὶ τάς τε προστάξεις καὶ τοὺς ἱερωτάτους νόμους ἀναδιδάσκοντος — φησὶ γὰρ ὅτι „ἐπειδὰν γένηται αὐτοῖς ἀντιλογία καὶ ἔλθωσι πρὸς μέ, διακρίνω ἕκαστον καὶ συμβιβάζω τὰ προστάγματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸν νόμον αὐτοῦ“ (Exod. 18, 16) —, παρελθὼν ὁ δοκησίσοφος Ἰοθόρ, τῶν μὲν θείων ἀμύητος ἀγαθῶν, τοῖς δὲ ἀνθρωπείοις καὶ φθαρτοῖς μάλιστ’ ἐνωμιληκὼς δημαγωγεῖ καὶ νόμους ἐναντίους τοῖς τῆς φύσεως ἀναγράφει, πρὸς τὸ δοκεῖν ἀφορῶν ἐκείνων ἀναφερομένων πρὸς τὸ εἶναι.
38καίτοι καὶ τοῦτον ἐλεήσας καὶ οἰκτισάμενος τοῦ πολλοῦ πλάνου μεταδιδάσκειν οἴεται δεῖν καὶ ἀναπείθειν ἀποστῆναι μὲν τῶν κενῶν δοξῶν, ἀκολουθῆσαι δὲ παγίως τῷ ἀληθεῖ·
39„ἐξάραντες“, γάρ φησιν, ἡμεῖς καὶ ἀποκόψαντες τῆς διανοίας τὸν κενὸν τῦφον μετανιστάμεθα εἰς τὸν ἐπιστήμης τόπον, ὃν χρησμοῖς καὶ ὁμολογίαις θείαις λαμβάνομεν· „ἴθι δὴ μεθ’ ἡμῶν καὶ εὖ σε ποιήσομεν“ (Num. 10, 29)· ἀποβαλεῖς μὲν γὰρ τὴν βλαβερωτάτην δόκησιν, κτήσῃ δὲ τὴν ὠφελιμωτάτην ἀλήθειαν.
40ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοιαῦτα κατεπᾳσθεὶς ἀλογήσει τῶν εἰρημένων καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ μὲν οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς ἕψεται, ἀναχωρήσει δὲ καὶ ἀναδραμεῖται πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον καὶ κενὸν τῦφον· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι εἶπε πρὸς αὐτόν· „οὐ πορεύσομαι ἀλλ’ εἰς τὴν γῆν μου καὶ τὴν γενεάν μου“ (Num. 10, 30), τουτέστι τὴν συγγενῆ ψευδοδοξοῦσαν ἀπιστίαν, ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἀληθεύουσαν ἀνδράσι φίλην
41πίστιν οὐκ ἔμαθε. καὶ γὰρ ὅταν ἐπίδειξιν εὐσεβείας βουλόμενος ποιήσασθαι λέγῃ· „νῦν ἔγνων ὅτι μέγας κύριος παρὰ πάντας τοὺς θεούς“ (Exod. 18, 11), ἀσέβειαν παρὰ δικάζειν ἐπισταμένοις ἀνδράσιν ἑαυτοῦ κατηγορεῖ.
42φήσουσι γὰρ αὐτῷ· νῦν ἔγνως, ἀνόσιε, πρότερον δ’ οὐκ ἠπίστασο τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ παντὸς ἡγεμόνος; ἦν γάρ τι πρεσβύτερον θεοῦ, ᾧ προεντετύχηκας; ἢ τοῖς ἐκγόνοις οὐχ αἱ τῶν γονέων ἀρεταὶ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἅπαξ ἁπάντων γνώριμοι; τοῦ δὲ παντὸς οὐκ ἄρα ἀρχηγέτης ὁ κτίστης καὶ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ; ὥστ’ εἰ νῦν ἐγνωκέναι φῂς σύ, οὐδὲ νῦν ἔγνωκας, ὅτι οὐκ ἀπὸ γενέσεως ἀρχῆς.
43ἐλέγχῃ δ’ οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐπιμορφάζων, ὅταν συγκρίνῃς τὰ ἀσύγκριτα καὶ λέγῃς παρὰ πάντας τοὺς θεοὺς τὸ μεγαλεῖον τοῦ ὄντος ἐγνωκέναι· εἰ γὰρ ᾔδεις ἀληθείᾳ τὸ ὄν, οὐδένα ἂν τῶν ἄλλων ὑπέλαβες εἶναι θεὸν αὐτεξούσιον.
44ὥσπερ γὰρ ἀνατείλας ὁ ἥλιος ἀποκρύπτει τοὺς ἀστέρας τῶν ἡμετέρων ὄψεων ἀθρόον τὸ ἑαυτοῦ καταχέας φέγγος, οὕτως ὅταν τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμματι ἀμιγεῖς καὶ καθαρώταται καὶ τηλαυγέσταται τοῦ φωσφόρου θεοῦ νοηταὶ ἐναστράψωσιν αὐγαί, κατιδεῖν οὐδὲν ἕτερον δύναται· ἐπιλάμψασα γὰρ ἡ τοῦ ὄντος ἐπιστήμη πάντα περιαυγάζει, ὡς καὶ τοῖς λαμπροτάτοις ἐξ ἑαυτῶν εἶναι δοκοῦσιν ἐπισκοτεῖν.
45θεοῖς οὖν τοῖς ψευδωνύμοις οὐκ ἄν τις τὸν ἀληθῆ θεὸν συγκρίνειν ὑπέμενεν, εἴπερ ἀψευδῶς ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτόν· ἀλλ’ ἡ ἀνεπιστημοσύνη τοῦ ἑνὸς τὴν ἐπὶ πολλοῖς ὡς ὑπάρχουσι, πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐκ οὖσι, δόξαν εἰργάσατο.
46τῆς αὐτῆς προαιρέσεώς ἐστι πᾶς, ὅτῳ τὰ μὲν ψυχῆς ἀπέγνωσται, τὰ δὲ περὶ σῶμά τε καὶ ἐκτὸς χρώμασι καὶ σχήμασι πεποικιλμένα πρὸς ἀπάτην αἰσθήσεως εὐπαραγώγου θαυμάζεται.
47καλεῖ δὲ τὸν τοιοῦτον ὁ νομοθέτης Λάβαν, ὃς τοὺς ἀληθεῖς τῆς φύσεως νόμους οὐ κατιδὼν ψευδογραφεῖ τοὺς παρὰ ἀνθρώποις φάσκων· „οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτως ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἡμῶν, δοῦναι τὴν νεωτέραν πρὶν ἢ τὴν πρεσβυτέραν“ (Gen. 29, 26).
48οὗτος μὲν γὰρ τὴν ἐν χρόνοις τάξιν φυλάττειν οἴεται δεῖν, τὰ πρεσβύτερα πρότερον καὶ τὰ νεώτερα αὖθις εἰς κοινωνίαν ἄγεσθαι δικαιῶν. ὁ δὲ σοφίας ἀσκητὴς εἰδὼς καὶ φύσεις ἀχρόνους ὑπαρχούσας ἐφίεται καὶ νεωτέρων προτέρων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων ὑστέρων. ἔχει δὲ καὶ τὸν ἠθοποιὸν λόγον ἑαυτῷ συνᾴδοντα· τοῖς γὰρ ἀσκηταῖς ἀνάγκη πρότερον ἐντυχεῖν τῇ νεωτέρᾳ παιδείᾳ, ἵνα τῆς τελειοτέρας αὖθις ἀπόνασθαι βεβαίως δυνηθῶσι.
49παρὸ καὶ μέχρι νῦν οἱ καλοκἀγαθίας ἐρασταὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐπὶ τὰς τῆς πρεσβυτέρας ἀφικνοῦνται θύρας φιλοσοφίας, πρὶν ἢ ταῖς νεωτέραις ἐντυχεῖν, γραμματικῇ καὶ γεωμετρίᾳ καὶ τῇ συμπάσῃ τῶν ἐγκυκλίων μουσικῇ· αὗται γὰρ σοφίαν τοῖς ἀδόλως καὶ καθαρῶς μνωμένοις ἀεὶ προξενοῦσιν.
50ὁ δ’ ἀντισοφίζεται βουλόμενος τὴν πρεσβυτέραν ἡμᾶς ἀγαγέσθαι προτέραν, οὐχ ἵνα βεβαίως ἔχωμεν, ἀλλ’ ἵνα τοῖς τῆς νεωτέρας φίλτροις δελεασθέντες αὖθις τὸν ἐπ’ ἐκείνῃ πόθον ἐκλύσωμεν.
Sections 51–75
51καὶ σχεδὸν τοῦτο συνέβη πολλοῖς τῶν ἀνοδίᾳ πρὸς παιδείαν χρησαμένων. ἔτι γάρ, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἀπ’ αὐτῶν σπαργάνων πρὸς τελειότατον ἐπιτήδευμα, φιλοσοφίαν, ἐλθόντες, ἀμύητοι τῶν ἐγκυκλίων εἰσάπαν οὐ δικαιώσαντες γενέσθαι ὀψὲ καὶ μόλις αὐτῶν ἅψασθαι διενοήθησαν. κἄπειτα ἀπὸ τῆς μείζονος καὶ πρεσβυτέρας ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἐλαττόνων καὶ νεωτέρων θέαν καταβάντες ἐνεγήρασαν αὐτοῖς, ὡς μηκέτ’ ἀναδραμεῖν ὅθεν ὥρμησαν ἰσχῦσαι.
52διὰ τοῦτ’ οἶμαί φησι· „συντέλεσον τὰ ἕβδομα ταύτης“ (Gen. 29, 27), ἴσον τῷ μὴ ἀτελεύτητον ἔστω σοι τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγαθόν, ἀλλ’ ὅρον ἐχέτω καὶ πέρας, ἵνα καὶ τῇ νεωτέρᾳ τάξει τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐντύχῃς, ἣν σώματος κάλλος καὶ δόξα καὶ πλοῦτος καὶ τὰ ὁμοιότροπα κεκλήρωται.
53ὁ δὲ συντελέσειν μὲν οὐχ ὑπισχνεῖται, „ἀναπληρώσειν“ (Gen. 29, 28) δ’ αὐτὴν ὁμολογεῖ, τουτέστι μηδέποτε ἐπιλείψειν τὰ πρὸς αὔξησιν καὶ συμπλήρωσιν αὐτῆς ἐπιτηδεύων, ἀλλ’ ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ περιέξεσθαι, κἂν μυρία τὰ ἀντισπῶντα καὶ ἀνθέλκοντα ᾖ.
54πάνυ δ’ ἐκδήλως τὸ τὰ ἔθη γυναιξὶ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνδράσιν ἐπιτηδεύεσθαι δοκεῖ μοι παρίστασθαι διὰ τῶν Ῥαχὴλ τῆς μόνα τὰ αἰσθητὰ θαυμαζούσης λόγων· φησὶ γὰρ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ἑαυτῆς· „μὴ βαρέως φέρε, κύριε· οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστῆναι ἐνώπιόν σου, ὅτι τὰ κατ’ ἐθισμὸν τῶν γυναικῶν μοί ἐστιν“ (Gen. 31, 35).
55οὐκοῦν γυναικῶν ἴδιον τὸ ἔθεσι πείθεσθαι· καὶ γὰρ τῷ ὄντι ἀσθενεστέρας καὶ θηλυτέρας ψυχῆς τὸ ἔθος· ἀνδρῶν γάρ τοι ἡ φύσις, καὶ ἐρρωμένου
56καὶ ἄρρενος ὡς ἀληθῶς λογισμοῦ ἕπεσθαι φύσει. καταπέπληγμαι δὲ τὸ ἀψευδὲς τῆς ψυχῆς τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἑαυτῆς διαλόγοις ὁμολογούσης, ὅτι οὐ δύναται τῶν φαινομένων ἀγαθῶν κατεξαναστῆναι, ἀλλ’ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν τέθηπε καὶ τιμᾷ καὶ μονονοὺχ ἑαυτῆς προκέκρικεν.
57ἐπεὶ τίς ἡμῶν ἀντιστατεῖ πλούτῳ; τίς δὲ πρὸς δόξαν κονίεται; τίς δὲ τιμῆς ἢ ἀρχῆς καταπεφρόνηκε σχεδὸν τῶν ἔτι φυρομένων ἐν κεναῖς δόξαις; οὐδὲ εἷς τὸ παράπαν.
58ἀλλ’ ἕως μὲν οὐδὲν τούτων πάρεστιν, ὑψηγοροῦμεν ὡς ὀλιγοδεΐας ἑταῖροι τὸν αὐταρκέστατον καὶ δικαιότατον καὶ ἐλευθέροις καὶ εὐγενέσιν ἁρμόττοντα περιποιούσης βίον· ἐπειδὰν δέ τινος τῶν εἰρημένων ἐλπὶς ἢ ἐλπίδος αὐτὸ μόνον αὔρα βραχεῖα καταπνεύσῃ, διελεγχόμεθα· ὑπείκοντες γὰρ εὐθὺς ἐνδίδομεν καὶ ἀντιβῆναι καὶ ἀντισχεῖν οὐ δυνάμεθα, προδοθέντες δ’ ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων αἰσθήσεων ὅλην τὴν ψυχῆς συμμαχίαν ἐκλείπομεν καὶ οὐκέτι λανθάνοντες ἀλλ’ ἤδη φανερῶς αὐτομολοῦμεν·
59καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· ἔτι γὰρ ἡμῖν ἔθη τὰ γυναικῶν ἐπιπεπόλακεν οὔπω δυνηθεῖσι τὰ μὲν ἐκνίψασθαι, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἀνδρωνῖτιν μεταδραμεῖν ἑστίαν, καθάπερ λόγος ἔχει τὴν φιλάρετον διάνοιαν, ὄνομα Σάρραν·
60αὕτη γὰρ εἰσάγεται διὰ τῶν χρησμῶν „τὰ γυναικεῖα πάντ’ ἐκλιποῦσα“ (Gen. 18,11), ἡνίκα τὸ αὐτομαθὲς γένος ὠδίνειν καὶ ἀποτίκτειν ἔμελλεν, ἐπίκλησιν Ἰσαάκ.
61λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἀμήτωρ γενέσθαι τὴν ἐκ πατρός, οὐ πρὸς μητρός, αὐτὸ μόνον κληρωσαμένη συγγένειαν, θήλεος γενεᾶς ἀμέτοχος. εἶπε γάρ πού τις· „καὶ γὰρ ἀληθῶς ἀδελφή μού ἐστιν ἐκ πατρός, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐκ μητρός“ (Gen. 20, 12)· οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς αἰσθητῆς συνισταμένης ἀεὶ καὶ λυομένης, ἣν μητέρα καὶ τροφὸν καὶ τιθήνην τῶν ποιητῶν ἔφασαν, οἷς πρώτοις σοφίας ἀνεβλάστησεν ἔρνος, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου καὶ πατρός.
62αὕτη μὲν οὖν ὑπερκύψασα τὸν σωματοειδῆ πάντα κόσμον ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν θεῷ χαρᾶς γανωθεῖσα γέλωτα τὰς ἀνθρώπων θήσεται σπουδάς, ὅσαι περὶ τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἢ κατ’ εἰρήνην πραγμάτων εἰσίν.
63ἡμεῖς δὲ ἔτι ὑπὸ τῆς ἀνάνδρου καὶ γυναικώδους συνηθείας τῆς περὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις καὶ τὰ πάθη καὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ νικώμενοι τῶν φανέντων οὐδενὸς κατεξαναστῆναι δυνάμεθα, πρὸς πάντων δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπιτυχόντων οἱ μὲν ἄκοντες οἱ δὲ καὶ ἑκόντες ἑλκόμεθα.
64κἂν τὸ στῖφος ἡμῶν τοῖς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπιτάγμασιν ἀδυνατοῦν ὑπηρετεῖν ἁλίσκηται, σύμμαχον οὐδὲν ἧττον ἕξει τὴν μητέρα, παιδείαν μέσην τὰ νομιζόμενα καὶ δοκοῦντα εἶναι δίκαια γράφουσαν κατὰ πόλεις καὶ ἄλλα ἄλλοις νομοθετοῦσαν.
65εἰσὶ δέ τινες, οἳ τῶν μητρῴων ὑπερορῶντες περιέχονται παντὶ σθένει τῶν πατρῴων, οὓς καὶ τῆς μεγίστης τιμῆς, ἱερωσύνης, ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος ἠξίωσε. κἂν τὰς πράξεις αὐτῶν διέλθωμεν, ἐφ’ αἷς τὸ γέρας τοῦτο εὕραντο, χλεύην ἴσως παρὰ πολλοῖς ὀφλήσομεν τοῖς ταῖς προχείροις φαντασίαις ἀπατωμένοις, τὰς δὲ ἀφανεῖς καὶ συνεσκιασμένας δυνάμεις οὐ κατανοοῦσιν·
66οἱ γὰρ εὐχὰς καὶ θυσίας καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἁγιστείαν ἐγχειρισθέντες εἰσί, τὸ παραδοξότατον, ἀνδροφόνοι, ἀδελφοκτόνοι, τῶν οἰκειοτάτων καὶ φιλτάτων σωμάτων αὐτόχειρες, οὓς ἐχρῆν καθαροὺς καὶ ἐκ καθαρῶν, μηδενὸς ἄγους προσαψαμένους, ἑκουσίου μὲν ἄπαγε, ἀλλὰ μηδ’ ἀκουσίου χειροτονεῖσθαι·
67λέγεται γάρ· „ἀποκτείνατε ἕκαστος τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἕκαστος τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἕκαστος τὸν ἔγγιστα αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Λευί, καθὰ ἐλάλησε Μωυσῆς, καὶ ἔπεσον ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ εἰς τρισχιλίους ἄνδρας“ (Exod. 32, 27. 28). καὶ τοὺς τοσαύτην ἀνῃρηκότας πληθὺν ἐπαινεῖ φάσκων· „ἐπληρώσατε τὰς χεῖρας σήμερον κυρίῳ, ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ υἱῷ ἢ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, δοθῆναι ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς εὐλογίαν“ (Exod. 32,29).
68τί οὖν λεκτέον ἢ ὅτι οἱ τοιοῦτοι τοῖς μὲν κοινοῖς ἀνθρώπων ἔθεσιν ἁλίσκονται κατήγορον ἔχοντες τὴν πολιτευομένην καὶ δημαγωγὸν μητέρα συνήθειαν, τοῖς δὲ τῆς φύσεως διασῴζονται συμμάχῳ χρώμενοι ὀρθῷ λόγῳ, τῷ πατρί;
69καὶ γὰρ οὐδ’, ὥσπερ νομίζουσί τινες, ἀνθρώπους ἀναιροῦσιν οἱ ἱερεῖς, ζῷα λογικὰ ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος συνεστῶτα, ἀλλ’ ὅσα οἰκεῖα καὶ φίλα τῇ σαρκὶ ἀποκόπτουσι τῆς διανοίας ἑαυτῶν, εὐπρεπὲς εἶναι νομίζοντες τοῖς θεραπευταῖς τοῦ μόνου σοφοῦ γενησομένοις πάντων ὅσα γένεσιν εἴληχεν ἀλλοτριοῦσθαι καὶ πᾶσιν ὡς ἐχθροῖς καὶ δυσμενεστάτοις προσφέρεσθαι.
70διὰ τοῦτο καὶ „ἀδελφόν“, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ψυχῆς ἀδελφὸν σῶμα ἀποκτενοῦμεν, τουτέστι τοῦ φιλαρέτου καὶ θείου τὸ φιλοπαθὲς καὶ θνητὸν διαζεύξομεν. ἀποκτενοῦμεν καὶ τὸν „πλησίον“, πάλιν οὐκ ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸν αἰσθήσεων χορὸν καὶ θίασον· οὗτος γὰρ ψυχῆς ἐστιν ὁμοῦ καὶ οἰκεῖος καὶ δυσμενής, δελέατα καὶ παγίδας ἐπ’ αὐτῇ τιθείς, ἵνα τοῖς ἐπιρρέουσιν αἰσθητοῖς κατακλυζομένη μηδέποτε πρὸς οὐρανὸν ἀνακύψῃ μηδὲ τὰς νοητὰς καὶ θεοειδεῖς φύσεις ἀσπάσηται. ἀποκτενοῦμεν καὶ „τὸν ἔγγιστα“· ὁ δ’ ἐγγυτάτω διανοίας ὁ κατὰ προφοράν ἐστι λόγος, εὐλόγοις καὶ εἰκόσι καὶ πιθανότησι δόξας ψευδεῖς ἐντιθεὶς ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ τοῦ κρατίστου κτήματος, ἀληθείας.
71διὰ τί οὖν οὐχὶ καὶ τοῦτον σοφιστὴν ὄντα καὶ μιαρὸν ἀμυνούμεθα τὸν ἁρμόττοντα αὐτῷ καταψηφισάμενοι θάνατον, ἡσυχίαν—λόγου γὰρ ἡσυχία θάνατος —, ἵνα μηκέτ’ ἐνσοφιστεύοντος ὁ νοῦς μεθέλκηται, δύνηται δ’ ἀπηλλαγμένος πάντως τῶν κατὰ τὸ „ἀδελφὸν“ σῶμα ἡδονῶν, τῶν κατὰ τὰς „πλησίον“ καὶ ἀγχιθύρους αἰσθήσεις γοητειῶν, τῶν κατὰ τὸν „ἔγγιστα“ λόγον σοφιστειῶν ἐλεύθερος καὶ ἄφετος ἐαθεὶς καθαρῶς τοῖς νοητοῖς ἅπασιν ἐπιβάλλειν;
72οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ „λέγων τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῇ μητρί“, τοῖς θνητοῖς γονεῦσιν, „οὐχ ἑώρακα ὑμᾶς“, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ θεῖα εἶδον, ὁ „μὴ γνωρίζων τοὺς υἱούς“, ἀφ’ οὗ γνώριμος σοφίας ἐγένετο, ὁ „ἀπογινώσκων τοὺς ἀδελφούς“ (Deut. 33,9), ἀφ’ οὗ μὴ ἀπεγνώσθη παρὰ θεῷ, ἀλλὰ σωτηρίας ἠξιώθη παντελοῦς.
73οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ „τὸν σειρομάστην λαβών“, τουτέστιν ὁ μαστεύσας καὶ ἀναζητήσας τὰ τῆς φθαρτῆς γενέσεως, ἧς ἐν σιτίοις καὶ ποτοῖς τὸ εὔδαιμον τεθησαύρισται, καὶ „εἰς τὴν κάμινον“, ὥς φησι Μωυσῆς, „εἰσελθών“, τὸν καιόμενον καὶ φλεγόμενον ὑπερβολαῖς ἀδικημάτων καὶ μηδέποτε σβεσθῆναι δυνάμενον ἀνθρώπων βίον, κἄπειτα ἰσχύσας καὶ τὴν „γυναῖκα διὰ τῆς μήτρας ἀνατεμεῖν“, ὅτι αἰτία τοῦ γεννᾶν ἔδοξεν εἶναι πάσχουσα πρὸς ἀλήθειαν μᾶλλον ἢ δρῶσα, καὶ πάντα „ἄνθρωπον“ καὶ λογισμὸν τὸν ἐπακολουθήσαντα τῇδε τῇ δόξῃ τῇ τὰ τοῦ μόνου τῶν γινομένων αἰτίου θεοῦ περιαπτούσῃ παθηταῖς οὐσίαις (Num. 25, 7. 8).
74ἆρ’ οὐχὶ καὶ οὗτος ἀνδροφόνος παρὰ πολλοῖς ἂν εἶναι νομισθείη τοῖς τρόπον γυναικῶν ἔθεσιν ἁλισκομένοις; ἀλλὰ παρά γε θεῷ τῷ πανηγεμόνι καὶ πατρὶ μυρίων ἐπαίνων καὶ ἐγκωμίων καὶ ἀναφαιρέτων ἄθλων ἀξιωθήσεται· τὰ δ’ ἆθλα μεγάλα καὶ ἀδελφά, εἰρήνη καὶ ἱερωσύνη (Num. 25, 12. 13).
75τό τε γὰρ τὴν ἐν τῷ σπουδαζομένῳ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀνθρώποις βίῳ δυσάλωτον στρατείαν καὶ τὸν ἐν ψυχῇ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐμφύλιον πόλεμον καταλῦσαι δυνηθέντα εἰρήνην βεβαιώσασθαι μέγα καὶ λαμπρὸν ἔργον, τό τε μηδὲν ἄλλο, μὴ πλοῦτον, μὴ δόξαν, μὴ τιμήν, μὴ ἀρχήν, μὴ κάλλος, μὴ ἰσχύν, μὴ ὅσα σώματος πλεονεκτήματα, μηδ’ αὖ γῆν ἢ οὐρανὸν ἢ τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον, ἀλλὰ τὸ πρεσβύτατον τῶν αἰτίων τὸ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν θεραπείας καὶ τῆς ἀνωτάτω τιμῆς ἀξιώσαντα μόνον τὴν ἱερωσύνης λαβεῖν τάξιν θαυμαστὸν καὶ περιμάχητον.
Sections 76–100
76ἀδελφὰ δ’ ἔφην τὰ ἆθλα οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ, ἀλλ’ εἰδὼς ὅτι οὔτ’ ἂν ἱερεὺς γένοιτο πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἔτι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην καὶ θνητὴν στρατευόμενος στρατείαν, ἐν ᾗ ταγματαρχοῦσιν αἱ κεναὶ δόξαι, οὔτ’ ἂν εἰρηνικὸς ἀνὴρ μὴ τὸ μόνον ἀμέτοχον πολέμου καὶ τὴν αἰώνιον εἰρήνην
77ἄγον ἀψευδῶς καὶ ἁπλῶς θεραπεύων. τοιοῦτοι μέν εἰσιν οἱ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τιμῶντες, μητρὸς δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐκείνης ἥκιστα φροντίζοντες. τὸν δ’ ἀμφοτέροις πολεμωθέντα τοῖς γονεῦσι διασυνίστησιν εἰσαγαγὼν λέγοντα· „οὐκ οἶδα τὸν κύριον, καὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἐξαποστέλλω“ (Exod. 5, 2)· οὗτος γὰρ ἔοικε καὶ τοῖς πρὸς θεὸν ὀρθῷ λόγῳ βραβευομένοις καὶ τοῖς πρὸς γένεσιν παιδείᾳ βεβαιουμένοις ἐναντιοῦσθαι καὶ συγχεῖν πάντα διὰ πάντων.
78εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἔτι νῦν—οὔπω γὰρ τὸ ἀνθρώπων γένος τὴν ἄκρατον κακίαν ἐκαθήρατο—μήτε τῶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν μήτε τῶν εἰς κοινωνίαν μηδὲν ἁπλῶς δρᾶν ἐγνωκότες, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἀσεβείας μὲν καὶ ἀθεότητος ἑταῖροι, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ὁμοίους ἄπιστοι.
79καὶ περινοστοῦσιν αἱ μέγισται τῶν πόλεων κῆρες οὗτοι, τὰ ἴδια καὶ τὰ κοινὰ ὑπὸ φιλοπραγμοσύνης διέποντες, μᾶλλον δ’, εἰ χρὴ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, ἀνατρέποντες· οὓς ἐχρῆν ὥσπερ μεγάλην νόσον, λιμὸν ἢ λοιμὸν ἤ τι κακὸν ἄλλο θεήλατον, εὐχαῖς καὶ θυσίαις ἀποτρέπεσθαι· φθοραὶ γὰρ οὗτοι μεγάλαι τοῖς ἐντυχοῦσι. παρὸ καὶ Μωυσῆς τὸν ὄλεθρον αὐτῶν ᾄδει πρὸς τῆς ἰδίου συμμαχίας ἁλόντων καὶ ὥσπερ τρικυμίαις
80ταῖς ἰδίαις δόξαις ἐγκαταποθέντων (Exod. 14, 27. 28). λέγωμεν τοίνυν ἑξῆς καὶ περὶ τῶν τούτοις μὲν ἐχθρῶν, παιδείαν δὲ καὶ ὀρθὸν λόγον ἐκτετιμηκότων, ὧν ἦσαν οἱ τῷ ἑτέρῳ τῶν γονέων προσκείμενοι, τῆς ἀρετῆς ἡμιτελεῖς χορευταί. οὗτοι τοίνυν καὶ νόμων, οὓς ὁ πατήρ, ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος, ἔθηκεν, ἄριστοι φύλακες καὶ ἐθῶν πιστοὶ ταμίαι, ἅπερ ἡ παιδεία, μήτηρ αὐτῶν, εἰσηγήσατο.
81ἐδιδάχθησαν δὲ ὑπὸ μὲν ὀρθοῦ λόγου, πατρός, τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων τιμᾶν, ὑπὸ δὲ παιδείας, τῆς μητρός, τῶν θέσει καὶ νομιζομένων παρὰ πᾶσιν εἶναι δικαίων μὴ ὀλιγωρεῖν.
82ἡνίκα γοῦν ὁ ἀσκητὴς Ἰακὼβ καὶ τοὺς ἀρετῆς ἄθλους διαθλῶν ἔμελλεν ἀκοὰς ὀφθαλμῶν ἀντιδιδόναι καὶ λόγους ἔργων καὶ προκοπὰς τελειότητος, τοῦ φιλοδώρου θεοῦ βουληθέντος αὐτοῦ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐνομματῶσαι, ἵνα ταῦτ’ ἐναργῶς ἴδῃ ἃ πρότερον ἀκοῇ παρελάμβανε—πιστοτέρα γὰρ ὄψις ὤτων—, ἐπήχησαν οἱ χρησμοί· „οὐ κληθήσεται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἰακώβ, ἀλλ’ Ἰσραὴλ ἔσται σου τὸ ὄνομα, ὅτι ἴσχυσας μετὰ θεοῦ καὶ μετὰ ἀνθρώπων δυνατός“ (Gen. 32, 28). Ἰακὼβ μὲν οὖν μαθήσεως καὶ προκοπῆς ὄνομα, ἀκοῆς ἐξηρτημένων δυνάμεων, Ἰσραὴλ δὲ τελειότητος·
83ὅρασιν γὰρ θεοῦ μηνύει τοὔνομα. τελειότερον δὲ τί ἂν εἴη τῶν ἐν ἀρεταῖς ἢ τὸ ὄντως ὂν ἰδεῖν; ὁ δὴ κατιδὼν τἀγαθὸν τοῦτο παρ’ ἀμφοτέροις ἀνωμολόγηται τοῖς γονεῦσιν εὐδόκιμος, ἰσχὺν μὲν τὴν ἐν θεῷ, δύναμιν δὲ τὴν παρὰ ἀνθρώποις εὑράμενος.
84εὖ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ἐν Παροιμίαις εἰρῆσθαι „προνοούντων καλὰ ἐνώπιον κυρίου καὶ ἀνθρώπων“ (Prov. 3,4), ἐπειδὴ δι’ ἀμφοτέρων παντελὴς ἡ κτῆσις τἀγαθοῦ περιγίνεται· διδαχθεὶς γὰρ φυλάσσειν νόμους πατρὸς καὶ μὴ ἀπωθεῖσθαι θεσμοὺς μητρὸς θαρρήσεις ἐπισεμνυνόμενος εἰπεῖν· „υἱὸς γὰρ ἐγενόμην κἀγὼ πατρὶ ὑπήκοος καὶ ἀγαπώμενος ἐν προσώπῳ μητρός“ (Prov. 4, 3). ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔμελλες, εἴποιμ’ ἂν αὐτῷ, στέργεσθαι φυλάττων μὲν τὰ παρὰ γενητοῖς καθεστῶτα νόμιμα διὰ πόθον κοινωνίας, φυλάττων δὲ καὶ τοὺς τοῦ ἀγενήτου θεσμοὺς δι’ εὐσεβείας ἔρωτα καὶ ζῆλον;
85τοιγάρτοι καὶ θεοπρόπος Μωυσῆς διὰ τῆς τῶν κατὰ τὸν νεὼν δημιουργίας ἱερῶν τὴν ἐν ἀμφοτέροις τελειότητα διαδείξει· οὐ γὰρ ἀπερισκέπτως ἡμῖν τὴν κιβωτὸν ἔνδοθέν τε καὶ ἔξωθεν χρυσῷ περιαμπίσχει (Exod. 25, 10), οὐδὲ στολὰς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ διττὰς ἀναδίδωσιν (Exod. 28, 4), οὐδὲ βωμοὺς δύο, τὸν μὲν ἔξω πρὸς τὰ ἱερεῖα, τὸν δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμιᾶν ἔνδον δημιουργεῖ (Exod. 27,1. 30, 1), ἀλλὰ βουλόμενος διὰ συμβόλων τούτων τὰς καθ’ ἑκάτερον εἶδος ἀρετὰς παραστῆσαι.
86τὸν γὰρ σοφὸν κἀν τοῖς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἔνδον ἀοράτοις κἀν τοῖς ἔξω περιφαινομένοις δεῖ τῇ παντὸς τιμιωτέρᾳ χρυσοῦ φρονήσει κεκοσμῆσθαι, καὶ ὁπότε μὲν τῶν ἀνθρωπείων σπουδασμάτων ὑποκεχώρηκε τὸ ὂν θεραπεύων μόνον, τὴν ἀποίκιλον ἀληθείας ἐνδύεσθαι στολήν, ἧς οὐδὲν ἐφάψεται θνητόν—καὶ γάρ ἐστι λινῆς ὕλης ἐξ οὐδενὸς τῶν πεφυκότων ἀποθνῄσκειν γεννωμένης—, ὁπότε δὲ μέτεισι πρὸς πολιτείαν, τὴν μὲν ἔνδον ἀποτίθεσθαι, ποικιλωτάτην δὲ καὶ ὀφθῆναι θαυμασιωτάτην ἑτέραν ἀναλαμβάνειν· πολύτροπος γὰρ ὢν ὁ βίος ποικιλωτάτου δεῖται τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ πηδαλιουχήσοντος κυβερνήτου.
87οὗτος κατὰ μὲν τὸν περιφανῆ βωμὸν ἢ βίον καὶ δορᾶς καὶ σαρκῶν καὶ αἵματος καὶ πάντων ὅσα περὶ σῶμα δόξει πολλὴν ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν, ὡς μὴ μυρίοις ἀπέχθοιτο κρίνουσιν ἀγαθὰ μετὰ τὰ ψυχῆς δευτερείοις τετιμημένα τὰ περὶ σῶμα, κατὰ δὲ τὸν ἔνδον πᾶσιν ἀναίμοις, ἀσάρκοις, ἀσωμάτοις, τοῖς ἐκ λογισμοῦ μόνοις χρήσεται, ἃ λιβανωτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἐπιθυμιωμένοις ἀπεικάζεται· ὡς γὰρ ταῦτα ῥῖνας, ἐκεῖνα τὸν ψυχῆς
88ἅπαντα χῶρον εὐωδίας ἀναπίμπλησι. χρὴ μέντοι μηδὲ τοῦτ’ ἀγνοεῖν, ὅτι ἡ σοφία τέχνη τεχνῶν οὖσα δοκεῖ μὲν ταῖς διαφόροις ὕλαις ἐναλλάττεσθαι, τὸ δ’ αὑτῆς ἀληθὲς εἶδος ἄτρεπτον ἐμφαίνει τοῖς ὀξυδορκοῦσι καὶ μὴ τῷ περικεχυμένῳ τῆς οὐσίας ὄγκῳ μεθελκομένοις, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐνεσφραγισμένον ὑπὸ τῆς τέχνης αὐτῆς χαρακτῆρα διορῶσι.
89τὸν ἀνδριαντοποιὸν Φειδίαν ἐκεῖνον καὶ χαλκὸν λαβόντα φασὶ καὶ ἐλέφαντα καὶ χρυσὸν καὶ ἄλλας διαφόρους ὕλας ἀνδριάντας ἀπεργάσασθαι καὶ ἐν ἅπασι τούτοις μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐνσημήνασθαι τέχνην, ὡς μὴ μόνον ἐπιστήμονας, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν ἰδιώτας τὸν δημιουργὸν ἀπὸ τῶν δημιουργηθέντων γνωρίσαι·
90καθάπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν διδύμων ἡ φύσις χρησαμένη τῷ αὐτῷ πολλάκις χαρακτῆρι παρὰ μικρὸν ἀπαραλλάκτους ὁμοιότητας ἐτύπωσε, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ἡ τελεία τέχνη, μίμημα καὶ ἀπεικόνισμα φύσεως οὖσα, ὅταν διαφόρους ὕλας παραλάβῃ, σχηματίζει καὶ ἐνσφραγίζεται τὴν αὐτὴν ἁπάσαις ἰδέαν, ὡς ταύτῃ μάλιστα συγγενῆ· καὶ ἀδελφὰ καὶ δίδυμα τὰ δημιουργηθέντα γενέσθαι.
91ταὐτὸν οὖν καὶ ἡ ἐν τῷ σοφῷ δύναμις ἐπιδείξεται· πραγματευομένη γὰρ τὰ περὶ τοῦ ὄντος εὐσέβεια καὶ ὁσιότης ὀνομάζεται, τὰ δὲ περὶ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὸν φυσιολογία, μετεωρολογικὴ δὲ τὰ περὶ τὸν ἀέρα καὶ ὅσα κατὰ τὰς τροπὰς αὐτοῦ καὶ μεταβολὰς ἔν τε ταῖς ὁλοσχερέσιν ἐτησίοις ὥραις καὶ ταῖς ἐν μέρει κατά τε μηνῶν καὶ ἡμερῶν περιόδους πέφυκε συνίστασθαι, ἠθικὴ δὲ τὰ πρὸς ἀνθρωπίνων ἐπανόρθωσιν ἠθῶν, ἧς ἰδέαι πολιτική τε ἡ περὶ πόλιν καὶ ἡ περὶ οἰκίας ἐπιμέλειαν οἰκονομική, συμποτική τε ἡ περὶ τὰ συμπόσια καὶ τὰς εὐωχίας, ἔτι δ’ αὖ ἡ μὲν περὶ ἀνθρώπων ἐπιστασίαν βασιλική, ἡ δὲ περὶ προστάξεις καὶ ἀπαγορεύσεις νομοθετική·
92πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα ὁ πολύφημος ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ πολυώνυμος σοφὸς κεχώρηκεν, εὐσέβειαν, ὁσιότητα, φυσιολογίαν, μετεωρολογίαν, ἠθοποιίαν, πολιτείαν, οἰκονομίαν, βασιλικήν, νομοθετικήν, ἄλλας μυρίας δυνάμεις, καὶ ἐν ἁπάσαις ἓν εἶδος καὶ ταὐτὸν ἔχων ὀφθήσεται.
93διειλεγμένοι δὲ περὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἐκγόνοις τεττάρων τάξεων οὐκ ἂν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνο παρίδοιμεν, ὃ γένοιτ’ ἂν τῆς διαιρέσεως καὶ τομῆς τῶν κεφαλαίων ἐναργεστάτη πίστις· τοῦ γὰρ μετεωρισθέντος καὶ φυσηθέντος ὑπ’ ἀνοίας παιδὸς οἱ γονεῖς τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον κατηγόρησαν εἰπόντες „ὁ υἱὸς ἡμῶν οὗτος“ (Deut. 21,20), δεικνύντες τὸν ἀπειθῆ καὶ ἀπαυχενίζοντα.
94διὰ γὰρ τῆς δείξεως τῆς „οὗτος“ ἐμφαίνουσιν ὅτι καὶ ἑτέρους ἐγέννησαν, τοὺς μὲν τῷ ἑτέρῳ, τοὺς δ’ ἀμφοτέροις καταπειθεῖς, λογισμοὺς εὐφυεῖς, ὧν παράδειγμα Ῥουβήν· φιληκόους καὶ φιλομαθεῖς ἑτέρους, ὧν ἐστι Συμεών, ἀκοὴ γὰρ οὗτος ἑρμηνεύεται· πρόσφυγας καὶ ἱκέτας θεοῦ, Λευιτῶν ὁ θίασος οὗτος· τὸν εὐχαριστητικὸν ὕμνον ᾄδοντας οὐ γεγωνῷ φωνῇ μᾶλλον ἢ διανοίᾳ, ὧν ἔξαρχος Ἰούδας· διὰ τὴν μετὰ πόνων ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν ἑκούσιον μισθῶν καὶ δωρεῶν ἀξιωθέντας, ὥσπερ Ἰσσάχαρ· μετανάστας ἀπὸ τῆς Χαλδαϊκῆς μετεωρολογικῆς θεωρίας γεγονότας εἰς τὴν περὶ τοῦ ἀγενήτου σκέψιν, ὡς Ἀβραάμ· αὐτήκοον καὶ αὐτομαθῆ κτησαμένους ἀρετήν, ὥσπερ Ἰσαάκ· λήματος καὶ ἰσχύος πλήρεις καὶ φίλους τῷ θεῷ, καθάπερ Μωυσῆν τὸν τελειότατον.
95εἰκότως οὖν τὸν ἀπειθῆ καὶ ἐρεθιστὴν καὶ συμβολὰς εἰσφέροντα, τουτέστι συμβάλλοντα καὶ συνάπτοντα ἁμαρτήματα ἁμαρτήμασι, μεγάλα μικροῖς, νέα παλαιοῖς, ἑκούσια ἀκουσίοις, καὶ ὥσπερ ὑπ’ οἴνου φλεγόμενον ἄληκτον καὶ ἀνεπίσχετον μέθην τοῦ βίου παντὸς καταμεθύοντα καὶ παροινοῦντα διὰ τὸ τοῦ τῆς ἀφροσύνης πόματος ἀκράτου καὶ πολλοῦ σπάσαι καταλεύειν ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος δικαιοῖ, ὅτι καὶ τὰς ὀρθοῦ λόγου προστάξεις τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τὰς παιδείας τῆς μητρὸς νομίμους ὑφηγήσεις ἀνεῖλε καὶ παράδειγμα ἔχων τὸ καλοκἀγαθίας, τοὺς τοῖς γονεῦσιν εὐδοκίμους ἀδελφούς, τὴν τούτων ἀρετὴν οὐκ ἐμιμήσατο, τοὐναντίον δὲ καὶ προσεπιβαίνειν ἠξίωσεν, ὡς θεοπλαστεῖν μὲν τὸ σῶμα, θεοπλαστεῖν δὲ τὸν παρ’ Αἰγυπτίοις μάλιστα τιμώμενον τῦφον, οὗ σύμβολον ἡ τοῦ χρυσοῦ ταύρου κατασκευή, περὶ ὃν χοροὺς ἱστάντες οἱ φρενοβλαβεῖς ᾄδουσι καὶ ἐξάρχουσιν, οὐ παροίνιον καὶ κωμαστικὸν οἷα ἐν ἑορταῖς καὶ θαλίαις ἥδιστον μέλος, ἀλλὰ τὸν ὡς ἐπὶ τεθνεῶσιν ἀληθῆ θρῆνον αὑτοῖς, ὥσπερ ἔξοινοι καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τὸν τόνον ὑπεκλύσαντές τε καὶ φθείραντες·
96λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἀκούσας Ἰησοῦς τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ λαοῦ κεκραγότων εἶπε πρὸς Μωυσῆν· φωνὴ πολέμου ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ. καὶ λέγει· οὐκ ἔστι φωνὴ ἐξαρχόντων κατ’ ἰσχὺν οὐδὲ φωνὴ ἐξαρχόντων τροπῆς, ἀλλὰ φωνὴν ἐξαρχόντων οἴνου ἐγὼ ἀκούω. καὶ ἡνίκα ἤγγιζε τῇ παρεμβολῇ, ὁρᾷ τὸν μόσχον καὶ τοὺς χορούς“ (Exod. 32, 17—19). ἃ δὲ διὰ τούτων αἰνίττεται,
97παραστήσωμεν, ὡς ἂν οἷοί τε ὦμεν· τὰ περὶ ἡμᾶς τοτὲ μὲν ἠρεμεῖ, τοτὲ δὲ ὁρμαῖς καὶ ἐκβοήσεσιν ἀκαίροις ὡσανεὶ χρῆται· καὶ ἔστιν ἡ μὲν ἡσυχία τούτων εἰρήνη βαθεῖα, τὰ δὲ ἐναντία πόλεμος ἄσπονδος.
98μάρτυς δ’ ὁ πεπονθὼς ἀψευδέστατος· ἀκούσας γὰρ τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ λαοῦ κεκραγότων λέγει πρὸς τὸν σκεπτικὸν καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν πραγμάτων· „φωνὴ πολέμου ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ.“ ἕως μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἐκινοῦντο καὶ ἐκεκράγεσαν ἐν ἡμῖν αἱ ἄλογοι ὁρμαί, σταθερώτερον ὁ νοῦς ἵδρυτο· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἤρξαντο πολύφωνον καὶ πολύηχον ἀπεργάζεσθαι τὸ ψυχῆς χωρίον τὰ πάθη συγκαλοῦσαι καὶ ἀνεγείρουσαι, στάσιν ἐμφύλιον ἐγέννησαν.
99ἐν δὲ τῷ στρατοπέδῳ ὁ πόλεμος, φυσικώτατα· ποῦ γὰρ ἀλλαχόθι ἔριδες, μάχαι, φιλονεικίαι, πάνθ’ ὅσα ἔργα ἀκαθαιρέτου πολέμου, πλὴν ἐν τῷ μετὰ σώματος βίῳ, ὃν ἀλληγορῶν καλεῖ στρατόπεδον; τοῦτον εἴωθεν ἀπολιπεῖν ὁ νοῦς, ὅταν θεοφορηθεὶς πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ ὄντι γένηται καταθεώμενος τὰς ἀσωμάτους ἰδέας· „λαβὼν“
100γάρ φησι „Μωυσῆς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν ἔπηξεν ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς“, καὶ οὐ πλησίον, ἀλλὰ πορρωτάτω καὶ „μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς παρεμβολῆς“ (Exod. 33, 7). αἰνίττεται δὲ διὰ τούτων, ὅτι ὁ σοφὸς μέτοικος καὶ μετανάστης ἐστὶν ἀπὸ πολέμου πρὸς εἰρήνην καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ θνητοῦ καὶ πεφυρμένου στρατοπέδου πρὸς τὸν ἀπόλεμον καὶ εἰρηναῖον λογικῶν καὶ εὐδαιμόνων ψυχῶν βίον θεῖον.
Sections 101–125
101λέγει δὲ καὶ ἑτέρωθι ὅτι „ἐπειδὰν ἐξέλθω τὴν πόλιν, ἐκπετάσω τὰς χεῖρας πρὸς τὸν κύριον, καὶ αἱ φωναὶ παύσονται“ (Exod. 9, 29). μὴ νομίσῃς δὲ τὸν διαλεγόμενον ἄνθρωπον εἶναι, τὸ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος ὕφασμα ἢ πλέγμα ἢ κρᾶμα ἢ ὅ τι ποτὲ χρὴ καλεῖν τουτὶ τὸ σύνθετον ζῷον, ἀλλὰ νοῦν εἱλικρινέστατον καὶ καθαρώτατον, ὃς ἐν μὲν τῇ πόλει τοῦ σώματος καὶ τοῦ θνητοῦ βίου περιεχόμενος ἔσταλται καὶ συνείληπται καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν δεσμωτηρίῳ καθειργμένος μηδὲ ἐλευθέρου δύνασθαι σπᾶν ἀέρος ἄντικρυς ὁμολογεῖ, ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἐξέλθῃ τὴν πόλιν ταύτην, καθάπερ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας οἱ δεσμῶται τὰς ἐννοίας αὐτὸς καὶ διανοήσεις λυθεὶς ἀφέτοις καὶ ἀπελευθεριαζούσαις χρήσεται ταῖς ἐνεργείαις, ὡς τὰς ἐπικελεύσεις τῶν παθῶν εὐθὺς ἐπισχεθῆναι.
102ἢ οὐχ ἡδονῆς μὲν ἀνατεταμέναι αἱ ἐκβοήσεις, δι’ ὧν τὰ ἑαυτῇ φίλα εἴωθε προστάττειν, ἐπιθυμίας δὲ ἄρρηκτος ἡ φωνὴ χαλεπὰς ἀπειλὰς κατὰ τῶν μὴ ὑπηρετούντων ἀπειλούσης, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἑκάστου πολύηχος καὶ μεγαλόφωνός τις ἡ γῆρυς;
103ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδ’ εἰ μυρίοις στόμασι καὶ γλώτταις ἕκαστον τῶν παθῶν τῷ κατὰ τοὺς ποιητὰς λεγομένῳ χρήσαιτο ὁμάδῳ, τὰς τοῦ τελείου δύναιτ’ ἂν ἀκοὰς συγχέαι μετεληλυθότος ἤδη καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐκείνοις πόλιν μηκέτ’ οἰκεῖν ἐγνωκότος.
104φαμένου δὴ τοῦ πεπονθότος, ὅτι ἐν τῷ σωματικῷ στρατοπέδῳ τὰς τοῦ πολέμου φωνὰς εἶναι πάσας συμβέβηκε τῆς εἰρήνῃ φίλης ἡσυχίας μακρὰν ἀπεληλαμένης, ὁ ἱερὸς συναινεῖ λόγος· οὐ γὰρ λέγει μὴ εἶναι πολέμου φωνήν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τοιαύτην, ὁποίαν ἔνιοι νομίζουσιν ἢ νενικηκότων ἢ κεκρατημένων, ἀλλ’ ἥτις ἂν γένοιτο βεβαρημένων καὶ πεπιεσμένων οἴνῳ· τὸ γὰρ „οὐκ ἔστι φωνὴ ἐξαρχόντων κατ’ ἰσχὺν“
105ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ περιγεγενημένων τῷ πολέμῳ· ἰσχὺς γὰρ τοῦ κρατεῖν αἴτιον. οὕτως τὸν σοφὸν Ἀβραὰμ μετὰ τὴν τῶν ἐννέα καθαίρεσιν βασιλέων, παθῶν μὲν τεττάρων, πέντε δὲ αἰσθητικῶν δυνάμεων, αἳ παρὰ φύσιν ἐκινοῦντο, εἰσάγει τὸν εὐχαριστητικὸν ὕμνον ἐξάρχοντα καὶ φάσκοντα ταυτί· „ἐκτενῶ τὴν χεῖρά μου πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸν ὕψιστον, ὃς ἔκτισε τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, εἰ ἀπὸ σπαρτίου ἕως σφαιρωτῆρος ὑποδήματος λήψομαι ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν σῶν“ (Gen. 14,22.23).
106δείκνυσι δ’, ὥς γ’ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, τὸ γεγονὸς πᾶν, οὐρανόν, γῆν, ὕδωρ, πνεῦμα, ζῷα ὁμοῦ καὶ φυτά· ἑκάστῳ γὰρ αὐτῶν ὁ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς ἐνεργείας πρὸς θεὸν τείνας καὶ παρ’ αὐτοῦ μόνου τὰς ὠφελείας ἐπελπίζων δεόντως ἂν εἴποι· παρ’ οὐδενὸς λήψομαι τῶν σῶν, οὐ παρ’ ἡλίου τὸ μεθημερινόν, οὐ παρὰ σελήνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων τὸ νυκτὶ φέγγος, οὐ παρὰ ἀέρος καὶ νεφελῶν ὑετούς, οὐ παρὰ ὕδατος καὶ γῆς ποτὰ καὶ σιτία, οὐ παρὰ ὀφθαλμῶν τὸ ὁρᾶν, οὐ τὸ ἀκούειν παρὰ ὤτων, οὐ παρὰ μυκτήρων ὀσμάς, οὐ παρ’ ἐνστομίου χυλοῦ τὸ γεύεσθαι, οὐ παρὰ γλώττης τὸ λέγειν, οὐ παρὰ χειρῶν τὸ διδόναι καὶ λαμβάνειν, οὐ τὸ προσέρχεσθαι καὶ ἐξαναχωρεῖν παρὰ ποδῶν, οὐκ ἀναπνοὴν παρὰ πνεύμονος, οὐ πέψιν παρ’ ἥπατος, οὐ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων σπλάγχνων τὰς καθ’ ἕκαστον οἰκείους ἐνεργείας, οὐ παρὰ δένδρων καὶ σπαρτῶν τοὺς ἐτησίους καρπούς, ἀλλὰ πάντα παρὰ τοῦ μόνου σοφοῦ τὰς αὑτοῦ χαριστηρίους δυνάμεις πάντῃ τείναντος καὶ διὰ τούτων ὠφελοῦντος.
107ὁ μὲν οὖν τοῦ ὄντος ὁρατικὸς τὸν αἴτιον ἐπιστάμενος τὰ ὧν ἐστιν αἴτιος δεύτερα μετ’ ἐκεῖνον τετίμηκεν ὁμολογῶν ἀκολακεύτως τὰ προσόντα αὐτοῖς. ἡ δὲ ὁμολογία δικαιοτάτη· παρ’ ὑμῶν μὲν οὐδέν, παρὰ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ λήψομαι, οὗ κτήματα τὰ πάντα, δι’ ὑμῶν δὲ ἴσως· ὄργανα γὰρ ὑπηρετήσοντα ταῖς ἀθανάτοις αὐτοῦ χάρισι γεγένησθε.
108ὁ δὲ ἀπερίσκεπτος διάνοιαν τυφλωθείς, ᾗ τὸ ὂν μόνῃ καταληπτόν ἐστιν, αὐτὸ μὲν οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς εἶδε, τὰ δὲ ἐν κόσμῳ σώματα αἰσθήσεσι ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ, ἃ δὴ πάντων ἐνόμισε γινομένων αἴτια.
109παρὸ καὶ θεοπλαστεῖν ἀρξάμενος ἀγαλμάτων καὶ ξοάνων καὶ ἄλλων μυρίων ἀφιδρυμάτων ὕλαις διαφόροις τετεχνιτευμένων κατέπλησε τὴν οἰκουμένην, γραφεῦσι καὶ πλάσταις, οὓς ὑπερορίους ὁ νομοθέτης τῆς κατ’ αὐτὸν πολιτείας ἤλασεν, ἆθλά τε μεγάλα καὶ τιμὰς ὑπερβαλλούσας ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ κοινῇ ψηφισάμενος, καὶ κατειργάσατο τοὐναντίον οὗ προσεδόκησεν, ἀντὶ ὁσιότητος ἀσέβειαν·
110τὸ γὰρ πολύθεον ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἀφρόνων ψυχαῖς ἀθεότητα κατασκευάζει, καὶ θεοῦ τιμῆς ἀλογοῦσιν οἱ τὰ θνητὰ θειώσαντες· οἷς οὐκ ἐξήρκεσεν ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης, εἰ δὲ ἐβούλοντο, καὶ γῆς ἁπάσης καὶ παντὸς ὕδατος εἰκόνας διαπλάσασθαι, ἀλλ’ ἤδη καὶ ἀλόγοις ζῴοις καὶ φυτοῖς τῆς τῶν ἀφθάρτων τιμῆς μετέδοσαν. ὁ δὴ τούτοις ἐπιτιμῶν τὸν ἐπινίκιον ὕμνον ἐξάρχων ἐδείχθη.
111καὶ Μωυσῆς μέντοι κατὰ ταῦτα, ἐπειδὰν ἴδῃ τὸν βασιλέα τῆς Αἰγύπτου, τὸν ὑπέραυχον νοῦν, σὺν τοῖς ἑξακοσίοις ἅρμασι (Exod. 14, 7), ταῖς τοῦ ὀργανικοῦ σώματος ἓξ κινήσεσιν ἡρμοσμέναις τοῖς ἐπιβεβηκόσι τριστάταις (Exod. 15, 4), οἳ μηδενὸς τῶν κατὰ γένεσιν πεφυκότος ἑστάναι περὶ πάντων οἴονται δεῖν ὡς ἂν παγίως ἱδρυμένων καὶ μηδεμίαν δεχομένων μεταβολὴν ἀποφαίνεσθαι, δίκην ἀξίαν τῆς ἀσεβείας ὑποσχόντα καὶ τὸν ἀσκητικὸν ἔμπαλιν τὰς ἐπιδρομὰς τῶν πολεμίων ἐκφυγόντα καὶ ἀνὰ κράτος ἀπροσδοκήτως διασωθέντα, τὸν δίκαιον καὶ ἀληθῆ βραβευτὴν ὑμνεῖ θεὸν τὰ πρεπωδέστατα καὶ οἰκειότατα ταῖς συντυχίαις ἐξάρχων ᾄσματα, διότι „ἵππον καὶ ἀναβάτην ῥίψας εἰς θάλασσαν“ (Exod. 15, 1), τὸν ἐποχούμενον νοῦν ταῖς τοῦ τετράποδος καὶ ἀφηνιαστοῦ πάθους ἀλόγοις ὁρμαῖς ἀφανίσας, βοηθὸς καὶ ὑπερασπιστὴς ἐγένετο τῆς ὁρατικῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς χαρίσασθαι παντελῆ σωτηρίαν αὐτῇ.
112ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ φρέατος ἐξάρχει, οὐκέτι μόνον ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῶν παθῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ τὸ κάλλιστον κτημάτων, σοφίαν, ἀνανταγώνιστον ἰσχῦσαι λαβεῖν, ἣν ἀπεικάζει φρέατι· βαθεῖα γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐπιπόλαιος, γλυκὺ ἀναδιδοῦσα νᾶμα καλοκἀγαθίας διψώσαις ψυχαῖς, ἀναγκαιότατον ὁμοῦ καὶ ἥδιστον ποτόν·
113ἰδιώτῃ δὲ οὐδενὶ παιδείας ἐφεῖται τοῦτο τὸ φρέαρ ὀρύττειν, μόνοις δὲ βασιλεῦσιν, ᾗ φησιν· „ἐλατόμησαν αὐτὸ βασιλεῖς“ (Num. 21, 16—18)· μεγάλων γὰρ ἡγεμόνων ἀναζητῆσαι καὶ κατεργάσασθαι σοφίαν, οὐχὶ τῶν ὅπλοις γῆν καὶ θάλατταν ὑπηγμένων, ἀλλὰ τῶν ψυχῆς δυνάμεσι τὸν πολύτροπον αὐτῆς
114καὶ μιγάδα καὶ πεφορημένον ὄχλον κατηγωνισμένων. τούτων φοιτητὰς καὶ γνωρίμους εἶναι συμβέβηκε τοὺς λέγοντας· „οἱ παῖδές σου εἰλήφασι τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν πολεμιστῶν τῶν μεθ’ ἡμῶν, οὐ διαπεφώνηκεν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν οὐδὲ εἷς· προσαγηόχαμεν τὸ δῶρον κυρίῳ ἀνήρ, ὃ εὗρεν“ (Num. 31, 49. 50)·
115ἐοίκασι γὰρ καὶ οὗτοι πάλιν ἐπινίκιον ᾆσμα ἐξάρχειν τελείων καὶ ἡγεμονικῶν δυνάμεων ἐφιέμενοι— τὸν γὰρ συντιθέντα τὸ κεφάλαιον καὶ πλεῖστον ἀριθμὸν τῶν κατ’ ἀνδρείαν λόγων φασὶ λαβεῖν —, οὓς ἐκ φύσεως εἶναι πολεμικοὺς συμβέβηκε δυσὶν ἀντιτεταγμένους τέλεσιν, ἑνὶ μὲν οὗ ἡ δυσθεράπευτος ἀφηγεῖται δειλία, ἑτέρῳ δὲ οὗ ἡ ἀρειμάνιος θρασύτης· ἀμφότεραι δὲ γνώμης ἀγαθῆς ἀμέτοχοι.
116παγκάλως δ’ εἴρηται τὸ μηδένα διαπεφωνηκέναι πρὸς ὁλοκλήρου καὶ παντελοῦς μετουσίαν ἀνδρείας· καθάπερ γὰρ λύρα καὶ πᾶν μουσικῆς ὄργανον ἐκμελὲς μέν, κἂν εἷς αὐτὸ μόνον ἀπῳδὸς ᾖ φθόγγος, ἡρμοσμένον δ’, ὅταν μιᾷ πλήξει συνηχῶσι τὴν αὐτὴν συμφωνίαν ἀποτελοῦντες, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τὸ ψυχῆς ὄργανον ἀσύμφωνον μέν, ὅταν ἢ θράσει σφόδρα ἐπιτεινόμενον πρὸς τὸ ὀξύτατον βιάζηται ἢ δειλίᾳ πλέον τοῦ μετρίου ἀνιέμενον πρὸς τὸ βαρύτατον χαλᾶται, σύμφωνον δ’, ὅταν οἱ τῆς ἀνδρείας καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς τόνοι πάντες ἀνακραθέντες ἓν εὐάρμοστον ἀπογεννήσωσι μέλος.
117τῆς δὲ συμφωνίας καὶ εὐαρμοστίας μέγα τεκμήριον τὸ προσαγηοχέναι τὸ δῶρον τῷ θεῷ, τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ τιμῆσαι πρεπόντως τὸ ὂν διὰ τοῦ σαφέστατα ὡμολογηκέναι, ὅτι δῶρόν ἐστιν αὐτοῦ τόδε τὸ πᾶν· λέγει γὰρ φυσικώτατα·
118„ἀνὴρ ὃ εὗρε, τοῦτο προσήνεγκε δῶρον“. ἕκαστος δ’ ἡμῶν γενόμενος εὐθὺς εὑρίσκει τὸ μέγα δῶρον θεοῦ τὸν παντελῆ κόσμον, αὐτὸν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἀρίστοις μέρεσιν [ὄρεσιν] ἐχαρίσατο.
119εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἐν μέρει δωρεαί, ἃς θεῷ τε δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν ἀνθρώποις ἐμπρεπές. αὗται δ’ ἂν εἶεν ἀρεταὶ καὶ αἱ κατ’ αὐτὰς ἐνέργειαι, ὧν τὴν εὕρεσιν σχεδὸν ἄχρονον οὖσαν διὰ τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τοῦ χαριζομένου τάχος ἐν οἷς εἴωθε δωρεῖσθαι πᾶς καταπέπληκται, καὶ ὅτῳ μηδὲν μέγα τῶν ἄλλων ὑπείληπται.
120διὸ καὶ πυνθάνεται· „τί τοῦτο ὃ ταχὺ εὗρες, ὦ τέκνον;“ τεθαυμακὼς τῆς σπουδαίας διαθέσεως τὴν ὀξύτητα· ὁ δὲ εὖ παθὼν εὐθυβόλως ἀποκρίνεται· „ὃ παρέδωκε κύριος ὁ θεός“ (Gen. 27,20)· παραδόσεις γὰρ καὶ ὑφηγήσεις βραδεῖαι μὲν αἱ δι’ ἀνθρώπων, ὀξύταται δ’ αἱ διὰ θεοῦ, φθάνουσαι καὶ τὴν ὀξυτάτην χρόνου κίνησιν.
121οἱ μὲν οὖν κατ’ ἰσχὺν καὶ δύναμιν ἔξαρχοι καὶ ἡγεμόνες τοῦ τὸν ἐπινίκιον καὶ εὐχαριστικὸν ὕμνον ᾄδοντος χοροῦ οἱ λεχθέντες εἰσίν, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τροπὴν καὶ ἀσθένειαν τοῦ τὸν ἐφ’ ἥτταις θρῆνον σφαδάζοντος ἕτεροι, οὓς οὐ κακίζειν μᾶλλον ἢ οἰκτίζεσθαι χρὴ καθάπερ τοὺς τὰ σώματα ἐκ φύσεως ἐπικήρως ἔχοντας, οἷς καὶ ἡ τυχοῦσα νόσου πρόφασις μέγα ἐμπόδιον πρὸς τὸ σῴζεσθαι.
122ἔνιοι δ’ οὐ τῷ μαλθακωτέροις τοῖς ψυχῆς κεχρῆσθαι τόνοις ἀνέπεσον ἄκοντες ὑπ’ ἐρρωμενεστέρας τῶν ἀντιπάλων ἰσχύος πιεσθέντες, ἀλλὰ μιμησάμενοι τοὺς ἐθελοδούλους ἑκόντες ἑαυτοὺς πικροῖς δεσπόταις ὑπέρριψαν γένος ὄντες ἐλεύθεροι· διὸ μὴ δυνάμενοι πεπρᾶσθαι, τὸ παραλογώτατον, αὐτοὶ δεσπότας ὠνούμενοι προσεκτῶντο, ταὐτὸ δρῶντες τοῖς ἐμφορουμένοις ἀπλήστως πρὸς μέθην οἴνου·
123καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι γνώμῃ τὸν ἄκρατον, οὐ βιασθέντες προσφέρονται, ὥστε καὶ γνώμῃ τὸ μὲν νηφάλιον ἐκτέμνουσι τῆς ψυχῆς, τὸ δὲ παράληρον αἱροῦνται· „φωνὴν“ γάρ φησιν „ἐξαρχόντων [ὑπ’] οἴνου ἐγὼ ἀκούω“, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἀκούσιον ἐνδεδεγμένων μανίαν, ἀλλ’ ἑκουσίῳ
124φρενοβλαβείᾳ βεβακχευμένων. πᾶς δ’ ὁ συνεγγίζων τῇ παρεμβολῇ „τὸν μόσχον ὁρᾷ καὶ τοὺς χορούς“ (Exod. 32,19), ᾗ καὶ αὐτὸς διασυνίστησι· τύφῳ γὰρ καὶ τοῖς τύφου χορευταῖς ἐντυγχάνομεν, ὅσοι πλησίον ἵστασθαι τοῦ σωματικοῦ στρατοπέδου διανοούμεθα γνώμῃ· ἐπεὶ τοῖς τε φιλοθεάμοσι καὶ τὰ ἀσώματα ὁρᾶν γλιχομένοις, ἅτε ἀτυφίας οὖσιν ἀσκηταῖς, πορρωτάτω τοῦ σώματος ἔθος διοικίζεσθαι.
125εὔχου δὴ τῷ θεῷ μηδέποτε ἔξαρχος οἴνου γενέσθαι, τουτέστι μηδέποτε ἑκὼν ἀφηγήσασθαι τῆς εἰς ἀπαιδευσίαν καὶ ἀφροσύνην ἀγούσης ὁδοῦ· τὰ γὰρ ἀκούσια ἡμίσεα κακῶν καὶ κουφότερα, καθαρῷ τῷ τοῦ συνειδότος ἐλέγχῳ μὴ βαρυνόμενα.
Sections 126–150
126τελεσφορηθεισῶν δέ σοι τῶν εὐχῶν ἰδιώτης μὲν ἔτι μένειν οὐκ ἂν δύναιο, τὴν δὲ μεγίστην ἡγεμονιῶν ἀρχήν, ἱερωσύνην, κτήσῃ. σχεδὸν γὰρ ἱερέων καὶ θεραπευτῶν θεοῦ μόνων τὸ ἔργον νηφάλια θύειν, οἴνου καὶ παντὸς ὃ τοῦ ληρεῖν αἴτιον βεβαιότητι διανοίας κατεξανισταμένων·
127„ἐλάλησε“ γάρ φησι „κύριος τῷ Ἀαρὼν λέγων· οἶνον καὶ σίκερα οὐ πίεσθε σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου μετὰ σέ, ἡνίκα ἂν εἰσπορεύησθε εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἢ προσπορεύησθε τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνητε· νόμιμον αἰώνιον εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν διαστεῖλαι ἀνὰ μέσον ἁγίων καὶ βεβήλων καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον καθαρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων“ (Lev. 10,8—10).
128Ἀαρὼν δέ ἐστιν ὁ ἱερεύς, καὶ τοὔνομα ὀρεινὸς ἑρμηνεύεται, μετέωρα καὶ ὑψηλὰ φρονῶν λογισμός, οὐ διὰ μεγαλαυχίας κενοῦ φυσήματος ὑπόπλεων ὄγκον, ἀλλὰ διὰ μέγεθος ἀρετῆς, ἣ τὸ φρόνημα ἐξαίρουσα πέραν οὐρανοῦ ταπεινὸν οὐδὲν ἐᾷ λογίζεσθαι. διακείμενος δ’ οὕτως ἄκρατον καὶ πᾶν ἀφροσύνης φάρμακον ἑκὼν οὔποτε προσήσεται.
129ἀνάγκη γάρ ἐστιν ἢ ἀρρηφοροῦντα αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν εἰσιέναι τὰς ἀοράτους ἐπιτελέσοντα τελετὰς ἢ τῷ βωμῷ προσιόντα θυσίας ὑπέρ τε τῶν ἰδίων καὶ κοινῶν χαριστηρίους ἀναγαγεῖν· νήψεως δὲ καὶ περιττῆς ἀγχινοίας ταῦτα δεῖται.
130θαυμάσαι μὲν οὖν εἰκότως ἄν τις καὶ τὸ ῥητὸν τῆς προστάξεως. πῶς γὰρ οὐ σεμνὸν νήφοντας καὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ὄντας πρὸς εὐχὰς καὶ ἱερουργίας χωρεῖν, ὡς ἔμπαλιν ἀμφότερα, σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν, παρειμένους ὑπὸ οἴνου καταγέλαστον;
131ἢ δεσπόταις μὲν καὶ γονεῦσι καὶ ἄρχουσιν οἰκέται καὶ υἱοὶ καὶ ὑπήκοοι μέλλοντες προσέρχεσθαι πρόνοιαν ἕξουσι τοῦ νήφειν, ὡς μήτε ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις καὶ πραττομένοις διαμάρτοιεν μήθ’ ὡς καταπεφρονηκότες τῆς ἐκείνων ἀξιώσεως κολασθεῖεν ἤ, τὸ γοῦν ἐπιεικέστατον, χλεύην ὄφλοιεν· τὸν δὲ τοῦ παντὸς ἡγεμόνα καὶ πατέρα τις θεραπεύειν δικαιῶν οὐ καὶ σιτίων καὶ ποτῶν καὶ ὕπνου καὶ πάντων ὅσα ἀναγκαῖα τῇ φύσει περιέσται, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ ἁβροδίαιτον ἀποκλίνας τὸν τῶν ἀσώτων ζηλώσει βίον, καὶ βεβαρημένος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀπ’ οἴνου καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν παραβάλλων καὶ τὸν αὐχένα ἐγκάρσιον πλαγιάζων καὶ ὑπ’ ἀμετρίας ἐρευγόμενος καὶ ὅλῳ διαρρέων τῷ σώματι χέρνιβος ἢ βωμῶν ἢ θυσιῶν προσάψεται; ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὴν ἱερὰν ἐξ ἀπόπτου φλόγα θεάσασθαι τῷ τοιούτῳ θέμις.
132εἰ μέντοι μήτε σκηνὴν μήτε θυσιαστήριον ὑπολάβοι τις λέγεσθαι τὰ ὁρώμενα ἐκ τῆς ἀψύχου καὶ φθαρτῆς δημιουργηθέντα ὕλης, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἀόρατα καὶ [τὰ] νοητὰ θεωρήματα, ὧν αἰσθηταὶ ταῦτα εἰκόνες, καταπλαγήσεται μᾶλλον τὴν ὑφήγησιν.
133ἐπειδὴ γὰρ παντὸς τὸ μὲν παράδειγμα, τὸ δὲ μίμημα ὁ ποιῶν ἐποίει, καὶ ἀρετῆς τὴν μὲν ἀρχέτυπον σφραγῖδα εἰργάζετο, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ταύτης ἐνεσημαίνετο ἐμφερέστατον χαρακτῆρα· ἡ μὲν οὖν ἀρχέτυπος σφραγὶς ἀσώματός ἐστιν ἰδέα, ἡ δὲ χαραχθεῖσα εἰκὼν σῶμα ἤδη, φύσει μὲν αἰσθητόν, οὐ μὴν εἰς αἴσθησιν ἐρχόμενον· καθάπερ καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ βαθυτάτῳ τοῦ Ἀτλαντικοῦ πελάγους ξύλον εἴποι τις ἂν πεφυκέναι μὲν πρὸς τὸ καίεσθαι, μηδέποτε δ’ ὑπὸ πυρὸς ἀναλωθήσεσθαι διὰ τὴν τῆς θαλάττης ἀνάχυσιν.
134τὴν οὖν σκηνὴν καὶ τὸν βωμὸν ἐννοήσωμεν ἰδέας, τὴν μὲν ἀρετῆς ἀσωμάτου, τὸνδὲ αἰσθητῆς εἰκόνος εἶναι σύμβολον. τὸν μέν γε βωμὸν καὶ τὰ ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ ῥᾴδιον ἰδεῖν—ἔξω τε γὰρ ἔχει τὴν κατασκευὴν καὶ ἀσβέστῳ πυρὶ ... ἀναλίσκεται, ὡς μὴ μεθ’ ἡμέραν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ νύκτωρ περιλάμπεσθαι—,
135ἡ δὲ σκηνὴ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ πάντα ἀθέατα, οὐχὶ τῷ μόνον ἐσωτάτω καὶ ἐν ἀδύτοις ἱδρῦσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τὸν προσαψάμενον ἢ διὰ περιεργίαν ὀφθαλμῶν ἰδόντα ἀπαραιτήτῳ δίκῃ θανάτου κατὰ πρόσταξιν νόμου κολάζεσθαι, πλὴν εἰ μή τις ὁλόκληρος καὶ παντελὴς εἴη, περὶ μηδέν, μὴ μέγα, μὴ μικρόν, ἁπλῶς κηραίνων πάθος, ἀλλ’ ἀρτίῳ καὶ πλήρει καὶ πάντα τελειοτάτῃ κεχρημένος τῇ φύσει.
136τούτῳ γὰρ ἐπιτέτραπται δι’ ἔτους ἅπαξ εἰσιόντι ἐπισκοπεῖν τὰ ἀθέατα ἄλλοις, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐξ ἁπάντων μόνῳ ὁ τῶν ἀσωμάτων καὶ ἀφθάρτων ἀγαθῶν πτηνὸς καὶ οὐράνιος ἔρως ἐνδιαιτᾶται.
137ὅταν οὖν ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδέας πληχθεὶς ἕπηται τῇ τὰς κατὰ μέρος ἀρετὰς τυπούσῃ σφραγῖδι κατανοῶν καὶ καταπληττόμενος αὐτῆς τὸ θεοειδέστατον κάλλος ἤ τινι προσέρχηται δεξαμένῃ τὸν ἐκείνης χαρακτῆρα, λήθη μὲν ἀμαθίας καὶ ἀπαιδευσίας, μνήμη δὲ παιδείας καὶ ἐπιστήμης εὐθὺς ἐγγίνεται.
138διὸ λέγει· „οἶνον καὶ σίκερα οὐ πίεσθε, σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου μετὰ σέ, ἡνίκα ἂν εἰσπορεύησθε εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἢ προσπορεύησθε τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ“. ταῦτα δ’ οὐκ ἀπαγορεύων μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμην ἀποφαινόμενος διεξέρχεται· τῷ μέν γε ἀπαγορεύοντι οἰκεῖον ἦν εἰπεῖν· οἶνον, ὅταν ἱερουργῆτε, μὴ πίνετε, τῷ δὲ γνώμην ἀποφαινομένῳ τὸ „οὐ πίεσθε“. καὶ γάρ ἐστιν ἀμήχανον τὸ μέθης καὶ παροινίας ψυχῆς αἴτιον, ἀπαιδευσίαν, προσίεσθαι τὸν ταῖς γενικαῖς καὶ κατ’ εἶδος ἀρεταῖς ἐμμελετῶντα καὶ ἐγχορεύοντα.
139τὴν δὲ „σκηνὴν μαρτυρίου“ καλεῖ πολλάκις, ἤτοι παρόσον ὁ ἀψευδὴς θεὸς ἀρετῆς ἐστι μάρτυς, ᾧ καλὸν καὶ σύμφορον προσέχειν, ἢ παρόσον ἡ ἀρετὴ βεβαιότητα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐντίθησι τοὺς ἐνδοιάζοντας καὶ ἐπαμφοτερίζοντας λογισμοὺς ἀνὰ κράτος ἐκτέμνουσα καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν δικαστηρίῳ τῷ βίῳ τἀληθὲς ἀνακαλύπτουσα.
140λέγει δὲ ὅτι οὐδ’ ἀποθανεῖται ὁ νηφάλια θύων, ὡς ἀπαιδευσίας μὲν θάνατον ἐπιφερούσης, παιδείας δὲ ἀφθαρσίαν· καθάπερ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν ἡμῶν νόσος μὲν διαλύσεως, ὑγεία δὲ σωτηρίας αἰτία, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς τὸ μὲν σῷζόν ἐστι φρόνησις —ὑγεία γάρ τις αὕτη διανοίας—, τὸ δὲ φθεῖρον ἀφροσύνη νόσον ἀνίατον κατασκήπτουσα.
141τοῦτο δὲ „νόμιμον αἰώνιον εἶναί“ φησιν, ἄντικρυς ἀποφαινόμενος· ὑπολαμβάνει γὰρ νόμον ἀθάνατον ἐν τῇ τοῦ παντὸς ἐστηλιτεῦσθαι φύσει ταυτὶ περιέχοντα, ὅτι ὑγιεινὸν μὲν καὶ σωτήριον χρῆμα παιδεία, νόσου δὲ καὶ φθορᾶς αἴτιον ἀπαιδευσία.
142παρεμφαίνει δέ τι καὶ τοιοῦτον· τὸ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν νόμιμον εὐθύς ἐστιν αἰώνιον, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος, ὃς δὴ νόμος ἐστίν, οὐ φθαρτός· καὶ γὰρ αὖ τοὐναντίον τὸ παράνομον ἐφήμερόν τε καὶ εὐδιάλυτον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ παρὰ τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν ἀνωμολόγηται.
143νόμου δὲ καὶ παιδείας ἴδιον βέβηλα ἁγίων καὶ ἀκάθαρτα καθαρῶν διαστέλλειν, ὡς ἔμπαλιν ἀνομίας καὶ ἀπαιδευσίας εἰς ταὐτὸν ἄγειν τὰ μαχόμενα βιάζεσθαι φυρούσης τὰ πάντα καὶ συγχεούσης. διὰ τοῦτο ὁ καὶ βασιλέων καὶ προφητῶν μέγιστος Σαμουὴλ „οἶνον καὶ μέθυσμα“, ὡς ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος φησίν, „ἄχρι τελευτῆς οὐ πίεται“ (I Reg. 1,11)· τέτακται γὰρ ἐν τῇ τοῦ θείου στρατοπέδου τάξει, ἣν οὐδέποτε λείψει προμηθείᾳ τοῦ σοφοῦ ταξιάρχου.
144Σαμουὴλ δὲ γέγονε μὲν ἴσως ἄνθρωπος, παρείληπται δ’ οὐχ ὡς σύνθετον ζῷον, ἀλλ’ ὡς νοῦς λατρείᾳ καὶ θεραπείᾳ θεοῦ μόνῃ χαίρων· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ τεταγμένος θεῷ διὰ τὸ τὰς πράξεις ὅσαι κατὰ κενὰς δόξας συνίστανται χαλεπὴν ἀταξίαν εἶναι νομίζειν.
145οὗτος μητρὸς γέγονεν Ἄννης, ἧς τοὔνομα μεταληφθέν ἐστι χάρις· ἄνευ γὰρ θείας χάριτος ἀμήχανον ἢ λιποτακτῆσαι τὰ θνητὰ ἢ τοῖς ἀφθάρτοις ἀεὶ παραμεῖναι·
146χάριτος δ’ ἥτις ἂν πληρωθῇ ψυχή, γέγηθεν εὐθὺς καὶ μειδιᾷ καὶ ἀνορχεῖται· βεβάκχευται γάρ, ὡς πολλοῖς τῶν ἀνοργιάστων μεθύειν καὶ παροινεῖν καὶ ἐξεστάναι ἂν δόξαι. διὸ καὶ λέγεται πρὸς αὐτὴν ὑπὸ παιδαρίου τινός, οὐχ ἑνός, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ παντὸς τοῦ νεωτερίζειν καὶ τὰ καλὰ χλευάζειν ἀκμὴν ἔχοντος· „ἕως πότε μεθυσθήσῃ; περιελοῦ τὸν οἶνόν σου“ (I Reg. 1, 14)· φιλεῖ γὰρ τοῖς θεοφορήτοις οὐχ
147ἡ ψυχὴ μόνον ἐγείρεσθαι καὶ ὥσπερ ἐξοιστρᾶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἐνερευθὲς εἶναι καὶ πεπυρωμένον τῆς ἔνδον ἀναχεούσης καὶ χλιαινούσης χαρᾶς τὸ πάθος εἰς τὸ ἔξω διαδιδούσης· ὑφ’ οὗ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀπατηθέντες τοὺς νήφοντας μεθύειν ὑπετόπασαν.
148καίτοι γε ἐκεῖνοι μὲν τρόπον τινὰ μεθύουσιν οἱ νήφοντες τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἀθρόα ἠκρατισμένοι καὶ τὰς προπόσεις παρὰ τελείας ἀρετῆς δεξάμενοι, οἱ δὲ τὴν ἀπὸ οἴνου μεθύοντες μέθην ἄγευστοι φρονήσεως διετέλεσαν νηστείαν συνεχῆ καὶ λιμὸν αὐτῆς ἄγοντες.
149εἰκότως οὖν ἀποκρίνεται πρὸς τὸν νεωτεροποιὸν καὶ γέλωτα τιθέμενον τὸν σεμνὸν καὶ αὐστηρὸν αὐτῆς βίον· ὦ θαυμάσιε, „γυνὴ ἡ σκληρὰ ἡμέρα ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οἶνον καὶ μέθυσμα οὐ πέπωκα, καὶ ἐκχεῶ τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐνώπιον κυρίου“ (I Reg. 1,15)· παμπόλλη γε παρρησία τῆς ψυχῆς, ἣ τῶν χαρίτων τοῦ θεοῦ πεπλήρωται.
150πρῶτον μέν γε „σκληρὰν ἡμέραν“ εἶπεν ἑαυτὴν πρὸς τὸ χλευάζον ἀπιδοῦσα παιδάριον—τούτῳ γὰρ καὶ παντὶ ἄφρονι τραχεῖα καὶ δύσβατος καὶ ἀργαλεωτάτη νενόμισται ἡ ἐπ’ ἀρετὴν ἄγουσα ὁδός, καθὰ καὶ τῶν παλαιῶν τις ἐμαρτύρησεν εἰπών· τὴν μέντοι κακότητα καὶ ἰλαδὸν ἔστιν ἑλέσθαι. τῆς δ’ ἀρετῆς ἱδρῶτα θεὸς προπάροιθεν ἔθηκεν ἀθάνατος, μακρὸς δὲ καὶ ὄρθιος οἶμος ἐς αὐτὴν καὶ τρηχὺς τὸ πρῶτον· ἐπὴν δ’ εἰς ἄκρον ἵκηαι. ῥηιδίη δὴ ’πειτα πέλει χαλεπή περ ἐοῦσα —,
Sections 151–175
151εἶτα οἶνον καὶ μέθυσμα οὔ φησι προσενέγκασθαι τῷ συνεχῶς καὶ παρὰ πάντα τὸν βίον νήφειν ἐπαυχοῦσα· καὶ γὰρ ὄντως ἀφέτῳ καὶ ἐλευθεριάζοντι καὶ καθαρῷ χρῆσθαι λογισμῷ πρὸς μηδενὸς πάθους παροινουμένῳ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν ἦν ἔργον.
152ἐκ τούτου δὲ συμβαίνει νήψεως ἀκράτου τὸν νοῦν ἐμφορηθέντα σπονδὴν ὅλον δι’ ὅλων γίνεσθαί τε καὶ σπένδεσθαι θεῷ· τί γὰρ ἦν τὸ „ἐκχεῶ τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐναντίον κυρίου“ ἢ σύμπασαν αὐτὴν ἀνιερώσω, δεσμὰ μὲν οἷς πρότερον ἐσφίγγετο, ἃ περιῆψαν αἱ τοῦ θνητοῦ βίου κεναὶ σπουδαί, πάντα λύσας, προαγαγὼν δὲ ἔξω καὶ τείνας καὶ ἀναχέας τοσοῦτον, ὡς καὶ τῶν τοῦ παντὸς ἅψασθαι περάτων καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ἀγενήτου παγκάλην καὶ ἀοίδιμον θέαν ἐπειχθῆναι;
153νηφόντων μὲν οὖν ὁ χορὸς οὗτος παιδείαν προστησαμένων ἡγεμονίδα, μεθυόντων δ’ ὁ πρότερος, οὗπερ ἦν ἔξαρχος ἀπαιδευσία.
154Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ μεθύειν οὐ μόνον ἐδήλου τὸ ληρεῖν, ὃ δημιουργὸν ἀπαιδευσίαν εἶχεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ παντελῶς ἀναισθητεῖν, ἀναισθησίας δὲ τῆς μὲν κατὰ τὸ σῶμα δημιουργὸς οἶνος, τῆς δὲ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἄγνοια τούτων ὧν εἰκὸς ἦν ἐπιστήμην ἀνειληφέναι, λεκτέον καὶ περὶ ἀγνοίας βραχέα αὐτὰ τὰ καίρια ὑπομιμνῄσκοντας.
155τίνι οὖν ἀπεικάσωμεν τῶν ἐν τῷ σώματι τὸ ἐν ψυχῇ πάθος ὃ κέκληται ἄγνοια ἢ τῇ τῶν αἰσθητηρίων πηρώσει; οὐκοῦν ὅσοι ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ὦτα ἐβλάβησαν, οὐδὲν ἔτι οὔτ’ ἰδεῖν οὔτ’ ἀκοῦσαι δύνανται, ἡμέραν μὲν καὶ φῶς, ὧν ἕνεκα μόνων, εἰ χρὴ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, τὸ ζῆν αἱρετόν, οὐκ εἰδότες, μακρῷ δὲ σκότῳ καὶ νυκτὶ αἰωνίῳ συνοικοῦντες, πρὸς πάντα καὶ μικρὰ καὶ μείζω κεκωφημένοι, οὓς εἰκότως ὁ βίος ἀδυνάτους εἴωθε καλεῖν·
156κἂν γὰρ αἱ τοῦ ἄλλου σώματος ἅπασαι δυνάμεις ἐπ’ αὐτὸ δὴ τὸ πέρας ἰσχύος ἔλθωσι καὶ ῥώμης, ὑποσκελισθεῖσαι πρὸς ὀφθαλμῶν καὶ ὤτων πηρώσεως μέγα πτῶμα πίπτουσιν, ὡς μηκέτ’ ἀναστῆναι δύνασθαι· τὰ γὰρ ὑπερείδοντα καὶ στηρίζοντα ἄνθρωπον λόγῳ μὲν αἱ βάσεις εἰσίν, ἔργῳ δὲ ἀκοαί τε καὶ ὄψεις, ἃς ἔχων μέν τις ὁλοκλήρους ἐγήγερται καὶ ἀνωρθίασται, στερόμενος δὲ αὐτῶν κλίνεται καὶ εἰσάπαν καθαιρεῖται.
157τὸ παραπλήσιον οὖν ἐν ψυχῇ πάντως ἄγνοια ἐργάζεται τὰ βλέποντα καὶ ἀκούοντα αὐτῆς λυμαινομένη καὶ μήτε φῶς μήτε λόγον παρεισελθεῖν ἐῶσα, τὸν μέν, ἵνα μὴ διδάξῃ, τὸ δέ, ἵνα μὴ δείξῃ τὰ ὄντα, βαθὺ δὲ σκότος καὶ πολλὴν ἀλογίαν καταχέασα κωφὴν λίθον τὸ περικαλλέστατον εἶδος ψυχῆς εἰργάσατο.
158καὶ γὰρ τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ τὸ ἐναντίον, ἡ ἐπιστήμη, τρόπον τινὰ ψυχῆς καὶ ὀφθαλμοὶ καὶ ὦτά ἐστι· καὶ γὰρ τοῖς λεγομένοις προσέχει τὸν νοῦν καὶ καταθεᾶται τὰ ὄντα καὶ οὐδὲν οὔτε παρορᾶν οὔτε παρακούειν ὑπομένει, πάντα δ’ ὅσα ἀκοῆς καὶ θέας ἄξια περισκοπεῖ καὶ περιβλέπεται, κἂν εἰ πεζεύειν καὶ πλεῖν δεῖ, γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ἄχρι τῶν περάτων ἀφικνεῖται, ἵνα ἴδῃ τι πλέον ἢ ἀκούσῃ καινότερον.
159ἀοκνότατον γὰρ ὁ ἐπιστήμης ἔρως, ἐχθρὸς μὲν ὕπνου, φίλος δὲ ἐγρηγόρσεως· διανιστὰς οὖν καὶ ἀνεγείρων καὶ παραθήγων ἀεὶ διάνοιαν πανταχόσε περιφοιτᾶν ἀναγκάζει λίχνον ἀκοῆς ἐργαζόμενος καὶ μαθήσεως δίψαν ἄληκτον ἐντήκων.
160οὐκοῦν ἐπιστήμη μὲν τὸ βλέπειν καὶ ἀκούειν περιποιεῖ, δι’ ὧν αἱ κατορθώσεις· ὁ γὰρ ἰδὼν καὶ ἀκούσας, γνοὺς τὸ συμφέρον, τὸ μὲν ἑλόμενος, τὸ δὲ ἐναντίον ἀποστραφεὶς ὠφέληται. ἄγνοια δὲ χαλεπωτέραν τῆς ἐν τῷ σώματι πήρωσιν ἐπιφέρουσα τῇ ψυχῇ πάντων ἁμαρτημάτων αἰτία γίνεται, μηδὲν μήτ’ ἐκ τοῦ προϊδέσθαι μήτ’ ἐκ τοῦ προακοῦσαι δυναμένη λαβεῖν ἔξωθεν βοήθημα· διὰ γοῦν τὴν πολλὴν ἐρημίαν ἑαυτῆς ἀφρούρητος καὶ ἀφύλακτος ἐαθεῖσα [καὶ] πρὸς τῶν ἐπιτυχόντων ἀνθρώπων τε ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων ἐπιβουλεύεται.
161μηδέποτ’ οὖν μήτ’ ἄκρατον προσενεγκώμεθα τοσοῦτον, ὡς ἀπραξίαν ἐμποιῆσαι ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι, μήτε τοσοῦτον ἐπιστήμης ἀλλοτριωθῶμεν, ὡς ἄγνοιαν, τὸ μέγα καὶ βαθὺ σκότος, τῆς ἑαυτῶν ψυχῆς κατασκεδάσαι.
162διττὸν δὲ τὸ ἀγνοίας γένος, τὸ μὲν ἁπλοῦν, ἡ παντελὴς ἀναισθησία, τὸ δὲ διπλοῦν, ὅταν μὴ μόνον ἀνεπιστημοσύνῃ τις συνέχηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἴηται εἰδέναι ἃ μηδαμῶς οἶδε δόξῃ ψευδεῖ σοφίας ἐπαιρόμενος.
163τὸ μὲν οὖν πρότερον κακὸν ἔλαττον — κουφοτέρων γὰρ ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ τάχα ἀκουσίων αἴτιον —, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον μεῖζον· μεγάλα γὰρ ἀποτίκτει καὶ οὐκ ἀκούσια μόνον ἀλλ’ ἤδη κἀκ προνοίας ἀδικήματα.
164περὶ ταῦτά μοι δοκεῖ Λὼτ ὁ θυγατροποιὸς μάλιστα κηραίνειν ἄρρεν καὶ τέλειον ἐν ψυχῇ φυτὸν ἀναθρέψαι μὴ δυνάμενος· δύο γὰρ θυγατέρας ἐκ τῆς λιθουμένης γυναικὸς ἔσχηκεν, ἣν εὐθυβόλῳ χρησάμενος ὀνόματι καλέσειεν ἄν τις συνήθειαν, ἐχθρὰν φύσιν ἀληθείας, καὶ ὁπότε ἄγοι τις αὐτήν, ὑστερίζουσαν καὶ περιβλεπομένην τὰ ἀρχαῖα καὶ σύντροφα καὶ ἀψύχου τρόπον στήλης ἐν μέσοις αὐτοῖς καταμένουσαν.
165τῶν δὲ θυγατέρων ἡ μὲν πρεσβυτέρα κεκλήσεται βουλή, συναίνεσις δὲ ἡ νεωτέρα· τῷ μὲν γὰρ βουλεύσασθαι τὸ συναινεῖν ἕπεται, συναινέσας δ’ οὐδὲ εἷς ἔτι βουλεύεται. καθίσας οὖν ὁ νοῦς ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ συνεδρίῳ διακινεῖν ἄρχεται τὰς θυγατέρας καὶ μετὰ μὲν τῆς πρεσβυτέρας, βουλῆς, σκοπεῖσθαί τε καὶ διερευνᾶν ἕκαστα, μετὰ δὲ τῆς νεωτέρας, συναινέσεως, ἐπινεύειν ῥᾳδίως τοῖς ἐπιτυχοῦσι καὶ ὡς φίλα τὰ ἐχθρὰ ἀσπάζεσθαι, δέλεαρ εἴ τι μικρὸν ἡδονῆς αὐτὸ μόνον ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐνδιδῴη.
166ταῦτα δὲ νήφων μὲν λογισμὸς οὐκ ἀνέχεται, μέθῃ δὲ κατεσχημένος καὶ ὥσπερ ἔξοινος ὤν· διὸ λέγεται· „ἐπότισαν τὸν πατέρα οἶνον“ (Gen. 19,33). ἀναισθησία παντελής, ἱκανὸν δοκεῖν εἶναι βουλεύεσθαι τὸν νοῦν ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ τὰ συμφέροντα ἢ τοῖς ὁπωσοῦν φανεῖσιν, ὡς τὸ ἀληθὲς πάγιον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἔχουσι, συναινέσαι, τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως μηδαμῇ μηδαμῶς ἱκανῆς οὔσης ἢ ἐκ περισκέψεως τὸ σαφὲς εὑρεῖν ἢ τὰ μὲν ὡς ἀληθῆ καὶ συμφέροντα ἑλέσθαι, τὰ δ’ ὡς ψευδῆ καὶ βλάβης αἴτια ἀποστραφῆναι.
167πολὺ γὰρ σκότος τῶν ὄντων καὶ σωμάτων καὶ πραγμάτων κατακεχυμένον οὐκ ἐᾷ τὴν ἑκάστου φύσιν ἰδεῖν, ἀλλὰ κἂν βιασάμενός τις ὑπὸ περιεργίας ἢ τοῦ φιλομαθοῦς ἐθελήσῃ διακῦψαι, καθάπερ οἱ πεπηρωμένοι προσπταίων τοῖς ἐν ποσί, πρίν τι λαβεῖν, ἀναπεσὼν ὑστερίζει ἢ ταῖς χερσὶν ἐφαπτόμενος τὰ ἄδηλα εἰκάζει στοχασμὸν πρὸ ἀληθείας κτώμενος.
168οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ δᾳδουχοῦσα παιδεία παραπέμποι τὸν νοῦν φῶς ἁψαμένη τὸ οἰκεῖον ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ὄντων θέαν, ὀνῆσαι δύναιτ’ ἂν μᾶλλον ἢ βλάψαι· τὸ γὰρ βραχὺ φέγγος ὑπὸ πολλοῦ σκότους σβέννυσθαι πέφυκε, σβεσθέντος δὲ ἀνωφελὴς πᾶσα ὄψις.
169τὸν μέντοι σεμνυνόμενον ἢ ἐπὶ τῷ βουλεύεσθαι ἢ ἐπὶ τῷ τὰ μὲν αἱρεῖσθαι τὰ δὲ φεύγειν ἱκανῶς δύνασθαι διὰ τούτων ὑπομνηστέον· εἰ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν τὰς αὐτὰς ἀεὶ συνέβαινε προσπίπτειν ἀπαραλλάκτους φαντασίας, ἦν ἴσως ἀναγκαῖον τά τε ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς φύσει κατασκευασθέντα διττὰ κριτήρια, αἴσθησίν τε καὶ νοῦν, ὡς ἀψευδῆ καὶ ἀδέκαστα θαυμάζειν καὶ περὶ μηδενὸς ἐνδοιάζοντας ἐπέχειν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἅπαξ φανεῖσι πιστεύοντας τὰ μὲν αἱρεῖσθαι, τὰ δὲ ἔμπαλιν ἀποστρέφεσθαι.
170ἐπειδὴ δὲ διαφόρως ἀπ’ αὐτῶν εὑρισκόμεθα κινούμενοι, βέβαιον περὶ οὐδενὸς οὐδὲν ἂν ἔχοιμεν εἰπεῖν, ἅτε μὴ ἑστῶτος τοῦ φανέντος, ἀλλὰ πολυτρόποις καὶ πολυμόρφοις χρωμένου ταῖς μεταβολαῖς· ἀνάγκη γὰρ ἀνιδρύτου τῆς φαντασίας οὔσης ἀνίδρυτον εἶναι καὶ τὴν ἐπ’ αὐτῇ κρίσιν.
171αἴτια δὲ τούτου πολλά· πρῶτον μὲν αἱ ἐν τοῖς ζῴοις οὐ καθ’ ἓν μέρος ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν περὶ πάντα ἀμύθητοι διαφοραί, αἱ περὶ τὴν γένεσιν καὶ κατασκευὴν αὐτῶν, αἱ περὶ τὰς τροφὰς καὶ διαίτας, αἱ περὶ τὰς αἱρέσεις καὶ φυγάς, αἱ περὶ τὰς αἰσθητικὰς ἐνεργείας τε καὶ κινήσεις, αἱ περὶ τὰς τῶν κατὰ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν ἀμυθήτων παθῶν ἰδιότητας.
172χωρὶς γὰρ τῶν κρινόντων ἴδε καὶ τῶν κρινομένων ἔνια, οἷα τὸν χαμαιλέοντα, τὸν πολύποδα· τὸν μέν γέ φασι τὴν χρόαν ἀλλάττοντα τοῖς ἐδάφεσιν ὁμοιοῦσθαι καθ’ ὧν εἴωθεν ἕρπειν, τὸν δὲ ταῖς κατὰ θαλάττης πέτραις, ὧν ἂν περιδράξηται, τάχα που τῆς σωτηρίου φύσεως ἀλεξίκακον συλλήψεως δωρησαμένης τὴν εἰς τὸ πολυχρώματον αὐτοῖς τροπὴν φάρμακον.
173τὸν δὲ αὐχένα τῆς περιστερᾶς ἐν ἡλιακαῖς αὐγαῖς οὐ κατενόησας μυρίας χρωμάτων ἀλλάττοντα ἰδέας; ἢ οὐχὶ φοινικοῦν καὶ κυανοῦν, πυρωπόν τε αὖ καὶ ἀνθρακοειδές, ἔτι δὲ ὠχρὸν καὶ ἐρυθρὸν καὶ ἄλλα παντοδαπὰ ἴσχει χρώματα, ὧν οὐδὲ τὰς κλήσεις ῥᾴδιον ἀπομνημονεῦσαι;
174φασὶ μέντοι καὶ ἐν Σκύθαις τοῖς καλουμένοις Γελώοις θαυμασιώτατόν τι γίνεσθαι σπανίως μέν, γίνεσθαι δ’ ὅμως θηρίον, ὃ καλεῖται τάρανδρος, μέγεθος μὲν βοὸς οὐκ ἀποδέον, ἐλάφῳ δὲ τὸν τοῦ προσώπου τύπον ἐμφερέστατον· λόγος ἔχει τοῦτο μεταβάλλειν ἀεὶ τὰς τρίχας πρός τε τὰ χωρία καὶ τὰ δένδρα καὶ πάνθ’ ἁπλῶς οἷς ἂν ἐγγὺς ἱστῆται, ὡς διὰ τὴν τῆς χρόας ὁμοιότητα λανθάνειν τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας καὶ ταύτῃ μᾶλλον ἢ τῇ περὶ σῶμα ἀλκῇ δυσθήρατον εἶναι.
175ταῦτα δὴ καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὅμοια πίστεις ἐναργεῖς ἀκαταληψίας εἰσίν, ἔπειτα δὲ αἱ μηκέτι τῶν ζῴων ἁπάντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἰδίᾳ πρὸς ἀλλήλους περὶ πάντα ποικιλίαι.
Sections 176–200
176οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἄλλοτε ἄλλως τὰ αὐτὰ κρίνουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέρως ἕτεροι ἡδονάς τε καὶ ἀηδίας ἔμπαλιν τῶν αὐτῶν λαμβάνοντες· οἷς γὰρ δυσηρέστησαν ἔνιοι, ἐτέρφθησαν ἄλλοι, καὶ κατὰ τοὐναντίον ἅπερ ὡς φίλα καὶ οἰκεῖα ἐπισπασάμενοί τινες ἐδεξιώσαντο, ταῦθ’ ἕτεροι ὡς ἀλλότρια καὶ δυσμενῆ μακρὰν ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐσκοράκισαν.
177ἤδη γοῦν ἐν θεάτρῳ πολλάκις παρατυχὼν εἶδον ὑφ’ ἑνὸς μέλους τῶν ἀγωνιζομένων ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς τραγῳδῶν ἢ κιθαρῳδῶν τοὺς μὲν οὕτως ἀχθέντας, ὡς ἀνεγειρομένους καὶ συνηχοῦντας ἄκοντας τὰ πρὸς ἔπαινον ἐκφωνεῖν, τοὺς δὲ οὕτως ἀτρώτως ἔχοντας, ὡς μηδὲν τῶν ἀψύχων βάθρων ἐφ’ οἷς καθέζονται ταύτῃ γοῦν διαφέρειν ἂν νομισθῆναι, ἐνίους δ’ οὕτως ἀλλοτριωθέντας, ὡς καὶ τὴν θέαν οἴχεσθαι καταλιπόντας, ἔτι καὶ προσαποσειομένους ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν χειρῶν τὰ ὦτα, μὴ ἄρα τι ἔναυλον ἀπολειφθὲν ἀηδίαν ὑπηχοῦν δυσκόλοις καὶ δυσαρέστοις ψυχαῖς ἐργάσηται. καίτοι τί ταῦτά φαμεν;
178αὐτός τις εἷς ὢν ἕκαστος ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ, τὸ παραδοξότατον, μυρίας μεταβολὰς καὶ τροπὰς δεχόμενος κατά τε σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν τοτὲ μὲν αἱρεῖται, τοτὲ δ’ ἀποστρέφεται οὐδαμῶς μεταβάλλοντα, μένειν δ’ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς πεφυκότα κατασκευῆς·
179οὐ γὰρ τὰ αὐτὰ ὑγιαίνουσι καὶ νοσοῦσι προσπίπτειν φιλεῖ, οὐδὲ ἐγρηγορόσι καὶ κοιμωμένοις, οὐδὲ ἡβῶσι καὶ γεγηρακόσι· καὶ ἑστὼς μέντοι καὶ κινούμενός τις ἑτέρας ἔλαβε φαντασίας, καὶ θαρρῶν καὶ δεδιὼς ἔμπαλιν, ἔτι μέντοι λυπούμενός τε καὶ χαίρων, καὶ φιλῶν καὶ τοὐναντίον μισῶν. καὶ τί δεῖ μακρηγοροῦντα περὶ τούτων ἐνοχλεῖν;
180συνελόντι γὰρ φράσαι πᾶσα ἡ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς κατὰ φύσιν τε αὖ καὶ παρὰ φύσιν κίνησις αἰτία τῆς περὶ τὰ φαινόμενα ἀστάτου φορᾶς γίνεται μαχόμενα καὶ ἀσύμφωνα προσβαλλούσης ὀνείρατα.
181γίνεται δ’ οὐχ ἥκιστα τὸ περὶ τὰς φαντασίας ἄστατον καὶ παρὰ τὰς θέσεις καὶ παρὰ τὰ διαστήματα καὶ παρὰ τοὺς τόπους, οἷς ἕκαστα ἐμπεριέχεται.
182ἢ τοὺς κατὰ θαλάττης ἰχθῦς οὐχ ὁρῶμεν, ὁπότε τὰς πτέρυγας διατείνοντες ἐννήχοιντο, μείζους ἀεὶ τῆς φύσεως προφαινομένους; καὶ τὰς εἰρεσίας μέντοι, κἂν σφόδρα ὦσιν εὐθυτενεῖς, κεκλασμένας ὁρᾶσθαι συμβαίνει καθ’ ὕδατος.
183τά γε μὴν πορρωτάτω ψευδεῖς προσβάλλοντα φαντασίας τὸν νοῦν εἴωθεν ἀπατᾶν· ἄψυχα γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτε ὄντα ὑπετοπήθη ζῷα εἶναι καὶ τοὐναντίον τὰ ἔμψυχα ἄψυχα, ἔτι δὲ τὰ ἑστῶτα κινεῖσθαι καὶ τὰ κινούμενα ἑστάναι, καὶ τὰ μὲν προσιόντα ἐξαναχωρεῖν, τὰ δὲ ἀπιόντα πάλιν προσέρχεσθαι, καὶ βραχύτατα μὲν τὰ περιμηκέστατα, περιφερῆ δ’ αὖ τὰ πολυγώνια. καὶ μυρία ἄλλα ὑπὸ τῆς φανερᾶς ὄψεως ψευδογραφεῖται, οἷς οὐκ ἄν τις εὖ φρονῶν ὡς βεβαίοις συνεπιγράψαιτο.
184τί δ’ αἱ ἐν τοῖς σκευαζομένοις ποσότητες; παρὰ γὰρ τὸ πλέον ἢ ἔλαττον αἵ τε βλάβαι καὶ ὠφέλειαι συνίστανται, καθάπερ ἐπὶ μυρίων ἄλλων καὶ μάλιστα τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἰατρικὴν ἐπιστήμην ἔχει φαρμάκων·
185ἡ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς συνθέσεσι ποσότης ὅροις καὶ κανόσι μεμέτρηται, ὧν οὔτε ἐντὸς κάμψαι οὔτε περαιτέρω προελθεῖν ἀσφαλές — τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἔλαττον χαλᾷ, τὸ δὲ πλέον ἐπιτείνει τὰς δυνάμεις· βλαβερὸν δ’ ἑκάτερον, τὸ μὲν ἀδυνατοῦν ἐνεργῆσαι δι’ ἀσθένειαν, τὸ δὲ βλάψαι βιαζόμενον διὰ καρτερωτάτην ἰσχύν —, λειότησί τε αὖ καὶ τραχύτησι, πυκνότησί τε αὖ καὶ πιλήσεσι καὶ τοὐναντίον μανότησι καὶ ἐξαπλώσεσι τὸν εἰς βοήθειαν καὶ βλάβην ἔλεγχον ἐναργῶς διασυνίστησιν.
186ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνό τις ἀγνοεῖ, ὅτι τῶν ὄντων σχεδὸν ἐξ αὑτοῦ καὶ καθ’ αὑτὸ νενόηται τὸ παράπαν οὐδέν, τῇ δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον παραθέσει δοκιμάζεται, οἷον τὸ μικρὸν παρὰ τὸ μέγα, τὸ ξηρὸν παρὰ τὸ ὑγρόν, παρὰ τὸ ψυχρὸν τὸ θερμόν, παρὰ τὸ βαρὺ τὸ κοῦφον, τὸ μέλαν παρὰ τὸ λευκόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς παρὰ τὸ ἰσχυρόν, τὰ ὀλίγα παρὰ τὰ πολλά.
187κατὰ τὸ παραπλήσιον μέντοι καὶ ὅσα ἐπ’ ἀρετὴν ἢ κακίαν ἀναφέρεται, τὰ ὠφέλιμα διὰ τῶν βλαβερῶν γνωρίζεται, τὰ καλὰ τῇ τῶν αἰσχρῶν ἀντιθέσει, τὰ δίκαια καὶ κοινῶς ἀγαθὰ τῇ τῶν ἀδίκων καὶ κακῶν παραθέσει, καὶ πάντα μέντοι τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα ἐν κόσμῳ σκοπῶν ἄν τις εὕροι κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τύπον λαμβάνοντα τὴν ἐπίκρισιν· ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἕκαστον ἀκατάληπτον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς πρὸς ἕτερον συγκρίσεως γνωρίζεσθαι δοκεῖ.
188τὸ δὲ μὴ ἑαυτῷ μαρτυρεῖν ἱκανόν, τῆς δὲ ἀφ’ ἑτέρου χρῇζον συνηγορίας, ἀβέβαιον εἰς πίστιν· ὥστε καὶ ταύτῃ τοὺς εὐχερῶς ὁμολογοῦντας ἢ ἀρνουμένους περὶ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν ἐλέγχεσθαι.
189καὶ τί θαυμαστόν; προσωτέρω γάρ τις χωρήσας τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ εἱλικρινέστερον αὐτὰ αὐγασάμενος εἴσεται τοῦθ’, ὅτι ἓν οὐδὲν καθ’ ἁπλῆν ἡμῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ προσπίπτει φύσιν, ἀλλὰ πάντα μίξεις πολυπλοκωτάτας
190ἔχοντα καὶ κράσεις. αὐτίκα τῶν χρωμάτων ἀντιλαμβανόμεθα πῶς; ἆρ’ οὐ σὺν ἀέρι καὶ φωτί, τοῖς ἐκτός, καὶ τῷ κατ’ αὐτὴν τὴν ὄψιν ὑγρῷ; γλυκὺ δὲ καὶ πικρὸν τίνα τρόπον δοκιμάζεται; μὴ δίχα τῶν καθ’ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐνστομίων χυλῶν ὅσοι κατὰ φύσιν ἢ παρὰ φύσιν; οὐ δήπου; τί δ’; αἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπιθυμιωμένων ὀσμαὶ μὴ τὰς ἁπλᾶς καὶ εἱλικρινεῖς τῶν σωμάτων φύσεις παριστᾶσιν; ἢ τὰς κεκραμένας ἔκ τε αὐτῶν καὶ ἀέρος, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ τοῦ τήκοντος τὰ σώματα πυρὸς καὶ τῆς κατὰ τοὺς μυκτῆρας δυνάμεως;
191ἐκ δὴ τούτων συνάγεται, ὅτι οὔτε χρωμάτων ἀντιλαμβανόμεθα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ συνισταμένου κράματος ἔκ τε τῶν ὑποκειμένων καὶ φωτός, οὔτε ὀσμῶν, ἀλλὰ μίγματος, ὅπερ συνέστη διά τε τοῦ ῥυέντος ἀπὸ τῶν σωμάτων καὶ τοῦ πανδεχοῦς ἀέρος, οὔτε χυλῶν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ γενομένου διά τε τοῦ προσιόντος γευστοῦ καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸ στόμα ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας.
192τούτων δὴ τοῦτον ἐχόντων τὸν τρόπον εὐήθειαν ἢ προπέτειαν ἢ ἀλαζονείαν ἄξιον καταγινώσκειν τῶν ἢ ὁμολογεῖν ἢ ἀρνεῖσθαι περὶ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν ῥᾳδίως ὑπομενόντων. εἰ μὲν γὰρ αἱ ἁπλαῖ δυνάμεις ἐκποδών, αἱ δὲ μικταὶ καὶ ἐκ πλειόνων συνηρανισμέναι προῦπτοι, ἀμήχανον δὲ καὶ τὰς ἀοράτους ἰδεῖν καὶ διὰ τῶν κεκραμένων τὸν ἑκάστης τῶν συνερανισθεισῶν τύπον ἰδίᾳ κατανοῆσαι, τί ἂν εἴη λοιπὸν ἢ τὸ ἐπέχειν [ἀναγκαῖον];
193ἐκεῖνα δ’ ἡμᾶς οὐ παρακαλεῖ μὴ λίαν τοῖς ἀφανέσι προπιστεύειν, ἃ σχεδὸν κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀνακέχυται κοινὸν Ἕλλησιν ὁμοῦ καὶ βαρβάροις ἐπάγοντα τὸν ἐκ τοῦ κρίνειν ὄλισθον; τίνα οὖν ταῦτ’ ἐστίν; ἀγωγαὶ δήπουθεν αἱ ἐκ παίδων καὶ ἔθη πάτρια καὶ παλαιοὶ νόμοι, ὧν ἓν οὐδὲν ὁμολογεῖται ταὐτὸν εἶναι παρὰ πᾶσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ χώρας καὶ ἔθνη καὶ πόλεις, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ κατὰ κώμην καὶ οἰκίαν ἑκάστην, ἄνδρα μὲν οὖν καὶ γυναῖκα καὶ νήπιον παῖδα τοῖς ὅλοις διακέκριται·
194τὰ γοῦν αἰσχρὰ παρ’ ἡμῖν ἑτέροις καλά, καὶ τὰ πρέποντα ἀπρεπῆ, καὶ τὰ δίκαια ἄδικα, καὶ ἀνόσια μὲν τὰ ὅσια, νόμιμα δ’ αὖ τὰ παράνομα, ἔτι δὲ ψεκτὰ τὰ ἐπαινετὰ καὶ ὑπόδικα τὰ τιμῆς ἄξια καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ἐναντία ταῦτα νομίζουσι.
195καὶ τί δεῖ μακρηγορεῖν τὸν ὑπὸ ἑτέρων ἀναγκαιοτέρων μεθελκόμενον; εἰ μέντοι βουληθείη τις ὑπὸ μηδεμιᾶς ἄλλης καινοτέρας θέας ἀγόμενος, ἐνευκαιρήσας τῷ προτεθέντι κεφαλαίῳ τὰς ἑκάστων ἀγωγὰς καὶ ἔθη καὶ νόμους ἐπιέναι χωρῶν, ἐθνῶν, πόλεων, τόπων, ὑπηκόων ἡγεμόνων, ἐνδόξων ἀδόξων, ἐλευθέρων οἰκετῶν, ἰδιωτῶν ἐπιστημόνων, οὐχ ἡμέραν μίαν οὐδὲ δύο, ἀλλὰ οὐδὲ μῆνα ἢ ἐνιαυτόν, τὸν δὲ ἅπαντα ἑαυτοῦ κατατρίψει βίον, κἂν αἰῶνι χρήσηται μακρῷ, καὶ οὐδὲν ἧττον πολλὰ ἀδιερεύνητα καὶ ἀπερίσκεπτα καὶ ἄφωνα λήσει καταλιπών.
196οὐκοῦν ἄλλων παρ’ ἄλλοις οὐ βραχεῖ μόνον διεστηκότων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ὅλοις ἀπᾳδόντων, ὡς ἀντιστατεῖν καὶ διαμάχεσθαι, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὰς προσπιπτούσας
197διαφέρειν φαντασίας καὶ τὰς κρίσεις ἀλλήλαις πεπολεμῶσθαι. ὧν ὑπαρχόντων τίς οὕτως ἔκφρων ἐστὶ καὶ παράληρος, ὡς φάναι παγίως, ὅτι τὸ τοιόνδε ἐστὶ δίκαιον ἢ φρόνιμον ἢ καλὸν ἢ συμφέρον; ὃ γὰρ ἂν οὗτος ὁρίσῃ, τἀναντία μεμελετηκὼς ἐκ παίδων ἕτερος ἀκυρώσει.
198ἐγὼ δ’ οὐ τεθαύμακα, εἰ πεφορημένος καὶ μιγὰς ὄχλος, ἐθῶν καὶ νόμων τῶν ὁπωσοῦν εἰσηγμένων ἀκλεὴς δοῦλος, ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ἔτι σπαργάνων ὑπακούειν ὡς ἂν δεσποτῶν ἢ τυράννων ἐκμαθών, κατακεκονδυλισμένος τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ μέγα καὶ νεανικὸν φρόνημα λαβεῖν μὴ δυνάμενος πιστεύει τοῖς ἅπαξ παραδοθεῖσι καὶ τὸν νοῦν ἐάσας ἀγύμναστον ἀδιερευνήτοις καὶ ἀνεξετάστοις συναινέσεσί τε καὶ ἀρνήσεσι χρῆται, ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ τῶν λεγομένων φιλοσόφων ἡ πληθὺς τὸ ἐν τοῖς οὖσι σαφὲς καὶ ἀψευδὲς ἐπιμορφάζουσα θηρᾶν κατὰ στίφη καὶ λόχους διακέκριται καὶ δόγματα ἀσύμφωνα, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ ἐναντία οὐ περὶ ἑνὸς τίθεται τοῦ τυχόντος, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν περὶ πάντων μικρῶν τε καὶ μεγάλων, ἐν οἷς αἱ ζητήσεις συνίστανται·
199οἱ γὰρ ἄπειρον τὸ πᾶν εἰσηγούμενοι τοῖς πεπερασμένον εἶναι λέγουσιν ἢ οἱ τὸν κόσμον ἀγένητον τοῖς γενητὸν ἀποφαινομένοις ἢ οἱ χωρὶς ἐπιστάτου καὶ ἡγεμόνος ἀλόγου καὶ ἀπαυτοματιζούσης ἐξάψαντες φορᾶς τοῖς ὑπολαμβάνουσι πρόνοιαν καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν ὅλου καὶ τῶν μερῶν θαυμαστήν τιν’ εἶναι ἡνιοχοῦντος καὶ κυβερνῶντος ἀπταίστως καὶ σωτηρίως θεοῦ πῶς ἂν δύναιντο τὰς αὐτὰς καταλήψεις τῶν ὑποκειμένων ποιεῖσθαι πραγμάτων;
200αἱ δὲ περὶ τὴν τἀγαθοῦ σκέψιν φαντασίαι ἆρ’ οὐκ ἐπέχειν μᾶλλον ἢ ὁμολογεῖν βιάζονται τῶν μὲν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι νομιζόντων μόνον τὸ καλὸν καὶ θησαυριζομένων αὐτὸ ἐν ψυχῇ, τῶν δὲ πρὸς πλείω κατακερματιζόντων καὶ ἄχρι σώματος καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀποτεινόντων;
Sections 201–224
201οὗτοι λέγουσι τὰς μὲν τυχηρὰς εὐπραγίας δορυφόρους εἶναι σώματος, ὑγείαν δὲ καὶ ἰσχὺν καὶ τὸ ὁλόκληρον καὶ ἀκρίβειαν αἰσθητηρίων καὶ ὅσα ὁμοιότροπα τῆς βασιλίδος ψυχῆς· τρισὶ γὰρ τῆς τἀγαθοῦ φύσεως κεχρημένης τάξεσι τὴν μὲν τρίτην καὶ ἐξωτάτην τῆς δευτέρας καὶ ὑπεικούσης πρόμαχον εἶναι, τὴν δὲ δευτέραν τῆς πρώτης μέγα πρόβλημα καὶ φυλακτήριον γεγενῆσθαι.
202καὶ περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων μέντοι καὶ βίων διαφορᾶς καὶ τελῶν πρὸς ἃ χρὴ τὰς πράξεις ἁπάσας ἀναφέρεσθαι καὶ μυρίων ἄλλων ὅσα τε ἡ λογικὴ καὶ ἠθικὴ καὶ φυσικὴ πραγματεία περιέχει γεγόνασι σκέψεις ἀμύθητοι, ὧν ἄχρι τοῦ παρόντος οὐδεμία παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς σκεπτικοῖς συμπεφώνηται.
203οὐκ εἰκότως οὖν τῶν δυεῖν θυγατέρων, βουλῆς τε καὶ συναινέσεως, ἁρμοσθεισῶν καὶ συνευνασθεισῶν ὁ νοῦς ἀγνοίᾳ ἐπιστήμης χρώμενος εἰσάγεται; λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „οὐκ ᾔδει ἐν τῷ κοιμηθῆναι αὐτὰς καὶ ἀναστῆναι“ (Gen. 19,33.35)·
204οὔτε γὰρ ὕπνον οὔτε ἐγρήγορσιν οὔτε σχέσιν οὔτε κίνησιν ἔοικε σαφῶς καὶ παγίως καταλαμβάνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁπότε ἄριστα βεβουλεῦσθαι δοκεῖ, τότε μάλιστα ἀβουλότατος ὢν εὑρίσκεται τῶν πραγμάτων μὴ ὅμοιον τοῖς προσδοκηθεῖσι λαβόντων τὸ τέλος·
205καὶ ὁπότε συνεπιγράφεσθαί τισιν ὡς ἀληθέσιν ἔδοξε, τὴν ἐπ’ εὐχερείᾳ καρποῦται κατάγνωσιν, ἀπίστων καὶ ἀβεβαίων, οἷς πρότερον ὡς βεβαιοτάτοις ἐπίστευε, φαινομένων· ὥστε εἰς τὰ ἐναντία, ὧν ὑπετόπησέ τις, εἰωθότων περιίστασθαι τῶν πραγμάτων ἀσφαλέστατον τὸ ἐπέχειν εἶναι.
206Διειλεγμένοι δὴ περὶ τούτων ἱκανῶς ἐπὶ τὰ ἀκόλουθα τῷ λόγῳ τρεψώμεθα. ἔφαμεν τοίνυν ἐκ τοῦ μεθύειν καὶ τὴν πολλοὺς πολλάκις μεγάλα βλάπτουσαν γαστριμαργίαν δηλοῦσθαι, ᾗ τοὺς χρωμένους ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, κἂν τὰς τοῦ σώματος δεξαμενὰς ἀποπληρωθῶσι πάσας, ἔτι κενοὺς τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ὄντας·
207οὗτοι κἂν ὑπὸ πλήθους ὧν ἐνεφορήσαντο διακορεῖς γενόμενοι πρὸς ὀλίγον χρόνον καθάπερ οἱ πεπονηκότες ἀθληταὶ τὰ σώματα διαπνεύσωσι, πάλιν ἐπαποδύονται τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀγωνίσμασιν.
208ὁ γοῦν βασιλεὺς τῆς Αἰγυπτίας χώρας, τοῦ σώματος, τῷ μέθης ὑπηρέτῃ δόξας οἰνοχόῳ δυσχερᾶναι πάλιν οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν καταλλαττόμενος ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις εἰσάγεται τοῦ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἀναρρηγνύντος πάθους ὑπομνησθεὶς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ γενέσεως φθαρτῆς, οὐκ ἐν ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἀγενήτου φωτός· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἡμέρα γενέσεως ἦν Φαραώ“ (Gen. 40,20), ἡνίκα ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου τὸν ἀρχιοινοχόον ἐπὶ σπονδαῖς μετεπέμψατο·
209τοῦ γὰρ φιλοπαθοῦς ἴδιον λαμπρὰ τὰ γενητὰ καὶ φθαρτὰ ἡγεῖσθαι διὰ τὸ νυκτὶ καὶ σκότῳ κεχρῆσθαι βαθεῖ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀφθάρτων ἐπιστήμην· οὗ χάριν εὐθὺς τὴν ἐξάρχουσαν ἡδονῆς μέθην καὶ τὸν ὑπηρέτην αὐτῆς δεξιοῦται.
210τρεῖς δ’ εἰσὶν οἱ τῆς ἀκολάστου καὶ ἀκράτορος ψυχῆς ἑστιοῦχοί τε καὶ θεραπευταί, ἀρχισιτοποιός, ἀρχιοινοχόος, ἀρχιμάγειρος, ὧν ὁ θαυμασιώτατος μέμνηται Μωυσῆς διὰ τούτων· „καὶ ὠργίσθη Φαραὼ ἐπὶ τοῖς δυσὶν εὐνούχοις, ἐπὶ τῷ ἀρχιοινοχόῳ καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ ἀρχισιτοποιῷ, καὶ ἔθετο αὐτοὺς ἐν φυλακῇ παρὰ τῷ ἀρχιδεσμοφύλακι“ (Gen. 40,2.3). ἔστι δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀρχιμάγειρος εὐνοῦχος· λέγεται γὰρ ἑτέρωθι· „κατήχθη δὲ Ἰωσὴφ εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἐκτήσατο αὐτὸν εὐνοῦχος Φαραώ, ἀρχιμάγειρος“ (Gen. 39,1), καὶ πάλιν· „ἀπέδοντο τὸν Ἰωσὴφ τῷ σπάδοντι Φαραώ, ἀρχιμαγείρῳ“ (Gen. 37,36).
211τίνος δὴ χάριν οὔτ’ ἀνὴρ οὔτε γυνὴ τῶν λεχθέντων οὐδὲν ἁπλῶς ἐπιτέτραπται; ἢ ὅτι σπείρειν μὲν ἄνδρες γονὰς ὑποδέχεσθαι δὲ γυναῖκες ἐκ φύσεως πεπαίδευνται, ὧν τὴν εἰς ταὐτὸ σύνοδον αἰτίαν γενέσεως καὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς διαμονῆς εἶναι συμβέβηκεν, ἀγόνου δὲ καὶ ἐστειρωμένης, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐξευνουχισμένης ψυχῆς σιτίοις πολυτελέσι καὶ ποτοῖς καὶ ὄψων περιέργοις παραρτύσεσι χαίρειν μήτε τὰ ἀρετῆς ἄρρενα ὡς ἀληθῶς σπέρματα καταβάλλεσθαι δυναμένης μήτε τὰ καταβληθέντα παραδέξασθαι καὶ ἀναθρέψασθαι, ἀλλ’ οἷα λυπρὰν ἄρουραν καὶ λιθώδη πρὸς διαφθορὰν μόνον πεφυκέναι τῶν ἀεὶ ζῆν ὀφειλόντων; δόγμα δὴ τίθεται κοινωφελέστατον,
212ὅτι πᾶς ὁ δημιουργὸς ἡδονῆς σοφίας ἐστὶν ἄγονος οὔτε ἄρρην ὢν οὔτε θήλεια, διὰ τὸ μήτε διδόναι μήτε λαμβάνειν τὰ πρὸς ἀφθαρσίαν ἱκανὸς εἶναι σπέρματα, μελετᾶν δ’ αἰσχίστην κατὰ τοῦ βίου μελέτην, φθείρειν τὰ ἄφθαρτα καὶ σβεννύναι τὰ μένοντα τῆς φύσεως λαμπάδια ἄσβεστα.
213τῶν τοιούτων οὐδενὶ ἐπιτρέπει Μωυσῆς εἰς ἐκκλησίαν ἀφικνεῖσθαι θεοῦ· λέγει γὰρ ὅτι „θλαδίας καὶ ἀποκεκομμένος οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς ἐκκλησίαν κυρίου“ (Deut. 23,1). τί γὰρ τῷ σοφίας ἀγόνῳ λόγων ἀκροάσεως ἱερῶν ὄφελος ἐκτετμημένῳ πίστιν καὶ παρακαταθήκην βιωφελεστάτων δογμάτων φυλάξαι μὴ δυναμένῳ;
214τρεῖς δ’ ἄρ’ εἰσὶν ἀνθρώπων γένους ἑστιάτορες, ἀρχισιτοποιός, οἰνοχόος, ὀψαρτυτής, εἰκότως, ἐπειδὴ τριῶν χρήσεώς τε καὶ ἀπολαύσεως ἐφιέμεθα, σιτίων, ὄψου, ποτῶν· ἀλλ’ οἱ μὲν μόνων τῶν ἀναγκαίων, οἷς πρός τε τὸ ὑγιεινῶς καὶ μὴ ἀνελευθέρως ζῆν ἐξ ἀνάγκης χρώμεθα, οἱ δὲ ἀμέτρων καὶ σφόδρα περιττῶν, ἃ τὰς ὀρέξεις ἀναρρηγνύντα καὶ τὰς τοῦ σώματος δεξαμενὰς πλήθει βαρύνοντα καὶ πιέζοντα μεγάλα καὶ παντοδαπὰ τίκτειν νοσήματα φιλεῖ.
215οἱ μὲν οὖν ἡδονῆς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας καὶ παθῶν ἰδιῶται καθάπερ οἱ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι δημοτικοὶ ἀμισῆ καὶ ἀνεπαχθῆ βίον ζῶντες, ἅτε ὀλιγοδεεῖς ὄντες, οὐ ποικίλων καὶ περιέργων τὴν τέχνην δέονται ὑπηρετῶν, ἀλλ’ ἀποικίλῳ χρωμένων ὑπηρεσίᾳ, μαγείρων, οἰνοχόων, σιτοποιῶν·
216οἱ δὲ ἡγεμονίαν καὶ βασιλείαν νομίζοντες εἶναι τὸ ἡδέως ζῆν καὶ πάντα καὶ μικρὰ καὶ μείζω πρὸς τοῦτ’ ἀναφέροντες ἀρχιμαγείροις καὶ ἀρχιοινοχόοις καὶ ἀρχισιτοποιοῖς ὑπηρέταις ἀξιοῦσι χρῆσθαι, τουτέστιν ἄκρως ἐκπεπονηκόσιν ἕκαστον ὧν ἐπετήδευσαν·
217τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἀμήτων καὶ μελιπήκτων καὶ ἄλλων ἀμυθήτων πεμμάτων ποικιλώτατα γένη οὐ μόνον ταῖς τῆς ὕλης διαφοραῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς κατασκευῆς καὶ τοῖς σχήμασι πρὸς οὐ μόνον τὴν γεύσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ὄψεως ἀπάτην περιειργασμένα οἱ περὶ σιτοποιίαν ἄκροι μελετῶσι·
218τὰ δὲ περὶ ἐξέτασιν οἴνου θᾶττον ἀναδιδομένου καὶ μὴ κεφαλαλγοῦς καὶ τοὐναντίον ἀνθίμου καὶ εὐωδεστάτου, πολλὴν ἢ ὀλίγην ἀναδεχομένου τὴν μεθ’ ὕδατος κρᾶσιν εἰς σφοδρὸν καὶ σύντονον ἢ πρᾷον καὶ ἀνειμένον ἐπιτηδείου πότον καὶ ὅσα τοιουτότροπα ἀρχιοινοχόων ἐπιτηδεύματα ἐπ’ αὐτὸ δὴ τῆς τέχνης ἀφιγμένων τὸ τέλος·
219ἰχθύας δὲ καὶ ὄρνεις καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια ποικίλως ἀρτῦσαι καὶ κατασκευάσαι καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ὄψα | ἡδῦναι περιττοὶ τὴν ἐπιστήμην εἰσὶν εὐτρεπεῖς ὀψαρτυταί, μυρία χωρὶς ὧν ἤκουσαν ἢ εἶδον ἄλλ’ ἐκ τῆς συνεχοῦς μελέτης καὶ τριβῆς τῶν εἰς ἁβροδίαιτον καὶ τεθρυμμένον τὸν ἀβίωτον βίον ἐπινοῆσαι δεινοί.
220ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὗτοι πάντες ἐδείχθησαν εὐνοῦχοι, σοφίας ἄγονοι· πρὸς ὃν δὲ συμβατηρίους τίθεται σπονδὰς ὁ γαστρὸς βασιλεύς, νοῦς, οἰνοχόος ἦν· φίλοινον γὰρ ὑπερφυῶς τὸ ἀνθρώπων γένος καὶ πρὸς μόνον τοῦτο διαφερόντως ἀκόρεστον, εἴ γε ὕπνου μὲν καὶ ἐδωδῆς καὶ συνουσίας καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων ἀπλήρωτος οὐδείς, ἀκράτου δὲ σχεδὸν ἅπαντες καὶ μάλισθ’ οἷς τὸ πρᾶγμα ἀσκεῖται·
221πιόντες γὰρ ἔτι διψῶσι καὶ ἄρχονται μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν βραχυτέρων κυάθων, προϊόντες δὲ ταῖς μείζοσιν οἰνοχόαις ἐγχεῖν παραγγέλλουσιν· ἐπειδὰν δ’ ἀκροθώρακες γενόμενοι χλιανθῶσιν, οὐκέτι κρατεῖν ἑαυτῶν δυνάμενοι τὰς οἰνηρύσεις καὶ τὰς ἀμύστεις καὶ τοὺς κρατῆρας ὅλους προσενεγκάμενοι ἀκράτου σπῶσιν ἀθρόως, μέχρις ἂν ἢ βαθεῖ ὕπνῳ δαμασθῶσιν ἢ τῶν ὄγκων ἀποπληρωθέντων ὑπερβλύσῃ τὸ ἐπεισχεόμενον.
222ἀλλὰ καὶ τότε ὅμως ἡ ἄπληστος ἐν αὐτοῖς ὄρεξις ὥσπερ ἔτι λιμώττουσα μαιμάζει· „ἐκ γὰρ τῆς ἀμπέλου Σοδόμων ἡ ἄμπελος αὐτῶν„ ᾧ φησι Μωυσῆς „καὶ ἡ κληματὶς αὐτῶν ἐκ Γομόρρας· ἡ σταφυλὴ αὐτῶν σταφυλὴ χολῆς, βότρυς πικρίας αὐτοῖς· θυμὸς δρακόντων ὁ οἶνος αὐτῶν, καὶ θυμὸς ἀσπίδων ἀνίατος“ (Deut. 32,32.33)· Σόδομα μέντοι στείρωσις καὶ τύφλωσις ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀμπέλῳ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ αὐτῆς γινομένοις ἀπεικάζει τοὺς οἰνοφλυγίας καὶ λαιμαργίας καὶ τῶν αἰσχίστων ἡδονῶν ἥττους.
223ἃ δὲ αἰνίττεται, τοιαῦτ’ ἐστίν· εὐφροσύνης μὲν ἀληθοῦς οὐδὲν ἐμπέφυκε τῇ τοῦ φαύλου ψυχῇ φυτὸν ἅτε οὐχ ὑγιαινούσαις κεχρημένῃ ῥίζαις, ἀλλὰ ἐμπεπρησμέναις καὶ τεφρωθείσαις, ὁπότε ἀνθ’ ὕδατος τὰς κεραυνίους φλόγας θεοῦ τὴν κατὰ ἀσεβῶν καλῶς δικάσαντος δίκην ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀσβέστους ἔνιφεν, ἀκράτορος δὲ ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἐστειρωμένης τὰ καλὰ καὶ πεπηρωμένης πρὸς πάντα τὰ θέας ἄξια, ἣν ἀμπέλῳ παραβέβληκεν, οὐχὶ τῇ καρπῶν ἡμέρων μητρί, ἀλλὰ ἥτις πικρίας καὶ πονηρίας καὶ πανουργίας ὀργῆς τε καὶ θυμοῦ καὶ ἀκραχολωτάτων ἠθῶν οἰστικὴ γέγονε, δάκνουσα τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχεων καὶ ἀσπίδων τρόπον ἰοβόλων καὶ παντελῶς ἀνίατα.
224ὧν ἀποτροπὴν εὐχώμεθα γενέσθαι τὸν πάντα ἵλεω ποτνιώμενοι θεόν, ἵνα καὶ τὴν ἀγρίαν ταύτην ἄμπελον διολέσῃ καὶ τοῖς εὐνούχοις καὶ πᾶσιν ἀγόνοις ἀρετῆς ἀίδιον ψηφίσηται φυγήν, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων ἥμερα μὲν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν δένδρα τὰ παιδείας ὀρθῆς ἐμφυτεύσῃ, γενναίους δὲ καὶ ἄρρενας ὡς ἀληθῶς καρποὺς καὶ λόγους χαρίσηται δυναμένους μὲν σπείρειν καλὰς πράξεις, δυναμένους δὲ συναύξειν ἀρετάς, ἱκανοὺς δὲ τὴν εὐδαιμονίας ἅπασαν συνέχειν καὶ διαφυλάττειν εἰς ἀεὶ συγγένειαν.
On Sobriety
Sections 1–25
1Having examined in the preceding treatise what has been said by the lawgiver about wine and the nakedness which attends upon it, we will now begin to connect the the following essay with the statements advanced in that work. Now in the sacred scriptures we come to the following words immediately after the account we have just been examining, "And Noah awoke from his wine, and knew all that his younger son had done to him."
2Sobriety is confessed to be a most advantageous thing, not only for souls but also for bodies, for it drives away the diseases which arise from immoderate repletion, and it sharpens the outward senses to an exceeding degree of acuteness, and it altogether prevents bodies from being weighed down so as to fall, but keeps them light, and raises them up, and incites them to the exercise of their appropriate energies, implanting in every part a promptness and vigour; and in short, sobriety is the cause of exactly as many good things, as drunkenness, on the contrary, is of evils.
3Since then sobriety is most advantageous to those bodies to which the drinking of wine is naturally suitable, is it not much more so to souls, with which all perishable food is inconsistent; for what thing in human nature can be more noble than a sober mind? what glory can be more glorious? what wealth can be more rich? what authority more powerful? what strength more vigorous? of all admirable things what can be more admirable? Let there only be the eye of the soul fit to act, which is able to penetrate every where and to open every thing, being in no part hindered or dimmed by the suffusion of its own moisture; for being then most exceedingly sharp-sighted as to its comprehension, and looking into wisdom itself, it will meet with images such as are intelligible only by the intellect, the contemplation of which attracts the soul and will not suffer it any longer to turn aside to the objects which belong to the outward senses.
4And why should we wonder if there is no created thing equal in honour to a man who is sober in his soul, and gifted with acute vision? for the eyes of the body and the light which is appreciable by the outward senses are honoured in an excessive degree by all of us. Accordingly, many who have lost their sight, have voluntarily also thrown away life, thinking as far as they were concerned, that death itself was a lighter evil than such deprivation.
5In proportion then as the soul is superior to the body, in the same proportion also is the mind better than the eyes; and the mind while it is free from injury and imperfection, not being oppressed by any of the iniquities or passions which are produced by insane drunkenness, renounces sleep as a thing which causes forgetfulness and hesitation in what is to be done; but it embraces wakefulness, and uses acuteness of vision, with respect to every object worthy of being beheld, being kept awake by exceedingly perfect memory, and committing actions which are in accordance with the knowledge that it acquires.
6Such then is the condition of the sober man; but when Moses speaks of Noah’s "younger son," he is not so much meaning to make a statement respecting his age, as to show the disposition with which those persons are endued who are inclined to innovation; since how could he have forced himself to see, what ought not to be seen, in defiance of all law and justice, or to divulge what ought to have been concealed in silence, or to bring to light what might have been kept in the shade at home, and to transgress all the boundaries which should confine the soul, if he had not been eager for change and innovation, laughing at what happens to others when he ought rather to lament over such accidents, and not to ridicule things which it was more natural and decent and proper to grieve for.
7In many places indeed of the exposition of the law, Moses speaks of those who are somewhat advanced in age as young men, and on the other hand those who are not yet arrived at old age he entitles elders; not having regard to the number of their years, whether it be a short or a very long time that they have lived, but to the faculties of their soul, according to the way in which it is influenced, whether it be for good or for evil.
8Accordingly he calls Ishmael when he has now lived a space of nearly twenty years a child, speaking by a comparison with Isaac who is perfect in virtue; for, says he, "he took bread, and a skin of water, and gave it to Agar, and put it upon her shoulder, and the child also, when Abraham sent them forth from his house." And again he says, "She put the child down under a pine tree;" and further on he says, "that I may not see the death of the child." And yet before Ishmael was born and circumcised, thirteen years before the birth of Isaac, and having been now weaned for more than seven years, he was banished with his mother, because he being illegitimate was mocking the legitimate son, as though he were on terms of equality with him.
9But nevertheless, though in reality a young man, he is still called a child, being as it were a sophist put in comparison with a wise man; for Isaac received wisdom for his inheritance, and Ishmael sophistry, as when we define the characters of each we purpose to show in certain dialogues. For the same relation which a completely infant child bears to a full-grown man, the same does a sophist bear to a wise man, and the encyclical branches of education to real knowledge in virtue.
10And again in his great song he calls the whole people, when it is smitten with a desire of innovation by the name suited to foolish and infant age, entitling them "children." "For," says he, "the Lord is just and holy; have they not sinned against him, blameworthy children that they are? O crooked and perverse generation, is this the requital that ye offer to the Lord? is the people so foolish and not wise?"
11Therefore, he here distinctly calls those men children who deserve blame and have guilt in their souls, and who through folly and senselessness commit many errors in their actions which are not according to uprightness of life; not having regard to the bodily age of the children, but to the irrational and really childish condition of their minds.
12Thus indeed, Rachel also, that is beauty of body, is represented as younger than Leah, who is beauty of soul. For the beauty of the body is mortal, but that of the soul is immortal; and all the things which are accounted honourable when judged of with reference to the outward senses, are all taken together inferior to the one single thing, the beauty of the soul. And it is in accordance with this principle that Joseph is always spoken of as young and as "the youngest." For when he manages the flock "with his illegitimate brethren," he is called young; and when his father prays for him, he says, "My youngest son whom I have prayed for, return to me."
13This is the champion of all the power of the body and the unflattering companion of the abundant supply of external things, who has not yet found out any perfect good more valuable and honourable than that of the elder soul; for if he had found it, he would have departed and abandoned the whole of Egypt without ever turning back. But now he chiefly prides himself on his nourishing it and supporting it as a nurse; and when he who sees beholds the warlike and authoritative part of it overwhelmed in the sea and destroyed, he sings a hymn to God.
14It is therefore a juvenile disposition, which is not yet able to tend the sheep with the legitimate genuine virtues, that is to say, to govern and superintend the irrational nature existing in accordance with the soul, but which still with its illegitimate brethren, honours the things which appear good, in preference to joining his legitimate brothers and to those things which really are good.
15But he is spoken of as "youngest," even although he keeps on increasing and improving for the better, in comparison with the perfect man, who thinks nothing honourable but what is good. On which account he says in an encouraging manner, by way of exhortation, "Return to me," a phrase equivalent to, "Desire the elder opinion." Do not be in everything aiming at innovation, do now love virtue for herself alone; do not, like a foolish child dazzled by the splendour of the events of fortune, allow yourself to be filled entirely by deceit and erroneous opinions.
16It has therefore been proved, that in many passages Moses is in the habit of calling a person young, having regard not to the age of the body, but to the desire of the soul for innovation; and also we will now proceed to show that he calls some persons elders, not because they are oppressed by old age, but as being worthy of honour and respect.
17Who then of those persons, who are acquainted with the sacred scriptures, is ignorant that the wise Abraham is represented as less long lived than almost any one of his ancestors? And yet of all those who lived to the most extreme old age there is not one, as I think, who is called an elder, but he alone has this title given to him. Therefore, the sacred scriptures say, that "Abraham was now old and advanced in years," and, "The Lord blessed Abraham in all things."
18This appears to me to be added as a sort of explanatory cause for what has been said before, namely, why the wise man is called the elder. For when the rational part of the soul is made of a good disposition by the kind providence of God, and when it reasons not only about one species, but about everything which is presented to it, using older opinion, it then becomes blessed, and is itself the older part of the people.
19Thus also he is accustomed to call the members of the assembly of the God-loving people which consists of the number of ten sevens, elders. For we read in the scripture the direction given to Moses, "Assemble for me seventy men of the elders of Israel, whom you yourself know that they are elders."
20Therefore, it is not only those persons who are looked upon by ordinary people as old men, inasmuch as they are hierophants, but those whom the wise man alone knows, whom he thinks worthy of the appellation of elders. For those whom he rejects, like a skilful money-changer, from the coinage of virtue, being alloyed, are all in their souls inclined to innovation; but those whom he wishes to make friends to himself, are of necessity well tested and approved, and elders as to their minds.
21Therefore, the scripture is seen to prove each particular of what I have said more plainly to those who have taught themselves to obey one injunction of the law. "For if," says the scripture, "a man has two wives, the one beloved and the other hated, and if she who is beloved bears him a child, and also she who is hated, and if the child of the wife who is hated be the first born, then, on the day on which he bestows on his sons the inheritance of his substance, he shall not be able to give the share of the first born to the son of her who is beloved, overlooking his real first born son, the child of her who is hated; but he must recognize the son of her who is hated as his first born, to give him a double share of all the possessions that belong to him, because he is the beginning of his children, and the rights of the first born belong to him."
22You observe here now that he never calls the son of the wife that is beloved the first born or the elder, but he often gives this title to the son of her who is hated; and yet he has already pointed out that the son of her who is beloved was in point of time the first, and the son of her who is hated the last, at the very beginning of this injunction; for he says, "If the beloved wife and she who is hated both bear children." But nevertheless the offspring of the first mentioned, even though it may be considerably earlier in point of time is looked upon as younger by right reason when it comes to decide between them. But the offspring of her who is spoken of in the second place, even though it may come after as to the time of its birth, is thought worthy of the more important and elder share.
23Why so? because we say that she who is beloved is the symbol of pleasure, and she who is hated is the emblem of prudence. For the chief multitude of men love the company of the one to excess, inasmuch as she, from her own treasures, proffers them most seductive charms and allurements, from the very first moment of their birth to the extremity of old age; but of the other they detest excessively the austere and very dignified look, just as silly children dislike the profitable but unpleasant reproofs of their parents and guardians.
24And both the wives become mothers: the one bringing forth that disposition in the soul which loves pleasure, and the other that which loves virtue; but the lover of pleasure is imperfect, and in reality is always a child, even if he reaches a vast age of many years. But, on the other hand, the lover of virtue, though he is in old age as to his wisdom, while still in his swaddling clothes, as the proverb has it, will never grow old.
25In reference to which Moses says very emphatically with respect to the son of virtue, which is hated by the generality of men, that "he is the beginning of his children," being, forsooth, the first both in order and precedency. And to him belong the rights of the first-born by the law of nature, and not by the lawless principle existing among men.
Sections 26–50
26The prophet, then, in accordance with this law, and as it were shooting his arrows with happy aim at the appointed mark, in strict agreement with what has gone before, represents Jacob as younger in point of age than Esau (because from our very earliest birth folly is bred up with us, and the desire of what is honourable is engendered subsequently), but as older in point of power. In consequence of which Esau is deprived of his birthright as the elder son, but Jacob is very naturally invested with it;
27and the arrangements made with respect to the sons of Joseph are consistent, if we examine them carefully and with much consideration; when the wise man, under the influence of immediate inspiration, having them both standing before him, does not put his hands on their heads, directing them as the youths are straight before him and immediately, but crossing his hands, so as to touch with his left the head of the one who appears to be the elder, and with his right that of him who seems the younger; and the elder one in point of age is called Manasseh, and the younger is called Ephraim.
28And these names, if they are translated into the Greek language will be found to be symbols of memory and recollection; for the name Manasseh, being interpreted, means "from forgetfulness," and which by another name is called "recollection;" for he who comes to a recollection of what he has forgotten is advancing out of forgetfulness. But Ephraim being interpreted means "fruit-bearing," a most appropriate appellation for memory; because the fruit which is the most useful and truly eatable for souls is lasting memory, which never forgets.
29Memory, therefore, exists best when meeting with manly and solid natures, in respect of which it is looked upon as younger, having been brought forth late; but forgetfulness and recollection, almost from the earliest birth of a man, dwell alternately with every one, on which account recollection has the precedence in point of time, and is placed on the left hand by the wise man when he is arranging the two in order; but memory will share the chief honours of virtue, which the lover of God, receiving eagerly, will think worthy of a better portion by himself.
30Therefore, the first man, being become sober, and knowing what his younger son had done to him, imprecates very terrible curses on him; for, in truth, when the mind recovers its sobriety, it does in consequence immediately perceive all that innovating wickedness has previously done to it, which, while it was intoxicated, it was unable to comprehend.
31We must now then consider whom the wise man here curses; for this is one of the matters especially deserving of investigation, since he curses not the son who appears to have done the wrong, but his son, and his own grandson, of whom he has not mentioned any apparent sin at present, either small or great;
32for he who from superfluous curiosity wished to see his father naked, and who laughed at what he saw, and who divulged what ought properly to have been concealed in silence, was Ham, the son of Noah; but he who bears the blame for the offences committed by the other, and who reaped the fruit of them in curses is Canaan; for it is said, "Cursed is Canaan the son, the servant, the servant of servants, shall he be to his brethren."
33And yet, as I said before, what sin had he committed? But they, who are accustomed to explain the formal, and literal, and obvious interpretations of the laws have perhaps considered this by themselves; but we, being guided by right reason, as it suggests itself to us, will interpret it according to the explanation which is ready to hand, having just made this necessary preface.
34A stationary position and motion differ from one another; for the one is a state of tranquillity, but motion is impetuosity, of which last there are two species—the one that which changes its place, the other that which is constantly revolving about the same place. Now habit is closely akin to the stationary position, and energy to motion;
35and what we have here said may be more easily understood by an appropriate example. It is customary to call an architect, or a painter, or a farmer, or a musician (and so on with other artists), by the aforesaid name of their profession, even if they remain inactive, doing nothing in the way of working at their respective arts, with reference to the skill and knowledge which they have each of them acquired in their respective professions;
36but when the architect has taken a material of wood and is working it up, and when the painter having mixed his proper colours on his pallet, paints the figures which he has in his head; and when, again, the former cutting furrows in the earth, throws in the seed, and plants, cuttings, and shoots of trees; and when, also, by way of supplying what he has planted with nourishment, he waters them and draws up channels of water to their roots, and does every thing else which a farmer may be expected to do; and also, when the musician adapts metres, and rhythm, and all kinds of melody to his flutes, and harps, and other instruments, and is able even without any manufactured instruments to use the organ with which he is furnished by nature by means of his voice which is furnished with all the tones; and so on with all the other artists, if it were worth while to mention them separately. In all these cases, besides the aforesaid names derived from their profession, other names akin to the former ones are added with reference to their work; so that we predicate of the architect that he builds, of the painter that he portrays, of the farmer that he cultivates the land, of the musician that he plays the flute or the harp, or that he sings, or does something similar.
37Now, what men are followed by praise and blame? Is it not those men who energise and do something? For when they succeed they meet with praise; and when, on the other hand, they fail they incur blame; but those who are scientific, without proceeding to action, remain in tranquillity, having attained this one honour unattended with danger, namely, peace.
38Therefore, the same assertion applies to those who live according to folly, and also to all those who live in accordance with virtue or vice. Those who are prudent, and temperate, and manly, and just men in their dispositions are infinite in number, having a happy portion in nature, and institutions in accordance with the law, and exerting themselves in invincible and unhesitating labours; but the beauty which exists in the ideas in their minds they are not able to display by reason of their poverty, or of their want of rank, or of some disease of the body, or of some one of the other disasters which surround human life;
39therefore, they being good have got their good things as it were in bondage and prison. But there are others who have them in an unconfined, and emancipated, and wholly free condition, having unlimited materials and opportunities for their exhibition.
40The wise man having an abundance of private and public assisting circumstances by which he can display his acuteness and his wisdom; the temperate man will make riches which are usually blind and accustomed to excite and tempt men to luxury, farsighted for the future: the just man will exercise authority by which he will for the future be able to assign to each individual without any hindrance, such a share of existing things as agrees with his deserts. The practiser of virtue will display piety, holiness, and a proper care of the sacred places and of the sacred rites performed in them.
41But without proper opportunities virtues indeed exist, but they are immoveable and like silver and gold, which is of no use in the world, because it is treasured up in the secret recesses of the earth.
42On the other hand again, one can see innumerable persons, unmanly, intemperate, foolish, unjust, impious in their minds, but unable fully to display the disgraceful character of all their vices by reason of the want of opportunity to sin; but if any important or frequent opportunities present themselves, then filling earth and sea to its extremest boundaries with unspeakable wickedness, and leaving nothing whether great or small uninjured, they overturn and destroy everything at one blow.
43For as the power of fire is quiet when it has no fuel, but when there are proper materials it blazes up; so also all the powers which have reference to the virtue or vice of the soul are extinguished by want of opportunity, as I have said before, but are kindled by a favourable occasion and a happy concurrence of circumstances.
44Why then have I said these things, except with the object of teaching that Ham, the son of Noah, is the name of wickedness in a state of inactivity, but his grandson, Canaan, is the name of wickedness in a state of motion? For Ham being interpreted, means "warm," but Canaan means "commotion;"
45and warm in a body implies fever, but in the soul it implies wickedness. For as I suppose disease is the foundation of fever, not only of a part but of the whole body; so also wickedness is a disease of the whole soul. But at one time it is in a state of tranquillity, and at another in motion; now he calls its motion commotion (σάλος), which in the Hebrew language is called Canaan.
46But no lawgiver ever affixes a punishment to wicked men while in a state of inaction, but only when they are in a state of motion and practise actions in accordance with injustice, just as a moderate man would not care about killing a snake if it were not about to bite him. For we must leave out of the question, that natural cruelty of soul which in the case of some persons delights to deal destruction upon everything.
47Very appropriately, therefore, the just man will appear to have launched his curses against his grandson, Canaan. But I have used the expression "will appear," because in effect he is cursing his son Ham through the medium of Canaan; for Ham being moved to commit sin does himself become Canaan. For there is one subject, namely wickedness, of which one kind is contemplated in a stationary condition, and the other in motion. But a stationary condition is antecedent to motion, so that that which is moved appears to have the relation of offspring to that which is stationary.
48In reference to which fact Canaan is, according to the order of nature, described as the son of Ham; commotion as the offspring of tranquillity, in order that the statement made in another passage may be true, namely, "visiting the iniquities of the fathers upon the sons to the third and fourth generations." For against these accomplishments of, and as it were, children of thoughts, punishments advance which await them, but which will hardly seize upon these thoughts which are not carried out by any action, and which consequently escape accusation.
49On this account, therefore, in the law concerning leprosy the great and wise Moses speaks of motion and its further progress and diffusion as unclean, but of tranquillity as pure. For he says, "If it be diffused over the skin the priest shall pronounce him polluted. But if the bright colour remain in its place and be not diffused, he shall pronounce him clean." So that, as tranquillity is an abiding of evils and of the passions within the soul (for that is what is intimated by leprosy), it is not liable to reproach; but its motion and progress are of necessity open to accusation.
50There is also something like this in the sacred scriptures, where the account of the creation of the universe is given and it is expressed more distinctly. For it is said to the wicked man, "O thou man, thou hast sinned. Cease to sin:" because sin is condemned with reference to its being in motion and energising according to wickedness: but tranquillity is free from blame, and is even preservative because of its remaining stationary and inactive.
Sections 51–69
51These things then, I imagine, have now been sufficiently discussed. Let us now examine the affair of the curses, and see what the case is with respect to them: "Cursed," says the scripture, "is Canaan the child; he shall be a servant to his brethren. Blessed be the Lord God of Shem; and Canaan shall be a servant unto them."
52We said some time ago that Shem bears the same name as good, being called not by a special name, but the whole genus of good is his name; in reference to which, the good is the only thing to be named, the only thing worthy of a good report and of glory; as, on the other hand, evil is the thing with no good report and with an evil fame.
53Of what prayer then does he think the man worthy who has received a share of the nature of good? Surely of some new and extraordinary benediction, which no mortal is able to act up to, and from which, almost as from the ocean itself, abundant and unceasing springs of good things do gush out ever rising high and overflowing; for he calls the Lord and God of the world and of all the things in it, by a particular grace, the private especial God of Shem.
54And see now how this exceeds all imaginable excess; for the man of whom such a thing is said, almost receives equal honour with the world; for when the same being cares for and superintends them both, it follows of necessity that the two things so superintended must be of equal honour and importance;
55may we not even say that these gifts are poured out upon him abundantly? For the master and benefactor of the world, perceptible by the external senses, is called by these appellations, Lord and God; but of the Good which is appreciable by the intellect, he is merely called the saviour and benefactor, not the master or lord; for what is wise is dearer to God than what is slavish. In reference to which principle he speaks clearly in the case of Abraham, saying, "I will not hide from Abraham who is dear to me."
56But the man who has this inheritance has advanced beyond the bounds of human happiness; for he alone is nobly born, inasmuch as he has God attributed to him as his father, and being his adopted only son, he is not rich, but all-wealthy, dwelling luxuriously in abundance and among genuine good things, not worn out by age, but in a state of vigour and continual renewal, such that besides them there is no good;
57being a man not of fair reputation, but of exceeding glory and receiving praise, not of that bastard sort which proceeds from flattery, but that which is founded on truth. He is the only king, having received from the Ruler of all things an irresistible power, without a rival, and authority over all things. He is the only free man, being emancipated from that most grievous mistress, vain opinion, whom God who makes free has torn down, since she was very proud, from her citadel on high, and has utterly destroyed.
58What then ought a man to do who has been thought worthy of such great and such exceeding blessings, all united in his case? What ought he to do, except requite his benefactor with words, and hymns, and songs of praise? This is as it seems what is obscurely intimated to him in the words, "Blessed is the Lord God of Shem;" since it it becomes him who has received the inheritance of God to bless and praise him, since this is the only requital that it is in his power to offer, and since he is utterly unable by any means whatever to do anything further.
59This, then, is the prayer which Noah offers for Shem; let us now see what kind of prayer it is that he puts forth for Japhet. He says, "May God make Japhet broad, and let him dwell in the tents of Shem, and Canaan shall be their servant."
60The object of a man who thinks nothing beautiful but what is good is limited and contracted, for of all the innumerable guides which influence different men he is confined to one alone, namely, to the mind. But the object of a man who attributes good to three different kinds of things, dividing it as it has reference to the soul, and to the body, and to external things, is more extended, inasmuch as he cuts up the good into a number of small and dissimilar fragments;
61on which account Noah very appropriately prays that breadth may be added to him, in order that he may be able to exercise the virtues of the soul, prudence, and temperance, and all the others, and likewise the vigorous health and acute perceptions of the body, strength and vigour, and the other qualities akin to them; and also the external advantages which contribute to wealth and glory, and to the enjoyment and use of necessary pleasures.
62Thus much we may say concerning breadth. We must now consider who it is who Noah prays may dwell in the tents of Shem, for he does not say very clearly. One may affirm that he means the Lord of the universe; for what more suitable and beautiful abode in all creation could be found for God beyond a soul completely purified, and thinking nothing beautiful but what is good, and looking upon all things, which are usually held in estimation among men, in the light of subjects and body-guards of that one thing, good?
63But God is said to dwell in a house, not as in respect of place (for he contains everything and is contained by nothing), but as in a most especial degree exerting his providence and care in favour of that place; for it follows inevitably in the case of every one who is master of a house that he has a particular care for that house.
64But let every one, on whom the love of God has showered good things, pray to God that he may have as a dweller within him the Ruler of all things, who will raise this small house, the mind, to a great height above the earth, and will connect it with the bounds of heaven.
65And what is said in the scriptures appears to coincide with this, for Shem is planted as a root of excellence and virtue; and from this root there sprang up a tree bringing forth good fruit, namely, Abraham, of whom the self-instructed and self-teaching offspring, Isaac, was the fruit, by whom again the virtues which are displayed in labour are sown, the practiser of which is Jacob, the man trained and exercised in wrestling with the passions, having the admonitions of angels for his gymnastic trainers.
66He is the prince of the twelve tribes, which the scriptures call the "kingdom and priesthood of God," in reference to their agreement with the original author of their race, Shem, in whose house it was prayed that God might dwell; for a kingdom is the house of a king, being truly sacred, and the only house free from danger of being plundered.
67Perhaps, indeed, the prayer has reference also to Japhet, that he also may make his abode in the dwellings of Shem, for it is well to pray for one who thinks the good things of the body and external advantages the only goods, that he may come over to the only true good, that of the soul, and may not wander from true opinions all his life, thinking advantages which are common to the most accursed and worst of men, such as health, and riches, and all such things as those, goods, when nature has not given any portion of what is really good to any wicked man; for, by its own nature, what is good can have no participation in what is bad.
68On this account good is treasured up in the soul alone, in the beauty of which no foolish man has any share. Now, the original progenitor of a virtuous posterity has written that he prayed for this for some of his friends, saying, "Return unto me," in order that, returning to adopt his opinions, and looking upon good alone as beautiful, he might pass by the reports of mistaken men as to the nature of good. Let him, then, dwell in the house of him who says that the good of the soul is the only beautiful thing; passing by and repudiating the abodes of others, by whom corporeal and external advantages are held in honour.
69And very appropriately has he assigned the fool to be a slave to those who cultivate virtue, that, either by passing under a better government he may live a better life, or if he continue in evil doing he may easily be punished by the independent authority of his masters. END OF VOL. I. HADDON, BROTHERS, AND CO., PRINTERS, CASTLE STREET, FINSBURY.
Sections 1–25
1Τὰ περὶ μέθης καὶ τῆς ἑπομένης αὐτῇ γυμνότητος εἰρημένα τῷ νομοθέτῃ διεξεληλυθότες πρότερον ἀρξώμεθα τοῖς λεχθεῖσι τὸν ἑξῆς προσαρμόττειν λόγον· περίεστι τοίνυν ἐν τοῖς χρησμοῖς ἀκόλουθα τάδε· „ἐξένηψε δὲ Νῶε ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴνου καὶ ἔγνω ὅσα ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ νεώτερος„ (Gen. 9,24).
2τὸ νήφειν οὐ μόνον ψυχαῖς ἀλλὰ καὶ σώμασιν ὠφελιμώτατον ἀνωμολόγηται· τάς τε γὰρ ἐξ ἀμέτρου πλησμονῆς γινομένας νόσους ἀπωθεῖται καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις πρὸς ἄκρας ὀξύτητας ἀκονᾷ καὶ ὅλα μέντοι τὰ σώματα οὐκ ἐᾷ βαρυνόμενα πίπτειν, ἀλλ’ ἐξαίρει καὶ ἐπικουφίζει καὶ πρὸς τὰς οἰκείους ἐνεργείας ἀνακαλεῖ πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν ἑτοιμότητα ἐντίκτον· καὶ συνόλως ὅσων δημιουργὸς κακῶν ἡ μέθη, τοσούτων ἔμπαλιν ἀγαθῶν τὸ νηφάλιον.
3ὁπότ’ οὖν καὶ σώμασιν, οἷς ἡ οἴνου πόσις οἰκεῖον, λυσιτελέστατον τὸ νήφειν, οὐ πολὺ μᾶλλον ψυχαῖς, ὧν φθαρτὴ τροφὴ πᾶσα ἀλλότριον; νηφούσης γὰρ διανοίας τί τῶν παρὰ ἀνθρώποις μεγαλειότερον; τίς δόξα; τίς πλοῦτος; τίς δυναστεία; τίς ἰσχύς; τί τῶν πάντων ὅσα θαυμάζεται; φέρε μόνον τὸ ψυχῆς ὄμμα ὅλον ἰσχῦσαι δι’ ὅλων διοιχθῆναι καὶ μηδὲν οἷα ὑπὸ ῥεύματος συγχυθῆναι μέρος ἢ καταμῦσαι· τότε γὰρ μάλιστα ὀξυωπῆσαν, σύνεσιν καὶ φρόνησιν αὐτὴν ἐμβλέπον, τοῖς νοητοῖς ἀγάλμασιν ἐντεύξεται, ὧν ἡ θέα ψυχαγωγοῦσα πρὸς οὐδὲν ἔτι τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀπονεύειν ἐάσει. καὶ τί θαυμάζομεν,
4εἰ τῷ νηφαλίῳ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ βλέποντι ὀξυωπέστατα τῶν γένεσιν λαχόντων μηδέν ἐστιν ἰσότιμον; καὶ γὰρ οἱ τοῦ σώματος ὀφθαλμοὶ καὶ τὸ αἰσθητὸν φῶς περιττῶς πρὸς ἡμῶν πάντων τετίμηται· πολλοὶ γοῦν τῶν τὰς ὄψεις ἀποβαλόντων καὶ τὸ ζῆν ἑκουσίως προσαπέβαλον κουφότερον κακὸν πηρώσεως θάνατον εἶναι δικάσαντες ἑαυτοῖς.
5ὅσῳ τοίνυν ψυχὴ σώματος κρείττων, τοσούτῳ καὶ νοῦς ὀφθαλμῶν ἀμείνων· ὃς εἴπερ ἀπήμων εἴη καὶ ἀζήμιος πρὸς μηδενὸς τῶν μέθην παράφορον ἐργαζομένων ἀδικημάτων ἢ παθῶν πιεσθείς, ὕπνῳ μὲν ἀποτάξεται λήθην καὶ ὄκνον ἐμποιοῦντι τῶν πρακτέων, ἐγρήγορσιν δὲ ἀσπασάμενος πρὸς τὰ θέας ἄξια πάντα ὀξυδορκήσει, μνήμαις μὲν ὑποβαλλούσαις ἐγειρόμενος, πράξεσι δὲ τοῖς γνωσθεῖσιν ἑπομέναις χρώμενος.
6Τοῦ μὲν δὴ νήφοντος κατάστασίς ἐστι τοιαύτη. „νεώτερον„ δ’ ὅταν φῇ „υἱόν“, οὐχ ἡλικίας ὄνομα ἀναγράφει, νεωτεροποιίαν δὲ ἀγαπῶντος ἐμφαίνει τρόπου διάθεσιν. ἐπεὶ πῶς ἂν ἢ τὰ ἀθέατα κατιδεῖν παρὰ νόμον καὶ δίκην ἐβιάσατο ἢ ἐκλαλῆσαι τὰ ὀφείλοντα ἡσυχάζεσθαι ἢ εἰς τοὐμφανὲς προενεγκεῖν τὰ δυνάμενα οἴκοι συσκιάζεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ψυχῆς ὅρους μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν, εἰ μὴ νεωτέρων πραγμάτων ἥπτετο γελῶν τὰ ἑτέροις συμπίπτοντα, δέον ἐπιστένειν καὶ μὴ χλευάζειν ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκὸς ἦν καὶ εὐλαβούμενον τὸ μέλλον σκυθρωπάζειν;
7πολλαχοῦ μέντοι τῆς νομοθεσίας καὶ τοὺς ἡλικίᾳ προήκοντας νέους καὶ τοὺς μηδέπω γεγηρακότας ἔμπαλιν ὀνομάζει πρεσβυτέρους, οὐκ εἰς πολυετίαν ἀφορῶν ἢ βραχὺν καὶ μήκιστον χρόνον, ἀλλ’ εἰς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις κινουμένης εὖ τε καὶ χεῖρον·
8τὸν γοῦν Ἰσμαὴλ εἰκοσαετίαν ἤδη που βεβιωκότα σχεδὸν κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἐν ἀρεταῖς τέλειον Ἰσαὰκ σύγκρισιν ὀνομάζει παιδίον· „ἔλαβε„ γάρ φησιν „ἄρτους καὶ ἀσκὸν ὕδατος καὶ ἔδωκεν Ἄγαρ, καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ἐπὶ τὸν ὦμον καὶ τὸ παιδίον“, ἡνίκα αὐτοὺς οἴκοθεν Ἀβραὰμ ἐξέπεμψε, καὶ πάλιν „ἔρριψε τὸ παιδίον ὑποκάτω μιᾶς ἐλάτης„, καὶ „οὐ μὴ ἴδω τὸν θάνατον τοῦ παιδίου„ (Gen. 21, 14 — 16)· καίτοι πρὸ μὲν τῆς γενέσεως Ἰσαὰκ τρισκαίδεκα γεγονὼς ἐτῶν Ἰσμαὴλ περιτέτμηται (Gen. 17,25), περὶ δὲ τὴν ἑπταέτιν ἡλικίαν παυσαμένου τῆς ἐν γάλακτι τροφῆς ἐκείνου τῷ τὴν ἐν παιδιαῖς ἰσότητα φέρεσθαι νόθος γνησίῳ | φυγαδεύεται σὺν τῇ τεκούσῃ.
9ἀλλ’ ὅμως παιδίον νεανίας ὢν ἤδη καλεῖται ὁ σοφιστὴς ἀντεξεταζόμενος σοφῷ· σοφίαν μὲν γὰρ Ἰσαάκ, σοφιστείαν δὲ Ἰσμαὴλ κεκλήρωται, ὡς, ἐπειδὰν ἑκάτερον χαρακτηρίζωμεν, ἐν τοῖς ἰδίᾳ λόγοις ἐπιδείκνυμεν. ὃν γὰρ ἔχει λόγον κομιδῇ νήπιον παιδίον πρὸς ἄνδρα τέλειον, τοῦτον καὶ σοφιστὴς πρὸς σοφὸν καὶ τὰ ἐγκύκλια τῶν μαθημάτων πρὸς τὰς ἐν ἀρεταῖς ἐπιστήμας.
10καὶ ἐν ᾠδῇ μέντοι μείζονι τὸν λεὼν ἅπαντα, ὁπότε νεωτερίζοι, τὸ τῆς ἄφρονος καὶ νηπίας ὄνομα ἡλικίας, τέκνα, καλεῖ· „δίκαιος„ γάρ φησι „καὶ ὅσιος ὁ κύριος· ἥμαρτον οὐκ αὐτῷ τέκνα μωμητά· γενεὰ σκολιὰ καὶ διεστραμμένη, ταῦτα κυρίῳ ἀνταποδίδοτε; οὕτως λαὸς μωρὸς καὶ οὐχὶ σοφός;„ (Deut. 32, 4 — 6).
11οὐκοῦν τέκνα ἐναργῶς ὠνόμακε τοὺς μώμους ἔχοντας ἄνδρας ἐν ψυχῇ καὶ μωρίᾳ καὶ ἀνοίᾳ τὰ πολλὰ σφαλλομένους ἐν ταῖς κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν βίον πράξεσιν, οὐκ εἰς τὰς ἐν παισὶ σώματος ἡλικίας ἀπιδών, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὸ τῆς διανοίας ἀλόγιστον καὶ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν βρεφῶδες.
12οὕτως μέντοι καὶ Ῥαχήλ, ἡ σώματος εὐμορφία, νεωτέρα Λείας, τοῦ κατὰ ψυχὴν κάλλους, ἀναγράφεται· ἡ μὲν γὰρ θνητή, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶν ἀθάνατον, καὶ ὅσα μέντοι τίμια πρὸς αἴσθησιν, ἑνὸς μόνου τοῦ κατὰ ψυχὴν κάλλους ἀτελέστερα. οἷς ἀκολουθεῖ καὶ τὸν Ἰωσὴφ νέον τε καὶ νεώτατον αἰεὶ λέγεσθαι· καὶ γάρ, ὅταν ἐπιστατῇ τῆς ποίμνης μετὰ τῶν νόθων ἀδελφῶν, νέος προσαγορεύεται (Gen. 37, 2), καὶ ὅταν εὔχηται ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῷ, φησίν· „υἱὸς ηὐξημένος νεώτατος πρὸς μὲ ἀνάστρεψον“ (Gen. 49, 22).
13οὗτος δέ ἐστιν ὁ τῆς περὶ τὸ σῶμα ἁπάσης ὑπέρμαχος δυνάμεως καὶ ὁ τῆς τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀφθονίας ἀκολάκευτος ἑταῖρος, ὁ τῆς πρεσβυτέρας ψυχῆς πρεσβύτερον καὶ τιμιώτερον ἀγαθὸν μήπω τέλειον εὑρημένος. εἰ γὰρ εὕρητο, κἂν ὅλην Αἴγυπτον ἀμεταστρεπτὶ φεύγων ᾤχετο· νυνὶ δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ τρέφειν αὐτὴν καὶ τιθηνοκομεῖν μάλιστα σεμνύνεται, ἧς τὸ μάχιμον καὶ ἡγεμονεῦον ὅταν ἴδῃ ὁ ὁρῶν καταπεποντωμένον καὶ διεφθαρμένον, ὕμνον εἰς τὸν θεὸν ᾄδει.
14νέος μὲν οὖν τρόπος ὁ μήπω δυνάμενος μετὰ τῶν γνησίων ἀδελφῶν ποιμαίνειν, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀλόγου φύσεως ἄρχειν τε καὶ ἐπιτροπεύειν, ἀλλ’ ἔτι μετὰ τῶν νόθων, οἷς τὰ δοκήσει πρὸ τῶν γνησίων καὶ τῷ εἶναι παραριθμουμένων ἀγαθῶν
15νεώτατος δέ, κἂν ἐπίδοσιν καὶ αὔξησιν πρὸς τὸ ἄμεινον λάβῃ, παρὰ τῷ τελείῳ νενόμισται μόνον ἀγαθὸν ἡγουμένῳ τὸ καλόν· οὗ χάριν προτρέπων φησί· „πρὸς μὲ ἀνάστρεψον,“ ἴσον τῷ πρεσβυτέρας γνώμης ὀρέχθητι, μὴ πάντα νεωτέριζε, ἤδη ποτὲ τὴν ἀρετὴν δι’ αὐτὴν μόνην στέρξον, μὴ καθάπερ παῖς ἄφρων τῇ τῶν τυχηρῶν λαμπρότητι περιαυγαζόμενος ἀπάτης καὶ ψευδοῦς δόξης
16ἀναπίμπλασο. ὡς μὲν τοίνυν πολλαχοῦ νέον οὐκ εἰς τὴν σώματος ἀκμήν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὴν ψυχῆς νεωτεροποιίαν ἀφορῶν εἴωθε καλεῖν, ἐπιδέδεικται. ὡς δὲ καὶ πρεσβύτερον οὐ τὸν γήρᾳ κατεσχημένον, ἀλλὰ τὸν γέρως καὶ τιμῆς ἄξιον ὀνομάζει, δηλώσομεν.
17τίς οὖν ἀγνοεῖ τῶν ἐντετυχηκότων ταῖς ἱερωτάταις βίβλοις, ὅτι σχεδὸν τῶν προγόνων ἑαυτοῦ πάντων ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ ὀλιγοχρονιώτατος εἰσάγεται; κἀκείνων μέν, οἶμαι, οἳ μακροβιώτατοι γεγόνασιν, οὐδὲ εἷς, οὑτοσὶ δὲ ἀναγέγραπται πρεσβύτερος· φασὶ γοῦν οἱ χρησμοί, ὅτι „Ἀβραὰμ ἦν πρεσβύτερος προβεβηκὼς καὶ κύριος εὐλόγησε τὸν Ἀβραὰμ κατὰ πάντα„ (Gen. 24,1).
18τοῦτό μοι δοκεῖ τὸ προκείμενον αἰτίας ἀπόδοσις εἶναι, δι’ ἣν πρεσβύτερος ἐλέχθη ὁ σοφός· ἐπιφροσύνῃ γὰρ θεοῦ τὸ λογικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς μέρος ὅταν εὖ διατεθῇ καὶ μὴ καθ’ ἓν εἶδος ἀλλὰ κατὰ πάσας τὰς ἐπιβολὰς εὐλογιστῇ, πρεσβυτέρᾳ χρώμενον γνώμῃ καὶ αὐτὸ δήπου πρεσβύτερόν ἐστιν.
19οὕτως καὶ τοὺς συνέδρους τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς τὸν δέκα ἑβδομάδων ἀριθμὸν εἰληχότας πρεσβυτέρους ὀνομάζειν ἔθος· λέγεται γάρ· „συνάγαγέ μοι ἑβδομήκοντα ἄνδρας ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Ἰσραήλ, οὓς αὐτὸς σὺ οἶδας ὅτι οὗτοί εἰσι πρεσβύτεροι„ (Num. 11, 16).
20οὐκοῦν οὐ τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν τυχόντων γέροντας νομιζομένους ὡς ἱεροφάντας, ἀλλ’ οὓς ὁ σοφὸς οἶδε μόνος, τῆς τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἠξίωσε προσρήσεως· οὓς μὲν γὰρ ἂν οὗτος ἀποδοκιμάσῃ καθάπερ ἀργυραμοιβὸς ἀγαθὸς ἐκ τοῦ τῆς ἀρετῆς νομίσματος, κεκιβδηλευμένοι νεωτεροποιοὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἅπαντες· οὓς δ’ ἂν γνωρίμους ἐθελήσῃ ποιήσασθαι, δόκιμοί τε καὶ τὸ φρόνημα πρεσβύτεροι κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖόν εἰσιν.
21ἑνὶ μέντοι νόμου διατάγματι τοῖς ἀκούειν ἐπισταμένοις ἑκάτερον ὧν εἶπον ἐναργέστερον φανεῖται δεδηλωκώς· „ἐὰν γὰρ γένωνται„ φησίν „ἀνθρώπῳ δύο γυναῖκες, ἠγαπημένη καὶ μισουμένη, καὶ τέκωσιν αὐτῷ ἡ ἠγαπημένη καὶ ἡ μισουμένη, καὶ γένηται υἱὸς πρωτότοκος τῆς μισουμένης, ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ κληροδοτῇ τοῖς | υἱοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, οὐ δυνήσεται πρωτοτοκεῦσαι τῷ υἱῷ τῆς ἠγαπημένης ὑπεριδὼν τὸν υἱὸν τῆς μισουμένης τὸν πρωτότοκον· ἀλλὰ τὸν πρωτότοκον υἱὸν τῆς μισουμένης ἐπιγνώσεται, δοῦναι αὐτῷ διπλᾶ ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν ἐὰν εὑρεθῇ αὐτῷ, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ἀρχὴ τέκνων αὐτοῦ καὶ τούτῳ καθήκει τὰ πρωτοτόκια“ (Deut. 21,15 — 17).
22παρατετήρηκας ἤδη, ὅτι τὸν μὲν τῆς στεργομένης υἱὸν οὐδέποτε πρωτότοκον ἢ πρεσβύτερον καλεῖ, τὸν δὲ τῆς μισουμένης πολλάκις· καίτοι τοῦ μὲν τὴν γένεσιν προτέρου, τοῦ δὲ ἐκ τῆς στυγουμένης ὑστέρου δεδήλωκεν εὐθὺς ἀρχόμενος τῆς προστάξεως· „ἐὰν γὰρ τέκωσι„ φησίν „ἡ ἠγαπημένη καὶ ἡ μισουμένη.“ ἀλλ’ ὅμως τὸ μὲν τῆς προτέρας γέννημα, κἂν πολυχρονιώτερον ᾖ, νεώτερον παρ’ ὀρθῷ λόγῳ δικάζοντι νενόμισται, τὸ δὲ τῆς ὑστέρας, κἂν ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν χρόνοις ὑστερίζῃ, τῆς μείζονος καὶ πρεσβυτέρας μοίρας ἠξίωται. διὰ τί;
23ὅτι τῶν γυναικῶν τὴν μὲν στεργομένην ἡδονῆς, τὴν δὲ στυγουμένην φρονήσεως εἶναί φαμεν σύμβολον· τῆς μὲν γὰρ ὁ πολὺς ὅμιλος ἀνθρώπων τὴν συνουσίαν ὑπερφυῶς ἀγαπᾷ δελέατα καὶ φίλτρα ἐξ ἑαυτῆς ἐπαγωγότατα ἐνδιδούσης ἀπὸ γενέσεως ἀρχῆς ἄχρι πανυστάτου γήρως, τῆς δὲ ἐκτόπως τὸ αὐστηρὸν καὶ περίσεμνον διαμεμίσηκε καθάπερ οἱ ἄφρονες παῖδες τὰς τῶν γονέων καὶ τρεφόντων ὠφελιμωτάτας μὲν ἀτερπεστάτας δὲ ὑφηγήσεις.
24τίκτουσι δ’ ἀμφότεραι, ἡ μὲν τὸν φιλήδονον, ἡ δ’ αὖ τὸν φιλάρετον ἐν ψυχῇ τρόπον. ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν φιλήδονος ἀτελὴς καὶ ὄντως ἀεὶ παῖς ἐστι, κἂν εἰς πολυετίας αἰῶνα μήκιστον ἀφίκηται, ὁ δ’ αὖ φιλάρετος ἐν γερουσίᾳ τῆς φρονήσεως ἐξ ἔτι σπαργάνων, τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο, ἀγήρως ὢν τάττεται·
25παρὸ καὶ λίαν ἐμφαντικῶς εἴρηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ τῆς μισουμένης ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν ἀρετῆς γεγονότος, ὅτι „οὗτός ἐστιν ἀρχὴ τέκνων“, καὶ τάξει καὶ ἡγεμονίᾳ δήπου πρῶτος ὤν, “καὶ τούτῳ καθήκει τὰ πρωτοτόκια“ νόμῳ φύσεως, οὐκ
Sections 26–50
26ἀνομίᾳ τῇ παρ’ ἀνθρώποις. ἑπόμενος οὖν αὐτῷ καὶ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ προτεθέντα σκοπὸν ἀφιεὶς εὐστόχως τὰ βέλη κατὰ ἀκολουθίαν εἰσάγει τὸν Ἰακὼβ γενέσει μὲν τοῦ Ἠσαῦ νεώτερον — ὅτι ἀφροσύνη μὲν ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας ἐστὶν ἡμῖν σύντροφος, ὀψίγονος δ’ ὁ τοῦ καλοῦ ζῆλος —, δυνάμει δὲ πρεσβύτερον· παρὸ καὶ τῶν πρωτοτοκίων ὁ μὲν Ἠσαῦ ἐξίσταται, μεταποιεῖται δ’ οὗτος εἰκότως.
27τούτοις συνᾴδει καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰωσὴφ ἐκ πολλῆς περισκέψεως ἀνεζητημένα, ἡνίκα ἐνθουσιῶν ὁ σοφὸς ἀντικρὺς παρεστηκότων οὐκ ἐπιτίθησι ταῖς κεφαλαῖς ἐξ ἐναντίας καὶ κατ’ εὐθὺ τὰς χεῖρας ἐπενεγκών, ἀλλ’ ἐναλλάξας, ὅπως τῇ μὲν εὐωνύμῳ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου δοκοῦντος εἶναι, τοῦ δὲ νεωτέρου τῇ δεξιᾷ ψαύσῃ (Gen. 48, 13. 14).
28καλεῖται δ’ ὁ μὲν [ἐν] γενέσει πρεσβύτερος Μανασσῆς, ὁ δὲ νεώτερος Ἐφραΐμ· ταῦτα δ’ εἰ μεταληφθείη τὰ ὀνόματα εἰς Ἑλλάδα γλῶτταν, μνήμης καὶ ἀναμνήσεως εὑρεθήσεται σύμβολα· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ Μανασσῆς μὲν „ἐκ λήθης„ — τὸ δ’ ἐστὶν ὀνόματι ἑτέρῳ καλούμενον ἀνάμνησις· ὁ γὰρ ὧν ἐπελάθετο εἰς ἀνάμνησιν ἐρχόμενος ἔξω πρόεισι τῆς λήθης —, Ἐφραῒμ δὲ καρποφορία, μνήμης πρόσρησις οἰκειοτάτη, διότι καρπὸς ὠφελιμώτατος καὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐδώδιμος ψυχαῖς τὸ ἄληστον ἐν
29μνήμαις ἀδιαστάτοις. μνῆμαι μὲν οὖν ἠνδρωμένοις ἤδη καὶ παγίοις συντυγχάνουσι, παρὸ καὶ νεώτεραι ἐνομίσθησαν ὀψὲ φυόμεναι· λήθη δὲ καὶ ἀνάμνησις ἐπαλλήλως σχεδὸν ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας ἑκάστῳ σύνεισιν, οὗ ἕνεκα τὰ χρόνου πρεσβεῖα εὕρηνται καὶ ἐπ’ εὐωνύμοις παρὰ σοφῷ ταξιαρχοῦντι τάττονται· τῶν δὲ ἀρετῆς αἱ μνῆμαι κοινωνήσουσι πρεσβείων, ἃς ὁ θεοφιλὴς δεξιωσάμενος τῆς ἀμείνονος παρ’ ἑαυτῷ μοίρας ἀξιώσει.
30Νήψας οὖν ὁ δίκαιος καὶ γνοὺς ὅσα „ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ νεώτερος αὐτοῦ υἱὸς„ ἀρὰς χαλεπωτάτας τίθεται· τῷ γὰρ ὄντι ὅταν ὁ νοῦς νήψῃ, κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον εὐθὺς αἰσθάνεται ὅσα ἡ νεωτεροποιὸς ἐν αὐτῷ κακία πρότερον εἰργάζετο, ἃ μεθύων ἀδυνάτως καταλαβεῖν εἶχε.
31τίνι μέντοι καταρᾶται, σκεπτέον· ἓν γάρ τι καὶ τοῦτο τῶν ἐρεύνης ἀξίων ἐστίν, ἐπειδήπερ οὐ τῷ δοκοῦντι ἡμαρτηκέναι παιδί, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἐκείνου μὲν υἱῷ, ἑαυτοῦ δὲ υἱωνῷ, οὗ φανερὸν οὐδὲν εἴς γε τὸ παρὸν ἀδίκημα, οὐ μικρὸν οὐ μέγα, δεδήλωκεν·
32ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ περιεργίας ἰδεῖν τὸν πατέρα γυμνὸν ἐθελήσας καὶ γελάσας ἃ εἶδε καὶ ἐκλαλήσας τὰ δεόντως ἡσυχασθέντα ὁ υἱὸς ἦν τοῦ Νῶε Χάμ, ὁ δὲ ἐφ’ οἷς ἕτερος ἠδίκησε τὰς αἰτίας ἔχων καὶ τὰς ἀρὰς καρπούμενος Χαναάν ἐστι· λέγεται γὰρ „ἐπικατάρατος Χαναάν· παῖς οἰκέτης [δοῦλος δούλων] ἔσται τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 9, 25). τί γὰρ ἡμάρτηκεν, ὡς ἔφην, οὗτος;
33ἀλλ’ ἐσκέψαντο μὲν ἐφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἴσως οἷς ἔθος ἀκριβοῦν τὰς ῥητὰς καὶ προχείρους ἀποδόσεις ἐν τοῖς νόμοις· ἡμεῖς δὲ πειθόμενοι τῷ ὑποβάλλοντι ὀρθῷ λόγῳ τὴν ἐγκειμένην ἀπόδοσιν διερμηνεύσωμεν ἐκεῖνα ἀναγκαίως
34προειπόντες· σχέσις καὶ κίνησις διαφέρουσιν ἀλλήλων· ἡ μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἠρεμία, φορὰ δὲ ἡ κίνησις· ἧς εἴδη δύο, τὸ μὲν μεταβατικόν, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον εἰλούμενον. σχέσει μὲν οὖν | ἀδελφὸν ἕξις, κινήσει δ’ ἐνέργεια.
35τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον παραδείγματι οἰκείῳ γνωριμώτερον γένοιτ’ ἄν· τέκτονα καὶ ζωγράφον καὶ γεωργὸν καὶ μουσικὸν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τεχνίτας, κἂν ἡσυχίαν ἄγωσι μηδὲν τῶν κατὰ τὰς τέχνας ἐνεργοῦντες, οὐδὲν ἧττον τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἔθος καλεῖν ὀνόμασιν, ἐπεὶ τὴν ἐν ἑκάστοις ἐμπειρίαν καὶ ἐπιστήμην ἀνειληφότες ἔχουσιν.
36ἐπειδὰν δὲ ὁ τεκτονικὸς ξύλων ὕλην ἐργάζηται λαβών, ὁ δὲ ζωγράφος τὰ οἰκεῖα κερασάμενος χρώματα ἐπὶ τοῦ πίνακος διαγράφῃ τοὺς τύπους ὧν ἂν διανοῆται, ὁ δ’ αὖ γεωργὸς ἀνατέμνων γῆς αὔλακας καταβάλλῃ τὰ σπέρματα, κληματίδας δὲ καὶ μοσχεύματα δένδρων ἐμφυτεύῃ, ἅμα δὲ τροφὴν ἀναγκαιοτάτην ἄρδῃ καὶ ἐποχετεύῃ τοῖς φυτευθεῖσι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὅσα γεωργικὰ πᾶσιν ἐγχειρῇ, ὁ δ’ αὖ μουσικὸς αὐλοῖς καὶ κιθάραις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὀργάνοις μέτρα καὶ ῥυθμοὺς καὶ πάσας μέλους ἰδέας ἁρμόττῃ — δύναται δὲ καὶ δίχα τῶν χειροκμήτων τῷ τῆς φύσεως ὀργάνῳ χρῆσθαι διὰ φωνῆς ἡρμοσμένης πᾶσι τοῖς φθόγγοις — καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἕκαστος τεχνιτῶν εἴπερ ἐγχειρεῖ, τοῖς κατὰ τὰς ἐπιστήμας ἕτερα ἐξ ἀνάγκης οἰκεῖα τοῖς προτέροις ὀνόματα προσγίνεται, τῷ μὲν τέκτονι τὸ τεκτονεῖν, τῷ δὲ ζωγράφῳ τὸ ζωγραφεῖν ἤδη, καὶ τὸ γεωργεῖν μέντοι τῷ γεωργῷ, καὶ τὸ αὐλεῖν ἢ κιθαρίζειν ἢ ᾄδειν ἤ τι τῶν παραπλησίων ποιεῖν τῷ μουσικῷ. τίσιν οὖν οἱ ψόγοι καὶ οἱ ἔπαινοι παρακολουθοῦσιν;
37ἆρ’ οὐχὶ τοῖς ἐνεργοῦσι καὶ δρῶσι; κατορθοῦντες μὲν γὰρ ἔπαινον, ψόγον δ’ ἔμπαλιν καρποῦνται διαμαρτάνοντες. οἱ δ’ ἄνευ τοῦ τι ποιεῖν ἐπιστήμονες αὐτὸ μόνον, ἀκίνδυνον γέρας εἰληφότες ἡσυχίαν ἠρεμοῦσιν.
38ὁ αὐτὸς τοίνυν λόγος ἐφαρμόττει καὶ τοῖς κατ’ ἀφροσύνην καὶ συνόλως τοῖς κατ’ ἀρετήν τε καὶ κακίαν· οἱ φρόνιμοί τε καὶ σώφρονες καὶ ἀνδρεῖοι καὶ δίκαιοι τὰς ψυχὰς μυρίοι γεγόνασι φύσεως μὲν εὐμοιρίᾳ, νομίμοις δ’ ὑφηγήσεσι, πόνοις δ’ ἀηττήτοις καὶ ἀοκνοτάτοις χρησάμενοι, τὸ δὲ κάλλος τῶν ἐν ταῖς διανοίαις ἀγαλμάτων οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιδείξασθαι διὰ πενίαν ἢ ἀδοξίαν ἢ νόσον σώματος ἢ τὰς ἄλλας κῆρας ὅσαι τὸν ἀνθρώπινον περιπολοῦσι βίον.
39οὐκοῦν οὗτοι μὲν ὥσπερ δεδεμένα καὶ καθειργμένα ἐκτήσαντο ἀγαθά, ἕτεροι δ’ εἰσὶν οἳ λελυμένοις καὶ ἀφέτοις καὶ ἐλευθέροις ἐχρήσαντο πᾶσι τὰς εἰς ἐπίδειξιν ὕλας ἀφθονωτάτας προσλαβόντες·
40ὁ μὲν φρόνιμος ἰδίων τε καὶ κοινῶν προστασίαν πραγμάτων, οἷς σύνεσιν καὶ εὐβουλίαν ἐνεπιδείξεται· ὁ δὲ σώφρων τὸν εἰς ἀσωτίαν δεινὸν ἐπᾶραι καὶ παρακαλέσαι τυφλὸν πλοῦτον, ἵνα βλέποντα ἀποδείξῃ· ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἀρχήν, δι’ ἧς τὸ κατ’ ἀξίαν ἀπονέμειν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ὄντων ἀκωλύτως δυνατὸς ἔσται· ὁ δ’ ἀσκητὴς εὐσεβείας ἱερωσύνην καὶ χωρίων ἱερῶν καὶ τῆς ἐν τούτοις ἁγιστείας ἐπιμέλειαν.
41ἄνευ δὲ τούτων ἀρεταὶ μέν εἰσιν, ἀκίνητοι δὲ ἀρεταὶ καὶ ἡσυχίαν ἄγουσαι, καθάπερ ὁ τεθησαυρισμένος ἐν ἀφανέσι γῆς μυχοῖς ἄργυρός τε καὶ χρυσὸς οὐδὲν χρήσιμος.
42πάλιν τοίνυν κατὰ τὰ ἐναντία μυρίους ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ἀνάνδρους, ἀκολάστους, ἄφρονας, ἀδίκους, ἀσεβεῖς ἐν ταῖς διανοίαις ὑπάρχοντας, τὸ δὲ κακίας ἑκάστης αἶσχος ἀδυνατοῦντας ἐπιδείκνυσθαι δι’ ἀκαιρίαν τῶν εἰς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν καιρῶν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ τοῦ δύνασθαι πολλὴ καὶ μεγάλη κατασκήψῃ φορά, γῆν καὶ θάλατταν ἄχρι τερμάτων ἀμυθήτων ἀναπιμπλάντας κακῶν καὶ μηδέν, μὴ μικρὸν μὴ μέγα, ἀζήμιον ἐῶντας, ἀλλὰ ῥύμῃ μιᾷ ἀνατρέποντάς τε καὶ φθείροντας·
43ὥσπερ γὰρ τοῦ πυρὸς ἡ δύναμις ἀπουσίᾳ μὲν ὕλης ἡσυχάζει, παρουσίᾳ δὲ ἀνακαίεται, οὕτως καὶ ὅσαι πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἢ κακίαν ψυχῆς δυνάμεις ἀφορῶσι, σβέννυνται μὲν ἀκαιρίαις, καθάπερ
44ἔφην, καιρῶν, τυχηραῖς δ’ εὐπορίαις ἀναφλέγονται. τίνος δὴ ταῦθ’ εἵνεκα εἶπον ἢ τοῦ διδάξαι χάριν, ὅτι ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ Νῶε Χὰμ ἠρεμούσης κακίας ἐστὶν ὄνομα, ὁ δὲ υἱωνὸς ἤδη καὶ κινουμένης; ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ θέρμη μὲν Χάμ, σάλος δὲ Χαναάν.
45θέρμη δὲ ἐν μὲν σώματι πυρετὸν ἐμφαίνει, κακίαν δὲ ἐν ψυχαῖς· ὡς γάρ, οἶμαι, καταβολὴ πυρετοῦ νόσος ἐστὶν οὐ μέρους ἀλλ’ ὅλου σώματος, οὕτως ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς ἀρρώστημά ἐστι κακία. ἀλλ’ ὁτὲ μὲν ἠρεμεῖ, ὁτὲ δὲ κινεῖται· τὴν δὲ κίνησιν αὐτῆς ὀνομάζει σάλον,
46ὃς Ἑβραίων γλώττῃ Χαναὰν καλεῖται. νομοθετῶν δὲ οὐδεὶς ἐπιτίμιον ὁρίζει κατὰ ἀδίκων ἠρεμούντων, ἀλλὰ δὴ κινουμένων καὶ τοῖς κατὰ ἀδικίαν ἔργοις χρωμένων, καθάπερ οὐδὲ τῶν δακετῶν οὐδὲν ἀνὴρ μέτριος κτείνειν ἂν ἐθελήσαι μὴ μέλλον δάκνειν· λόγῳ γὰρ ὑπεξαιρετέον ψυχῆς ὠμότητα φύσει [καὶ] κατὰ πάντων φονῶσαν.
47εἰκότως οὖν ὁ δίκαιος τὰς ἀρὰς τῷ υἱωνῷ Χαναὰν δόξει τίθεσθαι· δόξει δὲ εἶπον, ὅτι δυνάμει τῷ υἱῷ Χὰμ δι’ ἐκείνου καταρᾶται· κινηθεὶς γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν Χὰμ αὐτὸς γίνεται Χαναάν. ἓν γὰρ τὸ ὑποκείμενον κακία, ἧς τὸ μὲν ἐν σχέσει, τὸ δὲ ἐν κινήσει θεωρεῖται· πρεσβύτερον δὲ κινήσεως σχέσις, ὡς ἐγγόνου λόγον ἔχειν τὸ κινούμενον πρὸς τὸ ἰσχόμενον·
48παρὸ καὶ τοῦ Χὰμ υἱὸς ὁ Χαναὰν φυσικῶς ἀναγράφεται, σάλος ἠρεμίας, ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἑτέρωθι λεχθὲν ἐπαληθεύῃ τὸ „ἀποδιδοὺς ἀνομίας πατέρων ἐπὶ υἱούς, ἐπὶ τρίτους καὶ ἐπὶ τετάρτους„ (Exod. 20, 5)· ἐπὶ γὰρ τὰ ἀποτελέσματα καὶ ὡς ἂν ἔγγονα τῶν λογισμῶν στείχουσιν αἱ τιμωρίαι, κατ’ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνων, εἰ μηδεμία προσγένοιτο πρᾶξις ἐπίληπτος, ἀποδιδρασκόντων τὰ ἐγκλήματα.
49διὰ τοῦτο μέντοι κἀν τῷ νόμῳ τῆς λέπρας ὁ μέγας πάντα Μωυσῆς τὴν μὲν κίνησιν καὶ ἐπὶ πλέον αὐτῆς φορὰν καὶ χύσιν ἀκάθαρτον, τὴν δ’ ἠρεμίαν καθαρὰν ἀναγράφει· λέγει γὰρ ὅτι „ἐὰν διαχέηται ἐν τῷ δέρματι, μιανεῖ ὁ ἱερεύς. ἐὰν δὲ κατὰ χώραν μείνῃ τὸ τηλαύγημα καὶ μὴ διαχέηται, καθαριεῖ“(Lev. 13,22.23)· ὥστε τὴν μὲν ἡσυχίαν καὶ μονὴν κακιῶν καὶ παθῶν τῶν κατὰ ψυχὴν — ταῦτα γὰρ αἰνίττεται διὰ τῆς λέπρας — οὐχ ὑπαίτιον εἶναι, τὴν δὲ κίνησιν καὶ φορὰν ὕποχον δέοντως.
50τὸ παραπλήσιον καὶ ἐν τοῖς πρὸς τὸν Κάιν χρησθεῖσι λογίοις περιέχεται σημειωδέστερον· λέγεται γὰρ πρὸς αὐτόν· ὦ οὗτος, „ἥμαρτες, ἡσύχασον“ (Gen. 4,7), τοῦ μὲν ἁμαρτάνειν, ὅτι κινεῖσθαι καὶ ἐνεργεῖν κατὰ τὴν κακίαν ἦν, ὄντος ἐνόχου, τοῦ δ’ ἡσυχάζειν, ὅτι ἴσχεσθαι καὶ ἠρεμεῖν, ἀνυπαιτίου καὶ σωτηρίου.
Sections 51–69
51Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἱκανῶς γε, οἶμαι, προείρηται. τὰς δ’ ἀρὰς [ἔχοντα], ὃν ἔχουσι λόγον, ἴδωμεν· „ἐπικατάρατος“ φησί „Χαναάν· παῖς οἰκέτης ἔσται τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ“· καὶ „εὐλογητὸς κύριος ὁ θεὸς Σήμ, καὶ ἔσται Χαναὰν δοῦλος αὐτοῖς“ (Gen. 9, 25. 26).
52ἔφαμεν πάλαι, ὅτι Σὴμ ἐπώνυμός ἐστιν ἀγαθοῦ, καλούμενος οὐκ ὀνόματος εἴδει, ἀλλ’ ὅλον τὸ γένος αὐτοῦ ὄνομα, παρόσον τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὀνομαστὸν μόνον καὶ εὐφημίας καὶ εὐκλείας ἄξιον, ὡς ἔμπαλιν ἀνώνυμον καὶ δυσώνυμον τὸ κακόν. τίνος οὖν τὸν τῆς φύσεως τἀγαθοῦ μεμοιραμένον εὐχῆς ἀξιοῖ;
53τίνος; καινοτάτης καὶ παρηλλαγμένης, ᾗ θνητὸς οὐδεὶς ὑπηρετῆσαι δυνατός, ἀφ’ ἧς σχεδὸν ὥσπερ ἀπ’ ὠκεανοῦ ῥέουσιν αἱ ἄφθονοι καὶ ἀέναοι πλημμυροῦσαι καὶ ἀναχεόμεναι τῶν καλῶν πηγαί. τὸν γὰρ κύριον καὶ θεὸν τοῦ τε κόσμου καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ πάντων ἰδίᾳ θεὸν κατ’ ἐξαίρετον χάριν τοῦ Σὴμ ἀνακαλεῖ.
54καὶ ὅρα· τίνας ὑπερβολὰς τοῦτο οὐχ ὑπερβάλλει; σχεδὸν γὰρ ἰσότιμος ὁ τούτου λαχὼν γίνεται κόσμῳ· ὅτε γὰρ τὸ ἐπιστατοῦν καὶ κηδόμενον ἀμφοῖν ταὐτόν, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτροπευόμενα κατ’ ἀναγκαῖον εὐθύς ἐστιν ἰσότιμα.
55μήποτε δὲ καὶ ἐπιδαψιλεύεται τὰ τῶν δωρεῶν· τοῦ μὲν γὰρ αἰσθητοῦ κόσμου δεσπότης καὶ εὐεργέτης ἀνείρηται διὰ τοῦ κύριος καὶ θεός, τοῦ δὲ νοητοῦ ἀγαθοῦ σωτὴρ καὶ εὐεργέτης αὐτὸ μόνον, οὐχὶ δεσπότης ἢ κύριος· φίλον γὰρ τὸ σοφὸν θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ δοῦλον.
56παρὸ καὶ σαφῶς ἐπὶ Ἀβραὰμ φάσκει· „μὴ ἐπικαλύψω ἐγὼ ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ τοῦ φίλου μου“ (Gen. 18, 17) ; ὁ δὲ ἔχων τὸν κλῆρον τοῦτον πέραν ὅρων ἀνθρωπίνης εὐδαιμονίας προελήλυθε· μόνος γὰρ εὐγενὴς ἅτε θεὸν ἐπιγεγραμμένος πατέρα καὶ γεγονὼς εἰσποιητὸς αὐτῷ μόνος υἱός· οὐ πλούσιος, ἀλλὰ πάμπλουτος, ἐν ἀφθόνοις καὶ γνησίοις, οὐ χρόνῳ παλαιουμένοις, καινουμένοις δὲ καὶ ἡβῶσιν ἀεὶ τρυφῶν ἀγαθοῖς μόνοις·
57οὐκ ἔνδοξος, ἀλλ’ εὐκλεής, τὸν μὴ κολακείᾳ νοθούμενον, ἀλλὰ βεβαιούμενον ἀληθείᾳ καρπούμενος ἔπαινον· μόνος βασιλεύς, παρὰ τοῦ πανηγεμόνος λαβὼν τῆς ἐφ’ ἅπασιν ἀρχῆς τὸ κράτος ἀνανταγώνιστον· μόνος ἐλεύθερος, ἀφειμένος ἀργαλεωτάτης δεσποίνης, κενῆς δόξης, ἣν ὑπέραυχον οὖσαν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκροπόλεως ἄνωθεν ὁ ἐλευθεροποιὸς καθεῖλε θεός.
58τούτῳ δὴ τῷ τοσούτων καὶ οὕτως ὑπερβαλλόντων καὶ ἀθρόων ἀξιωθέντι ἀγαθῶν τί προσήκει ποιεῖν ἢ λόγοις καὶ ᾠδαῖς καὶ ὕμνοις τὸν εὐεργέτην ἀμείβεσθαι; τοῦτ’ ἔσθ’, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὃ αἰνίττεται διὰ τοῦ „εὐλογημένος κύριος ὁ θεὸς Σήμ“, ἐπειδὴ τῷ τὸν θεὸν ἔχοντι κλῆρον εὐλογεῖν καὶ ἐπαινεῖν αὐτὸν ἁρμόττει μόνον τοῦτ’ ἀντιπαρασχεῖν δυναμένῳ, τὰ δ’ ἄλλα ἀνὰ κράτος πάνθ’ ἁπλῶς ἀδυνατοῦντι.
59Τῷ μὲν δὴ Σὴμ εὔχεται ταῦτα· τῷ δ’ Ἰάφεθ ὁποῖα, θεασώμεθα· „πλατύναι“ φησίν „ὁ θεὸς τῷ Ἰάφεθ, καὶ κατοικησάτω ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις τοῦ Σήμ, καὶ γενέσθω Χαναὰν δοῦλος αὐτοῖς„ (Gen. 9, 27).
60τοῦ ἀγαθὸν ἡγουμένου τὸ καλὸν μόνον ἔσταλται καὶ συνῆκται τὸ τέλος — ἑνὶ γὰρ μυρίων ὄντων τῶν περὶ ἡμᾶς τῷ ἡγεμόνι νῷ συνέζευκται —, τοῦ δὲ τρισὶν ἐφαρμόζοντος αὐτὸ γένεσιν, τῷ περὶ ψυχήν, τῷ περὶ σῶμα, τῷ περὶ τὰ ἐκτός, ἅτ’ εἰς πολλὰ καὶ ἀνόμοια κατακερματιζόμενον εὐρύνεται.
61διόπερ οἰκείως εὔχεται τούτῳ προσγενέσθαι πλάτος, ὅπως καὶ ταῖς περὶ ψυχὴν ἀρεταῖς, φρονήσει καὶ σωφροσύνῃ καὶ ἑκάστῃ τῶν ἄλλων, χρῆσθαι δύναιτο καὶ ταῖς σώματος, ὑγείᾳ κὶ εὐαισθησίᾳ δυνάμει τε καὶ ῥώμῃ καὶ ταῖς τούτων συrίενέσιν, ἔτι μέντοι καὶ τοῖς ἐκτὸς πλεονεκτήμασιν, ὅσα εἰς πλοῦτον καὶ δόξαν ἀπόλαυσίν τε καὶ χρῆσιν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἡδονῶν ἄγεται.
62περὶ μὲν τοῦ πλάτους ταύτα. τίνα δὲ ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις εὔχεται τοῦ Σὴμ κατοικήσαι, σκεπτέον· σαφῶς γὰρ οὐ μεμήνυκεν. ἔνεστι μὲν δὴ φάναι, ὅτι τὸν ἡγεμόν τοῦ παντός. τίς γὰρ οἶκος παρὰ γενέσει δύναιτ’ ἂν ἀξιοπρεπέστερος εὑρεθῆναι θεῷ πλὴν ψυχῆς τελείως κεκαθαρμένης καὶ μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἡγουμένης ἀγαθόν, τὰ δὲ ἅγλα ὅσα νενόμισται ἐν δορυφόρων καὶ ὑπηκόων λόί̀ῳ ταττούσης;
63κτοικεῖν δὲ ἐν οἴκῳ λέγεται ὁ θεὸς οὐχ ὡς ἐν τόπῳ — περιέχει γὰρ τὰ πάντα πρὸς μηδενὸς περιεχόμενος —, ἀλλ ὡς πρόνοιαν καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν ἐκείνου τοῦ χωρίου διαφερόντως ποιούμενος· παντὶ γὰρ τῷ δεσπόζοντι οἰκίας ἡ ταύτης κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον ἀνῆπιαι φρονιίς.
64εὐχέσθω δὴ πᾶς θεῷ, ὅτῳ τὸ θεοφὲς ὤμβρησεν ἀγαθόν, οἰκήτορος λαχεῖν τοῦ πανηγεμόνος, ὃς τὸ βραχὺ τοῦτο οἰκοδόμημα, τὸν νοῦν, ἐξαίρων εἰς ὕψος ἀπὸ ἧς τοῖς οὐρανοῦ συνάψει πέρασι.
65καὶ τὸ ῥητὸν μέντοι συνᾴδειν ἔοικεν· ὁ γὰρ Σὴμ ὡσανεὶ ῥίζα κλλοκἀγαθίας ὑποβέβληται, δένδρον δ’ ἡμροτοκοῦν ἐκ ταύτης ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ ἀνέδραμεν, οὗ τὸ αὐτήκοον καὶ αὐτομαθὲς γένος, Ἰσαάκ, ὁ καρπὸς ἦν, ἀφ’ οὗ πάλιν αἱ διὰ πόνων ἀρεταὶ κατασπείρονται, ὧν ἀθλητῆής ἐστιν ὁ τὴν πρὸς πάθη πάλην γεγυμνασμένος Ἰακώβ, ἀγγέλοις ἀλείπταις, λόγοις, χρώμενος.
66οὗτος τῶν δώσεκα κατάρχει φυλῶν, ἅς οἱ χρησμοὶ „βασίλειον καὶ ἱεράτευμα θεοῦ" (Exod. 19, 6) φασιν εἶναι κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν πρῶτον Σὴμ εὐλογίαν, οὗ τοῖς οἴκοις ἦν εὐχὴ τὸν θεὸν ἐν οικῆσαι· βασίλειον γὰρ ὁ βασιλέως δήπουθεν οἶκος, ἱερὸς ὄντως καὶ μόνος ἄσυλος.
67ἴσως μέντοι τὰ τῆς εὐχῆς καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ’1άφεθ ἀναφέρεται, ὅπως ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις τοῦ Σὴμ ποιῆται τὰς διατριβάς· τῷ γὰρ καὶ τὰ σώματος καὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς πλεονεκτήματα ἀγαθὰ ἡγουμένῳ καλὸν εὔξασθαι πρὸς μόνον τὸ ψυχῆς ἀναδραμεῖν καὶ μὴ μέχρι τοῦ παντὸς αἰῶνος ἀληθοῦς δόξης διαμαρτεῖν, ἃ κοινὰ καὶ τῶν ἐπαρατοτάτων καὶ κακίστων ἐστίν, ὑγίειαν ἢ πολυχρηματίαν ἢ ὅσα ὁμοιότροπα, νομίσαντα εἶναι ἀγαθά, τῆς ἀψευδοῦς τῶν ἀγαθῶν μερίδος οὐδενὶ φαύλῳ συνταττομένης· ἀκοινώνητον γὰρ φύσει κακῷ τὸ ἀγαθόν.
68διὰ τοῦτ’ ἐν ψυχὴ μόνῃ τεθησαύρισται, ἧς τοῦ κάλλους οὐδενὶ μέτεστι τῶν ἀφρόνων· τοῦτο ὅ γε προ φητικὸς λόγος τὸν σπουδαῖον ἔγραψεν εὐχεσθαί τινι τῶν ἑαυτοῦ γνωρίμων λέγοντα „πρὸς μὲ ἀνάστρεψον“ (Gen. 49, 22), ἵνα ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ γνώμην ἐπανελθών, τὸ καλὸν ὡς ἀγαθὸν μόνον δεξιωσάμενος, τὰς τῶν ἑπροδόξων παραδράμῃ περὶ τἀγαθοῦ φήμας. ἐν οὖν τοῖς οἴκοις τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦ λέγοντος μόνον εἶναι τὸ καλὸν ἀγαθὸν κατοικησάτω, παροικήσας ἐν τοῖς τῶν ἑτέρων, οἷς καὶ τὰ σωματικὰ καὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς τετίμηται.
69εἰκότως μέντοι καὶ δοῦλον τὸν ἄφρονα τῶν ἀρετῆς μεταποιουμένων ἀνέγραψεν, ἵν’ ἢ κρείττονος ἐπιστασίας ἀξιωθεὶς ἀμείνονι βίῳ χρήσητι ἢ ἐπιμένων τῷ ἀδικεῖν μετ’ εὐμαρείας αὐτοκράτορι ἡγεμόνων ἀρχῇ τῶν δεσποτῶν κολάζηται.
On the Confusion of Languages
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1As to the preceding topics, what has been already said will be sufficient. We must next proceed to consider, and that in no slight or cursory manner, the philosophical account which Moses gives us of the confusion of languages; for he speaks in the following manner: "And all the earth had one pronunciation, and there was one language among all men. And it came to pass, as they were moving from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar, and dwelt there. And one man said to his neighbour, Come, let us make bricks, and let us burn them with fire; and they had bricks for stone, and asphalt for mortar. And they said, Come, let us build ourselves a city, and a tower whose head shall reach to heaven; and let us make for ourselves a name, before we are scattered over the face of all the earth. And the Lord came down to see the city, and the tower, which the sons of men had builded. And the Lord said, Behold, all mankind is one race, and there is but one language among them all; and they have begun to do this thing, and now there will not fail unto them anything of all the things which they desire to do. Come, let us go down and confuse their language there, so that each may not understand the voice of his neighbour. And the Lord scattered them from thence over the face of all the earth, and they desisted from building the city, and the tower. On this account, the name of it was called Confusion, because there the Lord confused the languages of all the earth, and from thence the Lord scattered them over the face of all the earth."
2Those who are discontented at the constitution under which their fathers have lived, being always eager to blame and to accuse the laws, being impious men, use these and similar instances as foundations for their impiety, saying, "Are ye even now speaking boastfully concerning your precepts, as if they contained the rules of truth itself? For, behold, the books which you call the sacred scriptures do also contain fables, at which you are accustomed to laugh, when you hear others relating them."
3And what is the use of devoting our leisure to collecting the fables interspersed in so many places throughout the history of the giving of the law, as if we had especial leisure for the consideration of calumnies, and as if it were not better to attend merely to what is under our hands and before us?
4Certainly, this one fable resembles that which is composed about the Aloadae, who the greatest and most glorious of all poets, Homer, says, had in contemplation to heap the three loftiest mountains on one another, and to build them into one mass, hoping that by this means there would be a road for them, as they were desirous to mount up to heaven, and that by these mountains it would be easy for them to be raised to the height of the sky. And the verses of Homer on this subject are these:— High on Olympus’ top they strove to raise Gigantic Ossa; and on Ossa’s heights To place the leafy Pelion, that heaven Might thus become accessible. But Olympus and Ossa and Pelion are the names of mountains.
5But instead of these mountains the lawgiver represents a tower as having been built by these men, who, out of ignorance and wicked ambition, were desirous to reach the heaven. Every alienation of mind, then, is grievous; for even if every portion of the whole earth could be built over, a slight foundation being first laid, and then if a superstructure could be raised in the fashion of a single pillar, it would still be an enormous distance removed from the heavenly sphere, and above all would it be so according to the tenets of those curious philosophers who have affirmed that the earth is the centre of the universe.
6And there is also another story akin to this, related by the devisers of fables, concerning the sameness of language existing among animals: for they say that formerly, all the animals in the world, whether land animals, or aquatic ones, or winged ones, had but one language, and that, just as among men Greeks speak the same language as Greeks, and the present race of barbarians speak the same language as barbarians, exactly in the same manner every animal was able to converse with every other animal with which it might meet, and with which it did anything, or from which it suffered anything, so that they sympathised with one another at their mutual misfortunes, and rejoiced whenever any of them met with any good fortune;
7for they could impart their pleasures and their annoyances to one another by their sameness of language, so that they felt pleasure together and pain together; and this similarity of manners and union of feelings lasted, until being sated with the great abundance of good things which they enjoyed, as often happens, they were at last drawn on to a desire of what was unattainable, and even sent an embassy to treat for immortality, requesting to be released from old age, and to be always endowed with the vigour of youth, saying, that already one animal of their body, and that a reptile, the serpent, had received this gift; for he, having put off old age, was allowed again to grow young; and that it was absurd for the more important animals to be left behind by an inferior one, or for their whole body to be distanced by one.
8However, they suffered the punishment suitable to their audacity, for they immediately were separated in their language, so that, from that time forth, they have not been able to understand one another, by reason of the difference in the dialects into which the one common language of them all had been divided.
9But he who brings his account nearer the truth, has distinguished between the rational and irrational animals, so that he testifies that identity of language belonged to men alone: and this also, as they say, is a fabulous story. And indeed they affirm, that the separation of language into an infinite variety of dialects, which Moses calls the confusion of tongues, was effected as a remedy for sins, in order that men might not be able to co-operate in common for deeds of wickedness through understanding one another; and that they might not, when they were in a manner deprived of all means of communication with one another, be able with united energies to apply themselves to the same actions.
10But this precaution does not appear to have turned out of any use; for since that time, though men have been separated into different nations, and have no longer used one language, nevertheless, land and sea have been repeatedly filled with unspeakable evils. For it was not the languages which were the causes of men’s uniting for evil objects, but the emulation and rivalry of their souls in wrong-doing.
11For even those who have had their tongues cut out can intimate what they wish by nods and looks, and other positions and motions of the body, not less than by a distinct utterance of words. And besides this consideration, there is the fact that, very often, one nation by itself, having not merely one language, but one code of laws, and one system of manners, has arrived at such a pitch of iniquity that, as to a superfluity of wickedness, it may counterbalance the sins of all the men in the world put together.
12And again, through ignorance of foreign languages, many persons, having no foreknowledge of the future, have been anticipated and overwhelmed by those who were plotting against them; as, on the other hand, by knowledge of foreign languages, men have been able to repel fears and dangers with which they have been threatened; so that a community of language is an advantageous thing rather than an injurious one: since, even at the present day, nothing contributes so greatly to the safety and protection of the people of each country, and particularly of the natives, as their being of one language.
13For if a man has learnt many dialects, he immediately is looked upon with consideration and respect by those who are also acquainted with them, as being already a friendly person, and contributing no small introduction and means of friendship by reason of his familiarity with words which they too understand; which familiarity very commonly imparts a feeling of security, that one is not likely to suffer any great evil at the hands of such a man. Why, then, did God remove sameness of language from among men as a cause of evils, when it seems it should rather have been established as a most useful thing?
14Those, then, who put these things together, and cavil at them, and raise malicious objections, will be easily refuted separately by those who can produce ready solutions of all such questions as arise from the plain words of the law, arguing in a spirit far from contentious, and not encountering them by sophisms drawn from any other source, but following the connection of natural consequences, which does not permit them to stumble, but which easily puts aside any impediments that arise, so that the course of their arguments proceeds without any interruption or mishap.
15We say then that by the expression, that "all the earth had but one pronunciation and one language," is intimated a symphony of great and unspeakable evils, which cities have inflicted upon cities, nations upon nations, and countries upon countries, and through which men not only wrong one another, but also behave with impiety towards God, and yet these things are the iniquities of many; but let us consider the ineffable multitude of evils which proceed from each individual man, and especially when he is under the influence of that ill-timed, and inharmonious, and unmusical agreement.
16Now who is there who does not know the great influence of fortune, when men, in addition to the diseases or mutilations of the body, are attacked also by poverty and want of reputation? And again, when these things are further united to diseases of the soul, in consequence of moody melancholy, driving men beside themselves, or of extreme old age, or of any other severe calamity which presses upon them?
17For even one of these evils here mentioned by itself, when it opposes a man with violence, is sufficient to overthrow and to crush even one who is very proud and haughty; but when all these evils, to wit, the evils of the body, and the evils of the soul, and external misfortunes, all come together as if in one regular battalion, moving by previous arrangement at the same time, so as to attack him in one body, what resolution is there which they will not overpower? For when the guards are slain, it follows of necessity that he who relies on his guards must fall.
18Now the guards of the body are wealth, glory, and honours, which set it up and raise it on high, and make it proud, just as the contrary things, dishonour, want of reputation, and poverty, throw it down like so many enemies.
19Again, the body-guards of the soul are hearing, and seeing, and smelling, and taste, and the whole band of the outward senses, and also health, and strength, and vigour, and energy. For the mind, when walking among and living in the company of these things, as between well-fortified boundaries firmly standing and solidly established, triumphs and rejoices, meeting with no hindrance on any side to prevent it from exerting its own impulses, but having its road in every direction easy, and level, and open, and easy to be travelled.
20But the things which are set in opposition and hostility to these guards are mutilation of the organs of the outward senses, and disease, as I have said before, by which the mind is often precipitated into disaster; and these things are all the results of fortune, very grievous and intrinsically miserable, but still, if compared with those which are brought on ourselves by our own deliberate will, they are far lighter.
21Let us now again in its turn consider what is the united body of evils voluntarily incurred. Our soul being capable of being divided into three divisions, one division is said to have fallen to the lot of the mind and of reason, the second to passion, and the third to appetite; and each separate one of these has its own peculiar evils, and also they have all common and mutual diseases. Since the mind reaps the harvest which folly, and cowardice, and intemperance, and injustice sow; and passion brings forth frantic and insane strife and conflict, and all the other numerous evils with which it is pregnant; and appetite disseminates in every direction the impetuous and fickle loves of youth which descend upon every object, animate or inanimate, which it chances to meet with.
22For then, as if in any vessel, the sailors, and the passengers, and the pilots, had all, under the influence of insanity, agreed to destroy it, those who have joined in the plot against it are none the less involved in the same destruction. For the heaviest of all evils, and almost the only one that is incurable, is the unanimous energy of all the parts of the soul agreeing to commit sin, not one of the parts being able to act with soundness (just as is the case in an evil affecting the whole people), so as to heal those that are sick; but even the physicians being diseased as well as their patients, whom the pestilential disease has overwhelmed and weighs down under a confessed calamity.
23Of this great evil, that great deluge described by the lawgiver is an image; for the torrents from heaven continually pouring down cataracts of wickedness itself with impetuous violence, and springs from the ground (by which I mean the body) continually bursting up and pouring forth streams of every passion in great numbers and vast size, which, uniting and being mingled in the same stream with the other waters, are thrown into confusion, and overthrow the whole region of the soul which has received them with incessant eddies and whirlpools.
24"For," says Moses, "the Lord God, seeing that the wickedness of men were multiplied upon the earth, and that every one did think continually in his heart nothing but evil all his days, determined to punish man" (and here by man I understand the mind, together with all the reptiles and winged creatures, and all the rest of the multitude of wild animals which surround him), by reason of his incurable wickedness; and the punishment which God decided upon was the deluge.
25For there was unbounded freedom in sinning, and unlimited licence in doing wrong, no one hindering it, but all restraints being shamelessly broken down in such a way that there was no fear left behind to restrain those who were thoroughly ready to snatch at abundant supplies for enjoyment of every kind. And may we not say that this was natural? For it was not only one portion of the soul which was corrupted in such a way that it could still be preserved by the sound condition of the other parts; but there was no part whatever of it which was left free from disease or from corruption. For the incorruptible Judge, says Moses, seeing that every thought of man’s heart (not one single idea by itself) was evil continually, inflicted upon him a deserved punishment.
Sections 26–50
26These are they who "made a treaty with one another in the valley of Salt." For the region of the vices and of the passions is a hollow valley, rough, and full of ravines; truly salt, and producing bitter pains; and their treaty, as one that was not worthy of being confirmed by any oath or by any libation, the wise Abraham, who knew the character of it, annulled. For it is said in the scripture that, "All these men made a treaty at the valley of Salt, that is the sea of Salt."
27Do you not perceive that they who are barren of wisdom and blinded as to the intellect which it would be natural to expect should be sharp-sighted, having the name of Sodomites from their real character," did, with all their people united together, from young to old, surround the house in a circle" (that is to say, the house of the soul), in order to pollute and contaminate those strangers from a foreign land, who had been received in hospitality, namely, sacred and holy reasons, the guards and defenders of the soul; no one whatever attempting either to resist those wrong doers, or to avoid doing wrong himself?
28For Moses does not speak of some as having consented and of others having stood aloof; but, as he says, "The whole people surrounded the house all together, both old and young," having entered into a conspiracy against all those holy actions and words which it is customary to call angels.
29But Moses, the prophet of God, will meet them and check them, though they come on with exceeding boldness; even though, placing in the front him who is the boldest and the most forward and able speaker among them as their king, namely speech, they rush on with one impulse, hoping to increase their strength as they go on, and overflowing like a river; "For behold," says Moses, "the king of Egypt is coming to the water; but do thou go to meet him, and stand on the bank of the river."
30Therefore the wicked man goes forth to the stream of iniquities and passions, and all collected evils, which are here likened to water; but the wise man first obtains from God, who always stands firm, an honour akin to his undeviating, and in all respects and under all circumstances, unchangeable power; for we read in the scripture.
31"But do thou stand here with me, " that having laid aside doubt and vacillation, the dispositions of an infirm soul, he may put on that most steadfast and trustworthy disposition, faith. In the next place, even while standing still, he (which seems a most extraordinary thing) goes forward to meet him; for it is said to him, "Thou shalt stand meeting him," and yet to go to meet is a part of motion, while to stand still is regarded as characteristic of tranquillity.
32But the prophet does not here say things which are inconsistent, but rather such as are exceedingly in accordance with nature; for the man whose mind is naturally disposed to be tranquil, and is established undeviatingly, must necessarily be at variance with all those who delight in disorder and confusion, and who by artificial storms seek to disturb him who is capable of enjoying tranquillity.
33It is very appropriately said that the meeting took place on the bank of the river; but the banks are also called the lips, and the lips are the boundaries of the mouth, and are a sort of fence to the tongue, through which the stream of discourse is borne, when it begins to be uttered;
34but those who hate virtue and who love learning, use speech as their ally for the exposition of doctrines which are disapproved; and again, on the other hand, virtuous men employ it for the refutation of such doctrines, and for establishing the irresistible strength of the better and true wisdom.
35When then, after having had recourse to every expedient of contentious doctrines, men are destroyed, being overwhelmed by the opposing violence of contrary arguments, then the wise man will very justly and suitably establish a most sacred chorus, and melodiously sing a triumphal song;
36"For," says Moses, "Israel saw the Egyptians," not dead in any other place, but "on the bank (χε̃ιλος) of the river;" meaning here by death, not the separation of the soul from the body, but the impetuous onset of unholy doctrines and assertions, which men utter by the mouth, and tongue, and the other organs of speech.
37But the death of speech is silence, not that silence which well-bred people cultivate, making it a symbol of modesty—for this silence is itself a faculty and a sister of that one which is developed in speech, arranging what is to be said with reference to time—but that silence which the sick and the weary against their will endure, on account of the strength of their antagonists, because they cannot find any handle to answer them;
38for whatever they touch slips away from them, and whatever thing they seek to take their stand on does not remain, so that they of necessity fall before they stand, like that hydrostatic machine called the helix; for in the middle of that engine there are some steps, which the husbandman when he desires to water his fields mounts up upon, but is rolled round of necessity; and in order to avoid falling he is continually catching at the nearest firm thing that he can lay his hands on, which he takes hold of and so supports his whole body; for instead of his hands he uses his feet, and instead of his feet he uses his hands; for he stands on his hands, by means of which, actions are usually done, and he acts with his feet on which it is natural to stand.
39But many, who are not able vigorously to refute the plausible inventions of the sophists, because they have not very much practised discussion by reason of their continued application to action, have taken refuge in the alliance of the only wise Being, and have besought him to become their defender. As one of the friends of Moses, when praying, says in his hymns, "Let the treacherous lips become mute;" and how can they become mute if they are not curbed by the only being who has speech itself as his subject?
40We must therefore flee, without ever turning back, from all associations entered into for the purposes of sin; but the alliance made with the companions of wisdom and knowledge must be confirmed.
41In reference to which I admire those who say, "We are all one man’s sons, we are men of peace," because of their well-adapted agreement; since how, I should say, could you, O excellent men, avoid being grieved at war, and delighted in peace, being the sons of one and the same father, and he not mortal but immortal, the man of God, who being the reason of the everlasting God, is of necessity himself also immortal?
42For they who make out many beginnings of the origin of the soul, being devoted to the evil which is called polytheism, and turning each individual of them, to the honour of different beings, having caused great confusion and dissension both at home and abroad, from the beginning of their birth to the end of their life, filling life with irreconcilable quarrels;
43but they who rejoice in one kind alone, and who honour one as their father, namely right reason, admiring the well-arranged and all-musical harmony of the virtues, live a tranquil and peaceful life, not an inactive and ignoble one, as some persons think, but one of great manliness, and sharpened, and vigorous against those who endeavour to break the confederacy which they have formed, and who are always studying to bring about a violation of the oaths which have been taken; for it has come to pass that the men of peace have become men of war, sitting down to attack and to oppose those who seek to overturn the firmness of the soul.
44And there is testimony in support of this assertion of mine; first of all, in the disposition of every lover of virtue which acknowledges these inclinations; and secondly, in that comrade of the band of the prophets, who being inspired with a sacred frenzy, spoke thus, "O my mother, how hast thou brought me forth, a man of war, and a man of disquietude to all the earth! I have not benefited them, and they have not benefited me; nor is my strength free from their curses."
45But is not every wise man of necessity an irreconcilable enemy to all wicked men, not indeed using the apparatus of triremes or warlike engines, or arms, or soldiers, for his defence, but reasons?
46For when he sees war stirred up in the midst of tranquil peace, so as to be continued and incessant among all men, both public and private, not existing only among nations and countries, and cities and villages, but also in every house, and between each particular individual; who is there who does not reproach and admonish and seek to correct the foolish men whom he sees, and not by day only, but also by night, his soul being unable to remain tranquil by reason of the hatred of wickedness implanted in his nature?
47For they do in peace every thing that is done in war; they plunder, they ravage, they drag into slavery, they carry off booty, they lay waste, they behave insolently, they assault, they destroy, they pollute, they murder treacherously, they murder openly if they are the more powerful;
48for every one of them, proposing to himself riches or glory as his object, aims all the actions of his life as so many arrows at it, and neglects equality, and pursues inequality, and repudiates associations, and labours to acquire to himself all the possessions together properly belonging to every one; he is a misanthrope and a hater of all his fellows, making a hypocritical pretence of benevolence, being a companion of a bastard kind of flattery, an enemy of genuine friendship, a foe to truth, a champion of falsehood, slow to do good, swift to do injury, very ready to calumniate, very slow to defend, clever at deceiving, most perjured, most faithless, a slave of anger, yielding to pleasure, a guardian of all that is evil, a destroyer of all that is good.
49These and other similar gifts are the most desirable treasures of peace, that blessing so celebrated and so admired, which the mind of each individual among the foolish men sets up for itself as an image, and admires and worships; at whom, very naturally, every wise man is grieved, and is accustomed to say to his mother and nurse, wisdom, "O mother, what a person hast thou brought me forth!" not in strength of body, but in energy and courage, a determined hater of wickedness, a man of disquietude and battle, by nature peaceful, and, on this very account, an enemy to those who pollute the desirable beauty of peace.
50"I have done no good to them, nor have they done any good to me;" nor have they even derived any advantage from my good things, nor have I from their evil things; but according to the word of Moses, "I have received no desirable thing from any one of them," inasmuch as I look upon as exceedingly pernicious every object of their desire, which they treasure up in their hearts as the greatest possible advantage;
Sections 51–75
51"Nor has my strength failed by reason of the curses which they laid upon me;" but embracing the divine doctrines with my most earnest power, I was not wearied so as to give up, but rather I vigorously reproached those who cursed me from their hearts.
52For God made us to be a contradiction to our neighbours, as is said in my hymns, meaning all of us who aim at right reason: but are not all those people naturally fond of contradiction who have a zeal for knowledge and virtue, being always at variance with the neighbours of their soul, reproving the pleasures which live in union with them, and reproving the appetites which have the same abode, and looking morosely at acts of cowardice and fear, and the whole body of passions and vices? Reproving then every outward sense, the eyes for what they saw, and the ears for what they heard, and the sense of smell for the smells that presented themselves to it, the taste for the flavours which were subjected to it, and moreover the touch for its various powers developed in the body, with reference to the peculiarities which come under its notice; and even uttered speech for the matters which it may have chosen to discuss;
53for what the outward sense has perceived, or how it has done so, or why, or what speech has uttered, or how or why, or in what manner, and how and why passion has disposed men, it is worth while to investigate in no superficial manner, and to examine each of the errors into which they fall;
54but he who contradicts none of these things, but who assents to every one of them in succession, without being aware of it, is deceiving himself, and building up troublesome neighbours for his soul, which he had better have as subjects than as rulers; for as rulers they will do him manifold and great injury, since folly reigns among them; but as subjects they will serve him obediently in suitable matters, and will not at all raise their heads in arrogance, as they will if they are rulers.
55Thus, indeed, while some are learning to be subjects, and others are obtaining authority, not by knowledge only but also by power, all the body-guards and champions of the soul, that is to say, its reasonings will keep them in order, and coming to that which is most important among them will say, "Thy children have taken the sum of the men that are warriors among us, and there is not one of them who has disagreed;" but like musical instruments, skilfully tuned in all their tones, so we sound in harmony in all our explanations, neither uttering any word nor doing any action which shall be unmelodious or discordant, that we may by the contrast show, that the other company of unlettered men is, in all respects, voiceless and dead, and an object of deserved ridicule, namely, that nourishment of the corporeal parts, Midian, and that his offspring too, that mass of skins, whose name is Belphegor, is asleep;
56"for we are of the race of picked men of Israel, that sees God, of whom not one has disagreed;" that the instrument of the universe, the whole world, may be melodiously sounded in musical harmony.
57On this account Moses says that the "reward of peace" was given to the very war-like reason, which is called Phinehas; because, having received a zeal for virtue, and having taken up war against vice, he cut up the whole of generation; and in the second place, to all those who are willing, after a careful examination and investigation, using their eyes in preference to their ears as a trustworthy witness, to believe that the human race is full of infidelity, depending solely on opinion.
58Therefore, the afore-mentioned agreement is admirable; and most admirable of all is that common one which exceeds all the harmonies of all the others, according to which the whole people is represented as saying with one accord, "All the things which God has spoken, we will obey and do."
59For these men no longer obey reason as their ruler, but God, the governor of the universe, by whom they are assisted so as to display their energies in actions rather than in words. For when they hear of others doing such and such things, these men, which is a thing most contrary to what one would expect, say that, from some inspiration of God, they will act first and obey afterwards; in order that they may seem to have advanced to good actions, not in consequence of instruction and admonition, but by their own spontaneous and self-taught mind. And then, when they have accomplished these actions, they say that they will obey in order that they may form an opinion of what they have done, as to whether their actions are consistent with the divine injunctions and the sacred admonitions of scripture.
60But those who conspired to commit injustice, he says, "having come from the east, found a plain in the land of Shinar, and dwelt there;" speaking most strictly in accordance with nature. For there is a twofold kind of dawning in the soul, the one of a better sort, the other of a worse. That is the better sort, when the light of the virtues shines forth like the beams of the sun; and that is the worse kind, when they are overshadowed, and the vices show forth.
61Now, the following is an example of the former kind: "And God planted a paradise in Eden, toward the east," not of terrestrial but of celestial plants, which the planter caused to spring up from the incorporeal light which exists around him, in such a way as to be for ever inextinguishable.
62I have also heard of one of the companions of Moses having uttered such a speech as this: "Behold, a man whose name is the East!" A very novel appellation indeed, if you consider it as spoken of a man who is compounded of body and soul; but if you look upon it as applied to that incorporeal being who in no respect differs from the divine image, you will then agree that the name of the east has been given to him with great felicity.
63For the Father of the universe has caused him to spring up as the eldest son, whom, in another passage, he calls the firstborn; and he who is thus born, imitating the ways of his father, has formed such and such species, looking to his archetypal patterns.
64But an example of the worse kind of dawning is afforded by the words used by the man who was willing "to curse the people who were blessed by God." For he also is represented as dwelling in the east. And this dawning, having the same name as the former one, has nevertheless an opposite nature to it, and is continually at war with it.
65For Balaam says, "Balak sent for me out of Mesopotamia, from the mountains of the east, saying, Come, curse me the people whom God doth not curse." But the name of Balak, being interpreted means, "void of sense;" a very felicitous name. For how can it be otherwise than shocking to hope to deceive the living God, and to turn aside his most enduring and firmly established counsels by the sophistical devices of men?
66On this account he is represented as living in Mesopotamia, for his mind is overwhelmed as in the middle of the depth of the river, and is not able to emerge and to swim away. And this condition is the dawning of folly and the setting of sound reason.
67They, then, who are tuned in an inharmonious symphony are said to be moved from the east. Is this, then, the east according to wickedness? But the dawning in accordance with virtue is described as a complete separation, and the motion from the dawning according to vice is a united one, as when the hands are moved, not separately and disjunctively, but in a certain harmony and connection with the whole body.
68For folly is to the wicked man the beginning of his energy in the works which are contrary to nature, that is, of his approach to the region of wickedness. But all those who have quitted the region of virtue, and have set forth to go over to folly, have found a most appropriate place in which they dwell, which is called in the Hebrew language Shinar. And Shinar in Greek, is called "shaking;"
69for the whole life of the wicked is shaken, and agitated, and torn to pieces, being always kept in a state of commotion and confusion, and having no trace of any genuine good laid up in itself. For as everything which is not held together by close union, falls out of what is violently shaken, in the very same manner, it seems to me, that the soul is shaken of every man who associates with others for the purpose of doing wrong; for he casts away every appearance of good, so that no shadow or image of it ever appears.
70Accordingly, the body-loving race of the Egyptians is represented as fleeing, not from the water, but "under the water," that is to say, beneath the impetuous speed of the passions. And when it has once placed itself under the power of the passions, it is shaken and agitated; it casts away the stable and peaceful qualities of virtue, and takes up in their stead the turbulent and confused character of wickedness; for it is said that "God shook the Egyptians in the middle of the sea, fleeing under the water."
71These are they who neither knew Joseph—the diversified pride of life—but who, having their sins revealed, have not received any trace, or shade, or image of goodness and excellence.
72For, says Moses, "Another king arose over the Egyptians who knew not Joseph," the latest and most modern good perceptible by the outward senses, who utterly destroyed not only the perfections but even all improvements, and all the energy which can be exerted by the sight, and all the teaching which can be implanted by means of the hearing, saying, "Come, curse me Jacob; and come, defy Israel for me;" an expression which is equivalent to, Destroy both these things, the sight and the hearing of the soul, that it may neither see nor hear any true and genuine good thing; for Israel is the emblem of seeing and Jacob of hearing.
73Accordingly the mind of such persons rejects the whole nature of good, being in some degree shaken; and, on the other hand, the mind of good persons, setting up a claim to the unmingled and unalloyed ideas of good things, shakes off and discards all that is evil.
74Consider, therefore, what the practiser of virtue says: "Take up the foreign gods that are among you from out of the midst of you, and purify yourselves, and change your garments, and rise up and let us go to Bethel;" in order that, even if Laban should demand a power of examining, the images might not be found in his whole house, but only such things as have a real subsistence and essence, being fixed like pillars in the mind of the wise man, which the self-taught offspring Isaac has received as his inheritance; for he alone receives his father’s substance as his inheritance."
75And take notice that Moses does not say that they came unto a plain in which they remain, but that they "found" one, having searched around in every direction, and having considered what might be the most suitable region for folly; for in reality every foolish man does not take from another for himself, but he seeks for and finds evils, not being content only with those which wicked nature proceeds towards of its own accord, but also adding thereto such perfect skill in evil as arises from constant practise in contriving wrong.
Sections 76–100
76And I wish indeed that after he had remained there a brief time he had changed his abode; but even now he thinks fit to remain, for it is said that having found the plain they dwelt there; having settled there as if in their own country and not as if in a foreign land; for it would have been less terrible for men who had fallen in with wicked actions to look upon them as strange and foreign to them, and not to consider that they had any kindred or connection with them. For if they had looked upon themselves as sojourners among them, they would have changed their abode at a subsequent time, but now having settled fixedly among them they were likely to dwell there for ever.
77For this reason all the wise men mentioned in the books of Moses are represented as sojourners, for their souls are sent down from heaven upon earth as to a colony; and on account of their fondness for contemplation, and their love of learning, they are accustomed to migrate to the terrestrial nature.
78Since therefore having taken up their abode among bodies, they behold all the mortal objects of the outward senses by their means, they then subsequently return back from thence to the place from which they set out at first, looking upon the heavenly country in which they have the rights of citizens as their native land, and as the earthly abode in which they dwell for a while as in a foreign land. For to those who are sent to be the inhabitants of a colony, the country which has received them is in place of their original mother country; but still the land which has sent them forth remains to them as the house to which they desire to return.
79Therefore, very naturally, Abraham says to the guardians of the dead and to the arrangers of mortal affairs, after he has forsaken that life which is only dead and the tomb, "I am a stranger and a sojourner among you," but ye are natives of the country, honouring the dust and earth more than the soul, thinking the name Ephron worthy of precedence, for Ephron,
80being interpreted, means "a mound" and naturally, Jacob, the practiser of virtue, bewails his being a sojourner in the body, saying, "The days of the years of my life which I spend here as a sojourner have been few and evil; they have not come up to the days of my fathers which they spent as sojourners."
81But to him who was self-taught the following injunction of scripture was given, "Do not go down," says the scripture, "to Egypt," that is to say to passion; "but dwell in this land land which I will tell thee of," namely, in the incorporeal wisdom which cannot be pointed out to the eye; and be a sojourner in this land, the substance which can be pointed out and appreciated by the external sense. And this is said with a view to show, that the wise man is a sojourner in a foreign land, that is to say in the body perceptible by the outward senses, who dwells among the virtues appreciable by the intellect as in his native land, which virtues God utters as in no way differing from the divine word.
82But Moses says, "I am a sojourner in a foreign land;" speaking with peculiar fitness, looking upon his abode in the body not only as a foreign land, as sojourners do, but also as a land from which one ought to feel alienated, and never look upon it as one’s home.
83But the wicked man, desiring to exhibit the fact that identity of language, and the sameness of dialect does not consist more in names and common words than in his participation in iniquitous actions, begins to build a city and a tower as a citadel for sovereign wickedness; and he invites all his fellow revellers to partake in his enterprise, preparing beforehand abundance of suitable materials.
84For, "Come," says he, "let us make bricks, and let us bake them in the fire," an expression equivalent to, Now we have all the parts of the soul mingled together and in a state of confusion, so that there is no species whatever the form of which is evident to be seen.
85Therefore it will be consistent with these beginnings that, as we have assumed a certain essence destitute of all particular species; and of all distinctive qualities, and have also taken up with passion and vice, we should also divide it into suitable qualities, and keep on reducing the proximate to the ultimate species; and with a view to the more distinct comprehension of them, and also to this employment and enjoyment of them combined with experience, which appears to produce many pleasures and delights.
86Come, therefore, all ye reasonings of counsellors, in some way or the other to the assembly of the soul; come, all ye who meditate the destruction of justice and of all virtue, and let us consider carefully how we may attain to the end which we desire.
87Now of success in this matter these will be the most established foundations: to give to things without form shape and character, and to distinguish each thing separately with distinct outlines, lest, if they become shaken and lame (though fixed on firm foundations,) and if they have assumed a connection with the nature of a quadrangular shape, (for this is a nature always unshaken), they may then, being established steadily like a building of brick, support even those things which are built upon them.
88Of such a structure as this every mind adverse to God, which we call the king of Egypt (that is to say of the body), is found to be the maker. For Moses represents the mind as rejoicing in the buildings made of brick;
89for after some being or other made the two substances of water and earth to be the one dry and the other solid, and mingling the two together, for they were easily dissoluble and corruptible, made a third substance to be on the confines of the two, which is called clay, he has never ceased from dissecting this into small portions, giving its own appropriate figure to each of the fragments, in order that they might be very well compacted together, and very suitable to the objects for which they were intended. For in this way what was being made was sure to be very easily perfected.
90Imitating this work, those men who are wicked in their natures, when they mingle the irrational and extravagant impulses of the passions with the most grievous vices, are, in reality, dissecting that which has been combined into various species, and unhappy that they are fashioning them again and reducing them into shape, by means of which the blockade of the soul will be raised on high; these being, in fact, the divisions of the outward sense into seeing, and hearing, and taste, and smell, and touch. Passion, again, is divided into pleasure, and appetite, and fear, and grief; and the universal genus of vices is divided into folly, and intemperance, and cowardice, and injustice, and all the other vices which are akin to or closely connected with them.
91And before now some persons, even more excessively extravagant in wickedness than these, have not only prepared their own souls for such actions, but have also put a force upon those of a superior class and of the genus which is endowed with acuteness of vision, and have "compelled them to make bricks and to build strong cities" for the mind, which has appeared to occupy the place of king, wishing to point out this fact, that what is good is the slave of what is evil, and that subjection to the passions is more powerful than tranquillity of soul, and prudence, and all virtue is, but, as it were, a subject of folly and all wickedness, so as of necessity to minister in all the matters which the master power enjoins;
92for behold, says Moses, the most pure, and brilliant, and far-sighted eye of the soul, to which alone it is permitted to behold God, by name Israel, being formerly bound in the corporeal nets of Egypt, endures severe commands, so as to be compelled to make bricks and all sorts of things of clay with the most grievous and intolerable labours, at which it is very naturally pained, and at which it groans, having laid up this, as it were, to be its only treasure amid its evils, the power of bewailing its present distresses.
93For it is said, very correctly, that "the children of Israel groaned by reason of their tasks." And what man in his senses is there who, if he saw the tasks of the generality of men, and the exceeding earnestness with which they labour at the pursuits to which they are accustomed to devote themselves, whether it be the acquisition of money, or glory, or the enjoyment of pleasure, would not be greatly concerned and cry out to God, the only Saviour, that he would lighten their labours, and pay a ransom and price for the salvation of the soul, so as to emancipate and deliver it?
94What, then, is the surest freedom? The service of the only wise God, as the scriptures testify, in which it is said, "Send forth the people, that they may serve me."
95But it is a peculiar property of those who serve the living God neither to regard the works of cup-bearers, or bakers, or cooks, or any other earthly employments, nor to trouble themselves about arranging or adorning their bodies like bricks, but to mount up with their reason to the height of heaven, having elected Moses, the type of the race which loves God, to be the guide of their path;
96for then "they will see the place which is visible," on which the unchangeable and unalterable God stands; and the footstool beneath his feet, which is, as it were, a work of sapphire stone, and, as it were, a resemblance to the firmament of heaven, namely, the world perceptible by the outward senses, which he describes allegorically by these figures.
97For it is very suitable for those who have made an association for the purpose of learning to desire to see him; and, if they are unable to do that, at least to see his image, the most sacred word, and, next to that, the most perfect work of all the things perceptible by the outward senses, namely, the world? For to philosophise is nothing else but to desire to see these things accurately.
98But he says that the world perceptible to the outward senses is, as it were, the footstool of God on this account: first of all, that he may show that there is no efficient cause in the creatures; secondly, for the purpose of displaying that even the whole world has not a free and unrestrained spontaneous motion of its own, but God, the ruler of the universe, takes his stand upon it, regulating it and directing everything in a saving manner by the helm of his wisdom, using, in truth, neither hands nor feet, nor any other part whatever such as belongs to created objects; for God is not as man, but the reason why we at times represent him as such, for the sake of instruction, is because we are unable to advance out of ourselves, but derive our apprehension of the uncreate God from the circumstances with which we ourselves are surrounded.
99And it is very beautifully said by Moses, in the form of a parable, when he speaks of the world as if it resembled a brick; for the world appears to stand and to be firmly fixed like a brick in a house, as far as the vision of the sight of the outward senses can inform us, but it has a very swift motion, and one which is able to outstrip all particular motions.
100For the eyes of our body look upon the appearance of the sun by day and of the moon by night as standing still, and yet who is there who does not know that the rapidity of movements of these two bodies is incomparable, since they go round the whole heaven in one day? Thus, indeed, the universal heaven itself also, while appearing to stand still, revolves in a circle; its movement being detected and comprehended by the invisible and more divine eye which is placed in our mind.
Sections 101–125
101And they are represented as baking the bricks in the fire, for the purpose of intimating by this symbolical expression that they are strengthened and hardened as to their vices and their passions by warm and most energetic reason, so that they can never be overthrown by the body-guards of wisdom, by whom engines for their defeat are being continually put in operation.
102On which account we have this further statement also made, "Their brick was to them for stone;" for the weak and lax character of that impetuosity which is not in company with reason, when it is closely pressed and condensed so as to assume a nature capable of solidity and resistance, owes this change to powerful reasons and most convincing demonstrations; the comprehension of such speculations being, in a manner, endowed with manliness and vigour, which comprehensions, while in a tender age, melt away by reason of the mixture of the soul, which is not as yet able to consolidate and preserve the character impressed upon it.
103"And they had slime for mortar;" not, on the contrary, mortar for slime. For the wicked appear to strengthen and fortify what is weak against what is more powerful, and from their own resources to consolidate and preserve what melts and flows away from such things, in order that they may aim and shoot at virtue from a safe place. But the merciful God and father of the good will not permit their buildings to be established in indissoluble safety, their work of melting zeal not being able to withstand, but becoming like soft mud.
104For, if their clay had become mortar, then perchance that earthy thing perceptible by the outward senses, which is for ever and ever in a continued state of flux, would have been able to arrive at a safe and unalterable power; but since, on the contrary, their mortar became mere slime, we must not despair, for there is in this, certain hope that the strong fortifications of vice may be overthrown by the might of God.
105Therefore the just man, even in the great and incessant deluge of life, while he is not as yet able to see things really as they are by the energy of his soul alone without the assistance of the outward sense, will anoint "the ark," by which I understand the body, "both within and without with pitch," strengthening his imaginations and energies by his own resources; but when the danger has ceased and the violence of the flood abated, then he will come forth, availing himself of his incorporeal mind for the comprehension of truth.
106For the good disposition being from the very birth of the man planted in virtue, and being spoken of as such, its name being Moses, dwelling in the whole world as his native city and country, becoming, as it were, a cosmopolite, being bound up in the body, smeared over as with "bitumen and pitch," and appearing to be able to receive and to contain in security all the imaginations of all things which might be subjected to the outward senses, weeps at being so bound up, being overwhelmed with a desire for an incorporeal nature. And he weeps over the miserable mind of men in general as being wandering and puffed up with pride, inasmuch as, being elated with false opinion, it thinks that it has in itself something firm and safe, and, as a general fact, that there something immutable in some creature or other, though the example of perpetual stability, which is at all times the same, is set up in God alone.
107And the expression, "Come, and let us build ourselves a city and a tower, the top of which shall reach to heaven," has such a meaning as this concealed beneath it; the lawgiver does not conceive that those only are cities which are built upon the earth, the materials of which are wood and stone, but he thinks that there are other cities also which men bear about with them, being built in their souls;
108and these are, as is natural, the archetypes and models of the others, inasmuch as they have received a more divine building, and the others are but imitations of them, as consisting of perishable substances. But there are two species of cities, the one better, the other worse. That is the better which enjoys a democratic government, a constitution which honours equality, the rulers of which are law and justice; and such a constitution as this is a hymn to God. But that is the worse kind which adulterates this constitution, just as base and clipped money is adulterated in the coinage, being, in fact, ochlocracy, which admires inequality, in which injustice and lawlessness bear sway.
109Now good men are enrolled as citizens in the constitution of the first-mentioned kind of city; but the multitude of the wicked clings to the other and worse sort, loving disorder more than orderliness, and confusion rather than well-established steadiness.
110And the wicked man seeks for coadjutors in his practise of wickedness, not looking upon himself as sufficient by himself. And he exhorts the sight, and he exhorts the hearing, and he exhorts every outward sense in succession, to range itself on his side without delay, and every one of them to bring to him all things necessary for his service. And he raises up and sharpens all the rest of the company of the passions, which are by their own nature unmanageable, in order that by the addition of practise and care they may become irresistible.
111The mind, therefore, having called in these allies, says, "Let us build ourselves a city;" an expression equivalent to, Let us fortify our own things; let us fence them around to the best of our power, so that we may not be easily taken by those who attack us; let us divide and distribute, as into tribes and boroughs, each of the powers existing in the soul, allotting some to the rational part, and some to the irrational part;
112let us choose competent rulers, wealth, glory, honour, pleasure, by means of which we may be able to become masters of everything; banishing to a distance justice, the invariable cause of poverty and ingloriousness; and let us enact laws, which shall confirm the chief power and advantage to those who are always able to get the better of others.
113And let a tower be built in this city as a citadel, to be a strong palace for the tyrant vice, whose feet shall walk upon the earth, and its head shall, through pride, be raised to such a height as to reach even to heaven;
114for, in good truth, it rests not only upon human sins, but it also hastens forward as far as heaven, pushing up its words of impiety and ungodliness, since it either speaks of God so as to assert that he has no existence, or that, though he exists, he has no providence, or to affirm that the world had no beginning of creation, or that, admitting that it has been created, it is borne on by unsteady causes, just as chance may direct, at one time wrongly, at another time in an irreproachable manner, just as often happens in the case of chariots or ships.
115For sometimes the voyage of a ship, or the course of a chariot, goes on properly even without charioteers or pilots; but success is not only now and then owing to providences, but very often to human prudence and invariably to divine, since error is admitted to be altogether incompatible with divine power. Now what object can the foolish men have who, speaking figuratively, build up the reasonings of wickedness like a tower, except the desire of leaving behind them a name which shall be far from a good name?
116For they say, "Let us make for ourselves a name." O, the excessive and profligate impudence of such a saying! What say ye? When ye ought to seek to bury your iniquities under night and profound darkness, and to assume as a veil for them, shame, if not genuine, at all events pretended shame, whether for the sake of gaining favour in the eyes of the moderate and virtuous, or for that of avoiding punishment for admitted wickedness; do ye, nevertheless, proceed to such a pitch of audacity, as all but to come forth and display yourselves in the light and in the most brilliant beams of the sun, and to fear neither the threats of better men, nor the implacable justice of God, which impends over such ungodly and desperate men? But ye think fit even to send around in every direction reports, to carry intelligence of your domestic iniquities, in order that no one may be uninformed of or unacquainted with your deeds of daring wickedness, wretched and infamous men that ye are.
117What name, therefore, do ye wish to assume? Is it the one which is most suitable to your actions? But is there not one name only which is suited to them? It may, perhaps, be one in genus; but there are ten thousand such names in species, which you will hear from others, even if ye keep silence yourselves. The names adapted to your conduct are, rashness united with shamelessness, insolence combined with violence, violence in union with homicide, corruption in combination with adultery, undefined appetite accompanied by unmeasured indulgence in pleasures, folly joined with impudence, injustice united to crafty wickedness, theft combined with rapine, perjury united with lying, impiety combined with utter lawlessness. Such, and similar to these, are the names of such actions.
118And it is well for them to boast over and pride themselves, upon seeking for reputation from actions which it would be more seemly to hide and to be ashamed of. And, indeed, some persons do pride themselves on these things, thinking that in consequence of them they do derive a certain irresistible degree of power among men from this idea being entertained respecting them; but they will not escape the divine vengeance for their enormous audacity, and very soon they will have occasion not only to anticipate at a distance, but even to see immediately impending their own death. For they say, "Before we are dispersed, let us have a care for our name and our glory."
119Should I not then say to them, Ye know that ye will be dispersed? Why, then, do ye commit iniquity? But perhaps he is here placing before us the manner of foolish men who, even when the very greatest punishments are not obscurely impending over them, but are often visibly threatening them, nevertheless do not hesitate to commit iniquity. And the punishments, however they may seem to be concealed, are in reality most notorious, which are inflicted by God.
120For all the most wicked of men adopt ideas that they can never escape the knowledge of the deity when doing wrong, and that they shall never be able to ward off altogether the day of retribution.
121Since otherwise, how do they know that they will be dispersed? And yet they say, "Before we are dispersed." But their conscience, which is within, convicts them, and pricks them vehemently, when devoting themselves to ungodliness, so as to draw them against their will to a confession that all the circumstances affecting men are overlooked by a superior nature, and that justice is watching above, as an incorruptible chastiser, hating the unjust actions of the impious, and the reasonings and speeches which undertake their defence.
122But all these men are the offspring of that wickedness which is always dying but which never dies, the name of which is Cain. Is not Cain represented as having begotten a son whom he called Enoch, and as building a city to which he gave the same name, and as after a fashion building up created and mortal things to the destruction of those things which have received a more divine formation?
123For the name Enoch, being interpreted, means "thy grace." But every impious man supposes that what he thinks and understands is owing to the bounty of his intellect towards him; that what he sees is the gift of his eyes to him, what he hears of his ears, what he smells of his nostrils, and so that each of his outward senses bestows on him those perceptions which are in accordance with them. Again, that it is the organs of the voice which endow him with the capacity of speaking, and that there is actually no such thing as a God at all, or at all events that he is not the primary cause of things.
124Because of these views he assigns to himself the first fruits of the fruits which he extracts from the earth by his husbandry, being contented afterwards to offer to God some of the fruit, and that too though he has a sound example at hand; for his brother offers a sacrifice of the offspring of the flock, offering the firstborn, and not those which are of secondary value; confessing that the eldest causes of all existing things are suited to the eldest and first cause.
125But the impious man thinks exactly the contrary, namely, that the mind is endowed with absolute power to do whatever it desires, and that the outward senses have absolute power as to all that they feel, for that both the mind and the outward senses decide in an irreproachable and unerring manner, the one on bodies, and the other on everything.
Sections 126–150
126Now what can be more open to blame, or more capable of conviction by truth, than such ideas as these? Has not the mind been repeatedly convicted of innumerable acts of folly? And have not all the outward senses been convicted of bearing false witness, and that too not by irrational judges who, it is natural to suppose, may be deceived, but before the tribunal of nature herself, which it is impossible to corrupt or to pervert?
127And indeed as the criteria both of our mind and of our outward senses are liable to error respecting even ourselves, it follows of necessity that we must make the corresponding confession that God sheds upon the mind the power of intellect, and on the outward senses the faculty of apprehension, and that these benefits are conferred upon us not by our own members but by him to whom also we owe our existence.
128The children who have received from their father the inheritance of self-love are eager to go on increasing up to heaven, until justice, which loves virtue and hates iniquity, coming destroys their cities which they have built up by the side of their miserable souls, and the tower the name of which is displayed in the book which is entitled the Book of Judgment.
129And the name is, as the Hebrews say, Phanuel, which translated into our language means, "turning away from God." For any strong building which is erected by means of plausible arguments is not built for the sake of any other object except that of averting and alienating the mind from the honour due to God, than which object what can be more iniquitous?
130But for the destruction of this strong fortification a ravager and an enemy of iniquity is prepared who is always full of hostility towards it; whom the Hebrews call Gideon: which name being interpreted means, "a retreat for robbers." "For," says Moses, "Gideon swore to the men of Phanuel, saying, On the day when I return victorious in peace, I will overthrow this tower."
131A very beautiful and most becoming boast for the soul which hates wickedness and is sharpened against the impious, namely, that it is resolved to overthrow every reasoning which by its persuasions seeks to turn the mind away from holiness, and this indeed is the natural result. For when the mind turns round, then that which turns away from it, and rejects it is again dissolved,
132and this is the opportunity for destroying it which (a most wonderful thing) he calls not war but peace. For, owing to the stability and firmness of the mind which piety is accustomed to produce, every reasoning which impiety has formed is overturned.
133Many also have even erected the outward senses after the fashion of a tower, raising them to such a height as to be able to reach the very borders of heaven. But the term heaven is here used symbolically to signify our mind, according to which the best and most divine natures revolve. But they who dare such deeds prefer the outward senses to the intellect, and desire by means of the outward senses forcibly to destroy all the objects of intellect, compelling those things which are, at present masters to descend into the rank of servants, and raising those things which are by nature slaves to the rank of masters.
134And the statement, "The Lord went down to see that city and that tower" must be listened to altogether as if spoken in a figurative sense. For to think that the divinity can go towards, or go from, or go down, or go to meet, or, in short, that it has the same positions and motions as particular animals, and that it is susceptible of real motion at all, is, to use a common proverb, an impiety deserving of being banished beyond the sea and beyond the world.
135But these things are spoken, as if of man, by the lawgiver, of God who is not invested with human form, for the sake of advantage to us who are to be instructed, as I have often said before with reference to other passages. Since who is there who does not know that it is indispensable for a person who goes down, to leave one place and to occupy another?
136But all places are filled at once by God, who surrounds them all and is not surrounded by any of them, to whom alone it is possible to be everywhere and also nowhere. Nowhere, because he himself created place and space at the same time that he created bodies, and it is impious to say that the Creator is contained in anything that he has created. Again, he is everywhere, because, having extended his powers so as to make them pervade earth, and water, and air, and heaven, he has left no portion of the world desolate, but, having collected everything together, he has bound them with chains which cannot be burst, so that they are never emancipated, on which account he is especially to be praised with hymns.
137For that which is higher than all powers is understood to exceed them, not merely in the fact of its existence. But the power of this being which made and arranged everything is with perfect truth called God, and it contains everything in its bosom, and pervades every portion of the universe.
138But the divine being, both invisible and incomprehensible, is indeed everywhere, but still, in truth, he is nowhere visible or comprehensible. But when he says, "I am he who stands before thee," he appears indeed to be displayed and to be comprehended, though before any exhibition or conception he was superior to all created things.
139Therefore, no one of the words which implies a motion from place to place is appropriate to that God who exists only in essence; such expressions, I mean, as going upwards or downwards, to the right or to the left, forwards or backwards. For he is not conceived of in any one of the above mentioned ideas, inasmuch as he never turns around or changes his place.
140But, nevertheless, he is said to have come down and to have seen, he who by his foreknowledge comprehends everything, not only that has happened, but even before it happens; and this expression is used for the sake of exhortation and instruction, in order that no man, indulging in uncertain conjectures about matters which he is not present to behold may, while standing afar off, be too prompt to believe idle fancies, but that every one may come close to the facts, and examining each one separately, may carefully and thoroughly consider them. For certain sight is more deserving to be looked upon as a trustworthy witness than fallacious hearing.
141On which account a law has been enacted among those nations which have the most excellent constitution, that one must not give evidence on hearsay, because by its own nature the tribunal of the sense of hearing is liable to be corrupted. And Moses indeed says in the prohibitory part of his law, "Thou shalt not receive vain hearing." Meaning not only this, that one ought not to receive false or silly reports by hearsay, but that, as far as the clear comprehension of the truth is concerned, the hearing is a long way behind the sight, being full of vanity.
142We say that this is the reason why it is said that God went down to see the city and the tower; and the addition, "Which the sons of men had built," is not a mere superfluity. For perhaps some profanely disposed person may mock and say, "The lawgiver is here teaching us a very novel kind of lesson, when he says that no one else but the sons of men build cities and towers; for who, even of the most crazy people is ignorant of what is so evident and notorious as that?"
143But we must not suppose that such a plain and unquestionable fact as that, is what is intended to be conveyed by the mention of it in the holy scriptures, but rather there is some hidden meaning concealed under these apparently plain words which we must trace out.
144What then is this hidden meaning? Those who, as it were, attribute many fathers to existing things, and who represent the company of the gods as numerous, displaying great ignorance of the nature of things and causing great confusion, and making pleasure the proper object of the soul, are those who are, if we must tell the plain truth, spoken of as the builders of the aforesaid city, and of the citadel in it; having increased the efficient causes of the desired end, building them up like houses, being, as I imagine, in no respect different from the children of the harlot whom the law expels from the assembly of God, where it says, "The offspring of a harlot shall not come into the assembly of the Lord." Because, like archers shooting at random at many objects, and not aiming skilfully or successfully at any one mark, so these men, putting forward ten thousand principles and causes for the creation of the universe, every one of which is false, display a perfect ignorance of the one Creator and Father of all things;
145but they who have real knowledge, are properly addressed as the sons of the one God, as Moses also entitles them, where he says, "Ye are the sons of the Lord God." And again, "God who begot thee;" and in another place, "Is not he thy father?" Accordingly, it is natural for those who have this disposition of soul to look upon nothing as beautiful except what is good, which is the citadel erected by those who are experienced in this kind of warfare as a defence against the end of pleasure, and as a means of defeating and destroying it.
146And even if there be not as yet any one who is worthy to be called a son of God, nevertheless let him labour earnestly to be adorned according to his first-born word, the eldest of his angels, as the great archangel of many names; for he is called, the authority, and the name of God, and the Word, and man according to God’s image, and he who sees Israel.
147For which reason I was induced a little while ago to praise the principles of those who said, "We are all one man’s sons." For even if we are not yet suitable to be called the sons of God, still we may deserve to be called the children of his eternal image, of his most sacred word; for the image of God is his most ancient word.
148And, indeed, in many passages of the law, the children of Israel are called hearers of him that seeth, since hearing is honoured with the second rank next after the sense of sight, and since that which is in need of instruction is at all times second to that which can receive clear impressions of the subjects submitted to it without any such information.
149And I also admire the things which are spoken under divine inspiration in the books of Kings, according to which those who flourished many generations afterwards and lived in a blameless manner, are spoken of as the sons of David who wrote hymns to God; though, during his lifetime, even their great grandfathers had not yet been born. The truth is, that the birth here spoken of is that of souls made immortal by their virtues, not of perishable bodies, and this birth is naturally referred to the leaders of virtue, as its parents and progenitors.
150But against those who pride themselves on injustice, the Lord said, "Behold, there is one race and one language among them all," an expression equivalent to, Behold, there is one family and one bond of relationship, and also, one harmony and agreement among them all together, no one being in his mind at all alienated from or disconnected with his neighbour, as is the case with illiterate men. For at times, the organ of speech among them is, in all its tones, out of tune and inharmonious in no slight degree, being in fact carefully arranged so as to produce inharmoniousness, and having only such a concert as will cause a want of melody.
Sections 151–175
151And in the case of fevers, one may see very similar effects; for they are periodical changes, in some recurring every day, in others every third or every fourth day, as the sons of the physicians say; and they have also stated hours, both by day and night, at which important crises may be expected, and they at all times keep nearly the same order.
152And the expression, "And they began to do this," is said with no moderate indignation, because it has not been sufficient for wicked men to confuse all the principles of justice which affect those of the same country as themselves, but they have ventured to transgress even the laws of Heaven, sowing injustice and reaping impiety. But these wretched men derive no advantage,
153for though those who seek to inflict mutual injuries on one another, succeed in many of the objects which they have at heart, bringing to their accomplishment in action what they have decided on in their unwise minds, yet . the case is not the same with the impious. For all things belonging to the Deity are incapable of receiving either damage or injury, and the unclean can only find out the beginnings of sinning in respect of them, but can never arrive at the end which they propose to themselves;
154on which account this expression also occurs, "They began to do." Men full of an insatiable desire of doing wrong, not being content with the crimes which they can perpetrate on earth, by sea, and in the air, inasmuch as they are of a perishable nature, have determined to array themselves against the divine natures existing in heaven; which, as they are not reckoned among existing creatures are also out of all reach of injury. Even calumny itself can inflict no injury on those things if it ventures to speak ill of them, inasmuch as they are never moved from their everlasting and eternal natures, but it inflicts incurable calamity on those who accuse it.
155Are they not to be blamed, since indeed they have only begun, being unable to arrive at the end of the impiety they propose to themselves, are they not, I say, to be blamed just as much as if they had accomplished all the objects that they had in view? On this account also, Moses speaks of them as having finished the tower, though in fact they had not yet completed it, where he says, "The Lord went down to see the city and the tower," not which the sons of men were going to build, but which they had built.
156What, then, is the proof that they had not entirely completed this building? First of all, the manifest notoriety of the fact. For it is impossible for even so slight a portion of the earth to touch the heaven, by reason of the cause beforementioned, that no centre can ever touch the circumference; in the second place, because the aether (αἰθής) is sacred fire and an unquenchable flame, as its very name shows, being derived from αἴθω, to burn, which is a synonymous word with καίω.
157And we have a witness in our favour in one portion of the heavenly system of fire, that is in the sun, who, though he is at such a distance from the earth, sends his beams down into his inmost recesses, and sometimes warms and at times even scorches the earth itself, and the air which reaches from the earth up to the heavenly sphere, though it is by nature cold; for, all those things which are removed to a distance from his rapid course, or which are in an oblique direction, one side of it only warms; but those which are near to him, or in a direct line from him, is violently burnt up. If, then, these things are so, was it not necessary that those men who were endeavouring to mount up to heaven must have been stricken with thunderbolts and burnt up, their high-minded and proud designs being unaccomplished by them?
158This is the meaning which Moses appears to intend to convey, figuratively, by the expressions which follow: "For they ceased," says he, "to build the city and the tower." Not, indeed, because they had finished their work, but because they were prevented from accomplishing it by the confusion which supervened. Nevertheless, they have not escaped blame for their actions, inasmuch as they had decided on them and attempted to carry them out.
159At all events, the law says that that soothsayer and diviner who was led into folly in respect of his unstable conjectures (for the name, Balaam, being interpreted, means unstable), "cursed the people that saw;" and that, too, though as far as his words go he uttered only words of good omen and prayers. The law here looking not at the words he uttered, which, through the providence of God, did change their character, becoming good money instead of base coinage, but having regard to the intention in which injurious things were resolved in preference to beneficial ones. But these things are, by nature inimical to one another, conjectures being at variance with truth, and vain opinion with knowledge, and prophecy, which is not dictated by divine inspiration, being directly opposed to sober wisdom.
160And even if any one, rising up as it were from his ambush, were to try, but to be unable, to slay a man, still he is none the less liable to the punishment due to homicides, as the law which is enacted about such persons shows. "For if," says the law, "any one attacks his neighbour, wishing to slay him by treachery, and escapes, thou shalt apprehend him, even at the altar, to put him to death." And yet the thing condemned is the attacking with intent to kill, not the actual killing, but the law looks upon the intention to slay as equal in guilt to the actual slaying; on which account it does not grant pardon to such a man even if he supplicates for it, but bids one drag the man who has cherished so unholy a design even from the temple itself.
161And such a man is unholy, not merely because he has plotted slaughter against a soul which might have lived for ever through its acquisition and use of virtue, making an attack on it through the agency of wickedness, but also because he blames God as the cause of his ungodly audacity; for the word, "escapes," has such a meaning as this concealed under it. Because many men wish to escape from accusations which are brought against themselves, and think it fitting that they should be delivered from the punishments due to the offences which they have committed, and so they attribute their own iniquity to him who is the cause of no evil, but of all kinds of good, namely, to God; for which reason it was accounted as no violation of divine law to drag such men even from the altars themselves.
162And it was an excessive punishment which was then denounced against the reasons which were thus built up and put together for purposes of impiety; which, however, perhaps some foolish persons will look upon not as injury, but as a benefit. "For," says Moses, "there shalt not fail to them any one of the things which they have endeavoured to do." Alas for their unlimited and interminable misery! All the objects which the most insane intention fixes its desires upon shall be successfully carried out, and shall obey its will, so that nothing whatever shall fail, either small or great, but everything shall, as it were, make haste to meet and to anticipate their requirements.
163These things are an exhibition of a soul destitute of prudence, and which meets with no impediment to its indulging in sin; for whoever is not utterly incurable would rather pray that all the purposes of his mind might fail, so that if he had formed a resolution to steal, or to commit adultery, or to murder a man, or to commit sacrilege, or to perpetrate any similar crime, he might not succeed, but might find innumerable obstacles. For such hindrance would get rid of the greatest of all diseases, injustice; but any one who is free from all fear is sure to admit this malady.
164Why, then, my friends, do you any longer praise or admire the fortunes of tyrants, owing to which they succeed with ease in everything which they undertake, and which a frenzied and unrestrained mind prompts them to do? And yet one ought rather to lament over them, since inability and powerlessness to succeed in their objects is advantageous to the wicked, just as abundant opportunity and power is the most beneficial thing for the good.
165But one of the crowd of foolish men, perceiving to what an abundant superfluity of misery indulgence in sinning leads, said, speaking with perfect freedom, "My wickedness is too great for me to be forgiven." It is, therefore, very melancholy indeed for the soul, which is by its own nature unmanageable, to be left without any restraint; while it is scarcely possible for any one to hold it in with reins, and by that means, in conjunction with the infliction of stripes, to reduce it to reason.
166On which account an oracle of the all-merciful God has been given, full of gentleness, which shadows forth good hopes to those who love instruction, in these terms: "I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee." For when the chains of the soul, by which it has been used to be held in bondage, are loosened, then the greatest of all calamities follows, namely, the being deserted by God, who has fastened chains which can never be broken round the universe, namely, his own powers, with which he binds everything, willing that it shall never more be released.
167Accordingly, he says, in another passage, that "all things which are bound with a chain are pure;" since unbinding is the cause of the destruction of that which is impure. Beware, then, lest when you see a man accomplishing without difficulty all the objects which he endeavours to effect, you admire him as a prosperous man; take care rather to pity him as a very unfortunate one, because he passes his whole life in a perfect destitution of virtue and a great abundance of vice.
168And it is worth while to consider in no superficial manner what the meaning is of that expression which is put by Moses into the mouth of God: "Come, let us go down and confuse their language there." For here God is represented as if he were speaking to some beings who were his coadjutors. And the very same idea may be excited by what is said in the account of the creation of the world,
169for there, too, Moses records that "the Lord God said, Come, let us now make man in our image; man in our similitude." The expression, "Let us make," implying a number of creators. And, in another place, we are told that God said, "Behold, the man, Adam, has become as one of us, in respect of his knowing good and evil;" for the expression, "as one of us," is not applicable to one person, but to many.
170In the first place, then, we must say this, that there is no existing being equal in honour to God, but there is one only ruler and governor and king, to whom alone it is granted to govern and to arrange the universe. For the verse— A multitude of kings is never good, Let there one sovereign, one sole monarch be, is not more justly said with respect to cities and men than with respect to the world and to God; for it is clear from the necessity of things that there must be one creator, and one father, and one master of the one universe.
171This point then being thus granted, it is necessary to convert with it also what follows, so as to adapt it properly. Let us then consider what this is: God, being one, has about him an unspeakable number of powers, all of which are defenders and preservers of every thing that is created; and among these powers those also which are conversant with punishment are involved. But even punishment is not a disadvantageous thing, inasmuch as it is both a hindrance to and a correction of doing wrong.
172Again, it is by means of these powers that the incorporeal world, perceptible by the intellect, has been put together, which is the archetypal model of this invisible world, being compounded of invisible species, just as this world is of invisible bodies.
173Some persons therefore, admiring exceedingly the nature of both these worlds, have not only deified them in their wholes, but have also deified the most beautiful parts of them, such as the sun and the moon, and the entire heaven, which, having no reverence for anything, they have called gods. But Moses, perceiving their design, says, "O Lord, Lord, King of the gods," in order to show the difference between the ruler and those subject to him,
174"And there is also in the air a most sacred company of incorporeal souls as an attendant upon the heavenly souls; for the word of prophecy is accustomed to call these souls angels. It happens therefore that the whole army of each of these worlds, being marshalled in their suitable ranks, are servants and ministers of the ruler who has marshalled them, whom they follow as their leader, in obedience to the principles of law and justice; for it is impossible to suppose that the divine army can even be detected in desertion.
175But it is suitable to the character of the king to associate with his own powers, and to avail himself of them, with a view to their ministrations in such matters as it is not fitting should be settled by God alone, for the Father of the universe has no need of anything, so as to require assistance from any other quarter if he wishes to make any thing. But seeing at once what is becoming, both for himself and for his works of creation, there are some things which he has entrusted to his subordinate powers to fashion; and yet he has not at once given even to them completely independent knowledge to enable it to accomplish their objects, in order that no one of those things which come to be created may be found to be erroneously made.
Sections 176–198
176These things, then, it was necessary to give an idea of beforehand; but for what reason this was necessary we must now say. The nature of animals was originally divided into the portion endowed with and into that devoid of reason, the two being at variance with one another. Again the rational division was subdivided into the perishable and imperishable species, the perishable species being the race of mankind, and the imperishable species being the company of incorporeal souls which revolve about the air and heaven.
177But these have no participation in wickedness, having received from the very beginning an inheritance without stain and full of happiness; and not being bound up in the region of interminable calamities, that is to say, in the body. The divisions also of the irrational part are free from any participation in wickedness, inasmuch as, having no endowment of intellect, they are never convicted of those deliberate acts of wickedness which proceed upon consideration.
178But man is almost the only one of all living things which, having a thorough knowledge of good and evil, often chooses that which is worst, and rejects those things which are worthy of earnest pursuit, so that he is often most justly condemned as being guilty of deliberate and studied crime.
179Very appropriately therefore has God attributed the creation of this being, man, to his lieutenants, saying, "Let us make man," in order that the successes of the intellect may be attributed to him alone, but the errors of the being thus created, to his subordinate power: for it did not appear to be suitable to the dignity of God, the ruler of the universe, to make the road to wickedness in a rational soul by his own agency; for which reason he has committed to those about him the creation of this portion of the universe; for it was necessary that the voluntary principle, as the counterpoise to the involuntary principle, should be established and made known, with a view to the completion and perfection of the universe.
180And this may be enough to say in this manner; and it is right that this point also should be considered, namely that God is the cause only of what is good but is absolutely the cause of no evil whatever, since he himself is the most ancient of all existing things, and the most perfect of all goods; and it is most natural and becoming that he should do what is most akin to his own nature, that is to say, that the best of all beings should be the cause of all the best things, but that the punishments appointed for the wicked are inflicted by the means of his subordinate ministers.
181And there is an evidence in favour of this assertion of mine in this expression, which was uttered by the man who was made perfect by practise; "The God who nourished me from my youth up, the angel who defended me from all evils;" for by these words he already confesses that those genuine good things which nourish the souls which love virtue, are referred to God as their sole cause; but the fate of the wicked is, on the other hand, referred to the angels, and even they have not independent and absolute power of inflicting punishment, that this salutary nature may not afford an opportunity to any one of the things which tend to destruction.
182For this reason God says, "Come, let us go down and confuse;" for the wicked, deserving to meet with such punishment as this, that the merciful, and beneficent, and bounteous, powers of God should become known to them chiefly by its inflictions. Knowing therefore that these powers are beneficial to the race of man, he has appointed the punishments to be inflicted by other beings; for it was expedient that he himself should be looked upon as the cause of well-doing, but in such a way that the fountains of his everlasting graces should be kept unmingled with any evils, not merely with those that are really evils, but even with those which are accounted such.
183We must now examine what this confusion is. How then shall we enter on this examination? In this manner, in my opinion. We have very often known those whom we had knowledge of before, from certain similarities and a comparison of circumstances which have some connection with them. Therefore we also become acquainted with things in the same manner, which it is not easy to form a conception of from their own nature, from some similarity of other things connected with them.
184What things then resemble confusion? Mixture, as the ancient report has it, and combination; but mixture takes place in dry things, and combination is looked upon as belonging to wet substances.
185Mixture then is a placing side by side of different bodies in no regular order, as if any one were to make a heap, bringing barley, and wheat, and pease, and all sorts of other seeds, all into one mass; but combination is not a placing side by side, but rather a mutual penetration of dissimilar parts entering into one another at all points, so that the distinctive qualities are still able to be distinguished by some artificial skill, as they say is the case with respect to wine and water;
186for these substances coming together form a combination, but that which is combined is not the less capable of being resolved again into the distinctive qualities from which it was originally formed. For with a sponge saturated with oil it is possible for the water to be taken up and for the wine to be left behind, which may perhaps be because the origin of sponge is derived from water, and therefore it is natural that water being a kindred substance is calculated by nature to be taken up by the sponge out of the combination, but that that substance which is of a different nature, namely the wine, is naturally left behind.
187But confusion is the destruction of all the original distinctive qualities, owing to their component parts penetrating one another at every point, so as to generate one thing wholly different, as is the case in that composition of the physicians which they call the tetrapharmacon. For that, I imagine, is made up of wax, and fat, and pitch, and resin, all compounded together, but when the medicine has once been compounded, then it is impossible for it again to be resolved into the powers of which it was originally composed, but every one of them is destroyed separately, and the destruction of them all has produced one other power of exceeding excellence.
188But when God threatens impious reasonings with confusion, he is in fact not only commanding the whole species and power of each separate wickedness to be destroyed, but also that thing which has been made up of all their joint contributions; so that neither the parts by themselves, nor the union and harmony of the whole, can contribute any strength hereafter towards the destruction of the better part;
189on which account, he says, "Let us then confuse their language, so that each of them may not understand the voice of his neighbour;" which is equivalent to, let us make each separate one of the parts of wickedness deaf and dumb, so that it shall neither utter a voice of its own, nor be able to sound in unison with any other part, so as to be a cause of mischief.
190This, now, is our opinion upon and interpretation of this passage. But they who follow only what is plain and easy, think that what is here intended to be recorded, is the origin of the languages of the Greeks and barbarians, whom, without blaming them (for, perhaps, they also put a correct interpretation on the transaction), I would exhort not to be content with stopping at this point, but to proceed onward to look at the passage in a figurative way, considering that the mere words of the scriptures are, as it were, but shadows of bodies, and that the meanings which are apparent to investigation beneath them, are the real things to be pondered upon.
191Accordingly, this lawgiver usually gives a handle for this doctrine to those who are not utterly blind in their intellect; as in fact he does in his account of this very event, which we are now discussing: for he has called what took place, confusion; and yet, if he had only intended to speak of the origin of languages, he would have given a more felicitous name, and one of better omen, calling it division instead of confusion; for things that are divided, are not confused, but, on the contrary, are distinguished from one another, and not only is the one name contrary to the other, but the one fact is contrary to the other fact.
192For confusion, as I have already said, is the destruction of simple powers for the production of one concrete power; but division is the dissection of one thing into many parts, as is the case when one distinguishes a genus into its subordinate species so that, if the wise God had ordered his ministers to divide language, which was previously only one, into the divisions of several dialects, he would have used more appropriate expressions, which should have given a more accurate idea of the case: calling what he did, dissection, or distribution, or division, or something of that kind, but not confusion, a name which is at variance with all of them.
193But his especial object here is to dissolve the company of wickedness, to put an end to their confederacy, to destroy their community of action, to put out of sight and extirpate all their powers, to overthrow the might of their dominion, which they had strengthened by fearful lawlessness.
194Do you not see that he also who made the parts of the soul did not unite any one part to another in such a way as to enable one to discharge the duties of the other? But the eyes would never be able to hear, nor the ears to see, nor the lips of the mouth to smell, nor the nostrils to taste; nor, again, could reason ever be exposed to those influences which operate upon the outward senses, nor again, would the outward senses be able to develop reason.
195For the Creator knew that it was desirable that each of these parts should not hear the voice of its neighbour, but that the parts of the soul should each exert its own peculiar faculties without confusion, for the advantage of living animals, and should, with the same object, be deprived of any power of exerting themselves in common, and that all the powers of vice should be brought to confusion and utter destruction, so that they might neither in confederacy, nor separately, be injurious to the better parts.
196On which account Moses tells us, "The Lord scattered them from thence;" which is equivalent to, he dispersed them, he put them to flight, he banished them, he destroyed them; for to scatter is sometimes done with a view to the production, and growth, and increase of other things; but there is another kind which has for its object overthrow and destruction: but God, the planter of the world, wishes to sow in every one excellence, but to scatter and drive from the world accursed impiety; that the disposition which hates virtue may at last desist from building up a city of wickedness, and a tower of impiety;
197for when these are put to the rout, then those who have long ago been banished by the tyranny of folly, now, at one proclamation, find themselves able to return to their own country. God having drawn up and confirmed the proclamation, as the scriptures show, in which it is expressly stated that, "Even though thy dispersion be from one end of heaven to the other end of heaven, he will bring thee together from thence."
198So that it is proper that the harmony of the virtues should be arranged and cherished by God, and that he should dissolve and destroy wickedness; and confusion is a name most appropriate to wickedness, of which every foolish man is a visible proof, having all his words, and intentions, and actions, incapable of standing an examination and destitute of steadiness.
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1Περὶ μὲν δὴ τούτων ἀρκέσει τὰ εἰρημένα. σκεπτέον δὲ ἑξῆς οὐ παρέργως, ἃ περὶ τῆς τῶν διαλέκτων συγχύσεως φιλοσοφεῖ· λέγει γὰρ ὧδε· „καὶ ἦν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ χεῖλος ἕν, καὶ φωνὴ μία πᾶσι. καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ κινῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν, εὗρον πεδίον ἐν τῇ γῇ Σεναὰρ καὶ κατῴκησαν ἐκεῖ. καὶ εἶπεν ἄνθρωπος τῷ πλησίον· δεῦτε πλινθεύσωμεν πλίνθους καὶ ὀπτήσωμεν αὐτὰς πυρί. καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτοῖς ἡ πλίνθος εἰς λίθον, καὶ ἄσφαλτος ἦν αὐτοῖς ὁ πηλός. καὶ εἶπον· δεῦτε οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν καὶ πύργον, οὗ ἡ κεφαλὴ ἔσται ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ποιήσωμεν ἑαυτῶν ὄνομα πρὸ τοῦ διασπαρῆναι ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς. καὶ κατέβη κύριος ἰδεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον ὃν ᾠκοδόμησαν οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ εἶπε κύριος· ἰδοὺ γένος ἓν καὶ χεῖλος ἓν πάντων· καὶ τοῦτο ἤρξαντο ποιῆσαι, καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἐξ αὐτῶν πάντα ὅσα ἂν ἐπιθῶνται ποιεῖν· δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν ἐκεῖ αὐτῶν τὴν γλῶσσαν, ἵνα μὴ ἀκούσωσιν ἕκαστος τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ πλησίον. καὶ διέσπειρεν αὐτοὺς κύριος ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐπαύσαντο οἰκοδομοῦντες τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον. διὰ τοῦτο ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ σύγχυσις, ὅτι ἐκεῖ συνέχεε κύριος τὰ χείλη πάσης τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν διέσπειρεν αὐτοὺς κύριος ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 11, 1—9).
2οἱ μὲν δυσχεραίνοντες τῇ πατρίῳ πολιτείᾳ, ψόγον καὶ κατηγορίαν αἰεὶ τῶν νόμων μελετῶντες, τούτοις καὶ τοῖς παραπλησίοις ὡς ἂν ἐπιβάθραις τῆς ἀθεότητος αὐτῶν, οἱ δυσσεβεῖς, χρῶνται φάσκοντες· ἔτι νῦν σεμνηγορεῖτε περὶ τῶν διατεταγμένων ὡς τοὺς ἀληθείας κανόνας αὐτῆς περιεχόντων;
3ἰδοὺ γὰρ αἱ ἱεραὶ λεγόμεναι βίβλοι παρ’ ὑμῖν καὶ μύθους περιέχουσιν, ἐφ’ οἷς εἰώθατε γελᾶν, ὅταν ἄλλων διεξιόντων ἀκούητε. καίτοι τί δεῖ τοὺς πολλαχόθι τῆς νομοθεσίας ἐσπαρμένους ἀναλέγεσθαι ὥσπερ σχολὴν ἄγοντας καὶ ἐνευκαιροῦντας διαβολαῖς, ἀλλ’ οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐν χερσὶ καὶ παρὰ πόδας ὑπομιμνῄσκειν;
4εἷς μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ὁ ἐοικὼς τῷ συντεθέντι ἐπὶ τῶν Ἀλωειδῶν, οὓς ὁ μέγιστος καὶ δοκιμώτατος τῶν ποιητῶν Ὅμηρος διανοηθῆναί φησι τρία τὰ περιμήκιστα τῶν ὀρῶν ἐπιφορῆσαι καὶ ἐπιχῶσαι ἐλπίσαντας τὴν εἰς οὐρανὸν ὁδὸν τοῖς ἀνέρχεσθαι βουλομένοις εὐμαρῆ διὰ τούτων ἔσεσθαι πρὸς αἰθέριον ὕψος ἀρθέντων· ἔστι δὲ τὰ περὶ τούτων ἔπη τοιαῦτα· Ὄσσαν ἐπ’ Οὐλύμπῳ μέμασαν θέμεν, αὐτὰρ ἐπ’ Ὄσσῃ Πήλιον εἰνοσίφυλλον, ἵν’ οὐρανὸς ἀμβατὸς εἴη, Ὄλυμπος δὲ καὶ Ὄσσα καὶ Πήλιον ὀρῶν ὀνόματα.
5πύργον δὲ ὁ νομοθέτης ἀντὶ τούτων εἰσάγει πρὸς τῶν τότε ἀνθρώπων κατασκευαζόμενον θελησάντων ὑπ’ ἀνοίας ἅμα καὶ μεγαλαυχίας οὐρανοῦ ψαῦσαι. πῶς γὰρ οὐ φρενοβλάβεια δεινή; καὶ γὰρ εἰ τὰ τῆς συμπάσης μέρη γῆς ἐποικοδομηθείη προκαταβληθέντι βραχεῖ θεμελίῳ καὶ ἀνεγερθείη τρόπον κίονος ἑνός, μυρίοις τῆς αἰθερίου σφαίρας ἀπολειφθήσεται διαστήμασι, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τοὺς ζητητικοὺς τῶν φιλοσόφων, οἳ τοῦ παντὸς κέντρον εἶναι τὴν γῆν ἀνωμολόγησαν. ἕτερος δέ τις συγγενὴς τούτῳ περὶ τῆς τῶν ζῴων ὁμοφωνίας πρὸς μυθοπλαστῶν ἀναγράφεται·
6λέγεται γάρ, ὡς ἄρα πάνθ’ ὅσα ζῷα χερσαῖα καὶ ἔνυδρα καὶ πτηνὰ τὸ παλαιὸν ὁμόφωνα ἦν, καὶ ὅνπερ τρόπον ἀνθρώπων Ἕλληνες μὲν Ἕλλησι, βαρβάροις δὲ βάρβαροι νῦν οἱ ὁμόγλωττοι διαλέγονται, τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον καὶ πάντα πᾶσι περὶ ὧν ἢ δρᾶν ἢ πάσχειν τι συνέβαινεν ὡμίλει, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς κακοπραγίαις συνάχθεσθαι κἄν, εἴ πού τι λυσιτελὲς ἀπαντῴη, συνευφραίνεσθαι.
7τάς τε γὰρ ἡδονὰς καὶ ἀηδίας ἀλλήλοις ἀναφέροντα διὰ τοῦ ὁμοφώνου συνήδετο καὶ συναηδίζετο, κἀκ τούτου τὸ ὁμοιότροπον καὶ ὁμοιοπαθὲς εὑρίσκετο, μέχριπερ κορεσθέντα τῆς τῶν παρόντων ἀγαθῶν ἀφθονίας, ὃ πολλάκις γίνεσθαι φιλεῖ, πρὸς τὸν τῶν ἀνεφίκτων ἔρωτα ἐξώκειλε καὶ περὶ ἀθανασίας ἐπρεσβεύετο γήρως ἔκλυσιν καὶ τὴν εἰς αἰεὶ νεότητος ἀκμὴν αἰτούμενα, φάσκοντα καὶ τῶν παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἓν ἤδη ζῴων τὸ ἑρπετόν, ὄφιν, τετυχηκέναι ταύτης τῆς δωρεᾶς· ἀποδυόμενον γὰρ τὸ γῆρας πάλιν ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς ἀνηβᾶν· ἄτοπον δ’ εἶναι ἢ τὰ κρείττω τοῦ χείρονος ἢ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα λειφθῆναι.
8δίκην μέντοι τοῦ τολμήματος ἔδωκε τὴν προσήκουσαν· ἑτερόγλωττα γὰρ εὐθὺς ἐγένετο, ὡς ἐξ ἐκείνου μηκέτ’ ἀλλήλων ἐπακοῦσαι δυνηθῆναι χάριν τῆς ἐν ταῖς διαλέκτοις, εἰς ἃς ἡ μία καὶ κοινὴ πάντων ἐτμήθη, διαφορᾶς.
9ὁ δ’ ἐγγυτέρω τἀληθοῦς προσάγων τὸν λόγον τὰ ἄλογα τῶν λογικῶν διέζευξεν, ὡς ἀνθρώποις μόνοις μαρτυρῆσαι τὸ ὁμόφωνον. ἔστι δέ, ὥς γέ φασι, καὶ τοῦτο μυθῶδες. καὶ μὴν τήν γε φωνῆς εἰς μυρίας διαλέκτων ἰδέας τομήν, ἣν καλεῖ γλώττης σύγχυσιν, ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ λέγουσιν ἁμαρτημάτων συμβῆναι, ὡς μηκέτ’ ἀλλήλων ἀκροώμενοι κοινῇ συναδικῶσιν, ἀλλὰ τρόπον τινὰ [ἄλλοι] ἀλλήλοις κεκωφωμένοι * * * κατὰ συμπράξεις ἐγχειρῶσι τοῖς αὐτοῖς.
10τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ φαίνεται συμβῆναι· καὶ γὰρ αὖθις οὐδὲν ἧττον κατὰ ἔθνη διῳκισμένων καὶ μὴ μιᾷ διαλέκτῳ χρωμένων γῆ καὶ θάλαττα πολλάκις ἀμυθήτων κακῶν ἐπληρώθη. οὐ γὰρ αἱ φωναί, ἀλλὰ αἱ ὁμότροποι τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ζηλώσεις τοῦ συναδικεῖν αἴτιαι·
11καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἐκτετμημένοι γλῶτταν νεύμασι καὶ βλέμμασι καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις τοῦ σώματος σχέσεσι καὶ κινήσεσιν οὐχ ἧττον τῆς διὰ λόγων προφορᾶς ἃ ἂν θελήσωσιν ὑποσημαίνουσι· χωρὶς τοῦ καὶ ἔθνος ἓν πολλάκις οὐχ ὁμόφωνον μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁμόνομον καὶ ὁμοδίαιτον τοσοῦτον ἐπιβῆναι κακίας, ὥστε τοῖς ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων ἁμαρτήμασιν ἰσοστάσια δύνασθαι πλημμελεῖν·
12ἀπειρίᾳ τε διαλέκτων μυρίοι πρὸς τῶν ἐπιτιθεμένων οὐ προϊδόμενοι τὸ μέλλον προκατελήφθησαν, ὡς ἔμπαλιν ἐπιστήμῃ τοὺς ἐπικρεμασθέντας ἴσχυσαν φόβους τε καὶ κινδύνους ἀπώσασθαι· ὥστε λυσιτελὲς μᾶλλον ἢ βλαβερὸν εἶναι τὴν ἐν διαλέκτοις κοινωνίαν, ἐπεὶ καὶ μέχρι νῦν οἱ καθ’ ἑκάστην χώραν, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν αὐτοχθόνων, δι’ οὐδὲν οὕτως ὡς διὰ τὸ ὁμόγλωσσον ἀπαθεῖς κακῶν διατελοῦσι.
13κἂν εἰ μέντοι τις ἀνὴρ πλείους ἀναμάθοι διαλέκτους, εὐδόκιμος εὐθὺς παρὰ τοῖς ἐπισταμένοις ἐστὶν ὡς ἤδη φίλιος ὤν, οὐ βραχὺ γνώρισμα κοινωνίας ἐπιφερόμενος τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασι συνήθειαν, ἀφ’ ἧς τὸ ἀδεὲς εἰς τὸ μηδὲν ἀνήκεστον παθεῖν ἔοικε πεπορίσθαι. τί οὖν ὡς κακῶν αἴτιον τὸ ὁμόγλωττον ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἠφάνιζε, δέον ὡς
14ὠφελιμώτατον ἱδρῦσθαι; τοὺς δὴ ταῦτα συντιθέντας καὶ κακοτεχνοῦντας ἰδίᾳ μὲν διελέγξουσιν οἱ τὰς προχείρους ἀποδόσεις τῶν ἀεὶ ζητουμένων ἐκ τῆς φανερᾶς τῶν νόμων γραφῆς ἀφιλονείκως ταμιευόμενοι, οὐκ ἀντισοφιζόμενοί ποθεν, ἀλλ’ ἑπόμενοι τῷ τῆς ἀκολουθίας εἱρμῷ προσπταίειν οὐκ ἐῶντι, ἀλλὰ κἄν, εἴ τινα ἐμποδὼν εἴη, ῥᾳδίως ἀναστέλλοντι, ὅπως αἱ τῶν λόγων διέξοδοι γίνωνται ἄπταιστοι.
15φαμὲν τοίνυν ἐκ τοῦ „τὴν γῆν εἶναι πᾶσαν χεῖλος ἓν καὶ φωνὴν μίαν„ κακῶν ἀμυθήτων καὶ μεγάλων συμφωνίαν δηλοῦσθαι, ὅσα τε πόλεις πόλεσι καὶ ἔθνεσιν ἔθνη καὶ χώραις χῶραι ἀντεπιφέρουσι, καὶ ὅσα μὴ μόνον εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ θεῖον ἀσεβοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι· καίτοι ταῦτα πληθῶν ἐστιν ἀδικήματα. σκεπτόμεθα δ’ ἡμεῖς καὶ ἐφ’ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς τὸ ἀδιεξήγητον τῶν κακῶν πλῆθος, καὶ μάλισθ’
16ὅταν τὴν ἀνάρμοστον καὶ ἐκμελῆ καὶ ἄμουσον ἴσχῃ συμφωνίαν. τὰ μὲν δὴ τυχηρὰ τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅταν πενία καὶ ἀδοξία σώματος νόσοις ἢ πηρώσεσι συνενεχθῶσι. καὶ πάλιν ταῦτα ψυχῆς ἀρρωστήμασιν ἔκφρονος ὑπὸ μελαγχολίας ἢ μακροῦ γήρως ἤ τινος βαρείας ἄλλης κακοδαιμονίας γεγενημένης ἀνακραθῶσι;
17καὶ γὰρ ἓν μόνον τῶν εἰρημένων βιαίως ἀντιστατῆσαν ἱκανὸν ἀνατρέψαι καὶ καταβαλεῖν καὶ τὸν λίαν ὑπέρογκόν ἐστιν· ὅταν δὲ ἀθρόα ὥσπερ προστάξει μιᾷ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον ἑνὶ πάντα σωρηδὸν ἐπιθῆται τὰ σώματος, τὰ ψυχῆς, τὰ ἐκτός, τίνα οὐχ ὑπερβάλλει σχετλιότητα; πεσόντων γὰρ δορυφόρων ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸ δορυφορούμενον πίπτειν.
18δορυφόροι μὲν οὖν σώματος πλοῦτος, εὐδοξία, τιμαί, ὀρθοῦντες αὐτὸ καὶ εἰς ὕψος αἴροντες καὶ γαῦρον ἀποδεικνύντες, ὡς τἀναντία, ἀτιμία, ἀδοξία, πενία, πολεμίων τρόπον καταράττουσι.
19πάλιν τε δορυφόροι ψυχῆς ἀκοαὶ καὶ ὄψεις ὄσφρησίς τε καὶ γεῦσις καὶ ξύμπαν τὸ αἰσθήσεως στῖφος, ἔτι μέντοι ὑγίεια καὶ ἰσχὺς δύναμίς τε καὶ ῥώμη· τούτοις γὰρ ὥσπερ ἑστῶσι καὶ κραταιῶς ἐρηρεισμένοις εὐερκέσιν οἴκοις ὁ νοῦς ἐμπεριπατῶν καὶ ἐνδιαιτώμενος ἀγάλλεται πρὸς μηδενὸς ταῖς ἰδίαις ὁρμαῖς χρῆσθαι κωλυόμενος, ἀλλ’ εὐμαρεῖς καὶ λεωφόρους ἀναπεπταμένας ἔχων τὰς διὰ πάντων ὁδούς.
20τὰ δὲ τοῖς δορυφόροις τούτοις ἐχθρὰ ἀντικάθηται, πήρωσις αἰσθητηρίων καὶ νόσος, ὡς ἔφην, οἷς ἡ διάνοια συγκατακρημνισθῆναι πολλάκις ἐμέλλησε. καὶ τὰ μὲν τυχηρὰ ταῦτα ἀργαλέα σφόδρα καὶ σχέτλια ἐξ ἑαυτῶν, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τῶν ἐκ προνοίας σύγκρισιν κουφότερα πολλῷ.
21τίς οὖν ἡ τῶν ἑκουσίων κακῶν συμφωνία, πάλιν ἐν μέρει σκοπῶμεν· τριμεροῦς ἡμῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ὑπαρχούσης τὸ μὲν νοῦς καὶ λόγος, τὸ δὲ θυμός, τὸ δὲ ἐπιθυμία κεκληρῶσθαι λέγεται. κηραίνει δὲ καθ’ αὑτό τε ἕκαστον ἰδίᾳ καὶ πρὸς ἄλληλα πάντα κοινῇ, ἐπειδὰν ὁ μὲν νοῦς ὅσα ἀφροσύναι καὶ δειλίαι ἀκολασίαι τε καὶ ἀδικίαι σπείρουσι θερίσῃ, ὁ δὲ θυμὸς τὰς ἐκμανεῖς καὶ παραφόρους λύττας καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ὠδίνει κακὰ τέκῃ, ἡ δὲ ἐπιθυμία τοὺς ὑπὸ νηπιότητος ἀεὶ κούφους ἔρωτας καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτυχοῦσι σώμασί τε καὶ πράγμασι προσιπταμένους ἐπιπέμψῃ πανταχόσε·
22τότε γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐν σκάφει ναυτῶν, ἐπιβατῶν, κυβερνητῶν κατά τινα φρενοβλάβειαν ἐπ’ ἀπωλείᾳ τούτου συμφρονησάντων καὶ οἱ ἐπιβουλεύσαντες αὐτῇ νηὶ οὐχ ἥκιστα συναπώλοντο. βαρύτατον γὰρ κακῶν καὶ σχεδὸν ἀνίατον μόνον ἡ πάντων τῶν ψυχῆς μερῶν πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν συνεργία, μηδενὸς οἷα ἐν πανδήμῳ συμφορᾷ δυνηθέντος ὑγιαίνειν, ἵνα τοὺς πάσχοντας ἰᾶται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἰατρῶν ἅμα τοῖς ἰδιώταις καμνόντων, οὓς ἡ λοιμώδης νόσος ἐφ’ ὁμολογουμένῃ συμφορᾷ πιέσασα κατέχει.
23τοῦ παθήματος τούτου σύμβολον ὁ μέγας ἀναγραφεὶς παρὰ τῷ νομοθέτῃ κατακλυσμός ἐστι, τῶν τε ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καταρρακτῶν τοὺς κακίας αὐτῆς λάβρῳ φορᾷ χειμάρρους ἐπομβρούντων καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ γῆς, λέγω δὲ τοῦ σώματος, πηγῶν ἀναχεουσῶν τὰ πάθους ἑκάστου ῥεύματα πολλὰ ὄντα καὶ μεγάλα, ἅπερ εἰς ταὐτὸν τοῖς προτέροις συνιόντα καὶ ἀναμιγνύμενα κυκᾶταί τε καὶ τὸ δεδεγμένον ἅπαν τῆς ψυχῆς στροβεῖ χωρίον δίναις ἐπαλλήλοις.
24„ἰδὼν„ γάρ φησι „κύριος ὁ θεός, ὅτι ἐπληθύνθησαν αἱ κακίαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πᾶς τις διανοεῖται ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐπιμελῶς τὰ πονηρὰ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας„ ἔγνω τὸν ἄνθρωπον, λέγω δὲ τὸν νοῦν, μετὰ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ πτηνῶν καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀλόγου τῶν ἀτιθάσων θηρίων πληθύος ἐφ’ οἷς ἀνίατα ἠδικήκει τίσασθαι (Gen. 6, 5 — 7)· ἡ δὲ τιμωρία κατακλυσμός.
25ἦν γὰρ ἔφεσις ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ πολλὴ τοῦ ἀδικεῖν μηδενὸς κωλύοντος φορά, ἀλλὰ προσαναρρηγνυμένων ἀδεῶς ἁπάντων εἰς χορηγίας ἀφθόνους τοῖς πρὸς τὰς ἀπολαύσεις ἑτοιμοτάτοις, καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· οὐ γὰρ ἕν τι μέρος διέφθαρτο τῆς ψυχῆς, ἵνα τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑγιαίνουσι σῴζεσθαι δύναιτο, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲν ἄνοσον οὐδὲ ἀδιάφθαρτον αὐτῆς κατελείπετο· ἰδὼν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶς τις, φησί, διανοεῖται [πᾶς] λογισμός, οὐχὶ μόνος εἷς, τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν ὁ ἀδέκαστος δικαστὴς ἐπήγαγε τιμωρίαν.
Sections 26–50
26οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς ἁλμυρᾶς φάραγγος ὁμαιχμίαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέμενοι. κοῖλον γὰρ καὶ τραχὺ καὶ φαραγγῶδες τὸ κακιῶν καὶ παθῶν χωρίον, ἁλμυρὸν τῷ ὄντι καὶ πικρὰς φέρον ὠδῖνας, ὧν ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ τὸ ἐνώμοτον καὶ ἔνσπονδον οὔθ’ ὅρκων οὔτε σπονδῶν ἐπάξιον εἰδὼς καθαιρεῖ· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „πάντες οὗτοι συνεφώνησαν ἐπὶ τὴν φάραγγα τὴν ἁλυκήν· αὕτη ἡ θάλασσα τῶν ἁλῶν„ (Gen. 14, 3).
27ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς τοὺς ἐστειρωμένους σοφίαν καὶ τυφλοὺς διάνοιαν, ἣν ὀξυδερκεῖν εἰκὸς ἦν, Σοδομίτας κατὰ γλῶτταν, ἀπὸ νεανίσκου ἕως πρεσβυτέρου πάνθ’ ὁμοῦ τὸν λεὼν ἐν κύκλῳ τὴν οἰκίαν τῆς ψυχῆς περιθέοντας, ἵνα τοὺς ξενωθέντας ἱεροὺς καὶ ὁσίους λόγους αὐτῇ, φρουροὺς καὶ φύλακας ὄντας, αἰσχύνωσι καὶ διαφθείρωσι, καὶ μηδένα τὸ παράπαν μήτε τοῖς ἀδικοῦσιν ἐναντιοῦσθαι μήτε τοῦ τι ποιεῖν ἄδικον ἀποδιδράσκειν ἐγνωκότα;
28οὐ γὰρ οἱ μέν, οἱ δ’ οὔ, „πᾶς δ’", ὥς φησιν, „ὁ λαὸς περιεκύκλωσαν ἅμα τὴν οἰκίαν, νέοι τε καὶ πρεσβῦται„ (Gen. 19, 4) κατὰ τῶν θείων καὶ ἱερῶν λόγων συνομοσάμενοι, οὓς καλεῖν ἔθος ἀγγέλους.
29ἀλλ’ ὅ γε θεοπρόπος Μωυσῆς θράσει πολλῷ ῥέοντας αὐτοὺς ὑπαντιάσας ἐφέξει, κἂν τὸν θρασύτατον καὶ δεινότατον εἰπεῖν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς βασιλέα λόγον προστησάμενοι μιᾷ ῥύμῃ κατατρέχωσι, συναύξοντες τὰ οἰκεῖα καὶ ποταμοῦ τρόπον πλημμύροντες· „ἰδοὺ„ γάρ φησιν „ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ ἀφικνεῖται. σὺ δὲ στήσῃ συναντῶν αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ„ (Exod. 7, 15).
30οὐκοῦν ὁ μὲν φαῦλος ἔξεισιν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἀδικημάτων καὶ παθῶν ἀθρόων φοράν, ἅπερ ὕδατι ἀπεικάζεται· ὁ δὲ σοφὸς πρῶτον μὲν κτᾶται γέρας παρὰ τοῦ ἑστῶτος ἀεὶ θεοῦ συγγενὲς αὐτοῦ τῇ ἀκλινεῖ καὶ ἀρρεπεῖ πρὸς πάντα δυνάμει λαβών· εἴρηται γὰρ „σὺ δὲ αὐτοῦ στῆθι μετ’ ἐμοῦ„
31(Deut. 5, 31), ἵνα ἐνδοιασμὸν καὶ ἐπαμφοτερισμόν, ἀβεβαίου ψυχῆς διαθέσεις, ἀποδυσάμενος τὴν ὀχυρωτάτην καὶ βεβαιοτάτην διάθεσιν, πίστιν, ἐνδύσηται. ἔπειτα δὲ ἑστώς, τὸ παραδοξότατον, ὑπαντᾷ· „στήσῃ„ γάρ φησιν „ὑπαντιάζων„· καίτοι τὸ μὲν ὑπαντᾶν ἐν κινήσει, κατὰ δ’ ἠρεμίαν τὸ ἵστασθαι θεωρεῖται.
32λέγει δὲ οὐ τὰ μαχόμενα, τὰ δὲ τῇ φύσει μάλιστα ἀκολουθοῦντα· ὅτῳ γὰρ ἠρεμεῖν πέφυκεν ἡ γνώμη καὶ ἀρρεπῶς ἱδρῦσθαι, συμβαίνει πᾶσιν ἀνθίστασθαι τοῖς σάλῳ καὶ κλύδωνι χαίρουσι καὶ τὸν γαληνιάσαι δυνάμενον
33χειροποιήτῳ χειμῶνι κυμαίνουσιν. εὖ μέντοι γε ἔχει παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὴν ἐναντίωσιν συνίστασθαι· χείλη δὲ στόματος μέν ἐστι πέρατα, φραγμὸς δέ τις γλώττης, δι’ ὧν φέρεται τὸ τοῦ λόγου ῥεῦμα, ὅταν ἄρξηται κατέρχεσθαι.
34λόγῳ δὲ καὶ οἱ μισάρετοι καὶ φιλοπαθεῖς συμμάχῳ χρῶνται πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀδοκίμων δογμάτων εἰσήγησιν καὶ πάλιν οἱ σπουδαῖοι πρός τε τὴν τούτων ἀναίρεσιν καὶ πρὸς τὸ τῶν ἀμεινόνων καὶ ἀψευδῶς ἀγαθῶν κράτος ἀνανταγώνιστον.
35ὅταν μέντοι πάντα κάλων ἀνασείσαντες ἐριστικῶν δογμάτων ὑπ’ ἐναντίας ῥύμης λόγων ἀνατραπέντες ἀπόλωνται, τὸ ἐπινίκιον δικαίως καὶ προσηκόντως ὁ σοφὸς ᾆσμα χορὸν ἱερώτατον στησάμενος ἐμμελῶς ᾄσεται·
36„εἶδε" γάρ φησιν „Ἰσραὴλ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους„ οὐχ ἑτέρωθι „τεθνεῶτας„ ἀλλὰ παρὰ „τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ„ (Exod. 14, 30), θάνατον λέγων οὐ τὴν ἀπὸ σώματος ψυχῆς διάκρισιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀνοσίων δογμάτων καὶ λόγων φθοράν, οἷς ἐχρῶντο διὰ στόματος καὶ γλώττης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων φωνητηρίων ὀργάνων.
37λόγου δὲ θάνατός ἐστιν ἡσυχία, οὐχ ἣν οἱ ἐπιεικέστεροι ποιούμενοι σύμβολον αἰδοῦς μετέρχονται — δύναμις γὰρ καὶ ἥδε ἐστὶν ἀδελφὴ τῆς ἐν τῷ λέγειν ταμιευομένη μέχρι καιροῦ τὰ λεκτέα —, ἀλλ’ ἣν οἱ ἐξησθενηκότες καὶ ἀπειρηκότες διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐναντίων ἰσχὺν ὑπομένουσιν ἄκοντες λαβὴν οὐδεμίαν ἔθ’ εὑρίσκοντες.
38ὧν τε γὰρ ἂν ἐφάψωνται, διαρρεῖ, καὶ οἷς ἂν ἐπιβῶσιν, οὐχ ὑπομένει, ὡς πρὶν ἢ στῆναι πίπτειν ἀναγκάζεσθαι, ὥσπερ ἡ ἕλιξ, τὸ ὑδρηρὸν ὄργανον, ἔχει· κατὰ γὰρ μέσον αὐτὸ γεγόνασι βαθμοί τινες, ὧν ὁ γεωπόνος, ὅταν ἐθελήσῃ ποτίσαι τὰς ἀρούρας, ἐπιβαίνει μέν, περιολισθαίνει δ’ ἀναγκαίως· ὑπὲρ δὴ τοῦ μὴ πίπτειν συνεχῶς πλησίον ἐχυροῦ τινος ταῖς χερσὶ περιδράττεται, οὗ ἐνειλημμένος τὸ ὅλον σῶμα ἀπῃώρηκεν αὐτοῦ· ὥστε ἀντὶ μὲν ποδῶν χερσίν, ἀντὶ δὲ χειρῶν ποσὶ χρῆσθαι· ἵσταται μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ χειρῶν, δι’ ὧν εἰσιν αἱ πράξεις, πράττει δ’ ἐν ποσίν, ἐφ’ ὧν εἰκὸς ἵστασθαι.
39πολλοὶ δ’ οὐ δυνάμενοι τὰς πιθανὰς τῶν σοφιστῶν εὑρέσεις ἀνὰ κράτος ἑλεῖν τῷ μὴ σφόδρα περὶ λόγους διὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις συνεχῆ μελέτην γεγυμνάσθαι κατέφυγον ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ μόνου σοφοῦ συμμαχίαν καὶ βοηθὸν αὐτὸν ἱκέτευσαν γενέσθαι· καθὰ καὶ τῶν Μωυσέως γνωρίμων τις ἐν ὕμνοις εὐχόμενος εἶπεν· „ἄλαλα γενέσθω τὰ χείλη τὰ δόλια„ (Psalm. 30, 19).
40πῶς δ’ ἂν ἡσυχάσαι, εἰ μὴ πρὸς μόνου τοῦ καὶ τὸν λόγον αὐτὸν ἔχοντος ὑπήκοον ἐπιστομισθείη; τὰς μὲν οὖν εἰς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν συνόδους ἀμεταστρεπτὶ φευκτέον, τὸ δὲ ἔνσπονδον πρὸς τοὺς φρονήσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἑταίρους βεβαιωτέον.
41παρὸ καὶ τοὺς λέγοντας „πάντες ἐσμὲν υἱοὶ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, εἰρηνικοί ἐσμεν„ (Gen. 42, 11) τεθαύμακα τῆς εὐαρμόστου συμφωνίας· ἐπεὶ καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἐμέλλετε, φήσαιμ’ ἄν, ὦ γενναῖοι, πολέμῳ μὲν δυσχεραίνειν, εἰρήνην δὲ ἀγαπᾶν, ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιγεγραμμένοι πατέρα οὐ θνητὸν ἀλλ’ ἀθάνατον, ἄνθρωπον θεοῦ, ὃς τοῦ ἀιδίου λόγος ὢν ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν ἄφθαρτος;
42οἱ μὲν γὰρ πολλὰς ἀρχὰς τοῦ κατὰ ψυχὴν γένους συστησάμενοι, τῷ πολυθέῳ λεγομένῳ κακῷ προσνείμαντες ἑαυτούς, ἄλλοι πρὸς ἄλλων τιμὰς τραπόμενοι ταραχὰς καὶ στάσεις ἐμφυλίους τε καὶ ξενικὰς ἐδημιούργησαν τὸν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς γενέσεως ἄχρι τελευτῆς βίον πολέμων ἀκηρύκτων καταπλήσαντες.
43οἱ δὲ ἑνὶ γένει χαίροντες καὶ ἕνα πατέρα τὸν ὀρθὸν τιμῶντες λόγον, τὴν εὐάρμοστον καὶ πάμμουσον συμφωνίαν ἀρετῶν τεθαυμακότες, εὔδιον καὶ γαληνὸν βίον ζῶσιν, οὐ μὴν ἀργὸν καὶ ἀγενῆ τινα, ὡς ἔνιοι νομίζουσιν, ἀλλὰ σφόδρα ἀνδρεῖον καὶ λίαν ἠκονημένον κατὰ τῶν σπονδὰς λύειν ἐπιχειρούντων καὶ σύγχυσιν ὁρκίων αἰεὶ μελετώντων· τοὺς γὰρ εἰρηναίους φύσει πολεμικοὺς εἶναι συμβέβηκεν ἀντικαθημένους καὶ ἀνθεστῶτας τοῖς τὸ εὐσταθὲς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνατρέπουσι.
44μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ πρῶτον μὲν ἡ ἑκάστου τῶν φιλαρέτων διάνοια διακειμένη τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τοῦ προφητικοῦ θιασώτης χοροῦ, ὃς καταπνευσθεὶς ἐνθουσιῶν ἀνεφθέγξατο· „ὦ μῆτερ, ἡλίκον με ἔτεκες, ἄνθρωπον μάχης καὶ ἄνθρωπον ἀηδίας πάσης τῆς γῆς; οὐκ ὠφείλησα, οὐδὲ ὠφείλησάν μοι, οὐδὲ ἡ ἰσχύς μου ἐξέλιπεν ἀπὸ καταρῶν αὐτῶν„ (Ier. 15, 10).
45ἀλλ’ οὐ πᾶς σοφὸς πᾶσι φαύλοις ἐχθρός ἐστιν ἄσπονδος, οὐ τριηρῶν ἢ μηχανημάτων ἢ ὅπλων ἢ στρατιωτῶν παρασκευῇ πρὸς ἄμυναν χρώμενος, ἀλλὰ λογισμοῖς;
46ὅταν γὰρ τὸν ἐν τῇ ἀπολέμῳ εἰρήνῃ συνεχῆ καὶ ἐπάλληλον ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων ἴδιον καὶ κοινόν, μὴ κατὰ ἔθνη καὶ χώρας ἢ πόλεις καὶ κώμας αὐτὸ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατ’ οἰκίαν καὶ ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν ἐν μέρει συγκροτούμενον πόλεμον θεάσηται, τίς ἐστιν ὅ γε μὴ παραινῶν, κακίζων, νουθετῶν, σωφρονίζων, οὐ μεθ’ ἡμέραν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ νύκτωρ, τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῷ ἠρεμεῖν μὴ δυναμένης διὰ τὸ μισοπόνηρον φύσει;
47πάντα γὰρ ὅσα ἐν πολέμῳ δρᾶται κατ’ εἰρήνην· συλῶσιν, ἁρπάζουσιν, ἀνδραποδίζονται, λεηλατοῦσι, πορθοῦσιν, ὑβρίζουσιν, αἰκίζονται, φθείρουσιν, αἰσχύνουσι, δολοφονοῦσιν, ἄντικρυς, ἢν ὦσι δυνατώτεροι, κτείνουσι.
48πλοῦτον γὰρ ἢ δόξαν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν σκοπὸν προτεθειμένος ἐπὶ τοῦτον ὥσπερ βέλη τὰς τοῦ βίου πράξεις ἁπάσας ἀφιεὶς ἰσότητος ἀλογεῖ, τὸ ἄνισον διώκει, κοινωνίαν ἀποστρέφεται, μόνος τὰ πάντων ἔχειν ἀθρόα ἐσπούδακε, μισάνθρωπος καὶ μισάλληλός ἐστιν, ὑποκρινόμενος εὔνοιαν, κολακείας νόθης ἑταῖρος ὤν, φιλίας γνησίου πολέμιος, ἀληθείας ἐχθρός, ὑπέρμαχος ψεύδους, βραδὺς ὠφελῆσαι, ταχὺς βλάψαι, διαβαλεῖν προχειρότατος, ὑπερασπίσαι μελλητής, δεινὸς φενακίσαι, ψευδορκότατος, ἀπιστότατος, δοῦλος
49ὀργῆς, εἴκων ἡδονῇ, φύλαξ κακῶν, φθορεὺς ἀγαθῶν. ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῆς ᾀδομένης καὶ θαυμαζομένης εἰρήνης περιμάχητα κειμήλια, ἅπερ ἡ ἑκάστου τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀγαλματοφοροῦσα διάνοια τέθηπε καὶ προσκυνεῖ. ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκότως καὶ πᾶς σοφὸς ἄχθεται, καὶ πρός γε τὴν μητέρα καὶ τιθήνην ἑαυτοῦ, σοφίαν, εἴωθε λέγειν· „ὦ μῆτερ, ἡλίκον με ἔτεκες„, οὐ δυνάμει σώματος, ἀλλὰ τῇ πρὸς τὸ μισοπόνηρον ἀλκῇ, ἄνθρωπον ἀηδίας καὶ μάχης, φύσει μὲν εἰρηνικόν, διὰ δὲ τοῦτο καὶ πολεμικὸν κατὰ τῶν αἰσχυνόντων τὸ περιμάχητον κάλλος εἰρήνης.
50„οὐκ ὠφείλησα, οὐδὲ ὠφείλησάν μοι"· οὔτε γὰρ αὐτοὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ποτε ἐχρήσαντο, οὔτε ἐγὼ τοῖς ἐκείνων κακοῖς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ Μωυσέως γράμμα „ἐπιθύμημα οὐδενὸς αὐτῶν ἔλαβον" (Num. 16, 15), σύμπαν τὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν γένος θησαυρισαμένων παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς ὡς μέγιστον ὄφελος ὑπερβάλλον βλάβος.
Sections 51–75
51,οὐδὲ ἡ ἰσχύς μου ἐξέλιπεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρῶν ἃς ἐτίθεντό μοι„, δυνάμει δὲ κραταιοτάτῃ τῶν θείων ἐνειλημμένος δογμάτων οὔτε κακούμενος ἐκάμφθην, ἀλλὰ ἐρρωμένως ὠνείδισα τοῖς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν μὴ καθαιρομένοις·
52„ἔθετο γὰρ ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς εἰς ἀντιλογίαν τοῖς γείτοσιν ἡμῶν„, ὡς καὶ ἐν ὕμνοις που λέλεκται (Psalm. 79, 7), πάντας τοὺς ὀρθῆς γνώμης ἐφιεμένους. ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀντιλογικοὶ φύσει γεγόνασιν, ὅσοι τὸν ἐπιστήμης καὶ ἀρετῆς ζῆλον ἔσχον ἀεί, τοῖς γείτοσι ψυχῆς ἀντιφιλονεικοῦντες, ἐλέγχοντες μὲν τὰς συνοίκους ἡδονάς, ἐλέγχοντες δὲ τὰς ὁμοδιαίτους ἐπιθυμίας, δειλίας τε καὶ φόβους, τὸ παθῶν καὶ κακιῶν στῖφος δυσωποῦντες, ἐλέγχοντες μέντοι καὶ πᾶσαν αἴσθησιν, περὶ μὲν ὧν εἶδον ὀφθαλμούς, περὶ ὧν δὲ ἤκουσαν ἀκοάς, ὀσμάς τε περὶ ἀτμῶν καὶ γεύσεις περὶ χυμῶν, ἔτι δὲ ἁφὰς περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς προσπιπτούσας τῶν ἐν τοῖς σώμασι δυνάμεων ἰδιότητας, καὶ μὲν δὴ τὸν προφορικὸν λόγον περὶ ὧν διεξελθεῖν ἔδοξε;
53τίνα γὰρ ἢ πῶς ἢ διὰ τί ἡ αἴσθησις ᾔσθετο ἢ ὁ λόγος διηρμήνευσεν ἢ τὸ πάθος διέθηκεν, ἄξιον ἐρευνᾶν μὴ παρέργως καὶ τῶν σφαλμάτων διελέγχειν ἕκαστον.
54ὁ δὲ μηδενὶ τούτων ἀντιλέγων, ἅπασι δὲ ἑξῆς συνεπινεύων ἑαυτὸν λέληθεν ἀπατῶν καὶ ἐπιτειχίζων ψυχῇ βαρεῖς γείτονας, οἷς ἄμεινον ὑπηκόοις ἢ ἄρχουσι χρῆσθαι· ἡγεμονεύοντες μὲν γὰρ πολλὰ πημανοῦσι καὶ μεγάλα βασιλευούσης παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἀνοίας, ὑπακούοντες δὲ τὰ δέονθ’ ὑπηρετήσουσι πειθηνίως οὐκέθ’ ὁμοίως ἀπαυχενίζοντες.
55οὕτως μέντοι τῶν μὲν ὑπακούειν μαθόντων, τῶν δ’ οὐκ ἐπιστήμῃ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ δυνάμει τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβόντων πάντες οἱ δορυφόροι καὶ ὑπέρμαχοι ψυχῆς συμφρονήσουσι λογισμοὶ καὶ τῷ πρεσβυτάτῳ τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς προσελθόντες ἐροῦσιν· „οἱ παῖδές σου εἰλήφασι τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν πολεμιστῶν τῶν μεθ’ ἡμῶν, οὐ διαπεφώνηκεν αὐτῶν οὐδὲ εἷς" (Num. 31, 49), ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ τὰ μουσικῆς ὄργανα ἄκρως ἡρμοσμένα πᾶσι τοῖς φθόγγοις, οὕτως ἡμεῖς πάσαις ταῖς ὑφηγήσεσι συνηχήσαμεν, ἐκμελὲς ἢ ἀπῳδὸν οὐδὲν οὔτε ῥῆμα εἰπόντες οὔτ’ ἔργον διαπραξάμενοι, ὡς τὸν ἕτερον τῶν ἀμούσων χορὸν πάντα ἄφωνον καὶ νεκρὸν ἀποδεῖξαι γελασθέντα τὴν τῶν σωματικῶν τροφὴν Μαδιὰμ καὶ τὸν ἔκγονον αὐτῆς δερμάτινον ὄγκον Βεελφεγὼρ ὄνομα ὑπνοῦντα (Num. 25,3).
56γένος γάρ ἐσμεν „τῶν ἐπιλέκτων τοῦ" τὸν θεὸν ὁρῶντος „Ἰσραήλ„, ὧν „διεφώνησεν οὐδὲ εἷς" (Exod. 24,11), ἵνα τὸ τοῦ παντὸς ὄργανον, ὁ κόσμος πᾶς, ταῖς ἁρμονίαις μουσικῶς μελῳδῆται.
57διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Μωυσῆς τῷ πολεμικωτάτῳ λόγῳ, ὃς καλεῖται Φινεές, γέρας εἰρήνην φησὶ δεδόσθαι (Num. 25, 12), ὅτι ζῆλον τὸν ἀρετῆς λαβὼν καὶ πόλεμον πρὸς κακίαν ἀράμενος ὅλην ἀνέτεμε γένεσιν * * * ἑξῆς τοῖς βουλομένοις, διακύψασι καὶ διερευνησαμένοις ἀκριβῶς ὄψει πρὸ ἀκοῆς σαφεστέρῳ χρησαμένοις μάρτυρι, πιστεῦσαι, ὅτι γέμει τὸ θνητὸν ἀπιστίας, ἐκ μόνου τοῦ δοκεῖν ἠρτημένον.
58θαυμάσιος μὲν οὖν ἡ λεχθεῖσα συμφωνία, θαυμασιωτάτη δὲ καὶ πάσας τὰς ἁρμονίας ὑπερβάλλουσα ἡ κοινὴ πάντων, καθ’ ἣν ὁ λαὸς ἅπας ὁμοθυμαδὸν εἰσάγεται λέγων· „πάντα ὅσα εἶπεν ὁ θεός, ποιήσομεν καὶ ἀκουσόμεθα„ (Deut. 5, 27)· οὗτοι γὰρ οὐκέτι ἐξάρχοντι πείθονται λόγῳ,
59ἀλλὰ τῷ τοῦ παντὸς ἡγεμόνι θεῷ, δι’ ὃν πρὸς τὰ ἔργα φθάνουσι μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς λόγους ἀπαντῶντες· τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων ἐπειδὰν ἀκούσωσι πραττόντων οὗτοι, τὸ παραδοξότατον, ὑπὸ κατοκωχῆς ἐνθέου πράξειν φασὶ πρότερον, εἶτα ἀκούσεσθαι, ἵνα μὴ διδασκαλίᾳ καὶ ὑφηγήσει δοκῶσιν, ἀλλὰ ἐθελουργῷ καὶ αὐτοκελεύστῳ διανοίᾳ πρὸς τὰ καλὰ τῶν ἔργων ὑπαντᾶν· ἐργασάμενοι δὲ ἀκούσεσθαί φασιν, ὅπως ἐπικρίνωσι τὰ πραχθέντα, εἰ λόγοις θείοις καὶ ἱεραῖς παραινέσεσι συνᾴδει.
60Τοὺς δὲ συνομοσαμένους ἐπ’ ἀδικήμασιν „ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν„ φησι „κινήσαντας εὑρεῖν πεδίον ἐν τῇ γῇ Σεναὰρ κἀκεῖ κατοικῆσαι„ (Gen. 11,2), φυσικώτατα· διττὸν γὰρ εἶδος τῆς κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀνατολῆς, τὸ μὲν ἄμεινον, τὸ δὲ χεῖρον, ἄμεινον μέν, ὅταν ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων τρόπον ἀνάσχῃ τὸ ἀρετῶν φέγγος, χεῖρον δ’, ὅταν αἱ μὲν ἐπισκιασθῶσι, κακίαι δὲ ἀνάσχωσι.
61παράδειγμα τοῦ μὲν προτέρου τόδε· „καὶ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ θεὸς παράδεισον ἐν Ἐδὲμ κατὰ ἀνατολάς„ (Gen. 2, 8), οὐ χερσαίων φυτῶν, ἀλλ’ οὐρανίων ἀρετῶν, ἃς ἐξ ἀσωμάτου τοῦ παρ’ ἑαυτῷ φωτὸς ἀσβέστους εἰσαεὶ γενησομένας ὁ φυτουργὸς ἀνέτειλεν.
62ἤκουσα μέντοι καὶ τῶν Μωυσέως ἑταίρων τινὸς ἀποφθεγξαμένου τοιόνδε λόγιον· „ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος ᾧ ὄνομα ἀνατολή„ (Zach. 6, 12)· καινοτάτη γε πρόσρησις, ἐάν γε τὸν ἐκ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς συνεστῶτα λέγεσθαι νομίσῃς· ἐὰν δὲ τὸν ἀσώματον ἐκεῖνον, θείας ἀδιαφοροῦντα εἰκόνος, ὁμολογήσεις ὅτι εὐθυβολώτατον ὄνομα ἐπεφημίσθη τὸ ἀνατολῆς αὐτῷ·
63τοῦτον μὲν γὰρ πρεσβύτατον υἱὸν ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἀνέτειλε πατήρ, ὃν ἑτέρωθι πρωτόγονον ὠνόμασε, καὶ ὁ γεννηθεὶς μέντοι, μιμούμενος τὰς τοῦ πατρὸς ὁδούς, πρὸς παραδείγματα ἀρχέτυπα ἐκείνου βλέπων ἐμόρφου τὰ εἴδη.
64τοῦ δὲ χείρονος ἀνατολῆς εἴδους ὑπόδειγμα τὸ λεχθὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ βουλομένου τὸν ἐπαινούμενον ὑπὸ θεοῦ καταράσασθαι· πρὸς γὰρ ἀνατολαῖς εἰσάγεται κἀκεῖνος οἰκῶν, αἵτινες ὁμωνυμοῦσαι ταῖς προτέραις ἐναντιότητα καὶ μάχην πρὸς αὐτὰς ἔχουσιν· „ἐκ Μεσοποταμίας„
65γάρ φησι „μετεπέμψατό με Βαλάκ, ἐξ ὀρέων ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν, λέγων· δεῦρο ἄρασαί μοι ὃν μὴ ἀρᾶται ὁ θεός„ (Num. 23, 7. 8). ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ Βαλὰκ ἄνους, εὐθυβολώτατα· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἄνοια δεινὴ τὸ ὂν ἐλπίσαι ἀπατᾶσθαι καὶ γνώμην αὐτοῦ τὴν βεβαιοτάτην ἀνθρώπων σοφίσμασι παρατρέπεσθαι;
66διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Μεσοποταμίαν οἰκεῖ καταπεποντωμένης ὥσπερ ἐν μεσαιτάτῳ ποταμοῦ βυθῷ τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ δυναμένης ἀνανήξασθαι καὶ ἀνακῦψαι· τοῦτο δὲ τὸ πάθος ἀνατολὴ μὲν ἀφροσύνης, κατάδυσις δὲ εὐλογιστίας ἐστίν.
67οἱ τὴν ἀσύμφωνον οὖν ἁρμοζόμενοι συμφωνίαν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν κινεῖσθαι λέγονται. πότερον ἄρα γε τῶν κατ’ ἀρετὴν ἢ τῶν κατὰ κακίαν; ἀλλ’ εἰ μὲν τῶν κατ’ ἀρετήν, παντελὴς ὑπογράφεται διάζευξις· εἰ δὲ τῶν κατὰ κακίαν, ἡνωμένη τις κίνησις, καθάπερ ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἔχει, οὐκ ἰδίᾳ κατὰ ἀπάρτησιν, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ τινὶ τῷ ὅλῳ σώματι συγκινουμένων.
68ἀρχὴ γὰρ καὶ ἀφορμὴ φαύλῳ πρὸς τὰς παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεργείας τὸ κακίας χωρίον· ὅσοι δὲ μετανάσται μὲν ἀρετῆς ἐγένοντο, ταῖς δ’ ἀφροσύνης ἐχρήσαντο ἀφορμαῖς, οἰκειότατον εὑρόντες οἰκοῦσι τόπον, ὃς Ἑβραίων μὲν γλώττῃ Σεναάρ, Ἑλλήνων δὲ ἐκτιναγμὸς καλεῖται·
69σπαράττεται γὰρ καὶ κλονεῖται καὶ τινάττεται πᾶς ὁ τῶν φαύλων βίος, κυκώμενος ἀεὶ καὶ ταραττόμενος καὶ μηδὲν ἴχνος ἀγαθοῦ γνησίου θησαυριζόμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ. καθάπερ γὰρ τῶν ἀποτιναττομένων ὅσα μὴ ἑνώσει διακρατεῖται πάντα ἐκπίπτει, τοῦτόν μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ἡ τοῦ συμπεπνευκότος ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδικεῖν ἐκτετινάχθαι τὸν τρόπον ψυχή· πᾶσαν γὰρ ἰδέαν ἀρετῆς ἀπορρίπτει, ὡς μήτε σκιὰν μήτε εἴδωλον αὐτῆς ἐμφαίνεσθαι τὸ παράπαν.
70τὸ γοῦν φιλοσώματον γένος τῶν Αἰγυπτίων οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος, ἀλλ’ „ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ„ φεῦγον, τουτέστιν ὑπὸ τὴν τῶν παθῶν φοράν, εἰσάγεται, καὶ ἐπειδὰν ὑποδράμῃ τὰ πάθη, τινάττεται καὶ κυκᾶται, τὸ μὲν εὐσταθὲς καὶ εἰρηναῖον ἀποβάλλον ἀρετῆς, τὸ δὲ ταραχῶδες ἐπαναιρούμενον κακίας· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἐξετίναξε τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους κατὰ μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης φεύγοντας ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ„ (Exod. 14, 27).
71οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ μηδὲ τὸν Ἰωσὴφ εἰδότες, τὸν ποικίλον τοῦ βίου τῦφον, ἀλλ’ ἀποκεκαλυμμένοις χρώμενοι τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν, οὐδὲ ἴχνος ἢ σκιὰν καὶ εἴδωλον καλοκἀγαθίας ταμιευσάμενοι· „ἀνέστη„
72γάρ φησι „βασιλεὺς ἕτερος ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον„, ὃς οὐδὲ τὸ πανύστατον καὶ νεώτατον αἰσθητὸν ἀγαθὸν „ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ„ (Exod. 1,8), ὅστις οὐ μόνον τελειότητας ἀλλὰ καὶ προκοπάς, οὐδὲ ἐνάργειαν τὴν οἵαν δι’ ὁράσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ διδασκαλίαν τὴν δι’ ἀκοῆς ἐγγινομένην. ἀνῄρει λέγων· „δεῦρο ἄρασαί μοι τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ δεῦρο ἐπικατάρασαί μοι τὸν Ἰσραήλ„ (Num. 23,7), ἴσον τῷ ἐλθέ, ἀμφότερα κατάλυσον, ὅρασίν τε καὶ ἀκοὴν ψυχῆς, ἵνα μηδὲν ἀληθὲς καὶ γνήσιον καλὸν μήτε ἴδῃ μήτε ἀκούσῃ· ὁράσεως μὲν γὰρ Ἰσραήλ, Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἀκοῆς σύμβολον.
73ὁ μὲν δὴ τῶν τοιούτων νοῦς ἀπορρίπτει πᾶσαν τὴν ἀγαθοῦ φύσιν τρόπον τινὰ τιναττόμενος, ἔμπαλιν δ’ ὁ τῶν ἀστείων, ἀμιγοῦς καὶ ἀκράτου μεταποιούμενος τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἰδέας, ἀποτινάττει καὶ ἀποβάλλει τὰ φαῦλα·
74θέασαι γοῦν τὸν ἀσκητὴν οἷά φησιν· „ἄρατε τοὺς θεοὺς τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους τοὺς μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἐκ μέσου ὑμῶν, καὶ καθαρίσασθε καὶ ἀλλάξατε τὰς στολὰς ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀναστάντες ἀναβῶμεν εἰς Βαιθήλ„ (Gen. 35,2. 3), ἵνα, κἂν Λάβαν ἔρευναν αἰτῆται, ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ μὴ εὑρεθῇ τὰ εἴδωλα (Gen. 31,35), ἀλλὰ πράγματα ὑφεστηκότα καὶ ὄντως ὑπαρκτά, ἐστηλιτευμένα ἐν τῇ τοῦ σοφοῦ διανοίᾳ, ὧν καὶ τὸ αὐτομαθὲς γένος Ἰσαὰκ κληρονομεῖ· τὰ γὰρ ὑπαρκτὰ μόνος οὗτος παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς λαμβάνει (Gen. 25,5).
75Παρατήρει δ’ ὅτι οὔ φησιν ἐλθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ πεδίον ἐν ᾧ κατέμειναν, ἀλλὰ εὑρεῖν ἀναζητήσαντας πάντως καὶ σκεψαμένους τὸ ἐπιτηδειότατον ἀφροσύνης χωρίον· τῷ γὰρ ὄντι πᾶς ἄφρων οὐ παρ’ ἑτέρου λαμβάνει ἑαυτῷ τὰ δὲ κακὰ ζητῶν ἀνευρίσκει, μὴ μόνοις ἀρκούμενος τούτοις ἐφ’ ἅπερ ἡ μοχθηρὰ φύσις δι’ ἑαυτῆς βαδίζει, ἀλλὰ καὶ προστιθεὶς τὰ ἐκ τοῦ κακοτεχνεῖν τέλεια γυμνάσματα.
Sections 76–100
76καὶ εἴθε μέντοι πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐνδιατρίψας αὐτοῖς χρόνον μετανίστατο. νυνὶ δὲ καὶ καταμένειν ἀξιοῖ· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι εὑρόντες τὸ πεδίον κατῴκησαν ὡς ἐν πατρίδι, οὐχ ὡς ἐπὶ ξένης παρῴκησαν. ἧττον γὰρ ἦν δεινὸν συντυχόντας ἁμαρτήμασιν ὀθνεῖα αὐτὰ καὶ ὥσπερ ἀλλοδαπὰ νομίσαι, ἀλλὰ μὴ οἰκεῖα καὶ συγγενῆ ὑπολαβεῖν εἶναι· παρεπιδημήσαντες γὰρ κἂν ἀπέστησαν αὖθις, κατοικήσαντες δὲ βεβαίως καταμένειν εἰσάπαν ἔμελλον.
77διὰ τοῦτο οἱ κατὰ Μωυσῆν σοφοὶ πάντες εἰσάγονται παροικοῦντες· αἱ γὰρ τούτων ψυχαὶ στέλλονται μὲν ἀποικίαν οὐδέποτε τὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, εἰώθασι δὲ ἕνεκα τοῦ φιλοθεάμονος καὶ φιλομαθοῦς εἰς τὴν περίγειον φύσιν ἀποδημεῖν.
78ἐπειδὰν οὖν ἐνδιατρίψασαι σώμασι τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ θνητὰ δι’ αὐτῶν πάντα κατίδωσιν, ἐπανέρχονται ἐκεῖσε πάλιν, ὅθεν ὡρμήθησαν τὸ πρῶτον, πατρίδα μὲν τὸν οὐράνιον χῶρον ἐν ᾧ πολιτεύονται, ξένην δὲ τὸν περίγειον ἐν ᾧ παρῴκησαν νομίζουσαι· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀποικίαν στειλαμένοις ἀντὶ τῆς μητροπόλεως ἡ ὑποδεξαμένη δήπου πατρίς, ἡ δ’ ἐκπέμψασα μένει τοῖς ἀποδεδημηκόσιν, εἰς ἣν καὶ ποθοῦσιν ἐπανέρχεσθαι.
79τοιγαροῦν εἰκότως Ἀβραὰμ ἐρεῖ τοῖς νεκροφύλαξι καὶ ταμίαις τῶν θνητῶν, ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ νεκροῦ βίου καὶ τύφου· „πάροικος καὶ παρεπίδημός εἰμι ἐγὼ μεθ’ ὑμῶν„ (Gen. 23, 4), αὐτόχθονες δὲ ὑμεῖς, κόνιν καὶ χοῦν ψυχῆς προτιμήσαντες, προεδρίας ἀξιώσαντες ὄνομα Ἐφρών, ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται χοῦς.
80εἰκότως δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀσκητὴς Ἰακὼβ τὴν ἐν σώματι παροικίαν ὀλοφύρεται λέγων· „αἱ ἡμέραι τῶν ἐτῶν τῆς ζωῆς μου, ἃς παροικῶ, μικραὶ καὶ πονηραὶ γεγόνασιν· οὐκ ἐξίκοντο εἰς ἡμέρας τῶν πατέρων μου ἃς παρῴκησαν„ (Gen. 47,9).
81τῷ δ’ αὐτοδιδάκτῳ καὶ λόγιον ἐχρήσθη τοιόνδε· „μὴ καταβῇς εἰς„ τὸ πάθος „Αἴγυπτον, κατοίκησον δ’ ἐν τῇ γῇ ἣν ἄν σοι εἴπω„ (Gen. 26,2), τῇ ἀδείκτῳ καὶ ἀσωμάτῳ φρονήσει, καὶ παροίκει ἐν τῇ γῇ ταύτῃ, τῇ δεικνυμένῃ καὶ αἰσθητῇ οὐσίᾳ, πρὸς τὸ δεῖξαι ὅτι παροικεῖ μὲν ὁ σοφὸς ὡς ἐν ξένῃ σώματι αἰσθητῷ, κατοικεῖ δ’ ὡς ἐν πατρίδι νοηταῖς ἀρεταῖς, ἃς λαλεῖ ὁ θεὸς ἀδιαφορούσας λόγων θείων.
82Μωυσῆς δὲ „γειώρας„ φησίν „εἰμὶ ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ„ (Exod. 2,22), διαφερόντως οὐ μόνον ξένην τὴν ἐν σώματι μονὴν ὡς οἱ μέτοικοι νομίζων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀλλοτριώσεως ἀξίαν οὐκ ἔμπαλιν οἰκειώσεως ὑπολαμβάνων.
83Τὸ δ’ ὁμόφωνον καὶ ὁμόγλωττον οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασι καὶ ῥήμασι μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀδίκων πράξεων κοινωνίᾳ βουλόμενος ὁ φαῦλος ἐπιδείξασθαι πόλιν ἄρχεται καὶ πύργον, ὡς ἀκρόπολιν τυράννῳ, κακίᾳ κατασκευάζειν, καὶ τοὺς θιασώτας πάντας παρακαλεῖ τοῦ ἔργου μετασχεῖν τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν προευτρεπισαμένους ὕλην· „ἴτε„
84γάρ φησι „πλινθεύσωμεν πλίνθους καὶ ὀπτήσωμεν αὐτὰς πυρί„ (Gen. 11,3), ἴσον τῷ νῦν ἐστιν ἡμῖν συμπεφορημένα καὶ συγκεχυμένα τὰ πάντα τῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς ἐναργῆ τύπον μηδένα μηδενὸς εἴδους προφαίνεσθαι.
85ἁρμόττει δ’ ὥσπερ ἀνείδεόν τινα καὶ ἄποιον οὐσίαν τό τε πάθος καὶ τὴν κακίαν παραλαβόντας εἰς τὰς ἁρμοττούσας ποιότητας καὶ τὰ προσεχέστατα μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων ἀεὶ τεμεῖν εἴδη πρός τε ἐναργεστέραν κατάληψιν αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν σὺν ἐμπειρίᾳ χρῆσίν τε καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν, ἣ πλείους ἡδονὰς καὶ τέρψεις ἔοικεν ἐντίκτειν.
86πάριτε οὖν οἱ λογισμοὶ πάντες βουλευτῶν τινα τρόπον εἰς τὸ ψυχῆς συνέδριον, ὅσοι πρὸς τὸν δικαιοσύνης καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς συγκατατάττεσθε ὄλεθρον, καὶ πεφροντισμένως διασκεψώμεθα, ὡς ἐπιθέμενοι κατορθώσωμεν·
87τῆς μέντοι κατορθώσεως ἔσονται | θεμέλιοι κραταιότατοι οἵδε, ἄμορφα μορφῶσαι τύποις καὶ σχήμασι καὶ περιγραφαῖς ἕκαστον ἰδίᾳ διακρῖναι, μὴ κραδαινόμενα καὶ χωλαίνοντα, ἀλλὰ πεπηγότα βεβαίως, τῇ τοῦ τετραγώνου σχήματος οἰκειούμενα φύσει — ἀκράδαντον γὰρ τοῦτό γε —, ἵνα πλίνθου τινὰ τρόπον ἀκλινῶς ἐρηρεισμένα βεβαίως καὶ τὰ ἐποικοδομούμενα δέχηται.
88τούτων πᾶς ὁ ἀντίθεος νοῦς, ὅν φαμεν Αἰγύπτου, τοῦ σώματος, εἶναι βασιλέα, δημιουργὸς ἀνευρίσκεται· καὶ γὰρ τοῦτον εἰσάγει Μωυσῆς τοῖς ἐκ πλίνθου κατασκευαζομένοις χαίροντα οἰκοδομήμασιν.
89ἐπειδὰν γάρ τις τὴν ὕδατος καὶ γῆς τὴν μὲν ὑγράν, τὴν δ’ αὖ στερεὰν οὐσίαν, διαλυομένας καὶ φθειρομένας, ἀνακερασάμενος τρίτον μεθόριον ἀμφοῖν ἀπεργάσηται, ὃ καλεῖται πηλός, τέμνων κατὰ μοίρας τοῦτον οὐ παύεται σχήματα περιτιθεὶς ἑκάστῳ τῶν τμημάτων τὰ οἰκεῖα, ὅπως εὐπαγέστερά τε καὶ εὐφορώτερα γένηται·
90ῥᾳδίως γὰρ οὕτως ἔμελλε τὰ κατασκευαζόμενα τελειοῦσθαι. τοῦτ’ ἀπομιμούμενοι τὸ ἔργον οἱ μοχθηροὶ τὰς φύσεις, ὅταν τὰς ἀλόγους καὶ πλεοναζούσας τῶν παθῶν ὁρμὰς ταῖς ἀργαλεωτάταις κακίαις ἀνακεράσωνται, τέμνουσι τὸ κραθὲν εἰς εἴδη καὶ διαπλάττουσι καὶ σχηματίζουσιν οἱ βαρυδαίμονες, δι’ ὧν ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιτειχισμὸς μετέωρος ἀρθήσεται, τὴν αἴσθησιν εἰς ὅρασιν καὶ ἀκοήν, ἔτι δὲ γεῦσιν ὄσφρησίν τε καὶ ἁφήν, τὸ δὲ πάθος εἰς ἡδονὴν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν φόβον τε καὶ λύπην, τό τε κακιῶν γένος εἰς ἀφροσύνην, ἀκολασίαν, δειλίαν, ἀδικίαν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα
91ἀδελφὰ καὶ συγγενῆ τούτοις. ἤδη δὲ καὶ προσυπερβάλλοντές τινες οὐ μόνον τὰς αὑτῶν ψυχὰς ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἤλειψαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἀμείνους καὶ γένους ὄντας ὁρατικοῦ βιασάμενοι κατηνάγκασαν πλινθουργεῖν καὶ πόλεις οἰκοδομεῖν ὀχυρὰς (Exod. 1,11) τῷ βασιλεύειν δοκοῦντι νῷ, βουλόμενοι τοῦτο ἐνδείξασθαι, ὅτι δοῦλον μὲν τὸ ἀγαθὸν κακοῦ πάθος τ’ εὐπαθείας δυνατώτερον, φρόνησις δὲ καὶ πᾶσα ἀρετὴ ἀφροσύνης καὶ κακίας ἁπάσης ὑπήκοον, ὡς ὑπηρετεῖν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἅττ’ ἂν προστάττῃ τὸ δεσπόζον.
92ἰδού, γάρ φησι, καὶ ὁ ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμὸς ὁ διαυγέστατος καὶ καθαρώτατος καὶ πάντων ὀξυωπέστατος, ᾧ μόνῳ τὸν θεὸν ἔξεστι καθορᾶν, ὄνομα Ἰσραήλ, ἐνδεθείς ποτε τοῖς σωματικοῖς Αἰγύπτου δικτύοις ἐπιταγμάτων βαρυτάτων ἀνέχεται, ὡς πλίνθον καὶ πᾶν τὸ γεῶδες ἐργάζεσθαι μετὰ ἀργαλεωτάτων καὶ ἀτρυτοτάτων πόνων· ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκότως ὀδυνᾶται καὶ στένει, τοῦτο μόνον ὡς ἐν κακοῖς τεθησαυρισμένος κειμήλιον, ἐκδακρῦσαι τὰ παρόντα·
93λέγεται γὰρ ὑγιῶς ὅτι „κατεστέναξαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων„ (Exod. 2,23). τίς δ’ οὐκ ἂν τῶν εὖ φρονούντων τὰ τῶν πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων ἰδὼν ἔργα καὶ τὰς ὑπερβαλλούσας σπουδάς, αἷς ἢ πρὸς ἀργυρισμὸν ἢ δόξαν ἢ τὴν ἐν ἡδοναῖς ἀπόλαυσιν εἰώθασι χρῆσθαι, σφόδρα κατηφήσαι καὶ πρὸς τὸν μόνον σωτῆρα θεὸν ἐκβοήσαι, ἵνα τὰ μὲν ἐπικουφίσῃ, λύτρα δὲ καὶ σῶστρα καταθεὶς τῆς ψυχῆς εἰς ἐλευθερίαν αὐτὴν ἐξέληται;
94τίς οὖν ἐλευθερία βεβαιοτάτη; τίς; ἡ τοῦ μόνου θεραπεία σοφοῦ, καθάπερ μαρτυροῦσιν οἱ χρησμοί, ἐν οἷς εἴρηται „ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν λαόν, ἵνα με θεραπεύῃ„ (Exod. 8,1).
95ἴδιον δὲ τῶν τὸ ὂν θεραπευόντων οἰνοχόων μὲν ἢ σιτοποιῶν ἢ μαγείρων ἔργα ἢ ὅσα ἄλλα γεώδη μήτε διαπλάττειν μήτε συντιθέναι σώματα πλίνθου τρόπον, ἀναβαίνειν δὲ τοῖς λογισμοῖς πρὸς αἰθέριον ὕψος, Μωυσῆν, τὸ θεοφιλὲς γένος, προστησαμένους ἡγεμόνα τῆς ὁδοῦ.
96τότε γὰρ τὸν μὲν τόπον, ὃς δῆλός ἐστι, θεάσονται, ᾧ ὁ ἀκλινὴς καὶ ἄτρεπτος θεὸς ἐφέστηκε, „τά θ’ ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, τὸ ὡσεὶ ἔργον πλίνθου σαπφείρου καὶ ὡς ἂν εἶδος στερεώματος τοῦ οὐρανοῦ", τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον, ὃν αἰνίττεται διὰ τούτων (Exod. 24,10).
97εὐπρεπὲς γὰρ τοῖς ἑταιρείαν πρὸς ἐπιστήμην θεμένοις ἐφίεσθαι μὲν τοῦ τὸ ὂν ἰδεῖν, εἰ δὲ μὴ δύναιντο, τὴν γοῦν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, τὸν ἱερώτατον λόγον, μεθ’ ὃν καὶ τὸ ἐν αἰσθητοῖς τελειότατον ἔργον, τόνδε τὸν κόσμον· τὸ γὰρ φιλοσοφεῖν οὐδὲν ἦν ἄλλο ἢ ταῦτα σπουδάζειν ἀκριβῶς ἰδεῖν.
98τὸν δὲ αἰσθητὸν κόσμον ὡς ἂν ὑποπόδιον θεοῦ φησιν εἶναι διὰ τάδε· πρῶτον μὲν ἵν’ ἐπιδείξῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ γεγονότι τὸ πεποιηκὸς αἴτιον, ἔπειτα δ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ παραστῆσαι, ὅτι οὐδ’ ὁ κόσμος ἅπας ἀφέτῳ καὶ ἀπελευθεριαζούσῃ κινήσει κέχρηται, ἀλλ’ ἐπιβέβηκεν ὁ κυβερνήτης θεὸς τῶν ὅλων οἰακονομῶν καὶ πηδαλιουχῶν σωτηρίως τὰ σύμπαντα, οὔτε ποσὶν οὔτε χερσὶν οὔτε ἄλλῳ τῶν ἐν γενέσει κεχρημένος μέρει τὸ παράπαν οὐδενὶ κατὰ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον — „οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεός„ (Num. 23,19) —, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἕνεκα αὐτὸ μόνον διδασκαλίας εἰσαγόμενον ἡμῶν τῶν ἑαυτοὺς ἐκβῆναι μὴ δυναμένων, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς συμβεβηκότων τὰς περὶ τοῦ ἀγενήτου καταλήψεις λαμβανόντων.
99παγκάλως δ’ ἔχει τὸ ἐν παραβολῆς εἴδει φάναι τὸν κόσμον ὡς εἶδος πλίνθου· δοκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἑστάναι καὶ βεβηκέναι ὡς ἐκείνη κατὰ τὰς τῆς αἰσθητῆς ὄψεως προσβολάς, κέχρηται δὲ ὠκυτάτῃ κινήσει καὶ τὰς ἐν μέρει πάσας παραθεούσῃ.
100καὶ γὰρ μεθ’ ἡμέραν ἡλίου καὶ νύκτωρ σελήνης φαντασίαν ὡς ἑστώτων οἱ σώματος ὀφθαλμοὶ λαμβάνουσι· καίτοι τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι τὸ τῆς περὶ αὐτοὺς φορᾶς τάχος ἀνανταγώνιστόν ἐστιν, εἴ γε τὸν σύμπαντα οὐρανὸν μιᾷ περιπολοῦσιν ἡμέρᾳ; οὕτως μέντοι καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σύμπας οὐρανὸς ἑστάναι δοκῶν περιδινεῖται κύκλῳ, τῆς κινήσεως τῷ ἀειδεῖ καὶ θειοτέρῳ καταλαμβανομένης τῷ κατὰ
Sections 101–125
101διάνοιαν ὀφθαλμῷ. πυροῦντες δὲ τὰς πλίνθους εἰσάγονται συμβολικῶς, τὰ πάθη καὶ τὰς κακίας θερμῷ καὶ κινητικωτάτῳ λόγῳ κραταιούμενοι, ὡς μὴ πρὸς τῶν σοφίας δορυφόρων ποτὲ καθαιρεθεῖεν, οἷς τὰ πρὸς ἀνατροπὴν αὐτῶν αἰεὶ μηχανήματα συγκροτεῖται.
102διὸ καὶ ἐπιλέγεται „ἐγένετο αὐτοῖς ἡ πλίνθος εἰς λίθον„ (Gen. 11,3) — τὸ γὰρ μανὸν καὶ κεχυμένον τῆς μὴ σὺν λόγῳ φορᾶς εἰς ἀντίτυπον καὶ στερεὰν φύσιν πιληθὲν καὶ πυκνωθὲν λόγοις δυνατοῖς καὶ ἀποδείξεσιν ἐχυρωτάταις μετέβαλεν, ἀνδρωθείσης τρόπον τινὰ τῆς τῶν θεωρημάτων καταλήψεως, ἥτις ἐν ἡλικίᾳ διαρρεῖ παιδικῇ διὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ὑγρότητα μήπω δυναμένης τοὺς ἐνσφραγιζομένους πήττειν καὶ διαφυλάττειν χαρακτῆρας —, "καὶ ἡ ἄσφαλτος ἦν αὐτοῖς πηλός„ (ibid.), οὐκ ἔμπαλιν ὁ πηλὸς ἄσφαλτος·
103δοκοῦσι μὲν γὰρ οἱ φαῦλοι τὰ ἀσθενῆ κραταιοῦσθαι κατὰ τῶν ἀμεινόνων καὶ τὰ διαλυόμενα καὶ ῥέοντα ἐξ αὐτῶν πήττειν, ἵν’ ἐπ’ ἐχυροῦ βάλωσι καὶ τοξεύσωσιν ἀρετήν· ὁ δ’ ἵλεως καὶ πατὴρ τῶν καλῶν οὐκ ἐφήσει τὸ δεδεμένον ἐκνικᾶν εἰς ἀδιάλυτον ἀσφάλειαν, ῥεούσης σπουδῆς μὴ ὑφεστὼς ἔργον ὡς πλαδῶντα πηλὸν ἀναδείξας.
104εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὁ πηλὸς ἐγένετο ἄσφαλτος, μέχρι παντὸς ἂν ἴσως τὸ ἐν συνεχεῖ ῥύσει γεῶδες αἰσθητὸν εἰς ἀσφαλῆ καὶ ἀμετάβλητον δύναμιν ἐξενίκησεν· ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὐναντίον ἡ ἄσφαλτος εἰς πηλὸν μετέβαλεν, οὐκ ἀθυμητέον· ἐλπὶς γάρ, ἐλπὶς τὰ βέβαια τῆς κακίας ἐρείσματα κράτει θεοῦ διακοπῆναι.
105τοιγαροῦν ὁ δίκαιος καὶ ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ καὶ ἐπαλλήλῳ τοῦ βίου κατακλυσμῷ, μήπω δυνάμενος δίχα αἰσθήσεως ψυχῇ μόνῃ τὰ ὄντα ὄντως ὁρᾶν, „τὴν κιβωτόν„, λέγω δὲ τὸ σῶμα, „ἔνδοθέν τε καὶ ἔξωθεν ἀσφάλτῳ„ καταχρίσει (Gen. 6,14) βεβαιούμενος τὰς δι’ αὐτοῦ φαντασίας καὶ ἐνεργείας· λωφήσαντος δὲ τοῦ κακοῦ καὶ τῆς φορᾶς ἐπισχούσης ἐξελεύσεται χρησάμενος ἀσωμάτῳ διανοίᾳ πρὸς τὴν ἀληθείας ἀντίληψιν.
106ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀστεῖος ἀπὸ γενέσεως ἀρχῆς φυτευθεὶς καὶ προσαγορευθεὶς τρόπος, ὄνομα Μωυσῆς, ὁ τὸν κόσμον ὡς ἄστυ καὶ πατρίδα οἰκήσας ἅτε κοσμοπολίτης γενόμενος, ἐνδεθείς ποτε τῷ ἐπαληλιμμένῳ ὡς ἂν „ἀσφαλτοπίσσῃ" (Exod. 2,3) σώματι καὶ δοκοῦντι τὰς πάντων τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἐν αἰσθήσει φαντασίας ἀσφαλῶς δέχεσθαί τε καὶ κεχωρηκέναι, κατακλαίει (Exod. 2,6) μὲν τὴν ἔνδεσιν ἀσωμάτου φύσεως πιεσθεὶς ἔρωτι, κατακλαίει δὲ καὶ τὸν πλάνητα καὶ τετυφωμένον τῶν πολλῶν ἄθλιον νοῦν, ὃς ψευδοῦς δόξης ἐκκρεμασθεὶς ᾠήθη τι παρ’ ἑαυτῷ βέβαιον καὶ ἀσφαλὲς ἢ συνόλως παρά τινι τῶν γενομένων ἄτρεπτον ἱδρῦσθαι, τοῦ παγίως καὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος ἐστηλιτευμένου παρὰ μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ.
107Τὸ δὲ „δεῦτε καὶ οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν καὶ πύργον, οὗ ἡ κεφαλὴ ἔσται ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ„ (Gen. 11,4) τοιοῦτον ὑποβάλλει νοῦν· πόλεις ὁ νομοθέτης οὐχὶ ταύτας μόνον οἴεται εἶναι τὰς ἐπὶ γῆς δημιουργηθείσας, ὧν εἰσιν ὗλαι λίθοι καὶ ξύλα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἃς ἄνθρωποι περιφέρουσι ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἑαυτῶν ἐνιδρυμένας. εἰσὶ δ’ αὗται μέν,
108ὡς εἰκός, ἀρχέτυποι ἅτε θειοτέρας κατασκευῆς λαχοῦσαι, ἐκεῖναι δὲ μιμήματα ὡς ἂν ἐκ φθαρτῆς οὐσίας συνεστῶσαι. διττὸν δὲ πόλεως εἶδος, τὸ μὲν ἄμεινον, τὸ δὲ χεῖρον, ἄμεινον μὲν τὸ δημοκρατίᾳ χρώμενον ἰσότητα τιμώσῃ πολιτείᾳ, ἧς ἄρχοντές εἰσι νόμος καὶ δίκη — θεοῦ δὲ ὕμνος ἡ τοιάδε —, χεῖρον δὲ τὸ κιβδηλεῦον αὐτήν, ὡς τὸ παράσημον καὶ παρακεκομμένον ἐν νομίσμασιν, ὀχλοκρατία, ἣ θαυμάζει τὸ ἄνισον, ἐν ᾗ ἀδικία καὶ ἀνομία καταδυναστεύουσιν.
109ἐγγράφονται δ’ οἱ μὲν ἀστεῖοι τῷ τῆς προτέρας πολιτεύματι, τῶν δὲ φαύλων ἡ πληθὺς τὴν ἑτέραν καὶ χείρω διέζωσται, πρὸ εὐκοσμίας ἀκοσμίαν καὶ σύγχυσιν πρὸ εὐσταθοῦς καταστάσεως ἀγαπῶσα.
110συνεργοῖς δὲ ὁ ἄφρων ἀξιοῖ πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν οὐκ ἀρκούμενος αὑτῷ μόνῳ χρῆσθαι, καὶ προτρέπει μὲν ὅρασιν, προτρέπει δὲ ἀκοήν, παρακαλεῖ δὲ πᾶσαν αἴσθησιν ἀνυπερθέτως αὐτῷ συντετάχθαι, φερούσης ἑκάστης τὰ πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν ἐπιτήδεια πάντα· ἐπαίρει μέντοι καὶ παραθήγει καὶ τὸ ἄλλο ἀτίθασον ἐκ φύσεως τῶν παθῶν στῖφος, ἵνα ἄσκησιν καὶ μελέτην προσλαβὸν ἀνύποιστον γένηται.
111τούτους οὖν καλέσας τοὺς συμμάχους ὁ νοῦς φησιν· „οἰκοδομήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς πόλιν„ (Gen. 11,4), ἴσον τῷ ὀχυρωσώμεθα τὰ οἰκεῖα καὶ φραξώμεθα δυνατῶς, ὡς μὴ πρὸς τῶν κατατρεχόντων εὐμαρῶς ἁλισκοίμεθα· διέλωμεν καὶ διανείμωμεν ὥσπερ κατὰ φυλὰς καὶ δήμους ἑκάστας τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ δυνάμεων προσκληρώσαντες τὰς μὲν λογικῇ, τὰς δὲ ἀλόγῳ μερίδι·
112ἄρχοντας ἑλώμεθα τοὺς ἱκανοὺς πλοῦτον, δόξαν, τιμάς, ἡδονὰς ἀφ’ ὧν ἂν δύνωνται περιποιεῖν ἁπάντων· τὴν πενίας καὶ ἀδοξίας αἰτίαν δικαιοσύνην τιθεμένους ἐκποδὼν γράφωμεν νόμους, οἳ τὸ τοῦ κρείττονος συμφέρον βεβαιώσουσι τοῖς πλέον ἑτέρων αἰεὶ φέρεσθαι δυναμένοις.
113„πύργος„ δ’ ὡς ἂν ἀκρόπολις κατεσκευάσθω τῇ | τυράννῳ κακίᾳ βασίλειον ὀχυρώτατον, ἧς οἱ μὲν πόδες ἐπὶ γῆς βαινέτωσαν, ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ πρὸς οὐρανὸν φθανέτω τοσοῦτον ὑπὸ μεγαλαυχίας ὕψος ἐπιβᾶσα.
114τῷ γὰρ ὄντι οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἀδικημάτων ἵσταται, μετατρέχει δὲ καὶ τὰ ὀλύμπια τοὺς ἀσεβείας καὶ ἀθεότητος λόγους προτείνουσα, ἐπειδὰν ἢ ὡς οὐκ ἔστι τὸ θεῖον διεξίῃ, ἢ ὡς ὂν οὐ προνοεῖ, ἢ ὡς ὁ κόσμος οὔποτε γενέσεως ἔλαβεν ἀρχήν, ἢ ὡς γενόμενος ἀστάτοις αἰτίαις ὡς ἂν τύχῃ φέρεται, ποτὲ μὲν πλημμελῶς, ποτὲ δὲ οὐχ ὑπαιτίως, καθάπερ ἐπὶ πλοίων καὶ τεθρίππων εἴωθε γίνεσθαι·
115φιλεῖ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτε χωρὶς ἡνιόχων τε καὶ κυβερνητῶν ὅ τε πλοῦς καὶ ὁ δρόμος εὐθύνεσθαι· προνοίας δ’ οὐ τὸ ὀλιγάκις, ἀλλὰ τῆς μὲν ἀνθρωπίνης πολλάκις, τῆς δὲ θείας ἀδιαστάτως αἰεὶ κατορθοῦν, ἐπεὶ τὸ διαμαρτάνειν ἀλλότριον ἀνωμολόγηται θείας δυνάμεως. κατασκευάζουσι μέντοι συμβολικῶς ὡσανεὶ πύργον τὸν περὶ κακίας λόγον οἱ φρενοβλαβεῖς, τί βουλόμενοι ἢ ὄνομα αὐτῶν ὑπολείπεσθαι τὸ δυσώνυμον;
116λέγουσι γάρ· „ποιήσωμεν ἑαυτῶν ὄνομα„ (Gen. 11,4). ὢ περιττῆς καὶ κεχυμένης ἀναισχυντίας. τί φατε; νυκτὶ καὶ βαθεῖ σκότῳ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἀδικήματα συγκρύπτειν ὀφείλοντες καὶ προκάλυμμα αὐτῶν, εἰ καὶ μὴ τὴν ἀληθῆ, τὴν γοῦν προσποίητον αἰδῶ πεποιῆσθαι ἢ χάριτος ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιεικεστέρους ἢ διαδύσεως τῶν ἐφ’ ὁμολογουμένοις ἁμαρτήμασι τιμωριῶν, τοσοῦτον τῆς τόλμης ἐπιβαίνετε, ὥστε οὐ μόνον πρὸς φῶς καὶ λαμπρότατον ἥλιον ἐναυγάζεσθε μήτε τὰς ἀνθρώπων τῶν ἀμεινόνων ἀπειλὰς μήτε τὰς ἀπαραιτήτους ἐκ θεοῦ δίκας τοῖς οὕτως ἀνοσιουργοῖς ἀπαντωμένας καταδείσαντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ πανταχόσε φήμας ἀγγέλους τῶν οἰκείων ἀδικημάτων περιπέμπειν ἀξιοῦτε, ὡς μηδεὶς ἀμύητος μηδ’ ἀνήκοος γένοιτο τῶν ὑμετέρων, ὦ σχέτλιοι καὶ παμμίαροι, τολμημάτων.
117ὀνόματος οὖν ποίου γλίχεσθε; ἢ τοῦ τοῖς πραττομένοις οἰκειοτάτου; ἆρ’ οὖν ἕν ἐστι μόνον; γένει μὲν ἴσως ἕν, μυρία δὲ τοῖς εἴδεσιν, ἅ, κἂν ἡσυχάζητε, ἑτέρων λεγόντων ἀκούσεσθε· προπέτεια τοίνυν ἐστὶ μετὰ ἀναισχυντίας, ὕβρις μετὰ βίας, βία μετὰ ἀνδροφονίας, σὺν μοιχείαις φθοραί, σὺν ἀμέτροις ἡδοναῖς ἀόριστος ἐπιθυμία, μετὰ θράσους ἀπόνοια, μετὰ πανουργίας ἀδικία, κλοπαὶ μετὰ ἁρπαγῆς, σὺν ψευδολογίαις ψευδορκίαι, μετὰ παρανομιῶν ἀσέβειαι.
118ταῦτα καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια τῶν τοιούτων ἔστ’ ὀνόματα. καλόν γ’ ἐναυχῆσαι κἀπισεμνύνεσθαι δόξαν θηρωμένους τὴν ἀπὸ τούτων, ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκὸς ἦν ἐγκαλύπτεσθαι. καὶ μὴν ἔνιοι μέγα φρονοῦσιν ἐπὶ τούτοις, ὡς ἄμαχόν τινα ἰσχὺν ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτους νομισθῆναι παρὰ πᾶσι καρπωσάμενοι, οὓς τοῦ πολλοῦ θράσους ἡ ὀπαδὸς τοῦ θεοῦ δίκη τίσεται καίτοι τάχα τὸν οἰκεῖον οὐ μαντευομένους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ προορωμένους ὄλεθρον· φασὶ γάρ· „πρὶν διασπαρῆναι„ (Gen. 11,4), φροντίσωμεν ὀνόματός τε καὶ δόξης.
119οὐκοῦν, εἴποιμ’ ἂν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι σκεδασθήσεσθε γινώσκετε; τί οὖν ἁμαρτάνετε; ἀλλὰ μήποτε τὸν τρόπον τῶν ἀφρόνων διασυνίστησιν, οἳ καίτοι μεγίστων ἐπικρεμαμένων οὐκ ἀδήλως ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ πολλάκις τιμωριῶν ἀδικεῖν ὅμως οὐκ ὀκνοῦσι· γνωριμώταται δ’ εἰσὶν αἱ τιμωρίαι ἀδηλοῦσθαι νομισθεῖσαι, ἃς ἐκ θεοῦ κατασκήπτειν συμβέβηκε.
120πάντες γὰρ οἱ φαυλότατοι λαμβάνουσιν ἐννοίας περὶ τοῦ μὴ λήσειν τὸ θεῖον ἀδικοῦντες μηδὲ τὸ δίκην ὑφέξειν εἰσάπαν ἰσχῦσαι διακρούσασθαι· ἐπεὶ πόθεν ἴσασιν, ὅτι σκεδασθήσονται;
121καὶ μὴν λέγουσι „πρὶν ἡμᾶς διασπαρῆναι„· ἀλλὰ τὸ συνειδὸς ἔνδοθεν ἐλέγχει καὶ σφόδρα ἐπιτηδεύοντας ἀθεότητα κεντεῖ, ὡς ἄκοντας εἰς συναίνεσιν ἐπισπάσασθαι περὶ τοῦ τὰ κατ’ ἀνθρώπους πάντα πρὸς ἀμείνονος φύσεως ἐφορᾶσθαι καὶ δίκην ἐφεστάναι τιμωρὸν ἀδέκαστον, ἀσεβῶν πράξεις ἐχθραίνουσαν ἀδίκους καὶ λόγους τοὺς συνηγόρους αὐταῖς.
122ἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ἀπόγονοι πάντες οὗτοι τῆς αἰεὶ μὲν ἀποθνῃσκούσῃς, μηδέποτε δὲ τεθνηκυίας μοχθηρίας, ἧς Κάιν ἐστὶν ὄνομα. ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὁ Κάιν υἱὸν γεννήσας, ὃν Ἐνὼχ ἐκάλεσεν, ὁμώνυμον αὐτῷ [καὶ] κτίζων εἰσάγεται πόλιν (Gen. 4, 17) καὶ τρόπον τινὰ τὰ γενητὰ καὶ θνητὰ οἰκοδομῶν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν θειοτέρας κατασκευῆς λαχόντων ἀνατροπῇ;
123ὁ γὰρ Ἐνὼχ ἑρμηνεύεται χάρις σου· τῶν δ’ ἀνοσίων ἕκαστος διάνοιαν μὲν ἡγεῖται χαρίζεσθαι ἑαυτῷ τάς τε καταλήψεις καὶ διανοήσεις, ὀφθαλμοὺς δὲ τὸ βλέπειν καὶ ἀκούειν ὦτα καὶ μυκτῆρας ὀσφραίνεσθαι, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας αἰσθήσεις τὰ οἰκεῖα ἑαυταῖς, ἔτι μέντοι καὶ τὰ φωνῆς ὄργανα τὸ λέγειν, θεὸν δὲ ἢ μὴ συνόλως ἢ μὴ ὡς πρῶτον αἴτιον ὄν.
124διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὧν ἐγεωπόνησε τὰς ἀπαρχὰς ἑαυτῷ ταμιεύεται, καρποὺς δὲ αὐτὸ μόνον αὖθις προσενεγκεῖν θεῷ λέγεται καίτοι παραδείγματος ὑγιοῦς ἐγγὺς ἑστῶτος· ὁ γὰρ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὰ πρωτότοκα, οὐ τὰ δεύτερα τῆς ποίμνης ἔκγονα ἱερουργεῖ, τὰς τῶν γινομένων πρεσβυτέρας αἰτίας κατὰ τὸ πρεσβύτατον τῶν αἰτίων ὁμολογῶν συνίστασθαι.
125τῷ δ’ ἀσεβεῖ τοὐναντίον δοκεῖ, αὐτοκράτορα μὲν εἶναι τὸν νοῦν ὧν βουλεύεται, αὐτοκράτορα δὲ καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν ὧν αἰσθάνεται· δικάζειν γὰρ ἀνυπαιτίως καὶ ἀψευδῶς τὴν μὲν τὰ σώματα, τὸν δὲ πάντα.
Sections 126–150
126τούτων δὲ τί ἂν γένοιτο ἐπιληπτότερον ἢ μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐλεγχόμενον; ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὁ νοῦς πολλάκις ἐπὶ μυρίων ὅσων ἠλέγχθη παρανοῶν, καὶ αἱ αἰσθήσεις ἅπασαι ψευδομαρτυριῶν ἑάλωσαν οὐ παρ’ ἀλόγοις δικασταῖς, οὓς εἰκὸς ἀπατᾶσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ τῆς φύσεως αὐτῆς δικαστηρίῳ, ἣν οὐ θέμις δεκάζεσθαι;
127καὶ μὴν σφαλλομένων γε τῶν καθ’ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς περί τε νοῦν καὶ αἴσθησιν κριτηρίων ἀνάγκη τἀκόλουθον ὁμολογεῖν, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς τῷ μὲν τὰς ἐννοίας, τῇ δὲ τὰς ἀντιλήψεις ἐπομβρεῖ, καὶ ἔστιν οὐ τῶν καθ’ ἡμᾶς μερῶν χάρις τὰ γινόμενα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ δι’ ὃν καὶ ἡμεῖς γεγόναμεν δωρεαὶ πᾶσαι.
128τὸν φιλαυτίας κλῆρον παραλαβόντες παῖδες παρὰ πατρὸς συναυξῆσαι γλίχονται μέχρις οὐρανοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἡ φιλάρετός τε καὶ μισοπόνηρος δίκη παρελθοῦσα καθέλῃ τὰς πόλεις, ἃς ἐπετείχισαν ψυχῇ τῇ ταλαίνῃ, καὶ τὸν πύργον, οὗ τοὔνομα ἐν τῇ
129τῶν κριμάτων ἀναγραφομένῃ βίβλῳ δεδήλωται. ἔστι δὲ ὡς μὲν Ἑβραῖοι λέγουσι Φανουήλ, ὡς δὲ ἡμεῖς ἀποστροφὴ θεοῦ· τὸ γὰρ κατεσκευασμένον ὀχύρωμα διὰ τῆς τῶν λόγων πιθανότητος οὐδενὸς ἕνεκα ἑτέρου κατεσκευάζετο ἢ τοῦ μετατραπῆναι καὶ μετακλιθῆναι διάνοιαν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ τιμῆς· οὗ τί ἂν γένοιτο ἀδικώτερον;
130ἀλλὰ πρός γε τὴν τοῦ ὀχυρώματος τούτου καθαίρεσιν ὁ πειρατὴς τῆς ἀδικίας καὶ φονῶν αἰεὶ κατ’ αὐτῆς εὐτρέπισται, ὃν Ἑβραῖοι καλοῦσι Γεδεών, ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται πειρατήριον· „ὤμοσε“ γάρ φησι „Γεδεὼν τοῖς ἀνδράσι Φανουὴλ λέγων· ἐν τῷ με ἐπιστρέφειν μετ’ εἰρήνης τὸν πύργον τοῦτον κατασκάψω“ (Iud. 8,9).
131πάγκαλον καὶ πρεπωδέστατον αὔχημα μισοπονήρῳ ψυχῇ κατὰ ἀσεβῶν ἠκονημένῃ τὸ βεβαιοῦσθαι καθαιρήσειν πάντα λόγον ἀποστρέφειν διάνοιαν ὁσιότητος ἀναπείθοντα. καὶ πέφυκεν οὕτως ἔχειν· ὅταν γὰρ ὁ νοῦς ἐπιστρέψῃ, τὸ ἀποκλῖνον καὶ ἀποστρεφόμενον αὐτοῦ πᾶν λύεται.
132τούτου δὲ καιρός ἐστι τῆς καθαιρέσεως, τὸ παραδοξότατον, ᾗ φησιν, οὐ πόλεμος, ἀλλ’ εἰρήνη· διανοίας γὰρ εὐσταθείᾳ καὶ ἠρεμίᾳ, ἣν εὐσέβεια γεννᾶν πέφυκεν, ἀνατρέπεται πᾶς λόγος, ὃν ἐδημιούργησεν ἀσέβεια.
133πολλοὶ καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις πύργου τινὰ τρόπον ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἤγειραν, ὡς ἅψασθαι τῶν οὐρανοῦ περάτων· οὐρανὸς δὲ συμβολικῶς ὁ νοῦς ἡμῶν ἐστι, καθ’ ὃν αἱ ἄρισται καὶ θεῖαι φύσεις περιπολοῦσιν. οἱ δὲ ταῦτα τολμῶντες αἴσθησιν μὲν διανοίας προκρίνουσιν, ἀξιοῦσι δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν αἰσθητῶν τὰ νοητὰ πάντα ἑλεῖν ἀνὰ κράτος, εἰς μὲν δούλων τάξιν τὰ δεσπόζοντα, εἰς δὲ ἡγεμόνων τὰ φύσει δοῦλα μεθαρμόσασθαι βιαζόμενοι.
134Τὸ δέ, „κατέβη κύριος ἰδεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον“ (Gen. 11,5) τροπικώτερον πάντως ἀκουστέον· προσιέναι γὰρ ἢ ἀπιέναι ἢ κατιέναι ἢ τοὐναντίον ἀνέρχεσθαι ἢ συνόλως τὰς αὐτὰς τοῖς κατὰ μέρος ζῴοις σχέσεις καὶ κινήσεις ἴσχεσθαι καὶ κινεῖσθαι τὸ θεῖον ὑπολαμβάνειν ὑπερωκεάνιος καὶ μετακόσμιος, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἐστὶν ἀσέβεια.
135ταῦτα δὲ ἀνθρωπολογεῖται παρὰ τῷ νομοθέτῃ περὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀνθρωπομόρφου θεοῦ διὰ τὰς τῶν παιδευομένων ἡμῶν, ὡς πολλάκις ἐν ἑτέροις εἶπον, ὠφελείας. ἐπεὶ τίς οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι τῷ κατιόντι τὸν μὲν ἀπολείπειν, τὸν δὲ ἐπιλαμβάνειν τόπον ἀναγκαῖον;
136ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ πεπλήρωται τὰ πάντα, περιέχοντος, οὐ περιεχομένου, ᾧ πανταχοῦ τε καὶ οὐδαμοῦ συμβέβηκεν εἶναι μόνῳ· οὐδαμοῦ μέν, ὅτι καὶ χώραν καὶ τόπον αὐτὸς τοῖς σώμασι συγγεγέννηκε, τὸ δὲ πεποιηκὸς ἐν οὐδενὶ τῶν γεγονότων θέμις εἰπεῖν περιέχεσθαι, πανταχοῦ δέ, ὅτι τὰς δυνάμεις αὑτοῦ διὰ γῆς καὶ ὕδατος ἀέρος τε καὶ οὐρανοῦ τείνας μέρος οὐδὲν ἔρημον ἀπολέλοιπε τοῦ κόσμου, πάντα δὲ συναγαγὼν διὰ πάντων ἀοράτοις ἔσφιγξε δεσμοῖς, ἵνα μή ποτε λυθείη, οὗ χάριν μελετήσας ὧ * * *.
137τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὑπεράνω τῶν δυνάμεων ὂν ἐπινοεῖται περιττεύειν, οὐ * * * κατὰ τὸ εἶναι μόνον· τούτου δύναμις δέ, καθ’ ἣν ἔθηκε καὶ διετάξατο τὰ πάντα, κέκληται μὲν ἐτύμως θεός, ἐγκεκόλπισται δὲ τὰ ὅλα καὶ διὰ τῶν τοῦ παντὸς μερῶν διελήλυθε.
138τὸ δὲ θεῖον καὶ ἀόρατον καὶ ἀκατάληπτον καὶ πανταχοῦ ὂν ὁρατόν τε καὶ καταληπτὸν οὐδαμοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειάν ἐστιν * * * „ὧδε στὰς ἐγὼ πρὸ τοῦ σέ“ (Exod. 17, 6), δείκνυσθαι καὶ καταλαμβάνεσθαι δοκῶν, πρὸ πάσης δείξεως καὶ φαντασίας ὑπερβαλὼν τὰ γεγονότα.
139τῶν οὖν μεταβατικῆς κινήσεως ὀνομάτων οὐδὲν ἐφαρμόττει τῷ κατὰ τὸ εἶναι θεῷ, τὸ ἄνω, τὸ κάτω, τὸ ἐπὶ δεξιά, τὸ ἐπ’ εὐώνυμα, τὸ πρόσω, τὸ κατόπιν· ἐν οὐδενὶ γὰρ τῶν λεχθέντων ἐπινοεῖται, ὡς οὐδ’ ἂν μετατρεπόμενος ἐναλλάττοι χωρία.
140λέγεται δ’ οὐδὲν ἧττον κατελθὼν ἰδεῖν, ὁ προλήψει πάντα οὐ γενόμενα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὶν γενέσθαι σαφῶς κατειληφώς, προτροπῆς ἕνεκα καὶ διδασκαλίας, ἵνα μηδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οἷς οὐ πάρεστιν, ἀβεβαίῳ χρώμενος εἰκασίᾳ, μακρὰν ἀφεστὼς προπιστεύῃ, ἀλλ’ ἄχρι τῶν πραγμάτων ἐλθὼν καὶ διακύψας εἰς ἕκαστα καὶ ἐπιμελῶς αὐτὰ αὐγασάμενος· ὄψιν γὰρ ἀπλανῆ πρὸ ἀκοῆς ἀπατεῶνος ἄξιον μάρτυρα τίθεσθαι.
141οὗ χάριν καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄριστα πολιτευομένοις ἀναγέγραπται νόμος ἀκοῇ μὴ μαρτυρεῖν, ὅτι φύσει τὸ δικαστήριον αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸ δεκάζεσθαι ταλαντεύει· καὶ Μωυσῆς μέντοι φησὶν ἐν τοῖς ἀπαγορευτικοῖς· „οὐ παραδέξῃ ἀκοὴν ματαίαν“ (Exod. 23, 1), οὐχὶ μόνον τοῦτο λέγων, * * * παραδέχεσθαι ψευδῆ λόγον ἢ εὐήθη δι’ ἀκοῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι πρὸς τὴν σαφῆ τῆς ἀληθείας κατάληψιν μακρὸν ὅσον ὄψεως ὑστερίζουσα διελέγχεται γέμουσα
142ματαιότητος ἀκοή. ταύτην φαμὲν αἰτίαν εἶναι τοῦ λέγεσθαι „τὸν θεὸν καταβεβηκέναι τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον θεάσασθαι„. οὐ παρέργως δὲ πρόσκειται „ὃν ᾠκοδόμησαν οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων„ (Gen. 11,5). ἴσως γὰρ ἄν τις εἴποι τῶν οὐκ εὐαγῶν ἐπιχλευάζων ἅμα· καινὸν ἡμᾶς ἀναδιδάσκει μάθημα ὁ νομοθέτης, ὅτι πύργους καὶ πόλεις οὐχ ἕτεροί τινες, ἀλλὰ παῖδες ἀνθρώπων ἀνοικοδομοῦνται. τίς γὰρ τά γ’ οὕτως ἐμφανῆ καὶ περίοπτα καὶ τῶν λίαν ἐξεστηκότων ἀγνοεῖ;
143ἀλλὰ μὴ τὸ πρόχειρον τοῦτο καὶ κατημαξευμένον ἐν τοῖς ἱερωτάτοις χρησμοῖς ἀναγεγράφθαι νομίσῃς, ἀλλ’ ὅπερ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἰχνηλατεῖται διὰ τῶν ἐμφανῶν ὀνομάτων. τί οὖν ἐστι τοῦτο;
144οἱ πολλοὺς ἐπιγραφόμενοι τῶν ὄντων ὡσανεὶ πατέρας καὶ τὸ πολύθεον εἰσηγούμενοι στῖφος ἀπειρίαν ὁμοῦ καὶ πολυμιγίαν τῶν πραγμάτων καταχέαντες καὶ τὸ ψυχῆς τέλος ἡδονῇ παραδόντες δημιουργοὶ τῆς εἰρημένης πόλεως καὶ τῆς κατ’ αὐτὴν ἀκροπόλεως, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, γεγόνασι, τὰ ποιητικὰ τοῦ τέλους τρόπον οἰκοδομημάτων συναύξοντες, τῶν ἐκ πόρνης ἀποκυηθέντων οὐδέν, ὥς γ’ οἶμαι, διαφέροντες, οὓς ὁ νόμος ἐκκλησίας ἀπελήλακε θείας εἰπών· „οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται ἐκ πόρνης εἰς ἐκκλησίαν κυρίου“ (Deut. 23, 2), ὅτι, καθάπερ περὶ πολλὰ τέλη πλανώμενοι τοξόται καὶ μηδενὸς εὐστόχως ἐφιέμενοι σκοποῦ, μυρίας ἀρχὰς καὶ αἰτίας τῆς τῶν ὄντων ὑποθέμενοι γενέσεως ψευδωνύμους πάσας τὸν ἕνα ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων ἠγνόησαν.
145οἱ δὲ ἐπιστήμῃ κεχρημένοι τοῦ ἑνὸς υἱοὶ θεοῦ προσαγορεύονται δεόντως, καθὰ καὶ Μωυσῆς ὁμολογεῖ φάσκων· „υἱοί ἐστε κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ" (Deut. 14, 1) καὶ „θεὸν τὸν γεννήσαντά σε" (Deut. 32,18) καὶ „οὐκ αὐτὸς οὗτός σου πατήρ“ (ibid. 6) ; ἕπεται μέντοι τοῖς οὕτω τὴν ψυχὴν διατεθεῖσι μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι νομίζειν, ὅπερ τῷ τέλει τῆς ἡδονῆς πρὸς ἐμπειροπολέμων ἀνδρῶν ἀντιτειχίζεται πρὸς ἀνατροπὴν καὶ καθαίρεσιν ἐκείνου. κἂν μηδέπω μέντοι τυγχάνῃ τις ἀξιόχρεως
146ὢν υἱὸς θεοῦ προσαγορεύεσθαι, σπουδαζέτω κοσμεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸν πρωτόγονον αὐτοῦ λόγον, τὸν ἀγγέλων πρεσβύτατον, ὡς ἂν ἀρχάγγελον, πολυώνυμον ὑπάρχοντα· καὶ γὰρ ἀρχὴ καὶ ὄνομα θεοῦ καὶ λόγος καὶ ὁ κατ’ εἰκόνα ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὁ ὁρῶν, Ἰσραήλ, προσαγορεύεται.
147διὸ προήχθην ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ἐπαινέσαι τὰς ἀρετὰς τῶν φασκόντων ὅτι „πάντες ἐσμὲν υἱοὶ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου“ (Gen. 42, 11)· καὶ γὰρ εἰ μήπω ἱκανοὶ θεοῦ παῖδες νομίζεσθαι γεγόναμεν, ἀλλά τοι τῆς ἀειδοῦς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ, λόγου τοῦ ἱερωτάτου· θεοῦ γὰρ εἰκὼν λόγος ὁ πρεσβύτατος.
148καὶ πολλαχοῦ μέντοι τῆς νομοθεσίας υἱοὶ πάλιν Ἰσραὴλ καλοῦνται, τοῦ ὁρῶντος οἱ ἀκούοντες, ἐπειδὴ μεθ’ ὅρασιν ἀκοὴ δευτερείοις τετίμηται καὶ τὸ διδασκόμενον τοῦ χωρὶς ὑφηγήσεως ἐναργεῖς τύπους τῶν ὑποκειμένων λαμβάνοντος αἰεὶ δεύτερον.
149ἄγαμαι καὶ τῶν ἐν βασιλικαῖς βίβλοις ἱεροφαντηθέντων, καθ’ ἃς οἱ πολλαῖς γενεαῖς ὕστερον ἀκμάσαντες καὶ βιώσαντες ἀνυπαιτίως υἱοὶ τοῦ τὸν θεὸν ὑμνήσαντος Δαβὶδ ἀναγράφονται (III Reg. 15,11 IV Reg. 18, 3 al.), οὗ περιόντος οὐδ’ οἱ πρόπαπποι τούτων ἦσαν ἴσως γεγενημένοι· ψυχῶν γὰρ ἀπαθανατιζομένων ἀρεταῖς, οὐ φθαρτῶν σωμάτων ἐστὶ γένεσις, ἣν ἐπὶ τοὺς καλοκἀγαθίας ἡγεμόνας ὡσανεὶ γεννητὰς καὶ πατέρας ἀναφέρεσθαι συμβαίνει.
150κατὰ δὲ τῶν ἐπ’ ἀδικίαις σεμνυνομένων εἶπε κύριος· „ἰδοὺ γένος ἓν καὶ χεῖλος ἓν πάντων“ (Gen. 11,5), ἴσον τῷ ἰδοὺ μία οἰκειότης καὶ συγγένεια, καὶ πάλιν ἁρμονία καὶ συμφωνία ἡ αὐτὴ πάντων ὁμοῦ, μηδενὸς ἠλλοτριωμένου τὴν γνώμην μηδ’ ἀπᾴδοντος, καθάπερ ἔχει καὶ ἐπ’ ἀνθρώπων ἀμούσων· τὸ γὰρ φωνητήριον αὐτοῖς ὄργανον πᾶσι τοῖς φθόγγοις ἔστιν ὅτε δι’ ὅλων ἐκμελὲς καὶ ἀπῳδὸν οὐ μετρίως καθέστηκε, πρὸς ἀναρμοστίαν ἄκρως ἡρμοσμένον καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀσύμφωνον συμφωνίαν μόνον ἄγον.
Sections 151–175
151καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πολίτιδος τὸ κατασκευαστὸν τὸ παραπλήσιον ἰδεῖν ἔστιν· αἵ τε γὰρ ἀμφημεριναὶ καὶ διάτριτοι καὶ τεταρταΐζουσαι παρὰ παισὶν ἰατρῶν λεγόμεναι περίοδοι μεθ’ ἡμέραν τε καὶ νύκτωρ περὶ τὰς αὐτὰς ὥρας κατασκήπτουσι τὴν εἰς αὐτὰ καὶ τάξιν φυλάττουσαι.
152τὸ δὲ „καὶ τοῦτο ἤρξαντο ποιῆσαι“ (Gen. 11,6) μετ’ οὐ μετρίου σχετλιασμοῦ λέλεκται, διότι τοῖς ῥᾳδιουργοῖς οὐ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους μόνον συγχεῖν δίκαια ἐξήρκεσεν, ἀλλ’ ἤδη καὶ τῶν ὀλυμπίων ἐπιβαίνειν ἐτόλμησαν, ἀδικίαν μὲν σπείραντες,
153ἀσέβειαν δὲ θερίσαντες. ὄφελος δὲ τοῖς ἀθλίοις οὐδέν· οὐ γὰρ ὥσπερ ἀδικοῦντες ἀλλήλους πολλὰ ὧν ἂν ἐθελήσωσιν ἀνύτουσιν ἔργοις βεβαιούμενοι τὰ βουλαῖς ἀγνώμοσιν ἐπιλογισθέντα, οὕτως καὶ ἀσεβοῦντες· ἀζήμια γὰρ καὶ ἀπήμονα τὰ θεῖα, τοῦ δὲ πλημμελεῖν εἰς αὐτὰ οἱ δυσκάθαρτοι τὰς ἀρχὰς εὑρίσκονται μόνον, πρὸς δὲ τὸ τέλος φθάνουσιν οὐδέποτε.
154διὸ καὶ λέγεται τοῦτο· „ἤρξαντο ποιῆσαι“· κορεσθέντες γὰρ οἱ τοῦ παρανομεῖν ἄπληστοι τῶν πρὸς τὰ ἐν γῇ καὶ θαλάττῃ καὶ ἀέρι, ἃ φθαρτῆς φύσεως ἔλαχε, κακῶν ἐπὶ τὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ θείας φύσεις μετατάξασθαι διενοήθησαν· ἅ ἐστι τῶν ὄντων ἔξω τοῦ κακηγορεῖν ἔθος ἐστὶ διαθεῖναι τὸ παράπαν οὐδέν· καὶ αὐτὸ μέντοι τὸ βλασφημεῖν οὐ τοῖς κακηγορουμένοις ἐπιφέρει τινὰ ζημίαν, ἃ τῆς ἰδίου φύσεως οὔποτ’ ἐξίσταται, ἀλλὰ τοῖς καταιτιωμένοις συμφορὰς ἀνηκέστους.
155οὐκ ἐπειδὴ μέντοι μόνον ἤρξαντο πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἐλθεῖν ἀδυνατήσαντες ἀσεβείας, διὰ τοῦτ’ αὐτοὺς οὐχ ὡς διαπραξαμένους ἕκαστα ὧν διενοήθησαν αἰτιατέον· οὗ χάριν καὶ τετελειωκέναι φησὶ τὸν πύργον αὐτοὺς οὐ τελειώσαντας, ἐπειδὰν λέγῃ· „κύριος κατέβη ἰδεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον", οὐχ ὃν οἰκοδομῆσαι μέλλουσιν, ἀλλ’ ὃν „ᾠκοδόμησαν“ ἤδη (Gen. 11,5).
156τίς οὖν πίστις τοῦ μὴ τετελεσιουργῆσθαι τὴν κατασκευήν; ἡ ἐνάργεια πρώτη· γῆς γὰρ ὁτιοῦν μέρος ἀμήχανον οὐρανοῦ ψαῦσαι διὰ τὴν ἔμπροσθεν αἰτίαν, ὅτιπερ οὐδὲ κέντρον περιφερείας ἅπτεται· δευτέρα δ’, ὅτι ὁ αἰθήρ, ἱερὸν πῦρ, φλόξ ἐστιν ἄσβεστος, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸ δηλοῖ τοὔνομα παρὰ τὸ αἴθειν, ὃ δὴ καίειν ἐστὶ κατὰ γλῶτταν, εἰρημένον.
157μάρτυς δὲ μία μοῖρα τῆς οὐρανίου πυρᾶς ἥλιος, ὃς τοσοῦτον γῆς ἀφεστὼς ἄχρι μυχῶν τὰς ἀκτῖνας ἐπιπέμπων αὐτήν τε καὶ τὸν ἀπ’ αὐτῆς ἀνατείνοντα μέχρι τῆς οὐρανίου σφαίρας ἀέρα φύσει ψυχρὸν ὄντα τῇ μὲν ἀλεαίνει, τῇ δὲ καταφλέγει· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ὅσα ἢ μακρὰν ἀφέστηκεν αὐτοῦ τῆς φορᾶς ἢ ἐγκάρσια παραβέβληται ἀλεαίνει μόνον, τὰ δ’ ἐγγὺς ἢ ἐπ’ εὐθείας ὄντα καὶ προσανακαίει βίᾳ.
158εἰ δὲ ταῦθ’ οὕτως ἔχει, τοὺς ἀναβαίνειν τολμῶντας ἀνθρώπους οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἦν ἐμπεπρῆσθαι κεραυνωθέντας, ἀτελοῦς αὐτοῖς τῆς μεγαλουργηθείσης ἐπινοίας γενομένης; τοῦτ’ ἔοικεν αἰνίττεσθαι διὰ τῶν αὖθις λεγομένων· „ἐπαύσαντο“ γάρ φησιν „οἰκοδομοῦντες τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν πύργον“ (Gen. 11,8), οὐ δήπου τελειώσαντες, ἀλλὰ τελεσιουργῆσαι κωλυθέντες διὰ τὴν ἐπιγενομένην σύγχυσιν. οὐ μὴν ἐκπεφεύγασι τὴν τῶν διαπράξεων αἰτίαν οἱ πρὸς τῷ βουλεύσασθαι καὶ ἐγκεχειρηκότες.
159τὸν γοῦν οἰωνόμαντιν καὶ τερατοσκόπον περὶ τὰς ἀβεβαίους εἰκασίας ματαιάζοντα — καὶ γὰρ μάταιος ἑρμηνεύεται Βαλαάμ — φησὶν ὁ νόμος τῷ ὁρῶντι καταράσασθαι καίτοι διὰ τῶν λόγων εὐφήμους ποιησάμενον εὐχάς, σκοπῶν οὐ τὰ λεχθέντα ἃ προμηθείᾳ θεοῦ μετεχαράττετο οἷα δόκιμον ἀντὶ κιβδήλου νόμισμα, τὴν δὲ διάνοιαν, ἐν ᾗ τὰ βλάψοντα πρὸ τῶν ὠφελησόντων ἀνεπολεῖτο. ἔστι δὲ φύσει πολέμια ταῦτα, στοχασμὸς ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ματαιότης ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ ἡ διὰ ἐνθουσιασμοῦ μαντεία νηφούσῃ σοφίᾳ.
160καὶ ἂν ἐξ ἐνέδρας μέντοι τις ἐπιχειρήσας ἀνελεῖν τινα μὴ δυνηθῇ κτεῖναι, τῇ τῶν ἀνδροφόνων οὐδὲν ἧττον ὕποχος δίκῃ καθέστηκεν, ὡς ὁ γραφεὶς περὶ τούτων δηλοῖ νόμος· „ἐὰν“ γάρ φησι „τὶς ἐπιθῆται τῷ πλησίον ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν δόλῳ καὶ καταφύγῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λήψῃ αὐτὸν θανατῶσαι„ (Exod. 21,14)· καίτοι ἐπιτίθεται μόνον, οὐκ ἀνῄρηκεν, ἀλλ’ ἴσον ἡγήσατο ἀδίκημα τῷ κτεῖναι τὸ βουλεῦσαι τὸν φόνον· οὗ χάριν οὐδ’ ἱκέτῃ γενομένῳ δέδωκεν ἀμνηστίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ἱεροῦ ἐκέλευσεν ἀπάγειν τὸν ἀνιέρῳ γνώμῃ χρησάμενον.
161ἀνίερος δὲ οὐ ταύτῃ μόνον, ὅτι κατὰ ψυχῆς τῆς αἰεὶ ζῆν δυναμένης ἀρετῶν κτήσει τε καὶ χρήσει τὸν διὰ προσβολῆς κακίας φόνον ἐβούλευσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι θεὸν τῆς ἀνοσιουργοῦ τόλμης αἰτιᾶται· τὸ γὰρ „καταφύγῃ“ τοιοῦτον ὑποβάλλει νοῦν, διότι πολλοὶ τὰ καθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἀποδιδράσκειν ἐθέλοντες ἐγκλήματα καὶ ῥύεσθαι τῶν ἐφ’ οἷς ἠδίκησαν ἀξιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τιμωριῶν τὸ οἰκεῖον ἄγος τῷ κακοῦ μὲν μηδενὸς ἀγαθῶν δ’ ἁπάντων αἰτίῳ προσβάλλουσι θεῷ. διὸ καὶ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν βωμῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ἀπάγειν ὅσιον εἶναι ἐνομίσθη.
162δίκην δ’ ὑπερβάλλουσαν κατὰ τῶν ἐπ’ ἀθεότητι λόγους οἰκοδομουμένων καὶ συγκροτούντων ὁρίζει, ἣν ἴσως τινὲς τῶν ἀφρόνων οὐ βλάβην, ἀλλ’ ὠφέλειαν ὑποτοπήσουσιν· „οὐ γὰρ ἐκλείψει“ φησίν „ἀπ’ αὐτῶν πάντα ὅσα ἂν ἐπιθῶνται ποιεῖν“ (Gen. 11,6). ὢ τῆς ἀπεριγράφου καὶ ἀμέτρου κακοδαιμονίας, πάνθ’ οἷς ἂν ὁ φρενοβλαβέστατος ἐπιθῆται νοῦς, ὑποχείρια εἶναι καὶ ὑπήκοα, καὶ μηδέν, μὴ μέγα μὴ μικρόν, ὑστερίζειν τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλ’
163ὡσπερεὶ φθάνοντα προαπαντᾶν πρὸς τὰς χρείας ἑκάστας. ψυχῆς ταῦτα φρονήσεως χηρευούσης ἐστὶν ἐπίδειξις μηδὲν τῶν εἰς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐχούσης ἐμποδών. εὔξαιτο γὰρ ἂν ὁ μὴ σφόδρα ἀνιάτως ἔχων τὰ ἐξ ὑποθέσεως τοῦ νοῦ πάντ’ ἐπιλιπεῖν αὐτῷ, ἵνα μὴ τῷ κλέπτειν ἢ μοιχεύειν ἢ ἀνδροφονεῖν ἢ ἱεροσυλεῖν ἤ τινι τῶν ὁμοιοτρόπων ἐπιτιτιθέμενος εὐοδῇ, μυρία δ’ εὑρίσκῃ τὰ κωλυσιεργήσοντα. κωλυθεὶς μὲν γὰρ τὴν μεγίστην νόσον, ἀδικίαν, ἀποβάλλει, σὺν ἀδείᾳ δ’ ἐπεξελθὼν ταύτην ἀναδέξεται.
164τί οὖν ἔτι τὰς τῶν τυράννων τύχας ὡς μακαρίων ζηλοῦτε καὶ θαυμάζετε, δι’ ἃς εὐπετῶς ἕκαστα ἐπεξίασιν, ὧν ἂν ὁ ἐκλελυττηκὼς κἀκτεθηριωμένος τέκῃ νοῦς, καὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς δέον ἐπιστένειν, εἴ γε ἀπορία καὶ [ἡ] ἀσθένεια κακοῖς λυσιτελές, ὡς περιουσία καὶ ἰσχὺς ἀγαθοῖς ὠφελιμώτατον;
165εἷς δέ τις τῶν ἀφρόνων ᾐσθημένος, εἰς ὅσην κακοδαιμονίας ὑπερβολὴν ἄγει ἡ τοῦ διαμαρτάνειν ἐκεχειρία, μετὰ παρρησίας εἶπε· „μείζων ἡ αἰτία μου τοῦ ἀφεθῆναι“ (Gen. 4, 13). παγχάλεπον γὰρ ἀχαλίνωτον ἐαθῆναι ψυχὴν ἀτίθασον οὖσαν ἐξ ἑαυτῆς, ἣν μόλις ἡνίαις μετ’ ἐπανατάσεως μαστίγων ἔστι κατασχόντα πραῧναι.
166διόπερ λόγιον τοῦ ἵλεω θεοῦ μεστὸν ἡμερότητος ἐλπίδας χρηστὰς ὑπογράφον τοῖς παιδείας ἐρασταῖς ἀνῄρηται τοιόνδε· „οὐ μή σε ἀνῶ, οὐδ’ οὐ μή σε ἐγκαταλίπω“ (Jos. 1, 5)· τῶν γὰρ τῆς ψυχῆς δεσμῶν χαλασθέντων, οἷς διεκρατεῖτο, ἡ μεγίστη παρέπεται συμφορά, καταλειφθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ, ὃς τοῖς ὅλοις δεσμοὺς τὰς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεις περιῆψεν ἀρρήκτους, αἷς τὰ πάντα σφίγξας ἄλυτα εἶναι βεβούληται.
167λέγει μέντοι καὶ ἑτέρωθι, ὅτι „πάνθ’ ὅσα δεσμῷ καταδέδεται, καθαρά ἐστιν“ (Num. 19, 15), ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἀκαθάρτου φθορᾶς αἴτιον ἡ διάλυσις. μηδέποτ’ οὖν ἰδών τινα τῶν φαύλων οἷς ἂν ἐπιθῆται πᾶσιν εὐμαρῶς ἐπεξιόντα θαυμάσῃς ὡς κατορθοῦντα, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ὡς ἀποτυγχάνοντα οἰκτίζου, ὅτι ἀφορίᾳ μὲν ἀρετῆς, κακίας δὲ εὐφορίᾳ χρώμενος διατελεῖ.
168σκέψασθαι δ’ οὐ παρέργως ἄξιον, τίν’ ἔχει λόγον τὸ εἰρημένον ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ· „δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν ἐκεῖ αὐτῶν τὴν γλῶτταν“ (Gen. 11,7). φαίνεται γὰρ διαλεγόμενός τισιν ὡς ἂν συνεργοῖς αὐτοῦ, τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ καὶ πρότερον ἐπὶ τῆς τἀνθρώπου κατασκευῆς ἀναγέγραπται· „εἶπε“ γάρ φησι „κύριος ὁ θεός·
169ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν“ (Gen. 1,26) τοῦ „ποιήσωμεν“ πλῆθος ἐμφαίνοντος· καὶ πάλιν „εἶπεν ὁ θεός· ἰδού, γέγονεν Ἀδὰμ ὡς εἷς ἡμῶν, τῷ γινώσκειν καλὸν καὶ πονηρόν“ (Gen. 3, 22)· τὸ γὰρ „ὡς εἷς ἡμῶν“ οὐκ ἐφ’ ἑνός, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ πλειόνων τίθεται.
170λεκτέον οὖν ἐκεῖνο πρῶτον, ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν ὄντων ἰσότιμον ὑφέστηκε θεῷ, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν εἷς ἄρχων καὶ ἡγεμὼν καὶ βασιλεύς, ᾧ πρυτανεύειν καὶ διοικεῖν μόνῳ θέμις τὰ σύμπαντα. τὸ γὰρ οὐκ ἀγαθὸν πολυκοιρανίη, εἷς κοίρανος ἔστω, εἷς βασιλεὺς οὐκ ἐπὶ πόλεων καὶ ἀνθρώπων λέγοιτ’ ἂν ἐν δίκῃ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ κόσμου καὶ θεοῦ· ἑνὸς γὰρ ἕνα ποιητήν τε καὶ πατέρα πάλιν καὶ δεσπότην
171ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι. τούτου δὴ προδιομολογηθέντος ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη συνυφαίνειν τὰ ἁρμόζοντα. τίν’ οὖν ἐστι, σκοπῶμεν· εἷς ὢν ὁ θεὸς ἀμυθήτους περὶ αὑτὸν ἔχει δυνάμεις ἀρωγοὺς καὶ σωτηρίους τοῦ γενομένου πάσας, αἷς ἐμφέρονται καὶ αἱ κολαστήριοι· ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἡ κόλασις οὐκ ἐπιζήμιον, ἁμαρτημάτων οὖσα κώλυσις καὶ ἐπανόρθωσις.
172διὰ τούτων τῶν δυνάμεων ὁ ἀσώματος καὶ νοητὸς ἐπάγη κόσμος, τὸ τοῦ φαινομένου τοῦδε ἀρχέτυπον, ἰδέαις ἀοράτοις συσταθείς, ὥσπερ οὗτος σώμασιν ὁρατοῖς.
173καταπλαγέντες οὖν τινες τὴν ἑκατέρου τῶν κόσμων φύσιν οὐ μόνον ὅλους ἐξεθείωσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς μερῶν, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὸν σύμπαντα οὐρανόν, ἅπερ οὐδὲν αἰδεσθέντες θεοὺς ἐκάλεσαν. ὧν τὴν ἀπόνοιαν κατιδὼν Μωυσῆς φησι· „κύριε, κύριε, βασιλεῦ τῶν θεῶν“ (Deut. 10, 17) εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς παρ’ ὑπηκόους ἄρχοντος διαφορᾶς.
174ἔστι δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα ψυχῶν ἀσωμάτων ἱερώτατος χορὸς ὀπαδὸς τῶν οὐρανίων· ἀγγέλους τὰς ψυχὰς ταύτας εἴωθε καλεῖν ὁ θεσπιῳδὸς λόγος· πάντ’ οὖν τὸν στρατὸν ἑκάστων ἐν ταῖς ἁρμοττούσαις διακεκοσμημένον τάξεσιν ὑπηρέτην καὶ θεραπευτὴν εἶναι συμβέβηκε τοῦ διακοσμήσαντος ἡγεμόνος, ᾧ ταξιαρχοῦντι κατὰ δίκην καὶ θεσμὸν ἕπεται· λιποταξίου γὰρ οὐ θέμις ἁλῶναί ποτε τὸ θεῖον στράτευμα.
175βασιλεῖ δὲ ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεσιν ἐμπρεπὲς ὁμιλεῖν τε καὶ χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰς τῶν τοιούτων πραγμάτων ὑπηρεσίας, οἷσπερ ἁρμόττει μὴ ὑπὸ μόνου πήγνυσθαι θεοῦ. χρεῖος μὲν γὰρ οὐδενός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ παντὸς πατήρ, ὡς δεῖσθαι τῆς ἀφ’ ἑτέρων, εἰ ἐθέλοι δημιουργῆσαι, συμπράξεως, τὸ δὲ πρέπον ὁρῶν ἑαυτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς γινομένοις ταῖς ὑπηκόοις δυνάμεσιν ἔστιν ἃ διαπλάττειν ἐφῆκεν, οὐδὲ ταύταις εἰσάπαν αὐτοκράτορα δοὺς τοῦ τελεσιουργεῖν ἐπιστήμην, ἵνα μή τι πλημμεληθείη τῶν ἀφικνουμένων εἰς γένεσιν.
Sections 176–198
176ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαῖον ἦν προτυπῶσαι· ὧν δὲ χάριν, ἤδη λεκτέον· ἡ μὲν φύσις τῶν ζῴων εἴς τε ἄλογον καὶ λογικὴν μοῖραν, ἐναντίας ἀλλήλαις, ἐτμήθη τὸ πρῶτον, ἡ δ’ αὖ λογικὴ πάλιν εἴς τε τὸ φθαρτὸν καὶ ἀθάνατον εἶδος, φθαρτὸν μὲν τὸ ἀνθρώπων, ἀθάνατον δὲ τὸ ψυχῶν ἀσωμάτων, αἳ κατά τε ἀέρα καὶ οὐρανὸν περιπολοῦσι.
177κακίας δὲ ἀμέτοχοι μέν εἰσιν αὗται, τὸν ἀκήρατον καὶ εὐδαίμονα κλῆρον ἐξ ἀρχῆς λαχοῦσαι καὶ τῷ συμφορῶν ἀνηνύτων οὐκ ἐνδεθεῖσαι χωρίῳ, σώματι, ἀμέτοχοι δὲ καὶ αἱ τῶν ἀλόγων, παρόσον ἀμοιροῦσαι διανοίας οὐδὲ τῶν ἐκ λογισμοῦ συμβαινόντων ἑκουσίων ἀδικημάτων ἁλίσκονται.
178μόνος δὲ σχεδὸν ἐκ πάντων ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν ἔχων ἐπιστήμην αἱρεῖται μὲν πολλάκις τὰ φαυλότατα, φεύγει δὲ τὰ σπουδῆς ἄξια, ὥστ’ αὐτὸν μάλιστα ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐκ προνοίας ἁμαρτήμασι καταγινώσκεσθαι.
179προσηκόντως οὖν τὴν τούτου κατασκευὴν ὁ θεὸς περιῆψε καὶ τοῖς ὑπάρχοις αὐτοῦ λέγων· „ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον“, ἵνα αἱ μὲν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατορθώσεις ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀναφέρωνται μόνον, ἐπ’ ἄλλους δὲ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. θεῷ γὰρ τῷ πανηγεμόνι ἐμπρεπὲς οὐκ ἔδοξεν εἶναι τὴν ἐπὶ κακίαν ὁδὸν ἐν ψυχῇ λογικῇ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ δημιουργῆσαι· οὗ χάριν τοῖς μετ’ αὐτὸν ἐπέτρεψε τὴν τούτου τοῦ μέρους κατασκευήν. ἔδει γὰρ καὶ τὸ ἀντίπαλον τῷ ἀκουσίῳ, τὸ ἑκούσιον, εἰς τὴν τοῦ παντὸς συμπλήρωσιν κατασκευασθὲν ἀναδειχθῆναι.
180τοῦτο μὲν δὴ ταύτῃ λελέχθω. προσήκει δὲ κἀκεῖνο λελογίσθαι, ὅτι μόνων ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς αἴτιος, κακοῦ δὲ οὐδενὸς τὸ παράπαν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ πρεσβύτατον τῶν ὄντων καὶ τελειότατον ἀγαθὸν αὐτὸς ἦν. ἐμπρεπέστατον δὲ τὰ οἰκεῖα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φύσει δημιουργεῖν ἄριστα τῷ ἀρίστῳ, τὰς μέντοι κατὰ πονηρῶν κολάσεις διὰ τῶν ὑπ’ αὐτὸν βεβαιοῦσθαι.
181μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ τελειωθέντος ἐξ ἀσκήσεως τόδε· „ὁ θεὸς ὁ τρέφων με ἐκ νεότητος, ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ ῥυόμενός με ἐκ πάντων τῶν κακῶν“ (Gen. 48, 15. 16)· ὁμολογεῖ γὰρ καὶ οὗτος ἤδη, ὅτι τὰ μὲν γνήσια τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἃ φιλαρέτους τρέφει ψυχάς, ἐπὶ θεὸν ἀναφέρεται μόνον ὡς αἴτιον, ἡ δὲ τῶν κακῶν μοῖρα ἀγγέλοις ἐπιτέτραπται πάλιν, οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις ἔχουσι τὴν τοῦ κολάζειν αὐτοκράτορα ἐξουσίαν, ἵνα μηδενὸς τῶν εἰς φθορὰν τεινόντων ἡ σωτήριος αὐτοῦ κατάρχῃ φύσις.
182διὸ λέγει· „δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν“. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀσεβεῖς τοιαύτης ἐπάξιοι δίκης τυγχάνειν, ἵλεως καὶ εὐεργέτιδας καὶ φιλοδώρους αὐτοῦ δυνάμεις οἰκειοῦσθαι τιμωρίαις. εἰδὼς μέντοι τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὠφελίμους ὑπαρχούσας δι’ ἑτέρων αὐτὰς ὥρισεν· ἔδει γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἐπανορθώσεως ἀξιωθῆναι, τὰς δὲ πηγὰς τῶν ἀεννάων αὐτοῦ χαρίτων ἀμιγεῖς κακῶν οὐκ ὄντων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ νομιζομένων φυλαχθῆναι.
183Τίς δέ ἐστιν ἡ σύγχυσις, ἐρευνητέον. πῶς οὖν ἐρευνήσομεν; οὕτως, ὥς γ’ ἐμοὶ φαίνεται· πολλάκις οὓς πρότερον οὐκ ᾔδειμεν, ἀπὸ τῶν συγγενῶν καί τινα πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐχόντων ἐμφέρειαν ἐγνωρίσαμεν· οὐκοῦν καὶ πράγματα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ἃ μὴ ῥᾴδιον ἐξ ἑαυτῶν καταλαμβάνεσθαι, δῆλα γένοιτ’ ἂν κατὰ τὴν τῶν οἰκείων αὐτοῖς ὁμοιότητα.
184τίνα οὖν ἐστι συγχύσει πράγματα ὅμοια; ἡ μῖξις, ὥσπερ ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, καὶ κρᾶσις· ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν μῖξις ἐν ξηραῖς, ἡ δὲ κρᾶσις ἐν ὑγραῖς οὐσίαις δοκιμάζεται.
185μῖξις μὲν οὖν σωμάτων διαφερόντων ἐστὶν οὐκ ἐν κόσμῳ παράθεσις, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις σωρὸν ποιήσειε κριθὰς καὶ πυροὺς καὶ ὀρόβους καὶ ἄλλ’ ἄττα εἴδη τῶν σπαρτῶν εἰς ταὐτὸ εἰσενεγκών, κρᾶσις δ’ οὐ παράθεσις, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀνομοίων μερῶν εἰς ἄλληλα εἰσδυομένων δι’ ὅλων ἀντιπαρέκτασις, ἔτι δυναμένων ἐπιτεχνήσει τινὶ διακρίνεσθαι τῶν ποιοτήτων, ὡς ἐπὶ οἴνου καὶ ὕδατός φασι γίνεσθαι·
186συνελθούσας μὲν γὰρ τὰς οὐσίας ἀποτελεῖν κρᾶσιν, τὸ δὲ κραθὲν οὐδὲν ἧττον ἀναπλοῦσθαι πάλιν εἰς τὰς ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελέσθη ποιότητας· σπόγγῳ γὰρ ἠλαιωμένῳ τὸ μὲν ὕδωρ ἀναλαμβάνεσθαι, τὸν δ’ οἶνον ὑπολείπεσθαι· μήποτε ἐπειδήπερ ἐξ ὕδατος ἡ σπογγιᾶς γένεσίς ἐστι, τὸ μὲν οἰκεῖον, ὕδωρ, πέφυκεν ἀναλαμβάνεσθαι πρὸς αὐτῆς ἐκ τοῦ κράματος, τὸ δ’ ἀλλότριον ὑπολείπεσθαι, ὁ οἶνος.
187σύγχυσις δέ ἐστι φθορὰ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ποιοτήτων πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν ἀντιπαρεκτεινομένων εἰς διαφερούσης μιᾶς γένεσιν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς ἐν ἰατρικῇ τετραφαρμάκου συντέτευχε· κηρὸς γὰρ καὶ στέαρ καὶ πίττα ῥητίνη τε, οἶμαι, συνελθόντα ταύτην ἀποτελεῖ, συντεθείσης δὲ ἀμήχανον ἔτι τὰς ἐξ ὧν συνετέθη διακριθῆναι δυνάμεις, ἀλλ’ ἑκάστη μὲν αὐτῶν ἠφάνισται, πασῶν δ’ ἡ φθορὰ μίαν ἐξαίρετον ἄλλην ἐγέννησε δύναμιν.
188ὅταν δ’ ἀπειλῇ σύγχυσιν τοῖς ἀσεβέσι λογισμοῖς ὁ θεός, οὐ μόνον ἑκάστης κακίας τό τε εἶδος καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἀφανισθῆναι κελεύει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ συνερανισθὲν ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μήτε τὰ μέρη καθ’ ἑαυτὰ μήθ’ ἡ πάντων σύνοδός τε καὶ συμφωνία περιβάληταί τινα ἰσχὺν ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῆς ἀμείνονος μοίρας.
189οὗ χάριν φησί· „συγχέωμεν ἐκεῖ αὐτῶν τὴν γλῶτταν, ἵνα μὴ ἀκούσωσιν ἕκαστος τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ πλησίον“ (Gen. 11, 7), ὅπερ ἴσον ἐστὶ τούτῳ· κωφὸν ἕκαστον ἐργασώμεθα τῶν κακίας μερῶν, ὡς μήτε ἰδίαν ἀφιὲν φωνὴν μήτε συνηχοῦν ἑτέρῳ βλάβης αἴτιον γίνηται.
190ταῦτα μὲν ἡμεῖς, οἱ δὲ τοῖς ἐμφανέσι καὶ προχείροις μόνον ἐπακολουθοῦντες οἴονται νυνὶ γένεσιν διαλέκτων Ἑλληνικῶν τε καὶ βαρβάρων ὑπογράφεσθαι· οὓς οὐκ ἂν αἰτιασάμενος — ἴσως γὰρ ἀληθεῖ καὶ αὐτοὶ χρῶνται λόγῳ — παρακαλέσαιμ’ ἂν μὴ ἐπὶ τούτων στῆναι, μετελθεῖν δὲ ἐπὶ τὰς τροπικὰς ἀποδόσεις, νομίσαντας τὰ μὲν ῥητὰ τῶν χρησμῶν σκιάς τινας ὡσανεὶ σωμάτων εἶναι, τὰς δ’ ἐμφαινομένας δυνάμεις τὰ ὑφεστῶτα ἀληθείᾳ πράγματα.
191δίδωσι μέντοι πρὸς τοῦτ’ ἀφορμὰς τὸ εἶδος τοῖς μὴ τυφλοῖς διάνοιαν ὁ νομοθέτης αὐτός, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ ἐφ’ ὧν νῦν ἐστιν ὁ λόγος· τὸ γὰρ γινόμενον σύγχυσιν προσεῖπε. καίτοι γε εἰ διαλέκτων γένεσιν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐδήλου, κἂν ὄνομα εὐθυβολώτερον ἐπεφήμισεν ἀντὶ συγχύσεως διάκρισιν· οὐ γὰρ συγχεῖται τὰ τεμνόμενα, διακρίνεται δ’ ἔμπαλιν, καὶ ἔστιν οὐ μόνον ἐναντίον ὄνομα ὀνόματι, ἀλλ’ ἔργον ἔργῳ.
192σύγχυσις μὲν γάρ, ὡς ἔφην, ἐστὶ φθορὰ τῶν ἁπλῶν δυνάμεων εἰς συμπεφορημένης μιᾶς γένεσιν, διάκρισις δὲ ἑνὸς εἰς πλείω τομή, καθάπερ ἐπὶ γένους καὶ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὸ εἰδῶν ἔχειν συντέτευχεν. ὥστε εἰ μίαν οὖσαν φωνὴν ἐκέλευσε τέμνειν ὁ σοφὸς εἰς πλειόνων διαλέκτων τμήματα, προσεχεστέροις ἂν καὶ κυριωτέροις ἐχρήσατο τοῖς ὀνόμασι, τομὴν ἢ διανέμησιν ἢ διάκρισιν ἤ τι ὁμοιότροπον εἰπών, οὐ τὸ μαχόμενον αὐτοῖς, σύγχυσιν.
193ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡ σπουδὴ διαλῦσαι τὸ κακίας στῖφος, τὰς ὁμολογίας αὐτῆς ἀκυρῶσαι, τὴν κοινωνίαν ἀνελεῖν, τὰς δυνάμεις ἀφανίσαι καὶ διαφθεῖραι, τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς κράτος, ὃ δειναῖς ὠχυρώσατο παρανομίαις, καθελεῖν.
194οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ τῶν ψυχῆς ὁ πλάστης μερῶν οὐδὲν οὐδενὶ εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἑτέρου κοινωνίαν ἤγαγεν; ἀλλ’ ὀφθαλμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ἂν ἀκούσειαν, ὦτα δὲ οὐκ ἂν θεάσαιτο, χυλὸς δὲ ἐνστόμιος οὐκ ἂν ὄσφροιτο, οὐδ’ ἂν γεύσαιντο ῥῖνες, ὅ τ’ αὖ λόγος οὐδὲν ἂν τῶν κατὰ τὰς αἰσθήσεις πάθοι, οὐδ’ ἔμπαλιν ῥῆξαι φωνὴν δύναιτ’ ἂν αἴσθησις.
195ἔγνω γὰρ ὁ τεχνίτης, ὅτι τὸ μὴ ἀκούειν ἕκαστον τούτων τῆς τοῦ πλησίον φωνῆς λυσιτελές ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τῆς ψυχῆς μέρη ταῖς οἰκείαις δυνάμεσιν ἀσυγχύτοις χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ζῴων ὠφέλειαν καὶ τὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα κοινωνίαν ἀφῃρῆσθαι, τὰ δὲ τῆς κακίας εἰς σύγχυσιν καὶ φθορὰν ἀχθῆναι παντελῆ, ἵνα μήτε συμφωνήσαντα μήτε καθ’ ἑαυτὰ ὄντα ζημία τοῖς ἀμείνοσι γένηται.
196παρὸ καὶ λέγει· „διέσπειρεν αὐτοὺς κύριος ἐκεῖθεν“ (Gen. 11,8), ἐν ἴσῳ τῷ ἐσκέδασεν, ἐφυγάδευσεν, ἀφανεῖς ἐποίησε· τὸ γὰρ σπείρειν ἀγαθῶν, κακῶν δὲ αἴτιον τὸ διασπείρειν, ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἐπιδόσεως καὶ αὐξήσεως καὶ γενέσεως ἑτέρων ἕνεκα συμβαίνει, τὸ δ’ ἀπωλείας καὶ φθορᾶς. βούλεται δὲ ὁ φυτουργὸς θεὸς σπείρειν μὲν ἐν τῷ παντὶ καλοκἀγαθίαν, διασπείρειν δὲ καὶ ἐλαύνειν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου πολιτείας τὴν ἐπάρατον ἀσέβειαν, ἵν’ ἤδη ποτὲ παύσωνται τὴν κακίας πόλιν καὶ τὸν ἀθεότητος πύργον οἰκοδομοῦντες μισάρετοι τρόποι.
197τούτων γὰρ σκεδασθέντων οἱ πάλαι πεφευγότες τὴν τυραννίδα τῆς ἀφροσύνης ἑνὶ κηρύγματι κάθοδον εὑρήσουσι, γράψαντός τε καὶ βεβαιώσαντος θεοῦ τὸ κήρυγμα, ὡς δηλοῦσιν οἱ χρησμοί, ἐν οἷς διείρηται ὅτι „ἐὰν ᾖ ἡ διασπορά σου ἀπ’ ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἕως ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἐκεῖθεν συνάξει σε“ (Deut. 30, 4)·
198ὥστε τὴν μὲν ἀρετῶν συμφωνίαν ἐμπρεπὲς ἁρμόζεσθαι θεῷ, τὴν δὲ κακιῶν διαλύειν τε καὶ φθείρειν. οἰκειότατον δὲ κακίας ὄνομα σύγχυσις· οὗ πίστις ἐναργὴς πᾶς ἄφρων, λόγοις καὶ βουλαῖς καὶ πράξεσιν ἀδοκίμοις καὶ πεφορημέναις χρώμενος.
On the Migration of Abraham
Contents — 9 sections
Sections 1–25
1And the Lord said to Abraham, "Depart from thy land, and from thy kindred, and from thy father’s house to a land which I will show thee; and I will make thee into a great nation. And I will bless thee, and I will magnify thy name, and thou shalt be blessed. And I will bless them that bless thee, and I will curse them that curse thee; and in thy name shall all the nations of the earth be blessed."
2God, wishing to purify the soul of man, first of all gives it an impulse towards complete salvation, namely, a change of abode, so as to quit the three regions of the body, the outward sense and speech according to utterance; for his country is the emblem of the body, and his kindred are the symbol of the outward sense, and his father’s house of speech. Why so?
3Because the body derives its composition from the earth, and is again dissolved into earth; and Moses is a witness of this when he says, "Dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return." For he says, that man was compounded by God fashioning a lump of clay into the form of a man; and it follows of necessity that, a composite being, when dissolved, must be dissolved into its component parts. But the outward sense is nearly connected with and akin to the mind, the irrational part to the rational, since they are both parts of one soul; but speech is the abode of the father, because our father is the mind, which implants in each of its parts its own powers, and distributes its energies among them, undertaking the care and superintendence of them all; and the abode in which it dwells is speech, a dwelling separated from all the rest of the house; for as the hearth is the abode of a man, so is speech of the mind:
4at all events, it displays itself, and all the notions which it conceives, arranging them and setting them in order in speech, as if in a house. And you must not wonder that Moses has called speech in man the abode of the mind, for he also says, that the mind of the universe, that is to say, God, has for his abode his own word.
5And the practiser of virtue, Jacob, seizing on this apprehension, confesses in express words that, "This is no other than the house of God," an expression equivalent to, The house of God is not this thing, or anything which can be made the subject of ocular demonstration, or, in short, anything which comes under the province of the outward senses, but is invisible, destitute of all specific form, only to be comprehended by the soul as soul.
6What, then, can it be except the Word, which is more ancient than all the things which were the objects of creation, and by means of which it is that the Ruler of the universe, taking hold of it as a rudder, governs all things. And when he was fashioning the world, he used this as his instrument for the blameless arrangement of all the things which he was completing.
7That he means by Abraham’s country the body, and by his kindred the outward senses, and by his father’s house uttered speech, we have now shown. But the command, "Depart from them," is not like or equivalent to, Be separated from them according to your essence, since that would be the injunction of one who was pronouncing sentence of death. But it is the same as saying, Be alienated from them in your mind, allowing none of them to cling to you, standing above them all;
8they are your subjects, use them not as your rulers; since you are a king, learn to govern and not to be governed; know yourself all your life, as Moses teaches us in many passages where he says, "Take heed to thyself." For thus you will perceive what you ought to be obedient to, and what you ought to be the master of.
9Depart therefore from the earthly parts which envelop you, O my friend, fleeing from that base and polluted prison house the body, and from the keepers as it were of the prison, its pleasures and appetites, putting forth all your strength and all your power so as to suffer none of thy good things to come to harm, but improving all your good faculties together and unitedly.
10Depart also from thy kindred, outward senses; for now indeed you have given yourself up to each of them to be made use of as it will, and you have become a good, the property of others who have borrowed you, having lost your own power over yourself. But you know that, even though all men are silent on the subject, your eyes lead you, and so do your ears, and all the rest of the multitude of that kindred connection, towards those objects which are pleasing to themselves.
11But if you choose to collect again those portions of yourself which you have lent away, and to invest yourself with the possession of yourself, without separating off or alienating any part of it, you will have a happy life, enjoying for ever and ever the fruit of good things which belong not to strangers but to yourself.
12But now rise up also and quit speech according to utterance, which Moses here represents God as calling your father’s house, that you may not be deceived by the specious beauty of words and names, and so be separated from that real beauty which exists in the things themselves which are intended by these names. For it is absurd for a shadow to be looked upon as of more importance than the bodies themselves, or for an imitation to carry off the palm from the model. Now the interpretation resembles a shadow and an imitation, but the natures of things signified under these expressions, thus interpreted, resemble the bodies and original models which the man who aims at being such and such rather than at appearing so must cling to, removing to a distance from the other things.
13When therefore the mind begins to become acquainted with itself, and to dwell among the speculations which come under the province of the intellect, all the inclinations of the soul for the species which is comprehensible by the intellect will be repelled, which inclination is called by the Hebrews, Lot; for which reason the wise man is represented as distinctly saying, "Depart, and separate yourself from me;" for it is impossible for a man who is overwhelmed with the love of incorporeal and imperishable objects to dwell with one, whose every inclination is towards the mortal objects of the outward senses.
14Very beautifully therefore has the sacred interpreter of God’s will entitled one entire holy volume of the giving of the law, the Exodus, having thus found out an appropriate name for the oracles contained therein. For being a man desirous of giving instruction and exceedingly ready to admonish and correct, he desires to remove the whole of the people of the soul as a multitude capable of receiving admonition and correction from the country of Egypt, that is to say, the body, and to take them out from among its inhabitants, thinking it a most terrible and grievous burden that the mind which is endowed with the faculty of sight should be oppressed by the pleasures of the flesh, and should obey whatever commands the relentless desires choose to impose upon it.
15Therefore, after the merciful God has instructed this people, groaning and bitterly weeping for the abundance of the things concerning the body, and the exceeding supply of external things (for it is said, "The children of Israel groaned by reason of the works") when, God, I say, had instructed them about their going out, the prophet himself led them forth in safety.
16But there are some persons who have made a treaty with the body to last till the day of their death, and who have buried themselves in it as in a chest or coffin or whatever else you like to call it, of whom all the parts which are devoted to the slavery of the body and of the passions are consigned to oblivion and buried. But if anything well affected towards virtue has shot up by the side of it, that is preserved in the recollection, by means of which good things are naturally destined to be kept alive.
17Accordingly, the sacred scriptures command the bones of Joseph—I mean by this the only parts of such a soul as were left behind, being species which know no corruption and which deserve to have mention made of them—to be preserved, thinking it preposterous for pure things not to be united to pure things.
18And what is especially worthy of being mentioned is this, that he believed that God would visit the race which was capable of seeing," and would not give it up for ever and ever to ignorance, that blind mistress, but would distinguish between the immortal and the mortal parts of the soul, and leave in Egypt those parts which were conversant about the pleasures of the body and the other immoderate indulgences of the passions; but with respect to those parts which are imperishable, would make a covenant that they should be conducted onwards with those persons who were going up to the cities of virtue and would further ratify this covenant with an oath.
19What then are the parts which are imperishable? In the first place, a perfect alienation from pleasure which says, "Let us lie down together," and let us enjoy human enjoyments; secondly, presence of mind combined with fortitude, by means of which the soul separates and distinguishes from one another those things which by vain opinions are accounted good things, as so many dreams, confessing that "the only true and accurate explanations of things are to be found with God;" and that all those imaginings, which exist in the unsteady, puffed up, and arrogant life of those men who are not yet purified, but who delight in those pleasures which proceed from bakers, and cooks, and wine-bearers, are uncertain and indistinct;
20so that such a man is not a subject but a ruler of Egypt, that is to say of the whole region of the body; so that "he boasted of being of the race of the Hebrews," who were accustomed to rise up and leave the objects of the outward senses, and to go over to those of the intellect; for the name Hebrew, being interpreted, means "one who passes over," because he boasted that "here he had done nothing." For to do nothing of those things which are thought much of among the wicked, but to hate them all and reject them, is praiseworthy in no slight degree;
21as it is to despise immoderate indulgence of the desires and all other passions; to fear God, if a man is not yet capable of loving him, and even while in Egypt to have a desire for real life. Which he who sees, marvelling at (and indeed it was enough to cause astonishment), says, "It is a great thing for me if my son Joseph is still alive," and has not died at the same time with vain opinions and the body which is but a lifeless carcass;
22and he also confessed that "it was the work of God," and not of any created being, that he was recognised by his brethren, and so could put into commotion and agitation, and put to the rout by force, all the dispositions devoted to the body which flattered themselves that they could stand firmly on their own doctrines; he also said that "he had not been sent away by men, but had been appointed by God" for the legitimate overseeing of the body and of all external things;
23but there are many other things also resembling these, being of a superior and more sacred kind of order; and they do not endure to abide in Egypt, the house of the body, and are never buried in a coffin at all, but depart to a distance outside of every thing mortal, and follow the words of the lawgiver, namely, Moses, who is the guide of their path.
24For Moses, being the nurse as it were and tutor of good works, and good expressions, and good intentions, which, even if at times they are mingled with those of an opposite character by reason of the somewhat confused medely which exists in mortal man; are nevertheless distinguished when they have passed, so that all the seeds and plants of excellence may not be destroyed and perish for ever and ever.
25And he exhorts men very vigorously to quit that which is called the mother of every thing that is absurd, without any delay or sluggishness, but rather using exceeding swiftness; for he says that men "must sacrifice the pascha, in haste," and the word pascha, being interpreted, means a "passing over," in order that the mind, exerting its reasonings without any doubt, and also an energetic willingness and promptness, may, without ever turning back make a passing over from the passions, to gratitude to God the Saviour, who has led it forth beyond all its expectations to freedom.
Sections 26–50
26And why do we wonder if he exhorts the man who is led away by the force of unreasonable passions, neither to yield, nor to allow himself to be carried away by the impetuosity of its onward course, but to exert all his strength, to resist, and if he is unable to resist effectually, then to flee. For the second advance towards safety on the part of those who are unable to make a good resistance is flight. When the occasion does not permit the man who is a combatant by nature, and who has never been a slave of the passions, but who is always undergoing the toil of resistance to every separate one of them, to put forth all his powers of antagonism at all times, lest from the continuance of his struggles against them he may gradually contract a painful infection from them; for there have before now been many instances of men having become imitators of the wickedness to which they were previously antagonists, as, on the other hand, some opposers of virtue have become copiers of that.
27And for this reason the following scripture has been given to men, "Return to the land of thy father and to thy family, and I will be with thee;" which is equivalent to saying, you have been a perfect wrestler for me, and you have been thought worthy of the prize and crown of victory, virtue having been the establisher of the contest and proposing to give prizes of victory; and now get rid of your fondness for contention, that you may not be always labouring but that you may be able to enjoy the fruit of your labours,
28which will never happen to you if you remain here dwelling among the objects of the external senses, and wasting your time among the distinctive qualities of the body, of which Laban is the leader (and this name means "distinctive quality;") but you must be an emigrant and must return to your native land, the land of the sacred word, and in some sense of the father of all those who practise virtue, which is wisdom, the best possible abiding place for those souls which love virtue.
29In this country you have a race which learns everything of itself, and is self-taught, which has no share in the infantine food of milk, but which by the divine oracle "has been forbidden to go down to Egypt," and to put itself in the way of the attractive pleasures of the flesh, surnamed Isaac;
30and if you receive his inheritance, you will of necessity discard labour, for excessive abundance of things ready prepared, and of good things offered to your hand, will be the causes of cessation from toil. And the fountain from which good things are poured forth is the presence of the bounteous and beneficent God; on which account setting the seal to his loving kindnesses he says, "I will be with thee."
31How then should any good thing be wanting when the all-accomplishing God is at all times present with his graces, which are his virgin daughters, which he, the Father, who begot them, always cherishes as virgins, free from all impure contact and pollution? Then all cares, and labours, and exercises of practise, have a respite; and everything that is useful is at the same time given to everybody without the employment of art, by the prescient care of nature;
32and the rapid influx of all these spontaneous blessings is called relaxation, since the mind is then relaxed and released from its energies as to its own peculiar objects, and is as it were emancipated from its yearly burdens, by reason of the multitude of the things which are incessantly showered and rained upon it;
33and these things are in their own nature most admirable and most beautiful; for of the things of which the soul is in travail by herself, the greater part are premature and abortive progeny; but those on which God pours his showers and which he waters, are produced in a perfect, and entire, and most excellent state.
34I am not ashamed to relate what has happened to me myself, which I know from having experienced it ten thousand times. Sometimes, when I have desired to come to my usual employment of writing on the doctrines of philosophy, though I have known accurately what it was proper to set down, I have found my mind barren and unproductive, and have been completely unsuccessful in my object, being indignant at my mind for the uncertainty and vanity of its then existing opinions, and filled with amazement at the power of the living God, by whom the womb of the soul is at times opened and at times closed up;
35and sometimes when I have come to my work empty I have suddenly become full, ideas being, in an invisible manner, showered upon me, and implanted in me from on high; so that, through the influence of divine inspiration, I have become greatly excited, and have known neither the place in which I was nor those who were present, nor myself, nor what I was saying, nor what I was writing; for then I have been conscious of a richness of interpretation, an enjoyment of light, a most penetrating sight, a most manifest energy in all that was to be done, having such an effect on my mind as the clearest ocular demonstration would have on the eyes.
36That then which is shown is that thing so worthy of being beheld, so worthy of being contemplated, so worthy of being beloved, the perfect good, the nature of which is to change and sweeten the bitternesses of the soul, the most beautiful additional seasoning, full of all kinds of sweetnesses, by the addition of which, even those things which are not nutritious become salutary food; for it is said, that "the Lord showed him (Moses) a tree, and he cast it into the water," that is to say, into the mind, dissolved, and relaxed, and full of bitterness, that it might become sweetened and serviceable.
37But this tree promises not only food but likewise immortality; for Moses tells us, that the tree of life was planted in the midst of the paradise, being, in fact, goodness surrounded as by a body-guard by all the particular virtues, and by the actions in accordance with them; for it is virtue which has received the inheritance of the most central and excellent place in the soul.
38And he who sees is the wise man; for the foolish are blind, or at best dim sighted. On this account I have before mentioned, that the then prophets were called seers; and Jacob, the practiser of virtue, was desirous to give his ears in exchange for his eyes, if he could only see what he had previously heard described, and accordingly he receives an inheritance according to sight, having passed over that which was derived from hearing;
39for the coin of learning and instruction, which is synonymous with Jacob, is re-coined into the seeing Israel, in consequence of which he, the faculty of seeing, beholds the divine light, which is in no respect different from knowledge, which opens the eye of the soul, and leads it on to embrace the most conspicuous and manifest comprehension of existing things: for as it is through music that the principles of music are understood, and through each separate art that its principles are comprehended, so also it is owing to wisdom that what is wise is contemplated:
40but not only is wisdom like light, the instrument of seeing, but it does also behold itself. This, in God, is the light which is the archetypal model of the sun, and the sun itself is only its image and copy; and he who shows each thing is the only all-knowing being, God; for men are called knowing only because they appear to know; but God, who really does know, is spoken of, as to his knowledge, in a manner inferior to its real nature, for everything that is ever spoken in his praise comes short of the real power of the living God.
41And he recommends his wisdom, not merely by the fact that it was he who created the world, but also by that of his having established the knowledge of everything that has happened, or that has been created in the firmest manner close to himself;
42for it is said, that "God saw all the things that he had made," which is an expression equivalent not to, He directed his sight towards each thing, but to, He conceived a knowledge, and understanding, and comprehension, of all the things that he had made. It was very proper, therefore, to teach and to instruct, and to point out to the ignorant, each separate thing, but it was unnecessary to do so to the all-knowing God, who is not like a man, benefited by art, but who is himself confessed to be the beginning and source of all arts and sciences.
43And Moses speaks very cautiously, inasmuch as he defines not the present time but the future in the promise which he records, when he says, "Not that which I do show you, but that which I will show you;" as a testimony to the faith with which the soul believed in God, showing its gratitude not by what had been already done, but by its expectation of the future;
44for, being kept in a state of suspense and eagerness by good hope, and thinking that even what was not present would beyond all question be present immediately, on account of its most certain faith in him who had promised, it found a reward, the perfect good; for in another passage it is said that Abraham believed in God. And in the same way, God, when showing Moses all the land, says that, "I have shown it to thy eyes, but thou shalt not enter therein."
45Do not then fancy that this is spoken of the death of the all-wise Moses, as some inconsiderate persons believe; for it is a piece of folly to think that slaves should have the country of virtue assigned to them in preference to the friends of God.
46But first of all, God wishes to make it understood by you that there is one place for infants and another for full-grown men, the one being called practise and the other wisdom; and secondly, that the most beautiful of all the things in nature are rather such as can be seen than such as can be acquired; for how can it be possible to acquire possession of those things which are endowed in the same degree with the diviner attributes? But it is not impossible to see them, though it may not be given to all men to do so, for this may be permitted only to the purest and most acute-sighted race, to whom the father of the universe, when he displays his own works, is giving the greatest of all gifts.
47For what life can be better than that which is devoted to speculation, or what can be more closely connected with rational existence; for which reason it is that though the voices of mortal beings are judged of by the faculty of hearing, nevertheless the scriptures present to us the words of God, to be actually visible to us like light; for in them it is said that, "All the people saw the voice of God;" they do not say, "heard it," since what took place was not a beating of the air by means of the organs of the mouth and tongue, but a most exceedingly brilliant ray of virtue, not different in any respect from the source of reason, which also in another passage is spoken of in the following manner, "Ye have seen that I spake unto you from out of heaven," not "Ye have heard," for the same reason.
48But there are passages where he distinguishes between what is heard and what is seen, and between the sense of seeing and that of hearing, as where he says, "Ye heard the sound of the words, but ye saw no similitude, only ye heard a voice;" speaking here with excessive precision; for the discourse which was divided into nouns and verbs, and in short into all the different parts of speech, he has very appropriately spoken of as something to be heard; for in fact that is examined by the sense of hearing; but that which has nothing to do with either nouns or verbs, but is the voice of God, and seen by the eye of the soul, he very properly represents as visible;
49and having previously reminded them, "Ye saw no similitude," he proceeds to say, " Only ye heard a voice, which ye all saw;" for this must be what is understood as implied in those words. So that the words of God have for their tribunal and judge the sense of sight, which is situated in the soul; but those which are subdivided into nouns, and verbs, and other parts of speech, have for their judge the sense of hearing.
50But as the writer being new in all kinds of knowledge, has also introduced this novelty both in his accounts of domestic and of foreign matters, saying that the voice is a thing to be judged of by the sight, which in point of fact is almost the only thing in us which is not an object of sight, with the single exception of the mind; for the things which are the objects of the rest of the outward senses are, every one of them, visible to the sight, such as colours, tastes, smells, things that are hot or cold, things that are smooth or rough, things that are soft or hard, inasmuch as they are substantial bodies.
Sections 51–75
51And what is meant by this I will explain more distinctly: a flavour is appreciable by the sight, not inasmuch as it is flavour, but so far as it is a mere substance, for in so far as it is flavour the sense of taste will judge of it; again a smell, in so far as it is a smell, will be decided upon by the nostrils, but inasmuch as it is a bodily substance, it will also be judged of by the eyes: and the other objects of sense will be tested in this manner; but voice is not appreciable by the sense of sight, neither inasmuch as it is a body, if indeed it is a body at all, nor inasmuch as it can be heard; but there are these two things in us which are wholly invisible—mind and speech;
52but the sound that proceeds from us does not the least resemble the divine organ of voice; for one organ of voice is mingled with the air, and flies to a kindred region with itself, namely to the ears; but the divine organ consists of unmixed and unalloyed speech, which outstrips the sense of hearing by reason of its fineness, and which is discerned by a pure soul, by means of its acuteness in the faculty of sight.
53Therefore, after having left all mortal things, God, as I have said before, gives, as his first gift to the soul, an exhibition and an opportunity of contemplating mortal things: and in the second place he gives it an improvement in the doctrines of virtue, in respect both of their numbers and of their importance; for he says, "And I will make thee into a mighty nation," using this expression with reference to the multitude of the nation, and with reference to the increase and improvement of what was already great;
54and that this quantity in each kind, that is to say, both as to magnitude and as to number, was greatly increased, is pointed out by the king of Egypt, where he says, "For behold," says he, "the race of the children of Israel is a great multitude." Since both these facts bear witness to the race which had the power of beholding the living God, that it had derived increase both in number and in magnitude, and as having done so, had met with prosperity, both in its life and in its language;
55for he does not say here (as any one would say who paid attention to the connection of the words which he was using), a numerous multitude, but he says, "A great multitude," knowing that the word numerous by itself implies an imperfect multitude, unless in addition to its numbers it has the attributes of intelligence and knowledge; for what advantage is it to comprehend many subjects of speculation, unless each of them receives a power of growth to a suitable size; for in like manner a field is not perfect in which there are innumerable plants growing on the ground, and no plant has grown up by means of the skill of the husbandman so as to arrive at perfection, unless it is now able to produce fruit.
56But the beginning and the end of the greatness and numerousness of good things is the ceaseless and uninterrupted recollection of God, and an invocation of his assistance in the civil and domestic, confused and continual, warfare of life; for Moses says, "Behold, the people is wise and full of knowledge; this is a mighty nation; for what nation is there so great, that has God so near, as the Lord our God is to us in all the circumstances in which we call upon him?"
57Therefore it has been plainly shown that there is power with God, which is a suitable and useful helper and defender, and the ruler himself comes nearer to the assistance of those persons who are worthy to be assisted. But who are they who are worthy to obtain such a mercy as this? It is plain that they are all lovers of wisdom and knowledge;
58for these are the wise people and the people of knowledge of whom he speaks, each of whom may naturally be called great, since he aims at great things, and at one great thing with excessive earnestness and eagerness, namely, at never being separated from the Almighty God, but at being able to endure his approach when he comes near steadily, and without any amazement or display.
59This is the definition of great, to be near to God, or at least to be near to that thing to which God is near; forsooth the world and the wise citizen of the world are both full of many and great good things, but all the rest of the multitude of men is involved in numerous evils, and in but few good things; for the good is rare in the agitated and confused life of man.
60On which account it is said in the sacred scriptures, "It is not because you are numerous beyond all the nations that the Lord has selected you above them all, and has chosen you out; for in truth you are but few in comparison of all nations, but it is because the Lord loves you;" for if any one were to choose to distribute the multitude of one soul as if according to nations, he would find a great many ranks totally destitute of all order, of which pleasures, or appetites or griefs, or fears, or again follies and iniquities, and all the other vices which are connected with or akin to them, are the leaders, and he would find but one rank alone well regulated, that namely which is under the leadership of right reason.
61Among men, then, the unjust multitude is usually honoured more than one single just person; but in the eye of God a small company that is good is preferred to an infinite number of persons who are unjust. And, on that account, he warns men never to consent to a multitude of such a character; "For," says he, "thou shalt not join with a multitude to do evil." May one, then, join a few to do so? One may never join a single bad man. But a bad man, though he be but a single individual, is a multitude in wickedness, and it is the greatest possible evil to join with him; for, on the contrary, it is becoming rather to oppose him and to make war upon him with fearless energy.
62"For if," says Moses, "you go forth to war against your enemies and see a horse," the emblem of arrogant and restive passion which scorns all control, "and a rider," the symbol of the mind devoted to the service of the passions, riding upon it, "and a great body of your people," admirers of those before-mentioned passions, and following in a solid phalanx, "you shall not be terrified so as to flee from them," for you, though only a single person, shall have a single being for your ally, "because the Lord your God is on your side;"
63for his advance to battle puts an end to war, builds up peace again, overthrows numbers of long-accustomed evils, preserves the scanty race which loves God, to whom every one who becomes subject hates and abominates the ranks of the more earthly armies.
64"For," says Moses, "you shall not eat those animals which have a multitude of feet, being numbered among all the reptiles that are upon the earth; because they are an abomination." But the soul is not deserving of being hated which goes upon the earth in one part of itself, but only that which does so with all or with the greatest proportion of its parts, and which is exceedingly greedy about the things of the body, and which, in short, is unable to penetrate into and contemplate the divine revolutions of the heaven.
65And, moreover, as the animal with many feet is accursed among reptiles, so also is that which has no feet at all; the one for the cause already mentioned, and the other because it entirely falls upon the ground in all its parts, not being supported off the ground by anything, not even for the briefest minute. For Moses says that, "Everything which goes upon its belly is unclean;" meaning, under this figurative expression, to point out those who pursue the pleasures of the belly.
66But some go far beyond these persons in wickedness, not only indulge in every description of desire, but also acquire that passion which is akin to desire, namely, anger, wishing to excite the whole of the irrational part of the soul and to destroy the mind. For what has been said in words, indeed, is applicable to the serpent, but in reality it is meant to apply to every man who is irrational and a slave to his passions, being truly a divine oracle, "Upon thy breast and upon thy belly shalt thou go;" for anger has its abode about the breast, and the seat of desire is in the belly.
67But the foolish man proceeds always by means of the two passions together, both anger and desire, omitting no opportunity, and discarding reason as his pilot and judge. But the man who is contrary to him has extirpated anger and desire from his nature, and has enlisted himself under divine reason as his guide; as also Moses, that faithful servant of God, did. Who, when he is offering the burnt offerings of the soul, "washes out the belly;" that is to say, he washes out the whole seat of desires, and he takes away "the breast of the ram of the consecration;" that is to say, the whole of the warlike disposition, that so the remainder, the better portion of the soul, the rational part, having no longer anything to draw it in a different direction or to counteract its natural impulses, may indulge its own free and noble inclinations towards everything that is beautiful;
68for, in this way, it will improve both in quantity and in magnitude. For it is said, "How long shall this people exasperate me? and till what time will they refuse to believe me in all the signs which I have done among them? I will smite them with death and I will destroy them, and I will make thee and thy father’s house into a mighty nation, greater and mightier than this." For when the great multitude of the passions which indulge in anger and desire in the soul is put to the rout, then immediately those affections which depend on its rational nature rise up and become brilliant;
69for as the reptile with many feet and that with no feet at all, though they are exactly opposite to one another in the race of reptiles, are both pronounced unclean, so also the opinion which denies any God, and that which worships a multitude of Gods, though quite opposite in the soul, are both profane. And a proof of this is that the law banishes them both "from the sacred assembly," forbidding the atheistical opinion, as a eunuch and mutilated person, to come into the assembly; and the polytheistic, inasmuch as it prohibits any one born of a harlot from either hearing or speaking in the assembly. For he who worships no God at all is barren, and he who worships a multitude is the son of a harlot, who is in a state of blindness as to his true father, and who on this account is figuratively spoken of as having many fathers, instead of one.
70There have now been two gifts of God already mentioned: the hope of a life devoted to contemplation, and an improvement in good things in respect both of quantity and of magnitude. The third gift is blessing, without which it is not possible that the graces already mentioned can be confirmed; for the scripture says, "And I will bless thee;" that is to say, I will give thee a word which shall be praised; for the portion εὖ (in εὐλογήσω, I will bless), is always applicable to virtue. And of speech, one kind is like a spring and another kind is like a stream;
71that which is in the mind being like the spring, and the utterance through the medium of the mouth and tongue resembling a stream. And it is great riches for either species of speech to be improved, for the mind to be so by exerting soundness of reason in everything, whether important or unimportant, or for the utterance to be so when under the guidance of right instruction;
72for many men think, indeed, most excellently, but are betrayed by a bad interpreter, namely, speech, because they have not throughly worked up the whole course of encyclical instruction. Others, again, have been exceedingly skilful in explaining their ideas, but very bad hands at forming intentions, as, for instance, those who are called sophists, for the mind of these sophists is destitute of all harmony and of all real learning; but their speeches, which are uttered by the organs of their voice, are full of music and beauty.
73But God gives no imperfect gifts to his subjects, but all his presents are complete and perfect. On which account he now dispenses blessing not to one section only, that of speech, but to both portions; thinking it proper that the man who has received a benefit should also conceive the most excellent notions, and should also be able to explain what he has conceived in a powerful manner; for perfection, as it seems, consists in the two points, of being able to form clear and just conceptions and intentions, and also of being able to interpret them correctly.
74Do you not see that Abel (and the name Abel is the name of one who mourns over mortal things, and attributes happiness to immortal things), has a mind wholly free from all liability to reproach? And yet, from not being practised in discussions, he is defeated by one who is clever as an antagonist in such things, Cain being able to get the better of him more through superiority of skill than of strength;
75for which reason, though I admire him on account of the good fortune with which he was endowed by nature, I nevertheless blame the disposition in him that, when he was challenged to a contest of discussion, he came forward to contend, when he ought to have abided by his usual tranquillity, discarding all love for contention. But if he was determined by all means to enter into such a contest, then still he ought not to have engaged in it until he had sufficiently practised himself in the exercises of the art; for men who have been long versed in political strife are usually accustomed to get the better of men of uncultivated acuteness.
Sections 76–100
76For this reason also the all-accomplished Moses deprecates coming to a consideration of reasonable looking and plausible arguments, from the time that God began to cause the light of truth to shine upon him; through the immortal words of his knowledge and wisdom. But he is not the less led on to the contemplation of these arguments, not for the sake of becoming skilful in many things (for the contemplation of God himself and of his most sacred powers, are quite sufficient for a man who is fond of contemplation), but with a view to get the better of the sophists in Egypt, where fabulous and plausible inventions are looked upon as entitled to higher honour than a clear statement of truth.
77When, therefore, the mind walks abroad among the affairs of the ruler of the universe, it requires nothing further as an object of contemplation, since the mind alone is the most piercing of all eyes as applied to the objects of the intellect; but when it is directed towards those things which are properly objects of the outward senses, or to any passion, or substance, of which the land of Egypt is the emblem, then it will have need of skill and power in argument.
78On which account Moses is directed also to take Aaron with him as an addition, Aaron being the symbol of uttered speech, "Behold," says God, "is not Aaron thy brother?" For one rational nature being the mother of them both, it follows of course that the offspring are brothers, "I know that he will speak." For it is the office of the mind to comprehend, and of utterance to speak. "He," says God, "will speak for thee." For the mind not being able to give an adequate exposition of the part which is assigned to it, uses its neighbour speech as an interpreter, for the purpose of explaining what it feels.
79Presently he further adds, "Behold he will come to meet thee," since in truth speech when it meets the conceptions, and embodies them in words, and names stamps what had before no impression on it, so as to make it current coin. And further on he says, "And when he seeth thee he will rejoice in himself;" for speech rejoices and exults when the conception is not indistinct, because it being clear and evident employs speech as an unerring and fluent expositor of itself, having a full supply of appropriate and felicitous expressions full of abundant distinctness and intelligibility.
80At all events when the conceptions are at all indistinct and ambiguous, speech is the treading as it were on empty air, and often stumbles and meets with a severe fall, so as never to be able to rise again. "And thou shalt speak to him, and thou shalt give my words into his mouth," which is equivalent to, Thou shalt suggest to him conceptions which are in no respect different from divine language and divine arguments.
81For without some one to offer suggestions, speech will not speak; and the mind is what suggests to speech, as God suggests to the mind. "And he shall speak for thee to the people, and he shall be thy mouth, and thou shalt be to him as God." And there is a most emphatic meaning in the expression, "He shall speak for thee," that is to say, He shall interpret thy conceptions, and "He shall be thy mouth." For the stream of speech being borne through the tongue and mouth conveys the conceptions abroad. But speech is the interpreter of the mind to men, while again mind is by means of speech the interpreter to God; but these thoughts are those of which God alone is the overseer.
82Therefore it is necessary for any one who is about to enter into a contest of sophistry, to pay attention to all his words with such vigorous earnestness, that he may not only be able to escape from the manoeuvres of his adversaries, but may also in his turn attack them, and get the better of them, both in skill and in power.
83Do you not see that conjurors and enchanters, who attempting to contend against the divine word with their sophistries, and who daring to endeavour to do other things of a similar kind, labour not so much to display their own knowledge, as to tear to pieces and turn into ridicule what was done? For they even transform their rods into the nature of serpents, and change water into the complexion of blood, and by their incantations they attract the remainder of the frogs to the land, and, like miserable men as they are, they increase everything for their own destruction, and while thinking to deceive others they are deceived themselves.
84And how was it possible for Moses to encounter such men as these unless he had prepared speech, the interpreter of his mind, namely Aaron? who now indeed is called his mouth; but in a subsequent passage we shall find that he is called a prophet, when also the mind, being under the influence of divine inspiration, is called God. "For," says God, "I give thee as a God to Pharaoh, and Aaron thy brother shall be thy prophet." O the harmonious and well-organised consequence! For that which interprets the will of God is the prophetical race, being under the influence of divine possession and frenzy.
85Therefore "the rod of Aaron swallowed up their rods," as the holy scripture tells us. For all sophistical reasons are swallowed up and destroyed by the varied skilfulness of nature; so that they are forced to confess that what is done is "the finger of God," an expression equivalent to confessing the truth of the divine scripture which asserts that sophistry is always subdued by wisdom. For the sacred account tells us that "the tables" on which the commandments were engraved as on a pillar, "were also written by the finger of God." On which account the conjurors were not able to stand before Moses, but fell down as in a wrestling match, being overcome by the superior strength of their antagonist.
86What then is the fourth gift? The having a great name, for God says, "I will magnify thy name;" and the meaning of this, as it appears to me, is as follows; as to be good is honourable, so also to appear to be so is advantageous. And truth is better than appearance, but perfect happiness is when the two are combined. For there are great numbers of people who apply themselves to virtue in genuine honesty and sincerity, and who admire its genuine beauty, having no regard to the reputation which they may have with the multitude, and who in consequence have been plotted against, being thought wicked though in reality they are good.
87And indeed there is no advantage whatever in seeming, unless being has also been added long before, as is the case with respect to bodies; for if all men were to fancy that one who was labouring under a disease was in good health, or that one in good health was labouring under a disease, still their opinion would not of itself create either disease or good health.
88But the man to whom God has given both things, namely both to be good and virtuous and also to appear so, that man is truly happy, and has a name which is really magnified. And one must have a prudent regard for a good reputation as a thing of great importance, and one which greatly benefits the life which is dependent on the body. And it falls to the lot of every one who, rejoicing with contentment, changes none of the existing laws, but zealously preserves the constitution of his native land.
89For there are some men, who, looking upon written laws as symbols of things appreciable by the intellect, have studied some things with superfluous accuracy, and have treated others with neglectful indifference; whom I should blame for their levity; for they ought to attend to both classes of things, applying themselves both to an accurate investigation of invisible things, and also to an irreproachable observance of those laws which are notorious.
90But now men living solitarily by themselves as if they were in a desert, or else as if they were mere souls unconnected with the body, and as if they had no knowledge of any city, or village, or house, or in short of any company of men whatever, overlook what appears to the many to be true, and seek for plain naked truth by itself, whom the sacred scripture teaches not to neglect a good reputation, and not to break through any established customs which divine men of greater wisdom than any in our time have enacted or established.
91For although the seventh day is a lesson to teach us the power which exists in the uncreated God, and also that the creature is entitled to rest from his labours, it does not follow that on that account we may abrogate the laws which are established respecting it, so as to light a fire, or till land, or carry burdens, or bring accusations, or conduct suits at law, or demand a restoration of a deposit, or exact the repayment of a debt, or do any other of the things which are usually permitted at times which are not days of festival.
92Nor does it follow, because the feast is the symbol of the joy of the soul and of its gratitude towards God, that we are to repudiate the assemblies ordained at the periodical seasons of the year; nor because the rite of circumcision is an emblem of the excision of pleasures and of all the passions, and of the destruction of that impious opinion, according to which the mind has imagined itself to be by itself competent to produce offspring, does it follow that we are to annul the law which has been enacted about circumcision. Since we shall neglect the laws about the due observance of the ceremonies in the temple, and numbers of others too, if we exclude all figurative interpretation and attend only to those things which are expressly ordained in plain words.
93But it is right to think that this class of things resembles the body, and the other class the soul; therefore, just as we take care of the body because it is the abode of the soul, so also must we take care of the laws that are enacted in plain terms: for while they are regarded, those other things also will be more clearly understood, of which these laws are the symbols, and in the same way one will escape blame and accusation from men in general.
94Do you not see that Abraham also says, that both small and great blessings fell to the share of the wise man, and he calls the great things, "all that he had," and his possessions, which it is allowed to the legitimate son alone to receive as his inheritance; but the small things he calls gifts, of which the illegitimate children and those born of concubines, are also accounted worthy. The one, therefore, resemble those laws which are natural, and the other those which derive their origin from human enactment.
95I also admire Leah, that woman endued with all virtue, who, at the birth of Asher, who is the symbol of that bastard wealth, which is perceptible by the outward senses, says, "Blessed am I, because all women shall call me happy." For she sees plainly that she will have a favourable reputation, thinking that she deserves to be praised, not only by those reasonings which are really masculine and manly, which have a nature free from all spot and stain, and which honour that which is really honest and incorrupt, but also by those more feminine reasonings which are in every respect overcome by those things which are visible, and which are unable to comprehend any object of contemplation which is beyond them.
96But it is the part of a perfect soul to set up a claim, not only to be, but also to appear to be, and, to labour earnestly not merely to have a good reputation in the houses of the men, but also in the secret chambers of the women.
97On which account Moses also committed the preparation of the sacred works of the tabernacle not only to men, but also to women, who were to aid in making them; for all "the woven works of hyacinthine colour, and of purple and of scarlet work, and of fine linen, and of goats’ hair, do the women make;" and they also contribute their own ornaments without hesitation, "seals, and ear-rings, and finger-rings, and armlets, and tablets, all jewels of gold," — everything, in short, of which gold was the material, gladly giving up the ornaments of their person in exchange for piety;
98and, moreover, carrying their zeal to a still higher degree, they likewise consecrated even their mirrors, that a laver might be made of them," in order that those who were about to assist at the sacrifices, washing their hands and their feet, that is to say, those works about which the mind is occupied and on which it is fixed, may have a view of themselves in a mirror according to the recollection of those mirrors of which the laver was made; for in this way they will never permit anything disgraceful to remain in any portion of the soul. And now they will dedicate the offering of fasting and patience, the most beautiful and sacred, and perfect of offerings.
99But these real citizens and virtuous women are really as it were the outward senses, by whom Leah, that is virtue, desires to be honoured. But they who kindle an additional fire against the miserable mind are destitute of any city. For we read in the scripture that even, "women still burnt additional fire to Moab."
100But may we not in this way say that so each of the outward senses of the foolish man when set on fire by the appropriate objects of outward sense, does also set fire to the mind, spreading over it an exceeding and interminable flame with irresistible vigour and impetuosity. At all events it is best to propitiate the array of women, that is to say, of the outward senses in the soul, just as it is desirable to do so with respect to the men, that is to say, with respect to the particular reasonings. For in this manner we shall arrange a more excellent system of life in a very beautiful manner.
Sections 101–125
101On this account also the self-instructed Isaac prays to the lover of wisdom, that he may be able to comprehend both those good things which are perceptible by the outward senses, and those which are appreciable only by the intellect. For he says, "May God give thee of the dew of heaven, and of the fatness of the earth," a prayer equivalent, to May he in the first place pour upon thee a continual and heavenly rain appreciable by the intellect, not violently so as to wash thee away, but mildly and gently like dew, so as to benefit thee. And in the second place, may he bestow upon thee that earthly wealth which is perceptible by the outward senses, fat and fertile, having drained off its opposite, namely poverty, from the soul and from all its parts.
102But if you examine the great high priest, that is to say reason, you will find him entertaining ideas in harmony with these, and having his sacred garments richly embroidered by all the powers which are comprehensible either by the outward senses or by the intellect; the other portion of which clothing would require a more prolix explanation than is practicable on the present occasion, and we must pass it by for the present. But the extreme portions, those namely at the head and at the feet, we will examine.
103There is then on the head "a golden leaf," pure, having on it the impression of a seal, "Holiness to the Lord." And on the feet there are, "on the fringe of the inner garment, bells and small flowerets." But this seal is an idea of ideas, according to which God fashioned the world, being an incorporeal idea, comprehensible only by the intellect. And the flowerets and the bells are symbols of distinctive qualities perceptible by the outward senses; of which the faculties of hearing and of seeing are the judges.
104And he adds, with exceeding accuracy of investigation, "The voice of him shall be heard as he enters into the holy place," in order that when the soul enters into the places appreciable by the intellect, and divine, and truly holy, the very outward senses may likewise be benefited, and may sound in unison, in accordance with virtue; and our whole system, like a melodious chorus of many men, may sing in concert one well-harmonised melody composed of different sounds well combined, the thoughts inspiring the leading notes (for the objects of intellect are the leaders of the chorus); and the objects of the external senses, singing in melodies, accord the symphonies which follow, which are compared to individual members of the chorus.
105For, in short, as the law says, it was not right for the soul to be deprived of "its necessaries, and its garments, and its place of abode," these three things; but it ought rather to have had each of them allotted to it in a durable manner. Now the necessaries of the soul are those good things which are perceptible only by the intellect, which ought, and indeed are bound by the law of nature, to be attached to it; and the clothing means those things which relate to the exterior and visible ornament of human life; and the place of abode is continued diligence and care respecting each of the species before mentioned, in order that the objects of the outward senses may appear as the invisible objects of the intellect do also.
106There is, also, a fifth gift, which consists only in the bare fact of existence; and it is mentioned after all the previous ones, not because it is inferior to them, but rather because it overtops and excels them all; for what can be a greater blessing than to be formed by nature, and to be, without any falsehood or fictitious pretence, really good and worthy of the most perfect praise?
107"For," says God, "thou shalt be blessed" (εὐλογητός); not merely a person who is blessed (εὐλογημένος), for this latter fact is estimated by the opinions and reports of the multitude, but the other depends on a person being, in real truth, deserving of blessings;
108for as the being praiseworthy (τὸ ἐπαινετὸν εἶναι) differs from being praised, being superior to it; and as the being blameworthy differs from being blamed, in being worse; for the one depends upon a person’s natural character, while the other is affirmed only with reference to his being considered such and such. And real genuine nature is a more reliable thing than opinion; so, also, to be blessed by men, that is to say, to be celebrated by their praises and benedictions, is of less value than to be formed by nature so as to be worthy of blessing, even though all men should be silent respecting one, and this last is what is meant in the scriptures by the term blessed (εὐλογητός).
109These are the good things which are given to him who is about to be wise. But let us now examine what God, for the sake of the wise man, bestows on the rest of mankind also. He says, "I will bless those who bless thee, and curse those who curse thee."
110Now that this is said by way of doing honour to the good man, is plain to every one. And this, too, is not the only reason why it is said, but it is said also on account of the harmonious consequence which exists in things; for he who praises a good man is himself worthy of encomium, and he who blames him is, on the other hand, deserving of blame. But it is not so much the power of those who utter or who write praise or blame that is trusted to, as the real character of what is due; so that those persons would not really appear to praise or to blame at all who, in either case, adopt or introduce any falsehood of their own.
111Do you not see flatterers who, day and night, weary and annoy the ears of those to whom they address their flatteries, and who not only nod assent to every word that they say, but who also string together long sentences, and connect rhapsodies, and often pray to them with their mouths, but who are continually cursing them in their hearts?
112What, then, would any one in his senses say? Would he not pronounce that those who speak thus are, in reality, enemies rather than friends, and do in reality blame them rather than praise them, even if they put together whole dramas full of panegyric and sing them in their honour?
113Therefore, the vain Balaam, although he sang hymns of exceeding sublimity to God, among which, also, is that one beginning, "God is not as a man," the most beautiful of all songs, and who uttered panegyrics on the seeing multitude, Israel, going through a countless body of particulars, is rightly judged by the wise lawgiver to have been an impious man and accursed, and to have been cursing rather than blessing;
114for he says that he was hired for money by the enemy, and so became an evil prophet of evil things, bearing in his soul most bitter curses against the God loving nature, but being compelled to utter prophetically with his mouth and tongue the most exquisite and sublime prayers in their favour; for the things that he said, being very excellent, were, in fact, suggested by the God who loves virtue; but the curses which he conceived in his mind (for they were wicked) were the offspring of his mind, which hated virtue.
115And the sacred scripture bears testimony to this fact; for it says, "God did not grant to Balaam leave to curse thee, but turned his curses into blessing;" though, in fact, all the words that he uttered were full of good omen. But he who looks into all that is laid up in the recesses of the heart, and who alone has the power to see those things which are invisible to created beings, from these secret things has passed a condemnatory decree, being in his own person at once the most indubitable of witnesses and the most incorruptible of judges, since even the contrary thing is praised, namely, for a man who appears to calumniate and to accuse with his mouth, in his heart to be blessing, and praising, and speaking words of good omen.
116This, as it would seem, is the custom of those who correct youth, and of preceptors, and of parents, and of elders, and of rulers, and of laws; for they, at times, do each of them reprove and punish, and by these means render the souls of those who are under their instruction better. And of these men no one is an enemy to his pupil, but they are all of them friendly to all of them; but it is the office of friends who have a genuine and unalloyed good will to others to speak freely, without any unfriendly purpose.
117Therefore, as far as blessings, and praises, and prayers, or, on the other hand, reproaches and curses are concerned, one must not so much be guided by what proceeds out of the mouth by utterance, as by what is in the heart, by which, as by the original source of them all, both kinds of speeches are estimated.
118These, then, are the things which, he says, happen in the first instance to others on account of the good man, when they seek to load him with either praise or blame, or with blessings or curses. But that which comes next in order is the most important thing; that when they are silent, still no portion of the rational nature is left without a participation in the benefits; for God says that, "In thee shall all the nations of the world be blessed."
119And this is a promise exceedingly full of doctrine; for if the mind is always free from disease and from injury, it then exerts all the tribes of feelings which affect it, and all its powers in a state of sound health, namely, its powers of seeing and of hearing, and all those which belong to the outward senses; and, moreover, all its appetites which are conversant about pleasures and desires, and all those feelings likewise which being reduced from a state of agitation to one of tranquillity, receive a better character from the change.
120Before now, indeed, cities, and countries, and peoples, and nations of the earth, have enjoyed the greatest happiness and prosperity in consequence of the virtue and prudence of the individual; especially so when, in addition to a good disposition and wisdom, God has also given him irresistible power, as he may have given to a musician or to any artist the proper instruments for music, or for carrying out any other art, or as wood is supplied as a material for fire;
121for in good truth the just man is the prop of all the human race; and he, bringing all that he has into the common stock for the advantage of these who can use it, bestows his treasures ungrudgingly, and whatever he finds that he has not got in himself, he prays for to the only giver of all wealth, the all-bounteous God. And God, opening the treasures of heaven, pours forth and showers down upon him all kinds of good things together; so that all the channels on earth are filled with them to overflowing.
122And these blessings he at all times freely bestows, never rejecting the prayer of supplication which is addressed to him; for it is said in another passage, when Moses addresses him with supplication: "I am favourable to them according to thy word." And this expression, as it seems, is equivalent to the other: "In thee all the nations of the earth shall be blessed." On which account also the wise Abraham, who had had experience of the goodness of God in all things, believes that even if all other things are destroyed, still a small fragment of virtue would be preserved, like a spark of fire, and that for the sake of this little spark, he pities those other things also, so as to raise them up when fallen, and rekindle them when extinct.
123For even the slightest spark of fire that is still smouldering, when it is fanned and re-kindled will set fire to a large pile: and so too the smallest spark of virtue, when it beams up, being wakened into life by good hopes, gives light to what has previously been dim-sighted and blind, and causes what has been withered to shoot up again, and whatever is barren and unproductive it transforms and brings to abundance of prolific power. Thus a good, which is but rare, is, by the kindness of God, made abundant and showered upon men, making everything else to resemble itself.
124Let us therefore pray that the mind may be in the soul like a pillar in a house, and, in like manner, that the just man may be firmly established in the human race for the relief of all diseases; for while he is in vigorous health, one must not abandon all hope of complete safety, as through the medium of him, I imagine God the Saviour extending his all-healing medicine, that is to say, his propitious and merciful power to his suppliants and worshippers, bids them employ it for the salvation of those who are sick; spreading it like a salve over the wounds of the soul, which folly, and injustice, and all the other multitude of vices, being sharpened up, have grievously inflicted upon it.
125And a most visible example of this is the righteous Noah, who, when so many portions of the soul were swallowed up in the great deluge, himself vigorously overtopped the waves and floated on their surface, and so rose above all the dangers which threatened him; and when he had escaped in safety, he sent out great and beautiful roots from himself, from which, like a tree, the whole crop of wisdom sprang up, which, bearing useful fruit, put forth the three fruits of the seeing creature, Israel, the measures of time, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.
Sections 126–150
126For, virtue is, and will be, and has been in everything; which virtue perhaps is at times obscured among men by the want of opportunity, but which opportunity the minister of God again brings to light. Since Sarah, that is to say, prudence, brings forth a male child, flourishing, not according to the periodical seasons of the year, but according to those seasons and felicitous occasions which have no connection with time; for it is said, "I will surely return and visit thee according to the time of life; and Sarah, thy wife, shall have a son."
127We have now, then, said enough about the gifts which God is accustomed to bestow on those who are to become perfect, and through the medium of them on others also. In the next passage it is said, that "Abraham went as the Lord commanded him."
128And this is the end which is celebrated among those who study philosophy in the best manner, namely, to live in accordance with nature. And this takes place when the mind, entering into the path of virtue, treads in the steps of right reason, and follows God, remembering his commandments, and at all times and in all places confirming them both by word and deed;"
129for "he went as the Lord commanded him." And the meaning of this is, as God commands (and he commands in a beautiful and praiseworthy manner), in that very manner does the virtuous man act, guiding the path of his life in a blameless way, so that the actions of the wise man are in no respect different from the divine commands.
130At all events, God is represented in another passage as saying, "Abraham has kept all my law." And law is nothing else but the word of God, enjoining what is right, and forbidding what is not right, as he bears witness, where he says, "He received the law from his words." If, then, the divine word is the law, and if the righteous man does the law, then by all means he also performs the the word of God. So that, as I said before, the words of God are the actions of the wise man.
131Accordingly, the end is according to the most holy Moses, to follow God; as he says also in another passage, "Thou shalt walk after the Lord thy God;" not meaning that he should employ the motion of his legs; for the earth is the support of a man, but whether the whole world is sufficient to be the support of God, I do not know; but he seems here to be speaking allegorically, intending to represent the way in which the soul follows the divine doctrines, which has a direct reference to the honour due to the great cause of all things.
132And he also, with a wish further to excite an irresistible desire of what is good, enjoins one to cleave to it; for he says, "Thou shalt fear the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve; and thou shalt cleave to him." What, then, is this cleaving? What? Surely it is piety and faith; for these virtues adapt and invite the mind to incorruptible nature. For Abraham also, when he believed, is said to have "come near to God."
133If, therefore, while you are walking you are neither fatigued, so as to give way and stumble, nor are so careless as to turn to either the right hand or to the left hand, and so to stray and miss the direct road which lies between the two; but if, imitating good runners, you finish the course of life without stumbling or error, you will deservedly obtain the crown and worthy prize of victory when you have arrived at your desired end.
134For is not this the crown and the prize of victory not to miss the proposed end of one’s labours, but to arrive at that goal of prudence which is so difficult to be reached? What, then, is the object of having right wisdom? To be able to condemn one’s own folly and that of every created being. For to be aware that one knows nothing is the end of all knowledge, since there is only one wise being, who is also the only God.
135On which account Moses very beautifully has represented the father of the universe as being also the inspector and superintendent of all that he has created, saying, "God saw all that he had made, and behold it was very good." For it was not possible for any one to have an accurate view of all that had been created, except for the Creator.
136Come, then, ye who are full of arrogance, and ignorance, and of exceeding insolence, ye that are wise in your own conceit, and who say not only that ye know accurately what each thing is, but that you are also able to explain the causes why it is so, showing daring with great rashness, as if ye had either been present at the creation of the world, and had actually seen how and from what each separate thing was made, or had been counsellors of the Creator concerning the things which were created.
137Come, and at once abandoning all other things, learn to know yourselves, and tell us plainly what ye yourselves are in respect of your bodies, in respect of your souls, in respect of your external senses, and in respect of your reason. Tell us now with respect to one, and that the smallest, perhaps, of the senses, what sight is, and how it is that you see; tell us what hearing is, and how is it that you hear; tell us what taste is, what touch is, what smell is, and how it is that you exercise the energies of each of these faculties; and what the sources of them are from which they originate.
138For do not tell me long stories about the moon and the sun, and all the other things in heaven and in the world, which are at such a distance from us and which are so different in their natures, empty-minded creatures that you are, before you examine into and become acquainted with yourselves; for when you have learnt to understand yourselves, then perhaps one may believe you when you enter into explanations respecting other things. But till you are able to tell what you yourselves are, do not expect ever to be looked upon as truth-telling judges or witnesses with respect to others.
139Since, then, these things are in this state, the mind, when it is rendered perfect, will pay its proper tribute to the God who causes perfection, according to that most sacred scripture, "For the law is, that tribute belongs to the Lord." When does the mind pay it? When? "On the third day it comes to the place which God has told it of," having passed by the greater portions of the differences of time, and being now passing over to that nature which has no connection with time;
140for then it will sacrifice its beloved son, not a man (for the wise man is not a slayer of his children), but the male offspring of a virtuously living soul, the fruit which germinates from it, as to which it knows not how it bore it, the divine shoot, which, when it appears, the soul then having appeared to be pregnant, confesses that it does not understand the good which has happened to it, saying, "Who will tell to Abraham?" as if, in fact, he would refuse to believe about the rising up of the self-taught race, that "Sarah was suckling a child," not that the child was being suckled by Sarah. For the self-taught offspring is nourished by no one, but is itself the nourishment of others as being competent to teach, and having no need to learn;
141for "I have brought forth a son," not like the Egyptian women, in the flower of my age and in the height of my bodily vigour, but like the Hebrew souls, "in my old age," when all the objects of the outward senses and all mortal things are faded, and when the objects of the intellect and immortal things are in their full vigour and worthy of all estimation and honour.
142And I have brought forth, too, without requiring the aid of the midwife’s skill; for we bring forth even before any skill or knowledge of man can come to us, without any of the ordinary means of assistance to help us, God having sown and generated an excellent offspring, which, in accordance with the law made concerning gratitude, very properly requites its creator with gratitude and honour. For, says God, "My gifts, and my offerings, and my first fruits, you have taken care to bring to me."
143This is the end of the path of those who follow the arguments and injunctions contained in the law, and who walk in the way which God leads them in; but he who falls short of this, on account of his hunger after pleasure and his greediness for the indulgence of his passions, by name Amalek; for the interpretation of the name Amalek is, "the people that licks up" shall be cut off.
144And the sacred scriptures teach us that this disposition is an insidious one; for when it perceives that the most vigorous portion of the power of the soul has passed over, then, "rising up from its ambuscade, it cuts to pieces the fatigued portion like a rearguard." And of fatigue there is one kind which easily succumbs through the weakness of its reason which is unable to support the labours, which are to be encountered in the cause of virtue, and so, like those who are surprised in the rearguard, it is easily overcome. But the other kind is willing to endure honourable toil, vigorously persevering in all good things, and not choosing to bear anything whatever that is bad, not even though it be ever so trifling, but rejecting it as though it were the heaviest of burdens.
145On which account, the law has also, by a very felicitous appellation, called virtue Leah, which name, being interpreted, means "wearied;" for she very naturally thought the life of the wicked heavy and burdensome, and in its own nature wearisome; and did not choose even to look upon it, turning her eyes only on what is beautiful;
146and let the mind labour not only to follow God without any relaxation or want of vigour, but also to walk onwards by the straight path, turning to neither side, neither to the right nor yet to the left, as the earthly Edom did, seeking out of the way lurking places, at one time being full of excesses and superfluities, and at another of differences and short comings; for it is better to proceed along the middle road, which is that which is really the royal road, and which the great and only King, God, has widened to be a most suitable abode for the souls that love virtue.
147On which account some also of those who prosecute a gentle kind of philosophy, which is conversant chiefly about the society of mankind, have pronounced the virtues to be means, placing them on the confines between two extremes. Since, on the one hand, excessive pride, being full of much insolence is an evil, and to take up with a humble and self-abasing demeanour is to expose one’s self to be trampled upon; but the mean, which is compounded of both, in a gentle manner is advantageous.
148We must also inquire what the meaning of the expression, "He went with Lot," is. Now, the name Lot, being interpreted, means "declination;" and the mind declines or inclines, at one time rejecting what is good, and at another time what is evil. And both these declinations are often seen in one and the same thing. For there are some hesitating and wavering people who incline to both sides in turn, like a ship which is tossed about by different winds, or like the different sides of a scale, being unable to rest firmly on one thing; people whom one cannot praise even when they turn to the better side, for they are influenced by impulse, and not by deliberate meaning.
149Now, of these men Lot is a spectator, who Moses here says went with the lover of wisdom. But it was very well that when he began to accompany him he should unlearn ignorance, and should never again return to it. But still he goes with him, not in the hope of deriving improvement from an imitation of a better man, but with a view of persecuting him also with a counter attraction and allurements in an opposite direction, and of leading him where there was a chance of his falling.
150And a proof of this is, that the one, having fallen back again into his ancient disease, departs, having been taken prisoner by those enemies who are in the soul; but the other, having guarded against all his designs, concealed in ambuscade, took every imaginable care to live at a distance from him. But the separate habitation he will arrange hereafter, but not yet. For at present, his speculations, as would be likely to be the case with a man who has but lately begun to apply himself to divine contemplation, have a want of solidity and steadiness in them. But when they have become more compact, and are established on a firmer footing, then he will be able to separate from himself the alluring and flattering disposition as an irreconcileable enemy, and one difficult to subdue:
Sections 151–175
151for this is that disposition which attaches itself to the soul in such a manner as to be difficult to shake off, hindering it from proceeding swiftly on its progress towards virtue. This, too, when we leave Egypt, that is to say, the whole of the district connected with the body, being anxious to unlearn our subjection to the passions, in accordance with the language and precepts of the prophet Moses, follows us close, checking and impeding our zeal in the departure, and out of envy causing delay to the rapidity of setting forth;
152for it is said, "And a great mixed multitude went up with them, and sheep, and oxen, and very much cattle." But this mixed multitude, if one is to speak the plain truth, are the cattle-like and irrational doctrines of the soul. And it is with particular beauty and propriety that he calls the soul of the wicked man a mixed multitude: for it is truly a company which has been collected and brought together from all quarters, and composed of a promiscuous body of numerous and antagonist opinions, being, though only one in point of number, of infinite variety by reason of its versatility and diversity;
153on which account, besides the word "mixed," there is also added the epithet "great;" for he who looks at one end only is truly simple, and unmixed, and plain; but he who proposes to himself many objects of life is manifold, and mixed, and rough, in real truth: on which account the sacred scriptures say, that the practiser of virtue, Jacob, was a smooth man, and that Esau, the practiser of what is shameful, was a hairy or rough man.
154On account, then, of this mixed and rough multitude collected together from mixed opinions collected from all imaginable quarters, the mind which was able to exert great speed when it was fleeing from the country of the body, that is, from Egypt, and which was able in those days to receive the inheritance of virtue, being assisted by a threefold light, the memory of past things, the energy of present things, and the hope of the future, passed that exceeding length of time, forty years, in going up and down, and all around, wandering in every direction by reason of the diversity of manners, when it ought rather to have proceeded by the straight and most advantageous way.
155This is he who not only rejoiced in a few species of desire, but who also chose to pass by none whatever entirely, so that he might obtain the whole entire genus in which every species is included; for it is said that, "the mixed multitude that was among them desired all kinds of concupiscence," that is to say, the very genus of concupiscence itself, and not some one species; and sitting down they wept. For the mind is conscious that it is possessed of but slight power, and when it is not able to obtain what it desires, it weeps and groans; and yet it ought to rejoice when it fails to be able to indulge its passions, or to become infected with diseases, and it ought to think their want and absence a very great piece of good fortune.
156But it very often happens to the followers of virtue, also, to become languid and to weep, either because they are bewailing the calamities of the foolish, on account of their participation in their common nature, and their natural love for their race, or through excess of joy. And this excess of joy arises whenever on a sudden an abundance of all kinds of good coming together are showered down to overflowing, without having been previously expected; in reference to which kind of joy it is that the poet appears to me to have used the expression—Smiling amid her tears.
157For exceeding joy, the best of all feelings, falling on the soul when completely unexpected, makes it greater than it was before, so that the body can no longer contain it by reason of its bulk and magnitude; and so, being closely packed and pressed down, it distils drops which it is the fashion to call tears, concerning which it is said in the Psalms, "Thou shalt give me to eat bread steeped in tears;" and again, "My tears have been my bread day and night;" for the food of the mind are tears such as are visible, proceeding from laughter seated internally and excited by virtuous causes, when the divine desire instilled into our hearts changes the song which was merely the lament of the creature into the hymn of the uncreated God.
158Some persons then repudiate this mixed and rough multitude, and raise a wall of fortification to keep it from them, rejoicing only in the race which loves God; but some, on the other hand, form associations with it, thinking it desirable to arrange their own lives according to such a system that they can place them on the confines between human and divine virtues, in order that they may touch both those which are virtues in truth and those which are such in appearance.
159Now the disposition which concerns itself in the affairs of state adheres to this opinion, which disposition it is usual to call Joseph, with whom, when he is about to bring his father, there go up "all the servants of Pharaoh, and the elders of his house, and all the elders of the land of Egypt, and all the whole family of Joseph, himself, and his brothers, and all his father’s house."
160You see here that this disposition which is conversant about affairs of state is placed between the house of Pharaoh and his father’s house, in order that it might equally reach the affairs of the body, that is to say, of Egypt; and those of the soul, which are all laid up in his father’s house as in a treasury; for when he says, "I am of God," and all the other things which are akin to or connected with him abide among the established laws of his father’s house; and when he mounts up into the second chariot of the mind, which appears to bear sovereign sway, namely, Pharaoh, he is again establishing Egyptian pride.
161And he is more miserable who is looked upon as a king of considerable renown, and who is born along in the chariot which has the precedence; for to be preeminent in what is not honourable is the most conspicuous disgrace, just as it is a lighter evil to come off second best in such a contest.
162But you may learn to perceive how wavering a disposition such a man has from the oaths which he swears, swearing at one time "by the health of Pharaoh," and then again, on the contrary, "not by the health of Pharaoh." But this latter formula of oath, which contains a negation, looks as if it were the injunction of his father’s house, which is always meditating the destruction of the passions, and wishing that they should die; but the other brings us back to the discipline of Egypt, which desires that these passions should be preserved;
163on which account, although so great a multitude went up together, he still does not call it a mixed multitude, since to a person who is endowed with a real power of seeing, and who is a lover of virtue, every thing which is not virtue nor an action of virtue, appears to be mixed and confused; but to him who still loves the things of earth, the prizes of earth do by themselves seem to be worthy of love and worthy of honour.
164Accordingly, as I have already said, the lovers of wisdom will raise a wall of exclusion against the man who, like a drone, has resolved to injure his profitable labours, and who follows him with this object, and he will receive those who, out of their admiration of what is honourable, follow him with a view to imitating him; assigning to each of them that portion which is suited to them; for, says he, "of the men who went with me, Eschol, Annan, and Mamre, shall receive a share." And by these names of persons he means dispositions which are good by nature and fond of contemplation;
165for Eschol is an emblem of a good disposition, having a name of fire, since a good disposition is full of good daring and fervour, and adheres to what it has ever applied itself. And Annan is the symbol of a man fond of contemplation; for the name, being interpreted, means "the eyes," from the fact that the eyes of the soul also are opened by cheerfulness; and of both these persons a life of contemplation is the inheritance, which is entitled Mamre, which name is derived from seeing; and to the contemplative man, the faculty of seeing is most appropriate and most peculiarly belonging.
166But when the mind, having been under the tuition of these trainers, finds nothing wanting for practise, it then proceeds onwards with and accompanies perfect wisdom, not outstripping it nor being outstripped by it, but marching alongside of it step by step, with equal pace. And the words of scripture show this, in which it is distinctly stated that "they both of them went together, and came to the plain which God had mentioned to them:"
167a most excellent equality of virtues, better than any rivalry, an equality of labour with a natural good condition of body, and an equality of art with self-instructed nature, so that both of them are able to carry off equal prizes of virtue; as if the arts of painting and statuary were not only able, as they are at present, to make representations devoid of motion or animation, but were able also to invest the objects which they paint or form with motion and life; for in that case the arts which were previously imitative of the works of nature would appear now to have become the natures themselves.
168But whoever is raised on high to such a sublime elevation will never any more allow any of the portions of his soul to dwell below among mortal men, but will draw them all up to himself as if they were suspended by a rope; for which reason a sacred injunction of the following purport was given to the wise man, "Go thou up to thy Lord, thou, and Aaron, and Nadab, and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel."
169And the meaning of this injunction is as follows, "Go up, O soul, to the view of the living God, in an orderly manner, rationally, voluntarily, fearlessly, lovingly, in the holy and perfect numbers of seven multiplied tenfold." For Aaron is described in the law as the prophet of Moses, being loudly uttered speech prophesying to the mind. And Nadab is interpreted "voluntary," that is to say, the man who honours the Deity without compulsion; and the interpretation of the name Abihu is, "my father." This man is one who has not need of a master by reason of his folly, more than of a father by reason of his wisdom, namely such a father as God the ruler of the world.
170And these powers are the body-guards of the mind which is worthy to bear sovereign sway, which ought also to attend upon the king, and conduct him on his way. But the soul is afraid by itself to rise up to the contemplation of the living God, if it does not know the road, from being lifted up by a union of ignorance and audacity; and the falls which are caused by such a union of ignorance and great rashness are very serious;
171on which account Moses prays that he may have God himself as his guide to the road which leads to him. For he says, "If thou wilt not thyself go with me, then do not thou lead me hence." Because every motion which is without the divine approbation is mischievous, and it is better for men to remain here wandering about in this mortal life, as the greater portion of the human race does, than raising themselves up to heaven in pride and arrogance, to encounter an overthrow, as has happened to countless numbers of sophists, who have looked upon wisdom as only a discovery of plausible arguments, and not, as it is, a certain belief in and well-assured knowledge of facts.
172And perhaps too there is some such meaning as this intended to be conveyed by these words, —do not raise me up on high, bestowing on me riches, or glory, or honours, or authority, or any other of those things which are usually ranked as good, unless you intend also to go with them and me yourself; for these things are often calculated to cause either great mischief, or great advantage to their possessors; advantage when God is the guide of their mind; injury when the contrary is the case. For to great numbers of people the things which are called good not being so in reality have been the causes of irremediable evils,
173but the man who follows God does of necessity have for his fellow travellers all those reasons which are the attendants of God, which we are accustomed to call angels. At all events, it is said that "Abraham went with them conducting them on their way." Oh the admirable praise! according to which, he who was conducting others was himself conducted by them, only giving what he was receiving; not giving one thing instead of another, but only that one single thing, which was prepared as a retributory gift,
174for until a man is made perfect he uses divine reason as the guide of his path, for that is the sacred oracle of scripture: "Behold, I send my angel before thy face that he may keep thee in the road, so as to lead thee into the land which I have prepared for thee. Attend thou to him, and listen to him; do not disobey him; for he will not pardon your transgressions, for my name is in him."
175But when he has arrived at the height of perfect knowledge, then, running forward vigorously, he keeps up with the speed of him who was previously leading him in his way; for in this way they will both become attendants of God who is the guide of all things; no one of those who hold erroneous opinions accompanying them any longer, and even Lot himself, who turned on one side the soul, which might have been upright and inflexible, removing and living at a distance.
Sections 176–200
176And "Abraham," says Moses, "was seventy-five years of age, when he departed out of Charran." Now concerning the number of seventy-five years (for this contains a calculation corresponding to what has been previously advanced,) we will enter into an accurate examination hereafter. But first of all we will examine what Charran is, and what is meant by the departure from this country to go and live in another.
177Now it is not probable that any one of those persons who are acquainted with the law are ignorant that Abraham had previously migrated from Chaldaea when he came to live in Charran. But after his father died he then departed from this land of Chaldaea, so that he had now migrated from two different places.
178What then shall we say? The Chaldaeans appear beyond all other men to have devoted themselves to the study of astronomy and of genealogies; adapting things on earth to things sublime, and also adapting the things of heaven to those on earth, and like people who, availing themselves of the principles of music, exhibit a most perfect symphony as existing in the universe by the common union and sympathy of the parts for one another, which though separated as to place, are not disunited in regard of kindred.
179These men, then, imagined that this world which we behold was the only world in the existing universe, and was either God himself, or else that it contained within itself God, that is, the soul of the universe. Then, having erected fate and necessity into gods, they filled human life with excessive impiety, teaching men that with the exception of those things which are apparent there is no other cause whatever of anything, but that it is the periodical revolutions of the sun, and moon, and other stars, which distribute good and evil to all existing beings.
180Moses indeed appears to have in some degree subscribed to the doctrine of the common union and sympathy existing between the parts of the universe, as he has said that the world was one and created (for as it is a created thing and also one, it is reasonable to suppose that the same elementary essences are laid as the foundations of all the particular effects which arise, as happens with respect to united bodies that they reciprocally contain each other);
181but he differs from them widely in their opinion of God, not intimating that either the world itself, or the soul of the world, is the original God, nor that the stars or their motions are the primary causes of the events which happen among men; but he teaches that this universe is held together by invisible powers, which the Creator has spread from the extreme borders of the earth to heaven, making a beautiful provision to prevent what he has joined together from being dissolved; for the indissoluble chains which bind the universe are his powers.
182On which account even though it may be said somewhere in the declaration of the law, "God is in the heaven above, and in the earth beneath," let no one suppose that God is here spoken of according to his essence. For the living God contains everything, and it is impiety to suppose that he is contained by any thing, but what is meant is, that his power according to which he made, and arranged, and established the universe, is both in heaven and earth.
183And this, to speak correctly, is goodness, which has driven away from itself envy, which hates virtue and detests what is good, and which generates those virtues by which it has brought all existing things into existence and exhibited them as they are. Since the living God is indeed conceived of in opinion everywhere, but in real truth he is seen nowhere; so that divine scripture is most completely true in which it is said, "Here am I," speaking of him who cannot be shown as if he were being shown, of "him who is invisible as if he were visible, before thou existedst." For he proceeds onward before the created universe, and outside of it, and not contained or borne onward in any of the things whose existence began after his.
184These things then having been now said for the purpose of overturning the opinions of the Chaldaeans; he thinks that it is desirable to lead off and invite away those who are still Chaldaizing in their minds to the truth of his teaching, and he begins thus:— "Why," says he, "my excellent friends do you raise yourselves up in such a sudden manner from the earth, and soar to such a height? and why do ye rise above the air, and tread the ethereal expanse, investigating accurately the motions of the sun, and the periodical revolutions of the moon, and the harmonious and much-renowned paths of the rest of the stars? for these things are too great for your comprehension, inasmuch as they have received a more blessed and divine position.
185Descend therefore from heaven, and when you have come down, do not, on the other hand, employ yourselves in the investigation of the earth and the sea, and the rivers, and the natures of plants and animals, but rather seek to become acquainted with yourselves and your own nature, and do not prefer to dwell anywhere else, rather than in yourselves. For by contemplating the things which are to be seen in your own dwelling, that which bears the mastery therein, and that which is in subjection; that which has life, and that which is inanimate; that which is endowed with and that which is destitute of reason; that which is immortal, and that which is mortal; that which is better, and that which is worse; you will at once arrive at a correct knowledge of God and of his works.
186For you will perceive that there is a mind in you and in the universe; and that your mind, having asserted its authority and power over all the things in you, has brought each of the parts into subjection to himself. In like manner also, the mind of the universe being invested with the supremacy, governs the world by independent law and justice, having a providential regard not only for those things which are of more importance, but also for those which appear to be somewhat obscure.
187Abandoning therefore your superfluous anxiety to investigate the things of heaven, dwell, as I said just now within yourselves, forsaking the land of the Chaldaeans, that is, opinion, and migrating to Charran the region of the outward sense, which is the corporeal abode of the mind.
188For the name Charran, being interpreted, means "a hole;" and holes are the emblems of the places of the outward sense. For in some sense they are all holes and caves, the eyes being the caves in which the sight dwells, the ears those of hearing, the nostrils those of smelling, the throat the cavern of taste, and the whole frame of the body, being the abode of touch.
189Do ye therefore, dwelling among these things, remain tranquil and quiet, and investigate with all the exactness in your power the nature of each, and when you have learnt what there is good and bad in each part, avoid the one and choose the other. And when you have thoroughly and perfectly considered the whole of your own habitation, and have understood what relative importance each of its parts possesses, then rouse yourselves up and seek to accomplish a migration from hence, which shall announce to you, not death, but immortality;
190the evident proofs of which you will see even while involved in the corporeal cares perceptible by the outward senses, sometimes while in deep slumber (for then the mind, roaming abroad, and straying beyond the confines of the outward senses, and of all the other affections of the body, begins to associate with itself, looking on truth as at a mirror, and discarding all the imaginations which it had contracted from the outward senses, becomes inspired by the truest divination respecting the future, through the instrumentality of dreams), and at other times in your waking moments.
191For when, being under the influence of some philosophical speculations, you are allured onwards, then the mind follows this, and forgets all the other things which concern its corporeal abode; and if the external senses prevent it from arriving at an accurate sight of the objects of the intellect, then those who are fond of contemplation take care to diminish the impetuosity of its attack, for they close their eyes and stop up their ears, and check the rapid motion of the other organ, and choose to abide in tranquillity and darkness, that the eye of the soul, to which God has granted the power of understanding the objects of the intellect, may never be overshadowed by any of those objects appreciable only by the outward senses.
192Having then in this manner learnt to accomplish the abandonment of mortal things, you shall become instructed in the proper doctrines respecting the uncreated God, unless indeed you think that our mind, when it has put off the body, the external senses, and reason, can, when destitute of all these things and naked, perceive existing things, and that the mind of the universe, that is to say, God, does not dwell outside of all material nature, and that he contains everything and is not contained by anything; and further, he does not penetrate beyond things by his intellect alone, like a man, but also by his essential nature, as is natural for a God to do;
193for it is not our mind which made the body, but that is the work of something else, on which account it is contained in the body as in a vessel; but the mind of the universe created the universe, and the Creator is better than the created, therefore it can never be contained in what is inferior to itself; besides that it is not suitable for the father to be contained in the son, but rather for the son to derive increase from the love of the father.
194And in this manner the mind, migrating for a short time, will come to the father of piety and holiness, removing at first to a distance from genealogical science, which originally did erroneously persuade it to fancy that the world was the primary god, and not the creature of the first God, and that the motions and agitations of the stars were the causes to men of disaster, or, on the contrary, of good fortune.
195After that the mind, coming to a due consideration of itself, and studying philosophically the things affecting its own abode, that is the things of the body, the things of the outward sense, the things of reason, and knowing, as the line in the poet has it— That in those halls both good and ill are planned; Then, opening the road for itself, and hoping by travelling along it to arrive at a notion of the father of the universe, so difficult to be understood by any guesses or conjectures, when it has come to understand itself accurately, it will very likely be able to comprehend the nature of God; no longer remaining in Charran, that is in the organs of outward sense, but returning to itself. For it is impossible, while it is still in a state of motion, in a manner appreciable by the outward sense rather than by the intellect, to arrive at a proper consideration of the living God.
196On which account also that disposition which is ranked in the highest class by God, by name Samuel, does not explain the just precepts of kingly power to Saul, while he is still lying among the pots, but only after he has drawn him out from thence: for he inquires whether the man is still coming hither, and the sacred oracle answers, "Behold, he is hidden among the stuff."
197What, then, ought he who hears this answer, and who is by nature inclined to receive instruction, to do, but to draw him out at once from thence? Accordingly, we are told, "He ran up and took him out from thence, because he who was abiding among the vessels of the soul, that is, the body and the outward senses, was not worthy to hear the doctrines and laws of the kingdom (and by the kingdom, we mean wisdom, since we call the wise man a king); but when he has risen up and changed his place, then the mist around him is dissipated, and he will be able to see clearly. Very appropriately, therefore, does the companion of knowledge think it right to leave the region of the outward sense, by name Charran;
198and he leaves it when he is seventy-five years old; and this number is on the confines of the nature discernible by the outward senses, and of that intelligible by the intellect, and of the older and younger, and also of perishable and imperishable nature;
199for the elder, the imperishable ratio, that comprehensible by the intellect, exists in the seventy; the younger ratio, discernible by the outward senses, is equal in number to the five outward senses. In this latter also the practiser of virtue is seen exercising himself when he has not yet been able to carry off the perfect prize of victory; —for it is said, that all the souls which came out of Jacob were seventy and five; —
200for to him, while wrestling, and not shrinking at all from the truly sacred contest, for the acquisition of virtue, belong the souls which are the offspring of the body, and which have not yet acquired reason, but are still attracted by the multitude of the outward senses. For Jacob is the name of one who is wrestling and engaged in a contest and trying to trip up his antagonist, not of one who has gained the victory.
Sections 201–225
201But when he appeared to have gained ability to behold God, his name was changed to Israel, and then he uses only the computation of seventy, having extirpated the number five, the number of the outward senses; for it is said, that "thy fathers went down to Egypt, being seventy souls." This is the number which is familiar to Moses the wise man: for it happened that those who were selected as carefully picked men out of the whole multitude, were seventy in number; and those all elders, not only in point of age, but also in wisdom and counsel, and in prudence, and in ancient integrity of manners.
202And this number is consecrated and dedicated to God when the perfect fruits of the soul are offered up. For, on the feast of tabernacles, besides all other sacrifices, it is ordered that the priest should offer up seventy heifers for a burnt offering. Again, it is in accordance with the computation of seventy that the phials of the princes are provided, for each of them is of the weight of seventy shekels; since whatever things are associated and confederate together in the soul, and dear to one another, have a power which is truly attractive, namely, the sacred computation of seventy, which Egypt, the nature which hates virtue, and loves to indulge the passions, is introduced as lamenting; for mourning among them is computed at seventy days.
203This number, therefore, as I have said before, is familiar to Moses, but the number of the five outward senses is familiar to him who embraces the body and external things, which it is customary to call Joseph; for he pays such attention to those things, that he presents his own uterine brother, the offspring of the outward sense, for he had no acquaintance at all with those who were only his brothers as sons of the same father, with five exceedingly beautiful garments, thinking the outward senses things of exceeding beauty, and worthy of being adorned and honoured by him.
204Moreover, he also enacts laws for the whole of Egypt, that they should honour them, and pay taxes and tribute to them every year as to their kings; for he commands them to take a fifth part of the corn, that is to say, to store up in the treasury abundant materials and nourishment for the five outward senses, in order that each of them might rejoice while filling itself unrestrainedly with suitable food, and that it might weigh down and overwhelm the mind with the multitude of things which were thus brought upon it; for during the banquet of the outer senses, the mind is labouring under a famine, as, on the contrary, when the outward senses are fasting, the mind is feasting.
205Do you not see that the five daughters of Salpaad, which we, using allegorical expressions, call the outward senses, were born of the tribe of Manasseh, who is the son of Joseph, the elder son in point of time, but the younger in rank and power? and very naturally, for he is so called from forgetfulness, which is a thing of equal power with an outward sense. But recollection is placed in the second rank, after memory, of which Ephraim is the namesake; and the interpretation of the name of Ephraim is, "bearing fruit;" and the most beautiful and nutritious fruit in souls is a memory which never forgets;
206therefore the virgins speak to one another in a becoming manner, saying, "Our father is dead." Now the death of recollection is forgetfulness: "And he has died not for his own sin," speaking very righteously, for forgetfulness is not a voluntary affection, but is one of those things which are not actually in us, but which come upon us from without. And they were not his sons, but his daughters; since the power of memory, as being what has its existence by its own nature, is the parent of male children; but forgetfulness, arising from the slumber of reason, is the parent of female children, for it is destitute of reason; and the outward senses are the daughters of the irrational part of the soul.
207But if any one has outrun him in speed, and has become a follower of Moses, though he is not yet able to keep pace with him, he will use a compound and mixed number, namely, that of five and seventy, which is the symbol of the nature which is both perceptible by the outward senses and intelligible by the intellect, the two uniting together for the production of one irreproachable species.
208I very much admire Rebecca, who is patience, because she, at that time, recommends the man who is perfect in his soul, and who has destroyed the roughnesses of the passions and vices, to flee and return to Charran; for she says, "Now, therefore, my child, hear my voice, and rise up and depart, and flee away to Laban, my brother, to Charran, and dwell with him certain days, until the anger and rage of thy brother is turned from being against thee, and till he forgets what thou hast done to him."
209And it is with great beauty that she here calls going by the road, which leads to the outward senses, a fleeing away; for, in truth, the mind is then a fugitive, when, having left its own appropriate objects which are comprehensible to the understanding, it turns to the opposite rank of those which are perceptible by the outward senses. And there are cases in which to run away is useful, when a person adopts this line of conduct, not out of hatred to his superior, but in order to avoid the snares which are laid for him by his inferior.
210What, then, is the recommendation of patience? A most admirable and excellent one. If ever, she says, you see the passion of rage and anger highly provoked and excited to ferocity either in thyself or in any one else, which is nourished by irrational and unmanageable nature, do not excite it further and make it more savage, for then perhaps it will inflict incurable wounds; but cool its fervour, and pacify its too highly inflamed disposition, for if it be tamed and rendered tractable it will do you less injury.
211What, then, are the means by which it can be tamed and pacified? Having, as far as appearance goes, assumed another form and another character, follow it, first of all, wherever it pleases, and, opposing it in nothing, admit that you have the same objects of love and hatred with itself, for by these means it will be rendered propitious; and, when it is pacified, then you may lay aside your pretence, and, not expecting any longer to suffer any evil at its hand, you may with indifference return to the care of your own objects;
212for it is on this account that Charran is represented as full of cattle, and as having tenders of flocks for its inhabitants. For what region could be more suitable for irrational nature, and for those who have undertaken the care and superintendence of it, than the external senses which exist in us?
213Accordingly, when the practiser of virtue asks, "From whence come ye?" the shepherds answer him truly, that they come "from Charran." For the irrational powers come from the external sense, as the rational ones come from the mind. And when he further inquires whether they know Laban, they very naturally assert that they do know him, for the outward sense is acquainted with complexion and with every distinctive quality, as it thinks; and of complexion and distinctive qualities Laban is the symbol.
214And he himself, when at last he is made perfect, will quit the abode of the outward senses, and will set up the abode of the soul as belonging to the soul, which, while still among labours and among the external senses, he gives a vivid description of; for he says, "When shall I make myself, also, a house?" When, disregarding the objects of the external senses and the external senses themselves, shall I dwell in mind and intellect, being, in name, going to and fro among and dwelling among the objects of contemplation, like those souls which are fond of investigating invisible objects,
215which it is usual to call midwives? For they also make suitable coverings and phylacteries for souls which are devoted to virtue; but the strongest and most defensible abode was the fear of God, to those, at least, who have him for an impregnable fortress and wall. "For," says Moses, "when the midwives feared God they made themselves houses."
216The mind, therefore, going forth out of the places which are in Charran, is said "to have travelled through the land until it came to the place of Sichem, to a lofty oak." And let us now consider what this travelling through the land means. The disposition which is fond of learning is inquisitive and exceedingly curious by nature, going everywhere without fear or hesitation and prying into every place, and not choosing to leave anything in existence, whether person or thing, not thoroughly investigated; for it is by nature extraordinarily greedy of everything that can be seen or heard, so as not only not to be satisfied with the things of its own country, but even to desire foreign things which are established at a great distance.
217At all events, they say that it is an absurd thing for merchants and dealers to cross the seas for the sake of gain, and to travel all round the habitable world, not allowing any considerations of summer, or winter, or violent gales, or contrary winds, or old age, or bodily sickness, or the society of friends, or the unspeakable pleasures arising from wife, or children, or one’s other relations, or love of one’s country, or the enjoyment of political connections, or the safe fruition of one’s money and other possessions, or, in fact, anything whatever, whether great or small, to be any hindrance to them;
218and yet for men, for the sake of that most beautiful and desirable of all possessions, the only one which is peculiar to the human race, namely, wisdom, to be unwilling to cross over every sea and to penetrate every recess of the earth, inquiring whenever they can find anything beautiful either to see or to hear, and tracing out such things with all imaginable zeal and earnestness, until they arrive at the enjoyment of the things which are thus sought for and desired.
219Do thou then, O my soul, travel through the land, and through man, bringing if you think fit, each individual man to a judgment of the things which concern him; as, for instance, what the body is, and under what influences, whether active or passive, it co-operates with the mind; what the external sense is, and in what manner that assists the dominant mind; what speech is, and of what it becomes the interpreter so as to contribute to virtue; what are pleasure and desire; what are pain and fear; and what art is capable of supplying a remedy for these things; by the aid of which a man when infected with these feelings may easily escape, or else perhaps may never be infected at all: what folly is, what intemperance, what committing injustice, what the whole multitude of other diseases, which it is the nature of all destructive vice to engender; and also what are the means by which they can be averted. And also, on the contrary, what justice is, what prudence is, and temperance, and manly courage, and deliberate wisdom, and in short what each virtue is, and what the mastery over the passions is, and in what way each of these virtues is usually produced.
220Travel also through the greatest and most perfect being, namely this world, and consider all its parts, how they are separated in respect of place and united in respect of power; and also what is this invisible chain of harmony and unity, which connects all those parts; and if while considering these matters, thou canst not easily comprehend what thou seekest to know, persevere and be not wearied; for these matters are not attainable without a struggle, but they are only found out with difficulty and by means of much and great labour;
221on which account the man fond of learning is taken up to the field of Sichem; and the name Sichem, being interpreted means, "a shoulder," and intimates labour, since it is on the shoulders that men are accustomed to bear burdens. As Moses also mentions in another passage, when speaking of a certain athlete he proceeds in this manner, "He put his shoulder to the labour and became a husbandman."
222So that never, O my mind, do thou become effeminate and yield; but even if any thing does appear difficult to be discovered by contemplation, still opening the seeing faculties that are in thyself, look inwards and investigate existing things more accurately, and never close thy eyes whether intentionally or unintentionally; for sleep is a blind thing as wakefulness is a sharp-sighted thing. And it is well to be content if by assiduity in investigation it is granted to thee to arrive at a correct conception of the objects of thy search.
223Do you not see that the scripture says that a lofty oak was planted in Sichem? meaning under this figurative expression to represent the labour of instruction which never gives in, and never bends through weariness, but is solid, firm, and invincible, which the man who wishes to be perfect must of necessity exert, in order that the tribunal of the soul, by name Dinah, for the interpretation of the name Dinah is "judgment" may not be seized by the exertions of that man who, being a plotter against prudence, is labouring in an opposite direction.
224For he who bears the same name as this place, namely Sichem, the son of Hamor, that is, of irrational nature; for the name Hamor means "an ass;" giving himself up to folly and being bred up with shamelessness and audacity, infamous man that he was, attempted to pollute and to defile the judicial faculties of the mind; if the pupils and friends of wisdom, Sichem and Levi, had not speedily come up, having made the defences of their house safe, and destroyed those who were still involved in the labour devoted to pleasure and to the indulgence of the passions and uncircumcised. For though there was a sacred scripture that, "There should be no harlot among the daughters of the seer, Israel," these men, having ravished a virgin soul, hoped to escape notice;
225for there is never a scarcity of avengers against those who violate treaties; but even though some persons fancy there may be, they will only fancy it, and will in the reality of the fact be proved to entertain a false opinion. For justice hates the wicked, and is implacable, and a relentless avenger of all unrighteous actions, overthrowing the ranks of those who defile virtue, and when they are overthrown, then again the soul, which before appeared to be defiled, changes and returns to its virgin state. I say, which appeared to be defiled, because, in fact, it never was defiled; for of involuntary accidents that which affects the patient is not in reality his suffering, just as what is done by a person who does wrong unintentionally, the wrong is not really his action.
Contents — 9 sections
Sections 1–25
1„Καὶ εἶπε κύριος τῷ Ἀβραάμ· ἄπελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός σου εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἥν σοι δείξω· καὶ ποιήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ εὐλογήσω σε καὶ μεγαλυνῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου, καὶ ἔσῃ εὐλογητός. καὶ εὐλογήσω τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς σε, καὶ τοὺς καταρωμένους σε καταράσομαι, καὶ ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 12, 1 — 3).
2βουληθεὶς ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴν καθῆραι πρῶτον αὐτῇ δίδωσιν ἀφορμὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντελῆ τὴν ἐκ τριῶν χωρίων μετανάστασιν, σώματος, αἰσθήσεως, λόγου τοῦ κατὰ προφοράν· τὴν μὲν γὰρ γῆν σώματος, τὴν δὲ συγγένειαν αἰσθήσεως, τὸν δὲ τοῦ πατρὸς οἶκον λόγου συμβέβηκεν εἶναι σύμβολον.
3διὰ τί; ὅτι τὸ μὲν σῶμα καὶ ἐκ γῆς ἔλαβε τὴν σύστασιν καὶ ἀναλύεται πάλιν εἰς γῆν — μάρτυς δὲ Μωυσῆς, ὅταν φῇ· „γῆ εἶ, καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ“ (Gen. 3,19)· καὶ γὰρ παγῆναί φησιν αὐτὸ χοῦν εἰς ἀνθρωπείαν μορφὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διαπλάσαντος, ἀνάγκη δὲ τὸ λυόμενον εἰς τὰ δεθέντα λύεσθαι—, αἴσθησις δὲ συγγενὲς καὶ ἀδελφόν ἐστι διανοίας, ἄλογον λογικῆς, ἐπειδὴ μιᾶς ἄμφω μέρη ψυχῆς ταῦτα, πατρὸς δὲ οἶκος ὁ λόγος, ὅτι πατὴρ μὲν ἡμῶν ὁ νοῦς σπείρων εἰς ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν τὰς ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεις καὶ διανέμων εἰς αὐτὰ τὰς ἐνεργείας ἐπιμέλειάν τε καὶ ἐπιτροπὴν ἀνημμένος ἁπάντων, οἶκος δέ, ἐν ᾧ διαιτᾶται, τῆς ἄλλης ὑπεξῃρημένος οἰκίας ὁ λόγος· καθάπερ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ἑστία, καὶ νοῦ λόγος ἐνδιαίτημα.
4ἑαυτὸν γοῦν καὶ ὅσα ἂν ἐνθυμήματα τέκῃ, ὥσπερ ἐν οἴκῳ τῷ λόγῳ διαθεὶς καὶ διακοσμήσας ἐπιδείκνυται. μὴ θαυμάσῃς δέ, εἰ νοῦ τὸν λόγον ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ κέκληκεν οἶκον· καὶ γὰρ τὸν τῶν ὅλων νοῦν, τὸν θεόν, οἶκον ἔχειν φησὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόγον.
5οὗ τὴν φαντασίαν ὁ ἀσκητὴς λαβὼν ἄντικρυς ὁμολογεῖ ὅτι „οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο ἀλλ’ ἢ οἶκος θεοῦ“ (Gen. 28, 17), ἴσον τῷ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ οἶκος οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο τῶν εἰς δεῖξιν ἐρχομένων ἢ συνόλως πιπτόντων ὑπ’ αἴσθησιν, οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλ’ ἀόρατος, ἀειδής, ψυχῇ μόνον ὡς ψυχῇ καταλαμβανόμενος.
6τίς ἂν οὖν εἴη πλὴν ὁ λόγος ὁ πρεσβύτερος τῶν γένεσιν εἰληφότων, οὗ καθάπερ οἴακος ἐνειλημμένος ὁ τῶν ὅλων κυβερνήτης πηδαλιουχεῖ τὰ σύμπαντα, καὶ ὅτε ἐκοσμοπλάστει χρησάμενος ὀργάνῳ τούτῳ πρὸς τὴν ἀνυπαίτιον τῶν ἀποτελουμένων σύστασιν;
7ὡς μὲν τοίνυν γῆν μὲν τὸ σῶμα, συγγένειαν δὲ τὴν αἴσθησιν, οἶκον δὲ πατρὸς τὸν λόγον αἰνίττεται, δεδηλώκαμεν. τὸ δὲ „ἄπελθε ἐκ τούτων“ οὐκ ἔσθ’ ὅμοιον τῷ διαζεύχθητι κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν, ἐπεὶ θάνατον ἦν διαγορεύοντος ἡ πρόσταξις, ἀλλ’ ἴσον τῷ τὴν γνώμην ἀλλοτριώθητι, πρὸς μηδενὸς περισχεθεὶς αὐτῶν ὑπεράνω στῆθι πάντων· ὑπήκοοί σού εἰσι, μηδέποτε ὡς ἡγεμόσι χρῶ·
8βασιλεὺς ὢν ἄρχειν ἀλλὰ μὴ ἄρχεσθαι πεπαίδευσο, πάντα τὸν αἰῶνα γίνωσκε σεαυτόν, ὡς καὶ Μωυσῆς πολλαχοῦ διδάσκει λέγων „πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ“ (Exod. 34,12)· οὕτως γὰρ ὧν τε ὑπακούειν καὶ οἷς ἐπιτάττειν προσῆκεν αἰσθήσῃ.
9ἄπελθε οὖν ἐκ τοῦ περὶ σεαυτὸν γεώδους, τὸ παμμίαρον, ὦ οὗτος, ἐκφυγὼν δεσμωτήριον, τὸ σῶμα, καὶ τὰς ὥσπερ εἱρκτοφύλακας ἡδονὰς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας αὐτοῦ παντὶ σθένει καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει, μηδὲν τῶν εἰς κάκωσιν παρείς, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἀθρόα συλλήβδην ἐπανατεινάμενος.
10ἄπελθε κἀκ τῆς συγγενοῦς αἰσθήσεως· νυνὶ μὲν γὰρ κέχρηκας ἑκάστῃ σεαυτὸν καὶ γέγονας ἀλλότριον τῶν δεδανεισμένων ἀγαθὸν ἀποβεβληκὼς τὸ ἴδιον. οἶδας δέ, κἂν πάντες ἡσυχάζωσιν, ὡς ὀφθαλμοί σε ἄγουσι καὶ ὦτα καὶ ἡ ἄλλη τῆς συγγενείας πληθὺς ἅπασα πρὸς τὰ φίλα ἑαυτοῖς.
11ἐὰν δὲ ἐθελήσῃς κομίσασθαι τὰ σαυτοῦ δάνεια καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν κτῆσιν περιβαλέσθαι μηδὲν αὐτῆς διαζεύξας ἢ ἀλλοτριώσας μέρος, εὐδαίμονος μεταποιήσῃ βίου, χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν οὐκ ὀθνείων ἀλλ’ οἰκείων ἀγαθῶν εἰς ἀεὶ καρπούμενος.
12ἀλλὰ μετανάστηθι κἀκ τοῦ κατὰ προφορὰν λόγου, ὃν πατρὸς οἶκον ὠνόμασεν, ἵνα μὴ ῥημάτων καὶ ὀνομάτων ἀπατηθεὶς κάλλεσι τοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν κάλλους, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἐν τοῖς δηλουμένοις πράγμασι, διαζευχθῇς. ἄτοπον γὰρ ἢ σκιὰν σωμάτων ἢ μίμημα ἀρχετύπων φέρεσθαι πλέον· σκιᾷ μὲν δὴ καὶ μιμήματι ἔοικεν ἑρμηνεία, σώμασι δὲ καὶ ἀρχετύποις αἱ τῶν διερμηνευομένων φύσεις πραγμάτων, ὧν τὸν ἐφιέμενον τοῦ εἶναι μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ δοκεῖν χρὴ περιέχεσθαι διοικιζόμενον ἀπ’ ἐκείνων.
13ἐπειδὰν γοῦν ὁ νοῦς ἄρξηται γνωρίζειν ἑαυτὸν καὶ τοῖς νοητοῖς ἐνομιλεῖν θεωρήμασιν, ἅπαν τὸ κλινόμενον τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὸ αἰσθητὸν εἶδος ἀπώσεται, ὃ κέκληται παρ’ Ἑβραίοις Λώτ. οὗ χάριν ὁ σοφὸς εἰσάγεται λέγων ἄντικρυς· „διαχωρίσθητι ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ“ (Gen. 13, 9)· συνοικεῖν γὰρ ἀμήχανον τὸν ἀσωμάτων καὶ ἀφθάρτων ἔρωτι κατεσχημένον τῷ πρὸς τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ θνητὰ ῥέποντι.
14παγκάλως οὖν ὁ ἱεροφάντης μίαν τῆς νομοθεσίας ὅλην ἱερὰν βίβλον Ἐξαγωγὴν ἀνέγραψεν οἰκεῖον ὄνομα εὑράμενος τοῖς περιεχομένοις χρησμοῖς· ἅτε γὰρ παιδευτικὸς ὢν καὶ πρὸς νουθεσίαν καὶ σωφρονισμὸν ἑτοιμότατος τῶν οἵων τε νουθετεῖσθαι καὶ σωφρονίζεσθαι πάντα τῆς ψυχῆς τὸν λεὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγυπτίας χώρας, τοῦ σώματος, καὶ τῶν οἰκητόρων αὐτῆς ἐξελεῖν διανοεῖται, χαλεπώτατον καὶ βαρύτατον ἄχθος ἡγούμενος ὁρατικὴν διάνοιαν πρὸς σαρκὸς ἡδονῶν πιεσθῆναι καὶ ἐπιτάγμασιν ὑπηρετεῖν, ἅττ’ ἂν αἱ ἀνηλεεῖς προστάττωσιν ἐπιθυμίαι.
15τούτους μὲν οὖν στενάξαντας καὶ πολλὰ ἐκδακρύσαντας τὴν σωματικὴν εὐθηνίαν καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀφθόνους περιουσίας — λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἐστέναξαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων“ (Exod. 2, 23) — ὑφηγησαμένου τοῦ ἵλεω θεοῦ τὰ περὶ τὴν ἔξοδον ὁ προφήτης αὐτοῦ ῥύεται.
16εἰσὶ δ’ οἳ μέχρι τῆς τελευτῆς τὰς πρὸς σῶμα σπονδὰς ἔθεντο καὶ ὥσπερ λάρνακι ἢ σορῷ ἢ ὅπως ὀνομάζειν ἑτέρως φίλον τῷδε ἐνετάφησαν. ὧν τὰ μὲν ὅσα φιλοσώματα καὶ φιλοπαθῆ μέρη λήθῃ παραδοθέντα κατορύττεται· εἰ δέ πού τι φιλάρετον παρανέβλαστε, μνήμαις ἀνασῴζεται, δι’ ὧν τὰ καλὰ ζωπυρεῖσθαι πέφυκε.
17τὰ γοῦν ὀστᾶ Ἰωσήφ, λέγω δὴ τὰ μόνα ὑπολειφθέντα τῆς τοσαύτης ψυχῆς ἀδιάφθορα καὶ ἀξιομνημόνευτα εἴδη, περιποιεῖται ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος (Gen. 50, 25), ἄτοπον ἡγούμενος καθαρὰ μὴ καθαροῖς συνεζεῦχθαι.
18τὰ δ’ ἀξιομνημόνευτα ταῦτα ἦν· τὸ πιστεῦσαι ὅτι „ἐπισκέψεται ὁ θεὸς“ τὸ ὁρατικὸν γένος (Gen. 50, 24) καὶ οὐ παραδώσει μέχρι παντὸς αὐτὸ ἀμαθίᾳ, τυφλῇ δεσποίνῃ, τὸ διακρῖναι τά τε θνητὰ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τὰ ἄφθαρτα καὶ τὰ μὲν ὅσα περὶ τὰς σώματος ἡδονὰς καὶ τὰς ἄλλας παθῶν ἀμετρίας θνητὰ ὄντα Αἰγύπτῳ καταλιπεῖν, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἀφθάρτων σπονδὴν ποιήσασθαι, ὅπως μετὰ τῶν ἀναβαινόντων εἰς τὰς ἀρετῆς πόλεις διακομισθῇ, καὶ ὅρκῳ τὴν σπονδὴν ἐμπεδώσασθαι.
19τίνα οὖν τὰ ἄφθαρτα; ἡ πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἀλλοτρίωσις τὴν λέγουσαν· συνευνασθῶμεν (Gen. 39, 7) καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἀπολαύσωμεν ἀγαθῶν, ἡ μετὰ καρτερίας ἀγχίνοια, δι’ ἧς τὰ τῶν κενῶν δοξῶν νομιζόμενα ἀγαθὰ ὡς ἂν ἐνύπνια ὄντα * * * διακρίνει καὶ διαστέλλει, ὁμολογῶν τὰς μὲν ἀληθεῖς καὶ σαφεῖς τῶν πραγμάτων συγκρίσεις εἶναι κατὰ θεόν (Gen. 40, 8), τὰς δὲ ἀδήλους καὶ ἀσαφεῖς φαντασίας κατὰ τὸν πλάνητα καὶ τύφου μεστὸν μήπω κεκαθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων βίον ταῖς διὰ σιτοπόνων καὶ μαγείρων καὶ οἰνοχόων τέρψεσι χαίροντα, τὸ μὴ ὑπήκοον,
20ἀλλ’ ἄρχοντα Αἰγύπτου πάσης, τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας, ἀναγραφῆναι (Gen. 41, 41), τὸ αὐχεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ γένος εἶναι Ἑβραίων (Gen. 40, 15), οἷς ἔθος ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπὶ τὰ νοητὰ μετανίστασθαι — περάτης γὰρ ὁ Ἑβραῖος ἑρμηνεύεται —, τὸ σεμνύνεσθαι ὅτι „ὧδε οὐκ ἐποίησεν οὐδέν“ (ibid.) — τὸ γὰρ μηδὲν τῶν ἐνταῦθα σπουδαζομένων παρὰ τοῖς φαύλοις ἐργάσασθαι, διαμισῆσαι δὲ καὶ ἀποστραφῆναι πάντα οὐ μετρίως ἐπαινετόν —,
21τὸ ἐμπαίζειν ἐπιθυμιῶν καὶ πάντων παθῶν ἀμετρίαις, τὸ φοβεῖσθαι τὸν θεόν (Gen. 42, 18), εἰ καὶ μηδέπω γέγονεν ἀγαπᾶν ἱκανός, τὸ ζωῆς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ μεταποιεῖσθαι τῆς ἀληθοῦς — ὃ δὴ θαυμάσας ὁ ὁρῶν, καὶ γὰρ ἄξιον ἦν καταπλαγῆναι, φησί· „μέγα μοί ἐστιν, εἰ ἔτι ὁ υἱός μου Ἰωσὴφ ζῇ“ (Gen. 45, 28), ἀλλὰ μὴ κεναῖς δόξαις καὶ τῷ νεκροφορουμένῳ σώματι συντέθνηκε —,
22τὸ ὁμολογεῖν ὅτι „τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστι“ (Gen. 50, 19), τῶν δ’ εἰς γένεσιν ἐλθόντων οὐδενός, τὸ γνωριζόμενον τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς πάντας τοὺς φιλοσωμάτους κινῆσαι καὶ σαλεῦσαι τρόπους ἑστάναι παγίως ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων οἰομένους δογμάτων καὶ ἀνὰ κράτος ἀπώσασθαι (Gen. 45, 1. 2), τὸ φάναι μὴ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀπεστάλθαι, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ κεχειροτονῆσθαι (Gen. 45, 7. 8) πρὸς τὴν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἔννομον ἐπιστασίαν,
23πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα τούτοις ὁμοιότροπα τῆς ἀμείνονος καὶ ἱερωτέρας ὄντα τάξεως, Αἴγυπτον τὸν σωματικὸν οἶκον οἰκεῖν οὐκ ἀνέχεσθαι οὐδ’ ἐνθάπτεσθαι σορῷ τὸ παράπαν, ἔξω δὲ παντὸς τοῦ θνητοῦ κεχωρηκότα παρέπεσθαι θεσμοθέτῃ λόγῳ Μωυσῇ ποδηγετοῦντι·
24τροφεὺς γὰρ καὶ τιθηνὸς οὗτος ἀστείων ἔργων, λόγων, βουλευμάτων, ἅ, κἂν τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἀνακραθῇ ποτε διὰ τὴν ὑποσύγχυτον τοῦ θνητοῦ πολυμιγίαν, οὐδὲν ἧττον διακρίνει παρελθών, ἵνα μὴ μέχρι παντὸς τὰ καλοκἀγαθίας σπέρματα καὶ φυτὰ ἀφανισθέντα οἴχηται.
25καὶ προτρέπεται μάλα ἐρρωμένως ἀπολιπεῖν τὴν παντὸς ἀτόπου χρηματίζουσαν μητέρα, μὴ μέλλοντας καὶ βραδύνοντας, ἀλλ’ ὑπερβάλλοντι τάχει χρωμένους· φησὶ γὰρ μετὰ σπουδῆς δεῖν θύειν τὸ Πάσχα (Exod. 12, 11), τὸ δέ ἐστιν ἑρμηνευθὲν διάβασις, ἵν’ ἀνενδοιάστῳ γνώμῃ καὶ προθυμίᾳ συντόνῳ χρώμενος ὁ νοῦς τήν τε ἀπὸ τῶν παθῶν ἀμεταστρεπτὶ ποιῆται διάβασιν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα θεὸν εὐχαριστίαν, ὃς εἰς ἐλευθερίαν οὐ προσδοκήσαντα αὐτὸν ἐξείλετο.
Sections 26–50
26καὶ τί θαυμάζομεν, εἰ τὸν ὑπηγμένον κράτει πάθους ἀλόγου προτρέπει μὴ ἐνδιδόναι μηδὲ τῇ ῥύμῃ τῆς ἐκείνου φορᾶς κατασυρῆναι, βιάσασθαι δὲ ἀντισχόντα κἄν, εἰ μὴ δύναιτο, ἀποδρᾶναι; δευτέρα γὰρ ἔφοδος εἰς σωτηρίαν τοῖς ἀμύνεσθαι μὴ δυναμένοις δρασμός ἐστιν· ὁπότε καὶ τὸν ἀγωνιστὴν φύσει καὶ μηδέποτε παθῶν δοῦλον γεγενημένον, ἀεὶ δὲ ἀθλοῦντα τοὺς πρὸς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἄθλους, οὐκ ἐᾷ μέχρι παντὸς τοῖς παλαίσμασι χρήσασθαι, μή ποτε τῷ συνεχεῖ τῆς εἰς ταὐτὸ συνόδου χαλεπὴν ἀπ’ ἐκείνων κῆρα ἀναμάξηται· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἤδη καὶ ἀντιπάλου κακίας ἐγένοντο μιμηταί, ὡς ἀρετῆς ἔμπαλιν ἕτεροι.
27διὸ λόγιον ἐχρήσθη τοιόνδε· „ἀποστρέφου εἰς τὴν γῆν τοῦ πατρός σου καὶ εἰς τὴν γενεάν σου, καὶ ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ“ (Gen. 31, 3), ἴσον τῷ γέγονας μὲν ἀθλητὴς τέλειος καὶ βραβείων καὶ στεφάνων ἠξιώθης ἀγωνοθετούσης ἀρετῆς καὶ προτεινούσης ἆθλά σοι τὰ νικητήρια· κατάλυσον δὲ ἤδη τὸ φιλόνεικον, ἵνα μὴ πάντοτε πονῇς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πονηθέντων ἀπόνασθαι δυνηθῇς.
28τοῦτο δὲ ἐνταυθοῖ καταμένων οὐδέποτε εὑρήσεις τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἔτι συνοικῶν καὶ ταῖς σωματικαῖς ἐνδιατρίβων ποιότησιν, ὧν Λάβαν ἐστὶν ἔξαρχος — ὄνομα δὲ ποιότητος τοῦτ’ ἐστίν —, ἀλλὰ μετανάστην χρὴ γενέσθαι εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν γῆν τὴν ἱεροῦ λόγου καὶ τρόπον τινὰ τῶν ἀσκητῶν πατρός· ἡ δ’ ἐστὶ σοφία, τῶν φιλαρέτων ψυχῶν ἄριστον ἐνδιαίτημα.
29ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ γένος ἐστί σοι τὸ αὐτομαθές, τὸ αὐτοδίδακτον, τὸ νηπίας καὶ γαλακτώδους τροφῆς ἀμέτοχον, τὸ χρησμῷ θείῳ καταβαίνειν εἰς Αἴγυπτον κεκωλυμένον (Gen. 26, 2) καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐντυγχάνειν δελεαζούσαις ἡδοναῖς, ἐπίκλησιν Ἰσαάκ.
30οὗ τὸν κλῆρον παραλαβὼν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἀποθήσῃ τὸν πόνον· αἱ γὰρ ἀφθονίαι τῶν ἑτοίμων καὶ κατὰ χειρὸς ἀγαθῶν ἀπονίας αἴτιαι. πηγὴ δέ, ἀφ’ ἧς ὀμβρεῖ τὰ ἀγαθά, ἡ τοῦ φιλοδώρου θεοῦ σύνοδός ἐστιν· οὗ χάριν ἐπισφραγιζόμενος τὰ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν φησιν· „ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ“.
31Τί οὖν ἂν ἐπιλίποι καλὸν τοῦ τελεσφόρου [παντὸς] παρόντος θεοῦ μετὰ χαρίτων τῶν παρθένων αὐτοῦ θυγατέρων, ἃς ἀδιαφθόρους καὶ ἀμιάντους ὁ γεννήσας πατὴρ κουροτροφεῖ; τότε μελέται μὲν καὶ πόνοι καὶ ἀσκήσεις ἡσυχάζουσιν, ἀναδίδοται δὲ ἄνευ τέχνης φύσεως προμηθείᾳ πάντα ἀθρόα πᾶσιν ὠφέλιμα.
32καλεῖται δ’ ἡ φορὰ τῶν αὐτοματιζομένων ἀγαθῶν ἄφεσις, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ νοῦς ἀφεῖται τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιβολὰς ἐνεργειῶν καὶ ὥσπερ τῶν ἑκουσίων ἠλευθέρωται διὰ τὴν πληθὺν τῶν ὑομένων καὶ ἀδιαστάτως ἐπομβρούντων.
33ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα θαυμασιώτατα φύσει καὶ περικαλλέστατα. ὧν μὲν γὰρ ἂν ὠδίνῃ δι’ ἑαυτῆς ἡ ψυχή, τὰ πολλὰ ἀμβλωθρίδια, ἠλιτόμηνα· ὅσα δὲ ἂν ἐπινίφων ὁ θεὸς ἄρδῃ, τέλεια καὶ ὁλόκληρα καὶ πάντων ἄριστα γεννᾶται.
34τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ πάθος, ὃ μυριάκις παθὼν οἶδα, διηγούμενος οὐκ αἰσχύνομαι· βουληθεὶς ἔστιν ὅτε κατὰ τὴν συνήθη τῶν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν δογμάτων γραφὴν ἐλθεῖν καὶ ἃ χρὴ συνθεῖναι ἀκριβῶς εἰδώς, ἄγονον καὶ στεῖραν εὑρὼν τὴν διάνοιαν ἄπρακτος ἀπηλλάγην, τὴν μὲν κακίσας τῆς οἰήσεως, τὸ δὲ τοῦ ὄντος κράτος καταπλαγείς, παρ’ ὃν τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνοίγνυσθαί τε καὶ συγκλείεσθαι μήτρας συμβέβηκεν.
35ἔστι δὲ ὅτε κενὸς ἐλθὼν πλήρης ἐξαίφνης ἐγενόμην ἐπινιφομένων καὶ σπειρομένων ἄνωθεν ἀφανῶς τῶν ἐνθυμημάτων, ὡς ὑπὸ κατοχῆς ἐνθέου κορυβαντιᾶν καὶ πάντα ἀγνοεῖν, τὸν τόπον, τοὺς παρόντας, ἐμαυτόν, τὰ λεγόμενα, τὰ γραφόμενα. σχεδὸν γὰρ ἑρμηνεύει εὕρεσιν, φωτὸς ἀπόλαυσιν, ὀξυδερκεστάτην ὄψιν, ἐνάργειαν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀριδηλοτάτην, οἵα γένοιτ’ ἂν δι’ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐκ σαφεστάτης δείξεως.
36τὸ μὲν οὖν δεικνύμενον τὸ ἀξιόρατον καὶ ἀξιοθέατον καὶ ἀξιέραστόν ἐστι, τὸ τέλειον ἀγαθόν, ὃ καὶ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς πικρίας πέφυκε μεταβάλλον γλυκαίνειν, ἡδυσμάτων συμπάντων παράρτυμα κάλλιστον, δι’ οὗ καὶ τὰ μὴ τρέφοντα τροφὴ γίνεται σωτήριος· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ κύριος ξύλον, καὶ ἐνέβαλεν αὐτὸ εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ“ (Exod. 15,25), τὸν κεχυμένον καὶ πλαδῶντα καὶ πικρίας γέμοντα νοῦν, ἵνα γλυκανθεὶς ἡμερωθῇ.
37τὸ δὲ ξύλον τοῦτο οὐ μόνον τροφήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀθανασίαν ἐπαγγέλλεται· τὸ γὰρ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς ἐν μέσῳ τῷ παραδείσῳ φησὶ πεφυτεῦσθαι (Gen. 2, 9), τὴν ἀγαθότητα δορυφορουμένην ὑπὸ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἀρετῶν καὶ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὰς πράξεων· αὕτη γὰρ τὸν μεσαίτατον καὶ ἄριστον ἐν ψυχῇ κεκλήρωται τόπον.
38ὁ δὲ ὁρῶν ἐστιν ὁ σοφός· τυφλοὶ γὰρ ἢ ἀμυδροὶ τὰς ὄψεις οἵ γε ἄφρονες. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ἐκάλουν πρότερον τοὺς βλέποντας (I Reg. 9, 9)· καὶ ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐσπούδασεν ὦτα ὀφθαλμῶν ἀντιδοὺς ἰδεῖν ἃ πρότερον ἤκουε, καὶ τυγχάνει τοῦ καθ’ ὅρασιν κλήρου τὸν ἐξ ἀκοῆς ὑπερβάς.
39εἰς γὰρ τὸν ὁρῶντα Ἰσραὴλ μεταχαράττεται τὸ μαθήσεως καὶ διδασκαλίας νόμισμα, οὗπερ ἐπώνυμος ἦν Ἰακώβ, δι’ οὗ καὶ τὸ ὁρᾶν γίνεται φῶς τὸ θεῖον, ἀδιαφοροῦν ἐπιστήμης, ἣ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς διοίγνυσιν ὄμμα καὶ πρὸς τὰς ὤτων τηλαυγεστέρας καὶ ἀριδηλοτέρας ἄγει καταλήψεις. ὥσπερ γὰρ διὰ μουσικῆς τὰ κατὰ μουσικὴν καὶ διὰ πάσης τέχνης τὰ ἐν ἑκάστῃ καταλαμβάνεται, οὕτω καὶ διὰ σοφίας τὸ σοφὸν θεωρεῖται.
40σοφία δὲ οὐ μόνον φωτὸς τρόπον ὄργανον τοῦ ὁρᾶν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὑτὴν ὁρᾷ. αὕτη θεοῦ τὸ ἀρχέτυπον [ἡλίου] φέγγος, οὗ μίμημα καὶ εἰκὼν ἥλιος. ὁ δὲ δεικνὺς ἕκαστα ὁ μόνος ἐπιστήμων θεός· ἄνθρωποι μὲν γὰρ τῷ δοκεῖν ἐπίστασθαι λέγονται μόνον ἐπιστήμονες· ὁ δὲ θεὸς τῷ εἶναι ἧττον ἢ πέφυκε λέγεται· νικῶνται γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν τοῦ ὄντος δυνάμεων οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν ἅπαντες ἅπαξ λόγοι.
41τὴν δὲ σοφίαν αὐτοῦ διασυνίστησιν οὐ μόνον ἐκ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον δεδημιουργηκέναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τὴν ἐπιστήμην τῶν γεγονότων ἱδρυκέναι βεβαιότατα παρ’ ἑαυτῷ·
42λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν“ (Gen. 1,31), οὐκ ἴσον τῷ ὄψιν ἑκάστοις προσέβαλεν, ἀλλ’ εἴδησιν καὶ γνῶσιν καὶ κατάληψιν ὧν ἐποίησεν εἶχεν. οὐ τοίνυν εὐπρεπὲς ὑφηγεῖσθαι καὶ διδάσκειν καὶ δεικνύναι τὰ καθ’ ἕκαστα τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν ὅτι μὴ τῷ ἐπιστήμονι, ὅστις οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὑπὸ τέχνης ὠφέληται, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς ἀρχὴ καὶ
43πηγὴ τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιστημῶν ἀνωμολόγηται. παρατετηρημένως δὲ οὐ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέλλοντα τῇ ὑποσχέσει χρόνον προδιώρισται, εἰπὼν οὐχ ἣν δείκνυμι ἀλλ’ „ἥν σοι δείξω“ (Gen. 12,1), εἰς μαρτυρίαν πίστεως ἣν ἐπίστευσεν ἡ ψυχὴ θεῷ, οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ἀποτελεσμάτων ἐπιδεικνυμένη τὸ εὐχάριστον, ἀλλ’ ἐκ προσδοκίας τῶν μελλόντων·
44ἀρτηθεῖσα γὰρ καὶ ἐκκρεμασθεῖσα ἐλπίδος χρηστῆς καὶ ἀνενδοίαστα νομίσασα ἤδη παρεῖναι τὰ μὴ παρόντα διὰ τὴν τοῦ ὑποσχομένου βεβαιότητα πίστιν, ἀγαθὸν τέλειον, ἆθλον εὕρηται· καὶ γὰρ αὖθις λέγεται, ὅτι „ἐπίστευσεν Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ“ (Gen. 15, 6), καὶ Μωυσεῖ δὲ ὁμοίως πᾶσαν ἐπιδειξάμενος τὴν γῆν φησιν, ὅτι „ἔδειξα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς σου, κἀκεῖ οὐκ εἰσελεύσῃ“ (Deut. 34, 4).
45μὴ μέντοι νομίσῃς ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τοῦ πανσόφου, ὡς ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ἔνιοι τῶν ἀπερισκέπτων, τοῦτο εἰρῆσθαι· καὶ γὰρ εὔηθες τοὺς δούλους οἰηθῆναι πρὸ τῶν φίλων τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ἀρετῆς χώραν διανέμεσθαι.
46ἀλλὰ πρῶτον ἐκεῖνό σοι βούλεται παραστῆσαι, ὅτι ἕτερος νηπίων καὶ ἕτερος τελείων χῶρός ἐστιν, ὁ μὲν ὀνομαζόμενος ἄσκησις, ὁ δὲ καλούμενος σοφία, ἔπειτα ὅτι τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει ὁρατὰ μᾶλλόν ἐστιν ἢ κτητά· κτήσασθαι μὲν γὰρ τὰ θειοτέρας μοίρας λαχόντα πῶς ἔνεστιν; ἰδεῖν δ’ οὐκ ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἅπασιν, ἔστι δ’ αὐτὸ μόνον τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ καὶ ὀξυωπεστάτῳ γένει, ᾧ τὰ ἴδια ἐπιδεικνύμενος ὁ τῶν ὅλων πατὴρ ἔργα μεγίστην πασῶν χαρίζεται δωρεάν.
47θεωρητικοῦ γὰρ τίς ἀμείνων βίος ἢ μᾶλλον οἰκειούμενος λογικῷ; διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῆς τῶν θνητῶν ζῴων φωνῆς κριτήριον ἐχούσης ἀκοὴν τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγους οἱ χρησμοὶ φωτὸς τρόπον ὁρωμένους μηνύουσι· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἑώρα τὴν φωνήν“ (Exod. 20, 18), οὐκ ἤκουεν, ἐπειδήπερ οὐκ ἀέρος πλῆξις ἦν διὰ τῶν στόματος καὶ γλώττης ὀργάνων τὸ γινόμενον, ἀλλὰ φέγγος ἀρετῆς τὸ περιαυγέστατον, λογικῆς ἀδιαφοροῦν πηγῆς, ὃ καὶ ἑτέρωθι μηνύεται τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· „ὑμεῖς ἑωράκατε, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λελάληκα πρὸς ὑμᾶς“ (Exod. 20, 22), οὐχὶ ἠκούσατε, διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν.
48ἔστι δ’ ὅπου τὰ ἀκουστὰ τῶν ὁρατῶν καὶ ἀκοὴν ὁράσεως διακρίνει λέγων· „φωνὴν ῥημάτων ὑμεῖς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὁμοίωμα οὐκ εἴδετε ἀλλ’ ἢ φωνήν“ (Deut. 4, 12), ἄγαν περιττῶς· τὴν μὲν γὰρ εἰς ὄνομα καὶ ῥῆμα καὶ συνόλως τὰ τοῦ λόγου μέρη τεμνομένην ἀκουστὴν εἰκότως εἶπεν — ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀκοῆς δοκιμάζεται —, τὴν δὲ μὴ ῥημάτων μηδ’ ὀνομάτων ἀλλὰ θεοῦ φωνήν, ὁρωμένην τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμματι, ὁρατὴν δεόντως εἰσάγει.
49προειπὼν δὲ τὸ „ὁμοίωμα οὐκ εἴδετε“ ἐπιφέρει „ἀλλ’ ἢ φωνήν„, ἣν πάντως εἴδετε — τὸ γὰρ προσυπακουόμενον τοῦτ’ ἂν εἴη —· ὥσθ’ οἱ μὲν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγοι ὅρασιν ἔχουσι τὴν ἐν ψυχῇ κριτήριον, ἀκοὴν δ’ οἱ εἰς ὀνομάτων καὶ ῥημάτων ἰδέας μεριζόμενοι.
50καινὸς δ’ ὢν ἐν ἅπασι τὴν ἐπιστήμην καὶ τοῦτ’ ἰδίως καὶ ξένως κεκαινούργηκεν εἰπὼν ὁρατὴν εἶναι τὴν φωνήν, τὴν μόνην σχεδὸν τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν οὐχ ὁρατὴν ὑπεξῃρημένης διανοίας· τὰ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας αἰσθήσεις πάνθ’ ὁρατά, τὰ χρώματα, οἱ χυλοί, οἱ ἀτμοί, τὰ θερμά, τὰ ψυχρά, τὰ λεῖα, τὰ τραχέα, τὰ μαλακὰ καὶ σκληρά, ᾗ σώματα.
Sections 51–75
51τί δέ ἐστι τοῦτο, σαφέστερον ἐρῶ· ὁ χυλὸς ὁρατός ἐστιν, οὐχ ᾗ χυλός, ἀλλ’ ᾗ μόνον σῶμα, τὸ γὰρ ᾗ χυλὸς εἴσεται ἡ γεῦσις· καὶ ὁ ἀτμός, ᾗ μὲν ἀτμός, ὑπὸ ῥινῶν ἐξετασθήσεται, ᾗ δὲ σῶμα, καὶ πρὸς ὀφθαλμῶν· καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ταύτῃ δοκιμασθήσεται. φωνὴ δὲ οὔθ’ ὡς ἀκουστὸν οὔθ’ ὡς σῶμα, εἰ δὴ καὶ σῶμά ἐστιν, ὁρατὸν εἶναι πέφυκεν, ἀλλὰ δύο ταῦτα τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἀόρατα, νοῦς καὶ λόγος.
52ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐχ ὅμοιον τὸ ἡμέτερον ἠχεῖον τῷ θείῳ φωνῆς ὀργάνῳ· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἡμέτερον ἀέρι κίρναται καὶ πρὸς τὸν συγγενῆ τόπον καταφεύγει, τὰ ὦτα, τὸ δὲ θεῖον ἀκρατοῦς καὶ ἀμιγοῦς ἐστι λόγου, φθάνοντος μὲν ἀκοὴν διὰ λεπτότητα, ὁρωμένου δὲ ὑπὸ ψυχῆς ἀκραιφνοῦς διὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ βλέπειν ὀξύτητα.
53Οὐκοῦν μετὰ τὴν ἀπόλειψιν τῶν θνητῶν πρώτην ὁ θεὸς χαρίζεται τῇ ψυχῇ δωρεάν, ὡς ἔφην, ἐπίδειξιν καὶ θεωρίαν τῶν ἀθανάτων, δευτέραν δὲ τὴν εἰς πλῆθος ὁμοῦ καὶ μέγεθος τῶν ἀρετῆς δογμάτων ἐπίδοσιν· λέγει γάρ· „καὶ ποιήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα“, διὰ μὲν τοῦ ἔθνους τὸ πλῆθος, διὰ δὲ τοῦ μεγάλου τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἄμεινον αὔξησιν παραλαμβάνων.
54τὴν δὲ τοῦ ποσοῦ καθ’ ἑκάτερον εἶδος, τό τε ἐν μεγέθει καὶ τὸ ἐν πλήθει, παραύξησιν διασυνίστησι καὶ ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεύς· „ἰδοὺ“ γάρ φησι „τὸ γένος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ μέγα πλῆθος“ (Exod. 1,9), ἐπειδή γε ἀμφότερα τῷ ὁρατικῷ τοῦ ὄντος γένει προσμαρτυρεῖ, ὡς πληθύν τε καὶ μέγεθος κτησαμένῳ, τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον καὶ λόγον κατορθώματα.
55οὐ γάρ, ὅπερ ἄν τις τὸν ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασιν εἱρμὸν διαφυλάττων, πολὺ πλῆθος, ἀλλὰ μέγα εἶπεν, εἰδὼς τὸ πολὺ καθ’ αὑτὸ ἀτελὲς μέγεθος, εἰ μὴ προσλάβοι δύναμιν νοήσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης. τί γὰρ ὄφελος πολλὰ μὲν θεωρήματα παραλαμβάνειν, ἕκαστον δὲ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ἁρμόττον μέγεθος μὴ συναυξῆσαι; οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀγρὸς τέλειος, ᾧ μυρία μὲν ὅσα ἐνυπάρχει φυτὰ χαμαίζηλα, τέλειον δὲ μηδὲν ἔρνος γεωργικῇ τέχνῃ συνανέβλαστεν ἤδη καρποτοκεῖν δυνάμενον.
56τοῦ δὲ μεγέθους καὶ πλήθους τῶν καλῶν ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος ἡ ἀδιάστατος περὶ θεοῦ μνήμη καὶ ἡ κατάκλησις τῆς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ συμμαχίας πρὸς τὸν ἐμφύλιον καὶ συγκεχυμένον καὶ συνεχῆ τοῦ βίου πόλεμον· λέγει γὰρ „ἰδοὺ λαὸς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων τὸ ἔθνος τὸ μέγα τοῦτο· ὅτι ποῖον ἔθνος μέγα, ᾧ ἐστι θεὸς ἐγγίζων ὡς κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς ἂν αὐτὸν ἐπικαλεσώμεθα“ (Deut. 4,6.7) ;
57οὐκοῦν ὅτι καὶ πρὸς βοήθειαν δύναμις ἀρωγὸς εὐτρεπὴς ἐφεδρεύει παρὰ θεῷ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἐγγυτέρω πρόσεισιν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἀξίων ὠφελεῖσθαι, δεδήλωται. τίνες δ’ οἱ τούτων ἐπάξιοι τυγχάνειν εἰσίν; ἢ δῆλον ὅτι οἱ σοφίας καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἐρασταὶ πάντες;
58οὗτοι γάρ εἰσιν ὁ σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων, ὃν εἶπε, λεώς, ὧν ἕκαστος μέγας εἰκότως ἐστίν, ἐπειδὴ μεγάλων ὀρέγεται, ἑνὸς δὲ καὶ λίαν ὑπερβαλλόντως, τοῦ μὴ διαζευχθῆναι θεοῦ τοῦ μεγίστου, ἀλλὰ τὴν πρόσοδον αὐτοῦ συνεγγίζοντος σταθερῶς ἄνευ καταπλήξεως ὑπομεῖναι.
59οὗτος ὁ ὅρος ἐστὶ τοῦ μεγάλου λεώ, τὸ τῷ θεῷ συνεγγίζειν ἢ „ᾧ θεὸς συνεγγίζει“. ὁ μὲν δὴ κόσμος καὶ ὁ κοσμοπολίτης σοφὸς πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἀγαθῶν ἀναπέπλησται, ὁ δὲ ἄλλος ἀνθρώπων ὅμιλος πλείοσι μὲν κέχρηται κακοῖς, ἀγαθοῖς δὲ ἐλάττοσι· σπάνιον γὰρ ἐν πεφυρμένῳ καὶ συγκεχυμένῳ βίῳ τὸ καλόν.
60διόπερ ἐν χρησμοῖς ᾄδεται· „οὐχ ὅτι πολυπληθεῖτε παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, προείλετο κύριος ὑμᾶς καὶ ἐξελέξατο — ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ὀλιγοστοὶ παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη —, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὸ ἀγαπᾶν κύριον ὑμᾶσ“ (Deut. 7, 7. 8). εἰ γάρ τις βουληθείη τὸν ὄχλον μιᾶς ψυχῆς ὥσπερ κατὰ ἔθνη διανεῖμαι, πολλὰς μὲν ἂν εὕροι τάξεις ἀκοσμούσας, ὧν ἡδοναὶ ἢ ἐπιθυμίαι ἢ λῦπαι ἢ φόβοι ἢ πάλιν ἀφροσύναι καὶ ἀδικίαι καὶ αἱ τούτων συγγενεῖς καὶ ἀδελφαὶ ταξιαρχοῦσι, μίαν δὲ αὐτὸ μόνον εὖ διακεκοσμημένην, ἧς ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος ἀφηγεῖται.
61παρὰ μὲν οὖν ἀνθρώποις τὸ ἄδικον πλῆθος πρὸ ἑνὸς τοῦ δικαίου προτετίμηται, παρὰ δὲ τῷ θεῷ τὸ σπάνιον ἀγαθὸν πρὸ μυρίων ἀδίκων· ᾧ καὶ παραγγέλλει μηδέποτε τοιούτῳ συναινέσαι πλήθει· „οὐκ ἔσῃ“ γάρ φησι „μετὰ πολλῶν ἐπὶ κακίᾳ“ (Exod. 23, 2). ἆρ’ οὖν μετ’ ὀλίγων χρή; μετ’ οὐδενὸς μὲν οὖν φαύλου — εἷς δ’ ὢν ὁ φαῦλος πολύς ἐστι κακίαις, ᾧ συντάσσεσθαι μεγίστη ζημία —· τοὐναντίον γὰρ ἀνθίστασθαι καὶ πολεμεῖν ἀκαταπλήκτῳ χρωμένους δυνάμει προσήκει.
62„ἐὰν“ γάρ φησιν „ἐξέλθῃς εἰς πόλεμον ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου καὶ ἴδῃς ἵππον“, τὸ ὑπέραυχον καὶ σκιρτητικὸν πάθος ἀφηνιάζον, „καὶ ἀναβάτην“, τὸν ἐποχούμενον αὐτῷ φιλοπαθῆ νοῦν, „καὶ λαὸν πλείονά σου“, τοὺς ζηλωτὰς τῶν εἰρημένων φαλαγγηδὸν ἐπιόντας, „οὐ φοβηθήσῃ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν“· εἷς γὰρ ὢν ἑνὶ τῷ πάντων ἡγεμόνι χρήσῃ συμμάχῳ, „ὅτι κύριος ὁ θεός σου μετὰ σοῦ“ (Deut. 20, 1).
63τούτου γὰρ ἡ σύνοδος καθαιρεῖ πολέμους, εἰρήνην ἀνοικοδομεῖ, τὰ πολλὰ καὶ συνήθη κακὰ ἀνατρέπει, τὸ σπάνιον καὶ θεοφιλὲς γένος ἀνασῴζει, ᾧ πᾶς ὁ γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μισεῖ καὶ βδελύττεται τὰ τῶν γεωδεστέρων στίφη.
64„ἃ γὰρ πολυπληθεῖ“ φησί "ποσὶν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἑρπετοῖς τοῖς ἕρπουσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οὐ φάγεσθε, ὅτι βδελύγματά ἐστιν“ (Lev. 11, 42). ἀλλ’ οὐ μίσους ἐστὶν ἐπαξία ψυχὴ μὴ καθ’ ἓν μέρος ἀλλὰ κατὰ πάντα ἢ τὰ πλεῖστα βαίνουσα ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ σώματος περιλιχνεύουσα καὶ συνόλως εἰς τὰς οὐρανοῦ θείας περιόδους ἀνακῦψαι μὴ δυναμένη;
65καὶ μὴν ὥσπερ τὸ πολύπουν, οὕτως καὶ τὸ ἄπουν ἐν ἑρπετοῖς ψεκτόν, τὸ μὲν διὰ τὴν λεχθεῖσαν αἰτίαν, τὸ δ’ ὅτι ὅλον δι’ ὅλων πέπτωκεν ἐπὶ γῆν, ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐπὶ τὸ βραχύτατον ἐξαιρόμενον· πάντα γὰρ τὸν πορευόμενον ἐπὶ κοιλίαν ἀκάθαρτον εἶναί φησι (ibid.), τὸν τὰς τῆς γαστρὸς ἡδονὰς μεταδιώκοντα αἰνιττόμενος.
66ἔνιοι δὲ προσυπερβάλλοντες οὐ μόνον τῷ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐχρήσαντο γένει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἀδελφὸν αὐτῇ πάθος, τὸν θυμόν, προσεκτήσαντο, βουληθέντες ὅλον τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἄλογον ἐκζωπυρῆσαι μέρος, τὸν δὲ νοῦν διαφθεῖραι· τὸ γὰρ εἰρημένον λόγῳ μὲν ἐπὶ ὄφεως, ἔργῳ δὲ ἐπὶ παντὸς ἀλόγου καὶ φιλοπαθοῦς ἀνθρώπου χρησμὸς ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐστι θεῖος· „ἐπὶ τῷ στήθει καὶ τῇ κοιλίᾳ πορεύσῃ“ (Gen. 3, 14)· περὶ μὲν γὰρ τὰ στέρνα ὁ θυμός, τὸ δὲ ἐπιθυμίας εἶδος ἐν κοιλίᾳ.
67πορεύεται δὲ ὁ ἄφρων δι’ ἀμφοτέρων, θυμοῦ τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας, ἀεὶ μηδένα διαλείπων χρόνον, τὸν ἡνίοχον καὶ βραβευτὴν νοῦν ἀποβαλών· ὁ δ’ ἐναντίος τούτῳ θυμὸν μὲν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν ἐκτέτμηται, κυβερνήτην δὲ ἐπιγέγραπται λόγον θεῖον, καθὰ καὶ Μωυσῆς ὁ θεοφιλέστατος, ὅς, ὅταν τὰς ὁλοκαύτους τῆς ψυχῆς ἱερουργῇ θυσίας, „τὴν μὲν κοιλίαν ἐκπλυνεῖ“ (Lev. 8, 21), τουτέστιν ὅλον τὸ ἐπιθυμίας εἶδος ἐκνίψεται, τὸ δὲ „στηθύνιον ἀπὸ τοῦ κριοῦ τῆς τελειώσεως ἀφελεῖ“ (Lev. 8, 29), σύμπαντα δήπου τὸν πολεμικὸν θυμόν, ἵνα τὸ λοιπὸν μέρος καὶ ἄμεινον τῆς ψυχῆς, τὸ λογικόν, μηδενὸς ἀντισπῶντος ἔτι καὶ μεθέλκοντος ἐλευθέροις καὶ εὐγενέσι τῷ ὄντι χρήσηται πρὸς τὰ καλὰ πάντα ὁρμαῖς.
68οὕτως γὰρ εἴς τε πλῆθος καὶ μέγεθος ἐπιδώσει· λέγεται γάρ· „ἕως τίνος παροξυνοῦσιν ὁ λαὸς οὗτος; καὶ ἕως τίνος οὐ πιστεύσουσί μοι ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς σημείοις οἷς ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς; πατάξω αὐτοὺς θανάτῳ καὶ ἀπολῶ αὐτούς, καὶ ποιήσω σὲ καὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός σου εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ πολὺ ἢ τοῦτο“ (Num. 14, 11. 12)· ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ὁ θυμῷ καὶ ἐπιθυμίᾳ χρώμενος πολὺς ὅμιλος καταλυθῇ τῆς ψυχῆς, πάντως εὐθὺς ὁ τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως διεξηρτημένος ἀνίσχει καὶ ἀνατέλλει.
69ὥσπερ δὲ τὸ πολύπουν καὶ ἄπουν, ἐναντία ὄντα ἐν τῷ γένει τῶν ἑρπετῶν, ἀκάθαρτα ἀναγράφεται, οὕτως καὶ ἡ ἄθεος καὶ πολύθεος ἀντίπαλοι ἐν ψυχῇ δόξαι βέβηλοι. σημεῖον δέ· ἀμφοτέρας ὁ νόμος ἐκκλησίας ἱερᾶς ἀπελήλακε, τὴν μὲν ἄθεον θλαδίαν καὶ ἀποκεκομμένον εἴρξας ἐκκλησιάζειν, τὴν δὲ πολύθεον τὸν ἐκ πόρνης ὁμοίως κωλύσας ἀκούειν ἢ λέγειν (Deut. 23, 1. 2)· ἄθεος μὲν γὰρ ὁ ἄγονος, πολύθεος δὲ ὁ ἐκ πόρνης τυφλώττων περὶ τὸν ἀληθῆ πατέρα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πολλοὺς ἀνθ’ ἑνὸς γονεῖς ἐπιγραφόμενος.
70Δύο μὲν αὗται δωρεαὶ προείρηνται, θεωρητικοῦ τε ἐλπὶς βίου καὶ πρὸς πλῆθος καὶ μέγεθος τῶν καλῶν ἐπίδοσις. τρίτη δ’ ἐστὶν εὐλογία, ἧς ἄνευ βεβαιώσασθαι τὰς προτέρας χάριτας οὐκ ἔστι· λέγει γάρ· „καὶ εὐλογήσω σε“, τουτέστιν ἐπαινετὸν λόγον δωρήσομαι· τὸ γὰρ εὖ πάντως ἐπ’ ἀρετῆς· λόγος δὲ ὁ μὲν πηγῇ
71ἔοικεν, ὁ δὲ ἀπορροῇ, πηγῇ μὲν ὁ ἐν διανοίᾳ, προφορὰ δὲ ἡ διὰ στόματος καὶ γλώττης ἀπορροῇ. ἑκάτερον δὲ εἶδος λόγου βελτιωθῆναι πολὺς πλοῦτος, διάνοιαν μὲν εὐλογιστίᾳ πρὸς πάντα μικρὰ καὶ μείζω χρωμένην, προφορὰν δὲ ὑπὸ παιδείας ὀρθῆς ἡνιοχουμένην.
72πολλοὶ γὰρ λογίζονται μὲν τὰ βέλτιστα, ὑπὸ δὲ ἑρμηνέως κακοῦ προὐδόθησαν, λόγου, μουσικὴν τὴν ἐγκύκλιον οὐκ ἐκπονήσαντες· οἱ δὲ ἔμπαλιν ἑρμηνεῦσαι μὲν ἐγένοντο δυνατώτατοι, βουλεύσασθαι δὲ φαυλότατοι, καθάπερ οἱ λεγόμενοι σοφισταί· τούτων γὰρ ἀχόρευτος μὲν καὶ ἄμουσος ἡ διάνοια, πάμμουσοι δὲ αἱ διὰ τῶν φωνητηρίων ὀργάνων διέξοδοι.
73χαρίζεται δὲ ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ὑπηκόοις ἀτελὲς οὐδέν, πλήρη δὲ καὶ τέλεια πάντα· διὸ καὶ νῦν τὴν εὐλογίαν οὐχ ἑνὶ λόγου τμήματι, τοῖς δὲ μέρεσιν ἀμφοτέροις ἐπιπέμπει δικαιῶν τὸν εὐεργετούμενον καὶ ἐνθυμεῖσθαι τὰ βέλτιστα καὶ ἐξαγγέλλειν τὰ νοηθέντα δυνατῶς· ἡ γὰρ τελειότης δι’ ἀμφοῖν, ὡς ἔοικε, τοῦ τε ὑποβάλλοντος τὰ ἐνθυμήματα καθαρῶς καὶ τοῦ διερμηνεύοντος αὐτὰ ἀπταίστως.
74ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς τὸν Ἄβελ — ὄνομα δέ ἐστι τὰ θνητὰ πενθοῦντος καὶ τὰ ἀθάνατα εὐδαιμονίζοντος —, ὡς ἀνεπιλήπτῳ μὲν κέχρηται διανοίᾳ, τῷ δὲ μὴ γεγυμνάσθαι περὶ λόγους ἥττηται πρὸς δεινοῦ παλαῖσαι Κάιν τέχνῃ μᾶλλον ἢ ῥώμῃ περιγενέσθαι δυναμένου;
75διὸ καὶ θαυμάζων τῆς περὶ τὴν φύσιν εὐμοιρίας τὸν τρόπον αἰτιῶμαι τοσοῦτον, ὅτι προκληθεὶς εἰς ἅμιλλαν λόγων ἧκεν ἀγωνιούμενος, δέον ἐπὶ τῆς συνήθους ἠρεμίας στῆναι πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσαντα τῷ φιλονείκῳ, εἰ δ’ ἄρα ἐβούλετο πάντως διαγωνίσασθαι, μὴ πρότερον κονίσασθαι ἢ τοῖς τεχνικοῖς παλαίσμασιν ἐνασκηθῆναι· τῶν γὰρ ἀγροικοσόφων οἱ τὰ πολιτικὰ κεκομψευμένοι μάλιστά πως εἰώθασι περιεῖναι.
Sections 76–100
76διὸ καὶ Μωυσῆς ὁ πάνσοφος παραιτεῖται μὲν εἰς τὴν τῶν εὐλόγων καὶ πιθανῶν ἐπίσκεψιν ἐλθεῖν, ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ ἀληθείας φέγγος ἤρξατο ὁ θεὸς ἐναστράπτειν αὐτῷ διὰ τῶν ἐπιστήμης καὶ σοφίας αὐτῆς ἀθανάτων λόγων, ἄγεται δὲ οὐδὲν ἧττον πρὸς τὴν θέαν αὐτῶν οὐχ ἕνεκα τοῦ πλειόνων ἔμπειρος γενέσθαι πραγμάτων — ἀποχρῶσι γὰρ αἱ περὶ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἱερωτάτων αὐτοῦ δυνάμεων ζητήσεις τῷ φιλοθεάμονι —, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ περιγενέσθαι τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ σοφιστῶν, οἷς αἱ μυθικαὶ πιθανότητες πρὸ τῆς τῶν ἀληθῶν ἐναργείας τετίμηνται.
77ὅταν μὲν οὖν τοῖς τοῦ πανηγεμόνος ἐμπεριπατῇ πράγμασιν ὁ νοῦς, οὐδενὸς ἑτέρου προσδεῖται πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν, ἐπειδὴ τῶν νοητῶν μόνη διάνοια ὀφθαλμὸς ὀξυωπέστατος· ὅταν δὲ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ αἴσθησιν ἢ πάθος ἢ σῶμα, ὧν ἐστιν ἡ Αἰγύπτου χώρα σύμβολον, δεήσεται καὶ τῆς περὶ λόγους τέχνης ὁμοῦ καὶ δυνάμεως.
78οὗ χάριν ἐπάγεσθαι τὸν Ἀαρὼν αὐτῷ διείρηται, τὸν προφορικὸν λόγον· „οὐκ ἰδοὺ“ φησίν „Ἀαρὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου“; μιᾶς γὰρ ἀμφοῖν τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως μητρὸς οὔσης ἀδελφὰ δήπου τὰ γεννήματα. „ἐπίσταμαι, ὅτι λαλήσει“· διανοίας μὲν γὰρ τὸ καταλαμβάνειν, προφορᾶς δὲ τὸ λαλεῖν ἴδιον. „λαλήσει“ φησίν „αὐτός σοι“· τὰ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ ταμιευόμενα μὴ δυνάμενος ὁ νοῦς ἀπαγγεῖλαι τῷ πλησίον ἑρμηνεῖ χρῆται λόγῳ πρὸς τὴν ὧν πέπονθε δήλωσιν.
79εἶτ’ ἐπιλέγει· „ἰδοὺ αὐτὸς ἐξελεύσεται εἰς συνάντησίν σοι“, ἐπειδὴ τῷ ὄντι ὁ λόγος τοῖς ἐνθυμήμασιν ὑπαντῶν, ῥήματα καὶ ὀνόματα προστιθεὶς χαράττει τὰ ἄσημα, ὡς ἐπίσημα ποιεῖν. καὶ „ἰδών σε“ φησί „χαρήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Exod. 4, 14)· γήθει γὰρ ὁ λόγος καὶ εὐφραίνεται, ὅταν μὴ ἀμυδρὸν ᾖ τὸ ἐνθύμημα, διότι τηλαυγοῦς ὄντος ἀπταίστῳ καὶ εὐτρόχῳ διερμηνεύσει χρῆται κυρίων καὶ εὐθυβόλων καὶ γεμόντων πολλῆς ἐμφάσεως εὐπορῶν ὀνομάτων·
80ἐπειδὰν γοῦν ἀδηλότερά πως ᾖ τὰ νοήματα, κατὰ κενοῦ βαίνει καὶ ὀλισθὼν πολλάκις μέγα πτῶμα ἔπεσεν, ὡς μηκέτι ἀναστῆναι δύνασθαι. „καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ δώσεις τὰ ῥήματά μου εἰς τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ“, ἴσον τῷ ὑπηχήσεις αὐτῷ τὰ ἐνθυμήματα, ἃ ῥημάτων καὶ λόγων ἀδιαφορεῖ θείων· ἄνευ γὰρ τοῦ ὑποβολέως οὐ φθέγξεται ὁ λόγος, ὑποβολεὺς δὲ λόγου νοῦς, ὡς νοῦ θεός.
81„καὶ αὐτός σοι προσλαλήσει πρὸς τὸν λαόν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται σου στόμα· σὺ δὲ αὐτῷ ἔσῃ τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν“ (Exod. 4, 15. 16)· ἐμφαντικώτατα τό τε „προσλαλήσει σοι“ φάναι, οἷον διερμηνεύσει τὰ σά, καὶ ὅτι „ἔσται σου στόμα“· διὰ γὰρ γλώττης καὶ στόματος φερόμενον τὸ τοῦ λόγου νᾶμα συνεκφέρει τὰ νοήματα. ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν λόγος ἑρμηνεὺς διανοίας πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ἡ δὲ διάνοια γίνεται τῷ λόγῳ τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ταῦτα δέ ἐστιν ἐνθυμήματα, ὧν μόνος ὁ θεὸς ἐπίσκοπος.
82ἀναγκαῖον οὖν ἐστι τῷ μέλλοντι πρὸς ἀγῶνα σοφιστικὸν ἀπαντᾶν ἐπιμεμελῆσθαι λόγων ἐρρωμένως οὕτως, ὡς μὴ μόνον ἐκφεύγειν τὰ παλαίσματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀντεπιτιθέμενον ἀμφοτέροις, τέχνῃ τε καὶ δυνάμει, περιεῖναι.
83ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς τοὺς ἐπαοιδοὺς καὶ φαρμακευτὰς ἀντισοφιστεύοντας τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ καὶ τοῖς παραπλησίοις τολμῶντας ἐγχειρεῖν, οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπιστήμην ἀποφῆναι περιβόητον, ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ διασῦραι καὶ χλευάσαι τὰ γινόμενα; καὶ γὰρ τὰς βακτηρίας εἰς δρακόντων μεταστοιχειοῦσι φύσεις, καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ εἰς αἵματος χρόαν μετατρέπουσι, καὶ τῶν βατράχων τὸ ὑπολειφθὲν ἐπῳδαῖς ἀνέλκουσιν ἐπὶ γῆν (Exod. 7, 12. 22. 8, 7), καὶ πάντα οἱ κακοδαίμονες τὰ πρὸς τὸν οἰκεῖον ὄλεθρον συναύξοντες ἀπατᾶν δοκοῦντες ἀπατῶνται.
84πρὸς οὓς πῶς ἐνῆν ἀπαντῆσαι μὴ τὸν ἑρμηνέα διανοίας λόγον, Ἀαρὼν ἐπίκλησιν, ἑτοιμασάμενον; ὃς νῦν μὲν εἴρηται στόμα, αὖθις δὲ καὶ προφήτης κεκλήσεται, ὅταν καὶ ὁ νοῦς ἐπιθειάσας προσρηθῇ θεός· „δίδωμι γάρ σε“ φησί „θεὸν Φαραώ, καὶ Ἀαρὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔσται σου προφήτης“ (Exod. 7, 1). ὢ ἀκολουθίας ἐναρμονίου· τὸ γὰρ ἑρμηνεῦον τὰ θεοῦ προφητικόν ἐστι γένος ἐνθέῳ κατοκωχῇ
85τε καὶ μανίᾳ χρώμενον. τοιγαροῦν „ἡ ῥάβδος ἡ Ἀαρὼν κατέπιε τὰς ἐκείνων ῥάβδους“ (Exod. 7,12), ὡς δηλοῖ τὸ λόγιον· ἐγκαταπίνονται γὰρ καὶ ἀφανίζονται πάντες οἱ σοφιστικοὶ λόγοι τῇ τῆς φύσεως ἐντέχνῳ ποικιλίᾳ, ὡς ὁμολογεῖν ὅτι „δάκτυλος θεοῦ“ (Exod. 8, 19) τὰ γινόμενά ἐστιν, ἴσον τῷ γράμμα θεῖον διαγορεῦον ἀεὶ σοφιστείαν ὑπὸ σοφίας ἡττᾶσθαι· δακτύλῳ γὰρ θεοῦ καὶ τὰς πλάκας, ἐν αἷς ἐστηλιτεύθησαν οἱ χρησμοί, φησὶν ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος γραφῆναι (Exod. 32, 16). διόπερ οὐκέτι δύνανται οἱ φαρμακευταὶ στῆναι ἐναντίον Μωυσεῖ, πίπτουσι δ’ ὡς ἐν ἀγῶνι ῥώμῃ τοῦ ἀντιπάλου νικηθέντες καρτερᾷ (Exod. 8, 18).
86Τίς οὖν ἡ τετάρτη δωρεά; τὸ μεγαλώνυμον· φησὶ γάρ· „μεγαλυνῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου“ (Gen. 12, 2). τὸ δέ ἐστιν, ὥς γ’ ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, τοιόνδε· ὥσπερ τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι καὶ καλόν, οὕτω καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι λυσιτελές. καὶ ἀμείνων μὲν δόξης ἀλήθεια, εὔδαιμον δὲ τὸ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν· μυρίοι γὰρ ἀνόθως καὶ ἀκολακεύτως προσελθόντες ἀρετῇ καὶ τὸ γνήσιον αὐτῆς ἐναυγασάμενοι κάλλος, τῆς παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς φήμης οὐ φροντίσαντες ἐπεβουλεύθησαν, κακοὶ νομισθέντες οἱ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀγαθοί.
87καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦ δοκεῖν ὄφελος μὴ πολὺ πρότερον τοῦ εἶναι προσόντος, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ σωμάτων πέφυκεν ἔχειν· εἰ γὰρ πάντες ἄνθρωποι τὸν νοσοῦντα ὑγιαίνειν ἢ τὸν ὑγιαίνοντα νοσεῖν ὑπολάβοιεν, ἡ δόξα καθ’ αὑτὴν οὔτε νόσον οὔτε ὑγείαν ἐργάσεται.
88ᾧ δὲ ἀμφότερα δεδώρηται ὁ θεός, καὶ τὸ εἶναι καλῷ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι, οὗτος πρὸς ἀλήθειαν εὐδαίμων καὶ τῷ ὄντι μεγαλώνυμος. προνοητέον δ’ ὡς μεγάλου πράγματος καὶ πολλὰ τὸν μετὰ σώματος βίον ὠφελοῦντος εὐφημίας. περιγίνεται δ’ αὕτη σχεδὸν ἅπασιν, ὅσοι χαίροντες σὺν ἀσμενισμῷ μηδὲν κινοῦσι τῶν καθεστηκότων νομίμων, ἀλλὰ τὴν πάτριον πολιτείαν οὐκ ἀμελῶς φυλάττουσιν.
89εἰσὶ γάρ τινες οἳ τοὺς ῥητοὺς νόμους σύμβολα νοητῶν πραγμάτων ὑπολαμβάνοντες τὰ μὲν ἄγαν ἠκρίβωσαν, τῶν δὲ ῥᾳθύμως ὠλιγώρησαν· οὓς μεμψαίμην ἂν ἔγωγε τῆς εὐχερείας· ἔδει γὰρ ἀμφοτέρων ἐπιμεληθῆναι, ζητήσεώς τε τῶν ἀφανῶν ἀκριβεστέρας καὶ ταμιείας τῶν φανερῶν ἀνεπιλήπτου.
90νυνὶ δ’ ὥσπερ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ καθ’ ἑαυτοὺς μόνοι ζῶντες ἢ ἀσώματοι ψυχαὶ γεγονότες καὶ μήτε πόλιν μήτε κώμην μήτ’ οἰκίαν μήτε συνόλως θίασον ἀνθρώπων εἰδότες, τὰ δοκοῦντα τοῖς πολλοῖς ὑπερκύψαντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν γυμνὴν αὐτὴν ἐφ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρευνῶσιν· οὓς ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος διδάσκει χρηστῆς ὑπολήψεως πεφροντικέναι καὶ μηδὲν τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔθεσι λύειν, ἃ θεσπέσιοι καὶ μείζους ἄνδρες ἢ καθ’ ἡμᾶς ὥρισαν.
91μὴ γὰρ ὅτι ἡ ἑβδόμη δυνάμεως μὲν τῆς περὶ τὸ ἀγένητον, ἀπραξίας δὲ τῆς περὶ τὸ γενητὸν δίδαγμά ἐστι, τὰ ἐπ’ αὐτῇ νομοθετηθέντα λύωμεν, ὡς πῦρ ἐναύειν ἢ γεωπονεῖν ἢ ἀχθοφορεῖν ἢ ἐγκαλεῖν ἢ δικάζειν ἢ παρακαταθήκας ἀπαιτεῖν ἢ δάνεια ἀναπράττειν ἢ τὰ ἄλλα ποιεῖν, ὅσα κἀν τοῖς μὴ ἑορτώδεσι καιροῖς ἐφεῖται·
92μηδ’ ὅτι ἡ ἑορτὴ σύμβολον ψυχικῆς εὐφροσύνης ἐστὶ καὶ τῆς πρὸς θεὸν εὐχαριστίας, ἀποταξώμεθα ταῖς κατὰ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας πανηγύρεσι· μηδ’ ὅτι τὸ περιτέμνεσθαι ἡδονῆς καὶ παθῶν πάντων ἐκτομὴν καὶ δόξης ἀναίρεσιν ἀσεβοῦς ἐμφαίνει, καθ’ ἣν ὑπέλαβεν ὁ νοῦς ἱκανὸς εἶναι γεννᾶν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀνέλωμεν τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ περιτομῇ τεθέντα νόμον· ἐπεὶ καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἁγιστείας καὶ μυρίων ἄλλων ἀμελήσομεν, εἰ μόνοις προσέξομεν τοῖς δι’ ὑπονοιῶν δηλουμένοις.
93ἀλλὰ χρὴ ταῦτα μὲν σώματι ἐοικέναι νομίζειν, ψυχῇ δὲ ἐκεῖνα· ὥσπερ οὖν σώματος, ἐπειδὴ ψυχῆς ἐστιν οἶκος, προνοητέον, οὕτω καὶ τῶν ῥητῶν νόμων ἐπιμελητέον· φυλαττομένων γὰρ τούτων ἀριδηλότερον κἀκεῖνα γνωρισθήσεται, ὧν εἰσιν οὗτοι σύμβολα, πρὸς τῷ καὶ τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν πολλῶν μέμψεις καὶ κατηγορίας ἀποδιδράσκειν.
94οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅτι καὶ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ σοφῷ καὶ μεγάλα ἀγαθὰ καὶ μικρὰ προσεῖναί φησι, καὶ καλεῖ τὰ μὲν μεγάλα ὑπάρχοντα καὶ ὑπαρκτά, ἃ τῷ γνησίῳ κληρονομεῖν ἐφεῖται μόνῳ, τὰ δὲ μικρὰ δόματα, ὧν οἱ νόθοι καὶ ἐκ παλλακῶν ἀξιοῦνται (Gen. 25,5. 6)· ἐκεῖνα
95μὲν οὖν ἔοικε τοῖς φύσει, ταῦτα δὲ τοῖς θέσει νομίμοις. ἄγαμαι καὶ τῆς παναρέτου Λείας, ἥτις ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσὴρ γενέσεως, ὅς ἐστι τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ καὶ νόθου σύμβολον πλούτου, φησί· „μακαρία ἐγώ, ὅτι μακαριοῦσί με αἱ γυναῖκες“ (Gen. 30, 13)· στοχάζεται γὰρ ὑπολήψεως ἐπιεικοῦς, δικαιοῦσα μὴ μόνον ὑπὸ ἀρρένων καὶ ἀνδρείων ὡς ἀληθῶς λόγων ἐπαινεῖσθαι, παρ’ οἷς ἡ ἀλώβητος φύσις καὶ τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀδέκαστον τετίμηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τῶν θηλυτέρων, οἳ τῶν φαινομένων πάντα τρόπον ἥττηνται μηδὲν ἔξω τούτων θεωρητὸν νοῆσαι δυνάμενοι.
96τελείας δὲ ψυχῆς ἐστι καὶ τοῦ εἶναι καὶ τοῦ δοκεῖν εἶναι μεταποιεῖσθαι, καὶ σπουδάζειν μὴ μόνον παρὰ τῇ ἀνδρωνίτιδι εὐδοκιμεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τῆς γυναικωνίτιδος ἑστίας ἐπαινεῖσθαι.
97διὸ καὶ Μωυσῆς τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν ἔργων κατασκευὴν οὐ μόνον ἀνδράσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναιξὶν ἐπέτρεψε ποιεῖσθαι· τά τε γὰρ νήματα πάντα τῆς ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου καὶ βύσσου καὶ τριχῶν αἰγείων ἐπιτελοῦσι (Exod. 35, 25. 26), καὶ τὸν ἑαυτῶν κόσμον ἀόκνως εἰσφέρουσι, „σφραγῖδας, ἐνώτια, δακτυλίους, περιδέξια, ἐμπλόκια“ (Exod. 35, 22), πάνθ’ ὅσα χρυσὸν εἶχε τὴν ὕλην,
98τὸν σώματος κόσμον ἀντικαταλλαττόμεναι τοῦ τῆς εὐσεβείας· προσφιλοτιμούμεναι μέντοι καὶ τὰ κάτοπτρα ἑαυτῶν συγκαθιεροῦσιν εἰς τὴν τοῦ λουτῆρος κατασκευήν (Exod. 38, 26), ἵν’ οἱ μέλλοντες ἱερουργεῖν ἀπονιπτόμενοι χεῖρας καὶ πόδας, τὰ ἐγχειρήματα οἷς ἐφορμεῖ καὶ ἐνίδρυται ὁ νοῦς, ἐνοπτρίζωνται ἑαυτοὺς κατὰ μνήμην τῶν ἐσόπτρων, ἐξ ὧν ὁ λουτὴρ δεδημιούργηται· οὕτω γὰρ οὐδὲν αἶσχος ἐν τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς εἴδει περιόψονται γινόμενον, ἤδη δὲ τὸ νηστείας καὶ καρτερίας ἀνάθημα ἀναθήσουσιν ἱεροπρεπέστατον καὶ τελεώτατον ἀναθημάτων.
99ἀλλ’ αὗται μὲν ἀσταί τε καὶ ἀστεῖαι γυναῖκες [αἰσθήσεις] ὡς ἀληθῶς, παρ’ αἷς ἡ ἀρετὴ Λεία τετιμῆσθαι βούλεται, αἱ δὲ προσαναφλέγουσαι τὸ πῦρ ἐπὶ τὸν ἄθλιον νοῦν ἀπόλιδες· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι καὶ „γυναῖκες ἔτι προσεξέκαυσαν πῦρ ἐπὶ Μωάβ“ (Num. 21,30).
100ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἑκάστη τῶν τοῦ ἄφρονος αἰσθήσεων ἐξαπτομένη πρὸς τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐμπίπρησι τὸν νοῦν, πολλὴν καὶ ἀπέρατον φλόγα ἐπεισχέουσα μετὰ ῥύμης ἀνηνύτου καὶ φορᾶς; ἄριστον οὖν ἐξευμενίζεσθαι τὸ γυναικῶν τάγμα ἐν ψυχῇ, τῶν αἰσθήσεων, καθάπερ καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, τῶν κατὰ μέρος λογισμῶν· οὕτως γὰρ
Sections 101–125
101ἀμείνονι βίου διεξόδῳ χρησόμεθα παγκάλως. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ αὐτομαθὴς Ἰσαὰκ εὔχεται τῷ σοφίας ἐραστῇ καὶ τὰ νοητὰ καὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ λαβεῖν ἀγαθά· φησὶ γάρ· „δώῃ σοι ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τῆς δρόσου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς πιότητος τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 27,28), ἴσον τῷ πρότερον μὲν συνεχῆ σοι τὸν νοητὸν καὶ οὐράνιον ὑετὸν ἄρδοι, μὴ λάβρως ὡς ἐπικλύσαι, ἀλλ’ ἠρέμα καὶ πρᾴως καθάπερ δρόσον ὡς ὀνῆσαι· δεύτερον δὲ τὸν αἰσθητὸν καὶ γήινον πλοῦτον χαρίσαιτο λιπαρὸν καὶ πίονα, τὴν ἐναντίαν πενίαν ψυχῆς τε καὶ τῶν αὐτῆς μερῶν ἀφαυάνας.
102ἐὰν μέντοι καὶ τὸν ἀρχιερέα λόγον ἐξετάζῃς, εὑρήσεις συνῳδὰ φρονοῦντα καὶ τὴν ἱερὰν ἐσθῆτα αὐτῷ πεποικιλμένην ἔκ τε νοητῶν καὶ αἰσθητῶν δυνάμεων· ἧς τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μακροτέρων ἢ κατὰ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν δεῖται λόγων καὶ ὑπερθετέον, τὰ δὲ πρὸς τοῖς πέρασιν ἐξετάσωμεν, κεφαλῇ τε καὶ βάσεσιν.
103οὐκοῦν ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐστι „πέταλον χρυσοῦν καθαρόν, ἔχον ἐκτύπωμα σφραγῖδος, ἁγίασμα κυρίῳ“ (Exod. 28,32), ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς ποσὶν ἐπὶ τοῦ τέλους τοῦ ὑποδύτου κώδωνες καὶ ἄνθινα (Exod. 28, 29. 30). ἀλλ’ ἐκείνη μὲν ἡ σφραγὶς ἰδέα ἐστὶν ἰδεῶν, καθ’ ἣν ὁ θεὸς ἐτύπωσε τὸν κόσμον, ἀσώματος δήπου καὶ νοητή, τὰ δ’ ἄνθινα καὶ οἱ κώδωνες αἰσθητῶν ποιοτήτων σύμβολα, ὧν ὅρασις καὶ ἀκοὴ τὰ κριτήρια.
104ἄγαν δ’ ἐξητασμένως ἐπιφέρει ὅτι „ἔσται ἀκουστὴ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ εἰσόντος εἰς τὰ ἅγια“ (Exod. 28,31), ἵνα πρὸς τὰ νοητὰ καὶ θεῖα καὶ ὄντως ἅγια εἰσιούσης τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ αἱ αἰσθήσεις ὠφελούμεναι κατ’ ἀρετὴν συνηχῶσι καὶ ὅλον τὸ σύστημα ἡμῶν, ὥσπερ ἐμμελὴς καὶ πολυάνθρωπος χορός, ἐκ διαφερόντων φθόγγων ἀνακεκραμένων ἓν μέλος ἐναρμόνιον συνᾴδῃ, τὰ μὲν ἐνδόσιμα τῶν νοημάτων ἐμπνεόντων — ἡγεμόνες γὰρ τοῦ χοροῦ τούτου τὰ νοητά —, τὰ δ’ ἑπόμενα τῶν αἰσθητῶν συναναμελπόντων, ἃ τοῖς κατὰ μέρος χορευταῖς ἀπεικάζεται.
105συνόλως γάρ, ᾗ φησιν ὁ νόμος, „τὰ δέοντα καὶ τὸν ἱματισμὸν καὶ τὴν ὁμιλίαν“ (Exod. 21, 10), τὰ τρία ταῦτα, ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν οὐκ ἔδει, ἀλλ’ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν βεβαίως προσνέμειν. τὰ μὲν οὖν δέοντα τὰ νοητά ἐστιν ἀγαθά, ἃ δεῖ καὶ ἃ χρὴ γενέσθαι λόγῳ φύσεως, ὁ δὲ ἱματισμὸς τὰ περὶ τὸν φαινόμενον τοῦ βίου κόσμον, ἡ δ’ ὁμιλία ἡ καθ’ ἑκάτερον τῶν εἰρημένων εἰδῶν συνέχεια καὶ μελέτη, ἵν’ οἷα τὰ ἀφανῆ νοητὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ φαίνηται.
106Πέμπτη τοίνυν ἐστὶ δωρεὰ ἡ κατὰ ψιλὸν μόνον τὸ εἶναι συνισταμένη· λέλεκται δὲ ἐπὶ ταῖς προτέραις, οὐχ ὡς εὐτελεστέρα ἐκείνων, ἀλλ’ ὡς ὑπερκύπτουσα καὶ ὑπερβάλλουσα πάσας. τί γὰρ ἂν εἴη τοῦ πεφυκέναι καὶ ἀψευδῶς καὶ ἀπλάστως ἀγαθὸν εἶναι καὶ εὐλογίας ἐπάξιον τελεώτερον;
107„ἔσῃ“ γάρ φησιν „εὐλογητός“ (Gen. 12,2), οὐ μόνον εὐλογημένος· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν δόξαις τε καὶ φήμαις παραριθμεῖται, τὸ δὲ τῷ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν εὐλογητῷ.
108ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ ἐπαινετὸν εἶναι τοῦ ἐπαινεῖσθαι διαφέρει κατὰ τὸ κρεῖττον καὶ τὸ ψεκτὸν εἶναι τοῦ ψέγεσθαι κατὰ τὸ χεῖρον — τὰ μὲν γὰρ τῷ πεφυκέναι, τὰ δὲ τῷ νομίζεσθαι λέγεται μόνον, φύσις δὲ ἡ ἀψευδὴς δοκήσεως ἐχυρώτερον —, οὕτως καὶ τοῦ εὐλογεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀνθρώπων, ὅπερ ἦν εἰς εὐλογίαν ἄγεσθαι δοξαζόμενον, τὸ πεφυκέναι εὐλογίας ἄξιον, κἂν πάντες ἡσυχάζωσι, κρεῖττον, ὅπερ εὐλογητὸν ἐν τοῖς χρησμοῖς ᾄδεται.
109Ταῦτα μὲν τὰ ἆθλα τῷ γενησομένῳ δωρεῖται σοφῷ· ἃ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπονέμει διὰ τὸν σοφόν, ἑξῆς ἴδωμεν· „εὐλογήσω“ φησί „τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς σε, καὶ τοὺς καταρωμένους σε καταράσομαι“ (Gen. 12, 3).
110τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τιμῇ τοῦ σπουδαίου καὶ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι παντί τῳ δῆλον, λέγεται δ’ οὐ δι’ ἐκεῖνο μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν εὐάρμοστον ἀκολουθίαν· τὸν γὰρ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ὁ ἐπαινῶν ἐγκωμιαστὸς καὶ ὁ ψέγων ἔμπαλιν ψεκτός. ἔπαινον δὲ καὶ ψόγον οὐχ οὕτως ἡ τῶν λεγόντων καὶ γραφόντων πιστοῦται δύναμις, ὡς ἡ τῶν γινομένων ἀλήθεια· ὥστ’ οὔτε ἐπαινεῖν οὔτε ψέγειν ἂν δοκοῖεν, ὅσοι τι ψεῦδος ἐν ἑκατέρῳ παραλαμβάνουσιν εἴδει.
111τοὺς κόλακας οὐχ ὁρᾷς, οἳ μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ ἀποκναίουσι τῶν κολακευομένων τὰ ὦτα θρύπτοντες, οὐκ ἐπινεύοντες ἐφ’ ἑκάστῳ τῶν λεγομένων αὐτὸ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ῥήσεις μακρὰς συνείροντες καὶ ῥαψῳδοῦντες καὶ εὐχόμενοι μὲν τῇ
112φωνῇ πολλάκις, ἀεὶ δὲ τῇ διανοίᾳ καταρώμενοι; τί οὖν ἄν τις εὖ φρονῶν εἴποι; ἆρ’ οὐχ ὥσπερ ἐχθροὺς μᾶλλον ἢ φίλους τοὺς λέγοντας ὄντας καὶ ψέγειν μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπαινεῖν, κἂν δράματα ὅλα συντιθέντες ἐγκωμίων ἐπᾴδωσι;
113τοιγαροῦν ὁ μάταιος Βαλαὰμ ὕμνους μὲν εἰς τὸν θεὸν ὑπερβάλλοντας ᾄδων, ἐν οἷς καὶ τὸ „οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεός“ (Num. 23, 19), ᾀσμάτων τὸ ἱεροπρεπέστατον, ἐγκώμια δ’ εἰς τὸν ὁρῶντα, Ἰσραήλ, μυρία διεξερχόμενος ἀσεβὴς μὲν καὶ ἐπάρατος καὶ παρὰ τῷ σοφῷ κέκριται νομοθέτῃ, καταρᾶσθαι δέ, οὐκ εὐλογεῖν, νενόμισται.
114τοῖς γὰρ πολεμίοις φησὶν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ μισθῷ συνταχθέντα μάντιν γενέσθαι κακὸν κακῶν, ἀρὰς μὲν ἐν ψυχῇ θέμενον χαλεπωτάτας γένει τῷ θεοφιλεῖ, εὐχὰς δὲ ἀναγκασθέντα διὰ στόματος καὶ γλώττης ὑπερφυεστάτας προφητεῦσαι· τὰ μὲν γὰρ λεγόμενα καλὰ ὄντα ὁ φιλάρετος ὑπήχει θεός, τὰ δ’ ἐννοούμενα — φαυλότερα γὰρ ἦν — ἔτικτεν ἡ μισάρετος διάνοια.
115μαρτυρεῖ δὲ ὁ περὶ τούτων χρησμός· „οὐ γὰρ ἔδωκε“ φησίν „ὁ θεὸς τῷ Βαλαὰμ καταράσασθαί σοι, ἀλλ’ ἔστρεψε τὰς κατάρας εἰς εὐλογίαν“ (Deut. 23, 5), καίτοι πάντων ὅσα εἶπε πολλῆς γεμόντων εὐφημίας. ἀλλ’ ὁ τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ ταμιευομένων ἐπίσκοπος ἰδών, ᾧ κατιδεῖν ἔξεστι μόνῳ, τὰ ἀθέατα γενέσει, τὴν καταδικάζουσαν ἀπὸ τούτων ψῆφον ἤνεγκε, μάρτυς ἀψευδέστατος ὁμοῦ καὶ κριτὴς ἀδέκαστος ὁ αὐτὸς ὤν· ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἐπαινετὸν βλασφημεῖν καὶ κατηγορεῖν δοκοῦντα τῇ
116φωνῇ κατὰ διάνοιαν εὐλογεῖν τε καὶ εὐφημεῖν. σωφρονιστῶν ὡς ἔοικε τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ἔθος, παιδαγωγῶν, διδασκάλων, γονέων, πρεσβυτέρων, ἀρχόντων, νόμων· ὀνειδίζοντες γάρ, ἔστι δ’ ὅπου καὶ κολάζοντες ἕκαστοι τούτων ἀμείνους τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπεργάζονται τῶν παιδευομένων. καὶ ἐχθρὸς μὲν οὐδεὶς οὐδενί, φίλοι δὲ πᾶσι πάντες· φίλων δὲ ἀνόθῳ καὶ ἀκιβδήλῳ χρωμένων εὐνοίᾳ τοῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἔργον ἐλευθεροστομεῖν ἄνευ τοῦ κακονοεῖν.
117μηδὲν οὖν μήτε τῶν εἰς εὐλογίας καὶ εὐχὰς μήτε τῶν εἰς βλασφημίας καὶ κατάρας ἐπὶ τὰς ἐν προφορᾷ διεξόδους ἀναφερέσθω μᾶλλον ἢ διάνοιαν, ἀφ’ ἧς ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς ἑκάτερον εἶδος τῶν λεχθέντων δοκιμάζεται.
118Ταῦτα μὲν δὴ πρῶτον διὰ τὸν ἀστεῖον ἑτέροις συντυγχάνειν φησίν, ὅταν ἢ ψόγον ἢ ἔπαινον ἢ εὐχὰς ἢ κατάρας ἐθελήσωσιν αὐτῷ τίθεσθαι· μέγιστον δ’ ἑξῆς, ὅταν ἡσυχάζωσιν ἐκεῖνοι, τὸ μηδὲν μέρος φύσεως λογικῆς ἀμέτοχον εὐεργεσίας ἀπολείπεσθαι· λέγει γὰρ ὅτι „ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 12, 3).
119ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο δογματικώτατον· ἐὰν γὰρ ὁ νοῦς ἄνοσος καὶ ἀπήμων διατελῇ, ταῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἁπάσαις φυλαῖς τε καὶ δυνάμεσιν ὑγιαινούσαις χρῆται, ταῖς τε καθ’ ὅρασιν καὶ ἀκοὴν καὶ ὅσαι αἰσθητικαὶ καὶ πάλιν ταῖς κατὰ τὰς ἡδονάς τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας καὶ ὅσαι ἀντὶ παθῶν εἰς εὐπάθειαν μεταχαράττονται.
120ἤδη μέντοι καὶ οἶκος καὶ πόλις καὶ χώρα καὶ ἔθνη καὶ κλίματα γῆς ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς καλοκἀγαθίας προμηθουμένου μεγάλης ἀπήλαυσαν εὐδαιμονίας, καὶ μάλισθ’ ὅτῳ μετὰ γνώμης ἀγαθῆς ὁ θεὸς καὶ δύναμιν ἔδωκεν ἀνανταγώνιστον, ὡς μουσικῷ καὶ παντὶ τεχνίτῃ τὰ κατὰ μουσικὴν καὶ πᾶσαν τέχνην ὄργανα ἢ ξύλων ὕλην πυρί.
121τῷ γὰρ ὄντι ἔρεισμα τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστὶν ὁ δίκαιος, καὶ ὅσα μὲν αὐτὸς ἔχει, προφέρων εἰς μέσον ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν χρησομένων ἄφθονα δίδωσιν, ὅσα δ’ ἂν μὴ εὑρίσκῃ παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, τὸν μόνον πάμπλουτον αἰτεῖται θεόν· ὁ δὲ τὸν οὐράνιον ἀνοίξας θησαυρὸν ὀμβρεῖ καὶ ἐπινίφει τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἀθρόα, ὡς τῶν περιγείων ἁπάντων τὰς δεξαμενὰς πλημμυρούσας ἀναχυθῆναι.
122ταῦτα δὲ τὸν ἱκέτην ἑαυτοῦ λόγον οὐκ ἀποστραφεὶς εἴωθε δωρεῖσθαι· λέγεται γὰρ ἑτέρωθι Μωυσέως ἱκετεύσαντος· „ἵλεως αὐτοῖς εἰμι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου“ (Num. 14, 20)· τοῦτο δέ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἰσοδυναμεῖ τῷ „ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς.“ οὗ χάριν καὶ ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ πεπειραμένος τῆς ἐν ἅπασι τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστότητος πεπίστευκεν ὅτι, κἂν πάντα τὰ ἄλλα ἀφανισθῇ, μικρὸν δέ τι λείψανον ἀρετῆς ὥσπερ ἐμπύρευμα διασῴζηται, διὰ τὸ βραχὺ τοῦτο κἀκεῖνα οἰκτείρει, ὡς πεπτωκότα ἐγείρειν καὶ τεθνηκότα ζωπυρεῖν (Gen. 18, 24 sqq.).
123σπινθὴρ γὰρ καὶ ὁ βραχύτατος ἐντυφόμενος, ὅταν καταπνευσθεὶς ζωπυρηθῇ, μεγάλην πυράν· ἐξάπτει καὶ τὸ βραχύτατον οὖν ἀρετῆς, ὅταν ἐλπίσι χρησταῖς ὑποθαλπόμενον ἀναλάμψῃ, καὶ τὰ τέως μεμυκότα καὶ τυφλὰ ἐξωμμάτωσε καὶ τὰ ἀφαυανθέντα ἀναβλαστεῖν ἐποίησε καὶ ὅσα ὑπὸ ἀγονίας ἐστείρωτο εἰς εὐφορίαν εὐτοκίας περιήγαγεν. οὕτω τὸ σπάνιον ἀγαθὸν ἐπιφροσύνῃ θεοῦ πολὺ γίνεται
124χεόμενον, ἐξομοιοῦν τὰ ἄλλα ἑαυτῷ. εὐχώμεθα οὖν τὸν ὡς ἐν οἰκίᾳ στῦλον νοῦν μὲν ἐν ψυχῇ, ἄνθρωπον δὲ ἐν τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν δίκαιον διαμένειν εἰς τὴν τῶν νόσων ἄκεσιν· τούτου γὰρ ὑγιαίνοντος τὰς εἰς παντελῆ σωτηρίαν οὐκ ἀπογνωστέον ἐλπίδας, διότι οἶμαι ὁ σωτὴρ θεὸς τὸ πανακέστατον φάρμακον, τὴν ἵλεω δύναμιν, τῷ ἱκέτῃ καὶ θεραπευτῇ προτείνας ἑαυτοῦ χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν καμνόντων σωτηρίαν ἐπιτρέπει, καταπλάττοντι τῶν ψυχῆς τραυμάτων, ἅπερ ἀφροσύναι καὶ ἀδικίαι καὶ ὁ ἄλλος τῶν κακιῶν ὅμιλος ἀκονηθεὶς διεῖλεν.
125ἐναργέστατον δὲ παράδειγμα Νῶε ὁ δίκαιος, ὃς τῷ μεγάλῳ κατακλυσμῷ τῶν τοσούτων μερῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐγκαταποθέντων ἐρρωμένως ἐπικυματίζων καὶ ἐπινηχόμενος ὑπεράνω μὲν ἔστη τῶν δεινῶν ἁπάντων, διασωθεὶς δὲ μεγάλας καὶ καλὰς ἀφ’ αὑτοῦ ῥίζας ἐβάλετο, ἐξ ὧν οἷα φυτὸν τὸ σοφίας ἀνεβλάστησε γένος· ὅπερ ἡμεροτοκῆσαν τοὺς τοῦ ὁρῶντος, Ἰσραήλ, τριττοὺς ἤνεγκε καρπούς, αἰῶνος μέτρα, τὸν Ἀβραάμ, τὸν Ἰσαάκ, τὸν Ἰακώβ·
Sections 126–150
126καὶ γὰρ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται καὶ γέγονεν ἐν τῷ παντὶ ἀρετή, ἣν ἀκαιρίαι μὲν ἴσως ἀνθρώπων ἐπισκιάζουσιν, ὁ δὲ ὀπαδὸς θεοῦ καιρὸς ἀποκαλύπτει πάλιν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἡ φρόνησις ἀρρενογονεῖ Σάρρα, οὐ κατὰ τὰς χρονικὰς τοῦ ἔτους ὥρας, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰς ἀχρόνους ἀκμὰς καὶ εὐκαιρίας ἐπανθοῦσα· λέγεται γάρ· „ἐπαναστρέφων ἥξω πρὸς σὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον εἰς ὥρας, καὶ ἕξει υἱὸν Σάρρα ἡ γυνή σου“ (Gen. 18,10).
127Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν δωρεῶν, ἃς καὶ τοῖς γενησομένοις τελείοις καὶ δι’ αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς ἑτέροις εἴωθε χαρίζεσθαι, δεδήλωται. λέγεται δὲ ἑξῆς ὅτι „ἐπορεύθη Ἀβραὰμ καθάπερ ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ κύριος“ (Gen. 12, 4).
128τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τὸ παρὰ τοῖς ἄριστα φιλοσοφήσασιν ᾀδόμενον τέλος, τὸ ἀκολούθως τῇ φύσει ζῆν· γίνεται δέ, ὅταν ὁ νοῦς εἰς τὴν ἀρετῆς ἀτραπὸν ἐλθὼν κατ’ ἴχνος ὀρθοῦ λόγου βαίνῃ καὶ ἕπηται θεῷ, τῶν προστάξεων αὐτοῦ διαμεμνημένος καὶ πάσας ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ ἔργοις τε καὶ λόγοις βεβαιούμενος.
129"ἐπορεύθη γάρ, καθὰ ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ κύριος“· τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τοιοῦτον· ὡς λαλεῖ ὁ θεὸς — λαλεῖ δὲ παγκάλως καὶ ἐπαινετῶς —, οὕτως ὁ σπουδαῖος ἕκαστα δρᾷ τὴν ἀτραπὸν εὐθύνων ἀμέμπτως τοῦ βίου, ὥστε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σοφοῦ λόγων ἀδιαφορεῖν θείων.
130ἑτέρωθι γοῦν φησιν ὅτι ἐποίησεν Ἀβραὰμ „πάντα τὸν νόμον μου“ (Gen. 26, 5)· νόμος δὲ οὐδὲν ἄρα ἢ λόγος θεῖος προστάττων ἃ δεῖ καὶ ἀπαγορεύων ἃ μὴ χρή, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ φάσκων ὅτι „ἐδέξατο ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ νόμον“ (Deut. 33, 3. 4). εἰ τοίνυν λόγος μέν ἐστι θεῖος ὁ νόμος, ποιεῖ δ’ ὁ ἀστεῖος τὸν νόμον, ποιεῖ πάντως καὶ τὸν λόγον· ὥσθ’, ὅπερ ἔφην, τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγους πράξεις εἶναι τοῦ σοφοῦ.
131τέλος οὖν ἐστι κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν τὸ ἕπεσθαι θεῷ, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις φησίν· „ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου πορεύσῃ“ (Deut. 13,4), οὐ κινήσει χρώμενον τῇ διὰ σκελῶν — ἀνθρώπου μὲν γὰρ ὄχημα γῆ, θεοῦ δὲ εἰ καὶ σύμπας ὁ κόσμος, οὐκ οἶδα —, ἀλλ’ ἔοικεν ἀλληγορεῖν τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὰ θεῖα δόγματα παριστὰς ἀκολουθίαν, ὧν ἡ ἀναφορὰ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου γίνεται τιμήν.
132ἐπιτείνων δὲ τὸν ἀκάθεκτον πόθον τοῦ καλοῦ παραινεῖ καὶ κολλᾶσθαι αὐτῷ· „κύριον“ γάρ φησι „τὸν θεόν σου φοβηθήσῃ καὶ αὐτῷ λατρεύσεις καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν κολληθήσῃ“ (Deut. 10, 20). τίς οὖν ἡ κόλλα; τίς; εὐσέβεια δήπου καὶ πίστις· ἁρμόζουσι γὰρ καὶ ἑνοῦσιν αἱ ἀρεταὶ ἀφθάρτῳ φύσει διάνοιαν· καὶ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ πιστεύσας „ἐγγίζειν θεῷ“ (Gen. 18, 23) λέγεται.
133ἐὰν μέντοι πορευόμενος μήτε κάμῃ, ὡς ὑπενδοὺς ὀκλάσαι, μήτε ῥᾳθυμήσῃ, ὡς παρ’ ἑκάτερα ἐκτραπόμενος πλανᾶσθαι τῆς μέσης καὶ εὐθυτενοῦς διαμαρτὼν ὁδοῦ, μιμησάμενος δὲ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς δρομεῖς τὸ στάδιον ἀπταίστως ἀνύσῃ τοῦ βίου, στεφάνων καὶ ἄθλων ἐπαξίων τεύξεται πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἐλθών.
134ἢ οὐ τοῦτ’ εἰσὶν οἱ στέφανοι καὶ τὰ ἆθλα, μὴ ἀτυχῆσαι τοῦ τέλους τῶν πονηθέντων, ἀλλ’ ἐφικέσθαι τῶν δυσεφίκτων φρονήσεως περάτων; τί οὖν τοῦ φρονεῖν ὀρθῶς ἐστι τέλος; ἀφροσύνην ἑαυτοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ γενητοῦ καταψηφίσασθαι· τὸ γὰρ μηδὲν οἴεσθαι εἰδέναι πέρας ἐπιστήμης, ἑνὸς ὄντος μόνου σοφοῦ τοῦ καὶ μόνου θεοῦ.
135διὸ καὶ παγκάλως Μωυσῆς καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν γενομένων αὐτὸν εἰσήγαγεν εἰπών· „εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησε, καὶ ἰδοὺ καλὰ λίαν“ (Gen. 1,31)· οὐδενὶ γὰρ ἐξῆν τὰ συσταθέντα κατιδεῖν ἄκρως ὅτι μὴ τῷ πεποιηκότι.
136πάριτε νῦν οἱ τύφου καὶ ἀπαιδευσίας καὶ πολλῆς ἀλαζονείας γέμοντες, οἱ δοκησίσοφοι καὶ μὴ μόνον ὅ ἐστιν ἕκαστον εἰδέναι σαφῶς ἐπιφάσκοντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς αἰτίας προσαποδιδόναι διὰ θρασύτητα τολμῶντες, ὥσπερ ἢ τῇ τοῦ κόσμου γενέσει παρατυχόντες καὶ ὡς ἕκαστα καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελεῖτο κατιδόντες ἢ σύμβουλοι περὶ τῶν κατασκευαζομένων τῷ δημιουργῷ γενόμενοι.
137εἶτα τῶν ἄλλων ἅπαξ ἁπάντων μεθέμενοι γνωρίσατε ἑαυτοὺς καὶ οἵτινές ἐστε σαφῶς εἴπατε, κατὰ τὸ σῶμα, κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν, κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, κατὰ τὸν λόγον, καθ’ ἕν τι κἂν τὸ βραχύτατον τῶν εἰδῶν. τί ἐστιν ὅρασις ἀποφήνασθε καὶ πῶς ὁρᾶτε, τί ἀκοὴ καὶ πῶς ἀκούετε, τί γεῦσις, τί ἁφή, τί ὄσφρησις καὶ πῶς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἐνεργεῖτε ἢ τίνες εἰσὶν αἱ τούτων πηγαί, ἀφ’ ὧν καὶ τὸ εἶναι ταῦτα συμβέβηκε.
138μὴ γάρ μοι περὶ σελήνης καὶ ἡλίου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα κατ’ οὐρανὸν καὶ κόσμον οὕτως μακρὰν διῳκισμένων καὶ τὰς φύσεις διαφερόντων ἀερομυθεῖτε, ὦ κενοὶ φρενῶν, πρὶν ἑαυτοὺς ἐρευνῆσαι καὶ γνῶναι. τηνικαῦτα γὰρ ἴσως καὶ περὶ ἑτέρων διεξιοῦσι πιστευτέον· πρὶν δὲ οἵτινές ἐστε αὐτοὶ παραστῆσαι, μὴ νομίζετε κριταὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἢ μάρτυρες ἀψευδέστατοί ποτε γενήσεσθαι.
139τούτων δὴ τοῦτον ἐχόντων τὸν τρόπον τελειωθεὶς ὁ νοῦς ἀποδώσει τὸ τέλος τῷ τελεσφόρῳ θεῷ κατὰ τὸ ἱερώτατον γράμμα· νόμος γάρ ἐστι τὸ τέλος εἶναι κυρίου (Num. 31, 28 sqq.). πότε οὖν ἀποδίδωσιν; ὅταν „ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον ὃν εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεὸς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ“ παραγένηται (Gen. 22, 3), παρελθὼν τὰς πλείους μοίρας τῶν χρονικῶν διαστημάτων καὶ ἤδη πρὸς τὴν ἄχρονον μεταβαίνων φύσιν·
140τότε γὰρ καὶ τὸν ἀγαπητὸν υἱὸν ἱερουργήσει, οὐχὶ ἄνθρωπον — οὐ γὰρ τεκνοκτόνος ὁ σοφός —, ἀλλὰ τὸ τῆς ἀρετώσης ψυχῆς γέννημα ἄρρεν, τὸν ἐπανθήσαντα καρπὸν αὐτῇ, ὃν πῶς ἤνεγκεν οὐκ ἔγνω, βλάστημα θεῖον, οὗ φανέντος ἡ δόξασα κυοφορῆσαι τὴν ἄγνοιαν τοῦ συμβάντος ἀγαθοῦ διηγεῖται φάσκουσα· „τίς ἀναγγελεῖ Ἀβραὰμ“ ὡς ἀπιστοῦντι δήπου περὶ τὴν τοῦ αὐτομαθοῦς γένους ἀνατολήν, ὅτι „θηλάζει παιδίον Σάρρα“ (Gen. 21, 7), οὐχὶ πρὸς Σάρρας θηλάζεται; τὸ γὰρ αὐτοδίδακτον τρέφεται μὲν ὑπ’ οὐδενός, τροφὴ δ’ ἐστὶν ἄλλων, ἅτε ἱκανὸν διδάσκειν καὶ μανθάνειν οὐ δεόμενον.
141„ἔτεκον γὰρ υἱόν“, οὐχ ὡς γυναῖκες Αἰγύπτιαι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἀκμήν (Exod. 1, 19), ἀλλ’ ὡς αἱ Ἑβραῖαι ψυχαί, „ἐν τῷ γήρᾳ μου“ (Gen. 21, 7), ὅτε τὰ μὲν ὅσα αἰσθητὰ καὶ θνητὰ μεμάρανται, τὰ δὲ νοητὰ καὶ ἀθάνατα ἀνήβηκεν, ἃ γέρως καὶ τιμῆς ἐστιν ἐπάξια.
142καὶ ἔτεκον μαιευτικῆς τέχνης οὐ προσδεηθεῖσα· τίκτομεν γὰρ καὶ πρὶν εἰσελθεῖν τινας ἐπινοίας καὶ ἐπιστήμας ἀνθρώπων πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἄνευ τῶν ἐξ ἔθους συνεργούντων, σπείροντος καὶ γεννῶντος θεοῦ τὰ ἀστεῖα γεννήματα, ἃ τῷ δόντι προσηκόντως κατὰ τὸν ἐπ’ εὐχαριστίᾳ τεθέντα νόμον ἀποδίδοται· „τὰ γὰρ δῶρά μου, δόματά μου, καρπώματά μου“ φησί
143„διατηρήσατε προσφέρειν ἐμοί“ (Num. 28, 2). τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τὸ τέλος τῆς ὁδοῦ τῶν ἑπομένων λόγοις καὶ προστάξεσι νομίμοις καὶ ταύτῃ βαδιζόντων, ᾗ ἂν ὁ θεὸς ἀφηγῆται· ὁ δὲ ὑπενδοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ πεινῶντος ἡδονῆς καὶ λίχνου παθῶν, ὄνομα Ἀμαλὴκ — ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ λαὸς ἐκλείχων —, ἐκτετμήσεται.
144μηνύουσι δὲ οἱ χρησμοὶ ὅτι λοχῶν ὁ τρόπος οὗτος, ἐπειδὰν τὸ ἐρρωμενέστερον τῆς ψυχικῆς δυνάμεως κατίδῃ περαιωθέν, ὑπανιστάμενος τῆς ἐνέδρας τὸ κεκμηκὸς μέρος ὡς „οὐραγίαν κόπτει“ (Deut. 25, 17. 18). κάματος δ’ ὁ μέν ἐστιν εὐένδοτος ἀσθένεια λογισμοῦ μὴ δυναμένου τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς ἀχθοφορῆσαι πόνους, ἐν ἐσχατιαῖς οὗτος εὑρισκόμενος εὐαλωτότατος, ὁ δέ ἐστιν ὑπομονὴ τῶν καλῶν, τὰ μὲν καλὰ ἀθρόα ἐρρωμένως ἀναδεχομένος, μηδὲν δὲ τῶν φαύλων, κἂν εἰ κουφότατον εἴη, βαστάσαι δικαιῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς βαρύτατον ἄχθος ἀπορρίπτων.
145διὸ καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν ὁ νόμος εὐθυβόλῳ προσεῖπεν ὀνόματι Λείαν, ἥτις ἑρμηνευθεῖσα λέγεται κοπιῶσα· τὸν γὰρ τῶν φαύλων βίον ἐπαχθῆ καὶ βαρὺν ὄντα φύσει κοπώδη προσηκόντως αὕτη νενόμικε καὶ οὐδὲ προσιδεῖν ἀξιοῖ, τὰς ὄψεις πρὸς μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀποκλίνουσα.
146σπουδαζέτω δ’ ὁ νοῦς μὴ μόνον ἀνενδότως καὶ εὐτόνως ἕπεσθαι θεῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν εὐθεῖαν ἀτραπὸν ἰέναι πρὸς μηδέτερα νεύων, μήτε τὰ δεξιὰ μήτε τὰ εὐώνυμα, οἷς ὁ γήινος Ἐδὼμ ἐμπεφώλευκε, τοτὲ μὲν ὑπερβολαῖς καὶ περιουσίαις, τοτὲ δὲ ἐλλείψεσι καὶ ἐνδείαις χρώμενος. ἄμεινον γὰρ ὁδῷ τῇ μέσῃ βαδίζειν ἐστὶ τῇ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν βασιλικῇ (Num. 20,17), ἣν ὁ μέγας καὶ μόνος βασιλεὺς θεὸς ταῖς φιλαρέτοις ψυχαῖς ηὔρυνεν ἐνδιαίτημα κάλλιστον.
147διὸ καί τινες τῶν τὴν ἥμερον καὶ κοινωνικὴν μετιόντων φιλοσοφίαν μεσότητας τὰς ἀρετὰς εἶπον εἶναι, ἐν μεθορίῳ στήσαντες αὐτάς, ἐπειδὴ τό τε ὑπέραυχον ἀλαζονείας γέμον πολλῆς κακὸν καὶ τὸ ταπεινοῦ καὶ ἀφανοῦς μεταποιεῖσθαι σχήματος εὐεπίβατον, τὸ δὲ μεταξὺ ἀμφοῖν κεκραμένον ἐπιεικῶς ὠφέλιμον.
148Τὸ δὲ „ᾤχετο μετ’ αὐτοῦ Λὼτ“ (Gen. 12, 4) τίνα ἔχει λόγον σκεπτέον. ἔστι μὲν οὖν Λὼτ ἑρμηνευθεὶς ἀπόκλισις· κλίνεται δὲ ὁ νοῦς τοτὲ μὲν τἀγαθόν, τοτὲ δ’ αὖ τὸ κακὸν ἀποστρεφόμενος. ἄμφω δὲ ταῦτα πολλάκις περὶ ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν θεωρεῖται· εἰσὶ γάρ τινες ἐνδοιασταὶ καὶ ἐπαμφοτερισταί, πρὸς ἑκάτερον τοῖχον ὥσπερ σκάφος ὑπ’ ἐναντίων πνευμάτων διαφερόμενον ἀποκλίνοντες ἢ καθάπερ ἐπὶ πλάστιγγος ἀντιρρέποντες, ἐφ’ ἑνὸς στηριχθῆναι βεβαίως ἀδυνατοῦντες, ὧν οὐδὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀμείνω τροπὴν ἐπαινετέον· φορᾷ γάρ, ἀλλ’ οὐ γνώμῃ γίνεται.
149τούτων καὶ ὁ Λώτ ἐστι θιασώτης, ὅν φησιν οἴχεσθαι μετὰ τοῦ σοφίας ἐραστοῦ. καλὸν δ’ ἦν ἀρξάμενον ἐκείνῳ παρακολουθεῖν ἀπομαθεῖν ἀμαθίαν καὶ μηκέτι παλινδρομῆσαι πρὸς αὐτήν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐχ ἕνεκα τοῦ μιμησάμενον τὸν ἀμείνω βελτιωθῆναι συνέρχεται, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ κἀκείνῳ παρασχεῖν ἀντισπάσματα καὶ μεθολκὰς καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἔνθεν ὀλίσθους.
150τεκμήριον δέ· ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχαίαν ὑποτροπιάσας νόσον οἰχήσεται ληφθεὶς αἰχμάλωτος ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ πολεμίων, ὁ δὲ τὰς ἐξ ἐνέδρας ἐπιβουλὰς αὐτοῦ φυλαξάμενος πάσῃ μηχανῇ διοικισθήσεται. τὸν δὲ διοικισμὸν αὖθις μέν, οὔπω δὲ ποιήσεται. νῦν μὲν γὰρ τὰ θεωρήματα αὐτῷ ὡς ἂν ἄρτι ἀρχομένῳ τῆς θείας θεωρίας πλαδᾷ καὶ σαλεύει· ὅταν δ’ ἤδη παγέντα κραταιότερον ἱδρυθῇ, δυνήσεται τὸ δελεάζον καὶ κολακεῦον ὡς ἐχθρὸν ἀκατάλλακτον καὶ δυσθήρατον φύσει διαζεῦξαι.
Sections 151–175
151τοῦτο γὰρ ἔσθ’ ὃ δυσαπότριπτον ὂν παρέπεται ψυχῇ κωλῦον αὐτὴν πρὸς ἀρετὴν ὠκυδρομεῖν· τοῦθ’, ἡνίκα καὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀπελείπομεν, τὴν σωματικὴν χώραν ἅπασαν, ἀπομαθεῖν τὰ πάθη σπουδάσαντες κατὰ τὰς τοῦ προφήτου λόγου, Μωυσέως, ὑφηγήσεις, ἠκολούθησεν ἡμῖν, ἐλλαμβανόμενον τῆς περὶ τὴν ἔξοδον σπουδῆς καὶ τῷ τάχει τῆς ἀπολείψεως ὑπὸ φθόνου βραδυτῆτας ἐμποιοῦν·
152λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „καὶ ἐπίμικτος πολὺς συνανέβη αὐτοῖς, καὶ πρόβατα καὶ βόες καὶ κτήνη πολλὰ σφόδρα“ (Exod. 12, 38), ὁ δὲ ἐπίμικτος οὗτος ἦν τὰ κτηνώδη καὶ ἄλογα τῆς ψυχῆς, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, δόγματα. παγκάλως δὲ καὶ εὐθυβόλως τὴν τοῦ φαύλου ψυχὴν ἐπίμικτον καλεῖ· συνῃρημένη γὰρ καὶ συμπεφορημένη καὶ μιγὰς ὄντως ἐκ πλειόνων καὶ μαχομένων δοξῶν, μία μὲν οὖσα ἀριθμῷ, μυριὰς δὲ τῷ πολυτρόπῳ.
153διὸ καὶ τῷ ἐπίμικτος πρόσκειται πολύς· ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς ἓν μόνον ἀφορῶν ἁπλοῦς καὶ ἀμιγὴς καὶ λεῖος ὄντως, ὁ δὲ πολλὰ τέλη τοῦ βίου προτιθέμενος πολὺς καὶ μιγὰς καὶ δασὺς ἀληθείᾳ. οὗ χάριν οἱ χρησμοὶ τὸν μὲν ἀσκητὴν τῶν καλῶν Ἰακὼβ λεῖον, τὸν δὲ τῶν αἰσχίστων Ἠσαῦ δασὺν εἰσάγουσι (Gen. 27, 11).
154διὰ τὸν ἐπίμικτον καὶ δασὺν τοῦτον ὄχλον ἐκ μιγάδων καὶ συγκλύδων συμπεφυρμένον δοξῶν ὠκυδρομῆσαι δυνάμενος ὁ νοῦς, ὅτε τὴν σωματικὴν χώραν ἀπεδίδρασκεν Αἴγυπτον, καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις (Gen. 22, 3) διαδέξασθαι τὸν ἀρετῆς κλῆρον φωτὶ τρισσῷ, μνήμῃ τῶν παρεληλυθότων καὶ ἐναργείᾳ τῶν παρόντων καὶ τῇ τῶν μελλόντων ἐλπίδι, τεσσαράκοντα ἐτῶν ἀριθμόν, μῆκος τοσούτου χρόνου, τρίβεται τὴν ἐν κύκλῳ περιάγων καὶ ἀλώμενος ἕνεκα τοῦ πολυτρόπου, τὴν ἐπ’ εὐθείας ἀνυσιμωτάτην οὖσαν δέον.
155οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μὴ μόνον ὀλίγοις εἴδεσιν ἐπιθυμίας χαίρων, ἀλλὰ μηδὲν τὸ παράπαν ἀπολιπεῖν δικαιῶν, ἵνα ὅλον δι’ ὅλων τὸ γένος, ᾧ πᾶν εἶδος ἐμφέρεται, μετέρχηται· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ὁ ἐπίμικτος ὁ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐπεθύμησεν ἐπιθυμίαν“ αὐτοῦ τοῦ γένους, οὐχ ἑνός τινος τῶν εἰδῶν, „καὶ καθίσαντες ἔκλαιον“ (Num. 11,4). συνίησι γὰρ ὀλιγοδρανοῦσα ἡ διάνοια καί, ὁπότε μὴ δύναται τυχεῖν ὧν ὀρέγεται, δακρύει καὶ στενάζει· καίτοι ὤφειλε χαίρειν παθῶν καὶ νοσημάτων ἀτυχοῦσα καὶ μεγάλην εὐπραγίαν νομίζειν τὴν ἔνδειαν καὶ ἀπουσίαν αὐτῶν.
156ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τοῖς χορευταῖς ἀρετῆς σφαδᾴζειν καὶ δακρύειν ἔθος, ἢ τὰς τῶν ἀφρόνων ὀδυρομένοις συμφορὰς διὰ τὸ φύσει κοινωνικὸν καὶ φιλάνθρωπον ἢ διὰ περιχάρειαν. γίνεται δὲ αὕτη, ὅταν ἀθρόα ἀγαθὰ μηδὲ προσδοκηθέντα ποτὲ αἰφνίδιον ὀμβρήσαντα πλημμυρῇ· ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ τὸ ποιητικὸν εἰρῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ „δακρυόεν γελάσασα“·
157προσπεσοῦσα γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνελπίστου ἡ εὐπαθειῶν ἀρίστη χαρὰ ψυχῇ μείζονα αὐτὴν ἢ πρότερον ἦν ἐποίησεν, ὡς διὰ τὸν ὄγκον μηκέτι χωρεῖν τὸ σῶμα, θλιβόμενον δὲ καὶ πιεζόμενον ἀποστάζειν λιβάδας, ἃς καλεῖν ἔθος δάκρυα, περὶ ὧν ἐν ὕμνοις εἴρηται· „ψωμιεῖς ἡμᾶς ἄρτον δακρύων“ (Psalm. 79, 6) καὶ „ἐγένετο τὰ δάκρυά μοι ἄρτος ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός“ (Psalm. 41, 4). τροφὴ γάρ ἐστι διανοίας τὰ τοῦ ἐνδιαθέτου καὶ σπουδαίου γέλωτος ἐμφανῆ δάκρυα, ἐπειδὰν ὁ θεῖος ἐντακεὶς ἵμερος τὸν τοῦ γενητοῦ θρῆνον ἆσμα εἰς τὸν ἀγένητον ὕμνου ποιήσῃ.
158ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν τὸν μιγάδα καὶ δασὺν τοῦτον ἀπορρίπτουσι καὶ διατειχίζουσιν ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν τῷ θεοφιλεῖ μόνῳ γένει χαίροντες· ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἑταιρίαν τίθενται, μεσιτεύειν τὸν ἑαυτῶν βίον ἀξιοῦντες καὶ μεθόριον ἀνθρωπίνων τε καὶ θείων ἀρετῶν τιθέντες, ἵν’ ἑκατέρων ἐφάπτωνται, καὶ τῶν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ τῶν δοκήσει.
159τούτου τοῦ δόγματος ὁ πολιτευόμενός ἐστι τρόπος, ὃν Ἰωσὴφ ὀνομάζειν ἔθος, ᾧ συναπέρχονται μέλλοντι τὸν πατέρα κηδεύειν „πάντες οἱ παῖδες Φαραὼ καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντες οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ πᾶσα ἡ πανοικία αὐτοῦ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ οἰκία ἡ πατρικὴ αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 50, 7. 8).
160ὁρᾷς ὅτι μέσος τῆς Φαραὼ καὶ τῆς πατρικῆς οἰκίας ὁ πολιτικὸς οὗτος τάττεται, ἵνα καὶ τῶν κατὰ σῶμα, τὴν Αἴγυπτον, καὶ τῶν κατὰ ψυχήν, ἅπερ ἐν τῷ πατρικῷ οἴκῳ θησαυροφυλακεῖται, κατ’ ἴσον ἐφάπτηται; ὅταν μὲν γὰρ λέγῃ „τοῦ θεοῦ εἰμι“ (Gen. 50, 19) καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα συγγενῆ τούτῳ, τοῖς τῆς πατρῴας οἰκίας ἐμμένει νομίμοις· ὅταν δὲ ἐπὶ „τὸ δευτερεῖον ἅρμα“ τοῦ βασιλεύειν νοῦ δοκοῦντος ἀνέρχηται, Φαραώ (Gen. 41, 43), τὸν Αἰγυπτιακὸν πάλιν ἱδρύεται τῦφον.
161ἀθλιώτερος δ’ ὁ νομιζόμενος ἐνδοξότερος εἶναι βασιλεύς, ὃς τῷ προηγουμένῳ τῶν ἁρμάτων ἐποχεῖται· τὸ γὰρ μὴ ἐν καλοῖς διαπρέπειν ἐπιφανέστατον αἶσχος, ὡς τὸ φέρεσθαι τὰ ἐν τούτοις δευτερεῖα κουφότερον κακόν.
162τὸ μέντοι γε ἐπαμφοτερίζον αὐτοῦ καταμάθοις ἂν κἀκ τῶν ὅρκων οὓς πεποίηται, τοτὲ μὲν ὀμνὺς „νὴ τὴν ὑγείαν Φαραώ“ (Gen. 42, 16), τοτὲ δ’ ἔμπαλιν οὐ τὴν ὑγείαν Φαραώ (Gen. 42, 15). ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν περιέχων τὴν ἀπόφασιν ὅρκος τῆς πατρικῆς ἂν εἴη διάταγμα οἰκίας ἀεὶ φονώσης κατὰ τοῦ πάθους καὶ βουλομένης αὐτὸ τεθνάναι, ὁ δ’ ἕτερος Αἰγύπτου, ᾗ φίλον ἐστὶ τοῦτο σῴζεσθαι.
163διόπερ καίτοι τοσαύτης πληθύος συνανιούσης ἐπίμικτον ὄχλον οὐκ εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ τῷ μὲν ἄκρως ὁρατικῷ καὶ φιλαρέτῳ πᾶν ὃ μὴ ἀρετὴ ἢ ἀρετῆς ἔργον ἀναμεμῖχθαι καὶ συγκεχύσθαι δοκεῖ, τῷ δὲ ἔτι χαμαιζήλῳ καθ’
164αὑτὰ τὰ γῆς ἆθλα ἀξιέραστα καὶ ἀξιοτίμητα νενόμισται. τὸν μὲν οὖν ὡς κηφῆνα τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ὠφελίμους πόνους λυμαίνεσθαι διεγνωκότα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπακολουθοῦντα διατειχιεῖ, καθάπερ ἔφην, ὁ φρονήσεως ἐραστής, τοὺς δὲ ἕνεκα μιμήσεως παρεπομένους κατὰ τὸν τῶν καλῶν ζῆλον ἀποδέξεται μοίρας αὐτοῖς τὰς ἁρμοττούσας δασάμενος· „τῶν“ γάρ φησι „συμπορευθέντων ἀνδρῶν μετ’ ἐμοῦ Ἐσχώλ, Αὐνάν, Μαμβρῆ, οὗτοι λήψονται μερίδα“ (Gen. 14, 24)· λέγει δὲ τοὺς εὐφυεῖς τρόπους καὶ φιλοθεάμονας.
165ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ἐσχὼλ εὐφυΐας σύμβολον πυρὸς ἔχων ὄνομα, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ εὐφυὲς εὔτολμον καὶ ἔνθερμον καὶ ἐχόμενον ὧν ἂν προσάψηται, ὁ δὲ Αὐνὰν τοῦ φιλοθεάμονος· ὀφθαλμοὶ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται τῷ καὶ τὰ ψυχῆς ὑπ’ εὐθυμίας ὄμματα διοίγνυσθαι. τούτων δ’ ἀμφοτέρων ἐστὶν ὁ θεωρητικὸς βίος κλῆρος, προσαγορευόμενος Μαμβρῆ, ὃ μεταληφθὲν ἀπὸ ὁράσεως καλεῖται· τῷ δὲ θεωρητικῷ τὸ ὁρᾶν συνῳδόν τε καὶ οἰκειότατον.
166ἐπειδὰν δὲ τούτοις ἀλείπταις χρησάμενος ὁ νοῦς μηδὲν ἐλλείπῃ τῶν πρὸς ἄσκησιν, συνομαρτεῖ καὶ συντρέχει τελείᾳ φρονήσει, μήθ’ ὑπερέχων μήθ’ ὑπερεχόμενος, ἀλλὰ ἰσαίτατα καὶ ἰσοστάσια βαίνων. δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ λόγιον ἐν ᾧ σαφῶς εἴρηται, διότι πορευθέντες ἀμφότεροι ἀνῆλθον „ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον ὃν εἶπεν ὁ θεός“ (Gen. 22, 3).
167ὑπερβάλλουσά γε ἰσότης ἀρετῶν, ἁμιλλησαμένων πόνου μὲν πρὸς εὐεξίαν, τέχνης δὲ πρὸς τὴν αὐτοδίδακτον φύσιν, καὶ δυνηθέντων ἴσα τὰ ἆθλα τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐνέγκασθαι· ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ ζωγραφία καὶ πλαστικὴ μὴ μόνον ὡς νῦν ἀκίνητα καὶ ἄψυχα ἐδημιούργουν, ἴσχυον δὲ κινούμενά τε καὶ ἔμψυχα τὰ γραφόμενα καὶ πλαττόμενα ποιεῖν· ἐδόκουν γὰρ ἂν φύσεως ἔργων οὖσαι τὸ πάλαι μιμητικαὶ τέχναι φύσεις αὐταὶ γεγενῆσθαι τὰ νῦν.
168ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἄνω μετέωρος ἐξαρθεὶς οὐδὲν ἔτι τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς μερῶν κάτω τοῖς θνητοῖς ἐνδιατρίβειν ἐάσει, πάντα δ’ ὥσπερ ἐκ σειρᾶς ἐκκρεμασθέντα συνεπισπάσεται. διὸ καὶ λόγιον ἐχρήσθη τῷ σοφῷ τοιόνδε· „ἀνάβηθι πρὸς κύριόν σου, σὺ καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ Ναδὰβ καὶ Ἀβιοὺδ καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα τῆς γερουσίας Ἰσραήλ“ (Exod. 24, 1).
169τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τοιοῦτον· ἀνάβηθι, ὦ ψυχή, πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὄντος θέαν εὐαρμόστως, λογικῶς, ἑκουσίως, ἀφόβως, ἀγαπητικῶς, ἐν ἀριθμοῖς ἁγίοις καὶ τελείοις ἑβδομάδος δεκαπλασασθείσης. Ἀαρὼν μὲν γὰρ προφήτης λέγεται Μωυσέως ἐν τοῖς νόμοις, ὁ γεγωνὸς λόγος προφητεύων διανοίᾳ, Ναδὰβ δὲ ἑκούσιος ἑρμηνεύεται, ὁ μὴ ἀνάγκῃ τιμῶν τὸ θεῖον, καὶ Ἀβιοὺδ πατήρ μου· οὗτος ὁ μὴ δι’ ἀφροσύνην δεσπότου μᾶλλον ἢ πατρὸς διὰ φρόνησιν ἄρχοντος θεοῦ δεόμενος.
170αἵδ’ εἰσὶν αἱ τοῦ βασιλεύειν ἀξίου νοῦ δορυφόροι δυνάμεις, ἃς συνέρχεσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ παραπεμπούσας αὐτὸν θέμις. ἀλλὰ γὰρ δέος ἐστὶν ἀναβαίνειν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὄντος θέαν ψυχῇ δι’ ἑαυτῆς ἀγνοούσῃ τὴν ὁδόν, ὑπὸ ἀμαθίας ἅμα καὶ τόλμης ἐπαρθείσῃ — μεγάλα δὲ τὰ ἐξ ἀνεπιστημοσύνης καὶ πολλοῦ θράσους παραπτώματα —·
171διόπερ εὔχεται Μωυσῆς αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ χρῆσθαι ἡγεμόνι πρὸς τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἄγουσαν ὁδόν· λέγει γάρ· „εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς σὺ συμπορεύῃ, μή με ἀναγάγῃς ἐντεῦθεν“ (Exod. 33, 15)· διότι πᾶσα κίνησις ἡ ἄνευ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης ἐπιζήμιον, καὶ ἄμεινον ἐνταυθοῖ καταμένειν τὸν θνητὸν βίον ἀλητεύοντας, ὡς τὸ πλεῖστον ἀνθρώπων γένος, ἢ πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐξάραντας ἑαυτοὺς ὑπὸ ἀλαζονείας ἀνατραπῆναι· καθάπερ μυρίοις συνέβη τῶν σοφιστῶν, οἵτινες ᾠήθησαν σοφίαν πιθανὴν εἶναι λόγων εὕρεσιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πραγμάτων ἀληθεστάτην πίστιν.
172ἴσως δὲ καὶ τοιοῦτόν τι δηλοῦται· μή με ἄνω μετέωρον ἐξάρῃς, πλοῦτον ἢ δόξαν ἢ τιμὰς ἢ ἀρχὰς ἢ ὅσα ἄλλα τῶν ἐν ταῖς λεγομέναις εὐτυχίαις δωρησάμενος, εἰ μὴ μέλλοις αὐτὸς συνέρχεσθαι. ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ ζημίας καὶ ὠφελείας μεγίστας πολλάκις περιποιεῖται τοῖς ἔχουσιν, ὠφελείας μέν, ὅταν ἀφηγῆται τῆς γνώμης ὁ θεός, βλάβας δέ, ὅταν τοὐναντίον· μυρίοις γὰρ τὰ λεγόμενα ἀγαθὰ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐκ ὄντα κακῶν ἀνηκέστων γέγονεν αἴτια.
173ὁ δὲ ἑπόμενος θεῷ κατὰ τἀναγκαῖον συνοδοιπόροις χρῆται τοῖς ἀκολούθοις αὐτοῦ λόγοις, οὓς ὀνομάζειν ἔθος ἀγγέλους· λέγεται γοῦν ὅτι „Ἀβραὰμ συνεπορεύετο συμπροπέμπων αὐτούς“ (Gen. 18, 16). ὢ παγκάλης ἐπανισώσεως, καθ’ ἣν ὁ παραπέμπων παρεπέμπετο, διδοὺς ὃ ἐλάμβανεν, οὐκ ἀνθ’ ἑτέρου ἕτερον, ἀλλὰ ἓν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐκεῖνο τὸ πρὸς τὰς ἀντιδόσεις ἕτοιμον.
174ἕως μὲν γὰρ οὐ τετελείωται, ἡγεμόνι τῆς ὁδοῦ χρῆται λόγῳ θείῳ· χρησμὸς γάρ ἐστιν· „ἰδοὺ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ἵνα φυλάξῃ σε ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὅπως εἰσαγάγῃ σε εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἡτοίμασά σοι. πρόσεχε αὐτῷ καὶ εἰσάκουε αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀπείθει αὐτῷ· οὐ γὰρ μὴ ὑποστείληταί σε· τὸ γὰρ ὄνομά μού ἐστιν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ“ (Exod. 23, 20. 21).
175ἐπειδὰν δὲ πρὸς ἄκραν ἐπιστήμην ἀφίκηται, συντόνως ἐπιδραμὼν ἰσοταχήσει τῷ πρόσθεν ἡγουμένῳ τῆς ὁδοῦ· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ οὕτως ὀπαδοὶ γενήσονται τοῦ πανηγεμόνος θεοῦ μηδενὸς ἔτι τῶν ἑτεροδόξων παρακολουθοῦντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ Λώτ, ὃς ἔκλινε τὴν ψυχὴν ὀρθὴν καὶ ἀκαμπῆ φύεσθαι δυναμένην, διοικισθέντος.
Sections 176–200
176„Ἀβραὰμ δὲ ἦν“ φησίν „ἐτῶν ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε, ὅτε ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ Χαρράν“ (Gen. 12, 4). περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ τῶν πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα ἐτῶν ἀριθμοῦ — λόγον γὰρ ἔχει συνῳδὸν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἰρημένοις — αὖθις ἀκριβώσομεν. τίς δέ ἐστι Χαρρὰν καὶ τίς ἡ ἐκ ταύτης ἀποικία τῆς χώρας, πρότερον ἐρευνήσωμεν.
177οὐδένα τοίνυν τῶν ἐντετυχηκότων τοῖς νόμοις ἀγνοεῖν εἰκός, ὅτι πρότερον μὲν ἐκ τῆς Χαλδαϊκῆς ἀναστὰς γῆς Ἀβραὰμ ᾤκησεν εἰς Χαρράν, τελευτήσαντος δὲ αὐτῷ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκεῖθι κἀκ ταύτης μετανίσταται, ὡς δυεῖν ἤδη τόπων ἀπόλειψιν πεποιῆσθαι. τί οὖν λεκτέον;
178Χαλδαῖοι τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων ἐκπεπονηκέναι καὶ διαφερόντως δοκοῦσιν ἀστρονομίαν καὶ γενεθλιαλογικήν, τὰ ἐπίγεια τοῖς μετεώροις καὶ τὰ οὐράνια τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς ἁρμοζόμενοι καὶ ὥσπερ διὰ μουσικῆς λόγων τὴν ἐμμελεστάτην συμφωνίαν τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιδεικνύμενοι τῇ τῶν μερῶν πρὸς ἄλληλα κοινωνίᾳ καὶ συμπαθείᾳ, τόποις μὲν διεζευγμένων, συγγενείᾳ δὲ οὐ διῳκισμένων.
179οὗτοι τὸν φαινόμενον τοῦτον κόσμον ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ὑπετόπησαν εἶναι μόνον, ἢ θεὸν ὄντα αὐτὸν ἢ ἐν αὑτῷ θεὸν περιέχοντα, τὴν τῶν ὅλων ψυχήν· εἱμαρμένην τε καὶ ἀνάγκην θεοπλαστήσαντες ἀσεβείας πολλῆς κατέπλησαν τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον, ἀναδιδάξαντες ὡς δίχα τῶν φαινομένων οὐδενός ἐστιν οὐδὲν αἴτιον τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλ’ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων αἱ περίοδοι τά τε ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ ἐναντία ἑκάστῳ τῶν ὄντων ἀπονέμουσι.
180Μωυσῆς μέντοι τῇ μὲν ἐν τοῖς μέρεσι κοινωνίᾳ καὶ συμπαθείᾳ τοῦ παντὸς ἔοικε συνεπιγράφεσθαι, ἕνα καὶ γενητὸν ἀποφηνάμενος τὸν κόσμον εἶναι — γενομένου γὰρ καὶ ἑνὸς ὑπάρχοντος εὔλογον τάς γε στοιχειώδεις οὐσίας ὑποβεβλῆσθαι τοῖς ἀποτελουμένοις τὰς αὐτὰς ἅπασι κατὰ μέρη, καθάπερ ἐπὶ σωμάτων συμβέβηκε τῶν ἡνωμένων ἀλληλουχεῖν —,
181τῇ δὲ περὶ θεοῦ δόξῃ διαφέρεσθαι· μήτε γὰρ τὸν κόσμον μήτε τὴν τοῦ κόσμου ψυχὴν τὸν πρῶτον εἶναι θεὸν μηδὲ τοὺς ἀστέρας ἢ τὰς χορείας αὐτῶν τὰ πρεσβύτατα τῶν συμβαινόντων ἀνθρώποις αἴτια, ἀλλὰ συνέχεσθαι μὲν τόδε τὸ πᾶν ἀοράτοις δυνάμεσιν, ἃς ἀπὸ γῆς ἐσχάτων ἄχρις οὐρανοῦ περάτων ὁ δημιουργὸς ἀπέτεινε, τοῦ μὴ ἀνεθῆναι τὰ δεθέντα καλῶς προμηθούμενος· δεσμοὶ γὰρ αἱ δυνάμεις τοῦ παντὸς ἄρρηκτοι.
182διό, κἄν που τῆς νομοθεσίας λέγηται „ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω“ (Deut. 4,39), μηδεὶς ὑποτοπησάτω τὸν κατὰ τὸ εἶναι λέγεσθαι — τὸ γὰρ ὂν περιέχειν ἀλλ’ οὐ περιέχεσθαι θέμις —, δύναμιν δ’ αὐτοῦ, καθ’ ἣν ἔθηκε καὶ διετάξατο καὶ διεκόσμησε τὰ ὅλα.
183αὕτη δὲ κυρίως ἐστὶν ἀγαθότης, φθόνον μὲν τὸν μισάρετον καὶ μισόκαλον ἀπεληλακυῖα ἀφ’ ἑαυτῆς, χάριτας δὲ γεννῶσα αἷς τὰ μὴ ὄντα εἰς γένεσιν ἄγουσα ἀνέφηνεν· ἐπεὶ τό γε ὂν φαντασιαζόμενον δόξῃ πανταχοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐδαμοῦ φαίνεται, ὡς ἀψευδέστατον ἐκεῖνον εἶναι τὸν χρησμόν, ἐν ᾧ λέλεκται· „ὧδε ἐγώ,“ ἄδεικτος ὡς ἂν δεικνύμενος, ἀόρατος ὡς ἂν ὁρατὸς ὤν, „πρὸ τοῦ σέ“ (Exod. 17,6)· πρὸ γὰρ παντὸς τοῦ γενητοῦ, ἔξω βαίνων ἐκείνου καὶ μηδενὶ
184τῶν μετ’ αὐτὸν ἐμφερόμενος. τούτων λεγομένων ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς Χαλδαϊκῆς δόξης ἀνατροπῇ τοὺς ἔτι τὴν γνώμην χαλδαΐζοντας μετακλίνειν καὶ μετακαλεῖν οἴεται δεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, τῆς διδασκαλίας ἀρχόμενος ὧδε· τί, φησίν, ὦ θαυμάσιοι, τοσοῦτον αἰφνίδιον ἀρθέντες ἀπὸ γῆς εἰς ὕψος ἐπινήχεσθε καὶ τὸν ἀέρα ὑπερκύψαντες αἰθεροβατεῖτε, ὡς ἡλίου κινήσεις καὶ σελήνης περιόδους καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων τὰς ἐμμελεῖς καὶ ἀοιδίμους ἀκριβοῦν χορείας; ταῦτα γὰρ μείζονα ἢ κατὰ τὰς ὑμετέρας ἐστὶν ἐπινοίας ἅτε εὐδαιμονεστέρας καὶ θειοτέρας μοίρας λαχόντα.
185κατάβητε οὖν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καὶ καταβάντες μὴ πάλιν γῆν καὶ θάλατταν καὶ ποταμοὺς καὶ φυτῶν καὶ ζῴων ἰδέας ἐξετάζετε, μόνους δὲ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν φύσιν ἐρευνᾶτε, μὴ ἑτέρωθι μᾶλλον οἰκήσαντες ἢ παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς· διαθεώμενοι γὰρ τὰ κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον, τὸ δεσπόζον ἐν αὐτῷ, τὸ ὑπήκοον, τὸ ἔμψυχον, τὸ ἄψυχον, τὸ λογικόν, τὸ ἄλογον, τὸ ἀθάνατον, τὸ θνητόν, τὸ ἄμεινον, τὸ χεῖρον, εὐθὺς ἐπιστήμην θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ σαφῆ λήψεσθε.
186λογιεῖσθε γὰρ ὅτι, ὡς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστι νοῦς, καὶ τῷ παντί ἐστι, καὶ ὡς ὁ ὑμέτερος ἀρχὴν καὶ δεσποτείαν τῶν περὶ ὑμᾶς ἀναψάμενος ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν ὑπήκοον ἀπέφηνεν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτω καὶ ὁ τοῦ παντὸς τὴν ἡγεμονίαν περιβεβλημένος αὐτοκράτορι νόμῳ καὶ δίκῃ τὸν κόσμον ἡνιοχεῖ προμηθούμενος οὐ τῶν ἀξιονικοτέρων αὐτὸ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀφανεστέρων
187εἶναι δοκούντων. μεταναστάντες οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κατ’ οὐρανὸν περιεργίας ἑαυτούς, ὅπερ εἶπον, οἰκήσατε, τὴν μὲν Χαλδαίων γῆν, δόξαν, καταλιπόντες, μετοικισάμενοι δὲ εἰς Χαρράν, τὸ τῆς αἰσθήσεως χωρίον, ὃ δὴ σωματικός ἐστιν οἶκος διανοίας.
188Χαρρὰν γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται τρώγλη, τρῶγλαι δὲ σύμβολα αἰσθήσεως ὀπῶν εἰσίν· ὀπὰς γὰρ καὶ φωλεοὺς τρόπον τινὰ ὀφθαλμοὺς μὲν ὁράσεως, ἀκοῆς δὲ ὦτα, ῥῖνας δὲ ὀσμῶν καὶ γεύσεως φάρυγγα καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν σώματος κατασκευὴν ἁφῆς εἶναι συμβέβηκε.
189τούτοις οὖν ἔτι διατρίψαντες ἐνηρεμήσατε καὶ σχολάσατε καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου φύσιν ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα ἀκριβώσατε, καὶ τὸ ἐν ἑκάστοις εὖ τε καὶ χεῖρον καταμαθόντες τὸ μὲν φύγετε, τὸ δ’ ἔμπαλιν ἑλέσθε. ἐπειδὰν μέντοι σφόδρα ἀκριβῶς πάντα τὸν ἴδιον διασκέψησθε οἶκον καὶ ὃν ἔχει λόγον ἕκαστον αὐτοῦ τῶν μερῶν αὐγάσησθε, διακινήσαντες αὑτοὺς τὴν ἐνθένδε μετανάστασιν ζητεῖτε, οὐ θάνατον ἀλλ’ ἀθανασίαν καταγγέλλουσαν.
190ἧς δείγματα σαφῆ καὶ ἐν τοῖς σωματικοῖς καὶ ἐν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἐγκατειλημμένοι φωλεοῖς κατόψεσθε, τοτὲ μὲν ἐν τοῖς βαθέσιν ὕπνοις — ἀναχωρήσας γὰρ ὁ νοῦς καὶ τῶν αἰσθήσεων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ὑπεξελθὼν ἑαυτῷ προσομιλεῖν ἄρχεται ὡς πρὸς κάτοπτρον ἀφορῶν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἀπορρυψάμενος πάνθ’ ὅσα ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὰς αἰσθήσεις φαντασιῶν ἀπεμάξατο τὰς περὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἀψευδεστάτας διὰ τῶν ὀνείρων μαντείας ἐνθουσιᾷ —,
191τοτὲ δὲ κἀν ταῖς ἐγρηγόρσεσιν· ὅταν γὰρ ἔκ τινος τῶν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν κατασχεθεὶς θεωρημάτων ἀχθῇ πρὸς αὐτοῦ, τῷ μὲν ἕπεται, τῶν δ’ ἄλλων ὅσα κατὰ τὸν σωματικὸν ὄγκον ἀμνημονεῖ δήπου. κἂν ἐμποδίζωσιν αἱ αἰσθήσεις πρὸς τὴν ἀκριβῆ θέαν τοῦ νοητοῦ, μέλει τοῖς φιλοθεάμοσι καθαιρεῖν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπίθεσιν· τάς τε γὰρ ὄψεις καταμύουσι καὶ τὰ ὦτα ἐπιφράττουσι καὶ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθήσεων ἐπέχουσιν ὁρμὰς καὶ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ καὶ σκότῳ διατρίβειν ἀξιοῦσιν, ὡς μὴ πρός τινος αἰσθητοῦ τὸ ψυχῆς ὄμμα, ᾧ νοητὰ βλέπειν ἔδωκεν ὁ θεός, ἐπισκιασθῇ.
192τοῦτον μέντοι τὸν τρόπον μαθόντες ἀπόλειψιν τοῦ θνητοῦ χρηματίζειν καὶ τὰς περὶ τοῦ ἀγενήτου παιδευθήσεσθε δόξας· εἰ μὴ νομίζετε τὸν μὲν ὑμέτερον νοῦν ἀποδυσάμενον σῶμα, αἴσθησιν, λόγον, δίχα τούτων γυμνὰ δύνασθαι τὰ ὄντα ὁρᾶν, τὸν δὲ τῶν ὅλων νοῦν, τὸν θεόν, οὐκ ἔξω τῆς ὑλικῆς φύσεως πάσης ἑστάναι περιέχοντα, οὐ περιεχόμενον, καὶ οὐκ ἐπινοίᾳ μόνον ἐπεξεληλυθέναι ὥσπερ ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ οὐσιώδει, οἷα ἁρμόττει θεόν.
193ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἡμέτερος νοῦς οὐ δεδημιούργηκε τὸ σῶμα, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἔργον ἑτέρου· διὸ καὶ περιέχεται ὡς ἐν ἀγγείῳ τῷ σώματι. ὁ δὲ τῶν ὅλων νοῦς τὸ πᾶν γεγέννηκε, τὸ πεποιηκὸς δὲ τοῦ γενομένου κρεῖττον· ὥστ’ οὐκ ἂν ἐμφέροιτο τῷ χείρονι, δίχα τοῦ μηδὲ ἁρμόττειν πατέρα ἐν υἱῷ περιέχεσθαι, υἱὸν δὲ ταῖς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπιμελείαις συναύξεσθαι.
194οὕτω κατὰ βραχὺ μεταβαίνων ὁ νοῦς ἐπὶ τὸν εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος ἀφίξεται πατέρα, γενεθλιαλογικῆς ἀποστὰς τὸ πρῶτον, ἥτις παρέπεισεν αὐτὸν ὑπολαβεῖν τὸν κόσμον θεὸν τὸν πρῶτον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ μὴ τοῦ πρώτου θεοῦ δημιούργημα, καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀστέρων φοράς τε καὶ κινήσεις αἰτίας ἀνθρώποις κακοπραγίας καὶ τοὐναντίον εὐδαιμονίας.
195ἔπειτ’ εἰς τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν ἐλθὼν τὴν αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ, φιλοσοφήσας τὰ κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον, τὰ περὶ σώματος, τὰ περὶ αἰσθήσεως, τὰ περὶ λόγου, καὶ γνοὺς κατὰ τὸ ποιητικὸν γράμμα ὅττι τοι ἐν μεγάροισι κακόν τ’ ἀγαθόν τε τέτυκται, ἔπειτ’ ἀνατεμὼν ὁδὸν τὴν ἀφ’ αὑτοῦ καὶ διὰ ταύτης ἐλπίσας τὸν δυστόπαστον καὶ δυστέκμαρτον πατέρα τῶν ὅλων κατανοῆσαι, μαθὼν ἀκριβῶς ἑαυτὸν εἴσεται τάχα που καὶ θεόν, οὐκέτι μένων ἐν Χαρράν, τοῖς αἰσθήσεως ὀργάνοις, ἀλλ’ εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιστραφείς· ἀμήχανον γὰρ ἔτι κινούμενον αἰσθητῶς μᾶλλον ἢ νοητῶς πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὄντος ἐλθεῖν
196ἐπίσκεψιν. οὗ χάριν καὶ ὁ ταχθεὶς τὴν ἀρίστην τάξιν παρὰ θεῷ τρόπος, ὄνομα Σαμουήλ, οὐχ ὑφηγεῖται τὰ τῆς βασιλείας δίκαια τῷ Σαοὺλ [[οὐδ’]ὐδ[οὐδ’]] ἔτι [οὐδ’]ιατρίβοντι ἐν τοῖς σκεύεσιν, ἀλλ[οὐδ’] ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖθεν αὐτὸν ἐξελκύσῃ. πυνθάνεται μὲν γάρ, εἰ ἔτι ἔρχεται ἐνθάδε ὁ ἀνήρ, ἀποκρίνεται δὲ τὸ λόγιον· "ἰδοὺ αὐτὸς κέκρυπται ἐν τοῖς σκεύεσι“.
197τί οὖν προσήκει τὸν ἀκούσαντα, φύσει παιδευτικὸν ὄντα, ποιῆσαι, ὅτι μὴ μετὰ σπουδῆς αὐτὸν ἐξελκύσαι; „ἐπιδραμὼν“ γάρ φησι "λαμβάνει αὐτὸν ἐκεῖθεν“ (I Reg. 10,22. 23), διότι τοῖς ἀγγείοις τῆς ψυχῆς, σώματι καὶ αἰσθήσει, ἐνδιατρίβων οὐκ ἦν ἀξιόχρεως ἀκοῦσαι τῶν τῆς βασιλείας δογμάτων καὶ νόμων — βασιλείαν δὲ σοφίαν εἶναι λέγομεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸν σοφὸν βασιλέα —, μεταναστὰς δέ, ἡνίκα τῆς ἀχλύος σκεδασθείσης ὀξυδορκήσειν ἔμελλεν. εἰκότως οὖν καὶ τὴν αἰσθήσεως χώραν, ὄνομα Χαρράν, ἀπολιπεῖν οἴεται δεῖν ὁ ἐπιστήμης ἑταῖρος.
198Ἀπολείπει δὲ ἐτῶν γεγονὼς πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα· ὁ δὲ ἀριθμὸς οὗτος αἰσθητῆς καὶ νοητῆς, πρεσβυτέρας τε καὶ νεωτέρας, ἔτι δὲ φθαρτῆς καὶ ἀφθάρτου μεθόριος φύσεώς ἐστι.
199νοητὸς μὲν γὰρ καὶ πρεσβύτερος καὶ ἄφθαρτος λόγος ὁ τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα, αἰσθητὸς δὲ καὶ νεώτερος ὁ ταῖς πέντε ἰσάριθμος ὢν αἰσθήσεσι. τούτῳ καὶ ὁ ἔτι γυμναζόμενος ἀσκητὴς ἐξετάζεται, μηδέπω δεδυνημένος ἐνέγκασθαι τὰ τέλεια νικητήρια· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι "ἦσαν αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐξ Ἰακὼβ πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα“ (Exod. 1,5)·
200τοῦ γὰρ ἀθλοῦντος καὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ κτήσεως ἀρετῆς ἱερὸν ὄντως ἀγῶνα μὴ διαφθείροντος ψυχαὶ μὲν πρὸ σωμάτων γεννήματα, οὔπω δ’ ἐκτετμημέναι τὸ ἄλογον, ἀλλ’ ἔτι τὸν αἰσθήσεως ὄχλον ἐφελκόμεναι. παλαίοντος γὰρ καὶ κονιομένου καὶ πτερνίζοντος Ἰακώβ ἐστιν ὄνομα, οὐ νενικηκότος·
Sections 201–225
201ὅταν δὲ τὸν θεὸν ὁρᾶν ἱκανὸς εἶναι δόξας Ἰσραὴλ μετονομασθῇ, μόνῳ χρήσεται τῷ ἑβδομηκοστῷ λόγῳ, τὴν πεντάδα τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἐκτεμών· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἐν ἑβδομήκοντα ψυχαῖς κατέβησαν οἱ πατέρες σου εἰς Αἴγυπτον“ (Deut. 10,22). οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀριθμὸς Μωυσέως τοῦ σοφοῦ γνώριμος· τοὺς γὰρ ἀριστίνδην ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους ἐπιλελεγμένους ἑβδομήκοντα εἶναι συμβέβηκε καὶ πρεσβυτέρους ἅπαντας, οὐχ ἡλικίαις ἀλλὰ φρονήσει καὶ βουλαῖς, γνώμαις τε καὶ ἀρχαιοτρόποις ζηλώσεσιν.
202οὗτος ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἱερουργεῖταί τε καὶ ἀποδίδοται θεῷ, ὅταν οἱ τέλειοι τῆς ψυχῆς συναχθῶσι καὶ συγκομισθῶσι καρποί· τῇ γὰρ τῶν σκηνῶν ἑορτῇ χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων θυμάτων ἑβδομήκοντα μόσχους ἀνάγειν θυσίαν ὁλόκαυστον διείρηται (Num. 29, 13 sqq.). κατὰ τὸν ἑβδομηκοστὸν λόγον καὶ αἱ τῶν ἀρχόντων φιάλαι κατασκευάζονται — ἑκάστη γὰρ ἑβδομήκοντα σικλῶν ἐστιν ὁλκῆς (Num. 7,13 sqq.) —, ἐπειδὴ τὰ ἔνσπονδα καὶ συμβατήρια καὶ φίλα τῆς ψυχῆς ὡς ἀληθῶς ὁλκὸν ἔχει δύναμιν, τὸν ἑβδομηκοστὸν καὶ ἅγιον λόγον, ὃν Αἴγυπτος, ἡ μισάρετος καὶ φιλοπαθὴς φύσις, πενθοῦσα εἰσάγεται· ἑβδομήκοντα γὰρ ἡμέραις καταριθμεῖται παρ’ αὐτοῖς τὸ πένθος
203(Gen. 50,3). οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὁ ἀριθμός, ὡς ἔφην, Μωυσέως γνώριμος, ὁ δὲ τῶν πέντε αἰσθήσεων τοῦ καὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς ἀσπαζομένου, ὃν ἔθος καλεῖν Ἰωσήφ. τοσαύτην γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐπιμέλειαν πεποίηται, ὥστε τὸν μὲν ὁμογάστριον ἀδελφόν, τὸν αἰσθήσεως ἔκγονον ὄντα — ἥκιστα γὰρ ὁμοπατρίους οἶδε —, πέντε ἐξάλλοις δωρεῖται στολαῖς (Gen. 45,22), διαπρεπεῖς ἡγούμενος τὰς αἰσθήσεις καὶ κόσμου καὶ τιμῆς ἀξίας.
204ὅλῃ δὲ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ νόμους ἀναγράφει, ὅπως τιμῶσιν αὐτὰς καὶ φόρους καὶ δασμοὺς ὡς βασιλεῦσιν ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος κομίζωσι· τὸν γὰρ σῖτον ἀποπεμπτοῦν κελεύει (Gen. 47,24), τὸ δέ ἐστιν ὕλας καὶ τροφὰς ἀφθόνους θησαυροφυλακεῖν ταῖς πέντε αἰσθήσεσιν, ὅπως ἑκάστη τῶν οἰκείων ἀνεπισχέτως ἐμπιπλαμένη τρυφᾷ καὶ τὸν νοῦν τοῖς ἐπεισφορουμένοις βαρύνουσα βαπτίζῃ· ταῖς γὰρ τῶν αἰσθήσεων εὐωχίαις λιμὸν ἄγει διάνοια, ὡς ἔμπαλιν ταῖς νηστείαις εὐφροσύνας.
205οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ πέντε Σαλπαὰδ θυγατέρες, ἃς ἀλληγοροῦντες αἰσθήσεις εἶναί φαμεν, ἐκ τοῦ δήμου Μανασσῆ γεγόνασιν, ὃς υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ ἐστι, χρόνῳ μὲν πρεσβύτερος ὤν, δυνάμει δὲ νεώτερος; εἰκότως· καλεῖται γὰρ ἐκ λήθης, τὸ δὲ ἰσοδυναμοῦν ἐστι πρᾶγμα ἀναμνήσει. ἀνάμνησις δὲ τὰ δευτερεῖα φέρεται μνήμης, ἧς Ἐφραῒμ ἐπώνυμος γέγονεν, ὃς καρποφορία μεταληφθεὶς προσαγορεύεται· καρπὸς δὲ κάλλιστος καὶ τροφιμώτατος ψυχῆς τὸ ἄληστον ἐν μνήμαις.
206λέγουσι γοῦν τὰ ἐναρμόνια ἑαυταῖς αἱ παρθένοι· „ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν“ — ἀλλ’ ὁ θάνατος ἀναμνήσεώς ἐστι λήθη — „καὶ ἀπέθανεν οὐ δι’ ἁμαρτίαν ἑαυτοῦ“ — παγκάλως· οὐ γὰρ ἑκούσιον ἡ λήθη πάθος, ἀλλ’ ἕν τι τῶν οὐ παρ’ ἡμῖν, ἐπιγινόμενον ἔξωθεν —, „υἱοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐγένοντο αὐτῷ" (Num. 27,3), ἀλλὰ θυγατέρες, ἐπειδὴ τὸ μὲν μνημονικὸν ἅτε φύσει διανιστάμενον ἀρρενογονεῖ, τὸ δὲ ἐπιλανθανόμενον ὕπνῳ λογισμοῦ χρώμενον θηλυτοκεῖ· ἄλογον γάρ, ἀλόγου δὲ μέρους ψυχῆς αἰσθήσεις θυγατέρες.
207εἰ δέ τις τὸν μὲν τάχει παρέδραμε, Μωυσῇ δὲ ἠκουλούθησε, μήπω δυνηθεὶς ἰσόδρομος αὐτῷ γενέσθαι κεκραμένῳ καὶ μιγάδι ἀριθμῷ χρήσεται, τῷ πέμπτῳ καὶ ἑβδομηκοστῷ, ὅς ἐστι σύμβολον αἰσθητῆς καὶ νοητῆς φύσεως, συγκεκραμένων ἀμφοῖν εἰς εἴδους ἑνὸς ἀνεπιλήπτου γένεσιν.
208ἄγαμαι σφόδρα καὶ τὴν ὑπομονὴν Ῥεβέκκαν, ἐπειδὰν τῷ τελείῳ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὰς τῶν παθῶν καὶ κακιῶν τραχύτητας καθῃρηκότι παραινῇ τότε εἰς Χαρρὰν ἀποδρᾶναι· λέγει γάρ· "νῦν οὖν, τέκνον, ἄκουσον τῆς φωνῆς μου καὶ ἀναστὰς ἀπόδραθι πρὸς Λάβαν τὸν ἀδελφόν μου εἰς Χαρρὰν καὶ οἴκησον μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἡμέρας τινάς, ἕως τοῦ ἀποστρέψαι τὸν θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ ἐπιλάθηται ἃ πεποίηκας αὐτῷ“ (Gen. 27, 43 — 45).
209παγκάλως δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ὁδὸν δρασμὸν εἴρηκεν· ὄντως γὰρ δραπέτης ὁ νοῦς τότε γίνεται, ὅταν καταλιπὼν τὰ οἰκεῖα ἑαυτῷ νοητὰ τράπηται πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον τάγμα τῶν αἰσθητῶν. ἔστι δὲ ὅπου καὶ τὸ δραπετεύειν χρήσιμον, ἐπειδάν τις αὐτὸ ποιῇ μὴ ἕνεκα ἔχθους τοῦ πρὸς τὸν κρείττονα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ μὴ ἐπιβουλευθῆναι χάριν πρὸς τοῦ χείρονος. τίς οὖν ἡ παραίνεσις τῆς ὑπομονῆς;
210θαυμασιωτάτη καὶ περιμάχητος· ἐάν ποτε, φησίν, ὁρᾷς ἀνηρεθισμένον καὶ ἐξηγριωμένον τὸ θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς πάθος ἐν σαυτῷ ἤ τινι ἑτέρῳ, ὃ ἡ ἄλογος καὶ ἀτίθασος ζῳοτροφεῖ φύσις, μὴ μᾶλλον αὐτὸ ἀκονήσας ἐκθηριώσῃς — δήξεται γὰρ ἴσως ἀνίατα —, καταψύχων δὲ τὸ ζέον αὐτοῦ καὶ πεπυρωμένον ἄγαν ἡμέρωσον· τιθασὸν γὰρ καὶ χειρόηθες εἰ γένοιτο, ἥκιστα ἂν βλάψαι. τίς οὖν ὁ τρόπος τῆς τιθασείας καὶ ἡμερώσεως αὐτοῦ;
211μεθαρμοσάμενος καὶ μετασκευασάμενος, ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν, ἀκολούθησον τὸ πρῶτον οἷς ἂν ἐθέλῃ καὶ πρὸς μηδὲν ἐναντιωθεὶς ὁμολόγησον τὰ αὐτὰ φιλεῖν τε καὶ μισεῖν· οὕτω γὰρ ἐξευμενισθήσεται. πραϋνθέντος δὲ ἀποθήσῃ τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, καὶ μηδὲν ἔτι προσδοκῶν ἐξ ἐκείνου κακὸν πείσεσθαι μετὰ ῥᾳστώνης ἐπανελεύσῃ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιμέλειαν.
212εἰσάγεται γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο Χαρρὰν θρεμμάτων μὲν ἀνάπλεως, οἰκήτορσι δὲ κεχρημένη κτηνοτρόφοις· τί γὰρ ἂν εἴη χωρίον ἀλόγῳ φύσει καὶ τοῖς τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ προστασίαν αὐτῆς ἀνειληφόσιν ἐπιτηδειότερον τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν αἰσθήσεων;
213πυθομένου γοῦν τοῦ ἀσκητοῦ „πόθεν ἐστέ“ ἀποκρίνονται τἀληθὲς οἱ ποιμένες ὅτι „ἐκ Χαρράν“ (Gen. 29, 4)· ἐκ γὰρ αἰσθήσεως αἱ ἄλογοι ὡς ἐκ διανοίας αἱ λογικαὶ δυνάμεις εἰσί. προσπυθομένου δέ, εἰ γινώσκουσι Λάβαν, φασὶν εἰκότως εἰδέναι (Gen. 29, 5)· γνωρίζει γὰρ τὸ χρῶμα καὶ πᾶσαν ποιότητα αἴσθησις, ὡς οἴεται, χρωμάτων δὲ καὶ ποιοτήτων ὁ Λάβαν σύμβολον.
214καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπειδὰν ἤδη τελειωθῇ, τὸν μὲν τῶν αἰσθήσεων οἶκον ἀπολείψει, τὸν δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ὡς ψυχῆς ἱδρύεται, ὃν ἔτι ὢν ἐν τοῖς πόνοις καὶ ταῖς ἀσκήσεσιν ἀναζωγραφεῖ· λέγει γάρ· „πότε ποιήσω κἀγὼ ἐμαυτῷ οἶκον;“ (Gen. 30, 30). πότε τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ αἰσθήσεων ὑπεριδὼν νοῦν καὶ διάνοιαν οἰκήσω, λόγῳ θεωρητοῖς πράγμασι συντρεφόμενος καὶ συνδιαιτώμενος, καθάπερ αἱ ζητητικαὶ τῶν ἀφανῶν ψυχαί — μαίας αὐτὰς ἔθος ὀνομάζειν — ;
215καὶ γὰρ αὗται ποιοῦσι σκεπάσματα οἰκεῖα καὶ φυλακτήρια φιλαρέτοις ψυχαῖς· τὸ δὲ εὐερκέστατον οἰκοδόμημα ἦν ὁ θεοῦ φόβος τοῖς φρουρὰν καὶ τεῖχος αὐτὸν ἀκαθαίρετον πεποιημένοις. „ἐπειδὴ“ γάρ φησιν „ἐφοβοῦντο αἱ μαῖαι τὸν θεόν, ἐποίησαν ἑαυταῖς οἰκίας“ (Exod. 1,21).
216Ἐξελθὼν οὖν ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Χαρρὰν τόπων ὁ νοῦς λέγεται „διοδεῦσαι τὴν γῆν ἕως τοῦ τόπου Συχὲμ ἐπὶ τὴν δρῦν τὴν ὑψηλήν“ (Gen. 12, 6). τί δέ ἐστι τὸ διοδεῦσαι, σκεψώμεθα· τὸ φιλομαθὲς ζητητικὸν καὶ περίεργόν ἐστι φύσει, πανταχῇ βαδίζον ἀόκνως καὶ πανταχόσε διακῦπτον καὶ μηδὲν ἀδιερεύνητον τῶν ὄντων μήτε σωμάτων μήτε πραγμάτων ἀπολιπεῖν δικαιοῦν. λίχνον γὰρ ἐκτόπως θεαμάτων καὶ ἀκουσμάτων εἶναι πέφυκεν, ὡς μὴ μόνον τοῖς ἐπιχωρίοις ἀρκεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ξενικῶν καὶ πορρωτάτω διῳκισμένων ἐφίεσθαι.
217λέγουσι γοῦν, ὡς ἔστιν ἄτοπον ἐμπόρους μὲν καὶ καπήλους γλίσχρων ἕνεκα κερδῶν διαβαίνειν τὰ πελάγη καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν κύκλῳ περιιέναι ἅπασαν, μὴ θέρος, μὴ χειμῶνα, μὴ πνεύματα βίαια, μὴ ἐναντία, μὴ νεότητα, μὴ γῆρας, μὴ νόσον σώματος, μὴ φίλων συνήθειαν, μὴ τὰς ἐπὶ γυναικὶ καὶ τέκνοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις οἰκείοις ἀλέκτους ἡδονάς, μὴ πατρίδος καὶ πολιτικῶν φιλανθρωπιῶν ἀπόλαυσιν, μὴ χρημάτων καὶ κτημάτων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης περιουσίας ἀσφαλῆ χρῆσιν, μὴ τῶν ἄλλων ὁτιοῦν συνόλως μέγα ἢ μικρὸν ἐμποδὼν τιθεμένους,
218τοῦ δὲ καλλίστου καὶ περιμαχήτου καὶ μόνῳ τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἰκειοτάτου χάριν, σοφίας, μὴ οὐχὶ θάλατταν μὲν ἅπασαν περαιοῦσθαι, πάντα δὲ γῆς μυχὸν ἐπέρχεσθαι, φιλοπευστοῦντας εἴ πού τι καλὸν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ἢ ἀκοῦσαι, καὶ μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ προθυμίας τῆς πάσης ἰχνηλατεῖν, ἄχρις ἂν ἐγγένηται τῶν ζητουμένων καὶ ποθουμένων εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἐλθεῖν.
219διόδευσον μέντοι, ψυχή, καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, εἰ θέλεις, ἕκαστον τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἀγαγοῦσα εἰς ἐπίκρισιν, οἷον εὐθέως τί τὸ σῶμα καὶ τί ποιοῦν ἢ πάσχον διανοίᾳ συνεργεῖ, τί ἡ αἴσθησις καὶ τίνα τρόπον τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν ὠφελεῖ, τί λόγος καὶ τίνων γινόμενος ἑρμηνεὺς πρὸς καλοκἀγαθίαν συμβάλλεται, τί ἡδονὴ καὶ τί ἐπιθυμία, τί λύπη καὶ φόβος καὶ τίς ἡ πρὸς ταῦτα ἰατρική, δι’ ἧς ἢ ληφθείς τις εὐμαρῶς διεκδύσεται ἢ οὐχ ἁλώσεται πρὸς αὐτῶν τὸ παράπαν, τί τὸ ἀφραίνειν, τί τὸ ἀκολασταίνειν, τί τὸ ἀδικεῖν, τίς ἡ τῶν ἄλλων πληθὺς νοσημάτων, ὅσα ἡ φθοροποιὸς ἀποτίκτειν πέφυκε κακία, καὶ τίς ἡ τούτων ἀποστροφή, καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἐναντία τί τὸ δίκαιον ἢ τὸ φρόνιμον ἢ τὸ σῶφρον, τὸ ἀνδρεῖον, τὸ εὔβουλον, ἀρετὴ συνόλως ἅπασα καὶ εὐπάθεια, καὶ ὃν τρόπον ἕκαστον αὐτῶν εἴωθε περιγίνεσθαι.
220διόδευσον μέντοι καὶ τὸν μέγιστον καὶ τελεώτατον ἄνθρωπον, τόνδε τὸν κόσμον, καὶ διάσκεψαι τὰ μέρη, ὡς τόποις μὲν διέζευκται, δυνάμεσι δὲ ἥνωται, καὶ τίς ὁ ἀόρατος οὗτος τῆς ἁρμονίας καὶ ἑνώσεως πᾶσι δεσμός. ἐὰν μέντοι σκοπούμενος μὴ ῥᾳδίως καταλαμβάνῃς ἃ ζητεῖς, ἐπίμενε μὴ κάμνων· οὐ γὰρ τῇ ἐκεχειρίᾳ ληπτὰ ταῦτ’ ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ μόλις πολλοῖς καὶ μεγάλοις πόνοις ἀνευρισκόμενα.
221οὗ χάριν ὁ φιλομαθὴς τοῦ τόπου Συχὲμ ἐνείληπται, μεταληφθὲν δὲ τοὔνομα Συχὲμ ὠμίασις καλεῖται, πόνου σύμβολον, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς μέρεσι τούτοις ἀχθοφορεῖν ἔθος, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἑτέρωθι μέμνηται λέγων ἐπί τινος ἀθλητοῦ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον· „ὑπέθηκε τὸν ὦμον εἰς τὸ πονεῖν, καὶ ἐγένετο ἀνὴρ γεωργός" (Gen. 49, 15).
222ὥστε μηδέποτε, ὦ διάνοια, μαλακισθεῖσα ὀκλάσῃς, ἀλλά, κἄν τι δοκῇ δυσθεώρητον εἶναι, τὸ ἐν σαυτῇ βλέπον διανοίξασα διάκυψον εἴσω καὶ ἀκριβέστερον τὰ ὄντα ἐναύγασαι καὶ μήτε ἑκοῦσα μήτε ἄκουσά ποτε μύσῃς· τυφλὸν γὰρ ὕπνος, ὡς ὀξυωπὲς ἐγρήγορσις. ἀγαπητὸν δὲ τῷ συνεχεῖ τῆς προσβολῆς εἱλικρινῆ τῶν ζητουμένων λαβεῖν φαντασίαν.
223οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ δρῦν ὑψηλὴν ἐν Συχὲμ πεφυτεῦσθαί φησιν αἰνιττόμενος τὸν ἀνένδοτον καὶ ἀκαμπῆ, στερρόν τε καὶ ἀρραγέστατον παιδείας πόνον; ᾧ τὸν μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι τέλειον καὶ ἀναγκαῖον κεχρῆσθαι, ἵνα μὴ τὸ ψυχῆς δικαστήριον, ὄνομα Δεῖνα — κρίσις γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται —, συλληφθῇ πρὸς τοῦ τὸν ἐναντίον μοχθοῦντος πόνον, τοῦ φρονήσεως ἐπιβούλου.
224ὁ γὰρ ἐπώνυμος τοῦ τόπου τούτου Συχέμ, Ἐμὼρ υἱὸς ὤν, ἀλόγου φύσεως — καλεῖται γὰρ Ἐμὼρ ὄνος —, ἀφροσύνην ἐπιτηδεύων καὶ συντραφεὶς ἀναισχυντίᾳ καὶ θράσει τὰ κριτήρια τῆς διανοίας μιαίνειν ὁ παμμίαρος καὶ φθείρειν ἐπεχείρησεν, εἰ μὴ θᾶττον οἱ φρονήσεως ἀκουσταὶ καὶ γνώριμοι, Συμεών τε καὶ Λευί, φραξάμενοι τὰ οἰκεῖα ἀσφαλῶς ἐπεξῆλθον, ἔτι ὄντας ἐν τῷ φιληδόνῳ καὶ φιλοπαθεῖ καὶ ἀπεριτμήτῳ πόνῳ καθελόντες· χρησμοῦ γὰρ ὄντος, ὡς "οὐκ ἂν γένοιτό ποτε πόρνη τῶν τοῦ βλέποντος, Ἰσραήλ, θυγατέρων“ (Deut. 23, 17), οὗτοι τὴν παρθένον ψυχὴν ἐξαρπάσαντες λαθεῖν ἤλπισαν (Gen. 34).
225οὐ γὰρ ἐρημία γε τῶν βοηθησόντων τοῖς παρασπονδουμένοις ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ κἂν οἴωνταί τινες, οἰήσονται μόνον, ἀπελεγχθήσονται δὲ τῷ ἔργῳ ψευδοδοξοῦντες. ἔστι γάρ, ἔστιν ἡ μισοπόνηρος καὶ ἀμείλικτος καὶ ἀδικουμένων ἀρωγὸς ἀπαραίτητος δίκη, σφάλλουσα τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰσχυνόντων ἀρετήν, ὧν πεσόντων εἰς παρθένον πάλιν ἡ δόξασα αἰσχυνθῆναι μεταβάλλει ψυχή· δόξασα δ’ εἶπον, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἐφθείρετο· τῶν γὰρ ἀκουσίων οὐδὲν τοῦ πάσχοντος πρὸς ἀλήθειαν πάθος, ὡς οὐδὲ τοῦ μὴ ἀπὸ γνώμης ἀδικοῦντος τὸ πραττόμενον ἔργον.
On the question, Who is the Heir of Divine Things
Contents — 13 sections
Sections 1–25
1In the treatise preceding the present one, we discussed the question of rewards to the best of our ability. Our present purpose is to examine who is the heir of the things of God; for after the wise man heard the oracle, which being divinely given, said,
2"Thy reward is exceedingly great;" he inquired, saying, "What wilt thou give me, O master?" And I shall depart childless: but my son who is the child of my handmaid will inherit after me, this Eliezer of Damascus." And in another place he says, "Since thou hast not given me any seed, but one born in my house shall be my heir."
3And yet who would not have been amazed at the dignity and greatness of him who delivered this oracle, so as to become silent and mute before him, if not out of fear, still at all events from excess of joy? For excessive griefs stop the mouth, and so also do excessive joys;
4on which account Moses confesses that he is "a man of a slight voice and slow of speech from the time when God first began to converse with him." And this testimony of the prophet is unerring; for it is natural for the organs of speech to be checked, and for the reason which is collected in the mind to be borne onwards with unrestrained impetuosity, philosophically examining the unceasing beauty of ideas not of words, with fluent and sublime power;
5and the most admirable virtues are boldness and freedom of speech at suitable times towards one’s betters, so that the sentence in the comic poet appears to me to be uttered with truth rather than with comic humour:— If a slave is always dumb, He is scarcely worth a crumb: Let him, freely told, boldly speak.
6When then has a slave freedom of speech towards his master? Is it not when he is conscious that he has not wronged him, but that he has done and said everything with a view to the advantage of his owner?
7When therefore is it proper for the servant of God to use freedom of speech to the ruler and master of himself, and of the whole word? Is it not when he is free from all sins, and is aware in his conscience that he loves his master, feeling more joy at the fact of being a servant of God, than he would if he were sovereign over the whole race of mankind, and were invested without any effort on his part with the supreme authority over land and sea.
8And he mentions the ministrations and services by which Abraham displayed his love to his master in the last sentence of the divine oracle given to his son, "I will give to thee and to thy seed all this land, and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because Abraham thy father obeyed my voice, and kept all my precepts, and all my commandments, and my laws, and my judgments."
9And it is the greatest possible praise of a servant that he does not neglect a single thing of the commandments which his master lays upon him, but that he labours earnestly without any hesitation and with all his vigour, and even beyond his power to perform them all with a well affected mind.
10There are persons, then, to whom it is becoming to listen but not to speak, with respect to whom it is said, "Be silent and hear," a very admirable injunction; for ignorance is a very bad and a very audacious thing, the first remedy for which is silence, and the second, attention to those who present you with anything worthy of your listening to.
11Let no one, however, think that this is all that is signified by those few words, "Be silent and hear;" but that there is also something greater in them which may give a lesson to any one. For these words do not recommend you only to be silent with your tongues, and to hear with your ears, but also to conduct yourself thus in both these respects in your soul;
12for many persons when they have come to listen to some one, have nevertheless not come with their minds, but wander outside, and keep on thinking of thousands upon thousands of things within themselves, whether concerning their relations, or strangers, or themselves, which at that moment they ought not to remember at all, but which in short they, re-collecting to themselves in regular order, and thus by reason of the excessive tumult which they keep alive in themselves, they are unable to hear the speaker. For he speaks as if he were not among men, but among inanimate statues who have indeed ears, but no sense of hearing.
13If, therefore, the mind chooses to associate neither with things wandering about outside, nor with those which are stored up within it, but, remaining quiet and silent, directs its whole attention to the speaker, keeping silent in accordance with the injunction of Moses, it will be able to listen with all attention, but otherwise it would not be able to do so.
14Silence, then, is a desirable thing for those who are ignorant, but for those who desire knowledge, and who have at the same time a love for their master’s freedom of speech, is a most necessary possession. Accordingly it is said, in the book of Exodus, "The Lord will fight for us, and you will be silent." And, immediately afterwards, there is added a scripture in the following words: "And the Lord said unto Moses, Why dost thou cry unto me?" As it is proper for those persons to be silent who can say nothing worthy of being listened to, and for those to speak who, through love of wisdom, believe in God; and not only to speak quietly but to cry out with exceeding noise, not indeed with the noise of the mouth and tongue, by means of which they say that the air is affected with a rotatory motion, and so is rendered capable of being perceived by the hearing, but by the all-instructed and very loudly speaking organ of that voice of which no mortal man is the hearer, but only the uncreated and immortal God.
15For the well-arranged and carefully attuned melody of that harmony which is perceptible by the intellect, the invisible musician, perceptible by the intellect, is alone able to comprehend; but no one of those involved in the entanglements of the outward senses can appreciate it. Accordingly, when the entire organ of the mind sounds according to the symphony of the diapason and of the double diapason, the hearer, as it were, asks (for he does not ask in reality, since everything is known to God), "Why dost thou cry unto me?" Is it in supplication that evils may be averted, or in thankfulness for a participation in good things which have been already enjoyed, or for a combination of both reasons?
16But the man who appears to be endued with a thin voice, and with slowness of speech, and to be almost dumb, is nevertheless found to be talkative, so that in one place he is represented not merely as speaking, but even as crying out; and, in another, as exerting a ceaseless and uninterrupted flow of words;
17for, says the scripture, "Moses spoke, and God answered him with a voice." He did not speak in brief periods or sentences, but in one continuously extended speech; and God also instructed him, not in brief sentences, but gave him one unbroken and continuous answer.
18And whenever there is an answer, there then must of necessity have been, in every case, a question. But whenever any one puts a question it is respecting something which he does not know, because he is desirous to learn; inasmuch as he is aware that there is nothing so useful with regard to acquiring knowledge as to ask, to inquire, to investigate, to appear to know nothing, and not to have an idea that one comprehends anything firmly.
19The wise, therefore, take God for their teacher and instructor; and those who are less perfectly initiated in wisdom take the wise men for theirs. On which account they say, also, "Do thou speak with us, and let not God speak to us, lest we die." And the virtuous man uses such freedom of speech as not only to speak and cry out, but even to advance positive claims with true confidence and genuine feeling;
20for the expression, "If thou forgivest them their sin, forgive them; and if not, then wipe me out of the book which thou hast written." And this sentence also, "Did I conceive all this people in my womb? Or have I brought them forth, that thou sayest unto me, Take them up into thy bosom, as a nurse takes her sucking child." And also that passage where we read, "From whence am I to get flesh to give to all this people, because they cry unto me? Shall sheep and oxen be sacrificed, or shall all the fish of the sea be collected together, to satisfy them?" And again, "Lord, why hast thou afflicted this people?" And again, "Why hast thou sent me?" And, in another place, "From the time that I went forth to speak to Pharaoh in thy name, he has afflicted the people." And again, "Thou hast not delivered thy people." For these, and similar things, any one would have feared to say to any king of this earth; but to deliver such sentiments, and to speak freely to God, was an instance of what ought not to be called extreme audacity, but of good confidence;
21because all the wise are dear to God, and especially those who are wise with the wisdom of the most sacred giving of the law. And freedom of speech is nearly akin to friendship; since to whom would any one speak with more freedom than to his own friend? very appropriately therefore is Moses spoken of in the scriptures as dear to God, when he goes through an account of all the dangers which he had incurred by reason of his boldness, in such a way that they seem to deserve to be attributed to friendship rather than to arrogance; for audacity belongs to the character of the arrogant man; but good confidence belongs to the friend.
22But consider again that confidence is tempered with prudent caution; for the question, "What wilt thou give to me?" displays confidence, and the addition, "O master," exhibits prudent confidence. And being in the habit of using two causes or two appellations, with respect to the cause of all things, namely the title of Lord, and also that of God, he has in this instance used neither of them, but calls them by the name of master, speaking with caution and with exceeding propriety; and indeed the two appellations lord and master, are said to be synonymous.
23But even if the two names are one and the same things, still the titles differ in respect of the meaning attached to them; for the title lord, κύριος, is derived from the word κυ̃ρος authority, which is a firm thing, in contradistinction to that which is infirm and invalid, ἅκυρον. But the term master, δεσπότης, is derived from δεσμός, a chain; from which word δέος, fear, also comes in my opinion, so that the master is a lord, and, as one may say a lord, to be feared, not only inasmuch as he has authority and dominion over every thing, but also inasmuch as he is able to strike one with fear and terror; and perhaps also since he is the master of the universe; holding it together in such a manner as to be insoluble, and binding up again what portions of it are dissolved.
24But he who says, "Master, what wilt thou give unto me?" does, in the real meaning of his words say, this, "I am not ignorant of thy overpowering might, and I know the formidable nature of thy sovereignty: I fear and tremble, and again I feel confidence; for thou hast given me an oracular command not fear,
25thou hast given to me the tongue of instruction, that I might know when I ought to speak; thou hast unloosened my mouth which before was sewed up, thou hast opened it, and hast also made it articulate; thou hast appointed it to utter what ought to be spoken, confirming that sacred oracle, "I will open thy mouth, and I will tell thee what thou oughtest to speak."
Sections 26–50
26For who was I, that thou shouldest give me a portion of thy speech, that thou shouldest promise me a reward as in it were my due, namely, a more perfect blessing of thy grace and bounty? Am I not an emigrant from my country? am I not driven away from my kindred? am I not banished and alienated from my father’s house? do not all men call me an outcast and a fugitive, a desolate and dishonoured man?
27but thou, O master, art my country, thou art my kindred, thou art my paternal hearth, thou art my honour, thou art my freedom of speech, my great, and famous, and inalienable wealth,
28why therefore shall I not have courage to say what I think? and why shall I not ask questions, when I desire to learn something more? But nevertheless, though I say that I feel confidence, I do again confess that I am stricken with awe and amazement, and that I do not feel within myself an unmixed spirit of battle, but fear mingled with confidence, as perhaps many people will easily imagine, a closely combined conjunction of the two feelings;
29therefore I drink insatiably of this well-mixed cup, which persuades me neither to speak freely without prudent caution; nor, on the other hand, to think so much of caution as to lose my freedom of speech. For I have learnt to appreciate my own nothingness, and to look up to the excessive and unapproachable height of thy munificence; and whenever I know that I am myself "but dust and ashes, " or even, what is still more worthless, if there is any such thing, then I feel confidence to approach thee, humbling myself, and casting myself down to the ground, so completely changed as scarcely to seem to exist.
30Now such a disposition of the soul, Abraham, the inspector, has deeply engraved on my memory. For, says the scripture, "Abraham came near and said, Now have I begun to speak unto the Lord, I that am but dust and ashes;" since then there was an opportunity given to the creature to approach the Creator, when he recognised his own nothingness.
31But the expression, "What wilt thou give me?" is not so much the language of one who is in doubt, as of one feeling and expressing gratitude at the multitude and greatness of the blessings which he has already enjoyed. "What wilt thou give me?" for, in fact, what more is there left for me to expect? for, O bountiful God! thy graces and mercies are boundless and unlimited, and they have no boundary and no end, bursting up like fountains full of perfection, which are continually drawn upon and are never dry.
32And it is worth while to contemplate, not merely the ever-abounding torrent of thy bounties, but also those fields of ours which are irrigated by them; for if a superfluous and too excessive stream be poured over them, then the place will become a marshy and swampy plain instead of fertile land; for our land has need of irrigation, carefully measured out with a view to cause fertility, and not unmeasured.
33And on this account I will ask, What wilt thou give me, thou who hast already bestowed on me unspeakable mercies, and almost all things, so that mortal nature is incapable of containing them? For what remains that I wish to know, and to have, and to acquire, is this: who could be worthy of thy works, who could deserve to inherit them?
34"I shall depart from life childless;" having received a short-lived and ephemeral blessing, which speedily passes away, when I prayed for the contrary, namely, for one which should last many days, a long time; which should be free from all mishap, which should never die, but should be able to sow seeds of itself, and to stretch forth roots for the sake of giving it firmness, and which should raise its trunk upwards to heaven, and hold its head on high;
35for it is necessary that human virtue must walk upon the earth, and must, at the same time, strive to reach heaven; that there being hospitably received by immortality, it may pass all future time in freedom from all evil,
36for I know that thou hatest a barren and unproductive soul, thou who art thyself the supporter of things that have no existence, and the parent of all things. Since thou hast given especial grace to the race which has the faculty of seeing, so that it shall never be barren, and never be childless; and as I myself have been assigned to that race as a part of it, I am justly desirous of an heir; for, perceiving that that race is inextinguishable, I think it would be a most shameful thing of me to be indifferent to the sight of my own nature, separated from all that is good.
37Therefore I am a suppliant to thee, and I implore thee, that those seeds and sparks being kindled and cherished, the saving light of virtue may burn up and give light, which being borne on like a torch, delivered from hand to hand in constant succession, may last as long as the world.
38Moreover, thou hast inspired those men who practise virtue with a desire for children of the sowing and generation of the soul; and they, having received such a portion have, in their joy, spoken and said, "The children which God hath mercifully given to thy servant," of whom migration is the nurse and guardian, whose souls are simple, and tender, and well disposed, being calculated easily to receive the beautiful and most God-like impressions of virtue;
39and teach me also this saying, "Whether the son of Meshech, my servant, born in my house, is competent to become the inheritor of thy graces," for up to this time I have not received the son whom I hoped for, and of the one whom I have received I have no hope.
40But who Meshech is, and who her son is, must be examined in no superficial manner. Now the interpretation of the name Meshech is, "out of a kiss;" but a kiss differs from loving; for the one exhibits usually a discovery of souls united together by good-will, but the other intimates only a bare and superficial salutation when some necessity has brought the two parties to the same place.
41For as the meaning "to stoop" (κύπτειν) is not contained in (ἀνακύπτειν) "to lift up the head," nor "to drink" (πίνω) in, "to absorb" (καταπίνω), nor "a horse" (ἵππος) in the word (μάρσιππος) "a bag," so also "to love" (φιλεῖν) is not necessarily contained in "to kiss" (καταφιλεῖν); since men yielding to the bitter necessities of life offer this salutation to numbers of their enemies.
42But what that salutation is which consists of a kiss, but not of sincere friendship for us, I will explain without any reservation or concealment. It is, forsooth, that life which exists in union with the external senses, which is called Meshech, being completely secured and defended, which there is no one who does not love, which men in general look upon as their mistress, but which virtuous men consider their handmaid, not a foreign slave or one bought with a price, but born in the house, and in some sense, a fellow citizen with themselves. Well, one class of these men have learnt to kiss this, not to love it; but the other class have learnt to love it to excess, and to think it an object of desire above all things.
43But Laban, the hater of virtue, will neither be able to kiss the virtues which are assigned to the man who is inclined to the practise of virtue, but, making his own life to depend on hypocrisy and false pretenses, he, as if indignant, for he is not in reality affected, says, "I was not accounted worthy to kiss my children and my daughters;" speaking very naturally and decorously, for we have all been taught to hate irony irreconcileably.
44Do thou, therefore, love the virtues, and embrace them with thy soul, and then you will be not at all desirous to kiss, which is but the false money of friendship; — "For have they not yet any part or inheritance in thy house? • have they not been reckoned as aliens before thee? and has not thou sold them and devoured the money?" so that you could neither at any subsequent time recover it, after having devoured the price of their safety and their ransom. Do you pretend, therefore, to wish to kiss, or else to wage endless war against all the judges? But Aaron will not kiss Moses, though he will love him with the genuine affection of his heart. "For," says the scripture, "he loved him, and they embraced one another."
45But there are three kinds of life. The first life, to God; the second, with respect to the creature; the third, is on the borders of both, being compounded of the two others. Now, the life to God has not descended to us, and has not come to the necessities of the body. Again, life with respect to the creature has not wholly ascended up to heaven, nor has it sought to ascend, but it lurks in unapproachable recesses, and rejoices in a life which is no life.
46And the mingled kind is that one which often ascends upwards, being conducted upwards by the better part, and it gazes on divine things, and contemplates them; but still it often turns back, being dragged in the contrary direction by the worse part: and when the portion of the better life, as if placed in the balance of a scale, outweighs the whole, then the weight of the opposite kinds of life is dragged in the contrary direction, so that the lightest weight appears to be in the opposite scale.
47But Moses having, without any contest or doubt, given the crown of victory to that kind of life which is life to God, brings that forward as the best, likening the other two kinds to two women, one of whom he calls beloved, and the other hated, giving them both most appropriate names.
48For who is there who is not at times influenced by the pleasures and delights which he receives by means of his eyes, or by those which reach him through the medium of his ears, or of his sense of taste, or of his sense of smell and touch? And who is there who does not hate the contrary things, want and self-denial, and a life of austerity, and seeking after knowledge, which has never any share in amusement or laughter, but is full of gravity, and cares and labours, loving contemplation, an enemy to ignorance, superior to money, and glory, and pleasure, but under the dominion of temperance and true glory, and of that wealth which sees and is not blind? These, then, are at all times the eldest offspring of wisdom.
49But Moses thinks those things which, though younger in point of time are nevertheless honourable by nature, worthy of the first honours of the birth-right, giving them a double share, and taking from the others half of their share; for, says he, "If a man have two wives, the one beloved and the other hated, and if they both bear children, then when he is about to distribute his property, he shall not be able to give the portion belonging to the first-born to the son of her who is beloved," namely, to the son of pleasure; for he is but young, even though in point of time he may be old; but he looks upon the son of her who is hated, namely, of wisdom, as the elder, ever since he was a child; and, accordingly, to him he has assigned a double share.
50But because we have, on a previous occasion, explained the figurative sense of this passage, we will now pass on to what comes next, to the passage before us; after we have first explained this point, that "God is said to have opened the womb of her who was hated," and thus to have caused to arise an offspring of virtuous practises and good actions, while the wife, who was reputed to be beloved, was from that time forth barren:
Sections 51–75
51"For the Lord," says the scripture, "seeing that Leah was hated, opened her womb, but Rachel was barren." Is it not then the case, that when the soul is pregnant, and begins to bring forth such things as are becoming to the soul, then all those objects of the outward senses are barren and unproductive, objects to which the salutation belongs, which is given by a kiss and not by genuine affection?
52Each individual then among us is the son of life according to the outward sense, which he calls Meshech, honouring and admiring the foster-mother and nurse of the mortal race, namely, the outward sense, whom also, when the earthly mind, by name Adam, saw after it had been created, he named her life his own death;
53for, says the scripture, "Adam called his wife’s name Eve (ζωή), because she was the mother of all living," that is to say, of those who are in real truth dead as to the life of the soul; but they who really live have wisdom for their mother and the outward sense for their slave, which has been created by nature for the purpose of ministering to knowledge;
54and the name of that man who was born of life (ζωή), whom we have recognized by a kiss, he calls Damascus, which name, being interpreted, means "the blood of a sack;" by this figurative language, calling the body a sack, with great power and felicity; and by blood, he means the life which depends on the blood.
55For since the soul is spoken of in two ways, first of all as a whole, secondly, as to the dominant part of it, which, to speak properly, is the soul of the soul, just as the eye is both the whole orb, and also the most important part of that orb, that namely by which we see; it seemed good to the law-giver that the essence of the soul should likewise be two-fold; blood being the essence of the entire soul, and the divine Spirit being the essence of the dominant part of it; accordingly he says, in express words, "The soul of all flesh is the blood thereof."
56He does well here to attribute the flow of blood to the mass of flesh, combining two things appropriate to one another; but the essence of the mind he has not made to depend on any created thing, but has represented it as breathed into man by God from above. For, says Moses, "The Creator of the universe breathed into his face the breath of life, and man became a living soul," who also, it is recorded, was fashioned after the image of the Creator.
57So that the race of mankind also is twofold, the one being the race of those who live by the divine Spirit and reason; the other of those who exist according to blood and the pleasure of the flesh. This species is formed of the earth, but that other is an accurate copy of the divine image;
58and that description of us which is but fashioned clay, and which is kneaded up with blood, has need, in no slight degree, of assistance from God; on which account it is said, this Damascus of Eleazar. But the name Eleazar, being interpreted, means, "God is my helper." Since the mass of the body, which is filled with blood, being of itself easily dissolved and dead, has its existence through, and is kept alive by, the providence of God, who holds his arm and shield of defence over it, while our race cannot, by any resources of its own, exist in a state of firmness and safety for a single day.
59Do you not see that the second of the sons of Moses has also the same name as this man? For, "the name of the second," says the scripture, "was Eleazar." And he adds the reason: "for the Lord has been my helper, and has delivered me out of the hand of Pharaoh."
60But those who are still companions of that life which owes its existence to blood, and which is appreciable by the outward senses, are attacked by that disposition which is such a formidable disperser of piety, by name Pharaoh; from whose sovereignty, full as it is of lawlessness and cruelty, it is impossible to escape, unless Eleazar be born in the soul, and unless one puts one’s hope of succour in the only Saviour.
61And it is with particular beauty that he speaks of Damascus with reference, not to his father, but to his mother; in order to show that the soul depending on blood, by means of which the brute animals live, is akin properly to the female race; the race of his mother, and has no share in the male race. But this is not the case with virtue, that is with Sarah;
62for she has none but a male offspring, being borne only of God who is the father of all things, being that authority which has no mother. "For truly," says the scripture, "she is my sister by my father’s side, but not by my mother’s."
63We have now explained what it was necessary for you to be apprised of as a preliminary. For the first part of the argument had a sort of enigmatical obscurity. But we must examine with more accurate particularity what the man who is fond of learning seeks. Perhaps then it is something of this sort: to know whether any one who is desirous of that life which is dependent on blood and who claims an interest in the objects of the outward sense, can become an inheritor of incorporeal and divine things?
64for of such only he who is inspired from above is thought worthy, having received a portion of heavenly and divine inheritance, being in fact the most pure mind, disregarding not merely the body but also the other fragment of the soul, which being devoid of reason is mixed up with blood, kindling the fervid passions and excited appetites.
65Accordingly, it pushes its inquiries in this manner: since you have not given to me a seed which is capable of becoming its own instructor, namely, that seed which is able to be comprehended by the intellect, "Shall the slave born in my house be my heir?" the offspring of that life which is dependent upon blood.
66Then God, making haste, anticipated the speaker, sending, as one may say, instruction on in advance of speech. "For immediately," says the scripture, "the voice of God came to him, saying, He shall not be thy heir;" nor any one else of those who come to an exhibition of the outward senses. For the incorporeal natures are the inheritors of those things which can only be appreciated by the intellect.
67And it has been especially observed here, that the scripture does not say he spoke to him or conversed with him, but the expression is, "The voice of God came to him;" as if God uttering a loud and unceasing sound, in order that the voice being thus distributed into every soul, might leave no part destitute of proper instruction, but that all parts might every where be filled with healthy learning.
68Who, then, shall be the heir? Not that reasoning which remains in the prison of the body according to its own voluntary intention, but that which is loosened from those bonds and emancipated, and which has advanced beyond the walls, and if it be possible to say so, has itself forsaken itself. "For he," says the scripture, "who shall come out from thee, he shall be thy heir."
69Therefore if any desire comes upon thee, O soul, to be the inheritor of the good things of God, leave not only thy country, the body, and thy kindred, the outward senses, and thy father’s house, that is speech; but also flee from thyself, and depart out of thyself, like the Corybantes, or those possessed with demons, being driven to frenzy, and inspired by some prophetic inspiration.
70For while the mind is in a state of enthusiastic inspiration, and while it is no longer mistress of itself, but is agitated and drawn into frenzy by heavenly love, and drawn upwards to that object, truth removing all impediments out of its way, and making every thing before it plain, that so it may advance by a level and easy road, its destiny is to become an inheritor of the things of God.
71But, O mind! take confidence, and explain to us how you depart and emigrate from those former things, you who utter things perceptible only by the intellect to those who have been taught to hear rightly, always saying, I emigrated from my sojourn in the body when I learnt to despise the flesh, and I emigrated from the outward sense when I learnt to look upon the objects of outward sense as things which had no existence in reality—condemning its judicial faculties as spurious and corrupted, and full of false opinion, and also condemning the objects submitted to that judgment as speciously devised to allure and to deceive, and to snatch the truth from out of the middle of nature. Again, I departed from speech when I convicted it of great unreasonableness, although it talked of sublime subjects and puffed itself up;
72for it dared a not inconsiderable deed of daring, namely, to show me bodies through the medium of shadows, and things by means of words, which was impossible; therefore it kept stumbling about over repeated obstacles, and kept on talking vainly, being unable by common expressions to give a clear representation and understanding of the peculiar properties of the subjects with which it was dealing.
73But I, learning by experience, like an infant and untaught child, decided that it was better to depart from all these things, and to attribute the powers of each to God, who makes and consolidates the body, and who prepares the outward senses so as to feel appropriately, and who gives to speech the power of speaking at its desire;
74and in the same manner in which you have departed from the other things, now rise up and emigrate from thyself. But what is the meaning of this expression? Do not treasure up in thyself the faculties of perceiving, and thinking, and comprehending, but offer and dedicate these things to him who is the cause of thinking accurately, and of comprehending without being deceived.
75But it is the holier of the all-sacred places in the temple which receives this offering; for it appears that there are two; the one discernible only by the intellect, and the other perceptible by the outward senses. Now, of these creatures which are perceptible by the outward senses, this world is the receptacle; but of those things which are truly invisible, the world, which is discernible only by the intellect, is the magazine:
Sections 76–100
76but he that goes out from us and desires to become an attendant of God, is the inheritor of the much celebrated wealth of nature; he bears witness, who says, "He brought him out, and said unto him, Look up to heaven;" since that is the treasury of the good things of God. "May the Lord," says he, "open to thee the treasury of his good things," —that is, the heaven; out of which he who furnishes the supply does incessantly rain the most perfect joys. Look up, then, so as to convict the blind race of common men, which, though it appears to see, is blind.
77For how can it be otherwise than blind, when it sees evil instead of good, and what is unjust instead of what is just, and the indulgence of the passions, instead of a mastery over them, and things mortal, instead of things immortal, and when it runs away from its monitors and correctors, and from conviction and instruction, and admits flatterers, and the reasonings of idleness, and ignorance, and luxury, all exerted in the cause of pleasure?
78The good man, then, alone sees; in reference to whom the ancients also called the prophets, seers. But he who advanced further outwards, not only seeing, but seeing God, was called Israel; the meaning of which name is, "seeing God." But others, even if they ever do open their eyes, still bend them down towards the earth, pursuing only earthly things, and being bred up among material objects;
79for the one raises his eyes to the sky, beholding the manna, the divine word, the heavenly, incorruptible food of the soul, which is food of contemplation: but the others fix their eyes on garlic and onions, food which causes pain to the eyes, and troubles the sight, and makes men wink, and on other unsavoury food, of leeks, and dead fish, the appropriate provender of Egypt.
80"For," says the scripture, "we remembered the fish which we ate in Egypt without payment, and the gourds, and the cucumbers, the leeks, the onions, and the garlic; but now our soul is dry, and our eyes behold nothing but manna."
81And the statement, "He led him out" (ἐξήγαγεν αὐτὸν ἔξω), has a bearing also on moral considerations, though some persons, through their want of instruction in moral philosophy, are accustomed to ridicule it, saying, "For is any one ever led out in (ἔξω εἰσάγεται), or led in out (εἰσέρχεται ἔξω)?" "Certainly," I would reply, "you ridiculous and very foolish man; for you have never learnt how to trace the dispositions of the soul; but by this language of yours you only seek to understand those motions of bodies which are exerted in change of place. On which account it seems paradoxical to you to speak of any one coming out into (ἐξέρχεται εἴσω), or going in out (ὲξέρχεται ἔξω); but to those acquainted with Moses none of these things seem inconsistent."
82Would you not say that the perfect high priest when, being in the inmost shrine, he is performing his national sacrifices, is both within and without at the same time? within in respect of his visible body, but without in respect of his soul, which is roaming about and wandering? And again, on the other hand, would you not say that a man who was not of the family consecrated to the priesthood, but who was a lover of God and beloved by God, though standing without the holy shrine, was nevertheless in reality in its inmost parts? looking upon his whole life in the body as a sojourning in a foreign land; but while he is able to live only in the soul, then he thinks that he is abiding in his own country.
83For every fool is outside of friendship, even though he may not depart for one moment from daily association with people. But every wise man is within friendship, even if he be dwelling at a distance, not merely in a different country, but in another climate and region of the world. But, according to Moses, a friend is so near to one as to differ in no respect from one’s own soul, for he says, "the friend who is like thy soul."
84And again he says, "The priest shall not be a man by himself, when he goeth into the holy of holies, until he cometh out;" speaking not with reference to the motions of the body, but to those of the soul; for the mind, while it is offering holy sacrifices to God in all purity, is not a human but a divine mind; but when it is serving any human object, it then descends from heaven and becomes changed, or rather it falls to the earth and goes out, even though the mind may still remain within.
85Very correctly, therefore, it is said, he led him out (ἐξήγαγεν ἔξω) of the prison according to the body, of the caves existing in the external senses, of the sophistries displayed in deceitful speech; and beyond all this, out of himself and out of the idea that by his own self-exerted, self-implanted, and independent power he was able to conceive and comprehend.
86And after he has conducted him out, he says to him, "Look up to heaven, and count the stars, if thou art able to number them; thus shall be thy seed." He says very beautifully, "Thus shall be thy seed," not so great shall it be, equal in number to the stars; for he does not intend here to allude to their multitude only, but also to an infinite number of other circumstances which contribute to entire and perfect happiness.
87"Thus shall thy seed be," says God, as the ethereal firmament which thou beholdest, so heavenly, so full of unshadowed and pure brilliancy (for night is driven away from heaven, and darkness from virtue,) most thoroughly like the stars, beautifully adorned, having an arrangement which knows no deviation, but which is always the same and proceeding in the same way.
88For he means him to speak of the soul of the wise man as a copy of heaven, or, if one may use such a hyperbolical expression, as an actual heaven upon earth, having pure appearances in the air, and well arranged motions, and harmonious progress, and periodical revolutions of divine character, star-like and brilliant rays of virtue. But if it is impossible to find out the number of the stars which are perceptible by the outward senses, how much more so must it be to count those which are discernible only by the intellect?
89for in proportion, I suppose, as that which judges is better or worse than that which is judged of (for the mind is better than the outward sense, and the outward sense is duller than the intellect; in the same ratio do the subjects of the judgment differ; so that the objects of the intellect are infinitely superior to those of the outward senses; for the eyes in the body are the smallest imaginable portion of the eye of the soul; for the one is like the sun, but the others only resemble lamps, which are at one time lighted and at another extinguished.
90Therefore that is a necessary addition which is subjoined, "Abraham believed in God," to the praise of him who did thus believe. And yet, perhaps, some one may say, "Do you judge this worthy of praise? who would not give his attention to God when saying or promising anything, even if he were the most wicked and impious of all men?"
91To whom we will reply, "Do not, do not, my good man, without further inquiry, either rob the wise man of his due praise, or attribute to unworthy persons that most perfect of the virtues, faith; and do not blame our opinion on this point;
92for if you are willing to enter upon a deeper investigation into this subject, and are not content with examining it superficially, you will then see clearly, that without the assistance or addition of something else, it is not easy to believe in God on account of that connection with mortality in which we are involved, which compels us to put some trust in money, and glory, and authority, and friends, and health, and vigour of body, and in numerous other things;
93but to wash off all these extraneous things, to disbelieve in creation, which is, in all respects, untrustworthy as far as regards itself, and to believe in the only true and faithful God, is the work of a great and heavenly mind, which is no longer allured or influenced by any of the circumstances usually affecting human life.
94And it is well added in the scripture, "And it was counted to him for righteousness:" for nothing is so righteous as to have an unalloyed and entire belief in the only God.
95But this, although both just and consistent with reason, was considered an incredible thing on account of the incredulity of the generality of men, whom the holy scripture condemns, saying, that "to anchor firmly and unchangeably on the only living God, is a thing to be admired among men, who have no possession of true unmingled good, but is not to be wondered at if truth guide the judgment; but it is the especial attribute of justice.
96The scripture proceeds: "And he said unto him I am God, who brought thee out of the land of the Chaldaeans, so as to give thee this land to inherit it." These words exhibit not only a promise, but a confirmation of an ancient promise;
97for the good which was previously bestowed upon him was the departure from the Chaldaean philosophy, which was occupied about the things of the air, which taught men to suppose that the world was not the work of God, but was God himself; and that good and evil is caused in the case of all existing things, by the motions and fixed periodical revolutions of the stars, and that on these motions the origin of all good and evil depends; and the equable (ὁμαλή) and regular motion of these bodies in heaven, persuaded those simple men to look upon these things as omens, for the name of the Chaldaeans being interpreted is synonymous with equability (όμαλότης).
98But the new blessing which is promised is the acquisition of that wisdom which is not taught by the outward senses, but is comprehended by the pure mind, and by which the best of all emigrations is confirmed; when the soul departs from astronomy and learns to apply itself to natural philosophy, and to exchange unsure conjecture for certain apprehension, and, to speak with real truth, to quit the creature for the Creator, and the world for its father and maker;
99for the scriptures tell us, that the votaries of the Chaldaean philosophy believed in the heaven, but that he who abandoned that sect believed in the ruler of the heaven and the manager of the whole world, namely, in God. A very beautiful inheritance, greater perhaps than the power of him who receives it, but worthy of the greatness of the giver.
100But it is not sufficient for the lover of wisdom to have a hope of good things, and to expect all kinds of admirable things, because of the predictions given to him, but unless he also knows the manner in which he is to arrive at the succession of his inheritance, he thinks it very grievous, inasmuch as he thirsts after knowledge, and has an insatiable desire of attaining to it; on which account he puts a question, saying, "O Lord God, how shall I know that I shall inherit it?"
Sections 101–125
101Perhaps some one may say that this question is at variance with perfect faith, for that to feel such a difficulty is the part of one who doubts, but that it is the part of one who believes to seek for nothing further. We must say, therefore, that he both doubts and has believed, but not about the same matter, far from it, for he has believed that he is to be an inheritor of wisdom, but he only seeks to know the manner in which this event will take place; that it really will take place he does by all means confidently comprehend, in accordance with the divine promises.
102Therefore the teacher having praised the desire for learning which he feels, begins his explanation with the first elementary instruction, in which this is set down as the first and most necessary thing, "Take for me." The sentence is brief, but the meaning is great; for there are not a few things implied in these words.
103In the first place you have, says God, no good thing of your own, but whatever you fancy that you have, another has bestowed it upon you. From which it is inferred that all things are the property of God who gives them, but that they do not belong to the creature which only existed after him, and which stretches forth its hands to take them.
104In the second place, he says, even if you take them, take them not for yourself, but think what is thus given you a loan or deposit, and be ready to restore it to him who has deposited it with, or contributed it to you, requiting an older favour with a newer one, and an original kindness with one proffered instead of it, as justice and propriety require.
105For many men have become wicked in respect of such sacred deposits, having, through their immoderate covetousness improperly used the property of others as their own. But do thou, O good man! endeavour with all thy strength, not only to present what you have received without injury and without adulteration, but also to take even more care than that of such things, that he who has deposited them with you may have no grounds to blame the care which has been exercised by you.
106And what the Creator of man has deposited in your custody are soul, speech, and external sense; which are symbolically named a heifer, a ram, and a goat, in the sacred scriptures. But these things some persons have at once appropriated through self-love, but others have stored them up so as to be able to return them in due season.
107Now, of those who have appropriated them, it is impossible to tell the number; for who of us is there who does not think his soul, and his speech, and his external senses, all taken together, to be his own property, thinking that to feel, and to speak, and to comprehend, depend upon himself alone?
108But of those who really preserve their faith holy and inviolate, the number is very small. Such men attribute to God these three things: the soul, the external sense, and speech. For they have received all these things, not for themselves, but for him, in whose favour they naturally and appropriately confess that the energies according to each of these three things depend upon him, namely, the imaginations and apprehensions of the mind, the explanations of speech, and the perceptions of the outward senses.
109Those, now, who attribute these things to themselves, have received an allotment worthy of their own perverseness, namely, a soul fond of plotting against others, polluted with irrational passions, and enveloped in a multitude of vices; at one time eager to indulge in violent insolence through its gluttony and lasciviousness, as though it were in a brothel; at another time held fast by the multitude of its iniquities as in a prison, with wicked (not men but) actions which deserve to be led before all the judges. Secondly, speech insolent, loquacious, sharpened against the truth, injurious to all who come in its way, and bringing disgrace upon those who possess it. Thirdly, the external sense, insatiable, always filling itself with the objects of the outward senses, but through its immoderate appetites never able to be satisfied, disregarding all its monitors and correctors, so as to refuse to look upon or to listen to them, and to reject with disdain all that they say to it for its good.
110But those who take these things not for themselves but for God, attribute each one of them to him, guarding that which they have acquired in a truly holy and religious manner, keeping their mind, so that it shall think of nothing else but the things relating to God and to his excellencies, and their speech so as to make it, with unrestrained mouth, and with encomiums, and hymns, and announcements of happiness, honour the father of the universe, collecting together and exhibiting all its powers of interpretation and utterance in this one office; and regulating the external senses, so that forming a conception of the whole of that world which is perceptible by them, they may, in a guileless, honest, and pure manner, relate to the soul all the heaven and earth, and the natures whose home is between the two, and all animals and plants, and their respective energies and faculties, and all their motions and their stationary existence.
111For God has implanted in the mind a power of comprehending that world, which is appreciable only by the intellect, by its own power, but the invisible world by means of the external senses. And if any one were able in all his parts to live to God rather than to himself, looking by means of the external senses into those things which are their proper objects, for the sake of finding out the truth; and through the medium of the soul, investigating in a philosophical spirit the proper objects of intelligence, and those things which have a real existence, and by means of his organs of voice, singing hymns in praise of the world and of its Creator, he will have a happy and a blessed life.
112I think then that this is what intimated in the words, "Take for me;" God, intending to send down the perfection of his divine virtue from heaven to earth, out of pity for our race, in order that it might not be left destitute of a better portion, prepared in a symbolical manner the sacred tabernacle and the things in it, a thing made after the model and in imitation of wisdom.
113For he says that he has erected his oracle as a tabernacle in the midst of our impurity, in order that we may have something whereby we may be purified, washing off and cleansing all those things which dirt and defile our miserable life, full of all evil reputation as it is. Let us now then see in what manner he has commanded us to bring in the different things which are to contribute to the furnishing of the tabernacle. "The Lord," says the scripture, "spake unto Moses saying, Speak unto the children of Israel, and take ye first-fruits for me of whatever it shall seem good to your heart to take my first-fruits."
114Therefore here also there is an injunction to take not for themselves but for God, examining who it is who gives these things, and doing no injury to what is given, but preserving it free from danger, and free from spot, perfect and entire. And the injunction, by which he orders the first fruits to be offered to himself, is full of doctrine; for in real truth the beginnings both of bodies and of things are investigated with reference to God alone;
115and search if you wish to understand everything, plants and animals, and arts and sciences. Are then the first castings of the seed of plants, the actions of husbandry or the invisible works of invisible nature? What more need I ask? What are the works of men and other animals? Have not they parents as co-operating causes, as it were, and also nature as the primary and more important and real cause?
116And is not nature the fountain, and root, and foundation of all arts and sciences, or any other name you please to give to the oldest of principles, nature, upon which all speculations are built up? And if nature be not first laid as the foundation, everything is imperfect, and on this account some one seems to me to have said with great felicity:— The first beginning is quite half the whole.
117Very appropriately therefore does the sacred scripture command the first-fruits to be offered up to the all-ruling God. And in another passage we read "The Lord spake unto Moses saying, Sanctify to me all the first-born: all that is first brought forth, all that openeth the womb among the children of Israel, whether of man or beast is mine,"
118so that it is openly asserted in these words, that all the first things, whether in point of time or of power, are the property of God, and most especially all the first-born; since the whole of that race which is imperishable shall justly be apportioned to the immortal God; and if there is anything, in short, which openeth the womb, whether of man which here means speech and reason, or of beast which signifies the outward sense and the body;
119for that which openeth the womb of all these things, whether of the mind, so as to enable it to comprehend the things appreciable only by the intellect, or of the speech so as to enable it to exercise the energies of voice, or of the external senses, so as to qualify them to receive the impressions which are made upon them by their appropriate subjects, or of the body to fit it for its appropriate stationary conditions or motions, is the invisible, spermatic, technical, and divine Word, which shall most properly be dedicated to the Father.
120And, indeed, as are the beginnings of God so likewise are the ends of God; and Moses is a witness to this, where he commands to "separate off the end, and to confess that it is due to God." The things in the world do also bear witness. How so?
121The beginning of a plant is the seed, and the end is the fruit, each of them being the work, not of husbandry, but of nature. Again, of knowledge the beginning is nature, as has been shown, but the end can never reach mankind, for no man is perfect in any branch of study whatever; but it is a plain truth, that all excellence and perfection belong to one Being alone; we therefore are borne on, for the future, on the confines of beginning and end, learning, teaching, tilling the ground, working up everything else, as if we were really effecting something, that the creature also may seem to be doing something;
122therefore, with a more perfect knowledge, Moses has confessed that the first-fruits and the end belong to God, speaking of the creation of the world, where he says, "In the beginning God created ..." And again he says, "God finished the heaven and the earth."
123Now therefore he says, "Take for me," assigning himself what becomes him, and admonishing his hearer not to adulterate what is given to him, but to take care of it in a manner worthy of its importance. And again, in another passage, he who has need of nothing, and who on this account takes nothing, will confess that he does take something, for the sake of giving to his worshippers the feeling of piety, and of implanting in them an eagerness after holiness, and moreover sharpening their zeal in his service, as one who favourably receives the genuine worship and service of a willing soul,
124"For behold," says he, "I have taken the Levites instead of all the first-born that openeth the womb among the children of Israel; they shall be their ransom;" therefore we take and give, but we are said to take with strict accuracy, but it is only by a metaphorical abuse of the term that we are said to give, for the reasons which I have already mentioned. And it is very felicitously that he has called the Levites a ransom, for nothing so completely conducts the mind to freedom as its fleeing for refuge to and becoming a suppliant of God; and this is what the consecrated tribe of the Levites particularly professes to be.
125Having now, therefore, said as much as is proper on these subjects, let us proceed onwards to what comes next; for we have postponed the consideration of many things which ought to be examined into with exactness. "Take for me," says God, "a heifer which has never been yoked and has never been ill-treated, tender and young," and exulting; that is to say, a soul adapted easily to receive government, and instruction, and superintendence. "Take for me also a ram," that is to say, speech contentious and perfect, capable of dissecting and overthrowing the sophistries of those who advance contrary opinions, and capable also of ensuring safety, and good order, and regularity to him who uses it.
Sections 126–150
126"Take for me," also the external sense, which lives and directs all its energies to the world, which is perceptible by it, that is, "a goat," three complete years old, enjoying solid strength in a perfect number, having beginning, middle, and end. Besides all these things, "a turtle dove and a pigeon," that is to say, divine and human wisdom, both of them being winged, and being animals accustomed to soar on high, still different from one another, as much as genus differs from species or a copy from the model;
127for divine wisdom is fond of lonely places, loving solitude, on account of the only God, whose possession she is; and this is called a turtle-dove, symbolically; but the other is quiet and tame, and gregarious, haunting the cities of men, and rejoicing in its abode among mortals, and so they liken her to a pigeon.
128Moses appears to me to have intended figuratively to represent these virtues when he calls the midwives of the Egyptians, Shiphrah and Puah, for the name Shiphrah, being interpreted, means "a little bird," and Puah means "red." Now it is the especial property of divine wisdom, like a bird, to be always soaring on high; but it is the characteristic of human wisdom to study modesty and temperance, so as to blush at all objects which are worthy to cause a blush;
129and as a very manifest proof of this the scripture says, "He took for himself all these things." This is the praise of a virtuous man, who preserves the sacred deposit of those things which he has received, the soul, the outward sense, speech, divine wisdom, human knowledge, in a pure and guileless manner, not for himself, but only for him who has trusted him.
130After this the scripture proceeds to say, "And he divided them in the middle," not explaining who did so, in order that you may understand that it was the untaught God who divided them, and that he divided all the natures of bodies and of things one after another, which appeared to be closely fitted together and united by his word, which cuts through everything; which being sharpened to the finest possible edge, never ceases dividing all the objects of the outward senses,
131and when it has gone through them all, and arrived at the things which are called atoms and indivisible, then again this divider begins from them to divide those things which may be contemplated by the speculations of reason into unspeakable and indescribable portions, and to "beat the gold into thin plates," like hairs, as Moses says, making them into one length without breadth, like unsubstantial lines.
132Each therefore of the three victims he divided in the midst, dividing the soul into the rational and the irrational part, speech into truth and falsehood, and the outward sense into imaginations which can be and which cannot be comprehended; and these divisions he immediately places exactly opposite to one another, that is, the rational part opposite to the irrational, truth to falsehood, what is comprehensible to what is incomprehensible, leaving the birds undivided; for it was impossible to divide the incorporeal and divine sciences into contrarieties at variance with one another.
133But as the discussion on the subject of a division into equal portions, and on that of opposite contrarieties, is of great extent and of necessary importance, we will not wholly pass it by, nor will we dwell on it with prolixity, but, investigating it as it is, we will be content with such things as seem suitable to the occasion. For as the Creator divided our soul and our limbs in the middle, so also, in the same manner, did he divide the essence of the universe when he made the world;
134for, having taken it, he began to divide it thus: in the first instance, he made two divisions, the heavy and the light, separating that which was thick from that which was more subtle. After that, he again made a second division of each, dividing the subtle part into air and fire, and the denser portion into water and earth; and, first of all, he laid down those elements, which are perceptible by the outward senses, to be, as it were, the foundations of the world which is perceptible by the outward senses.
135Again, he subdivided heavy and light according to other ideas, for he divided the light into cold and hot; and the cold he called air, and that which was hot by nature he called fire. The heavy, again, he divided into wet and dry; and the dry he called land, and the wet he called water—
136and each of these, again, received other further subdivisions; for the land was divided into continents and islands, and the water into sea and rivers, and all drinkable springs, and the air was divided into the solstices of summer and winter; fire, also, was divided into what is useful (but fire is a most insatiable and destructive thing), and also by a different division into what is saving; and this division was assigned for the conformation of the heaven.
137But as he divided the things when entire, so also did he divide the particular divisions, some of which were animated and others inanimate; and of those which were inanimate he made a division into those which always remain in the same place, the bond of which is habit, and those which move, not indeed in the way of changing their place, but so as to grow, which indescribable nature has vivified. Again of these, those which are of wild materials are productive of wild fruits, which are the food of brute beasts; but others producing good fruit, the cultivation of which has called forth diligent superintendence and care, and these produce fruit for the tamest of all animals, namely, for man, that he may enjoy them.
138And not only did he divide the inanimate things, and those which had received a soul and vitality in one manner—for of these he defined one species as that of irrational, and one as that of rational animals—but he also again subdivided each of these things, dividing the irrational into the wild and the tame species, and the rational into the mortal and the immortal.
139Again, of the mortals he made two divisions, one of which he called men, and the other women; and, in the same manner, he divided the irrational animals into male and female. And these things were also subjected to other necessary divisions, which made distinctions between them; winged animals being distinguished from terrestrial, terrestrial from aquatic creatures, and aquatic creatures, again, from both extremities.
140Thus God, having sharpened his own word, the divider of all things, divides the essence of the universe which is destitute of form, and destitute of all distinctive qualities, and the four elements of the world which were separated from this essence, and the plants and animals which were consolidated by means of these elements.
141But since Moses not only uses the expression, "he divided," but says further, "he divided in the midst," it is necessary to say a few words on the subject of equal divisions; for that which is divided skilfully just in the middle makes two equal divisions.
142And no man could ever possibly divide anything into two exactly equal parts; but it is inevitable that one of the divisions must fall a little short, or exceed a little, if not much, at all events by a small quantity, in every instance, which indeed escapes the perception of our outward senses which attend only to the larger and more tangible burdens of nature and custom, but which are unable to comprehend atoms and indivisible things.
143But it is established by the incorruptible word of truth that there is nothing equal in inequality. God alone therefore seems to be exactly just, and to be the only being able to divide in the middle bodies and things, in such a manner that none of the divisions shall be greater or less than the other by the smallest and most indivisible portion, and he alone is able to attain to sublime and perfect equality.
144If therefore there were but one idea of perfect equality, what has been said would be quite sufficient for the purpose. But as there are many, we must not hesitate to add some considerations which are suitable. For the word "equal" is used in one sense when speaking of numbers, as when we say that two are equal to two, and three to three; and speak of other numbers in the same manner. But in another sense when speaking of magnitude, as equal in length or breadth, or depth, which are all different proportions. For wrestler compared with wrestler, or cubit with cubit are equal in magnitude but different in power, as is the case also with measures and weights.
145But the idea of equality is a necessary one, and so is that of equality in proportion, according to which a few things are looked upon as equal to many, and small things are equal to larger ones. And their proportionate equality, cities are accustomed to use at suitable times, when they command every citizen to contribute an equal share of his property, not equal in number, but in proportion to the value of his assessment, so that in some cases he who contributes a hundred drachmas will appear to have brought an equal sum with him who contributes a talent.
146These things being thus previously sketched out, see now how God, dividing things in the middle, has divided them into equal portions according to all the ideas of equality which occur in the creation of the universe. He has divided the heavy things so as to make them equal in number to the light ones, two to two; that is to say, so that the earth and the water, being things of weight, are equal in number to those which are by nature light, air, and fire. Again, he has made one equal to one, the driest thing to the wettest thing, the earth to the water; and the coldest thing to the hottest thing, the air to the fire. So, in the same manner, he has divided light from darkness, and day from night, and summer from winter, and autumn from spring; and so on.
147Again, he has divided things so as to make his divisions equal in point of magnitude; such as the parallel cycles in heaven, and those which belong to the equinoxes both of spring and autumn, and those which belong to the winter and summer solstice. And on the earth he has divided the zones, two being equal to one another, which being placed close to the poles are frozen with cold, and on this account are uninhabitable. And two he has placed on the borders between these two and the torrid zone, and these two they say are the abode of a happy temperature of the air, one of them lying towards the south and the other towards the north.
148Now the divisions of time are equal in point of length, the longest day being equal to the longest night, and again the shortest day being equal to the shortest night, and the mean length of day to the mean length of night. And the equal magnitude of other days and nights appears to be indicated chiefly by the equinoxes.
149From the spring equinox to the summer solstice, day receives an addition to its length, and night, on the other hand, submits to a diminution; until the longest day and the shortest night are both completed. And then after the summer solstice the sun, turning back again the same road, neither more quickly nor more slowly than he advanced, but always preserving the same difference in the same manner, having a constantly equal arrangement, proceeds on till the autumnal equinox; and then, having made day and night both equal, it begins to increase the length of the night, diminishing the day until the time of the winter solstice.
150And when it has made the night the longest night, and the day the shortest day, then returning back again and adopting the same distances as before, he again comes to the spring equinox. Thus the differences of time which appear to be unequal, do in reality possess a perfect equality in respect of magnitude, not indeed at the same seasons, but at different seasons of the year.
Sections 151–175
151And a very similar effect is seen in the different parts of animals and especially of men. For hand is equal to hand, and foot to foot, and nearly all the other limbs of the body are equal to their corresponding members in magnitude, those on the left hand being equal to those on the right. And there are an exceeding number of things which are equal to one another in power, both among wet things and dry things, the judgment on which is seen in measures and scales, and things of that kind.
152And nearly all things are equal as respects proportion, even all the little and all the great things in the whole world. For those who have examined the questions of natural philosophy with some accuracy say that the four elements are all equal in proportionate equality. And it is by proportion that the whole world is compounded together, and united, and endowed with consistency so as to remain firm for ever, proportion having distributed equality to each of its parts.
153And they say also that the four elements which are in us, dryness, and moisture, and cold, and heat have all been mixed together and well adapted by proportionate equality, and in fact that our whole composition is nothing but a mixture of the four powers combined together by an equality of proportion.
154But any one who examines all these things might add an interminable list of arguments and instances to this one present discussion. If he considered he would find the very smallest animals equal to the largest as to proportion; as for instance he would find the swallow equal to the eagle, the herring equal to the whale, and the ant equal to the elephant. For body and soul, and again pains and pleasures, and moreover affection for and dislike towards things, and all the other feelings which the nature of animals experience, are nearly all of them similar, being made equal by the rule of proportion.
155Thus some men have felt confidence even to declare that the smallest of animals, man, is equal to the whole world, considering that each of them consists of a body and a rational soul, so that, using a figurative expression, they have called man a little world, and the world a large man.
156And in teaching this they are not very wide of the mark, but they know that the art of God according to which he created all things, admitting neither any extraordinary intensity nor any relaxation; but always remaining the same, made every single existing thing perfectly, according to its own excessive and consummate perfection, the Creator employing all numbers and all the ideas which tend to perfection.
157For, as Moses says, "He judged according to the little and according to the great," engendering and fashioning everything, and not taking anything away from the display of his art by reason of the obscurity of his materials, not adding anything because of their brilliancy;
158since all the artists who have any reputation wish to work up whatever materials they take in an admirable manner, whether they are costly or whether they are inexpensive. And before now, some persons, having even an extraordinary love of distinction, have even spent more skill in working up materials of little value, than they have devoted to those which are costly, wishing to make up for the deficiencies of the material by the additional display of their skill.
159But there is no material which has any value in the eyes of God, because he has given all materials an equal share of his skill. In reference to which it is said in the sacred scriptures, "God saw all that he had made, and, behold, it was very good." But the things which receive an equal degree of praise, are by all means held in equal estimation by him who confers the praise;
160and what God praised was not the materials which he had worked up into creation, destitute of life and of melody, and easily dissolved, and moreover in their own intrinsic nature perishable, and out of all proportion and full of iniquity, but rather his own skilful work, completed according to one equal and well-proportioned power and knowledge always alike and identical. In reference to which all things were also accounted equal and similar by all the rules of proportion, according to the principles of art and knowledge.
161And if there is any one in the world who is a praiser of equality, that man is Moses. In the first place composing hymns in its honour, and in every place, and calling it the especial property of justice, as in fact its very name to some degree shows, to divide bodies and things into two equal parts; and in the second place blaming injustice, the worker of the most disgraceful inequality;
162and inequality has been the parent of two wars, foreign and civil war, as on the other hand equality is the parent of peace. And he also utters the most manifest panegyric on justice, and the most undeniable reproach of injustice when he says, "You shall not commit injustice in any judgment, nor in measures, or weights, or balances: a just balance, and just weights, and a just heap, shall be yours." And in Deuteronomy he says, "There shall not be a false weight in thy bag; thy weight shalt be true and just; there shall not be a little weight and a large one; that thy days may be multiplied upon the earth, which the Lord thy God giveth thee for an inheritance, because every one who committeth injustice is an abomination to the Lord."
163Therefore God, who loveth justice, hates and abominates injustice, the begining of sedition and of evils; and in one passage the lawgiver represents equality as the muse of justice beginning with the creation of the entire heaven. For he says, "And God made a separation between the light and between the darkness, and he called the light day, and the darkness he called night."
164For it is equality which allotted night and day and light and darkness to existing things. It is equality also that divided the human race into man and woman, making two divisions, unequal in strength, but most perfectly equal for the purpose which nature had principally in view, the generation of a third human being like themselves. For, says Moses, "God made man; in the image of God created he him; male and female created them." He no longer says "him," but "them," in the plural number, adapting the species to the genus, which have, as I have already said, been divided with perfect equality.
165And he apportioned cold and heat, and summer and spring, the different seasons of the year, divided by the same dividing Word. And the three days which passed before the creation of the sun, are equal in number to the three days of the first week which came after the creation of the sun, the number six being dissected equally in order to display the character of eternity and of time. For thus God allotted three days to eternity before the appearance of the sun, and those which came after the sun he allotted to time; the sun being an imitation of eternity, and time and eternity being the two primary powers of the living God;
166the one his beneficent power, in accordance with which he made the world, and in respect of which he is called God; the other his chastening power, according to which he rules and governs what he has created, in respect of which he is further denominated Lord, and these two he here states to be divided in the middle by him standing above them both. "For," says he, "I will speak to you from above the mercy-seat, in the midst, between the two cherubims;" that he might show that the most ancient powers of the living God are equal; that is to say, his beneficent and his chastising power, being both divided by the same dividing Word.
167But what are the pillars of the ten generic laws which he calls tables? They are two; equal in number to the parts of the soul, the rational and irrational part, which must be instructed and corrected, being again divided by the Lawgiver; "for the tables were the work of God, and the writing was the writing of God engraven on the tables."
168And, indeed, of the ten commandments engraved on these tables which are properly and especially laws, there is an equal division into two numbers of five; the first of which contains the principle of justice relating to God, and the second those relating to man.
169Now of those principles of justice relating to God, the first law enunciated is one which opposes the polytheistic doctrine, and teaches us that the world is ruled over by one sole governor. The second is one forbidding men to make gods of things which are not the causes of anything, by means of the treacherous arts of painters and sculptors, whom Moses banished from his own constitution which he proposed to establish, condemning them to everlasting banishment, in order that the only true God might be honoured in truth and simplicity.
170The third law is one about the name of the Lord, not about that name which has not yet reached his creatures; for that name is unspeakable, but about the name which is constantly applied to him as displayed in his powers; for it is commanded that we shall not take his name in vain. The fourth commandment is concerning the seventh day, always virgin, and without any mother, in order that creation, taking care that it may be always free from labour, may in this way come to a recollection of him who does everything without being seen.
171The fifth commandment is about the honour due to parents. For this also is a sacred command; having reference not to men, but to him who is the cause of birth and existence of the universe, in accordance with whom it is that fathers and mothers appear to generate children; not generating them themselves, but only being the instruments of generation in his hands.
172And this command is placed, as it were, on the borders between the two tables of laws relating to God and those relating to man, and so it bounds the five which concern piety, and that five also which comprehend a prevention of injury to one’s fellows. Since mortal parents are the boundaries of the immortal powers, which, generating everything according to nature, have permitted this lowest and mortal race to imitate their own powers of generation, and so to propagate its own seed; for God is the beginning of all generation, and the mortal species of mankind, being the lowest and least honoured of all, is the end.
173The other table of five is the prohibition of adultery, of murder, of theft, of false witness, and of covetousness. These are generic rules, comprehending nearly all offences whatever, and to one of these rules each particular and special action is naturally referrible.
174But you see also that the regularly occurring daily sacrifices are divided into equal portions; one portion being the sacrifice which the priests offer in their own behalf, consisting of the finest wheat-flour, and the other being that which they offer on behalf of the whole nation; consisting of two lambs, which they are especially commanded to offer. For the law commands them to offer one half of the sacrifices above-mentioned early in the morning, and the other half at the time of the evening twilight, in order that God may receive his proper tribute of thanks for the blessings which are showered upon all men during the night.
175You see also that the loaves which are placed upon the sacred table are divided by the twelve into equal parts, so as to be distributed to each company of six in number, and are so placed as a memorial of the tribes which are of a corresponding number: one half of whom, virtue, that is Leah, received as her share, having become the mother of six leaders of tribes; and the other half fell to the lot of Rachel’s children and those of the other women.
Sections 176–200
176You see also that the twelve stones of an emerald upon the garment which reached down to the priests’ feet are divided equally on the right and on the left side of the garment; on which, being divided into equal numbers of six, the names of the twelve patriarchs of the tribes were engraved, being divine characters engraved on pillars, memorials of divine natures.
177What more need I say? Has he not also, taking two mountains symbolically to mean two races, and having again divided them on principles of the equality of proportion, allotted one to those who bless, and the other to those who curse; appointing leaders of tribes over each in order to give admonitions to those who have need of them, and to show them that the curses are equal in number to the blessings, and nearly, if it may be lawful to say so, of equal value?
178For the praises of the good and the reproaches of the wicked are of equal service, since to avoid evil and to choose good are, among all persons of sound sense, looked upon as one and the same thing.
179A great impression is made upon me by the selection and division of the two goats which are brought as an offering for the purpose of atonement, and which are divided by an obscure and uncertain principle of division, namely, by lot. For of two principles, the one which is occupied about the affairs of divine virtue is consecrated and set apart to be offered to God; but that which devotes itself to the concerns of human unhappiness is appropriated to the banished creature, for the share which that has obtained the sacred scriptures call the scape-goat, since it is removed from its place, and pursued and driven away to a great distance from virtue.
180And, as is the case with respect to good and unadulterated money, so also, as there are many things in nature, does not the invisible divider appear to you to divide them into equal portions, and to distribute the good money which has stood the test to the lover of instruction, and that which has not been properly coined, and which is bad, to the man who is ignorant? for, says Moses, "that which had no mark belonged to Laban, and that which was marked belonged to Jacob."
181For the soul, being as some ancient writer has said, a waxen tablet, while it is hard and resisting, repels and refuses the impressions which are attempted to be stamped upon it; and remains of necessity undistinguished by any figure. But when it becomes tractable and yielding in a moderate degree, it then receives deep impressions, and having taken off the stamp given by the seal, it preserves accurately the appearances which are impressed upon it, so that they cannot be effaced.
182Moreover, the equal division of the sacrifices of blood is certainly calculated to excite our admiration: which division the chief priest Moses, having nature for his teacher, made; for, says the scripture, "He, taking the half of the blood, poured it into the bowls; and the other half he poured out upon the altar." In order to show that the sacred genus of wisdom is of a twofold nature, the one kind being divine, and the other human:
183and the divine kind is unmingled and unadulterated, on which account it sacrifices to the pure, and unalloyed, and only God existing in unity; but the human kind is of a mixed and alloyed nature, and therefore dissipates the unanimity and community of our mixed, and combined, and compound race, and effects any thing rather than a proper harmony of either melodies or morals.
184But the unmixed and unadulterated portion of the soul is the pure mind, which, being inspired by heaven from above, when it is preserved in a state free from all disease and from all mishap is very suitably all poured forth and resolved into the elements of a sacred libation, and so restored in a fitting manner to God, who inspired it and preserved it free from any infliction of evil; but the mixed portion is entirely that of the outward senses, and for this part nature has made suitable craters.
185Now, the craters of the sense of seeing are the eyes, those of hearing are the ears, those of smelling are the nostrils, and so on with the appropriate receptacles for each of the senses. On these craters the sacred word pours a portion of blood, thinking it right that the irrational part of us should become endowed with soul and vitality, and should in some manner become rational; following the guidance of admonition, and purifying itself from the deceitful alluring powers of the objects of the outward sense which aim to overcome it.
186Was it not in the same manner that the holy double-drachm was divided? That we should purify the half of it, namely, a drachm, offering it as the ransom for our souls: which the only free, the only delivering God, when addressed in the voice of supplication, and sometimes even without any supplication, by force delivers from the cruel and bitter despotism of the passions and iniquities; but the other portion we may leave to the race which is never free, but which is of a slavish disposition; of which class was the man who said, "I have loved my lord;" that is to say, the mind which is the master in me; "and my wife," that is to say, the outward sense which is dear to him, and the housekeeper of his passions; "and my children," that is to say, the evils which are the offspring of them; "I will not depart free."
187For it is quite inevitable that such a description of persons as this must obtain a lot which is no lot, and that the scapegoat bought with the double drachm, must be given to them, which is just the opposite of the drachm and of unity which is offered up to God. And it is the nature of unity not to be capable of either addition or subtraction, inasmuch as it is the image of the only complete God;
188for all other things are intrinsically and by their own nature loose; and if there is any where any thing consolidated, that has been bound by the word of God, for this word is glue and a chain, filling all things with its essence. And the word, which connects together and fastens every thing, is peculiarly full itself of itself, having no need whatever of any thing beyond.
189Very naturally therefore does Moses say, "He who is rich will not add anything, and he who is poor will not diminish anything of the half of the double drachm," which is, as I have said before, a drachm, and a unit; to which every member might quote that line of the poet: With thee I’ll end, with thee I will begin.
190For even an infinitely infinite number, being made of a continuation of other numbers, when dissolved must end in a unit: and again it must begin with a unit, being afterwards compounded so as to make an illimitable multitude; on which account those who have made the investigation of such matters their study, have not called the unit a number, but rather an element, and the beginning of number.
191Again this heavenly food of the soul which Moses calls manna, the word of God divides in equal portions among all who are to use it; taking care of equality in an extraordinary degree. And Moses bears witness to this where he says, "He who had much had not too much, and he who had but little was in no want;" since they all used that wonderful and most desirable measure of proportion. On which account it happened to the Israelites to learn that each of them was collecting not more for the men who were related to him than for the reasonings and manners which were akin to him. For as much as was sufficient for each man, that he was allotted in a prudent manner, so as neither to feel any want or any superfluity.
192And we may find something very much resembling this equality, according to analogy in the case of the festival which is called the passover; and the passover is when the soul is anxious to unlearn its subjection to the irrational passions, and willingly submits itself to a reasonable mastery over them.
193For it is expressly said, "If there be few that are in thy house so as not to be sufficient in number for a sheep, then thou shalt take thy nearest neighbour in addition, according to the number of souls," so that each person may receive a sufficient share in proportion to the number of his family, being such as he is found to be worthy of and to have need of.
194But when, as if it were some country, he wishes to divide out virtue among its inhabitants, he then allows the more numerous body to have more, and the less numerous to have less, thinking it reasonable not to allot a larger share to a smaller number, nor a smaller share to a larger number; for in such a case they would neither of them be suited to their respective portions.
195But the most manifest instance of equality in respect of number, is exhibited in the sacred offerings of the twelve princes, and again in the portions of those offerings which are distributed among the chiefs. For, says the scripture, "There shall be an equal share allotted to each of the sons of Aaron."
196Equality is also very beautifully displayed in respect of the composition of spices for purposes of fumigation; for we read, "Take to thyself sweet odours, stacte, onycha, galbanum, these sweet spices with pure frankincense, all of the most chosen kinds, all of equal weight and thou shalt make of it a perfume, a confection, after the art of the apothecary, a pure composition, a holy work." For the Lord enjoins here that each of the separate portions shall be equal to each, with a view to the proper composition of the whole.
197And as I imagine these four ingredients of which the entire perfume is composed are emblems of the four elements of which the whole world is made; he likens the stacte to water, the onycha to land, the galbanum to the air, and the pure transparent frankincense to fire; for stacte, which derives its name from the drops (σταγόνες) in which it falls is liquid, and onycha is dry and earth-like, the sweet smelling galbanum is added by way of giving a representation of the air, for there is fragrance in the air; and the transparency which there is in frankincense serves for a representation of fire.
198On which account also, he has separated the things which have weight from those which are light, uniting the one class by a closely connecting combination, and bringing forth the other in a disunited form; as where he says, "Take to thyself sweet odours, stacte, onycha," these things being weighty he mentions unconnectedly, being the symbols of earth and water. Afterwards he begins afresh with the other class, which he mentions in combination, saying, "And the sweet spice of galbanum and the transparent frankincense," these again being in their own nature emblems of the light things, air and fire.
199And the harmonious composition and mixture of these things is truly his most ancient and most perfect holy work, namely, the world; which, speaking of it under the emblem of perfume, he thinks is bound to show gratitude to its Creator. So that in name the composition which has been carefully fabricated by the art of the apothecary may be offered up, but in real fact the whole world which was created by divine wisdom may be consecrated and dedicated, being made a burnt offering of early in the morning and also in the evening.
200For such a life as this becomes the world, namely, continually and without ceasing to be giving thanks to its Father and Creator, so as to stop short of nothing but evaporating and reducing itself into its original element, in order to show that it stores up and conceals nothing, but dedicates itself wholly as a pious offering to God who created it.
Sections 201–225
201And I marvel also at that sacred word which runs on with zeal, in one continued course, without taking breath, "In order to stand in the midst between the dead and the living; and immediately," says Moses, "the plague was stayed." But the evils which grind down and break to pieces and crush our souls were not likely either to be stayed or lightened, unless the reasoning, dear to God, had separated off the holy men who live in sincerity, from the unholy who in real truth are dead;
202for, owing to the mere fact of being near those who are sick, it has often happened that those who were in perfect health have caught their disease, and have been at the point of death: and it was impossible for them any longer to be exposed to this affliction if they once separated by a strong boundary fixed in the middle between them, which will preserve the better part by keeping off the inroads and attacks of the worse.
203And I marvel still more, when listening to the sacred oracles I learn from them in what manner "a cloud came in the midst" between the army of the Egyptians and the company of the children of Israel; for the cloud no longer permitted the race, which is temperate and beloved by God, to be persecuted by that which was devoted to the passions and a foe to God; being a covering and a protection to its friends, but a weapon of vengeance and chastisement against its enemies;
204for it gently showers down wisdom on the minds which study virtue—wisdom which cannot be visited by any evil. But on those minds which are ill-disposed and unproductive of knowledge, it pours forth a whole body of punishments, bringing upon them the most pitiable destruction of the deluge.
205And the Father who created the universe has given to his archangelic and most ancient Word a preeminent gift, to stand on the confines of both, and separated that which had been created from the Creator. And this same Word is continually a suppliant to the immortal God on behalf of the mortal race, which is exposed to affliction and misery; and is also the ambassador, sent by the Ruler of all, to the subject race.
206And the Word rejoices in the gift, and, exulting in it, announces it and boasts of it, saying, "And I stood in the midst, between the Lord and you;" neither being uncreate as God, nor yet created as you, but being in the midst between these two extremities, like a hostage, as it were, to both parties: a hostage to the Creator, as a pledge and security that the whole race would never fly off and revolt entirely, choosing disorder rather than order; and to the creature, to lead it to entertain a confident hope that the merciful God would not overlook his own work. For I will proclaim peaceful intelligence to the creation from him who has determined to destroy wars, namely God, who is ever the guardian of peace.
207Therefore the sacred Word, having given us instruction respecting the division into equal parts, leads us also to the knowledge of opposites, saying that God placed the divisions "opposite to one another;" for in fact nearly all the things that exist in the world, are by nature opposite to one another. And we must begin with the first.
208Hot is opposite to cold, and dry to wet, and light to heavy, and darkness to light, and night to day; also in heaven that which is fixed is opposite to the wandering planetary motion, and in the air a clear sky is opposite to clouds, winter to summer, autumn to spring, for the one is blooming and the other fading.
209Again, of things on earth, sweet water is opposite to bitter, and barren to fertile land. Again, there are other things contrary to one another, as visible bodies to incorporeal, things endowed with vitality to things inanimate, rational to irrational, mortal to immortal, things discernible by the outward sense to things perceptible only by the intellect; things comprehensible to things incomprehensible, elements to things concrete and perfected, beginning to end, generation to destruction, life to death, disease to health, white to black, the right to the left, justice to injustice, wisdom to folly, courage to cowardice, temperance to intemperance, virtue to vice; and all the species of one class to all the species of the other class.
210Again, grammatical knowledge is contrary to ignorance of the same subject, musical science to unacquaintance with music, an educated to an illiterate condition; and, in short, skill in art to want of skill. Again, in the different arts there are vocal elements and mute elements, there are sharp and flat sounds, there are straight and circular lines.
211Once more, in animals and plants, there are some barren and some productive; some very prolific, others which yield but small increase; animals oviparous and animals viviparous; animals with soft skins, and others with hard shells; some wild and some tractable creatures; some fond of solitude, and others gregarious.
212To go on further: poverty is opposite to wealth, glory to want of reputation, baseness of birth to nobility, want to abundance, war to peace, law to lawlessness, a bad to a good disposition, inactivity to labour, youth to old age, power to want of power, weakness to strength. And why need I enumerate every class separately, when these are unlimited and indescribable by reason of their multitude?
213Very beautifully, therefore, has the interpreter of the writings of nature, taking pity upon our idleness and want of consideration, taught every one of us in an invisible manner, as he does now, to arrange everything in such a way as to produce an exact opposition, not arranging them in wholes, but in equal divisions; for one thing consists of the two opposite parts; and when that one thing is bisected then the opposite parts are easily known.
214Is not this the thing which the Greeks say that Heraclitus, that great philosopher who is so celebrated among them, put forth as the leading principle of his whole philosophy, and boasted of it as if it were a new discovery? For it is in reality an ancient discovery of Moses, that out of the same thing opposite things are produced having the ratio of parts to the whole, as has here been shown.
215These matters then we will examine into accurately on another occasion; but there is this other point also, which does not deserve to be passed over in silence. For the divisions into two equal parts which have been mentioned become six in number, since three animals were divided, so that the Word which divided them made up the number seven, dividing the two triads and establishing itself in the midst of them.
216And a thing very similar to this appears to me to be very clearly shown in the matter of the sacred candlestick; for that also was made having six branches, three on each side, and the main candlestick itself in the middle made the seventh, dividing and separating the two triads; for it is made of carved work, a divine work of exquisite skill and highly admired, being made of one solid piece of pure gold. For the unit, being one and single and pure, begot the number seven, which had no mother but is born of itself alone, without taking any additional material whatever to aid him.
217But those who praise gold say a great many other things by way of panegyric on it, but dwell on two especial points as most particularly important and excellent; one that it does not receive poison, the other that it can be beaten out or melted out into the thinnest possible plates, while still remaining unbroken. Therefore it is very naturally taken as an emblem of that greater nature, which, being extended and diffused every where so as to penetrate in every direction, is wholly full of everything, and also connects all other things with the most admirable arrangement.
218Concerning the candlestick above mentioned, the artist speaks again a second time and says, that from its different branches there are three arms projecting out on each side, equals in all respects to one another, and having on the top lamps like nuts, in the shape of flowers supporting the lights; the seventh flower being fashioned on the top of the candlestick of solid gold, and having seven golden places for lights above them;
219so that in many accounts it has been believed to be fashioned in such a manner because the number six is divided into two triads by the Word, making the seventh and being placed in the midst of them; as indeed is the case now. For the entire candlestick with its six most entire and principal parts was made so as to consist of seven lamps, and seven flowers, and seven lights; and the six lights are divided by the seventh.
220And in like manner the flowers are divided by that which comes in the middle; and in the same manner also the lamps are divided by the seventh which comes in the middle. But the six branches, and the equal number of arms which shoot out are divided by the main trunk itself which makes up the number seven.
221But the long discussion which some people start with respect to each of these, must be postponed to a subsequent opportunity. This much alone we must remind our readers of at this moment, that the sacred candlestick and the seven lights upon it are an imitation of the wandering of the seven planets through the heaven. How so? some one will say.
222Because, we will reply, in the same manner as the lights, so also does every one of the planets shed its rays. They therefore, being more brilliant, do transmit more brilliant beams to the earth, and brilliant beyond them all is he who is the centre one of the seven, the sun.
223And I call him the centre, not merely because he has the central position, as some have thought, but also because he has on many other accounts a right to be ministered unto and attended by the others accompanying him as bodyguards on each side, by reason of his dignity and his magnitude, and the great benefits which he pours upon all earthly things.
224But men, being unable completely to comprehend the arrangement of the planets (and in fact what other of the heavenly bodies can they understand with certainty and clearness?) speak according to their conjectures. And these persons appear to me to form the best conjectures on such subjects, who, having assigned the central position to the sun, say that there is an equal number of planets, namely, those above him and below him. Those above him being Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars; then comes the Sun himself, and next to him Mercury, Venus, and the Moon, which last is close to the air.
225The Creator therefore, wishing that there should be a model upon earth among us of the seven-lighted sphere as it exists in heaven, ordained this exquisite work to be made, namely, this candlestick. And its likeness to the soul is often pointed out too; for the soul is divisible into three parts, and each of the parts, as has been already pointed out, is divided into two more. And thus there being six divisions, the sacred and divine Word, the divider of them all, very naturally makes up the number seven.
Sections 226–250
226This other point also is too important to deserve to be passed over in silence: that, as there are three vessels among the sacred furniture, a candlestick, a bath, and an altar of incense; the altar of incense has reference to that gratitude which is exhibited for the bestowal of the elements, as has been shown before, since it does itself also receive a portion from these four, receiving wood from the earth, and the spices which are burnt from the water; for, being first of all liquefied, they are dissolved into drops of moisture, and vapour from the air, and form the fire the spark which kindles the whole; and the composition of frankincense, and galbanum, and onycha, and stacte, is a symbol of the four elements; and the table is referred to the gratitude which is displayed for the mortal things which are made out of the elements, for loaves and libations are placed upon it, which the creatures who stand in need of nourishment must of necessity use. And the candlestick has reference to the gratitude exhibited for all the things existing in heaven, in order that no portion of the world may lie under the imputation of ingratitude; but that we may see that every single part of it gives thanks, the elements, the things made of them, and not those only which are made on earth, but also those in heaven.
227And it is worth while to consider why, after having explained the measures of the table and of the altar of incense, he has given no such description of the candlestick; may it not be, perhaps, for the reason that the elements and all the mortal things which are compounded of them, of which the table and the altar of incense are symbols, have been measured, inasmuch as they are terminated in heaven? For that which surrounds anything is invariably the measure of that which is surrounded; but the heaven, of which the candlestick is the symbol, is of infinite magnitude;
228for it is indeed surrounded, but not, according to the account of Moses, by a vacuum, nor by any substance, nor by anything which is of equal magnitude with itself, nor by anything of unlimited size, in accordance with the marvellous fables which we touched upon when speaking of the building of the tower; but its boundary is God, and he also is its ruler and the director of its course.
229As, therefore, the living God is incomprehensible, so also that which is bounded by him is not measured by any measures which come within the range of our intellect; and, perhaps, inasmuch as it is of circular form and skilfully fashioned into a perfect sphere, it has no participation in either length or breadth.
230Therefore, after he has said what is becoming on this subject, he proceeds to add, "But the birds he did not divide;" meaning, by the term birds, the two reasonings which are winged and inclined by nature to soar to the investigation of sublime subjects; one of them being the archetypal pattern and above us, and the other being the copy of the former and abiding among us.
231And Moses calls the one which is above us the image of God, and the one which abides among us the impression of that image, "For," says he, "God made man," not an image, "but after the image." So that the mind which is in each of us, which is in reality and truth the man, is a third image proceeding from the Creator. But the intermediate one is a model of the one and a copy of the other.
232But by nature our mind is indivisible; for the Creator, having divided the irrational part of the soul into six portions, has made six divisions of it, namely, sight, taste, hearing, smelling, touch, and voice; but the rational part, which is called the mind he has left undivided, according to the likeness of the entire heaven.
233For in this, also, there is is a report that the outermost sphere, which is destitute of motion, is preserved without being divided, but that the inner one is divided into six portions, and thus completes the seven circles of what are called the planets; for I imagine the heaven is in the world the same thing that the soul is in the human being. They say, therefore, that these two natures, full of reason and comprehension—that, I mean, which exists in man and that which exists in the world—are both at all times entire and indivisible. On this account, therefore, it is that the scriptures tell us, "He did not divide the birds."
234For our own mind is here compared to a dove, since that is a creature which is tame and domesticated among us; and the turtle dove is compared to the model presented by the other, that is to say, by the mind of the world, the heaven; for the word of God is fond of retirement, and solitude, and privacy; not mixing itself up with the crowd of things which have been created and will be destroyed, but being at all times accustomed to roam on high, and being anxious to be an attendant only on the one supreme Being. Therefore, the two natures are indivisible; the nature, I mean, of the reasoning power in us, and of the divine Word above us; but though they are indivisible themselves, they divide an innumerable multitude of other things.
235For it is the divine Word which divided and distributed every thing in nature; and it is our own mind which divides every thing and every body which it comprehends, by the exertion of its intellect in an infinite manner, into an infinite number of parts, and which, in fact, never ceases from dividing.
236And this happens by reason of its resemblance to the Creator and Father of the universe; for the divine nature, being unmingled, uncombined with any thing else, and most completely destitute of parts, has been to the whole world the cause of mixture, and combination, and of an infinite variety of parts: so that, very naturally, the two things which thus resemble each other, both the mind which is in us and that which is above us, being without parts and indivisible, will still be able in a powerful manner to divide and distribute all existing things.
237Therefore, after Moses has mentioned the facts of birds not being cut in two pieces or divided, he proceeds to say, "And the birds came down and descended upon the bodies which were divided;" using indeed expressions which are synonymous, but still representing the variance which exists in the facts in a most visible manner to those who are able to see. For it is contrary to nature that birds should come down, when they have been given wings for the purpose of soaring on high.
238For, as the earth is the most appropriate place for land animals, and above all for reptiles, which do not endure even to crawl upon it, but seek caves and lurking places, avoiding the regions which are above, on account of their kindred with the things which are below; so, in the same manner, the air is the appropriate abode for the winged race, the element which is by nature light is the proper home for those creatures which are light by reason of their being feathered. When, therefore, those creatures, whose nature it is to traverse the air and who ought to roam through the aether, descend and come down upon the land, they are unable to live a life according to their nature.
239On the other hand, Moses approves, in no ordinary degree, of whatever reptiles are able to take a leap in an upward direction. At all events he says, "Ye shall eat of these winged reptiles which go upon four feet, and which have legs above their feet so as to be able by them to leap up from the ground." But these reptiles are the emblems of souls, which like reptiles being rooted in the earthly body, when they are raised up, get strength to soar on high, taking the heaven in exchange for the earth, and immortality in exchange for destruction.
240We must, therefore, think that they are full of every description of misery, which, having been brought up in the air, and in the aether which is the purest of all things, have changed their abode (not being able to bear the satiety of divine things), and have descended to that mortal and evil district, the earth. And there are innumerable imaginations concerning an innumerable variety of things which roam about upon it also; some voluntary, and some out of ignorance, which are in no respect different from winged creatures, and which Moses compares to the birds that come down.
241And of these imaginations those which take the upward course belong to the better class, since virtue, which conducts the mind towards heaven and the divine country, travels with them. But those which take the downward course belong to the worse class, since wickedness guides them and drags them in the contrary direction by force. And their very names do, to a great extent, show the opposite character of the places. For virtue (ἀρετή) has derived its name not only from the word (αἵρεσις) choice, but also from the fact of its being lifted up (παρὰ τὸ αἴρεσθαι), for it is lifted up (αἴρεται) and borne on high because it always loves heavenly things; but wickedness (κακία) is so called from its tendency to go downwards (ἀπὸ του̃ κάτω κεχωρηκέναι), and also because it compels those who practise it to fall down to the bottom (καταπίπτειν).
242Accordingly the thoughts of the soul which are at variance with one another, flying towards and descending upon the earth, both come down themselves and also throw the mind down too, mingling with bodies in a disgraceful degree, and with things which are perceptible by the outward senses, not discernible by the intellect, imperfect not entire, perishable and not living. For they mix themselves up not only with bodies, but also with the divisions of the bodies which have been divided in two parts. And it is quite impossible that things which have been divided in this way should ever again admit of adaptation and union; since the nerves of the spirit, which were the strongest natural bond in them, are cut in two.
243Moreover, Moses introduces a very true opinion when he teaches us that justice and every virtue loves the soul, but that wickedness and every vice is attached to the body; and that what is friendly to the one is in every case of necessity hostile to the other, as is the case even now. For having figuratively represented the wars of the soul, he then introduces birds as eager to involve themselves with and to cling to the bodies, and to satiate themselves with the flesh, the inroads and attacks of which the virtuous man, desiring to check, is said to sit by them as if he were a sort of curator or overseer of them.
244For when his domestic affairs were thrown into confusion by domestic sedition, and when the armies of the enemy were proceeding against him, he collected a wise council and deliberated with respect to the adversaries; in order that if he could possibly do so, using persuasion he might both put an end to the foreign war, and also remove the domestic confusion; for it was desirable to disperse those enemies who were gathering over him like a cloud, and who were full of irreconcileable enmity to him; and equally so to re-establish with the other party the relations which had previously existed.
245Now those who are irreconcilable and implacable enemies are set down thus; the follies and intemperances of the soul, cowardice and injustice, and all the other irrational appetites which are accustomed to be generated by luxuriant and impotent appetite, raising their heads high and becoming restiff, and preventing the mind from proceeding in its straight course; and very often throwing its whole system into confusion and beating it down.
246But the attacks and conflicts of those powers which are not irreconcilable resemble the frequent effect of the discussions and quarrels about doctrines which arise among the Sophists. For inasmuch as they all labour for one end, namely the contemplation of the things of nature, they may be said to be friends; but inasmuch as they do not agree in their particular investigations they may be said to be in a state of domestic sedition; as, for instance, those who affirm the universe to be uncreated are at variance with those who insist upon its creation; and again those who urge that it will be destroyed are at strife with those who affirm that it is indeed perishable by nature but that it never will be destroyed, because it is held together by a more powerful chain, the will of the Creator. And again, those who affirm that there is nothing self-existent, but that everything has been created, are at variance with those who are of a contrary opinion. Those too, who say that man is the measure of all things, differ from those who would restrain the judicial faculties of the outward senses and of the intellect. And, in short, to sum up all these differences in a few words, those who represent everything as incomprehensible are at variance with those who say that a great number of things are properly understood.
247And the sun, and the moon, and the whole heaven, and the earth, and the air, and the water, and all the things that are connected with them, afford subject for strife and contention to those who are fond of examining into such subjects, and who investigate their essences, and distinctive qualities, and changes, and alterations, and moreover their origin and the method of their destruction; and making no superficial investigation into the magnitude and motion of the heavenly bodies, they adopt all sorts of different opinions, never agreeing together, until some man, who is at the same time skilful at disentangling controversies and calculated to judge, takes his seat on the tribunal, and comes to a clear perception of the progeny of each individual’s soul, and discards those which do not deserve to be maintained, and preserves those which are good, and which he pronounces worthy of suitable providential care.
248And all the controversies of philosophy are full of disagreement, since the truth escapes the intellect which is given to plausibilities and conjectures: for it is the very difficulty of discovering and seizing hold of the nature of truth that, in my opinion, has given rise to so many quarrels.
249"And about the setting of the sun a trance fell upon Abraham, and, behold, fear with great darkness fell upon him." Now there is one kind of trance which is a sort of frantic delirium, causing infirmity of mind, either through old age, or melancholy, or some other similar cause. There is another kind which is excessive consternation, arising usually from things which happen suddenly and unexpectedly. Another kind is mere tranquillity of the mind, arising when it is inclined by nature to be quiet: but that which is the best description of all is a divinely inspired and more vehement sort of enthusiasm, which the race of prophets is subject to.
250Now the first kind Moses mentions in the curses which are recorded in Deuteronomy; for he says that, "delirium and blindness, and aberration of mind shall seize on the impious," so that they shall differ in no respect from blind persons at mid-day, being like people feeling their way in deep darkness.
Sections 251–275
251The second kind he mentions in many places; for he says, "And Isaac was astonished with a great astonishment, and said, Who, then, is it who went out to hunt for game for me, and who brought it to me? And I ate of it all before you come, and I have blessed him; yea, and he shall be blessed." And, again, with reference to Jacob, who disbelieved those who told him that "Joseph is alive, and is ruler over the whole land of Egypt; for he," says the scripture, "was amazed in his mind, for he believed them not." And, again, in Exodus, in the assembly of the people, we read: "For the whole of the mountain of Sinai was enveloped in smoke, because God descended upon it in fire. And the smoke went up as the vapour of a furnace, and the whole people was greatly astonished." Also, in Leviticus, when speaking of the consecration of the priests on the eighth day, when fire came out from heaven and licked up what was on the altar, and the burnt-offerings and the fat, the historian proceeds immediately to tell us, "And the whole people saw it and were astonished, and fell upon their faces;" for such astonishment as this causes alarm and consternation.
252And ought we not especially to wonder in the case of Esau, that he who was skilful in hunting was nevertheless himself continually caught and supplanted, having acquired his skill to his own injury and not to his advantage, and that he never used any great care to catch anything in his hunts? And also in the case of Jacob, that he hunts without having acquired any skill by learning, but only as he is moved by nature; and that he brings what he has caught to the examiner, who will distinguish whether it deserves to be approved; on which account he "eateth of it all."
253For everything that relates to meditation is wholesome food, whether it be investigation, or consideration, or hearing, or reading, or prayer, or self-restraint, or a contempt for things indifferent; and he ate, as I imagine, the first fruits of them all, but he did not eat the whole of all; for some appropriate food must be left for him who meditates as a reward for his pains.
254And the words, "before you came," are added out of regard for the nature of the things; for if passion enters into the soul, we shall not enjoy temperance. And it convicts the worthless man as slow, and hesitating, and procrastinating, as to the works of instruction, but not as to those of intemperance.
255Therefore Egypt contains inspectors of works, who devote themselves with energy to securing the enjoyment of the passions. But Moses, on the other hand, commands the Israelites to eat the passover in haste, and to celebrate the migration from these passions in this way. And Judah says: "For if we had not delayed, we should by this time have returned, and have arrived again in Egypt; aye, and a second time should we have returned safe from thence."
256And very naturally did Jacob wonder whether the mind was still in the body; that is to say, whether Joseph was alive to virtue and ruling over the body, and not being ruled over by it. And any one who chooses to go through all the other instances, would be able to trace out the truth. But our present subject does not require any accurate discussion of these matters; on which account we had better return to the point from which we set out.
257With respect to the third kind of trance, he philosophises in this manner when speaking of the creation of the woman; "For the Lord God," says Moses, "cast a trance upon Adam, and he slept." Here calling the quietness and tranquillity of mind a trance; for the slumber of the mind is the awaking of the outward sense: and, again, the awaking of the intellect is the reducing of the outward senses to a state of inactivity.
258An instance of the fourth kind of trance is the one which we are now considering: "And about the setting of the sun a trance fell upon Abraham," he being thrown into a state of enthusiasm and inspired by the Deity. But this is not the only thing which shows him to have been a prophet, but also the express words which are engraven in the sacred scriptures as on a pillar. When some one endeavoured to separate Sarah, that is, the virtue which is derived from nature, from him, as if she had not been the peculiar property of the wise man alone, but had also belonged to every one who made any pretence to wisdom, God said, "Give the man back his wife, because he is a prophet, and he will pray for thee, and thou shalt live;"
259and the sacred scriptures testify in the case of every good man, that he is a prophet; for a prophet says nothing of his own, but everything which he says is strange and prompted by some one else; and it is not lawful for a wicked man to be an interpreter of God, as also no wicked man can be properly said to be inspired; but this statement is only appropriate to the wise man alone, since he alone is a sounding instrument of God’s voice, being struck and moved to sound in an invisible manner by him.
260Accordingly, all those whom Moses describes as just persons he has also represented as inspired and prophesying. Noah was a just man; was he not also by that fact a prophet? or did he, without being possessed by any divine inspiration, utter those prayers and curses which he applied to the generations which should come hereafter, and all of which were eventually confirmed by the reality of the facts?
261Why should I speak of Isaac? Why of Jacob? For these also are manifestly found to have been prophets by many other circumstances, and especially by their addresses to their children. For the annunciation, "Assemble yourselves together, that I may tell you what shall happen to you in the last days" was the expression of a man possessed by inspiration; for the knowledge of the future is not appropriate to, or natural to, man.
262What shall we say of Moses? is he not celebrated everywhere as a prophet? For the scripture says, "If there shall be among you a prophet of the Lord, I will make myself known unto him in a vision," but to Moses God appeared in his actual appearance and not by a riddle. And again we read, "There arose not any more any prophet like unto Moses, whom the Lord knew face to face."
263Very admirably, therefore, does the historian here point out, that Abraham was under the influence of inspiration when he says that, "About the setting of the sun a trance fell upon him." And under the symbol of the sun he intimates our mind: for what reasoning is in us, that the sun is in the world. Since each of them gives light, the one casting a light which is perceptible by the outward senses, to shine upon the universe; and the other shedding their beams, discernible only by the intellect by means of our apprehensions, upon ourselves.
264As long therefore as our mind still shines around and hovers around, pouring as it were a noontide light into the whole soul, we, being masters of ourselves, are not possessed by any extraneous influence; but when it approaches its setting, then, as is natural, a trance, which proceeds from inspiration, takes violent hold of us, and madness seizes upon us, for when the divine light shines the human light sets, and when the divine light sets this other rises and shines,
265and this very frequently happens to the race of prophets; for the mind that is in us is removed from its place at the arrival of the divine Spirit, but is again restored to its previous habitation when that Spirit departs, for it is contrary to holy law for what is mortal to dwell with what is immortal. On this account the setting of our reason, and the darkness which surrounds it, causes a trance and a heaven-inflicted madness.
266After that the historian connects with his preceding account what follows in consistency with it, saying, "And it was said to Abraham"—for in real truth the prophet, even when he appears to be speaking, is silent, and another being is employing his vocal organs, his mouth and tongue, for the explanation of what things he chooses; and operating on these organs by some invisible and very skilful act, he makes them utter a sweet and harmonious sound, full of every kind of melody.
267And it is well to hear what the things are which are thus said to have been predicted to Abraham. In the first place, that God does not grant to the man who loves virtue to dwell in the body as in his own native land, but only to sojourn in it as in a foreign country. "For knowing," says the scripture, "thou shalt know that thy seed shall be sojourners in a land which is not theirs." But the district of the body is akin to every bad man, and in it he is desirous to abide as a dweller, not as a sojourner.
268Accordingly, these words contain this as one lesson; another is, that the things which bring slavery and disaster and bitter humiliation, as the prophet himself tells us, upon the soul are the dwellings upon earth. For the affections of the body are truly spurious and foreign, being produced by the flesh, in which they are rooted.
269And this slavery lasts four hundred years in accordance with the powers of the four passions. For when pleasure rules, the mind is elated and puffed up, being carried away by empty vanity. Again, when appetite gets the upper hand, a desire for absent things is engendered, which suspends the mind upon unaccomplished hopes, as if in a halter; for then the mind is always thirsting and yet is unable to drink, enduring the punishment of Tantalus.
270Again, when under the influence of grief, the mind is tortured and contracted, like trees the leaves of which are falling off and withering; for all its flourishing and nutritious particles are dried up. Also, when fire obtains the supremacy, no one any longer chooses to remain, but betakes to flight and running away, thinking that this is the only way in which he can be saved. For appetite, having an attractive power even if the object which is desired retreats, compels one to pursue it; and fear, on the other hand, causing alienation, separates one from it, and makes one remove to a distance from what is presented to one’s view.
271But the supremacy of these different passions before mentioned inflicts terrible slavery on those who are ruled over by them, until God, the umpire and judge of all things, separates that which is ill treated from that which is inflicting ill treatment, and delivers the former and blesses it with perfect freedom, and inflicts upon the other a retribution for the wickedness which it has committed.
272For we read in the next verse, "And the nation to which they shall be slaves I will judge, and after that they shall go forth with great substance." For it is inevitable that a mortal man must obey the nature of the passions, and that a man who has been born must endure the fate which is allotted to him as appropriate; but it is the will of God to lighten the evils which are planted contemporaneously with our birth.
273So that even if we at the beginning suffer such evils as are properly assigned to us, become slaves of cruel masters, and if God also performs what is his peculiar work, proclaiming emancipation and freedom to the souls which address their supplications to him, then he not only gives men a release from their bondage and a means of departure from their prison all guarded round as it is, but he also gives them the means of travelling, which he here calls substance.
274And what is this? When the mind having come down from above the heaven becomes entangled in the necessities of the body, then, although it is not allured by any of these, still, like a eunuch or impotent person, it embraces pleasant evils. But if it remains in its own nature, then, being truly a man, it resists and discards them instead of being overthrown by them, being initiated in all the parts of complete encyclical learning; from which it derives a desire for contemplation, and acquires temperance and patience, very vigorous virtues, leaving its former abode, and finding a means of return back to its own country, and bringing with it all the lessons of instruction, which are here called supplies for the journey.
275Having said this much on these subjects, the historian proceeds: "And thou shalt depart to thy fathers, having lived in peace, in a good old age." Therefore we, who are imperfect, are made war upon, and we become slaves, and only with difficulty do we find any relief from the dangers which impend over us. But the perfect race, exempt from slavery and free from the perils of war, is bred up in peace and the firmest freedom.
Sections 276–300
276And there is a particular lesson to be learnt from his representing the good man not as dying but departing, in order to show that the race of the soul, which is completely purified, cannot be extinguished and cannot die, but only departs in the way of migration from this earth to heaven, not undergoing that dissolution and destruction which death appears to bring with it.
277And after the words, "Thou shalt depart," he adds, "to thy fathers." It is here worth while to consider what kind of fathers is meant; for God can never mean those who had passed their lives in the country of the Chaldaeans, among whom alone he had lived as being his relations, because he had been commanded by a sacred oracle to depart from those who were his kinsmen by blood. For, says the historian, "The Lord said unto Abraham, Depart from out of thy land, and from thy kindred, and from thy father’s house, to a land which I will show thee; and I will make thee into a great nation."
278For how can it be reasonable for him who was once been removed from his abode by the interference of Divine Providence, to return and dwell again in the same place? And how could it be reasonable for one who was about to be the leader of a new nation and of another race to be again assigned to his ancient one? For God would never have given to him a new character, and a new nation and family, if he had not wholly and entirely separated him from his ancient one.
279For that man is truly a chief of a nation and ruler of a family, from whom, as from a root, sprang that branch so fond of investigating and contemplating the affairs of our nature, by name Israel, since an express command has been given "to remove the old things from before the face of those which are new." For where is any longer the use of investigations into antiquity, and ancient, and long-established customs, to those in whom on a sudden, when they have no such expectation, God rains all kinds of new blessings in a mass?
280Therefore, when he says "fathers," he means not those whose souls have departed from them, and who are buried in the tombs of the land of Chaldea; but, as some say, the sun, and the moon, and the other stars; for some affirm that it is owing to these bodies that the nature of all the things in the world has its existence. But as some other persons think he means the archetypal ideas, those models of these things which are perceptible by the outward senses and visible; which models, however, are only perceptible by the intellect and invisible; and that it is to these that the mind of the wise man emigrates.
281Some, again, have fancied that by "fathers," are here meant the four principles and powers of which the world is composed—the earth, the water, the air, and the fire; for they say, that all created things are very properly dissolved into these elements.
282For as nouns, and verbs, and all the other parts of speech, consist of the elements of grammar, and again are resolvable into these ultimate principles, so, in the same manner, each individual among us, being compounded of the four elements, and borrowing small portions from each essence, does, at certain fixed periods, repay what he has borrowed, giving what he has dry to the earth, what moisture he has to the water, what heat he has to the fire, and what cold he has to the air.
283These then are the things of the body; but the intellectual and heavenly race of the soul will ascend to the purest aether as to its father. For the fifth essence, as the account of the ancients tells us, may be a certain one, which brings things round in a cycle, differing from the other four as being superior to them, from which the stars and the whole heavens appear to be generated, and of which, as a natural consequence, one must lay it down that the human soul is a fragment.
284And the expression, "After having lived in peace," is used with much propriety; because nearly all or the greater portion of the human race lives rather in war and among all the evils of war. And of wars, one kind proceeds from external enemies, and is brought on by want of reputation, and by lowness of origin, and by other things of that kind. But another kind arises from one’s domestic enemies; some about the body, such as weaknesses, stains, all kinds of mutilations, and a whole body of other unspeakable evils; and others affecting the soul, such as passions, diseases, infirmities, terrible and most grievous inflictions, and incurable calamities arising from folly and injustice, and other similar evils.
285Therefore he speaks of him who has lived in peace, who has enjoyed a serene and tranquil life, as a man truly happy and blessed. When then shall this happen? When all external things prosper with me, in such a way as to tend to my abundance and to my glory. When the things relating to the body are in a favourable state, so as to give me good health and strength; and when the things relating to my soul are in a similar state, so as to enable it to enjoy the virtues.
286For each of these requires its own appropriate body-guards. Now the body is attended in that capacity by glory, and abundance, and a sufficient provision of wealth; and the soul by the wholeness, and soundness, and thoroughly healthy state of the body; and the mind by those speculations which are concerned about the sciences. Since it is plain to all those who are versed in the holy scriptures, that when peace is here mentioned, it is not that peace which cities enjoy. For Abraham bore a part in many terrible wars, out of which he appears to have come triumphantly.
287And indeed the being forced to depart from his native country, and to leave his home, and his inability to dwell in his native city, and his being driven hither and thither, and wandering about by desolate and unfrequented roads, would have been a terrible war for one who had not put his trust in certain divine oracles and promises. There was also a third calamity, of a formidable nature, also to be borne by him, a famine, worse than the departure from his home, or than all the evils of war.
288What peace then did he enjoy? For I imagine to be driven from his former home, and to have no settled abode, and to be unable to make any effectual resistance to very powerful monarchs, and to be oppressed with hunger, seem like indications, not of one war, but of many wars of various kinds.
289But, according to those interpretations which are figurative, every one of these events is an instance and proof of unalloyed peace. For an absence of the passions, and a complete scarcity of them, and the destruction of inimical acts of iniquity, and a departure from the opinions of the Chaldaeans to the doctrine which loves God, that is to say, from the created being, perceptible by the outward senses, to the great Cause and Creator of all things, who is appreciable only by the intellect, are things which supply a good system of laws and stability.
290And God promises the man who enjoys such a peace as this a glorious old age, not indeed one which shall last an exceeding time, but he promises him a life with wisdom. For tranquillity and happiness are better than length of years, in proportion as a short period of light is better than everlasting darkness. For well did one of the prophets say: "He had rather live one day in company with virtue, than ten thousand years in the shadow of death;" under this figurative expression of shadow, intimating the life of the wicked.
291And Moses says the very same thing, intimating it by his actions rather than by his words. For the man who he says shall enjoy a glorious old age, he has at the same time represented as more short-lived than almost any one of those who preceded him. Speaking in a philosophical manner, and teaching us who it is who does truly enjoy a happy old age, that we may not conceive pride respecting old age from anything that affects the visible body; as such pride is full of shame and many disgraceful circumstances. But, that keeping our eyes fixed on wisdom of counsel, and steadiness of soul, we may ascribe to such men and testify in their favour that they have a glorious old age, (γη̃ρας) akin to, and bearing nearly the same name as honour (γέρας).
292Listen, therefore, in such a spirit as to think his words a good lesson, to this statement of the lawgiver, that the good man alone has a happy old age, and that he is the most long-lived of men; but that the wicked man is the most short-lived of men, living only to die, or rather having already died as to the life of virtue.
293In the next verses it is said, "And in the fourth generation they shall return hither," not merely in order that the time may be exactly marked out to him, in which his descendants shall become inhabitants of the holy land, but also in order to represent to him the perfect and complete re-establishment of virtue; and this takes place as it were in the fourth generation, but how it does so it is worth while to consider.
294The child, after it is brought forth, during its age of infancy, till it has completed its first period of seven years, has a pure unmixed nature, very like a smooth waxen tablet, which has not yet been stamped with the indelible impressions of good or evil; for all the things which appear to be engraved upon it are soon confused and effaced by reason of its moisture:
295this is as it were the first age of the soul. The second is that which, after the age of infancy is passed, begins to live among evils, some of which it is also accustomed to generate from itself, and others it cheerfully receives from other sources, for the teachers of evil deeds are infinite in number; nurses, and tutors, and parents, and the laws in different states, whether written or unwritten, which make objects of admiration out of things which ought to be laughed at; and even without teachers nature itself is easily inclined to learn what is improper, so as to be continually weighed down by the abundance of its evils;
296"For," says the scripture, "the mind of man is carefully devoted to evil from his youth." This is that most accursed period which is figuratively called an age, but also especially the age of youth, in which the body is full of youthful vigour, and the soul is puffed up; the passions, which have hitherto lain hid, being now fanned into a flame, and burning up the threshing-floors, and crops, and fields, and whatever they meet with.
297This diseased generation or age must be remedied by some third age, acting towards it the part of medical philosophy, so that it shall be charmed with salutary and saving words, by means of which it will receive an evacuation of the immoderate satiety of evil actions, and a fulness of a sort of hungry emptiness, and terrible desolation of good deeds.
298Therefore, after the application of this cure, there comes first the age, in which power and vigour grow up in the soul, in accordance with the most certain comprehension of wisdom, and the undeviating and solid character which exists in all the virtues. This is the meaning of the expression, "And in the fourth generation they shall return hither." For according to the fourth number thus pointed out the soul, which has turned away from doing evil, is proclaimed as the inheritor of wisdom;
299for the first number is that into which it is not possible to receive any idea of either good or evil, since the soul is as yet destitute of all impressions; and the second is that in which we indulge in a rapid course of the passions; and the third is that in which we are healed, repelling the infections of disease, and at last ceasing to feel the evil vigour of the passions; the fourth is that in which we acquire complete and perfect health and vigour, when rejecting what is bad we appear to endeavour to apply to what is good, which previously was not in our power.
300But up to what time this is to be he tells us himself, when he says, "For the wickednesses of the Amorites are not yet fulfilled." And such words as these give an occasion to weaker brethren to fancy, that Moses represents fate and necessity as the causes of all things that exist or take place;
Sections 301–316
301but we must not be ignorant that he was well acquainted with the consequences, and connection, and reciprocal dependence of the causes of things, inasmuch as he was a philosophical man, accustomed to converse with God: and he does not attribute the causes of things which exist, or which take place, to these powers; for he imagined to himself some other more ancient power, mounted upon the universe, like a charioteer, or like the pilot of a ship; for this power steers the whole common vessel of the world in which all things sail, and he bridles the course of the winged chariot, the entire heaven, exerting an independent and absolute sovereign authority.
302What then are we to say about these subjects? The name Amorites, being interpreted, means "talkers;" and numbers of those who have received that greatest of all the blessings bestowed upon man by nature, namely speech, have abused and corrupted it, employing it ungratefully and treacherously, to the injury of her who has bestowed it. Such are flatterers, impostors, devisers of plausible sophistries, men who rather cultivate the skill to delude and to cheat, and who have no care to speak truly, and these men study indistinctness. Now indistinctness is equivalent to deep darkness in discourse; and darkness is the great assistant of robbers,
303on which account Moses has adorned the chief priest with distinct demonstration and truth; thinking it proper that the discourse of the virtuous man should be clear, and perspicuous, and true; but men in general pursue that which is indistinct and false, under the banner of which the whole misguided multitude of ordinary careless men enrols itself.
304Therefore, as long as "the offences of the Amorites are not fulfilled," that is to say, the evils of sophistical arguments by reason of their not having been refuted, but while they still influence us, having an attractive power by reason of their plausibility, we being unable to turn away and forsake them, remain in their power from being allured by them.
305But if once all unreal plausibilities are convicted and refuted by true proofs, and if their offences are shown to be full and running over, then we shall flee away without ever turning back, and as it were slipping our cables we shall set sail from the region of falsehoods and sophistries, hastening to cast anchor in the safe harbours and havens of truth.
306And in this way, I look upon it as sufficiently proved in the spirit of my original proposition that it is impossible for a man to reject, and to hate, and to forsake plausible falsehood, unless the evils arising from it are seen to be full and complete; and they will be shown to be so, by its being refuted in no superficial way, by the establishment on the other hand, and by the complete confirmation of truth.
307In the next verse the historian proceeds to say, "and when the sun approached its setting, there was a flame;" showing that virtue is a thing which is not born till late, and indeed which, as some persons have said, is only confirmed and established at the very setting of life. And he compares virtue to a flame; for as the flame consumes whatever materials are exposed to it, and gives light to all the air in its neighbourhood, in the same manner does virtue burn up all the offences, and fills the whole mind with light.
308But while discourses, which are neither divided nor properly distributed, prevail over us by reason of their plausibilities, which he here calls the Amorites, we are not able to see the most brilliant and unshaded light. But we are like a furnace which has not a pure flame, but, as he himself says, emits only smoke, being gradually kindled by the sparks of knowledge, but not as yet being able to stand the hardening and test of pure fire.
309But we owe great gratitude to him who has scattered those sparks, in order that our mind may not become cold like a lifeless corpse, but being warmed and vivified by the gentle increasing heat of virtue, may feel a glow until it receives the change to holy fire, like Nadab and Abihu.
310But smoke exists before fire, and compels those who come near it to weep; but both fire and smoke often come together. For, being delighted at the messengers of virtue, we hope to attain perfection therein, and if we are not yet able to arrive at it, then we can scarcely through our grief forbear from tears. For when an excessive desire is implanted in our breasts, they hasten to pursue the desired object, and our faces are full of chagrin until we attain it.
311And how he has compared the soul of the man, who loves instruction and who cherishes a hope of arriving at perfection, to a furnace, because each is a vessel in which food is cooked, the one being the vessel in which those meats which are perishable are prepared, and the other that suited to the reception of the imperishable virtues. And the burning torches of fire which are lighted up are the judgments of God who bears the torch, being bright and radiant, which are accustomed to be always placed in the middle between the divided portions; I mean by this the portions set in opposition to one another, of which the whole world is composed.
312For we read in the scripture, "The lamps of fire which were in the midst between the divided portions," that you may know that the divine powers which go through the middle of both bodies and things, destroy none of them; for both the divisions remain unhurt, but only divide and discriminate in a most excellent manner between the natures of each.
313Therefore, the wise man has now been sufficiently proved to be the inheritor of the knowledge of the subjects above mentioned. "For," says the historian, "on that day the Lord made a covenant with Abraham, saying, to thy seed will I give this land."
314But what land does he mean but that which has been already mentioned, to which he is now making reference? The fruit of which is the safe and most certain comprehension of the wisdom of God, according to which it preserves for its dividers all the good things which exist without any admixture or taint of evil, as if they had been incorruptible from their very beginning.
315After this he proceeds to add, "from the river of Egypt to the great river, the river Euphrates." Showing that those men who are perfect have their beginnings in the body, and the outward sense, and the organic parts, without which we cannot live, for they are useful for instruction in the life which is in union with the body; but they have their end with the wisdom of God, which is truly the great river, overflowing with joy, and cheerfulness, and all other blessings.
316For he has not described the country as reaching from the river Euphrates to the river of Egypt (for he would never have brought over virtue towards the passions of the body), but on the contrary, he has said from the river of Egypt to the river Euphrates. For the migrations are from mortal things to things incorruptible.
Contents — 13 sections
Sections 1–25
1Ἐν μὲν τῇ πρὸ ταύτης συντάξει τὰ περὶ μισθῶν ὡς ἐνῆν ἐπ’ ἀκριβείας διεξήλθομεν· νυνὶ δὲ πρόκειται ζητεῖν, τίς ὁ τῶν θείων πραγμάτων κληρονόμος ἐστίν.
2ἐπειδὴ γὰρ θεσπισθέντος ὁ σοφὸς ἤκουσε λογίου τοιούτου· „ὁ μισθός σου πολὺς ἔσται σφόδρα”, πυνθάνεται φάσκων· „δέσποτα, τί μοι δώσεις; ἐγὼ δὲ ἀπολύομαι ἄτεκνος. ὁ δὲ υἱὸς Μασὲκ τῆς οἰκογενοῦς μου οὗτος Δαμασκὸς Ἐλιέζερ“, καὶ πάλιν „ἐπειδὴ ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔδωκας σπέρμα, ὁ δὲ οἰκογενής μου κληρονομήσει με” (Gen. 15, 1—3).
3καίτοι τίς οὐκ ἂν τὸ τοῦ χρησμῳδοῦντος ἀξίωμα καὶ μέγεθος καταπλαγεὶς ἄφωνος καὶ ἀχανὴς ἐγένετο, καὶ εἰ μὴ διὰ δέος, ἀλλά τοι τῷ περιχαρεῖ; ἐπιστομίζουσι γὰρ ὡς αἱ σφοδραὶ λῦπαι, καὶ αἱ ὑπερβάλλουσαι χαραί.
4διὸ καὶ Μωυσῆς ἰσχνόφωνος ὁμολογεῖ καὶ βραδύγλωσσος γενέσθαι, ἀφ’ οὗ ἤρξατο ὁ θεὸς αὐτῷ διαλέγεσθαι (Exod. 4, 10). καὶ ἀψευδής ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ προφήτου μαρτυρία· τότε γὰρ εἰκὸς τὸ μὲν φωνητήριον ὄργανον ἐπέχεσθαι, τὸν δὲ κατὰ διάνοιαν λόγον ἀρθρούμενον ἀνυποτάκτῳ φορᾷ χρῆσθαι, νοημάτων οὐ ῥημάτων ἐπάλληλα κάλλη μετ’ εὐτρόχου καὶ ὑψηγόρου δυνάμεως φιλοσοφοῦντα.
5θαυμάσιοι δὲ ἀρεταὶ ἥ τε εὐτολμία καὶ ἡ ἐν τῷ δέοντι παρρησία πρὸς τοὺς ἀμείνους, ὡς καὶ τὸ κωμικὸν ἀψευδῶς μᾶλλον ἢ κωμικῶς εἰρῆσθαι δοκεῖν ἂν πάνθ’ ὁ δοῦλος ἡσυχάζειν μανθάνῃ, πονηρὸς ἔσται· μεταδίδου παρρησίας. πότε οὖν ἄγει παρρησίαν οἰκέτης πρὸς δεσπότην;
6ἆρ’ οὐχ ὅταν ἠδικηκότι μὲν ἑαυτῷ μηδὲν συνειδῇ, πάντα δ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ κεκτημένου καὶ λέγοντι καὶ πράττοντι;
7πότε οὖν ἄξιον καὶ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ δοῦλον ἐλευθεροστομεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τε καὶ τοῦ παντὸς ἡγεμόνα καὶ δεσπότην ἢ ὅταν ἁμαρτημάτων καθαρεύῃ καὶ τὸ φιλοδέσποτον ἐκ τοῦ συνειδότος κρίνῃ, πλείονι χαρᾷ χρώμενος ἐπὶ τῷ θεράπων θεοῦ γενέσθαι, ἢ εἰ τοῦ παντὸς ἀνθρώπων γένους ἐβασίλευσε τὸ γῆς ὁμοῦ καὶ θαλάττης ἀναψάμενος ἀκονιτὶ κράτος;
8τὰς δὲ φιλοδεσπότους θεραπείας καὶ λειτουργίας τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ διασυνίστησιν ἀκροτελεύτιον λογίου τοῦ χρησθέντος αὐτοῦ τῷ υἱεῖ· „δώσω σοι καὶ τῷ σπέρματί σου πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ταύτην, καὶ ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τῆς γῆς, ἀνθ’ ὧν ὑπήκουσεν Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατήρ σου τῆς ἐμῆς φωνῆς, καὶ ἐφύλαξε τὰ προστάγματά μου καὶ τὰς ἐντολάς μου καὶ τὰ δικαιώματά μου καὶ τὰ νόμιμά μου“ (Gen. 26, 3—5).
9μέγιστον δ’ ἐγκώμιον οἰκέτου μηδενὸς ὧν ἂν προστάξῃ ὁ δεσπότης ὀλιγωρεῖν, ἀόκνως δὲ καὶ φιλοπόνως ὑπὲρ δύναμιν πάντα σπουδάζειν αἰσίῳ γνώμῃ κατορθοῦν.
10εἰσὶ μὲν οὖν, οἷς ἀκούειν ἀλλ’ οὐ λέγειν ἐμπρεπές, ἐφ’ ὧν λέγεται „σιώπα καὶ ἄκουε“ (Deut. 27, 9), πάγκαλον παράγγελμα. θρασύτατον γὰρ καὶ λαλίστατον ἀμαθία, ἧς πρῶτον μέν ἐστιν ἄκος ἡσυχία, δεύτερον δὲ προσοχὴ τῶν ἄξιόν τι προφερομένων ἀκοῆς.
11μηδεὶς μέντοι νομισάτω τοῦτ’ αὐτὸ μόνον ἐμφαίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ „σιώπα καὶ ἄκουε“, ἀλλὰ καὶ προτρέψασθαι δυνατώτερον ἕτερον· οὐ γὰρ παραινεῖ μόνον γλώττῃ σιωπᾶν καὶ ὠσὶν ἀκούειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ψυχῇ ταῦτα παθεῖν ἀμφότερα.
12πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐπ’ ἀκρόασιν ἥκοντές τινος οὐκ ἐληλύθασι ταῖς διανοίαις, ἀλλ’ ἔξω πλανῶνται καὶ μυρία περὶ μυρίων ἑαυτοῖς διεξέρχονται, τὰ συγγενικά, τὰ ὀθνεῖα, τὰ ἴδια, τὰ δημόσια, ὧν εἰκὸς ἦν ἐν τῷ παρόντι μὴ μεμνῆσθαι, πάνθ’ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἑξῆς συναριθμούμενοι, καὶ διὰ τὸν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς πολὺν θροῦν ἀδυνατοῦσι τοῦ λέγοντος ἀκροᾶσθαι· λέγει γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ὥσπερ οὐκ ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀψύχοις ἀνδριᾶσιν, οἷς ὦτα μέν ἐστιν, ἀκοαὶ δ’ οὐκ ἔνεισιν.
13ἐὰν οὖν μηδενὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπιφοιτώντων ἢ ἔνδον ταμιευομένων πραγμάτων ὁ νοῦς ἀξιώσῃ προσομιλεῖν, ἀλλ’ ἠρεμίαν ἀγαγὼν καὶ ἡσυχάσας πρὸς τὸν λέγοντα ἑαυτὸν ἀποτείνῃ, σιωπήσας κατὰ τὸ Μωυσέως παράγγελμα δυνήσεται μετὰ τῆς πάσης προσοχῆς ἀκροάσασθαι, ἑτέρως δ’ οὐκ ἂν ἰσχύσαι.
14τοῖς μὲν οὖν ἀμαθέσι συμφέρον ἡσυχία, τοῖς δὲ ἐπιστήμης ἐφιεμένοις καὶ ἅμα φιλοδεσπότοις ἀναγκαιότατον ἡ παρρησία κτῆμα. λέγεται γοῦν ἐν Ἐξαγωγῇ· „κύριος πολεμήσει ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑμεῖς σιγήσετε“, καὶ χρησμὸς εὐθὺς ὑπόκειται τοιόσδε· „καὶ εἶπε κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν· τί βοᾷς πρὸς μέ“ (Exod. 14, 14. 15) ; ὡς δέον καὶ σιωπᾶν τοὺς μηδὲν ἄξιον ἀκοῆς ἐροῦντας καὶ λέγειν τοὺς ἔρωτι σοφίας θείῳ πεπιστευκότας καὶ μὴ μόνον λέγειν σὺν ἠρεμίᾳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ κραυγῆς μείζονος ἐκβοᾶν, οὐ στόματι καὶ γλώττῃ, δι’ ὧν ἀέρα λόγος ἔχει σφαιρούμενον αἰσθητὸν ἀκοῇ γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τῷ παμμούσῳ καὶ μεγαλοφωνοτάτῳ ψυχῆς ὀργάνῳ, οὗ θνητὸς μὲν ἀκροατὴς οὐδὲ εἷς, ὁ δὲ ἀγένητος καὶ ἄφθαρτος μόνος.
15τὸ γὰρ νοητῆς ἁρμονίας εὐάρμοστον καὶ σύμφωνον μέλος ὁ νοητὸς μουσικὸς μόνος καταλαβεῖν ἱκανός, τῶν δὲ ἐν αἰσθήσει φυρομένων οὐδὲ εἷς. ὅλου δὴ τοῦ διανοίας ὀργάνου κατὰ τὴν διὰ πασῶν ἢ δὶς διὰ πασῶν συμφωνίαν ἐξηχοῦντος ὁ ἀκροατὴς ὡσανεὶ πυνθάνεται πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐ πυνθανόμενος — πάντα γὰρ γνώριμα θεῷ — „τί βοᾷς πρὸς μέ“; καθ’ ἱκεσίαν κακῶν ἀποτροπῆς ἢ κατ’ εὐχαριστίαν μετουσίας ἀγαθῶν ἢ κατὰ ἀμφότερα;
16λάλος δὲ οὕτως ὁ ἰσχνόφωνος καὶ βραδύγλωσσος καὶ ἄλογος εἶναι δοκῶν ἀνευρίσκεται, ὥστε πῇ μὲν οὐ μόνον λέγων ἀλλὰ καὶ βοῶν εἰσάγεται, ἑτέρωθι δὲ ἀπαύστῳ καὶ ἀδιαστάτῳ χρώμενος λόγων ῥύμῃ.
17„Μωυσῆς“ γάρ φησιν „ἐλάλει, καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἀπεκρίνετο αὐτῷ φωνῇ“ (Exod. 19, 19), οὐ κατὰ συντέλειαν ἐλάλησεν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ μηκυνομένην παράτασιν ἐλάλει, καὶ ὁ θεὸς οὐ κατὰ συντέλειαν ἐδίδαξεν, ἀλλ’ αἰεὶ καὶ συνεχῶς ἀπεκρίνετο. ὅπου δὲ ἀπόκρισις, ἐκεῖ πάντως ἐρώτησις.
18ἐρωτᾷ δὲ ἕκαστος ὃ μὴ ἐπίσταται, μαθεῖν ἀξιῶν γνούς τε τῶν εἰς ἐπιστήμην ὠφελιμώτατον ἔργον εἶναι ζητεῖν, ἐρωτᾶν, πυνθάνεσθαι, μηδὲν δοκεῖν εἰδέναι μηδέ τι οἴεσθαι παγίως κατειληφέναι.
19σοφοὶ μὲν οὖν ὑφηγητῇ καὶ διδασκάλῳ χρῶνται θεῷ, οἱ δ’ ἀτελέστεροι τῷ σοφῷ. διὸ καὶ λέγουσι· „λάλησον σὺ ἡμῖν, καὶ μὴ λαλείτω πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὁ θεός, μή ποτε ἀποθάνωμεν“ (Exod. 20, 19). τοσαύτῃ δ’ ἄρα χρῆται παρρησίᾳ ὁ ἀστεῖος, ὥστε οὐ μόνον λέγειν καὶ βοᾶν, ἀλλ’ ἤδη καὶ καταβοᾶν ἐξ ἀληθοῦς πίστεως καὶ ἀπὸ γνησίου τοῦ πάθους θαρρεῖ.
20τὸ γὰρ „εἰ μὲν ἀφεῖς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἄφες· εἰ δὲ μή, ἐξάλειψόν με ἐκ τῆς βίβλου σου ἧς ἔγραψας“ (Exod. 32, 32) καὶ τὸ „μὴ ἐγὼ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔλαβον πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, ἢ ἐγὼ ἔτεκον αὐτόν, ὅτι λέγεις μοι· λάβε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν κόλπον σου, ὡσεὶ ἄραι τιθηνὸς τὸν θηλάζοντα;” (Num. 11, 12) καὶ τὸ „πόθεν μοι κρέα δοῦναι παντὶ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ, ὅτι κλαίουσιν ἐπ’ ἐμοί; μὴ πρόβατα καὶ βόες σφαγήσονται ἢ πᾶν τὸ ὄψος τῆς θαλάσσης συναχθήσεται καὶ ἀρκέσει;” (Num. 11, 13. 22) καὶ τὸ „κύριε, διὰ τί ἐκάκωσας τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον; καὶ ἵνα τί ἀπέσταλκάς με; καὶ ἀφ’ οὗ πεπόρευμαι πρὸς Φαραὼ λαλῆσαι ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι, ἐκάκωσε τὸν λαόν, καὶ οὐκ ἐρρύσω τὸν λαόν σου” (Exod. 5, 22. 23), ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔδεισεν ἄν τις καὶ πρὸς ἕνα τῶν ἐν μέρει βασιλέων εἰπεῖν· ὁ δ’ ἀποφαίνεσθαι καὶ πρὸς θεὸν ἐθάρρησεν.
21τοῦτο δ’ ἄρα πέρας ἦν οὐ τόλμης ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ’ εὐτολμίας αὐτῷ, διότι οἱ σοφοὶ πάντες φίλοι θεοῦ, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον νομοθέτην. παρρησία δὲ φιλίας συγγενές· ἐπεὶ πρὸς τίνα ἄν τις ἢ πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ φίλον παρρησιάσαιτο; παγκάλως οὖν ἐν τοῖς χρησμοῖς φίλος ᾄδεται Μωυσῆς (Exod. 33, 11), ἵν’ ὅσα ἐπὶ θάρσει παρακεκινδυνευμένα διεξέρχεται, φιλίᾳ μᾶλλον ἢ αὐθαδείᾳ προφέρεσθαι δοκῇ. θρασύτης μὲν γὰρ αὐθάδους, φίλου δὲ θαρραλεότης οἰκεῖον.
22Ἀλλὰ σκόπει πάλιν, ὅτι εὐλαβείᾳ τὸ θαρρεῖν ἀνακέκραται. τὸ μὲν γὰρ „τί μοι δώσεις;” (Gen. 15, 2) θάρσος ἐμφαίνει, τὸ δὲ „δέσποτα” εὐλάβειαν. εἰωθὼς δὲ χρῆσθαι μάλιστα διτταῖς ἐπὶ τοῦ αἰτίου προσρήσεσι, τῇ θεὸς καὶ τῇ κύριος, οὐδετέραν νῦν παρείληφεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δεσπότου, λίαν εὐλαβῶς καὶ σφόδρα κυρίως· καίτοι συνώνυμα ταῦτ’ εἶναι λέγεται, κύριος καὶ δεσπότης.
23ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ τὸ ὑποκείμενον ἓν καὶ ταὐτόν ἐστιν, ἐπινοίαις αἱ κλήσεις διαφέρουσι· κύριος μὲν γὰρ παρὰ τὸ κῦρος, ὃ δὴ βέβαιόν ἐστιν, εἴρηται, κατ’ ἐναντιότητα ἀβεβαίου καὶ ἀκύρου, δεσπότης δὲ παρὰ τὸν δεσμόν, ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ δέος οἶμαι — ὥστε τὸν δεσπότην κύριον εἶναι καὶ ἔτι ὡσανεὶ φοβερὸν κύριον, οὐ μόνον τὸ κῦρος καὶ τὸ κράτος ἀνημμένον ἁπάντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ δέος καὶ φόβον ἱκανὸν ἐμποιῆσαι —, τάχα μέντοι καὶ ἐπειδὴ τῶν ὅλων δεσμός ἐστι συνέχων αὐτὰ ἄλυτα καὶ σφίγγων διαλυτὰ ὄντα ἐξ ἑαυτῶν.
24ὁ δὴ φάσκων „δέσποτα, τί μοι δώσεις“ δυνάμει ταῦτα διεξέρχεται· οὐκ ἀγνοῶ σου τὸ ὑπερβάλλον κράτος, ἐπίσταμαι τὸ φοβερὸν τῆς δυναστείας, δεδιὼς καὶ τρέμων ἐντυγχάνω καὶ πάλιν θαρρῶ·
25σὺ γὰρ ἐθέσπισάς μοι μὴ φοβεῖσθαι, σύ μοι γλῶσσαν παιδείας ἔδωκας τοῦ γνῶναι ἡνίκα δεῖ φθέγξασθαι, σὺ τὸ στόμα ἀπερραμμένον ἐξέλυσας, σὺ διοίξας ἐπὶ πλέον ἤρθρωσας, σὺ τὰ λεκτέα συνεβίβασας εἰπεῖν τὸν χρησμὸν βεβαιούμενος ἐκεῖνον· „ἐγὼ ἀνοίξω τὸ στόμα σου, καὶ συμβιβάσω σε ἃ μέλλεις λαλήσειν“ (Exod. 4,12).
Sections 26–50
26τίς γὰρ ἐγενόμην, ἵνα σύ μοι λόγου μεταδῷς, ἵνα μισθὸν ὁμολογῇς, χάριτος καὶ δωρεᾶς ἀγαθὸν τελεώτερον; οὐ τῆς πατρίδος εἰμὶ μετανάστης; οὐ τῆς συγγενείας ἀπελήλαμαι; οὐ τῆς πατρῴας οἰκίας ἠλλοτρίωμαι; οὐκ ἀποκήρυκτον καὶ φυγάδα πάντες ἔρημον καὶ ἄτιμον ὀνομάζουσιν;
27ἀλλὰ σύ μοι, δέσποτα, ἡ πατρίς, σὺ ἡ συγγένεια, σὺ ἡ πατρῴα ἑστία, σὺ ἡ ἐπιτιμία, ἡ παρρησία, ὁ μέγας καὶ ἀοίδιμος καὶ ἀναφαίρετος πλοῦτος.
28διὰ τί οὖν οὐχὶ θαρρήσω λέγειν ἃ φρονῶ; διὰ τί δ’ οὐ πεύσομαι μαθεῖν τι πλέον ἀξιῶν; ἀλλ’ ὁ λέγων ἐγὼ θαρρεῖν πάλιν ὁμολογῶ δεδιέναι καὶ καταπεπλῆχθαι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχει τὴν ἄμικτον ἐν ἐμοὶ μάχην φόβος τε καὶ θάρσος, ὡς ἴσως ὑπολήψεταί τις, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀνακεκραμένην συμφωνίαν. ἀπλήστως οὖν εὐωχοῦμαι τοῦ κράματος, ὅ με ἀναπέπεικε μήτε ἄνευ εὐλαβείας παρρησιάζεσθαι μήτε ἀπαρρησιάστως εὐλαβεῖσθαι.
29τὴν γὰρ οὐδένειαν τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ μετρεῖν ἔμαθον καὶ τὰς ἐν ὑπερβολαῖς ἀκρότητας τῶν σῶν εὐεργεσιῶν περιβλέπεσθαι· καὶ ἐπειδὰν "γῆν καὶ τέφραν" καὶ εἴ τι ἐκβλητότερον ἐμαυτὸν αἴσθωμαι, τηνικαῦτα ἐντυγχάνειν σοι θαρρῶ, ταπεινὸς γεγονώς, καταβεβλημένος εἰς χοῦν, ὅσα εἴς γε τὸ μηδ’ ὑφεστάναι δοκεῖν ἀνεστοιχειωμένος. καὶ τοῦτό μου τὸ πάθος τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστηλογράφησεν ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ μνημείῳ ὁ ἐπίσκοπος Μωυσῆς.
30"ἐγγίσας" γάρ φησιν "Ἀβραὰμ εἶπε· νῦν ἠρξάμην λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ἐγὼ δέ εἰμι γῆ καὶ σποδός" (Gen. 18, 27), ἐπειδὴ τότε καιρὸς ἐντυγχάνειν γένεσιν τῷ πεποιηκότι, ὅτε τὴν ἑαυτῆς οὐδένειαν ἔγνωκεν. τὸ δὲ "τί μοι δώσεις;" οὐκ ἀποροῦντός ἐστι φωνὴ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ τῷ πλήθει καὶ μεγέθει ὧν ἀπήλαυκεν ἀγαθῶν εὐχαριστοῦντος.
31"τί μοι δώσεις;" ἔτι γὰρ ἀπολείπεταί τι πλέον προσδοκῆσαι; ἄφθονοι μέν, ὦ φιλόδωρε, αἱ σαὶ χάριτες καὶ ἀπερίγραφοι καὶ ὅρον ἢ τελευτὴν οὐκ ἔχουσαι, πηγῶν τρόπον πλείω τῶν ἀπαντλουμένων ἀνομβροῦσαι.
32σκοπεῖν δὲ ἄξιον οὐ μόνον τὸν αἰεὶ πλημμυροῦντα χειμάρρουν τῶν σῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἀρδομένας ἡμῶν ἀρούρας· εἰ γὰρ περιττὸν ἀναχυθείη τὸ ῥεῦμα, λιμνῶδες καὶ τελματῶδες ἀντὶ καρποφόρου γῆς ἔσται τὸ πεδίον. πρὸς εὐφορίαν οὖν μεμετρημένης, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀμέτρου δεῖ τῆς ἐπιρροῆς ἐμοί.
33διὸ πεύσομαι „τί μοι δώσεις“ ἀμύθητα δοὺς καὶ σχεδὸν πάντα ὅσα θνητὴν φύσιν χωρῆσαι δυνατὸν ἦν; ὃ γὰρ λοιπὸν ἐπιζητῶ μαθεῖν τε καὶ κτήσασθαι, τοῦτ’ ἐστίν, τίς ἂν γένοιτο ἄξιος τῶν σῶν εὐεργεσιῶν [καὶ] κληρονόμος.
34ἢ „ἐγὼ ἀπολυθήσομαι ἄτεκνος“ (Gen. 15, 2), ὀλιγοχρόνιον καὶ ἐφήμερον καὶ ὠκύμορον λαβὼν ἀγαθόν, εὐχόμενος τοὐναντίον, πολυήμερον καὶ μακροχρόνιον καὶ ἀκήρατον καὶ ἀθάνατον, ὡς δυνηθῆναι καὶ σπέρματα βαλέσθαι καὶ ῥίζας ἐχυρότητος ἕνεκα ἀποτεῖναι καὶ ἄνω πρὸς οὐρανὸν τὸ στέλεχος ἀνεγεῖρον μετεωρίσαι;
35τὴν γὰρ ἀνθρωπίνην ἀρετὴν βαίνειν μὲν ἐπὶ γῆς, φθάνειν δὲ πρὸς οὐρανὸν ἀναγκαῖον, ἵν’ ἐκεῖ τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἑστιαθεῖσα τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον ἀπήμων διαμένῃ.
36ἄτεκνον γὰρ καὶ στεῖραν οἶδ’ ὅτι ψυχὴν ὁ τὰ μὴ ὄντα φέρων καὶ τὰ πάντα γεννῶν μεμίσηκας, ἐπεὶ καὶ χάριν ἔδωκας ἐξαίρετον τῷ διορατικῷ γένει τὸ μηδέποτε στειρωθῆναι καὶ ἀτοκῆσαι, ᾧ καὶ αὐτὸς προσνεμηθεὶς ἐφίεμαι κληρονόμου δικαίως. ἄσβεστον γὰρ αὐτὸ καταθεώμενος αἴσχιστον εἶναι νομίζω τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ φύσιν τοῦ καλοῦ περιιδεῖν καταλυθεῖσαν.
37ἱκέτης οὖν γίνομαι καὶ ποτνιῶμαι, ἵνα σπερμάτων καὶ ἐμπυρευμάτων ὑποτυφομένων τὸ ἀρετῆς ἀνακαίηται καὶ ἀναφλέγηται σωτήριον φέγγος, ὃ λαμπαδευόμενον ἐπαλλήλοις διαδοχαῖς ἰσοχρόνιον γενήσεται κόσμῳ.
38ζῆλον καὶ τοῖς ἀσκητικοῖς ἔδωκας τέκνων τῶν ψυχῆς σπορᾶς καὶ γενέσεως, καὶ μοιραθέντες ὑφ’ ἡδονῆς ἐξελάλησαν εἰπόντες· „τὰ παιδία οἷς ἠλέησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν παῖδά σου“ (Gen. 33, 5), ὧν ἀκακία καὶ τροφὸς καὶ τιθήνη, ὧν ἄβατοι καὶ ἁπαλαὶ καὶ εὐφυεῖς ψυχαί, τῶν ἀρετῆς παγκάλων καὶ θεοειδεστάτων εὐπαράδεκτοι χαρακτήρων.
39δίδαξον δέ με κἀκεῖνο, εἰ „ὁ υἱὸς Μασὲκ τῆς οἰκογενοῦς μου“ τῶν σῶν χαρίτων ἱκανὸς γενέσθαι κληρονόμος ἐστίν. ἐγὼ γὰρ ἄχρι νῦν τὸν μὲν ἐλπιζόμενον οὐκ ἔλαβον, ὃν δ’ ἔλαβον, οὐκ ἐλπίζω.
40Τίς δὲ ἡ Μασὲκ καὶ τίς αὐτῆς ὁ υἱός, οὐ παρέργως ἐπισκεπτέον. ἑρμηνεύεται τοίνυν Μασὲκ ἐκ φιλήματος. φίλημα δὲ διαφέρει τοῦ φιλεῖν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ψυχῶν ἕνωσιν ἁρμοζομένων εὐνοίᾳ, τὸ δὲ ἐπιπόλαιον καὶ ψιλὴν δεξίωσιν χρείας τινὸς εἰς ταὐτὸ συναγαγούσης ἔοικεν ἐμφαίνειν.
41ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἀνακύπτειν οὐκ ἔστι τὸ κύπτειν οὐδ’ ἐν τῷ καταπίνειν ἦν πάντως τὸ πίνειν οὐδ’ ἐν μαρσίππῳ ὁ ἵππος, οὕτως οὐδ’ ἐν τῷ καταφιλεῖν τὸ φιλεῖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μυρίους εἴκοντές τινες ταῖς τοῦ βίου χαλεπαῖς ἀνάγκαις δεξιοῦνται.
42τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἡ ἐκ φιλήματος ἀλλὰ μὴ ἐξ ἀψευδοῦς φιλίας ἡμῖν συσταθεῖσα, φράσω μηδὲν ὑποστειλάμενος· ἡ ζωὴ ἡ σὺν αἰσθήσει, ἡ πᾶσιν ὠχυρωμένη, ἧς ἀνέραστος οὐδείς, ἣν δέσποιναν μὲν οἱ πολλοί, θεράπαιναν δὲ οἱ ἀστεῖοι νομίζουσιν, οὐκ ἀλλόφυλον ἢ ἀργυρώνητον, ἀλλ’ οἰκογενῆ καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ὁμόφυλον. οὗτοι καὶ πεπαίδευνται καταφιλεῖν αὐτήν, οὐ φιλεῖν, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ὑπερφυῶς ἀγαπᾶν καὶ τριπόθητον ἡγεῖσθαι.
43Λάβαν δ’ ὁ μισάρετος οὐδὲ καταφιλῆσαι δυνήσεται τὰς προσκεκληρωμένας τῷ ἀσκητικῷ δυνάμεις, ἀλλ’ ὑποκρίσεως καὶ ψευδῶν πλασμάτων ἀνηρτηκὼς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον, ὡσανεὶ δυσχεραίνων, οὐ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀλγῶν, φησίν· „οὐκ ἠξιώθην καταφιλῆσαι τὰ παιδία μου καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας“ (Gen. 31, 28)· εἰκότως γε καὶ προσηκόντως· εἰρωνείαν γὰρ μισεῖν ἀκαταλλάκτως ἐπαιδεύθημεν.
44ἀγάπησον οὖν ἀρετὰς καὶ ἄσπασαι ψυχῇ τῇ σεαυτοῦ καὶ φίλησον ὄντως, καὶ ἥκιστα βουλήσῃ τὸ φιλίας παράκομμα ποιεῖν, καταφιλεῖν. „μὴ γάρ ἐστιν αὐταῖς ἔτι μερὶς ἢ κληρονομία ἐν τῷ σῷ οἴκῳ; οὐχ ὡς αἱ ἀλλότριαι ἐλογίσθησαν παρὰ σοί; ἢ οὐ πέπρακας αὐτάς, καὶ κατέφαγες τὸ ἀργύριον“ (Gen. 31, 14. 15), ἵνα μηδὲ εἰσαῦθις ἀνακομίσασθαι δυνηθῇς τὰ σῶστρα καὶ τὰ λύτρα κατεδηδοκώς; προσποιοῦ νῦν βούλεσθαι καταφιλεῖν ὁ πᾶσι τοῖς κριταῖς ἄσπονδος. ἀλλ’ οὐ γαμβρὸν καταφιλήσει Μωυσῆς, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ γνησίου τοῦ ψυχῆς πάθους φιλήσει· „ἐφίλησε“ γάρ φησιν „αὐτόν, καὶ ἠσπάσαντο ἀλλήλους“ (Exod. 18, 7).
45ζωῆς δὲ τριττὸν γένος, τὸ μὲν πρὸς θεόν, τὸ δὲ πρὸς γένεσιν, τὸ δὲ μεθόριον, μικτὸν ἀμφοῖν. τὸ μὲν οὖν πρὸς θεὸν οὐ κατέβη πρὸς ἡμᾶς οὐδὲ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰς σώματος ἀνάγκας. τὸ δὲ πρὸς γένεσιν οὐδ’ ὅλως ἀνέβη οὐδ’ ἐζήτησεν ἀναβῆναι, φωλεῦον δὲ ἐν μυχοῖς Ἅιδου τῷ ἀβιώτῳ βίῳ χαίρει.
46τὸ δὲ μικτόν ἐστιν, ὃ πολλάκις μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀμείνονος ἀγόμενον τάξεως θειάζει καὶ θεοφορεῖται, πολλάκις δ’ ὑπὸ τῆς χείρονος ἀντισπώμενον ἐπιστρέφει. τοῦθ’, ὅταν ὥσπερ ἐπὶ πλάστιγγος ἡ τῆς κρείττονος ζωῆς μοῖρα τοῖς ὅλοις βρίσῃ, συνεπισπασθὲν τὸ τῆς ἐναντίας ζωῆς βάρος κουφότατον ἄχθος ἀπέφηνε.
47Μωυσῆς δὲ τὸ τῆς πρὸς θεὸν ζωῆς γένος ἀκονιτὶ στεφανώσας εἰς ἐπίκρισιν τὰ λοιπὰ ἄγει δυσὶν ἀπεικάζων γυναιξίν, ὧν τὴν μὲν ἀγαπωμένην, τὴν δὲ μισουμένην καλεῖ προσφυέστατα θεὶς ὀνόματα.
48τίς γὰρ οὐ τὰς δι’ ὀφθαλμῶν, τίς δ’ οὐ τὰς δι’ ὤτων, τίς δ’ οὐ τὰς διὰ γεύσεως ὀσφρήσεώς τε καὶ ἁφῆς ἡδονὰς καὶ τέρψεις ἀποδέχεται; τίς δ’ οὐ τὰ ἐναντία μεμίσηκεν, ὀλιγοδεΐαν, ἐγκράτειαν, αὐστηρὸν καὶ ἐπιστημονικὸν βίον, γέλωτος καὶ παιδιᾶς ἀμέτοχον, συννοίας καὶ φροντίδων καὶ πόνων μεστόν, φίλον τοῦ θεωρεῖν, ἀμαθίας ἐχθρόν, χρημάτων μὲν καὶ δόξης καὶ ἡδονῶν κρείττω, ἥττω δὲ σωφροσύνης καὶ εὐκλείας καὶ βλέποντος οὐ τυφλοῦ πλούτου;
49πρεσβύτερα μὲν οὖν ἀεὶ τὰ γεννήματα τῆς μισουμένης ἀρετῆς. ὁ δὲ Μωυσῆς, εἰ καὶ νεώτερα χρόνῳ, καὶ ταῦτα φύσει πρεσβείων ἀξιοῖ τὰ διπλᾶ διδούς, τῶν δὲ ἀφαιρῶν τὴν ἡμίσειαν. ἐὰν γὰρ γένωνται, φησίν, ἀνθρώπῳ δύο γυναῖκες, ἠγαπημένη καὶ μισουμένη, καὶ τέκωσιν ἀμφότεραι, μέλλων τὰ ἑαυτοῦ διανέμειν οὐ δυνήσεται πρεσβείων ἀξιῶσαι τὸν υἱὸν τῆς ἠγαπημένης, ἡδονῆς, — νέος γὰρ οὗτος, εἰ καὶ χρόνῳ πολιὸς γένοιτο —, ἀλλὰ τὸν τῆς μισουμένης φρονήσεως πρεσβύτερον ἐκ παίδων εὐθὺς ὄντα, ὡς διμοιρίαν ἀπονεῖμαι (Deut. 21, 15—17).
50τὴν δὲ τροπικωτέραν τούτων ἀπόδοσιν ἐν ἑτέροις εἰρηκότες ἐπὶ τὰ ἀκόλουθα τῶν ἐν χερσὶ τρεψώμεθα ἐκεῖνο προϋποδείξαντες, ὅτι τῆς μισουμένης ὁ θεὸς λέγεται τὴν μήτραν διοίξας γένεσιν ἀστείων ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ καλῶν ἔργων ἀνατεῖλαι, τῆς φιλεῖσθαι νομιζομένης αὐτίκα στειρουμένης. „ἰδὼν“ γάρ φησι „κύριος ὅτι μισεῖται Λεία, ἤνοιξε τὴν μήτραν αὐτῆς·
Sections 51–75
51Ῥαχὴλ δὲ ἦν στεῖρα“ (Gen. 29, 31). ἆρ’ οὐχ ὅταν ἡ ψυχὴ κυοφορῇ καὶ τίκτειν ἄρχηται τὰ ψυχῇ πρέποντα, τηνικαῦτα ὅσα αἰσθητὰ στειρούμενα ἀτοκεῖ, οἷς πρόσεστιν ἡ ἐκ φιλήματος ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἡ διὰ γνησίου φιλίας ἀποδοχή;
52ταύτης οὖν τῆς κατ’ αἴσθησιν ζωῆς, ἣν καλεῖ Μασέκ, υἱὸς ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ἐστι τιμῶν καὶ θαυμάζων τὴν τροφὸν καὶ τιθήνην τοῦ θνητοῦ γένους, αἴσθησιν, ἣν καὶ ὁ γήινος νοῦς, ὄνομα Ἀδάμ, ἰδὼν διαπλασθεῖσαν τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θάνατον ζωὴν ἐκείνης ὠνόμασεν. „ἐκάλεσε“ γάρ φησιν „Ἀδὰμ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ ζωή,
53ὅτι αὕτη μήτηρ πάντων τῶν ζώντων“ (Gen. 3, 20), τῶν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν τὸν ψυχῆς τεθνηκότων δήπου βίον. οἱ δὲ ζῶντες ὄντως μητέρα μὲν ἔχουσι σοφίαν, αἴσθησιν δὲ δούλην πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν ἐπιστήμης ὑπὸ φύσεως δημιουργηθεῖσαν.
54ὄνομα δὲ τοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐκ ζωῆς, ἣν ἐκ φιλήματος ἐγνωρίσαμεν, διασυνίστησι Δαμασκός — τὸ δὲ μεταληφθέν ἐστιν αἷμα σάκκου —, σφόδρα δυνατῶς καὶ εὐθυβόλως σάκκον μὲν τὸ σῶμα αἰνιξάμενος, αἷμα δὲ ζωὴν τὴν ἔναιμον.
55ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ψυχὴ διχῶς λέγεται, ἥ τε ὅλη καὶ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν αὐτῆς μέρος, ὃ κυρίως εἰπεῖν ψυχὴ ψυχῆς ἐστι, καθάπερ ὀφθαλμὸς ὅ τε κύκλος σύμπας καὶ τὸ κυριώτατον μέρος τὸ ᾧ βλέπομεν, ἔδοξε τῷ νομοθέτῃ διττὴν καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν εἶναι ψυχῆς, αἷμα μὲν τῆς ὅλης, τοῦ δ’ ἡγεμονικωτάτου πνεῦμα θεῖον.
56φησὶ γοῦν ἄντικρυς· „ψυχὴ πάσης σαρκὸς αἷμά ἐστιν“ (Lev. 17, 11). εὖ γε τὸ προσνεῖμαι τῷ σαρκῶν ὄχλῳ τὴν αἵματος ἐπιρροήν, οἰκεῖον οἰκείῳ· τοῦ δὲ νοῦ τὴν οὐσίαν ἐξ οὐδενὸς ἤρτησε γενητοῦ, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ θεοῦ καταπνευσθεῖσαν εἰσήγαγεν· „ἐνεφύσησε“ γάρ φησιν „ὁ ποιητὴς τῶν ὅλων εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν“ (Gen. 2, 7), ᾗ καὶ κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ποιητοῦ λόγος ἔχει τυπωθῆναι.
57ὥστε διττὸν εἶδος ἀνθρώπων, τὸ μὲν θείῳ πνεύματι λογισμῷ βιούντων, τὸ δὲ αἵματι καὶ σαρκὸς ἡδονῇ ζώντων. τοῦτο τὸ εἶδός ἐστι πλάσμα γῆς, ἐκεῖνο δὲ θείας εἰκόνος ἐμφερὲς ἐκμαγεῖον.
58χρεῖος δ’ ἐστὶν οὐ μετρίως ὁ πεπλασμένος ἡμῶν χοῦς καὶ ἀναδεδευμένος αἵματι βοηθείας τῆς ἐκ θεοῦ· διὸ λέγεται "οὗτος Δαμασκὸς Ἐλιέζερ“ — ἑρμηνευθεὶς δέ ἐστιν Ἐλιέζερ θεός μου βοηθός —, ἐπειδὴ ὁ ἔναιμος ὄγκος ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ διαλυτὸς ὢν καὶ νεκρὸς συνέστηκε καὶ ζωπυρεῖται προνοίᾳ θεοῦ τοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ὑπερέχοντος καὶ ὑπερασπίζοντος, μηδεμίαν ἡμέραν ἱδρυθῆναι παγίως δυνηθέντος ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν.
59οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ Μωυσέως ὁ δεύτερος τῶν υἱῶν ὁμωνυμεῖ τούτῳ; „τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα“ φησί „τοῦ δευτέρου Ἐλιέζερ“, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπιφέρει· „ὁ γὰρ θεὸς τοῦ πατρός μου βοηθός μου, καὶ ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς Φαραώ“ (Exod. 18,4).
60τοῖς δ’ ἔτι τῆς ἐναίμου καὶ αἰσθητῆς ζωῆς ἑταίροις ἐπιτίθεται ὁ σκεδάσαι τὰς θεοσεβείας δεινὸς τρόπος, ὄνομα Φαραώ, οὗ τὴν παρανομίας καὶ ὠμότητος μεστὴν δυναστείαν ἀμήχανον ἐκφυγεῖν ἄνευ τοῦ γεννηθῆναι τὸν Ἐλιέζερ ἐν ψυχῇ
61καὶ ἐπελπίσαι τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου σωτῆρος θεοῦ βοήθειαν. παγκάλως δὲ τὸν Δαμασκὸν οὐκ ἀπὸ πατρός, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ μητρὸς τῆς Μασὲκ διασυνέστησεν, ἵνα διδάξῃ ὅτι ἡ ἔναιμος ψυχή, καθ’ ἣν ζῇ καὶ τὰ ἄλογα, τοῦ πρὸς γυναικῶν μητρῴου γένους οἰκεῖόν ἐστιν, ἄρρενος γενεᾶς ἀμέτοχον.
62ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἡ ἀρετὴ Σάρρα· μόνου γὰρ τοῦ πρὸς ἀνδρῶν μεταποιεῖται, ἐκ πατρὸς τοῦ πάντων θεοῦ μόνου γεννηθεῖσα ἡ ἀμήτωρ ἀρχή· „ἀληθῶς" γάρ φησιν „ἀδελφή μού ἐστιν ἐκ πατρός, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐκ μητρός" (Gen. 20, 12).
63Ἃ μὲν οὖν ἦν ἀναγκαῖον προακοῦσαι, διεπτύξαμεν· καὶ γὰρ εἶχεν ἀσάφειαν ἡ πρότασις αἰνιγματώδη. τί δὲ ὁ φιλομαθὴς ζητεῖ, διερμηνευτέον ἀκριβέστερον· μήποτ’ οὖν ἐστι τοιοῦτον, εἰ δύναταί τις ἐφιέμενος τῆς ἐναίμου ζωῆς καὶ μεταποιούμενος ἔτι τῶν κατ’ αἴσθησιν γενέσθαι τῶν ἀσωμάτων καὶ θείων πραγμάτων κληρονόμος.
64τούτων μόνος ἀξιοῦται ὁ καταπνευσθεὶς ἄνωθεν, οὐρανίου τε καὶ θείας μοίρας ἐπιλαχών, ὁ καθαρώτατος νοῦς, ἀλογῶν οὐ μόνον σώματος ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου ψυχῆς τμήματος, ὅπερ ἄλογον ὑπάρχον αἵματι πέφυρται, θυμοὺς ζέοντας καὶ πεπυρωμένας ἐπιθυμίας ἀναφλέγον.
65πυνθάνεται γοῦν τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· ἐπειδὴ ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔδωκας σπέρμα τὸ νοητὸν ἐκεῖνο, τὸ αὐτοδίδακτον, τὸ θεοειδές, ἆρά γε „ὁ οἰκογενής μου κληρονομήσει με“ (Gen. 15, 3), ὁ τῆς ἐναίμου ζωῆς ἔγγονος; τότε καὶ ἐπισπεύσας ὁ θεὸς ἔφθασε τὸν λαλοῦντα, τῆς ῥήσεως προαποστείλας ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν διδασκαλίαν.
66„εὐθὺς“ γάρ φησι „φωνὴ θεοῦ ἐγένετο πρὸς αὐτὸν τῷ λέγειν· οὐ κληρονομήσει σε οὗτος“ (Gen. 15, 4), τῶν εἰς τὴν δι’ αἰσθήσεως δεῖξιν ἐρχομένων οὐδὲ εἷς· ἀσώματοι γὰρ φύσεις νοητῶν πραγμάτων εἰσὶ κληρονόμοι.
67παρατετήρηται δὲ ἄκρως τὸ μὴ „εἶπεν“ ἢ „ἐλάλησεν“ φάναι, ἀλλὰ τὸ „φωνὴ θεοῦ ἐγένετο πρὸς αὐτὸν" ὥσπερ εὐτόνως ἐμβοήσαντος καὶ ἀρρήκτως ἐνηχήσαντος, ἵν’ εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν ψυχὴν διαδοθεῖσα ἡ φωνὴ μηδὲν ἔρημον ἐάσῃ καὶ κενὸν ὑφηγήσεως ὀρθῆς μέρος, ἀλλὰ πάντα διὰ πάντων ὑγιαινούσης μαθήσεως ἀναπλησθῇ.
68τίς οὖν γενήσεται κληρονόμος; οὐχ ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ τοῦ σώματος εἱρκτῇ λογισμὸς καθ’ ἑκούσιον γνώμην, ἀλλ’ ὁ λυθεὶς τῶν δεσμῶν καὶ ἐλευθερωθεὶς καὶ ἔξω τειχῶν προεληλυθὼς καὶ καταλελοιπώς, εἰ οἷόν τε τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, αὐτὸς ἑαυτόν. „ὃς γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἐκ σοῦ“ φησίν, „οὗτος κληρονομήσει σε (Gen. 15, 4)“.
69πόθος οὖν εἴ τις εἰσέρχεταί σε, ψυχή, τῶν θείων ἀγαθῶν κληρονομῆσαι, μὴ μόνον „γῆν,“ τὸ σῶμα, καὶ „συγγένειαν“, τὴν αἴσθησιν, καὶ "οἶκον πατρός" (Gen. 12, 1), τὸν λόγον, καταλίπῃς, ἀλλὰ καὶ σαυτὴν ἀπόδραθι καὶ ἔκστηθι σεαυτῆς, ὥσπερ οἱ κατεχόμενοι καὶ κορυβαντιῶντες βακχευθεῖσα καὶ θεοφορηθεῖσα κατά τινα προφητικὸν ἐπιθειασμόν·
70ἐνθουσιώσης γὰρ καὶ οὐκέτ’ οὔσης ἐν ἑαυτῇ διανοίας, ἀλλ’ ἔρωτι οὐρανίῳ σεσοβημένης κἀκμεμηνυίας καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄντως ὄντος ἠγμένης καὶ ἄνω πρὸς αὐτὸ εἱλκυσμένης, προϊούσης ἀληθείας καὶ τἀν ποσὶν ἀναστελλούσης, ἵνα κατὰ λεωφόρου βαίνοι τῆς ὁδοῦ, κλῆρος οὗτος. πῶς οὖν μετανίστασο τῶν προτέρων ἐκείνων,
71λέγε θαρροῦσα ἡμῖν, ὦ διάνοια, ἣ τοῖς ἀκούειν τὰ νοητὰ δεδιδαγμένοις ἐνηχεῖς, ἀεὶ φάσκουσα ὅτι μετῳκισάμην τοῦ σώματος, ἡνίκα τῆς σαρκὸς ἠλόγουν ἤδη, καὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως, ὁπότε τὰ αἰσθητὰ πάντα ὡς μὴ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄντα ἐφαντασιώθην καταγνοῦσα μὲν αὐτῆς τῶν κριτηρίων ὡς νενοθευμένων καὶ δεδεκασμένων καὶ ψευδοῦς ὑποπεπλησμένων δόξης, καταγνοῦσα δὲ καὶ τῶν κρινομένων, ὡς δελεάσαι καὶ ἀπατῆσαι καὶ ἐκ μέσης τῆς φύσεως ἁρπάσαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν εὐτρεπισμένων· μετανέστην καὶ τοῦ λόγου, ἡνίκα πολλὴν ἀλογίαν αὐτοῦ κατέγνων καίτοι μετεωρίζοντος καὶ φυσῶντος ἑαυτόν.
72ἐτόλμα γὰρ τόλμημα οὐ μικρόν, διὰ σκιῶν μοι σώματα, διὰ ῥημάτων πράγματα, ἅπερ ἀμήχανον ἦν, δεικνύναι· καίτοι σφαλλόμενος περιελάλει καὶ περιέρρει κοινότητι τῶν ὀνομάτων τὰς ἰδιότητας τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἀδυνατῶν ἐμφάσει τρανῇ παραστῆσαι.
73παθοῦσα δ’ ὡς ἄφρων καὶ νήπιος παῖς ἔμαθον, ὡς ἄμεινον ἦν ἄρα πάντων μὲν τούτων ὑπεξελθεῖν, ἑκάστου δὲ τὰς δυνάμεις ἀναθεῖναι θεῷ τῷ καὶ τὸ σῶμα σωματοῦντι καὶ πηγνύντι καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν αἰσθάνεσθαι παρασκευάζοντι καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τὸ λέγειν ὀρέγοντι.
74τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον ὅνπερ τῶν ἄλλων ὑπεξελήλυθας, ὑπέξελθε καὶ μετανάστηθι σεαυτῆς. τί δὲ τοῦτό ἐστιν; μὴ ταμιεύσῃ τὸ νοεῖν καὶ διανοεῖσθαι καὶ καταλαμβάνειν σεαυτῇ, φέρουσα δὲ καὶ ταῦτα ἀνάθες τῷ τοῦ νοεῖν ἀκριβῶς καὶ καταλαμβάνειν ἀνεξαπατήτως αἰτίῳ.
75Τὴν δὲ ἀνάθεσιν δέξεται τῶν πανιέρων τεμενῶν τὸ ἁγιώτερον· δύο γὰρ ἔοικε συστῆναι, τὸ μὲν νοητόν, τὸ δ’ αἰσθητόν. αἰσθητῶν μὲν οὖν φύσεων ὁ κόσμος οὗτος, ἀοράτων δ’ ὡς ἀληθῶς ὁ νοητὸς τὸ πάνθειόν ἐστιν.
Sections 76–100
76ὅτι δ’ ὁ ὑπεξελθὼν ἐξ ἡμῶν νοητῶν καὶ γλιχόμενος ὀπαδὸς εἶναι θεοῦ τοῦ φύσεως ἀοιδίμου πλούτου κληρονόμος ἐστί, μαρτυρεῖ λέγων· „ἐξήγαγεν δὲ αὐτὸν ἔξω καὶ εἶπεν· ἀνάβλεψον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν“ (Gen. 15,5), ἐπειδήπερ οὗτος ὁ τῶν θείων θησαυρὸς ἀγαθῶν — „ἀνοίξαι γάρ σοι“ φησί „κύριος τὸν θησαυρὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀγαθόν, τὸν οὐρανόν“, (Deut. 28, 12), ἐξ οὗ δὴ τὰς τελεωτάτας εὐφροσύνας ὁ χορηγὸς ἀδιαστάτως ὕει —· „ἀνάβλεψον“ δὲ εἰς ἔλεγχον τοῦ τυφλοῦ τῶν ἀγελαίων ἀνθρώπων γένους, ὃ βλέπειν δοκοῦν πεπήρωται.
77πῶς γὰρ οὐ πεπήρωται, ὅτε κακὰ μὲν ἀντ’ ἀγαθῶν, αἰσχρὰ ἀντὶ καλῶν, ἄδικα ἀντὶ δικαίων καὶ πάθη μὲν ἀντ’ εὐπαθειῶν, θνητὰ δὲ ἀντ’ ἀθανάτων ᾕρηται καὶ νουθετητὰς μὲν καὶ σωφρονιστάς, ἔτι δὲ ἔλεγχον καὶ παιδείαν ἀποδιδράσκει, κόλακας δὲ καὶ τοὺς πρὸς ἡδονὴν λόγους ἀργίας καὶ ἀμαθίας καὶ θρύψεως δημιουργοὺς ἀποδέχεται;
78μόνος οὖν βλέπει ὁ ἀστεῖος, οὗ χάριν καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ὠνόμασαν οἱ παλαιοὶ ὁρῶντας (I Reg. 9, 9). ὁ δὲ ἔξω προεληλυθὼς οὐ μόνον ὁρῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεὸν ὁρῶν προσερρήθη, Ἰσραήλ [ὅς ἐστι θεὸν ὁρῶν]. οἱ δέ, κἄν ποτε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς διοίξωσι, πρὸς γῆν ἀπονενεύκασι τὰ γήινα μετιόντες καὶ τοῖς ἐν Ἅιδῃ συντρεφόμενοι. ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀνατείνει τὰς ὄψεις πρὸς αἰθέρα καὶ τὰς οὐρανοῦ περιόδους,
79πεπαίδευται δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ μάννα ἀφορᾶν, τὸν θεῖον λόγον, τὴν οὐράνιον ψυχῆς φιλοθεάμονος ἄφθαρτον τροφήν, οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὰ κρόμμυα καὶ τὰ σκόρδα, τὰ περιοδυνῶντα τὰς κόρας καὶ κακοῦντα καὶ καταμύειν ποιοῦντα, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας πράσων καὶ νεκρῶν ἰχθύων δυσοδμίας, οἰκείας Αἰγύπτου τροφάς.
80„ἐμνήσθημεν“ γάρ φασι „τοὺς ἰχθύας, οὓς ἠσθίομεν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ δωρεάν, καὶ σικύας, πέπονας, πράσα, κρόμμυα, σκόρδα· νυνὶ δὲ ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν κατάξηρος, οὐδὲν πλὴν εἰς τὸ μάννα οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν“ (Num. 11, 5.6).
81συντείνει δὲ πρὸς ἠθοποιίαν καὶ τὸ „ἐξήγαγεν αὐτὸν ἔξω“, ὅ τινες εἰώθασιν ὑπ’ ἀμουσίας ἤθους γελᾶν φάσκοντες· εἴσω γάρ τις ἐξάγεται, ἢ ἔμπαλιν εἰσέρχεται ἔξω; ναί, φαίην ἄν, ὦ καταγέλαστοι καὶ λίαν εὐχερεῖς· ψυχῆς γὰρ τρόπους ἰχνηλατεῖν οὐκ ἐμάθετε, ἀλλὰ σωμάτων τὰς ἐν τούτοις μεταβατικὰς κινήσεις μόνας ἐρευνᾶτε. διὸ καὶ παράδοξον ὑμῖν φαίνεται εἴ τις ἐξέρχεται εἴσω ἢ εἰσέρχεται ἔξω· τοῖς δὲ Μωυσέως γνωρίμοις ἡμῖν οὐδὲν τῶν τοιούτων ἀπῳδόν ἐστιν.
82ἢ οὐκ ἂν εἴποιτε, τὸν μὴ τέλειον ἀρχιερέα, ὁπότε ἐν τοῖς ἀδύτοις τὰς πατρῴους ἁγιστείας ἐπιτελεῖ, ἔνδον εἶναί τε καὶ ἔξω, ἔνδον μὲν τῷ φανερῷ σώματι, ἔξω δὲ ψυχῇ τῇ περιφοίτῳ καὶ πεπλανημένῃ, καὶ ἔμπαλίν τινα μηδὲ γένους ὄντα τοῦ ἱερωμένου θεοφιλῆ καὶ φιλόθεον ἔξω τῶν περιρραντηρίων ἑστῶτα ἐσωτάτω διατρίβειν, ἀποδημίαν ἡγούμενον ὅλον τὸν μετὰ σώματος βίον, ὁπότε δὲ δύναιτο τῇ ψυχῇ μόνῃ ζῆν, ἐν πατρίδι καταμένειν ὑπολαμβάνοντα;
83καὶ γὰρ φλιᾶς μέν ἐστιν ἔξω πᾶς ἄφρων, κἂν συνημερεύων μηδ’ ἀκαρὲς ἀπολείπηται, εἴσω δὲ πᾶς σοφός, κἂν μὴ μόνον χώραις ἀλλὰ καὶ μεγάλοις κλίμασι γῆς διῳκισμένος τυγχάνῃ· κατὰ δὲ Μωυσῆν οὕτως ὁ φίλος ἐγγύς ἐστιν, ὥστε ἀδιαφορεῖ ψυχῆς· λέγει γάρ·
84„ὁ φίλος, ὁ ἴσος τῇ ψυχῇ σου“ (Deut. 13, 6). καὶ ὁ ἱερεὺς μέντοι „ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἔσται κατ’ αὐτὸν ὅταν εἰσίῃ εἰς τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων, ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθῃ“ (Lev. 16,17), οὐ σωματικῶς, ἀλλὰ ταῖς κατὰ ψυχὴν κινήσεσιν. ὁ γὰρ νοῦς, ὅτε μὲν καθαρῶς λειτουργεῖ θεῷ, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνθρώπινος, ἀλλὰ θεῖος· ὅτε δὲ ἀνθρωπίνῳ τινί, τέτραπται καταβὰς ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ, μᾶλλον δὲ πεσὼν ἐπὶ γῆν ἐξέρχεται, κἂν ἔτι μένῃ τὸ σῶμα ἔνδον αὐτῷ.
85ὀρθότατα οὖν εἴρηται· „ἐξήγαγεν αὐτὸν ἔξω“ τῶν κατὰ τὸ σῶμα δεσμωτηρίων, τῶν κατὰ τὰς αἰσθήσεις φωλεῶν, τῶν κατὰ τὸν ἀπατεῶνα λόγον σοφιστειῶν, ἐπὶ πᾶσιν αὐτὸν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τοῦ δοκεῖν αὐτεξουσίῳ καὶ αὐτοκράτορι γνώμῃ νοεῖν τε καὶ καταλαμβάνειν.
86Προαγαγὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ἔξω φησίν· „ἀνάβλεψον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἀρίθμησον τοὺς ἀστέρας, ἐὰν δυνηθῇς ἐξαριθμῆσαι αὐτούς. οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου“ (Gen. 15, 5). παγκάλως εἶπεν „οὕτως ἔσται“, ἀλλ’ οὐ τοσοῦτον, τοῖς ἄστροις ἰσάριθμον. οὐ γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος αὐτὸ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μυρία ἄλλα τῶν εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν ὁλόκληρον καὶ παντελῆ βούλεται παρεμφῆναι.
87οὕτως οὖν ἔσται, φησίν, ὡς ἔχει τὸ ὁρώμενον αἰθέριον, οὕτως οὐράνιον, οὕτως αὐγῆς γέμον ἀσκίου καὶ καθαρᾶς — οὐρανοῦ γὰρ ἀπελήλαται νὺξ καὶ αἰθέρος τὸ σκότος —, ἀστεροειδέστατον, εὖ διακεκοσμημένον, τάξει χρώμενον ἀκλινεῖ τῇ κατὰ ταὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἐχούσῃ.
88βούλεται γὰρ ἀντίμιμον οὐρανοῦ, εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ προσυπερβάλλοντα εἰπεῖν, οὐρανὸν ἐπίγειον ἀποφῆναι τὴν τοῦ σοφοῦ ψυχὴν ἔχουσαν ἐν ἑαυτῇ καθάπερ ἐν αἰθέρι καθαρὰς φύσεις, τεταγμένας κινήσεις, χορείας ἐμμελεῖς, θείας περιόδους, ἀρετῶν ἀστεροειδεστάτας καὶ περιλαμπεστάτας αὐγάς. εἰ δ’ ἀμήχανον αἰσθητῶν ἀστέρων ἀριθμὸν εὑρεῖν, πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον νοητῶν;
89ἐφ’ ὅσον γὰρ οἶμαι τὸ κρῖνον τοῦ κρίνοντος ἄμεινον ἢ χεῖρον — νοῦς μὲν γὰρ ἄμεινον αἰσθήσεως, διανοίας δὲ ἀμβλύτερον αἴσθησις —, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον καὶ τὰ κρινόμενα διενήνοχεν· ὥστε μυρίῳ πλήθει τὰ νοητὰ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ὑπερβάλλειν. τοῦ γὰρ ψυχῆς ὄμματος βραχυτάτη μοῖρα οἱ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ὀφθαλμοί· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἔοικεν ἡλίῳ, λυχνούχοις δὲ οὗτοι μελετῶσιν ἐξάπτεσθαι τε καὶ σβέννυσθαι.
90Ἀναγκαίως οὖν ἐπιλέγεται „ἐπίστευσεν Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ“ (Gen. 15, 6) πρὸς ἔπαινον τοῦ πεπιστευκότος. καίτοι, τάχα ἄν τις εἴποι, τοῦτ’ ἄξιον ἐπαίνου κρίνετε; τίς δὲ οὐκ ἄν τι λέγοντι καὶ ὑπισχνουμένῳ θεῷ προσέχοι τὸν νοῦν, κἂν εἰ πάντων ἀδικώτατος καὶ ἀσεβέστατος ὢν τυγχάνοι;
91πρὸς ὃν ἐροῦμεν· ὦ γενναῖε, μὴ ἀνεξετάστως ἢ τὸν σοφὸν ἀφέλῃ τὰ πρέποντα ἐγκώμια ἢ τοῖς ἀναξίοις τὴν τελειοτάτην ἀρετῶν, πίστιν, μαρτυρήσῃς ἢ τὴν ἡμετέραν περὶ τούτων γνῶσιν αἰτιάσῃ.
92βαθυτέραν γὰρ εἰ βουληθείης ἔρευναν καὶ μὴ σφόδρ’ ἐπιπόλαιον ποιήσασθαι, σαφῶς γνώσῃ, ὅτι μόνῳ θεῷ χωρὶς ἑτέρου προσπαραλήψεως οὐ ῥᾴδιον πιστεῦσαι διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ θνητὸν ᾧ συνεζεύγμεθα συγγένειαν· ὅπερ ἡμᾶς καὶ χρήμασι καὶ δόξῃ καὶ ἀρχῇ καὶ φίλοις ὑγείᾳ τε καὶ ῥώμῃ σώματος καὶ ἄλλοις πολλοῖς ἀναπείθει πεπιστευκέναι. τὸ δὲ
93ἐκνίψασθαι τούτων ἕκαστον καὶ ἀπιστῆσαι γενέσει τῇ πάντα ἐξ ἑαυτῆς ἀπίστῳ, μόνῳ δὲ πιστεῦσαι θεῷ τῷ καὶ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν μόνῳ πιστῷ μεγάλης καὶ ὀλυμπίου ἔργον διανοίας ἐστί, οὐκέτι πρὸς οὐδενὸς δελεαζομένης
94τῶν παρ’ ἡμῖν. εὖ δὲ τὸ φάναι "λογισθῆναι τὴν πίστιν εἰς δικαιοσύνην αὐτῷ“ (Gen. 15,6)· δίκαιον γὰρ οὐδὲν οὕτως, ὡς ἀκράτῳ καὶ ἀμιγεῖ τῇ πρὸς θεὸν μόνον πίστει κεχρῆσθαι.
95τὸ δὲ δίκαιον καὶ ἀκόλουθον τοῦτο τῇ φύσει παράδοξον ἐνομίσθη διὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ἀπιστίαν ἡμῶν, οὓς ἐλέγχων ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος φησίν, ὅτι τὸ ἐπὶ μόνῳ τῷ ὄντι βεβαίως καὶ ἀκλινῶς ὁρμεῖν θαυμαστὸν μὲν παρ’ ἀνθρώποις, οἷς ἀγαθῶν ἀδόλων κτῆσις οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐ θαυμαστὸν δὲ παρ’ ἀληθείᾳ βραβευούσῃ, δικαιοσύνης δ’ αὐτὸ μόνον ἔργον.
96„Εἶπε δὲ“ φησί „πρὸς αὐτόν· ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐξαγαγών σε ἐκ χώρας Χαλδαίων, ὥστε δοῦναί σοι τὴν γῆν ταύτην κληρονομῆσαι" (Gen. 15, 7). τοῦτ’ οὐχ ὑπόσχεσιν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παλαιᾶς ὑποσχέσεως βεβαίωσιν ἐμφαίνει.
97τὸ μὲν οὖν πάλαι δωρηθὲν ἀγαθὸν ἔξοδος ἦν ἀπὸ τῆς Χαλδαϊκῆς μετεωρολογίας, ἥτις ἀνεδίδασκεν οὐ θεοῦ ἔργον, ἀλλὰ θεὸν ὑπολαμβάνειν τὸν κόσμον εἶναι καὶ τό τε εὖ καὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἅπασι τοῖς οὖσι φοραῖς καὶ τεταγμέναις περιόδοις ἀστέρων ἀριθμεῖσθαι καὶ ἐνθένδε τὴν ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ γένεσιν ἠρτῆσθαι — ταῦτα δ’ ἡ τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν ὁμαλὴ καὶ τεταγμένη κίνησις τοὺς εὐχερεστέρους ἀνέπεισε τερατεύεσθαι· καὶ γὰρ τὸ Χαλδαίων ὄνομα μεταληφθὲν ὁμαλότητι παρωνυμεῖ —,
98τὸ δὲ νέον ἀγαθὸν κληρονομῆσαι σοφίαν τὴν ἄδεκτον μὲν αἰσθήσει, νῷ δ’ εἱλικρινεστάτῳ καταλαμβανομένην, δι’ ἧς ἀποικιῶν ἡ ἀρίστη βεβαιοῦται μετανισταμένης τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπὸ ἀστρονομίας ἐπὶ φυσιολογίαν καὶ ἀπὸ ἀβεβαίου εἰκασίας ἐπὶ πάγιον κατάληψιν καὶ κυρίως εἰπεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ γεγονότος πρὸς τὸ ἀγένητον, ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου πρὸς τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα αὐτοῦ.
99τοὺς μὲν γὰρ τὰς γνώμας χαλδαΐζοντας οὐρανῷ πεπιστευκέναι, τὸν δ’ ἐνθένδε μεταναστάντα τῷ ἐπόχῳ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἡνιόχῳ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου, θεῷ, φασὶν οἱ χρησμοί. καλός γε ὁ κλῆρος, μείζων ἴσως τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ λαμβάνοντος, ἐπάξιος δὲ τοῦ μεγέθους τοῦ διδόντος.
100Ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐξαρκεῖ χρηστὰ ἐλπίσαι καὶ θαυμάσια ἡλίκα προσδοκῆσαι τῷ σοφίας ἐραστῇ διὰ τῶν θεσπισθέντων· ἀλλ’ εἰ μὴ καὶ τρόπον γνώσεται καθ’ ὃν ἐφίξεται τῆς τοῦ κλήρου διαδοχῆς, παγχάλεπον ἡγεῖται, ἅτε διψῶν ἐπιστήμης καὶ ἀπλήστως ἔχων αὐτῆς· διὸ πυνθάνεται φάσκων· „δέσποτα, κατὰ τί γνώσομαι, ὅτι κληρονομήσω αὐτήν" (Gen. 15,8) ;
Sections 101–125
101ἴσως ἄν τις εἴποι μάχεσθαι τοῦτο τῷ πεπιστευκέναι· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀπορεῖν ἐνδοιάζοντος, τὸ δὲ μηκέτι ζητεῖν ἔργον εἶναι πεπιστευκότος. λεκτέον οὖν, ὅτι καὶ ἀπορεῖ καὶ πεπίστευκεν, οὐ μὴν περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ. πεπίστευκε μὲν γὰρ ὅτι κληρονόμος ἔσται σοφίας, τὸν δὲ τρόπον αὐτὸ μόνον ζητεῖ καθ’ ὃν ἂν γένοιτο· τὸ δ’ ὅτι γενήσεται, πάντως κατὰ τὰς θείας ὑποσχέσεις βεβαίως κατείληφεν.
102τὸν πόθον οὖν, ᾧ κέχρηται πρὸς τὸ μαθεῖν, ἐπαινέσας ὁ διδάσκαλος ἄρχεται τῆς ὑφηγήσεως ἀπὸ στοιχειώδους εἰσαγωγῆς, ἐν ᾗ πρῶτον καὶ ἀναγκαιότατον γέγραπται „λάβε μοι“ (Gen. 15,9)· βραχεῖα μὲν ἡ λέξις, πολλὴ δὲ ἡ δύναμις· ἐμφαίνει γὰρ οὐκ ὀλίγα.
103πρῶτον μέν, ἴδιον, φησίν, οὐδὲν ἔχεις ἀγαθόν, ἀλλ’ ὅ τι ἂν νομίσῃς ἔχειν, ἕτερος παρέσχηκεν. ἐξ οὗ συνάγεται ὅτι θεοῦ τοῦ διδόντος κτήματα πάντα, ἀλλ’ οὐ τῆς μεταίτου καὶ τὰς χεῖρας εἰς τὸ λαβεῖν προτεινούσης γενέσεως.
104δεύτερον δέ, κἂν λάβῃς, λάβε μὴ σεαυτῷ, δάνειον δὲ ἢ παρακαταθήκην νομίσας τὸ δοθὲν τῷ παρακαταθεμένῳ καὶ συμβαλόντι ἀπόδος, πρεσβυτέραν χάριν χάριτι νεωτέρᾳ, προκατάρχουσαν
105ἀντεκτινούσῃ δικαίως καὶ προσηκόντως ἀμειψάμενος. μυρίοι γὰρ ἔξαρνοι παρακαταθηκῶν ἐγένοντο ἱερῶν, τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ὡς ἰδίοις ὑπ’ ἀμέτρου τῆς πλεονεξίας καταχρησάμενοι. σὺ δέ, ὦ γενναῖε, παντὶ σθένει πειρῶ μὴ μόνον ἀσινῆ καὶ ἀκιβδήλευτα φυλάττειν ἃ ἔλαβες, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάσης ἐπιμελείας ἀξιοῦν, ἵν’ ὁ παρακαταθέμενος μηδὲν ἔχῃ τῆς παρὰ σοῦ φυλακῆς αἰτιάσασθαι.
106παρακατέθετο δέ σοι αὐτῷ ψυχήν, λόγον, αἴσθησιν ὁ ζῳοπλάστης, ἃ συμβολικῶς δάμαλις, κριός, αἲξ ἐν ἱεραῖς γραφαῖς ὠνομάσθησαν (Gen. 15, 9). ταῦτα δ’ οἱ μὲν εὐθὺς ὑπὸ φιλαυτίας ἐνοσφίσαντο, οἱ δὲ ἐταμιεύσαντο πρὸς καιριωτάτην ἀπόδοσιν.
107τῶν μὲν οὖν νοσφιζομένων οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμὸν εὑρεῖν· τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν ψυχὴν καὶ αἴσθησιν καὶ λόγον, πάνθ’ ὁμοῦ ταῦτ’ οὔ φησιν ἑαυτοῦ κτήματ’ εἶναι, τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι, τὸ λέγειν, τὸ καταλαμβάνειν οἰόμενος ἐφ’ ἑαυτῷ μόνῳ κεῖσθαι;
108τῶν δὲ τὴν πίστιν ἱερὰν καὶ ἄσυλον ὄντως διαφυλαττόντων ὀλίγος ἐστὶν ἀριθμός. οὗτοι ταῦτα τὰ τρία ἀνατεθείκασι θεῷ, ψυχήν, αἴσθησιν, λόγον· ἔλαβον γὰρ οὐχ ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλ’ ἐκείνῳ πάντα ταῦτα, ὥστε εἰκότως ὡμολόγησαν κατ’ αὐτὸν εἶναι τὰς ἑκάστων ἐνεργείας, τοῦ νοῦ τὰς διανοήσεις, τοῦ λόγου τὰς ἑρμηνείας, τῆς αἰσθήσεως τὰς φαντασίας.
109οἱ μὲν οὖν ἑαυτοῖς ταῦτα ἐπιγράφοντες ἄξια τῆς ἑαυτῶν βαρυδαιμονίας ἐκληρώσαντο, ψυχὴν μὲν ἐπίβουλον, ἀλόγοις πάθεσι πεφυρμένην καὶ πλήθει κακιῶν κατειλημμένην, τοτὲ μὲν ὑπὸ λαιμαργίας καὶ λαγνείας ὥσπερ ἐν χαμαιτυπείῳ περιυβριζομένην, τοτὲ δὲ ὑπὸ πλήθους ἀδικημάτων ὥσπερ ἐν δεσμωτηρίῳ καθειργμένην μετὰ κακούργων, οὐκ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐπιτηδευμάτων, ἃ πᾶσι τοῖς κριταῖς [ἢ τιμωρηταῖς] ἀγώγιμα γέγονε, λόγον δὲ στόμαργον, ἠκονημένον κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, βλαβερὸν μὲν τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν, αἰσχύνην δὲ τοῖς κεκτημένοις ἐπιφέροντα, αἴσθησιν δὲ ἀκόρεστον, ἐμφορουμένην μὲν αἰεὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν, ὑπὸ δὲ ἀκράτορος τῆς ἐπιθυμίας μηδέποτε ἐμπλησθῆναι δυναμένην, ἀλογοῦσαν τῶν σωφρονιστῶν, ὡς παρορᾶν καὶ παρακούειν καὶ ὅσα ἂν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ διεξέρχωνται παραπτύειν.
110οἱ δὲ λαβόντες μὴ ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλὰ θεῷ τούτων ἕκαστον αὐτῷ ἀνέθεσαν, ἱεροπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄντως φυλάξαντες τῷ κτησαμένῳ, τὴν μὲν διάνοιαν, ἵνα μηδὲν ἄλλο ἢ περὶ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν αὐτοῦ διανοῆται, τὸν δὲ λόγον, ἵν’ ἀχαλίνῳ στόματι ἐγκωμίοις καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ εὐδαιμονισμοῖς γεραίρῃ τὸν τῶν ὅλων πατέρα, τὰς πρὸς ἑρμηνείαν ἁπάσας ἀρετὰς εἰς ἓν τοῦτο μόνον ἔργον συγκροτῶν καὶ ἐπιδεικνύμενος, τὴν δὲ αἴσθησιν, ἵνα φαντασιουμένη τὸν αἰσθητὸν ἅπαντα κόσμον οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν καὶ τὰς μεταξὺ φύσεις, ζῷά τε καὶ φυτά, ἐνεργείας τε καὶ δυνάμεις αὐτῶν καὶ ὅσαι κινήσεις καὶ σχέσεις, ἀδόλως καὶ καθαρῶς ψυχῇ διαγγέλλῃ.
111νῷ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς καταλαμβάνειν τὸν μὲν νοητὸν κόσμον δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, τὸν δὲ ὁρατὸν δι’ αἰσθήσεως ἐφῆκεν. εἰ δὴ δύναιτό τις πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσι ζῆσαι θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἑαυτῷ, διὰ μὲν τῶν αἰσθήσεων εἰς τὰ αἰσθητὰ διακύψας ἕνεκα τοῦ τἀληθὲς εὑρεῖν, διὰ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς τὰ νοητὰ καὶ ὄντα ὄντως φιλοσοφήσας, διὰ δὲ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν φωνὴν ὀργάνου καὶ τὸν κόσμον καὶ τὸν δημιουργὸν
112ὑμνήσας, εὐδαίμονι καὶ μακαρίῳ βίῳ χρήσεται. ταῦτα ἐκ τοῦ „λάβε μοι“ παρεμφαίνεσθαι νομίζω. βουληθεὶς μέντοι καὶ τῆς θείας ἀρετῆς ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ τὴν εἰκόνα ἐπὶ γῆν καταπέμψαι δι’ ἔλεον τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν, ἵνα μὴ ἀτυχήσῃ τῆς ἀμείνονος μοίρας, συμβολικῶς τὴν ἱερὰν σκηνὴν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ κατασκευάζει, σοφίας ἀπεικόνισμα καὶ μίμημα.
113τῆς γὰρ ἀκαθαρσίας ἡμῶν ἐν μέσῳ φησὶ τὴν σκηνὴν ἱδρῦσθαι τὸ λόγιον, ἵν’ ἔχωμεν ᾧ καθαρθησόμεθα ἐκνιψάμενοι καὶ ἀπολουσάμενοι τὰ καταρρυπαίνοντα ἡμῶν τὸν ἄθλιον καὶ δυσκλείας γέμοντα βίον. τὰ συντείνοντα οὖν πρὸς τὴν κατασκευὴν ἴδωμεν ὃν τρόπον εἰσφέρειν προσέταξεν.
114„ἐλάλησε“ φησί „κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων· εἰπὸν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ λάβετέ μοι ἀπαρχάς, παρὰ πάντων οἷς ἂν δόξῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ, λήψεσθε τὰς ἀπαρχάς μου“ (Exod. 25, 1.2.). οὐκοῦν κἀνταῦθα παραίνεσις μὴ ἑαυτοῖς ἀλλὰ θεῷ λαβεῖν, τίς τε ὁ διδούς ἐστιν ἐξετάζοντας καὶ τὰ δοθέντα μὴ σινομένους, ἀσινῆ δὲ καὶ ἄμωμα τέλειά τε αὖ καὶ ὁλόκληρα διαφυλάττοντας. τὰς δ’ ἀρχὰς δογματικώτατα ἀνέθηκεν αὐτῷ· τῷ γὰρ ὄντι καὶ σωμάτων καὶ πραγμάτων αἱ ἀρχαὶ κατὰ
115θεὸν ἐξετάζονται μόνον. ἐρεύνησον δέ, εἰ θέλεις γνῶναι, ἕκαστα, φυτά, ζῷα, τέχνας, ἐπιστήμας. ἆρ’ οὖν αἱ πρῶται τῶν φυτῶν σπερματικαὶ καταβολαὶ γεωργίας ἢ τῆς ἀοράτου φύσεώς εἰσιν ἀόρατα ἔργα; τί δ’ αἱ ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων γενέσεις; οὐχ ὡσανεὶ μὲν συναιτίους ἔχουσι τοὺς τοκέας, τὴν δ’ ἀνωτάτω καὶ πρεσβυτάτην καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς αἰτίαν τὴν φύσιν;
116τέχναις δὲ καὶ ἐπιστήμαις οὐ πηγὴ καὶ ῥίζα καὶ θεμέλιοι καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο πρεσβυτέρας ὄνομα ἀρχῆς ὑπόκειται ἡ φύσις, ᾗ πάντ’ ἐποικοδομεῖται τὰ καθ’ ἑκάστην θεωρήματα; φύσεως δὲ μὴ προϋποκειμένης ἀτελῆ τὰ πάντα. ἐνθένδε μοι δοκεῖ τις ὁρμηθεὶς εὐστόχως εἰπεῖν ἀρχὴ δέ τοι ἥμισυ παντός, ἀρχὴν αἰνιξάμενος τὴν φύσιν, ἥτις ὡσανεὶ ῥίζα καταβέβληται πρὸς τὴν ἑκάστου συναύξησιν, ᾗ καὶ τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ παντὸς ἀπένειμεν.
117εἰκότως οὖν τὸ λόγιον ἀνέθηκε τὰς ἀρχὰς τῷ ἡγεμόνι θεῷ. καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις „εἶπεν“ φησίν „κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων· ἁγίασόν μοι πᾶν πρωτότοκον, πρωτογενές, διανοῖγον πᾶσαν μήτραν ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους· ἐμοί ἐστιν“ (Exod. 13, 1. 2)·
118ὥστε ἀνωμολογῆσθαι καὶ διὰ τούτων, ὅτι τὰ πρῶτα καὶ χρόνῳ καὶ δυνάμει κτήματα θεοῦ, καὶ διαφερόντως τὰ πρωτογενῆ. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πᾶν γένος ἄφθαρτον, δικαίως τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ προσνεμηθήσεται, καὶ εἴ τις καὶ συνόλως μήτραν διοιγνύειν ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου, τοῦ λογισμοῦ καὶ λόγου, ἕως κτήνους, αἰσθήσεώς τε καὶ σώματος.
119ὁ γὰρ διοιγνὺς τὴν μήτραν ἑκάστων, τοῦ μὲν νοῦ πρὸς τὰς νοητὰς καταλήψεις, τοῦ δὲ λόγου πρὸς τὰς διὰ φωνῆς ἐνεργείας, τῶν δὲ αἰσθήσεων πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἐγγινομένας φαντασίας, τοῦ δὲ σώματος πρὸς τὰς οἰκείους αὐτῷ σχέσεις τε καὶ κινήσεις ἀόρατος καὶ σπερματικὸς καὶ τεχνικὸς θεῖός ἐστι λόγος, ὃς προσηκόντως ἀνακείσεται τῷ πατρί.
120καὶ μὴν ὥσπερ αἱ ἀρχαὶ θεοῦ, οὕτως καὶ τὰ τέλη θεοῦ. μάρτυς δὲ Μωυσῆς προστάττων ἀφαιρεῖν καὶ ὁμολογεῖν τὸ τέλος τῷ κυρίῳ (Num. 31, 28 ss.). μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐν κόσμῳ.
121πῶς; φυτοῦ μὲν ἀρχὴ σπέρμα, τέλος δ’ ὁ καρπός, ἑκάτερον οὐ γεωργίας, ἀλλὰ φύσεως ἔργον. πάλιν ἐπιστήμης ἀρχὴ μὲν ἡ φύσις, ὡς ἐδείχθη, πέρας δ’ οὐδ’ ἦλθεν εἰς ἀνθρώπους. τέλειος γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἐν οὐδενὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων, ἀλλ’ ἀψευδῶς αἱ τελειότητες καὶ ἀκρότητες ἑνός εἰσι μόνου. φορούμεθ’ οὖν λοιπὸν ἡμεῖς ἐν τῷ τέλους καὶ ἀρχῆς μεθορίῳ, μανθάνοντες, διδάσκοντες, γεωπονοῦντες, ἐργαζόμενοι τῶν ἄλλων ἕκαστον ὡς ἂν ἱδρῶντες, ἵνα τι καὶ γένεσις πράττειν δοκῇ.
122γνωριμώτερον μέντοι τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰ τέλη κατὰ θεὸν ὡμολόγησεν ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως εἰπών· „ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησε“ (Gen. 1, 1) καὶ πάλιν „συνετέλεσεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν“ (cf. Gen. 2,1. 2.4).
123νυνὶ μὲν οὖν „λάβετέ μοι“ (Exod. 25, 2) φησὶ διδοὺς τὰ πρέπονθ’ ἑαυτῷ καὶ προτρέπων τὰ δοθέντα μὴ κιβδηλεύειν, ἀλλ’ ἀξίως τοῦ δόντος φυλάττειν, αὖθις δ’ ἐν ἑτέροις ὁ μηδενὸς χρεῖος ὢν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λαμβάνων μηδὲν ὁμολογήσει λαμβάνειν, ἕνεκα τοῦ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἀλεῖψαι καὶ προθυμίαν ὁσιότητος ἐμποιῆσαι καὶ πρὸς θεραπείαν ἀκονῆσαι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, ὡς ἀποδεχομένου καὶ δεχομένου τὰς ψυχῆς ἑκουσίους ἀρεσκείας καὶ γνησίους θεραπείας.
124„ἰδοὺ“ γάρ φησιν „εἴληφα τοὺς Λευίτας ἀντὶ παντὸς πρωτοτόκου διανοίγοντος μήτραν παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· λύτρα αὐτῶν ἔσονται“ (Num. 3, 12). οὐκοῦν λαμβάνομεν καὶ δίδομεν, ἀλλὰ κυρίως μὲν λαμβάνομεν, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ διδόναι λεγόμεθα δι’ ἃς αἰτίας εἶπον. εὐθυβόλως δὲ λύτρα ὠνόμασε τοὺς Λευίτας· εἰς ἐλευθερίαν γὰρ οὐδὲν οὕτως ἐξαιρεῖται τὴν διάνοιαν ὡς τὸ πρόσφυγα καὶ ἱκέτην γενέσθαι θεοῦ. τοῦτο δ’ ἡ ἱερωμένη φυλὴ Λευιτῶν ἐπαγγέλλεται.
125Λελαληκότες οὖν τὰ πρέποντα περὶ τούτων ἀναδράμωμεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς· ὑπερεθέμεθα γὰρ πολλὰ τῶν ὀφειλόντων ἀκριβωθῆναι. „λάβε μοι“ φησί „δάμαλιν“ ἄζυγα καὶ ἀκάκωτον, ἁπαλὴν ἔτι καὶ νέαν καὶ σφριγῶσαν, ἡνιόχησιν καὶ παιδείαν καὶ ἐπιστασίαν εὐμαρῶς δέξασθαι δυναμένην ψυχήν· „λάβε μοι κριόν,“ λόγον ἀγωνιστὴν καὶ τέλειον, ἱκανὸν μὲν τὰ σοφίσματα τῶν ἀντιδοξούντων ἀνατεμεῖν τε καὶ λῦσαι, ἱκανὸν δὲ καὶ ἀσφάλειαν ὁμοῦ καὶ εὐκοσμίαν τῷ χρωμένῳ περιποιῆσαι·
Sections 126–150
126„λάβε μοι“ καὶ τὴν ᾄττουσαν αἴσθησιν ἐπὶ τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον, „αἶγα,“ πάντα „τριετίζοντα“, κατ’ ἀριθμὸν τέλειον παγέντα, ἀρχὴν μεσότητα τελευτὴν ἔχοντα· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις „τρυγόνα καὶ περιστεράν“ (Gen. 15, 9), τήν τε θείαν καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σοφίαν, πτηνὰς μὲν ἀμφοτέρας καὶ ἄνω πηδᾶν μεμελετηκυίας, διαφερούσας δ’ ἀλλήλων, ᾗ διαφέρει γένος εἴδους ἢ μίμημα ἀρχετύπου.
127φιλέρημος μὲν γὰρ ἡ θεία σοφία, διὰ τὸν μόνον θεόν, οὗ κτῆμά ἐστι, τὴν μόνωσιν ἀγαπῶσα — συμβολικῶς αὕτη τρυγὼν καλεῖται —, ἥμερος δὲ καὶ τιθασὸς καὶ ἀγελαῖος ἡ ἑτέρα, τὰ ἀνθρώπων ἄστη περιπολοῦσα καὶ διαίτῃ τῇ μετὰ θνητῶν
128ἀσμενίζουσα· περιστερᾷ ταύτην ἀπεικάζουσιν. ταύτας μοι δοκεῖ τὰς ἀρετὰς Μωυσῆς αἰνιξάμενος μαίας Ἑβραίων ὀνομάσαι Σεπφώραν τε καὶ Φουάν (Exod. 1, 15)· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ὀρνίθιον, Φουὰ δὲ ἐρυθρὸν ἑρμηνεύεται. τῆς μὲν οὖν θείας ἐπιστήμης ὄρνιθος τρόπον τὸ αἰεὶ μετεωροπολεῖν ἴδιον, τῆς δὲ ἀνθρωπίνης αἰδῶ καὶ σωφροσύνην ἐμποιεῖν, ὧν τὸ ἐρυθριᾶν ἐφ’ οἷς ἄξιον.
129δεῖγμα ἐναργέστατον· „ἔλαβεν δὲ“ φησίν „αὐτῷ πάντα ταῦτα“ (Gen. 15, 10). τοῦτ’ ἔπαινός ἐστι τοῦ σπουδαίου, τὴν ἱερὰν ὧν ἔλαβε παρακαταθήκην, ψυχῆς, αἰσθήσεως, λόγου, θείας σοφίας, ἀνθρωπίνης ἐπιστήμης, καθαρῶς καὶ ἀδόλως μὴ ἑαυτῷ, μόνῳ δὲ τῷ πεπιστευκότι φυλάξαντος.
130εἶτ’ ἐπιλέγει· „διεῖλεν αὐτὰ μέσα,“ τὸ τίς μὴ προστιθείς, ἵνα τὸν ἄδεικτον ἐννοῇς θεὸν τέμνοντα τὰς τῶν σωμάτων καὶ τὰς τῶν πραγμάτων ἑξῆς ἁπάσας ἡρμόσθαι καὶ ἡνῶσθαι δοκούσας φύσεις τῷ τομεῖ τῶν συμπάντων ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ, ὃς εἰς τὴν ὀξυτάτην ἀκονηθεὶς ἀκμὴν διαιρῶν οὐδέποτε λήγει.
131τὰ γὰρ αἰσθητὰ πάντα ἐπειδὰν μέχρι τῶν ἀτόμων καὶ λεγομένων ἀμερῶν διεξέλθῃ, πάλιν ἀπὸ τούτων τὰ λόγῳ θεωρητὰ εἰς ἀμυθήτους καὶ ἀπεριγράφους μοίρας ἄρχεται διαιρεῖν οὗτος ὁ τομεύς, καὶ „τὰ πέταλα τοῦ χρυσίου τέμνει τρίχας“ (Exod. 36, 10), ὥς φησι Μωυσῆς, εἰς μῆκος ἀπλατὲς ἀσωμάτοις γραμμαῖς ἐμφερές.
132ἕκαστον οὖν τῶν τριῶν διεῖλε μέσον, τὴν μὲν ψυχὴν εἰς λογικὸν καὶ ἄλογον, τὸν δὲ λόγον εἰς ἀληθές τε καὶ ψεῦδος, τὴν δὲ αἴσθησιν εἰς καταληπτικὴν φαντασίαν καὶ ἀκατάληπτον· ἅπερ εὐθὺς τμήματα „ἀντιπρόσωπα τίθησιν ἀλλήλοις“, λογικὸν ἄλογον, ἀληθὲς ψεῦδος, καταληπτὸν ἀκατάληπτον, ἀπολιπὼν τὰ πτηνὰ ἀδιαίρετα (Gen. 15, 10)· τὰς γὰρ ἀσωμάτους καὶ θείας ἐπιστήμας εἰς μαχομένας ἐναντιότητας ἀδύνατον τέμνεσθαι.
133Πολὺν δὲ καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ὄντα λόγον τὸν περὶ τῆς εἰς ἴσα τομῆς καὶ περὶ ἐναντιοτήτων οὔτε παρήσομεν οὔτε μηκυνοῦμεν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἔστιν ἐπιτέμνοντες ἀρκεσθησόμεθα μόνοις τοῖς καιρίοις. καθάπερ γὰρ ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὰ μέλη μέσα διεῖλεν ὁ τεχνίτης, οὕτως καὶ τὴν τοῦ παντὸς οὐσίαν, ἡνίκα τὸν κόσμον ἐδημιούργει.
134λαβὼν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἤρξατο διαιρεῖν ὧδε· δύο τὸ πρῶτον ἐποίει τμήματα, τό τε βαρὺ καὶ κοῦφον, τὸ παχυμερὲς ἀπὸ τοῦ λεπτομεροῦς διακρίνων· εἶθ’ ἑκάτερον πάλιν διαιρεῖ, τὸ μὲν λεπτομερὲς εἰς ἀέρα καὶ πῦρ, τὸ δὲ παχυμερὲς εἰς ὕδωρ καὶ γῆν, ἃ καὶ στοιχεῖα αἰσθητὰ αἰσθητοῦ κόσμου, ὡσανεὶ θεμελίους, προκατεβάλετο.
135πάλιν δὲ τὸ βαρὺ καὶ κοῦφον καθ’ ἑτέρας ἔτεμνεν ἰδέας, τὸ μὲν κοῦφον εἰς ψυχρόν τε καὶ θερμόν — ἐπεφήμισε δὲ τὸ μὲν ψυχρὸν ἀέρα, τὸ δὲ θερμὸν φύσει πῦρ —, τὸ δὲ βαρὺ εἰς ὑγρόν τε αὖ καὶ ξηρόν· ἐκάλεσε δὲ τὸ μὲν ξηρὸν γῆν, τὸ δὲ ὑγρὸν ὕδωρ.
136ἕκαστον δὲ τούτων ἄλλας τομὰς ἐδέχετο· γῆ μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἠπείρους καὶ νήσους διῃρεῖτο, ὕδωρ δὲ εἰς θάλασσαν καὶ ποταμοὺς καὶ ὅσον πότιμον, ἀὴρ δὲ εἰς τὰς θέρους καὶ χειμῶνος τροπάς, πῦρ δὲ εἰς τὸ χρειῶδες — ἄπληστον δ’ ἐστὶ καὶ φθαρτικὸν τοῦτο — καὶ κατὰ τοὐναντίον εἰς τὸ σωτήριον, ὅπερ εἰς τὴν οὐρανοῦ σύστασιν ἀπεκληροῦτο.
137ὥσπερ δὲ τὰ ὁλοσχερῆ, οὕτω καὶ τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἔτεμνεν, ὧν τὰ μὲν ἄψυχα, τὰ δ’ ἔμψυχα ἦν· καὶ τῶν ἀψύχων τὰ μὲν ἐν ταὐτῷ μένοντα, ὧν δεσμὸς ἕξις, τὰ δ’ οὐ μεταβατικῶς, ἀλλ’ αὐξητικῶς κινούμενα, ἃ φύσις ἡ ἀφάνταστος ἐζῴου· καὶ τούτων τὰ μὲν τῆς ἀγρίας ὕλης οἰστικὰ ἀγρίων καρπῶν, οἳ τροφὴ θηρίοις εἰσίν, τὰ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρου, ὧν γεωργία τὴν προστασίαν καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν ἔλαχε· τίκτει δὲ καρποὺς τῷ πάντων ἡμερωτάτῳ ζῴων πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν, ἀνθρώπῳ.
138καὶ μὴν ὃν τρόπον τὰ ἄψυχα, καὶ τὰ ψυχῆς μεμοιραμένα διῄρει — τούτων γὰρ ἓν μὲν ἀλόγων, ἓν δὲ λογικῶν ἀπέκρινεν εἶδος — καὶ λαβὼν ἑκάτερον πάλιν ἔτεμνεν τὸ μὲν ἄλογον εἰς ἀτίθασόν τε καὶ χειρόηθες εἶδος, τὸ δὲ λογικὸν εἰς ἄφθαρτόν τε καὶ θνητόν.
139καὶ τοῦ θνητοῦ δύο μοίρας εἰργάζετο, ὧν τὴν μὲν ἀνδρῶν, τὴν δὲ γυναικῶν ἐπεφήμισε. καὶ κατ’ ἄλλον μέντοι τρόπον τὸ ζῷον εἰς ἄρρεν ἔτεμνε καὶ θῆλυ· ἐδέχετο δὲ καὶ ἄλλας ἀναγκαίας τομάς, αἳ διέστελλον πτηνὰ μὲν χερσαίων, χερσαῖα δὲ ἐνύδρων, ἔνυδρα δὲ ἀμφοῖν τῶν ἄκρων.
140οὕτως ὁ θεὸς ἀκονησάμενος τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων αὑτοῦ λόγον διῄρει τήν τε ἄμορφον καὶ ἄποιον τῶν ὅλων οὐσίαν καὶ τὰ ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀποκριθέντα τέτταρα τοῦ κόσμου στοιχεῖα καὶ τὰ διὰ τούτων παγέντα ζῷά τε αὖ καὶ φυτά.
141Ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐ μόνον φησὶ „διεῖλεν,„ ἀλλὰ καὶ „μέσα διεῖλεν,„ ἀναγκαῖον κἂν ὀλίγα περὶ τῶν ἴσων τμημάτων ὑπομνῆσαι. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἄκρως κατὰ μέσον διαιρεθὲν ἴσα ἀποτελεῖ τμήματα.
142ἄνθρωπος μὲν οὖν οὐδεὶς δύναιτ’ ἀκριβῶς ἄν ποτε εἰς ἴσα διελεῖν οὐδέν, ἀλλ’ ἀνάγκη τῶν τμημάτων τὸ ἕτερον ἐνδεῖν ἢ περιττεύειν, καὶ εἰ μὴ μείζονι, ἀλλά τοι βραχεῖ μέρει πάντως, ὃ τάχα τὴν αἴσθησιν ἐκφεύγει τοῖς ἁδρομερεστέροις ἐκ φύσεως καὶ ἔθους προσβάλλουσαν ὄγκοις, τοὺς δὲ ἀτόμους καὶ ἀμερεῖς καταλαβεῖν ἀδυνατοῦσαν.
143ἰσότητος δὲ οὐδὲν γενητὸν αἴτιον ἀδεκάστῳ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας εὑρίσκεται. ἔοικεν οὖν ὁ θεὸς μόνος ἀκριβοδίκαιος εἶναι καὶ μέσα μόνος δύνασθαι διαιρεῖν τά τε σώματα καὶ πράγματα, ὡς μηδὲν τῶν τμημάτων μηδ’ ἀκαρεῖ καὶ ἀμερεῖ τινι πλέον ἢ ἔλαττον γενέσθαι, τῆς δ’ ἀνωτάτω καὶ ἄκρας ἰσότητος μεταλαχεῖν ἰσχῦσαι.
144εἰ μὲν οὖν τὸ ἴσον μίαν εἶχεν ἰδέαν, ἱκανῶς ἂν τὰ λεχθέντα εἴρητο, πλειόνων δ’ οὐσῶν οὐκ ἀποκνητέον τὰ ἁρμόττοντα προσθεῖναι. λέγεται γὰρ ἴσον καθ’ ἕνα μὲν τρόπον ἐν ἀριθμοῖς, ὡς δύο δυσὶ καὶ τρία τρισὶ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ταύτῃ, καθ’ ἕτερον δὲ ἐν μεγέθεσιν, ὧν μήκη, πλάτη, βάθη, διαστάσεις εἰσίν· παλαιστὴς γὰρ παλαιστῇ καὶ πήχει πῆχυς ἴσα μεγέθει, δυνάμει δέ ἐστιν ἄλλα, ὡς τὰ ἐν σταθμοῖς καὶ μέτροις.
145ἀναγκαία δέ ἐστιν ἰσότητος ἰδέα καὶ ἡ διὰ ἀναλογίας, καθ’ ἣν καὶ τὰ ὀλίγα τοῖς πολλοῖς καὶ τὰ βραχέα τοῖς μείζοσιν ἴσα νενόμισται· ᾗ καὶ πόλεις ἐπὶ καιρῶν εἰώθασι χρῆσθαι κελεύουσαι τὸ ἴσον ἕκαστον τῶν πολιτῶν ἀπὸ τῆς οὐσίας εἰσφέρειν, οὐ δήπου ἐν ἀριθμῷ, ἀλλ’ ἀναλογίᾳ τοῦ περὶ τὸν κλῆρον τιμήματος, ὥσθ’ ὁ δραχμὰς ἑκατὸν εἰσενεγκὼν τῷ τὸ
146τάλαντον εἰσενεγκόντι δόξαι ἂν ἐπιδεδωκέναι τὸ ἴσον. τούτων προϋποτυπωθέντων ἴδε πῶς μέσα διελὼν ἴσα διεῖλε κατὰ πάσας τὰς ἰσότητος ἰδέας ἐν τῇ τοῦ παντὸς οὐρανοῦ γενέσει. ἀριθμῷ μὲν οὖν ἴσα τὰ βαρέα τοῖς κούφοις ἔτεμνε, δύο δυσί, γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ, τὰ βάρος ἔχοντα, τοῖς φύσει κούφοις, ἀέρι καὶ πυρί, καὶ πάλιν ἓν ἑνί, τὸ μὲν ξηρότατον τῷ ὑγροτάτῳ, γῆν ὕδατι, τὸ δὲ ψυχρότατον τῷ θερμοτάτῳ, πυρὶ ἀέρα, τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον καὶ σκότος φωτὶ καὶ ἡμέραν νυκτὶ καὶ χειμῶνι θέρος καὶ ἔαρι μετόπωρον καὶ ὅσα τούτων συγγενῆ·
147μεγέθει δ’ ἴσα ἐν οὐρανῷ μὲν τοὺς παραλλήλους κύκλους, τούς τε ἰσημερινούς, ἐαρινὸν καὶ μετοπωρινόν, καὶ τοὺς τροπικούς, θερινόν τε καὶ χειμερινόν, ἐπὶ γῆς δὲ ζώνας, δύο μὲν ἴσας ἀλλήλαις, αἳ πρὸς τοῖς πόλοις εἰσὶ κατεψυγμέναι καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ ἀοίκητοι, δύο δὲ τὰς μεθορίους τούτων τε καὶ τῆς διακεκαυμένης, ἃς δι’ εὐκρασίαν φασὶν οἰκεῖσθαι, τὴν μὲν πρὸς τοῖς νοτίοις, τὴν δὲ πρὸς τοῖς βορείοις κειμένην.
148μήκει δ’ ἴσα ἐστὶ καὶ τὰ χρόνου διαστήματα, ἡ μεγίστη ἡμέρα τῇ μεγίστῃ νυκτὶ καὶ πάλιν ἡ βραχυτάτη τῇ βραχυτάτῃ καὶ ἡ μέση τῇ μέσῃ. τὰ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἡμερῶν τε καὶ νυκτῶν ἴσα μεγέθη μάλιστα μηνύειν αἱ ἰσημερίαι δοκοῦσιν.
149ἀπὸ μὲν γὰρ τῆς ἐαρινῆς ἄχρι θερινῶν τροπῶν ἡ μὲν ἡμέρα πρόσθεσιν, ἡ δὲ νὺξ ἀφαίρεσιν δέχεται, ἕως ἂν ἥ τε μεγίστη ἡμέρα καὶ βραχυτάτη νὺξ ἀποτελεσθῶσιν· ἀπὸ δὲ θερινῶν τροπῶν ἀνακάμπτων ὁ ἥλιος τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν οὔτε θᾶττον οὔτε βραδύτερον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντα διαστήματα, τάχεσιν ἴσοις χρώμενος μέχρι τῆς μετοπωρινῆς ἰσημερίας ἔρχεται, καὶ ἴσην ἀποτελέσας ἡμέραν νυκτὶ παραύξειν ἄρχεται τὴν νύκτα μειῶν τὴν ἡμέραν ἄχρι χειμερινῆς τροπῆς·
150καὶ ὅταν ἀποτελέσῃ νύκτα μὲν μεγίστην, ἡμέραν δὲ βραχυτάτην, κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ πάλιν διαστήματα ἀνακάμπτων ἐπὶ τὴν ἐαρινὴν ἰσημερίαν ἀφικνεῖται. οὕτως τὰ χρόνων διαστήματα ἄνισα εἶναι δοκοῦντα ἰσότητος τῆς κατὰ τὸ μέγεθος ἐν οὐχὶ ταῖς αὐταῖς ἀλλ’ ἐν διαφερούσαις τοῦ ἔτους ὥραις μεταποιεῖται.
Sections 151–175
151τὸ παραπλήσιον μέντοι καὶ ἐν τοῖς μέρεσι τῶν ζῴων καὶ μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων θεωρεῖται. ποὺς γὰρ ποδὶ καὶ χεὶρ χειρὶ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα σχεδὸν ἅπαντα ἴσα μεγέθει, τὰ ἐπὶ δεξιὰ τοῖς κατ’ εὐώνυμα. τὰ δ’ ἴσα δυνάμει πάμπολλά ἐστιν ἔν τε ξηροῖς καὶ ὑγροῖς, ὧν ἡ ἐπίκρισις ἐν μέτροις καὶ πλάστιγξι καὶ τοῖς παραπλησίοις θεωρεῖται.
152ἀναλογίᾳ δὲ σχεδὸν τὰ πάντα ἐστὶν ἴσα, μικρά τε αὖ καὶ μεγάλα ὅσα ἐν τῷ παντὶ κόσμῳ. λέγουσι γὰρ οἱ ἀκριβέστατα περὶ τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἐξητακότες, ὅτι ἀναλογίᾳ μὲν ἴσα τὰ τέτταρα στοιχεῖά ἐστιν, ἀναλογίᾳ δὲ καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἅπας κραθεὶς τὸ ἴσον ἑκάστῳ τῶν μερῶν ἀπονεμούσῃ συνέστη τε καὶ συσταθεὶς εἰς ἅπαν διαμένει·
153καὶ τὰ περὶ ἡμᾶς μέντοι τέτταρα, ξηρόν, ὑγρόν, ψυχρόν τε αὖ καὶ θερμόν, τὴν δι’ ἀναλογίας ἰσότητα κερασαμένην ἁρμόσασθαι, καὶ μηδὲν ἄλλο ἡμᾶς ἢ κρᾶσιν εἶναι τῶν τεσσάρων δυνάμεων ἀναλογίας ἰσότητι κραθεισῶν.
154ἐπιὼν δέ τις ἕκαστα μῆκος ἂν ἄπειρον τῷ λόγῳ δύναιτ’ ἂν περιθεῖναι. τὰ γὰρ βραχύτατα ζῷα τοῖς μεγίστοις ἀναλογίᾳ σκοπῶν ἴσα ἂν εὕροι, ὡς χελιδόνα ἀετῷ καὶ τρίγλαν κήτει καὶ μύρμηκα ἐλέφαντι. καὶ γὰρ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴ καὶ πάθη, ἀλγηδόνες τε καὶ ἡδοναί, πρὸς δὲ καὶ οἰκειώσεις καὶ ἀλλοτριώσεις καὶ ὅσα ζῴων φύσις χωρεῖ, πάντα σχεδόν ἐστιν ὁμοιότροπα τῷ τῆς ἀναλογίας ἰσούμενα κανόνι.
155οὕτως ἐθάρρησαν ἔνιοι καὶ τῷ παντὶ κόσμῳ τὸ βραχύτατον ζῷον, ἄνθρωπον, ἴσον ἀποφῆναι κατιδόντες ὅτι ἑκάτερον ἐκ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς καθέστηκε λογικῆς, ὥστε καὶ ἐναλλάττοντες βραχὺν μὲν κόσμον τὸν ἄνθρωπον, μέγαν δὲ ἄνθρωπον ἔφασαν τὸν κόσμον εἶναι.
156ταῦτα δ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ διδάσκουσιν, ἀλλ’ ἔγνωσαν ὅτι ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ τέχνη, καθ’ ἣν ἐδημιούργει τὰ σύμπαντα, οὔτε ἐπίτασιν οὔτε ἄνεσιν δεχομένη, μένουσα δὲ ἡ αὐτὴ κατὰ τὴν ἐν ὑπερβολαῖς ἀκρότητα τελείως ἕκαστον τῶν ὄντων δεδημιούργηκε, πᾶσιν ἀριθμοῖς καὶ πάσαις ταῖς πρὸς τελειότητα
157ἰδέαις καταχρησαμένου τοῦ πεποιηκότος. „κατὰ γὰρ τὸν μικρὸν καὶ κατὰ τὸν μέγαν,“ ὥς φησι Μωυσῆς, ἔκρινε (Deut. 1, 17) γεννῶν καὶ σχηματίζων ἕκαστα, μήτε δι’ ἀφάνειαν ὕλης ὑφελών τι τοῦ τεχνικοῦ μήτε διὰ λαμπρότητα προσθείς·
158ἐπεὶ καὶ ὅσοι τῶν τεχνιτῶν εἰσι δόκιμοι, ἃς ἂν παραλάβωσιν ὕλας, εἴτε πολυτελεῖς εἶεν εἴτε καὶ εὐτελέσταται, δημιουργεῖν ἐθέλουσιν ἐπαινετῶς. ἤδη δέ τινες καὶ προσφιλοκαλοῦντες τὰ ἐν ταῖς εὐτελεστέραις οὐσίαις τεχνικώτερα τῶν ἐν ταῖς πολυτελέσιν εἰργάσαντο βουληθέντες προσθήκῃ τοῦ ἐπιστημονικοῦ τὸ κατὰ τὴν ὕλην ἐνδέον ἐπανισῶσαι.
159τίμιον δ’ οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν ὕλαις παρὰ θεῷ· διὸ τῆς αὐτῆς μετέδωκε πᾶσι τέχνης ἐξ ἴσου. παρὸ καὶ ἐν ἱεραῖς γραφαῖς λέγεται· „εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν, καὶ ἰδοὺ καλὰ λίαν“ (Gen. 1, 31), τὰ δὲ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τυγχάνοντα ἐπαίνου παρὰ τῷ ἐπαινοῦντι πάντως ἐστὶν ἰσότιμα.
160ἐπῄνεσε δὲ ὁ θεὸς οὐ τὴν δημιουργηθεῖσαν ὕλην, τὴν ἄψυχον καὶ πλημμελῆ καὶ διαλυτήν, ἔτι δὲ φθαρτὴν ἐξ ἑαυτῆς ἀνώμαλόν τε καὶ ἄνισον, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ τεχνικὰ ἔργα κατὰ μίαν ἴσην καὶ ὁμαλὴν δύναμιν καὶ ἐπιστήμην ὁμοίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀποτελεσθέντα. παρὸ καὶ τοῖς τῆς ἀναλογίας κανόσιν ἴσα καὶ ὅμοια πάντα πᾶσιν ἐνομίσθη κατὰ τὸν τῆς τέχνης καὶ ἐπιστήμης λόγον.
161ἰσότητος δὲ εἰ καί τις ἄλλος ἐπαινέτης γέγονε Μωυσῆς, πρῶτον μὲν ὑμνῶν ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ καὶ δικαιοσύνην, ἧς ἴδιον, ὡς καὶ αὐτό που δηλοῖ τοὔνομα, τὸ δίχα τέμνειν εἰς μοίρας τά τε σώματα καὶ τὰ πράγματα ἴσας, εἶτα ψέγων ἀδικίαν, τὴν ἀνισότητος τῆς ἐχθίστης δημιουργόν.
162ἀνισότης δὲ τοὺς διδύμους πολέμους ἔτεκε, τόν τε ξενικὸν καὶ τὸν ἐμφύλιον, ὡς ἔμπαλιν εἰρήνην ἰσότης. τὰ δ’ ἐγκώμια δικαιοσύνης καὶ τοὺς ψόγους ἀδικίας ἐναργέστατα διασυνίστησιν, ὅταν λέγῃ· „οὐ ποιήσετε ἄδικον ἐν κρίσει, ἐν μέτροις, ἐν σταθμοῖς, ἐν ζυγοῖς· ζυγὰ δίκαια καὶ στάθμια δίκαια καὶ μέτρα δίκαια καὶ χοῦς δίκαιος ἔσται ὑμῖν“ (Lev. 19,35. 36), καὶ ἐν Ἐπινομίδι „οὐκ ἔσται ἐν μαρσίππῳ σου στάθμιον καὶ στάθμιον, μέγα ἢ μικρόν· οὐκ ἔσται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ σου μέτρον καὶ μέτρον, μέγα ἢ μικρόν· στάθμιον ἀληθινὸν καὶ δίκαιον ἔσται σοι, ἵνα πολυήμερος γένῃ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἧς κύριος ὁ θεός σου δίδωσί σοι ἐν κλήρῳ, ὅτι βδέλυγμα κυρίῳ πᾶς ποιῶν ταῦτα, πᾶς ποιῶν ἄδικα“ (Deut. 25,13—16).
163οὐκοῦν ὁ φιλοδίκαιος θεὸς ἀδικίαν βδελύττεται καὶ μεμίσηκε, στάσεως καὶ κακῶν ἀρχήν. ποῦ δ’ ἰσότητα τὴν δικαιοσύνης τροφὸν ὁ νομοθέτης οὐκ ἀποδέχεται ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς οὐρανοῦ γενέσεως; „διεχώρισε“ γάρ φησιν „ὁ θεὸς ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ σκότους· καὶ ἐκάλεσεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ φῶς ἡμέραν καὶ τὸ σκότος νύκτα“ (Gen. 1, 4. 5)· ἡμέραν γὰρ καὶ νύκτα καὶ φῶς καὶ σκότος ἰσότης ἔταξε τοῖς οὖσι.
164διεῖλεν ἰσότης καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον εἰς ἄνδρα καὶ γυναῖκα, δύο τμήματα, ἄνισα μὲν ταῖς ῥώμαις, πρὸς ὃ δὲ ἔσπευσεν ἡ φύσις, τρίτου τινὸς ὁμοίου γένεσιν, ἰσαίτατα. „ἐποίησε“ γάρ φησιν „ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, κατ’ εἰκόνα θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτόν, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν“ οὐκέτ’ αὐτόν, ἀλλ’ „αὐτοὺς“ ἐπιφέρει πληθυντικῶς (Gen. 1, 27), ἐφαρμόττων τὰ εἴδη τῷ γένει διαιρεθέντα,
165ὡς εἶπον, ἰσότητι. ψῦχός γε μὴν καὶ καῦμα καὶ θέρος καὶ ἔαρ ἀνέγραψε (Gen. 8,22), τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας πάλιν τῷ αὐτῷ τομεῖ διαιρουμένας. αἵ γε μὴν πρὸ ἡλίου τρεῖς ἡμέραι ταῖς μεθ’ ἥλιον ἰσάριθμοι γεγόνασιν (Gen. 1,5 ss.), ἑξάδος τμηθείσης ἰσότητι πρὸς αἰῶνος καὶ χρόνου δήλωσιν· αἰῶνι μὲν γὰρ τὰς πρὸ ἡλίου τρεῖς ἀνατέθεικε, χρόνῳ δὲ τὰς μεθ’ ἥλιον, ὅς ἐστι μίμημα αἰῶνος.
166τὰς δὲ τοῦ ὄντος πρώτας δυνάμεις, τήν τε χαριστικήν, καθ’ ἣν ἐκοσμοπλάστει, ἣ προσαγορεύεται θεός, καὶ τὴν κολαστικήν, καθ’ ἣν ἄρχει καὶ ἐπιστατεῖ τοῦ γενομένου, ἣ προσονομάζεται κύριος, ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ φησιν ἑστῶτος ἐπάνω μέσου διαστέλλεσθαι· "λαλήσω γάρ σοι“ φησίν „ἄνωθεν τοῦ ἱλαστηρίου ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν δυεῖν Χερουβίμ“ (Exod. 25, 21), ἵν’ ἐπιδείξῃ ὅτι αἱ πρεσβύταται τοῦ ὄντος δυνάμεις ἰσάζουσιν, ἥ τε δωρητικὴ καὶ κολαστήριος, αὐτῷ τομεῖ χρώμεναι.
167τί δ’; αἱ στῆλαι τῶν γενικῶν δέκα νόμων, ἃς ὀνομάζει πλάκας, οὐ δύο εἰσὶν ἰσάριθμοι τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς μέρεσι, λογικῷ καὶ ἀλόγῳ, ἃ παιδευθῆναί τε καὶ σωφρονισθῆναι χρή, τεμνόμεναι πάλιν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεσμοθέτου μόνου; „αἱ γὰρ πλάκες ἔργον θεοῦ ἦσαν, καὶ ἡ γραφὴ γραφὴ θεοῦ κεκολαμμένη ἐν ταῖς πλαξί„ (Exod. 32, 16).
168καὶ μὴν τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς δέκα λόγων, οἳ κυρίως εἰσὶ θεσμοί, διαίρεσις ἴση γέγονεν εἰς πεντάδας, ὧν ἡ μὲν προτέρα τὰ πρὸς θεὸν δίκαια, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα τὰ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους περιέχει.
169τῶν μὲν οὖν πρὸς θεὸν δικαίων πρῶτός ἐστι θεσμὸς ὁ ἐναντιούμενος τῇ πολυθέῳ δόξῃ, διδάσκων ὅτι μοναρχεῖται ὁ κόσμος· δεύτερος δὲ ὁ περὶ τοῦ μὴ θεοπλαστεῖν τὰ μὴ αἴτια γραφέων καὶ πλαστῶν ἐπιβούλοις τέχναις, αἷς Μωυσῆς ἐξήλασε τῆς καθ’ αὑτὸν πολιτείας ἀίδιον φυγὴν ἐπ’ αὐταῖς ψηφισάμενος, ἵν’ ὁ μόνος καὶ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν τιμᾶται θεός·
170τρίτος δὲ ὁ περὶ ὀνόματος κυρίου, οὐ τοῦ ὃ οὐδ’ ἦλθεν εἰς γένεσιν — ἄρρητον γὰρ τὸ ὄν —, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἐπιφημισθέντος, διείρηται γὰρ αὐτὸ μὴ λαμβάνειν ἐπὶ ματαίῳ· τέταρτος δὲ ὁ περὶ τῆς ἀειπαρθένου καὶ ἀμήτορος ἑβδομάδος, ἵνα τὴν ἀπραξίαν αὐτῆς μελετῶσα γένεσις εἰς μνήμην τοῦ ἀοράτως πάντα δρῶντος ἔρχηται· πέμπτος δὲ ὁ περὶ γονέων τιμῆς·
171καὶ γὰρ οὗτος ἱερὸς ἔχων τὴν ἀναφορὰν οὐκ ἐπ’ ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὸν σπορᾶς καὶ γενέσεως τοῖς ὅλοις αἴτιον, παρ’ ὃν μήτηρ τε καὶ πατὴρ γεννᾶν ἔδοξαν, οὐ γεννῶντες, ἀλλ’ ὄργανα γενέσεως ὄντες.
172μεθόριος δ’ ὁ θεσμὸς οὗτος ἐγράφη τῆς τε πρὸς εὐσέβειαν τεινούσης πεντάδος καὶ τῆς ἀποτροπὰς τῶν πρὸς τοὺς ὁμοίους ἀδικημάτων περιεχούσης, ἐπειδήπερ οἱ θνητοὶ γονεῖς τέλος εἰσὶν ἀθανάτων δυνάμεων, αἳ πάντα γεννῶσαι κατὰ φύσιν ἐπέτρεψαν ὑστάτῳ καὶ τῷ θνητῷ γένει μιμησαμένῳ τὴν περὶ τὸ γεννᾶν τέχνην σπείρειν· ἀρχὴ μὲν γὰρ γενέσεως ὁ θεός, τὸ δ’ ἔσχατον καὶ ἀτιμότατον, τὸ θνητὸν εἶδος, τέλος.
173ἡ δ’ ἑτέρα πεντάς ἐστιν ἀπαγόρευσις μοιχείας, ἀνδροφονίας, κλοπῆς, ψευδομαρτυρίας, ἐπιθυμίας. οὗτοι γενικοὶ σχεδὸν πάντων ἁμαρτημάτων εἰσὶ κανόνες, ἐφ’
174οὓς ἕκαστον ἀναφέρεσθαι τῶν ἐν εἴδει συμβέβηκεν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἐνδελεχεῖς θυσίας ὁρᾷς εἰς ἴσα διῃρημένας, ἥν τε ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν οἱ ἱερεῖς προσφέρουσι τῆς σεμιδάλεως καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν δυεῖν ἀμνῶν, οὓς ἀναφέρειν διείρηται. πρωὶ γὰρ τὰ ἡμίση τῶν λεχθέντων καὶ τὰ ἕτερα δειλινῆς ἐκέλευσεν ἱερουργεῖν ὁ νόμος (Lev. 6,20. Exod. 29, 38. 39), ἵνα καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν νύκτωρ ἀρδομένων ἅπασιν ἀγαθῶν ὁ θεὸς εὐχαριστῆται.
175ὁρᾷς καὶ τοὺς προτιθεμένους ἄρτους ἐπὶ τῆς ἱερᾶς τραπέζης, ὡς εἰς ἴσα μέρη διανεμηθέντες οἱ δώδεκα ἀριθμῷ καθ’ ἑξάδα τίθενται (Lev. 24,6) μνημεῖα τῶν ἰσαρίθμων φυλῶν, ὧν τὴν ἡμίσειαν ἡ ἀρετὴ Λεία κεκλήρωται ἓξ τεκοῦσα φυλάρχας, τὴν δ’ ἑτέραν ἡμίσειαν οἵ τε Ῥαχὴλ καὶ οἱ τῶν παλλακῶν νόθοι.
Sections 176–200
176ὁρᾷς καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ ποδήρους δύο λίθους τῆς σμαράγδου πρός τε τοῖς δεξιοῖς καὶ πρὸς τοῖς εὐωνύμοις ἰσότητι διῃρημένους, οἷς καθ’ ἑξάδα ἐγγέγλυπται τὰ τῶν δώδεκα φυλαρχῶν ὀνόματα, θεῖα γράμματα ἐστηλιτευμένα, θείων φύσεων ὑπομνήματα (Exod. 28, 9—12). τί δ’;
177οὐχὶ δύο ὄρη συμβολικῶς δύο γένη λαβὼν καὶ πάλιν ἰσότητι διακρίνας ἀναλογούσῃ τὸ μὲν ἀπένειμε τοῖς εὐλογοῦσι, τὸ δ’ αὖ τοῖς καταρωμένοις ἓξ ἐφ’ ἑκατέρου στήσας φυλάρχας (Deut. 27, 11 — 13), ἵνα τοῖς χρείοις νουθεσίας οὖσιν ἐπιδείξῃ, ὅτι καὶ ἰσάριθμοι ταῖς εὐλογίαις αἱ ἀραὶ καὶ σχεδόν, εἰ θέμις εἰπεῖν, ἰσότιμοι;
178ὁμοίως γὰρ οἵ τε ἔπαινοι τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ οἱ ψόγοι τῶν μοχθηρῶν ὠφελοῦσιν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ φυγεῖν τὸ κακὸν τῷ τἀγαθὸν ἑλέσθαι παρὰ τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν ὅμοιον καὶ ταὐτὸν ἐνομίσθη.
179καταπλήττει με καὶ ἡ τῶν προσαγομένων τῷ ἱλασμῷ δυεῖν τράγων ἐπίκρισις ὁμοῦ καὶ διανομὴ τεμνομένων ἀδήλῳ καὶ ἀτεκμάρτῳ τομεῖ, κλήρῳ· λόγων γὰρ δυεῖν ὁ μὲν τὰ τῆς θείας ἀρετῆς πραγματευόμενος ἀνιεροῦται καὶ ἀνατίθεται θεῷ, ὁ δὲ τὰ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης κακοδαιμονίας ἐζηλωκὼς γενέσει τῇ φυγάδι· καὶ γὰρ ὃν ἔλαχεν αὕτη κλῆρον, ἀποπομπαῖον καλοῦσιν οἱ χρησμοί (Lev. 16, 8), ἐπειδὴ μετανίσταται καὶ διῴκισται καὶ μακρὰν ἀπελήλαται σοφίας.
180ἐπισήμων γε μὴν καὶ ἀσήμων ὥσπερ νομισμάτων, οὕτως καὶ πραγμάτων ὄντων ἐν τῇ φύσει πολλῶν ὁ ἀόρατος τομεὺς οὐ δοκεῖ σοι διελεῖν πάντ’ εἰς μοίρας ἴσας καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐπίσημα καὶ δόκιμα τῷ παιδείας ἐραστῇ, τῷ δὲ ἀμαθαίνοντι τὰ ἀτύπωτα καὶ ἄσημα προσνεῖμαι; „ἐγένετο“ γάρ φησι „τὰ μὲν ἄσημα τοῦ Λάβαν, τὰ δὲ ἐπίσημα τοῦ Ἰακώβ“ (Gen. 30,42).
181καὶ γὰρ ἡ ψυχή, τὸ κήρινον, ὡς εἶπέ τις τῶν ἀρχαίων, ἐκμαγεῖον, σκληρὰ μὲν οὖσα καὶ ἀντίτυπος ἀπωθεῖ καὶ ἀποσείεται τοὺς ἐπιφερομένους χαρακτῆρας καὶ ἀσχημάτιστος ἐξ ἀνάγκης διαμένει, πειθήνιος δ’ ὑπάρχουσα καὶ μετρίως ὑπείκουσα βαθεῖς τοὺς τύπους δέχεται καὶ ἀναμαξαμένη τὰς σφραγῖδας ἄκρως διαφυλάττει τὰ ἐνσημανθέντα
182ἀνεξάλειπτα εἴδη. θαυμαστὴ μέντοι καὶ ἡ τοῦ τῶν θυσιῶν αἵματος ἴση διανομή, ἣν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς Μωυσῆς φύσει διδασκάλῳ χρησάμενος διένειμε. „λαβὼν“ γάρ φησι „τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ αἵματος ἐνέχεεν εἰς κρατῆρας· τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ προσέχεε πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον“ (Exod. 24, 6), ὅπως ἀναδιδάξῃ, ὅτι τὸ σοφίας ἱερὸν γένος διττόν ἐστι, τὸ μὲν θεῖον, τὸ δὲ ἀνθρώπινον·
183καὶ τὸ μὲν θεῖον ἀμιγὲς καὶ ἄκρατον, οὗ ἕνεκα τῷ ἀμιγεῖ καὶ ἀκράτῳ καὶ κατὰ τὴν μόνωσιν μονάδι ὄντι σπένδεται θεῷ, τὸ δὲ ἀνθρώπινον μικτὸν καὶ κεκραμένον, ὃ τοῦ μικτοῦ καὶ συνθέτου καὶ κεκραμένου γένους κατασκεδάννυται ἡμῶν, ὁμόνοιαν καὶ κοινωνίαν καὶ τί γὰρ ἄλλο ἢ κρᾶσιν μερῶν τε καὶ ἠθῶν ἐργασόμενον.
184ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ μὲν ἀμιγὲς καὶ ἄκρατον μέρος ὁ ἀκραιφνέστατος νοῦς ἐστιν, ὃς ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καταπνευσθεὶς ἄνωθεν ὅταν ἄνοσος καὶ ἀπήμων διαφυλαχθῇ, τῷ καταπνεύσαντι καὶ ἀπαθῆ παντὸς κακοῦ διαφυλάξαντι προσηκόντως ὅλος εἰς ἱερὰν σπονδὴν ἀναστοιχειωθεὶς ἀνταποδίδοται· τὸ δ’ αὖ μικτὸν γένος τὸ αἰσθήσεών ἐστιν, ᾧ κρατῆρας οἰκείους ἡ φύσις ἐδημιούργησε.
185κρατῆρες δὲ ὁράσεως μὲν ὀφθαλμοί, ἀκοῆς δὲ ὦτα καὶ μυκτῆρες ὀσφρήσεως καὶ τῶν ἄλλων αἱ ἁρμόττουσαι δεξαμεναί. τούτοις ἐπιχεῖ τοῖς κρατῆρσιν ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος τοῦ αἵματος ἀξιῶν τὸ ἄλογον ἡμῶν μέρος ψυχωθῆναι καὶ τρόπον τινὰ λογικὸν γενέσθαι, ταῖς μὲν νουθεσίαις περιόδοις ἀκολουθῆσαν, ἁγνεῦσαν δὲ τῶν ὁλκὸν ἀπατεῶνα προτεινόντων δύναμιν αἰσθητῶν.
186ἆρά γε οὐχὶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὸ δίδραχμον διενεμήθη τὸ ἅγιον, ἵνα τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ αὐτοῦ, τὴν δραχμήν, καθιερῶμεν λύτρα τῆς ἑαυτῶν ψυχῆς κατατιθέντες (Exod. 30, 12. 13), ἣν ὁ μόνος ἀψευδῶς ἐλεύθερος καὶ ἐλευθεροποιὸς θεὸς ὠμῆς καὶ πικρᾶς παθῶν καὶ ἀδικημάτων δεσποτείας ἱκετευθείς, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ χωρὶς ἱκεσίας, ἀνὰ κράτος ἐκλύει, τὸ δ’ ἕτερον μέρος τῷ ἀνελευθέρῳ καὶ δουλοπρεπεῖ γένει καταλίπωμεν, οὗ κεκοινώνηκεν ὁ λέγων· „ἠγάπηκα τὸν κύριόν μου,“ τὸν ἡγεμόνα ἐν ἐμοὶ νοῦν, „καὶ τὴν γυναῖκά μου,“ τὴν φίλην καὶ οἰκουρὸν παθῶν αἴσθησιν, „καὶ τὰ παιδία,“ τὰ κακὰ τούτων ἔγγονα, „οὐκ ἄπειμι ἐλεύθερος" (Exod. 21, 5).
187ἀνάγκη γὰρ καὶ τῷ τοιούτῳ γένει κλῆρον ἄκληρον καὶ ἀποπομπαῖον ἐκ τοῦ διδράχμου δοθῆναι, ἐναντίον τῇ ἀνατεθειμένῃ δραχμῇ τε καὶ μονάδι· μονὰς δὲ οὔτε προσθήκην οὔτε ἀφαίρεσιν δέχεσθαι πέφυκεν, εἰκὼν οὖσα τοῦ μόνου πλήρους θεοῦ.
188χαῦνα γὰρ τά τε ἄλλα ἐξ ἑαυτῶν, εἰ δέ που καὶ πυκνωθείη, λόγῳ σφίγγεται θείῳ. κόλλα γὰρ καὶ δεσμὸς οὗτος πάντα τῆς οὐσίας ἐκπεπληρωκώς· ὁ δ’ εἴρας καὶ συνυφήνας ἕκαστα πλήρης αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ κυρίως ἐστίν, οὐ δεηθεὶς ἑτέρου τὸ παράπαν.
189εἰκότως οὖν ἐρεῖ Μωυσῆς· „ὁ πλουτῶν οὐ προσθήσει, καὶ ὁ πενόμενος οὐκ ἐλαττώσει ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡμίσους τοῦ διδράχμου“ (Exod. 30, 15), ὅπερ ἐστίν, ὡς ἔφην, δραχμή τε καὶ μονάς· ᾗ πᾶς ἂν ἀριθμὸς εἴποι τὸ ποιητικὸν ἐκεῖνο ἐν σοὶ μὲν λήξω, σέο δ’ ἄρξομαι.
190λήγει τε γὰρ ἀναλυόμενος ὁ κατὰ σύνθεσιν ἀπειράκις ἄπειρος ἀριθμὸς εἰς μονάδα, ἄρχεταί τε αὖ πάλιν ἀπὸ μονάδος εἰς ἀπερίγραφον συντιθέμενος πλῆθος. διόπερ οὐδ’ ἀριθμόν, ἀλλὰ στοιχεῖον καὶ ἀρχὴν ἀριθμοῦ ταύτην ἔφασαν, οἷς ζητεῖν ἐπιμελές.
191ἔτι τοίνυν τὴν οὐράνιον τροφὴν — σοφία δέ ἐστιν — τῆς ψυχῆς, ἣν καλεῖ μάννα, διανέμει πᾶσι τοῖς χρησομένοις θεῖος λόγος ἐξ ἴσου, πεφροντικὼς διαφερόντως ἰσότητος. μαρτυρεῖ δὲ Μωυσῆς λέγων· „οὐκ ἐπλεόνασεν ὁ τὸ πολὺ, καὶ ὁ τὸ ἔλαττον οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν“ (Exod. 16, 18), ἡνίκα τῷ τῆς ἀναλογίας ἐχρήσαντο θαυμαστῷ καὶ περιμαχήτῳ μέτρῳ· δι’ οὗ συνέβη μαθεῖν, ὅτι ἕκαστος „εἰς τοὺς καθήκοντας“ (Exod. 16, 16) παρ’ ἑαυτῷ συνέλεξεν οὐκ ἀνθρώπους μᾶλλον ἢ λογισμοὺς καὶ τρόπους· ὃ γὰρ ἐπέβαλεν ἑκάστῳ, τοῦτ’ ἀπεκληρώθη προνοητικῶς, ὡς μήθ’ ὑστερῆσαι μήτ’
192αὖ περιττεῦσαι. τὸ δὲ παραπλήσιον τῆς κατ’ ἀναλογίαν ἰσότητος ἔστιν εὑρεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λεγομένου Πάσχα. Πάσχα δέ ἐστιν, ὅταν ἡ ψυχὴ τὸ μὲν ἄλογον πάθος ἀπομαθεῖν μελετᾷ, τὴν δ’ εὔλογον εὐπάθειαν ἑκουσίως πάσχῃ· διείρηται γάρ, „ἐὰν ὀλίγοι ὦσιν οἱ ἐν τῇ
193οἰκίᾳ, ὥστε μὴ ἱκανοὺς εἶναι εἰς τὸ πρόβατον, τὸν πλησίον γείτονα προσλαβεῖν, κατ’ ἀριθμὸν ψυχῶν, ἵν’ ἕκαστος τὸ ἀρκοῦν αὐτῷ συναριθμῆται“ (Exod. 12,4), μοῖραν, ἧς ἐστιν ἐπάξιός τε καὶ χρεῖος, εὑρισκόμενος.
194ἐπειδὰν δὲ καὶ τρόπον χώρας τὴν ἀρετὴν εἰς τοὺς οἰκήτορας αὐτῆς ἐθελήσῃ διανέμειν, τοῖς πλείοσι πλεονάζειν καὶ τοῖς ἐλάττοσιν ἐλαττοῦν τὴν κατάσχεσιν προστάττει (Num. 35, 8), δικαιῶν μήτε τοὺς μείζους ἐλαττόνων ἀξιοῦν—κενοὶ γὰρ ἐπιστήμης ἔσονται—μήτε τοὺς ἐλάττους μειζόνων· χωρῆσαι γὰρ τὸ μέγεθος αὐτῶν οὐ δυνήσονται.
195τῆς δὲ κατ’ ἀριθμὸν ἰσότητος ἐναργέστατον δεῖγμά ἐστι τά τε τῶν δώδεκα ἀρχόντων ἱερὰ δῶρα (Num. 7, 10 sqq.) καὶ ἔτι τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν δώρων διανεμόμενα τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν· „ἑκάστῳ“ γάρ φησι „τῶν υἱῶν Ἀαρὼν ἔσται τὸ ἴσον“ (Lev. 6,40).
196παγκάλη δὲ καὶ ἡ περὶ τὴν σύνθεσιν τῶν ἐκθυμιωμένων ἐστὶν ἰσότης· λέγεται γάρ· „λάβε σεαυτῷ ἡδύσματα, στακτήν, ὄνυχα καὶ χαλβάνην ἡδυσμοῦ καὶ λίβανον διαφανῆ, ἴσον ἴσῳ, καὶ ποιήσουσιν αὐτὸ θυμίαμα μύρον, μυρεψοῦ ἔργον συνθέσεως καθαρᾶς, ἔργον ἅγιον“ (Exod. 30,34.35). ἕκαστον γὰρ τῶν μερῶν ἑκάστῳ φησὶ δεῖν ἴσον συνέρχεσθαι πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὅλου κρᾶσιν.
197ἔστι δ’ οἶμαι τὰ τέτταρα ταῦτα, ἐξ ὧν τὸ θυμίαμα συντίθεται, σύμβολα τῶν στοιχείων, ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελέσθη σύμπας ὁ κόσμος. στακτὴν μὲν γὰρ ὕδατι, γῇ δὲ ὄνυχα, χαλβάνην δὲ ἀέρι, τὸν δὲ διαφανῆ λιβανωτὸν πυρὶ ἀπεικάζει· στακτὴ μὲν γὰρ παρὰ τὰς σταγόνας ὑδατῶδες, ξηρὸν δὲ ὄνυξ καὶ γεῶδες, τῇ δὲ χαλβάνῃ τὸ ἡδυσμοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἀέρος ἔμφασιν προσετέθη — τὸ γὰρ εὐῶδες ἐν ἀέρι —, τῷ δὲ λιβανωτῷ τὸ διαφανὲς πρὸς φωτὸς ἔνδειξιν.
198διὸ καὶ τὰ βάρος ἔχοντα τῶν κούφων διεχώρισε, τὰ μὲν τῷ συμπλεκτικῷ συνδέσμῳ ἑνώσας, τὰ δὲ διαλελυμένως ἐξενεγκών· ἔφη γάρ· „λάβε σεαυτῷ ἡδύσματα, στακτήν, ὄνυχα“, ταῦτα ἀσύνδετα, τῶν βάρος ἐχόντων, ὕδατός τε καὶ γῆς, σύμβολα, εἶτα ἀφ’ ἑτέρας ἀρχῆς μετὰ συμπλοκῆς „καὶ χαλβάνην ἡδυσμοῦ καὶ λίβανον διαφανῆ“, ταῦτα πάλιν καθ’ ἑαυτά, τῶν κούφων, ἀέρος καὶ πυρός, [τὰ] σημεῖα.
199τὴν δὲ τούτων ἐμμελῆ σύνθεσίν τε καὶ κρᾶσιν τὸ πρεσβύτατον καὶ τελειότατον ἔργον ἅγιον ὡς ἀληθῶς εἶναι συμβέβηκε, τὸν κόσμον, ὃν διὰ συμβόλου τοῦ θυμιάματος οἴεται δεῖν εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ πεποιηκότι, ἵνα λόγῳ μὲν ἡ μυρεψικῇ τέχνῃ κατασκευασθεῖσα σύνθεσις ἐκθυμιᾶται, ἔργῳ δὲ ὁ θείᾳ σοφίᾳ δημιουργηθεὶς κόσμος ἅπας ἀναφέρηται πρωὶ καὶ δειλινῆς ὁλοκαυτούμενος.
200βίος γὰρ ἐμπρεπὴς κόσμῳ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ποιητῇ συνεχῶς καὶ ἀδιαστάτως εὐχαριστεῖν, μονονοὺκ ἐκθυμιῶντι καὶ ἀναστοιχειοῦντι ἑαυτὸν πρὸς ἔνδειξιν τοῦ μηδὲν θησαυρίζεσθαι, ἀλλ’
Sections 201–225
201ὅλον ἑαυτὸν ἀνάθημα ἀνατιθέναι τῷ γεγεννηκότι θεῷ. θαυμάζω καὶ τὸν μετὰ σπουδῆς ἀπνευστὶ δραμόντα συντόνως ἱερὸν λόγον, „ἵνα στῇ μέσος τῶν τεθνηκότων καὶ τῶν ζώντων· εὐθὺς“ γάρ φησι Μωυσῆς „ἐκόπασεν ἡ θραῦσις“ (Num. 16, 47. 48). ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔμελλε κοπάσαι καὶ ἐπικουφίσαι τὰ περιθρύπτοντα καὶ καταγνύντα καὶ συντρίβοντα τὴν ἡμετέραν ψυχήν, διακρίναντος καὶ διατειχίσαντος τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς τοὺς ὁσίους, οἳ ζῶσιν ἀψευδῶς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνοσίων, οἳ τεθνήκασι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν, λογισμῶν;
202τῷ γὰρ ἐγγὺς εἶναι πολλάκις νοσούντων καὶ οἱ σφόδρα ὑγιαίνοντες ἐνδεξάμενοι τὴν ἐκείνων νόσον ἐμέλλησαν τελευτῆσαι. τοῦτο δ’ ἀμήχανον ἔτι παθεῖν ἦν διαζευχθέντας ὅρῳ μέσῳ παγέντι δυνατωτάτῳ, ὃς τὰς ἐφόδους καὶ ἐπιδρομὰς τοῦ χείρονος μέρους ἀπὸ τοῦ βελτίονος ἀπώσει.
203τεθαύμακα δὲ ἔτι μᾶλλον, ἐπειδὰν κατακούων τῶν λογίων ἀναδιδάσκωμαι, ὃν τρόπον εἰσῆλθεν ἡ νεφέλη μέση τῆς τε Αἰγυπτιακῆς καὶ τῆς Ἰσραηλιτικῆς στρατιᾶς (Exod. 14,20)· ὑπὸ γὰρ τοῦ φιλοπαθοῦς καὶ ἀθέου τὸ ἐγκρατὲς καὶ θεοφιλὲς γένος οὐκέτ’ εἴασε διώκεσθαι τὸ σκεπαστήριον καὶ σωτήριον τῶν φίλων, ἀμυντήριον δὲ καὶ κολαστήριον τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὅπλον, ἡ νεφέλη.
204διανοίαις μὲν γὰρ ἀρετώσαις ἠρέμα σοφίαν ἐπιψεκάζει, τὴν ἀπαθῆ φύσει παντὸς κακοῦ, λυπραῖς δὲ καὶ ἀγόνοις ἐπιστήμης ἀθρόας κατανίφει τιμωρίας, κατακλυσμὸν φθορὰν οἰκτίστην ἐπιφέρουσα.
205τῷ δὲ ἀρχαγγέλῳ καὶ πρεσβυτάτῳ λόγῳ δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν ἐξαίρετον ὁ τὰ ὅλα γεννήσας πατήρ, ἵνα μεθόριος στὰς τὸ γενόμενον διακρίνῃ τοῦ πεποιηκότος. ὁ δ’ αὐτὸς ἱκέτης μέν ἐστι τοῦ θνητοῦ κηραίνοντος αἰεὶ πρὸς τὸ ἄφθαρτον, πρεσβευτὴς δὲ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος πρὸς τὸ ὑπήκοον.
206ἀγάλλεται δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ δωρεᾷ καὶ σεμνυνόμενος αὐτὴν ἐκδιηγεῖται φάσκων· „κἀγὼ εἱστήκειν ἀνὰ μέσον κυρίου καὶ ὑμῶν“ (Deut. 5, 5), οὔτε ἀγένητος ὡς ὁ θεὸς ὢν οὔτε γενητὸς ὡς ὑμεῖς, ἀλλὰ μέσος τῶν ἄκρων, ἀμφοτέροις ὁμηρεύων, παρὰ μὲν τῷ φυτεύσαντι πρὸς πίστιν τοῦ μὴ σύμπαν ἀφηνιάσαι ποτὲ καὶ ἀποστῆναι τὸ γεγονὸς ἀκοσμίαν ἀντὶ κόσμου ἑλόμενον, παρὰ δὲ τῷ φύντι πρὸς εὐελπιστίαν τοῦ μήποτε τὸν ἵλεω θεὸν περιιδεῖν τὸ ἴδιον ἔργον. ἐγὼ γὰρ ἐπικηρυκεύομαι τὰ εἰρηναῖα γενέσει παρὰ τοῦ καθαιρεῖν πολέμους ἐγνωκότος εἰρηνοφύλακος αἰεὶ θεοῦ.
207Διδάξας οὖν ἡμᾶς περὶ τῆς εἰς ἴσα τομῆς ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἐναντίων ἐπιστήμην ἄγει φάσκων ὅτι τὰ τμήματα „ἔθηκεν ἀντιπρόσωπα ἀλλήλοις“ (Gen. 15, 10). τῷ γὰρ ὄντι πάνθ’ ὅσα ἐν κόσμῳ σχεδὸν ἐναντία εἶναι πέφυκεν, ἀρκτέον δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν πρώτων·
208θερμὸν ἐναντίον ψυχρῷ καὶ ξηρὸν ὑγρῷ καὶ κοῦφον βαρεῖ καὶ σκότος φωτὶ καὶ νὺξ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἐν οὐρανῷ μὲν ἡ ἀπλανὴς τῇ πεπλανημένῃ φορᾷ, κατὰ δὲ τὸν ἀέρα αἰθρία νεφώσει, νηνεμία πνεύμασι, θέρει χειμών, ἔαρι μετόπωρον — τῷ μὲν γὰρ ἀνθεῖ, τῷ δὲ φθίνει τὰ [δ’] ἔγγεια —, πάλιν ὕδατος τὸ γλυκὺ τῷ πικρῷ καὶ γῆς ἡ στεῖρα τῇ γονίμῳ.
209καὶ τἄλλα δὲ ἐναντία προῦπτα, σώματα ἀσώματα, ἔμψυχα ἄψυχα, λογικὰ ἄλογα, θνητὰ ἀθάνατα, αἰσθητὰ νοητά, καταληπτὰ ἀκατάληπτα, στοιχεῖα ἀποτελέσματα, ἀρχὴ τελευτή, γένεσις φθορά, ζωὴ θάνατος, νόσος ὑγεία, λευκὸν μέλαν, δεξιὰ εὐώνυμα, δικαιοσύνη ἀδικία, φρόνησις ἀφροσύνη, ἀνδρεία δειλία, σωφροσύνη ἀκολασία, ἀρετὴ κακία, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἑτέρας πάντα εἴδη τοῖς τῆς ἑτέρας εἴδεσι πᾶσι·
210πάλιν γραμματικὴ ἀγραμματία, μουσικὴ ἀμουσία, παιδεία ἀπαιδευσία, συνόλως τέχνη ἀτεχνία, καὶ τὰ ἐν ταῖς τέχναις, φωνήεντα στοιχεῖα καὶ ἄφωνα, ὀξεῖς καὶ βαρεῖς φθόγγοι, εὐθεῖαι καὶ περιφερεῖς γραμμαί·
211καὶ ἐν ζῴοις καὶ φυτοῖς ἄγονα γόνιμα, πολυτόκα ὀλιγοτόκα, ᾠοτόκα ζῳοτόκα, μαλάκεια ὀστρακόδερμα, ἄγρια ἥμερα, μονωτικὰ ἀγελαῖα·
212καὶ πάλιν πενία πλοῦτος, δόξα ἀδοξία, δυσγένεια εὐγένεια, ἔνδεια περιουσία, πόλεμος εἰρήνη, νόμος ἀνομία, εὐφυΐα ἀφυΐα, ἀπονία πόνος, νεότης γῆρας, ἀδυναμία δύναμις, ἀσθένεια ῥώμη. καὶ τί δεῖ τὰ καθ’ ἕκαστον ἀναλέγεσθαι ἀπερίγραφα καὶ ἀπέρατ’ ὄντα τῷ πλήθει;
213παγκάλως οὖν ὁ τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἑρμηνεὺς πραγμάτων, τῆς ἀργίας καὶ ἀμελετησίας ἡμῶν λαμβάνων οἶκτον ἑκάστοτ’ ἀφθόνως ἀναδιδάσκει, καθὰ καὶ | νῦν, τὴν ἀντιπρόσωπον ἑκάστων θέσιν οὐχ ὁλοκλήρων, ἀλλὰ τμημάτων ὑπαρχόντων· ἓν γὰρ τὸ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν τῶν ἐναντίων, οὗ τμηθέντος γνώριμα τὰ ἐναντία.
214οὐ τοῦτ’ ἐστίν, ὅ φασιν Ἕλληνες τὸν μέγαν καὶ ἀοίδιμον παρ’ αὐτοῖς Ἡράκλειτον κεφάλαιον τῆς αὑτοῦ προστησάμενον φιλοσοφίας αὐχεῖν ὡς ἐφ’ εὑρέσει καινῇ; παλαιὸν γὰρ εὕρεμα Μωυσέως ἐστὶ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἐναντία τμημάτων λόγον ἔχοντα ἀποτελεῖσθαι, καθάπερ ἐναργῶς ἐδείχθη.
215Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις ἀκριβώσομεν. ἄξιον δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνο μὴ παρησυχασθῆναι· τὰ γὰρ λεγόμενα διχοτομήματα τριῶν ζῴων δίχα διαιρεθέντων ἓξ ἐγένετο, ὡς ἕβδομον τὸν τομέα εἶναι λόγον, διαστέλλοντα τὰς τριάδας, μέσον αὐτὸν ἱδρυμένον.
216τὸ παραπλήσιόν μοι δοκεῖ σαφέστατα μεμηνῦσθαι καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἱερᾶς λυχνίας· δεδημιούργηται γὰρ ἓξ καλαμίσκους ἔχουσα, τρεῖς ἑκατέρωθεν, ἑβδόμη δὲ αὐτὴ μέση, διαιροῦσα καὶ διακρίνουσα τὰς τριάδας. τορευτὴ γάρ ἐστι, τεχνικὸν καὶ δόκιμον θεῖον ἔργον, ἐξ ἑνὸς χρυσίου καθαροῦ (Exod. 25, 30. 38, 13. 14)· τὸ γὰρ ἓν καὶ μόνον καὶ καθαρὸν ὄντως ἑβδομάδα τὴν ἀμήτορα γεγέννηκεν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ μόνου, μὴ προσχρησάμενον ὕλῃ τὸ παράπαν.
217χρυσὸν δ’ οἱ ἐγκωμιάζοντες πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα λέγουσι τῶν εἰς ἔπαινον, δύο δὲ τὰ ἀνωτάτω, ἓν μέν, ὅτι ἰὸν οὐ παραδέχεται, ἕτερον δέ, ὅτι εἰς ὑμένας λεπτοτάτους ἀρραγὴς διαμένων ἐλαύνεταί τε καὶ χεῖται. σύμβολον οὖν εἰκότως μείζονος φύσεως γέγονε, ἣ ταθεῖσα καὶ κεχυμένη καὶ φθάσασα πάντῃ πλήρης ὅλη δι’ ὅλων ἐστίν, εὐαρμόστως καὶ τὰ ἄλλα συνυφήνασα.
218περὶ τῆς προειρημένης λυχνίας ὁ τεχνίτης διαλεγόμενος πάλιν φησίν, ὅτι „ἐκ τῶν καλαμίσκων εἰσὶν οἱ βλαστοὶ ἐξέχοντες, τρεῖς ἑκατέρωθεν, ἐξισούμενοι ἀλλήλοις· καὶ τὰ λαμπάδια αὐτῶν, ἅ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων, καρυωτὰ ἐξ αὐτῶν· καὶ τὰ ἀνθέμια ἐν αὐτοῖς, ἵν’ ὦσιν ἐπ’ αὐτῶν οἱ λύχνοι καὶ τὸ ἀνθέμιον τὸ ἕβδομον ἐπ’ ἄκρου τοῦ λαμπαδίου ἐπὶ τῆς κορυφῆς ἄνωθεν, στερεὸν ὅλον χρυσοῦν· καὶ ἑπτὰ λύχνους ἐπ’ αὐτῆς χρυσοῦς“ (Exod. 38, 15—17)·
219ὥστε διὰ πολλῶν ἤδη κατασκευάζεσθαι, ὅτι ἑξὰς εἰς δύο τριάδας ὑπὸ μέσου τοῦ ἑβδόμου λόγου διῄρηται, καθάπερ ἔχει νυνί· πᾶσα γὰρ ἡ λυχνία σὺν τοῖς ὁλοσχερεστάτοις μέρεσιν αὐτῆς, ἃ ἕξ ἐστιν, ἐπάγη, λαμπαδίων ἑπτά, ἀνθεμίων ἑπτά, λύχνων ἑπτά.
220διαιροῦνται δὲ οἱ μὲν ἓξ λύχνοι τῷ ἑβδόμῳ, τὰ δὲ ἀνθέμια ὁμοίως τῷ μέσῳ καὶ τὰ λαμπάδια τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑβδόμου καὶ μέσου, οἱ δὲ ἓξ καλαμίσκοι καὶ οἱ ἐκπεφυκότες ἴσοι βλαστοὶ
221ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τοῦ στελέχους τῆς ἑβδόμης. πολὺν δ’ ὄντα τὸν περὶ ἑκάστου λόγον ὑπερθετέον εἰσαῦθις. τοσοῦτο δὲ αὐτὸ μόνον ὑπομνηστέον, ὅτι τῆς κατ’ οὐρανὸν τῶν ἑπτὰ πλανήτων χορείας μίμημά ἐστιν ἡ ἱερὰ λυχνία καὶ οἱ ἐπ’ αὐτῆς ἑπτὰ λύχνοι. πῶς;
222ἐρήσεταί τις ἴσως· ὅτι, φήσομεν, ὅνπερ τρόπον οἱ λύχνοι, οὕτως καὶ τῶν πλανήτων ἕκαστος φωσφορεῖ· λαμπρότατοι γὰρ ὄντες αὐγοειδεστάτας ἄχρι γῆς ἀποστέλλουσιν ἀκτῖνας, διαφερόντως δ’ ὁ μέσος τῶν ἑπτά, ἥλιος.
223μέσον δ’ αὐτὸν οὐ μόνον ἐπεὶ μέσην ἐπέχει χώραν, ὡς ἠξίωσάν τινες, καλῶ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ θεραπεύεσθαι καὶ δορυφορεῖσθαι πρὸς ὑπασπιζόντων ἑκατέρωθεν ἀξιώματος ἕνεκα καὶ μεγέθους καὶ ὠφελειῶν, ἃς τοῖς ἐπιγείοις ἅπασι παρέχει, δίκαιος ἄλλως ἐστί.
224τὴν δὲ τῶν πλανήτων τάξιν ἄνθρωποι παγίως μὴ κατειληφότες — τί δ’ ἄλλο τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν ἴσχυσαν κατανοῆσαι βεβαίως; — εἰκοτολογοῦσιν, ἄριστα δ’ ἐμοὶ στοχάζεσθαι δοκοῦσιν οἱ τὴν μέσην ἀπονενεμηκότες ἡλίῳ τάξιν, τρεῖς μὲν ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν καὶ μετ’ αὐτὸν τοὺς ἴσους εἶναι λέγοντες, ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν μὲν φαίνοντα, φαέθοντα, πυρόεντα, εἶθ’ ἥλιον, μετ’ αὐτὸν δὲ στίλβοντα, φωσφόρον, τὴν ἀέρος γείτονα σελήνην.
225ἐπίγειον οὖν βουληθεὶς ἀρχετύπου τῆς κατ’ οὐρανὸν σφαίρας ἑπταφεγγοῦς μίμημα παρ’ ἡμῖν ὁ τεχνίτης γενέσθαι πάγκαλον ἔργον προσέταξε, τὴν λυχνίαν, δημιουργηθῆναι. δέδεικται δὲ καὶ ἡ πρὸς ψυχὴν ἐμφέρεια αὐτῆς· ψυχὴ γὰρ τριμερὴς μέν ἐστι, δίχα δὲ ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν, ὡς ἐδείχθη, τέμνεται, μοιρῶν δὲ γενομένων ἓξ ἕβδομος εἰκότως τομεὺς ἦν ἁπάντων ὁ ἱερὸς καὶ θεῖος λόγος.
Sections 226–250
226ἄξιον δὲ μηδ’ ἐκεῖνο παρησυχασθῆναι· τριῶν ὄντων ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις σκευῶν, λυχνίας, τραπέζης, θυμιατηρίου, τὸ μὲν θυμιατήριον εἰς τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν στοιχείων εὐχαριστίαν ἀνάγεται, ὡς ἐδείχθη πρότερον, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸ μοίρας ἔχει τῶν τεττάρων, γῆς μὲν τὰ ξύλα, ὕδατος δὲ τὰ ἐπιθυμιώμενα — πρότερον γὰρ τηκόμενα εἰς λιβάδας αὖθις ἀναλύεται —, τὸν δὲ ἀτμὸν ἀέρος, πυρὸς δὲ τὸ ἐξαπτόμενον—καὶ ἡ σύνθεσις δὲ λιβανωτοῦ καὶ χαλβάνης ὄνυχός τε καὶ στακτῆς (Exod. 30,34) τῶν στοιχείων σύμβολον —, ἡ δὲ τράπεζα εἰς τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν θνητῶν ἀποτελεσμάτων εὐχαριστίαν — ἄρτοι γὰρ καὶ σπονδεῖα ἐπιτίθενται αὐτῇ (Num. 4,7), οἷς ἀνάγκη χρῆσθαι τὰ τῆς τροφῆς δεόμενα —, ἡ δὲ λυχνία εἰς τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν ἁπάντων, ἵνα μηδὲν μέρος τοῦ κόσμου δίκην ἀχαριστίας ὄφλῃ, ἀλλ’ εἰδῶμεν ὅτι πάντα τὰ μέρη τὰ κατ’ αὐτὸν εὐχαριστεῖ, τὰ στοιχεῖα, τὰ ἀποτελέσματα, οὐ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ.
227ἄξιον δὲ σκέψασθαι, διὰ τί τῆς τραπέζης καὶ τοῦ θυμιατηρίου τὰ μέτρα δηλώσας τῆς λυχνίας οὐδὲν ἀνέγραψε· μήποτε δι’ ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι τὰ μὲν στοιχεῖα καὶ τὰ θνητὰ ἀποτελέσματα, ὧν ἡ τράπεζα καὶ τὸ θυμιατήριον σύμβολα, μεμέτρηται περατωθέντα ὑπ’ οὐρανοῦ — ἀεὶ γὰρ τὸ περιέχον τοῦ περιεχομένου μέτρον —, ὁ δ’ οὐρανός, οὗ σύμβολόν ἐστιν ἡ λυχνία, ἀπειρομεγέθης ἐστί.
228περιέχεται γὰρ ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς σώματος, οὔτε ἰσομεγέθους αὐτῷ οὔτε ἀπείρου, ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ὑπὸ κενοῦ κατὰ Μωυσῆν διὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ ἐκπυρώσει μυθευομένην τερατολογίαν· ἔστι δὲ ὅρος αὐτοῦ ὁ θεός, ἡνίοχος καὶ κυβερνήτης αὐτοῦ.
229ὥσπερ οὖν ἀπερίληπτον τὸ ὄν, οὕτως καὶ τὸ ὁριζόμενον ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ μέτροις τοῖς εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐπίνοιαν ἥκουσιν οὐ μεμέτρηται, καὶ τάχα ἐπεὶ κυκλοτερὴς ὢν καὶ ἄκρως εἰς σφαῖραν ἀποτετορνευμένος μήκους καὶ πλάτους οὐ μετέχει.
230Εἰπὼν οὖν τὰ πρέποντα περὶ τούτων ἐπιλέγει· „τὰ δὲ ὄρνεα οὐ διεῖλεν“ (Gen. 15, 10), ὄρνεα καλῶν τοὺς πτηνοὺς καὶ πεφυκότας μετεωροπολεῖν δύο λόγους, ἕνα μὲν ἀρχέτυπον τὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς, ἕτερον δὲ μίμημα τὸν καθ’ ἡμᾶς ὑπάρχοντα.
231καλεῖ δὲ Μωυσῆς τὸν μὲν ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς εἰκόνα θεοῦ, τὸν δὲ καθ’ ἡμᾶς τῆς εἰκόνος ἐκμαγεῖον. „ἐποίησε“ γάρ φησιν „ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον“ οὐχὶ εἰκόνα θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ „κατ’ εἰκόνα“ (Gen. 1, 27)· ὥστε τὸν καθ’ ἕκαστον ἡμῶν νοῦν, ὃς δὴ κυρίως καὶ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἄνθρωπός ἐστι, τρίτον εἶναι τύπον ἀπὸ τοῦ πεποιηκότος, τὸν δὲ μέσον παράδειγμα μὲν τούτου, ἀπεικόνισμα δὲ ἐκείνου. φύσει δὲ ἄτμητος ὁ ἡμέτερος γέγονε νοῦς.
232τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἄλογον ψυχῆς μέρος ἑξαχῆ διελὼν ὁ δημιουργὸς ἑπτὰ μοίρας εἰργάζετο, ὅρασιν, ἀκοήν, γεῦσιν, ὄσφρησιν, ἁφήν, φωνήν, γόνιμον, τὸ δὲ λογικόν, ὃ δὴ νοῦς ὠνομάσθη, ἄσχιστον εἴασε κατὰ τὴν τοῦ παντὸς ὁμοιότητα οὐρανοῦ.
233καὶ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ λόγος ἔχει τὴν μὲν ἐξωτάτω καὶ ἀπλανῆ σφαῖραν ἄτμητον φυλαχθῆναι, τὴν δ’ ἐντὸς ἑξαχῆ τμηθεῖσαν ἑπτὰ κύκλους τῶν λεγομένων πλανήτων ἀποτελέσαι· ὃ γάρ, οἶμαι, ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ ψυχή, τοῦτο οὐρανὸς ἐν κόσμῳ. τὰς οὖν νοερὰς καὶ λογικὰς δύο φύσεις, τήν τε ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ τὴν ἐν τῷ παντί, συμβέβηκεν ὁλοκλήρους καὶ ἀδιαιρέτους εἶναι. διὸ λέγεται· „τὰ δὲ ὄρνεα οὐ διεῖλε.“
234περιστερᾷ μὲν οὖν ὁ ἡμέτερος νοῦς, ἐπειδὴ τιθασὸν καὶ σύντροφον ἡμῖν ἐστι τὸ ζῷον, εἰκάζεται, τῷ δὲ τούτου παραδείγματι ἡ τρυγών· ὁ γὰρ θεοῦ λόγος φιλέρημος καὶ μονωτικός, ἐν ὄχλῳ τῷ τῶν γεγονότων καὶ φθαρησομένων οὐχὶ φυρόμενος. ἀλλ’ ἄνω φοιτᾶν εἰθισμένος ἀεὶ καὶ ἑνὶ ὀπαδὸς εἶναι μόνῳ μεμελετηκώς. ἄτμητοι μὲν οὖν αἱ δύο φύσεις, ἥ τε ἐν ἡμῖν τοῦ λογισμοῦ καὶ ἡ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς τοῦ θείου λόγου, ἄτμητοι δὲ οὖσαι μυρία ἄλλα τέμνουσιν.
235ὅ τε γὰρ θεῖος λόγος τὰ ἐν τῇ φύσει διεῖλε καὶ διένειμε πάντα, ὅ τε ἡμέτερος νοῦς, ἅττ’ ἂν παραλάβῃ νοητῶς πράγματά τε καὶ σώματα, εἰς ἀπειράκις ἄπειρα διαιρεῖ μέρη καὶ τέμνων οὐδέποτε λήγει.
236τοῦτο δὲ συμβαίνει διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων ἐμφέρειαν. τὸ γὰρ θεῖον ἀμιγές, ἄκρατον, ἀμερέστατον ὑπάρχον ἅπαντι τῷ κόσμῳ γέγονεν αἴτιον μίξεως, κράσεως, διαιρέσεως, πολυμερείας· ὥστε εἰκότως καὶ τὰ ὁμοιωθέντα, νοῦς τε ὁ ἐν ἡμῖν καὶ ὁ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς, ἀμερεῖς καὶ ἄτμητοι ὑπάρχοντες διαιρεῖν καὶ διακρίνειν ἕκαστα τῶν ὄντων ἐρρωμένως δυνήσονται.
237Λαλήσας οὖν περὶ τῶν ἀτμήτων καὶ ἀδιαιρέτων ὀρνέων φησὶν ἑξῆς· „κατέβη δὲ ὄρνεα ἐπὶ τὰ σώματα, τὰ διχοτομήματα“ (Gen. 15, 11), ὁμωνυμίᾳ μὲν χρησάμενος, τὴν δὲ πραγματικὴν διαμάχην ἐναργέστατα τοῖς ὁρᾶν δυναμένοις διασυνιστάς· παρὰ φύσιν γάρ ἐστι τὸ καταβαίνειν ὄρνεα, τοῦ μετεωροπολεῖν ἕνεκα πτερωθέντα.
238καθάπερ γὰρ τοῖς χερσαίοις οἰκειότατον χωρίον γῆ καὶ μάλιστα τοῖς ἑρπετοῖς, ἃ μηδ’ ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἰλυσπώμενα ἀνέχεται, φωλεοὺς δὲ καὶ καταδύσεις ζητεῖ τὸν ἄνω χῶρον ἀποδιδράσκοντα διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὰ κάτω συγγένειαν, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τοῖς πτηνοῖς ὁ ἀὴρ ἐνδιαίτημα οἰκεῖον, κούφοις διὰ τὴν πτέρωσιν ὁ φύσει κοῦφος. ὅταν οὖν τὰ ἀεροπόρα αἰθεροβατεῖν ὀφείλοντα καταβαίνῃ, πρὸς χέρσον ἀφικνούμενα τῷ κατὰ φύσιν ἀδυνατεῖ χρῆσθαι βίῳ.
239τοὐναντίον δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ ὅσα τῶν ἑρπετῶν ἄνω δύναται πηδᾶν οὐ μετρίως ἀποδέχεται· φησὶ γοῦν· „ταῦτα φάγεσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἑρπετῶν τῶν πετεινῶν, ἃ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τεσσάρων, ἃ ἔχει σκέλη ἀνωτέρω τῶν ποδῶν, ὥστε πηδᾶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς“ (Lev. 11,21). ταῦτα δ’ ἐστὶ σύμβολα ψυχῶν, ὅσαι τρόπον ἑρπετῶν προσερριζωμέναι τῷ γηίνῳ σώματι καθαρθεῖσαι μετεωροπολεῖν ἰσχύουσιν, οὐρανὸν ἀντικαταλλαξάμεναι γῆς καὶ φθορᾶς ἀθανασίαν.
240πάσης οὖν βαρυδαιμονίας ἀναπεπλῆσθαι νομιστέον ἐκείνας, αἵτινες ἐν ἀέρι καὶ αἰθέρι τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ τραφεῖσαι μετανέστησαν τὸν θείων ἀγαθῶν κόρον οὐ δυνηθεῖσαι φέρειν ἐπὶ τὸ θνητῶν καὶ κακῶν χωρίον γῆν. ἐπιφοιτῶσι δ’ ἔννοιαι μυρίαι περὶ μυρίων πραγμάτων ὅσων, αἱ μὲν ἑκούσιοι, αἱ δὲ κατ’ ἄγνοιαν, οὐδὲν διαφέρουσαι πτηνῶν, αἷς τὰ κατιόντα ἐξωμοίωσεν ὄρνεα.
241τῶν δὲ ἐννοιῶν ἡ μὲν ἄνω φορὰ τὴν ἀμείνω τάξιν ἔλαχε συνοδοιπορούσης ἀρετῆς τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεῖον καὶ οὐράνιον χορὸν ἀγούσης, τὴν χείρω δὲ ἡ κάτω κακίας ἀφηγουμένης καὶ ἀντισπώσης βίᾳ. δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα οὐχ ἥκιστα τὴν τῶν τόπων ἐναντιότητα· ἀρετὴ μὲν γὰρ οὐ μόνον παρὰ τὴν αἵρεσιν ὠνομάσθη, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἄρσιν — αἴρεται γὰρ καὶ μετεωρίζεται διὰ τὸ αἰεὶ τῶν ὀλυμπίων ἐρᾶν —, κακία δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ κάτω κεχωρηκέναι καὶ καταπίπτειν τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτῇ βιάζεσθαι.
242τὰ γοῦν πολέμια τῆς ψυχῆς ἐννοήματα ἐπιποτώμενα καὶ ἐπιφοιτῶντα κάτεισι μὲν αὐτά, καταβάλλει δὲ καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν αἰσχρῶς ἐπιφερόμενα σώμασι καὶ πράγμασιν αἰσθητοῖς οὐ νοητοῖς, ἀτελέσιν οὐχ ὁλοκλήροις, ἐφθαρμένοις οὐχὶ τοῖς ζῶσιν. οὐ γὰρ μόνον σώμασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ σωμάτων δίχα διαιρεθέντων τμήμασιν ἐπιφοιτᾷ· τὰ δ’ οὕτως διαιρεθέντα ἀμήχανον ἁρμονίαν δέξασθαι καὶ ἕνωσιν, τῶν πνευματικῶν
243τόνων, οἳ συμφυέστατος δεσμὸς ἦσαν, διακοπέντων. εἰσηγεῖται δὲ γνώμην ἀληθεστάτην διδάσκων, ὅτι δικαιοσύνη μὲν καὶ πᾶσα ἀρετὴ ψυχῆς, ἀδικία δὲ καὶ πᾶσα κακία σώματος ἐρῶσι, καὶ ὅτι τὰ τῷ ἑτέρῳ φίλα τῷ ἑτέρῳ πάντως ἐχθρά ἐστι, καθὰ καὶ νῦν· αἰνιττόμενος γὰρ τοὺς ψυχῆς πολεμίους ὄρνεα εἰσήγαγε γλιχόμενα ἐμπλέκεσθαι καὶ ἐμφύεσθαι σώμασι καὶ σαρκῶν ἐμφορεῖσθαι, ὧν τὰς ἐφόδους καὶ ἐπιδρομὰς ἐπισχεῖν βουληθεὶς ὁ ἀστεῖος λέγεται αὐτοῖς συγκαθίσαι (Gen. 15,11), οἷα πρόεδρός τις ἢ πρόβουλος ὤν.
244ἐπειδὴ γὰρ καὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα ὑπὸ ἐμφυλίου στάσεως διειστήκει καὶ τὰ ἐχθρὰ στίφη διεφέρετο, βουλὴν ἁπάντων συναγαγὼν ἐσκόπει περὶ τῶν διαφόρων, ἵν’, εἰ δύναιτο, πειθοῖ χρώμενος καὶ τὸν ξενικὸν πόλεμον καταλύσαι καὶ τὴν ἐμφύλιον ταραχὴν ἀνέλοι. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ὥσπερ νέφος ἐπιρράξαντας ἀκαταλλάκτως ἔχοντας λυσιτελὲς ἦν ἀποσκεδάσαι, τοῖς δὲ τὴν παλαιὰν συγγένειαν οἰκειώσασθαι.
245δυσμενεῖς μὲν οὖν ἄσπονδοι καὶ ἀκατάλλακτοι γράφονται ψυχῆς ἀφροσύναι καὶ ἀκολασίαι δειλίαι τε καὶ ἀδικίαι καὶ ὅσαι ἄλλαι ἐκ πλεοναζούσης ὁρμῆς εἰώθασι φύεσθαι ἄλογοι ἐπιθυμίαι, σκιρτῶσαι καὶ ἀπαυχενίζουσαι καὶ τὸν εὐθὺν δρόμον τῆς διανοίας ἐπέχουσαι, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τὸ σύμπαν αὐτῆς σχῆμα σπαράττουσαί τε καὶ καταβάλλουσαι.
246τὰ δὲ τῶν ἐνσπόνδων εἶναι δυναμένων προσκρούσματα τοιαῦτά ἐστιν, ὁποίας εἶναι συμβέβηκε τὰς σοφιστῶν δογματικὰς ἔριδας· ᾗ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς ἓν ἀπονεύουσι τέλος, θεωρίαν τῶν τῆς φύσεως πραγμάτων, λέγοιντ’ ἂν εἶναι φίλοι, ᾗ δ’ οὐχ ὁμογνωμονοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς κατὰ μέρος ζητήσεσιν, ἐμφυλίῳ στάσει χρῆσθαι, ὥσπερ οἱ ἀγένητον εἶναι λέγοντες τὸ πᾶν τοῖς γένεσιν εἰσηγουμένοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάλιν οἱ φθαρήσεσθαι τοῖς φθαρτὸν μὲν εἶναι φύσει, μηδέποτε δὲ φθαρησόμενον διὰ τὸ κραταιοτέρῳ δεσμῷ, τῇ τοῦ πεποιηκότος βουλήσει, συνέχεσθαι, καὶ οἱ μηδὲν εἶναι ὁμολογοῦντες ἀλλὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι τοῖς ὑπολαμβάνουσι τἀναντία, καὶ οἱ πάντων χρημάτων ἄνθρωπον μέτρον εἶναι διεξιόντες τοῖς τὰ αἰσθήσεως καὶ τὰ διανοίας κριτήρια συγχέουσι, καὶ συνόλως οἱ πάντα ἀκατάληπτα εἰσηγούμενοι τοῖς γνωρίζεσθαι πάμπολλα φάσκουσιν.
247καὶ ἥλιος μέντοι καὶ σελήνη καὶ ὁ σύμπας οὐρανός, γῆ τε καὶ ἀὴρ καὶ ὕδωρ, τά τε ἐξ αὐτῶν σχεδὸν πάντα τοῖς σκεπτικοῖς ἔριδας καὶ φιλονεικίας παρεσχήκασιν, οὐσίας καὶ ποιότητας, μεταβολάς τε αὖ καὶ τροπὰς καὶ γενέσεις, ἔτι δὲ φθορὰς αὐτῶν ἀναζητοῦσιν· μεγέθους τε πέρι καὶ κινήσεως τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν οὐ πάρεργον ποιούμενοι τὴν ἔρευναν ἑτεροδοξοῦσιν οὐ συμφερόμενοι, μέχρις ἂν ὁ μαιευτικὸς ὁμοῦ καὶ δικαστικὸς ἀνὴρ συγκαθίσας θεάσηται τὰ τῆς ἑκάστου γεννήματα ψυχῆς καὶ τὰ μὲν οὐκ ἄξια τροφῆς ἀπορρίψῃ, τὰ δ’ ἐπιτήδεια διασώσῃ καὶ προνοίας τῆς ἁρμοττούσης ἀξιώσῃ.
248τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν μεστὰ διαφωνίας γέγονε τὸν πιθανὸν καὶ στοχαστικὸν νοῦν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀποδιδρασκούσης· τὸ γὰρ δυσεύρετον καὶ δυσθήρατον αὐτῆς τὰς λογικάς, ὡς οἶμαι, στάσεις ἐγέννησε.
249„Περὶ δὲ ἡλίου“ φησί „δυσμὰς ἔκστασις ἐπέπεσεν τῷ Ἀβραάμ, καὶ ἰδοὺ φόβος σκοτεινὸς μέγας ἐπιπίπτει αὐτῷ“ (Gen. 15, 12). ἔκστασις ἡ μέν ἐστι λύττα μανιώδης παράνοιαν ἐμποιοῦσα κατὰ γῆρας ἢ μελαγχολίαν ἤ τινα ὁμοιότροπον ἄλλην αἰτίαν, ἡ δὲ σφοδρὰ κατάπληξις ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐξαπιναίως καὶ ἀπροσδοκήτως συμβαίνειν εἰωθόσιν, ἡ δὲ ἠρεμία διανοίας, εἰ δὴ πέφυκέ ποτε ἡσυχάζειν, ἡ δὲ πασῶν ἀρίστη ἔνθεος κατοκωχή τε καὶ μανία,
250ᾗ τὸ προφητικὸν γένος χρῆται. τῆς μὲν οὖν πρώτης ἐν ταῖς ἐν Ἐπινομίδι γραφείσαις ἀραῖς διαμέμνηται — παραπληξίαν γάρ φησι καὶ ἀορασίαν καὶ ἔκστασιν διανοίας καταλήψεσθαι τοὺς ἀσεβοῦντας, ὡς μηδὲν διοίσειν τυφλῶν ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ καθάπερ ἐν βαθεῖ σκότῳ ψηλαφώντων (Deut. 28,28.29) —,
Sections 251–275
251τῆς δὲ δευτέρας πολλαχοῦ — „ἐξέστη“ γάρ φησιν „Ἰσαὰκ ἔκστασιν μεγάλην, καὶ εἶπε· τίς οὖν ὁ θηρεύσας μοι θήραν καὶ ἐνεγκών μοι, καὶ ἔφαγον ἀπὸ πάντων πρὸ τοῦ σὲ ἐλθεῖν, καὶ εὐλόγησα αὐτόν; καὶ εὐλογημένος ἔστω“ (Gen. 27,33), καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἀπιστοῦντος τοῖς λέγουσιν, ὅτι „ζῇ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ ἄρχει πάσης γῆς Αἰγύπτου“· „ἐξέστη“ γάρ φησι „τῇ διανοίᾳ, οὐ γὰρ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτοῖς“ (Gen. 45,26), καὶ ἐν Ἐξαγωγῇ κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν· „τὸ γὰρ ὄρος“ φησί „τὸ Σινὰ ἐκαπνίζετο ὅλον διὰ τὸ καταβεβηκέναι τὸν θεὸν ἐπ’ αὐτὸ ἐν πυρί, καὶ ἀνέβαινεν ὁ καπνὸς ὡσεὶ ἀτμὶς καμίνου· καὶ ἐξέστη πᾶς ὁ λαὸς σφόδρα“ (Exod. 19,18), καὶ ἐν τῷ Λευιτικῷ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν τελείωσιν ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ, ὁπότε „ἐξῆλθε πῦρ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καὶ κατέφαγε τὰ ἐπὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, τά τε ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ τὰ στέατα“· λέγεται γὰρ εὐθύς· „καὶ εἶδε πᾶς ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐξέστη, καὶ ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον“ (Lev. 9,24)· ἡ γὰρ τοιαύτη ἔκστασις πτόησιν καὶ δεινὴν κατάπληξιν ἐμποιεῖ — (ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἄξιον θαυμάσαι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἠσαῦ,
252ὅτι εἰδὼς κυνηγεῖν ἀεὶ θηρεύεται καὶ πτερνίζεται τὴν τέχνην ἐπὶ βλάβῃ κτησάμενος, οὐκ ὠφελείᾳ, θηρεύειν δὲ οὐδέποτε ἐσπούδασε, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰακώβ, ὅτι θηρεύει μὴ μαθών, ἀλλὰ φύσει κινούμενος τὸ πάθος, καὶ φέρει τῷ δοκιμαστῇ, ὃς εἰ δοκιμόν ἐστι διαγνώσεται, διὸ ἀπὸ πάντων φάγεται (Gen. 27,33)·
253πάντα γὰρ τὰ τῆς ἀσκήσεως ἐδώδιμα καθέστηκεν, ἡ ζήτησις, ἡ σκέψις, ἡ ἀνάγνωσις, ἡ ἀκρόασις, ἡ προσοχή, ἡ ἐγκράτεια, ἡ ἐξαδιαφόρησις τῶν ἀδιαφόρων. ἀπὸ πάντων δὲ τὰς ἀπαρχὰς δήπουθεν ἔφαγεν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντα· ἔδει γὰρ ὑπολείπεσθαι καὶ τῷ ἀσκητῇ τροφὰς οἰκείας ὡς ἆθλα.
254„πρὸ τοῦ σὲ ἐλθεῖν“ φυσικῶς· ἐὰν γὰρ ἔλθῃ τὸ πάθος εἰς τὴν ψυχήν, οὐκ ἀπολαύσομεν ἐγκρατείας· ἐλέγχει δὲ καὶ τὸν φαῦλον ὡς βραδὺν καὶ ὀκνηρὸν καὶ μελλητὴν πρὸς τὰ παιδείας ἔργα, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς τὰ ἀκολασίας.
255ἐργοδιώκτας οὖν Αἴγυπτος ἔχει πρὸς τὴν τῶν παθῶν ἐπισπεύδοντας ἀπόλαυσιν, Μωυσῆς δ’ ἔμπαλιν μετὰ σπουδῆς παραγγέλλει τὸ Πάσχα ἐσθίειν, τὴν ἀπὸ τούτων διάβασιν εὐωχεῖθαι. καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας φησίν· „εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐβραδύναμεν, ἤδη ἂν ὑπεστρέψαμεν δίς“ (Gen. 43,10), οὔ φησι κατέβημεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖθεν ἐπανεσώθημεν.
256εἰκότως καὶ Ἰακὼβ τεθαύμακεν, εἰ ἔτι ὁ ἐν σώματι νοῦς, Ἰωσήφ, ζῇ πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ ἄρχει (Gen. 45,26) τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἄρχεται πρὸς αὐτοῦ. καὶ τἄλλα ἐπιὼν ἄν τις ὑποδείγματα τἀληθὲς ἰχνεύειν δυνηθείη. πρόκειται δ’ οὐ περὶ τούτων νῦν ἀκριβολογεῖσθαι, διὸ ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς τρεπτέον), τῆς δὲ τρίτης ἐν οἷς τὰ περὶ τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς γένεσιν φιλοσοφεῖ —
257„ἐπέβαλε γὰρ ὁ θεὸς“ φησίν „ἔκστασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀδάμ, καὶ ὕπνωσεν“ (Gen. 2,21), ἔκστασιν τὴν ἡσυχίαν καὶ ἠρεμίαν τοῦ νοῦ παραλαμβάνων· ὕπνος γὰρ νοῦ ἐγρήγορσίς ἐστιν αἰσθήσεως, καὶ γὰρ ἐγρήγορσις διανοίας αἰσθήσεως ἀπραξία —,
258τῆς δὲ τετάρτης ὃ νῦν σκοποῦμεν· „περὶ δὲ ἡλίου δυσμὰς ἔκστασις ἐπέπεσεν τῷ Ἀβραάμ“· ἐνθουσιῶντος καὶ θεοφορήτου τὸ πάθος. ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ τοῦτο μόνον διασυνίστησιν αὐτὸν προφήτην, ἀλλὰ καὶ γράμμα ῥητὸν ἐστηλιτευμένον ἐν ἱεραῖς βίβλοις, ἡνίκα τις ἐπεχείρησε τὴν ἐκ φύσεως ἄρχουσαν ἀρετήν, Σάρραν, αὐτοῦ διοικίζειν, ὡς οὐκ ἴδιον σοφοῦ καὶ μόνου κτῆμα, ἀλλὰ παντὸς τοῦ φρόνησιν ἐπιμορφάζοντος. „ἀπόδος“ γάρ φησι „τὴν γυναῖκα τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ὅτι προφήτης ἐστὶ καὶ προσεύξεται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ ζήσεις“ (Gen. 20,7).
259παντὶ δὲ ἀστείῳ προφητείαν ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος μαρτυρεῖ· προφήτης γὰρ ἴδιον μὲν οὐδὲν ἀποφθέγγεται, ἀλλότρια δὲ πάντα ὑπηχοῦντος ἑτέρου· φαύλῳ δ’ οὐ θέμις ἑρμηνεῖ γενέσθαι θεοῦ, ὥστε κυρίως μοχθηρὸς οὐδεὶς ἐνθουσιᾷ, μόνῳ δὲ σοφῷ ταῦτ’ ἐφαρμόττει, ἐπεὶ καὶ μόνος ὄργανον θεοῦ ἐστιν ἠχεῖον, κρουόμενον καὶ πληττόμενον ἀοράτως ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ.
260πάντας γοῦν ὁπόσους ἀνέγραψε δικαίους κατεχομένους καὶ προφητεύοντας εἰσήγαγεν. ὁ Νῶε δίκαιος· ἆρ’ οὐ καὶ εὐθὺς προφήτης; ἢ τὰς εὐχὰς καὶ κατάρας ἃς ἐπὶ ταῖς αὖθις γενεαῖς ἐποιήσατο (Gen. 9,25 ss.) ἔργων ἀληθείᾳ βεβαιωθείσας οὐ κατεχόμενος ἐθέσπισε;
261τί δὲ Ἰσαάκ; τί δὲ Ἰακώβ; καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι διά τε ἄλλων πολλῶν καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τῶν εἰς τοὺς ἐκγόνους προσρήσεων ὁμολογοῦνται προφητεῦσαι. τὸ γὰρ „συνάχθητε, ἵνα ἀπαγγείλω τί ἀπαντήσεται ὑμῖν ἐπ’ ἐσχάτῳ τῶν ἡμερῶν“ (Gen. 49, 1) ἐνθουσιῶντος ἦν· ἡ γὰρ τῶν μελλόντων κατάληψις ἀνοίκειος ἀνθρώπῳ. τί δὲ Μωυσῆς; οὐ προφήτης ᾄδεται πανταχοῦ;
262λέγει γάρ· „ἐὰν γένηται ὑμῶν προφήτης κυρίου, ἐν ὁράματι αὐτῷ γνωσθήσομαι, Μωυσῇ δὲ ἐν εἴδει, καὶ οὐ δι’ αἰνιγμάτων“ (Num. 12,6.8), καὶ πάλιν „οὐκ ἀνέστη ἔτι προφήτης ὡς Μωυσῆς, ὃν ἔγνω κύριος αὐτὸν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον“ (Deut. 34, 10).
263παγκάλως οὖν τὸν ἐνθουσιῶντα μηνύει φάσκων „περὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς ἔκστασις ἐπέπεσεν“ (Gen. 15, 12), ἥλιον διὰ συμβόλου τὸν ἡμέτερον καλῶν νοῦν· ὅπερ γὰρ ἐν ἡμῖν λογισμός, τοῦτο ἐν κόσμῳ ἥλιος, ἐπειδὴ φωσφορεῖ ἑκάτερος, ὁ μὲν τῷ παντὶ φέγγος αἰσθητὸν ἐκπέμπων, ὁ δὲ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς τὰς νοητὰς διὰ τῶν καταλήψεων αὐγάς.
264ἕως μὲν οὖν ἔτι περιλάμπει καὶ περιπολεῖ ἡμῶν ὁ νοῦς μεσημβρινὸν οἷα φέγγος εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν ψυχὴν ἀναχέων, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ὄντες οὐ κατεχόμεθα· ἐπειδὰν δὲ πρὸς δυσμὰς γένηται, κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἔκστασις καὶ ἡ ἔνθεος ἐπιπίπτει κατοκωχή τε καὶ μανία. ὅταν μὲν γὰρ φῶς τὸ θεῖον ἐπιλάμψῃ, δύεται τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, ὅταν δ’ ἐκεῖνο δύηται, τοῦτ’ ἀνίσχει καὶ ἀνατέλλει.
265τῷ δὲ προφητικῷ γένει φιλεῖ τοῦτο συμβαίνειν· ἐξοικίζεται μὲν γὰρ ἐν ἡμῖν ὁ νοῦς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ θείου πνεύματος ἄφιξιν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν μετανάστασιν αὐτοῦ πάλιν εἰσοικίζεται· θέμις γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι θνητὸν ἀθανάτῳ συνοικῆσαι. διὰ τοῦτο ἡ δύσις τοῦ λογισμοῦ καὶ τὸ περὶ αὐτὸν σκότος ἔκστασιν καὶ θεοφόρητον μανίαν ἐγέννησε.
266τὸ δὲ ἀκόλουθον προσυφαίνει τῇ γραφῇ φάσκων „ἐρρέθη πρὸς Ἀβραάμ“ (Gen. 15, 13)· ὄντως γὰρ ὁ προφήτης, καὶ ὁπότε λέγειν δοκεῖ, πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἡσυχάζει, καταχρῆται δὲ ἕτερος αὐτοῦ τοῖς φωνητηρίοις ὀργάνοις, στόματι καὶ γλώττῃ, πρὸς μήνυσιν ὧν ἂν θέλῃ· τέχνῃ δὲ ἀοράτῳ καὶ παμμούσῳ ταῦτα κρούων εὔηχα καὶ παναρμόνια καὶ γέμοντα συμφωνίας τῆς πάσης ἀποτελεῖ.
267Τίνα δ’ ἐστὶν ἃ ἐρρέθη προθεσπισθέντα, καλὸν ἀκοῦσαι· πρῶτον μέν, ὅτι τῷ φιλαρέτῳ κατοικεῖν οὐ δίδωσιν ὁ θεὸς ὡς ἐν οἰκείᾳ γῇ τῷ σώματι, ἀλλὰ παροικεῖν ὡς ἐν ἀλλοδαπῇ μόνον ἐπιτρέπει χώρᾳ. „γινώσκων“ γάρ φησι „γνώσῃ, ὅτι πάροικον ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου ἐν γῇ οὐκ ἰδίᾳ“ (Gen. 15,13). παντὸς δὲ φαύλου συγγενὲς τὸ σώματος χωρίον, ἐν ᾧ μελετᾷ κατοικεῖν, οὐ παροικεῖν.
268ἓν μὲν δὴ παίδευμα τοῦτο· ἕτερον δέ, ὅτι τὰ δουλείαν καὶ κάκωσιν καὶ δεινήν, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφη, ταπείνωσιν ἐπάγοντα τῇ ψυχῇ τὰ κατὰ γῆν ἐστιν οἰκίδια· νόθα γὰρ καὶ ξένα διανοίας τὰ σώματος ὡς ἀληθῶς πάθη, σαρκὸς ἐκπεφυκότα, ᾗ προσερρίζωται.
269τετρακόσια δὲ ἔτη γίνεται ἡ δουλεία (Gen. 15, 13) κατὰ τὰς τῶν τεττάρων παθῶν δυνάμεις. ἀρχούσης μὲν γὰρ ἡδονῆς μετεωρίζεται καὶ φυσᾶται τὸ φρόνημα, χαύνῳ κουφότητι ἐξαιρόμενον· ὅταν δὲ ἐπιθυμία κρατήσῃ, ἔρως ἐγγίνεται τῶν ἀπόντων καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ὥσπερ ἀπ’ ἀγχόνης ἐλπίδος ἀτελοῦς ἐκρέμασε· διψῇ μὲν γὰρ ἀεί, πιεῖν δὲ ἀδυνατεῖ ταντάλειον τιμωρίαν ὑπομένουσα.
270κατὰ δὲ τὴν τῆς λύπης δυναστείαν συνάγεται καὶ συστέλλεται φυλλορροούντων καὶ ἀφαυαινομένων τρόπον δένδρων· τὸ γὰρ εὐθαλὲς αὐτῆς καὶ πῖον ἰσχναίνεται. φόβου γε μὴν τυραννήσαντος οὐδεὶς ἔτι μένειν ἀξιοῖ, δρασμῷ δὲ καὶ φυγῇ χρῆται, μόνως ἂν οὕτως σωθήσεσθαι προσδοκῶν· ἐπιθυμία μὲν γὰρ ὁλκὸν ἔχουσα δύναμιν, κἂν φεύγῃ τὸ ποθούμενον, διώκειν ἀναγκάζει, φόβος δ’ ἔμπαλιν ἀλλοτριότητα ἐμποιῶν διοικίζει καὶ μακρὰν τοῦ
271φαινομένου διίστησιν. αἱ δὲ τῶν λεχθέντων ἡγεμονίαι παθῶν βαρεῖαν τοῖς ἀρχομένοις ἐπάγουσι δουλείαν, ἄχρις ἂν ὁ βραβευτὴς καὶ δικαστὴς θεὸς διακρίνῃ τὸ κακούμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦντος καὶ τὸ μὲν εἰς ἐλευθερίαν ἐξέληται παντελῆ, τῷ δὲ τἀπίχειρα ὧν ἐξήμαρτεν ἀποδῷ.
272λέγεται γάρ· „τὸ δὲ ἔθνος ᾧ ἂν δουλεύσωσι κρινῶ ἐγώ· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐξελεύσονται ὧδε μετὰ ἀποσκευῆς πολλῆς“ (Gen. 15,14). ἀνάγκη γὰρ θνητὸν ὄντα τῷ τῶν παθῶν ἔθνει πιεσθῆναι καὶ τὰς οἰκείους τῷ γενομένῳ κῆρας ἀναδέξασθαι, βούλημα δὲ θεοῦ τὰ σύμφυτα κακὰ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν ἐπικουφίζειν· ὥστε καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν ἀρχῇ
273τὰ οἰκεῖα πεισόμεθα ὠμῶν γενόμενοι δεσποτῶν δοῦλοι, καὶ ὁ θεὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον ἐργάσεται ἑαυτῷ, ἄφεσιν καὶ ἐλευθερίαν ταῖς ἱκέτισιν αὐτοῦ ψυχαῖς προκηρύξας, οὐ μόνον λύσιν δεσμῶν καὶ ἔξοδον ἐκ τῆς περιπεφρουρημένης εἱρκτῆς παρασχόμενος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐφόδια δούς, ἅπερ ἀποσκευὴν ἐκάλεσε.
274τί δὲ τοῦτ’ ἐστίν; ἐπειδὰν ἄνωθεν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καταβὰς ὁ νοῦς ἐνδεθῇ ταῖς σώματος ἀνάγκαις, εἶτα ὑπὸ μηδεμιᾶς δελεασθεὶς οἷα ἀνδρόγυνος ἢ γύνανδρος τὰ ἡδέα ἀσπάσηται κακά, μείνας δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φύσεως ἀνὴρ ὄντως τραχηλίζειν μᾶλλον ἢ τραχηλίζεσθαι δύνηται, τοῖς τῆς ἐγκυκλίου μουσικῆς ἐντραφεὶς ἅπασιν, ἐξ ὧν θεωρίας λαβὼν ἵμερον ἐγκράτειαν καὶ καρτερίαν, ἐρρωμένας ἀρετάς, ἐκτήσατο, μετανιστάμενος καὶ κάθοδον τὴν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα εὑρισκόμενος πάντ’ ἐπάγεται τὰ παιδείας, ἅπερ ἀποσκευὴ καλεῖται.
275Τοσαῦτα καὶ περὶ τούτων εἰπὼν ἐπιλέγει· „σὺ δὲ ἀπελεύσῃ πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας σου μετ’ εἰρήνης τραφεὶς ἐν γήρᾳ καλῷ“ (Gen. 15,15). οὐκοῦν οἱ μὲν ἀτελεῖς καὶ πολεμούμεθα καὶ δουλεύομεν καὶ μόλις ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν ἐπικρεμασθέντων φοβερῶν εὑρισκόμεθα, τὸ δὲ τέλειον γένος ἀδούλωτον, ἀπολέμητον, εἰρήνῃ καὶ ἐλευθερίᾳ βεβαιοτάτῃ ἐντρεφόμενον.
Sections 276–300
276δογματικῶς δὲ τὸν ἀστεῖον οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκοντα, ἀλλ’ ἀπερχόμενον εἰσήγαγεν, ἵν’ ἄσβεστον καὶ ἀθάνατον τὸ τῆς κεκαθαρμένης ἄκρως ψυχῆς ἀποφανῇ γένος, ἀποδημίᾳ τῇ ἐνθένδε πρὸς οὐρανὸν χρησόμενον, οὐ διαλύσει καὶ φθορᾷ, ἣν ἐπάγειν θάνατος δοκεῖ.
277μετὰ δὲ τὸ „ἀπελεύσῃ“ γέγραπται τὸ „πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας σου“· ποίους πατέρας, ἄξιον σκέψασθαι. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῇ Χαλδαίων χώρᾳ βεβιωκότας, οἷς μόνοις ἐχρήσατο συγγενέσιν, οὐκ ἂν λέγοι, διὰ τὸ χρησμῷ τῶν ἀφ’ αἵματος ἁπάντων διῳκίσθαι. „εἶπε“ γάρ φησι „κύριος τῷ Ἀβραάμ· ἄπελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός σου εἰς τὴν γῆν ἥν σοι δείξω· καὶ ποιήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα“ (Gen. 12,1.2).
278τὸν γὰρ ἀλλοτριωθέντα ἐπιφροσύνῃ θείᾳ πῶς ἦν τοῖς αὐτοῖς εὔλογον οἰκειοῦσθαι πάλιν; πῶς δὲ τὸν ἔθνους καὶ γένους ἑτέρου μέλλοντα ἡγεμόνα ἔσεσθαι προσκληροῦσθαι τῷ παλαιῷ; οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐχαρίζετο καινὸν τρόπον τινὰ καὶ νέον ἔθνος καὶ γένος αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, εἰ μὴ τοῦ ἀρχαίου κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς ἀπεσχοίνιζεν.
279ἐθνάρχης γὰρ καὶ γενάρχης ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐστιν οὗτος, ἀφ’ οὗ καθάπερ ἀπὸ ῥίζης τὸ σκεπτικὸν καὶ θεωρητικὸν τῶν τῆς φύσεως πραγμάτων ἀνέβλαστεν ἔρνος, ὄνομα Ἰσραήλ· ἐπεὶ καὶ „τὰ παλαιὰ ἐκ προσώπου νέων ἐκφέρειν“ διείρηται (Lev. 26,10). ποῦ γὰρ ἀρχαιολογίας ἔτι καὶ παλαιῶν καὶ κατημαξευμένων ἐθῶν ὄφελος, οἷς ἐξαπιναίως οὐ προσδοκήσασιν
280ἀθρόα καὶ νέα ὤμβρησεν ἀγαθά; πατέρας οὖν οὐχ ὧν μετανάστατος ἐγένετο ἡ ψυχὴ καλεῖ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς Χαλδαϊκοῖς κατορωρυγμένους μνήμασιν, ἀλλ’ ὡς μὲν ἔνιοί φασιν, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀστέρας — τὴν γὰρ τῶν κατὰ γῆν ἁπάντων γένεσιν διὰ τούτων λόγος ἔχει συνίστασθαι —, ὡς δέ τινες νομίζουσι, τὰς ἀρχετύπους ἰδέας, τὰ νοητὰ καὶ ἀόρατα ἐκεῖνα τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ ὁρωμένων τούτων παραδείγματα, πρὸς ἃ τὴν τοῦ σοφοῦ διάνοιαν μετοικίζεσθαι.
281τινὲς δὲ πατέρας ὑπετόπασαν εἰρῆσθαι τὰς τέτταρας ἀρχάς τε καὶ δυνάμεις, ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκεν ὁ κόσμος, γῆν ὕδωρ ἀέρα καὶ πῦρ· εἰς γὰρ ταύτας ἕκαστον τῶν γενομένων φασὶν ἀναλύεσθαι δεόντως.
282καθάπερ γὰρ ὀνόματα καὶ ῥήματα καὶ τὰ λόγου μέρη πάντα συνέστηκε μὲν ἐκ τῶν τῆς γραμματικῆς στοιχείων, ἀναλύεται δὲ πάλιν εἰς ἔσχατα ἐκεῖνα, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἕκαστος ἡμῶν συγκριθεὶς ἐκ τῶν τεττάρων καὶ δανεισάμενος ἀφ’ ἑκάστης οὐσίας μικρὰ μόρια, καθ’ ὡρισμένας περιόδους καιρῶν ἐκτίνει τὸ δάνειον, εἰ μέν τι ξηρὸν εἴη, ἀποδιδοὺς γῇ, εἰ δέ τι ὑγρόν, ὕδατι, εἰ δὲ ψυχρόν, ἀέρι, εἰ δ’ ἔνθερμον, πυρί.
283τὰ μὲν σωματικὰ ταῦτα, τὸ δὲ νοερὸν καὶ οὐράνιον τῆς ψυχῆς γένος πρὸς αἰθέρα τὸν καθαρώτατον ὡς πατέρα ἀφίξεται. πέμπτη γάρ, ὡς ὁ τῶν ἀρχαίων λόγος, ἔστω τις οὐσία κυκλοφορητική, τῶν τεττάρων κατὰ τὸ κρεῖττον διαφέρουσα, ἐξ ἧς οἵ τε ἀστέρες καὶ ὁ σύμπας οὐρανὸς ἔδοξε γεγενῆσθαι, ἧς κατ’ ἀκόλουθον θετέον καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ψυχὴν ἀπόσπασμα.
284τὸ δὲ „μετ’ εἰρήνης τραφεὶς“ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ προσδιώρισται, ἀλλ’ ὅτι σχεδὸν τὸ πλεῖστον ἀνθρώπων γένος ἐπὶ πολέμῳ καὶ τοῖς ἐκ πολέμου κακοῖς πᾶσι τρέφεται. πόλεμος δ’ ὁ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐκτός ἐστιν, ὃν ἀδοξία καὶ πενία καὶ δυσγένεια καὶ τὰ ὁμοιότροπα ἐπάγουσιν, ὁ δ’ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐμφυλίων, κατὰ μὲν τὸ σῶμα ἀσθένειαι, λῶβαι, πηρώσεις παντελεῖς καὶ κηρῶν σωρὸς ἄλλων ἀμυθήτων, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν πάθη, νοσήματα, ἀρρωστήματα, δι’ ἀφροσύνης καὶ ἀδικίας καὶ τῶν ὁμοτυράννων χαλεπαὶ καὶ βαρύταται ἐπαναστάσεις καὶ ἀκαθαίρετοι δυναστεῖαι.
285„μετ’ εἰρήνης οὖν τραφεὶς“ γαληνὸν καὶ εὔδιον κτησάμενος βίον, εὐδαίμον’ ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ μακάριον. πότε οὖν τοῦτο συμβήσεται; ὅταν εὐοδῇ μὲν τὰ ἐκτὸς πρὸς εὐπορίαν καὶ εὐδοξίαν, εὐοδῇ δὲ τὰ σώματος πρὸς ὑγίειάν τε καὶ ἰσχύν, εὐοδῇ δὲ τὰ ψυχῆς πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν ἀρετῶν.
286χρῄζει γὰρ ἕκαστον οἰκείων δορυφόρων· δορυφορεῖται δὲ σῶμα μὲν εὐδοξίᾳ καὶ περιουσίᾳ καὶ ἀφθονίᾳ πλούτου, ψυχὴ δὲ τῷ τοῦ σώματος ὁλοκλήρῳ καὶ κατὰ πάντα ὑγιεινῷ, ὁ δὲ νοῦς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις θεωρημάτων· ἐπεὶ ὅτι γε εἰρήνης οὐχ ἣν αἱ πόλεις ἄγουσι μέμνηται, σαφές ἐστι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι ταῖς ἱεραῖς γραφαῖς· μεγάλους γὰρ καὶ βαρεῖς πολέμους Ἀβραὰμ ἀνεδέξατο, οὓς καθῃρηκὼς φαίνεται.
287καὶ ἡ τῆς πατρῴας μέντοι γῆς ἀπόλειψις μετανισταμένῳ καὶ πάλιν οἰκῆσαι μὴ δυναμένῳ, φορουμένῳ δὲ ὧδε κἀκεῖσε καὶ ἐρήμους καὶ ἀτριβεῖς ὁδοὺς ἀλωμένῳ τῷ μὴ θεοπροπίοις καί τισι θεσφάτοις πεπιστευκότι βαρὺς ἦν πόλεμος. ἀλλ’ ἔδει γὰρ καὶ τρίτον τι τῶν φοβερῶν προσεπιδαψιλεύσασθαι, λιμόν, μεταναστάσεως καὶ πολέμου κακὸν χεῖρον. ποίαν οὖν εἰρήνην ἤγαγεν;
288τὸ γάρ, οἶμαι, μετανίστασθαι καὶ ἀνίδρυτον εἶναι καὶ βασιλέων ἀμάχοις ἐναντιοῦσθαι δυνάμεσι καὶ λιμῷ πιέζεσθαι πόλεμον οὐχ ἕνα, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ πολυτρόπους ἔοικε μηνύειν.
289ἀλλ’ ἔν γε ταῖς δι’ ὑπονοιῶν ἀποδόσεσιν εἰρήνης ἀκράτου δεῖγμα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν εἶναι συμβέβηκε· παθῶν γὰρ ἔνδεια καὶ λιμὸς καὶ καθαίρεσις ἐχθρῶν ἀδικημάτων καὶ μετανάστασις ἀπὸ Χαλδαϊκῆς δόξης πρὸς τὴν φιλόθεον, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ γεγονότος αἰσθητοῦ πρὸς τὸ νοητὸν καὶ πεποιηκὸς αἴτιον, εὐνομίαν καὶ εὐστάθειαν κατασκευάζουσιν.
290ὑπισχνεῖται δὲ τῷ τοιαύτην ἄγοντι εἰρήνην καλὸν γῆρας, οὐ δήπου τὴν πολυχρόνιον ἀλλὰ τὴν μετὰ φρονήσεως ζωήν· τὸ γὰρ εὐήμερον πολυετίας κρεῖττον, ὅσῳ καὶ βραχύτερον φῶς σκότους αἰωνίου. μίαν γὰρ ἡμέραν ὑγιῶς εἶπέ τις προφητικὸς ἀνὴρ βούλεσθαι βιῶναι μετ’ ἀρετῆς ἢ μυρία ἔτη ἐν σκιᾷ θανάτου (Psalm. 83, 11), θάνατον μέντοι τῶν φαύλων αἰνιττόμενος βίον.
291τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ καὶ νῦν ἔργοις μᾶλλον ἢ ῥήμασι διασυνίστησι Μωυσῆς· ὃν γὰρ ἀναγράφει γήρᾳ χρησόμενον καλῷ, τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ σχεδὸν ἁπάντων ὀλιγοχρονιώτατον εἰσήγαγε, φιλοσοφῶν καὶ διδάσκων ἡμᾶς, τίς ὁ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν εὐγήρως ἐστίν, ἵνα μὴ πολὺν τῦφον ἐπὶ τοῦ φανεροῦ σώματός ποτε ἀποδεξώμεθα γέμοντα αἰσχύνης καὶ πολλῶν ὀνειδῶν, ἀλλ’ εὐβουλίαν καὶ σταθερότητα ψυχῆς ἰδόντες τὸ γέρως ἀδελφὸν καὶ παρώνυμον καλὸν γῆρας ἐπιφημίσωμέν τε καὶ μαρτυρήσωμεν.
292δογματικῶς οὖν ἄκουε κατὰ τὸν νομοθέτην μόνον τὸν ἀστεῖον εὐγήρων καὶ μακροβιώτατον, ὀλιγοχρονιώτατον δὲ τὸν φαῦλον, ἀποθνῄσκειν ἀεὶ μανθάνοντα, μᾶλλον δὲ τὴν ἀρετῆς ζωὴν ἤδη τετελευτηκότα.
293Λέγεται δ’ ἑξῆς· „τετάρτῃ δὲ γενεᾷ ἀποστραφήσονται ὧδε“ (Gen. 15,16), οὐχ ἵνα αὐτὸ μόνον μηνυθῇ χρόνος, ἐν ᾧ τὴν ἱερὰν οἰκήσουσι γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τελείαν ἀποκατάστασιν ψυχῆς παραστῆσαι. γίνεται δὲ ὡσανεὶ τετάρτῃ γενεᾷ· ὃν δὲ τρόπον, ἄξιον συνδιασκέψασθαι.
294ἀποκυηθὲν τὸ βρέφος ἄχρι τῆς πρώτης ἑπταετίας ἐν ἡλικίᾳ τῇ παιδικῇ ψυχῆς ἀκραιφνοῦς μεμοίραται, λείῳ μάλιστα ἐμφεροῦς κηρῷ, τοῖς ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν χαρακτῆρσι μήπω τετυπωμένης·
295καὶ γὰρ ὅσα γράφεσθαι δοκεῖ, ὑγρότητι ἐπαλειφόμενα συγχεῖται. πρώτη μὲν ἥδε ὡσανεὶ γενεὰ ψυχῆς· δευτέρα δέ, ἥτις μετὰ τὴν παιδικὴν ἡλικίαν κακοῖς ἄρχεται συζῆν, ἅ τε ἐξ ἑαυτῆς εἴωθε γεννᾶν ψυχὴ καὶ ὅσα παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀσμένη δέχεται. διδάσκαλοί τε γὰρ ἁμαρτημάτων μυρίοι, τίτθαι καὶ παιδαγωγοὶ καὶ γονεῖς καὶ οἱ κατὰ πόλεις γεγραμμένοι καὶ ἄγραφοι νόμοι θαυμάζοντες ἃ χρὴ γελᾶσθαι, καὶ ἄνευ τῶν διδαξόντων αὐτομαθής ἐστιν αὐτὴ πρὸς τὰ ὑπαίτια, ὡς ὑπ’ εὐφορίας ἀεὶ κακῶν βρίθειν.
296„ἔγκειται“ γάρ φησι Μωυσῆς „ἡ διάνοια τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπιμελῶς ἐπὶ τὰ πονηρὰ ἐκ νεότητος“ (Gen. 8,21). ἥδ’ ἐστὶν ἡ ἐπαρατοτάτη γενεὰ μὲν συμβολικῶς, κυρίως δὲ ἡλικία, καθ’ ἣν τό τε σῶμα ἡβᾷ καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πεφύσηται, τῶν ἐντυφομένων ἀναρριπιζομένων παθῶν, ἅλως τε καὶ ἀστάχυς καὶ πεδία (Exod. 22,6) καὶ ὅσα ἂν τύχῃ καταπιμπράντων.
297ταύτην τὴν ἐπίνοσον γενεὰν ἢ ἡλικίαν ὑπό τινος τρίτης οἷα ὑπὸ ἰατρικῆς φιλοσοφίας νοσηλευθῆναι χρή, κατεπᾳσθεῖσαν λόγοις ὑγιεινοῖς καὶ σωτηρίοις, δι’ ὧν κένωσιν μὲν ἐνδέξεται τῆς ἀμέτρου τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων πλησμονῆς, πλήρωσιν δὲ λιμηρᾶς κενώσεως τῶν κατορθωμάτων καὶ ἐρημίας δεινῆς.
298μετὰ τὴν θεραπείαν οὖν ταύτην γενεᾷ τετάρτῃ φύεται ψυχῇ δύναμίς τε καὶ ῥώμη κατὰ τὴν τῆς φρονήσεως βεβαιοτάτην ἀνάληψιν καὶ τὸ ἐν ἁπάσαις ἀρεταῖς ἀκλινές τε καὶ πάγιον. τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τὸ λεγόμενον· „τετάρτῃ δὲ γενεᾷ ἀποστραφήσονται ὧδε.“ κατὰ γὰρ τὸν δειχθέντα τέταρτον ἀριθμὸν ἀποστραφεῖσα τοῦ διαμαρτάνειν ἡ ψυχὴ κληρονόμος ἀποδείκνυται σοφίας.
299πρῶτος μὲν γὰρ ἀριθμός, καθ’ ὃν οὔτε ἀγαθῶν οὔτε κακῶν λαβεῖν ἔννοιαν ἔστιν, ἀτυπώτου τῆς ψυχῆς ὑπαρχούσης· δεύτερος δέ, καθ’ ὃν φορᾷ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων χρώμεθα· τρίτος δέ, ἐν ᾧ θεραπευόμεθα, τὰ νοσερὰ διωθούμενοι καὶ τὴν ἀκμὴν τῶν παθῶν ἀφηβῶντες· τέταρτος δέ, ἐν ᾧ παντελοῦς ὑγιείας καὶ ῥώσεως μεταποιούμεθα, ὁπότε ἀποστρεφόμενοι τὰ φαῦλα τοῖς καλοῖς ἐγχειρεῖν δοκοῦμεν, πρότερον δὲ οὐκ
300ἔξεστι. τὸ δὲ ἄχρι τίνος, αὐτὸς μηνύσει λέγων· „οὔπω γὰρ ἀναπεπλήρωνται αἱ ἀνομίαι τῶν Ἀμορραίων“ (Gen. 15,16). δίδωσι δὲ ἀφορμὴν τοῖς ἀσθενεστέροις τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὡς ὑπολαμβάνειν, ὅτι Μωυσῆς εἱμαρμένην καὶ ἀνάγκην ὡς αἰτίας τῶν γινομένων ἁπάντων εἰσάγει.
Sections 301–316
301χρὴ δὲ μὴ ἀγνοεῖν, ὅτι ἀκολουθίαν μὲν καὶ εἱρμὸν καὶ ἐπιπλοκὰς αἰτιῶν ἅτε φιλόσοφος καὶ θεοφράδμων ἀνὴρ οἶδεν, τούτοις δ’ οὐκ ἀνάπτει τὰς τῶν γινομένων αἰτίας. ἐφαντασιώθη γὰρ πρεσβύτερον ἄλλο ἐποχούμενον τοῖς ὅλοις ἡνιόχου τρόπον ἢ κυβερνήτου· πηδαλιουχεῖ γὰρ τὸ κοινὸν τοῦ κόσμου σκάφος, ᾧ τὰ πάντα ἐμπλεῖ, καὶ τὸ πτηνὸν ἅρμα, τὸν σύμπαντα οὐρανόν, ἡνιοχεῖ χρώμενον αὐτεξουσίῳ καὶ αὐτοκράτορι βασιλείᾳ. τί οὖν καὶ περὶ τούτων λεκτέον;
302ἑρμηνεύονται Ἀμορραῖοι λαλοῦντες, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν ἀνθρώπῳ δωρηθὲν ὑπὸ φύσεως, τὸν λόγον, μυρίοι τῶν λαβόντων διέφθειραν ἀχαρίστως καὶ ἀπίστως τῇ δούσῃ προσενεχθέντες. οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ γόητες, οἱ κόλακες, οἱ πιθανῶν σοφισμάτων εὑρεταί, φενακίσαι καὶ παρακρούσασθαι μόνον εὖ εἰδότες, τοῦ ἀψευδεῖν οὐ πεφροντικότες. ἐπιτηδεύουσι μέντοι καὶ ἀσάφειαν, ἀσάφεια δὲ βαθὺ σκότος ἐν λόγῳ, κλέπταις δὲ συνεργὸν τὸ σκότος.
303οὗ χάριν Μωυσῆς τὸν ἀρχιερέα δηλώσει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ διακεκόσμηκεν (Exod. 28,26), ἀρίδηλον ἀξιῶν εἶναι καὶ ἀληθῆ τὸν τοῦ σπουδαίου λόγον. οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ τὸν ἄδηλον καὶ ψευδῆ μεταδιώκουσιν, ᾧ συνεπιγράφεται πᾶς ὁ τῶν ἀγελαίων καὶ ἠμελημένων ἀνθρώπων ἀπατώμενος ὄχλος.
304ἕως μὲν οὖν „οὐκ ἀναπεπλήρωται τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τῶν Ἀμορραίων“, τουτέστι τῶν σοφιστικῶν λόγων διὰ τὸ ἀνεξέλεγκτον, ἀλλ’ ἔτι ὁλκὸν ἔχοντα δύναμιν ταῖς πιθανότησιν ἡμᾶς ἐπάγεται, [καὶ] ἀποστραφῆναι καὶ καταλιπεῖν αὐτὰ οὐ δυνάμενοι τῷ δελεάζεσθαι καταμένομεν.
305ἐὰν δὲ πᾶσαι αἱ ψευδεῖς πιθανότητες διελεγχθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀληθῶν πίστεων καὶ πλήρεις αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπιχειλεῖς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι περιφανῶσιν, ἀποδρασόμεθα ἀμεταστρεπτὶ καὶ μονονοὺ τὰ ἀπόγαια ἀράμενοι τῆς τῶν ψευσμάτων καὶ σοφισμάτων χώρας ἐξαναχθησόμεθα, τοῖς ἀληθείας ναυλοχωτάτοις ὑποδρόμοις καὶ λιμέσιν ἐνορμίσασθαι ἐπειγόμενοι.
306τοιοῦτον δὴ τὸ δηλούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς προτάσεως· ἀμήχανον γὰρ ἀποστραφῆναι καὶ μισῆσαι καὶ καταλιπεῖν τὸ πιθανὸν ψεῦδος, εἰ μὴ τὸ περὶ αὐτὸ ἁμάρτημα πλῆρες ἀναφανείη καὶ τέλειον· ἀναφανεῖται δὲ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ περιέργως διελεγχθῆναι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀληθοῦς ἀντίταξιν καὶ βεβαίωσιν.
307Λέγει δὲ ἑξῆς· „ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐγίνετο ὁ ἥλιος πρὸς δυσμαῖς, φλὸξ ἐγένετο“ (Gen. 15,17), δηλῶν ὅτι ἀρετὴ πρᾶγμά ἐστιν ὀψίγονον καὶ μήν, ὡς ἔφασάν τινες, πρὸς αὐταῖς τοῦ βίου δυσμαῖς βεβαιούμενον. ἀρετὴν δὲ ἀπεικάζει φλογί· καθάπερ γὰρ ἡ φλὸξ καίει μὲν τὴν παραβληθεῖσαν ὕλην, φωτίζει δὲ τὸν γείτονα ἀέρα, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐμπίπρησι μὲν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ἡ ἀρετή, φέγγους δὲ τὴν ὅλην ἀναπίμπλησι διάνοιαν.
308ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἔτι τῶν ἀδιαιρέτων καὶ ἀμερίστων λόγων ἐπικρατούντων ταῖς πιθανότησιν, οὓς Ἀμορραίους ἀνακαλεῖ, περιφανεστάτην καὶ ἄσκιον αὐγὴν ἰδεῖν οὐ δυνάμεθα· κλιβάνου δ’ εἱλικρινὲς πῦρ οὐκ ἔχοντος, ἀλλ’ ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφη (Gen. 15,17) καπνιζομένου τρόπον διακείμεθα, σπινθῆρσι μὲν τῆς ἐπιστήμης ὑποτυφόμενοι, μήπω δὲ καθαρῷ πυρὶ δοκιμασθῆναι καὶ κραταιωθῆναι δυνάμενοι.
309πολλὴ δὲ τῷ σπείραντι τοὺς σπινθῆρας χάρις, ἵνα μὴ νεκρῶν τρόπον σωμάτων ὁ νοῦς ὑπὸ παθῶν καταψυχθῇ, ἀλλ’ ἔνθερμος ὢν καὶ χλιαινόμενος ὑπεκκαύμασιν ἀρετῆς ζωπυρῆται μέχρι τοῦ τὴν εἰς πῦρ ἱερόν, ὡς ὁ Ναδὰβ καὶ Ἀβιούδ (Lev. 10,2), δέξασθαι μεταβολήν.
310καπνὸς δὲ γίνεται μὲν πρὸ πυρός, δακρύειν δὲ βιάζεται τοὺς πλησιάζοντας. ἀμφότερα δὲ φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν· ταῖς τε γὰρ ἀρετῆς αὐγαῖς προσχωροῦντες τελειότητα ἐλπίζομεν, καὶ εἰ μήπω δυναίμεθα τυχεῖν αὐτῆς, οὐκ ἀδακρυτὶ διάγομεν ἀνιώμενοι. πολὺς γὰρ ὅταν ἵμερος ἐντακῇ, πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ποθουμένου θήραν ἐπισπεύδει καὶ ἄχρι τοῦ συλλαβεῖν κατηφεῖν ἀναγκάζει.
311κλιβάνῳ δὲ νῦν ἐξωμοίωσε τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ φιλομαθοῦς καὶ ἐλπίδα τελειώσεως ἔχοντος, ἐπειδὴ τροφῆς πεττομένης συγκραταιοῦν ἑκάτερον ἀγγεῖόν ἐστιν, ὁ μὲν τῆς διὰ σιτίων φθαρτῶν, ἡ δὲ τῆς δι’ ἀφθάρτων ἀρετῶν. αἱ δὲ λαμπάδες τοῦ πυρὸς αἱ δᾳδουχούμεναι τοῦ δᾳδούχου θεοῦ κρίσις εἰσίν, αἱ λαμπραὶ καὶ διαυγεῖς, αἷς ἔθος μέσον τῶν διχοτομημάτων, λέγω δὲ τῶν ἐναντιοτήτων, ἐξ ὧν ἅπας ὁ κόσμος συνέστηκε, διάγειν.
312λέγεται γάρ· „λαμπάδες πυρός, αἳ διῆλθον μέσον τῶν διχοτομημάτων“ (Gen. 15,17), ἵνα γνῷς, ὅτι αἱ θεῖαι δυνάμεις διὰ μέσων καὶ πραγμάτων καὶ σωμάτων ἰοῦσαι φθείρουσι μὲν οὐδὲν — μένει γὰρ ἀπαθῆ τὰ διχοτομήματα —, διαιροῦσι δὲ καὶ διαστέλλουσι σφόδρα καλῶς τὰς ἑκάστων φύσεις.
313Τῆς οὖν τῶν εἰρημένων ἐπιστήμης κληρονόμος δεόντως ἀποδείκνυται ὁ σοφός· „ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ“ φησίν „ἐκείνῃ διέθετο κύριος τῷ Ἀβραὰμ διαθήκην λέγων· τῷ σπέρματί σου δώσω τὴν γῆν ταύτην“ (Gen. 15, 18).
314ποίαν γῆν δηλοῖ, εἰ μὴ τὴν προειρημένην, ἐφ’ ἣν ποιεῖται τὴν ἀναφοράν; ἧς ἐστιν ὁ καρπὸς κατάληψις ἀσφαλὴς καὶ βεβαία τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας, καθ’ ἣν τὰ σύμπαντα τοῖς τομεῦσιν ἑαυτοῦ διαφυλάττει ἀπαθῆ τὰ ἀγαθὰ κακοῦ κατὰ τὰ ἐπὶ τοῖς τὴν γένεσιν ἀφθάρτοις.
315εἶτ’ ἐπιλέγει· „ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ Αἰγύπτου ἕως τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου [ποταμοῦ] Εὐφράτου“ (Gen. 15,18), δηλῶν ὅτι οἱ τέλειοι τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἔχουσιν ἀπὸ σώματος καὶ αἰσθήσεως καὶ τῶν ὀργανικῶν μερῶν, ὧν ἄνευ ζῆν οὐκ ἔνεστι — χρήσιμα γὰρ πρὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ μετὰ σώματος βίῳ παιδείαν —, τὰ δὲ τέλη ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίαν, τὸν μέγαν ὡς ἀληθῶς ποταμόν, χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πλημμυροῦντα ἀγαθῶν.
316οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ Εὐφράτου ἕως τοῦ Αἰγύπτου ποταμοῦ τὴν χώραν περιέγραψεν — οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀρετὴν εἰς τὰ σωματικὰ πάθη κατεβίβασεν —, ἀλλ’ ἔμπαλιν „ἀπὸ τοῦ Αἰγύπτου ἕως τοῦ μεγάλου Εὐφράτου.“ ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν θνητῶν αἱ βελτιώσεις γίνονται πρὸς τὰ ἄφθαρτα.
On the Meeting for the sake of receiving Instructions
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1"But Sarah the wife of Abraham had not borne him any child. And she had an Egyptian handmaiden, whose name was Hagar. And Sarah said unto Abraham, Behold, the Lord has closed me up, so that I should not bear children; go in unto my handmaiden that thou mayest have children by her."
2The name Sarah, being interpreted, means "my princedom." And the wisdom which is in me, and the temperance which is in me, and the particular justice, and each of the other virtues which belong to me alone, are the princedom of me alone. For such virtue, being a queen from its birth, rules over and governs me who have determined on obeying it.
3Now this virtue, Moses (making a most paradoxical assertion) reports, as being both barren and also most prolific, since he affirms that the most populous of all nations is sprung from it. For, in real truth, virtue is barren with respect to all things which are evil, but is so exceedingly prolific of good things, that it stands in no need of the art of the midwife, for it anticipates it by bringing forth before its arrival.
4Therefore animals and plants, after considerable intervals and interruptions, bring forth their appropriate fruits, once, or at most twice a year; according to the number of times which nature has appointed each of them, and which is properly adapted to the seasons of the year. But virtue without any interruption, without any interval or any cessation, is continually bringing forth at all times and on all occasions, not indeed children, but virtuous reasonings, and irreproachable counsels, and praiseworthy actions.
5But neither is wealth, which it is not possible to employ, of any advantage to its possessors, nor is the fertility of wisdom of any service to us, unless it also brings forth such things as are serviceable to us. For some persons it judges to be in every respect worthy of living in its company; but others appear to have not yet arrived at such an age, as to be able to support so highly praised and well regulated a charge; whom, however, it permits to enter upon the preliminaries of marriage, holding out to them a hope that they may hereafter consummate the wedlock.
6Sarah therefore, the virtue which rules over my soul, has brought forth, but, she has not brought forth for me (for I should never as yet have been able, since I am quite young, to receive her offspring); she has brought forth, I say, wisdom, and the doing of just actions, and piety, by reason of the multitude of illegitimate children whom the vain opinions have brought forth to me. For the education of the offspring, and the constant superintendence and incessant care which they require, have compelled me to neglect the legitimate children, who are really citizens.
7It is well, therefore, to pray that virtue may not only bring forth, since she is prolific even without a prayer, but that she also may bring for us; in order that we, receiving a share of her seed and of her offspring, may be happy. For she is accustomed to bring forth children to God alone, restoring with burning gratitude the first fruits of all the blessings which she has received, to him, who, as Moses says, "opened her womb," which was at all times virgin.
8For he also says that the lamp, that archetypal model after which the copy is made, shines in one part, that is to say, in the part which is turned towards God. For since that completes the number of seven, and stands in the middle of the six branches, which are divided into two lots of three each, acting as body-guards to it on either side, it sends its rays upwards toward that one being, namely God, thinking its light too brilliant for mortal sight to be able to stand its proximity.
9On this account he does not say that Sarah did not bring forth at all, but only that she did not bring forth for him, for Abraham. For we are not as yet capable of becoming the fathers of the offspring of virtue, unless we first of all have a connection with her handmaiden; and the handmaiden of wisdom is the encyclical knowledge of music and logic, arrived at by previous instruction.
10For as in houses there are vestibules placed in front of staircases, and as in cities there are suburbs, through which one must pass in order to enter into the cities; so also the encyclical branches of instruction are placed in front of virtue, for they are the road which conducts to her.
11And as you must know that it is common for there to be great preludes to great propositions, and the greatest of all propositions is virtue, for it is conversant about the most important of all materials, namely, about the universal life of man; very naturally, therefore, that will not employ any short preface, but rather it will use as such, grammar, geometry, astronomy, rhetoric, music, and all the other sorts of contemplation which proceed in accordance with reason; of which Hagar, the handmaid of Sarah, is an emblem, as we will proceed to show.
12"For Sarah," says Moses, "said unto Abraham, Behold, the Lord has closed me up, so that I may not bear children. Go in unto my handmaiden, that thou mayest have children by her." Now, we must take out of the present discussion those conjunctions and connections of body with body which have pleasure for their end. For this is the connection of the mind with virtue, which is desirous to have children by her, and which, if it cannot do so at once, is at all events taught to espouse her handmaid, namely, intermediate instruction.
13And here it is worth while to admire wisdom, by reason of its modesty, which has not thought fit to reproach us with the slowness of our generation, or our absolute barrenness. And this, too, though the oracle says truly that she brought forth no child, not out of envy, but because of the unsuitableness of our own selves. For, says she, "The Lord has closed me up so, that I may not bear children." And she no longer adds the words, "to you," that she may not appear to mention the misfortunes of others, or to reproach them with theirs.
14"Therefore," says she, "go thou in to my handmaiden," that is to say, to the intermediate instruction of the intermediate and encyclical branches of knowledge, "that you may first have children by her;" for hereafter you shall be able to enjoy a connection with her mistress, tending to the procreation of legitimate children.
15For grammar, by teaching you the histories which are to be found in the works of the poets and historians, will give you intelligence and abundant learning; and, moreover, will teach you to look with contempt on all the vain fables which erroneous opinions invent, on account of the ill success which history tells us that the heroes and demigods who are celebrated among those writers, meet with.
16And music will teach what is inharmonious in the way of rhythm, and what is ill arranged in harmony, and, rejecting all that is out of tune and all that is inconsistent with melody, will guide what was previously discordant to concord. And geometry, sowing the seeds of equality and just proportion in the soul, which is fond of learning, will, by means of the beauty of continued contemplation, implant in you an admiration of justice.
17And rhetoric, having sharpened the mind for contemplation in general, and having exercised and trained the faculties of speech in interpretation and explanation, will make man really rational, taking care of that peculiar and especial duty which nature has bestowed upon it, but upon no other animal whatever.
18And dialectic science, which is the sister, the twin sister of rhetoric, as some persons have called it, separating true from false arguments, and refuting the plausibilities of sophistical arguments, will cure the great disease of the soul, deceit. It is profitable, therefore, to abide among these and other sciences resembling them, and to devote one’s especial attention to them. For perhaps, I say, as has happened to many, we shall become known to the queenly virtues by means of their subjects and handmaidens.
19Do you not see that our bodies do not use solid and costly food before they have first, in their age of infancy, used such as had no variety, and consisted merely of milk? And, in the same way, think also that infantine food is prepared for the soul, namely the encyclical sciences, and the contemplations which are directed to each of them; but that the more perfect and becoming food, namely the virtues, is prepared for those who are really full-grown men.
20Now the first characteristics of the intermediate instruction are represented by two symbols, the race and the name. As to race, the handmaiden is an Egyptian, and her name is Hagar; and this name, being interpreted, means "emigration." For it follows of necessity that the man who delights in the encyclical contemplations, and who joins himself as a companion to varied learning, is as such enrolled under the banners of the earthly and Egyptian body; and that he stands in need of eyes in order to see and to read, and of ears in order to attend and to hear, and of his other external senses, in such a manner as to be able to unfold each of the objects of the external sense.
21For it is not natural to suppose that the subject of judgment can possibly be comprehended without some power which is to judge; and the power which judges of the objects of the external sense is the external sense, so that without the external sense it would not be possible for any thing in that world which is perceptible by the external sense to be accurately known, though those are the matters which are the principal field for philosophical speculation. But the external sense, being that portion of the soul which most resembles the body, is deeply rooted in the entire vessel of the soul; and the vessel of the soul is, by a figurative way of speaking, called Egypt.
22And there is this one characteristic derived from her race, which the handmaiden of virtue possesses. But what or what kind of characteristic that is which is derived from the name, we must now proceed to consider. The intermediate instruction has the same rank and classification as a sojourner. For all knowledge, and wisdom, and virtue, are the only real native and original inhabitants and citizens of the universe. And all the other kinds of instruction, which obtain the second, and third, and lowest honours, are on the confines, between foreigners and citizens. For they are not connected with either race without some alloy, and yet again they are connected with both according to a certain community and participation.
23For they are sojourners from the fact of their passing their time among citizens; but from the fact of their not being settled inhabitants, they also resemble foreigners. In the same manner, according to my idea, as adopted children, inasmuch as they inherit the property of those who have adopted them, resemble real legitimate children; but inasmuch as they were not begotten by them, they resemble strangers. The same relation, then, that a mistress has to her handmaidens, or a wife, who is a citizen, to a concubine, that same relation has virtue, that is Sarah, to education, that is Hagar. So that very naturally, since the husband, by name Abraham, is one who has an admiration for contemplation and knowledge; virtue, that is Sarah, would be his wife, and Hagar, that is all kinds of encyclical accomplishment, would be his concubine.
24Whoever, therefore, has acquired wisdom from his teachers, would never reject Hagar. For the acquisition of all the preliminary branches of education is wholly necessary. But if any one, having determined on perseveringly enduring labours in the cause of virtue, devotes himself to continued study, practising and meditating without intermission, that man will marry two citizens, and also an equal number of concubines, the handmaidens of the citizens.
25And each of these has a different appearance and a different nature. For instance, of the two citizen wives, one is a most healthy and well established and peaceful motion, whom from the circumstances the historians called Leah: and the other resembles a whetstone and is called Rachel, in the pursuit of whom the mind, which is fond of labour and fond of exercises, is much sharpened and excited; and the name, being interpreted, means the "sight of profanation;" not because she sees profanely, but, on the contrary, because she thinks the things which are seen and which are the objects of the external senses, not brilliant but common and profane in comparison of the pure and untainted nature of those things which are invisible and which are only discernible by the intellect.
Sections 26–50
26For since our soul is composed of two parts, and since the one contains the rational faculties, and the other the irrational ones, it follows that each part must have its own peculiar virtue, Leah being the virtue of the rational part, and Rachel of the irrational.
27For the one trains us, by means of the external senses and the parts of speech, to look contemptuously upon all things which it is proper to disregard, such as glory, and wealth, and pleasure, which the principal and general multitude of common men look upon as things to be admired and striven for, their sense of hearing being corrupted, and the tribunal of all the other external senses being corrupted likewise.
28But the other teaches us to turn away from that uneven and rough road which is never approached by souls that love virtue, and to go smoothly along the smooth road without any stumbling and without meeting any hindrances in the path.
29Therefore the handmaiden of the former of the two citizen wives will necessarily be the power of interpretation as exercised by means of the organs of speech, and also the rational invention of sophisms, deceiving man by a well-imagined plausibility; and its necessary nourishment is meat and drink.
30The historian has recorded for us the names of the two handmaidens, calling them Zilpah and Billah. The name Zilpah, being interpreted, means "a mouth going forth," a symbol of that nature which interprets and speaks. But Billah means "a swallowing," which is the first and most necessary support of all mortal animals. For it is by swallowing that our bodies are established firmly, and the cables of life are attached to this action as to a sure foundation.
31Accordingly the practiser of virtue lives with all the aforesaid powers, with some as with free women and citizens, and with others as slaves and concubines. For he is enamoured of the motion of Leah; and a smooth (λεία) motion existing in a body would be calculated to produce health, and, when existing in a soul, it would produce virtue and justice. But he loves Rachel, wrestling with his passions, and preparing himself for a struggle of temperance, arraying himself in opposition to all the objects of the external senses.
32For there are two kinds of advantage, either that according to which we enjoy blessings, as in peace, or else that which comes from arraying one’s self in opposition to and from removing evils as in war. Now Leah is the wife according to whom it happens to the husband to enjoy the elder, and more important, and dominant blessings; and Rachel the wife, according to whom he obtains what resemble the sports of war. Such then is his way, if left with his citizen wives.
33But the practiser of virtue also wants Billah, that is, swallowing, but as a slave and a concubine; for without food and vitality, living well could not possibly be the lot of the man, since things indifferent are always the foundation of what is better; and he also wants Zilpah, that is to say, interpretation by means of utterance, in order that the rational part itself may, in a twofold manner, contribute to perfection, both from the fountain existing in the intellect, and also from the stream flowing therefrom in the organ of the voice.
34But these men were husbands of many wives and concubines, not only of such as were citizens, as the sacred scriptures tell us. But Isaac had neither many wives nor any concubine at all, but only his first and wedded wife, who lived with him all his life.
35Why was this? Because the virtue acquired by teaching, which Abraham pursues, requires many things, both such as are legitimate according to prudence, and such also as are illegitimate according to the exegetical contemplations of preliminary instruction. And there is also a virtue which is made perfect by practise, to which Jacob appears to have been devoted; for exercises consist of many and various dogmas and doctrines, some leading and others following, some leading the way, and others arriving later, and bringing at one time more serious, and at other times lighter labours.
36But the self-instructed race, of which Isaac was a partaker, the excellent country of the mastery over the passions, has received as its share a nature simple, and unmixed, and unalloyed, standing in no need of either practise or instruction in which there is need of the concubine sciences, and not only of the citizen wives; for when God has showered down from above that most requisite benefit of knowledge, self-taught, and having no need of a preceptor, it would be impossible any longer for a man to live with the slavish and concubine arts, having a desire for bastard doctrines as his children. For the man who has arrived at this honour, is inscribed as the husband of the mistress and princess virtue; and she is called in the Greek language, perseverance, but among the Hebrews her name is Rebekkah.
37For he who, by reason of the happy constitution of his own nature and by the prolific fertility of his soul, has attained to wisdom without encountering labour or enduring hardship, stands in need of no further improvement;
38for he has at hand the perfect gifts of God, inspired by means of those most ancient graces, and he wishes and prays that they may remain lasting. In reference to which, it appears to me to be that the Author of all goodness gave him perseverance as his wife, in order that his mercies might endure for ever to the man who had her for his wife.
39Now recollection only comes in the second rank after memory, as inferior to it; and he who recollects is inferior to him who remembers; for the latter resembles a man in an uninterrupted state of good health, but the other is like a man recovering from a disease, for forgetfulness is a disease of the memory;
40and it follows inevitably that the man who exerts his recollection has previously forgotten what he now recollects. Therefore the sacred scriptures call memory Ephraim, which name, being interpreted, means "fruit-bearing." But the Hebrews call recollection, after forgetfulness, Manasseh;
41for, in good truth, the soul of the man who remembers does bear as fruit the things which he has learned, losing nothing of them; but the soul of the man who exerts recollection, is only escaping from forgetfulness, by which it was detained before it recollected; therefore a citizen wife, memory, lives with the man who is endowed with remembrance. But the concubine recollection, a Syrian by birth, insolent and overbearing, lives with the man who forgets: for the meaning of the name Syria, is "sublimity;"
42and the son of the concubine recollection is Machir, as the Hebrews call him; but the Greeks interpret the name to mean "of the father." For those who recollect a thing think that the mind is the father and cause of their recollecting, and do not consider that this same endowment of the mind did also before contain "forgetfulness," though it never would have received it if it had had memory in its power.
43For it is said in the scripture, "And the sons of Manasseh were Ashriel whom she bare, but his concubine, the Aramitess, bare Machir; and Machir was the father of Gilead." And Nachor, also, the brother of Abraham, had two wives, one a citizen and the other a concubine. And the name of the citizen was Milcah; and the name of the concubine was Rumah.
44But let no one who is in his senses suspect that the wise legislator recorded this as a historical genealogy, but it is rather an explanation of things which are able to benefit the soul by means of symbols. And when we have translated the names into our own language, we shall understand the real meanings intended to be conveyed by them. Come, then, let us now investigate each of them.
45The name Nachor, being interpreted, means "a rest from light;" and Milcah means "princess;" and Rumah means "she who sees something." Therefore, to have light in the mind is good; but cessation from light, and tranquillity, and immobility is not perfect good, for it is advantageous to have evils tranquil, but it is desirable to have blessings in motion; for what advantage is there in a man’s having a tuneful voice, if he keeps silent?
46or in his having the skill of a flute player, if he does not play the flute? or of his knowing the harp, if he does not strike it? or, in short, what good is there in any artist whatever, if he does not exercise his art? for theoretical knowledge, without putting it in practise, is of no advantage whatever to those who possess it. For a man, though skilful in the contest of the pancratium, or in boxing, or in wrestling, would derive no advantage from his athletic prowess if his hands were tied behind him; and he who was thoroughly practised in running would derive no advantage from his fleetness of foot if he were afflicted with the gout, or if he were to meet with any other injury to his feet.
47And the light of the soul, which is the most brilliant and the most like the sun, is knowledge; for as the eyes are lightened up by beams, so is the mind made brilliant by wisdom, and becomes gradually accustomed to see more acutely from being continually anointed with new speculations. Therefore, Nachor is interpreted "a cessation from light," very naturally;
48for, inasmuch as he is a relation of the wise Abraham, he partakes of that light which is according to wisdom; but inasmuch as he did not join him in his emigration from the created to the uncreated being, from the world to the Creator of the world, he has acquired only a lame and imperfect knowledge, intermittent and delaying, or rather put together like a lifeless statue;
49for he does not depart and quit his abode in the Chaldaean country, that is to say, he does not separate himself from the speculations concerning astronomy; honouring that which is created rather than him who created it, and the world in preference to God; or rather, I should say, looking on the world itself as an absolute independent God, and not as the work of an absolute God.
50And he takes Milcah for his wife, not being some queen who by the dispensations of fortune governs some nation of men, or some city, but only one who bears a common name, the same as here. For, just as a person would not be widely wrong who called the world, as being the most excellent of all created things, the king of the objects of the external sense; so, also, one may call the knowledge which is conversant about the heaven, which knowledge those who study astronomy and the Chaldaeans possess in an eminent degree, the queen of all the sciences.
Sections 51–75
51This, therefore, is the wife who is a citizen; but the concubine is she who sees one only of all existing things at a time, even though it may be the most worthless of all. It is given, therefore, to the most excellent race to see the most excellent of things, namely, the really living God; for the name Israel, being interpreted, means "seeing God." But to him who aims at the second prize, it is allowed to see that which is second best, namely, the heaven which is perceptible by the external senses, and the harmonious arrangement of the stars therein, and their truly musical and well-regulated motion.
52The third class are the sceptics, who do not apply themselves to the most excellent objects, either of the intellect or of the external senses, which exist in nature, because they are always occupying themselves with petty sophistries, and small cavils, and criticisms. These have for their companions the concubine Rumah, who sees something which is very minute, because they are unable to approach the investigation of better things, by means of which they might benefit their own life.
53For, as among physicians that which is called theoretical medical skill, is a long way from doing any good to those that are sick—for diseases are cured by medicines, and by operations, and by regimen, and not by discussions or theories; so also in philosophy, there is a set of word-traffickers and word-eaters, who have neither the will nor the skill to heal a life which is full of infirmities, but who, from their very earliest infancy to the extremity of old age, are not ashamed to cavil, and quibble, and wrangle about figurative expressions, as if happiness consisted in an interminable and profitless minuteness of accuracy in the matter of nouns and verbs, and not in the improving and ameliorating the moral character, the true fountain of the persons’ disposition; and in expelling the vices, and driving them out of its boundaries, and establishing the virtues as settlers within them.
54Now the wicked also have a desire for concubines, that is, for vain opinions and doctrines; accordingly Moses tells us that Thimna, the concubine of Eliphah the son of Esau, bore Amalek to Eliphah. Alas, for the eminent ignobleness of the descendant! And you will see this ignobleness the more clearly, if you abandon the idea that this expression is used about a man, and rather consider the soul, with a kind of anatomical dissection.
55The historian then calls the irrational and immoderate desires and impetuosity of the passions, Amalek; now the name Amalek, being interpreted, means "the people looking up." For as the power of fire consumes the materials which are offered to it, so in the same manner does passion, when boiling over lick up and destroy everything with which it meets.
56And the father of this passion is very properly described as Eliphah; for this name, being interpreted, means "God has scattered me." But does it not follow that when God scatters, and disperses, and discards the soul, banishing it from himself, irrational passion is at once engendered? For He plants the mind which can really behold him, and which is really attached to God, the vine of a good kind, stretching out its roots so as to make them everlasting, and giving it abundance of fruit for the acquisition and enjoyment of the virtues.
57On which account Moses prays, saying, "Bring them in and plant them in," in order that those divine shoots may not be ephemeral, but long-lived and lasting for ever and ever. And banishing the unjust and ungodly soul, he disperses it and drives it to a distance from himself to the region of the pleasures and appetites and acts of injustice; and this region is, with exceeding appropriateness, called the region of the impious, more fitly than that one which is fabled as existing in the shades below. For indeed, the real hell is the life of the wicked, which is audacious, and flagitious, and liable to all kinds of curses.
58There is also in another place the following sentence deeply engraven: "When the Most High came down to scatter the nations, as he dispersed the sons of Adam," he drove out all earthly dispositions, which had no desire to see any good thing from heaven; depriving them of house and city, and rendering them truly wanderers on the face of the earth. For no house, nor city, nor anything else which relates to society and participation, is preserved for any one of the wicked; but they are deprived of all settled habitation, and dispersed abroad, being moved in every direction, and living a life of continued emigration, and not being able to become settled any where.
59Therefore the wicked man has for his children, wickedness, by his wife who is a citizen, and passion by his concubine; for the whole soul, like a free citizen, is a companion of reason, but that which is open to reproach brings forth wickedness. But the nature of the body is a concubine, by means of whom the birth of the passion is beheld; and the body is the region of the pleasures and passions, and it is called Thamnah,
60which name, being interpreted, signifies a "fluctuating abandonment." For the soul becomes faint and powerless by reason of the passions having received much tossing about and agitation from the body, on account of the violent storm which bursts forth from immoderate impetuosity.
61But as the head is the chief of all the aforementioned parts of an animal, so is Esau the chief of this race, whose name is at one time interpreted "an oak," and at another, "a thing made." It is interpreted an oak, in reference to his being unbending, and implacable, and obstinate, and stiff-necked by nature, and having folly for his chief fellow counsellor, and being as such of a truly oaken character. And it is interpreted "a thing made," inasmuch as a life according to folly is an invention and a fable, full of tragic pomp and vain boasting; and, on the other hand, of mockery and comic ridicule, having in it nothing sound, being full of falsehood, having utterly cast off truth, and disregarding as a thing of no value, that nature which is void of distinctive qualities, or of particular species, but plain and sincere, which the practiser of virtue loves.
62And Moses bears witness to this, when he says that "Jacob was a man without artifice, dwelling in a house;" so that he who is contrary to him, must necessarily be destitute of a house, the companion of invention, and of things made, and of fabulous nonsense, or rather bring himself a theatre and a fable.
63The connection therefore between the reason which is devoted to contemplation and those powers which are citizen wives, or concubines, has here been explained to the best of my power. We must now proceed to investigate what follows, and endeavour to frame a proper connection for an argument. "Abraham," says the sacred historian, "listened to the voice of Sarah." For it is necessary for him who is a learner to be obedient to the injunctions of virtue:
64but yet all men are not so obedient, but only those who are inspired with an exceedingly vehement love for knowledge. Since almost every day the places where there is anything to hear and the theatres are crowded, and those who study philosophy go on without ever stopping to take breath in one long continued discussion about virtue.
65But still what advantage is derived from all that is said? For men, instead of attending, turn their mind in other directions, some to marine and mercantile affairs, others to rents and agriculture; some to public honours and affairs of state, some to the gains to be derived from each different profession and art, others to revenging themselves upon their enemies, others again to the enjoyments to be derived from the indulgence of the amorous appetites, and in short every body is under the influence of some distracting idea or other; so that, as far as the subjects of the discussion are concerned, they are completely deaf, and are present with their bodies only, but are at a distance as to their minds, being in no particular different from images or statues.
66And if any persons do attend, they sit all that time only listening, and when they have departed they do not recollect a word of what has been said, but they have come in fact rather to be pleased through the medium of their hearing than with the view of deriving any solid advantage; so that their soul has not been able to comprehend anything or to become pregnant with any new idea, and even the cause which at first excited their pleasure soon ceases and their attention is extinguished.
67There is a third kind of persons to whom what is said is for a time attended to and remembered, as if still sounding in their ears; but still they are found to be sophists rather than philosophers: of these men the language indeed is praiseworthy but the life is blameable; for they are powerful at speaking, but have no ability to do what is best.
68It is therefore hardly possible to find a man who is inclined to attend and endowed with a good memory, honouring deeds rather than words; as is testified to in the praise of the man fond of hearing in the the words, "He listened to the voice of Sarah." For he is not represented merely as hearing but also as listening to: and this last is a particularly felicitous expression to indicate one who approves of and is influenced by what he hears.
69And the expression, "to the voice," is not inconsiderately or incorrectly used in preference to saying—he listened to Sarah speaking. For it is the especial character of a learner to listen to the voice and words of his teacher; for by these alone is he taught. But he who acquires what is good by practise, and solitary meditation, and not by instruction, does not attend to what is said but rather to those who say it, imitating the lives of those men in their actions which are in each particular irreproachable.
70For it is said, in the case of Jacob when he was sent away to form a marriage among his kinsmen, "Jacob listened to his mother and his father, and went into Mesopotamia." He listened not to their voice, nor to their words, for it was fitting that he who was an imitator of their actions should be a practiser of virtue not a listener to speeches. For this is the peculiar character of one who is being taught, but the other is the mark of one who is enduring labours, in order that from this instance we may comprehend the difference between a practiser and a learner, the one being regulated with regard to him who is speaking, and the other with regard to his speech.
71Therefore, continues the sacred historian, Sarah, the wife of Abraham, having taken Hagar, the Egyptian woman, her own handmaiden, ten years after Abraham had begun to dwell in the land of Canaan, gave her to Abraham her "husband, to be his wife." Wickedness is by nature an envious, and bitter, and evil-disposed thing, but virtue is gentle, and inclined to communion, and friendly; wishing in every possible manner to benefit those who are well disposed, either by its own power or by the means of others.
72So now accordingly, as we are not able to become the fathers of children by prudence, she espouses us to her own handmaiden, encyclical instruction, as I have said before, and all but endures to be the bridesmaid and manager of the marriage; for it is said that Sarah herself took this woman and gave her to her own husband.
73And here it is worth while to raise the question why it is that now again Moses calls the wife of Abraham Sarah, when he had already repeatedly told us what her name was before; for he was not a writer who ever indulged in that worst description of prolixity, tautology. What, then, are we to say? Since she is about to betroth to him the handmaiden of wisdom, encyclical instruction, he says that she did not forget the duty which she owed to her mistress, but knew that she was, both in law and in her master’s feelings, his wife, and that she herself was only such because of necessity and the force of opportunity. And this happens to every man who is fond of learning. And he who has experienced it may be looked upon as the most trustworthy witness to this fact.
74At all events I, when I was first excited by the stimulus of philosophy to feel a desire for it, when I was very young connected myself with one of her handmaidens, namely, grammar; and all the offspring of which I became the father by her, such as writing, reading, and the acquaintance with the works of the poets and historians, I attributed to the mistress.
75And at a subsequent time, forming connection with another of her handmaidens, geometry, and admiring her beauty (for she had beautiful symmetry and proportions in all her parts), I still appropriated none of the offspring, but carried them to the citizen wife, and bestowed them on her.
Sections 76–100
76I was desirous also to form a similar connection with a third, and she was full of good rhythm, well arranged, and well limbed, and was called music. And by her I became the parent of diatonic, and chromatic, and harmonic, and combined and separate melodies, and all the different concords belonging to fourths and to fifths, and to the diapason. And, again, I concealed none of all these things, in order that my legitimate citizen wife might become wealthy, being ministered unto by a multitude of ten thousand servants;
77for some men, being attracted by the charms of handmaidens, have neglected their true mistress, philosophy, and have grown old, some in poetry, and others in the study of painting, and others in the mixture of colours, and others in ten thousand other pursuits, without ever being able to return to the proper mistress;
78for each act has its own peculiar brilliancies, certain attractive powers, by which some persons are allured and overcome, forgetting all the covenants which they have made with philosophy; but he who abides by the agreements which he has made, provides every thing from all quarters with a view to pleasing her. Very appropriately, therefore, does the sacred scripture, admiring his good faith in respect of his legitimate wife, say that even now Sarah was his true wife, inasmuch as he only took his handmaid into his bed out of complaisance towards her;
79and, indeed, in the same manner as the encyclical branches of education contribute to the proper comprehension of philosophy, so also does philosophy aid in the acquisition of wisdom; for philosophy is an attentive study of wisdom, and wisdom is the knowledge of all divine and human things, and of the respective causes of them. Therefore, just as encyclical accomplishments are the handmaidens of philosophy, so also is philosophy the handmaiden of wisdom;
80but philosophy teaches temperance with regard to the belly, and temperance with regard to the parts below the belly, and also temperance and restraint of the tongue. Now these qualities are said to be worthy of praise for their own sakes, but they would appear more respectable still if they were cultivated for the sake of doing honour to and giving pleasure to God. We must, therefore, always remember the legitimate mistress when we are about to espouse her handmaidens; and let us be said indeed to be the husbands of the latter, but still let our legitimate mistress be our real wife, and not be merely called such.
81Again, she gives Hagar to him, not the first moment that he arrives in the country of the Canaanites, but after he has abode there ten years. And what the meaning of this statement is we must investigate in no careless manner. Now, at the beginning of our existence, our soul dwelt among the passions alone as its foster-brethren, griefs, pains, fears, desires, and pleasures, which reach it through the medium of the external senses, before reason was as yet able to see good and evil, and to distinguish accurately the points wherein these things differ from one another, but while it was still wavering and hesitating, and as it were closing its eyes in profound sleep;
82but as time advances, when advancing out of the age of infancy we are on the point of becoming young men, then, without any delay, the double trunk of virtue and wickedness springs forth out of one root, and we attain to a comprehension of them both, but still we by all means choose one of the two; those who are well disposed choosing virtue, and those of the contrary character choosing wickedness.
83These things, now, being previously sketched out in this manner, we must become aware that Egypt is the symbol of the passions and the land of the Canaanites, the emblem of the wickednesses; so that it is in strict accordance with natural probability that God, after having roused his people and made them depart from Egypt, leads them into the country of the Canaanites;
84for the man, as I have said before, at his very earliest birth had the Egyptian passions assigned him to dwell among, being deeply rooted in pleasures and in pains; and at a subsequent time he departs as if to found a colony, and migrates towards wickedness. His reason now being inclined to a more acute sight, and comprehending accurately both the opposite extremes of good and of evil, but nevertheless choosing the worse part, because it has a great share in mortal nature, to which what is evil is in some degree akin, as also the contrary, namely, good, is akin to the divine nature.
85But these are the different countries of each respective nature; passions, that is to say, Egypt, being the country of the age of childhood; and wickedness, that is the land of Canaan, being the country of the age of youth. But the sacred scripture, although it is well acquainted with the different countries of the mortal race, suggests to us what ought to be done and what will be advantageous to us, enjoining us to hate the heathen, and their laws, and their customs, in that passage where he says,
86"And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, I am the Lord your God; ye shall not behave according to the customs of Egypt in which ye dwelt among them, and ye shall not walk in their laws. Ye shall do my judgments, and ye shall not do according to the customs of the land of Canaan, into which I am leading you to dwell there. And ye shall keep my commandments, and ye shall walk in them. I am the Lord your God. And ye shall keep all my commandments and my judgments, and ye shall do them. He that doeth them the same shall live in them. I am the Lord your God: and ye shall keep all my commandments and my judgments."
87Therefore, real true life, above everything else, consists in the judgments and commandments of God, so that the customs and practises of the impious must be death: but there are some races which take no note of passions and of wickednesses, from whom the multitudes of impious persons and wickedness are sprung.
88Therefore, ten years after our departure to settle in the land of the Canaanites let us marry Hagar, since from the first moment that we become rational beings, we seek for ignorance and a deficiency of knowledge which is pernicious in its own nature; but at a subsequent period, and at a perfect number, namely, the legal number of the decade, we come to feel a desire for that instruction which is able to benefit us.
89But the sons of the musicians have accurately and carefully investigated the question respecting the decade; and the most sacred Moses has composed a hymn, with no slight degree of skill, attributing the most excellent things to this number of the decade, such as prayers, first-fruits, the continual and unceasing offerings of the priests, the observance of the passover, the atonement, the remission of debts, and the return to the ancient allotments of property at the end of every fifty years; the preparation and furnishing of the indissoluble tabernacle, and ten thousand other things which it would take a long time to enumerate. However, we must not pass over the most important points.
90In the first place he represents Noah to us (and this man is the first who is specially entitled just, in the holy scriptures), as the tenth in succession from him who was formed out of the earth, not intending by this statement to indicate the number of years that had elapsed, but rather to show clearly that as the decade is the most perfect boundary and end of the numbers which proceed onwards from the unit, so also just in the soul is the perfection and true end of the actions of human life.
91For the number three when multiplied by itself so as to make nine, the oracles have pronounced to be the most warlike of numbers; but when one is added to it so as to complete the number ten, then they receive it as a friendly one.
92And as a proof of this, they allege the kingdoms of the nine kings, (when the civil war was fanned into a flame, the four passions rising up against the five outward senses, and when the entire soul, like a city, was in danger of being subjected to an utter overthrow and destruction,) which the wise Abraham, appearing as the tenth king, put an end to, by joining in the warfare.
93He then caused a calm instead of a storm, and health instead of disease, and life, if one may speak the plain truth, instead of death, showing himself as the trophy-bearer of God who giveth the victory, to whom also he consecrated the tenths as a grateful offering on account of his victory.
94Moreover, he also separates off the tenth of all the cattle which come "under the rod," I mean by this under instruction, and of all those which are of a tame and tractable sort, pronouncing them to be holy by an express provision of the law. In order that so, by many concurrent testimonies, we may learn the particular and especial appropriateness of the number ten to God, and of the number nine to our mortal race.
95But also it is expressly ordered, that men should offer as first fruits the tenths, not only of animals, but also of all the things which grow up out of the earth; "For," says the scripture, "every tenth of the earth from the seed and from the fruit of every tree, is holy to the Lord: and every tenth of oxen and sheep, and everything of any cattle which passes under the rod, of all these the tenth shall be holy to the Lord."
96You see that he thinks that it is proper to make an offering, by way of first fruits from the corporeal mass that is around us, which is really earthly and wooden; for life, and durability, and increase, and good health, fall to his share through the divine grace. You see also, that again an express command is given to offer first-fruits from all the irrational animals that are around ourselves; and by these are meant the outward senses. For to see, and to hear, and to smell, and to taste, and also to touch are divine gifts, for which it is our duty to give thanks.
97But not only are we taught to thank the giver of all goodness for these earthly, and wooden, and corporeal things, and for the irrational animals, the outward senses, but also for the mind, which, to speak with strict propriety, is man in man, the better in the worse, the immortal in the mortal.
98On this account I think it is, that God ordered to be consecrated the whole of the first-born, the tenth, I mean the tribe of Levi, taking them in exchange for the first-born, for the preservation and protection of holiness, and piety, and sacred ministrations, which all have reference to the honour of God. For the first and best thing in ourselves is our reason, and it is very proper to offer up the first-fruits of our cleverness, and acuteness, and comprehension, and prudence, and of all our other faculties which we have in connection with our reason as first-fruits to God, who has bestowed upon us this great abundance of power of exerting our intelligence.
99From this consideration it was, that Jacob, the practiser of virtue, at the beginning of his prayers, says: "Of all that thou givest me, I will set apart and consecrate a tenth to thee." And the sacred scripture, which was written after the prayers on occasion of victory, which Melchisedek, who had received a self-instructed and self-taught priesthood, makes, says: "For he gave him a tenth of all things," assigning to him the outward senses the faculty of feeling properly, and by the sense of speech the faculty of speaking well, and by the senses connected with the mind the faculty of thinking well.
100Very beautifully, therefore, and at the same time most unavoidably, does the sacred historian tell us in the fashion of an incidental narrative, when the memorial of that heavenly and divine food was consecrated in the golden urn, that "gomor was the tenth part of three measures." For in us men there appear to be three measures, the outward senses, and speech, and mind. The outward sense being the measure of the objects of outward sense, speech being the measure of nouns and verbs, and of whatever is said; and the mind being the measure of those things which can only be perceived by the intellect.
Sections 101–125
101We must therefore offer first-fruits of each of these three measures as a sacred tenth, in order that our powers of speaking, and of feeling, and of comprehending, may be seen to be irreproachable and sound, in reference to and in connection with God. For this is the true and just measure, and the things that relate to ourselves are false and unjust measures.
102Very appropriately, therefore, in the case of sacrifices also, the tenth part of the measure of fine wheat flour will be brought upon the altar, together with the victims. But the number of nine, which is what is left of the number ten, will remain among us.
103And the daily sacrifice of the priests corresponds also to these facts. For it is expressly commanded to them to offer every day the tenth part of an ephah of fine wheat flour. For, passing over the ninth number, the god who was only discernible by the outward senses and by opinion, they learnt to worship the tenth, who is the only living and true God.
104For the world had nine portions assigned to it, eight in heaven, namely the portion of the fixed stars and the seven planets which are all borne forward in the same arrangement, and the ninth being the earth in conjunction with the air and water. For of these things there is only one bond and connection, though they admit all kinds of various changes and alterations.
105Therefore men in general have paid honours to these nine portions, and to the world which is compounded of them. But the perfect man honours only that being who is above the nine, and who is their creator, being the tenth portion, namely God. For having examined into the whole of his works, he has felt a love for the creator of them, and he has become anxious to be his suppliant and servant. On this account the priest offers up a tenth every day to the tenth, the only and everlasting God.
106This is, to speak properly, the spiritual passover of the soul, the passing over of all the passions and of every object of the outward senses to the tenth, which is the proper object of the intellect, and which is divine. For it is said in the scripture: "On the tenth day of this month let each of them take a sheep according to his house; " in order that from the tenth, there may be consecrated to the tenth, that is to God, the sacrifices which have been preserved in the soul, which is illuminated in two portions out of the three, until it is entirely changed in every part, and becomes a heavenly brilliancy like a full moon, at the height of its increase at the end of the second week, and so is able not only to guard, but even to sacrifice uninjured and faultless improvements, that is to say, propitiations.
107For this propitiation also is established in the tenth day of the month, when the soul addresses its supplications to the tenth portion, namely to God, and has learnt, by its own sagacity and acuteness, the insignificance and nothingness of the creature, and also the excessive perfection and preeminent excellence in all good things of the uncreated God. Therefore God becomes at once propitious, and propitious too, even without any supplications being addressed to him, to those who abase and humble themselves, and who are not puffed up with vain arrogance and self-opinion.
108This is remission and deliverance, this is complete freedom of the soul, shaking off the wanderings in which it wandered, and fleeing for a secure anchorage to the one nature which cannot wander, and which rises up to return to the lot which it formerly received when it had brilliant aspirations, and when it vigorously toiled in labours which had virtuous ends for their object. For then admiring it for its exertions, the holy scripture honoured it, giving it a most especial honour, an immortal inheritance, a place namely in the imperishable race.
109This is what the wise Abraham supplicates for, when that which in word indeed is the land of Sodom, but in real fact is the soul made barren of all good things and blinded as to its reason, is about to be burnt up, in order that if the memorial of justice, namely the tenth part be found in it, it may obtain a sort of amnesty. Therefore he begins his supplication with a prayer for pardon, connected with the number fifty, and terminates with the number ten, the lowest number for whose deliverance he can dare to entreat.
110From which consideration it appears to me to have been, that Moses, after the appointment of chiliarchs, or commanders of thousands, and of centurians, and of captains of fifties, thought proper to appoint captains of ten over all, in order that if the mind was not able to be improved by means of the elder orders, it might at least be purified by these last in order.
111And the son of the man who was devoted to learning, learnt a very beautiful doctrine when he went on that admirable embassy, asking in marriage for the self-taught wise man that most appropriate sister, namely, perseverance. For he takes ten camels, a reminding of the number ten, that is to say, of right instruction, from among many and, indeed, infinite memorials of the Lord.
112He also takes of his good things, evidently not silver, nor any gold, nor any other of those things which consist of perishable materials; for Moses never gave the favourable appellation of good to any of these things, but those genuine good things which are the only good things of the soul; and those he appropriates for the use of his journey, and for his purposes of traffic, namely, instruction, improvement, study, desire, admiration, enthusiasm, prophecy, and the love of doing good actions;
113to which objects, a man who devotes all his care, and who practises the actions calculated to ensure their attainment, when he is about, as it were, to anchor in a safe harbour after having been tossed in a stormy sea, will take two earrings, each of a drachm in weight, and two golden armlets of ten shekels weight of gold for the arms of her who is sought in marriage. Oh the divine ornament! We may understand that the drachm means the faculty of hearing, and the unbroken unit, and the attractive nature; for it is not becoming for hearing to have leisure to attend to anything except to that speech alone which sets forth in a suitable manner the virtues of the one and only God. And the ten shekels weight of gold mean attempts at works; for the actions, in accordance with wisdom, are established in perfect numbers, and every one of them is more precious than gold.
114Something of this kind, now, is the contribution made by the princes, selected and appointed with reference to worth and merit, which they made when the soul being properly prepared and adorned by philosophy, was celebrating the festival of the dedication in a sacred and becoming manner, giving thanks to God its teacher and its guide; for it "offers up a censer full of frankincense, ten golden shekels in weight," in order that the wise man alone may judge of the odours which are exhaled by prudence and by every virtue.
115But when they appear to be made propitious, then Moses will sing a sacred hymn over them, saying, "The Lord has smelt the smell of a sweet savour," using the word to smell here as equivalent to approving of; for God is not formed like a man, nor has he any need of nostrils, or of any other organic parts.
116But as he proceeds onwards he speaks also of the divine abode, the tabernacle, and its ten curtains;" for, in fact, the compound edifice of entire wisdom has been assigned the perfect number, the number ten. And wisdom is the court and palace of the all governing and only absolute and independent king.
117Accordingly, this is his abode, discernible only by the intellect; but the world is perceptible by the outward senses; since Moses made the curtains of such things as are symbols of the four elements, for they were made of fine flax, and of hyacinthine colour, and of purple, and of scarlet, —four numbers, as I have said before. Now the fine flax is an emblem of the earth, for the flax grows out of the earth; and the hyacinthine colour is a symbol of the air, for it is black by nature; purple (πορφύρα), again, is a symbol of the water; for the cause of this dye is derived from the sea, being the shell-fish of the same name (ἡ πορφύρα); and scarlet is a symbol of fire, for it most nearly resembles a flame.
118Again, that omnipotent overseer and ruler of the universe reproved the state of Egypt, when rebellious against the rein, when it was extolling with grandiloquent words the mind as an adversary of God, and bestowing on it all the ensigns of kingly authority, such as the throne, the sceptre, the diadem; and chastised it with ten stripes and severe punishment.
119And in the same manner, also, he promises the wise Abraham that he will work for him the overthrow and complete destruction of ten nations exactly, neither more nor less, and that he will give the country of those who are thus destroyed to his descendants; in every instance choosing to employ the number ten, both for praise and for blame, and also for honour and for punishment. And yet why do we mention these things?
120For what is more important than this is the fact, that Moses gave laws to that sacred and divine assembly in a code of ten commandments in all. And these are the commandments which are the generic heads, and roots, and principles of the infinite multitude of particular laws; being the everlasting source of all commands, and containing every imaginable injunction and prohibition to the great advantage of those who use them.
121Very naturally, therefore, is the connection of Abraham with Hagar, placed at the end of ten years after his arrival in the land of the Chaldaeans. For it does not follow that the first moment that we become endowed with reason, while our intellect is still in a somewhat fluid state, we are able at once to derive encyclical instruction. But when we have attained to intelligence and acuteness of comprehension, then we no longer have a light and superficial mind, but rather a firm and solid intellect which we can exercise on every subject.
122And it is for this reason that the expression which follows is added, in connection with the former statement, "And he went in unto Hagar." For it was becoming for the scholar to go to his teacher, who was a man of learning, in order to learn such branches of instruction as are suited to the nature of man. For now, also, the pupil is represented as going to the place where he may obtain learning; but learning very often anticipates him and runs forward to meet him, having driven out envy from her habitation, and she attracts those towards her who are well inclined to her.
123Accordingly, one may read that virtue, that is Leah, went forward to meet the practiser of virtue, and said unto him, "To-day you shall come in to me," when he was returning from the fields. For where was the man who had the care of the seeds and plants of knowledge found to come, except to that virtue which he himself had cultivated?
124But there are times when virtue, as if making experiment of those who come to her as pupils, to see how much eagerness and earnestness they have, does not come forward to meet them, but veiling her face like Tamar, sits down in the public road, giving room to those who are travelling along the road to look upon her as a harlot, in order that those who are over curious on the subject may take off her veil and disclose her features, and may behold the untouched, and unpolluted, and most exquisite, and truly virgin beauty of modesty and chastity.
125Who then is he who is fond of investigating, and desirous of learning, and who thinks it not right to leave any of those things which are disguised or concealed unconsidered and unexamined? Who is he, I say, but the chief captain and king, he who abides by and rejoices in the agreements which he has made with God, by name Judah? For says the scripture, "He turned aside out of his road to her, and said unto her, Suffer me to come in unto thee," (but he was not inclined to offer her any violence), and to see what is that power which is thus veiled, and for what purpose it is thus adorned;
Sections 126–150
126and after they had come together it is written, "And she conceived;" but the name of the person is not expressly mentioned. For art conceives and carries along with it him who is learning it, persuading him to feel amorously inclined towards her; and also he who is learning carries with him her who is teaching him, whenever he is fond of learning.
127And it often happens that he who professes some one of the indifferent branches of knowledge, when he meets with a pupil of good natural qualifications, boasts of his success in teaching, thinking that he, by himself and alone, is the cause of his pupil’s facility in learning. And then, becoming elated and puffing himself up, he holds his head high, and draws up his eyebrows and becomes full of pride, and asks very high terms from those who desire to become his pupils; but those whom he perceives to be poor but still to be eager for instruction, he rejects and repels, as if he were the only person who had found a treasure of wisdom.
128This is the meaning of the expression, "to conceive," namely, to be full of pride, and to be puffed up with arrogance beyond all moderation, on which account some persons have appeared to dishonour the queen of all the intermediate and indifferent branches of knowledge, virtue, who deserves to be honoured, even for her own sake.
129All the souls, therefore, which, in connection with prudence, are pregnant of real things, do nevertheless bring forth, separating and distinguishing between things previously in confusion, like Rebekkah; for she having conceived in her womb ideas of two nations, the knowledge of virtue and the knowledge of wickedness, having a fortunate labour separated and distinguished between the nature of each; but those which have conceived without prudence either miscarry or else bring forth an offspring inclined to evil contention and sophistry, always either aiming darts and arrows at others, or having darts and arrows aimed at themselves.
130And may we not say that this is natural? for some fancy that they are just conceiving, and others that they are actually pregnant, which is a very different thing; for those who think that they are already pregnant attribute their pregnancy and the birth of their offspring to themselves, and pride themselves upon it; but those who look upon themselves as now conceiving, admit that they have of themselves nothing which they can call peculiarly their own, but they receive the seed and the prospects of posterity which are showered upon them from without, and they admire him who bestows it, and repel the greatest of evils, namely self-love, by that perfect good, piety towards the gods.
131In this manner also the seeds of the legislative wisdom, which exists among men, were sown, "For there was," says the same historian, "a man of the tribe of Levi, named Amram, who took to wife one of the daughters of Levi, and had her, and she conceived and brought forth a male child; and seeing that he was a goodly child they concealed him for three months."
132This is Moses, the purest mind, the child that is really goodly; the child that received at the same time all legislative and prophetic skill by the means of inspired and heaven-bestowed wisdom; who, being by birth a member of the tribe of Levi, and being flourishing both in the things relating to his mother and in those affecting his father, clings to the truth;
133and the greatest profession ever made by the author and chief of this tribe is this, for he makes bold to say, that "the only God is alone to be honoured by me;" and nothing besides of all the things that are inferior to Him, neither earth, nor sea, nor rivers, nor the nature of the air, nor the nature of the winds, nor the changes of the atmosphere, nor the appearances of any animals or plants, nor the sun, nor the moon, nor the multitude of the stars moving about in well-arranged revolutions, nor the whole heaven, nor the entire world.
134This is a boast of a great and magnanimous soul, to rise above all creation, and to overleap its boundaries, and to cling to the great uncreated God alone, according to his sacred commands, in which we are expressly enjoined "to cleave unto him." Therefore he, in requital, bestows himself as their inheritance upon those who do cleave unto him, and who serve him without intermission; and the sacred scripture bears its testimony in behalf of this assertion, where it says, "The Lord himself is his inheritance."
135Thus the souls which are already pregnant are naturally likely to bring forth children, rather than those which are now receiving the seed. But as the eyes of the body do oftentimes see obscurely, and often on the other hand see clearly, so in the same manner does the eye of the soul, at times, receive the particular impressions conveyed to it by things in a most confused and indistinct manner, and at other times it beholds them with the greatest purity and clearness;
136therefore an indistinct and not clearly manifested conception resembles an embryo which has not yet received any distinct character or similitude within the womb: but that which is clear and distinctly visible, is like one which is completely formed, and which is already fashioned in an artistic manner as to both its inward and its outward parts, and which has already received its suitable character.
137And with respect to these matters the following law has been enacted with great beauty and propriety: "If while two men are fighting one should strike a woman who is great with child, and her child should come from her before it is completely formed, he shall be muleted in a fine, according to what the husband of the woman shall impose upon him, and he shall pay the fine deservedly. But if the child be fully formed, he shall pay life for life." For it was not the same thing, to destroy a perfect and an imperfect work of the mind, nor is what is only likened by a figure similar to what is really comprehended, nor is what is only hoped for similar to what really exists.
138On this account, in one case, an uncertain penalty is affixed to an uncertain action; in another, a definite punishment is enacted by law against an act which is perfected, but which is perfected not with respect to virtue, but with reference to what is done in an irreproachable manner, according to some act. For it is not she who has just received the seed, but she who has been for some time pregnant, who brings forth this offspring, professing boasting rather than modesty. For it is impossible that she who has been pregnant some time should miscarry, since it is fitting that the plant should be conducted to perfection by him who sowed it; but it is not strange if some mishap should befall the woman who was pregnant, since she was afflicted with a disease beyond the art of the physician.
139And do not suppose that Hagar is represented as beholding herself as pregnant, by the words, "seeing that she had conceived," but as beholding her mistress Sarah; for afterwards she speaks of herself, and says, "Seeing that she was pregnant, she was despised before her." Why so?
140Because the intermediate and indifferent arts, and the sciences in accord ance with them, see indeed of what they are pregnant, but they nevertheless see in every respect but dimly; but the sciences comprehend clearly and very distinctly. For science is something beyond art, having derived from reason a certain firmness and exemption from error;
141for this is the definition of art, a system of comprehensions well practised with reference to some desirable end, the word desirable being very properly added by reason of the abundance of evil arts. But the definition of science is a safe and firm comprehension, which, through reason, is not liable to any error.
142Therefore we call music and grammar, and other pursuits, arts; for those also who are made perfect in them, as musicians, or grammarians, are called artists. But we call philosophy and the other virtues, sciences, and those who are possessed of the knowledge of them we call scientific; for they are prudent, and temperate, and philosophical, not one of whom is ever deceived in the doctrines of a philosophy which he himself has cultivated, any more than the artists, whom I have mentioned before, err in their speculations with respect to their indifferent arts.
143For as the eyes see, and still the mind sees more clearly by means of the eyes; and as the ears hear, but nevertheless the mind hears better through the medium of the ears; and as the nostrils smell, and yet the soul smells more precisely through the instrumentality of the nostrils; and in like manner, as the other external senses comprehend their respective appropriate objects, still the mind comprehends them also more purely and distinctly by their ministration. For to speak properly, it is the mind which is the eye of eyes, the hearing of hearing, and the more pure external sense of each of the external senses, using them as ministers in a court of justice, and itself deciding on the nature of the objects submitted to it, so as to approve of some and to reject others. In the same way, those that are called the intermediate arts, resembling the faculties of the body, indulge in contemplations according to certain simple observations of them, but the sciences do so with greater accuracy and with an exceedingly careful investigation.
144For the same relation that the mind bears to the outward sense, that same does science bear towards art; for, as has been said before, the soul is as it were the outward sense of the outward sense; therefore each of them has attracted to itself some slight things of nature, concerning which it labours and occupies itself, geometry having appropriated lines, and music sounds, and philosophy the whole nature of existing things. For this world is its subject matter, and so is the whole essence, both visible and invisible, of existing things.
145What then is there wonderful if the soul, which sees both the whole and the parts, sees them too better than they do, as if it were furnished with larger and more acute eyes? Very naturally, therefore, proper philosophy will behold intermediate instruction its handmaiden, and see that she is pregnant, more than the other will see that she is.
146And yet even this is not unknown to any one, namely, that philosophy has bestowed upon all the particular sciences their first principles and seeds, from which speculations respecting them appear to arise. For it is geometry which invented equilateral and scalene triangles, and circles, and polygons, and all kinds of other figures. But it was no longer geometry that discovered the nature of a point, and a line, and a superficies, and a solid, which are the roots and foundations of the aforementioned figures.
147For from whence could it define and pronounce that a point is that which has no parts, that a line is length without breadth; that a superficies is that which has only length and breadth; that a solid is that which has the three properties, length, breadth, and depth? For these discoveries belong to philosophy, and the consideration of these definitions belongs wholly to the philosopher.
148Again, to write and read is the undertaking of this more imperfect kind of grammar, which some people, perverting the name of, call grammatistica. But to the more perfect kind of grammar belongs the explanation of the great works of the poets and historians. When, therefore, men are going through the different parts of speech, are they not in so doing trying to drag over to themselves and appropriate as a kind of accessory the discoveries of philosophy?
149For it is the peculiar province of philosophy to inquire what a conjunction, what a noun, what a verb, what a common noun, what a particular noun, what is deficient in a speech, what is superfluous, what is an affirmative, what an interrogative, what an indirect question, what is a comprehensive expression, what is a supplicatory form of address. For this is a science which has been compounded for the purpose of the investigation of independent propositions, and axioms, and categorems.
150But, moreover, has not the whole question of semi-vowels, or vowels, or such elements as are completely mute, and the consideration of the sense in which each of these expressions is ordinarily used, and in short every notion connected with the voice, and the elements, and the parts of speech, been thoroughly worked out and brought to an accurate system by philosophy? And those thieves, after having as it were carried off a few drops from her torrent, and having sought to impregnate their own shallow souls with what they have stolen, are not ashamed to bring forth her resources as their own.
Sections 151–175
151On which account, being elated and proud, they disregard the mistress to whom in reality the authority and the complete confirmation of their contemplations belong. But she, perceiving their neglect, will convict them, and will speak freely to them, and say, "I am treated unjustly, and in utter violation of our agreement, as far as depends on you who transgress the covenants entered into between us;
152for from the time that you first took to your bosom the elementary branches of education, you have honoured above measure the offspring of my handmaiden, and have respected her as your wife, and you have so completely repudiated me that you never by any chance came to the same place with me. And perhaps this may be only a suspicion of mine respecting you, arising from your open connection with my servant, which leads me to conjecture your alienation from myself, though it is not really manifest. But if your disposition is contrary to that which I suspect, still it is impossible for any one else to know this, but it is easy to God alone."
153On which account she says very appropriately, "May God judge between thee and me; not making haste to condemn him beforehand as having done her wrong, but intimating a doubt, that perhaps he may speedily do her right, which in point of fact is seen to be the case not long afterwards, when he, excusing himself and remedying her doubts, says to her, "Behold thy handmaiden is in thy hands, do unto her as it seemeth good to thee."
154For also, when he calls her her handmaiden, he confesses both facts, both that she is a slave and also that she is a child; for the name of the handmaiden (παιδίσκη) suits both these circumstances. At the same time also, he confesses the contrary things, opposing the child to the full-grown woman, and the mistress to her slave, all but crying out in plain words: I embrace indeed encyclical instruction as a younger maiden and as a handmaiden, but I honour knowledge and prudence as full-grown and a mistress.
155And the expression, "She is in thy hands," means, she is in thy power and subject to thee. And this is also a symbol of something else of this nature, namely, that the qualities of the handmaiden come to the hands of the body; for the encyclical branches of knowledge have need of the bodily organs and faculties; but the qualities of the mistress reach the soul; for the things which belong to prudence and knowledge come under the province of reason;
156so that in proportion as the mind is more powerful and more efficacious than, and in short superior to, the hand, in the same proportion also do I look upon knowledge and wisdom as more admirable than encyclical accomplishment, and I honour them in a higher degree. Do thou, therefore, O thou who both art the mistress, and who art so accounted by me, take all my encyclical instruction and use it as thy handmaid, doing to it as it shall seem good to thee;
157for I am not unaware that whatever pleases thee is in all respects good even though it may not always be pleasant, and is useful even though it be far removed from being agreeable. But admonition and reproof are both good and profitable to those who stand in need of correction, which indeed the holy scriptures call by another name, and denominate affliction. -
158On which account the historian presently adds, "And she afflicted her;" an expression equivalent to, she admonished and corrected her. For a sharp spear is very profitable for those who are corrupted by over security and indolences, just as it is of use with restive horses; since they can scarcely be subdued and made manageable by the whip and by gentle leading.
159Do you not see how they are utterly unaffected by the prizes proposed to them? They are fat, they are stout, they are sleek, they breathe hard; then they take up the actions of impiety, miserable and wretched men that they are, seeking a melancholy reward, being proclaimed and crowned as conquerors by ungodliness. For by reason of the prosperity which was constantly flowing gently towards them, they looked upon themselves as silver or golden gods, after the fashion of adulterated money, forgetting the real and true coinage.
160And Moses testifies to this view of the matter when he says, "He got fat, he became stout, he became swollen, and forsook God who had created him." So that if excessive relaxation begets the greatest of all evils, impiety, its contrary, affliction, in accordance with the law produces that perfect good, much praised correction;
161and proceeding outward from this point, he also calls the unleavened bread the symbol of the first festival, "the bread of affliction." And yet who is there who does not know that feasts and festivals produce cheerful joy and delectation, and not affliction?
162But it is plain that he is here using in a perverted sense this word for the labour of him who is the corrector. For the most numerous and greatest blessings are usually acquired by laborious practise and exercise, and by vigorously excited labour. But the festival of the soul is emulation, which is labour to attain those things which are most excellent and which are brought to perfection; on which account it is expressly commanded to "eat the unleavened bread with bitter herbs;" not by way of an additional dish, but because men in general look upon the fact of being prevented from swelling and boiling over with their appetites, but being forced to contract and restrain them as a grievous thing, thinking it a bitter thing to unlearn the indulgence of their passions, which is the real feast and festival of a mind which loves honourable contests.
163It is for this reason that the law, as it appears to me, was given in a place which is called Bitterness; for to do wrong is pleasant, but to act justly is laborious. And this is the most unerring law; for the sacred history says, "And after they had gone out from the passions of Egypt they came to Marah: and they were not able to drink of the water at Marah, for it was bitter. On this account the name of that place was called Bitterness. And the people murmured against Moses, saying, What shall we drink? And Moses cried unto the Lord; and the Lord showed him a stick, and he cast it into the water, and the water was made sweet. And then he gave him justification and judgment,
164and then he tempted him." For the invisible trial and proofs of the soul are in labouring and in enduring bitterness; for then it is hard to know which way it will incline; for many men are very speedily fatigued and fall away, thinking labour a terrible adversary, and they let their hands fall out of weakness, like tired wrestlers, determining to return to Egypt to the indulgence of their passions.
165But others, with much endurance and great vigour, supporting the fearful and terrible events of the wilderness pass through the contest of life, keeping their life safe from overthrow and from destruction, and rising up in vigorous contest against the necessities of nature, such as hunger, thirst, cold, and heat, which are in the habit of reducing other persons to slavery, and subduing them with great exuberance of strength.
166And the cause of this is not merely labour, but also the sweetness with which it is combined; for the scripture says, "And the water was made sweet." But sweet and pleasant labour is called by another name, fondness for labour; for that which is sweet in labour is the love of, and desire for, and admiration of, and friendship for, what is honourable.
167Let no one, therefore, reject such affliction as this, and let no one think that the table of festivity and cheerfulness is called the bread of affliction for injury rather than for advantage; for the soul which is rightly admonished is supported by the doctrines of instruction.
168This unleavened cake is so sacred that it is enjoined in the holy scriptures, "to place in the innermost part of the temple, on the golden table, twelve loaves of unleavened bread, corresponding in number to the twelve tribes; and those loaves shall be called the shew-bread."
169And, again, it is in the law expressly "forbidden to offer any leaven or any honey upon the altar;" for it is a difficult thing to consecrate as holy either the sweetnesses of the pleasures according to the body, or the light and unsubstantial elations of the soul, since they are by their own intrinsic nature profane and unholy.
170Does not, then, the prophetic word, by name Moses, very rightly speak in dignified language when he says, "Thou shalt remember all the road by which the Lord God led thee in the wilderness, and how he afflicted thee, and tried thee, and proved thee, that he might know what was in thy heart, and whether thou wouldest keep his commandments. Did he not afflict thee and oppress thee with hunger, and feed thee with manna which thy fathers knew not, that he might make thee know that man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God?"
171Who, then, is so impious as to conceive that God is one who afflicts, and who brings that most pitiable death of hunger upon those who are not able to live without food? For God is good, and the cause of good things, bounteous, the saviour, the supporter, the giver of wealth, the giver of great gifts, driving out wickedness from the sacred boundaries; for thus did he drive out the burdens of the earth, Adam and Cain, from paradise.
172Let us, then, not be led aside by words, but let us consider and examine what meaning is intended to be conveyed under figurative expressions, and pronounce that the words "he afflicted," are equivalent to "he instructed, and he admonished, and he corrected." And when it is said that he oppressed them with hunger, it does not mean that he caused a deficiency of meat and drink, but of pleasures, and desires, and fear, and grief, and acts of injustice, and, in short, of all things which are the works of wickedness or of the passions.
173And what is said immediately afterwards is an evidence of this: "He fed thee with manna." Is it, then, proper to call that food which, without any exertion or hardship on his part, and without any trouble of his is given to man, not out of the earth as is usual, but from heaven, a marvellous work, afforded for the benefit of those who are to be permitted to avail themselves of it, the cause of hunger and affliction, and not rather, on the contrary, the cause of prosperity and happiness, of freedom from fear, and of a happy state of orderly living?
174But men in general and the common herd think that those who are nourished on the word of God live in a miserable and wretched manner; for they are without the taste of the all-nourishing food of wisdom; but they are not aware that they are living in the height of happiness.
175Thus, therefore, there is a certain description of affliction which is profitable, so that its very most humiliating form, even slavery, is accounted a great good. And there is a father who is recorded in the sacred writings as having prayed for this, for his son, namely, the most excellent Isaac for the foolish Esau;
Sections 176–180
176for he says somewhere, "By thy sword shalt thou live, and thou shalt serve thy brother." Judging that destiny to be the most advantageous one for a man who had chosen war rather than peace, and who was as it were constantly armed and engaged in battle, by reason of the sedition and disorder constantly existing in his soul, the destiny namely of being a subject and a servant, and of obeying all the commands which the lover of temperance should lay upon him.
177And it is from this consideration, as it appears to me that one of the disciples of Moses, by name the peaceful, who in his native language is called Solomon, says, "My son, neglect not the instruction of God, and be not grieved when thou art reproved by him; for whom the Lord loveth he chasteneth; and scourgeth every son whom he receiveth." Thus, then, scourging and reproof are looked upon as good, so that by means of it agreement and relationship with God arise. For what can be more nearly related than a son is to his father, and a father to his son?
178But, that we may not seem to be too prolix connecting one argument with another, we will, besides what we have already said, just add one most evident proof that a certain description of affliction is the work of virtue. For there is such a law as this, "Thou shalt not afflict any widow or orphan, but if thou dost afflict them with wickedness." What does this mean? Is it then possible to be afflicted by something else? For if afflictions were the work of wickedness alone, then it would be superfluous to add what would be admitted by all, and which would be understood without any such addition.
179But, you will most certainly say, I know that men are reproved by virtue, and instructed by wisdom; on which account I do not blame every kind of affliction, but I very greatly admire that which is the work of justice and of the law; for that corrects by means of punishment, but that which proceeds from folly and wickedness and is pernicious, I do, as becomes me, detest, and pronounce real evil.
180When, therefore, you hear that Hagar was afflicted by Sarah, you must not suppose that any of those things befell her, which arise from rivalry and quarrels among women; for the question is not here about woman, but about minds; the one being practised in the branches of elementary instruction, and the other being devoted to the labours of virtue.
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1„Σάρα δὲ ἡ γυνὴ Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἔτικτεν αὐτῷ. ἦν δὲ αὐτῇ παιδίσκη Αἰγυπτία, ᾗ ὄνομα Ἄγαρ. εἶπε δὲ Σάρα πρὸς Ἀβραάμ· ἰδού, συνέκλεισέ με κύριος τοῦ μὴ τίκτειν, εἴσελθε πρὸς τὴν παιδίσκην μου, ἵνα τεκνοποιήσῃς ἐξ αὐτῆς“ (Gen. 16,1.2).
2τὸ Σάρας ὄνομα μεταληφθέν ἐστιν „ἀρχή μου“· φρόνησις δὲ ἡ ἐν ἐμοὶ καὶ σωφροσύνη ἡ ἐν ἐμοὶ καὶ ἡ ἐπὶ μέρους δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἑκάστη τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετῶν, ἣν περὶ ἐμὲ μόνον εἶναι συμβέβηκεν, ἀρχή ἐστιν ἐμοῦ μόνου· ἐπιστατεῖ γάρ μου καὶ ἡγεμονεύει πειθαρχεῖν ἐγνωκότος, βασιλὶς ἐκ φύσεως ὑπάρχουσα.
3ταύτην Μωυσῆς, τὸ παραδοξότατον, καὶ στεῖραν ἀποφαίνει καὶ πολυγονωτάτην, εἴ γε τὸ πολυανθρωπότατον τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς ὁμολογεῖ γενέσθαι. τῷ γὰρ ὄντι ἡ ἀρετὴ πρὸς μὲν τὰ φαῦλα πάντα ἐστείρωται, τῶν δὲ ἀγαθῶν εὐτοκίᾳ χρῆται τοιαύτῃ, ὡς μηδὲ μαιευτικῆς τέχνης — φθάνει γὰρ ἀποτίκτουσα — δεῖσθαι.
4τὰ μὲν οὖν ζῷα καὶ φυτὰ διαλείποντα τὸν πλείω χρόνον ἅπαξ ἢ δὶς τὸ πλεῖστον τοὺς οἰκείους δι’ ἐνιαυτοῦ φέρει καρπούς, καθ’ ὃν ἔταξεν ἀριθμὸν ἑκάστοις ἡ φύσις ἐναρμοζόμενον ταῖς ἐτησίοις ὥραις· ἀρετὴ δὲ οὐ διαλείπουσα ἀνελλιπῶς δὲ καὶ ἀδιαστάτως κατὰ τοὺς ἀμερεῖς χρόνους ἀεὶ γεννᾷ, βρέφη μὲν οὐδαμῶς, λόγους δὲ ἀστείους καὶ βουλὰς ἀνεπιλήπτους καὶ ἐπαινετὰς πράξεις.
5ἀλλ’ οὔτε πλοῦτος, ᾧ μὴ δυνατόν ἐστι χρῆσθαι, τοὺς κεκτημένους ὠφελεῖ οὔτε ἡ φρονήσεως εὐτοκία, ἐὰν μὴ καὶ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὠφέλιμα τίκτῃ. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ εἰσάπαν ἀξίους ἔκρινε τῆς συμβιώσεως αὐτῆς, οἱ δ’ οὔπω τὴν ἡλικίαν ἔδοξαν ἔχειν, ὡς ἐπαινετῆς καὶ σώφρονος οἰκουρίας ἀνέχεσθαι· οἷς τὰ προτέλεια τῶν γάμων ἐφῆκε ποιεῖσθαι, ἐλπίδα καὶ τοῦ θύσειν τοὺς γάμους παρασχοῦσα.
6Σάρα οὖν, ἡ ἄρχουσά μου τῆς ψυχῆς ἀρετή, ἔτικτε μέν, ἐμοὶ δ’ οὐκ ἔτικτε· οὐ γὰρ ἠδυνάμην πω νέος ὢν τὰ γεννήματα αὐτῆς παραδέχεσθαι, τὸ φρονεῖν, τὸ δικαιοπραγεῖν, τὸ εὐσεβεῖν, διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν νόθων παίδων, οὓς ἀπεκύησάν μοι αἱ κεναὶ δόξαι. τροφαὶ γὰρ αἱ τούτων καὶ συνεχεῖς ἐπιμέλειαι καὶ φροντίδες ἄληκτοι τῶν γνησίων καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀστῶν ὀλιγωρεῖν ἠνάγκασαν.
7καλὸν οὖν εὔχεσθαι τὴν ἀρετὴν μὴ μόνον τίκτειν, ἣ καὶ δίχα εὐχῆς εὐτοκεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς τίκτειν, ἵνα τῶν σπερμάτων καὶ γεννημάτων αὐτῆς μεταλαγχάνοντες εὐδαιμονῶμεν. εἴωθε γὰρ θεῷ μόνῳ τίκτειν, τὰς ἀπαρχὰς ὧν ἔτυχεν ἀγαθῶν εὐχαρίστως ἀποδιδοῦσα τῷ τὴν ἀειπάρθενον μήτραν, ὥς φησι Μωυσῆς, ἀνοίξαντι (Gen. 29, 31).
8καὶ γὰρ τὴν λυχνίαν, τὸ ἀρχέτυπον τοῦ μιμήματος παράδειγμα, ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς μέρους φησὶ φαίνειν, δηλονότι τοῦ πρὸς θεόν· ἑβδόμη γὰρ οὖσα καὶ μέση τῶν ἓξ καλαμίσκων δίχα διῃρημένων εἰς τριάδας, ἑκατέρωθεν δορυφορούντων, ἄνω τὰς αὐγὰς ἀποστέλλει πρὸς τὸ ὄν, λαμπρότερον ἡγουμένη τὸ φέγγος ἢ ὡς δύνασθαι
9θνητὴν αὐτῷ προσβάλλειν ὄψιν (Exod. 25,37.31). διὰ τοῦτο οὔ φησι μὴ τίκτειν τὴν Σάραν, ἀλλ’ αὐτῷ τινι μὴ τίκτειν. οὐ γάρ ἐσμεν ἱκανοὶ δέξασθαί πω γονὰς ἀρετῆς, εἰ μὴ πρότερον ἐντύχοιμεν αὐτῆς τῇ θεραπαινίδι· θεραπαινὶς δὲ σοφίας ἡ διὰ τῶν προπαιδευμάτων ἐγκύκλιος μουσική.
10ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν μὲν οἰκίαις αὔλειοι πρόκεινται κλισιάδων, ἐν δὲ πόλεσι τὰ προάστεια, δι’ ὧν εἴσω βαδίζειν ἔνεστιν, οὕτως καὶ ἀρετῆς πρόκειται τὰ ἐγκύκλια· ταῦτα γὰρ ὁδός ἐστιν ἐπ’ ἐκείνην φέρουσα.
11Χρὴ δ’ εἰδέναι, ὅτι τῶν μεγάλων ὑποθέσεων μεγάλα καὶ τὰ προοίμια εἶναι συμβέβηκε. μεγίστη δὲ ὑπόθεσις ἀρετή· καὶ γὰρ περὶ μεγίστην ὕλην καταγίνεται, τὸν σύμπαντα ἀνθρώπων βίον. εἰκότως οὖν οὐ βραχέσι χρήσεται προοιμίοις, ἀλλὰ γραμματικῇ, γεωμετρίᾳ, ἀστρονομία, ῥητορικῇ, μουσικῇ, τῇ ἄλλῃ λογικῇ θεωρίᾳ πάσῃ, ὧν ἐστι σύμβολον ἡ Σάρας θεραπαινὶς Ἄγαρ, ὡς ἐπιδείξομεν.
12„εἶπε“ γάρ φησι „Σάρα πρὸς Ἀβραάμ· ἰδοὺ συνέκλεισέ με κύριος τοῦ μὴ τίκτειν· εἴσελθε πρὸς τὴν παιδίσκην μου, ἵνα τεκνοποιήσῃς ἐξ αὐτῆς“ (Gen. 16,1). τὰς σωμάτων πρὸς σώματα μίξεις καὶ ὁμιλίας ἡδονὴν ἐχούσας τὸ τέλος ὑπεξαιρετέον τοῦ παρόντος λόγου· νοῦ γὰρ πρὸς ἀρετήν ἐστι σύνοδος ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐφιεμένου παιδοποιεῖσθαι, εἰ δὲ μὴ δύναιτο εὐθύς, ἀλλά τοι τὴν θεραπαινίθα αὐτῆς,
13τὴν μέσην παιδείαν, ἐγγυᾶσθαι διδασκομένου. ἄξιον δὲ τῆς αἰδοῦς καταπλαγῆναι σοφίαν, ἥτις τὸ βραδὺ πρὸς γένεσιν ἢ τελέως ἄγονον οὐκ ἠξίωσεν ἡμῖν ὀνειδίσαι, καίτοι τοῦ χρησμοῦ τἀληθὲς εἰπόντος, ὅτι „οὐκ ἔτικτεν,“ οὐ διὰ φθόνον, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἀνεπιτηδειότητα· „συνέκλεισε“ γάρ φησι "μὲ κύριος τοῦ μὴ τίκτειν“, καὶ οὐκέτι προστίθησιν „ὑμῖν“, ἵνα μὴ προφέρειν ἀτυχίαν καὶ ὀνειδίζειν ἑτέροις δοκῇ.
14„εἴσελθε“ οὖν φησι „πρὸς τὴν παιδίσκην μου,“ τὴν τῶν μέσων καὶ ἐγκυκλίων ἐπιστημῶν μέσην παιδείαν, "ἵνα τεκνοποιήσῃ πρότερον ἐξ αὐτῆς“· αὖθις γὰρ δυνήσῃ καὶ τῶν πρὸς τὴν δέσποιναν ὁμιλιῶν ἐπὶ γενέσει παίδων γνησίων ἀπόνασθαι.
15γραμματικὴ μὲν γὰρ ἱστορίαν τὴν παρὰ ποιηταῖς καὶ συγγραφεῦσιν ἀναδιδάξασα νόησιν καὶ πολυμάθειαν ἐργάσεται καὶ καταφρονητικῶς ἔχειν ἀναδιδάξει τῶν ὅσα αἱ κεναὶ δόξαι τυφοπλαστοῦσι, διὰ τὰς κακοπραγίας, αἷς τοὺς ᾀδομένους παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἥρωάς τε καὶ ἡμιθέους λόγος ἔχει χρήσασθαι.
16μουσικὴ δὲ τὸ μὲν ἄρρυθμον [ἐν] ῥυθμοῖς, τὸ δ’ ἀνάρμοστον ἁρμονίᾳ, τὸ δ’ ἀπῳδὸν καὶ ἐκμελὲς μέλει κατεπᾴδουσα τὸ ἀσύμφωνον εἰς συμφωνίαν ἄξει. γεωμετρία δ’ ἰσότητος καὶ ἀναλογίας ἐμβαλλομένη τὰ σπέρματα εἰς ψυχὴν φιλομαθῆ γλαφυρότητι συνεχοῦς θεωρίας δικαιοσύνης ζῆλον ἐμποιήσει.
17ῥητορικὴ δὲ καὶ τὸν νοῦν πρὸς θεωρίαν ἀκονησαμένη καὶ πρὸς ἑρμηνείαν γυμνάσασα τὸν λόγον καὶ συγκροτήσασα λογικὸν ὄντως ἀποδείξει τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐπιμεληθεῖσα τοῦ ἰδίου καὶ ἐξαιρέτου, ὃ μηδενὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἡ φύσις δεδώρηται.
18διαλεκτικὴ δὲ ἡ ῥητορικῆς ἀδελφὴ καὶ δίδυμος, ὡς εἶπόν τινες, τοὺς ἀληθεῖς τῶν ψευδῶν λόγους διακρίνουσα καὶ τὰς τῶν σοφισμάτων πιθανότητας ἐλέγχουσα μεγάλην νόσον ψυχῆς, ἀπάτην, ἀκέσεται. τούτοις οὖν καὶ τοῖς παραπλησίοις ἐνομιλῆσαι καὶ ἐμπρομελετῆσαι λυσιτελές· ἴσως γάρ, ἴσως, ὃ πολλοῖς συνέβη, διὰ τῶν ὑπηκόων ταῖς βασιλίσιν ἀρεταῖς γνωρισθησόμεθα.
19οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅτι καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἡμῶν οὐ πρότερον πεπηγυίαις καὶ πολυτελέσι χρῆται τροφαῖς, πρὶν ἢ ταῖς ἀποικίλοις καὶ γαλακτώδεσιν ἐν ἡλικίᾳ τῇ βρεφώδει; τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ παιδικὰς μὲν νόμισον εὐτρεπίσθαι τροφὰς τὰ ἐγκύκλια καὶ τὰ καθ’ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν θεωρήματα, τελειοτέρας δὲ καὶ πρεπούσας ἀνδράσιν ὡς ἀληθῶς τὰς ἀρετάς.
20Οἱ δὲ πρῶτοι τῆς μέσης παιδείας χαρακτῆρες διὰ δυεῖν παρίστανται συμβόλων, τοῦ τε γένους καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος. γένος μέν ἐστιν Αἰγυπτία, καλεῖται δὲ Ἄγαρ, τοῦτο δὲ ἑρμηνευθέν ἐστι παροίκησις· ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὸν ἐγχορεύοντα ταῖς ἐγκυκλίοις θεωρίαις καὶ πολυμαθείας ἑταῖρον ὄντα τῷ γεώδει καὶ Αἰγυπτίῳ προσκεκληρῶσθαι σώματι, χρῄζοντα καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν, ὡς ἰδεῖν καὶ ἀναγνῶναι, καὶ ὤτων, ὡς προσσχεῖν τε καὶ ἀκοῦσαι, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθήσεων, ὡς ἕκαστον τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀναπτύξαι.
21δίχα γὰρ τοῦ κρίνοντος τὸ κρινόμενον οὐ πέφυκε καταλαμβάνεσθαι· κρίνει δὲ τὸ αἰσθητὸν αἴσθησις, ὥστ’ ἀκριβωθῆναί τι τῶν κατὰ τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον, ἐν οἷς ἡ πλείων μοῖρα τοῦ φιλοσοφεῖν, οὐκ ἐνῆν ἄνευ αἰσθήσεως. αἴσθησις δέ, τὸ σωματοειδέστερον ψυχῆς μέρος, τῷ τῆς ὅλης ψυχῆς ἀγγείῳ προσερρίζωται, τὸ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγγεῖον Αἴγυπτος διὰ συμβόλου προσονομάζεται.
22χαρακτὴρ μὲν εἷς ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους οὗτος, ὃν ἡ θεραπαινὶς ἀρετῆς ἔλαχεν· ὁ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος ποῖός ἐστιν, ἐπισκεψώμεθα. τὴν μέσην παιδείαν παροίκου λόγον ἔχειν συμβέβηκεν· ἐπιστήμη μὲν γὰρ καὶ σοφία καὶ ἀρετὴ πᾶσα αὐθιγενὴς καὶ αὐτόχθων καὶ πολῖτις ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐστι μόνη τοῦ παντός, αἱ δὲ ἄλλαι παιδεῖαι δευτέρων καὶ τρίτων καὶ ὑστάτων ἄθλων τυγχάνουσαι μεθόριοι ξένων καὶ ἀστῶν εἰσιν· οὐδετέρου τε γὰρ γένους ἀκράτου καὶ πάλιν ἀμφοῖν κατά τινα κοινωνίαν ἐφάπτονται.
23πάροικος γὰρ τῷ μὲν ἐνδιατρίβειν ἀστοῖς, τῷ δὲ μὴ κατοικεῖν ἀλλοδαποῖς ἰσοῦται· καθάπερ, οἶμαι, καὶ οἱ θετοὶ παῖδες, ᾗ μὲν κληρονομοῦσι τὰ τῶν θεμένων, τοῖς γνησίοις, ᾗ δ’ οὐ γεγέννηνται πρὸς αὐτῶν, τοῖς ὀθνείοις. ὃν δὴ λόγον ἔχει δέσποινα μὲν πρὸς θεραπαινίδα, γυνὴ δὲ ἀστὴ πρὸς παλλακήν, τοῦτον ἕξει τὸν λόγον ἀρετὴ Σάρρα πρὸς παιδείαν Ἄγαρ· ὥστ’ εἰκότως τοῦ θεωρίαν καὶ ἐπιστήμην ἐζηλωκότος, Ἀβραὰμ ὄνομα, γένοιτ’ ἂν ἡ μὲν ἀρετή, Σάρρα, γυνή, παλλακὴ δὲ Ἄγαρ, ἡ ἐγκύκλιος μουσικὴ πᾶσα.
24ᾧτινι μὲν οὖν φρόνησις ἐκ διδασκαλίας περιγίνεται, τὴν Ἄγαρ οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοκιμάζοι· πάνυ γὰρ ἀναγκαία ἡ τῶν προπαιδευμάτων κτῆσις. εἰ δέ τις τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς ἄθλους ἐγνωκὼς διαπονεῖν μελέταις χρῆται συνεχέσιν ἀνενδότως ἔχων πρὸς ἄσκησιν, δύο μὲν ἀστάς, παλλακὰς δὲ τὰς ἴσας, τῶν ἀστῶν θεραπαινίδας, ἄξεται.
25φύσιν δὲ καὶ ἰδέαν ἔλαχεν αὐτῶν ἑκάστη διάφορον. αὐτίκα τῶν ἀστῶν ἡ μέν ἐστιν ὑγιεινοτάτη καὶ εὐσταθεστάτη καὶ εἰρηνικωτάτη κίνησις, ἣν ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ὠνόμασε Λείαν. ἡ δὲ ἔοικεν ἀκόνῃ, καλεῖται δὲ Ῥαχήλ, πρὸς ἣν ὁ φίλαθλος καὶ φιλογυμναστὴς νοῦς παραθηγόμενος ὀξύνεται· ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ ὅρασις βεβηλώσεως, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ βεβήλως ὁρᾷ, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον, ὅτι τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ αἰσθητὰ παρὰ τὴν ἀκήρατον φύσιν τῶν ἀοράτων καὶ νοητῶν οὐκ εὐαγῆ βέβηλα δὲ εἶναι νομίζει.
Sections 26–50
26τῆς γὰρ ψυχῆς ἡμῶν διμεροῦς ὑπαρχούσης καὶ τὸ μὲν λογικὸν τὸ δὲ ἄλογον ἐχούσης, ἀρετὴν ἑκατέρῳ ὑπάρχειν συμβέβηκε, Λείαν μὲν τῷ λογικῷ, τῷ δὲ ἀλόγῳ Ῥαχήλ.
27γυμνάζει γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἡ μὲν διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων καὶ τῶν τοῦ ἀλόγου μερῶν πάντων καταφρονητικῶς ἔχειν ὧν ἀλογεῖν ἄξιον, δόξης καὶ πλούτου καὶ ἡδονῆς, ἃ περίβλεπτα καὶ περιμάχητα ὁ πολὺς καὶ ἀγελαῖος ἀνθρώπων ὄχλος κρίνει δεδεκασμέναις μὲν ἀκοαῖς, δεδεκασμένῳ δὲ καὶ τῷ ἄλλῳ τῶν αἰσθήσεων δικαστηρίῳ·
28ἡ δὲ ἀναδιδάσκει τὴν ἀνώμαλον καὶ τραχεῖαν ὁδὸν ἄβατον φιλαρέτοις ψυχαῖς ἐκτρέπεσθαι, λείως δὲ διὰ τῆς λεωφόρου βαίνειν ἄνευ πταισμάτων καὶ τῶν ἐν ποσὶν ὀλίσθων.
29ἀναγκαίως οὖν τῆς μὲν προτέρας ἔσται θεραπαινὶς ἡ διὰ τῶν φωνητηρίων ὀργάνων ἑρμηνευτικὴ δύναμις καὶ ἡ λογικὴ σοφισμάτων εὕρεσις εὐστόχῳ πιθανότητι καταγοητεύουσα, τῆς δὲ ἀναγκαῖαι τροφαί, πόσις τε καὶ βρῶσις.
30ὀνόματα δὲ ἡμῖν τῶν δυεῖν θεραπαινίδων ἀνέγραψε, Ζέλφαν τε καὶ Βάλλαν (Gen. 30,3.9). ἡ μὲν οὖν Ζέλφα μεταληφθεῖσα πορευόμενον καλεῖται στόμα, τῆς ἑρμηνευτικῆς καὶ διεξοδικῆς σύμβολον δυνάμεως, ἡ δὲ Βάλλα κατάποσις, τὸ πρῶτον καὶ ἀναγκαιότατον θνητῶν ζῴων ἔρεισμα· καταπόσει γὰρ τὰ σώματα ἡμῶν ἐνορμεῖ, καὶ τὰ τοῦ ζῆν πείσματα ἐκ ταύτης ὡς ἀπὸ κρηπῖδος ἐξῆπται.
31πάσαις οὖν ταῖς εἰρημέναις δυνάμεσιν ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐνομιλεῖ, ταῖς μὲν ὡς ἐλευθέραις καὶ ἀσταῖς, ταῖς δὲ ὡς δούλαις καὶ παλλακίσιν. ἐφίεται μὲν γὰρ τῆς Λείας κινήσεως — λεία δὲ κίνησις ἐν μὲν σώματι γινομένη ὑγείαν, ἐν δὲ ψυχῇ καλοκἀγαθίαν καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἂν ἐργάσαιτο —, Ῥαχὴλ δὲ ἀγαπᾷ πρὸς τὰ πάθη παλαίων καὶ πρὸς ἐγκράτειαν ἀλειφόμενος καὶ τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς πᾶσιν ἀντιταττόμενος.
32διττοὶ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελείας τρόποι, ἢ κατὰ ἀπόλαυσιν ἀγαθῶν ὡς ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἢ κατὰ ἀντίταξιν καὶ ὑφαίρεσιν κακῶν ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ. Λεία μὲν οὖν ἐστι, καθ’ ἣν συμβαίνει τὰ πρεσβύτερα καὶ ἡγεμονεύοντα ἀγαθὰ καρποῦσθαι, Ῥαχὴλ δέ, καθ’ ἣν τὰ ὡς ἂν ἐκ πολέμου λάφυρα. τοιαύτη μὲν ἡ πρὸς τὰς ἀστὰς συμβίωσις.
33χρῄζει δὲ ὁ ἀσκητὴς Βάλλας μέν, καταπόσεως, ἀλλὰ ὡς δούλης καὶ παλλακίδος — ἄνευ γὰρ τροφῆς καὶ ζωῆς οὐδ’ ἂν τὸ εὖ ζῆν περιγένοιτο, ἐπειδὴ τὰ μέσα τῶν ἀμεινόνων ἀεὶ θεμέλιοι —, χρῄζει δὲ καὶ Ζέλφας, διεξοδικῆς ἑρμηνείας, ἵνα τὸ λογικὸν αὐτῷ διχόθεν συνερανίζηται πρὸς τελείωσιν, ἔκ τε τῆς κατὰ διάνοιαν πηγῆς καὶ ἐκ τῆς περὶ τὸ φωνητήριον ὄργανον ἀπορροῆς.
34ἀλλ’ οὗτοι μὲν καὶ πλειόνων γυναικῶν καὶ παλλακίδων, οὐκ ἀστῶν μόνον, ἄνδρες ἐγένοντο, ὡς αἱ ἱεραὶ μηνύουσι γραφαί· τῷ δὲ Ἰσαὰκ οὔτε πλείους γυναῖκες οὔτε συνόλως παλλακή, μόνη δ’ ἡ κουρίδιος ἄχρι παντὸς συνοικεῖ. διὰ τί;
35ὅτι καὶ ἡ διδακτικὴ ἀρετή, ἣν Ἀβραὰμ μέτεισι, πλειόνων δεῖται, γνησίων μὲν τῶν κατὰ φρόνησιν, νόθων δὲ τῶν κατὰ τὰ ἐγκύκλια προπαιδεύματα θεωρημάτων, καὶ ἡ δι’ ἀσκήσεως τελειουμένη, περὶ ἣν Ἰακὼβ ἐσπουδακέναι φαίνεται· διὰ πλειόνων γὰρ καὶ διαφερόντων αἱ ἀσκήσεις δογμάτων, ἡγουμένων ἑπομένων, προαπαντώντων ὑστεριζόντων, πόνους τοτὲ μὲν ἐλάττους τοτὲ δὲ μείζους ἐχόντων.
36τὸ δὲ αὐτομαθὲς γένος, οὗ κεκοινώνηκεν Ἰσαάκ, ἡ εὐπαθειῶν ἀρίστη χαρά, φύσεως ἁπλῆς καὶ ἀμιγοῦς καὶ ἀκράτου μεμοίραται, μήτε ἀσκήσεως μήτε διδασκαλίας δεόμενον, ἐν οἷς παλλακίδων ἐπιστημῶν, οὐκ ἀστῶν μόνον, ἐστὶ χρεία. θεοῦ γὰρ τὸ αὐτομαθὲς καὶ αὐτοδίδακτον ἄνωθεν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ καλὸν ὀμβρήσαντος ἀμήχανον ἦν ἔτι δούλαις καὶ παλλακαῖς συμβιῶναι τέχναις, νόθων δογμάτων οἷα παίδων ὀρεχθέντα.
37δεσποίνης γὰρ καὶ βασιλίδος ἀρετῆς ὁ τούτου λαχὼν τοῦ γέρως ἀνὴρ ἀναγράφεται· καλεῖται δὲ παρὰ μὲν Ἕλλησιν ὑπομονή, παρὰ δὲ Ἑβραίοις Ῥεβέκκα. ζητεῖ γὰρ ὁ ἄπονον καὶ ἀταλαίπωρον εὑράμενος σοφίαν δι’ εὐμοιρίαν φύσεως καὶ εὐτοκίαν ψυχῆς οὐδὲν τῶν εἰς βελτίωσιν.
38ἔχει γὰρ ἐν ἑτοίμῳ τέλεια τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δῶρα χάρισι ταῖς πρεσβυτέραις ἐπιπνευσθέντα, βούλεται δὲ καὶ εὔχεται ταῦτα ἐπιμεῖναι. παρό μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ εὐεργέτης, ἵνα διαιωνίζωσιν αἱ χάριτες αὐτοῦ τῷ λαβόντι, γυναῖκα τὴν ἐπιμονὴν ἐγγυῆσαι.
39Ἀνάμνησίς γε μὴν μνήμης τὰ δευτερεῖα φέρεται καὶ ὁ ἀναμιμνῃσκόμενος τοῦ μεμνημένου· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἔοικε τῷ συνεχῶς ὑγιαίνοντι, ὁ δὲ τῷ ἐκ νόσου ἀναλαμβάνοντι· λήθη γὰρ νόσος μνήμης.
40ἀνάγκη δὲ τὸν ὑπομνήσει χρώμενον ἐκλαθέσθαι πρότερον ὧν ἐμέμνητο. τὴν μὲν οὖν μνήμην Ἐφραΐμ, ἑρμηνευόμενον καρποφορίαν, ὁ ἱερὸς ὀνομάζει λόγος, τὴν δὲ ἀνάμνησιν ἐκ λήθης Μανασσῆν προσαγορεύουσιν Ἑβραῖοι.
41ὄντως γὰρ ἡ μὲν τοῦ μεμνημένου ψυχὴ καρποφορεῖ ἃ ἔμαθεν οὐδὲν ἀποβάλλουσα αὐτῶν, ἡ δὲ τοῦ ἀναμνήσει χρωμένου ἔξω λήθης γίνεται, ᾗ πρὶν ὑπομνησθῆναι κατέσχητο. μνημονικῷ μὲν οὖν ἀνδρὶ ἀστὴ συμβιοῖ γυνή, μνήμη, ἐπιλανθανομένῳ δὲ παλλακίς, ἀνάμνησις, Σύρα τὸ γένος, ἀλαζὼν καὶ ὑπέραυχος· Συρία γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται μετέωρα.
42τῆς δὲ παλλακίδος ταύτης, ἀναμνήσεως, υἱός ἐστι Μαχείρ, ὡς Ἑβραῖοι καλοῦσιν, ὡς δὲ Ἕλληνες, πατρός· νομίζουσι γὰρ οἱ ἀναμιμνῃσκόμενοι τὸν πατέρα νοῦν αἴτιον εἶναι τοῦ ὑπομνησθῆναι, καὶ οὐ λογίζονται, ὅτι ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτος ἐχώρησέ ποτε καὶ λήθην, οὐκ ἂν δεξάμενος αὐτήν, εἰ παρ’ αὐτὸν ἦν τὸ μεμνῆσθαι.
43λέγεται γάρ· „ἐγένοντο υἱοὶ Μανασσῆ, οὓς ἔτεκεν αὐτῷ ἡ παλλακὴ ἡ Σύρα, τὸν Μαχείρ· Μαχεὶρ δὲ ἐγέννησε τὸν Γαλαάδ“ (Gen. 46,20).
44καὶ Ναχὼρ μέντοι, ὁ ἀδελφὸς Ἀβραάμ, ἔχει δύο γυναῖκας, ἀστήν τε καὶ παλλακήν· ὄνομα δὲ τῆς μὲν ἀστῆς Μελχά, Ῥουμὰ δὲ τῆς παλλακίδος (Gen. 22,23.24). ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἱστορικὴ γενεαλογία ταῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἀναγραφεῖσα παρὰ τῷ σοφῷ νομοθέτῃ — μηδεὶς τοῦτ’ εὖ φρονῶν ὑπονοήσειεν —, ἀλλὰ πραγμάτων ψυχὴν ὠφελῆσαι δυναμένων διὰ συμβόλων ἀνάπτυξις. τὰ δ’ ὀνόματα μεταβαλόντες εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διάλεκτον εἰσόμεθα τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν ἀληθῆ. Φέρ’ οὖν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐρευνήσωμεν.
45Ναχὼρ ἑρμηνεύεται φωτὸς ἀνάπαυσις, Μελχὰ δὲ βασίλισσα, Ῥουμὰ δὲ ὁρῶσά τι. τὸ μὲν οὖν φῶς ἔχειν κατὰ διάνοιαν ἀγαθόν, τὸ δὲ ἀναπαυόμενον καὶ ἠρεμοῦν καὶ ἀκίνητον οὐ τέλειον ἀγαθόν· ἡσυχίᾳ μὲν γὰρ τὰ κακὰ χρῆσθαι λυσιτελές, τὰ δὲ ἀγαθὰ κινήσει συμφέρον.
46τίς γὰρ ὄνησις εὐφώνου ἡσυχάζοντος ἢ μὴ αὐλοῦντος αὐλητοῦ ἢ κιθαριστοῦ μὴ κιθαρίζοντος ἢ συνόλως τεχνίτου τὰ κατὰ τὴν τέχνην μὴ ἐνεργοῦντος; ἡ γὰρ ἄνευ πράξεως θεωρία ψιλὴ πρὸς οὐδὲν ὄφελος τοῖς ἐπιστήμοσιν· οὐ γὰρ ὁ παγκρατιάζειν ἢ πυκτεύειν ἢ παλαίειν εἰδὼς ἐξαγκωνισθεὶς ἀπόναιτ’ ἂν ἀθλήσεως ἢ ὁ τὴν τοῦ τρέχειν ἐπιστήμην ἐκμαθών, εἰ ποδαγρικῷ χρήσαιτο πάθει ἤ τινα ἄλλην περὶ τὰς βάσεις κῆρα ἀναδέξαιτο.
47φῶς δὲ ψυχῆς ἡλιοειδέστατον ἐπιστήμη· καθάπερ γὰρ τὰ ὄμματα αὐγαῖς, καὶ ἡ διάνοια σοφίᾳ περιλάμπεται καὶ ὀξυδερκέστερα ἐμβλέπειν ἐγχριομένη καινοῖς ἀεὶ θεωρήμασιν ἐθίζεται.
48φωτὸς οὖν ἀνάπαυσις ἑρμηνεύεται Ναχὼρ εἰκότως· ᾗ μὲν γὰρ Ἀβραάμ ἐστι τοῦ σοφοῦ συγγενής, φωτὸς τοῦ κατὰ σοφίαν μετέσχηκεν· ᾗ δ’ οὐ συναποδεδήμηκεν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ γενομένου πρὸς τὸ ἀγένητον καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου πρὸς τὸν κοσμοπλάστην ἀποδημίαν, χωλὴν καὶ ἀτελῆ τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἐκτήσατο, ἀναπαυομένην καὶ μένουσαν, μᾶλλον δ’ ἀνδριάντος ἀψύχου τρόπον πεπηγυῖαν.
49τῆς γὰρ Χαλδαϊκῆς οὐ μετανίσταται χώρας, τουτέστι τῆς περὶ ἀστρονομίαν θεωρίας οὐ διαζεύγνυται, τὸ γενόμενον πρὸ τοῦ πεποιηκότος καὶ κόσμον πρὸ θεοῦ τετιμηκώς, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸν κόσμον αὐτὸν θεὸν αὐτοκράτορα νομίζων, οὐκ αὐτοκράτορος ἔργον θεοῦ.
50Μελχὰν δὲ ἄγεται γυναῖκα, οὐκ ἀνθρώπων ἢ πόλεων ἀφηγουμένην, ἢν τύχῃ, βασιλίδα, ἀλλ’ ὁμώνυμον αὐτὸ μόνον ἐκείνῃ. καθάπερ γὰρ τὸν οὐρανόν, ἅτε κράτιστον ὄντα τῶν γεγονότων, βασιλέα τῶν αἰσθητῶν εἴποι τις ἂν οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ, οὕτως καὶ τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν ἐπιστήμην, ἣν μετίασιν οἱ ἀστρονομοῦντες καὶ Χαλδαῖοι διαφερόντως, βασιλίδα τῶν ἐπιστημῶν.
Sections 51–75
51γυνὴ μὲν οὖν ἥδε ἀστή, παλλακὴ δὲ ἡ ἕν τι τῶν ὄντων ὁρῶσα, κἂν εἰ πάντων εὐτελέστατον ὑπάρχοι. τῷ μὲν οὖν ἀρίστῳ γένει τὸ ἄριστον ὁρᾶν, τὸ ὄντως ὄν, συμβέβηκεν — Ἰσραὴλ γὰρ ὁρῶν θεὸν ἑρμηνεύεται —, τῷ δὲ δευτερείων ἐφιεμένῳ τὸ δεύτερον, τὸν αἰσθητὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ τῶν ἀστέρων ἐναρμόνιον τάξιν καὶ πάμμουσον ὡς ἀληθῶς χορείαν.
52τρίτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ σκεπτικοί, τῶν μὲν ἐν τῇ φύσει κρατίστων, αἰσθητῶν τε καὶ νοητῶν, οὐκ ἐφαπτόμενοι, περὶ μικρὰ μέντοι σοφίσματα τριβόμενοι καὶ γλισχρολογούμενοι. τούτοις ἡ ὁρῶσά τι κἂν τὸ σμικρότατον παλλακὶς Ῥουμὰ συνοικεῖ μὴ δυναμένοις πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀμεινόνων ἐλθεῖν ἔρευναν, ἐξ ὧν τὸν ἑαυτῶν βίον ὀνήσουσιν.
53ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν ἰατροῖς ἡ λεγομένη λογιατρεία πολὺ τῆς τῶν καμνόντων ὠφελείας ἀποστατεῖ — φαρμάκοις γὰρ καὶ χειρουργίαις καὶ διαίταις, ἀλλ’ οὐ λόγοις, αἱ νόσοι θεραπεύονται —, οὕτω καὶ ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ λογοπῶλαι καὶ λογοθῆραί τινες αὐτὸ μόνον εἰσί, τὸν ἀρρωστημάτων γέμοντα βίον θεραπεύειν οὔτε ἐθέλοντες οὔτε ἐπιτηδεύοντες, ἐκ πρώτης δὲ ἡλικίας ἄχρι γήρως ἐσχάτου γνωσιμαχοῦντές τε καὶ συλλαβομαχοῦντες οὐκ ἐρυθριῶσιν, ὥσπερ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας ἐπ’ ὀνομάτων καὶ ῥημάτων [καὶ] ἀπεράντῳ καὶ ἀνηνύτῳ περιεργίᾳ κειμένης, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐν τῷ τὸ ἦθος, τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου βίου πηγήν, ἄμεινον καταστήσασθαι, τὰς μὲν κακίας ὑπερορίους φυγαδεύσαντα αὐτοῦ, τὰς δὲ ἀρετὰς εἰσοικίσαντα.
54παλλακὰς μέντοι [ἢ] δόξας καὶ δόγματα προσίενται καὶ οἱ φαῦλοι. φησὶ γοῦν ὅτι Θαμνά, ἡ παλλακὴ Ἐλιφὰς τοῦ υἱοῦ Ἠσαῦ, ἔτεκε τῷ Ἐλιφὰς τὸν Ἀμαλήκ (Gen. 36, 12). ὢ τῆς τοῦ ἀπογόνου λαμπρᾶς δυσγενείας· ὄψει δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν δυσγένειαν, ἐὰν ἀποστὰς τοῦ περὶ ἀνθρώπων ταῦτα εἰρῆσθαι νομίζειν τὴν ψυχὴν ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀνατομῆς ἐπισκέπτῃ.
55τὴν μὲν τοίνυν ἄλογον καὶ ἄμετρον ὁρμὴν τοῦ πάθους Ἀμαλὴκ προσαγορεύει· μεταληφθεὶς γάρ ἐστι λαὸς ἐκλείχων· καθάπερ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ πυρὸς δύναμις τὴν παραβληθεῖσαν ὕλην ἀναλίσκει, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τὸ πάθος ἀναζέον τὰ ἐν ποσὶ πάντα ἐπιλιχμᾶται καὶ διαφθείρει.
56τούτου τοῦ πάθους πατὴρ Ἐλιφὰς ἀναγράφεται δεόντως· ἑρμηνεύεται γάρ· θεός με διέσπειρεν. ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὅταν ἀνασκεδάσῃ ἢ διασπείρῃ καὶ σκορακίσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ὁ θεός, τὸ ἄλογον εὐθὺς γεννᾶται πάθος; τὴν μὲν γὰρ ὁρατικὴν αὐτοῦ φιλόθεον ὄντως διάνοιαν, κληματίδα εὐγενῆ, καταφυτεύει ῥίζας ἀποτείνων πρὸς ἀιδιότητα καὶ εὐφορίαν καρπῶν διδοὺς πρὸς κτῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ἀρετῶν.
57διὸ καὶ Μωυσῆς εὔχεται φάσκων· „εἰσαγαγὼν καταφύτευσον αὐτούς“ (Exod. 15, 17), ἵνα μὴ ἐφήμερα ἀλλ’ ἀθάνατα καὶ μακραίωνα γένηται τὰ θεῖα βλαστήματα. τὴν δὲ ἄδικον καὶ ἄθεον ψυχὴν φυγαδεύων ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ πορρωτάτω διέσπειρεν εἰς τὸν ἡδονῶν καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν καὶ ἀδικημάτων χῶρον. ὁ δὲ χῶρος οὗτος προσφυέστατα ἀσεβῶν καλεῖται, οὐχ ὁ μυθευόμενος ἐν Ἅιδου· καὶ γὰρ ὁ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν Ἅιδης ὁ τοῦ μοχθηροῦ βίος ἐστίν, ὁ ἀλάστωρ καὶ παλαμναῖος καὶ πάσαις ἀραῖς ἔνοχος.
58ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἑτέρωθι τὸ γράμμα τοῦτο ἐστηλιτευμένον· „ἡνίκα διεμέριζεν ὁ ὕψιστος ἔθνη, ὡς διέσπειρεν υἱοὺς Ἀδάμ“ (Deut. 32,8), τοὺς γηΐνους ἅπαντας τρόπους οὐράνιον οὐδὲν ἀγαθὸν ἐσπουδακότας ἰδεῖν ἤλασεν, ἀοίκους καὶ ἀπόλιδας καὶ σποράδας ὄντως ἐργασάμενος. οὐδενὶ γὰρ τῶν φαύλων οὐκ οἶκος, οὐ πόλις, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν εἰς κοινωνίαν οὐδὲν διασῴζεται, ἀλλ’ ἀνίδρυτος ὢν σπείρεται, πάντῃ φορούμενος καὶ μετανιστάμενος ἀεὶ καὶ μηδαμόθι στηριχθῆναι δυνάμενος.
59γίνεται οὖν τῷ φαύλῳ ἐξ ἀστῆς μὲν κακία, τὸ δὲ πάθος ἐκ παλλακῆς. λογισμοῦ γὰρ ἡ μὲν ὅλη ψυχὴ καθάπερ ἀστὴ σύμβιος — ψυχὴ δὲ ἐπίληπτος τίκτει κακίας —, ἡ δὲ τοῦ σώματος φύσις παλλακή, δι’ ἧς ἡ γένεσις τοῦ πάθους θεωρεῖται· ἡδονῶν γὰρ καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν χώρα τὸ σῶμα.
60καλεῖται δὲ Θαμνά, ἧς μεταληφθέν ἐστι τοὔνομα ἔκλειψις σαλευομένη· ἐκλείπει γὰρ καὶ ἀδυνατεῖ ἡ ψυχὴ τῷ πάθει, σάλον καὶ κλύδωνα πολὺν ἀπὸ σώματος ἐνδεξαμένη διὰ τὸν καταρραγέντα βαρὺν χειμῶνα ἐξ ἀμετρίας ὁρμῆς.
61κεφαλὴ δὲ ὡς ζῴου πάντων τῶν λεχθέντων μερῶν ὁ γενάρχης ἐστὶν Ἠσαῦ, ὃς τοτὲ μὲν ποίημα, τοτὲ δὲ δρῦς ἑρμηνεύεται, δρῦς μέν, παρόσον ἀκαμπὴς καὶ ἀνένδοτος ἀπειθής τε καὶ σκληραύχην φύσει, συμβούλῳ χρώμενος ἀνοίᾳ, δρύινος ὄντως, ποίημα δέ, παρόσον πλάσμα καὶ μῦθός ἐστιν ὁ μετὰ ἀφροσύνης βίος, τραγῳδίας καὶ κενοῦ κόμπου καὶ πάλιν γέλωτος καὶ κωμικῆς χλεύης ἀνάπλεως, ὑγιὲς ἔχων οὐδέν, κατεψευσμένος, ἐκτετοξευκὼς ἀλήθειαν, τὴν ἄποιον καὶ ἀνείδεον καὶ ἄπλαστον φύσιν ἐν οὐδενὶ λόγῳ τιθέμενος, ἧς ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐρᾷ.
62μαρτυρεῖ δὲ Μωυσῆς φάσκων, ὅτι „ἦν Ἰακὼβ ἄπλαστος, οἰκῶν οἰκίαν“ (Gen. 25,27), ὥστε ὁ ἐναντίος τούτῳ ἄοικος ἂν εἴη, πλάσματος καὶ ποιήματος καὶ μυθικῶν λήρων ἑταῖρος, μᾶλλον δὲ σκηνὴ καὶ μῦθος αὐτός.
63Ἡ μὲν δὴ λογισμοῦ φιλοθεάμονος πρὸς ἀστὰς καὶ παλλακίδας δυνάμεις σύνοδος, ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν, εἴρηται· τὸν δ’ εἱρμὸν τοῦ λόγου συνυφαντέον τἀκόλουθα διερευνῶντας. „ὑπήκουσε“ φησίν „Ἀβραὰμ τῆς φωνῆς Σάρρας“ (Gen. 16,2)· ἀναγκαῖον γὰρ τοῖς παραγγέλμασιν ἀρετῆς τὸν μανθάνοντα πειθαρχεῖν.
64οὐ πάντες δὲ πειθαρχοῦσιν, ἀλλ’ ὅσοις σφοδρὸς ἔρως ἐντέτηκεν ἐπιστήμης· ἐπεὶ καθ’ ἑκάστην σχεδὸν ἡμέραν τά τε ἀκροατήρια καὶ τὰ θέατρα πληροῦται, διεξέρχονται δὲ ἀπνευστὶ συνείροντες τοὺς περὶ ἀρετῆς λόγους οἱ φιλοσοφοῦντες.
65ἀλλὰ τί τῶν λεγομένων ὄφελος; ἀντὶ γὰρ τοῦ προσέχειν ἑτέρωσε τὸν νοῦν ἀποστείλαντες οἱ μὲν πλοῦ καὶ ἐμπορίας, οἱ δὲ προσόδων καὶ γεωργίας, οἱ δὲ τιμῶν καὶ πολιτείας, οἱ δὲ τῶν ἀφ’ ἑκάστης τέχνης καὶ ἐπιτηδεύσεως κερδῶν, ἄλλοι δὲ τιμωρίας ἐχθρῶν, οἱ δὲ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρωτικαῖς ἐπιθυμίαις ἀπολαύσεων καὶ συνόλως ἑτέρων ἕτεροι διαμέμνηνται, ὡς ἕνεκα τῶν ἐπιδεικνυμένων κεκωφῆσθαι, τοῖς μὲν σώμασι παρεῖναι μόνον, ταῖς δὲ διανοίαις ἀπηλλάχθαι, εἰδώλων καὶ ἀνδριάντων διαφέρειν μηδέν.
66εἰ δέ τινες καὶ προσέχουσι, τοσοῦτον χρόνον καθέζονται μόνον ἀκούοντες, ἀπαλλαγέντες δ’ οὐδενὸς τῶν εἰρημένων διαμέμνηνται, καὶ ἧκον τερφθῆναι δι’ ἀκοῆς μᾶλλον ἢ ὠφεληθῆναι· ὥστε οὐδὲν αὐτῶν ἴσχυσεν ἡ ψυχὴ συλλαβεῖν καὶ κυοφορῆσαι, ἀλλ’ ἅμα τὸ κινοῦν τὴν ἡδονὴν αἴτιον ἡσύχασε καὶ ἡ προσοχὴ κατεσβέσθη.
67τρίτοι δέ εἰσιν οἷς ἔναυλα μὲν τὰ λεχθέντα ὑπηχεῖ, σοφισταὶ δὲ ἀντὶ φιλοσόφων ἀνευρίσκονται. τούτων ὁ μὲν λόγος ἐπαινετός, ὁ δὲ βίος ψεκτός ἐστι· δυνατοὶ μὲν γὰρ εἰπεῖν, ἀδύνατοι δέ εἰσι πράττειν τὰ βέλτιστα.
68μόλις οὖν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν προσεκτικὸν καὶ μνημονικόν, τὸ πράττειν τοῦ λέγειν προτιμῶντα, ἃ δὴ μαρτυρεῖται τῷ φιλομαθεῖ διὰ τοῦ "ὑπήκουσε τῆς φωνῆς Σάρρας." οὐ γὰρ ἀκούων ἀλλ’ ὑπακούων εἰσάγεται· τὸ δέ ἐστι τοῦ συναινεῖν καὶ πειθαρχεῖν εὐθυβολώτατον ὄνομα.
69οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ δὲ πρόσκειται τὸ „τῆς φωνῆς“, ἀλλὰ μὴ τῆς φωνούσης Σάρρας ὑπακοῦσαι. ἴδιον γὰρ τοῦ μανθάνοντος φωνῆς καὶ λόγων ἀκροᾶσθαι, διδάσκεται γὰρ τούτοις μόνοις· ὁ δὲ ἀσκήσει τὸ καλὸν ἀλλὰ μὴ διδασκαλίᾳ κτώμενος οὐ τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀλλὰ τοῖς λέγουσι προσέχει, μιμούμενος τὸν ἐκείνων βίον ἐν ταῖς κατὰ μέρος ἀνεπιλήπτοις πράξεσι.
70λέγεται γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰακώβ, ἡνίκα εἰς τὸν συγγενικὸν γάμον πέμπεται· „εἰσήκουσεν Ἰακὼβ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπορεύθη εἰς τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν“ (Gen. 28,7), οὐ τῆς φωνῆς οὐδὲ τῶν λόγων — τοῦ γὰρ βίου μιμητὴν ἔδει τὸν ἀσκητήν, οὐκ ἀκροατὴν λόγων εἶναι· τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ἴδιον τοῦ διδασκομένου, ἐκεῖνο δὲ τοῦ διαθλοῦντος —, ἵνα κἀνταῦθα διαφορὰν ἀσκητοῦ καὶ μανθάνοντος καταλάβωμεν, τοῦ μὲν κοσμουμένου κατὰ τὸν λέγοντα, τοῦ δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἐκείνου λόγον.
71„Λαβοῦσα“ οὖν φησι „Σάρρα ἡ γυνὴ Ἀβραὰμ Ἄγαρ τὴν Αἰγυπτίαν, τὴν ἑαυτῆς παιδίσκην, μετὰ δέκα ἔτη τοῦ οἰκῆσαι Ἀβραὰμ ἐν γῇ Χαναάν, ἔδωκε τῷ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς αὐτῷ γυναῖκα“ (Gen. 16,3). βάσκανον μὲν καὶ πικρὸν καὶ κακόηθες φύσει κακία, ἥμερον δὲ καὶ κοινωνικὸν καὶ εὐμενὲς ἀρετή, πάντα τρόπον τοὺς εὐφυῶς ἔχοντας ὠφελεῖν ἢ δι’ αὐτῆς ἢ δι’ ἑτέρων ἐθέλουσα.
72νυνὶ γοῦν μήπω δυναμένοις ἡμῖν ἐκ φρονήσεως παιδοποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἐγγυᾷ θεραπαινίδα, τὴν ἐγκύκλιον, ὡς ἔφην, παιδείαν, καὶ μονονοὺ προξενεῖν καὶ νυμφοστολεῖν ὑπομένει· αὐτὴ γὰρ λέγεται λαβοῦσα διδόναι τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς γυναῖκα ταύτην.
73ἄξιον δὲ διαπορῆσαι, διὰ τί νυνὶ πάλιν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ εἶπε τὴν Σάρραν, πολλάκις ἤδη πρότερον μεμηνυκώς· οὐ γὰρ μακρολογίας τὸ φαυλότατον εἶδος, ταυτολογίαν, ἐπιτετήδευκε. τί οὖν λεκτέον; ἐπειδὴ μέλλει τὴν θεραπαινίδα φρονήσεως, τὴν ἐγκύκλιον παιδείαν, ἐγγυᾶσθαι, φησὶν ὅτι οὐκ ἐξελάθετο τῶν πρὸς τὴν δέσποιναν αὐτῆς ὁμολογιῶν, ἀλλ’ οἶδε μὲν ἐκείνην ἑαυτοῦ νόμῳ καὶ γνώμῃ γυναῖκα, ταύτην δὲ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ βίᾳ καιροῦ. τοῦτο δὲ παντὶ συμβαίνει φιλομαθεῖ·
74μάρτυς δ’ ὁ πεπονθὼς γένοιτ’ ἂν ἀψευδέστατος. ἐγὼ γοῦν ἡνίκα πρῶτον κέντροις φιλοσοφίας πρὸς τὸν πόθον αὐτῆς ἀνηρεθίσθην, ὡμίλησα κομιδῇ νέος ὢν μιᾷ τῶν θεραπαινίδων αὐτῆς, γραμματικῇ, καὶ ὅσα ἐγέννησα ἐκ ταύτης, τὸ γράφειν, τὸ ἀναγινώσκειν, τὴν ἱστορίαν τῶν παρὰ ποιηταῖς, ἀνέθηκα τῇ δεσποίνῃ.
75καὶ πάλιν ἑτέρᾳ συνελθών, γεωμετρίᾳ, καὶ τοῦ κάλλους ἀγάμενος — εἶχε γὰρ συμμετρίαν καὶ ἀναλογίαν ἐν τοῖς μέρεσι πᾶσι — τῶν ἐγγόνων οὐδὲν ἐνοσφισάμην, ἀλλὰ τῇ
Sections 76–100
76ἀστῇ φέρων ἐδωρησάμην. ἐσπούδασα καὶ τρίτῃ συνελθεῖν — ἦν δὲ εὔρυθμος, εὐάρμοστος, ἐμμελής, μουσικὴ δὲ ἐκαλεῖτο — καὶ ἐγέννησα ἐξ αὐτῆς διατονικὰ χρώματα καὶ ἐναρμόνια, συνημμένα, διεζευγμένα μέλη, τῆς διὰ τεττάρων, τῆς διὰ πέντε, τῆς διὰ πασῶν συμφωνίας ἐχόμενα, καὶ πάλιν οὐδὲν αὐτῶν ἀπεκρυψάμην, ἵνα πλουσία μοι γένηται ἡ ἀστὴ γυνή, μυρίων οἰκετῶν ὑπηρετουμένη πλήθει.
77τινὲς γὰρ τοῖς φίλτροις τῶν θεραπαινίδων δελεασθέντες ὠλιγώρησαν τῆς δεσποίνης, φιλοσοφίας, καὶ κατεγήρασαν οἱ μὲν ἐν ποιήμασιν, οἱ δὲ ἐν γραμμαῖς, οἱ δὲ ἐν χρωμάτων κράσεσιν, οἱ δὲ ἐν ἄλλοις μυρίοις, οὐ δυνηθέντες ἐπὶ τὴν ἀστὴν ἀναδραμεῖν.
78ἔχει γὰρ ἑκάστη τέχνη γλαφυρότητας, ὁλκούς τινας δυνάμεις, ὑφ’ ὧν ἔνιοι ψυχαγωγούμενοι καταμένουσιν, ἐκλελησμένοι τῶν πρὸς φιλοσοφίαν ὁμολογιῶν. ὁ δὲ ἐμμένων ταῖς συνθήκαις πορίζει πάντα πανταχόθεν πρὸς τὴν ἀρέσκειαν αὐτῆς. εἰκότως οὖν τῆς πίστεως αὐτὸν ἀγάμενος ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος φησίν, ὅτι καὶ νῦν ἦν αὐτῷ γυνὴ Σάρρα, ὅτε τὴν θεραπαινίδα πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνης ἀρέσκειαν ἠγάγετο.
79καὶ μὴν ὥσπερ τὰ ἐγκύκλια συμβάλλεται πρὸς φιλοσοφίας ἀνάληψιν, οὕτω καὶ φιλοσοφία πρὸς σοφίας κτῆσιν. ἔστι γὰρ φιλοσοφία ἐπιτήδευσις σοφίας, σοφία δὲ ἐπιστήμη θείων καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων καὶ τῶν τούτων αἰτίων. γένοιτ’ ἂν οὖν ὥσπερ ἡ ἐγκύκλιος μουσικὴ φιλοσοφίας, οὕτω καὶ φιλοσοφία δούλη σοφίας.
80φιλοσοφία δὲ ἐγκράτειαν μὲν γαστρός, ἐγκράτειαν δὲ τῶν μετὰ γαστέρα, ἐγκράτειαν δὲ καὶ γλώττης ἀναδιδάσκει. ταῦτα λέγεται μὲν εἶναι δι’ αὑτὰ αἱρετά, σεμνότερα δὲ φαίνοιτ’ ἄν, εἰ θεοῦ τιμῆς καὶ ἀρεσκείας ἕνεκα ἐπιτηδεύοιτο. μεμνῆσθαι οὖν δεῖ τῆς κυρίας, ὁπότε μέλλοιμεν αὐτῆς τὰς θεραπαινίδας μνᾶσθαι· καὶ λεγώμεθα μὲν ἄνδρες εἶναι τούτων, ὑπαρχέτω δ’ ἡμῖν ἐκείνη πρὸς ἀλήθειαν γυνή, μὴ λεγέσθω.
81Δίδωσι δ’ οὐκ εὐθὺς εἰς τὴν Χαναναίων γῆν ἀφικομένῳ, ἀλλὰ μετὰ δεκαετίαν τῆς ἐκεῖ διατριβῆς. τί δὲ τοῦτ’ ἐστίν, οὐκ ἀμελῶς ἐπισκεπτέον· ἐν ἀρχῇ μὲν τῆς γενέσεως ἡμῶν ἡ ψυχὴ συντρόφοις τοῖς πάθεσι μόνοις χρῆται, λύπαις, ἀλγηδόσι, πτόαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, ἡδοναῖς, ἃ διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἐπ’ αὐτὴν ἔρχεται, μήπω τοῦ λογισμοῦ βλέπειν δυναμένου τά τε ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακὰ καὶ ᾗ διαφέρει ταῦτα ἀλλήλων ἀκριβοῦν, ἀλλ’ ἔτι νυστάζοντος καὶ ὡς ἐν ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ καταμεμυκότος.
82χρόνου δὲ προϊόντος ὅταν ἐκβαίνοντες τῆς παιδικῆς ἡλικίας μειρακιοῦσθαι μέλλωμεν, τὸ δίδυμον στέλεχος εὐθὺς ἐκ μιᾶς, ἀρετὴ καὶ κακία, φύεται ῥίζης· καὶ ποιούμεθα μὲν τὴν κατάληψιν ἀμφοῖν, αἱρούμεθα δὲ πάντως τὴν ἑτέραν, οἱ μὲν εὐφυεῖς ἀρετήν, κακίαν δ’ οἱ ἐναντίοι.
83τούτων προϋποτυπωθέντων εἰδέναι χρή, ὅτι παθῶν μὲν Αἴγυπτος σύμβολόν ἐστι, κακιῶν δὲ ἡ Χαναναίων γῆ· ὥστ’ εἰκότως ἀναστήσας ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου τὸν λεὼν εἰς τὴν Χαναναίων εἰσάγει χώραν.
84ἄνθρωπος γάρ, ὡς ἔφην, ἅμα μὲν τῇ γενέσει τὸ Αἰγύπτιον πάθος ἔλαχεν οἰκεῖν ἡδοναῖς καὶ ἀλγηδόσι προσερριζωμένος, αὖθις δ’ ἀποικίαν στέλλεται τὴν πρὸς κακίαν, ἤδη τοῦ λογισμοῦ πρὸς τὸ ὀξυωπέστερον ἐπιδεδωκότος καὶ καταλαμβάνοντος μὲν ἀμφότερα, ἀγαθόν τε αὖ καὶ κακόν, τὸ δὲ χεῖρον αἱρουμένου διὰ τὸ πολὺ μετέχειν τοῦ θνητοῦ, ᾧ τὸ κακὸν οἰκεῖον, ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὐναντίον τῷ θείῳ, τὸ ἀγαθόν.
85ἀλλ’ αἱ μὲν φύσει πατρίδες αὗται, παιδικῆς μὲν ἡλικίας τὸ πάθος, Αἴγυπτος, ἡβώσης δὲ κακία, ἡ Χανανῖτις. ὁ δὲ ἱερὸς λόγος, καίτοι σαφῶς ἐπιστάμενος τὰς τοῦ θνητοῦ γένους πατρίδας ἡμῶν, ὑποτίθεται τὰ πρακτέα καὶ συνοίσοντα παραγγέλλων μισεῖν τὰ ἔθη καὶ τὰ νόμιμα καὶ τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα αὐτῶν ἐν οἷς φησι· „καὶ εἶπε κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων·
86λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς· ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν· κατὰ τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα γῆς Αἰγύπτου, ἐν ᾗ κατοικήσατε ἐπ’ αὐτῆς, οὐ ποιήσετε· καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα γῆς Χαναάν, εἰς ἣν ἐγὼ εἰσάγω ὑμᾶς ἐκεῖ, οὐ ποιήσετε· καὶ τοῖς νομίμοις αὐτῶν οὐ πορεύσεσθε· τὰ κρίματά μου ποιήσετε, καὶ τὰ προστάγματά μου φυλάξεσθε, πορεύεσθε ἐν αὐτοῖς· ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν. καὶ φυλάξεσθε πάντα τὰ προστάγματά μου καὶ τὰ κρίματά μου, καὶ ποιήσετε αὐτά. ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς· ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν“ (Lev. 18,1—5).
87οὐκοῦν ἡ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ζωὴ περιπατοῦντός ἐστιν ἐν ταῖς τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσεσι καὶ προστάξεσιν, ὥστε θάνατος ἂν εἴη τὰ τῶν ἀθέων ἐπιτηδεύματα. τινὰ δὲ ἀθεώρητα πάθους καὶ κακιῶν ἐστιν, ἐξ ὧν τὰ ἀσεβῶν καὶ ἀνοσιουργῶν πλήθη φύεται.
88μετὰ δεκαετίαν οὖν τῆς πρὸς Χαναναίους μετοικίας ἀξόμεθα τὴν Ἄγαρ, ἐπειδήπερ εὐθὺς μὲν γενόμενοι λογικοὶ τῆς φύσει βλαβερᾶς ἀμαθίας καὶ ἀπαιδευσίας μεταποιούμεθα, χρόνῳ δ’ ὕστερον καὶ ἐν ἀριθμῷ τελείῳ, δεκάδι, νομίμου παιδείας τῆς ὠφελεῖν δυναμένης εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν ἐρχόμεθα.
89Τὸν δὲ περὶ δεκάδος λόγον ἐπιμελῶς μὲν ἠκρίβωσαν μουσικῶν παῖδες, ὕμνησε δὲ οὐ μετρίως ὁ ἱερώτατος Μωυσῆς, ἀναθεὶς αὐτῇ τὰ κάλλιστα, τὰς ἀρχάς, τὰς ἀπαρχάς, τὰ τῶν ἱερέων ἐνδελεχῆ δῶρα, τὴν τοῦ Πάσχα διατήρησιν, τὸν ἱλασμόν, τὴν διὰ πεντηκονταετίας ἄφεσίν τε καὶ εἰς τὰς ἀρχαίας λήξεις ἐπάνοδον, τὴν κατασκευὴν τῆς ἀδιαλύτου σκηνῆς, ἄλλα μυρία, ὧν μακρὸν ἂν εἴη μεμνῆσθαι.
90τὰ δὲ καίρια οὐ παρετέον. αὐτίκα τὸν Νῶε ἡμῖν — πρῶτος δ’ οὗτος δίκαιος ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἀνερρήθη γραφαῖς — ἀπὸ τοῦ διαπλασθέντος ἐκ γῆς εἰσάγει δέκατον, οὐκ ἐνιαυτῶν πλῆθος παραστῆσαι βουλόμενος, ἀλλὰ διδάξαι σαφῶς, ὅτι ὥσπερ δεκὰς ἀριθμῶν τῶν ἀπὸ μονάδος ἐστὶ πέρας τελειότατον, οὕτω τὸ δίκαιον ἐν ψυχῇ τέλειον καὶ πέρας ὄντως τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον πράξεων.
91τὴν μὲν γὰρ πολλαπλασιαζομένην ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν τριάδα πρὸς ἐνάτου γένεσιν ἀριθμοῦ πολεμιωτάτην ἐξεῖπον οἱ χρησμοί, τὴν δὲ ἐπιβεβηκυῖαν μονάδα πρὸς ἐκπλήρωσιν δεκάδος ὡς φίλην ἀπεδέξαντο.
92σημεῖον δέ· τὰς ἐννέα τῶν βασιλέων ἀρχάς, ἡνίκα ἡ ἐμφύλιος ἀνερριπίσθη στάσις, τῶν τεττάρων παθῶν πρὸς τὰς πέντε αἰσθήσεις κονισαμένων καὶ πόρθησιν καὶ κατασκαφὴν κινδυνευούσης τρόπον πόλεως τῆς ὅλης ἀναδέχεσθαι ψυχῆς, ἐκστρατεύσας ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ κατέλυσε δέκατος ἐπιφανείς (Gen. 14).
93οὗτος ἀντὶ χειμῶνος γαλήνην καὶ ὑγείαν ἀντὶ νόσου καὶ ζωήν, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, ἀντὶ θανάτου παρεσκεύασε, τοῦ νικηφόρου θεοῦ τροπαιοφόρον αὐτὸν ἀναδείξαντος, ᾧ καὶ τὰς δεκάτας χαριστήρια τῆς νίκης ἀνατίθησι (Gen. 14,20).
94καὶ παντὸς μέντοι τοῦ ἐλθόντος „ὑπὸ τὴν ῥάβδον,“ λέγω δὲ τὴν παιδείαν, ἡμέρου καὶ τιθασοῦ θρέμματος τὸ δέκατον ἀποκρίνεται, νόμου προστάξει γινόμενον „ἅγιον” (Lev. 27,32), ἵν’ ἐκ πολλῶν διδασκώμεθα τὴν δεκάδος πρὸς θεὸν οἰκειότητα καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἐννέα ἀριθμοῦ πρὸς τὸ θνητὸν ἡμῶν γένος.
95ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἀπὸ ζῴων μόνον ἀπάρχεσθαι δεκάτας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὅσα ἐκ γῆς βλαστάνει διείρηται. „πᾶσα” γάρ φησι „δεκάτη τῆς γῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος καὶ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ξυλίνου ἐστὶν ἅγιον τῷ κυρίῳ· καὶ πᾶσα δεκάτη βοῶν καὶ προβάτων, καὶ πᾶν ὃ ἂν διέλθῃ ἐν τῷ ἀριθμῷ ὑπὸ τὴν ῥάβδον, τὸ δέκατον ἔσται ἅγιον τῷ κυρίῳ“ (Lev. 27,30.32).
96ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ ἡμᾶς ὄγκου σωματικοῦ, ὃς γεώδης καὶ ξύλινος ὄντως ἐστίν, οἴεται δεῖν ἀπάρχεσθαι; ἡ γὰρ ζωὴ καὶ διαμονὴ καὶ αὔξησις καὶ ὑγίεια αὐτῷ θείᾳ γίνεται χάριτι. ὁρᾷς δ’ ὅτι καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ζῴων ἀλόγων — ταῦτα δ’ εἰσὶν αἰσθήσεις — πάλιν ἀπάρχεσθαι διείρηται; τὸ γὰρ ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν καὶ ὀσφραίνεσθαι καὶ γεύεσθαι, ἔτι δὲ ἅπτεσθαι δωρεαὶ θεῖαι, ὑπὲρ ὧν εὐχαριστητέον.
97ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τοῖς ξυλίνοις καὶ γηίνοις σώματος ὄγκοις οὐδ’ ἐπ’ ἀλόγοις ζῴοις, ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι, τὸν εὐεργέτην ἐπαινεῖν διδασκόμεθα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ νῷ, ὃς κυρίως εἰπεῖν ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ, κρείττων ἐν χείρονι καὶ ἀθάνατος ἐν θνητῷ.
98διὰ τοῦτο οἶμαι τὰ πρωτότοκα καθιέρωσε πάντα, τὴν δεκάτην, λέγω Λευιτικὴν φυλήν, ἀντικαταλλαξάμενος πρὸς διατήρησιν καὶ φυλακὴν ὁσιότητος καὶ εὐσεβείας καὶ λειτουργιῶν, αἳ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ τιμὴν ἀναφέρονται. τὸ γὰρ πρῶτον καὶ ἄριστον ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ὁ λογισμός ἐστι, καὶ ἄξιον τὰς συνέσεως καὶ ἀγχινοίας καταλήψεώς τε καὶ φρονήσεως καὶ τῶν ἄλλων δυνάμεων, ὅσαι περὶ αὐτόν εἰσιν, ἀπαρχὰς ἀνατιθέναι θεῷ τῷ τὴν εὐφορίαν τοῦ διανοεῖσθαι παρασχόντι.
99ἐνθένδε ὁ μὲν ἀσκητικὸς ὁρμηθεὶς εὐχόμενος εἶπε· „πάντων ὧν ἄν μοι δῷς, δεκάτην ἀποδεκατώσω σοί“ (Gen. 28,22), ὁὁ δὲ χρησμὸς ὁὁ μετὰ τὰς ἐπινικίους εὐχὰς ἀναγραφείς, ἃς ὁ τὴν αὐτομαθῆ καὶ αὐτοδίδακτον λαχὼν ἱερωσύνην ποιεῖται Μελχισεδέκ, "ἔδωκε γὰρ αὐτῷ“ φησίν „δεκάτην ἀπὸ πάντων“ (Gen. 14,20), ἀπὸ τῶν κατ’ αἴθησιν τὸ καλῶς αἰσθάνεσθαι, ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ λόγον τὸ εὖ λέγειν, ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ νοῦν τὸ εὖ διανοεῖσθαι.
100παγκάλως οὖν καὶ ἀναγκαίως ἅμα ἐν εἴδει παραδιηγήματος, ἡνίκα τῆς οὐρανίου καὶ θείας τροφῆς τὸ μνημεῖον ἐν στάμνῳ χρυσῷ καθιεροῦτο, φησὶν ὡς ἄρα „τὸ γομὸρ τὸ δέκατον τῶν τριῶν μέτρων ἦν“ (Exod. 16,36). ἐν ἡμῖν γὰρ αὐτοῖς τρία μέτρα εἶναι δοκεῖ, αἴσθησις, λόγος, νοῦς· αἰσθητῶν μὲν αἴσθησις, ὀνομάτων δὲ καὶ ῥημάτων καὶ τῶν λεγομένων ὁ λόγος, νοητῶν δὲ νοῦς.
Sections 101–125
101ἀφ’ ἑκάστου δὴ τῶν τριῶν μέτρων τούτων ἀπαρκτέον ὥσπερ τινὰ ἱερὰν δεκάτην, ἵνα καὶ τὸ λέγειν καὶ τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι καὶ τὸ καταλαμβάνειν ἀνυπαιτίως καὶ ὑγιεινῶς κατὰ θεὸν ἐξετάζηται· τὸ γὰρ ἀληθινὸν καὶ δίκαιον μέτρον τοῦτ’ ἐστί, τὰ δὲ
102καθ’ ἡμᾶς ψευδῆ τε καὶ ἄδικα. εἰκότως οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν θυσιῶν τὸ μὲν δέκατον τοῦ μέτρου τῆς σεμιδάλεως τοῖς ἱερείοις ἐπὶ τὸν βωμὸν συνανενεχθήσεται (Exod. 29,40), ὁ δὲ ἔνατος ἀριθμός, τὸ λείψανον τοῦ δεκάτου, παρ’ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς παραμενεῖ.
103τούτοις συνᾴδει καὶ ἡ τῶν ἱερέων ἐνδελεχὴς θυσία· τὸ γὰρ δέκατον τὸ τοῦ οἶφι σεμιδάλεως ἀεὶ διείρηται προσφέρειν αὐτοῖς (Lev. 6,20). ἔμαθον γὰρ τὸν ἔνατον ὑπερβαίνοντες αἰσθητὸν δοκήσει θεὸν τὸν δέκατον καὶ μόνον ὄντα ἀψευδῶς προσκυνεῖν. ἐννέα γὰρ ὁ κόσμος ἔλαχε μοίρας,
104ἐν οὐρανῷ μὲν ὀκτώ, τήν τε ἀπλανῆ καὶ ἑπτὰ τὰς πεπλανημένας ἐν τάξεσι φερομένας ταῖς αὐταῖς, ἐνάτην δὲ γῆν σὺν ὕδατι καὶ ἀέρι· τούτων γὰρ μία συγγένεια τροπὰς καὶ μεταβολὰς παντοίας δεχομένων.
105οἱ μὲν οὖν πολλοὶ τὰς ἐννέα ταύτας μοίρας καὶ τὸν παγέντα κόσμον ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐτίμησαν, ὁ δὲ τέλειος τὸν ὑπεράνω τῶν ἐννέα, δημιουργὸν αὐτῶν, δέκατον θεόν· ὅλον γὰρ ὑπερκύψας τὸ ἔργον ἐπόθει τὸν τεχνίτην, καὶ ἱκέτης καὶ θεραπευτὴς ἐσπούδαζεν αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι· διὰ τοῦτο δεκάτην ἐνδελεχῆ τῷ δεκάτῳ καὶ μόνῳ καὶ αἰωνίῳ ὁ ἱερεὺς ἀνατίθησι.
106τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ κυρίως εἰπεῖν τὸ ψυχικὸν Πάσχα, ἡ ἀπὸ παντὸς πάθους καὶ παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ διάβασις πρὸς τὸ δέκατον, ὃ δὴ νοητόν ἐστι καὶ θεῖον· λέγεται γάρ· „δεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνὸς τούτου λαβέτωσαν ἕκαστος πρόβατον κατ’ οἰκίαν“ (Exod. 12, 3), ἵνα ἀπὸ τῆς δεκάτης τῷ δεκάτῳ καθιερωθῇ τὰ θύματα διατηρηθέντα ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ κατὰ δύο μοίρας ἐκ τριῶν πεφωτισμένῃ, μέχρις ἂν ὅλη δι’ ὅλων γενομένη φέγγος οὐράνιον, οἷα πλησιφαὴς σελήνη κατὰ δευτέρας ἑβδομάδος παραύξησιν, μὴ μόνον φυλάττειν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἱερουργεῖν ἤδη δύνηται τὰς ἀσινεῖς καὶ ἀμώμους προκοπάς.
107τοῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἱλασμός — καὶ γὰρ οὗτος δεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνὸς βεβαιοῦται (Lev. 23,27), τὸν δέκατον ἱκετευούσης θεὸν ψυχῆς καὶ τὴν ταπεινότητα καὶ οὐδένειαν τοῦ γενητοῦ περίνοιαν λογισμοῦ πεποιθυίας καὶ τὰς ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς καλοῖς ὑπερβολὰς καὶ ἀκρότητας τοῦ ἀγενήτου δεδιδαγμένης. ἵλεως οὖν καὶ ἄνευ ἱκετείας ἵλεως εὐθὺς γίνεται τοῖς ἑαυτοὺς κακοῦσι καὶ συστέλλουσι καὶ μὴ καυχήσει καὶ οἰήσει φυσωμένοις —, τοῦτ’ ἐστὶν ἄφεσις (Lev. 25,9 sqq.),
108τοῦτ’ ἐλευθερία παντελὴς ψυχῆς ὃν ἐπλανήθη τε πλάνον ἀποσειομένης καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀπλανῆ φύσιν μεθορμιζομένης καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς κλήρους ἐπανιούσης, οὓς ἔλαχεν, ἡνίκα λαμπρὸν | ἔπνει καὶ τοὺς περὶ τῶν καλῶν πόνους ἤθλει. τότε γὰρ αὐτὴν τῶν ἄθλων ἀγάμενος ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος ἐτίμησε, γέρας ἐξαίρετον δούς, κλῆρον ἀθάνατον, τὴν ἐν ἀφθάρτῳ γένει τάξιν.
109τοῦτο καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ὁ σοφὸς ἱκετεύει, μελλούσης ἐμπίπρασθαι λόγῳ μὲν τῆς Σοδομίτιδος γῆς, ἔργῳ δὲ τῆς ἐστειρωμένης τὰ καλὰ καὶ τυφλῆς τὸν λογισμὸν ψυχῆς, ἵν’, ἐὰν εὑρεθῇ τὸ δικαιοσύνης μνημεῖον, ἡ δεκάς, ἐν αὐτῇ, τύχῃ τινὸς ἀμνηστίας (Gen. 18, 32)· ἄρχεται μὲν οὖν τῆς ἱκεσίας ἀπὸ τοῦ τῆς ἀφέσεως ἀριθμοῦ, πεντηκοντάδος, λήγει δὲ εἰς δεκάδα, τὴν τελευταίαν
110ἀπολύτρωσιν. ἀφ’ οὗ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ Μωυσῆς μετὰ τὴν χιλιάρχων καὶ ἑκατοντάρχων καὶ πεντηκοντάρχων αἵρεσιν ἐπὶ πᾶσι δεκαδάρχους χειροτονεῖν (Exod. 18,25), ἵν’, εἰ μὴ δύναιτο διὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τάξεων βελτιοῦσθαι ὁ νοῦς, ἀλλά τοι διὰ τῶν ὑστάτων καθαίρηται.
111πάγκαλον δὲ δόγμα καὶ ὁ τοῦ φιλομαθοῦς παῖς ἔμαθεν, ἡνίκα τὴν θαυμαστὴν ἐκείνην ἐπρέσβευε πρεσβείαν, αὐτομαθεῖ σοφῷ προξενῶν οἰκειοτάτην ἀρετήν, ἐπιμονήν. „δέκα γὰρ καμήλους λαμβάνει,“ τὴν δεκάδος, λέγω δὲ παιδείας ὀρθῆς, ἀνάμνησιν, ἀπὸ πολλῶν ἀπείρων μὲν οὖν τοῦ κυρίου μνημῶν.
112„λαμβάνει δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐκείνου„ (Gen. 24,10) δῆλον ὡς οὐκ ἄργυρον οὐδὲ χρυσὸν ἤ τινα ἄλλα τῶν ἐν ὕλαις φθαρταῖς — τὴν γὰρ ἀγαθοῦ πρόσρησιν οὐδέποτε τούτοις ἐπεφήμισε Μωυσῆς —, ἀλλὰ τὰ γνήσια, ἃ δὴ ψυχῆς ἐστι μόνα, ἐφοδιάζεται καὶ ἐμπορεύεται, διδασκαλίαν, προκοπήν, σπουδήν, πόθον, ζῆλον, ἐνθουσιασμούς, προφητείας, τοῦ κατορθοῦν ἔρωτα·
113οἷς ἐμμελετῶν καὶ ἐνασκούμενος, ὅταν ὥσπερ ἐκ πελάγους ἐνορμίζεσθαι λιμένι μέλλῃ, λήψεται δύο μὲν ἐνώτια, ἀνὰ δραχμὴν ὁλκήν, ψέλια δὲ δέκα χρυσῶν ἐπὶ τὰς χεῖρας τῆς προξενουμένης (Gen. 24,22). ὢ θεοπρεποῦς κόσμου, δραχμὴν μίαν εἶναι τὸ ἄκουσμα καὶ μονάδα ἀρραγῆ καὶ ὁλκὸν φύσει — ἀκοὴν γὰρ οὐδενὶ σχολάζειν ἐμπρεπές, ὅτι μὴ λόγῳ ἑνί, ὃς ἂν τὰς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀρετὰς καὶ μόνου θεοῦ καλῶς διεξέρχηται —, δέκα δὲ χρυσῶν τὰ ἐγχειρήματα· πράξεις γὰρ αἱ κατὰ σοφίαν τελείοις ἀριθμοῖς βεβαιοῦνται, καὶ ἔστιν ἑκάστη τιμιωτέρα χρυσοῦ.
114τοιαύτη τίς ἐστι καὶ ἡ ἀριστίνδην ἐπικριθεῖσα τῶν ἀρχόντων εἰσφορά, ἣν ἐποιήσαντο, ἡνίκα ἡ ψυχὴ κατασκευασθεῖσα ὑπὸ φιλοσοφίας ἱεροπρεπῶς τὰ ἐγκαίνια ἦγεν αὐτῆς εὐχαριστοῦσα τῷ διδασκάλῳ καὶ ὑφηγητῇ θεῷ. „θυΐσκην γὰρ δέκα χρυσῶν πλήρη θυμιάματος ἀνατίθησιν“ (Num. 7,14), ἵνα τὰς ὑπὸ φρονήσεως καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς ἀναδιδομένας αὔρας ὁ μόνος ἐπικρίνῃ σοφός.
115ἐπειδὰν δὲ δόξωσιν εἶναι προσηνεῖς, τὸ ἐφύμνιον ᾄσεται Μωυσῆς λέγων· „ὠσφράνθη κύριος ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας“ (Gen. 8,21), τὸ ὀσφρανθῆναι τιθεὶς ἐπὶ τοῦ συναινέσαι· οὐ γὰρ ἀνθρωπόμορφος οὐδὲ μυκτήρων ἤ τινων ἄλλων ὀργανικῶν μερῶν χρεῖος.
116προϊὼν δὲ καὶ τὸ θεῖον ἐνδιαίτημα, τὴν σκηνήν, „δέκα αὐλαίας“ (Exod. 26,1) ἐρεῖ· τὸ γὰρ τῆς ὅλης πῆγμα σοφίας ἀριθμὸν τέλειον εἴληχε, δεκάδα· σοφία δὲ αὐλὴ καὶ βασίλειόν ἐστι τοῦ πανηγεμόνος καὶ μόνου βασιλέως αὐτοκράτορος.
117ὁ μὲν δὴ νοητὸς οἶκος οὗτος, αἰσθητὸς δ’ ὁ κόσμος ἐστίν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰς αὐλαίας ἐκ τοιούτων συνύφηνεν, ἃ τῶν τεττάρων στοιχείων σύμβολά ἐστιν· ἐκ γὰρ βύσσου καὶ ὑακίνθου καὶ πορφύρας καὶ κοκκίνου δημιουργοῦνται (ibid.), τεττάρων, ὡς ἔφην, ἀριθμῶν. σύμβολον δὲ γῆς μὲν ἡ βύσσος — φύεται γὰρ ἐκ ταύτης —, ἀέρος δὲ ὁ ὑάκινθος — μέλας γὰρ οὗτος φύσει —, ὕδατος δὲ ἡ πορφύρα — τὸ γὰρ τῆς βαφῆς αἴτιον ἐκ θαλάττης, ἡ ὁμωνυμοῦσα κόγχη —, πυρὸς δὲ τὸ κόκκινον· ἐμφερέστατον γὰρ φλογί.
118πάλιν γε μὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀφηνιάσασαν, ἡνίκα τὸν ἀντίθεον ἀπεσέμνυνε νοῦν τὰ παράσημα τῆς βασιλείας ἀναδοῦσα αὐτῷ, τὸν θρόνον, τὸ σκῆπτρον, τὸ διάδημα, δέκα πληγαῖς καὶ τιμωρίαις ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἐπίτροπος καὶ κηδεμὼν νουθετεῖ.
119τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ὑπισχνεῖται τῷ σοφῷ οὔτε πλειόνων οὔτε ἐλαττόνων, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸ μόνον δέκα ἐθνῶν ἀπώλειαν καὶ παντελῆ φθορὰν ἐργάσεσθαι καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀναιρεθέντων χώραν δώσειν τοῖς ἐγγόνοις αὐτοῦ (Gen. 15,18—20), πανταχοῦ δεκάδι καὶ πρὸς ἔπαινον καὶ πρὸς ψόγον καὶ πρὸς τιμὴν καὶ πρὸς κόλασιν καταχρῆσθαι δικαιῶν.
120καίτοι τί τούτων μεμνήμεθα; τὴν γὰρ ἱερὰν καὶ θείαν νομοθεσίαν δέκα τοῖς σύμπασι λόγοις Μωυσῆς ἀναγέγραφεν· οὗτοι δέ εἰσι θεσμοί, τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἀπείρων νόμων γενικὰ κεφάλαια, ῥίζαι καὶ ἀρχαὶ καὶ πηγαὶ ἀέναοι διαταγμάτων προστάξεις καὶ ἀπαγορεύσεις περιεχόντων ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν χρωμένων.
121Εἰκότως οὖν μετὰ δεκαετίαν τῆς εἰς Χαναναίων γῆν ἀφίξεως ἡ πρὸς τὴν Ἄγαρ κοινωνία γίνεται· οὐ γὰρ εὐθὺς λογικοὶ γενόμενοι πλαδώσης ἔτι τῆς διανοίας ὀρεχθῆναι παιδείας τῆς ἐγκυκλίου δυνάμεθα, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὰν σύνεσιν καὶ ἀγχίνοιαν κραταιωσάμενοι μηκέτι κούφῃ καὶ ἐπιπολαίῳ, ἀλλὰ βεβαίᾳ καὶ παγίᾳ γνώμῃ περὶ ἁπάντων χρώμεθα.
122διὸ τἀκόλουθον προσυφαίνεται τὸ „εἰσῆλθε πρὸς Ἄγαρ“ (Gen. 16, 4)· ἦν γὰρ ἁρμόττον τῷ μανθάνοντι πρὸς ἐπιστήμην διδάσκαλον φοιτᾶν, ἵνα ἀναδιδαχθῇ τὰ προσήκοντα ἀνθρώπου φύσει παιδεύματα. νυνὶ μὲν ὁ γνώριμος εἰς διδασκάλου βαδίζων εἰσάγεται· προεκτρέχει δὲ πολλάκις ἐξοικίσασα φθόνον ἀφ’ ἑαυτῆς καὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας εὐφυῶς ἐπισπᾶται.
123τὴν γοῦν ἀρετήν, Λείαν, ἔστιν ἰδεῖν προαπαντῶσαν καὶ λέγουσαν τῷ ἀσκητῇ· „πρὸς μὲ εἰσελεύσῃ σήμερον“ (Gen. 30,16), ἡνίκα ἐκεῖνος ἀγρόθεν ἐπανῄει. ποῦ γὰρ ὤφειλεν εἰςελθεῖν ὁ τῶν ἐπιστήμης σπερμάτων καὶ φυτῶν ἐπιμελητής, ὅτι μὴ πρὸς τὴν γεωργηθεῖσαν ἀρετήν;
124ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ ἀποπειρωμένη τῶν φοιτητῶν, ὡς ἔχουσι προθυμίας καὶ σπουδῆς, οὐχ ὑπαντᾷ μέν, ἐγκαλυψαμένη δὲ τὸ πρόσωπον ὥσπερ Θάμαρ ἐπὶ τριόδου καθέζεται, πόρνης δόξαν παρασχοῦσα τοῖς ὁδῷ βαδίζουσιν (Gen. 38, 14. 15), ἵνα οἱ περιέργως ἔχοντες ἀνακαλύψαντες ἀναφήνωσι καὶ καταθεάσωνται τὸ ἄψαυστον καὶ ἀμίαντον καὶ παρθένιον ὄντως αἰδοῦς καὶ σωφροσύνης ἐκπρεπέστατον κάλλος.
125τίς οὖν ὁ ἐξεταστικὸς καὶ φιλομαθὴς καὶ μηδὲν ἄσκεπτον καὶ ἀδιερεύνητον τῶν ἐγκεκαλυμμένων πραγμάτων παραλιπεῖν ἀξιῶν ἐστιν, ὅτι μὴ ὁ ἀρχιστράτηγος καὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ ταῖς πρὸς θεὸν ὁμολογίαις ἐμμένων τε καὶ χαίρων, ὄνομα Ἰούδας; „ἐξέκλινε“ γάρ φησι „πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ εἶπεν· ἔασόν με εἰσελθεῖν πρὸς σέ“ (ibid. 16) — ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔμελλε παραβιάζεσθαι — καὶ σκοπεῖν, τίς τε ἡ ἐγκεκαλυμμένη δύναμίς ἐστι καὶ ἐπὶ τί παρεσκεύασται.
Sections 126–150
126μετὰ τοίνυν τὸ εἰσελθεῖν γέγραπται „καὶ συνέλαβε“ (ibid. 18) καὶ τὸ „τίς“ ῥητῶς οὐ μεμήνυται· συλλαμβάνει γὰρ καὶ συναρπάζει ἡ μὲν τέχνη τὸν μανθάνοντα ἐρωτικῶς ἔχειν ἀναπείθουσα ἑαυτῆς, ὁ δὲ μανθάνων τὴν διδάσκουσαν, ὁπότε φιλομαθὴς εἴη.
127πολλάκις δέ τις τῶν μέσας ἐπιστήμας ὑφηγουμένων γνωρίμου τυχὼν εὐφυοῦς ηὔχησεν ἐπὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ μόνος ὑπολαβὼν τῷ φοιτητῇ γεγονέναι τῆς εὐμαθίας αἴτιος, καὶ μετεωρίσας καὶ φυσήσας ἑαυτὸν ὑψαυχενεῖ καὶ τὰς ὀφρῦς εὖ μάλα ἀνασπάσας τετύφωται καὶ παρὰ τῶν βουλομένων συνδιατρίβειν πάμπολλα αἰτεῖ· οὓς δ’ ἂν αἴσθηται πένητας μέν, διψῶντας δὲ παιδείας, ἀποστρέφεται, ὥσπερ θησαυρόν τινα σοφίας μόνος ἀνευρηκώς.
128τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τὸ „ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν“, οἰδεῖν καὶ τετυφῶσθαι καὶ ὄγκον πλείονα τοῦ μετρίου περιβεβλῆσθαι, δι’ ὧν καὶ τὴν κυρίαν τῶν μέσων ἐπιστημῶν, ἀρετήν, ἔδοξάν τινες ἀτιμάζειν, ἐπίτιμον οὖσαν ἐξ ἑαυτῆς.
129ὅσαι μὲν οὖν ψυχαὶ μετὰ φρονήσεως κυοφοροῦσι πραγμάτων τίκτουσιν ὅμως, τὰ συγκεχυμένα διακρίνουσαι καὶ διαστέλλουσαι, καθάπερ ἡ Ῥεβέκκα — λαβοῦσα γὰρ ἐν γαστρὶ τῶν διττῶν διανοίας ἐθνῶν ἐπιστήμην, ἀρετῆς τε καὶ κακίας, εὐτοκίᾳ χρωμένη τὴν ἑκατέρου φύσιν διαστέλλει τε καὶ διακρίνει (Gen. 25,23) —· ὅσαι δὲ ἄνευ φρονήσεως, ἢ ἀμβλίσκουσιν ἢ δύσεριν καὶ σοφιστὴν βάλλοντα καὶ τοξεύοντα (Gen. 21,20) ἢ βαλλόμενον καὶ τοξευόμενον ἀποκύουσι.
130καὶ μήποτε εἰκότως· αἱ μὲν γὰρ λαμβάνειν, αἱ δὲ ἔχειν ἐν γαστρὶ οἴονται, παμμεγέθους οὔσης διαφορᾶς. αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἔχειν νομίζουσαι τὴν αἵρεσιν καὶ γένεσιν ἑαυταῖς ἐπιγράφουσαι σεμνομυθοῦσιν, αἱ δὲ λαμβάνειν ἀξιοῦσαι τὸ μὲν μηδὲν οἰκεῖον ἐξ ἑαυτῶν ἔχειν συνομολογοῦσι, τὰ δὲ σπέρματα καὶ τὰς γονὰς ἔξωθεν ἀρδομένας καταλαμβάνουσαι καὶ θαυμάζουσαι τὸν διδόντα κακὸν μέγιστον, φιλαυτίαν, ἀγαθῷ τελείῳ, θεοσεβείᾳ, διωθοῦνται.
131τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὰ νομοθετικῆς τῆς παρὰ ἀνθρώποις κατεβλήθη σπέρματα· „ἦν γάρ τις“ φησίν „ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Λευί, ὃς ἔλαβε τῶν θυγατέρων τῶν Λευί, καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτήν. καὶ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔλαβε καὶ ἔτεκεν ἄρρεν· ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸ ἀστεῖον ὂν ἐσκέπασαν αὐτὸ μῆνας τρεῖς“ (Exod. 2, 1. 2).
132οὗτός ἐστι Μωυσῆς, ὁ καθαρώτατος νοῦς, ὁ ἀστεῖος ὄντως, ὁ νομοθετικὴν ὁμοῦ καὶ προφητείαν ἐνθουσιώσῃ καὶ θεοφορήτῳ σοφίᾳ λαβών, ὃς γένος ὢν τῆς Λευιτικῆς φυλῆς καὶ τὰ πρὸς πατρὸς καὶ τὰ πρὸς μητρὸς ἀμφιθαλὴς τῆς ἀληθείας ἔχεται.
133μέγιστον δὲ ἐπάγγελμα τοῦ γενάρχου τῆς φυλῆς ἐστι ταύτης· θαρρεῖ γὰρ λέγειν, ὅτι αὐτός μοι μόνος ἐστὶ θεὸς τιμητέος (Exod. 20, 3), ἄλλο δ’ οὐδὲν τῶν μετ’ αὐτόν, οὐ γῆ, οὐ θάλασσα, οὐ ποταμοί, οὐκ ἀέρος φύσις, οὐ πνευμάτων οὐχ ὡρῶν μεταβολαί, οὐ ζῴων οὐ φυτῶν ἰδέαι, οὐχ ἥλιος, οὐ σελήνη, οὐκ ἀστέρων πλῆθος ἐν τάξεσιν ἐναρμονίοις περιπολούντων, οὐχ ὁ σύμπας οὐρανός τε καὶ κόσμος.
134μεγάλης καὶ ὑπερφυοῦς ψυχῆς τὸ αὔχημα, γένεσιν ὑπερκύπτειν καὶ τοὺς ὅρους αὐτῆς ὑπερβάλλειν καὶ μόνου τοῦ ἀγενήτου περιέχεσθαι κατὰ τὰς ἱερὰς ὑφηγήσεις, ἐν αἷς διείρηται „ἔχεσθαι αὐτοῦ“ (Deut. 30,20). τοιγάρτοι τοῖς ἐχομένοις καὶ ἀδιαστάτως θεραπεύουσιν ἀντιδίδωσι κλῆρον αὑτόν. ἐγγυᾶται δέ μου τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν λόγιον, ἐν ᾧ λέγεται· "κύριος αὐτὸς κλῆρος αὐτοῦ“ (Deut. 10,9).
135οὕτως ἐν γαστρὶ λαμβάνουσαι μᾶλλον ἢ ἔχουσαι αἱ ψυχαὶ τίκτειν πεφύκασι. καθάπερ δ’ οἱ σώματος ὀφθαλμοὶ πολλάκις μὲν ἀμυδρῶς πολλάκις δὲ τηλαυγῶς ὁρῶσι, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμμα τοτὲ μὲν ὑποσυγκεχυμένας καὶ ἀδήλους τοτὲ δὲ καθαρὰς καὶ τρανὰς δέχεται τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων ἰδιότητας.
136ἡ μὲν οὖν ἀσαφὴς καὶ ἀδηλουμένη προσβολὴ ἔοικε τῷ μήπω κατὰ γαστρὸς ἐμβρύῳ διατυπωθέντι, ἡ δὲ ἐναργὴς καὶ τρανὴ μάλιστα τῷ διαπεπλασμένῳ καὶ καθ’ ἕκαστον τῶν ἐντός τε καὶ ἐκτὸς μερῶν τετεχνιτευμένῳ καὶ τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν ἰδέαν ἀπειληφότι.
137νόμος δὲ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐγράφη πάνυ καλῶς καὶ συμφερόντως τεθεὶς οὗτος· „ἐὰν μαχομένων ἀνδρῶν δύο πατάξῃ τις γυναῖκα ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσαν καὶ ἐξέλθῃ τὸ παιδίον αὐτῆς μὴ ἐξεικονισμένον, ἐπιζήμιον ζημιωθήσεται· καθ’ ὅ τι ἂν ἐπιβάλῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ τῆς γυναικός, δώσει μετὰ ἀξιώματος· ἐὰν δὲ ἐξεικονισμένον ᾖ, δώσει ψυχὴν ἀντὶ ψυχῆς“ (Exod. 21,22.23). οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅμοιον, τέλειόν τε καὶ ἀτελὲς διανοίας ἔργον διαφθεῖραι, οὐδὲ εἰκαζόμενον καὶ καταλαμβανόμενον, οὐδὲ ἐλπιζόμενον καὶ ἤδη ὑπάρχον.
138διὰ τοῦτο ὅπου μὲν ἐπιτίμιον ἄδηλον ἐπ’ ἀδήλῳ πράγματι, ὅπου δὲ ὡρισμένον ἐπὶ τελείῳ νομοθετεῖται, τελείῳ δὲ οὐχὶ τῷ πρὸς ἀρετήν, ἀλλὰ τῷ κατά τινα τέχνην τῶν ἀνεπιλήπτων γενομένῳ· κυοφορεῖ γὰρ αὐτὸ οὐχ ἡ λαβοῦσα, ἀλλ’ ἡ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα, οἴησιν πρὸ ἀτυφίας ἐπαγγελλομένη. καὶ γὰρ ἀμήχανον ἀμβλίσκειν τὴν ἐν γαστρὶ λαβοῦσαν, ἐπεὶ τὸ φυτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ σπείραντος ἐμπρεπὲς τελεσφορεῖσθαι· τὴν δὲ ἔχουσαν οὐκ ἀνοίκειον, ἅτε νόσῳ χωρὶς ἰατροῦ κατεσχημένην.
139Μὴ νομίσῃς δὲ τὴν Ἄγαρ λέγεσθαι ἑαυτὴν ὁρᾶν ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσαν διὰ τοῦ "ἰδοῦσα ὅτι ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχει“ (Gen. 16, 4), ἀλλὰ τὴν κυρίαν αὐτῆς Σάρραν. καὶ γὰρ ὕστερον αὕτη περὶ ἑαυτῆς φησιν· „ἰδοῦσα ὅτι ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχει, ἠτιμάσθην ἐνώπιον αὐτῆς“ (ibid. 5).
140διὰ τί; ὅτι αἱ μέσαι τέχναι, καὶ εἰ τὰ καθ’ αὑτάς, ὧν εἰσιν ἐγκύμονες, ὁρῶσιν, ἀλλά τοι πάντως ἀμυδρῶς ὁρῶσιν, ἀλλ’ ἐπιστῆμαι τηλαυγῶς καὶ σφόδρα ἐναργῶς καταλαμβάνουσιν· ἐπιστήμη γὰρ πλέον ἐστὶ τέχνης, τὸ βέβαιον καὶ ἀμετάπτωτον ὑπὸ λόγου προσειληφυῖα.
141τέχνης μὲν γὰρ ὅρος οὗτος· σύστημα ἐκ καταλήψεων συγγεγυμνασμένων πρός τι τέλος εὔχρηστον, τοῦ εὐχρήστου διὰ τὰς κακοτεχνίας ὑγιῶς προστιθεμένου· ἐπιστήμης δέ· κατάληψις ἀσφαλὴς καὶ βέβαιος, ἀμετάπτωτος ὑπὸ λόγου.
142μουσικὴν μὲν οὖν καὶ γραμματικὴν καὶ τὰς συγγενεῖς καλοῦμεν τέχνας — καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἀποτελούμενοι δι’ αὐτῶν τεχνῖται λέγονται μουσικοί τε καὶ γραμματικοί —, φιλοσοφίαν δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀρετὰς ἐπιστήμας καὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας αὐτὰς ἐπιστήμονας· φρόνιμοι γάρ εἰσι καὶ σώφρονες καὶ φιλόσοφοι, ὧν οὐδὲ εἷς ἐν τοῖς τῆς διαπεπονημένης ἐπιστήμης σφάλλεται δόγμασι, καθάπερ οἱ προειρημένοι ἐν τοῖς τῶν μέσων τεχνῶν θεωρήμασιν.
143ὥσπερ γὰρ ὀφθαλμοὶ μὲν ὁρῶσιν, ὁ δὲ νοῦς δι’ ὀφθαλμῶν τηλαυγέστερον, καὶ ἀκούει μὲν ὦτα, ὁ δὲ νοῦς δι’ ὤτων ἄμεινον, καὶ ὀσφραίνονται μὲν οἱ μυκτῆρες, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ διὰ ῥινῶν ἐναργέστερον, καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι αἰσθήσεις τῶν καθ’ αὑτὰς ἀντιλαμβάνονται, καθαρώτερον δὲ καὶ εἱλικρινέστερον ἡ διάνοια — κυρίως γὰρ εἰπεῖν ἥδ’ ἐστὶν ὀφθαλμὸς μὲν ὀφθαλμῶν, ἀκοὴ δὲ ἀκοῆς καὶ ἑκάστης τῶν αἰσθήσεων αἴσθησις εἱλικρινεστέρα, χρωμένη μὲν ἐκείναις ὡς ἐν δικαστηρίῳ ὑπηρέτισι, δικάζουσα δ’ αὐτὴ τὰς φύσεις τῶν ὑποκειμένων, ὡς τοῖς μὲν συναινεῖν, τὰ δὲ ἀποστρέφεσθαι —, οὕτως αἱ μὲν λεγόμεναι μέσαι τέχναι ταῖς κατὰ τὸ σῶμα δυνάμεσιν ἐοικυῖαι τοῖς θεωρήμασιν ἐντυγχάνουσι κατά τινας ἁπλᾶς ἐπιβολάς, ἀκριβέστερον δὲ ἐπιστῆμαι καὶ σὺν ἐξετάσει περιττῇ.
144ὃ γὰρ νοῦς πρὸς αἴσθησιν, τοῦτ’ ἐπιστήμη πρὸς τέχνην ἐστί· καθάπερ γὰρ αἴσθησίς τις αἰσθήσεων, ὡς ἐλέχθη πρότερον, ἐστὶν ἡ ψυχή * * * ἐκείνων μὲν οὖν ἑκάστη μικρὰ ἄττα τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει παρεσπάσατο, περὶ ἃ πονεῖται καὶ πραγματεύεται, γραμμὰς μὲν γεωμετρία, φθόγγους δὲ μουσική, φιλοσοφία δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν τῶν ὄντων φύσιν· ὕλη γάρ ἐστιν αὐτῆς ὅδε ὁ κόσμος καὶ πᾶσα ἡ τῶν ὄντων ὁρατή τε καὶ ἀόρατος οὐσία.
145τί οὖν θαυμαστόν, εἰ ἡ τὰ ὅλα καθορῶσα θεᾶται καὶ τὰ μέρη, καὶ ἄμεινον ἐκείνων, ἅτε ὀφθαλμοῖς μείζοσι καὶ ὀξυδερκεστέροις ἐνομματωθεῖσα; εἰκότως οὖν ἡ κυρία φιλοσοφία τὴν μέσην παιδείαν, τὴν θεραπαινίδα αὐτῆς, ἐγκύμονα θεάσεται μᾶλλον ἢ ἑαυτὴν ἐκείνη.
146καίτοι γ’ οὐδὲ τοῦτό τις ἀγνοεῖ, ὅτι πάσαις ταῖς κατὰ μέρος τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰ σπέρματα, ἐξ ὧν ἀναβλαστεῖν ἔδοξε τὰ θεωρήματα, φιλοσοφία δεδώρηται. ἰσόπλευρα γὰρ καὶ σκαληνὰ κύκλους τε καὶ πολυγώνια καὶ τὰ ἄλλα σχήματα γεωμετρία προσεξεῦρε, σημείου δὲ καὶ γραμμῆς καὶ ἐπιφανείας καὶ στερεοῦ φύσιν, ἃ δὴ ῥίζαι καὶ θεμέλιοι τῶν λεχθέντων εἰσίν, οὐκέτι γεωμετρία.
147πόθεν γὰρ αὐτῇ λέγειν ὁριζομένῃ, ὅτι σημεῖον μέν ἐστιν οὗ μέρος οὐδέν, γραμμὴ δὲ μῆκος ἀπλατές, ἐπιφάνεια δὲ ὃ μῆκος καὶ πλάτος μόνον ἔχει, στερεὸν δὲ ὃ τὰς τρεῖς ἔχει διαστάσεις, μῆκος, πλάτος, βάθος; ταῦτα γὰρ ἀνάκειται φιλοσοφίᾳ καὶ ἡ περὶ ὅρων πραγματεία πᾶσα τῷ φιλοσόφῳ.
148τό γε μὴν γράφειν καὶ ἀναγινώσκειν γραμματικῆς τῆς ἀτελεστέρας ἐπάγγελμα, ἣν παρατρέποντές τινες γραμματιστικὴν καλοῦσι, τῆς δὲ τελειοτέρας ἀνάπτυξις τῶν παρὰ ποιηταῖς τε καὶ συγγραφεῦσιν. ἐπειδὰν οὖν περὶ τῶν τοῦ λόγου διεξέρχωνται μερῶν, τότε οὐ τὰ φιλοσοφίας εὑρήματα παρασπῶνταί τε καὶ παρεργολαβοῦσι;
149ταύτης γὰρ ἴδιον ἐξετάζειν, τί σύνδεσμος, τί ὄνομα, τί ῥῆμα, τί κοινὸν ὄνομα, τί ἴδιον, τί ἐλλιπὲς ἐν λόγῳ, τί πλῆρες, τί ἀποφαντόν, τί ἐρώτημα, τί πύσμα, τί περιεκτικόν, τί εὐκτικόν, τί ἀρατικόν· τὰς γὰρ περὶ αὐτοτελῶν καὶ ἀξιωμάτων καὶ κατηγορημάτων πραγματείας ἥδ’ ἐστὶν ἡ συνθεῖσα.
150ἡμίφωνον δὲ ἢ φωνῆεν ἢ παντελῶς ἄφωνον στοιχεῖον ἰδεῖν, καὶ πῶς ἕκαστον τούτων εἴωθε λέγεσθαι, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περὶ φωνῆς καὶ στοιχείων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λόγου μερῶν ἰδέα οὐ φιλοσοφίᾳ πεπόνηται καὶ κατήνυσται; βραχείας δ’ ὥσπερ ἀπὸ χειμάρρου σπάσαντες λιβάδας καὶ βραχυτέραις ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ψυχαῖς ἐναποθλίψαντες τὸ κλαπὲν οἱ φῶρες οὐκ ἐρυθριῶσι προφέροντες ὡς ἴδιον.
Sections 151–175
151Οὗ χάριν φρυαττόμενοι τῆς κυρίας, ᾗ τὸ κῦρος ὄντως καὶ ἡ τῶν θεωρουμένων ἀνάκειται βεβαίωσις, ἀλογοῦσι. συναισθομένη δὲ αὕτη τῆς ὀλιγωρίας τούτων ἐλέγξει καὶ μετὰ παρρησίας φήσει· ἀδικοῦμαι καὶ παρασπονδοῦμαι τό γε ἐφ’ ὑμῖν ὁμολογίας παραβαίνουσιν.
152ἀφ’ οὗ γὰρ ἐνεκολπίσασθε τὰ προπαιδεύματα, τῆς ἐμῆς θεραπαινίδος τὰ ἔγγονα, τὴν μὲν ὡς γαμετὴν ἐξετιμήσατε, ἐμὲ δὲ οὕτως ἀπεστράφητε, ὡς μηδὲ πώποτε ἐς ταὐτὸν ἐλθόντες. ἀλλ’ ἴσως ἐγὼ μὲν ταῦτα περὶ ὑμῶν ὑπείληφα, ἐκ τῆς φανερᾶς πρὸς τὴν οἰκέτιν ὁμιλίας τὴν ἄδηλον πρὸς ἐμὲ αὐτὴν ἀλλοτρίωσιν τεκμαιρομένη· εἰ δ’ ὑμεῖς ἐναντίως ἢ ὡς ὑπείληφα διάκεισθε, γνῶναι μὲν ἀμήχανον ἑτέρῳ, ῥᾴδιον δὲ μόνῳ θεῷ.
153διόπερ οἰκείως ἐρεῖ· „κρίναι ὁ θεὸς ἀνὰ μέσον ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ“ (Gen. 16,5), οὐ προκατεγνωκυῖα ὡς ἠδικηκότος, ἀλλ’ ἐνδοιάζουσα ὡς τάχ’ ἂν ἴσως καὶ κατορθοῦντος· ὅπερ ἀψευδῶς οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἀναφαίνεται δι’ ὧν ἀπολογούμενος καὶ τὸν ἐνδοιασμὸν αὐτῆς ἐξιώμενός φησιν· „ἰδοὺ ἡ παιδίσκη ἐν ταῖς χερσί σου, χρῶ αὐτῇ, ὡς ἄν σοι ἀρεστὸν ᾖ“ (Gen. 16,6).
154καὶ γὰρ ὁ παιδίσκην εἰπὼν ἀμφότερα ὁμολογεῖ, τό τε δούλην καὶ τὸ νηπίαν εἶναι — τὸ γὰρ τῆς παιδίσκης ὄνομα ἑκατέρῳ τούτων ἐφαρμόζει —, συνομολογεῖ δὲ πάντως εὐθὺς καὶ τἀναντία, τῇ μὲν νηπίᾳ τὴν τελείαν, τῇ δὲ δούλῃ τὴν κυρίαν, μονονοὺ βοῶν ἄντικρυς, ὅτι τὴν μὲν ἐγκύκλιον παιδείαν καὶ ὡς νεωτέραν καὶ ὡς θεραπαινίδα ἀσπάζομαι, τὴν δὲ ἐπιστήμην καὶ φρόνησιν ὡς τελείαν καὶ δέσποιναν ἐκτετίμηκα.
155τὸ δὲ "ἐν ταῖς χερσί σου“ δηλοῖ μὲν τὸ ὑποχείριός ἐστί σοι. σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τοιοῦτον ἕτερον· τὰ μὲν τῆς δούλης εἰς χεῖρας ἀφικνεῖται σώματος — σωματικῶν γὰρ ὀργάνων καὶ δυνάμεων τὰ ἐγκύκλια χρεῖα —, τὰ δὲ τῆς κυρίας εἰς ψυχὴν ἔρχεται· λογισμοῖς γὰρ τὰ κατά τε φρόνησιν καὶ ἐπιστήμην ἀνατίθεται.
156ὥσθ’ ὅσῳ δυνατώτερον καὶ δραστικώτερον καὶ τοῖς ὅλοις κρεῖττον διάνοια χειρός ἐστι, τοσούτῳ τῆς ἐγκυκλίου μουσικῆς ἐπιστήμην καὶ φρόνησιν θαυμασιωτέραν εἶναι νενόμικα καὶ διαφερόντως ἐκτετίμηκα. λαβοῦσα οὖν, ὦ καὶ ὑπάρχουσα καὶ πρὸς ἐμοῦ νομιζομένη κυρία, τὴν ἐμὴν ἅπασαν παιδείαν ὡς θεραπαινίδι χρῶ, „ὡς εὐάρεστόν σοι.“
157τὸ δὲ σοὶ εὐάρεστον οὐκ ἀγνοῶ ὅτι πάντως ἐστὶν ἀγαθόν, εἰ καὶ μὴ προσηνές, καὶ ὠφέλιμον, εἰ καὶ μακρὰν τοῦ ἡδέος ἀφέστηκεν. ἀγαθὸν δὲ καὶ ὠφέλιμον τοῖς ἐλέγχου δεομένοις νουθεσία, ὃ ἑτέρῳ ὀνόματι κάκωσιν ὁ ἱερὸς μηνύει λόγος.
158Διόπερ ἐπιφέρει· „καὶ ἐκάκωσεν αὐτὴν“ (Gen. 16, 6), ἴσον τῷ ἐνουθέτησε καὶ ἐσωφρόνισε. λυσιτελὲς γὰρ σφόδρα τοῖς ἐν ἀδείᾳ καὶ ἐκεχειρίᾳ, καθάπερ ἵπποις ἀφηνιασταῖς, ὀξὺ κέντρον, ἐπεὶ μάστιγι μόλις καὶ ἀγωγῇ δαμασθῆναι καὶ τιθασευθῆναι δύνανται.
159ἢ τὰ προκείμενα ἆθλα οὐχ ὁρᾷς τοῖς ἀνεπιπλήκτοις; λιπῶσιν, εὐρύνονται, πιαίνονται, λαμπρὸν πνέουσιν· εἶτα αἴρονται τὰ ἀσεβείας, οἱ πανάθλιοι καὶ βαρυδαίμονες, οἰκτρὰ βραβεῖα, ἐπ’ ἀθεότητι κηρυττόμενοι καὶ στεφανούμενοι. διὰ γὰρ τὴν λείως ῥέουσαν εὐτυχίαν ὑπέλαβον ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι τοὺς ὑπαργύρους καὶ ὑποχρύσους θεούς, νομίσματος κεκιβδηλευμένου τὸν τρόπον, τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ καὶ ὄντως ὄντος ἐκλαθόμενοι.
160μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐν οἷς φησιν· „ἐλιπάνθη, ἐπαχύνθη, ἐπλατύνθη καὶ ἐγκατέλιπε θεὸν τὸν ποιήσαντα αὐτόν“ (Deut. 32,15)· ὥστε εἰ ἡ ἐπὶ πλέον ἄνεσις τὸ μέγιστον κακόν, ἀσέβειαν, ὠδίνει, τοὐναντίον ἡ μετὰ νόμου κάκωσις ἀγαθὸν τέλειον ἀποτίκτει, τὴν ἀοίδιμον νουθεσίαν.
161ἐνθένδε ὁρμηθεὶς καὶ τῆς πρώτης ἑορτῆς τὸ σύμβολον „ἄρτον κακώσεως“ εἶπε (Deut. 16,3), τὰ ἄζυμα. καίτοι τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι ἑορταὶ καὶ θαλίαι περιποιοῦσιν ἱλαρὰς εὐφροσύνας καὶ εὐθυμίας, οὐ κακώσεις;
162ἀλλὰ δῆλον, ὡς ὀνόματι κατακέχρηται πόνου, τοῦ σωφρονιστοῦ. τὰ γὰρ πλεῖστα καὶ μέγιστα τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀσκητικαῖς ἀθλήσεσι καὶ ἡβῶσι πόνοις εἴωθε περιγίνεσθαι· ψυχῆς δὲ ἑορτὴ ζῆλος ὁ τῶν ἀρίστων καὶ τελεσφορούμενος πόνος. οὗ χάριν διείρηται καὶ „ἐπὶ πικρίδων τὰ ἄζυμα ἐσθίειν“ (Exod. 12,8) οὐχ ὡς προσεψήματος, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ τὸ μὴ οἰδεῖν καὶ ἀναζεῖν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις, ἐστάλθαι δὲ καὶ συνῆχθαι πρὸς ἀηδίας οἱ πολλοὶ τίθενται, πικρὸν ἡγούμενοι τὸ ἀπομαθεῖν τὸ πάθος, ὅπερ ἐστὶν
163εὐφροσύνη καὶ ἑορτὴ διανοίᾳ φιλάθλῳ. ταύτης ἕνεκά μοι δοκεῖ τῆς αἰτίας ἐν χωρίῳ, ὃ κέκληται πικρία, τὰ νόμιμα ἀναδιδαχθῆναι· ἡδὺ μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἀδικεῖν, ἐπίπονον δὲ τὸ δικαιοπραγεῖν· τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ὁ ἀψευδέστατος νόμος. ἐξελθόντες, γάρ φησιν, ἐκ τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν παθῶν „ἦλθον εἰς Μερρά, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύναντο πιεῖν ὕδωρ ἐκ Μερρῶν· πικρὸν γὰρ ἦν. διὰ τοῦτο ἐπωνομάσθη τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου πικρία. καὶ διεγόγγυζεν ὁ λαὸς κατὰ Μωυσῆ λέγοντες· τί πιόμεθα; ἐβόησε δὲ Μωυσῆς πρὸς κύριον, καὶ ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ κύριος ξύλον, καὶ ἐνέβαλεν αὐτὸ εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ ἐγλυκάνθη τὸ ὕδωρ. ἐκεῖ ἔθετο αὐτῷ δικαιώματα καὶ κρίσεις, κἀκεῖ αὐτὸν ἐπείραζεν“ (Exod. 15,23—25).
164ἡ γὰρ ἄδηλος ἀπόπειρα καὶ δοκιμασία τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστιν ἐν τῷ πονεῖν καὶ πικραίνεσθαι· ὅπῃ γὰρ ταλαντεύσει, χαλεπὸν διαγνῶναι. οἱ μὲν γὰρ προκαμόντες ἀνέπεσον, βαρὺν ἀντίπαλον ἡγησάμενοι τὸν πόνον, καὶ τὰς χεῖρας ὑπ’ ἀσθενείας ὥσπερ ἀπειρηκότες ἀθληταὶ καθῆκαν, παλινδρομεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐπὶ τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν τοῦ πάθους ἐγνωκότες.
165οἱ δὲ τὰ φοβερὰ καὶ δεινὰ τῆς ἐρήμης πάνυ τλητικῶς καὶ ἐρρωμένως ἀναδεχόμενοι τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦ βίου διήθλησαν ἀδιάφθορον καὶ ἀήττητον φυλάξαντες καὶ τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἀναγκαίων κατεξαναστάντες, ὡς πεῖναν, δίψος [ῥῖγος], κρύος, θάλπος, ὅσα τοὺς ἄλλους εἴωθε δουλοῦσθαι, κατὰ πολλὴν ἰσχύος περιουσίαν ὑπάγεσθαι.
166αἴτιον δὲ ἐγένετο οὐ ψιλὸς ὁ πόνος, ἀλλὰ σὺν τῷ γλυκανθῆναι· λέγει γάρ· „ἐγλυκάνθη τὸ ὕδωρ,“ γλυκὺς δὲ καὶ ἡδὺς πόνος ἑτέρῳ ὀνόματι φιλοπονία καλεῖται. τὸ γὰρ ἐν πόνῳ γλυκὺ ἔρως ἐστὶ καὶ πόθος καὶ ζῆλος καὶ φιλία τοῦ καλοῦ.
167μηδεὶς οὖν τὴν τοιαύτην κάκωσιν ἀποστρεφέσθω, μηδ’ „ἄρτον κακώσεως“ νομισάτω ποτὲ λέγεσθαι τὴν ἑορτῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τράπεζαν ἐπὶ βλάβῃ μᾶλλον ἢ ὠφελείᾳ· τρέφεται γὰρ τοῖς παιδείας δόγμασιν ἡ νουθετουμένη ψυχή.
168τὸ ἄζυμον πέμμα τοῦτο οὕτως ἐστὶν ἱερόν, ὥστε χρησμοῖς προστέτακται δώδεκα ἄρτους ἀζύμους ταῖς φυλαῖς ἰσαρίθμους προτιθέναι ἐπὶ τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἀδύτοις χρυσῆς τραπέζης (Exod. 25, 29), καὶ καλοῦνται προθέσεως.
169καὶ νόμῳ δὲ ἀπείρηται πᾶσαν ζύμην καὶ πᾶν μέλι προσφέρειν τῷ βωμῷ (Lev. 2,11)· χαλεπὸν γὰρ ἢ τὰς γλυκύτητας τῶν κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ἡδονῶν ἢ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀραιὰς καὶ χαύνους ἐπάρσεις καθιεροῦν ὡς ἅγια, τὰ φύσει βέβηλα καὶ ἀνίερα ἐξ αὑτῶν.
170ἆρ’ οὖν οὐκ εἰκότως ἐπισεμνυνόμενος ὁ προφήτης λόγος, ὄνομα Μωυσῆς, ἐρεῖ· „μνησθήσῃ πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν ἤγαγέ σε κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἐρήμῳ, ὅπως ἂν κακώσῃ σε καὶ ἐκπειράσῃ σε καὶ διαγνωσθῇ τὰ ἐν καρδίᾳ σου, εἰ φυλάξεις ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ἢ οὔ· καὶ ἐκάκωσέ σε καὶ ἐλιμαγχόνησέ σε καὶ ἐψώμισέ σε τὸ μάννα, ὃ οὐκ ᾔδεισαν οἱ πατέρες σου, ἵνα ἀναγγείλῃ σοι, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ’ ἐν παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος θεοῦ“ (Deut. 8,2. 3) ;
171τίς οὖν οὕτως ἀνόσιός ἐστιν, ὡς ὑπολαβεῖν κακωτὴν τὸν θεὸν καὶ λιμόν, οἴκτιστον ὄλεθρον, ἐπάγοντα τοῖς ἄνευ τροφῆς ζῆν μὴ δυναμένοις; ἀγαθὸς γὰρ καὶ ἀγαθῶν αἴτιος, εὐεργέτης, σωτήρ, τροφεύς, πλουτοφόρος, μεγαλόδωρος, κακίαν ὅρων ἱερῶν ἀπεληλακώς· οὕτω γὰρ τὰ γῆς ἄχθη, τόν τε Ἀδὰμ καὶ Κάιν, ἐφυγάδευσεν ἐκ τοῦ παραδείσου. μὴ παραγώμεθα οὖν ταῖς φωναῖς,
172ἀλλὰ τὰ δι’ ὑπονοιῶν σημαινόμενα σκοπῶμεν καὶ λέγωμεν, ὅτι τὸ μὲν „ἐκάκωσε“ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ ἐπαίδευσε καὶ ἐνουθέτησε καὶ ἐσωφρόνισε, τὸ δὲ „λιμῷ παρέβαλεν“ οὐ σιτίων καὶ ποτῶν εἰργάσατο ἔνδειαν, ἀλλ’ ἡδονῶν καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν φόβων τε καὶ λύπης καὶ ἀδικημάτων καὶ συνόλως ἁπάντων ὅσα ἢ κακιῶν ἐστιν ἢ παθῶν ἔργα.
173μαρτυρεῖ δὲ τὸ ἐπιλεγόμενον ἑξῆς· „ἐψώμισέ σε τὸ μάννα.“ ἆρά γε τὸν τὴν ἄπονον καὶ ἀταλαίπωρον τροφὴν δίχα σπουδῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἐκ γῆς, ὡς ἔθος, ἀναδοθεῖσαν, ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ δέ, τεράστιον ἔργον, ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ τῶν χρησομένων παρασχόμενον ἄξιον λέγειν λιμοῦ καὶ κακώσεως ἢ τοὐναντίον εὐθηνίας καὶ εὐετηρίας ἀδείας τε καὶ εὐνομίας αἴτιον;
174ἀλλ’ οἱ πολλοὶ καὶ ἀγελαῖοι νομίζουσι τοὺς λόγοις θείοις τρεφομένους ἀθλίως καὶ ταλαιπώρως ζῆν — ἄγευστοι γάρ εἰσι τοῦ παντρόφου γεύματος σοφίας —, οἱ δ’ ἐν ταῖς εὐπαθείαις καὶ εὐφροσύναις λελήθασι διάγοντες.
175οὕτω τοίνυν ἡ ποιὰ κάκωσις ὠφέλιμόν ἐστιν, ὥστε καὶ τὸ ταπεινότατον αὐτῆς, ἡ δουλεία, μέγα ἀγαθὸν νενόμισται. καὶ ταύτην ηὔξατό τις ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἀναγραφαῖς πατὴρ υἱῷ, τῷ ἄφρονι Ἠσαῦ ὁ ἄριστος Ἰσαάκ.
Sections 176–180
176εἶπε γάρ που· „ἐπὶ μαχαίρᾳ σου ζήσεις, καὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου δουλεύσεις“ (Gen. 27,40), λυσιτελέστατον κρίνων τῷ πόλεμον ἀντ’ εἰρήνης αἱρουμένῳ καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν μάχαις ὁπλοφοροῦντι διὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ στάσιν καὶ ταραχὴν ὑπηκόῳ γενέσθαι καὶ δουλεῦσαι καὶ ἐπιτάγμασιν, ἅττ’ ἂν ὁ σωφροσύνης ἐραστὴς ἐπικελεύσῃ, πᾶσι πειθαρχεῖν.
177ἐνθένδε μοι δοκεῖ τις τῶν φοιτητῶν Μωυσέως, ὄνομα εἰρηνικός, ὃς πατρίῳ γλώττῃ Σαλομὼν καλεῖται, φάναι· „παιδείας θεοῦ, υἱέ, μὴ ὀλιγώρει, καὶ μὴ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος· ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος ἐλέγχει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται“ (Prov. 3,11.12). οὕτως ἄρα ἡ ἐπίπληξις καὶ νουθεσία καλὸν νενόμισται, ὥστε δι’ αὐτῆς ἡ πρὸς θεὸν ὁμολογία συγγένεια γίνεται. τί γὰρ οἰκειότερον υἱῷ πατρὸς ἢ υἱοῦ πατρί;
178ἀλλ’ ἵνα μὴ λόγον ἐκ λόγου συνείροντες μηκύνειν δοκῶμεν, ἐναργεστάτην δίχα τῶν εἰρημένων πίστιν παρεξόμεθα τοῦ τὴν ποιὰν κάκωσιν ἀρετῆς ἔργον εἶναι· νόμος γάρ ἐστι τοιοῦτος· „πᾶσαν χήραν καὶ ὀρφανὸν οὐ κακώσετε· ἐὰν δὲ κακίᾳ κακώσητε αὐτούς“ (Exod. 22,22). τί λέγει; ἆρ’ ὑπό τινος ἔστιν ἄλλου κακοῦσθαι; εἰ γὰρ κακίας ἔργα μόνης αἱ κακώσεις, περιττὸν τὸ ὁμολογούμενον γράφειν, ὃ καὶ δίχα προσθήκης ἀνομολογηθήσεται.
179φήσει δὲ πάντως· οἶδα καὶ ὑπὸ ἀρετῆς ἐλεγχόμενον καὶ ὑπὸ φρονήσεως παιδευόμενον. διόπερ οὐ πᾶσαν κάκωσιν ἐν αἰτίᾳ τίθεμαι, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν δικαιοσύνης καὶ νομοθετικῆς ἔργον οὖσαν — ἐπιπλήξει γὰρ σωφρονίζει — μάλιστα θαυμάζω, τὴν δὲ ἀφροσύνης καὶ κακίας, βλαβερὰν ὑπάρχουσαν, ἀποστρέφομαι καὶ κακίζω δεόντως.
180ὅταν οὖν τὴν Ἄγαρ κακουμένην ὑπὸ Σάρρας ἀκούσῃς, μηδὲν τῶν ἐν ταῖς γυναικείαις ζηλοτυπίαις εἰωθότων γίνεσθαι ὑπονοήσῃς· οὐ γὰρ περὶ γυναικῶν ἐστιν ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ διανοιῶν, τῆς μὲν γυμναζομένης ἐν τοῖς προπαιδεύμασι, τῆς δὲ τοὺς ἀρετῆς ἄθλους διαθλούσης.
On Fugitives
Contents — 9 sections
Sections 1–25
1"And Sarah afflicted her, and she fled from before her face. And the angel of the Lord found her sitting by a fountain of water in the wilderness, by a fountain which is in the way to Shur. And the angel of the Lord said unto her: 'Thou handmaiden of Sarah, whence art thou come? and whither art thou going?' And she answered and said: 'I am fleeing from the face of Sarah, my mistress.' And the angel of the Lord said unto her: 'Return unto thy mistress, and be thou humbled beneath her hands.' And the angel of the Lord said unto her: 'Behold, thou art with child, and thou shalt bring forth a son, and shall call his name Ishmael, because the Lord has heard the cry of thy humiliation. He shall be a rude man; his hand shall be against every man, and every man’s hand against him.'"
2Having in our former treatise spoken what was becoming respecting the preliminary branches of education, and respecting affliction, we will now proceed in regular order to discuss the topic of fugitives. Now Moses often mentions persons who flee, as here he says concerning Hagar, that being afflicted she fled from the face of her mistress.
3I think therefore that there are three causes for flight—hatred, fear, and shame. Now women leave their husbands out of hatred, and for the same reason men desert their wives. But children flee from their parents, and servants from their masters, out of fear. And lastly, friends avoid their companions out of shame, when they have done anything which is displeasing to them. And before now I have known instances of fathers who have led a life of effeminate luxury, reverencing the austere and philosophical lives of their sons, and out of shame preferring to live in the country rather than in the city.
4Now of all these three causes, one may find instances revealed in the sacred scriptures. Accordingly, Jacob, the practiser of virtue, fled from his father-in-law Laban out of hatred, and from his brother Esau out of fear, as I shall show presently.
5But Hagar flees out of shame. And a proof of this is, that the angel, that is the word of God, met her, with the intent to recommend her what she ought to do, and to guide her in her return to her mistress’s house. For he encouraged her, and said unto her: "The Lord has heard the cry of thy humiliation," which you uttered, not out of fear, nor yet out of hatred. For the one is the feeling of an ignoble soul, and the other of one which loves contention, but under the influence of that copy of temperance and modesty, shame.
6For it was natural, if she had fled out of fear, that he would have encouraged her mistress, who was holding out threats to alarm her, to comfort her, and to restore her to tranquillity. For then it would have been safe for the fugitive to return, and not before. But no one intercedes for her to her mistress, inasmuch as she was already appeased by herself. But this angel, who is reproof, at the same time friendly and full of advice, out of his good-will teaches her not to feel only shame, but also to entertain confidence, for that modesty is but half a virtue, when separated from proper boldness.
7Therefore the account which follows will show these characteristics more accurately. But we must return to the heads of the question which we have already set forth, and begin with those who flee under the influence of hatred. "For," says the scripture, "Jacob concealed his purpose from Laban the Syrian, so as not to tell him that he was fleeing, and he fled, he and all that he had."
8What then was the cause of his hatred? For perhaps you are desirous to hear this. There are some persons who make to themselves gods of substance destitute of all distinctive quality, and species, and shape, neither knowing the cause which puts things in motion, nor showing any anxiety to learn of those who do know, but being contented with their ignorance and want of understanding of the most important kind of learning, which was in fact the first and only thing of which it was absolutely necessary to labour for the understanding.
9Laban now is one of this kind of persons; for the sacred scriptures attribute to him a flock devoid of all distinctive marks. And matter, without any distinctive characteristics, is without any marks in the universe, and so is in men the soul, which is destitute of learning and which has no instructors.
10But there are others who belong to a better portion, who say that the mind has come and arranged everything, bringing the disorder which arose from an ochlocracy among all existing things, into the order established by the legitimate authority of kingly power. Of this company Jacob is a follower, who presides over the marked and party-coloured flock. On the other hand the species in the universe is distinguished by marks and is of varied colour, and so also in men is the mind which has been well instructed and which is fond of learning.
11And he who is marked, and who is the companion of true kingly power, having received a great deal of the social affection from nature, goes to him who has no distinguishing marks, and who, as I have said, makes himself gods of the material powers, and who thinks that besides them there is no effectual cause of anything, to teach him that his opinions are not correct.
12For the world has been created, and has by all means derived its existence from some extraneous cause. But the word itself of the Creator is the seal by which each of existing things is invested with form. In accordance with which fact perfect species also does from the very beginning follow things when created, as being an impression and image of the perfect word.
13For the animal when first created is imperfect as to quantity; and a proof of this is the gradual growth which takes place at each successive age. But it is perfect as to quality. For the same quality remains in it, as having been stamped upon it by the divine word which abides permanently and never charges.
14But seeing that he is dumb with respect to learning and to all desirable and legitimate authority, he very naturally thinks of flight. For he is afraid that in addition to not being able to derive any advantage, he may even be injured. For all connections with the foolish injures us, and very often the soul against its will becomes stamped with the impression of their insanity of mind. And, in truth, instruction is naturally a thing inimical to ignorance, and so is industry to indifference.
15In reference to which fact the powers devoted to practise and meditation, when they are set free, cry out, giving a full account of the causes of their hatred: "Have we not any longer a share and an inheritance in the house of our father? Are we not now accounted aliens by him? For he has sold us, and he has eaten up and devoured our money. All the wealth and all the glory which God took from our father shall belong to us and to our children."
16For those who are free both in name and also in their minds do not consider any foolish person as either rich or glorious, but look upon all such persons, so to say, as inglorious and poor, even if they exceed the fortune of wealthy kings. For they do not say that they will have the riches of their father, but the riches which have been taken away; nor do they say that they shall possess his glory, but the glory which has been taken away from him.
17But the wicked man is deprived of all genuine riches and of all true and honourable glory; for these blessings are procured by wisdom, and temperance, and the kindred dispositions of the soul, and are inherited by those souls which love virtue.
18Therefore, it is not the things which belong to the wicked man, but those of which he is destitute, that are the abundance and the glory of the good. And he is destitute of virtues which are their possession, in order that what is said in another place may be consistent with the passage already quoted: "Let us sacrifice the abominations of Egypt to the Lord our God." For the virtues are perfect and blameless offerings, and so are the actions in accordance with virtue, which the Egyptian body, being devoted to the passions, abominates;
19for, as in this passage, those things which, according to the principles of natural philosophy, are reckoned profane among the Egyptians are called sacred by the Israelites who see acutely, and are all offered as sacrifices; so, in the same manner, the man who is the companion of virtue will be the heir of those things of which every foolish man is deprived and destitute. And these things are true glory, which in fact differs in no respect from knowledge, and wealth, not blind wealth, but that which is the most sharp-sighted of all existing things, which never receives any base money, not even anything whatever devoid of life unless it be thoroughly tried and approved.
20Very naturally, therefore, that person will flee from him who has no participation in divine blessings, who even in the matters in which he accuses another does without perceiving it accuse himself also, when he says, "If thou hadst told me I would have sent thee away." For this very thing was a worthy cause for your being deserted, if you, being the servant of an infinite number of masters, pretending to have been invested with command and authority, proclaimed liberty to others.
21But I, says he, did not take a man as my assistant in the road which leads to virtue, but I listened to the divine oracles which enjoined me to depart from hence, and which even now continues to direct my course.
22And how would you have sent me away? surely, as you boast, using pompous language, with a joy which to me would have been sorrowful, with music which would have been no music, with dances, and noises destitute of articulate sound and of reason, striking blows on the soul through the medium of the ears, and with the harp, and with sounds unsuited to the lyre, and unsuited to harmony, not being so much organs, as the actions of a whole life. But these are the things by reason of which I meditated flight; but you, as it seems, contemplated dragging me back from my flight, in order that I might return on account of the deceitful and seductive nature of the external senses, by which I was scarcely able to permit myself to be carried forward.
23Hatred then, was the cause of the flight which I have been here describing; but fear was the cause of the one which I am about to mention. For, says the sacred historian, Rebekkah said unto Jacob, "Behold, Esau thy brother threateneth to kill thee: now therefore, my son, hear my voice, and rise up, and flee to Laban my brother, to Charran, and dwell with him certain days, until the anger of thy brother is turned away, and he forget what thou hast done unto him; and then I will send again, and fetch thee back from thence."
24For it was worth while to fear, lest the worse portion of the soul, lying in an ambuscade, or else moving forwards openly to the attack, might overthrow and cast down the better part; and so the counsel of the right-minded perseverance, Rebekkah, was very good.
25But she says, when you see the bad man coming in with great impetuosity, against virtue, and making great account of those things which it is more proper to disregard, such as wealth, glory, and pleasure, and praising the performance of actions of injustice, as being the cause of all the advantages before mentioned: for we see that those who act unjustly, are, for the most part, men possessed of much silver, and of much gold, and of high reputation. Do not then, turn away to the opposite road, and devote yourself to a life of penury, and abasement, and austerity, and solitude; for, by so doing, you will irritate your adversary, and arm a more bitter enemy against yourself.
Sections 26–50
26Consider, therefore, now by what conduct you may avoid his attacks; apply yourself to the same things, I do not mean the same pursuits, but to the same things which are the efficient causes of those things which have been mentioned; to honours, to offices of authority, to silver, to gold, to possessions, to money, to colours, to forms, to exceeding nicety; and when you meet with such things, then, like a skilful workman, impress the most beautiful appearance on the material substances: and perfect a most excellent work.
27Do you not know, that if a man unacquainted with navigation, takes the management of a ship, which might otherwise have reached the harbour in safety, he overturns it? but that a man, skilful as a pilot, has often saved a ship which otherwise must have been lost? And also, some sick persons, owing to the unskilfulness of their medical attendants, have been severely afflicted with disease; while others, through the skill of their doctors, have escaped from dangerous sicknesses? And why need I have been prolix on this point; for always the things which are done with skill, are a conviction of those which are done unskilfully; and the true praise of the one is an unerring accusation of the other.
28If therefore, you wish to convict a wicked man, who is also possessed of great wealth, do not disdain an abundance of money; for the unhappy man will soon show himself in his true colours, either as an illiberal and slavish-minded skin-flint, and parer of people by usury, or else as a profligate and intemperate spendthrift, very ready to devour and to squander, and a most zealous companion of harlots and brothel-keepers, and pimps, and of every kind of profligate company.
29But you will rather bestow your contributions on those who are in want of friends, and will do favours to, and bestow your liberality on, your country, and will assist to portion out the daughters of needy parents, giving them, in addition to their inheritance, a most sufficient dowry; and in fact, very nearly throwing all your own property into the common stock, you will invite to a participation in it all who are worthy of favour.
30And, in the same manner, when you wish to reprove any wicked man who is mad with a high opinion of himself and full of boasting, while you are able yourself to attain to distinguished honours, do not disdainfully reject the praise of the multitude: for by so doing you will trip up and supplant the miserable man who takes long strides, and who gives himself airs. For he will abuse his own renown for the purpose of behaving with insolence and contumely to others who are better than he, promoting those who are worse, so as to set them above them; while you, on the contrary, will give all worthy persons a share in your renown, giving in this manner security to those who are good, and by your admonitions improving those who are not so good.
31And if you ever go to a drinking party or to a costly entertainment, go with a good confidence; for you will put to shame the intemperate man by your own dexterity. For he, falling on his belly, and opening his insatiable desires even before he opens his mouth, will glut himself in a most shameless and indecorous manner, and will seize the things belonging to his neighbour, and will lick up everything without thinking. And when he is completely sated with eating, then drinking, as the poets say, with his mouth open, he will make himself an object for the laughter and ridicule of all those who behold him.
32But do you adopt a moderate course without being compelled thereto, and if ever you are constrained to indulge yourself in things beyond moderation, still make reason the governor of the necessity, and never go so far as to change pleasure into unpleasantness, but, if we may speak in such a manner, be drunk in a sober manner.
33And here therefore truth may not unreasonably blame those who, without any examination, abandon the business and means of regulating a civil life, and who say that they have learnt to despise glory and pleasure; for those men are behaving insolently, and do not really despise these things, making an open boast of their sordid, and melancholy, and stern appearance, and putting forth their austere and dirty way of living as a bait, as if they were lovers of orderly behaviour, and modesty, and endurance;
34but they are not able to deceive those who look into them with greater accuracy, and who pierce within their disguise, and who are not led astray by outward show; for having removed these veils and coverings from the others, they see what is treasured up and concealed within, and learn what kind of qualities and nature are theirs: and if they are good they admire them, and if they are evil they ridicule them, and hate them because of their hypocrisy.
35Let us then say to such persons, "Are ye zealous admirers and imitators of a life which hates mixing with and joining in the society of others, a solitary and uncompanionable life? For what specimen of virtue have you ever exhibited while living in the society of others? Do ye disdain money? Have you, then, who have been professed money-dealers, been desirous to act justly? Professing to disregard the pleasures of the belly and of the parts beneath the belly, have you behaved with moderation when you have had abundant opportunities of indulging these appetites? Do you despise glory? Then, when you have been placed in situations of authority, have you cultivated an affable humility? Perhaps you have ridiculed a participation in the affairs of state, not considering how useful an employment that is."
36Have you then first exercised yourselves in, and directed your attention to, the public and the private business of life? and having become skilful politicians and experienced economists by means of the kindred virtues of economical and political science, have you, in your exceeding abundance of these things, prepared for your migration to another and a better kind of life? For it is proper to go through a practical life before beginning the theoretical one: as being a sort of rehearsal of the more perfect contest and exhibition. In this way it is possible to escape from the charge of hesitation and indolence.
37Thus also an express injunction is given to the Levites to fulfil their works till the time that they are fifty years of age; and after they are released from all active ministrations, to consider and contemplate each particular thing, receiving as a reward for their well-doing in active life, another life which delights only in knowledge and contemplation.
38And at other times it is necessary that those who think themselves worthy to claim the just things of God, should first of all fulfil their human duties; for it is great folly to expect to attain to what is of greater importance, while one is unable properly to discharge what is of less consequence. First of all, therefore, be ye known for your virtue among men, that you may also become established by that which relates to God." This is the advice which perseverance gives to the man inclined to the practise of virtue; but we must now examine her several expressions with accuracy.
39"Behold," says she, "Esau thy brother threatens thee." But is it not natural for that disposition, hard as oak and obstinate through ignorance, by name Esau, who offers the baits of mortal life to lead you to your destruction; such baits, I mean, as wealth, glory, pleasure, and other kindred temptations, to seek to kill thee? But do you, O my child! flee from this contest at present, for you have not as yet had complete strength for it given to you, but still the nerves of your soul, like those of a child, are somewhat soft and weak.
40And it is for this reason that she calls him "my child," which is a name of affection, and also one which indicates his tender age; for we look upon the disposition which is inclined to the practise of virtue, and which is young, as worthy of affection in comparison of the full-grown man. But such a person is worthy to carry off the prizes which are proposed for children, but he is not yet able to win the prizes offered for the men. But the best contest for men to engage in is the service of the only God. Therefore if, even before we have been completely purified,
41but while we appear only to have proceeded so far as to wash off the things which defile our life, we have arrived at the vestibule of God’s service, we departed again more quickly than we approached, not being able to endure the austere way of living dictated by that service, nor the sleepless desire to please God, nor the continual and unwearied labour;
42flee, therefore, at this present time from what is best and from what is worst. What is worst are the fabulous inventions, the unmetrical and inharmonious poems, the conceptions and persuasions which from ignorance are hard and stubborn, of which Esau is the namesake. What is best is the offering; for the race inclined to service is an offering meet for God, being consecrated to him alone in the great chief priesthood;
43for to dwell with what is evil is most pernicious, and to dwell with perfect good is most dangerous. Accordingly Jacob both flees from Esau, and also dwells apart from his parents; for being fond of practising virtue and still labouring at it, he flees from wickedness, and yet is unable to live in company with perfect virtue so as to have no need of an instructor.
44On which account we read, "He will depart to Laban," not to him as the Syrian, but as the brother of his mother; that is to say, he will go to the brilliancies of life; for Laban, being interpreted, means "white." And when he has arrived there he will not hold his head too high, from being puffed up with the happy events of fortune; for the word Syrian, being translated, means "sublime." But now he does not recollect the Syrian Laban, but the brother of Rebekkah;
45for the means of life being given to a bad man, inflate and raise up to a great height the mind which is devoid of wisdom, which is called the Syrian; but if they are bestowed on a lover of instruction, then they make the mind inclined to abide by the steady and solid doctrines of virtue and excellence. This is the brother of Rebekkah, that is to say, of perseverance, and he dwells in Charran, which name, being interpreted, means "holes," a symbol of the external senses; for he who is still moving about in mortal life has need of the organs of the external senses.
46"Dwell, therefore," says she, "O my child, with him," not all thy life, but "certain days;" that is to say, learn to be acquainted with the country of the external senses; know thyself and thy own parts, and what each is, and for what end it was made, and how it is by nature calculated to energise, and who it is who moves those marvellous things, and pulls the strings, being himself invisible, in an invisible manner, whether it is the mind that is in thee, or the mind of the universe.
47And, when you have become thoroughly acquainted with yourself, then examine accurately also the peculiar qualities of Laban; the things which are accounted brilliant instances of the success of empty glory; but do not you be deceived by any one of them, but like a good workman adapt them all in a skilful manner to your own necessities; for if, while immersed in this political and much confused life, you display a stable and well-instructed disposition, I will send for you from thence that you may receive the same prize which also your parents received: and the prize is the unchangeable and unhesitating service of the only wise God.
48And his father also gives him similar precepts, adding a few trifling injunctions; for he says, "Rise up and flee into Mesopotamia, to the house of Bethuel, the father of thy mother, and from thence take a wife to thyself of the daughters of Laban thy mother’s brother."
49Again, he also forbears to speak of Laban as a Syrian, but he calls him Rebekkah’s brother, who is about to form a connection with the practiser of virtue by means of intermarriage. Flee, therefore, into Mesopotamia, that is to say, into the middle of the rapid torrent of life, and take care not to be washed away and swollowed up by its whirlpools, but standing firmly, vigorously repel the violent, impetuous course of affairs which overflows and rushes upon thee from above, from both sides, and from every quarter;
50for you will find the house of wisdom a calm and secure haven, which will gladly receive you when you are anchored within it. But Bethuel in the sacred scriptures is called wisdom; and this name, being translated, means "the daughter of God;" and the legitimate daughter, always a virgin, having received a nature which shall never be touched or defiled, both on account of her own orderly decency, and also because of the high dignity of her Father.
Sections 51–75
51And he calls Bethuel the father of Rebekkah. How, then, can the daughter of God, namely, wisdom, be properly called a father? is it because the name indeed of wisdom is feminine but the sex masculine? For indeed all the virtues bear the names of women, but have the powers and actions of most full-grown men, since whatever is subsequent to God, even if it be the most ancient of all other things, still has only the second place when compared with that omnipotent Being, and appears not so much masculine as feminine, in accordance with its likeness to the other creatures; for as the male always has the precedence, the female falls short, and is inferior in rank.
52We say, therefore, without paying any attention to the difference here existing in the names, that wisdom, the daughter of good, is both male and a father, and that it is that which sows the seed of, and which begets learning in, souls, and also education, and knowledge, and prudence, all honourable and praiseworthy things. And from this source it is that Jacob the practiser of wisdom, seeks to procure a wife for himself; for from what other quarter should he seek a partner rather than from the house of wisdom? and where else should he find an opinion free from all reproach, with which to live all his life? [...]
53But Moses has spoken more accurately about flights when he was establishing the law with respect to homicides, in which he goes through every species of homicide, that of intentional murder, that of unintentional slaying, that of murder by deliberate attack, or by crafty treachery. Repeat the law: "If any man strike another and he die, the striker shall die the death." And if a man do it not intentionally, but if God delivers him into his hand, then I will give thee a place to which he who has slain another shall flee. And if any one set upon his neighbour to slay him by treachery, and flee away, thou shalt drag him even from the altar to put him to death."
54Knowing very well that the law is here adding no superfluous word from any indescribable impetuosity in its description of the matter, I doubted within myself why it does not merely say that he who has slain another shall die, and why it has added, that he shall die the death;
55for how else does any one die, who dies at all, except dying the death? Therefore, betaking myself for instruction to a wise woman, whose name is Consideration, I was released from my difficulty, for she taught me that some persons who are living are dead, and that some who are dead still live: she pronounced that the wicked, even if they arrive at the latest period of old age, are only dead, inasmuch as they are deprived of life according to virtue; but that the good, even if they are separated from all union with the body, live for ever, inasmuch as they have received an immortal portion.
56Moreover, she confirmed this opinion of hers by the sacred scriptures, one of which ran in this form: "You who cleave unto the Lord your God are all alive to this day:" for she saw that those who sought refuge with God and became his suppliants, were the only living persons, and that all others were dead. And Moses, it seems, testifies to the immortality of those persons, when he adds, "You are all alive to this day;"
57and this day is interminable eternity, from which there is no departure; for the periods of months, and years, and, in short, all the divisions of time, are only the inventions of men doing honour to number. But the unerring proper name of eternity is "today;" for the sun is always the same, without ever changing, going at one time beneath the earth, and at another time above the earth, and by him it is that day and night, the measures of time, are distinguished.
58She also confirmed her statement by another passage in scripture of the following purport: "Behold, I have set before thy face life and death, good and evil." Therefore, O all-wise man, good and virtue mean life, and evil and wickedness mean death. And in another passage we read, "This is thy life, and thy length of days, to love the Lord thy God." This is the most admirable definition of immortal life, to be occupied by a love and affection for God unembarrassed by any connection with the flesh or with the body.
59Thus, the priests, Nadab and Abihu, die in order that they may live; taking an immortal existence in exchange for this mortal life, and departing from the creature to the uncreated God. And it is with reference to this fact that the symbols of incorruptibility are thus celebrated: "Then they died before the Lord;" that is to say, they lived; for it is not lawful for any dead person to come into the sight of the Lord. And again, this is what the Lord himself has said, "I will be sanctified in those who come nigh unto me." "But the dead," as it is also said in the Psalms, "shall not praise the Lord,"
60for that is the work of the living; but Cain, that shameless man, that fratricide, is no where spoken of in the law as dying; but there is an oracle delivered respecting him in such words as these: "The Lord God put a mark upon Cain, as a sign that no one who found him should kill him." Why so?
61Because, I imagine, wickedness is an evil which can never end, but which is kindled and is never able to be extinguished; so that the lines of the poet may well be applied to wickedness— And she is of no mortal race, But an immortal foul disgrace. Immortal, indeed, as to the life among us on earth, since with reference to the life with God it is lifeless and dead, and as some one has said, more worthless and odious than dung.
62But it was by all means necessary that different regions should be assigned to different things, the heaven to good things, the earth to what is evil; for the tendency of good is to soar on high, and if it ever comes down to us, for its Father is very bounteous, it still is very justly anxious to return again to heaven. But evil remains here, living at the greatest possible distance from the divine choir, always hovering around mortal life, and unable to die from among the human race.
63This, too, one of the most eminent among the men who have been admired for their wisdom has asserted, speaking in a magnificent strain in the Theaetetus, where he says, "But it is impossible for evils to come to an end. For it is indispensable that there should always be something in opposition to God. And it is equally impossible that it should have its place in the divine regions; but it must of necessity hover around mortal nature and this place where we live; on which account we ought to endeavour to flee from this place as speedily as possible. And our flight will be a likening of ourselves to God, to the best of our power. And such a likening consists of being just and holy in conjunction with prudence."
64Very naturally, therefore, Cain, the symbol of wickedness, will not die, for wickedness must of necessity be always alive in the mortal race of mankind; so that the expression, "to die the death," is not incorrectly spoken of the homicide, for the reasons which have here been given.
65And the expression, "not intentionally, but if God deliver him into his hand," is used with exceeding propriety with reference to those who commit an unintentional homicide; for it seems to Moses here, that our intentional actions are the fruit of our own mind and will, but that our unintentional actions proceed from the will of God. I mean by this, not our sins, but, on the contrary, those things which are the punishment of our sins;
66for it is not becoming for God himself to inflict punishment, as being the first and most excellent Lawgiver; but he punishes by the ministry of others, and not by his own act. It is very suitable to his character that he himself should bestow his graces, and his free gifts, and his great benefits, inasmuch as he is by nature good and bountiful. But it is not fitting that he should inflict his punishments further than by his mere command, inasmuch as he is a king; but he must act in this by the instrumentality of others, who are suitable for such purposes.
67And the practiser of virtue, Jacob, bears his testimony in support of this doctrine of mine, where he says, "The God who has nourished me from my youth up, the angel who delivered me from all my evils." For the more ancient benefits, those by which the soul is nourished, he attributes to God, but the more recent ones, which are caused by the errors of the soul, he attributes to the servant of God.
68On this account, I imagine it is, that when Moses was speaking philosophically of the creation of the world, while he described everything else as having been created by God alone, he mentions man alone as having been made by him in conjunction with other assistants; for, says Moses, "God said, Let us make man in our image." The expression, "let us make," indicating a plurality of makers.
69Here, therefore, the Father is conversing with his own powers, to whom he has assigned the task of making the mortal part of our soul, acting in imitation of his own skill while he was fashioning the rational part within us, thinking it right that the dominant part within the soul should be the work of the Ruler of all things, but that the part which is to be kept in subjection should be made by those who are subject to him.
70And he made us of the powers which were subordinate to him, not only for the reason which has been mentioned, but also because the soul of man alone was destined to receive notions of good and of evil, and to choose one of the two, since it could not adopt both. Therefore, he thought it necessary to assign the origin of evil to other workmen than himself, —but to retain the generation of good for himself alone.
71On which account, after Moses had already put in God’s mouth this expression, "Let us make man," as if speaking to several persons, he adds, as if he were speaking only of one, "God made man." For, in fact, the one God alone is the sole Creator of the real man, who is the purest mind; but a plurality of workmen are the makers of that which is called man, the being compounded of external senses;
72for which reason the especial real man is spoken of with the article; for the words of Moses are, "The God made the man;" that is to say, he made that reason destitute of species and free from all admixture. But he speaks of man in general without the addition of the article; for the expression, "Let us make man," shows that he means the being compounded of irrational and rational nature.
73In accordance with this he has also not attributed the blessing of the virtuous and the cursing of the wicked to the same ministers, though both these offices receive praise. But since the blessing of the good has the precedence in panegyrics, and the affixing curses on the wicked is in the second rank of those who are appointed for these duties (and they are the chiefs, and leaders of the race, twelve in number, whom it is customary to call the patriarchs), he has assigned the better six, who are the best for the task of blessing, namely, Simeon, Levi, Judah, Issachar, Joseph, and Benjamin; and the others he has appointed for the curses, namely, the first and last sons of Leah, Reuben, and Zabulon, and the four bastard sons by the handmaidens;
74for the chiefs of the royal tribe, and of the tribe consecrated to the priesthood, Judah and Levi, are reckoned in the former class. Very naturally, therefore, does God give up those who have done deeds worthy of death to the hands of others for punishment, wishing to teach us that the nature of evil is banished to a distance from the divine choir, since even punishment, which, though a good, has in it some imitation of evil, is confirmed by others.
75And the expression, "I will give thee a place to which he who has slain a man unintentionally shall flee," appears to me to be spoken with exceeding propriety; for what he calls a place is not a region filled by the body, but is rather, in a figure, God himself, because he, surrounding all things, is not surrounded himself, and because he is that to which all things flee for refuge.
Sections 76–100
76It is proper, therefore, for him who appears to have been involuntarily changed to say that this change has come upon him by the divine will, just as it is not proper for him to say so who has done evil of his own accord; and he says that he will give this place, not to him who has slain the man, but to him with whom he is conversing, so that the inhabitant of it shall be one person, but he who flees to it for refuge another; for God has given his own word a country to inhabit, namely, his own knowledge, as if it were a native of it. But to the man who is under the pollution of involuntary error he has given a foreign home as to a stranger, not a country as to a citizen.
77Having now said thus much in a philosophical spirit with respect to involuntary offences, he proceeds to legislate concerning the man who rises up to attack another, or who treacherously plots his death, saying, "But if any one attacks his neighbour so as to slay him by treachery, and he flees to God," that is to say to the place which has already been spoken of under a figure, from which life is given to all men. For he says also in another passage: "Whosoever shall flee thither shall live."
78But is not everlasting life a fleeing for refuge to the living God? and is not a fleeing from his presence death? But if anyone sets upon another, he by all means is committing iniquity by deliberate purpose, and that which is done with treachery is liable to be accounted among voluntary actions, just as, on the other hand, that which is done without treachery is not subject to blame.
79There is nothing therefore of the wicked actions which are done secretly, and treacherously, and of malice aforethought, which we can properly say are done through the will of God, but they are done only through our own will. For, as I have said before, the storehouses of wickedness are in us ourselves, and those of good alone are with God.
80Whosoever therefore flees for refuge, that is to say, whosoever accuses not himself, but God as the cause of his offence, let him be punished, being deprived of that refuge to the altar which tends to salvation and security, and which is meant for suppliants alone. And is not this proper? For the altar is full of victims, in which there is no spot, I mean of innocent and thoroughly purified souls. But to pronounce the Deity the cause of evil is a spot which it is hard to cure, or rather which is altogether incurable.
81Those who have cultivated such a disposition as to be lovers of themselves rather than lovers of God, may remain at a distance from the sacred places, in order that as polluted and impure persons, they may not behold, not even from a distance, the sacred flame of the evil which is unextinguishably set on fire, and purified, and dedicated to God with entire and perfect power.
82Very beautifully, therefore, did one of the wise men of old, hastening on to this same conclusion, find confidence to say that "God is in no respect and in no place unjust, but he is the most righteous being possible. There is nothing that more nearly resembles him than the man who is as just as possible. Around is the strength, and the real ability, and power of man, and also nothingness and unmanliness. For the knowledge of him is wisdom and true virtue; but the ignorance of him is real ignorance and manifest wickedness. And all other things which appear to be cleverness or wisdom, if they be displayed in political affairs are troublesome, and if in acts, are sordid.
83Therefore, having further commanded the unholy man who is a speaker of evil against divine things to be removed from the most holy places and to be given up to punishment, he proceeds to say, "Whosoever hateth his father or his mother, let him die." And in a similar strain he says, "He who accuseth his father or his mother, let him die."
84He here all but cries out and shouts that there is no pardon whatever to be given to those who blaspheme the Deity. For if they who bring accusations against their mortal parents are led away to death, what punishment must we think that those men deserve who venture to blaspheme the Father and Creator of the universe? And what accusation can be more disgraceful than to say that the origin of evil is not in us but in God?
85Drive away, therefore, drive away, O ye who have been initiated in, and who are the hierophants of, the sacred mysteries, drive away, I say, the souls which are mixed and in a confused crowd, and brought together promiscuously from all quarters, those unpurified and still polluted souls, which have their ears not closed, and their tongues unrestrained, and which bear about all the instruments of their misery ready prepared, in order that they may hear all things, even those which it is not lawful to hear.
86But they who have been instructed in the difference between voluntary and involuntary offences, and who have received a tongue which speaketh good things instead of one which delighteth in accusation, when they do right are to be praised, and when they err contrary to their intention, they are not greatly to be blamed, for which reason cities have been set apart for them to flee unto for refuge.
87And it is worth while to examine with all the accuracy possible into some necessary points relating to this place. They are four in number. One, why it is that the cities which were set apart for the fugitives were not chosen out of those cities which the other tribes received as their portion, but only out of those which were assigned to the tribe of Levi. The second point is, why they were six in number, and neither more nor fewer. The third is, why three of them were beyond Jordan, and the other three in the land of the Canaanites. The fourth is, why the death of the high priest was appointed to the fugitives as a limit, after which they might return.
88We must, therefore, say what is suitable on each of these heads, beginning with the first in order. It is with exceeding propriety that the command is given to flee only to those cities which had been assigned to the tribe of Levi; for the Levites themselves are in a manner fugitives, inasmuch as they, for the sake of pleasing God, have left parents, and children, and brethren, and all their mortal relations.
89Therefore the original leader of this company is represented as saying to his father and mother, "I have not seen you, and my brethren I do not know, and my sons I disown," in order to be able to serve the living God without allowing any opposite attraction to draw him away. But real flight is a deprivation of all that is nearest and dearest to a man. And it introduces one fugitive to another, so as to make them forget what they have done by reason of the similarity of their actions.
90Either, therefore, it is for this reason alone, or perhaps for this other also, that the Levitical tribe of the persons set apart for the service of the temple ran up, and at one onset slew those who had made a god of the golden calf, the pride of Egypt, killing all who had arrived at the age of puberty, being inflamed with righteous anger, combined with enthusiasm, and a certain heaven-sent inspiration: "And every one slew his brother, and his neighbour, and him that was nearest to him." The body being the brother of the soul, and the irrational part the neighbour of the rational, and the uttered speech that which is nearest to the mind.
91For by the following means alone can that which is most excellent within us become adapted for and inclined to the service of him who is the most excellent of all existing beings. In the first place, if man be resolved into soul, the body, which is akin to it as a brother, being separated and cut off from it, and also all its insatiable desires; and in the second place when the soul has, as I have already said, cast off the irrational part, which is the neighbour of the rational part; for this, like a torrent, being divided into five channels, excites the impetuosity of the passions through all the external senses, as so many aqueducts.
92Then, in regular order, the reason removes to a distance and separates the uttered speech which appeared to be the nearest to it of all things, in order that speech, according to the intention, might alone be left, free from the body, free from the entanglements of the outward senses, and free from all uttered speech; for when it is left in this manner existing in a solitary manner, it will embrace that which alone is to be embraced with purity, and in such a way that it cannot be drawn away.
93In addition to what has been said above, we must also mention this point, that the tribe of Levi is the tribe of the ministers of the temple and of the priests, to whom the service and ministration of holy things is assigned; and they also perform sacred service who have committed unintentional homicide, since, according to Moses, "God gives into their hands" those who have done things worthy of death, with a view to their execution. But it is the duty of the one body to know the good, and of the other body to chastise the wicked.
94These then are the reasons on account of which they who have committed unintentional homicide fly only to those cities which belong to the ministers of the temple. We must now proceed to mention what these cities are, and why they are six in number. Perhaps we may say that the most ancient, and the strongest, and the most excellent metropolis, for I may not call it merely a city, is the divine word, to flee to which first is the most advantageous course of all.
95But the other five, being as it were colonies of that one, are the powers of Him who utters the word, the chief of which is his creative power, according to which the Creator made the world with a word; the second is his kingly power, according to which he who has created rules over what is created; the third is his merciful power, in respect of which the Creator pities and shows mercy towards his own work; the fourth is his legislative power, by which he forbids what may not be done. ....
96And these are very beautiful and most excellently fenced cities, the best possible refuge for souls which are worthy to be saved for ever; and the establishment of them is merciful and humane, calculated to excite men, to aid and to encourage them in good hopes. Who else could more greatly display the exceeding abundance of his mercy, of all the powers which are able to benefit us, towards such an exceeding variety of persons who err by unintentional misdeeds, and who have neither the same strength nor the same weakness?
97Therefore he exhorts him who is able to run swiftly to strain onwards, without stopping to take breath, to the highest word of God, which is the fountain of wisdom, in order that by drinking of that stream he may find everlasting life instead of death. But he urges him who is not so swift of foot to flee for refuge to the creative power which Moses calls God, since it is by that power that all things were made and arranged; for to him who comprehends that everything has been created, that comprehension alone, and the knowledge of the Creator, is a great acquisition of good, which immediately persuades the creature to love him who created it.
98Him, again, who is still less ready he bids flee to his kingly power; for that which is in subjection is corrected by the fear of him who rules it, and by necessity which keeps it in order, even if the child is not kept in the right way by love for his father. Again, in the case of him who is not able to reach the boundaries which have been already mentioned, in respect of their being a long way off, there are other goals appointed for them at a shorter distance, the cities namely of the necessary powers, the city of the power of the mercy, the city of the power which enjoins what is right, the city of the power which forbids what is not right:
99for he who is already persuaded that the deity is not implacable, but is merciful by reason of the gentleness of his nature, then, even if he has previously sinned, subsequently repents from a hope of pardon. And he who has adopted the notion that God is a lawgiver obeys all the injunctions which as such he imposes, and so will be happy; and he who is last of all will find the last refuge, namely, the escape from evil, even though he may not be able to arrive at a participation in the more desirable good things.
100These, then, are the six cities which Moses calls cities of refuge, five of which have had their figures set forth in the sacred scriptures, and their images are there likewise. The images of the cities of command and prohibition are the laws in the ark; that of the merciful power of God is the covering of the ark, and he calls it the mercy-seat. The images of the creative power and of the kingly power are the winged cherubim which are placed upon it.
Sections 101–125
101But the divine word which is above these does not come into any visible appearance, inasmuch as it is not like to any of the things that come under the external senses, but is itself an image of God, the most ancient of all the objects of intellect in the whole world, and that which is placed in the closest proximity to the only truly existing God, without any partition or distance being interposed between them: for it is said, "I will speak unto thee from above the mercy-seat, in the midst, between the two cherubim." So that the word is, as it were, the charioteer of the powers, and he who utters it is the rider, who directs the charioteer how to proceed with a view to the proper guidance of the universe.
102Therefore, he who is so far removed from committing any intentional misdeeds, that he is even free from all unintentional offence, will have God himself for his inheritance, and will dwell in him alone. But those who fall into errors which proceed not from wilful purpose, but which are done without premeditation, will have the aforesaid places of refuge in all abundance and fulness.
103Now of the cities of refuge there are three on the other side of Jordan, which are at a great distance from our race. What cities are they? The word of the Governor of the universe, and his creative power, and his kingly power: for to these belong the heaven and the whole world.
104But those which, as it were, participate in us, and which are near to us, and which almost touch the unfortunate race of mankind which is alone capable of sinning, are the three on this side of the river; the merciful power, the power which enjoins what is to be done, the power which prohibits what ought not to be done: for these powers touch us.
105For what need can there be of prohibition to persons who are not likely to do wrong? And what need of injunction to people who are not by nature inclined to stumble? And what need of mercy can those persons have who will absolutely never do wrong at all? But our race of mankind has need of all these things because it is by nature inclined and liable to offences both voluntary and involuntary.
106The fourth and last of the points which we proposed to discuss, is the appointing as a period for the return of the fugitives the death of the high priest, which, if taken in the literal sense, causes me great perplexity; for a very unequal punishment is imposed by this enactment on those who have done the very same things, since some will be in banishment for a longer time, and others for a shorter time; for some of the high priests live to a very old age, and others die very early,
107and some are appointed while young men, and others not until they are old. And again of those who are convicted of unintentional homicide, some have been banished at the beginning of the high priest’s entrance into office, and some when the high priest has been at the very point of death. So that some are deprived of their country for a very long time, and others suffer the same infliction only for a day, if it chance to be so; after which they lift up their heads, and exult, and so return among those whose nearest relations have been slain by them.
108This difficult and scarcely explicable perplexity we may escape if we adopt the inner and allegorical explanation in accordance with natural philosophy. For we say that the high priest is not a man, but is the word of God, who has not only no participation in intentional errors, but none even in those which are involuntary.
109For Moses says that he cannot be defiled neither in respect of his father, that is, the mind, nor of his mother, that is, the external sense; because, I imagine, he has received imperishable and wholly pure parents, God being his father, who is also the father of all things, and wisdom being his mother, by means of whom the universe arrived at creation;
110and also because he is anointed with oil, by which I mean that the principal part of him is illuminated with a light like the beams of the sun, so as to be thought worthy to be clothed with garments. And the most ancient word of the living God is clothed with the word as with a garment, for it has put on earth, and water, and air, and fire, and the things which proceed from these elements. But the particular soul is clothed with the body, and the mind of the wise man is clothed with the virtues.
111And it is said that he will never take the mitre off from his head, he will never lay aside the kingly diadem, the symbol of an authority which is not indeed absolute, but only that of a viceroy, but which is nevertheless an object of admiration. Nor will he "rend his clothes;"
112for the word of the living God being the bond of every thing, as has been said before, holds all things together, and binds all the parts, and prevents them from being loosened or separated. And the particular soul, as far as it has received power, does not permit any of the parts of the body to be separated or cut off contrary to their nature; but as far as depends upon itself, it preserves every thing entire, and conducts the different parts to a harmony and indissoluble union with one another. But the mind of the wise man being thoroughly purified, preserves the virtues in an unbroken and unimpaired condition, having adapted their natural kindred and communion with a still more solid good will.
113This high priest, as Moses says, "shall not enter into any soul that is dead." But the death of the soul is a life according to wickedness; so that he must never touch any pollution such as folly is fond of dealing with.
114And to him also "a virgin of the sacred race is joined;" that is to say, an opinion for ever pure, and undefiled, and imperishable; for he "may never become the husband of a widow, or of one who has been divorced, or of one who is a profane person, or of one who is a harlot," since he is always proclaiming an endless and irreconcileable war against them. For it is a hateful thing to him to be widowed with respect to virtue, and to be divorced and driven away by her; and in like manner all persuasion of this kind is profane and unholy. But that promiscuous evil abandoned to many husbands, and to the worship of many gods, that is, a harlot, he does not think fit even to look upon, being content with her who has chosen for herself one husband and father only, the all-governing God.
115There is a certain extravagance of perfection visible in this disposition. He has known the man who has vowed the great vow in some instances offending unintentionally, even if not of deliberate purpose; for he says, "But if any one die before him suddenly, he shall be at once polluted." For if of things without deliberation anything coming from without strikes down suddenly, such things do at once pollute the soul, but not with a pollution which remains for any length of time, inasmuch as they are unintentional actions. And about these actions the high priest (standing above them, as he also does above those which are voluntary) is indifferent.
116But I am not saying this at random, but for the sake of proving that the period of the death of the high priest is a most natural termination of exile to be appointed by the law, so as to allow of the return of the fugitives.
117As long, therefore, as this most sacred word lives and survives in the soul, it is impossible for any involuntary error to enter into it; for it is by nature so framed as to have no participation in, and to be incapable of admitting any kind of error. But if it dies (not meaning by this that it is itself destroyed, but that it is separated from our soul), then a return is at once granted to intentional offences.
118For if while the word remained and was healthy in us, error was driven to a distance, by all means, when the word departs, error will be introduced. For the undefiled high priest, conscience, has derived from nature this most especial honour, that no error of the mind can find any place within him; on which account it is worth our while to pray that the high priest may live in the soul, being at the same time both a judge and a convictor, who having received jurisdiction over the whole of our minds, is not altered in his appearance or purpose by any of those things which are brought under his judgment.
119Having now, therefore, said what was proper on the subject of fugitives, we will proceed with what follows in the regular order of the context. In the first place it is said, "The angel of the Lord found her in the way," pitying the soul which out of modesty had voluntarily committed the danger of wandering about, and very nearly becoming a conductor of her return to opinion void of error.
120It is desirable also not to pass over in silence the things which are said in a philosophical strain by the lawgiver on the subject of discovery and investigation; for he represents some persons as neither investigating nor discovering anything, others as succeeding in both these paths, others as having chosen only one of them; of which last class some who seek do not find, and others find without having sought.
121Those, then, who have no desire for either discovery or investigation have shamefully debased their reason by ignorance and indifference, and though they had it in their power to see acutely, they have become blind. Thus he says that "Lot’s wife turning backwards became a pillar of salt;" not here inventing a fable, but pointing out the proper nature of the event.
122For whoever despises his teacher, and under the influence of an innate and habitual indolence forsakes what is in front of him, by means of which it may be in his power to see, and to hear, and to exert his other powers, so as to form a judgment in things of nature, and turns his head round so as to keep his eyes on what is behind him, that man has an admiration for blindness in the affairs of life, as well as in the parts of the body, and becomes a pillar, like a lifeless and senseless stone.
123For, as Moses says, "such men have not hearts to understand, nor eyes to see, nor ears to hear," but make the whole of their life blind, and deaf, and senseless and mutilated in every respect, so as not to be worth living, caring for none of those matters which deserve their attention.
124And the leader of this company is the king of the region of the body. "For," says Moses, "Pharaoh turned himself about and went into his house, and did not set his heart to this thing either," which statement is equivalent to, he did not take notice of anything whatever, but allowed himself to become dried up like a plant which has no care taken of it by the farmer, and to lose his fertility and become barren.
125Those then who take counsel, and consider matters, and who investigate everything carefully, sharpen and rouse their minds: and the mind being duly exercised bears its appropriate fruit of cleverness and intelligence, by means of which the power of repelling all deceitful things is acquired. But the man who is an enemy to consideration blunts and breaks the edges of his wisdom;
Sections 126–150
126we must therefore discard the truly senseless and lifeless company of such men as these, and choose those who exert their powers of consideration and discovery. And presently the political disposition is introduced, which, without being at all over ambitious of glory, has a desire for that better generation, which the virtues have received as their inheritance, and which consequently seeks and finds it;
127for, says the scripture, "A man found Joseph in the plain, and asked him saying, What seekest thou; and he said, I am seeking my brothers; tell me where they are feeding their flocks: and the man said unto him, They are departed from hence; for I heard them saying, Let us go into Dothan; and Joseph went after his brethren and found them in Dothan."
128The name Dothan is interpreted, "a sufficient abandonment," being a symbol of the soul which has in no slight degree but altogether escaped those vain opinions, which resemble the pursuits of women rather than those of men. On which account virtue, that is Sarah, is very beautifully described as having given up "the manner of women," which is the object of pursuit to those men who live an unmanly and truly feminine life. But the wise man is also "added when leaving," according to Moses, speaking most strictly in accordance with nature. For the deprivation of empty opinion must necessarily be the addition of true opinion.
129But if any one, passing his days in a mortal, and promiscuous, and variously formed life, and having abundant resources of wealth and riches, considers and inquires concerning that better generation which looks only to what is good, he is worthy of being received, if the dreams and visions of those things, which are fancied to be and which appear to be good, do not again overwhelm him and immerse him in luxury.
130For if he abides in contemplation of the soul without any adulteration, proceeding and following in the track of the things which he is seeking, he will never give up his search till he has attained to the objects of his wishes;
131but he will find none of the things which he desires among the wicked. Why not? Because they departed from hence. Having abandoned the studies of our friends they have changed their abode from the country of the pious, and settled in the desert of the wicked. But the real man, the convictor that dwells in the soul says this, who when he sees the soul in perplexity, and considering and investigating deeply, exerts a prudent care in its behalf, that it may not wander and so miss the right road.
132I very greatly wonder at those persons also, I mean at him who is fond of asking questions about what is in the middle between two extremes, and who says, "Behold the fire and the wood, but where is the lamb for the burnt offering?" And also at him who answers, "My son, God will provide himself a lamb for a burnt offering," and who afterwards finds what is given as a ransom; "For behold a single ram was caught by his horns in a shrub of Sabec."
133Let us therefore consider what it is that he who is seeking doubts about, and what he who answers reveals, and in the third place what the thing is which was found. Now what the inquirer asks is something of this kind:—Behold the efficient cause, the fire; behold also the passive part, the material, the wood. Where is the third party, the thing to be effected?
134As if he said, —Behold the mind, the fervid and kindled spirit; behold also the objects of intelligence, as it were so much material or fuel; where is the third thing, the act of perceiving? Or, again, —Behold the sight, behold the colour, where is the act of seeing? And, in short, generally, behold the external sense, behold the thing to be judged of; but where are the objects of the external sense, the material, the exertion of the feeling?
135To him who puts these questions, answer is very properly made, "God will provide for himself." For the third thing is the peculiar work of God; for it is owing to his providential arrangement that the mind comprehends, and the sight sees, and that every external sense is exerted. "And a ram is found caught by his horns;" that is to say, reason is found silent and withholding its assent;
136for silence is the most excellent of offerings, and so is a withholding of assent to those matters of which there are not clear proofs; therefore this is all that ought to be said, "God will provide for himself,"—he to whom all things are known, who illuminates the universe by the most brilliant of all lights, himself. But the other things are not to be said by creatures over whom great darkness is poured; but quiet is a means of safety in darkness.
137Those also who have inquired what it is that nourishes the soul, for as Moses says, "They knew not what it was," learnt at last and found that it was the word of God and the divine reason, from which flow all kinds of instinctive and everlasting wisdom. This is the heavenly nourishment which the holy scripture indicates, saying, in the character of the cause of all things, "Behold I rain upon you bread from heaven;"
138for in real truth it is God who showers down heavenly wisdom from above upon all the intellects which are properly disposed for the reception of it, and which are fond of contemplation. But those who have seen and tasted it, are exceedingly delighted with it, and understand indeed what they feel, but do not know what the cause is which has affected them; and on this account they inquire, "What is this which is sweeter than honey and whiter than snow?" And they will be taught by the interpreter of the divine will, that "This is the bread which the Lord has given them to eat."
139What then is this bread? Tell us. "This," says he, "is the word which the Lord has appointed." This divine appointment at the same time both illuminates and sweetens the soul, which is endowed with sight, shining upon it with the beams of truth, and sweetening with the sweet virtue of persuasion those who thirst and hunger after excellence.
140And the prophet also having himself inquired what was the cause of meeting with success, finds it to be associated with the only God; for when he was doubting and asking, Who am I, and what am I, that I shall deliver the seeing race of Israel from the disposition hostile to God, which seems to be a king?
141He is taught by the oracle that, "I will be with thee." And, indeed, inquiries into individual matters have a certain elegant and philosophical kind of meditation in them; for how can they avoid it? But the inquiry into the nature of God, the most excellent of all things, who is incomparable, and the cause of all things, at once delights those who betake themselves to its consideration, and it is not imperfect inasmuch as he, out of his own merciful nature, comes forward to meet it, displaying himself by his virgin graces, and willingly to all those who are desirous to see him. Not, indeed, such as he is, for that is impossible, since Moses also turned away his face, for he feared to see God face to face; but as far as it is possible for created nature to approach by its own power those things which are only discernible to the mind.
142And this also is written among the hortatory precepts, for, says Moses, "Ye shall turn unto the Lord your God, and shall find him, when ye seek him with all your heart, and with all your soul."
143Having now spoken at sufficient length on this point also, let us proceed in regular order to consider the third head of our subject, in which the seeking existed, but the finding did not follow it. At all events Laban, who examined the entire spiritual house of the practiser of virtue, "did not," as Moses says, "find the images," for it was full of real things, and not of dreams and vain fantasies.
144Nor did the inhabitants of Sodom, blind in their minds, who were insanely eager to defile the holy and unpolluted reasonings, "find the road which led to this" object; but, as the sacred scriptures tell us, they were wearied with their exertions to find the door, although they ran in a circle all round the house, and left no stone unturned for the accomplishment of their unnatural and impious desires.
145And before now some persons, wishing to be kings instead of doorkeepers, and to put an end to the most beautiful thing in life, namely order, having not only failed in obtaining the success which they hoped to meet with through injustice, but have even been compelled to part with that which they had in their hands; for the law tells us that the companions of Korah, who coveted the priesthood, lost both what they wished for and what they had:
146for as children and men do not learn the same things, but there are institutions adapted to each age, so also there are by nature some souls which are always childish, even though they are in bodies which have grown old; and on the other hand, there are some which have arrived at complete perfection in bodies which are still in the prime and vigour of early youth. But those men will deservedly incur the imputation of folly who desire objects too great for their own nature, since everything which is beyond one’s power will vanish away through the intensity of its own vehemence.
147And so Pharaoh also, when "seeking to kill Moses," the prophetic race, will never find him, although he has heard that a heavy accusation is brought against him, as if he has attempted to destroy all the supreme authority of the body by two attacks,
148the first of which he made upon the Egyptian disposition, which was fortifying pleasure as a citadel against the soul; for "having smote him," with an accidental instrument that came to hand, "he buried him in the sand," thinking that the two doctrines, of pleasure being the first and greatest good, and of atoms being the origin of the universe, both proceed from the same source. The second attack he made upon him who was cutting into small pieces the nature of the good, and assigning one portion to the soul, another to the body, and another to external circumstances; for he wishes the good to be entire, being assigned to the best thing in us, the intellect alone, as its inheritance, and not being adapted to anything inanimate.
149Nor does he, who is sent forth to search for that virtue which is invincible and embittered against the ridiculous pursuits of men, by name Tamar, find her. And this failure of his is strictly in accordance with nature; for we read in the scripture, "And Judah sent a kid in the hands of his shepherd, the Adullamite, to receive back his pledge from the woman, and he found her not: and he asked the men of the place, Where is the harlot who was in Aenan by the wayside? and they said, There is no harlot in this place. And he returned back to Judah, and said unto him, I have not found her, and the men of the place say that there is no harlot there. And Judah said, Let her keep the things, only let me not be made a laughing-stock, I because I have sent the kid, and you because you have not found her." Oh, the admirable trial! oh, the temptation becoming sacred things!
150Who gave the pledge? Why the mind, forsooth, which was eager to purchase the most excellent possession, piety towards God, by three pledges or symbols, namely a ring, and an armlet, and a staff, signifying confidence and sure faith; the connection and union of reason with life, and of life with reason; and upright and unchanging instruction on which it is profitable to rely.
Sections 151–175
151Therefore he examines the question as to whether he had properly given this pledge. What, then, is the examination? to throw down some bait having an attractive power, such as glory, or riches, or bodily health, or something similar, and to see to which it will incline, like the balance in a scale; for if there is any inclination to any one of these things the pledge is not sure. Therefore he sent a kid in order to recover back his pledge from the woman, not because he had determined by all means to recover it, but only in the case of her being unworthy to retain it.
152And when will this be? when she willingly exchanges what is of importance for what is indifferent, preferring spurious to genuine good. Now the genuine good things are faith, the connection and union of words with deeds, and the rule of right instruction, as on the other hand the evils are, faithlessness, a want of such connection between words and deeds, and ignorance. And spurious goods are those which depend upon appetite devoid of reason;
153for "when he sought her he did not find her;" for what is good is hard to be found, or, one may even say, is utterly impossible to be found in a confused life. And if one inquires whether the soul, which is a harlot, is in every place of virtue, one will be distinctly told that it is not, and that it has not been previously; for a common, unchaste, and wanton, and utterly shameless woman, selling the flower of her beauty at a low price, and making her external parts both bright with purifications and washings, but leaving her inward parts unclean and vile, and being like pictures painted with colours about the face because of the absence of all natural beauty; she who pursues that promiscuous evil called the vice of having many husbands, as if it were a good, coveting polygamy, and laying herself open for infinite variety, and being mocked and insulted at the same time by ten thousand bodies and things, "is not there."
154He, then, who sent the messenger to inquire, hearing this, having removed envy to a distance from himself, and being gentle in his nature, rejoices in no moderate degree, and says, "Perhaps, then, according to my prayer, she is truly a virtuous mind, a citizen wife, excelling in modesty, and chastity, and all other virtues, cleaving to one husband alone, being content with the administration of one household, and rejoicing in the authority of one husband; and if she is such an one, let her keep what I have given her—the instruction and the connection of reason with life and of life with reason, and, what is the most necessary of all things, surety and faith.
155But let us not be laughed at as appearing to have given gifts which were not merited, while we think that we gave what is most suitable to the soul; for I, indeed, did what was proper for a man to do who wished to make experiment of and to test her disposition, throwing out a bait and sending a messenger; but he has showed me that her nature is not easily caught.
156And it is not clear to me why it is not easily caught; for I have seen ten thousand persons of the extremely wicked class doing the same things as those who are extremely good, but not with the same purpose, since the one class has truth and the other only hypocrisy, and it is very hard to distinguish the one from the other, for very often reality is overpowered by appearance.
157Also the person who loves virtue seeks a goat by reason of his sins, but does not find one; for, already, as the sacred scripture tells us, "it has been burnt." Now we must consider what is intimated under this figurative expression—how never to do any thing wrong is the peculiar attribute of God; and to repent is the part of a wise man. But this is very difficult and very hard to attain to.
158Accordingly the scripture says that "Moses sought and sought again" a reason for repentance for his sins in mortal life; for he was very anxious to find a soul which was stripped of sin, and coming forward naked of all offence without shame. But nevertheless he did not find one, the flame, I mean by this the very quickly moving irrational desire, rushing inwards and devouring the whole soul.
159For what is smaller in numbers is usually overpowered by what is more numerous, and what is slower by what is more speedy, and what is to come hereafter by what is present. Now what is contracted in quantity, and slow, and future, is repentance; what is numerous, and swift, and continuous in human life is, iniquity. Very naturally, therefore, when any one falls into error, he says that he is unable to eat of what is offered by reason of his sins, so that his conscience will not permit him to be nourished by repentance; on which account it is said in the scripture, "Moses heard, and it pleased him."
160For the things which relate to the creature are very far removed from the things which relate to God; for to the creature only those things which are visible are known, but to God, even those things also which are invisible. And that man is crazy who, speaking falsely instead of truly, while still committing iniquity, asserts that he has repented. It is like as if one who had a disease were to pretend that he was in good health; for he, as it seems, will only get more sick, since he does not choose to apply any of the remedies which are conducive to health.
161On one occasion Moses was urged on, by a desire of learning, to investigate the causes through which the most necessary of the things in the world are brought to perfection; for seeing how many things come to an end, and are produced afresh in creation, being again destroyed, and again abiding, he marvelled, and was amazed, and cried out, saying, "The bush (βάτος) burns, and is not consumed."
162For he does not trouble his head about the inaccessible (ἄβατος) country as being the abode of divine natures. But now that he is about to undertake a labour which will have no success and no end, he is relieved by the mercy and providence of God, the Saviour of all men, who has given warning out of his holy shrine, "Do not approach near this place," which is equivalent to, Do not approach this consideration; for it is a business requiring more labour, and more energy, and care, and fondness for investigation than can be suited to human power. But be content with admiring what is created; and do not be over-curious about the causes why each thing is created or destroyed.
163"For the place," says God, "on which thou standest is holy ground." What kind of place is that? Is it not plain that it is that which relates to the principles of causes, which is the only one that he has adapted to the divine natures, not thinking any more competent to aim at a clear understanding of the principles of causes?
164But he who, out of his desire for learning, has raised his head above the whole world begins to inquire concerning the Creator of the world who this being is who is so difficult to see and whose nature it is so difficult to conjecture, whether he is a body, or an incorporeal being, or something above these things, or whether he is a simple nature like a unit, or a compound being or any ordinary existing thing. And when he sees how difficult to ascertain, and how difficult to understand this is, he then prays to be allowed to learn from God himself who God is; for he has never hoped to be able to learn this from any other of the beings that are around him.
165But nevertheless, though inquiring into the essence of the living God he has heard nothing. For, says God, "thou shalt see my back parts, but my face thou shalt not behold." For it is sufficient for the wise man to know the consequences, and the things which are after God; but he who wishes to see the principal essence will be blinded by the exceeding brilliancy of his rays before he can see it.
166Having now said thus much concerning the third head of our subject, we will proceed to the fourth and last of the propositions we proposed to examine, according to which discovery sometimes comes to meet us without there having been any search. To this order belongs every self-taught and self-instructed wise man; for such an one has not been improved by consideration, and care, and labour, but from the first moment of his birth he has found wisdom ready prepared and showered upon him from above from heaven, of which he drinks an unmixed draught and on which he feasts, and continues being intoxicated with a sober intoxication with correctness of reason.
167This is the man whom the law calls Isaac, whom the soul did not conceive at one time and bring forth at another, for says the scripture, "having conceived him she brought him forth," as if without any consideration of time. For it was not a man who was now being thus brought forth, but a conception of the purest character, beautiful rather in its nature than in consequence of any study; for which reason also she who brings him forth is said to have given up the usual manner of women, that is to say her usual, and reasonable, and human customs.
168For the self-taught race is something new, and beyond any description, and truly divine, existing not by any human conceptions, but by some inspired frenzy. Are you ignorant that the Hebrews stand in no need of midwives for their delivery? But they, as Moses says, "bring forth before the midwives can arrive," by which is meant that they have nature alone for a coadjutor, without having any need of methods, or arts, or sciences. And Moses gives very beautiful and very natural definitions of what is taught a man by himself; one being such a thing as is speedily discovered, the other what God himself has given us;
169accordingly, that which is taught by others requires a long time, but what is taught a man by himself is quick, and in a manner independent of time. And the one again has God for its expounder, but the other has man. Now the first definition he has placed in the question, "What is this that thou has found so quickly, O my son?" But the other is contained in the answer to this question, "What the Lord God gave unto me."
170There is also a third definition of what is taught a man by himself, namely that which of its own accord rises upwards. For it is said in the hortatory injunctions, "Ye shall not sow, neither shall ye reap those things which arise from the earth of their own accord." For nature has no need of any art since God himself sows those things, and by his agricultural skill brings to perfection, as if they grew of themselves, things which do not grow of themselves, except inasmuch as they stand in need of no human assistance whatever.
171But this is not so much a positive exhortation as an announcement of his opinion, for if he had been giving a positive recommendation he would have said, "Do not sow, and do not reap:" but as he is only giving his opinion, he says, "Ye shall not sow, neither shall ye reap." For as to those things with which we meet by the voluntary bounty of nature, of these we cannot find either the beginnings or the ends in ourselves as if we were the causes of them: therefore the beginning is the seed-time and the end the harvest time.
172And it is better to understand these things thus: every beginning and every end is spontaneous, that is to say, it is the work of nature and not of ourselves. For instance; what is the beginning of learning. It is plain that it is a nature in the person who is taught which is well calculated to receive the particular subjects of meditation submitted to him. Again what is the beginning of being made perfect? If we are to speak plainly without keeping anything back, it is nature. Therefore he who teaches is also indeed to effect improvement, but it is God alone, the most excellent nature of all, who is able to conduct one to supreme perfection.
173He who is bred up among such doctrines as these has everlasting peace, and is released from wearisome and endless labours. And according to the lawgiver there is no difference between peace and a week; for in each creation lays aside the appearance of energising and rests.
174Very properly, therefore, is it said, "And the sabbath of the law shall be food for you," speaking figuratively. For the only thing which is really nourishing and really enjoyable is rest in God; which confers the greatest good, undisturbed peace. Peace, therefore, among cities is mixed up with civil war; but the peace of the soul has no mixture in it of any kind of difference.
175And the lawgiver appears to me to be recommending most manifestly that kind of discovery which is not preceded by any search, in the following words, "When the Lord thy God shall lead thee into the land which he swore to thy fathers that he would give to thee, large and beautiful cities which thou buildest not, houses full of all good things which thou filledst not, cisterns hewn out of the quarries which thou hewedst not, vineyards and olive gardens which thou plantedst not."
Sections 176–200
176You see here the ungrudging abundance of all the great blessings which are ready, and poured forth for man’s possession and enjoyment. And the generic virtues are here likened to cities, because they are of the most comprehensive kind; and the specific virtues are likened to houses, because they are contracted into a narrower circle; and the souls of a good disposition are likened to cisterns, which are well inclined to receive wisdom, as the cisterns are calculated to receive water; and the improvement, and growth, and production of fruit, are compared to vineyards and olive gardens; and the fruit of knowledge is a life of contemplation, which produces unmixed joy, equal to that which proceeds from wine; and a light appreciable only by the intellect, as if from a flame of which oil is the nourishment.
177Having now said thus much on the subject of discovery, we will proceed in due order to what comes next in the context. Moses proceeds, "Therefore the angel of the Lord found her sitting by a fountain of water." Now a fountain is spoken of in many senses; in one manner our mind is meant by a fountain, in another the rational habit and instruction; in a third sense a bad disposition is intimated; in a fourth sense a good disposition, the contrary of the preceding; in a fifth sense, the Creator and Father of the universe is himself thus spoken of in a figure;
178and there are passages written in the sacred scriptures which give proofs of these things. What they are we must now consider. Now in the very beginning of the history of the law there is a passage to the following effect: "And a fountain went up from the earth, and watered all the face of the earth."
179Those men, then, who are not initiated in allegory and in the nature which loves to hide itself, liken the fountain here mentioned to the river of Egypt, which every year overflows and makes all the adjacent plains a lake, almost appearing to exhibit a power imitating and equal to that of heaven;
180for what the heaven during winter bestows on other countries, the Nile affords to Egypt at the height of summer; for the heaven sends rain from above upon the earth, but the river, raining upward from below, which seems a most paradoxical statement, irrigates the corn-fields. And it is starting from this point that Moses has described the Egyptian disposition as an atheistical one, because it values the earth above the heaven, and the things of the earth above the things of heaven, and the body above the soul;
181but, however, we shall have an opportunity of speaking on these subjects hereafter when occasion permits. But at present, for we must study not to be too prolix, we had better have recourse to an explanation which may be drawn from looking on the words as used figuratively; and we may say that the meaning of the statement that "a fountain went up and watered all the face of the earth," is something of this kind.
182The dominant part of us, like a fountain, pours forth many powers through the veins of the earth as it were, till they reach the organs of the external senses, that is to say, the eyes, and ears, and nostrils, and other organs; and these organs in every animal are situated about the head and face. Therefore, the face, which is the dominant portion of the body, is irrigated as from a fountain from the dominant portion of the soul; making the spirit, which is calculated for seeing, reach to the eyes, that which has the power of hearing reach the ears, the spirit of smelling reach the nostrils, that of taste the mouth, and causing that of touch to pervade the whole surface of the body.
183There are also many various fountains of instruction, by means of which most nutritious reasonings have sprung up like the trunks of palm-trees; "for," says Moses, "they came to Aileim, and in Aileim there were twelve fountains of water and seventy trunks of palm-trees. And they pitched their tents there by the side of the water." The name Aileim is interpreted to mean "vestibules," a symbol of the approach to virtue. For as vestibules are the beginning of a house, so also are the encyclical preliminary branches of instruction the beginning of virtue,
184and twelve is the perfect number, of which the circle of the zodiac in the heaven is a witness, studded as it is with such numbers of brilliant constellations. The periodical revolution of the sun is another witness, for he accomplishes his circle in twelve months, and men also reckon the hours of the day and of the night as equal in number to the months of the year,
185and the passages are not few in which Moses celebrates this number, describing the twelve tribes of his nation, appointing by law the offering of the twelve cakes of shewbread, and ordering twelve stones, on which inscriptions are engraved, to be woven into the sacred robe of the garment, reaching down to the feet of the high-priest, on his oracular dress.
186He also celebrates the number seven, multiplied by the number ten; at one time speaking of the seventy palm-trees by the fountains, and in other passages he speaks of the elders, who were only seventy in number, to whom the divine and prophetical Spirit was vouchsafed. And again, it is the same number of heifers which are sacrificed at the solemn festival of the feast of tabernacles, in a regular and proper division and order, for they are not all sacrificed together, but in seven days, the beginning being made with thirteen bulls; for thus, by every day subtracting one till they come to the number seven, the arranged number of seventy is properly completed.
187And when they have come to the gates of virtue, the preliminary liberal sciences, and have seen the fountains, and the stems of the palm-trees growing by them, they are said to pitch their tents, not by the palm-trees, but by the waters. Why is this? Because those who carry off the prizes of perfect virtue are adorned with palm-leaves and with fillets; but those who are still exercising themselves in the preliminary branches of instruction, as people thirsting for learning, settle themselves by the side of those sciences which are able to bedew and irrigate their souls.
188Such then are the fountains of intermediate instruction. Let us now consider the fountain of folly, concerning which the lawgiver speaks thus, "Whosoever shall lie with a woman who is sitting apart has uncovered her fountain, and she has uncovered the issue of her blood; they shall both be destroyed." He here calls the external sense a woman, representing the mind as her husband.
189When therefore the woman, having forsaken her legitimate husband, settles near those objects of the external sense which allures and destroys, and embraces them all in an amorous manner; then therefore, if the mind be turned to sleep when it is necessary that it should be awakened, it has uncovered the fountain of the external sense, that is itself, that is to say, it has rendered itself, without a covering and without a wall, and easy to be plotted against.
190But nevertheless the woman also has uncovered the fountain of her blood, for every external sense, when flowing towards the external object appreciable by it, is cheered and restrained by being under the dominion of the reason; and it is left in a solitary condition, being deprived of any proper governor. And as the most terrible misfortune for a city is to be without walls, so the most unfortunate state for a soul is to be without a guardian.
191When, then, is it without a guardian? Is it not when the sight is without any covering, being poured forth upon the objects of sight; and when the hearing is without a covering, being occupied in drinking in all kinds of sounds; and when the sense of smell is uncovered, and the kindred powers are left to themselves, and so are most ready to suffer whatever the invading enemy may be disposed to inflict? And that speech is uncovered and uttered which speaks ten thousand things in an unseasonable manner, without any thing to restrain its impetuosity; therefore flowing on unrestrainedly, it overturns many noble purposes and plans of life which were previously sailing on erect as though in calm weather.
192This is that great deluge in which "the cataracts of heaven were opened" by heaven I here mean of the mind—and the fountains of the bottomless pit were revealed; that is to say, of the outward sense; for in this way alone is the soul overwhelmed, iniquities being broken up and poured over it from above, as from the heaven of the mind, and the passions irrigating it from below, as from the earth of the outward senses.
193For which reason Moses forbids a man to uncover the nakedness of his father or his mother, well knowing how great an evil it is not to check and to conceal the offences of the mind and of the external sense, but to bring them forward and display them as though they were good actions.
194These are the fountains of errors. We must now examine that of prudence. To this one it is that perseverance, that is to say, Rebecca, descends; and after she has filled up the whole vessel of her soul she goes up again, the lawgiver, most strictly in accordance with natural truth, calling her return an ascent; for whoever brings his mind to descend from over-arrogant haughtiness is raised to a great height of virtue.
195For Moses says, "And having gone down to the fountain, she filled her ewer, and went up again." This is that divine wisdom from which all the particular sciences are irrigated, and all the souls which love contemplation and are filled with a love of what is most excellent;
196and to this fountain the sacred scripture most appropriately assigns a name, calling it "judgment" and "holy." For says the historian, "Having turned back, they came to the fountain of judgment; this is the fountain of Caddes," and the interpretation of the name Caddes is holy. It all but cries out and shouts that the wisdom of God is holy, bringing with it nothing of the earth, and that it is the judgment of the universe by which all contrarieties are separated from one another.
197We must now speak also concerning that highest and most excellent of fountains which the Father of the universe spake of by the mouths of the prophets; for he has said somewhere, "They have left me, the fountain of life, and they have digged for themselves cisterns already worn out, which will not be able to hold water;"
198therefore, God is the most ancient of all fountains. And is not this very natural? For he it is who has irrigated the whole of this world; and I am amazed when I hear that this is the fountain of life, for God alone is the cause of animation and life, and most especially of rational animation and of that life which is in union with prudence; for the matter is dead. But God is something more than life; he is, as he himself has said, the everlasting fountain of living.
199But the wicked having fled away, and having passed their time without ever tasting the draught of immortality, have digged, insane persons that they are, for themselves, and not first for God, having preferred their own actions to the heavenly and celestial things, and the things which proceed from care to those which are spontaneous and ready.
200Then they dig, not as the wise men Abraham and Isaac did, making wells, but cisterns, which have no good nutritious stream belonging to and proceeding from themselves, but requiring an influx from without, which must proceed from instruction. While the teachers are always pouring into the ears of their disciples all kinds of doctrines and speculations of science altogether, admonishing them to retain them in their minds, and to preserve them when faithfully committed to memory.
Sections 201–213
201But now they are but worn-out cisterns, that is to say, all the channels of the ill-educated soul are broken and leaky, not being able to hold and to preserve the influx of those streams which are able to profit.
202We have now then said as much as the time will permit us to say on the subject of the fountains, and it is with great accuracy and propriety that the sacred scriptures represent Hagar as found at the fountain, and not as drawing water from it: for the soul has not as yet made such an advance as to be fit to use the unmixed draught of wisdom; but it is not forbidden from making its abode in its neighbourhood.
203And all the road which is made by instruction is easy to travel, and most safe, and most solid, and strong, on which account the scripture tells us that she was found in the road leading to Shur; and the name Shur being interpreted means a wall or a direction. Therefore its convicter, speaking to the soul, says, "Whence comest thou, and whither goest thou?" And it says, not because it doubts, and not so much by way of asking a question, as in a downcast and reproachful spirit, for an angel cannot be ignorant of anything that concerns us, and a proof of this is,
204that he is well acquainted even with the things which are in the womb, and which are invisible to the creature, inasmuch as he says, "Behold thou art with child, and thou shalt bring forth a son, and shalt call his name Ishmael;" for to know that that which is conceived is a male child does not belong to human power, any more than it does to foretell the description of life which the child who is not yet born will adopt, namely, that it will be rude life, and not that of a citizen or of a polished man.
205The expression, "Whence comest thou?" is said by way of reproving the soul, which is fleeing from the better and dominant opinion, of which she is the handmaiden, not in name more than in fact, and by remaining in subjection to which she would gain great glory. And the expression, "And whither goest thou?" means, you are running after uncertain things, having discarded and thrown away confessed good.
206It is well, therefore, to praise her for rejoicing at this admonition. And she shows a proof of her delighting in it, by not bringing any accusation against her mistress, and by attributing the cause of her running away to her own self, and by her making no reply to the second question, "Whither goest thou?" for it is a matter of uncertainty; and it is both safe and necessary to restrain one’s self from speaking of what is uncertain.
207Therefore the convicter of the soul approving of her in respect of her obedience says, Return unto thy mistress; for the government of the teacher is profitable to the disciple, and servitude in subjection to wisdom is advantageous to her who is imperfect; and when thou returnest, "be thou humbled under her hands:"—a very beautiful humiliation, comprehending the destruction of irrational pride.
208For thus, after a gentle travail, thou wilt bring forth a male child, by name Ishmael, corrected by divine admonitions; for Ishmael, being interpreted, means "the hearing of God;" and hearing is considered as entitled to only the second prize after seeing; but seeing is the inheritance of the legitimate and first-born son, Israel; for the name Israel, being interpreted, means "seeing God." For it is possible for a man to hear false statements as though they were true, because hearing is a deceitful thing; but seeing is a sense which cannot be deceived, by which a man perceives existing things as they really are.
209But the angel describes the characteristics of the disposition which is born of Hagar, by saying that he will be a rude man; as if he had said that he would be a man wise about rude matters, and not as yet thought worthy of that which is the truly divine and political portion of life: and this is virtue, by means of which it is the nature of the moral character to be humanised. And by his saying, "His hand shall be against every man, and every man’s hand against him," he means to describe the design and plan of life of a sophist, who professes an over-curious scepticism, and who rejoices in disputatious arguments.
210Such a man shoots at all the followers of learning, and in his own person opposes all men, both publicly and privately, and is shot at by all who very naturally repel him as if they were acting in defence of their own offspring, that is to say, of the doctrines which their soul has brought forth.
211He also adds a third characteristic of him, saying, "He shall dwell before the face of all his brethren." In these words all but expressly declaring that he will wage an everlasting battle and war against them, face to face, for ever. Therefore the soul, which is pregnant with sophistical reasoning, says to the convicter who is addressing her, "Thou art God, who hast beheld me:" an expression equivalent to, Thou art the creator of my plans and of my offspring.
212And may we not look upon this as a very natural reply on her part? For of these souls which are free, and, as it were truly citizens, the Creator is free, and a deliverer; but of slavish minds, slaves are the creators. And the angels are the servants of God, and are considered actual gods by those who are in toil and slavery; on this account, says Moses, she called the well, "The well where I saw in front of me."
213But O, thou soul! advancing in wisdom and plunging deep into the knowledge of the elementary parts of encyclical instruction, thou wast not able to see the cause of thy knowledge in instruction as in a mirror. But the most appropriate place for such a well is in the midst, between Caddes and Barad; and the name Barad, being interpreted, means "in common," and Caddes means "holy;" for the person who is in a state of imprisonment is on the confines between what is holy and what is profane, fleeing from what is wicked, and being not yet able to live in the company of what is perfectly good.
Contents — 9 sections
Sections 1–25
1| „Καὶ ἐκάκωσεν αὐτὴν Σάρα, καὶ ἀπέδρα ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῆς. εὗρε δὲ αὐτὴν ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπὶ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἐπὶ τῆς πηγῆς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ Σούρ. καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου· παιδίσκη Σάρας, πόθεν ἔρχῃ, καὶ ποῦ πορεύῃ; καὶ εἶπεν· ἀπὸ προσώπου Σάρας τῆς κυρίας μου ἐγὼ ἀποδιδράσκω. εἶπε δὲ αὐτῇ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου· ἀποστράφηθι πρὸς τὴν κυρίαν σου καὶ ταπεινώθητι ὑπὸ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῆς. καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου· ἰδοὺ σὺ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχεις, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰσμαήλ, ὅτι ἐπήκουσε κύριος τῇ ταπεινώσει σου. οὗτος ἔσται ἀγροῖκος ἄνθρωπος· αἱ χεῖρες αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πάντας καὶ αἱ χεῖρες πάντων ἐπ’ αὐτόν (Gen. 16, 6—12, ομ. 10).”
2εἰρηκότες ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ τὰ πρέποντα περὶ τῶν προπαιδευμάτων καὶ περὶ κακώσεως, ἑξῆς τὸν περὶ φυγάδων ἀναγράψομεν τόπον. μέμνηται γὰρ πολλαχοῦ τῶν ἀποδιδρασκόντων, καθάπερ καὶ νῦν φάσκων ἐπὶ τῆς Ἄγαρ, ὅτι κακωθεῖσα „ἀπέδρα ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς κυρίας“.
3αἰτίας οὖν ἔγωγε τρεῖς εἶναι νομίζω φυγῆς, μῖσος, φόβον, αἰδῶ. μίσει μὲν οὖν καὶ γυναῖκες ἄνδρας καὶ ἄνδρες γυναῖκας ἀπολείπουσι, φόβῳ δὲ τοὺς γονεῖς παῖδες καὶ δεσπότας οἰκέται, αἰδοῖ δὲ τοὺς ἑταίρους, ὁπότε μὴ καθ’ ἡδονήν τι πράξειαν αὐτοῖς, οἱ φίλοι· ἤδη δὲ καὶ πατέρας οἶδα διὰ τὸ ἁβροδίαιτον αὐστηρὸν καὶ φιλόσοφον βίον παίδων ἐκτραπομένους καὶ δι’ αἰδῶ τὸν ἀγρὸν πρὸ τῆς πόλεως οἰκεῖν ἑλομένους.
4τῶν τριῶν τούτων αἰτιῶν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς γραφαῖς ὑπομνήματα. ὁ γοῦν ἀσκητὴς Ἰακὼβ μίσει μὲν τὸν πενθερὸν Λάβαν, φόβῳ δὲ τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἠσαῦ ἀποδιδράσκει, ὡς αὐτίκα παραστήσομεν.
5ἡ δ’ Ἄγαρ ἀπαλλάττεται δι’ αἰδῶ· σημεῖον δὲ τὸ ὑπαντᾶν αὐτῇ ἄγγελον, θεῖον λόγον, ἃ χρὴ παραινέσοντα καὶ ὑφηγησόμενον ἐπανόδου τῆς εἰς τὸν δεσποίνης οἶκον, ὃς καὶ θαρσύνων φησίν· „ἐπήκουσε κύριος τῇ ταπεινώσει σου“ (Gen. 16,11), ἣν οὔτε διὰ φόβον ἔσχες οὔτε διὰ μῖσος — τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀγεννοῦς, τὸ δὲ φιλαπεχθήμονος πάθος ψυχῆς —, ἀλλ’ ἕνεκα τοῦ σωφροσύνης ἀπεικονίσματος, αἰδοῦς.
6εἰκὸς γὰρ ἦν, εἰ διὰ φόβον ἀπεδίδρασκε, τῇ τὸν φόβον ἐπανατειναμένῃ παρηγορῆσαι πρᾳοπαθεῖν· τηνικαῦτα γὰρ ἀσφαλὲς ἦν ἐπανέρχεσθαι τῇ φυγούσῃ, πρότερον δ’ οὔ. ἀλλὰ τῇ μὲν οὐδεὶς προεντυγχάνει ἅτε ἐξευμενισθείσῃ δι’ ἑαυτῆς, τὴν δὲ ὁ δι’ εὔνοιαν φίλος ὁμοῦ καὶ σύμβουλος ἔλεγχος διδάσκει μὴ αἰδεῖσθαι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐτολμίᾳ χρῆσθαι· ἥμισυ γὰρ ἀρετῆς εἶναι τὴν δίχα τοῦ θαρρεῖν αἰδῶ.
7Τοὺς μὲν οὖν ἀκριβεστέρους χαρακτῆρας ὁ ἑξῆς μηνύσει λόγος. ἐπανιτέον δ’ ἐπὶ τὰ προταθέντα κεφάλαια καὶ ἀρκτέον ἀπὸ τῶν μίσους χάριν ἀποδιδρασκόντων. „ἔκρυψε“ γάρ φησιν „Ἰακὼβ Λάβαν τὸν Σύρον, τοῦ μὴ ἀπαγγεῖλαι αὐτῷ ὅτι ἀποδιδράσκει, καὶ ἀπέδρα αὐτὸς καὶ τὰ αὐτοῦ πάντα“ (Gen. 31,20. 21).
8τίς οὖν αἰτία τοῦ μίσους; ποθεῖς γὰρ ἴσως δὴ τοῦτο μαθεῖν. εἰσί τινες οἱ τὴν ἄποιον καὶ ἀνείδεον καὶ ἀσχημάτιστον οὐσίαν θεοπλαστοῦντες, τὸ κινοῦν αἴτιον οὔτε εἰδότες οὔτε παρὰ τῶν εἰδότων μαθεῖν σπουδάσαντες, ἀγνοίᾳ δὲ καὶ ἀμαθίᾳ κεχρημένοι τοῦ καλλίστου μαθήματος, οὗ πρώτου καὶ μόνου τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἐκπονεῖν ἦν ἀναγκαῖον.
9ὁ Λάβαν τοῦ γένους ἐστὶ τούτου· τὴν γὰρ ἄσημον αὐτῷ ποίμνην οἱ χρησμοὶ προσνέμουσιν (Gen. 30,42)· ἄσημος δὲ ἐν μὲν τοῖς ὅλοις ἡ ἄποιος ὕλη, ἐν ἀνθρώποις δὲ ἡ ἀμαθὴς ψυχὴ καὶ ἀπαιδαγώγητος.
10ἕτεροι δ’ εἰσὶ τῆς ἀμείνονος μοίρας, οἳ νοῦν ἔφασαν ἐλθόντα πάντα διακοσμῆσαι, τὴν ἐξ ὀχλοκρατίας ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀταξίαν εἰς ἀρχῆς νομίμου, βασιλείας, τάξιν ἀγαγόντα. τοῦ θιάσου τούτου χορευτὴς Ἰακώβ ἐστιν, ὃς ἐπιστατεῖ τῆς ἐπισήμου ποικίλης ἀγέλης· ἐπίσημον δὲ πάλιν καὶ ποικίλον ἐν μὲν τοῖς ὅλοις τὸ εἶδος, ἐν δὲ ἀνθρώποις ἡ εὐπαίδευτος καὶ φιλομαθὴς διάνοια.
11πολλοῦ δὴ τοῦ φύσει κοινωνικοῦ σπάσας ὁ ἐπίσημος καὶ μοναρχίας ἀληθοῦς ἑταῖρος ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν ἄσημον, ὑλικὰς μέν, ὡς εἶπον ἤδη, θεοπλαστοῦντα ἡγεμονίας, ἔξω δὲ τούτων δραστήριον μηδεμίαν νομίζοντα, διδάξων ὅτι οὐκ ὀρθογνωμονεῖ.
12γέγονέ τε γὰρ ὁ κόσμος καὶ πάντως ὑπ’ αἰτίου τινὸς γέγονεν· ὁ δὲ τοῦ ποιοῦντος λόγος αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ σφραγίς, ᾗ τῶν ὄντων ἕκαστον μεμόρφωται· παρὸ καὶ τέλειον τοῖς γινομένοις ἐξ ἀρχῆς παρακολουθεῖ τὸ εἶδος, ἅτε ἐκμαγεῖον καὶ εἰκὼν τελείου λόγου.
13τὸ γὰρ γενόμενον ζῷον ἀτελὲς μέν ἐστι τῷ ποσῷ — μάρτυρες δὲ αἱ καθ’ ἡλικίαν ἑκάστην παραυξήσεις —, τέλειον δὲ τῷ ποιῷ· μένει γὰρ ἡ αὐτὴ ποιότης ἅτε ἀπὸ μένοντος ἐκμαγεῖσα καὶ μηδαμῇ τρεπομένου θείου λόγου.
14ὁρῶν δ’ ὅτι πρὸς μάθησιν καὶ νόμιμον ἐπιστασίαν κεκώφωται, δρασμὸν εἰκότως βουλεύεται· δέδιε γάρ, μὴ πρὸς τῷ μηδὲν ἰσχῦσαι ὀνῆσαι ἔτι καὶ ζημιωθῇ. βλαβεραὶ γὰρ αἱ μετὰ ἀνοήτων συνουσίαι, καὶ ἄκουσα πολλάκις ἡ ψυχὴ τῆς ἐκείνων φρενοβλαβείας ἀπομάττεται τὰ εἴδωλα· καὶ ὄντως ἐστὶν ἐχθρὸν φύσει παιδεία ἀπαιδευσίᾳ καὶ φιλοπονία ἀμελετησίᾳ.
15παρὸ καὶ φωνὴν αἱ ἀσκητικαὶ δυνάμεις ἀφεῖσαι κεκράγασι τὰς αἰτίας τοῦ μίσους παραδιηγούμεναι· „μὴ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἔτι μερὶς ἢ κληρονομία ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν; οὐχ ὡς ἀλλότριαι λελογίσμεθα αὐτῷ; πέπρακε γὰρ ἡμᾶς καὶ κατέφαγε καταβρώσει τὸ ἀργύριον ἡμῶν. πᾶς ὁ πλοῦτος καὶ ἡ δόξα, ἣν ἀφείλετο ὁ θεὸς τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν ἔσται καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν“ (Gen. 31,14—16).
16ἐλεύθεραι γὰρ καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασι καὶ τοῖς ἐνθυμήμασιν οὐδένα τῶν ἀφρόνων νομίζουσι πλούσιον ἢ ἔνδοξον εἶναι, πάντας δ’, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἀδόξους καὶ πένητας, κἂν βασιλέων πολυχρύσων τύχας ὑπερβάλλωσιν. οὐ γάρ φασι τὸν πλοῦτον τοῦ πατρός, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀφαιρεθέντα πλοῦτον, οὐδὲ τὴν ἐκείνου δόξαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀφαιρεθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ δόξαν σχήσειν.
17ἐστέρηται δ’ ὁ φαῦλος τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ πλούτου καὶ τῆς ἀψευδοῦς εὐδοξίας· τὰ γὰρ ἀγαθὰ ταῦτα φρόνησις καὶ σωφροσύνη καὶ αἱ συγγενεῖς περιποιοῦσι διαθέσεις, ὧν αἱ φιλάρετοι ψυχαὶ κληρονομοῦσιν. οὐοῦν οὐ
18τὰ προσόντα τῷ μοχθηρῷ, τὰ δ’ ὧν ἐκεῖνος ἐστέρηται περιουσία καὶ εὔκλεια τοῖς ἀστείοις ἐστίν· ἐστέρηται δὲ ἀρετῶν, αἳ δὴ κτήματα τῶνδε γεγόνασιν, ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἑτέρωθι λεχθὲν συνᾴδῃ· „τὰ βδελύγματα Αἰγύπτου θύσομεν κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ“ (Exod. 8,26)· τέλεια γὰρ καὶ ἄμωμα ἱερεῖα αἱ ἀρεταὶ καὶ αἱ κατὰ ἀρετὰς πράξεις, ἃς τὸ φιλοπαθὲς Αἰγύπτιον βδελύττεται σῶμα.
19καθάπερ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα φυσικῶς τὰ βέβηλα παρ’ Αἰγυπτίοις ἱερὰ παρὰ τοῖς ὀξὺ καθορῶσι λέγεται καὶ πάντα θύεται, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὧν ἐστέρηται καὶ ἀφῄρηται πᾶς ἄφρων, τούτων κληρονόμος ἔσται ὁ καλοκἀγαθίας ἑταῖρος· ταῦτα δέ ἐστι δόξα ἀληθὴς ἐπιστήμης ἀδιαφοροῦσα καὶ πλοῦτος οὐχ ὁ τυφλός, ἀλλ’ ὁ τῶν ὄντων ὀξυδερκέστατος, ὃς οὐδὲν παραδέχεται νόμισμα κίβδηλον, ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἄψυχον τὸ παράπαν, εἰ καὶ δόκιμον εἴη.
20προσηκόντως οὖν ἀποδράσεται τὸν τῶν θείων ἀγαθῶν ἀμέτοχον, ὃς καὶ ἐν οἷς ἕτερον αἰτιᾶται διαβάλλων ἑαυτὸν λέληθεν, ἐπειδὰν φῇ· „εἰ ἀνήγγειλάς μοι, ἐξαπέστειλα ἄν σε“ (Gen. 31,27). αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο φυγῆς ἦν ἄξιον, εἰ μυρίων δεσποτῶν δοῦλος ὤν, ἐπιμορφάζων ἀρχὴν καὶ ἡγεμονίαν, ἐλευθερίαν ἄλλοις ἐκήρυττες.
21ἐγὼ δέ, φησί, τῆς ἐπ’ ἀρετὴν ἀγούσης ὁδοῦ συνεργὸν ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔλαβον, ἀλλ’ ὑπήκουσα χρησμῶν θείων κελευόντων ἐνθένδε ἀπαίρειν, οἳ καὶ μέχρι νῦν με ποδηγετοῦσι. πῶς δ’ ἄν με ἐξαπέστειλας;
22ἤ, ὡς σεμνολογούμενος διεξῄεις, μετ’ εὐφροσύνης τῆς ἐμοὶ λυπηρᾶς καὶ μουσικῶν ἀμούσων καὶ τυμπάνων καὶ κτύπων ἀνάρθρων καὶ ἀλόγων πληγὰς ἐμφορούντων ψυχῇ δι’ ὤτων καὶ μετὰ κιθάρας (ibid.), ἀλύρων καὶ ἀναρμόστων οὐκ ὀργάνων μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον πράξεων; ἀλλὰ γὰρ ταῦτ’ ἐστὶν ὧν ἕνεκα φυγὴν ἐβούλευσα, σὺ δ’, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἀντισπάσματά μου τῆς φυγῆς ἐπενόεις, ἵνα παλινδρομήσω διὰ τὸ ἀπατηλὸν καὶ εὐπαράγωγον φύσει τῶν αἰσθήσεων, αἷς μόλις ἴσχυσα ἐπιβῆναι.
23Μῖσος μὲν δὴ τοῦ λεχθέντος δρασμοῦ γέγονεν αἴτιον, φόβος δὲ τοῦ λεχθησομένου. „εἶπε“ γάρ φησι „Ῥεβέκκα πρὸς Ἰακώβ· ἰδού, Ἠσαῦ ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἀπειλεῖ σοι ἀποκτεῖναί σε. νῦν οὖν, τέκνον, ἄκουσόν μου τῆς φωνῆς καὶ ἀναστὰς ἀπόδραθι πρὸς Λάβαν τὸν ἀδελφόν μου εἰς Χαρρὰν καὶ οἴκησον μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἡμέρας τινάς, ἕως τοῦ ἀποστρέψαι τὸν θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, καὶ ἐπιλάθηται ἃ πεποίηκας αὐτῷ· καὶ ἀποστείλασα μεταπέμψομαί σε ἐκεῖθεν“ (Gen. 27,42—45).
24ἄξιον γὰρ δεδιέναι, μὴ τὸ χεῖρον τῆς ψυχῆς μέρος ἐξ ἐνέδρας λοχῆσαν ἢ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ κονισάμενον ἀνατρέψῃ καὶ καταβάλῃ τὸ κρεῖττον. συμβουλὴ δ’ ἀρίστη τῆς ὀρθογνώμονος ἐπιμονῆς, Ῥεβέκκας ἥδε·
25ἐπειδὰν ἴδῃς, φησί, τὸν φαῦλον πολὺν ῥέοντα κατὰ ἀρετῆς καὶ ὧν ἀλογεῖν προσῆκε πολὺν λόγον ἔχοντα, πλούτου, δόξης, ἡδονῆς, καὶ τἀδικεῖν ἐπαινοῦντα ὡς αἴτιον ἑκάστου τῶν εἰρημένων — πολυαργύρους γὰρ καὶ πολυχρύσους καὶ ἐνδόξους τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας μάλιστα γίνεσθαι —, μὴ τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁδὸν τραπόμενος εὐθὺς ἀχρηματίαν καὶ ἀτυφίαν αὐστηρόν τε καὶ μονωτικὸν βίον ἐπιτηδεύσῃς· ἀνερεθίσεις γὰρ τὸν ἀντίπαλον καὶ βαρύτερον ἐχθρὸν ἀλείψεις κατὰ σεαυτοῦ. τί ἂν οὖν ἐργασάμενος ἐκφύγῃς τὰ παλαίσματ’ αὐτοῦ, σκόπει.
Sections 26–50
26συνενέχθητι τοῖς αὐτοῖς, οὐκ ἐπιτηδεύμασι λέγω, τοῖς δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων ποιητικοῖς, τιμαῖς, ἀρχαῖς, ἀργύρῳ, χρυσῷ, κτήμασι, χρώμασι, σχήμασι διαφόροις, κάλλεσι, καὶ ὅταν ἐντύχῃς, οἷα δημιουργὸς ἀγαθὸς εἶδος ἄριστον ταῖς ὑλικαῖς οὐσίαις ἐγχάραξον καὶ ἐπαινετὸν ἀποτέλεσον ἔργον.
27ἢ οὐκ οἶδας, ὅτι ναῦν ἰδιώτης μὲν παραλαβὼν σῴζεσθαι δυναμένην ἀνατρέπει, κυβερνητικὸς δὲ ἀνὴρ καὶ τὴν ἀπολλυμένην πολλάκις ἔσωσε, καὶ τῶν καμνόντων οἱ μὲν ἀπειρίᾳ τῶν θεραπευόντων χρησάμενοι σφαλερῶς τὰ σώματα ἔσχον, οἱ δὲ ἐμπειρίᾳ καὶ τὰς σφαλερὰς νόσους ἀπέφυγον; καὶ τί δεῖ μηκύνειν; ἀεὶ γὰρ τὰ μετὰ τέχνης ἔλεγχός ἐστι τῶν σὺν ἀτεχνίᾳ γινομένων, καὶ ὁ τούτων ἀληθὴς ἔπαινος ἀψευδὴς ἐκείνων ἐστὶ κατηγορία.
28ἐὰν οὖν θέλῃς διελέγξαι τὸν πολυχρήματον φαῦλον, μὴ ἀποστραφῇς τὴν ἐν χρήμασι περιουσίαν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἢ ἀνελεύθερος καὶ δουλοπρεπὴς ὀβολοστάτης καὶ τοκογλύφος, βαρυδαίμων ἀνήρ, ἀναφανεῖται ἢ ἔμπαλιν ἄσωτος πεφορημένος, λαφύττειν καὶ σπαθᾶν ἑτοιμότατος, ἑταιρῶν καὶ πορνοτρόφων καὶ μαστροπῶν καὶ παντὸς ἀκολάστου θιάσου χορηγὸς φιλοτιμότατος.
29σὺ δὲ ἔρανον παρέξεις πένησι φίλων, χαριεῖ δωρεὰς τῇ πατρίδι, συνεκδώσεις θυγατέρας ἀπόροις γονεῦσιν αὐταρκεστάτην προῖκα ἐπιδούς, μονονοὺκ εἰς μέσον προθεὶς τὰ ἴδια καλέσεις ἐπὶ μετουσίαν ἅπαντας τοὺς ἀξίους χάριτος.
30τὸν αὐτὸν μέντοι τρόπον καὶ δοξομανοῦντα καὶ ἐπικομπάζοντα βουληθεὶς ὀνειδίσαι μοχθηρόν, δυνηθεὶς ἔντιμος εἶναι μὴ ἀποστραφῇς τὸν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἔπαινον· οὕτως γὰρ τὸν μακρὰ βαίνοντα καὶ φρυαττόμενον ἄθλιον ὑποσκελιεῖς. ὁ μέν γε τῷ ἐπιφανεῖ καταχρήσεται πρὸς ὕβριν καὶ ἀτιμίαν ἀμεινόνων ἑτέρων, αὔξων τοὺς χείρους ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς· σὺ δὲ ἔμπαλιν τοῖς ἀξίοις ἅπασι μεταδώσεις τῆς εὐκλείας, ἀσφάλειαν μὲν περιποιῶν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, βελτιῶν δὲ τοὺς χείρους νουθεσίᾳ.
31κἂν ἐπ’ ἄκρατον μέντοι καὶ πολυτελεῖς τραπέζας ἴῃς, θαρρῶν ἴθι· τὸν γὰρ ἀκράτορα αἰσχυνεῖς διὰ τῆς σεαυτοῦ δεξιότητος. ὁ μὲν γὰρ πεσὼν ἐπὶ γαστέρα καὶ πρὸ τοῦ στόματος τὰς ἀπλήστους διοίξας ἐπιθυμίας ἀκόσμως ἐμφορήσεται καὶ τὰ τοῦ πλησίον ἐπισπάσεται καὶ πάντ’ ἐπιλιχμώμενος οὐκ ἐρυθριάσει· καὶ διακορὴς ἐδωδῆς ἐπειδὰν γένηται, χανδόν, ὡς οἱ ποιηταὶ λέγουσι, πίνων γέλωτα καὶ χλεύην παρέξει τοῖς ὁρῶσι.
32σὺ δ’ ἄνευ μὲν ἀνάγκης χρήσῃ τοῖς μετρίοις, ἐὰν δέ που βιασθῇς εἰς πλειόνων ἀπόλαυσιν ἐλθεῖν, λογισμὸν τῆς ἀνάγκης ἐπιστήσας ἡγεμόνα τὴν ἡδονὴν εἰς ἀηδίαν οὐδέποτε ἐκτρέψεις, ἀλλ’, εἰ χρὴ τὸν τρόπον εἰπεῖν τοῦτον, νηφάλια μεθυσθήσῃ.
33μέμψαιτ’ ἂν οὖν δεόντως ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῖς ἀνεξετάστως ἀπολείπουσι τὰς ἐν τῷ πολιτικῷ βίῳ πραγματείας καὶ πορισμοὺς καὶ δόξης καὶ ἡδονῆς καταπεφρονηκέναι λέγουσιν. ἀλαζονεύονται γάρ, οὐ καταφρονοῦσι, τὸ ῥυπᾶν καὶ σκυθρωπάζειν αὐστηρῶς τε καὶ αὐχμηρῶς ἀποζῆν δελέατα προτιθέντες, ὡς δὴ κοσμιότητος καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ καρτερίας ἐρασταί.
34τοὺς δ’ ἀκριβεστέρους ἀπατᾶν οὐ δύνανται διακύπτοντας εἴσω καὶ μὴ τοῖς ἐν ἐμφανεῖ παραγομένους. ταῦτα γὰρ προκαλύμματα ὄντα ἑτέρων ἀναστείλαντες, τὰ ἐναποκείμενα ἔνδον, ὁποῖα ἄττα τὴν φύσιν ἐστίν, ἐθεάσαντο καί, εἰ μὲν εἴη καλά, ἐθαύμασαν, εἰ δὲ αἰσχρά, ἐχλεύασαν καὶ τῆς ὑποκρίσεως ἐμίσησαν.
35λέγωμεν οὖν τοῖς τοιούτοις· τὸν ἄμικτον καὶ ἀκοινώνητον μονότροπόν τε καὶ μονωτικὸν βίον ζηλοῦτε; τί γὰρ τῶν ἐν κοινωνίᾳ καλῶν προεπεδείξασθε; ἀργυρισμὸν ἀποστρέφεσθε; γενόμενοι γὰρ χρηματισταὶ δικαιοπραγεῖν ἠθελήσατε; τῶν γαστρὸς καὶ μετὰ γαστέρα ἡδονῶν ἐπιμορφάζοντες ἀλογεῖν, ἡνίκα τὰς εἰς ταῦτα ἀφθόνους ὕλας εἴχετε, ἐμετριάσατε; δόξης καταφρονεῖτε; γενόμενοι γὰρ ἐν τιμαῖς ἀτυφίαν ἠσκήσατε; πολιτείαν ἐγελάσατε ὑμεῖς, ἴσως ὡς χρήσιμόν ἐστι τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐ κατανοήσαντες.
36πρότερον οὖν ἐγγυμνάσασθε καὶ προεμμελετήσατε τοῖς τοῦ βίου πράγμασιν ἰδίοις τε καὶ κοινοῖς καὶ γενόμενοι πολιτικοί τε καὶ οἰκονομικοὶ δι’ ἀδελφῶν ἀρετῶν, οἰκονομικῆς τε καὶ πολιτικῆς, κατὰ πολλὴν περιουσίαν τὴν εἰς ἕτερον καὶ ἀμείνω βίον ἀποικίαν στείλασθε· τὸν γὰρ πρακτικὸν τοῦ θεωρητικοῦ βίου, προάγωνά τινα ἀγῶνος τελειοτέρου, καλὸν πρότερον διαθλῆσαι. οὕτως τὴν ὄκνου καὶ ἀργίας κατηγορίαν ἀποδράσεσθε.
37οὕτως καὶ τοῖς Λευίταις τὰ μὲν ἔργα ἐπιτελεῖν ἄχρι πεντηκονταετίας διείρηται (Num. 4,30 ss.), ἀπαλλαγεῖσι δὲ τῆς πρακτικῆς ὑπηρεσίας σκοπεῖν ἕκαστα καὶ θεωρεῖν, τῆς ἐν τῷ πρακτικῷ βίῳ κατορθώσεως γέρας λαβόντας ἕτερον βίον, ὃς ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ θεωρίᾳ μόνῃ χαίρει.
38καὶ ἄλλως ἀναγκαῖον, τοὺς τῶν θείων ἀξιοῦντας μεταποιεῖσθαι δικαίων τὰ ἀνθρώπεια πρότερον ἐκπληρῶσαι· πολλὴ γὰρ εὐήθεια τῶν μειζόνων ὑπολαμβάνειν ἐφίξεσθαι ἀδυνατοῦντας τῶν ἐλαττόνων περιγίνεσθαι. γνωρίσθητε οὖν πρότερον τῇ κατ’ ἀνθρώπους ἀρετῇ, ἵνα καὶ τῇ πρὸς θεὸν συσταθῆτε. τοιαῦτα ὑφηγεῖται τῷ ἀσκητικῷ ἡ ὑπομονή,
39τὰς δὲ λέξεις ἀκριβωτέον. „ἰδοὺ“ φησίν „Ἠσαῦ ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἀπειλεῖ σοι“ — ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁ δρύινος καὶ ὑπ’ ἀμαθίας ἀπειθὴς τρόπος, ὄνομα Ἠσαῦ, ἐγκότως ἔχει καὶ τὰ τῆς θνητῆς ζωῆς προτείνων ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ δελέατα, χρήματα, δόξαν, ἡδονάς, τὰ συγγενῆ τούτοις, κατὰ σοῦ φονᾷ; — σὺ δέ, ὦ τέκνον, ἀπόδραθι τὸν ἐν τῷ παρόντι ἀγῶνα· οὔπω γὰρ εἰς τὸ παντελὲς ἐπιδέδωκέ σοι τὰ τῆς ῥώμης, ἀλλ’ ἔτι οἷα παιδὸς οἱ ψυχικοὶ τόνοι μαλθακώτεροι.
40διὸ καὶ τέκνον αὐτὸν προσεῖπε, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶν εὐνοίας καὶ ἡλικίας ὄνομα ἐν ταὐτῷ· τὸν γὰρ ἀσκητικὸν τρόπον καὶ νέον παρὰ τὸν τέλειον καὶ φιλίας ἄξιον εἶναι τίθεμεν. ὁ δὲ τοιοῦτος ἱκανὸς μέν ἐστι τὰ προτιθέμενα παισὶν ἆθλα ἄρασθαι, τὰ δὲ ἀνδράσιν οὐδέπω δυνατός· ἀνδρῶν δὲ ἄριστον ἆθλον ἡ θεοῦ μόνου θεραπεία.
41τοιγαροῦν ἐπειδὰν μήπω τελείως καθαρθέντες, δόξαντες δὲ αὐτὸ μόνον ἐκνίψασθαι τὰ καταρρυπαίνοντα ἡμῶν τὸν βίον, ἐπ’ αὐλὰς τῆς θεραπείας ἀφικώμεθα, θᾶττον ἢ προσελθεῖν ἀπεπηδήσαμεν, τὴν αὐστηρὰν δίαιταν αὐτῆς καὶ τὴν ἄυπνον θρησκείαν καὶ τὸν συνεχῆ καὶ ἀκάματον πόνον οὐκ ἐνεγκόντες.
42ἀποφεύγετε οὖν ἐν τῷ παρόντι καὶ τὸ κάκιστον καὶ τὸ ἄριστον, κάκιστον μὲν τὸ μυθικὸν πλάσμα, τὸ ἄμετρον καὶ ἐκμελὲς ποίημα, τὸ ὑπ’ ἀμαθίας σκληρὸν καὶ δρύινον ὄντως νόημα καὶ πεῖσμα, ὧν Ἠσαῦ ἐπώνυμος, ἄριστον δὲ τὸ ἀνάθημα· τὸ γὰρ θεραπευτικὸν γένος ἀνάθημά ἐστι θεοῦ, ἱερώμενον τὴν μεγάλην ἀρχιερωσύνην αὐτῷ μόνῳ.
43τὸ μὲν γὰρ συνδιατρίβειν κακῷ βλαβερώτατον, τὸ δὲ ἀγαθῷ τελείῳ σφαλερώτατον. ὁ γοῦν Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὸν Ἠσαῦ ἀποδιδράσκει καὶ τῶν γονέων διοικίζεται· ἀσκητικὸς γὰρ ὢν καὶ ἔτι διαθλῶν φεύγει μὲν κακίαν, ἀρετῇ δὲ τελείᾳ καὶ αὐτομαθεῖ συζῆν ἀδυνατεῖ.
44διόπερ ἀποδημήσει πρὸς Λάβαν, οὐ τὸν Σύρον, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀδελφὸν τῆς μητρός, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶν εἰς τὰς τοῦ βίου λαμπρότητας ἀφίξεται· λευκὸς γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται Λάβαν. ἀφικόμενος δὲ οὐχ ὑψαυχενήσει, φυσώμενος ταῖς τυχηραῖς εὐπραγίαις· μεταληφθεὶς γὰρ ὁ Σύρος ἐστὶ μετέωρος. νυνὶ δὲ τοῦ Σύρου Λάβαν οὐχὶ μέμνηται, τοῦ δὲ Ῥεβέκκας ἀδελφοῦ.
45αἱ γὰρ κατὰ τὸν βίον ὗλαι φαύλῳ μὲν παραδοθεῖσαι μετέωρον ἐξαίρουσι τὸν κενὸν φρονήσεως νοῦν, ὅστις ὠνόμασται Σύρος, ἐραστῇ δὲ παιδείας ἐπιμένοντι τοῖς καλοκἀγαθίας σταθερῶς καὶ παγίως δόγμασιν * * * οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Ῥεβέκκας ἀδελφός, τῆς ἐπιμονῆς· οἰκεῖ δὲ τὴν Χαρράν, ἣ μεταληφθεῖσά εἰσι τρῶγλαι, σύμβολον τῶν αἰσθήσεων· ὁ γὰρ ἔτι χορεύων ἐν τῷ θνητῷ βίῳ χρεῖος τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὀργάνων ἐστίν.
46„οἴκησον οὖν“ φησίν „ὦ τέκνον, μετ’ αὐτοῦ“ μὴ τὸν ἅπαντα αἰῶνα, ἀλλ’ „ἡμέρας τινάς“ (Gen. 27,44), τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ τὴν τῶν αἰσθήσεων χώραν κατάμαθε, γνῶθι σαυτὸν καὶ τὰ σαυτοῦ μέρη, τί τε ἕκαστον καὶ πρὸς τί γέγονε καὶ πῶς ἐνεργεῖν πέφυκε καὶ τίς ὁ τὰ θαύματα κινῶν καὶ νευροσπαστῶν ἀόρατος ἀοράτως εἴτε ὁὁ ἐν σοὶ νοῦς εἴτε ὁὁ τῶν συμπάντων.
47ἐπειδὰν δὲ σαυτὸν ἐξετάσῃς, καὶ τὰ ἴδια τοῦ Λάβαν ἀκρίβωσον, τὰς τῆς κενῆς δόξης λαμπρὰς νομιζομένας εὐπραγίας, ὑφ’ ὧν μηδεμιᾶς ἁλῷς, πάσας δ’ οἷα ἀγαθὸς δημιουργὸς τεχνικῶς ταῖς οἰκείαις ἐφάρμοσον χρείαις. ἐὰν γὰρ ἐπιδείξῃ γενόμενος ἐν τῷ πολιτικῷ καὶ πεφυρμένῳ τούτῳ βίῳ σταθερὸν καὶ εὐπαίδευτον ἦθος, μεταπέμψομαί σε ἐκεῖθεν (Gen. 27,45), ἵνα τύχῃς οὗπερ καὶ οἱ σοὶ γονεῖς ἄθλου. τὸ δ’ ἆθλόν ἐστιν ἡ ἀκλινὴς καὶ ἀνένδοτος
48τοῦ μόνου θεραπεία σοφοῦ. τὰ δ’ ὅμοια καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ὑφηγεῖται, μικρὰ προσθείς· λέγει γάρ· „ἀναστὰς ἀπόδραθι εἰς τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν εἰς τὸν οἶκον Βαθουήλ, τοῦ πατρὸς τῆς μητρός σου, καὶ λάβε ἐκεῖθεν σαυτῷ γυναῖκα ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Λάβαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τῆς μητρός σου“ (Gen. 28,2).
49πάλιν καὶ οὗτος οὐ Σύρον εἶπε τὸν Λάβαν, ἀλλὰ Ῥεβέκκας ἀδελφόν, μέλλοντα κατ’ ἐπιγαμίαν τῷ ἀσκητῇ κῆδος συνάπτειν. „ἀπόδραθι οὖν εἰς τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν,“ τουτέστιν εἰς μέσον τὸν χειμάρρουν ποταμὸν τοῦ βίου, καὶ μὴ ἐπικλυσθεὶς ἐγκαταποθῇς, στηριχθεὶς δὲ βιαιοτάτην ἄνωθεν καὶ ἑκατέρωθεν καὶ πανταχόθεν ἐπικυματίζουσαν φορὰν τῶν πραγμάτων σθεναρῶς ἀπώθει.
50τὸν γὰρ σοφίας οἶκον εὔδιον καὶ γαληνὸν λιμένα εὑρήσεις, ὃς ἐνορμιζόμενόν σε ῥᾳδίως ὑποδέξεται· σοφίας δὲ ὄνομα Βαθουὴλ ἐν χρησμοῖς ᾄδεται, τοῦτο δὲ μεταληφθὲν θυγάτηρ θεοῦ προσαγορεύεται, καὶ γνησία γε θυγάτηρ καὶ ἀειπάρθενος, ἀψαύστου καὶ ἀμιάντου φύσεως ἐπιλαχοῦσα διά τε τὴν ἑαυτῆς κοσμιότητα καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀξίωμα τοῦ γεννήσαντος.
Sections 51–75
51πατέρα δὲ τῆς Ῥεβέκκας Βαθουὴλ εἶπε. καὶ πῶς ἥ γε θυγάτηρ τοῦ θεοῦ, σοφία, λέγοιτ’ ἂν ἐνδίκως εἶναι πατήρ; ἢ διότι ὄνομα μὲν θῆλυ σοφίας ἐστίν, ἄρρεν δὲ ἡ φύσις; καὶ γὰρ αἱ ἀρεταὶ πᾶσαι προσρήσεις μὲν ἔχουσι γυναικῶν, δυνάμεις δὲ καὶ πράξεις ἀνδρῶν τελειοτάτων· ἐπειδὴ τὸ μετὰ τὸν θεόν, κἂν εἰ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων πρεσβύτατον εἴη, δευτέραν ἔχον χώραν θῆλυ ὡς ἂν παρὰ ἄρρεν τὸ τὰ ὅλα ποιοῦν ἐλέχθη κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τἄλλα ὁμοιότητα· ἀεὶ γὰρ προνομίαν τοῦ ἄρρενος ἔχοντος ἐνδεῖ καὶ ὑστερίζει τὸ θῆλυ.
52λέγωμεν οὖν μηδὲν τῆς ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασι διαφορᾶς φροντίσαντες τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίαν ἄρρενά τε καὶ πατέρα εἶναι, σπείροντα καὶ γεννῶντα ἐν ψυχαῖς μάθησιν, παιδείαν, ἐπιστήμην, φρόνησιν, καλὰς καὶ ἐπαινετὰς πράξεις. ἐνθένδε ὁ ἀσκητὴς Ἰακὼβ μνᾶται γάμον ἑαυτῷ· πόθεν γὰρ ἄλλοθεν ἢ ἐκ τοῦ σοφίας οἴκου κοινωνὸν εὑρήσει γνώμην ἀνεπίληπτον, ᾗ πάντα συνδιατρίψει τὸν αἰῶνα;
53Λελάληκε δ’ ἀκριβέστερον περὶ φυγῆς, ἡνίκα τὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνδροφόνοις ἐτίθει νόμον, ἐν ᾧ πάντ’ ἐπεξῆλθε τὰ εἴδη, τὸ ἑκουσίου φόνου, τὸ ἀκουσίου, τὸ ἐπιθέσεως, τὸ βουλεύσεως. λέγε τὸν νόμον· „ἐὰν πατάξῃ τίς τινα καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, θανάτῳ θανατούσθω· ὁ δὲ οὐχ ἑκών, ἀλλ’ ὁ θεὸς παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ, δώσω σοι τόπον, οὗ φεύξεται ὁ φονεύσας. ἐὰν δέ τις ἐπιθῆται τῷ πλησίον ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν δόλῳ καὶ καταφύγῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λήψῃ αὐτὸν θανατῶσαι“ (Exod. 21,12—14).
54σαφῶς εἰδώς, ὅτι περιττὸν ὄνομα οὐδὲν τίθησιν, ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ πραγματολογεῖν ἀμυθήτου φορᾶς ἠπόρουν κατ’ ἐμαυτόν, διὰ τί τὸν ἑκουσίως κτείναντα οὐκ εἶπε θανατοῦσθαι μόνον, ἀλλὰ θανάτῳ θανατοῦσθαι· τίνι γὰρ ἄλλῳ ὁ ἀποθνῄσκων ἢ θανάτῳ τελευτᾷ;
55φοιτήσας οὖν παρὰ γυναῖκα σοφήν, ᾗ σκέψις ὄνομα, τοῦ ζητεῖν ἀπηλλάγην· ἐδίδαξε γάρ με, ὅτι καὶ ζῶντες ἔνιοι τεθνήκασι καὶ τεθνηκότες ζῶσι. τοὺς μέν γε φαύλους ἄχρι γήρως ὑστάτου παρατείνοντας νεκροὺς ἔλεγεν εἶναι τὸν μετ’ ἀρετῆς βίον ἀφῃρημένους, τοὺς δὲ ἀστείους, κἂν τῆς πρὸς σῶμα κοινωνίας διαζευχθῶσι, ζῆν εἰσαεί, ἀθανάτου μοίρας ἐπιλαχόντας.
56ἐπιστοῦτο μέντοι καὶ χρησμοῖς τὸν ἑαυτῆς λόγον, ἑνὶ μὲν τοιῷδε· „οἱ προσκείμενοι κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ, ζῆτε πάντες ἐν τῇ σήμερον“ (Deut. 4,4) — τοὺς γὰρ πρόσφυγας καὶ ἱκέτας τοῦ θεοῦ μόνους ζῶντας οἶδε, νεκροὺς δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους· ἐκείνοις δ’, ὡς ἔοικε, καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν μαρτυρεῖ διὰ τοῦ προσθεῖναι „ζῆτε ἐν τῇ σήμερον“.
57σήμερον δ’ ἐστὶν ὁ ἀπέρατος καὶ ἀδιεξίτητος αἰών· μηνῶν γὰρ καὶ ἐνιαυτῶν καὶ συνόλως χρόνων περίοδοι δόγματα ἀνθρώπων εἰσὶν ἀριθμὸν ἐκτετιμηκότων· τὸ δ’ ἀψευδὲς ὄνομα αἰῶνος ἡ σήμερον. ἥλιος γὰρ οὐκ ἀλλαττόμενος ὁ αὐτός ἐστιν ἀεί, ποτὲ μὲν ὑπὲρ γῆς ποτὲ δὲ ὑπὸ γῆν ἰών, παρ’ ὃν ἡμέρα καὶ νύξ, τὰ αἰῶνος μέτρα, διεκρίθησαν —,
58ἑτέρῳ δ’ ἐπιστοῦτο τοιῷδε χρησμῷ· „ἰδοὺ δέδωκα πρὸ προσώπου σου τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὸν θάνατον, τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ κακόν“ (Deut. 30,15.) — οὐκοῦν, ὦ πάνσοφε, τὸ μὲν ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἡ ἀρετή ἐστιν ἡ ζωή, τὸ δὲ κακὸν καὶ ἡ κακία ὁ θάνατος —· καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις· „αὕτη ἡ ζωή σου καὶ ἡ μακρότης τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀγαπᾶν κύριον τὸν θεόν σου.“ (Deut. 30,20). ὅρος ἀθανάτου βίου κάλλιστος οὗτος, ἔρωτι καὶ φιλίᾳ θεοῦ ἀσάρκῳ καὶ ἀσωμάτῳ κατεσχῆσθαι.
59οὕτως οἱ μὲν ἱερεῖς Ναδὰβ καὶ Ἀβιούδ, ἵνα ζήσωσιν, ἀποθνῄσκουσιν θνητῆς ζωῆς ἄφθαρτον ἀντικαταλλαττόμενοι βίον καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ γενομένου πρὸς τὸ ἀγένητον μετανιστάμενοι· ἐφ’ ὧν τὰ σύμβολα τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ᾄδεται, ὅτι ἐτελεύτησαν ἐνώπιον κυρίου (Lev. 10,2), τουτέστιν ἔζησαν· νεκρὸν γὰρ οὐ θέμις εἰς ὄψιν ἐλθεῖν τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ πάλιν τοῦτό ἐστιν ὃ εἶπε κύριος· „ἐν τοῖς ἐγγίζουσί μοι ἁγιασθήσομαι“ (Lev. 10,3), „νεκροὶ δ’,“ ὡς καὶ ἐν ὕμνοις λέγεται, „οὐκ αἰνέσουσι κύριον“ (Psalm 113,25)·
60ζώντων γὰρ τὸ ἔργον. Κάιν δ’ ὁ ἐναγὴς καὶ ἀδελφοκτόνος οὐδαμοῦ τῆς νομοθεσίας ἀποθνῄσκων εὑρίσκεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ λόγιόν ἐστιν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ χρησθὲν τοιοῦτον· „ἔθετο κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῷ Κάιν σημεῖον, τοῦ μὴ ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν πάντα τὸν εὑρίσκοντα“ (Gen. 4, 15). διὰ τί;
61ὅτι, οἶμαι, ἡ ἀσέβεια κακόν ἐστιν ἀτελεύτητον, ἐξαπτόμενον καὶ μηδέποτε σβεσθῆναι δυνάμενον, ὡς τὸ ποιητικὸν ἁρμόττειν ἐπὶ κακίας εἰπεῖν· ἡ δέ τοι οὐ θνητή, ἀλλ’ ἀθάνατον κακόν ἐστιν, ἀθάνατον δ’ ἐν τῷ παρ’ ἡμῖν βίῳ, ἐπεὶ πρός γε τὴν ἐν θεῷ ζωὴν ἄψυχον καὶ νεκρὸν καὶ „κοπρίων“, ὡς ἔφη τις, „ἐκβλητότερον.“
62ἀλλ’ ἔδει γε πάντως χώρας ἀπονεμηθῆναι διαφερούσας πράγμασι διαφέρουσιν, οὐρανὸν μὲν ἀγαθῷ, τὰ δὲ περίγεια κακῷ. τὸ μὲν οὖν ἀγαθὸν ἀνώφοιτόν ἐστι, κἂν εἴ ποτε ἔλθοι πρὸς ἡμᾶς — φιλόδωρος γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ —, σπουδάζει παλινδρομῆσαι δικαίως· τὸ δὲ κακὸν ἐνταυθοῖ καταμένει, πορρωτάτω θείου χοροῦ διῳκισμένον, περιπολοῦν τὸν θνητὸν βίον καὶ μὴ δυνάμενον ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου γένους ἀποθανεῖν.
63τοῦτό τις καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ θαυμασθέντων ἀνὴρ δόκιμος ἐφώνησε μεγαλειότερον ἐν Θεαιτήτῳ φάσκων· „ἀλλ’ οὔτ’ ἀπολέσθαι τὰ κακὰ δυνατόν — ὑπεναντίον γάρ τι τῷ ἀγαθῷ αἰεὶ εἶναι ἀνάγκη — οὔτε ἐν θείοις αὐτὰ ἱδρῦσθαι, τὴν δὲ θνητὴν φύσιν καὶ τόνδε τὸν τόπον περιπολεῖν· διὸ καὶ πειρᾶσθαι χρὴ ἐνθένθε ἐκεῖσε φεύγειν ὅτι τάχιστα. φυγὴ δὲ ὁμοίωσις θεῷ κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν· ὁμοίωσις δὲ δίκαιον καὶ ὅσιον μετὰ φρονήσεως γενέσθαι.“
64εἰκότως οὖν ὁ Κάϊν οὐκ ἀποθανεῖται, τὸ κακίας σύμβολον, ἣν ἀεὶ δεῖ ζῆν ἐν τῷ θνητῷ γένει παρ’ ἀνθρώποις· ὥστ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ τὸ „θανάτῳ θανατοῦσθαι“ λέλεκται τὸν ἀνδροφόνον διὰ τὰς δεδηλωμένας αἰτίας.
65τὸ δὲ „οὐχ ἑκών, ἀλλ’ ὁ θεὸς παρέδωκεν“ ἐπὶ τῶν τὸν ἀκούσιον φόνον δρώντων πάνυ καλῶς εἴρηται. δοκεῖ γὰρ αὐτῷ τὰ μὲν ἑκούσια γνώμης τῆς ἡμετέρας ἔργα εἶναι, τὰ δὲ ἀκούσια θεοῦ· λέγω δὲ οὐ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ὅσα ἁμαρτημάτων ἐστὶ κόλασις.
66ἀπρεπὲς γὰρ θεῷ τὸ κολάζειν ἅτε πρώτῳ καὶ ἀρίστῳ νομοθέτῃ, κολάζει δὲ δῐ ὑπηρετούντων ἑτέρων, οὐ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ. τὰς μὲν γὰρ χάριτας καὶ δωρεὰς καὶ εὐεργεσίας αὐτὸν ἁρμόττει προτείνειν ἅτε ἀγαθὸν καὶ φιλόδωρον ὄντα φύσει, τὰς δὲ τιμωρίας οὐκ ἄνευ μὲν ἐπικελεύσεως τῆς ἑαυτοῦ βασιλέως ἅτε ὑπάρχοντος, δι’ ἄλλων δέ, οἳ πρὸς τοιαύτας χρείας εὐτρεπεῖς εἰσι. μαρτυρεῖ δέ μου τῷ λόγῳ ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐν οἷς φησιν·
67„ὁ θεὸς ὁ τρέφων με ἐκ νεότητος, ὁὁ ἄγγελος ὁὁ ῥυόμενός με ἐκ πάντων τῶν κακῶν“ (Gen. 48, 15. 16). τὰ μὲν γὰρ πρεσβύτερα ἀγαθά, οἷς ἡ ψυχὴ τρέφεται, ἀνέθηκε θεῷ, τὰ δὲ νεώτερα, ὅσα ἐκ φυγῆς ἁμαρτημάτων περιγίνεται, θεράποντι θεοῦ.
68διὰ τοῦτ’, οἶμαι, καὶ ἡνίκα τὰ τῆς κοσμοποιΐας ἐφιλοσόφει, πάντα τἄλλα εἰπὼν ὑπὸ θεοῦ γενέσθαι μόνον τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὡς ἂν μετὰ συνεργῶν ἑτέρων ἐδήλωσε διαπλασθέντα. „εἶπε“ γάρ φησιν „ὁ θεός· ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν“ (Gen. 1,26), πλήθους διὰ τοῦ „ποιήσωμεν“ ἐμφαινομένου.
69διαλέγεται μὲν οὖν ὁ τῶν ὅλων πατὴρ ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεσιν, αἷς τὸ θνητὸν ἡμῶν τῆς ψυχῆς μέρος ἔδωκε διαπλάττειν μιμουμέναις τὴν αὐτοῦ τέχνην, ἡνίκα τὸ λογικὸν ἐν ἡμῖν ἐμόρφου, δικαιῶν ὑπὸ μὲν ἡγεμόνος τὸ ἡγεμονεῦον ἐν ψυχῇ, τὸ δ’ ὑπήκοον πρὸς ὑπηκόων δημιουργεῖσθαι.
70κατεχρήσατο δὲ καὶ ταῖς μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεσιν οὐ διὰ τὸ λεχθὲν μόνον, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἔμελλεν ἡ ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴ μόνη κακῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐννοίας λαμβάνειν καὶ χρῆσθαι ταῖς ἑτέραις, εἰ μὴ δυνατὸν ἀμφοτέραις. ἀναγκαῖον οὖν ἡγήσατο τὴν κακῶν γένεσιν ἑτέροις ἀπονεῖμαι δημιουργοῖς, τὴν δὲ τῶν
71ἀγαθῶν ἑαυτῷ μόνῳ. διὸ καὶ λεχθέντος πρότερον „ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον“ ὡς ἂν ἐπὶ πλήθους, ἐπιφέρεται τὸ ὡς ἂν ἐφ’ ἑνός· „ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον“ (Gen. 1,27). τοῦ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀνθρώπου, ὃς δὴ νοῦς ἐστι καθαρώτατος, εἷς ὁ μόνος θεὸς δημιουργός, τοῦ δὲ λεγομένου καὶ κεκραμένου μετ’ αἰσθήσεως τὸ πλῆθος.
72οὗ χάριν ὁ μὲν κατ’ ἐξοχὴν ἄνθρωπος σὺν τῷ ἄρθρῳ μεμήνυται — λέγεται γάρ· „ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον,“ τὸν ἀειδῆ καὶ ἄκρατον ἐκεῖνον λογισμόν —, ὁ δὲ ἄνευ τῆς τοῦδε προσθήκης· τὸ γὰρ· „ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον“ ἐμφαίνει τὸν ἐξ ἀλόγου καὶ λογικῆς συνυφανθέντα φύσεως.
73ἑπόμενος τούτοις τό τε εὐλογεῖν τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς καὶ τὸ καταρᾶσθαι τοῖς ὑπαιτίοις ἀνέθηκεν οὐχὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς, καίτοι γε ἀμφοτέρων ἐχόντων ἔπαινον, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ τὸ μὲν εὐλογεῖν τοὺς ἀξίους ἡγεμονίαν ἔχει τὴν ἐν ἐγκωμίοις, τὸ δ’ ἀρὰς τοῖς φαύλοις τίθεσθαι δευτέραν τάξιν, τῶν ἐπὶ ταῦτα χειροτονηθέντων — εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ τοῦ γένους ἀρχηγέται δώδεκα ἀριθμῷ, φυλάρχας αὐτοὺς ὀνομάζειν ἔθος — ἓξ μὲν τοὺς ἀμείνους ἔταξεν ἐπὶ τῆς εὐλογίας, Συμεών, Λευί, Ἰούδαν, Ἰσσάχαρ, Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Βενιαμίν, τοὺς δ’ ἑτέρους ἐπὶ τῆς κατάρας, τόν τε πρῶτον καὶ τὸν ὕστατον τῶν Λείας, Ῥουβὴν καὶ Ζαβουλών, καὶ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν θεραπαινίδων νόθους τέτταρας (Deut. 27, 12. 13).
74τῆς γὰρ βασιλείου καὶ ἱερωμένης φυλῆς οἱ ἡγεμόνες ἐν τῇ προτέρᾳ τάξει χορεύουσιν, Ἰούδας τε καὶ Λευί. εἰκότως οὖν καὶ τοὺς ἄξια θανάτου δρῶντας ἑτέρων χερσὶν ἐκδίδωσιν ἐπὶ τιμωρίᾳ, βουλόμενος ἡμᾶς ἀναδιδάσκειν, ὅτι ἡ κακοῦ φύσις μακρὰν ἀπελήλαται χοροῦ θείου, ὁπότε καὶ τὸ μιμηλάζον ἀγαθὸν κακῷ, ἡ τιμωρία, δι’ ἑτέρων βεβαιοῦται.
75τὸ δὲ „δώσω σοι τόπον, οὗ φεύξεται ὁ φονεύσας“ (Exod. 21,13) ἀκουσίως, πάνυ καλῶς εἰρῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ· τόπον γὰρ καλεῖ νῦν οὐ χώραν ἐκπεπληρωμένην ὑπὸ σώματος, ἀλλὰ δι’ ὑπονοιῶν αὐτὸν τὸν θεόν, ἐπειδὴ περιέχων οὐ περιέχεται καὶ ὅτι καταφυγὴ τῶν ὅλων ἐστί.
Sections 76–100
76θέμις οὖν τῷ δόξαντι τροπῇ χρήσασθαι ἀκουσίῳ φάναι κατὰ θεὸν συμβῆναι τὴν τροπήν, ὅπερ οὐ θέμις τῷ ἑκουσίως ἁμαρτόντι. „δώσειν“ δέ φησιν οὐ τῷ κτείναντι, ἀλλ’ ᾧ διαλέγεται, ὥσθ’ ἕτερον μὲν εἶναι τὸν οἰκήτορα, ἕτερον δὲ τὸν φεύγοντα. τῷ μὲν γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ ὁ θεὸς πατρίδα οἰκεῖν τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἑαυτοῦ, ὡς ἂν αὐτόχθονι, δεδώρηται, τῷ δ’ ἐν ἀκουσίοις γενομένῳ σφάλμασι καταφυγήν,
77ὡς ὀθνείῳ ξένην, οὐχ ὡς πατρίδα ἀστῷ. ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀκουσίων φιλοσοφήσας περὶ τῆς ἐπαναστάσεως καὶ βουλεύσεως ἑξῆς νομοθετεῖ φάσκων· „ἐὰν δέ τις ἐπιθῆται τῷ πλησίον ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν δόλῳ καὶ καταφύγῃ“ (Exod. 21, 14) ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, τὸν προειρημένον συμβολικῶς τόπον, παρ’ ὃν ζῆν συμβέβηκε τοῖς πᾶσι· καὶ γὰρ ἑτέρωθί φησιν· „ὃς ἂν φύγῃ ἐκεῖ, καὶ ζήσεται“ (Deut. 19,5).
78ἀλλ’ οὐ ζωὴ μέν ἐστιν αἰώνιος ἡ πρὸς τὸ ὂν καταφυγή, θάνατος δ’ ὁ ἀπὸ τούτου δρασμός; εἰ δέ τις ἐπιτίθεται, πάντως ἐκ προνοίας ἀδικεῖ, καὶ τὸ σὺν δόλῳ πραττόμενον ἑκουσίως ἔνοχον, ὡς τὸ ἀδόλως ἔμπαλιν οὐδ’ ὑπαίτιον.
79οὐδὲν οὖν τῶν ὑπούλως καὶ δολερῶς καὶ ἐκ προνοίας πραττομένων ἀδικημάτων ἄξιον λέγειν γίνεσθαι κατὰ θεόν, ἀλλὰ καθ’ ἡμᾶς αὐτούς. ἐν ἡμῖν γὰρ αὐτοῖς, ὡς ἔφην, οἱ τῶν κακῶν εἰσι θησαυροί, παρὰ θεῷ δὲ οἱ μόνων ἀγαθῶν.
80ὃς ἂν οὖν καταφύγῃ, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶν ὃς ἂν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων μὴ ἑαυτὸν ἀλλὰ θεὸν αἰτιᾶται, κολαζέσθω, τῆς μόνοις ἱκέταις πρὸς σωτηρίαν καὶ ἀσφάλειαν καταφυγῆς, τοῦ βωμοῦ, στερούμενος, καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· ἀμώμων γὰρ ἱερείων, λέγω δὲ ψυχῶν ἀσινῶν καὶ κεκαθαρμένων, τὸ θυσιαστήριον ἀνάπλεών ἐστι· δυσίατος δὲ ἢ παντελῶς ἀνίατος μῶμος τὸ φάσκειν καὶ κακῶν αἴτιον εἶναι τὸ θεῖον.
81φίλαυτοι δὴ μᾶλλον ἢ φιλόθεοι σπουδάσαντες οἱ τοιοῦτοι τρόποι πάντες εἶναι βαινέτωσαν ἔξω περιρραντηρίων, ἵν’ ὡς μιαροὶ καὶ ἀκάθαρτοι μηδ’ ἐξ ἀπόπτου τὴν ἱερὰν φλόγα τῆς ἀνακαιομένης ἀσβέστου ψυχῆς καὶ θεῷ καθαγνιζομένης ὁλοκλήρῳ καὶ παντελεῖ δυνάμει θεάσωνται.
82παγκάλως τις τῶν πάλαι σοφῶν εἰς ταὐτὸ τοῦτο συνδραμὼν ἐθάρρησεν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι „θεὸς οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς ἄδικος, ἀλλ’ ὡς οἷόν τε δικαιότατος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ ὁμοιότερον οὐδὲν ἢ ὃς ἂν ἡμῶν αὖ γένηται ὅτι δικαιότατος. περὶ τοῦτον καὶ ἡ ὡς ἀληθῶς δεινότης ἀνδρὸς καὶ οὐδενία τε καὶ ἀνανδρία. ἡ μὲν γὰρ τούτου γνῶσις σοφία καὶ ἀρετὴ ἀληθινή, ἡ δὲ ἄγνοια ἀμαθία τε καὶ κακία ἐναργής. αἱ δὲ ἄλλαι δεινότητες δοκοῦσαι καὶ σοφίαι ἐν μὲν πολιτικαῖς δυναστείαις γιγνόμεναι φορτικαί, ἐν δὲ τέχναις βάναυσοι.“
83προστάξας οὖν ἀπάγεσθαι τὸν ἀνίερον καὶ κακήγορον τῶν θείων ἀπὸ τῶν ἱερωτάτων καὶ ἐκδίδοσθαι ἐπὶ τιμωρίᾳ φησὶν ἑξῆς· „ὃς τύπτει πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, τελευτάτω“ καὶ ὁμοίως „ὁ κακηγορῶν πατέρα καὶ μητέρα τελευτάτω“ (Exod. 21, 15. 16).
84μονονοὺ γὰρ βοᾷ καὶ κέκραγεν, ὅτι τῶν εἰς τὸ θεῖον βλασφημούντων οὐδενὶ συγγνώμης μεταδοτέον. εἰ γὰρ οἱ τοὺς θνητοὺς κακηγορήσαντες γονεῖς ἀπάγονται τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, τίνος ἀξίους χρὴ νομίζειν τιμωρίας τοὺς τὸν τῶν ὅλων πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν βλασφημεῖν ὑπομένοντας; τίς δ’ ἂν γένοιτο αἰσχίων κακηγορία ἢ τὸ φάσκειν μὴ παρ’ ἡμᾶς, ἀλλὰ παρὰ θεὸν γένεσιν εἶναι τῶν κακῶν;
85ἐλαύνετε οὖν, ἐλαύνετε, ὦ μύσται καὶ ἱεροφάνται θείων ὀργίων, τὰς μιγάδας καὶ σύγκλυδας καὶ πεφυρμένας, δυσκαθάρτους καὶ δυσεκπλύτους ψυχάς, αἳ ἄκλειστα μὲν ὦτα, ἄθυρον δὲ γλῶτταν, ὄργανα τῆς ἑαυτῶν βαρυδαιμονίας εὐτρεπῆ, περιφέρουσιν, ἵνα καὶ πάντων καὶ ὧν μὴ θέμις ἀκούωσι καὶ πάντα καὶ ὅσα μὴ χρεὼν ἐκλαλῶσιν.
86ὅσοι δὲ διαφορὰν ἑκουσίων καὶ ἀκουσίων ἐπαιδεύθησαν καὶ εὔφημον στόμα ἀντὶ κακηγόρου γλώττης ἔλαχον, κατορθοῦντες μὲν ἐπαινετοί, σφαλλόμενοι δὲ μὴ κατὰ γνώμην οὐ πάνυ ψεκτοί· διὸ καὶ πόλεις αὐτοῖς εἰς καταφυγὴν ἀπεκρίθησαν (Num. 35).
87ἄξιον δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν τόπον αὐτὰ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα μάλιστα ἀκριβῶσαι. ἔστι δ’ ἀριθμῷ τέτταρα· ἓν μέν, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐξ ὧν αἱ ἄλλαι φυλαὶ πόλεων ἔλαχον, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ὧν ἡ Λευιτικὴ μόνη, φυγάσι πόλεις ἀπεκρίθησαν· δεύτερον δέ, διὰ τί ἓξ ἀριθμῷ καὶ οὔτε πλείους οὔτε ἐλάττους· τρίτον, τί δήποτε τρεῖς μὲν πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, αἱ δ’ ἕτεραι ἐν τῇ Χαναναίων γῇ· τέταρτον, διὰ τί προθεσμία τοῖς φυγάσιν ὥρισται τοῦ κατελθεῖν ὁ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως θάνατος.
88λεκτέον οὖν περὶ ἑκάστου τὰ ἁρμόττοντα, ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου λαβόντας. εἰς τὰς ἀπονεμηθείσας Λευίταις μόνοις πόλεις φεύγειν διείρηται πάνυ προσηκόντως· καὶ γὰρ οἱ Λευῖται τρόπον τινὰ φυγάδες εἰσίν, ἕνεκα ἀρεσκείας θεοῦ γονεῖς καὶ τέκνα καὶ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν θνητὴν συγγένειαν ἀπολελοιπότες.
89ὁ γοῦν ἀρχηγέτης τοῦ θιάσου τούτου λέγων εἰσάγεται τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῇ μητρί· „οὐχ ἑώρακα ὑμᾶς, καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς οὐ γινώσκω, καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς ἀπογινώσκω“ (Deut. 33,9) ὑπὲρ τοῦ δίχα μεθολκῆς θεραπεύειν τὸ ὄν. ἡ δ’ ἀψευδὴς φυγὴ στέρησις τῶν οἰκειοτάτων καὶ φιλτάτων ἐστίν. φυγάδας οὖν φυγάσι παρακατατίθεται πρὸς τὴν ὧν εἰργάσαντο ἀμνηστίαν, δι’ ὁμοιότητα ἔργων.
90ἆρ’ οὖν διὰ τοῦτο μόνον ἢ καὶ δι’ ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι ἡ τῶν νεωκόρων Λευιτικὴ φυλὴ τοὺς θεοπλαστήσαντας τὸν χρυσοῦν μόσχον, τὸν Αἰγυπτιακὸν τῦφον, ἡβηδὸν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς κατέκτειναν, ὀργῇ δικαίᾳ σὺν ἐνθουσιασμῷ καί τινι κατοκωχῇ θεοφορήτῳ χρησάμενοι; „καὶ κτείνει ἕκαστος ἀδελφὸν καὶ πλησίον καὶ τὸν ἔγγιστα“ (Exod. 32,27), ἀδελφὸν μὲν ψυχῆς τὸ σῶμα, τὸ δὲ λογικοῦ πλησίον τὸ ἄλογον, τὸν δὲ ἔγγιστα νοῦ τὸν προφορικὸν λόγον.
91οὕτως γὰρ ἂν μόνως θεραπευτικὸν γένοιτο τοῦ τῶν ὄντων ἀρίστου τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἄριστον, πρῶτον μὲν εἰ ἀναλυθείη ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς ψυχήν, διαζευχθέντος καὶ διακοπέντος αὐτῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σώματος καὶ τῶν ἀνηνύτων ἐπιθυμιῶν· εἶτα τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποβαλούσης, ὡς ἔφην, τὸ πλησίον τοῦ λογικοῦ, τὸ ἄλογον — καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸ χειμάρρου τρόπον πενταχῇ σχιζόμενον διὰ πασῶν τῶν αἰσθήσεων οἷα δεξαμενῶν τὴν τῶν παθῶν ἀνεγείρει φοράν —·
92εἶθ’ ἑξῆς τοῦ λογισμοῦ διοικίσαντος καὶ διαζεύξαντος τὸν ἐγγυτάτω δοκοῦντα εἶναι, τὸν προφορικὸν λόγον, ἵν’ ὁ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἀπολειφθῇ μόνος, ἔρημος σώματος, ἔρημος αἰσθήσεως, ἔρημος γεγωνοῦ λόγου προφορᾶς· ἀπολειφθεὶς γάρ, τῇ κατὰ τὴν μόνωσιν διαίτῃ χρώμενος, τὸ μόνον ὂν καθαρῶς καὶ ἀμεθέλκτως ἀσπάσεται. πρός γε μὴν τοῖς εἰρημένοις κἀκεῖνο ὑπομνηστέον,
93ὅτι ἡ Λευιτικὴ φυλὴ νεωκόρων καὶ ἱερέων ἐστίν, οἷς ἡ τῶν ἁγίων ἀνάκειται λειτουργία· λειτουργοῦσι δὲ καὶ οἱ τὸν ἀκούσιον φόνον δρῶντες, εἴ γε κατὰ Μωυσῆν "ὁ θεὸς παραδίδωσιν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν“ (Exod. 21, 13) τοὺς θανάτου ἄξια εἰργασμένους πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν. ἀλλ’ οἱ μὲν ἐτάχθησαν ἐπὶ τῷ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς σεμνύνειν, οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ τῷ τοὺς ὑπαιτίους
94κολάζειν. αὗται μέν εἰσιν αἱ αἰτίαι, ὧν ἕνεκα οἱ τὸν ἀκούσιον φόνον δράσαντες εἰς μόνας τὰς τῶν νεωκόρων φεύγουσι πόλεις. τίνες δέ εἰσι καὶ διὰ τί ἀριθμῷ ἕξ, ἑπομένως λεκτέον. μήποτ’ οὖν ἡ μὲν πρεσβυτάτη καὶ ἐχυρωτάτη καὶ ἀρίστη μητρόπολις, οὐκ αὐτὸ μόνον πόλις, ὁ θεῖός ἐστι λόγος, ἐφ’ ὃν πρῶτον καταφεύγειν ὠφελιμώτατον.
95αἱ δ’ ἄλλαι πέντε, ὡς ἂν ἀποικίαι, δυνάμεις εἰσὶ τοῦ λέγοντος, ὧν ἄρχει ἡ ποιητική, καθ’ ἣν ὁ ποιῶν λόγῳ τὸν κόσμον ἐδημιούργησε· δευτέρα δ’ ἡ βασιλική, καθ’ ἣν ὁ πεποιηκὼς ἄρχει τοῦ γενομένου· τρίτη δ’ ἡ ἵλεως, δι’ ἧς ὁ τεχνίτης οἰκτείρει καὶ ἐλεεῖ τὸ ἴδιον ἔργον· τετάρτη δ’ ἡ * * * νομοθετικῆς μοῖρα, δι’ ἧς ἃ μὴ χρὴ γίνεσθαι ἀπαγορεύει.
96πάγκαλοι δὲ καὶ εὐερκέσταται πόλεις, ἀξίων σῴζεσθαι ψυχῶν τὸν αἰῶνα ἄρισταί γε καταφυγαί· χρηστὴ δὲ καὶ φιλάνθρωπος ἡ διάταξις, ἀλεῖψαι καὶ ῥῶσαι πρὸς εὐελπιστίαν ἱκανή. ἧς τίς ἂν ἐδυνήθη μᾶλλον τοσαύτην τῶν δυναμένων εὐεργετεῖν ἀναδεῖξαι ἀφθονίαν διὰ τὰς διαφορὰς τῶν ἐν τροπαῖς ἀκουσίοις γενομένων, οἷς οὔτε ἰσχὺς οὔτε [ἡ] ἀσθένεια ἡ αὐτή;
97προτρέπει δὴ τὸν μὲν ὠκυδρομεῖν ἱκανὸν συντείνειν ἀπνευστὶ πρὸς τὸν ἀνωτάτω λόγον θεῖον, ὃς σοφίας ἐστὶ πηγή, ἵνα ἀρυσάμενος τοῦ νάματος ἀντὶ θανάτου ζωὴν ἀίδιον ἆθλον εὕρηται· τὸν δὲ μὴ οὕτως ταχὺν ἐπὶ τὴν ποιητικὴν καταφεύγειν δύναμιν, ἣν Μωυσῆς ὀνομάζει θεόν, ἐπειδὴ δι’ αὐτῆς ἐτέθη καὶ διεκοσμήθη τὰ σύμπαντα — τῷ γὰρ ὅτι γέγονε τὸ πᾶν καταλαβόντι μεγάλου κτῆσις ἀγαθοῦ περιγίνεται, ἡ τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἐπιστήμη, ἡ δ’ εὐθὺς ἀναπείθει τὸ γενόμενον ἐρᾶν τοῦ φυτεύσαντος —·
98τὸν δὲ μὴ οὕτως ἕτοιμον ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλικήν — φόβῳ γὰρ ἄρχοντος τὸ ὑπήκοον, εἰ καὶ μὴ εὐνοίᾳ πατρὸς τὸ ἔκγονον, ἀνάγκῃ σωφρονιζούσῃ νουθετεῖται —· τῷ δὲ μὴ φθάνοντι πρὸς τοὺς λεχθέντας ὅρους ὡς μακρὰν διεστῶτας ἀφικνεῖσθαι καμπτῆρες εἴσω πεπήγασιν ἕτεροι δυνάμεων ἀναγκαίων, τῆς ἵλεω, τῆς προσταττούσης ἃ δεῖ, τῆς ἀπαγορευούσης ἃ μὴ δεῖ.
99ὅ τε γὰρ προλαβών, ὡς οὐκ ἀπαραίτητον ἀλλ’ εὐμενὲς δι’ ἡμερότητα φύσεώς ἐστι τὸ θεῖον, κἂν ἁμάρτῃ πρότερον, αὖθις μετενόησεν ἀμνηστίας ἐλπίδι, ὅ τε ἔννοιαν λαβών, ὅτι νομοθέτης ὁ θεός ἐστιν, πειθαρχῶν οἷς ἂν προστάττῃ πᾶσιν εὐδαιμονήσει· ὁ δ’ ὕστατος ὑστάτην εὑρήσεται καταφυγήν, ἀποτροπὴν κακῶν, εἰ καὶ μὴ μετουσίαν προηγουμένων ἀγαθῶν.
100αἵδ’ εἰσὶν αἱ ἓξ πόλεις, ἃς καλεῖ φυγαδευτήρια (Num. 35, 12), ὧν αἱ μὲν πέντε ἀπεικονίσθησαν καὶ ἔστιν αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις τὰ μιμήματα, προστάξεως μὲν καὶ ἀπαγορεύσεως οἱ ἐν τῇ κιβωτῷ νόμοι, τῆς δ’ ἵλεω δυνάμεως τὸ ἐπίθημα τῆς κιβωτοῦ — καλεῖ δὲ αὐτὸ ἱλαστήριον —, ποιητικῆς δὲ καὶ βασιλικῆς τὰ ὑπόπτερα καὶ ἐφιδρυμένα Χερουβίμ·
Sections 101–125
101ὁ δ’ ὑπεράνω τούτων λόγος θεῖος εἰς ὁρατὴν οὐκ ἦλθεν ἰδέαν, ἅτε μηδενὶ τῶν κατ’ αἴσθησιν ἐμφερὴς ὤν, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς εἰκὼν ὑπάρχων θεοῦ, τῶν νοητῶν ἅπαξ ἁπάντων ὁ πρεσβύτατος, ὁ ἐγγυτάτω, μηδενὸς ὄντος μεθορίου διαστήματος, τοῦ μόνου, ὅ ἔστιν ἀψευδῶς, ἐφιδρυμένος. λέγεται γάρ· „λαλήσω σοι ἄνωθεν τοῦ ἱλαστηρίου, ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν δυεῖν Χερουβίμ“ (Exod. 25, 21), ὥσθ’ ἡνίοχον μὲν εἶναι τῶν δυνάμεων τὸν λόγον, ἔποχον δὲ τὸν λαλοῦντα, ἐπικελευόμενον τῷ ἡνιόχῳ τὰ πρὸς ὀρθὴν τοῦ παντὸς ἡνιόχησιν.
102ὁ μὲν οὖν ἄνευ τροπῆς, ἑκουσίου μὲν ἄπαγε, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀκουσίου γεγονώς, αὐτὸν τὸν θεὸν κλῆρον ἔχων (Deut. 10,9), ἐν αὐτῷ μόνῳ κατοικήσει· οἱ δ’ οὐκ ἐκ προνοίας ἀλλ’ ἀβουλήτοις χρησάμενοι σφάλμασι καταφυγὰς ἕξουσι τὰς εἰρημένας ἀφθόνους καὶ πλουσίας οὕτως.
103τῶν δὲ πρὸς καταφυγὴν πόλεων τρεῖς μέν εἰσι πέραν, αἳ μακρὰν ἡμῶν τοῦ γένους ἀφεστᾶσι. τίνες αὗται; ὁ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος λόγος καὶ ἡ ποιητικὴ καὶ βασιλικὴ δύναμις αὐτοῦ· τούτων γὰρ ὅ τε οὐρανὸς καὶ σύμπας ὁ κόσμος ἐπικοινωνεῖ.
104αἱ δὲ προσεχεῖς ἡμῖν καὶ ἐφαπτόμεναι τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπικήρου γένους, ᾧ μόνῳ συμβέβηκε διαμαρτάνειν, αἱ ἐντός εἰσι τρεῖς, ἡ ἵλεως, ἡ προστακτικὴ τῶν ποιητέων, ἡ ἀπαγορευτικὴ τῶν μὴ ποιητέων·
105αὗται γὰρ ἤδη ἡμῶν ἐφάπτονται. τίς γὰρ ἀπαγορεύσεως χρεία τοῖς μὴ μέλλουσιν ἀδικήσειν, τίς δὲ προστάξεως τοῖς μὴ πεφυκόσι σφάλλεσθαι, τίς δὲ τῆς ἵλεω τοῖς μηδ’ ὅλως ἁμαρτησομένοις; ἀλλὰ τό γε ἡμέτερον γένος χρεῖον γέγονε τούτων διὰ τὸ πεφυκέναι καὶ ἐπικλινῶς
106ἔχειν πρός τε τὰ ἑκούσια καὶ ἀκούσια ἁμαρτήματα. τέταρτον καὶ λοιπὸν ἦν τῶν προταθέντων ἡ προθεσμία τῆς τῶν πεφευγότων καθόδου, τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ὁ θάνατος, πολλὴν ἐν τῷ ῥητῷ μοι παρέχουσα δυσκολίαν. ἄνισος γὰρ ἡ τιμωρία κατὰ τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ δρασάντων νομοθετεῖται, εἴ γε οἱ μὲν πλείω χρόνον ἀποδράσονται, οἱ δὲ ἐλάττω· μακροβιώτατοι γὰρ οἱ μέν, οἱ δὲ ὀλιγοχρονιώτατοι τῶν ἀρχιερέων εἰσί· καὶ οἱ μὲν νέοι, οἱ δὲ πρεσβῦται καθίστανται·
107καὶ τῶν ἑαλωκότων ἐπ’ ἀκουσίῳ φόνῳ οἱ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἐφυγαδεύθησαν, οἱ δ’ ἤδη μέλλοντος τελευτᾶν τοῦ ἱερωμένου, ὡς τοὺς μὲν αἰῶνα μακρόν τινα τῆς πατρίδος ἐστερῆσθαι, τοὺς δ’ αὐτὸ μόνον ἡμέραν, εἰ τύχοι, μεθ’ ἣν τὸν αὐχένα ἐπαίροντες καὶ φρυαττόμενοι καὶ γελῶντες τοὺς ἄγχιστα γένους τῶν ἀνῃρημένων ἀφίξονται.
108τὸ ἄπορον οὖν καὶ δυσαπολόγητον ἀποδρασόμεθα τῆς δι’ ὑπονοιῶν φυσικῆς ἀποδόσεως ἐφιέμενοι. λέγομεν γὰρ τὸν ἀρχιερέα οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀλλὰ λόγον θεῖον εἶναι πάντων οὐχ ἑκουσίων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀκουσίων ἀδικημάτων ἀμέτοχον.
109οὔτε γὰρ ἐπὶ πατρί, τῷ νῷ, οὔτε ἐπὶ μητρί, τῇ αἰσθήσει, φησὶν αὐτὸν Μωυσῆς (Lev. 21,11) δύνασθαι μιαίνεσθαι, διότι, οἶμαι, γονέων ἀφθάρτων καὶ καθαρωτάτων ἔλαχεν, πατρὸς μὲν θεοῦ, ὃς καὶ τῶν συμπάντων ἐστὶ πατήρ, μητρὸς δὲ σοφίας, δι’ ἧς τὰ ὅλα ἦλθεν εἰς γένεσιν·
110καὶ διότι τὴν κεφαλὴν κέχρισται ἐλαίῳ, λέγω δὲ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν φωτὶ αὐγοειδεῖ περιλάμπεται, ὡς ἀξιόχρεως "ἐνδύσασθαι τὰ ἱμάτια“ νομισθῆναι — ἐνδύεται δ’ ὁ μὲν πρεσβύτατος τοῦ ὄντος λόγος ὡς ἐσθῆτα τὸν κόσμον (γῆν γὰρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀέρα καὶ πῦρ καὶ τὰ ἐκ τούτων ἐπαμπίσχεται), ἡ δ’ ἐπὶ μέρους ψυχὴ τὸ σῶμα, ἡ δὲ τοῦ σοφοῦ διάνοια τὰς ἀρετάς —·
111καὶ ὅτι τὴν κεφαλὴν „οὐδέποτε ἀπομιτρώσει“, τὸ βασίλειον οὐκ ἀποθήσεται διάδημα, τὸ σύμβολον τῆς οὐκ αὐτοκράτορος μέν, ὑπάρχου δὲ καὶ θαυμαστῆς ἡγεμονίας, "οὐδ’ αὖ τὰ ἱμάτια διαρρήξει“ (Lev. 21, 10)·
112ὅ τε γὰρ τοῦ ὄντος λόγος δεσμὸς ὢν τῶν ἁπάντων, ὡς εἴρηται, καὶ συνέχει τὰ μέρη πάντα καὶ σφίγγει κωλύων αὐτὰ διαλύεσθαι καὶ διαρτᾶσθαι· ἥ τ’ ἐπὶ μέρους ψυχή, καθόσον δυνάμεως μεμοίραται, τῶν τοῦ σώματος οὐδὲν ἀποσχίζεσθαι καὶ ἀποτέμνεσθαι μερῶν παρὰ φύσιν ἐᾷ, τὸ δ’ ἐπ’ αὐτῇ πάντα ὁλόκληρα ὄντα ἁρμονίαν καὶ ἕνωσιν ἀδιάλυτον ἄγει τὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα· ὅ τε κεκαθαρμένος τοῦ σοφοῦ νοῦς ἀρρήκτους καὶ ἀπήμονας διαφυλάττει τὰς ἀρετάς, τὴν φυσικὴν αὐτῶν συγγένειάν τε καὶ κοινωνίαν ἁρμοσάμενος εὐνοίᾳ παγιωτέρᾳ.
113οὗτος „ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν τετελευτηκυῖαν“, ᾗ φησι Μωυσῆς, „οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται“ (Lev. 21, 11)· θάνατος δὲ ψυχῆς ὁ μετὰ κακίας | ἐστὶ βίος, ὥστε οὐδέ τινος ἄγους, ὧν προσβάλλειν ἀφροσύνη φιλεῖ, ποτὲ προσάψεται.
114τούτῳ καὶ παρθένος ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ γένους ἁρμόζεται, καθαρὰ καὶ ἀμίαντος καὶ ἀδιάφθορος εἰς ἀεὶ γνώμη· χήρας γὰρ καὶ ἐκβεβλημένης καὶ βεβήλου καὶ πόρνης ἀνὴρ οὐδέποτε γίνεται (ibid. 13.14), πόλεμον ἄσπονδον καὶ ἀκήρυκτον πρὸς αὐτὰς ἀεὶ συγκροτῶν. ἐχθρὸν γὰρ αὐτῷ τὸ χηρεύειν ἀρετῆς καὶ ἐκβεβλῆσθαι καὶ πεφυγαδεῦσθαι πρὸς αὐτῆς καὶ πᾶν ὅ τι ἂν ᾖ βέβηλον πεῖσμα καὶ ἀνίερον· τὸ δὲ πολυμιγὲς καὶ πολύανδρον καὶ πολύθεον, ἄθεον μὲν οὖν κακόν, πόρνην, οὐδὲ προσιδεῖν ἀξιοῖ, τὴν ἕνα ἄνδρα καὶ πατέρα τὸν ἡγεμόνα θεὸν ἐπιγεγραμμένην ἠγαπηκώς.
115ὑπερβολή τις περὶ τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον τελειότητος ἐνορᾶται. τὸν μέν γε τὴν μεγάλην εὐξάμενον εὐχὴν οἶδέ που καὶ ἀκουσίως σφαλλόμενον, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἑκουσίῳ γνώμῃ· λέγει γάρ· „ἐὰν δέ τις ἀποθάνῃ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἐξάπινα, παραχρῆμα μιανθήσεται“ (Num. 6, 9)· τὰ γὰρ ἀβούλητα ἔξωθεν αἰφνίδιον κατασκήπτοντα παραχρῆμα τὴν ψυχὴν οὐ πρὸς αἰῶνα μήκιστον μιαίνει, ἅτε ὄντα ἀκούσια. τούτων δ’ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καθάπερ καὶ τῶν ἑκουσίων ὑπεράνω στὰς ἀλογεῖ.
116ταῦτα δ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ μοι λέλεκται, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ διδάξαι, ὅτι φυσικωτάτη προθεσμία καθόδου φυγάδων ὁ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ἐστὶ θάνατος (Num. 35,25).
117ἕως μὲν γὰρ ὁ ἱερώτατος οὗτος λόγος ζῇ καὶ περίεστιν ἐν ψυχῇ, ἀμήχανον τροπὴν ἀκούσιον εἰς αὐτὴν κατελθεῖν· ἀμέτοχος γὰρ καὶ ἀπαράδεκτος παντὸς εἶναι πέφυκεν ἁμαρτήματος. ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, οὐκ αὐτὸς διαφθαρείς, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῆς ἡμετέρας ψυχῆς διαζευχθείς, κάθοδος εὐθὺς δίδοται τοῖς ἑκουσίοις σφάλμασιν· εἰ γὰρ μένοντος καὶ ὑγιαίνοντος ἐν ἡμῖν ἐξῳκίζετο, μετανισταμένου πάντως εἰσοικισθήσεται.
118γέρας γὰρ ἐξαίρετον ὁ ἀμίαντος ἀρχιερεύς, ἔλεγχος, ἐκ φύσεως κεκάρπωται τὸ μηδέποτ’ εἰς αὑτὸν παραδέξασθαι τόπον γνώμης ὄλισθον. διόπερ ἄξιον εὔχεσθαι ζῆν ἐν ψυχῇ τὸν ἀρχιερέα ὁμοῦ καὶ βασιλέα, δικαστὴν ἔλεγχον, ὃς ὅλον ἡμῶν τὸ διανοίας ἀποκεκληρωμένος δικαστήριον ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς τῶν ἀγομένων εἰς κρίσιν δυσωπεῖται.
119Λελαληκότες οὖν τὰ ἁρμόττοντα περὶ φυγάδων τὴν κατὰ τὸν εἱρμὸν ἀκολουθίαν συνυφανοῦμεν. λέγεται γὰρ ἑξῆς· "εὗρεν αὐτὴν ἄγγελος κυρίου“ (Gen. 16,7), κάθοδον ψηφισάμενος ὑπ’ αἰδοῦς κινδυνευσούσῃ ψυχῇ πλανᾶσθαι καὶ μονονοὺ προπομπὸς γινόμενος τῆς εἰς τὴν ἀπλανῆ γνώμην ἐπανόδου.
120χρήσιμον δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ εὑρέσεως καὶ ζητήσεως φιλοσοφηθέντα τῷ νομοθέτῃ μὴ ἡσυχασθῆναι. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ εἰσάγει μηδὲν μήτε ζητοῦντας μήτε εὑρίσκοντας, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἑκατέρῳ κατορθοῦντας, ἐνίους δὲ θάτερον περιπεποιημένους, ὧν οἱ μὲν ζητοῦντες οὐχ εὑρίσκουσιν, οἱ δ’ εὑρίσκουσιν οὐ ζητήσαντες.
121οἱ μὲν οὖν μήτε εὑρέσεως μήτε ζητήσεως ἐφιέμενοι τὸν λογισμὸν ἀπαιδευσίᾳ καὶ ἀμελετησίᾳ χαλεπῶς ᾐκίσαντο καὶ δυνάμενοι ὀξὺ καθορᾶν ἐπηρώθησαν. οὕτως φησὶ „τὴν γυναῖκα Λὼτ στραφεῖσαν εἰς τοὐπίσω γενέσθαι στήλην“ (Gen. 19,26), οὐ μυθοπλαστῶν, ἀλλὰ πράγματος ἰδιότητα μηνύων.
122ὃς γὰρ ἂν ὀλιγωρήσας τοῦ διδάσκοντος ὑπὸ ῥᾳθυμίας ἐμφύτου τε ὁμοῦ καὶ συνήθους τὰ μὲν πρόσω καταλίπῃ, δι’ ὧν ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις δυνάμεσιν ἔστι χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν φύσεως πραγμάτων ἐπίκρισιν, ἐκτραχηλίσας δ’ αὑτὸν εἰς τοὐπίσω περιαγάγῃ, τὰ τυφλὰ τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ πραγμάτων μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν τοῦ σώματος μερῶν ἐζηλωκώς, ἀψύχου καὶ κωφῆς λίθου τρόπον στηλιτεύεται.
123οὐ γὰρ ἔσχον, ᾗ φησι Μωυσῆς, οἱ τοιοῦτοι τρόποι „καρδίαν συνιέναι καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς βλέπειν καὶ ὦτα ἀκούειν“ (Deut. 29, 4), ἀλλὰ τυφλὸν καὶ κωφὸν καὶ ἀνόητον καὶ πάντῃ πηρὸν βίον ἀβίωτον ἑαυτοῖς ἐξειργάσαντο, οὐδενὶ τῶν δεόντων
124ἐφιστάντες. ἡγεμὼν δ’ ἐστὶ τοῦ χοροῦ τούτου ὁ τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας βασιλεύς· „ἐπιστραφεὶς“ γάρ φησι „Φαραὼ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐπέστησε τὸν νοῦν οὐδ’ ἐπὶ τούτῳ“ (Exod. 7,23), ἴσον τῷ ἐπ’ οὐδενὶ τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλ’ εἴασεν αὐτὸν οἷα φυτὸν ἀγεώργητον ἀφαυαίνεσθαι καὶ στειρούμενον ἀγονίᾳ χρῆσθαι.
125οἱ μέν γε βουλευόμενοι καὶ σκοπούμενοι καὶ πάντ’ ἐπιμελῶς ἐξετάζοντες ἀκονῶσι καὶ παραθήγουσιν αὐτόν· ὁ δὲ γυμναζόμενος τοὺς οἰκείους φέρει καρπούς, ἀγχίνοιάν τε καὶ σύνεσιν, δι’ ὧν τὸ ἀφενάκιστον περιγίνεται· ὁ δ’ ἀπερίσκεπτος ἀμβλύνει καὶ περιθραύει τὰς φρονήσεως ἀκμάς.
Sections 126–150
126Τὸν μὲν οὖν ἄλογον καὶ ἄψυχον ὡς ἀληθῶς τῶν τοιούτων θίασον ἐατέον, τὸν δὲ τῶν σκέψει καὶ εὑρέσει χρωμένων ἐπικριτέον. αὐτίκα τοίνυν ὁ πολιτικὸς μὲν ἥκιστα δὲ δοξομανὴς τρόπος, ἐφιέμενος τῆς ἀμείνονος γενεᾶς, ἣν ἀρεταὶ κεκλήρωνται, ζητῶν τε καὶ ἀνευρίσκων αὐτὴν εἰσάγεται.
127„εὗρε“ γάρ φησιν „ἄνθρωπος τὸν Ἰωσὴφ πλανώμενον ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, καὶ ἠρώτησεν αὐτόν· τί ζητεῖς; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου ἐγὼ ζητῶ, ἀνάγγειλόν μοι, ποῦ βόσκουσιν. εἶπε δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ ἄνθρωπος· ἀπήρκασιν ἐντεῦθεν· ἤκουσα γὰρ αὐτῶν λεγόντων· πορευθῶμεν εἰς Δωθαΐν. καὶ ἐπορεύθη Ἰωσὴφ κατόπιν τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ εὗρεν αὐτοὺς ἐν Δωθαΐν“ (Gen. 37, 15—17).
128ἑρμηνεύεται Δωθαῒν ἔκλειψις ἱκανή, σύμβολον ψυχῆς οὐ μέσως ἀλλὰ τελείως ἀποδεδρακυίας τὰς κενὰς δόξας, αἳ γυναικῶν μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνδρῶν ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἐοίκασι. διὸ πάνυ καλῶς ἡ ἀρετὴ Σάρρα „τὰ γυναικεῖα ἐκλείπει“ (Gen. 18,11), περὶ ἃ πονούμεθα οἱ τὸν ἄνανδρον καὶ θῆλυν ὄντως βίον μεταδιώκοντες. ὁ δὲ σοφὸς καὶ „ἐκλείπων προστίθεται“ (Gen. 25, 17) κατὰ Μωυσῆν, φυσικώτατα· τὴν γὰρ τῆς κενῆς δόξης ἀφαίρεσιν πρόσθεσιν ἀληθείας εἶναι συμβέβηκεν.
129εἰ δή τις ἔτ’ ἐν θνητῷ καὶ πολυμιγεῖ καὶ πολυμόρφῳ βίῳ διατρίβων καὶ κεχρημένος ἀφθόνοις ταῖς πρὸς περιουσίαν ὕλαις σκέπτεται καὶ ζητεῖ περὶ τῆς ἀμείνονος καὶ πρὸς τὸ καλὸν μόνον ἀφορώσης γενεᾶς, ἄξιος ἀποδοχῆς ἐστιν, ἂν μὴ πάλιν τὰ ὀνείρατα καὶ φαντάσματα τῶν νομιζομένων καὶ φαινομένων ἀγαθῶν ὑπαναπλεύσαντα παρευημερήσῃ.
130μένων γὰρ ἐν ἀκιβδηλεύτῳ τῇ ψυχικῇ σκέψει, κατ’ ἴχνος τῶν ζητουμένων βαίνων καὶ ἐπακολουθῶν οὐκ ἀνήσει πρότερον ἢ τοῖς ποθουμένοις ἐντυχεῖν. ἀλλ’ οὐδὲν αὐτῶν παρὰ μοχθηροῖς ἀνευρήσει· διὰ τί;
131„ἀπήρκασι γὰρ ἐντεῦθεν“, τὰς μὲν ἡμετέρας σπουδὰς ἐκλιπόντες, μετοικισάμενοι δ’ εἰς τὸν ἔρημον κακῶν εὐσεβῶν χῶρον. λέγει δὲ ταῦτα ὁὁ ἀληθινὸς ἄνθρωπος, ὁὁ ἐπὶ ψυχῆς ἔλεγχος, ὃς ἀποροῦσαν καὶ σκεπτομένην καὶ ζητοῦσαν αὐτὴν ἰδὼν εὐλαβεῖται, μὴ πλανηθεῖσα διαμάρτῃ τῆς ὀρθῆς ὁδοῦ.
132πάνυ τεθαύμακα κἀκείνους, τὸν μὲν φιλοπευστοῦντα περὶ τοῦ μέσου τῶν ἄκρων καὶ λέγοντα· „ἰδοὺ τὸ πῦρ καὶ τὰ ξύλα, ποῦ τὸ πρόβατον τὸ εἰς ὁλοκάρπωσιν“, τὸν δ’ ἀποκρινόμενον· „ὁ θεὸς ὄψεται ἑαυτῷ πρόβατον εἰς ὁλοκάρπωσιν, τέκνον“ καὶ ὕστερον τὸ ἀντιδοθὲν εὑρίσκοντα· „ἰδοὺ γὰρ κριὸς εἷς κατεχόμενος τῶν κεράτων ἐν φυτῷ Σαβέκ“ (Gen. 22,7. 8. 13).
133ἴδωμεν οὖν, τί ὁ μὲν ζητῶν ἀπορεῖ, ὁ δ’ ἀποκρινόμενος ἀποφαίνεται, καὶ τρίτον τί τὸ εὑρισκόμενον ἦν. ὃ μὲν οὖν πυνθάνεται τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ἰδοὺ τὸ δρῶν αἴτιον, τὸ πῦρ· ἰδοὺ καὶ τὸ πάσχον, ἡ ὕλη, τὰ ξύλα· ποῦ τὸ τρίτον, τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα;
134οἷον ἰδοὺ ὁ νοῦς, ἔνθερμον καὶ πεπυρωμένον πνεῦμα· ἰδοὺ καὶ τὰ νοητά, ὡσανεὶ ὗλαι· ποῦ τὸ τρίτον, τὸ νοεῖν; πάλιν ἰδοὺ ἡ ὅρασις, ἰδοὺ τὸ χρῶμα, ποῦ τὸ ὁρᾶν; καὶ συνόλως ἰδοὺ ἡ αἴσθησις, τὸ κριτήριον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ αἰσθητά, αἱ ὗλαι· τὸ οὖν αἰσθάνεσθαι ποῦ;
135ταῦτα πυνθανομένῳ δεόντως ἀποκρίνεται· „ὁ θεὸς ὄψεται ἑαυτῷ“· θεοῦ γὰρ ἔργον ἴδιον τὸ τρίτον. ἐπιφροσύνῃ γὰρ αὐτοῦ ὁ μὲν νοῦς καταλαμβάνει, ἡ δ’ ὅρασις ὁρᾷ καὶ πᾶσα αἴσθησις αἰσθάνεται. „κριὸς δ’ εὑρίσκεται κατεχόμενος“, τουτέστι λόγος ἡσυχάζων καὶ ἐπέχων.
136ἄριστον γὰρ ἱερεῖον ἡσυχία καὶ ἐποχὴ περὶ ὧν πάντως οὔκ εἰσι πίστεις. ῥητὸν γὰρ μόνον τοῦτο „ὁ θεὸς ὄψεται“, ᾧ γνώριμα τὰ πάντα, ὃς λαμπροτάτῳ φωτί, ἑαυτῷ, τὰ ὅλα αὐγάζει· τὰ δ’ ἄλλα οὐ ῥητὰ γενέσει, ἧς πολὺ κατακέχυται τὸ σκότος· ἠρεμία δ’ ἀσφαλὲς ἐν σκότῳ.
137ζητήσαντες καὶ τί τὸ τρέφον ἐστὶ τὴν ψυχήν — „οὐ γὰρ“ ᾗ φησι Μωυσῆς „ᾔδεισαν τί ἦν“ (Exod. 16, 15) — εὗρον μαθόντες ῥῆμα θεοῦ καὶ λόγον θεῖον, ἀφ’ οὗ πᾶσαι παιδεῖαι καὶ σοφίαι ῥέουσιν ἀένναοι. ἥδ’ ἐστὶν ἡ οὐράνιος τροφή, μηνύεται δ’ ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἀναγραφαῖς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ αἰτίου λέγοντος· „ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ὕω ὑμῖν ἄρτους ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ“ (ibid. 4)· τῷ γὰρ ὄντι τὴν αἰθέριον σοφίαν ὁ θεὸς ταῖς εὐφυέσι καὶ φιλοθεάμοσιν ἄνωθεν ἐπιψεκάζει διανοίαις·
138αἱ δὲ ἰδοῦσαι καὶ γευσάμεναι καὶ σφόδρ’ ἡσθεῖσαι ἔμαθον μὲν ὃ ἔπαθον, τὸ δὲ διαθὲν ἀγνοοῦσι. διὸ πυνθάνονται· „τί ἐστι τοῦτο“ (ibid. 15), ὃ μέλιτος γλυκύτερον, χιόνος δὲ λευκότερον εἶναι πέφυκε;
139διδαχθήσονται δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοπρόπου, ὅτι „οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος, ὃν ἔδωκε κύριος αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν“ (ibid. 15). τίς οὖν ὁ ἄρτος, εἰπέ. „τοῦτο“ φησί „τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ συνέταξε κύριος“ (ibid. 16). ἡ θεία σύνταξις αὕτη τὴν ὁρατικὴν ψυχὴν φωτίζει τε ὁμοῦ καὶ γλυκαίνει, φέγγος μὲν τὸ ἀληθείας ἀπαστράπτουσα, πειθοῖ δέ, ἀρετῇ γλυκείᾳ, τοὺς διψῶντας καὶ πεινῶντας καλοκἀγαθίας ἐφηδύνουσα.
140ζητήσας καὶ ὁ προφήτης αὐτός, τί τὸ τοῦ κατορθοῦν αἴτιον, ἀνεῦρεν ὅτι ἡ θεοῦ μόνου σύνοδος. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἠπόρει, τίς εἰμι καὶ τίς ὢν τὸ ὁρατικὸν γένος ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλεύειν δοκοῦντος ἀντιθέου τρόπου ῥύσομαι, διδάσκεται χρησμῷ, ὅτι „ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ“ (Exod. 3,11. 12).
141ζητήσεις δ’ αἱ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἔχουσι μὲν γλαφυρὰν θεωρίαν καὶ φιλόσοφον — πῶς γὰρ οὔ; —, ἡ δὲ τοῦ τῶν ὄντων ἀρίστου καὶ ἀσυγκρίτου καὶ πάντων αἰτίου θεοῦ ζήτησις εὐφραίνει μὲν εὐθὺς ἰόντας ἐπὶ τὴν σκέψιν, ἀτελὴς δ’ οὐ γίνεται, προϋπαντῶντος διὰ τὴν ἵλεω φύσιν ἑαυτοῦ ταῖς παρθένοις χάρισι καὶ ἐπιδεικνυμένου ἑαυτὸν τοῖς γλιχομένοις ἰδεῖν, οὐχ οἷός ἐστιν — ἀμήχανον γάρ, ἐπεὶ καὶ Μωυσῆς „ἀπέστρεψε τὸ πρόσωπον· εὐλαβεῖτο γὰρ κατεμβλέψαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ“ (Exod. 3,6) —, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐνεχώρει γενητὴν φύσιν τῇ ἀπερινοήτῳ δυνάμει προσβαλεῖν.
142ἀναγέγραπται καὶ τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς προτρεπτικοῖς· „ἐπιστραφήσεσθε“ γάρ φησι „πρὸς κύριον τὸν θεὸν ὑμῶν, καὶ εὑρήσετε αὐτόν, ὅταν ἐκζητήσητε αὐτὸν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς ὑμῶν“ (Deut. 4, 29. 30).
143Ἀποχρώντως λελαληκότες καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐπὶ τὸ τρίτον ἑξῆς τρεψώμεθα κεφάλαιον, ἐν ᾧ τὸ μὲν ζητεῖν ἦν, τὸ δ’ εὑρίσκειν οὐχ εἵπετο. Λάβαν γοῦν ἀναζητήσας ὅλον τοῦ ἀσκητοῦ τὸν ψυχικὸν οἶκον „οὐχ εὗρεν“ ᾗ φησι Μωυσῆς „τὰ εἴδωλα“ (Gen. 31, 33)·
144πλήρης γὰρ πραγμάτων, οὐκ ὀνειράτων καὶ κενῶν φαντασμάτων ἦν. οὐδ’ οἱ τυφλοὶ διάνοιαν Σοδομῖται σπουδάσαντες ἐκθύμως αἰσχῦναι τοὺς ἱεροὺς καὶ ἀμιάντους λόγους εὗρον τὴν εἰς τοῦτ’ ἄγουσαν ὁδόν, ἀλλ’, ὥς φησι τὸ λόγιον, „παρελύθησαν ζητοῦντες τὴν θύραν“ (Gen. 19, 11), καίτοι γε ἐν κύκλῳ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκίαν περιθέοντες καὶ πάντα κινήσαντες λίθον πρὸς ἐκπλήρωσιν τῆς ἐκφύλου καὶ ἀσεβοῦς ἐπιθυμίας.
145ἤδη τινὲς καὶ ἀντὶ πυλωρῶν βασιλεῖς ἐθελήσαντες γενέσθαι καὶ τὸ κάλλιστον ἐν βίῳ, τάξιν, καταλῦσαι οὐ μόνον τῆς ἀδίκως ἐλπισθείσης εὐπραγίας ἐσφάλησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἣν ἐν χερσὶν εἶχον ἐκβαλεῖν ἠναγκάσθησαν. ἱερωσύνης γὰρ τοὺς Κορὲ θιασώτας ὀρεχθέντας * * * ὁ νόμος διαμαρτεῖν φησιν ἀμφοῖν (Num. 16).
146ὥσπερ γὰρ οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ παῖδες καὶ ἄνδρες μανθάνουσιν, ἀλλ’ ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν ἡλικιῶν εἰσιν ἁρμόττουσαι διδασκαλίαι, οὕτως πεφύκασιν εἶναί τινες αἰεὶ παιδικαὶ ψυχαὶ καὶ ἐν σώμασι γεγηρακόσι καὶ ἔμπαλιν τελειόταται ἐν ἄρτι ἀκμάζουσι καὶ ἡβῶσιν. ὄφλοιεν ἂν οὖν εὐήθειαν, ὅσοι μειζόνων ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶν φύσιν ἐρῶσιν, ἐπειδὴ πᾶν τὸ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐπιτάσει σφοδρότητος ἀπορρήττεται.
147καὶ Φαραὼ „ζητῶν ἀνελεῖν Μωυσῆν“ (Exod. 2,15), τὸ προφητικὸν γένος, οὐδέποτε εὑρήσει, καίτοι χαλεπὸν ἀκηκοὼς κατ’ αὐτοῦ λόγον ὡς ἐπικεχειρηκότος καθελεῖν τὴν σώματος ἅπασαν ἡγεμονίαν δυσὶ προσβολαῖς·
148ὧν τὴν μὲν προτέραν ἐποιήσατο πρὸς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον τρόπον, ὃς ἐπετείχιζεν ἡδονὴν ψυχῇ — „πατάξας γὰρ αὐτὸν“ οὐσίᾳ σποράδι „κατέχωσεν, ἄμμῳ“ (Exod. 2,12), τοῦ αὐτοῦ νομίσας ἀμφότερα εἶναι τὰ δόγματα, καὶ ἡδονὴν ὡς πρῶτον καὶ μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἀτόμους ὡς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχάς —, τὴν δ’ ἑτέραν (ibid. 13) πρὸς τὸν κατακερματίζοντα τὴν φύσιν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ τὸ μὲν ψυχῇ, τὸ δὲ σώματι, τὸ δὲ τοῖς ἐκτὸς ἀπονέμοντα. ὁλόκληρον γὰρ αὐτὸ βούλεται εἶναι, τῷ ἀρίστῳ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν, διανοίᾳ μόνῃ, προσκεκληρωμένον καὶ μηδενὶ τῶν ἀψύχων ἐφαρμόττον.
149οὐδὲ τὴν ἀνίκητον ἀρετὴν καὶ πικραινομένην ἐπὶ ταῖς καταγελάστοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων σπουδαῖς, ὄνομα Θάμαρ, ὁ διαπεμφθεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν ζήτησιν αὐτῆς ἀνευρίσκει. φυσικώτατα· λέγεται γάρ· „ἀπέστειλε δὲ Ἰούδας τὸν ἔριφον ἐν χειρὶ τοῦ ποιμένος τοῦ Ὁδολλαμίτου κομίσασθαι τὸν ἀρραβῶνα παρὰ τῆς γυναικός· καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν αὐτήν. ἐπηρώτησε δὲ τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ τόπου· ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ πόρνη ἡ γενομένη ἐν Αἰνὰν ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ; καὶ εἶπον· οὐκ ἦν ἐνταῦθα πόρνη. καὶ ἀπεστράφη πρὸς Ἰούδαν καὶ εἶπεν· οὐχ εὗρον, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ ἐκ τοῦ τόπου λέγουσι μὴ εἶναι ὧδε πόρνην. εἶπε δὲ Ἰούδας· ἐχέτω αὐτά, ἀλλὰ μή ποτε καταγελασθῶμεν· ἐγὼ μὲν ἀπέσταλκα τὸν ἔριφον τοῦτον, σὺ δὲ οὐχ εὕρηκας“ (Gen. 38,20—23). ὢ θαυμαστῆς δοκιμασίας, ὢ ἱεροπρεποῦς πείρας.
150ἀρραβῶνά τις ἔδωκεν ὠνητικῶς ἔχουσα διάνοια τοῦ καλλίστου κτήματος, θεοσεβείας, διὰ τριῶν ἐνεχύρων ἢ συμβόλων, δακτυλίου, ὁρμίσκου, ῥάβδου (ibid. 18), βεβαιότητα καὶ πίστιν, εἱρμὸν καὶ ἀκολουθίαν λόγου πρὸς βίον καὶ βίου πρὸς λόγον, ὀρθὴν καὶ ἀκλινῆ παιδείαν, ᾗ λυσιτελὲς ἐπερείδεσθαι.
Sections 151–175
151τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦτον εἰ καλῶς ἔδωκε, βασανίζει. τίς οὖν ἡ βάσανος; καθεῖναί τι δέλεαρ ὁλκῷ κεχρημένον δυνάμει, δόξαν ἢ πλοῦτον ἢ ὑγείαν σώματος ἤ τι τῶν ὁμοιοτρόπων, καὶ γνῶναι πρὸς πότερα καθάπερ ἐπὶ πλάστιγγος ταλαντεύσει· ῥοπὴ γὰρ εἰ γένοιτο πρός τι τούτων, ὁ ἀρραβὼν οὐ βέβαιος. ἀπέστειλεν οὖν τὸν ἔριφον κομίσασθαι τὸν ἀρραβῶνα παρὰ τῆς γυναικός, οὐ τοῦτο προῃρημένος πάντως ἀπολαβεῖν, ἀλλ’ εἴ ποτε ἀναξία τοῦ κατέχειν ἐκείνη γένοιτο. γενήσεται δὲ πότε;
152ἡνίκα ἂν τὰ διαφέροντα ἀδιαφόρων ἀντικαταλλάξηται, τῶν γνησίων ἀγαθῶν τὰ νόθα προτιμήσασα· γνήσια μὲν οὖν ἀγαθὰ πίστις, εἱρμὸς καὶ ἀκολουθία λόγων πρὸς ἔργα, παιδείας κανὼν ὀρθῆς, ὡς ἔμπαλιν κακὰ ἀπιστία, τὸ ἀνακόλουθον, ἀπαιδευσία, τὰ δὲ νόθα, ὅσα τῆς ἀλόγου φορᾶς ἀπῃώρηται.
153ζητῶν οὖν „οὐκ ἀνεῦρεν αὐτήν“· δυσεύρετον γὰρ ἢ καὶ παντελῶς ἀνεύρετον ἐν πεφυρμένῳ βίῳ τὸ καλόν. κἂν διαπύθηται, εἰ ἔστι περὶ πάντα τὸν τόπον τοῦ καλοῦ πεπορνευμένη ψυχή, ῥητῶς ἀκούσεται, ὅτι οὔτε ἔστιν οὔτε ἦν πρότερον· ἀκόλαστος γὰρ ἢ μαχλὰς ἢ τριοδῖτις σοβὰς ἢ τὸ τῆς ὥρας ἄνθος ἐπευωνίζουσα ἢ καθαρσίοις καὶ λουτροῖς τὰ ἐκτὸς φαιδρυνομένη, τὰ δὲ ἐντὸς ῥυπῶσα, ἢ καθάπερ τὰ πινάκια χρώμασι τὴν ὄψιν ὑπογραφομένη χήτει φυσικῆς εὐμορφίας ἢ τὸ λεγόμενον πολύανδρον κακὸν ὡς ἀγαθὸν μεταδιώκουσα ἢ πολυγαμίας ἐρῶσα ἢ πρὸς μυρία σπειρομένη ἢ ὑπὸ μυρίων σωμάτων ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων ἐμπαιζομένη καὶ περιυβριζομένη κεῖθι οὐκ ἔστι.
154ταῦτα ὁ διαπεμψάμενος ἀκούσας, φθόνον ἠλλοτριωκὼς ἀφ’ αὑτοῦ καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἵλεως γέγηθεν οὐ μετρίως καί φησι· μὴ γὰρ οὐ δι’ εὐχῆς ἐστί μοι τὴν διάνοιαν ἀστείαν τε καὶ ἀστὴν ὡς ἀληθῶς εἶναι, κοσμιότητι καὶ σωφροσύνῃ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις διαπρέπουσαν ἀρεταῖς, ἑνὶ προσέχουσαν ἀνδρὶ καὶ τὴν ἑνὸς οἰκουρίαν ἀγαπῶσαν καὶ μοναρχίᾳ χαίρουσαν. εἰ δὴ τοιαύτη τίς ἐστιν, ἐχέτω τὰ δεδομένα, καὶ τὴν παιδείαν καὶ τὸν εἱρμὸν λόγου πρὸς βίον καὶ βίου πρὸς λόγον καὶ τὸ ἀναγκαιότατον, βεβαιότητα καὶ πίστιν.
155ἀλλὰ μή ποτε γελασθῶμεν ἀνάξια κεχαρίσθαι δόξαντες, καίτοι γ’ ὑπολαβόντες ἐπιτηδειότατα τῇ ψυχῇ δεδωρῆσθαι. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐγὼ μέν, ὅπερ εἰκὸς ἦν ἐργάσασθαι τὸν βουλόμενον τρόπου βάσανον καὶ δοκιμασίαν λαβεῖν, πεποίηκα, δέλεαρ καθεὶς καὶ διαπεμψάμενος, ὁ δὲ ἐπεδείξατο τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν οὐκ εὐάλωτον.
156δῆλον δὲ ἐμοὶ τὸ διὰ τί οὐκ εὐάλωτος· μυρίους γὰρ εἶδον τῶν ἄγαν φαύλων τὰ αὐτὰ δρῶντας ἔσθ’ ὅτε τοῖς λίαν ἀγαθοῖς, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ διανοίας τῆς αὐτῆς, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς μὲν ἀλήθεια, τοῖς δὲ ὑπόκρισις ἀσκεῖται· χαλεπὴ δ’ ἡ διάγνωσις ἀμφοῖν· πολλάκις γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ δοκεῖν παρευημερήθη τὸ εἶναι.
157καὶ τὸν χίμαρον τὸν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ φιλάρετος ζητεῖ μέν, οὐχ εὑρίσκει δέ· ἤδη γὰρ, ὡς δηλοῖ τὸ λόγιον, ἐνεπέπρηστο (Lev. 10, 16). τί δ’ αἰνίττεται, σκεπτέον· τὸ μὲν μηδὲν ἁμαρτεῖν ἴδιον θεοῦ, τὸ δὲ μετανοεῖν σοφοῦ· παγχάλεπον δὲ καὶ δυσεύρετον τοῦτό γε.
158φησὶν οὖν ὁ χρησμός, ὅτι „ζητῶν ἐξεζήτησε Μωυσῆς“ ἐν τῷ θνητῷ βίῳ τὸν περὶ ἁμαρτημάτων μετανοίας λόγον. ἐσπούδαζε γὰρ ἀνευρεῖν ἀπαμπισχομένην τὸ ἀδικεῖν ψυχὴν καὶ ἄνευ αἰσχύνης γυμνὴν προϊοῦσαν ἁμαρτημάτων. ἀλλ’ ὅμως οὐχ εὗρε, τῆς φλογός, λέγω δὲ τῆς ὀξυκινητοτάτης ὁρμῆς ἀλόγου, καταδραμούσης καὶ ὅλην ψυχὴν ἐπινεμηθείσης.
159νικᾶται γὰρ τὰ μὲν ἐλάττω πρὸς τῶν πλειόνων, τὰ δὲ βραδύτερα πρὸς τῶν ὠκυδρομωτέρων, τὰ δὲ μέλλοντα πρὸς τῶν παρόντων· ἐσταλμένον δὲ καὶ βραδὺ καὶ μέλλον ἡ μετάνοια, πολὺ δὲ καὶ ταχὺ καὶ συνεχὲς ἐν τῷ θνητῷ βίῳ τὸ ἀδικεῖν. εἰκότως οὖν ἐν τροπῇ τις γενόμενός φησι μὴ δύνασθαι „τοῦ περὶ ἁμαρτίας ἐμφαγεῖν“· μὴ γὰρ ἐπιτρέπειν τὸ συνειδὸς αὐτῷ μετανοίᾳ τραφῆναι· διὸ λέγεται· „ἤκουσε Μωυσῆς, καὶ ἤρεσεν αὐτῷ“ (Lev. 10, 19. 20).
160τὰ γὰρ πρὸς γένεσιν τῶν πρὸς θεὸν μακρὰν ἀπέζευκται· τῇ μὲν γὰρ τὰ φανερὰ μόνα, τῷ δὲ καὶ τὰ ἀφανῆ γνώριμα. παραπαίει δ’, ὃς ἂν τοῦ ἀληθοῦς καταψευδόμενος ἔτ’ ἀδικῶν μετανενοηκέναι φάσκῃ· ὅμοιον ὡς εἰ καὶ ὁ νοσῶν τὸν ὑγιαίνοντα καθυποκρίνοιτο· μᾶλλον γάρ, ὡς ἔοικε, νοσήσει μηδὲν τῶν εἰς ὑγίειαν προσφόρων ἐπιτηδεύειν ἀξιῶν.
161ἐζήτει ποτὲ προαχθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ φιλομαθοῦς καὶ τὰς αἰτίας, αἷς τἀναγκαιότατα τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ πραγμάτων ἐπιτελεῖται· θεώμενος γὰρ ὅσα ἐν γενέσει φθειρόμενα καὶ γεννώμενα, ἀπολλύμενά τε αὖ καὶ διαμένοντα, τέθηπε καὶ καταπέπληκται καὶ ἐκβοᾷ φάσκων·
162„τί, ὅτι ὁ βάτος καίεται καὶ οὐ κατακαίεται“ (Exod. 3,2. 3)· τὸν γὰρ ἄβατον οὐ πολυπραγμονεῖ χῶρον, θείων ἐνδιαίτημα φύσεων, ἀλλ’ ἤδη μέλλων ἀνήνυτον καὶ ἀτελῆ πόνον διαθλεῖν ἐπικουφίζεται ἐλέῳ καὶ προμηθείᾳ τοῦ πάντων σωτῆρος θεοῦ, ὃς ἔχρησεν ἐκ τῶν ἀδύτων· „μὴ ἐγγίσῃς ὧδε“ (ibid. 5), ἴσον τῷ μὴ πρόσιθι τοιαύτῃ διασκέψει· περιεργίας γὰρ καὶ φιλοπραγμοσύνης μείζονος ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρωπίνην δύναμιν τὸ ἔργον· ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν γεγονότα θαύμαζε, τὰς δὲ αἰτίας, δι’ ἃς ἢ γέγονεν ἢ φθείρεται, μὴ πολυπραγμόνει.
163„ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐν ᾧ σὺ ἕστηκας“ φησί „γῆ ἁγία ἐστί“ (ibid. 5). ποῖος τόπος; ἢ δῆλον ὅτι ὁ αἰτιολογικός, ὃν μόνον ταῖς θείαις ἀνῆψε φύσεσιν, ἀνθρώπων οὐδένα νομίσας ἱκανὸν εἶναι αἰτιολογίας ἐφάψασθαι;
164ὁ δ’ ἄρα διὰ πόθον ἐπιστήμης ὑπερκύψας ἅπαντα τὸν κόσμον ζητεῖ περὶ τοῦ κοσμοποιοῦ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ δυσόρατος οὗτος καὶ δυστόπαστος, σῶμα ἢ ἀσώματος ἢ ὑπεράνω τι τούτων ἢ φύσις ἁπλῆ, οἵα μονάς, ἢ σύγκριμα ἢ τί τῶν ὄντων. καὶ τοῦθ’ ὁρῶν ὡς ἔστι δυσθήρατον καὶ δυσπερινόητον, εὔχεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ μαθεῖν τοῦ θεοῦ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ θεός· οὐ γὰρ ἤλπισε δυνήσεσθαι γνῶναι παρ’ ἑτέρου τινὸς τῶν μετ’ αὐτόν.
165ἀλλ’ ὅμως ἴσχυσε μηδὲν περὶ τῆς τοῦ ὄντος ἐρευνᾶν οὐσίας· „τὰ γὰρ ὀπίσω μου“ φησίν „ὄψει, τὸ δὲ πρόσωπον οὐ μὴ ἴδῃς“ (Exod. 33, 23). αὔταρκες γάρ ἐστι σοφῷ τὰ ἀκόλουθα καὶ ἑπόμενα καὶ ὅσα μετὰ τὸν θεὸν γνῶναι, τὴν δ’ ἡγεμονικὴν οὐσίαν ὁ βουλόμενος καταθεάσασθαι τῷ περιαυγεῖ τῶν ἀκτίνων πρὶν ἰδεῖν πηρὸς ἔσται.
166Τοσαῦτα καὶ περὶ τοῦ τρίτου διειλεγμένοι κεφαλαίου μέτιμεν ἐπὶ τὸ τέταρτον καὶ τελευταῖον τῶν προταθέντων, καθ’ ὃ μὴ γενομένης ζητήσεως φιλεῖ προαπαντᾶν εὕρεσις. ἐν τούτῳ τάττεται πᾶς αὐτομαθὴς καὶ αὐτοδίδακτος σοφός· οὐ γὰρ σκέψεσι καὶ μελέταις καὶ πόνοις ἐβελτιώθη, γενόμενος δ’ εὐθὺς εὐτρεπισμένην εὗρε σοφίαν ἄνωθεν ὀμβρηθεῖσαν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ, ἧς ἀκράτου σπάσας εἱστιάθη καὶ διετέλεσε μεθύων τὴν μετ’ ὀρθότητος λόγου νήφουσαν μέθην.
167οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν Ἰσαὰκ ὠνόμασαν οἱ χρησμοί, ὃν οὐχ ἑτέρῳ μὲν χρόνῳ συνέλαβεν, ἑτέρῳ δὲ ἔτεκεν ἡ ψυχή· „συλλαβοῦσα“ γάρ φησιν „ἔτεκεν“ (Gen. 21, 2) ὡς ἂν ἀχρόνως. οὐ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ἦν ὁ γεννώμενος, ἀλλὰ νόημα καθαρώτατον, φύσει μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπιτηδεύσει καλόν· οὗ χάριν καὶ ἡ τίκτουσα αὐτὸ λέγεται „τὰ γυναικεῖα ἐκλιπεῖν“ (Gen. 18, 11), τὰ συνήθη καὶ εὔλογα καὶ ἀνθρώπινα.
168καινὸν γὰρ καὶ κρεῖττον λόγου καὶ θεῖον ὄντως τὸ αὐτομαθὲς γένος, οὐκ ἀνθρωπίναις ἐπινοίαις, ἀλλ’ ἐνθέῳ μανίᾳ συνιστάμενον. ἢ ἀγνοεῖς ὅτι οὐ δέονται πρὸς τὸν τόκον μαιῶν Ἑβραῖαι, „τίκτουσι“ δ’, ὥς φησι Μωυσῆς, „πρὶν εἰσελθεῖν τὰς μαίας“ (Exod. 1, 19), λέγω δὲ μεθόδους, τέχνας, ἐπιστήμας, φύσει μόνῃ χρώμεναι συνεργῷ; παγκάλους δὲ καὶ προσφυεστάτους ὅρους ἀποδίδωσι τοῦ αὐτομαθοῦς, ἕνα μὲν τοιοῦτον, τὸ ταχὺ εὑρισκόμενον, ἕτερον δὲ „ὃ παρέδωκεν ὁ θεός“.
169τὸ μὲν οὖν διδασκόμενον μακροῦ χρόνου δεῖται, τὸ δὲ φύσει ταχύ τε καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἄχρονόν ἐστι· κἀκεῖνο μὲν ἄνθρωπον, τοῦτο δὲ θεὸν ὑφηγητὴν ἔχει. τὸν μὲν δὴ πρότερον ὅρον κατέταξεν ἐν πεύσει· „τί τοῦτο ὃ ταχὺ εὗρες, ὦ τέκνον“, τὸν δὲ ἕτερον ἐν ἀποκρίσει φάσκων· „ὃ παρέδωκε κύριος ὁ θεός“ (Gen. 27, 20).
170ἔστι δὲ καὶ τρίτος ὅρος τοῦ αὐτομαθοῦς, τὸ ἀναβαῖνον αὐτόματον. λέγεται γὰρ ἐν τοῖς προτρεπτικοῖς· „οὐ σπερεῖτε, οὐδὲ μὴ ἀμήσητε τὰ αὐτόματα ἀναβαίνοντα αὐτῆς“ (Lev. 25, 11)· τέχνης γὰρ οὐδεμιᾶς χρεῖα τὰ φύσει, τοῦ θεοῦ σπείροντος αὐτὰ καὶ τῇ γεωργικῇ τέχνῃ τελεσφοροῦντος ὡς ἂν αὐτόματα τὰ οὐκ αὐτόματα, πλὴν παρόσον ἐπινοίας ἀνθρωπίνης οὐκ ἐδεήθη τὸ παράπαν.
171οὐ προτρέπει δὲ μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμην ἀποφαίνεται· παραινῶν μὲν γὰρ εἶπεν ἄν· μὴ σπείρητε, μὴ ἀμήσητε, ἀποφαινόμενος δέ· „οὐ σπερεῖτε, οὐδὲ μὴ ἀμήσητε τὰ αὐτόματα“. οἷς γὰρ ἀπαυτοματίζουσιν ἐκ φύσεως ἐπιτυγχάνομεν, τούτων οὔτε τὰς ἀρχὰς οὔτε τὰ τέλη παρ’ ἑαυτοὺς ὡς ἂν αἰτίους εὑρίσκομεν·
172ἀρχὴ μὲν οὖν ὁ σπόρος, τελευτὴ δὲ ὁ ἄμητος. ἄμεινον δ’ ἐκεῖνο ἐκδέξασθαι· πᾶσα ἀρχὴ καὶ πᾶν τέλος αὐτόματόν ἐστιν, ἴσον τῷ φύσεως, οὐχ ἡμέτερον ἔργον· οἷον ἀρχὴ τίς τοῦ μανθάνειν; ἢ δῆλον ὅτι ἡ ἐν τῷ διδασκομένῳ φύσις εὐπαράδεκτος οὖσα πρὸς τὰ κατὰ μέρος θεωρήματα; τίς δὲ τοῦ τελειοῦσθαι; πάλιν, εἰ δεῖ μηδὲν ὑποστειλάμενον εἰπεῖν, ἡ φύσις. προκοπὰς μὲν γὰρ ἐμποιῆσαι καὶ ὁ διδάσκων ἱκανός, τὴν δ’ ἐπ’ ἄκρον τελειότητα ὁ θεὸς μόνος, ἡ ἀρίστη φύσις.
173ὁ τούτοις ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς δόγμασι τὴν ἀίδιον εἰρήνην ἄγει, πόνων ἀφειμένος ἀτρύτων. ἀδιαφορεῖ δ’ ἑβδομάδος εἰρήνη κατὰ τὸν νομοθέτην· ἐν γὰρ αὐτῇ τὸ δοκεῖν ἐνεργεῖν ἀποτιθεμένη γένεσις ἀναπαύεται.
174προσηκόντως οὖν λέγεται· „καὶ ἔσται τὰ σάββατα τῆς γῆς ὑμῖν βρώματα“ (Lev. 25, 6), δι’ ὑπονοιῶν· τρόφιμον γὰρ καὶ ἀπολαυστὸν μόνον ἡ ἐν θεῷ ἀνάπαυσις, τὸ μέγιστον ἀγαθὸν περιποιοῦσα, τὴν ἀπόλεμον εἰρήνην. ἡ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ πόλεις ἀνακέκραται ἐμφυλίῳ πολέμῳ, ἡ δὲ ψυχῆς ἀμιγὴς διαφορᾶς ἁπάσης ἐστίν.
175ἐναργέστατα δέ μοι δοκεῖ τὴν ἄνευ ζητήσεως εὕρεσιν παριστάνειν διὰ τούτων· „ὅταν εἰσαγάγῃ σε κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσε τοῖς πατράσι σου δοῦναί σοι πόλεις μεγάλας καὶ καλάς, ἃς οὐκ ᾠκοδόμησας, οἰκίας πλήρεις πάντων ἀγαθῶν, ἃς οὐκ ἐνέπλησας, λάκκους λελατομημένους, οὓς οὐκ ἐξελατόμησας, ἀμπελῶνας καὶ ἐλαιῶνας, οὓς οὐ κατεφύτευσας“ (Deut. 6, 10. 11).
Sections 176–200
176ὁρᾷς τὴν ἀφθονίαν τῶν κεχυμένων μεγάλων καὶ ἑτοίμων πρὸς κτῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ἀγαθῶν; εἰκάζονται δὲ πόλεσι μὲν αἱ γενικαὶ ἀρεταί, διότι ἐπὶ πλεῖστον εὐρύνονται, οἰκίαις δ’ αἱ ἐν εἴδει — στέλλονται γὰρ εἰς βραχύτερον αὗται κύκλον —, λάκκοις δὲ αἱ εὐφυεῖς ψυχαί, αἱ εὐπαράδεκτοι σοφίας ὡς ἐκεῖνοι ὕδατος, ἀμπελῶσι δὲ καὶ ἐλαιῶσιν αἱ προκοπαὶ καὶ αὐξήσεις καὶ καρπῶν γενέσεις· καρπὸς δ’ ἐπιστήμης ὁ θεωρητικὸς βίος, ἄκρατον εὐφροσύνην περιποιῶν ὡς ἀπ’ οἴνου καὶ νοητὸν φέγγος ὡς ἀπὸ φλογός, ἧς ἔλαιον τροφή.
177Ταῦτα καὶ περὶ εὑρέσεως εἰπόντες μέτιμεν ἑξῆς ἐπὶ τὰ ἀκόλουθα τῆς ἐφόδου. „εὗρεν“ οὖν φησιν „αὐτὴν ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπὶ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος„ (Gen. 16, 7). λέγεται δὲ πολλαχῶς πηγή, ἕνα μὲν τρόπον ὁ ἡμέτερος νοῦς, ἕτερον δὲ ἡ λογικὴ ἕξις καὶ παιδεία, τρίτον δ’ ἡ φαύλη διάθεσις, τέταρτον ἡ σπουδαία καὶ ἐναντία ταύτης, πέμπτον αὐτὸς ὁ τῶν ὅλων ποιητὴς καὶ πατήρ.
178τὰς δὲ τούτων πίστεις οἱ ἀναγραφέντες δηλοῦσι χρησμοί· τίνες οὖν εἰσιν, ἐπισκεπτέον. ᾄδεταί τις ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς νομοθεσίας μετὰ τὴν κοσμοποιίαν εὐθὺς τοιόσδε· „πηγὴ δὲ ἀνέβαινεν ἐκ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐπότιζε πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 2, 6).
179οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀλληγορίας καὶ φύσεως τῆς κρύπτεσθαι φιλούσης ἀμύητοι τὴν εἰρημένην εἰκάζουσι πηγὴν τῷ Αἰγυπτίῳ ποταμῷ, ὃς κατὰ πᾶν ἔτος ἀναχεόμενος λιμνάζει τὴν πεδιάδα, μονονοὺκ ἀντίμιμον οὐρανοῦ δύναμιν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι δοκῶν.
180ὃ γὰρ χειμῶνος ταῖς ἄλλαις χώραις οὐρανός, τοῦτ’ Αἰγύπτῳ θέρους ἀκμάζοντος ὁ Νεῖλός ἐστιν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἄνωθεν ἐπὶ γῆν τὸν ὑετὸν ἀποστέλλει, ὁ δὲ κάτωθεν ἄνω, τὸ παραδοξότατον, ὕων ἄρδει τὰς ἀρούρας. ὅθεν ὁρμηθεὶς καὶ Μωυσῆς ἄθεον ἀνέγραψε τὸν Αἰγύπτιον τρόπον γῆν οὐρανοῦ προκρίνοντα καὶ τῶν ὀλυμπίων τὰ χερσαῖα καὶ ψυχῆς τὸ σῶμα.
181ἀλλὰ μὴν περὶ τούτων καὶ αὖθίς ποτε ἐνέσται λέγειν, ὅταν ἐπιτρέπωσιν οἱ καιροί· νυνὶ δὲ — στοχαστέον γὰρ τοῦ μὴ μακρηγορεῖν — ἐπανιτέον ἐπὶ τὴν δι’ ὑπονοιῶν ἀπόδοσιν καὶ λεκτέον τὸ „πηγὴν ἀναβαίνειν καὶ ποτίζειν πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς“ τοιοῦτον εἶναι·
182τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἡμῶν ἐοικὸς πηγῇ δυνάμεις πολλὰς οἷα διὰ γῆς φλεβῶν ἀνομβροῦν, τὰς δυνάμεις ταύτας ἄχρι τῶν αἰσθήσεων [ὀργάνων], ὀφθαλμῶν, ὤτων, ῥινῶν, τῶν ἄλλων, ἀποστέλλει· αἱ δ’ εἰσὶ παντὸς ζῴου περὶ κεφαλὴν καὶ πρόσωπον. ποτίζεται οὖν ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς τοῦ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἡγεμονικοῦ τὸ σώματος ἡγεμονικὸν πρόσωπον, τὸ μὲν ὁρατικὸν πνεῦμα τείνοντος εἰς ὄμματα, τὸ δὲ ἀκουστικὸν εἰς οὖς, εἰς δὲ μυκτῆρας τὸ ὀσφρήσεως, τὸ δ’ αὖ γεύσεως εἰς στόμα καὶ τὸ ἁφῆς εἰς σύμπασαν τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν.
183εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ τῆς παιδείας πολύτροποι πηγαί, αἷς ὀρθοὶ καὶ τροφιμώτατοι λόγοι, καθάπερ στελέχη φοινίκων, παρανέβλαστον. „ἦλθον“ γάρ φησιν „εἰς Αἰλίμ, καὶ ἐν Αἰλὶμ ἦσαν δώδεκα πηγαὶ ὑδάτων καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα στελέχη φοινίκων· παρενέβαλον δὲ ἐκεῖ παρὰ τὰ ὕδατα“ (Exod. 15, 27). Αἰλὶμ πυλῶνες ἑρμηνεύονται, εἰσόδου τῆς πρὸς ἀρετὴν σύμβολον· ὥσπερ γὰρ οἰκίας ἀρχαὶ πυλῶνες, καὶ ἀρετῆς τὰ ἐγκύκλια προπαιδεύματα.
184τέλειος δ’ ἀριθμὸς ὁ δώδεκα, μάρτυς δ’ ὁ ζῳδιακὸς ἐν οὐρανῷ κύκλος, τοσούτοις κατηστερισμένος φωσφόροις ἄστροις· μάρτυς καὶ ἡ ἡλίου περίοδος· μησὶ γὰρ δώδεκα τὸν ἑαυτοῦ περατοῖ κύκλον, ἰσαρίθμους τε τοῖς ἐνιαυτοῦ μησὶ τὰς ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ὥρας ἄγουσιν ἄνθρωποι.
185Μωυσῆς δ’ οὐκ ἐν ὀλίγοις ὑμνεῖ τὸν ἀριθμόν, δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ ἔθνους ἀναγράφων, ἄρτους δώδεκα τῆς προθέσεως νομοθετῶν, λίθους, ἐν οἷς αἱ γλυφαί, δώδεκα τῇ ἱερᾷ ἐσθῆτι τοῦ ποδήρους ἐνδύματος ἐπὶ τῷ λογίῳ συνυφαίνειν κελεύων (Exod. 28, 17 sqq.).
186ὑμνεῖ μέντοι καὶ τὴν δεκάδι πολυπλασιαζομένην ἑβδομάδα, νυνὶ μὲν ἑβδομήκοντα φοίνικας παρὰ ταῖς πηγαῖς εἶναι λέγων, ἐν ἑτέροις δὲ πρεσβυτέρους μόνους ἑβδομήκοντα, οἷς τὸ θεῖον ἐπενεμήθη καὶ προφητικὸν πνεῦμα (Num. 11,16), καὶ πάλιν ἱερεῖα μόσχων ἑβδομήκοντα ἐν διαιρέσεσι καὶ τάξεσιν ἐναρμονίοις ἑορτῇ τῶν σκηνῶν προσαγομένων· βουθυτοῦνται γὰρ οὐκ ἀθρόοι, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἡμέραις ἑπτά, τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀπὸ τρισκαίδεκα ταύρων γενομένης (Num. 29, 13 sqq.)· οὕτως γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ἑνὸς ὑφαίρεσιν ἀεὶ μέχρι τῆς ἑβδόμης ἔμελλεν ὁ τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα συντεθεὶς ἀριθμὸς ἐκπληροῦσθαι.
187παραγενόμενοι δὲ εἰς τοὺς θυρῶνας ἀρετῆς, τὰ προπαιδεύματα, καὶ θεασάμενοι πηγὰς καὶ παρ’ αὐταῖς ἔρνη φοινίκων στρατοπεδεύειν οὐ παρὰ τοῖς φυτοῖς ἀλλὰ παρὰ τοῖς ὕδασι λέγονται. διὰ τί; ὅτι φοίνικι μὲν καὶ ταινίαις οἱ παντελοῦς ἀρετῆς ἐπιφερόμενοι τὰ ἆθλα κοσμοῦνται, οἱ δὲ ἔτι ἐγχορεύοντες τοῖς προπαιδεύμασιν ἅτε μαθήσεως διψῶντες παρὰ ταῖς δυναμέναις ἄρδειν καὶ ποτίζειν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ἐπιστήμαις ἱδρύονται.
188τοιαῦται μέν εἰσιν αἱ παιδείας τῆς μέσης πηγαί, τὴν δ’ ἀφροσύνης ἐπισκεψώμεθα, περὶ ἧς λελάληκεν ὁ νομοθέτης ὧδε· „ὃς ἂν κοιμηθῇ μετὰ γυναικὸς ἀποκαθημένης, τὴν πηγὴν αὐτῆς ἀπεκάλυψε, καὶ αὕτη ἀπεκάλυψε τὴν ῥύσιν τοῦ αἵματος αὐτῆς· ἐξολοθρευθήτωσαν ἀμφότεροι“ (Lev. 20,18)·
189γυναῖκα τὴν αἴσθησιν καλεῖ, νοῦν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς ὑποτιθέμενος. ἀποκάθηται δὲ αἴσθησις, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀπωτάτω καθέζεται, ὅταν νοῦν ἀπολιποῦσα, τὸν γνήσιον ἄνδρα, ἐφιδρύηται τοῖς δελεάζουσι καὶ φθείρουσιν αἰσθητοῖς καὶ ἐρωτικῶς ἑκάστοις ἐμπλέκηται· τότ’ οὖν εἰ πρὸς ὕπνον τράποιτο ὁ νοῦς, ἐγρηγορέναι δέον, „τὴν πηγὴν“ τῆς αἰσθήσεως „ἀπεκάλυψεν“ αὑτὸν — αὐτὸς γὰρ ἦν, ὥσπερ ἔφην, ἡ αἰσθήσεως πηγή —, τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ἄστεγον καὶ ἀτείχιστον καὶ εὐεπιβούλευτον κατεσκεύασεν ἑαυτόν.
190οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κἀκείνη „ἀπεκάλυψε τὴν ῥύσιν τοῦ αἵματος αὐτῆς“· ῥέουσα γὰρ πᾶσα αἴσθησις πρὸς τὸ ἐκτὸς αἰσθητὸν ἐπικαλύπτεται μὲν καὶ στέλλεται διακρατουμένη λογισμῷ, καταλείπεται δὲ ἔρημος χηρεύσασα ἡγεμόνος ὀρθοῦ· κακὸν δὲ βαρύτατον ὡς πόλει τὸ ἀτείχιστον, καὶ ψυχῇ τὸ ἀφύλακτον. πότ’ οὖν ἀφύλακτος γίνεται;
191ἢ ὅταν ἄστεγος μὲν ὅρασις κεχυμένη πρὸς τὰ ὁρατά, ἄστεγος δὲ ἀκοὴ φωναῖς ἁπάσαις ἐπαντλουμένη, ἄστεγοι δὲ ὀσμαὶ καὶ αἱ συγγενεῖς δυνάμεις καταλειφθῶσι, πρὸς ὅ τι ἂν οἱ κατατρέχοντες βούλωνται διαθεῖναι παθεῖν ἑτοιμόταται, ἄστεγος δὲ καὶ ὁ προφορικὸς λόγος, ὃς μυρία τῶν ἀπορρήτων, ἅτε μηδενὸς τὴν φορὰν ἀνωθοῦντος, ἀκαίρως ἐξελάλησε; ῥυεὶς γοῦν ἀκωλύτως μεγάλας βίων ὑποθέσεις ὀρθὰς οἷα ἐν γαλήνῃ πλεούσας περιέτρεψεν.
192οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μέγας κατακλυσμός, ἐν ᾧ „ἀνεῴχθησαν μὲν οἱ καταρράκται τοῦ οὐρανοῦ,“ λέγω δὲ τοῦ νοῦ, „ἀπεκαλύφθησαν δὲ αἱ πηγαὶ τῆς ἀβύσσου“ (Gen. 7,11), τουτέστι τῆς αἰσθήσεως. μόνως γὰρ οὕτως ἡ ψυχὴ κατακλύζεται, ἄνωθεν μὲν ὥσπερ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ τοῦ νοῦ καταρραγέντων ἀδικημάτων, κάτωθεν δὲ ὥσπερ ἀπὸ γῆς τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀνομβρησάντων παθῶν.
193οὗ χάριν ἀπαγορεύει Μωυσῆς „ἀσχημοσύνην πατρὸς καὶ μητρὸς ἀποκαλύπτειν“ (Lev. 18,7), εἰδὼς σαφῶς, ἡλίκον ἐστὶ κακὸν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως μὴ ἐπέχειν καὶ ἐπικρύπτειν, ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ κατορθώματα προφέρειν
194εἰς μέσον. αἵδ’ εἰσὶν αἱ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων πηγαί, τὴν δὲ φρονήσεως ἐρευνητέον. εἰς ταύτην ἡ ὑπομονὴ κάτεισι, Ῥεβέκκα, καὶ τὸ ψυχῆς ὅλον πληρώσασα ἀγγεῖον ἀναβαίνει, τὴν κάθοδον ἄνοδον εἰπόντος τοῦ νομοθέτου φυσικώτατα· πρὸς γὰρ ὕψος ἐξαίρεται τὸ ἀρετῆς, ἥτις ἂν ἀπ’ ἀλαζονείας τῆς ὑπεραύχου διανοῆται κατέρχεσθαι.
195λέγει γάρ· „καταβᾶσα δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν πηγὴν ἔπλησε τὴν ὑδρίαν, καὶ ἀνέβη“ (Gen. 24,16). ἥδ’ ἐστὶν ἡ θεία σοφία, ἐξ ἧς αἵ τε κατὰ μέρος ἐπιστῆμαι ποτίζονται καὶ ὅσαι ψυχαὶ φιλοθεάμονες ἔρωτι τοῦ ἀρίστου κατέσχηνται.
196ταύτῃ ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος τῇ πηγῇ προσφυέστατα ὀνόματα τίθεται, „κρίσιν“ αὐτὴν καὶ „ἁγίαν“ προσαγορεύων. „ἀναστρέψαντες“ γάρ φησιν "ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὴν πηγὴν τῆς κρίσεως, αὕτη ἐστὶ Κάδης“ (Gen. 14,7)· καλεῖται δὲ Κάδης ἁγία. μονονοὺ βοᾷ καὶ κέκραγεν, ὅτι ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ σοφία ἁγία τέ ἐστιν οὐδὲν ἐπιφερομένη γήινον καὶ κρίσις τῶν ὅλων, ᾗ πᾶσαι
197αἱ ἐναντιότητες διαζεύγνυνται. λεκτέον δ’ ἤδη περὶ τῆς ἀνωτάτω καὶ ἀρίστης πηγῆς, ἣν ὁ πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων διὰ προφητικῶν ἐθέσπισε στομάτων. εἶπε γάρ που· „ἐμὲ ἐγκατέλιπον πηγὴν ζωῆς, καὶ ὤρυξαν ἑαυτοῖς λάκκους συντετριμμένους, οἳ οὐ δυνήσονται συσχεῖν ὕδωρ“ (Ier. 2,13).
198οὐκοῦν ὁ θεός ἐστιν ἡ πρεσβυτάτη πηγή, καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· τὸν γὰρ σύμπαντα τοῦτον κόσμον ὤμβρησε. καταπέπληγμαι δ’ ἀκούων, ὅτι ζωῆς ἐστιν ἥδε ἡ πηγή· μόνος γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ψυχῆς καὶ ζωῆς καὶ διαφερόντως λογικῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τῆς μετὰ φρονήσεως ζωῆς αἴτιος. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ὕλη νεκρόν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς πλέον τι ἢ ζωή, πηγὴ τοῦ ζῆν, ὡς αὐτὸς εἶπεν, ἀένναος.
199οἱ δ’ ἀσεβεῖς ἀποδράντες, ἄγευστοι τοῦ τῆς ἀθανασίας ποτοῦ διατελέσαντες, ὤρυξαν, οἱ φρενοβλαβεῖς, ἑαυτοῖς ἀλλ’ οὐ θεῷ τὸ πρῶτον, τὰς ἰδίας πράξεις τῶν οὐρανίων καὶ ὀλυμπίων προκρίναντες καὶ τὰ ἐκ φροντίδος τῶν αὐτομάτων καὶ ἑτοίμων.
200ἔπειτα ὀρύττουσιν οὐχ ὡς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαάκ, οἱ σοφοί, φρέατα (Gen. 21,30. 26,18), βαθείας ἐπιστήμας ποτίμους λόγους ἀναδιδούσας, ἀλλὰ λάκκους, ἴδιον οὐδὲν ἐξ ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντας τρόφιμον καλόν, τῆς δ’ ἔξωθεν χρῄζοντας ἐπιρροῆς, ἣ γένοιτ’ ἂν ἐκ διδασκαλίας ἐπαντλούντων ἀεὶ τῶν ὑφηγητῶν ἀκοαῖς τῶν μανθανόντων ἀθρόα τὰ ἐπιστήμης δόγματα καὶ θεωρήματα, καὶ φρενὶ κατασχεῖν καὶ μνήμῃ τὰ παραδοθέντα ταμιεύεσθαι.
Sections 201–213
201νυνὶ δ’ εἰσὶν „οἱ λάκκοι συντετριμμένοι“, τουτέστι πᾶσαι τῆς ἀναγώγου ψυχῆς αἱ δεξαμεναὶ τεθραυσμέναι καὶ διαρρέουσαι, μὴ δυνάμεναι συσχεῖν καὶ φυλάξαι τὴν τῶν οἵων τε ὠφελεῖν ἐπιρροήν.
202Ἃ μὲν οὖν περὶ πηγῶν καιρὸς ἦν εἰπεῖν λέλεκται. πάνυ δ’ ἐξητασμένως τὴν Ἄγαρ εἰσάγουσιν οἱ χρησμοὶ εὑρισκομένην μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς πηγῆς (Gen. 16,7), οὐκ ἀρυτομένην δ’ ἀπ’ αὐτῆς. οὔπω γάρ ἐστιν ἱκανὴ ψυχὴ προκόπτουσα τῷ σοφίας ἀκράτῳ ποτῷ χρῆσθαι, πλησίον δ’ οὐ κεκώλυται ποιεῖσθαι τὰς διατριβάς.
203ἔστι δὲ καὶ λεωφόρος πᾶσα ἡ κατὰ παιδείαν ὁδὸς ἐχυρωτάτη καὶ εὐερκεστάτη. διό φησιν "ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ Σοὺρ“ αὐτὴν εὑρεθῆναι (ibid.), τεῖχος δὲ ἢ εὐθυσμὸς ἑρμηνεύεται Σούρ. ἐνλαλῶν οὖν ὁ ἔλεγχος τῇ ψυχῇ φησιν αὐτῇ· „πόθεν ἔρχῃ, καὶ ποῦ πορεύῃ“ (ibid. 8). τοῦτο δ’ οὐκ ἐνδοιάζων καὶ οὐ πυνθανόμενος μᾶλλον ἢ δυσωπῶν καὶ ὀνειδίζων προφέρεται·
204θέμις γὰρ οὐδὲν ἀγνοεῖν τῶν καθ’ ἡμᾶς ἀγγέλῳ. σημεῖον δέ· καὶ τὰ κατὰ γαστρός, ἅπερ ἄδηλα γενέσει, σαφῶς οἶδεν ἐν οἷς φησιν· "ἰδοὺ σὺ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχεις, καὶ τέξῃ παιδίον, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰσμαήλ“ (ibid. 11). τὸ γὰρ γνῶναι, ὅτι τὸ κυοφορούμενον ἄρρεν ἐστίν, οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνης δυνάμεως, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὸ τὴν προαίρεσιν ᾗ χρήσεται τοῦ βίου ὁ μήπω γεγενημένος, ὅτι ἀγροῖκος, ἀλλ’ οὐ πολιτικὴ καὶ ἥμερος.
205τὸ "πόθεν οὖν ἔρχῃ“ πρὸς ἐπίπληξιν λέγεται τῆς ἀποδιδρασκούσης ψυχῆς τὴν ἀμείνω καὶ κυρίαν γνώμην, ἧς θεραπαινὶς οὐ λεγομένη μᾶλλον ἢ ἔργοις ὑπάρχουσα μέγα κλέος ἔμελλεν [ἐξ]οἴσεσθαι. „ποῖ δὲ καὶ πορεύῃ“; τὰ ἄδηλα μετατρέχεις, τὰ ὁμολογούμενα ἀπορρίψασα.
206καλὸν οὖν αὐτὴν ἐπαινέσαι χαίρουσαν ἐπὶ νουθεσίᾳ· δείγματα δὲ τοῦ χαίρειν ἐξενήνοχε τό τε μὴ κατηγορῆσαι τῆς δεσποίνης καὶ τὸ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀναθεῖναι ἑαυτῇ τοῦ δρασμοῦ καὶ τὸ μὴ ἀποκρίνασθαι πρὸς τὸ δεύτερον πύσμα τὸ „ποῦ πορεύῃ;“ ἄδηλον γάρ, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἀδήλων ἐπέχειν ἀσφαλές
207τε καὶ ἀναγκαῖον. ἀποδεξάμενος οὖν τῆς πειθαρχίας αὐτὴν ὁ ἔλεγχος „ἀποστάφηθι πρὸς τὴν κυρίαν σου“ φησί· λυσιτελὲς γὰρ τῇ μανθανούσῃ ἡ τῆς διδασκούσης ἐπιστασία καὶ τῇ ἀτελεῖ ἡ παρὰ φρονήσει δουλεία. ὅταν δ’ ὑποστρέψῃς, „ταπεινώθητι ὑπὸ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῆς“ (ibid. 9) καλὴν ταπείνωσιν φρονήματος ἀλόγου καθαίρεσιν περιέχουσαν.
208οὕτως γὰρ πραϋτόκοις ὠδῖσιν ἄρρενα γενεὰν ἀποκυήσεις, ὄνομα Ἰσμαήλ (ibid. 11), ἀκοαῖς θείαις σωφρονισθεῖσα· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ Ἰσμαὴλ ἀκοὴ θεοῦ. ἀκοὴ δ’ ὁράσεως τὰ δευτερεῖα φέρεται, ὅρασιν δὲ ὁ γνήσιος υἱὸς καὶ πρωτόγονος Ἰσραὴλ κεκλήρωται· μεταληφθεὶς γάρ ἐστιν ὁρῶν θεόν. ἀκούειν μὲν γὰρ καὶ ψευδῶν ὡς ἀληθῶν ἔνεστιν, ὅτι ἀπατηλὸν ἀκοή, ἀψευδὲς δ’ ὅρασις, ᾗ τὰ ὄντα ὄντως κατανοεῖται.
209τὸν δὲ γεννηθέντα τρόπον χαρακτηρίζει διά τε τοῦ λέγειν ἀγροῖκον ἔσεσθαι, ὡς ἂν ἀγροικόσοφον, μήπω τῆς τιθασοῦ καὶ πολιτικῆς ὄντως μοίρας ἠξιωμένον — αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἀρετή, δι’ ἧς πέφυκεν ἡμεροῦσθαι τὸ ἦθος —, καὶ διὰ τοῦ φάσκειν· „αἱ χεῖρες αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πάντας καὶ αἱ χεῖρες πάντων ἐπ’ αὐτόν“ (ibid. 12)· σοφιστοῦ γὰρ βούλημα τοῦτο τὸ λίαν σκεπτικὸν ἐπιμορφάζοντος καὶ λόγοις χαίροντος ἐριστικοῖς.
210οὗτος καὶ πάντας βάλλει τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν μαθημάτων, ἰδίᾳ τε ἑκάστῳ καὶ κοινῇ πᾶσιν ἐναντιούμενος, καὶ βάλλεται πρὸς ἁπάντων, εἰκότως ἀμυνομένων ὡς ὑπὲρ οἰκείων ἐκγόνων ὧν ἔτεκεν αὐτῶν ἡ ψυχὴ δογμάτων.
211ἀλλὰ καὶ τρίτον προσυπογράφει χαρακτῆρα φάσκων· "κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν ἀδελφῶν κατοικήσει“ (ibid.), μονονοὺκ ἄντικρυς ἐπιδεικνύμενος τὴν ἀντιπρόσωπον διαμάχην καὶ ἀντίστασιν αἰώνιον. ἡ κυοφοροῦσα οὖν τὸν σοφιστὴν λόγον ψυχή φησι τῷ λαλοῦντι πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐλέγχῳ· „σὺ θεὸς ὁ ἐπιδών με“ (ibid. 13), ἴσον τῷ σὺ ποιητὴς εἶ τῶν ἐμῶν βουλημάτων καὶ ἐκγόνων, καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως·
212ἐλευθέρων μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἀστῶν ὡς ἀληθῶς ψυχῶν ὁ ἐλεύθερος καὶ ἐλευθεροποιὸς δημιουργός, δούλων δὲ δοῦλοι· ἄγγελοι δ’ οἰκέται θεοῦ, νομιζόμενοι πρὸς τῶν ἔτ’ ἐν πόνοις καὶ δουλείαις ὑπαρχόντων θεοί. „διὰ τοῦτο“ φησίν "ἐκάλεσε τὸ φρέαρ φρέαρ οὗ ἐνώπιον εἶδον“ (ibid. 14).
213ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔμελλες, ὦ ψυχὴ προκόπτουσα καὶ τῇ τῶν ἐγκυκλίων ἐπιστήμῃ προπαιδευμάτων ἐμβαθύνουσα, καθάπερ διὰ κατόπτρου τῆς παιδείας τὸν αἴτιον τῆς ἐπιστήμης ἰδεῖν; οἰκειότατος δὲ καὶ ὁ τοῦ τοιούτου φρέατος τόπος „ἐν μέσῳ Κάδης καὶ Βαράδ“ (ibid. 14)· ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ Βαρὰδ μὲν ἐν κακοῖς, Κάδης δὲ ἁγία· μεθόριος γὰρ ἁγίων καὶ βεβήλων ὁ ἐν προκοπαῖς, ἀποδιδράσκων μὲν τὰ φαῦλα, μήπω δ’ ἱκανὸς ὢν τελείοις συμβιοῦν ἀγαθοῖς.
On the question why certain Names in the Holy Scriptures are changed
Contents — 11 sections
Sections 1–25
1"Abraham was ninety and nine years old; and the Lord appeared unto Abraham, and said unto him, I am thy God." The number of nine, when added to the number ninety, is very near to a hundred; in which number the self-taught race shone forth, namely Isaac, the most excellent joy of all enjoyments; for he was born when his father was a hundred years old.
2Moreover the first fruits of the tribe of Levi are given up to the priests; for they having taken tithes, offer up other tenths from them as from their own fruits, which thus comprise the number of a hundred; for the number ten is the symbol of improvement, and the number a hundred is the symbol of perfection; and he that is in the middle is always striving to reach the extremity, exerting the inborn goodness of his nature, by which he says, that the Lord of the universe has appeared to him.
3But do not thou think that this appearance presented itself to the eyes of the body, for they see no things but such as are perceptible to the outward senses; but those objects of the outward senses are compound ones, full of destruction; but the Deity is not a compound object, and is indestructible: but the eye which receives the impression of the divine appearance is the eye of the soul;
4for besides this, those things which it is only the eyes of the body that see, are only seen by them because they take light as a coadjutor, and light is different, both from the object seen and from the things which see it. But all these things which the soul sees of itself, and through its own power, it sees without the co-operation of any thing or any one else; for the things which the soul does thus comprehend are a light to themselves,
5and in the same way also we learn the sciences; for the mind, applying its never-closing and never-slumbering eye to their doctrines and speculations, sees them by no spurious light, but by that genuine light which shines forth from itself.
6When therefore you hear that God has been seen by man, you must consider that this is said without any reference to that light which is perceptible by the external senses, for it is natural that that which is appreciable only by the intellect should be presented to the intellect alone; and the fountain of the purest light is God; so that when God appears to the soul he pours forth his beams without any shade, and beaming with the most radiant brilliancy.
7Do not, however, think that the living God, he who is truly living, is ever seen so as to be comprehended by any human being; for we have no power in ourselves to see any thing, by which we may be able to conceive any adequate notion of him; we have no external sense suited to that purpose (for he is not an object which can be discerned by the outward sense), nor any strength adequate to it: therefore, Moses, the spectator of the invisible nature, the man who really saw God (for the sacred scriptures say that he entered "into the darkness," by which expression they mean figuratively to intimate the invisible essence), having investigated every part of every thing, sought to see clearly the much-desired and only God;
8but when he found nothing, not even any appearance at all resembling what he had hoped to behold; he, then, giving up all idea of receiving instruction on that point from any other source, flies to the very being himself whom he was seeking, and entreats him, saying, "Show me thyself that I may see thee so as to know thee." But, nevertheless, he fails to obtain the end which he had proposed to himself, and which he had accounted the most all-sufficient gift for the most excellent race of creation, mankind, namely a knowledge of those bodies and things which are below the living God.
9For it is said unto him, "Thou shalt see my back parts, but my face shall not be beheld by thee." As if it were meant to answer him: Those bodies and things which are beneath the living God may come within thy comprehension, even though every thing would not be at once comprehended by thee, since that one being is not by his nature capable of being beheld by man.
10And what wonder is there if the living God is beyond the reach of the comprehension of man, when even the mind that is in each of us is unintelligible and unknown to us? Who has ever beheld the essence of the soul? the obscure nature of which has given rise to an infinite number of contests among the sophists who have brought forward opposite opinions, some of which are inconsistent with any kind of nature.
11It was, therefore, quite consistent with reason that no proper name could with propriety be assigned to him who is in truth the living God. Do you not see that to the prophet who is really desirous of making an honest inquiry after the truth, and who asks what answer he is to give to those who question him as to the name of him who has sent him, he says, "I am that I am," which is equivalent to saying, "It is my nature to be, not to be described by name:"
12but in order that the human race may not be wholly destitute of any appellation which they may give to the most excellent of beings, I allow you to use the word Lord as a name; the Lord God of three natures—of instruction, and of holiness, and of the practise of virtue; of which Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob are recorded as the symbols. For this, says he, is the everlasting name, as if it had been investigated and discerned in time as it exists in reference to us, and not in that time which was before all time; and it is also a memorial not placed beyond recollection or intelligence, and again it is addressed to persons who have been born, not to uncreated natures.
13For these men have need of the complete use of the divine name who come to a created or mortal generation, in order that, if they cannot attain to the best thing, they may at least arrive at the best possible name, and arrange themselves in accordance with that; and the sacred oracle which is delivered as from the mouth of the Ruler of the universe, speaks of the proper name of God never having been revealed to any one, when God is represented as saying, "For I have not shown them my name;" for by a slight change in the figure of speech here used, the meaning of what is said would be something of this kind: "My proper name I have not revealed to them," but only that which is commonly used, though with some misapplication, because of the reasons above-mentioned.
14And, indeed, the living God is so completely indescribable, that even those powers which minister unto him do not announce his proper name to us. At all events, after the wrestling match in which the practiser of virtue wrestled for the sake of the acquisition of virtue, he says to the invisible Master, "Tell me thy name;" but he said, "Why askest thou me my name?" And he does not tell him his peculiar and proper name, for says he, it is sufficient for thee to be taught my ordinary explanations. But as for names which are the symbols of created things, do not seek to find them among immortal natures.
15Therefore do not doubt either whether that which is more ancient than any existing thing is indescribable, when his very word is not to be mentioned by us according to its proper name. So that we must understand that the expression, "The Lord was seen by Abraham," means not as if the Cause of all things had shone forth and become visible, (for what human mind is able to contain the greatness of his appearance?) but as if some one of the powers which surround him, that is to say, his kingly power, had presented itself to the sight, for the appellation Lord belongs to authority and sovereignty.
16But when our mind was occupied with the wisdom of the Chaldaeans, studying the sublime things which exist in the world, it made as it were the circuit of all the efficient powers as causes of what existed; but when it emigrated from the Chaldaean doctrines, it then knew that it was moving under the guidance and direction of a governor, of whose authority it perceived the appearance.
17On which account it is said, "The Lord," not the living God, "was seen;" as if it had been meant to say, the king appeared, he who was from the beginning, but who was not as yet recognized by the soul, which, indeed, was late in learning, but which did not continue for ever in ignorance, but received a notion of there being an authority and governing power among existing things.
18And when the ruler has appeared, then he in a still greater degree benefits his disciple and beholder, saying, "I am thy God;" for I should say to him, "What is there of all the things which form a part of creation of which thou art not the God?" But his word, which is his interpreter, will teach me that he is not at present speaking of the world, of which he is by all means the creator and the God, but about the souls of men, which he has thought worthy of a different kind of care;
19for he thinks fit to be called the Lord and Master of bad men, but the God of those who are in a state of advancement and improvement; and of those which are the most excellent and the most perfect, both Lord and God at once. On which account, having made Pharaoh the very extreme instance of impiety, he has never once called himself his Lord or his God; but he calls the wise Moses so, for he says to him, "Behold I give thee as a god to Pharaoh." But he has in many passages of the sacred oracles delivered by him, called himself Lord.
20For instance, we read such a passage as this: "Thus says the Lord;" and at the very beginning we read, "The Lord spake unto Moses, saying, I am the Lord, say unto Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, all the things which I say unto thee."
21And Moses, in another place, says, "Behold, when I go forth out of the city I will spread out my hands unto the Lord, and the sounds shall cease, and the hail, and there shall be no more rain, that thou mayest know that the earth is the Lord’s;" that is to say, every thing that is made of body or of earth, "and that thou," that is the mind which bears in itself the images of things, "and thy servants," that is the particular reasonings which act as body-guards to the mind, "for I know that ye do not yet fear the Lord;" by which he means not the Lord who is spoken of commonly and in different senses, but him who is truly the Master of all things.
22For there is in truth no created Lord, not even if a king shall have extended his authority and spread it from one end of the world even to the other end, but only the uncreated God, the real governor, whose authority he who reverences and fears receives a most beneficial reward, namely, the admonitions of God, but utterly miserable destruction awaits the man who despises him;
23therefore he is held forth as the Lord of the foolish, striking them with a terror which is appropriate to him as ruler. But he is the God of those who are improved; as we read now, "I am thy God, I am thy God, be thou increased and multiplied." And in the case of those who are perfect, he is both together, both Lord and God; as we read in the ten commandments, "I am the Lord thy God." And in another passage it is written, "The Lord God of our fathers."
24For he thinks it right for the wicked man to be governed by a master as by a lord; that, being in a state of alarm and groaning, he may have the fear of a master suspended over him; but him who is advancing in improvement he thinks deserving to receive benefits as from God in order that by means of these benefits he may arrive at perfection; and him who is complete and perfect he thinks should be both governed as by the Lord, and benefited as by God; for the last man remains for ever unchangeable, and he is, by all means and in all respects, the man of God:
25and this is especially shown to be the fact in the case of Moses; for, says the scripture, "This is the blessing which Moses, the man of God, blessed." O the man thus thought worthy of this all-beautiful and sacred recompense, to give himself as a requital for the divine Providence!
Sections 26–50
26But do not thou think that he is in the same sense a man and the man of God; for he is said to be a man as being a possession of God, but the man of God as boasting in and being benefited by him. And if thou wishest to have God as the inheritance of thy mind, then do thou in the first place labour to become yourself an inheritance worthy of him, and thou wilt be such if thou avoidest all laws made by hands and voluntary.
27But it is not right to be ignorant of this thing either, that the statement, "I am thy God," is made by a certain figurative misuse of language rather than with strict propriety; for the living God, inasmuch as he is living, does not consist in relation to anything; for he himself is full of himself, and he is sufficient for himself, and he existed before the creation of the world, and equally after the creation of the universe;
28for he is immovable and unchangeable, having no need of any other thing or being whatever, so that all things belong to him, but, properly speaking, he does not belong to anything. And of the powers which he has extended towards creation for the advantage of the world which is thus put together, some are spoken of, as it were, in relation to these things; as for instance his kingly and his beneficent power; for he is the king of something, and the benefactor of something there being inevitably something which is ruled over and which receives the benefits.
29Akin to these powers is the creative power which is called God: for by means of this power the Father, who begot and created all things, did also disperse and arrange them; so that the expression, "I am thy God," is equivalent to, "I am thy maker and creator;"
30and it is the greatest of all possible gifts to have him for one’s maker, who has also been the maker of the whole world. The soul, indeed, of the wicked man he did not make, for wickedness is hateful to God; and the soul, which is between good and bad, he made not by himself alone, according to the most sacred historian Moses, since that, like wax, was about to receive the different impressions of good and evil.
31On which account it is said in the scriptures, "Let us make man in our own image," that if it receives a bad impression it may appear to be the work of others, but if it receives a good impression it may then appear to be the work of him who is the Creator only of what is beautiful and good. By all means, therefore, that must be a good man to whom he says, "I am thy God," as he has had him alone for his creator without the co-operation of any other being.
32Moreover he brings up with this that doctrine which is established in many other passages, showing that God is the creator only of those men who are virtuous and wise; and the whole of this company has voluntarily deprived itself of the abundant possession of external things, and has neglected those things which are dear to the flesh.
33For the athletes of vigorous health and high spirit have erected their servile bodies as a sort of fortification against the soul, but those men who have been devoted to the pursuit of instruction, and who are pale, and weak, and emaciated, having overloaded the vigour of the body with the powers of the soul, and, if one must tell the plain truth, being entirely dissolved into one species of soul, have through the energy of their minds become quite disentangled from the body.
34Therefore that which is earthly is very naturally destroyed and overwhelmed when the entire mind resolves in every particular to make itself acceptable to God. But the race of these persons is rare and scarcely to be found, and one may almost say is unable to exist; and the following oracle, which is given with respect to Enoch, proves this: "Enoch pleased God, and he was not found;"
35for by what kind of contemplation could a man attain to this good thing? What seas must he cross over? What islands, or what continents, must he visit? Must he dwell among the Greeks or among the barbarians?
36Are there not even to the present day some of those persons who have attained to perfection in philosophy, who say that there is no such thing as wisdom in the world, since there is also no such thing as a wise man? for that from the very beginning of the creation of mankind up to the present moment, there has never been any one who could be considered entirely blameless, for that it is impossible for a man who is bound up in a mortal body to be entirely and altogether happy.
37Now whether these things are said correctly we will consider at the proper time: but at present let us stick to the subject before us, and follow the scripture, and say that there is such a thing as wisdom existing, and that he who loves wisdom is wise. But though the wise man has thus an actual existence he has escaped the notice of us who are wicked: for what is good will not unite with what is bad.
38On this account it is that "the disposition which pleased God was not found;" as if in truth it had a real existence, but was concealed and had fled away to avoid any meeting in the same place with us, since it is said to have been translated; the meaning of which expression is that it emigrated and departed from its sojourn in this mortal life, to an abode in immortal life.
39These men then, being mad with this divinely inspired madness, were made more ferocious; but there are others who are companions of a more manageable and humanised wisdom. By those men piety is practised to a most eminent degree, and the observance due to man is not neglected. And the sacred oracles are witnesses of this in which Abraham is addressed (the words being put in the mouth of God), "Thou shalt be pleasing in my sight," that is to say, thou shalt be pleasing, not only to me but also to my works, in my eyes as judge, and overseer, and superintendant;
40for if you honour your parents, or show mercy to the poor, or do good to your friends, or fight in defence of your country, or pay proper attention to the common principles of justice towards all men, you most certainly are pleasing to those with whom you associate, and you are also acceptable in the sight of God: for he sees all things with an eye which never slumbers, and he unites to himself with especial favour all that is good, and that he accepts and embraces.
41Therefore the practiser of virtue, even while praying, proves the very same thing, saying, "The God to whom my fathers were acceptable," and he adds also the words "before him," for the sake of giving you to know the difference, the real practical difference between the expression, "to please God," by itself, and the same words with the addition of the sentence, "before him." For the one expression gives both meanings, and the other only one.
42Thus also Moses, in his exhortatory admonitions, recommends his disciples such and such things, saying, "Thou shalt do what is pleasing before the Lord thy God," as if he were to say, Do such things as shall be worthy to appear before God, and what he when he sees them will accept. And these things are wont to appear equally pure both externally and internally.
43And proceeding onwards from thence he wove the tent of the tabernacle with two boundaries of space, placing a veil between the two, in order to separate what is within from what is without. And also he gilded the sacred ark, the place wherein the laws were kept, both within and without; and he gave the great high priest two robes, the inner one made of linen, and the other one beautifully embroidered, with one robe reaching to the feet.
44For these and such things as these are symbols of the soul which in its inner parts shows itself pure towards God, and in its exterior parts shows itself without reproach in reference to the world which is perceptible to the outward senses and to this life: with great felicity therefore was this said to the victorious wrestler, when he was about to have his brows crowned with the garlands of victory: and the declaration made with respect to him was of the following tenor, "You have been mightily powerful both with God and with men;"
45for to have a good reputation with both classes, namely, with the uncreated God and with the creature, is the task of no small mind, but, if one must say the truth, it is one fit for that which is in the confines between the world and God. In short, it is necessary that the good man should be an attendant of God, for the creature is an object of care to the Ruler and Father of the universe;
46for who is there who does not know, that even before the creation of the world God was himself sufficient to himself, and that he remained as much a friend as before after the creation of the world, without having undergone any change? Why then did he make what did not exist before? Because he was good and bounteous. Shall we not then, we who are slaves, follow our master, admiring, in an exceeding degree, the great first Cause of all things, and not altogether despising our own nature?
47But after he has said, "Be thou pleasing to me before me," he adds further, "and be thou blameless," using here a natural consequence and connection of the previous sentence. Do thou therefore all the more apply thyself to what is good that thou mayest be pleasing; and if thou canst not be pleasing, at all events abstain from open sins, that thou mayest not incur reproach. For he who does right is praiseworthy, and he who avoids doing wrong is not to be blamed.
48And the most important prize is assigned to those who do right, namely, the prize of feeling that they are acceptable to God: but the second prize belongs to those who do no sin, that, namely, of avoiding blame; and, perhaps, in the case of the mortal race of mankind, the doing no sin is set down as equivalent to doing right; for who, as Job says, is "pure from pollution, even if his life be but one single day long?"
49In fact, the things which pollute the soul are infinite in number, and it is impossible completely to wash them away and to efface their stains; for there are, of necessity, left disasters which are akin to every mortal man, which it is natural indeed to weaken, but impossible wholly to eradicate.
50Does any one therefore seek a just, or prudent, or temperate, or, in short, any perfectly good man, in this confused life? Be content if you find one who is not wholly unjust, or foolish, or intemperate, or cowardly, or who is not utterly worthless; for the avoidance of evil is a thing with which to be content, but the complete acquisition of the virtues is unattainable to any man, such as is endowed with our nature.
Sections 51–75
51It was therefore with great reason that it was said, "and be thou blameless," the speaker thinking that it is a great addition towards a happy life to live without sin and without reproach; but the man who has deliberately chosen this way of life, promises to leave his inheritance in accordance with the covenant, such as is becoming to God to give, and to a wise man to accept,
52for he says, "I will place my covenant between me and between thee;" and covenants and testaments are written for the advantage of those who are worthy of the gift, so that a testament is a symbol of grace, which God has placed between himself who proffers it and man who receives it;
53and this is the very extravagance of beneficence, that there is nothing between God and the soul except his own virgin grace. And I have written two commentaries on the whole discussion concerning testaments, and for that reason I now deliberately pass over that subject, for the sake of not appearing to repeat what I have said before; and also at the same time, because I do not wish here to interrupt the connected course of this discussion.
54And immediately afterwards it is said, "And Abraham fell on his face:" was he not about, in accordance with the divine promises, to recognize himself and the nothingness of the race of mankind, and so to fall down before him who stood firm, by way of displaying the conception which he entertained of himself and of God? Forsooth that God, standing always in the same place, moves the whole composition of the world, not by means of his legs, for he has not the form of a man, but by showing his unalterable and immovable essence.
55But man, being never settled firmly in the same place, admits of different changes at different times, and being tripped up, miserable man that he is (for, in fact, his whole life is one continued stumble), he meets with a terrible fall;
56but he who does this against his will is ignorant, and he who does it voluntarily is docile; on which account he is said to fall on his face, that is to say, in his outward senses, in his speech, in his mind, all but crying out loudly and shouting that the outward sense has fallen, inasmuch as it was unable, by itself, to feel as it should, if it had not been aroused by the providence of the Saviour, to take hold of the bodies which lay in its way. And speech too has fallen, being unable to give a proper explanation of anything in existence, unless he who originally made and adapted the organ of the voice, having opened its mouth and enabled its tongue to articulate, should strike it so as to produce harmonious sounds. Moreover, the king of all the mind has fallen, being deprived of its comprehension, unless the Creator of all living things were again to raise it up and re-establish it, and furnishing it with the most acutely seeing eyes, to lead it to a sight of incorporeal things.
57Therefore admiring this same disposition when thus taking to flight, and submitting to a voluntary fall by reason of the confession which it had made respecting the living God, namely, that he stands in truth and is one only, while all other things beneath him are subject to all kinds of motions and alterations, he speaks to it, and allows it to enter into conversation with him, saying, "And I, behold my covenant is with thee."
58And this expression conceals beneath its figurative words such a meaning as this: There are very many kinds of covenants, which distribute graces and gifts to those who are worthy to receive them; but the highest kind of covenant of all is I myself: for God, having displayed himself as far as it was possible for that being to be displayed who cannot be shown by the words which he has used, adds further, "And I too, behold my covenant;" the beginning and fountain of all graces is I myself.
59For on some persons God is in the habit of bestowing his graces by the intervention of others; as, for instance, through the medium of earth, water, air, the sun, the moon, heaven, and other incorporeal powers. But he bestows them on others through himself alone, exhibiting himself as the inheritance of those who receive him, whom from that he thinks worthy of another appellation:
60for it is said in the scripture, "Thy name shall not be called Abram, but Abraham shall thy name be." Some, then, of those persons who are fond of disputes, and who are always eager to affix a stain upon what is irreproachable, on things as well as bodies, and who wage an implacable war against sacred things, while they calumniate everything which does not appear to preserve strict decorum in speech, being the symbols of nature which is always fond of being concealed, perverting it all so as to give it a worse appearance after a very accurate investigation, do especially find fault with the changes of names.
61And it is only lately that I heard an ungodly and impious man mocking and ridiculing these things, who ventured to say, "Surely they are great and exceeding gifts which Moses says that the Ruler of the universe offers, who, by the addition of one element, the one letter alpha, a superfluous element; and then again adding another element, the letter rho, appears to have bestowed upon men a most marvellous and great benefit; for he has called the wife of Abram Sarrah instead of Sarah, doubling the Rho," and connecting a number of similar arguments without drawing breath, and joking and mocking, he went through many instances.
62But at no distant period he suffered a suitable punishment for his insane wickedness; for on a very slight and ordinary provocation he hanged himself, in order that so polluted and impure a person might not die by a pure and unpolluted death. But we may justly, in order to prevent any one else from falling into the same error, eradicate the erroneous notions which have been formed on the subject, arguing the matter on the principle of natural philosophy, and proving that these things which are here said are worthy of all attention.
63God does not bestow on men mutes and vowels, or, in short, nouns and verbs; since when he created plants and animals, he summoned them before man as their governor, that he might give each of them their appropriate names by a reference to the knowledge which he had of all things; for, says the scripture, "Whatever Adam called any thing, that was the name thereof."
64Therefore since God did not think fit to take upon himself even the active imposition of the names, but entrusted the task to a wise man, the author of the whole race of mankind, is it reasonable to suppose that he himself gave and arranged the different parts, and syllables, and letters of nouns, disposing not only the vowels, but even the mutes, and that he did this too to make a show of liberality and exceeding beneficence? It is impossible to say so.
65But such things as these are the characteristic marks of different powers; small marks of great powers, marks perceptible by the outward senses of powers appreciable only by the intellect, manifest marks of powers which are indistinct; and the powers themselves are discerned in most excellent doctrines, in true and pure conceptions, in the improvement of souls. And it is easy to see a proof of this if we make a beginning with the man who is here spoken of as having his name changed;
66for the name Abram, being interpreted, means "sublime father," but Abraham means the "elect father of sound;" and how these names differ from one another we shall know more clearly if we first of all read what is exhibited under each of them.
67Now using allegorical language, we call that man sublime who raises himself from the earth to a height, and who devotes himself to the inspection of high things; and we also call him a haunter of high regions, and a meteorologist, inquiring what is the magnitude of the sun, what are his motions, how he influences the seasons of the year, advancing as he does and retreating back again, with revolutions of equal speed, and investigating as he does the subjects of the radiance of the moon, of its shape, of its waning, of its increase, and of the motion of the other stars, whether fixed or wandering;
68for the inquiry into these matters belongs not to an ill-conditioned or barren soul, but to one which is eminently endowed by nature, and which is able to produce an entire and perfect offspring; on which account the scripture calls the meteorologist "father," inasmuch as he is not unproductive of wisdom.
69Now the symbols represented by the name of Abram are thus accurately defined; those conveyed under the name of Abraham are such as we shall proceed to demonstrate. The meanings now are three, "the father," and "elect," and "of sound." Now by the word "sound" here, we mean uttered speech; for the sounding organ of the living animal is the organ of speech. Of this faculty we say that the father is the mind, for it is from the mind, as from a fountain, that the stream of speech proceeds. The word "elect" belongs to the mind of the wise man, for whatever is most excellent is found in him;
70therefore the man devoted to learning and occupied in the contemplation of sublime subjects, was sketched out according to the former characteristic marks, but the philosopher, or I should rather say the wise man, was exhibited in accordance with those of which we have just given an outline. Think not, then, any longer that the Deity bestows a change of names, but consider that what he gives is a correction of the moral character by means of symbols;
71for having invited the man who formerly busied himself about the subject of the nature of heaven, and whom some call a mathematician, to a participation in virtue, he made him wise and called him so. For having given an appropriate name to his transformed disposition, he named him, as the Hebrews would call it, "Abraham," but in the language of the Greeks, "the elect father of sound;"
72for says he, On what account dost thou investigate the motions and periods of the stars? and why hast thou bounded up so high from the earth to the heavens? Is it merely that you may indulge your curiosity with respect to those matters? And what advantage could accrue to you from all this curiosity? What destruction of pleasure would it cause? What defeat of appetite? What dissolution of pain or fear? What eradication of the passions which disturb and agitate the soul?
73For as there is no advantage in trees unless they are productive of fruit, so in the same way there is no use in the study of natural philosophy unless it is likely to confer upon a man the acquisition of virtue, for that is its proper fruit.
74On which account some of the ancients have compared the discussion and consideration of philosophy to a field, and have likened the physical portion of it to the plants, the logical part to the hedges and fences, the moral part to the fruit,
75thinking that the walls which are built around for the sake of protecting the fruit have been erected by the possessors of the land, and that the plants have been created for the sake of the production of fruit; thus, therefore, they said that in philosophy it is requisite for the consideration of the physical and the logical part of philosophy to be referred to the moral part, by which the moral character is improved, which has a desire at the same time for both the acquisition and the use of virtue.
Sections 76–100
76This is the lesson which we have been taught concerning the man who in word indeed had his name changed, but who in reality changed his nature from the consideration of natural to that of moral philosophy, and who abandoned the contemplation of the world itself for the knowledge of the Being who created the world; by which knowledge he acquired piety, the most excellent of all possessions.
77We will now speak of his wife, Sarah, for she too had her name changed to Sarrah by the addition of the one element, the letter rho. These, then, are the names, and we must now explain what they mean. Sarah, being interpreted, signifies "my authority," but Sarrah signifies "princess;" the former name,
78therefore, is a symbol of specific virtue, but the latter of generic virtue. But in proportion as genus is superior to species in regard of quantity, in the same proportion does the latter name excel the former; for species is something small and perishable, but genus is numerous and immortal,
79and the intention of God is to bestow great and immortal things instead of such as are small and perishable, and this is a task suited to his dignity. Now the prudence which exists in the virtuous man is the authority of himself alone, and he who has it would not err if he were to say, my authority is the prudence which is in me; but that which has stretched out this authority is generic prudence, not any longer the authority of this or that person, but absolute intrinsic authority; therefore that which exists only in species will perish at the same time with its possessor, but that which, like a seal, has stamped it with an impression, is free from all mortality, and will remain for ever and ever imperishable.
80Thus also those arts which exist only in species perish along with those who have acquired them, such as geometricians, grammarians, and musicians, but the generic arts remain exempt from destruction. And, again, he gives an additional sketch of his meaning when he teaches by the same name that every virtue is a princess, and a queen, and a ruler of all the affairs of life.
81But it has also happened that Jacob had his name changed to Israel; and this, too, was a felicitous alteration. Why so? Because the name Jacob means "a supplanter," but the name Israel signifies "the man who sees God." Now it is the employment of a supplanter, who practises virtue, to move, and disturb, and upset the foundations of passion on which it is established, and whatever there is of any strength which is founded on them. But these things are not brought about without a struggle or without severe labour; but only when any one, having gone through all the labours of prudence, then proceeds to practise himself in the exercises of the soul and to wrestle against the reasonings which are hostile to it, and which seek to torment it; but it is the part of him who sees God not to depart from the sacred contest without the crown of victory, but rather to carry off the prize of triumph.
82And what more flourishing and more suitable crown could be woven for the victorious soul than one by which it will be able acutely and clearly to behold the living God? At least a beautiful prize is thus proposed for the soul which delights in the practise of virtue, namely, the being endowed with sight adequate to the clear comprehension of the only thing which is really worth beholding.
83And it is worth while here to raise the question why Abraham, from the time that his name was changed, is always thought worthy of this same appellation, and is no longer called by his former name; but Jacob, who is also called Israel, is nevertheless called Jacob too, as he was before the change of his name; and, indeed, is called Jacob oftener than Israel. We must say, then, that these facts are characters by which it is seen that the virtue which is taught differs from that which is acquired by practise;
84for the man who is improved by instruction, having received a happy and virtuous nature, uses that virtue alone which, by means of memory co-operating with it, implants in him an absence of forgetfulness, so that he comprehends and takes firm hold of all the things which he has once learnt; but he who practises virtue, since he is continually exercising himself, stops to take breath, and relaxes his efforts for a while, collecting himself and recovering the vigour which was a little impaired by his exertions, just as those men do who have oiled their bodies for the contests in the arena. For these men, also, labouring at their training exercises, in order to prevent their powers being utterly broken down, anoint themselves with oil on account of the violent and continued nature of their exercise.
85Then the man who is improved by instruction, having an immortal monitor, receives from him a harmonious and imperishable advantage, without suffering any change; but the practiser of virtue is impelled to action by his own inclination alone, and he exercises himself in it, and labours at it in order to change that passion, which is akin to a created being; and even if he attains to perfection, he still, being fatigued, returns to his ancient kind of labour;
86for he is more inclined to endure toil, but the other is more fortunate, for he has another person as a teacher. But this man, by his own unassisted efforts, investigates, and inquires, and pushes his examination, investigating the mysteries of nature with great earnestness, and exerting continual and incessant labour.
87For this reason God, who never changes, altered the name of Abraham, since he was about to remain in a similar condition, in order that that which was to be firmly established might be confirmed by him who was standing firmly, and who was remaining in the same state in the same manner. But it was an angel who altered the name of Jacob, being the Word, the minister of God; in order that it might be confessed and ascertained, that there is none of the things whose existence is subsequent to that of the living God, which is the cause or unchangeable and unvarying firmness. ... but of that harmony which, as in a musical instrument, contains the intensity and relaxation of sounds so as to produce an artistical combination of melody.
88But, there being three leaders and authors of this race, the two at each extremity of it had their names changed, namely Abraham and Jacob: but the one in the middle, Isaac, always retained the same appellation. Why was this? Because both that virtue which is derived from teaching and that which is attained to by practise, admit of improvement and advancement: for the man who receives instruction desires a knowledge of those matters of which he is ignorant and he who applies himself to practise desires the crowns of victory, and the prizes which are proposed to his industrious and contemplation-loving soul. But the race which is self-taught and which derives all its learning from its own diligence, inasmuch as it exists rather by nature than by study, was at the very beginning introduced as equal, and perfect, and even, there being no number whatever deficient of those which tend to completeness.
89Nor indeed does Joseph have any such need, he who is the president of the necessities of the body; for he also changes his name, being called Psonthomphanech by the king of the country. And what the meaning of these names is we must explain; the name Joseph, being interpreted, signifies "an addition." For things which are put by the side are an addition to those which exist by nature; for instance, gold, silver, possessions, revenues, the ministrations of servants, abundant treasure of heirlooms, and furniture, and other superfluities, and the infinite multitude of the different efficients of pleasure which some persons possess;
90the provider and superintendant of which was called Joseph, or addition, by a very felicitous nomenclature: since he had undertaken the superintendence of the things which were to be brought in from without, and added to the natural things previously existing in the course of nature. And the sacred scriptures testify that this is the case, showing that he was the purveyor of the food of all the corporeal region, Egypt, having stored it up in his treasure-houses.
91Such a person as this, then, Joseph is recognized as being by his distinctive marks and name. Let us now see what sort of person is indicated by the name Psonthomphanech. Now this name being interpreted means, "a mouth judging in an answer;" for every foolish person thinks that the man who is very rich and overflowing with external possessions, - must at once be wise and sensible, competent to give an answer to any question which any one puts to him, and competent also of his own head to deliver advantageous and sagacious opinions. And, in short, by such men prudence is supposed to be identical with good fortune, while one ought, on the contrary, to consider good fortune as consisting in being prudent; for it is fitting that what is unstable should be under the direction of that which stands firmly.
92And indeed his father gave to his own uterine brother the name of Benjamin: but his mother called him the son of her sorrow, speaking most completely in accordance with nature. For the name Benjamin being interpreted means, "the son of days:" and the day is illuminated by that light of the sun which is perceptible by the outward senses: and to this we liken vain glory.
93For that has a certain brilliancy appreciable by the outward senses in the praises which it receives from the multitude and from the common herd of men, in formally enrolled decrees, in the erection of statues and images, in purple robes and golden crowns, in chariots and teams of four horses, and processions of the multitude. He therefore who is an admirer and desirer of such things is very appropriately called a son of days: that is to say, of that light which is perceptible by the outward senses and of the brilliancy which attends vain glory.
94This felicitous and appropriate name the elder word and real father imposes on him; but the soul which has suffered gives him a name suited to what she has suffered. For she calls him the son of her sorrow. Why so? Because those men who are borne about by vain glory are supposed indeed to be happy, but in real truth are unhappy.
95For the things which oppose their happiness are numerous, envy, discontent, emulation, continual strife, irreconcileable enmities lasting till death, hostilities handed down in succession to one’s children’s children—a destiny not at all to be desired.
96Very necessarily therefore did the divinely inspired prophet represent that vain glory as dying in the very act of bringing forth; for says he, "Rachel died, having had a bad delivery." Since, in truth and reality, the sowing and generation of vain glory perceptible by the outward senses is the death of the soul.
97And what shall we say of the sons of Joseph, Ephraim and Manasseh? Are they not, in strict accordance with nature, compared to the two eldest sons of Jacob, Reuben and Simeon? For the scripture says, "Thy two sons who were born in Egypt, before that I came into Egypt, belong to me; Ephraim and Manasseh shall be to me as Reuben and as Simeon." Let us now then see in what manner the one pair are likened to the other pair.
98Reuben is the symbol of a good natural disposition, for the name being interpreted means, "A seeing son;" since every one who is endowed with tolerable acuteness of mind and a good disposition is capable of seeing; and Ephraim, as we have already frequently said in other places, is a symbol of memory, for his name being interpreted signifies, "productiveness of fruit," and the most excellent fruit of the soul is memory; and there is no one thing so nearly akin to another as remembering is to a man of good natural endowments.
99Again, the name of Simeon is a symbol of learning and instruction; for, being interpreted, it signifies "listening," and it is the especial part of a learner to listen and attend to what is said. But Manasseh is a symbol of "recollection," for thus that art is called, from forgetfulness;
100for it must of necessity happen to the man who has advanced out of forgetfulness to recollect, and recollecting especially belongs to learning, for very often his notions escape from the man who is learning, as out of weakness he is unable to retain them, and then again they return to him as at the beginning. The condition therefore which arises from this escaping of his notions is denominated forgetfulness, and that which arises from their returning to him is called recollection.
Sections 101–125
101Now is not memory very naturally spoken of as connected with good natural endowments, and recollection as akin to learning? And, indeed, the same relation which Simeon bears to Reuben, that is to say, learning to natural endowment, the same does Manasseh bear to Ephraim, and the same does recollection bear to memory.
102For as the man of good natural endowments is better than he who is only a learner, for the one resembles the sense of seeing, the other that of hearing, and hearing is always reckoned as entitled to a lesser honour than seeing; so also, he who is endowed with a good memory is at all times superior to him who only recollects, because the one is combined with forgetfulness, but the other continues unalloyed and unadulterated from beginning to end.
103And indeed the scriptures at one time call the father-in-law of the first of the prophets Jother, and at another time Raguel-Jother, when pride is flourishing and at its height; for the name Jother being interpreted means "superfluous," and pride is superfluous in an honest and sincere life, turning into ridicule, as it does, all that is equal and necessary to life, and honouring the unequal things of excess and covetousness.
104This passion honours human things above divine, and customs above laws, and profane above sacred things, and mortal above immortal things, and, in short, appearances above reality; and it even ventures of its own accord to pass on into the rank of counsellors, suggesting to the wise man not to teach those things which alone are worthy to be known, namely, "the commandments of God, and the law," but to study the covenants and contracts of men with one another, which are almost the causes of the society which exists among them being so little sociable. But the great man is obedient in all things, thinking that little things are adapted to little people, and that great things are justly added to the great;
105but very often this man who is wise in his own conceit, and who, passing over from the herds which the blind had assigned to him for him to guide, having sought out the divine herd, becomes no small portion of it; admiring the leader of nature, and marvelling at his way of leading which he employs in his care of his own flocks, for the name Raguel being interpreted, signifies the "pastoral care of God."
106The main part has now been explained; we will now proceed to adduce the proofs. In the first place the scripture represents him as the cultivator of judgment and of justice, for the name Midian, being interpreted, means "out of judgment." And this is said in a twofold sense, for some times it signifies both selection and rejection, such as usually happens to those who are competitors in those contests which are called sacred; for numbers as they appear not qualified, are rejected by the masters of the games.
107These are the men who have been initiated in the unholy rites of Beelphegor, and having widened all the mouths of the body to enable them to receive the streams which are poured into them from without, for the name Beelphegor is interpreted "the mouth above the skin," for they have overwhelmed the mind, the governor of the body, and have sunk it down to the lowest depth, so that it can never emerge, nor even hold up its head in ever so slight a degree.
108And it suffered this until Phineas, the lover of peace and manifest priest of God, came as a champion of his own accord, being by nature a hater of all that is evil, and filled with an admiration and desire for what is good; and as he took a coadjutor, that is to say, the well sharpened and sharp-edged word, competent to investigate and examine everything, he could not be deceived, but exerting a vigorous strength, he pierced passion through her womb, that it might not hereafter bring forth any divinely caused evil.
109Now between these men and the seeing race there is a terrible war, in which no one of the combatants differed in language, but each returned home unwounded and safe, crowned with the garlands of victory.
110This now is one of the things which are shown by the name of Midian; another is that more excellent and judicial species which by the affinity of marriage is connected with the prophetic race. The scripture then says, "The priest of judgment and justice" (that is to say, of Midian) "has seven daughters;"
111by which seven daughters are frequently intimated the powers of the irrational part of the soul, the power of generation and the voice, and the five outward senses, tending the flocks of their father; for by means of these seven powers it is that all the progresses and increases of their father, the mind, exist in the perceptions which are produced from him. These, then, coming each to its appropriate object, the power of sight to colours and shapes, the sense of hearing to sounds, the faculty of smelling to scents, taste to flavours, and all the other faculties to those objects which are adapted for their exercise do in a manner imbibe some of the external objects of the outward senses, until they have filled all the channels of the soul, and from these channels they give drink to the sheep of their father; I mean by these sheep that most pure flock of the reason which bears safety and ornament at the same time.
112But the companions of envy and jealousy, the leaders of the wicked herd coming up, drive them away from that use of their powers which is in accordance with nature, for some conduct these things which are without, inwards to the mind as to a judge and a king, in order that they may do well from having the most excellent of governors;
113but others take the opposite side, pursuing and proclaiming the exact contrary, while it is possible for the mind to be drawn towards them, and to give up the flock which was entrusted to it to feed. Until the good disposition, devoted to virtue and inspired by God, which for awhile has appeared to be resting in inactivity, by name Moses, holds his shield over them and defends them from those who would attack them, nourishing the flock of his father on wholesome words,
114and they having escaped the attack of the enemies of intellect who admire only the external appendages, like people in tragedies, go no longer to Jother but to Raguel, for they have abandoned all connection with pride, and have connected themselves with lawful persuasion, choosing to become a portion of the sacred flock, of which the divine word is the leader, as his name shows, for it signifies the pastoral care of God.
115But while he is taking care of his own flock, all kinds of good things are given all at once to those of the sheep who are obedient, and who do not resist his will; and in the Psalms we find a song in these words, "The Lord is my shepherd, therefore shall I lack nothing;"
116therefore the mind which has had the royal shepherd, the divine word, for its instructor, will very naturally ask of his seven daughters, "Why is it that you have contended with such great haste to come hither this day?" for formerly, when you met with the objects of the outward sense, remaining a long time outside, you were a long time in returning again by reason of the manner in which you were allured by them, but now I do not know what it is that has happened to you, but you are speedy in your return, contrary to your usual custom.
117Therefore they will say that there were not the same causes why they should run back with such exceeding speed, making the double course from the objects of the outward sense and to the objects of the outward sense, without stopping to take breath, and with excessive impetuosity; but that the cause was rather the man who delivered them from the shepherds of the wild flock. And they call Moses an Egyptian, a man who was not only a Hebrew, but even a Hebrew of the very purest race, of the only tribe which is consecrated, because they are unable to rise above their own nature;
118for the outward senses, being on the confines between the objects of the intellect and those of the outward senses, we must be content if they aim at both of them, and are not allured by the objects of the outward sense alone. And to think that they are inclined only to attend to the things which are purely objects of the intellect is great folly; on which account they give him both these names, since when they call him a man, they indicate the things which are within the province of reason alone to contemplate, and when they call him an Egyptian, they indicate the objects of the external senses.
119When he has heard this, he will again inquire, "Where is the man?" In what part of you is the reasonable species dwelling? Why have you left it so easily, and have not rather after having once met with it, preserved that which was the most beautiful of possessions, and the most advantageous for yourselves?
120But even if you have not done so before, at least call it to you now, that it may eat of and be supported by your improvement and your close connection with him; for perhaps he will even dwell with you, and will bring with him the winged, and divinely inspired, and prophetical race by name Zipporah.
121Thus much we have thought fit to say on this subject. But, moreover, Moses also changes the name of Hosea into that of Joshua; displaying by his new name the distinctive qualities of his character;
122for the name Hosea is interpreted, "what sort of a person is this?" but Joshua means "the salvation of the Lord," being the name of the most excellent possible character; for the habits are better with respect to those persons who are of such and such qualities from being influenced by them: as, for instance, music is better in a musician, physic in a physician, and each art of a distinctive quality in each artist, regarded both in its perpetuity, and in its power, and in its unerring perfection with regard to the objects of its speculation. For a habit is something everlasting, energising, and perfect; but a man of such and such a quality is mortal, the object of action, and imperfect. And what is imperishable is superior to what is mortal, the efficient cause is better than that which is the object of action; and what is perfect is preferable to what is imperfect.
123In this way the coinage of the above mentioned description was changed and received the stamp of a better kind of appearance. And Caleb himself was changed wholly and entirely; "For," as the scripture says, "a new spirit was in him;" as if the dominant part in him had been changed into complete perfection; for the name Caleb, being interpreted, means, "the whole heart."
124And a proof of this is to be gathered from the fact that the mind is changed, not by being biassed and inclining in one particular direction or the other, but wholly and entirely in the direction which is good; and that, even if there is any thing which is not very praiseworthy indeed, it makes that to depart by arguments conducive to repentance; for, having in this manner washed off all the defilements which polluted it, and having availed itself of the baths and purifications of wisdom, it must inevitably look brilliant.
125But it happens to the arch-prophet to have many names: for when he interprets and explains the oracles which are delivered by God, he is called Moses; and when he prays for and blesses the people, he is called the man of God; and when Egypt is paying the penalty of its impious actions, he is then denominated the god of him who is king of the country, namely, of Pharaoh. And why is all this?
Sections 126–150
126Because to alter a code of laws for the advantage of those who are to use them is the part of a man who is always handling divine things, and having them in his hands; and who is called a lawgiver by the all-knowing God, and who has received from him a great gift—the interpretation of the sacred laws, and the spirit of prophecy in accordance with them. For the name Moses, being translated, signifies "gain," and it also means handling, for the reasons which I have already enumerated.
127But to pray and to bless are not the duties of any ordinary man, but they belong to one who has not admitted any connection with created things, but who has devoted himself to God, the governor and the father of all men.
128And any one must be content to whom it has been allowed to use the privilege of blessing. And to be able also to procure good for others belongs to a greater and more perfect soul, and is the profession of one who is really inspired by God, which he who has attained to may reasonably be called God. But, also, this same person is God, inasmuch as he is wise, and as on this account he rules over every foolish person, even if such foolish person be established and strengthened by a haughty sceptre, and be ever so proud on this account;
129for the Ruler of the universe, even though some persons are about to be punished for intolerable acts of wickedness, nevertheless is willing to admit some intercessors to mediate on their behalf, who, in imitation of the merciful power of the father, exercise their power of punishment with more moderation and humanity; but to do good is the peculiar attribute of God.
130Having now discussed at sufficient length the subject of the change and alteration of names, we will turn to the matters which come next in order in our proposed examination. Immediately after the events which we have just mentioned, came the birth of Isaac; for after God had given to his mother the name of Sarrah instead of Sarah, he said to Abraham, "I will give unto thee a son." We must consider each of the things here indicated particularly.
131Now he who is properly said to give any thing whatever must by all means be giving what is his own private property. And if this is true beyond controversy, then it would follow that Isaac must not have been a man, but a being synonymous with that most exquisite joy of all pleasures, namely, laughter, the adopted son of God, who gave him as a soother and cheerer to the most peace-loving souls;
132for it is absurd to suppose that there was one who was a man, and another of whom bastard and illegitimate offspring were descended: and, indeed, Moses calls the man of an intellect devoted to virtue a god, when he says, "The Lord, seeing that Leah was hated, opened her womb."
133For having felt compassion and pity for virtue as being hated by the race of mankind, and for the soul which loves virtue, he makes the nature which loves beauty barren, but opens the fountain of fecundity and gives it a prosperous labour.
134But Tamar, when she became pregnant of divine seeds, and did not know who it was who had sown them (for it is said that at that time she "had covered her face," as Moses did when he turned away, having a reverential fear of beholding God), still when she saw the tokens and the evidences and decided within herself that it was not a mortal man who gave these things, cried out, "To whomsoever these things belong, it is by him that I am with child."
135Whose was the ring, or the pledge, or the seal of the whole, or the archetypal appearance, according to which all the things, though devoid of species and of distinctive quality, were all stamped and marked? And whose again was the armlet, or the ornament; that is to say, destiny, the link and analogy of all things which have an indissoluble connection? Whose, again, was the staff, the thing of strong support, which wavers not, which is not moved; that is to say, admonition, correction, instruction? Whose is the sceptre, the kingly power?
136does it not belong to God alone? Therefore, the disposition inclined to confession, that is to say, Judah, being pleased at her possessed and inspired condition, speaks freely, saying, "She has spoken justly, because I gave her in marriage to no mortal man;" thinking it an impious thing to pollute divine with profane things.
137And wisdom, which, after the fashion of a mother, has conceived and brought forth the self-taught race, points out that it is God who is the sower of it; for, after the offspring is brought forth, she speaks magnificently, saying, "The Lord has caused me laughter;" an expression equivalent to, he has fashioned, he has made, he has begotten Isaac, since Isaac is the same with laughter.
138But it does not belong to every one to hear this sound, since the evil of superstition is very widely spread among us, and has overwhelmed many unmanly and ignoble souls; on which account she adds, "For whoever hears this will not rejoice with me." As if those persons were very few whose ears are opened and pricked up so as to be inclined to the reception of these sacred words, which teach that it is the peculiar employment of the only God to sow and to beget what is good; to which words all other persons are deaf.
139And I know that this illustrious oracle was formerly delivered from the mouth of the prophet. "Thy fruit has been found from me: who is wise and will understand these things? who is prudent and will know them?" But I have observed, and comprehended, and admired him who causes to resound, and who himself, invisible as he is, does in an invisible manner strike the organ of the voice; being amazed also at the same time at what was uttered.
140For if there be any good thing among existing things, that, or I should rather say the whole heaven and the whole world, if one must tell the truth, is the fruit of God; being preserved upon his eternal and everflourishing nature as upon a tree. But it belongs to wise and understanding men to understand and to confess such things as these, and not to the ignorant.
141We have now then explained what is meant by the words, "I will give unto thee." We must now explain the words, "out of her." Some now have understood them as meaning that which exists out of her, thinking that it has been most correctly decided by right reason that the soul never displays any peculiar beauty of its own, but only such as comes to it from without, in accordance with the greatness of the good will of God who showers his graces upon it.
142But others understand these words to mean instant rapidity; for that the words (ἐξ αὐτη̃ς, which we have translated) "out of her," are here equivalent to, "at once, immediately, without any delay, without hesitation." And it is in this way that the gifts of God usually come to men, outstripping the differences of time. There is a third class of persons who say, that virtue is the mother of all created good, without having received the seed of it from any mortal man;
143and to those who ask, whether she who is barren has an offspring (for the holy scriptures, which some time ago represented Sarrah as barren, now confess that she will become a mother); this answer must be given, that a woman who is barren cannot, in the course of nature, bring forth an offspring, just as a blind man cannot see, nor a deaf man hear; but that the soul, which is barren of bad things, and which is unproductive of immoderate license of the passions and vices, is alone very nearly attaining to a happy delivery, bringing forward objects worthy of love, namely, the number seven, according to the hymn which is sung by Grace, that is, by Hannah, who says, "she who was barren hath born seven, and she who had many children has become weak:"
144and what she means by, "She who had many children," is the mind, which being pregnant of mixed and promiscuous reasonings, from all quarters confused together, by reason of the multitudes which crowd around her, and of the disorder which they cause, brings forth incurable evils; and by "she who was barren," she means that mind which had never received any mortal seed, as if it were productive of offspring, but has avoided and shunned all association and all connection with the wicked, and clings to the seventh, and to the most peaceful numbers in accordance with it, for it deserves to be pregnant of it, and to be called its mother.
145This then is the meaning of the words, "out of her." We must now consider the third point, namely, what that is which is called her son. In the first place, then, there is this worthy of our admiration, that God does not say that he will give her many children, but that he will give her one only. And why is this? Because it is the nature of what is good to be investigated, not so much with respect to its number or magnitude, as with respect to its power;
146for musical precepts, to take them for an instance, or rules of grammar, or of geometry, or of justice, or of wisdom, or of manly courage, or of temperance, are very numerous indeed; but the science itself of music, or grammar, or geometry, and still more the virtue of justice, or temperance, or wisdom, or manly courage, is only one thing, the loftiest perfection, in no respect differing from the archetypal model, after which all those numerous and countless precepts were formed.
147And this is why he only says that he will give her one son. And now he has called it a son, not speaking carelessly or inconsiderately, but for the sake of showing that it is not a foreign, nor a supposititious, nor an adopted, nor an illegitimate child, but a legitimate child, a proper citizen, inasmuch as a foreign child cannot be the offspring of a truly citizen soul, for the Greek word τέκνον (son), is derived from τόκος (bringing forth), by way of showing the kindred by which children are, by nature, united to their parents.
148And, says God, "I will bless her, and she shall be a mother of nations;" because, not only is generic virtue divided into its proximate species, and into individuals subordinate to the species, as if into nations; but also because, as there are nations of living animals, so in a manner are . there nations of things, to which virtue is a very great advantage;
149for all things which are devoid and destitute of wisdom are mischievous, just as all places upon which the sun does not shine are of necessity dark; for it is by virtue that a farmer is able to pay better attention to his crops, and by virtue that a charioteer drives his chariot in the horse-races so as to avoid falling; and by virtue too, that a pilot and a steersman guides his vessel in its voyage.
150Virtue again has caused houses, and cities, and countries to be inhabited in a better manner, making men competent to manage houses and cities, and fit to associate with one another. Virtue also has introduced most excellent laws, and has sown the seeds of peace everywhere; since, from the contrary habit, things of a contrary character do naturally arise—war, lawlessness, bad constitutions, confusion, unsuccessful voyages, overthrows, that which, in science, is the most grievous of all diseases, namely, cunning, from which, instead of art, all kinds of evil artifice has flowed. Very necessarily, therefore, will virtue be divided among all nations, which are large and collected systems of living beings and things taken together, for the advantage of those who receive her.
Sections 151–175
151Immediately afterwards it is said, "And kings of the nations shall be born of her." For those with whom she is pregnant and whom she brings forth are all rulers; not because they have been elected as such for a short period by lot, which is an uncertain thing, or by the show of hands of men who are for the most part bribed, but because they have been destined and appointed so for everlasting by nature herself.
152And these are not my words only, but those of the most holy scriptures, in which certain persons are introduced as saying to Abraham, "Thou art a king from God among us;" not out of consideration for his resources (for what resources could a man have who was an emigrant and who had no city to inhabit, but who was wandering over a great extent of impassable country?), but because they saw that he had a royal disposition in his mind, so that they confessed, in the words of Moses, that he was the only wise king.
153For in real truth the wise man is the king of those who are foolish, since he knows what he ought and what he ought not to do; and the temperate man is the king of the intemperate, as he has attained to no careless or inaccurate knowledge of what relates to choice and avoidance. Also the brave man is king over the cowardly, inasmuch as he has thoroughly learnt what he ought to endure and what he ought not. So too the just man is king of the unjust, as he is possessed of the knowledge of undeviating equality as to what is to be distributed. And the holy man is king over the unholy, as he is possessed with the most just and excellent notions of God.
154It was natural then for the mind, being puffed up by these promises, to be elated and raised to an undue height in its own estimation; and accordingly, by way of producing conviction in us, who were accustomed to hold up our heads at the slightest trifles, "it falls down and immediately laughs the laughter of the soul," looking mournful as to its face, but smiling in its mind a great and unmixed joy having entered into it:
155and both these feelings, namely, to laugh and also to fall, do at the same time occur to a wise man who inherits good things beyond his expectation; the one being his fate, as a proof that he is not over-proud because of his thorough knowledge of his mortal nothingness; and the other, by way of a confirmation of his piety on account of his looking upon God as the sole cause of all graces and of all good things.
156Let, then, the creature fall down and wear a melancholy countenance very naturally; for it has no stability in its own nature, and as far as that goes is easily dissolved; but let it be raised up again by God, and laugh, for he alone is the support and joy of it.
157And here any one may reasonably express a doubt how it is possible for any one to laugh when laughter had not as yet come among one branch of the creation; for Isaac is laughter, who, according to the account under our consideration at present, was not yet born. For just as it is impossible to see without eyes, or to hear without ears, or to smell without nostrils, or to exert any other of the external senses without the organs adapted to each respectively, or to comprehend without the reason, so also it is not likely that a person can have laughed, if laughter had not as yet been made.
158What, then, are we to say? Nature foreshows many of the things which are hereafter to happen by certain symbols. Do you not see how the young bird, before it commits itself to the air, is fond of fluttering its wings and shaking its pinions, giving a previous happy indication of its hope that it will be able to fly?
159And have you never seen a lamb, or a kid, or an ox, while still young, and before his horns are as yet grown and noticed, if by chance any one irritates him, how he opposes him, and moves forward to defend himself with those parts in which nature has planted his arms for defence?
160And in the battles which take place with wild beasts, the bulls do not at once gore the adversaries who are opposed to them, but standing well apart, and relaxing their neck in a moderate degree and bending their heads on one side, and looking fierce, as it were, they then, after a truce, rush on with the determination of persevering in the contest. And this sort of conduct those who are in the habit of inventing new words call "sparring," being a sort of sham attack before the real one.
161And the soul is subject to many things of much the same kind. For when something good is hoped for it rejoices beforehand, so that in a manner it rejoices before its joy, and is delighted before its delight. And one may also compare this to what happens with respect to plants; for they, too, when they are about to bear fruit, bud beforehand and flower previously, and are green previously.
162Look at the cultivated vine, how marvellously it is furnished by nature with young shoots, and tendrils, and suckers, and leaves redolent of wine, which, though they utter no voice, do nevertheless indicate the joy of the tree at the coming fruit. And the day also laughs in anticipation of the early dawn, when the sun is about to rise; for one ray is a messenger of another, and one beam of light, as the forerunner of another though more obscure, is still a herald of that which shall be brighter.
163Therefore, joy accompanies a good when it is already arrived, and hope while it is expected. For we rejoice when it is come, and we hope while it is coming; just as is the case also with the contrary feelings; for the presence of evil brings us grief, and the expectation of evil generates fear, and fear is nothing more than grief before grief, as hope is joy before joy. For the same relation that, I imagine, fear bears to grief, that same does hope bear to joy.
164And the external senses afford very manifest proofs of what has now been said; for smell, sitting as it were in front of taste, pronounces judgment beforehand on almost every thing which is eaten and drunk; from which fact some persons have very felicitously named it the foretaster, having a regard to its employment. And so hope is by nature adapted to have as it were a foretaste of the coming good: and to represent it to the soul, which is to have a firm possession of it.
165Moreover, when any one who is engaged in a journey is hungry or thirsty, if he on a sudden sees a fountain or all kinds of trees weighed down with eatable fruits, he is at once filled with a hope of enjoyment, not only before he has either eaten or drunk, but before he has either come near them or gathered of them. And do we then think that we are able to feast on the nourishment of the body before we receive it, but that the food of the mind is not able to render us cheerful beforehand, even when we are on the very point of feasting on it?
166He laughed then very naturally, even though laughter did not as yet appear to have been scattered among the human race: and not only did he laugh but the woman also laughed; for it is said presently, "And Sarrah laughed in herself, saying, There has never up to the present time come any good unto me of its own accord without care on my part; but he who has promised is my Lord, and is older than all creation, and him I must of necessity believe."
167And at the same time it also teaches us that virtue is naturally a thing to be rejoiced at, and that he who possesses it is at all times rejoiced; and, on the contrary, that vice is a painful thing, and that he who possesses that is most miserable. And do we even now marvel at those philosophers who affirm that virtue consists in apathy?
168For, behold, Moses is found to be the leader of this wise doctrine, as he represents the good man as rejoicing and laughing. And in other passages he not only speaks of him in that way, but also of all those who come to the same place with him; for he says, "And when he seeth thee he will rejoice in himself;" as if the bare sight of a good man were by itself sufficient to fill the mind with cheerfulness while the soul would cast off its most fearful burden, sorrow.
169But it is not allowed to every wicked man to rejoice, as it is said in the predictions of the prophet, "There is no rejoicing for the wicked, says God." For this is truly a divine saying and oracle, that the life of every wicked man is melancholy, and sad, and full of unhappiness, even if with his face he pretends to feel happiness;
170for I should not say that the Egyptians rejoiced in reality when they heard that the brethren of Joseph were come, but that they only feigned joy, putting on a false appearance like hypocrites; for no convictor, when standing by and pressing upon a foolish man is a pleasure to him, just as no physician is to an intemperate man who is sick; for labour attends on what is useful, and laziness on what is hurtful. And those who prefer laziness to labour are very naturally hated by those who advise them to a course which will be useful and laborious.
171When, therefore, you hear that "Pharaoh and all his servants rejoiced on account of the arrival of Joseph’s brethren," do not think that they rejoiced in reality, unless perhaps in this sense, that they expected that he would become changed from the good things of the soul in which he had been brought up, and would come over to the profitless appetites of the body, having adulterated the ancient and hereditary coinage of that virtue which was akin to him.
172The mind, then, which is devoted to pleasure, having entertained these hopes, does not think that it is sufficient to attract the younger men, and those who are as yet only attending the schools of temperance, by its allurements; but it looks upon it as a terrible thing, if it cannot also bring over the elder reasoning, the more impetuous passions of which have now passed their prime;
173for in a subsequent passage Joseph says to them, proposing injuries to them as though they were benefits, "Now, therefore, bringing with you your father and all your possessions, come hither to me;" speaking in this way of Egypt and of that terrible king who drags back all our paternal inheritance and the good things which really belong to us and which have advanced beyond the body (for by nature they are free), endeavouring by force to surrender them to a very bitter prison, having, as the holy scripture tells us, "appointed as guardian of the prison Pentaphres, the eunuch and chief cook," who was a man in great want of all that is good, and who had been deprived of the generative parts of the soul; and who was also unable to sow and to plant any of those things which bear upon instruction; but who like a cook slew the living animals, and cut them up and divided them in different portions limb by limb, and who wallowed about in dead and lifeless bodies and things equally, and who, by his superfluous preparations and refinements, excited and stirred up the appetites of the profitless passions, which it was natural to expect that those who were able to tame them should mollify.
174And he also says, "I will give unto you of all the good things of Egypt, and you shall eat of the marrow of the earth." But we will say unto him, We who keep our eyes fixed on the good things of the soul do not desire those of the body. For that most delicious desire of the former things, when once implanted in the mind, is well calculated to engender a forgetfulness of all those things which are dear to the flesh.
175Something like this, then, is the falsely named joy of the foolish. But the true joy has already been described, which is adapted only to the virtuous, "Therefore, falling down, he laughed." Not falling from God, but from himself; for he stood near the unchangeable God, but he fell from his own vain opinion.
Sections 176–200
176On which account that pride which was wise in its own conceit, having been thrown down, and the feeling which is devoted to God having been raised in its place, and being established around the only unalterable being, he, immediately laughing, said in his mind, "Shall a child be born to one who is a hundred years old, and shall Sarrah, who is ninety years old, have a child?"
177Do not fancy, my good friend, that that word, "he said" not with his mouth but "in his mind," has been added for no especial use; on the contrary, it is inserted with great accuracy and propriety. Why so? Because it seems by his saying, "Shall a child be born to him who is a hundred years old?" that he had a doubt about the birth of Isaac, in which he was previously stated to believe; as what was predicted a little before showed, speaking thus, "This child shall not be thy heir, but he who shall come out of thee;" and immediately afterward he says, "Abraham believed in the Lord, and it was counted to him for righteousness."
178Since then it was not consistent for one who had already believed to doubt, he has represented the doubt as of no long continuance, extending only as far as the mouth and the tongue, and stopping there at the mind which is endowed with such celerity of motion; for, says the scripture, "he said in his mind," which nothing, and no person ever so celebrated for swiftness of foot, could ever be able to outstrip, since it outruns even all the winged natures;
179on which account the most illustrious of all the Greek poets appears to me to have said:— "Swift as a winged bird or fleeter thought." Showing by these words the exceeding speed of its promptitude, placing the thought after the winged bird as a sort of climax; for the mind advances at the same moment to very many things and bodies, hurrying on with indescribable impetuosity, and without a moment’s lapse of time it speeds at once to the borders of both earth and sea, bringing together and dividing infinite magnitudes by a single word; and at the same time it soars to such a height above the earth, that it penetrates through the air and reaches even the aether, and scarcely stops at the very furthest circle of the fixed stars.
180For the fervid and glowing heat of that region does not suffer it to rest tranquil; on which account, overleaping many things, it is borne far beyond every boundary perceptible by the outward senses, to that which is compounded of ideas and appearances by the law of kindred. On which account in the good man there is a slight change, indivisible, unapportionable, not perceptible by the outward senses, but only by the intellect, and being in a manner independent of them.
181But, perhaps, some one may say, What then? is he who has once believed bound never to admit the slightest trace, or shadow, or moment of incredulity at all? But this man appears to me to have nothing else in his mind except an idea of proving the creature uncreated, and the mortal immortal, and the corruptible incorruptible, and man, if it be lawful to say so, God.
182For he says that the belief which man has once conceived ought to be so firm as in no respect to differ from that which is entertained of the truly living God and which is complete in every part; for Moses, in his greater hymn, says, "God is faithful, and there is no unrighteousness in him."
183And it is great folly to fancy that the soul of man is able to contain the virtues of God, which never vary and which are established on the most solid footing; for it is sufficient, and one must be content to have been able to acquire the images of them, though they are inferior to the archetypal patterns by many and large numbers.
184And is not this reasonable? for it follows of necessity that the virtues of God must be pure and unmixed, since God is not a compound being, inasmuch as he is a single nature; on the other hand, the virtues of men must be mixed with some alloy, since we ourselves are compounds, the divine and human nature being combined in us, and adapted together according to the principles of perfect music; and that which is composed of many separate things has a natural attraction to each of its parts.
185But he is happy to whom it has happened that for the greater portion of his life he has inclined towards the more excellent and more divine part; for that he should have done so all his life is impossible, since at times the mortal weight which is opposed to him has preponderated in the opposite scale, and impending over his mind, has kept watch for the opportunities of coming upon his reason at an unfavourable time, so as to drag it back again.
186Abraham therefore believed in God; but he believed as a man; that you may be aware of the peculiar attribute of mortals, and may learn that his fall did not happen to him in any other way than in consequence of the ordinances of nature. And if it was of short duration and only momentary, it is a thing to be thankful for: for many other men have been so overturned by the violence and impetuosity of error, and by its irresistible force, that they have been utterly destroyed for ever.
187For know, my good man, that, according to the most holy Moses, virtue is not perfect in the human body, but it suffers something like torpor, and is often ever so little lame. For says the scripture, "The broader part of his thigh became torpid, on which he was lame."
188And perhaps some man of an over-confident disposition may come forward and say that this is not the language of one who disbelieves, but of one praying, so that if that most excellent of all the happy feelings were about to be produced, it would not be brought forth according to any other number than that of ninety years, that so the perfect good might arrive at its production according to perfect numbers.
189But the aforesaid numbers are perfect, and especially according to the sacred scriptures. And let us consider each of them: now first of all there is the son of the just Noah and the ancestor of the seeing race, and he is said to have been a hundred years old when he begot Arphaxad, and the meaning of the name Arphaxad is, "he disturbed sorrow." At all events it is a good thing that the offspring of the soul should confuse, and disorder, and destroy that miserable thing iniquity, so full of evils.
190But Abraham also planted a field, using the ratio of an hundred for the measurement of the ground: and Isaac found some barley yielding a hundred fold. And Moses also made the vestibule of the sacred tabernacle in a hundred arches, measuring out the distance towards the east and towards the west.
191Moreover the ratio of a hundred is the first fruit of the first fruit which the Levites assign to those who are consecrated to the priesthood; for after they have taken the tenths from the nation they are enjoined to give unto the priests a sacred tenth of the whole share, as if from their own possessions.
192And if a person were to consider, he might find many other instances to the praise of the aforesaid number brought forward in the law of Moses, but for the present what have been enumerated are sufficient. But if from the hundred you set aside the tenth part as a sacred first fruit to God who produces, and increases, and brings to perfection the fruit of the soul—for how can it be anything but perfect, inasmuch as it is on the confines between the first and the tenth, in the same manner in which the Holy of Holies is separated by the veil in the middle. [...] by which those things which are of the same genus are divided according to the differences in species?
193Therefore the good man was speaking and saying things which were really good in his mind. But the bad man at times interprets good things in a very excellent manner, but nevertheless does shameful things in a most shameful one, as Shechem does who is the offspring of folly. For he is the son of Hamon his father, and the name Hamon, being translated, means "an ass," but the name Shechem means "a shoulder" when interpreted, the symbol of labour. But that labour of which folly is the parent is miserable and full of suffering, as, on the other hand, that labour is useful to which prudence is related.
194Accordingly the holy scriptures tell us that, "Shechem spake according to the mind of the virgin, having first humbled her." Is it not said then, with great purpose and accuracy, that he spake according to the mind of the damsel, for the purpose of showing distinctly that he acted in a contrary manner to that in which he spoke? For Dinah means "incorruptible judgment:" justice the attribute seated by God, the everlasting virgin; for the name Dinah, being interpreted, means either thing, "judgment" or "justice."
195Fools, then, laying violent hands upon and attempting to defile her, by means of their daily designs and practises, by their plausibility of speech escape conviction. Therefore they must either act in a manner consistent with the language that they hold, or else they must hold their tongues while committing iniquity. For it is said, "Silence is one half of evil:" as Moses says when rebuking the man who accounted the creature worthy of the principal honour, and the immortal God worthy only of the second place, "Thou hast sinned, be silent."
196For to use bombastic language, and to boast of one’s evil deeds, is a double sin: and men in general are very prone to this; for they are constantly saying what is pleasing to the ever-virgin virtue, and such things as are just: but they never omit any opportunity of insulting and violating her when they are able. For what city is there which is not full of those who are continually celebrating the praises of virtue?—
197men who weary the ears of those who hear them by everlastingly dwelling on such subjects as these; wisdom is a necessary good; folly is pernicious; temperance is desirable; intemperance is hateful; courage is a thing proper to be cultivated; cowardice must be avoided; justice is advantageous; injustice is disadvantageous; holiness is honourable; unholiness is shameful; piety towards the gods is praiseworthy; impiety is blameable; that which is most akin to the nature of man is to design, and to act, and to speak virtuously; that which is most alien from his nature is to do the contrary of all these things.
198By continually stringing together these and similar aphorisms they deceive the courts of justice, and the council chambers, and the theatres, and every assembly and company which they meet; as men who put beautiful masks on ugly faces, with the intention of not being discovered by those who see them.
199But it is of no use; for some persons will come endowed with great vigour, and occupied with a real zeal and admiration for virtue, and who will strip them of all their coverings, and disguises, and appendages which they had woven round themselves by the evil artifice of plausible speeches, and will display their soul naked by itself as it really is, and will make themselves acquainted with the secret things of their nature which are hidden as it were in recesses. And then having brought to light all its shame and all the reproaches to which it is liable, they will display them in broad daylight to every one, and show what sort of thing it is, how disgraceful and ridiculous, and what a spurious kind of beauty it has disguised itself with by means of its appendages and coverings.
200And those who are prepared to avenge themselves on such profane and impure dispositions are Simeon and Levi, two indeed in number, but only one in mind; on which account, in his blessings of his sons, their father numbers them together under one classification, on account of the harmonious character of their unanimity and of their violence in one and the same direction. But Moses does not make any mention of them afterwards as a pair, but classes the whole tribe of Simeon under that of Levi, combining together two essences, of which he made one impressed as it were with one idea and appearance, uniting hearing to doing.
Sections 201–225
201When, therefore, the virtuous man knew that the promise was uttering things full of reverence and prudent caution, according to his own mind, he admitted both these feelings into his breast, namely, faith in God, and incredulity as to the creature. Very naturally therefore he says, using the language of entreaty, "Would that this Ishmael might live before thee," using each word of those which he utters here with deliberate propriety, namely, the "this," the "might live," the "before thee."
202For it is no small number of persons who have been deceived by the similarity of the names of different things, and we had better examine here what I am saying. The name Ishmael, being interpreted, means "the hearing of God," but some men listen to the divine doctrines to their benefit, and others listen to both his admonitions and to those of others only to their destruction. Do you not recollect the case of the soothsayer Balaam? He is represented as hearing the oracles of God, and as having received knowledge from the Most High,
203but what advantage did he reap from such hearing, and what good accrued to him from such knowledge? In his intention he endeavoured to injure the most excellent eye of the soul, which alone has received such instruction as to be able to behold God, but he was unable to do so by reason of the invincible power of the Saviour; therefore, being overthrown by his own insane wickedness, and having received many wounds, he perished amid the heaps of wounded, because he had stamped beforehand the divinely inspired prophecies with the sophistry of the soothsayers.
204Very righteously, therefore, does the good man pray that this his only son, Ishmael, may be sound in mind and health, because of those persons who do not listen in a sincere spirit to the sacred admonitions, whom Moses has expressly forbidden to come into the assembly of the Ruler of the universe,
205for those men are broken as to the generative parts of their minds, or are even rendered completely impotent in that respect, who magnify their own minds, and their external sense, as the only causes of all the events which take place among men; and there are others who are lovers of a system of polytheism, and who honour the company which is devoted to the service of many gods, being the sons of a harlot, having no knowledge of the one husband and father of the virtue-loving soul, namely, God; and are not all these men very properly driven away and banished from the assembly of God?
206They appear to me very much to resemble those parents who accuse their sons of intemperance in wine, for they say, "This our son is disobedient," indicating, by the addition of the word "this," that they have other sons likewise who are temperate and self-denying, and who obey the injunctions of right reason and instruction; for these are the most genuine parents, by whom it is a most disgraceful thing to be accused, and a most glorious thing to be praised.
207Then as to the words, "This is Aaron and Moses, whom God directed to lead the children of Israel out of Egypt," and the expression, "These are they who conversed with Pharaoh the king." Let us not think that they are used superfluously, or that they do not convey some intimations beyond the mere open meaning of the words;
208for since Moses is the purest mind, and Aaron is his speech, and moreover, since the mind has been taught to think of divine things in a divine manner, and since the speech has learnt to interpret holy things in holy language, the sophists imitating them, and adulterating the genuine coinage, say, that they also conceive rightly, and speak in a praiseworthy manner about what is most excellent. In order, therefore, that we may not be deceived by a placing of the base money in juxtaposition with the good, by reason of the similitude of the impression, he has given us a test by which they may be distinguished.
209What then is the test? To bring out of the region of the body the mind, endowed with the power of seeing, fond of contemplation and philosophical; for he who can do this is this same Moses; and he who is unable really to do so, but who is only said to be able, and who makes professions with infinite pomp and magnitude of language, is laughed at. But he prays that Ishmael may live, not meaning to refer to the life in conjunction with the body, but he prays that the divine voice, dwelling for evermore in his soul, may awaken and vivify it.
210And he indeed prays that the hearing of sacred words and the learning of sacred doctrine may live, as has been already said; but Jacob, the practiser of virtue, prays that the good natural disposition may live; for he says, "May Reuben live and not die," does he then here pray for immortality for him, a thing impossible for man to attain to?
211Surely not, we must then explain what it is which he intends to signify. All the lessons and all the admonitions of instruction are built up and established on the nature which is calculated to receive instruction, as on a foundation previously laid; but if there is no natural foundation previously in existence, everything is useless; for men, by nature destitute of sense, would not appear at all to differ from a stock or a lifeless stone; for nothing could possibly be adapted to them so as to cleave to them, but everything would rebound and spring back as from some hard body.
212But on the other hand, we may see the souls of those who are well endowed by nature, like a well-smoothed waxen tablet, neither too solid nor too tender, moderately tempered, and easily receiving all admonitions and all lessons, and themselves giving an accurate representation of any impression which has been stamped upon them, being a sort of distinct image of memory.
213It was therefore indispensable to pray that a good natural disposition, free from all disease and from all mortality, should be joined to the rational race; for they are but few who partake of the life according to virtue, which is the most real and genuine life. I do not mean of the common herd of men only, for of them there is not one who partakes of real life: but even of those to whom it has been granted to shun the objects of human desire, and to live to God alone.
214On which account the practiser of virtue, that courageous man, marvelled greatly, if any one being borne along the middle of the stream of life, was not dragged down by any violence, but was able to withstand the flow of abundant wealth coming over him, and to stem the impetuosity of immoderate pleasure, and to avoid being carried away by the whirlwind of vain opinion.
215At all events Jacob does not speak to Joseph more than the sacred scripture speaks to every one who is vigorous in his body, and who is seen to be immersed amid abundant treasures, and riches, and superfluities, and to be overcome by none of them, when he says, "For still thou livest," uttering a most marvellous sentiment, and one which is quite beyond the daily life of us who, if we have fallen in with ever so slight a breeze which bears us towards good fortune, immediately set all sail and beoame greatly elated, and being full of great and high spirits, hurry forward with all our speed to the indulgence of our passions, and never will check our unbridled and immoderately excited desires until we run ashore and are wrecked as to the whole vessel of our souls.
216Very beautifully therefore, do we pray that this Ishmael may live. Therefore, Abraham adds, "May he live before God," looking upon it as the perfection of all happiness for the mind to be accounted worthy of him who is the most excellent of all beings, as its inspector and overseer;
217for if, while the teacher is present the pupil cannot go wrong, and if a monitor being at hand is of service to the learner, and if while an elder person is present the younger man is adorned by modesty and temperance, and if the presence of his father or of his mother have often prevented a son when about to commit sin, even though they are only beheld by him in silence, then what excess of good must we imagine that man to enjoy, who believes that he is always watched and beheld by God? for while he fears and reverences and looks up to the dignity of him as being present, he will flee from committing iniquity with all his might.
218But when he prays that Ishmael may live, he does not despair of the birth of Isaac, as I have already said, but he believes in God; for it does not follow that what it is possible for God to give, it is also possible for man to receive, since to God it is easy to give the most numerous and important benefits, but to us it is not easy to accept of the gifts which are proffered to us;
219for we must be content, if, by means of labour and diligence, we obtain a share of those good things which are familiar and customary to us. But there is no hope that we can attain to those which come of their own accord, and from some ever ready and previously prepared source, without any art, or in short, any human contrivance whatever; for inasmuch as these things are divine, they must of necessity be found out by more divine and unadulterated natures, such as have no connection with any mortal body.
220And Moses has shown that every one, to the best of his power, ought to make grateful acknowledgments for benefits received; for instance, that the clever man ought to offer up as a sacrifice his acuteness and wisdom; the eloquent man should consecrate all his excellences of speech, by means of psalms and a regular enumeration of the greatness and panegyric on the living God; and to proceed with each species, he who is a natural philosopher should offer up his natural philosophy; he who is a moral philosopher should make an offering of his ethical philosophy; he who is skilful in any art or science should dedicate to God his knowledge of the arts and sciences.
221Thus again a sailor and a pilot should dedicate their successful voyage; the agricultural farmer, his productive crops; the stock-farmer, the prolific increase of his flocks and herds; the physician, the good health of his patients; the commander of an army, his success in war; the magistrate or the king will offer up his administration of the laws or his sovereign power. And, in short, the man who is not blinded by self-love, looks upon the only true maker of all things, God, as the cause of all the good things affecting his soul, or body, or his external circumstances.
222Let no one therefore, of those who seem to be somewhat obscure and humble, from a despair of any better hope, hesitate to become a suppliant to God. But even if he no longer looks forward to any greater advantages, still let him, to the best of his power, give God thanks for the blessings which he has already received,
223and in effect, those which he has received are countless; his birth, his life, his soul, his food, his outward senses, his imagination, his inclinations, his reason; and reason is a very short word, but a most perfect and admirable thing, a fragment of the soul of the universe, or, as it is more pious to say for those who study philosophy according to Moses, a very faithful copy of the divine image.
224It is right also to praise those inquirers after truth, who have endeavoured to tear up and carry off the whole trunk of virtue, root and branch: but since they have not been able to do it, have at least taken either a single shoot, or a single bunch of the fruit, as a specimen and portion of the whole tree, being all that they were able to bear.
225It is a desirable thing, indeed, to associate at once with the entire company of the virtues; but if this be too great an indulgence to be granted to human nature, let us be content if it has fallen to our lot to be connected with any one of the particular virtues, as a portion of the whole band, such as temperance, or courage, or justice, or humanity; for the soul may produce and bring forth some good from even one of them, and so avoid being barren and unproductive of any.
Sections 226–250
226But will you impose any such injunctions as these on your own son? Unless you treat your servants with gentleness, do not treat those of the same rank as yourself socially. Unless you behave decorously to your wife, never bear yourself respectfully to your parents. If you neglect your father and your mother, be impious also towards God. If you delight in pleasure, you must not keep aloof from covetousness. Do you desire great riches? Then be also eager for vain-glory.
227For what more need we add? Need you not desire to be moderate in some things unless you are able to be so in all? Would not your son say to you in such a case, My father, what do you mean? Do you wish your son to become either perfectly good or perfectly bad, and will you not be content if he keeps the middle path between the two extremes?
228Was it not for this reason that Abraham also, at the time of the destruction of Sodom, began at fifty and ended at ten? Therefore, propitiating and supplicating God, entreat him that if there could not be found among his creatures a complete remission so as to give them liberty, of which the sacred number of fifty is a symbol, at least the intermediate instruction which is equal in number to the decade, might be accepted for the sake of the deliverance of the soul which was about to be condemned.
229But those who are instructed have many more opportunities of prayer than those who are destitute of teachers, and those who are well initiated in encyclical accomplishments have more opportunities than those who are unmusical and illiterate, inasmuch as they from their childhood almost have been imbued with all the lessons of virtue, and temperance, and all kinds of excellence. Wherefore, even if they have not entirely got rid of and effaced old marks of iniquity so as to wear a completely clean appearance, at least they have purified themselves in a reasonable and moderate degree.
230And it is something like this that Esau seems to have said to his father, "Have you not one blessing for me, O my father? Bless me, bless me, also, O my father!" For different blessings have been set apart for different persons, perfect blessings for the perfect, and moderate blessings for the imperfect. As is the case also with bodies; for there are different exercises appropriate to those which are in health, and to those which are sick. And also different regimens of food, and different systems of living, and not the same. But some things are suitable to the one kind that they may not become at all diseased; and other things are good for the other sort, that they may be changed and rendered more healthy.
231Since, therefore, there are many good things existing in nature, give me that which appears to be best adapted to my circumstances, even if it be the most trifling thing possible; looking at this one point alone, whether I shall be able to bear what is given me with equanimity, and not, like a wretched person, sink under and be overwhelmed by it.
232Again, what do we imagine to be meant by the words, "Will not the hand of the Lord be sufficient?" Do they not signify that the powers of the living God penetrate everywhere for the purpose of conferring benefits, not only on those who are noble, but on those also who appear to be in a more obscure condition, to whom also God gives such things as are suitable to the measure and weight of the soul of each individual, conjecturing and measuring in his own mind with perfect equality what is proportionate to the circumstances and requirements of each.
233But what makes an impression on me in no ordinary degree is the law which is enacted with respect to those who put off their sins and seem to be repentant. For this law commands that the first victim which such persons offer shall be a female sheep without spot. But, if it proceeds, "his hand is not strong enough to bring a sheep, then for the trespass which he has committed he shall bring two turtle doves or two young pigeons, one for his trespass and one for a burnt offering;
234and if his hand cannot find a pair of turtle doves or two young pigeons, then he shall bring as his gift the tenth part of an ephah of fine flour for a sin offering; he shall not pour oil upon it, nor shall he place any frankincense thereon, because it is a sin offering; and he shall bring it to the priest, and the priest having taken it from him shall take a full handful of it, and place it as a memorial on the altar."
235God therefore here is propitiated by three different kinds of repentance, by the aforesaid beasts, or by the birds, or by the white flour, according, in short, to the ability of him who is being purified and who repents. For small offences do not require great purifications, nor are small purifications fit for great crimes; but they should be equal, and similar, and in due proportion.
236It is worth while, therefore, to examine what is meant by this purification which may be accomplished in three ways. Now it may almost be said that both offences and good actions are perceived to exist in three things; in intention, or in words, or in actions. On which account Moses, teaching in his hortatory admonitions that the attainment of good is not impossible nor even very difficult, says,
237"It is not necessary to soar up to heaven, nor to go to the borders of the earth and sea, for the attainment of it, but it is near, yea, and very near." And then in a subsequent passage he shows it all but to the naked eye as one may say, where he says, "Every action is in thy mouth, or in thy heart, or in thy hands:" meaning under this symbolical expression, in thy words, or in thy designs, or in thy actions. For he means that human happiness consists in wise design, and good language, and righteous actions, just as the unhappiness arises from the contrary course.
238For both well-doing and wrong-doing exist in the same regions, in the heart, or in the mouth, or in the hand; for some persons decide in the most righteous, and sagacious manner, some speak most excellently, some do only what ought to be done: again, of the three sources of error the most unimportant is to design to do what ought not to be done, the most grievous is to do what is iniquitous, the middle evil is to speak improperly.
239But it often happens that even what is least important is the most difficult to be removed; for it is very hard to bring an agitated state of the soul to tranquillity; and one may more easily check the impetuosity of a torrent than the perversion of the soul which is hurrying in a wrong direction, without restraint. For innumerable notions coming one upon the other like the waves of a stormy sea, bearing everything along with them, and throwing everything into confusion, overturn the whole soul with irresistible violence.
240Therefore the most excellent, and most perfect kind of purification is this, not to admit into one’s mind any improper notions, but to regulate it in peace and obedience to law, the ruler of which principles is justice. The next kind is, not to offend in one’s language either by speaking falsely, or by swearing falsely, or by deceiving, or by practising sophistry, or by laying false informations; or, in short, by letting loose one’s mouth and tongue to the injury of any one, as it is better to put a bridle and an insuperable chain on those members.
241But why it is a more grievous offence to say what is wrong than only to think it, is very easy to see. For some times a person thinks without any deliberate previous intention of so thinking, but inconsiderately: for he is compelled to admit ideas in his mind which he does not wish to admit; and nothing which is involuntary is blameable:
242but a man speaks intentionally, so that if he utters words which are not proper he is unhappy and is committing offence, since he does not even by chance choose to say anything that is proper, and it would be more for his advantage to adopt that safest expedient of silence: and, in the second place, anyone who is not silent can be silent if he pleases.
243But what is even a still more grievous offence than speaking wrongly, is unjust action. For the word, as it is said, is the shadow of the deed; and how can an injurious deed help being more mischievous than a shadow of the same character? On this account Moses released the mind, even when it yielded to many involuntary perversions and errors, from accusations and from penalties, thinking that it was rather acted upon by notions which forced their way into it, than was itself acting. But whatever goes out through the mouth that he makes the utterer responsible for and brings him before the tribunal, since the act of speaking is one which is in our own power.
244But the investigation to which words are subject is a more moderate one, and that with which words are united is a more vigorous one. For he imposes severe punishments on those who commit gross offences, and who carry out in action, and utter with hasty tongues what they have designed in their unjust minds.
245Therefore he has called the purifying victims which are to be offered up for the three offenders, the mind, speech, and the action, a sheep, and a pair of turtle doves or pigeons, and the tenth part of a sacred measure of fine flour; thinking it fit that the mind should be purified by a sheep, the speech by winged creatures, and the action by fine flour: Why is this?
246Because, as the mind is the most excellent thing in us, so also is the sheep the most excellent among irrational animals, inasmuch as it is the most gentle, and also as it gives forth a yearly produce in its fleece, for the use and also for the ornament of mankind. For clothes keep off all injury from both cold and heat, and also they conceal the unmentionable parts of nature, and in this way they are an ornament to those who use them:
247therefore the sheep, as being the most excellent of animals, is a symbol of the purification of the most excellent part of man, the mind. And birds are an emblem of the purification of the speech: for speech is a light thing, and winged by nature, flying and penetrating in every direction more swiftly than an arrow. For what is once said can never be re-called; but being borne abroad, and running on with great swiftness, it strikes the ears and penetrates every sense of hearing, resounding loudly: but speech is of two kinds, one true and the other false;
248on which account it appears to me to be here compared to a pair of turtle doves or young pigeons: and of these birds one he says is to be looked upon as a sin offering, and one is to be sacrificed as a burnt offering, since the speech which is true is wholly and in all respects sacred and perfect, but that which is false is very wrong and requires correction.
249Again, as I have already said, fine flour is a symbol of the purification of activity, but it is sorted from the commoner sort by the hands of the bakers, who make the business their study. On which account the law says, "And the priest having taken an entire handful, shall place it on the altar as a memorial of them," by the word handful, indicating both the endeavour and the action.
250And he speaks with exceeding accuracy with respect to the sheep, when he says, "And if his hand be not strong enough to supply a sheep;" but with respect to the birds he says, "And if he cannot find a bird." Why is this? Because it is a sign of very great strength and of excessive power, to get rid of the errors of the mind: but it does not require any great strength, to check the errors of words;
Sections 251–270
251for, as I have said already, silence is a remedy for all the offences that can be committed by the voice, and every one may easily practise silence; but yet, by reason of their chattering habits and want of moderation in their language, many people cannot find out how to impose a limitation on their speech.
252Since then, the virtuous man has been bred up among and practised in these and similar divisions and discriminations of things, does he not rightly appear to pray that Ishmael may live, if he is not as yet able to become the father of Isaac?
253What then does the merciful God say? To him who asks for one thing he gives two, and on him who prays for what is less he bestows what is greater; for, says the historian, he said unto Abraham, "Yea, behold, Sarrah thy wife shall bring forth a son." Very felicitous and significant is this answer, "Yea;" for what can be more suitable to and more like the character of God, than to promise good things and to ratify that promise with all speed!
254But what God promises every foolish man repudiates; therefore the sacred scriptures represent Leah as hated, and on this account it is that she received that name; for Leah, being interpreted, means "repudiating and labouring," because we all turn away from virtue and think it a laborious thing, by reason of its very often imposing commands on us which are not pleasant.
255But nevertheless, she is thought worthy of such an honourable reception from the prince, that her womb is opened by him, so as to receive the seed of divine generation, in order to the production of honourable pursuits and actions. Learn therefore, O soul, that Sarrah, that is, virtue, will bring forth to thee a son; and that Hagar, or intermediate instruction, is not the only one who will do so; for her offspring is one which has its knowledge from teaching, but the offspring of the other is entirely self-taught.
256And do not wonder, if God, who brings forth all good things, has also brought forth this race, which, though rare upon the earth, is very numerous in heaven. And you may learn this also from other things of which man consists: do the eyes see from having been taught to do so? And what do the nostrils do? Do they smell by reason of their having learnt? · And do the hands touch, or the feet advance, in accordance with the commands or recommendations of instructors?
257Again, do the appetites and imaginations (and these are the first moving powers and persuasions of the soul) exist in consequence of teaching? And has our mind gone as a pupil to any sophist, in order to learn to think and to comprehend? All these things repudiate all kinds of instruction, and avail themselves only of the spontaneous gifts of nature to exert their appropriate energies.
258Why then do you any longer wonder if God showers upon men virtue, unaccompanied by any labour or suffering, such as stand in need of no superintending care or instruction, but is from the very beginning entire and perfect? And if you wish to receive any testimony in corroboration of this view, can you find any more trustworthy than that of Moses? And he says that the rest of mankind derive their food from the earth, but that he alone who is endowed with the power of sight, derives his from heaven.
259And men occupied in agriculture co-operate to produce the food from the earth; but God, the only cause and giver, rains down the food from heaven without the co-operation of any other being. And, indeed, we read in the scriptures, "Behold, I rain upon you bread from heaven." Now what nourishment can the scriptures properly say is rained down, except heavenly wisdom?
260which God sends from above upon those souls which have a longing for virtue, God who possesses a great abundance and exceeding treasure of wisdom, and who irrigates the universe, and especially so on the sacred seventh day which he calls the sabbath; for then, he says, that there is an influx of spontaneous good things, not rising from any kind of art, but shooting up by their own spontaneous and self-perfecting nature, and bearing appropriate fruit.
261Virtue, therefore, will bring thee forth a legitimate male child, far removed from all effeminate passions; and thou shalt call the name of thy son by the name of the passion which thou feelest in regard to him; and thou wilt by all means feel joy; so that thou shalt give him a name which is an emblem of joy, namely, Laughter.
262As grief and fear have their appropriate expressions which the passion, when more than usually violent and predominant, gives utterance to; so also, good counsels and happiness compel a man to employ a natural expression of them, for which no one could find out more appropriate and felicitous names, even if he were very skilful in the imposition of names.
263On which account God says, "I have blessed him, I will increase him, I will multiply him, he shall beget twelve nations;" that is to say, he shall beget the whole circle and ring of the sophistical preliminary branches of education; but I will make my covenant with Israel, that the race of mankind may receive each kind of virtue, the weaker part of them receiving both that which is taught by others, and that which is learnt by one’s self, and the stronger part that which is ready and prepared.
264"And at that time," says he, "she shall bring forth a son to thee;" that is to say, wisdom shall bring forth joy. What time, O most marvellous being, are you pointing out? Is it that which cannot be indicated by the thing brought forth? For that must be the real time, the rising of the universe, the prosperity and happiness of the whole earth, and of heaven, and of all intermediate natures, and of all animals, and of all plants.
265On which account Moses also took courage to say to those who had run away, and who did not dare to enter upon a war in the cause of virtue against those who were arrayed against it, "The Lord has departed from them, but the Lord is in us;" for he here almost confesses in express words that God is time, who stands aloof and at a distance from every impious person, but walks among those souls which cultivate virtue.
266"For," says he, "I will walk among you, and I will be your God." But those who say that what is meant by time is only the seasons of the year are misapplying the names with great inaccuracy, like men who have not studied the natures of things with any care, but have gone on to a great degree at random.
267But by way of amplifying the beauty of the creature to be born, he says that it shall be born the next year, indicating by the term, "the next year," not a difference of time, such as is measured by lunar or solar periods, but that which is truly marvellous, and strange, and new, being an age which is very different from those which are visible to the eyes and perceptible to the outward senses, being investigated in incorporeal things appreciable only by the intellect, which, in fact, is the model and archetype of time. But an age is a name given to the life of the world, intelligible only by the intellect, as time is that given to the life of the world, perceptible by the outward senses.
268And in this year the man who had sown the graces of God so as to produce many more good things, in order that the greatest possible number of persons worthy to share them might participate in them, finds also the barley producing a hundredfold. But he who has sown does usually also reap.
269And he sowed, displaying the virtue, the enemy of envy and wickedness; he is, however, here said to find, not to reap. For he who has made the ear of his good deeds more productive and full, was a different person, having laid up an abundance of greater hopes well prepared, and he also proposed more abundant advantages to all those who sought them, encouraging them to hope to find them.
270And the words, "He finished speaking to him," are equivalent to saying, he made his hearer perfect, though he was devoid of wisdom before, and he filled him with immortal lessons. But when his disciple became perfect, the Lord went up and departed from Abraham, showing, not that he separated himself from him; for the wise man is naturally an attendant of God, not wishing to represent the spontaneous inclination of the disciple in order that as he had learnt while his teacher was no longer standing by him, and without any necessity urging him, giving of his own accord a specimen of himself, and displaying a voluntary and spontaneous eagerness to learn, he might for the future exert his energies by himself; for the teacher assigns a model to him who has learnt by voluntary study without any suggestions from other quarters, stamping on him a most durable species of indelible recollection.
Contents — 11 sections
Sections 1–25
1„Ἐγένετο Ἀβραὰμ ἐτῶν ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα, καὶ ὤφθη κύριος τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεός σου“ (Gen. 17,1). ὁ ἐννέα πρὸς τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα ἀριθμὸς ἑκατοντάδος γείτων ἐστίν, ᾗ τὸ αὐτομαθὲς ἐπέλαμψε γένος, Ἰσαάκ, εὐπαθειῶν ἀρίστη, χαρά· τῷ γὰρ ἑκατονταετεῖ γίνεται.
2ἔστι δὲ καὶ Λευιτικῆς φυλῆς ἱερεῦσιν ἀπαρχὴ διδομένη· δεκάτας γὰρ λαβόντες, ἀπὸ τούτων ὡς ἂν ἀπ’ οἰκείων καρπῶν ἑτέρας ἀπάρχονται ἑκατοστὸν λόγον περιεχούσας (Num. 18,26). προκοπῆς μὲν γὰρ δεκάς, ἑκατοντὰς δὲ τελειότητος σύμβολον. σπεύδει δὲ ὁ μέσος ἀεὶ πρὸς ἀκρότητα, φύσεως εὐμοιρίᾳ χρώμενος· ᾧ φησιν ὀφθῆναι τὸν τῶν ὅλων κύριον.
3ἀλλὰ μὴ νομίσῃς τοῖς σώματος ὀφθαλμοῖς γίνεσθαι τὴν προσβολήν — οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ αἰσθητὰ μόνα ὁρῶσι, τὰ δ’ αἰσθητὰ σύγκριτα, φθορᾶς ἀνάμεστα, τὸ δὲ θεῖον ἀσύγκριτον, ἄφθαρτον —, ἀλλὰ τὸ δεχόμενον τὴν θείαν φαντασίαν τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστιν ὄμμα.
4καὶ γὰρ ἄλλως ὅσα μὲν οἱ σώματος ὀφθαλμοὶ θεωροῦσι, συνεργῷ φωτὶ χρώμενοι καταλαμβάνουσιν, ὃ διαφέρει τοῦ θ’ ὁρωμένου καὶ τοῦ ὁρῶντος· ὅσα δὲ ἡ ψυχή, αὐτὴ δι’ ἑαυτῆς ἄνευ τινὸς ἄλλου συμπράξεως· αὐτὰ γὰρ ἑαυτοῖς ἐστι φέγγος τὰ νοούμενα.
5τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τὰς ἐπιστήμας διδασκόμεθα· ὁ γὰρ νοῦς τὸ ἄκλειστον καὶ ἀκοίμητον προσβαλὼν ὄμμα τοῖς δόγμασι καὶ τοῖς θεωρήμασιν εἶδεν αὐτὰ οὐ νόθῳ φωτί, γνησίῳ δὲ ὅπερ ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐξέλαμψεν.
6ὅταν οὖν ἀκούσῃς ὀφθέντα θεὸν ἀνθρώπῳ, τοῦτο γίνεσθαι νόει χωρὶς φωτὸς αἰσθητοῦ· νοήσει γὰρ τὸ νοητὸν εἰκὸς μόνον καταλαμβάνεσθαι. πηγὴ δὲ τῆς καθαρωτάτης αὐγῆς θεός ἐστιν· ὥσθ’ ὅταν ἐπιφαίνηται ψυχῇ, τὰς ἀσκίους καὶ περιφανεστάτας ἀκτῖνας ἀνίσχει.
7μὴ μέντοι νομίσῃς τὸ ὄν, ὅ ἐστι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄν, ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπου τινὸς καταλαμβάνεσθαι. ὄργανον γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἔχομεν, ᾧ δυνησόμεθα ἐκεῖνο φαντασιωθῆναι, οὔτ’ αἴσθησιν — αἰσθητὸν γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν — οὔτε νοῦν. Μωυσῆς οὖν ὁ τῆς ἀειδοῦς φύσεως θεατὴς [καὶ θεόπτης] — εἰς γὰρ τὸν γνόφον φασὶν αὐτὸν οἱ θεῖοι χρησμοὶ εἰσελθεῖν (Exod. 20,21), τὴν ἀόρατον καὶ ἀσώματον οὐσίαν αἰνιττόμενοι — πάντα διὰ πάντων ἐρευνήσας ἐζήτει τὸν τριπόθητον καὶ μόνον ἀγαθὸν τηλαυγῶς ἰδεῖν.
8ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐδὲν εὕρισκεν, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ἐμφερῆ τινα ἰδέαν τῷ ἐλπιζομένῳ, τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων διδασκαλίαν ἀπογνοὺς ἐπ’ αὐτὸ καταφεύγει τὸ ζητούμενον καὶ δεῖται λέγων· „ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτόν, γνωστῶς ἴδω σε“ (Exod. 33,13)· καὶ ὅμως ἀμοιρεῖ τῆς προθέσεως, αὐταρκεστάτης δωρεᾶς τῷ θνητῶν ἀρίστῳ γένει νομισθείσης τῆς τῶν μετὰ τὸ ὂν σωμάτων τε ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων ἐπιστήμης. λέγεται γάρ·
9„ὄψει τὰ ὀπίσω μου, τὸ δὲ πρόσωπόν μου οὐκ ὀφθήσεταί σοι“ (ibid. 23), ὡς τῶν ὅσα μετὰ τὸ ὂν σωμάτων τε ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων εἰς κατάληψιν ἐρχομένων, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντα ἤδη καταλαμβάνεται, μόνου δ’ ἐκείνου μὴ πεφυκότος ὁρᾶσθαι.
10καὶ τί θαυμαστόν, εἰ τὸ ὂν ἀνθρώποις ἀκατάληπτον, ὁπότε καὶ ὁ ἐν ἑκάστῳ νοῦς ἄγνωστος ἡμῖν; τίς γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐσίαν εἶδεν; ἧς ἡ ἀδηλότης μυρίας ἔριδας σοφισταῖς ἐγέννησεν ἐναντίας εἰσηγουμένοις γνώμας ἢ καὶ ὅλοις γένεσιν ἀντιστατούσας.
11ἦν οὖν ἀκόλουθον τὸ μηδ’ ὄνομα κύριον ἐπιφημισθῆναι δύνασθαι τῷ ὄντι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν. οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι φιλοπευστοῦντι τῷ προφήτῃ, τί τοῖς περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ ζητοῦσιν ἀποκριτέον, φησὶν ὅτι „ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν“ (Exod. 3, 14), ἴσον τῷ εἶναι πέφυκα, οὐ λέγεσθαι;
12τοῦ δὲ μὴ παντάπασιν ἀμοιρῆσαι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος προσρήσεως τοῦ ἀρίστου, δίδωσι καταχρῆσθαι ὡς ἂν ὁ ὢν ὀνόματι τοιούτῳ· „κύριος ὁ θεὸς“ τῶν τριῶν φύσεων, διδασκαλίας, τελειότητος, ἀσκήσεως, ὧν σύμβολα Ἀβραάμ, Ἰσαάκ, Ἰακὼβ ἀναγράφεται. „τοῦτο γάρ μου" φησίν „ὄνομα αἰώνιον“ ὡς ἂν ἐν τῷ καθ’ ἡμᾶς αἰῶνι ἐξεταζόμενον, οὐκ ἐν τῷ πρὸ αἰῶνος, „καὶ μνημόσυνον“, οὐ τὸ πέρα μνήμης καὶ νοήσεως ἱστάμενον, καὶ πάλιν „γενεαῖς“ (ibid. 15), οὐ φύσεσιν ἀγενήτοις.
13καταχρήσεως γὰρ ὀνόματος θείου δεῖ τοῖς εἰς τὴν θνητὴν γένεσιν ἐλθοῦσιν, ἵν’, εἰ καὶ μὴ πράγματι, ὀνόματι γοῦν προσερχόμενοι ἀρίστῳ κατ’ αὐτὸ κοσμῶνται. δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ λόγιον ἐκ προσώπου θεσπισθὲν τοῦ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμόνος περὶ τοῦ μηδενὶ δεδηλῶσθαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ κύριον. „ὤφθην“ φησί „πρὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ θεὸς ὢν αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ ὄνομά μου κύριον οὐκ ἐδήλωσα αὐτοῖς“ (Exod. 6,3). τοῦ γὰρ ὑπερβατοῦ μετατεθέντος ἑξῆς ἂν τοιοῦτος εἴη λόγος· „ὄνομά μου τὸ κύριον οὐκ ἐδήλωσα αὐτοῖς“, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐν καταχρήσει διὰ τὰς εἰρημένας αἰτίας.
14οὕτω μέντοι τὸ ὂν ἄρρητόν ἐστιν, ὥστ’ οὐδὲ αἱ ὑπηρετούμεναι δυνάμεις κύριον ὄνομα ἡμῖν λέγουσι· μετὰ γοῦν τὴν πάλην, ἣν ὑπὲρ κτήσεως ἀρετῆς ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐπάλαισε, φησὶ τῷ ἀοράτῳ ἐπιστάτῃ· „ἀνάγγειλόν μοι τὸ ὄνομά σου“, ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· „ἵνα τί τοῦτο ἐρωτᾷς τὸ ὄνομά μου;“ (Gen. 32,29), καὶ οὐ μηνύει τὸ ἴδιον καὶ κύριον. ἀπόχρη γάρ σοι, φησίν, ὠφελεῖσθαι κατὰ τὰς ἐμὰς εὐφημίας, τὰ δὲ γενητῶν σύμβολα, ὀνόματα, μὴ ζήτει παρὰ φύσεσιν ἀφθάρτοις·
15μήτ’ οὖν διαπόρει, εἰ τὸ τῶν ὄντων πρεσβύτατον ἄρρητον, ὁπότε καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ κυρίῳ ὀνόματι οὐ ῥητὸς ἡμῖν· καὶ μὴν εἰ ἄρρητον, καὶ ἀπερινόητον καὶ ἀκατάληπτον· ὥστε τὸ „ὤφθη κύριος τῷ Ἀβραὰμ“ (Gen. 17,1) λέγεσθαι ὑπονοητέον οὐχ ὡς ἐπιλάμποντος καὶ ἐπιφαινομένου τοῦ παντὸς αἰτίου — τίς γὰρ ἀνθρώπειος νοῦς τὸ μέγεθος τῆς φαντασίας ἱκανός ἐστι χωρῆσαι; —, ἀλλ’ ὡς μιᾶς τῶν περὶ αὐτὸ δυνάμεων, τῆς βασιλικῆς, προφαινομένης· ἡ γὰρ κύριος πρόσρησις ἀρχῆς καὶ βασιλείας ἐστί.
16νοῦς δὲ ἡμῶν ἡνίκα ἐχαλδάιζε μετεωρολεσχῶν, τῷ κόσμῳ τὰς δραστηρίους ἦν περιέπων δυνάμεις ὡς αἰτίας· γενόμενος δὲ μετανάστης ἀπὸ τοῦ Χαλδαϊκοῦ δόγματος ἔγνω ἡνιοχούμενον καὶ κυβερνώμενον αὐτὸν ὑπὸ ἡγεμόνος, οὗ τῆς ἀρχῆς φαντασίαν ἔλαβε.
17διὸ λέγεται „ὤφθη“ οὐ τὸ ὄν, ἀλλὰ κύριος· οἷον ἐφάνη ὁ βασιλεύς, ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν ὤν, οὔπω δὲ τῇ ψυχῇ γνωριζόμενος, ἣ καὶ ὀψιμαθὴς μέν, οὐ μὴν εἰσάπαν ἀμαθὴς διετέλεσεν, ἀλλ’ ἐφαντασιώθη τὴν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀρχὴν καὶ ἡγεμονίαν.
18φανεὶς δ’ ὁ ἄρχων ἔτι μᾶλλον εὐεργετεῖ τὸν ἀκροατὴν καὶ θεατὴν φάσκων· „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σός“ (Gen. 17, 1). τίνος γάρ, εἴποιμ’ ἄν, οὐ θεὸς ὑπάρχεις τῶνδε ὅσα εἰς γένεσιν ἦλθεν; ἀλλὰ διδάξει με ὁ ὑποφήτης αὐτοῦ λόγος, ὅτι οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου νῦν λέγει, οὗ δημιουργὸς πάντως ἐστὶ καὶ θεός, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἀνθρωπίνων ψυχῶν, ἃς οὐ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπιμελείας ἠξίωκε.
19δικαιοῖ γὰρ τῶν μὲν φαύλων λέγεσθαι κύριος καὶ δεσπότης, τῶν δ’ ἐν προκοπαῖς καὶ βελτιώσεσι θεός, τῶν δ’ ἀρίστων καὶ τελειοτάτων ἀμφότερον, κύριος ὁμοῦ καὶ θεός. αὐτίκα γέ τοι ἔσχατον ὅρον ἀσεβείας ἱδρυσάμενος τὸν Φαραὼ [κύριον καὶ] θεὸν τούτου οὐδέποτε προσεῖπεν ἑαυτόν, ἀλλὰ τὸν σοφὸν Μωυσῆν — λέγει γάρ· „ἰδοὺ δίδωμί σε θεὸν Φαραώ“ (Exod. 7,1) —, κύριον δὲ ὠνόμασε πολλαχοῦ τῶν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ χρησθέντων· ᾄδεται δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα·
20„τάδε λέγει κύριος“ (Exod. 7,17), καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ· „ἐλάλησε κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων· ἐγὼ κύριος, λάλησον Φαραὼ βασιλεῖ Αἰγύπτου, ὅσα ἐγὼ λαλῶ πρὸς σέ“ (Exod. 6,29), καὶ Μωυσῆς πρὸς αὐτόν·
21„ὅταν ἐξέλθω τὴν πόλιν, ἐκπετάσω τὰς χεῖρας πρὸς κύριον, καὶ αἱ φωναὶ παύσονται, καὶ ἡ χάλαζα καὶ ὁ ὑετὸς οὐκ ἔσται· ἵνα γνῷς, ὅτι κυρίου ἡ γῆ,“ οἱονεὶ πᾶσα ἡ σωματικὴ καὶ γεώδης σύστασις, „καὶ σύ“, ὁ ἀγαλματοφορούμενος νοῦς, „καὶ οἱ θεράποντές σου,“ οἱ κατὰ μέρος δορυφοροῦντες λογισμοί. „ἐπίσταμαι γάρ, ὅτι οὐδέπω πεφόβησθε τὸν κύριον“ (Exod. 9,29. 30), ἴσον τῷ οὐ τὸν λεγόμενον ἄλλως, ἀλλὰ τὸν ὄντως ὄντα δεσπότην.
22κύριος γὰρ γενητὸς πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐδείς, κἂν ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα εὐρύνας τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἀνάψηται· μόνος δ’ ὁ ἀγένητος ἀψευδῶς ἡγεμών, οὗ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὁ δεδιὼς καὶ καταπεπληγμένος ἆθλον ὠφελιμώτατον αἴρεται νουθεσίας, τὸν δὲ ὀλίγωρον ἐκδέχεται πάντως οἰκτρὸς ὄλεθρος.
23οὐκοῦν κύριος ἀφρόνων ἐπιδέδεικται τὸν ἄρχοντος ἐπανατεινάμενος οἰκεῖον φόβον, θεὸς δὲ βελτιουμένων γράφεται, καθὼς καὶ νῦν· „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σός“ (Gen. 17,1), „ἐγὼ ὁ θεός σου, αὐξάνου καὶ πληθύνου" (Gen. 35,11), τελείων δὲ ἀμφότερον, κύριος ὁμοῦ καὶ θεός, ὡς ἐν δέκα λόγοις· „ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεός σου“ (Exod. 20, 2) καὶ ἑτέρωθι·
24„κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν“ (Deut. 4,1). δικαιοῖ γὰρ τὸν μὲν φαῦλον ὡς ὑπὸ κυρίου δεσπόζεσθαι, ἵν’ εὐλαβούμενος καὶ στένων ἐπικρεμάμενον ἔχῃ τὸν δεσποτικὸν φόβον, τὸν δὲ προκόπτοντα ὡς ὑπὸ θεοῦ εὐεργετεῖσθαι, ὅπως ταῖς εὐποιίαις τελειότητος ἐφίκηται, τὸν δὲ τέλειον καὶ ἡγεμονεύεσθαι ὡς ὑπὸ κυρίου καὶ εὐεργετεῖσθαι ὡς ὑπὸ θεοῦ· διαμένει γὰρ οὗτος εἰσάπαν ἄτρεπτος, ἐκεῖνος δὲ πάντως ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ.
25δηλοῦται δὲ τοῦτο μάλισθ’ ὡς ἐπὶ Μωυσέως· „αὕτη“ γάρ φησιν „ἡ εὐλογία ἣν εὐλόγησε Μωυσῆς, ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ“ (Deut. 33, 1). ὢ παγκάλης καὶ ἱεροπρεποῦς ἀντιδόσεως ἀξιωθείς, θείας προνοίας ἀντιδοῦναι ἑαυτόν.
Sections 26–50
26ἀλλὰ μὴ νομίσῃς τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἄνθρωπόν τε γίνεσθαι καὶ ἄνθρωπον θεοῦ· ἄνθρωπον μὲν γάρ, θεοῦ ὡς κτῆμα· ἄνθρωπον δὲ θεοῦ, ὡς αὔχημα καὶ ὠφέλημα. εἰ δὴ βούλει διανοίας κλῆρον τὸν θεὸν ἔχειν, αὐτὸς πρότερον γενοῦ κλῆρος ἀξιόχρεως αὐτοῦ· γενήσῃ δέ, ἂν τοὺς χειροποιήτους καὶ ἑκουσίους ἅπαντας νόμους ἐκφύγῃς.
27ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνο προσῆκεν ἀγνοεῖν, ὅτι τὸ „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σὸς“ (Gen. 17,1) λέγεται καταχρηστικῶς, οὐ κυρίως. τὸ γὰρ ὄν, ᾗ ὄν ἐστιν, οὐχὶ τῶν πρός τι· αὐτὸ γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ πλῆρες καὶ αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ ἱκανόν, καὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως καὶ μετὰ τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ παντὸς ἐν ὁμοίῳ.
28ἄτρεπτον γὰρ καὶ ἀμετάβλητον, χρῇζον ἑτέρου τὸ παράπαν οὐδενός, ὥστε αὐτοῦ μὲν εἶναι τὰ πάντα, μηδενὸς δὲ κυρίως αὐτό. τῶν δὲ δυνάμεων, ἃς ἔτεινεν εἰς γένεσιν ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ τοῦ συσταθέντος, ἐνίας συμβέβηκε λέγεσθαι ὡσανεὶ πρός τι, τὴν βασιλικήν, τὴν εὐεργετικήν· βασιλεὺς γάρ τινος καὶ εὐεργέτης τινὸς ἑτέρου πάντως βασιλευομένου καὶ εὐεργετουμένου.
29τούτων συγγενής ἐστι καὶ ἡ ποιητικὴ δύναμις, ἡ καλουμένη θεός· διὰ γὰρ ταύτης τῆς δυνάμεως ἔθηκε τὰ πάντα ὁ γεννήσας καὶ τεχνιτεύσας πατήρ, ὥστε τὸ „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σὸς“ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ ἐγώ εἰμι ποιητὴς καὶ δημιουργός.
30μεγίστη δὲ δωρεὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ λαχεῖν ἀρχιτέκτονος, οὗ καὶ σύμπας ὁ κόσμος ἔλαχε. φαύλου μὲν γὰρ ψυχὴν οὐ διέπλασεν — ἐχθρὸν γὰρ θεῷ κακία —, τὴν δὲ μέσην οὐ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ μόνου κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν, ἐπειδὴ κηροῦ τρόπον ἔμελλεν αὕτη δέξασθαι καλοῦ τε καὶ αἰσχροῦ διαφοράν.
31διόπερ λέγεται· „ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν“ (Gen. 1,26), ἵν’, εἰ μὲν δέξεται φαῦλον τύπον, ἑτέρων φαίνηται δημιούργημα, εἰ δὲ καλόν, τοῦ τῶν καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν μόνων τεχνίτου. πάντως οὖν σπουδαῖος ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, ᾧ φησιν· „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σός,“ ποιητοῦ μόνου λαχὼν ἄνευ συμπράξεως ἑτέρων.
32ἅμα μέντοι καὶ τὸ πολλαχοῦ κατασκευαζόμενον αὐτῷ δόγμα συνάγει διδάσκων, ὅτι μόνων ἀγαθῶν καὶ σοφῶν δημιουργός ἐστιν. οὗτος δὲ πᾶς ὁ θίασος τὴν τῶν ἐκτὸς ἄφθονον κτῆσιν ἑαυτὸν ἑκὼν ἀφῄρηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν σαρκὶ φίλων ὠλιγώρηκεν.
33εὐέκται μὲν γὰρ καὶ σφριγῶντες ἀθληταὶ τὸ δοῦλον ἐπιτετειχικότες ψυχῇ τὸ σῶμα, ὠχροὶ δὲ καὶ διερρυηκότες καὶ κατεσκελετευμένοι τρόπον τινὰ οἱ ἀπὸ παιδείας, ταῖς ψυχικαῖς δυνάμεσι καὶ τοὺς σωματικοὺς τόνους προσκεκληρωκότες καί, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, εἰς ἓν εἶδος τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀναλυθέντες καὶ ἀσώματοι διάνοιαι γεγονότες.
34φθείρεται οὖν εἰκότως τὸ γεῶδες καὶ καταλύεται, ὅταν ὅλος δι’ ὅλων ὁ νοῦς εὐαρεστεῖν προέληται θεῷ· σπάνιον δὲ καὶ τὸ γένος καὶ μόλις εὑρισκόμενον, πλὴν οὐκ ἀδύνατον γενέσθαι. δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ χρησθὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἐνὼχ λόγιον τόδε· „εὐηρέστησε δὲ Ἐνὼχ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκετο“ (Gen. 5, 24).
35ποῦ γὰρ ἂν σκεψάμενός τις εὕροι τἀγαθὸν τοῦτο; ποῖα πελάγη διαβαλών; πρὸς τίνας νήσους, τίνας ἠπείρους ἐλθών; παρὰ βαρβάροις ἢ παρ’ Ἕλλησιν;
36ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ μέχρι νῦν τῶν φιλοσοφίᾳ τετελεσμένων εἰσί τινες, οἳ λέγουσιν ἀνύπαρκτον εἶναι σοφίαν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸν σοφόν; μηδένα γὰρ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἀνθρώπων γενέσεως ἄχρι τοῦ παρόντος βίου κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς ἀνυπαίτιον νομισθῆναι· καὶ γὰρ ἀδύνατον εἶναι θνητῷ σώματι ἐνδεδεμένον εἰσάπαν εὐδαιμονῆσαι.
37ταῦτα δ’ εἰ μὲν ὀρθῶς λέγεται, σκεψόμεθα ἐν καιρῷ· νυνὶ δ’ ἀκολουθήσαντες τῷ λογίῳ φήσομεν, ὅτι ἔστι μὲν ὑπαρκτὸν πρᾶγμα σοφία, ἔστι δὲ καὶ ὁ ἐραστὴς αὐτῆς, σοφός, ὑπάρχων δὲ ὅμως ἡμᾶς τοὺς φαύλους διαλέληθεν· ἀγαθὸν γὰρ οὐκ ἐθέλει κακῷ συνέρχεσθαι.
38διὰ τοῦτο λέγεται· „οὐχ εὑρίσκετο“ ὁ εὐαρεστήσας τρόπος τῷ θεῷ, ὡς ἂν δήπου ὑπαρκτὸς μὲν ὤν, ἀποκρυπτόμενος δὲ καὶ τὴν εἰς ταὐτὸ σύνοδον ἡμῶν ἀποδιδράσκων, ἐπειδὴ καὶ μετατεθῆναι λέγεται, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ μεταναστῆναι καὶ μετοικίαν στείλασθαι τὴν ἀπὸ θνητοῦ βίου πρὸς τὸν ἀθάνατον.
39Οὗτοι μὲν δὴ τὴν ἔνθεον μανίαν μανέντες ἐξηγριώθησαν, ἕτεροι δ’ εἰσὶν οἱ τῆς τιθασοῦ καὶ ἡμέρου σοφίας ἑταῖροι. τούτοις καὶ εὐσέβεια διαφερόντως ἀσκεῖται καὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπεια οὐχ ὑπερορᾶται. μάρτυρες δ’ οἱ χρησμοί, ἐν οἷς λέγεται τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ· „εὐαρέστει ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ“ (Gen. 17, 1), τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ μὴ ἐμοὶ μόνῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἔργοις παρ’ ἐμοὶ κριτῇ, ὡς ἐφόρῳ καὶ ἐπισκόπῳ.
40τιμῶν γὰρ γονεῖς ἢ πένητας ἐλεῶν ἢ φίλους εὐεργετῶν ἢ πατρίδος ὑπερασπίζων ἢ τῶν κοινῶν πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους δικαίων ἐπιμελούμενος εὐαρεστήσεις μὲν πάντως τοῖς χρωμένοις, θεοῦ δ’ ἐνώπιον εὐαρεστήσεις· ἀκοιμήτῳ γὰρ ὀφθαλμῷ βλέπει πάντα καὶ τὰ σπουδαῖα χάριτι ἐξαιρέτῳ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καλεῖ καὶ ἀποδέχεται.
41τοιγάρτοι καὶ ὁ ἀσκητὴς εὐχόμενος ταὐτὸν ἀποδηλώσει φάσκων· „ὁ θεός, ᾧ εὐηρέστησαν οἱ πατέρες μου“ καὶ προστίθησιν „ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 48, 15), χάριν τοῦ γνῶναι τὴν πραγματικὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ „θεῷ“ εὐαρεστεῖν πρὸς τὸ „ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ“· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀμφότερα περιέχει, τὸ δὲ θάτερον μόνον.
42οὕτω καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐν τοῖς προτρεπτικοῖς παραινεῖ λέγων· „τὸ εὐάρεστον ποιήσεις ἐνώπιον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου“ (Deut. 12,28), οἷον τοιαῦτα πρᾶττε, ἃ γενήσεται ἐπάξια τοῦ φανῆναι θεῷ καὶ ἅπερ ἰδὼν ἀποδέξεται· ταῦτα δὲ καὶ εἰς τοὺς ὁμοίους εἴωθε χωρεῖν.
43ἐντεῦθεν ὁρμηθεὶς τήν τε σκηνὴν δυσὶ περιβόλων ὁρίοις συνύφαινε, μέσον ἀμφοῖν κάλυμμα θείς, ὅπως διακρίνηται τῶν εἴσω τὰ ἔξω (Exod. 26, 33), καὶ τὴν νομοφυλακίδα ἱερὰν κιβωτὸν ἔνδοθεν καὶ ἔξωθεν ἐχρύσωσε (Exod. 25,10), καὶ τῷ μεγάλῳ ἱερεῖ διττὰς ἀνέδωκε στολάς, τὴν μὲν λινῆν ἔνδον, τὴν δὲ ποικίλην ἔξω μετὰ τοῦ ποδήρους (Exod. 28, 4. Lev. 6, 10).
44ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα σύμβολα ψυχῆς ἐστι καὶ τοῖς εἴσω πρὸς θεὸν ἁγνευούσης καὶ [ἐν] τοῖς ἔξω πρὸς τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον καὶ βίον καθαρευούσης. εὐστόχως οὖν ἐκεῖνο πρὸς τὸν παλαιστὴν νικηφόρον ἐλέχθη μέλλοντα τοῖς νικητηρίοις ἀναδεῖσθαι στεφάνοις. τὸ γὰρ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ κήρυγμα τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· „ἴσχυσας μετὰ θεοῦ καὶ μετὰ ἀνθρώπων δυνατός“ (Gen. 32, 28).
45τὸ γὰρ καθ’ ἑκατέραν τάξιν εὐδοκιμῆσαι, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀγένητον καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ γενόμενον, οὐ μικρᾶς ἐστι διανοίας, ἀλλ’, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, κόσμου καὶ θεοῦ μεθορίου· συνόλως τε προσήκει τὸν ἀστεῖον ὀπαδὸν εἶναι θεοῦ· μέλει γὰρ τῷ πάντων ἡγεμόνι καὶ πατρὶ τοῦ γενομένου.
46τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι καὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως ἱκανὸς ἦν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ὁ θεὸς καὶ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου γένεσιν ὁ αὐτὸς ἔμενεν, οὐ μεταβαλών; διὰ τί οὖν ἐποίει τὰ μὴ ὄντα; ἢ ὅτι ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλόδωρος ἦν; εἶτ’ οὐχ ἑψόμεθα οἱ δοῦλοι τῷ δεσπότῃ, θαυμάζοντες μὲν τὸν αἴτιον ὑπερφυῶς, τῆς δὲ καθ’ αὑτοὺς φύσεως μὴ ὑπερορῶντες;
47Εἰπὼν δὲ „εὐαρέστει ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ“ προσεπιλέγει· „καὶ γίνου ἄμεμπτος“ (Gen. 17,1), ἀκολουθίᾳ καὶ εἱρμῷ χρώμενος. μᾶλλον μὲν οὖν ἐγχείρει τοῖς καλοῖς, ἵνα εὐαρεστῇς· εἰ δὲ μή, τῶν γε ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπέχου, ἵνα μὴ τυγχάνῃς μέμψεως. ὁ μὲν γὰρ κατορθῶν ἐπαινετός, ὁ δὲ μὴ ἀδικῶν οὐ ψεκτός.
48καὶ τὸ μὲν πρεσβυτικὸν ἆθλον κατορθοῦσι πρόκειται, τὸ εὐάρεστον, τὸ δεύτερον δὲ μὴ ἁμαρτάνουσι, τὸ ἄμεμπτον. τάχα δὲ καὶ γενέσει τῇ θνητῇ τὸ μὴ διαμαρτάνειν ἴσον καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ γράφεται τῷ κατορθοῦντι. „τίς γάρ,“ ὡς ὁ Ἰώβ φησι, „καθαρὸς ἀπὸ ῥύπου, κἂν μία ἡμέρα ἐστὶν ἡ ζωή“ (Iob 14,4) ;
49ἄπειρα μέν ἐστι τὰ καταρρυπαίνοντα τὴν ψυχήν, ἅπερ ἐκνίψασθαι καὶ ἀπολούσασθαι παντελῶς οὐκ ἔνεστιν. ἀπολείπονται γὰρ ἐξ ἀνάγκης παντὶ θνητῷ συγγενεῖς κῆρες, ἃς λωφῆσαι μὲν εἰκός, ἀναιρεθῆναι δ’ εἰσάπαν ἀδύνατον.
50δίκαιον οὖν ἢ φρόνιμον ἢ σώφρονα ἢ συνόλως ἀγαθὸν τέλειον ἐν πεφυρμένῳ βίῳ ζητεῖ τις; στέργε, κἂν μὴ ἄδικον ἢ μὴ ἄφρονα ἢ μὴ ἀκόλαστον ἢ μὴ δειλὸν ἢ μὴ παντελῶς φαῦλον εὕρῃς. ἀγαπητὸν γὰρ αἱ τῶν κακιῶν ἀνατροπαί, τῶν δ’ ἀρετῶν ἡ ἐντελὴς κτῆσις ἀδύνατος ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ καθ’ ἡμᾶς.
Sections 51–75
51εὐλόγως οὖν ἔφη· „γίνου ἄμεμπτος“ (Gen. 17, 1), μέγα πλεονέκτημα πρὸς εὐδαίμονα βίον ὑπολαβὼν εἶναι τὸ ἀναμάρτητον καὶ ἀνυπαίτιον. τῷ δὲ ᾑρημένῳ ζῆν τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον καὶ κλῆρον κατὰ διαθήκας ἀπολείψειν ὁμολογεῖ τὸν ἁρμόζοντα δοῦναι μὲν θεῷ, λαβεῖν δὲ σοφῷ.
52φησὶ γάρ· „θήσω τὴν διαθήκην μου ἀνὰ μέσον ἐμοῦ καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον σοῦ“ (Gen. 17, 2). διαθῆκαι δὲ ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ γράφονται τῶν δωρεᾶς ἀξίων, ὥστε σύμβολον εἶναι διαθήκην χάριτος, ἣν μέσην ἔθηκεν ὁ θεὸς ἑαυτοῦ τε ὀρέγοντος καὶ ἀνθρώπου λαμβάνοντος.
53ὑπερβολὴ δὲ εὐεργεσίας τοῦτό ἐστι, μὴ εἶναι θεοῦ καὶ ψυχῆς μέσον, ὅτι μὴ τὴν παρθένον χάριτα. τὸν δὲ περὶ διαθηκῶν σύμπαντα λόγον ἐν δυσὶν ἀναγέγραφα συντάξεσι καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ παλινῳδεῖν ἑκὼν ὑπερβαίνω καὶ ἅμα μὴ βουλόμενος ἀπαρτᾶν τὸ συμφυὲς τῆς πραγματείας.
54Λέγεται δ’ ἑξῆς· „ἔπεσεν Ἀβραὰμ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον“ (ibid. 3). ἆρ’ οὐκ ἔμελλεν ὑποσχέσεσι θείαις γνῶναί τε ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὴν τοῦ θνητοῦ γένους οὐδένειαν καὶ πεσεῖν παρὰ τὸν ἑστῶτα εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς ὑπολήψεως, ἣν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ τε ἔσχε καὶ θεοῦ, ὅτι ὁ μὲν κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἑστὼς κινεῖ τὴν σύμπασαν στάσιν, οὐ διὰ τῶν σκελῶν — οὐ γὰρ ἀνθρωπόμορφος —,
55ἀλλὰ τὴν ἄτρεπτον καὶ ἀμετάβλητον ἐμφαίνουσαν, ὁ δ’ οὐδέποτε ἐν ταὐτῷ βεβαίως ἱδρυμένος ἄλλοτε ἀλλοίας δέχεται μεταβολὰς καὶ ὑποσκελιζόμενος, ὁ δυστυχής, — ὄλισθος γὰρ σύμπας ὁ βίος ἐστὶν αὐτῷ — μέγα πτῶμα πίπτει;
56ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν ἄκων ἀμαθής, ὁ δ’ ἑκὼν εὐάγωγος· οὗ χάριν καὶ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πεσεῖν λέγεται, ἐπὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις, ἐπὶ τὸν λόγον, ἐπὶ τὸν νοῦν, μονονοὺ βοῶν καὶ κεκραγώς, ὅτι πέπτωκε μὲν αἴσθησις ἐξ αὑτῆς ἀδυνατοῦσα αἰσθάνεσθαι, εἰ μὴ προμηθείᾳ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀνεγερθείη πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὑποκειμένων σωμάτων ἀντίληψιν, πέπτωκε δὲ καὶ ὁ λόγος ἑρμηνεῦσαί τι τῶν ὄντων ἀδυνατῶν, εἰ μὴ διανοίξας τὸ στόμα καὶ τὴν γλῶτταν ἀρθρώσας ὁ τὸ φωνητήριον ὄργανον κατεσκευακὼς καὶ ἁρμοσάμενος πλήξειε τοὺς φθόγγους μουσικῶς, πέπτωκε δὲ καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς νοῦς τὰς καταλήψεις ἀφῃρημένος, εἰ μὴ πάλιν αὐτὸν ἐγείρας ὁ ζῳοπλάστης ἱδρύσαιτο καὶ ἐνομματώσας ὀξυδερκέσι κόραις ἀγάγοι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀσωμάτων θέαν πραγμάτων.
57Ἀγάμενος οὖν τὸν αὑτὸν ἀποδιδράσκοντα τρόπον καὶ ἑκούσιον πτῶμα πίπτοντα διὰ τὴν ὁμολογίαν ἣν ὡμολόγησε περὶ τοῦ ὄντος, ὅτι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἑστὼς ἓν ἦν ἄρα, τῶν μετ’ αὐτὸ τροπὰς καὶ μεταβολὰς παντοίας ἐνδεχομένων, ἐνηχεῖ τε καὶ λόγου μεταδίδωσι φάσκων· „κἀγώ, ἰδοὺ ἡ διαθήκη μου μετὰ σοῦ“ (Gen. 17,4).
58τοῦτο δὲ τοιοῦτον ὑποβάλλει νοῦν· εἴδη μὲν διαθήκης ἐστὶ πάμπολλα χάριτας καὶ δωρεὰς τοῖς ἀξίοις ἀπονέμοντα, τὸ δ’ ἀνώτατον γένος διαθηκῶν αὐτὸς ἐγώ εἰμι. δείξας γὰρ ἑαυτόν, ὡς ἐνῆν δειχθῆναι τὸν ἄδεικτον, διὰ τοῦ φάναι „κἀγὼ“ ἐπιλέγει· „ἰδοὺ ἡ διαθήκη μου“· ἡ πασῶν χαρίτων ἀρχή τε καὶ πηγὴ αὐτός εἰμι ἐγώ.
59τοῖς μὲν γὰρ δι’ ἑτέρων τὰς εὐεργεσίας εἴωθε προτείνειν ὁ θεός, γῆς, ὕδατος, ἀέρος, ἡλίου, σελήνης, οὐρανοῦ, δυνάμεων ἄλλων ἀσωμάτων, τοῖς δὲ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ μόνου, κλῆρον ἀποφήνας τῶν λαμβανόντων ἑαυτόν, οὓς εὐθέως καὶ προσρήσεως ἑτέρας ἠξίωσε.
60λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „οὐ κληθήσεται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἀβράμ, ἀλλ’ ἔσται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἀβραάμ“ (Gen. 17,5). ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν τῶν φιλαπεχθημόνων καὶ μώμους ἀεὶ τοῖς ἀμώμοις προσάπτειν ἐθελόντων οὐ σώμασι μᾶλλον ἢ πράγμασι καὶ πόλεμον ἀκήρυκτον πολεμούντων τοῖς ἱεροῖς πάνθ’ ὅσα μὴ τὸ εὐπρεπὲς ἐν λόγῳ διασῴζειν δοκεῖ σύμβολα φύσεως τῆς ἀεὶ κρύπτεσθαι φιλούσης ὑπάρχοντα μετὰ ἀκριβοῦς ἐρεύνης φαυλίσαντες ἐπὶ διαβολῇ προφέρουσι, διαφερόντως δὲ τὰς τῶν ὀνομάτων μεταθέσεις.
61καὶ πρῴην ἤκουσα χλευάζοντος καὶ κατακερτομοῦντος ἀνδρὸς ἀθέου καὶ ἀσεβοῦς, ὃς ἐτόλμα λέγειν· μεγάλαι δὴ καὶ ὑπερβάλλουσαι δωρεαί, ἅς φησι Μωυσῆς τὸν ἡγεμόνα τῶν ὅλων ὀρέγειν· στοιχείου γὰρ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄλφα, [στοιχείῳ περιττεύει] καὶ πάλιν ἑτέρᾳ προσθέσει τοῦ ῥῶ θαυμαστὴν ἡλίκην ἔδοξεν εὐεργεσίαν παρεσχῆσθαι * * * τὴν Ἀβρὰμ γυναῖκα Σάραν Σάρραν ὠνόμασε δὶς τὸ ῥῶ παραλαβών· καὶ ὅσα ὁμοιότροπα συνείρων ἀπνευστὶ καὶ ἐπισαρκάζων ἅμα διεξῄει.
62τῆς μὲν οὖν φρενοβλαβείας οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἔδωκε τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν δίκην· ἀπὸ γὰρ μικρᾶς καὶ τῆς τυχούσης προφάσεως ἐπ’ ἀγχόνην ᾖξεν, ἵν’ ὁ μιαρὸς καὶ δυσκάθαρτος μηδὲ καθαρῷ θανάτῳ τελευτήσῃ. δικαίως δ’ ἂν ἡμεῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ καὶ ἕτερον τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἁλῶναι τὰς ὑπονοίας ἐκκόψαιμεν, φυσιολογοῦντες καὶ ἀποδεικνύντες τὰ λεγόμενα ταῦτα πάσης ἐπάξια σπουδῆς.
63οὐ γὰρ γράμματα ἄφωνα ἢ φωνήεντα ἢ συνόλως ῥήματα καὶ ὀνόματα χαρίζεται ὁ θεός, ὁπότε καὶ γεννήσας φυτά τε αὖ καὶ ζῷα ἐκάλεσεν ὡς πρὸς ἡγεμόνα τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὃν ἐκ πάντων δι’ ἐπιστήμην ἐχώρισεν, ἵν’ ἑκάστοις τὰ οἰκεῖα ὀνόματα θῆται· „πᾶν“ γάρ φησιν „ὃ ἂν ἐκάλεσεν ὁ Ἀδάμ, τοῦτο ὄνομα τοῦ κληθέντος ἦν“ (Gen. 2,19).
64εἶθ’ ὅπου οὐδὲ τὰς ὁλοκλήρους θέσεις τῶν ὀνομάτων ὁ θεὸς ἠξίωσεν ἐπιφημίζειν, ἐπιτρέψας ἀνδρὶ σοφῷ, τῷ γένους ἀνθρώπων ἀρχηγέτῃ, τὸ ἔργον, ὑπονοεῖν ἄξιον, ὅτι μέρη τῶν ὀνομάτων ἢ συλλαβὰς ἢ γράμματα, οὐ φωνήεντα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄφωνα, αὐτὸς προσετίθει καὶ μεθήρμοζε, καὶ ταῦτ’ ἐπὶ προφάσει δωρεᾶς καὶ ὑπερβαλλούσης εὐεργεσίας; οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν.
65ἀλλὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα χαρακτῆρες δυνάμεών εἰσι, βραχεῖς μεγάλων, αἰσθητοὶ νοητῶν, φανεροὶ ἀδήλων· αἱ δὲ δυνάμεις ἐν δόγμασιν ἀρίστοις, ἐν ἀψευδέσι καὶ καθαραῖς ὑπολήψεσιν, ἐν ψυχῆς βελτιώσεσιν ἐξετάζονται. τὸν δὲ ἔλεγχον λαμβάνειν εὐμαρὲς τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιησαμένοις ἀπὸ τοῦ νυνὶ μετονομασθέντος.
66Ἀβρὰμ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται μετέωρος πατήρ, Ἀβραὰμ δὲ πατὴρ ἐκλεκτὸς ἠχοῦς. ᾗ δὲ διαφέρει ταῦτ’ ἀλλήλων, εἰσόμεθα σαφέστερον, ἐπειδὰν τὸ δηλούμενον ὑφ’ ἑκατέρου πρότερον ἀναγνῶμεν.
67μετέωρον τοίνυν ἀλληγοροῦντές φαμεν τὸν ἀπὸ γῆς ἑαυτὸν εἰς ὕψος αἴροντα καὶ ἐπισκοποῦντα τὰ μετάρσια, μετεωροπόλον τε καὶ μετεωρολογικόν, ἐρευνῶντα τί ἡλίου μέγεθος, τίνες αὐτοῦ φοραί, πῶς τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας διανέμει προσιὼν καὶ ἐξαναχωρῶν πάλιν ἰσοταχέσι ταῖς ἀνακυκλήσεσι, καὶ σελήνης περὶ φωτισμῶν, σχηματισμῶν, μειώσεως, αὐξήσεως, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων κινήσεως, ἀπλανοῦς τε καὶ πεπλανημένης.
68ἡ γὰρ τούτων ἐξέτασις οὐκ ἀφυοῦς καὶ ἀγόνου ψυχῆς ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα εὐφυοῦς καὶ δυναμένης ὁλόκληρα καὶ τέλεια γεννᾶν ἔγγονα. διὸ καὶ τὸν μετεωρολογικὸν „πατέρα“ εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἄγονος σοφίας.
69τὰ μὲν οὖν τοῦ Ἀβρὰμ σύμβολα οὕτως ἀκριβοῦται, τὰ δὲ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, ὡς ὑποδείξομεν· ἦν δὲ τρία, πατὴρ καὶ ἐκλεκτὸς καὶ ἠχοῦς. φαμὲν δὴ τὴν μὲν ἠχὼ τὸν προφορικὸν εἶναι λόγον — τοῦ γὰρ ζῴου ἠχεῖον ὄργανόν ἐστι τὸ φωνητήριον —, τούτου δὲ πατέρα τὸν νοῦν — ἀπὸ γὰρ διανοίας ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς φέρεται τὸ τοῦ λόγου νᾶμα —, ἐκλεκτὸν δὲ τὸν τοῦ σοφοῦ· ὅ τι γὰρ ἄριστον, ἐν τούτῳ.
70κατὰ μὲν οὖν τοὺς προτέρους χαρακτῆρας ὁ φιλομαθὴς καὶ μετεωρολέσχης ἐσκιαγραφεῖτο, κατὰ δὲ τοὺς ἀρτίως ὑποτυπωθέντας ὁ φιλόσοφος, μᾶλλον δ’ ὁ σοφὸς ἐδηλοῦτο. μηκέτ’ οὖν ὀνομάτων ἀλλαγὴν ὑπολάβῃς χαρίζεσθαι τὸ θεῖον, ἀλλὰ διὰ συμβόλων ἠθῶν ἐπανόρθωσιν.
71τὸν γὰρ πραγματευόμενον τὰ περὶ φύσεως οὐρανοῦ πρότερον, ὃν μαθηματικὸν ἔνιοι προσαγορεύουσιν, ἐπὶ τὴν μετουσίαν καλέσας ἀρετῆς σοφὸν καὶ ἀπέδειξε καὶ ὠνόμασεν, ἐπιφημίσας τὸν μεταχαραχθέντα τρόπον, ὡς μὲν Ἑβραῖοι εἴποιεν ἄν, Ἀβραάμ, ὡς δ’ ἂν Ἕλληνες, πατέρα ἐκλεκτὸν ἠχοῦς.
72τίνος γάρ, φησίν, ἕνεκα χορείας καὶ περιόδους ἀστέρων ἐρευνᾷς καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀπὸ γῆς ἄνω πρὸς αἰθέρα πεπήδηκας; ἆρ’ ἵνα αὐτὸ μόνον τὰ ἐκεῖ περιεργάσῃ; καὶ τίς ἐκ τῆς τοσαύτης περιεργίας γένοιτ’ ἂν ὠφέλεια; τίς καθαίρεσις ἡδονῆς; τίς ἐπιθυμίας ἀνατροπή; τίς λύπης ἢ φόβου κατάλυσις; ποία παθῶν, ἃ κλονεῖ καὶ συγχεῖ τὴν ψυχήν, ἐκτομή;
73καθάπερ γὰρ δένδρων οὐδὲν ὄφελος, εἰ μὴ καρπῶν οἰστικὰ γένοιτο, τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον οὐδὲ φυσιολογίας, εἰ μὴ μέλλοι κτῆσιν ἀρετῆς ἐνεγκεῖν· ὁ γὰρ καρπὸς αὐτῆς οὗτός ἐστι.
74διὸ καὶ τῶν πάλαι τινὲς ἀγρῷ τὸν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν ἀπεικάσαντες λόγον φυτοῖς μὲν ἐξωμοίωσαν τὸ φυσικὸν μέρος, αἱμασιαῖς δὲ καὶ περιβόλοις τὸ λογικόν, καρπῷ δὲ τὸ ἠθικόν, ὑπολαβόντες καὶ τὰ ἐν κύκλῳ τείχη φυλακῆς ἕνεκα τοῦ καρποῦ κατεσκευάσθαι πρὸς τῶν ἐχόντων καὶ τὰ φυτὰ δεδημιουργῆσθαι γενέσεως καρποῦ χάριν.
75οὕτως οὖν ἔφασαν καὶ ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ δεῖν τήν τε φυσικὴν καὶ λογικὴν πραγματείαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἠθικὴν ἀναφέρεσθαι, ᾗ βελτιοῦται τὸ ἦθος κτήσεως ὁμοῦ καὶ χρήσεως ἀρετῆς ἐφιέμενον.
Sections 76–100
76τοιαῦτα ἐδιδάχθημεν περὶ τοῦ λόγῳ μὲν μετονομασθέντος, ἔργῳ δὲ μεταβαλόντος ἀπὸ φυσιολογίας πρὸς τὴν ἠθικὴν φιλοσοφίαν καὶ μεταναστάντος ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ τὸν κόσμον θεωρίας πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἐπιστήμην, ἐξ ἧς εὐσέβειαν, κτημάτων τὸ κάλλιστον, ἐκτήσατο.
77τὰ δὲ περὶ τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ Σάρας νῦν ἐροῦμεν· καὶ γὰρ αὕτη μετονομάζεται εἰς Σάρραν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἑνὸς στοιχείου πρόσθεσιν τοῦ ῥῶ. τὰ μὲν οὖν ὀνόματα ταῦτα, τὰ δὲ τυγχάνοντα μηνυτέον· ἑρμηνεύεται Σάρα μὲν ἀρχή μου, Σάρρα δὲ ἄρχουσα.
78τὸ μὲν οὖν πρότερον εἰδικῆς σύμβολον ἀρετῆς ἐστι, τὸ δ’ ὕστερον γενικῆς. ὅσῳ δὲ γένος εἴδους διαφέρει κατὰ τὸ ἔλαττον, τοσούτῳ τὸ δεύτερον ὄνομα τοῦ προτέρου· τὸ μὲν γὰρ εἶδος καὶ βραχὺ καὶ φθαρτόν, τὸ δὲ γένος πολύ τε αὖ καὶ ἄφθαρτον.
79βούλεται δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἀντὶ μικρῶν καὶ φθαρτῶν μεγάλα καὶ ἀθάνατα χαρίζεσθαι, καὶ ἐμπρεπὲς αὐτῷ τὸ ἔργον. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῷ σπουδαίῳ φρόνησις αὐτοῦ μόνου ἐστὶν ἀρχή, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι ὁ ἔχων, εἰ λέγοι· ἀρχή μού ἐστιν ἡ ἐν ἐμοὶ φρόνησις· ἡ δὲ ταύτην τυπώσασα, ἡ γενικὴ φρόνησις, οὐκέτι τοῦ δεῖνός ἐστιν ἀρχή, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀρχή.
80τοιγαροῦν ἐκείνη μὲν ἡ ἐν εἴδει τῷ ἔχοντι συμφθαρήσεται, ἡ δὲ σφραγῖδος τρόπον αὐτὴν τυπώσασα παντὸς ἀπηλλαγμένη θνητοῦ διατελέσει πρὸς αἰῶνα ἄφθαρτος. οὕτω καὶ τῶν τεχνῶν αἱ μὲν ἐν εἴδει συναπόλλυνται τοῖς κτησαμένοις, γεωμέτραις, γραμματικοῖς, μουσικοῖς· αἱ δὲ γενικαὶ μένουσιν ἀνώλεθροι. προσυπογράφει δὲ ἀναδιδάσκων ἐν ταὐτῷ, ὅτι καὶ πᾶσα ἀρετὴ βασιλίς ἐστι καὶ ἄρχουσα καὶ ἡγεμονεύουσα τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον πραγμάτων.
81Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ἰακὼβ μετονομάζεσθαι συμβέβηκεν εἰς τὸν Ἰσραήλ, οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ. διὰ τί; ὅτι ὁ μὲν Ἰακὼβ πτερνιστής, ὁ δὲ Ἰσραὴλ ὁρῶν τὸν θεὸν καλεῖται. πτερνιστοῦ μὲν οὖν ἔργον ἀσκοῦντος ἀρετὴν τὰς βάσεις τοῦ πάθους, αἷς ἐφίδρυται, καὶ εἴ τι ὀχυρὸν καὶ ἱδρυμένον ἐν αὐταῖς κινεῖν καὶ σαλεύειν καὶ ἀνατρέπειν — ταῦτα δὲ οὐ δίχα ἀγωνίας ἀκονιτὶ φιλεῖ γίνεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδάν τις τοὺς φρονήσεως ἄθλους διαθλῶν γυμνάζηταί τε τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς γυμνάσματα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιπάλους καὶ τραχηλίζοντας αὐτὴν λογισμοὺς παλαίῃ —, τοῦ δὲ τὸν θεὸν ὁρῶντος τὸ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀγῶνος ἀστεφάνωτον ἐξελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ βραβεῖα ἄρασθαι.
82τίς δ’ ἂν εὐανθέστερος καὶ ἐπιτηδειότερος πλέκοιτο νικηφόρῳ ψυχῇ στέφανος ἢ δι’ οὗ τὸν ὄντα δυνήσεται θεωρεῖν ὀξυδερκῶς; καλόν γε ἀσκητικῇ ψυχῇ πρόκειται τὸ ἆθλον, ἐνομματωθῆναι πρὸς τὴν τοῦ μόνου θέας ἀξίου τηλαυγῆ κατανόησιν.
83ἄξιον δὲ ἀπορῆσαι, διὰ τί ὁ μὲν Ἀβραάμ, ἀφ’ οὗ μετωνομάσθη, τῆς αὐτῆς προσρήσεως ἀξιοῦται μηκέτι καλούμενος ὀνόματι τῷ προτέρῳ, ὁ δὲ Ἰακὼβ προσρηθεὶς Ἰσραὴλ οὐδὲν ἧττον αὖθις πάλιν Ἰακὼβ ἐπὶ πλέον ὀνομάζεται. λεκτέον οὖν ὅτι καὶ ταῦτα χαρακτῆρές εἰσιν, οἷς ἡ διδακτικὴ τῆς ἀσκητικῆς ἀρετῆς διαφέρει.
84ὁ μὲν γὰρ διδασκαλίᾳ βελτιωθείς, εὐμοίρου λαχὼν φύσεως, ἣ περιποιεῖ τὸ ἄληστον αὐτῷ διὰ συνεργοῦ μνήμης, μονῇ χρῆται, ὧν ἔμαθεν ἀπρὶξ ἐπειλημμένος καὶ βεβαίως περιεχόμενος· ὁ δ’ ἀσκητὴς ἐπειδὰν γυμνάσηται συντόνως, διαπνεῖ πάλιν καὶ ὑπανίεται, συλλεγόμενος καὶ ἀνακτώμενος τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πονεῖν τεθρυμμένην δύναμιν, καθάπερ καὶ οἱ τὰ σώματα ἀλειφόμενοι· καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι περὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν καμόντες, ὡς μὴ κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς αὐτοῖς ἀπορραγεῖεν αἱ δυνάμεις διὰ τὸ σφοδρὸν καὶ σύντονον τῆς ἀθλήσεως, ἔλαιον ἐπιχέουσιν.
85εἶθ’ ὁ μὲν διδαχθεὶς ἀθανάτῳ χρώμενος ὑποβολεῖ τὴν ὠφέλειαν ἔναυλον καὶ ἀθάνατον ἴσχει, μὴ τρεπόμενος· ὁ δ’ ἀσκητὴς καὶ τὸ ἑκούσιον ἔχων αὐτὸ μόνον καὶ τοῦτο γυμνάζων καὶ συγκροτῶν, ἵνα τὸ οἰκεῖον πάθος τῷ γενητῷ καταβάλῃ, κἂν τελειωθῇ, καμὼν πρὸς τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἐπάνεισι γένος.
86τλητικώτερος μὲν γὰρ οὗτος, εὐτυχέστερος δ’ ἐκεῖνος· ὁ μὲν γὰρ χρῆται διδασκάλῳ ἑτέρῳ, ὁ δ’ ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ζητεῖ τε καὶ σκέπτεται καὶ πολυπραγμονεῖ, μετὰ σπουδῆς ἐρευνῶν τὰ φύσεως, ἀδιαστάτῳ χρώμενος καὶ συνεχεῖ πόνῳ.
87διὰ τοῦτο τὸν μὲν Ἀβραάμ, ἐπειδὴ μένειν ἔμελλεν ἐν ὁμοίῳ, μετωνόμασεν ὁ ἄτρεπτος θεός, ἵν’ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑστῶτος καὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος τὸ μέλλον στήσεσθαι παγίως ἱδρυθῇ, τὸν δὲ Ἰακὼβ ἄγγελος ὑπηρέτης τοῦ θεοῦ, λόγος, ἵν’ ὁμολογηθῇ μηδὲν εἶναι τῶν μετὰ τὸ ὂν ἀκλινοῦς καὶ ἀρρεποῦς αἴτιον βεβαιότητος, ἀλλ’ ἁρμονίας τῆς ὡς ἐν ὀργάνῳ μουσικῷ περιεχούσης ἐπιτάσεις καὶ ἀνέσεις φθόγγων πρὸς τὴν τοῦ μέλους ἔντεχνον κρᾶσιν.
88Ἀλλὰ τριῶν ὄντων τοῦ γένους ἀρχηγετῶν, οἱ μὲν ἄκροι μετωνομάσθησαν, Ἀβραάμ τε καὶ Ἰακώβ, ὁ δὲ μέσος Ἰσαὰκ τῆς αὐτῆς ἔλαχεν εἰς ἀεὶ προσρήσεως. διὰ τί; ὅτι ἡ μὲν διδακτικὴ ἀρετὴ καὶ ἀσκητικὴ δέχονται τὰ πρὸς βελτίωσιν — ἐφίεται γὰρ δὴ ὁ μὲν διδασκόμενος ἐπιστήμης ὧν ἀγνοεῖ, ὁ δὲ ἀσκήσει χρώμενος στεφάνων καὶ τῶν προκειμένων ἄθλων φιλοπόνῳ καὶ φιλοθεάμονι ψυχῇ —, τὸ δ’ αὐτοδίδακτον καὶ αὐτομαθὲς γένος, ἅτε φύσει μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπιτηδεύσει συνιστάμενον, ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἴσον καὶ τέλειον καὶ ἄρτιον ἠνέχθη, μηδενὸς ἐνδέοντος τῶν εἰς πλήρωσιν ἀριθμοῦ.
89ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁ τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἐπιτηδείων προστάτης Ἰωσήφ· ἀλλάττει γὰρ τοὔνομα, Ψονθομφανὴχ ὑπὸ τοῦ τῆς χώρας βασιλέως ἐπικληθείς (Gen. 41,45). ὃν δὲ λόγον ἔχει καὶ ταῦτα, μηνυτέον. Ἰωσὴφ ἑρμηνεύεται πρόσθεμα· προσθήκη δ’ ἐστὶ τῶν φύσει τὰ θέσει, χρυσός, ἄργυρος, κτήματα, πρόσοδοι, οἰκετῶν θεραπεῖαι, κειμηλίων καὶ ἐπίπλων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης περιουσίας ἄφθονοι ὗλαι, τῶν ἡδονῆς ποιητικῶν ἀμήχανοι τὸ πλῆθος παρασκευαί.
90ὧν τὸν ποριστὴν καὶ ἐπιμελητὴν Ἰωσὴφ ὀνόματι εὐθυβόλῳ καλεῖσθαι συμβέβηκε πρόσθεμα, ἐπεὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπεισοδιαζομένων καὶ προστιθεμένων τοῖς κατὰ φύσιν προστασίαν ἀνῆπται. μαρτυροῦσι δ’ οἱ χρησμοὶ δηλοῦντες ὅτι τὰς τροφὰς τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας ἁπάσης, Αἰγύπτου, θησαυρισάμενος ἐσιτάρχει (Gen. 41,
9148). τοιοῦτος μέν τις ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἐκ τῶν γνωρισμάτων γνωρίζεται· ὁ δὲ Ψονθομφανὴχ ποῖός ἐστι, θεασώμεθα. ἑρμηνεύεται οὖν ἐν ἀποκρίσει στόμα κρῖνον. οἴεται γὰρ πᾶς ἄφρων τὸν πολυχρήματον καὶ περιρρεόμενον ταῖς ἐκτὸς οὐσίαις εὐθὺς εἶναι καὶ εὐλόγιστον, ἱκανὸν μὲν πρὸς ἃ ἂν πύθηταί τις ἀποκρίνασθαι, ἱκανὸν δὲ καὶ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ γνώμας εἰσηγήσασθαι συμφερούσας, καὶ συνόλως τὸ φρόνιμον ἐν τῷ τυχηρῷ τίθεται, δέον ἔμπαλιν τὸ τυχηρὸν ἐν τῷ φρονίμῳ· ἄξιον γὰρ τὸ ἄστατον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑστῶτος ἡνιοχεῖσθαι.
92καὶ μὴν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν ὁμογάστριον ὁ μὲν πατὴρ Βενιαμίν, ἡ δὲ μήτηρ υἱὸν ὀδύνης προςαγορεύει (Gen. 35,18), φυσικώτατα· μεταληφθεὶς γὰρ ὁ Βενιαμίν ἐστιν υἱὸς ἡμερῶν, ἡμέρα δὲ τῷ ἀφ’ ἡλίου αἰσθητῷ φωτὶ καταλάμπεται, τούτῳ δὲ τὴν κενὴν δόξαν ἐξομοιοῦμεν.
93ἔχει γάρ τινα λαμπρότητα αἰσθητὴν ἐν τοῖς παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν καὶ ἀγελαίων ἐπαίνοις, ἐν τοῖς γραφομένοις ψηφίσμασιν, ἐν ταῖς ἀνδριάντων καὶ εἰκόνων ἀναθέσεσιν, ἐν πορφύραις καὶ στεφάνοις χρυσοῖς, ἐν ἅρμασι καὶ τεθρίπποις καὶ παραπομπαῖς ὄχλων. ὁ τούτων οὖν ζηλωτὴς εἰκότως υἱὸς ἡμερῶν, αἰσθητοῦ φέγγους καὶ τῆς περὶ τὴν κενὴν δόξαν λαμπρότητος, ὠνομάσθη.
94τοῦτο ὁ πρεσβύτερος λόγος καὶ πατὴρ ὄντως εὐθυβόλον καὶ κύριον ὄνομα αὐτῷ τίθεται, ἡ δὲ παθοῦσα ψυχὴ τὸ ᾧ πέπονθεν ἁρμόττον· ὀδύνης γὰρ υἱὸν καλεῖ. διὰ τί; ὅτι οἱ ἐν ταῖς κεναῖς φερόμενοι δόξαις ὑπολαμβάνονται μὲν εὐδαιμονεῖν, πρὸς ἀλήθειαν δὲ κακοδαιμονοῦσι.
95τὰ γὰρ ἀντιπνέοντα πολλά, βασκανία, φθόνοι, συνεχεῖς ἔριδες, φιλονεικίαι ἀκατάλλακτοι μέχρι θανάτου, δυσμένειαι παισὶ παίδων κατὰ διαδοχὰς παραδιδόμεναι, κλῆρος οὐ κτητός. ἀναγκαίως οὖν ὁ θεοφράδμων ἐν αὐταῖς ὠδῖσιν ἀποθνῄσκουσαν,
96ἣ τίκτει κενοδοξίαν, παρέστησεν· „ἀπέθανε“ γάρ φησι „Ῥαχὴλ δυστοκήσασα“ (Gen. 35, 16. 19), ἐπειδὴ τῷ ὄντι ψυχῆς ἐστι θάνατος δόξης αἰσθητῆς καὶ κενῆς σπορά τε καὶ γέννησις.
97Τί δ’; οἱ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ παῖδες, Ἐφραΐμ τε καὶ Μανασσῆς, οὐ πάνυ φυσικῶς ἐξωμοιοῦντο δυσὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτάτοις υἱοῖς τοῦ Ἰακώβ, Ῥουβήν τε καὶ Συμεών; λέγει γάρ· „οἱ δύο υἱοί σου, οἱ γενόμενοι ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πρὸ τοῦ με ἐλθεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ἐμοί εἰσιν· Ἐφραῒμ καὶ Μανασσῆς ὡς Ῥουβὴν καὶ Συμεὼν ἔσονταί μοι“ (Gen. 48,5). τίνα οὖν τρόπον οἱ δύο τοῖς δυσὶν ἐφαρμόζονται, θεασώμεθα.
98Ῥουβὴν μὲν σύμβολον εὐφυΐας ἐστίν — ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ ὁρῶν υἱός, ἐπειδὴ πᾶς ὁ εὐθιξίᾳ καὶ εὐφυΐᾳ χρώμενος ὁρατικός —, Ἐφραῒμ δέ, ὡς πολλάκις εἴπομεν ἐν ἑτέροις, μνήμης — μεταληφθεὶς γάρ ἐστι καρποφορία, καρπὸς δὲ ψυχῆς ἄριστος ἡ μνήμη —· συγγενὲς δὲ οὐδὲν ἕτερον οὕτως [τῷ] ἑτέρῳ, ὡς εὐφυεῖ τὸ μεμνῆσθαι.
99πάλιν ὁ Συμεὼν ὄνομα μαθήσεως καὶ διδασκαλίας ἐστίν — εἰσακοὴ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται —, μανθάνοντος δ’ ἴδιον ἀκούειν τε καὶ προσέχειν τοῖς λεγομένοις, ὁ δὲ Μανασσῆς ἀναμνήσεως σύμβολον· καλεῖται γὰρ ἐκ λήθης.
100τῷ δ’ ἐκ λήθης ἔξω προϊόντι συμβαίνει κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον ἀναμιμνῄσκεσθαι· μαθήσεως δὲ ἀνάμνησις οἰκεῖον. πολλάκις γὰρ τοῦ μανθάνοντος ἀπορρεῖ τὰ θεωρήματα μὴ δυναμένου δι’ ἀσθένειαν κρατεῖν καὶ πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπαναπλεῖ. τὸ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἀπορροῆς πάθος ὀνομάζεται λήθη, τὸ δὲ τῆς παλιρροίας ἀνάμνησις.
Sections 101–125
101ἆρ’ οὐ προσφυῶς εὐφυΐᾳ μὲν [ἡ] μνήμη, μαθήσει δὲ ἀνάμνησις ἐφαρμόζεται; καὶ μὴν ὃν λόγον ἔχει Συμεὼν πρὸς Ῥουβήν, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ μάθησις πρὸς φύσιν, τοῦτον ἔχει λόγον Μανασσῆς πρὸς Ἐφραΐμ, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ πρὸς μνήμην ἀνάμνησις.
102ὡς γὰρ τὸ εὐφυὲς ἄμεινον τοῦ μανθάνοντος — τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἔοικεν ὁράσει, τὸ δὲ ἀκοῇ· ἀκοὴ δὲ ὁράσεως τὰ δεύτερα φέρεται —, οὕτω τὸ μνημονικὸν τοῦ ἀναμιμνῃσκομένου πανταχοῦ κρεῖττον, ὅτι τὸ μὲν λήθῃ κέκραται, τὸ δὲ ἀμιγὲς καὶ ἄκρατον ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους διαμένει.
103Καὶ μὴν τόν γε τοῦ ἀρχιπροφήτου πενθερὸν τοτὲ μὲν Ἰοθὸρ τοτὲ δὲ Ῥαγουὴλ οἱ χρησμοὶ καλοῦσιν· Ἰοθὸρ μέν, ὅταν τῦφος εὐημερῇ· μεταληφθεὶς γάρ ἐστι περισσός, περιττὸν δὲ ἀψευδεῖ βίῳ τῦφος, γέλωτα μὲν τὰ ἴσα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα τῷ βίῳ τιθέμενος, τὰ δὲ πλεονεξίας ἄνισα σεμνύνων.
104οὗτος καὶ ἀνθρώπεια θείων καὶ ἔθη νόμων καὶ βέβηλα ἱερῶν καὶ θνητὰ ἀθανάτων καὶ συνόλως τὸ δοκεῖν τοῦ εἶναι προτιμᾷ. καὶ ἐπιτολμήσας αὐτοκέλευστος εἰς τὴν τοῦ συμβούλου παρέρχεται τάξιν, ὑφηγούμενος τῷ σοφῷ [μὴ] ἀναδιδάσκειν ἃ μόνα μανθάνειν ἄξιον, „τὰ προστάγματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸν νόμον“ (Exod. 18,20), ἀλλὰ μὴ τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀνθρώπων συμβόλαια, τῆς ἀκοινωνήτου σχεδὸν αἴτια κοινωνίας. καὶ ὁ μέγας πάντα πειθαρχεῖ, νομίσας ἁρμόττον εἶναι μικροῖς μὲν τὰ μικρά, μεγάλοις δὲ τὰ μεγάλα δίκαια τίθεσθαι (ibid. 22.24).
105μεταβαλὼν δὲ πολλάκις ὁ δοκησίσοφος οὗτος καὶ μεταβὰς ἀπὸ τῶν θρεμμάτων, ἃ δὴ τυφλὸς ἔλαχεν ἡνιοχεῖν, ἀναζητήσας τὴν θείαν ἀγέλην μέρος οὐ μεμπτὸν αὐτῆς γίνεται, θαυμάσας τῆς φύσεως τὸν ἀγελάρχην καὶ τῆς ἐπιστασίας ἀγάμενος, ᾗ χρῆται πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἑαυτοῦ θρεμμάτων ἐπιμέλειαν· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ Ῥαγουὴλ (Exod. 2, 18) ποιμασία θεοῦ.
106τὸ μὲν κεφάλαιον εἴρηται, τὰς δὲ πίστεις ὑφηγήσεται. πρῶτον μὲν θεραπευτὴν αὐτὸν κρίσεως καὶ δίκης εἰσηγεῖται· ἡ γὰρ προσηγορία τῆς Μαδιὰμ μεταληφθεῖσα ἐκ κρίσεως ὀνομάζεται. διττὸν δὲ τοῦτο. δηλοῖ γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἔκκρισιν καὶ ἀπόκρισιν, ἣ καὶ τοῖς ἀγωνισταῖς κατὰ τοὺς ἱεροὺς ἀγῶνας λεγομένους εἴωθε συμβαίνειν· μυρίοι γὰρ ἀνεπιτήδειοι φανέντες ἤδη πρὸς τῶν ἀθλοθετῶν ἐξεκρίθησαν.
107οὗτοι [τε] τελεταῖς ἀνιέροις ταῖς Βεελφεγὼρ τελεσθέντες (Num. 25,3) καὶ τὰ τοῦ σώματος στόμια πάντα εὐρύναντες πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπιχεομένων ῥευμάτων ὑποδοχὴν — ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ Βεελφεγὼρ ἀνωτέρω στόμα δέρματος — κατέκλυσαν τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν καὶ ἀφεῖσαν εἰς βυθὸν ἔσχατον, ὡς μηδ’ ἀνανήξασθαι μηδὲ μικρὸν ὅσον δυνηθῆναι ἀνασχεῖν·
108καὶ τοῦτο ἔπαθεν, ἕως ὁ εἰρηνικὸς καὶ ἱερεὺς τοῦ θεοῦ (ibid. 12. 13) τρανός, Φινεές, ὑπέρμαχος αὐτοκέλευστος ἦλθε, φύσει μισοπόνηρος ὢν καὶ ζήλῳ τῶν καλῶν κατεσχημένος· ᾧ σειρομάστην λαβόντι, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶν ἠκονημένον καὶ ὀξὺν λόγον, μαστεύειν καὶ ἀναζητεῖν ἕκαστα ἱκανόν, ἐξεγένετο μὴ φενακισθῆναι, ῥώμῃ δὲ καρτερᾷ χρησαμένῳ κατακεντῆσαι διὰ τῆς μήτρας τὸ πάθος (ibid. 7.8), ἵνα μηδὲν ἔτι κακὸν θεήλατον τίκτῃ.
109πρὸς τούτους καὶ ὁ μέγιστος ἐνίσταται τῷ ὁρατικῷ γένει πόλεμος, ἐν ᾧ τῶν διαγωνισαμένων „διεφώνησεν οὐδείς“ (Num. 31,49), ἀλλ’ ἄτρωτος καὶ σῷος ἐπανῆλθε, τοῖς νικητηρίοις ἀναδούμενος στεφάνοις.
110ἓν μὲν δὴ τοῦτο ἐκ τῆς Μαδιὰμ ἐδηλοῦτο· ἕτερον δὲ τὸ κριτικὸν καὶ δικαστικὸν εἶδος, ὃ καὶ κατ’ ἐπιγαμίαν οἰκειοῦται γένει τῷ προφητικῷ. „τῷ ἱερεῖ“, φησὶν οὖν, τῆς κρίσεως καὶ τῆς δίκης „εἰσὶν ἑπτὰ θυγατέρες“ (Exod. 2, 16), συμβολικῶς αἱ τοῦ ἀλόγου δυνάμεις, γονή τε καὶ φωνὴ καὶ πέντε αἰσθήσεις, ποιμαίνουσαι τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ πατρός.
111διὰ γὰρ τῶν ἑπτὰ δυνάμεων τούτων αἱ προβάσεις καὶ παραυξήσεις τοῦ πατρὸς νοῦ ταῖς ἐγγινομέναις καταλήψεσι συνίστανται. παραγενόμεναι δ’ ἐπὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα ἑκάστη, χρώματα μὲν καὶ σχήματα ὅρασις, φωνὰς δὲ ἀκοή, ἀτμοὺς δὲ ὄσφρησις, χυλοὺς δὲ γεῦσις καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι πρὸς τὰ ἁρμόττοντα ἑαυταῖς, „ἀντλοῦσι“ τρόπον τινὰ τὰ ἐκτὸς αἰσθητά, „ἕως ἂν πληρώσωσι τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δεξαμενάς, ἐξ ὧν ποτίζουσι τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ πατρός“ (ibid.), τὴν καθαρωτάτην λέγω τοῦ λογισμοῦ ποίμνην, ἀσφάλειαν καὶ κόσμον περιφέρουσαν ἐν ταὐτῷ.
112παραγενόμενοι δ’ οἱ φθόνου καὶ βασκανίας ἑταῖροι, πονηρᾶς ἀγέλης ἡγεμόνες, ἐλαύνουσιν αὐτὰς τῆς κατὰ φύσιν χρήσεως (ibid. 17). αἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἐκτὸς ἄγουσιν εἴσω πρὸς οἷα δικαστὴν καὶ βασιλέα τὸν νοῦν, ἵν’ ἄρχοντι χρώμεναι τῷ βελτίστῳ κατορθῶσιν·
113οἱ δ’ ἀντικάθηνται διώκοντες καὶ τἀναντία παραγγέλλοντες, ἔξω τὸν νοῦν ἐπισπᾶσθαι καὶ ἀγώγιμα παραδιδόναι τὰ φαινόμενα, μέχρις „ἀναστὰς“ ὁ τέως ἠρεμεῖν τρόπος δοκῶν φιλάρετος καὶ ἐπιθειάσας, ὄνομα Μωυσῆς, ὑπερασπίσει καὶ „ῥύσεται αὐτὰς“ τῶν κατεχόντων, ποτίμοις λόγοις θρέψας τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ποίμνην (ibid.).
114ἐκφυγοῦσαι δὲ τὴν ἐπίθεσιν τῶν διανοίας μὲν ἐχθρῶν, τὰ δὲ περίαπτα ὥσπερ ἐν τραγῳδίᾳ μόνα ἐζηλωκότων οὐκέτι πρὸς Ἰοθόρ, ἀλλὰ πρὸς Ῥαγουὴλ ἀφικνοῦνται (ibid. 17. 18). καταλελοίπασι μὲν γὰρ τὴν πρὸς τῦφον συγγένειαν, ᾠκείωνται δὲ ἀγωγῇ νομίμῳ, μοῖρα τῆς ἱερᾶς ἀγέλης ἀξιώσασαι γενέσθαι, ἧς ὁ θεῖος ἀφηγεῖται λόγος, ὡς δηλοῖ τοὔνομα· ποιμασία γάρ ἐστι θεοῦ.
115ποίμνης δ’ ἐπιμελουμένου τῆς ἰδίας, ἐξ ἑτοίμου ἀγαθὰ πάρεστιν ἀθρόα τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσι καὶ μὴ ἀφηνιάζουσι τῶν θρεμμάτων. ᾄδεται δὲ καὶ ἐν ὕμνοις ᾆσμα τοιοῦτον· „κύριος ποιμαίνει με, καὶ οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει“ (Psalm. 22, 1).
116πεύσεται οὖν εἰκότως ὁ ποιμένι καὶ βασιλεῖ χρώμενος τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ νοῦς τῶν ἑπτὰ θυγατέρων αὐτοῦ· διὰ τί συντείνασαι μετὰ πολλοῦ τάχους τήμερον ἀφῖχθε (Exod. 2, 18) ; πρότερον γὰρ ὅτ’ ἐνετυγχάνετε τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς, μακρὸν χρόνον ἔξω διατρίβουσαι μόλις ἐπανῄειτε δελεαζόμεναι πρὸς αὐτῶν· νυνὶ δ’ οὐκ οἶδ’ ὅ τι παθοῦσαι συντόνως παρὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς ἐπανήκετε.
117φήσουσιν οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ αὐταὶ γεγόνασιν αἴτιαι τοῦ τὸν δίαυλον ἐπὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀπνευστὶ καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς ῥύμης δραμεῖν, ἀλλ’ ὁ ῥυσάμενος αὐτὰς ἄνθρωπος ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς ἀγρίας ἀγέλης ποιμένων. Αἰγύπτιον δὲ καλοῦσι Μωυσῆν (ibid. 19), τὸν οὐ μόνον Ἑβραῖον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ καθαρωτάτου γένους ὄντα Ἑβραίων, ὃ ἱερᾶται μόνον, οὐ δυνάμεναι τὴν ἑαυτῶν φύσιν ὑπερβῆναι.
118μεθόριοι γὰρ αἱ αἰσθήσεις οὖσαι [τῶν] νοητῶν τε καὶ αἰσθητῶν ἀγαπητὸν ἐὰν ἑκατέρων ἐφιῶνται, ἀλλὰ μὴ ὑπὸ μόνων τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἄγωνται· τὸ δ’ οἴεσθαι ὅτι μόνοις ποτὲ τοῖς κατὰ διάνοιαν ἐπανέξουσιν εὐήθεια πολλή. οὗ χάριν ἀμφότερα τιθέασι, διὰ μὲν τοῦ „ἄνθρωπος“ τὰ μόνῳ λόγῳ θεωρητὰ μηνύουσαι, διὰ δὲ τοῦ „Αἰγύπτιος“ παριστᾶσαι τὰ αἰσθητά.
119ταῦτ’ ἀκούσας καὶ πάλιν πεύσεται· „ποῦ ἐστιν“ ὁ ἄνθρωπος (ibid. 20) ; ἐν τίνι μέρει τῶν καθ’ ὑμᾶς οἰκεῖ τὸ λογικὸν εἶδος; „ἵνα τί αὐτὸν“ ῥᾳδίως οὕτω „καταλελοίπατε“ (ibid.), ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἅπαξ ἐντυχοῦσαι περιέσχετε κτῆμα κάλλιστον καὶ λυσιτελέστατον ἑαυταῖς;
120ἀλλ’ εἰ μὴ πρότερον, νῦν „αὐτὸν καλέσατε, ὅπως ἂν φάγῃ“ (ibid.) καὶ τραφῇ ταῖς ὑμετέραις βελτιώσεσι καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν οἰκειώσεσι. τάχα γὰρ καὶ οἰκήσει παρ’ ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ πτηνὸν καὶ [τὸ] θεοφόρητον καὶ προφητικὸν γένος, ὄνομα Σεπφώραν, ἄξεται (ibid. 21).
121Ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τούτων. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ὠσηὲ μετονομάζει Μωυσῆς εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν (Num. 13,17), τὸν ποιὸν εἰς ἕξιν μεταχαράττων. Ὠσηὲ μὲν γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται ποιὸς οὗτος, Ἰησοῦς δὲ σωτηρία κυρίου, ἕξεως ὄνομα τῆς ἀρίστης.
122ἕξεις γὰρ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὰς ποιῶν ἀμείνους, ὡς μουσικὴ μουσικοῦ καὶ ἰατρικὴ ἰατροῦ καὶ παντὸς τεχνίτου τέχνη ποιά, καὶ ἀιδιότητι καὶ δυνάμει καὶ τῇ περὶ τὰ θεωρήματα ἀπταίστῳ ἀκρότητι. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἕξις ἀίδιον, ἐνεργοῦν, τέλειον, ὁ δὲ ποιὸς θνητόν, πάσχον, ἀτελές· κρεῖττον δὲ θνητοῦ μὲν τὸ ἄφθαρτον, πάσχοντος δὲ τὸ δρῶν αἴτιον, τὸ δὲ τέλειον ἀτελοῦς.
123οὕτω μετεχαράχθη καὶ τὸ τοῦ λεχθέντος νόμισμα πρὸς ἰδέαν βελτίονα. ὁ δὲ Χάλεβ καὶ αὐτὸς ὅλος ἀλλάττεται· „ἐγένετο“ γάρ φησι „πνεῦμα ἕτερον ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Num. 14,24), ὡσανεὶ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ μεταβαλόντος πρὸς ἄκραν τελειότητα.
124καὶ γὰρ ἑρμηνευθείς ἐστι Χάλεβ πᾶσα καρδία· τοῦτο δὲ σύμβολον τοῦ μὴ ἐκ μέρους ἐπαμφοτερίζουσαν καὶ ἀντιρρέπουσαν, ἀλλ’ ὅλην δι’ ὅλου τὴν ψυχὴν μεταβεβλῆσθαι πρὸς τὸ δόκιμον, κἂν εἴ τι μὴ πάνυ ἐπαινετὸν εἴη, λόγοις τοῖς περὶ μετανοίας ἐξοικίσασαν· οὕτω γὰρ ἐκνιψαμένη τὰ καταρρυπαίνοντα καὶ τοῖς φρονήσεως λουτροῖς χρησαμένη καὶ καθαρσίοις ἔμελλε φαιδρύνεσθαι.
125Τὸν δὲ ἀρχιπροφήτην συμβέβηκεν εἶναι πολυώνυμον. ὁπότε μὲν γὰρ τοὺς χρησμῳδουμένους χρησμοὺς ἑρμηνεύων ὑφηγεῖται, προσαγορεύεται Μωυσῆς· ὁπότε δ’ εὐχόμενος εὐλογεῖ τὸν λεών, ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ (Deut. 33,1)· ἡνίκα δὲ Αἴγυπτος τὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀσεβηθέντων δίκας ἐκτίνει, τοῦ βασιλεύοντος τῆς χώρας Φαραὼ θεός (Exod. 7, 1).
Sections 126–150
126διὰ τί δέ; ὅτι τὸ μὲν νόμους μεταγράφειν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἐντευξομένων ψηλαφῶντός ἐστι καὶ διὰ χειρὸς ἔχοντος ἀεὶ τὰ θεῖα καὶ ἀνακεκλημένου (Exod. 24,1) ὑπὸ τοῦ θεσπιῳδοῦ νομοθέτου καὶ εἰληφότος παρ’ αὐτοῦ μεγάλην δωρεάν, ἑρμηνείαν καὶ προφητείαν νόμων ἱερῶν· μεταληφθεὶς γὰρ Μωυσῆς καλεῖται λῆμμα, δύναται δὲ καὶ ψηλάφημα διὰ τὰς εἰρημένας αἰτίας.
127τὸ δέ γε εὔχεσθαι καὶ εὐλογεῖν οὐκ ἔστι τοῦ τυχόντος, ἀλλ’ ἀνθρώπου τὴν πρὸς γένεσιν μὴ ἑωρακότος συγγένειαν, προσκεκληρωκότος δὲ ἑαυτὸν τῷ πάντων ἡγεμόνι καὶ πατρί·
128ἀγαπητὸν γάρ, εἴ τῳ ἐξεγένετο εὐλογιστίᾳ χρῆσθαι, τὸ δέ γε καὶ ἑτέροις περιποιεῖν τὸ ἀγαθόν, τοῦτο μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας ψυχῆς καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς θειαζούσης ἦν ἐπάγγελμα, ἧς ὁ τυχὼν εἰκότως θεὸς κεκλήσεται. θεὸς δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτος ἅτε σοφὸς ὢν καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ ἄρχων παντὸς ἄφρονος, κἂν εἰ τοῖς βασιλείοις σκήπτροις ἐκεῖνος ἐφιδρύοιτο μεγαλαυχῶν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ἥκιστα.
129βούλεται γὰρ ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμών, κἂν ἀφόρητα ἀδικοῦντές τινες μέλλωσι κολάζεσθαι, παραιτητὰς ἔχειν τοὺς ἐντευξομένους ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, οἳ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἵλεω δύναμιν ἀπομιμούμενοι μετριώτερον καὶ φιλανθρωπότερον χρήσονται ταῖς τιμωρίαις· θεοῦ δὲ τὸ εὐεργετεῖν ἴδιον.
130Ἀποχρώντως οὖν περὶ τῆς τῶν ὀνομάτων ἀλλαγῆς τε καὶ μεταθέσεως εἰρηκότες ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς τῆς ἐφόδου τρεψόμεθα κεφάλαια. εἵπετο δ’ εὐθὺς ἡ γένεσις Ἰσαάκ· καλέσας γὰρ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ Σάρραν ἀντὶ Σάρας φησὶ τῷ Ἀβραάμ· „δώσω σοι ἐξ αὐτῆς τέκνον“ (Gen. 17, 16). ἐν μέρει δ’ ἕκαστον ἀκριβωτέον.
131ὁ τοίνυν κυρίως διδοὺς ὁτιοῦν ἴδιόν τι πάντως ἑαυτοῦ δίδωσιν· εἰ δὲ τοῦτ’ ἀψευδές ἐστι, γένοιτ’ ἂν Ἰσαὰκ οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ’ ὁ συνώνυμος τῆς ἀρίστης τῶν εὐπαθειῶν, χαρᾶς, γέλως, ὁ ἐνδιάθετος υἱὸς θεοῦ τοῦ διδόντος αὐτὸν μείλιγμα καὶ εὐθυμίαν εἰρηνικωτάταις ψυχαῖς.
132ἄτοπον μὲν γὰρ ἕτερον ἄνδρα εἶναι, ἐξ ἑτέρου δὲ νόθα καὶ μοιχίδια παιδοποιεῖσθαι· καὶ μὴν τόν γε θεὸν ἄνδρα τῆς φιλαρέτου διανοίας Μωυσῆς ἀναγράφει δι’ ὧν φησιν· „ἰδὼν κύριος, ὅτι μισεῖται Λεία, ἤνοιξε τὴν μήτραν αὐτῆς“ (Gen. 29, 31).
133ἔλεον γὰρ καὶ οἶκτον λαβὼν τῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ θνητοῦ γένους μισουμένης ἀρετῆς καὶ ψυχῆς τῆς φιλαρέτου στειροῖ μὲν * * * τὴν φιλόκαλον φύσιν, ἀνοίγνυσι δὲ τῆς εὐπαιδίας πηγὴν εὐτοκίαν αὐτῇ χαριζόμενος.
134ἡ δὲ Θάμαρ ἐγκύμων τε γενομένη θείων σπερμάτων καὶ τὸν μὲν σπείραντα οὐκ ἰδοῦσα — λέγεται γὰρ τότε „ἐγκαλύψασθαι τὸ πρόσωπον“ (Gen. 38, 15), ὡς Μωυσῆς, ἡνίκα ἀπεστράφη εὐλαβούμενος τὸν θεὸν ἰδεῖν (Exod. 3, 6) —, τὰ δὲ σύμβολα καὶ τὰ μαρτύρια διαθρήσασα καὶ παρ’ αὑτῇ δικάσασα, ὅτι θνητὸς ταῦτ’ οὐ δίδωσιν, ἀνέκραγεν· „οὗτινος ταῦτ’ ἐστίν, ἐξ ἐκείνου ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχω“ (Gen. 38,25).
135τίνος ὁ δακτύλιος, ἡ πίστις, ἡ τῶν ὅλων σφραγίς, ἡ ἀρχέτυπος ἰδέα, ᾗ τὰ πάντ’ ἀνείδεα ὄντα καὶ ἄποια σημειωθέντα ἐτυπώθη; τίνος δὲ καὶ ὁ ὁρμίσκος, ἡ [ὁ κόσμος] εἱμαρμένη, ἀκολουθία καὶ ἀναλογία τῶν συμπάντων εἱρμὸν ἔχουσα ἀδιάλυτον; τίνος δὲ καὶ ἡ ῥάβδος (ibid.), τὸ ἐρηρεισμένον, τὸ ἀκράδαντον, τὸ ἄτρεπτον, ἡ νουθεσία, ὁ σωφρονισμός, ἡ παιδεία; τὸ σκῆπτρον, ἡ βασιλεία, τίνος; ἆρ’ οὐχὶ μόνου θεοῦ;
136τοιγαροῦν ὁ ἐξομολογητικὸς τρόπος, Ἰούδας, ἡσθεὶς αὐτῆς τῷ κατεχομένῳ καὶ θεοφορήτῳ παρρησιάζεται λέγων· „δεδικαίωται, ἧς ἕνεκα αἰτίας ἐγὼ οὐδενὶ θνητῷ αὐτὴν ἔδωκα„ (ibid. 26), ἀσεβὲς ἡγούμενος μιαίνειν
137βεβήλοις τὰ θεῖα. μηνύει δὲ καὶ ἡ τρόπον μητρὸς ἀποκυήσασα φρόνησις τὸ αὐτομαθὲς γένος, ὅτι θεὸς αὐτὸ ἔσπειρε· τεχθέντος γὰρ ἐπισεμνύνεται φάσκουσα· „γέλωτά μοι ἐποίησεν ὁ κύριος“ (Gen. 21,ὁ), ἴσον τῷ τὸν Ἰσαὰκ διέπλασεν, ἐδημιούργησεν, ἐγέννησεν, ἐπειδὴ γέλωτι ὁ αὐτὸς ἦν.
138ἀλλ’ οὐ παντός ἐστιν ἀκοῦσαι τὸ ἄκουσμα τοῦτο, πολλοῦ τοῦ δεισιδαιμονίας ῥυέντος παρ’ ἡμῖν κακοῦ καὶ τὰς ἀνάνδρους καὶ ἀγεννεῖς ψυχὰς ἐπικλύσαντος. διὸ προστίθησιν· „ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσῃ, συγχαρεῖταί μοι“ (ibid.), ὡς ὀλίγων ὄντων, οἷς τὰ ὦτα ἀναπέπταται καὶ ἀνωρθίασται πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν τούτων λόγων ὑποδοχήν, οἳ διδάσκουσιν, ὡς ἄρα μόνου θεοῦ σπείρειν καὶ γεννᾶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργον ἴδιον·
139πρὸς οὓς οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες κεκώφηνται. στόματι δ’ οἶδά ποτε προφητικῷ θεσπισθέντα διάπυρον τοιόνδε χρησμόν· „ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὁ καρπός σου εὕρηται. τίς σοφὸς καὶ συνήσει ταῦτα; συνετὸς καὶ γνώσεται αὐτά“ (Hos. 14, 9. 10) ; τὸν δ’ ὑπηχοῦντα καὶ κρούοντα ἀόρατον ἀοράτως τὸ φωνῆς ὄργανον ἐνενόουν καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ἅμα καταπληττόμενος καὶ τὸ εἰρημένον.
140εἰ γάρ τι ἀγαθὸν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι * * * μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ὁ σύμπας οὐρανός τε καὶ κόσμος, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, θεοῦ καρπός ἐστιν, ὑφ’ οἷα δένδρου συνεχόμενος τῆς ἀιδίου καὶ ἀειθαλοῦς φύσεως. συνετῶν δ’ ἐστὶ καὶ σοφῶν ἀνδρῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα γινώσκειν καὶ ὁμολογεῖν, οὐκ ἀσήμων.
141Τί μὲν οὖν ἐστι τὸ „δώσω σοι“ λέλεκται, τὸ δ’ „ἐξ αὐτῆς“ (Gen. 17, 16) μηνυτέον. οἱ μὲν οὖν τὸ ἔξω γινόμενον αὐτῆς ἐδέξαντο νομίζοντες ἄριστον κεκρίσθαι παρὰ ὀρθῷ λόγῳ τὸ μηδὲν ἀποφαίνειν τὴν ψυχὴν ἴδιον αὑτῆς καλόν, ἀλλὰ προσγινόμενον ἔξωθεν κατὰ τὴν μεγαλόνοιαν τοῦ χάριτας ὀμβροῦντος θεοῦ· οἱ δὲ τὸ παραυτίκα τάχος·
142ἴσον γὰρ εἶναι τὸ ἐξ αὐτῆς τῷ παραχρῆμα, εὐθύς, ἀνυπερθέτως, ἄνευ μελλήσεως. τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον αἱ θεῖαι φιλοῦσι συμβαίνειν δωρεαὶ φθάνουσαι καὶ τὰ χρόνων διαστήματα. τρίτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ τὴν ἀρετὴν μητέρα τοῦ γενητοῦ εἶναι λέγοντες ἀγαθοῦ, λαμβάνουσαν τὰς γονὰς παρὰ μηδενὸς θνητοῦ.
143πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ζητοῦντας, εἰ στεῖρα τίκτει — Σάρραν γὰρ εἰσάγοντες πάλαι στεῖραν οἱ χρησμοὶ νῦν ὅτι γενήσεται μήτηρ ὁμολογοῦσι —, λεκτέον ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι γυνὴ μὲν στεῖρα τίκτειν οὐ πέφυκεν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ τυφλὸς βλέπειν οὐδὲ κωφὸς ἀκούειν, ψυχὴ δ’ ἡ πρὸς τὰ φαῦλα ἐστειρωμένη καὶ παθῶν ἀμετρίας καὶ κακιῶν ἄγονος μόνη σχεδὸν εὐτοκίᾳ χρῆται, τὰ ἀξιέραστα τίκτουσα, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἑπτὰ κατὰ τὸ ᾀδόμενον ᾆσμα ὑπὸ τῆς χάριτος, Ἄννης, ἥ φησιν· „στεῖρα ἔτεκεν ἑπτά, ἡ δὲ πολλὴ ἐν τέκνοις ἠσθένησε“ (I Reg. 2, 5).
144καλεῖ δὲ πολλὴν μὲν τὴν ἐκ μιγάδων καὶ συγκλύδων λογισμῶν συμπεφορημένην διάνοιαν, ἣ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν περὶ αὐτὴν ὄχλων καὶ θορύβων ἀνήκεστα κακὰ τίκτει, στεῖραν δὲ τὴν μὴ παραδεχομένην θνητὸν ὡς γόνιμον σπόρον, ἀλλὰ τὰς τῶν φαύλων ὁμιλίας καὶ συνουσίας ἀναλίσκουσάν τε καὶ διαφθείρουσαν, περιεχομένην δὲ τῆς ἑβδόμης καὶ τοῦ κατ’ αὐτὴν εἰρηνικωτάτου· τούτου γὰρ ἐγκύμων τε εἶναι βούλεται καὶ μήτηρ λέγεσθαι.
145Τοιοῦτον ἦν καὶ τὸ „ἐξ αὐτῆς“· τὸ δὲ τρίτον, ὃ δὴ „τέκνον“ ἐλέγετο, νῦν διασκεψώμεθα. πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν ἄξιον θαυμάσαι τὸ μὴ πολλὰ τέκνα φάναι δώσειν, ἓν δὲ χαριεῖσθαι μόνον. διὰ τί δέ; ὅτι τὸ καλὸν οὐκ ἐν πλήθει μᾶλλον ἢ δυνάμει πέφυκεν ἐξετάζεσθαι.
146μουσικὰ μὲν γάρ, εἰ τύχοι, καὶ γραμματικὰ καὶ γεωμετρικὰ καὶ δίκαια καὶ φρόνιμα καὶ ἀνδρεῖα καὶ σώφρονα πάμπολλά ἐστιν· αὐτὸ δὲ τοῦτο τὸ μουσικὸν καὶ γραμματικὸν καὶ γεωμετρικόν, ἔτι δὲ δίκαιον καὶ σῶφρον φρόνιμόν τε καὶ ἀνδρεῖον ἓν αὐτὸ μόνον τὸ ἀνωτάτω, μηδὲν ἰδέας ἀρχετύπου διαφέρον, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ πολλὰ καὶ ἀμύθητα ἐκεῖνα διεπλάσθη.
147ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τοῦ ἓν φάναι δώσειν· νυνὶ δὲ τέκνον εἴρηκεν οὐκ ἀμελῶς οὐδ’ ἀπερισκέπτως, ἀλλ’ ἕνεκα τοῦ παραστῆσαι, ὅτι οὐκ ὀθνεῖον οὐδ’ ὑποβολιμαῖον οὐδ’ αὖ θετὸν ἢ νόθον, ἀλλὰ γνήσιον καὶ ἀστεῖον [ὅτι οὐκ ὀθνεῖον] ὄντως ἀστῆς ψυχῆς ἔγγονον. παρὰ γὰρ τὸν τόκον τὸ τέκνον εἴρηται πρὸς ἔμφασιν οἰκειότητος, ᾗ φυσικῶς ἁρμόζεται τέκνα γονεῦσιν.
148„Εὐλογήσω“ δέ φησιν „αὐτήν, καὶ ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη“ (Gen. 17, 16), δηλῶν ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἡ γενικὴ ἀρετὴ ὡς ἂν εἰς ἔθνη τὰ προσεχέστατα εἴδη τέμνεται καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῖς εἴδεσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι συμβέβηκεν ὡς ζῴων οὕτω καὶ πραγμάτων εἶναι τρόπον τινὰ ἔθνη, οἷς μέγα ὄφελος ἀρετὴν προσεῖναι.
149τὰ γὰρ ἔρημα καὶ χῆρα φρονήσεως πάντα ἐπιζήμια, καθάπερ οἷς οὐκ ἐπιλάμπει ἥλιος ἐξ ἀνάγκης ζοφερά. ἀρετῇ μὲν γὰρ γεωπόνος ἄμεινον φυτῶν ἐπιμελεῖται, ἀρετῇ δὲ καὶ ἡνίοχος ἅρμα ἐν ἱπποδρομίαις ἄπταιστον ἐλαύνει, ἀρετῇ δὲ καὶ κυβερνήτης [οἰακονόμος] οἰακονομεῖ κατὰ πλοῦν τὸ σκάφος. ἀρετὴ καὶ οἰκίας καὶ πόλιν καὶ χώραν βέλτιον οἰκεῖσθαι παρεσκεύασεν, οἰκονομικούς, πολιτικούς, κοινωνικοὺς ἄνδρας δημιουργοῦσα.
150ἀρετὴ καὶ νόμους ἀρίστους εἰσηγήσατο καὶ τὰ εἰρήνης κατεβάλετο πανταχοῦ σπέρματα· ἐπεὶ καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας ἕξεως πέφυκε γίνεσθαι τἀναντία, πόλεμος, ἀνομία, κακοπολιτεῖαι, συγχύσεις, δύσπλοιαι, περιτροπαί, ἡ ἐν ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις ἀργαλεωτάτη νόσος, πανουργία, ἀφ’ ἧς ἀντὶ τεχνῶν κακοτεχνίαι προσερρήθησαν. ἀναγκαίως οὖν εἰς ἔθνη χωρήσει ἡ ἀρετή, ζῴων ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων μεγάλα καὶ ἀθρόα συστήματα, ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν δεχομένων ὠφελείᾳ.
Sections 151–175
151Λέγεται δὲ ἑξῆς, ὅτι „καὶ βασιλεῖς ἐθνῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔσονται“ (ibid.). οὓς γὰρ κυοφορεῖ καὶ ἀποτίκτει, πάντες εἰσὶν ἡγεμόνες, οὐ κλήρῳ, πράγματι ἀβεβαίῳ, καὶ χειροτονίᾳ ἐμμίσθων τὰ πολλὰ ἀνθρώπων πρὸς ὀλίγον χρόνον αἱρεθέντες, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ φύσεως εἰς ἀεὶ κατασταθέντες αὐτῆς.
152οὗτος δ’ οὐκ ἐμὸς μῦθος, ἀλλὰ χρησμῶν τῶν ἱερωτάτων ἐστίν, ἐν οἷς εἰσάγονταί τινες λέγοντες τῷ Ἀβραάμ· „βασιλεὺς παρὰ θεοῦ εἶ σὺ ἐν ἡμῖν“ (Gen. 23,6), οὐ τὰς ὕλας ἐξετάσαντες, — τίνες γὰρ ἦσαν ἀνδρὶ μετανάστῃ καὶ μηδὲ πόλιν οἰκοῦντι, πολλὴν δὲ καὶ ἐρήμην καὶ ἄβατον ἀλωμένῳ γῆν; — ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ βασιλικὴν ἕξιν κατανοήσαντες, ὥστ’ ἀνομολογῆσαι κατὰ Μωυσῆν μόνον τὸν σοφὸν βασιλέα.
153καὶ γὰρ ὄντως ὁ μὲν φρόνιμος ἡγεμὼν ἀφρόνων ἐστὶν εἰδὼς ἃ χρὴ ποιεῖν τε καὶ ἃ μή, ὁ δὲ σώφρων ἀκολάστων τὰ περὶ τὰς αἱρέσεις καὶ φυγὰς ἠκριβωκὼς οὐκ ἀμελῶς, δειλῶν δὲ ὁ ἀνδρεῖος ἃ δεῖ ὑπομένειν καὶ ἃ μὴ σαφῶς ἐκμαθών, ἀδίκων δὲ ὁ δίκαιος ἰσότητος ἐν τοῖς ἀπονεμητέοις ἀρρεποῦς στοχαζόμενος, ὁ δ’ ὅσιος ἀνοσίων [ἐν] ἀρίσταις ὑπολήψεσι ταῖς περὶ θεοῦ κατεσχημένος.
154Ταύταις εἰκὸς ἦν ταῖς ὑποσχέσεσι τὸν νοῦν ἐκφυσηθέντα μετέωρον ἀρθῆναι. ὁ δὲ πρὸς ἔλεγχον ἡμῶν, οἳ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς μικροτάτοις εἰώθαμεν ὑψαυχενεῖν, πίπτει καὶ εὐθὺς γελᾷ (Gen. 17, 17) τὸν ψυχῆς γέλωτα, σκυθρωπάζων μὲν τῷ προσώπῳ, μειδιῶν δὲ τῇ διανοίᾳ, πολλῆς καὶ ἀκράτου χαρᾶς εἰσοικισαμένης.
155ἀμφότερα δὲ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον συμβαίνει τῷ μείζονα ἐλπίδος ἀγαθὰ κληρονομοῦντι σοφῷ, γελᾶν τε καὶ πίπτειν· τὸ μὲν εἰς πίστιν τοῦ μὴ μεγαλαυχεῖν διὰ κατάγνωσιν τῆς θνητῆς οὐδενείας, τὸ δ’ εἰς εὐσεβείας βεβαίωσιν διὰ τὸ μόνον χαρίτων καὶ ἀγαθῶν νομίζειν τὸν θεὸν αἴτιον.
156πιπτέτω μὲν δὴ καὶ σκυθρωπαζέτω γένεσις, φυσικῶς — ἀνίδρυτός τε γὰρ καὶ ἐπίλυπος ἐξ ἑαυτῆς ἐστιν —, ἀνιστάσθω δὲ ὑπὸ θεοῦ καὶ γελάτω· τὸ γὰρ ἔρεισμα αὐτῆς καὶ ἡ χαρὰ μόνος οὗτός ἐστιν.
157εἰκότως δ’ ἂν ἀπορήσειέ τις, πῶς ἐνδέχεται γελᾶν τινα, μήπω γέλωτος εἰς τὴν καθ’ ἡμᾶς γένεσιν ἐλθόντος· ὁ γὰρ Ἰσαάκ ἐστι γέλως, ὃς κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν σκέψιν οὔπω γεγένηται. ὥσπερ γὰρ οὔτε βλέπειν χωρὶς ὀφθαλμῶν οὔτ’ ἀκούειν χωρὶς ὤτων οὔτε δίχα μυκτήρων ὀσφραίνεσθαι οὐδ’ αὖ ταῖς ἄλλαις αἰσθήσεσιν ἄνευ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὰς ὀργάνων χρῆσθαι οὔτε καταλαμβάνειν δίχα λογισμοῦ, οὕτως οὐδὲ γελᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν, εἰ μὴ γέλως ἐδεδημιούργητο. τί οὖν χρὴ λέγειν;
158πολλὰ ἡ φύσις τῶν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι διά τινων συμβόλων προμηνύει. ἢ τὸν νεοττὸν οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅς, πρὶν ἀέρι ἐπινήχεσθαι, πτερύσσεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ταρσοὺς διασείειν φιλεῖ, τὴν ἐλπίδα τοῦ πέτεσθαι δυνήσεσθαι προευαγγελιζόμενος;
159ἀμνὸν δ’ ἢ χίμαρον ἢ βοῦν ἔτι νεογνὸν οὐκ εἶδες, μήπω τῶν κεράτων ἐκπεφυκότων, ὁπότε διερεθίζει τις, ἀντιβεβηκότα καὶ τοῖς μέρεσιν ἐκείνοις ὁρμῶντα πρὸς ἄμυναν, ἐξ ὧν ἡ φύσις τὰ ἀμυντήρια ὅπλα ἀναδίδωσιν;
160ἔν γε μὴν ταῖς θηριομαχίαις οὐκ εὐθὺς οἱ ταῦροι τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους ἀναπείρουσιν, ἀλλ’ εὖ μάλα διαβάντες καὶ μετρίως τὸν αὐχένα χαλάσαντες καὶ θάτερον ἐκκλίναντες καὶ ταυρωπὸν ὄντως ἀποβλεψάμενοι τηνικαῦτα ἐπίασιν, ἔργου ἑξόμενοι. τὸ δὲ γινόμενον ὄρουσιν ἐκάλεσαν, οἷς ὀνοματοποιεῖν ἔθος, ὁρμήν τινα πρὸ ὁρμῆς ὑπάρχουσαν.
161ὅμοιον δή τι καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τὰ πολλὰ πάσχει· ἐλπιζομένου γὰρ τἀγαθοῦ προγήθει, ὡς τρόπον τινα χαίρειν πρὸ χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφραίνεσθαι πρὸ εὐφροσύνης. εἰκάσαι δ’ ἄν τις αὐτὸ καὶ τῷ περὶ τὰ φυτὰ συμβαίνοντι· καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα, ὁπότε μέλλοι καρποφορεῖν, προβλαστάνει καὶ προανθεῖ καὶ χλοηφορεῖ.
162τὴν ἡμερίδα ἄμπελον ἴδε, ὡς ὑπὸ φύσεως τεθαυματούργηται, κληματίσιν, ἕλιξι, μοσχεύμασι, πετάλοις, οἰνάροις, ἃ φωνὴν μονονοὐκ ἀφιέντα μηνύει τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ μέλλοντι καρπῷ τοῦ δένδρου χαράν. καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα μέντοι προγελᾷ πρὸς βαθὺν ὄρθρον μέλλοντος ἀνίσχειν ἡλίου· αὐγὴ γὰρ αὐγῆς ἄγγελος καὶ φῶς φωτὸς ἀμυδρότερον τηλαυγεστέρου προεξέρχεται.
163ἥκοντι μὲν οὖν ἤδη τῷ ἀγαθῷ συνομαρτεῖ χαρά, προσδοκωμένῳ δὲ ἐλπίς· ἀφικομένῳ μὲν γὰρ χαίρομεν, μέλλοντος δὲ ἐλπίζομεν, καθάπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐναντίων ἔχειν συμβέβηκεν· ἡ μὲν γὰρ παρουσία τοῦ κακοῦ λύπην, ἡ δὲ προσδοκία φόβον ἐγέννησεν. φόβος δὲ ἄρα ἦν οὐδὲν ἢ λύπη πρὸ λύπης, ὥσπερ ἐλπὶς χαρὰ πρὸ χαρᾶς· ὃ γάρ, οἶμαι, πρὸς λύπην φόβος, τοῦτο πρὸς χαρὰν ἐλπίς.
164σημεῖα δὲ τοῦ λεγομένου καὶ αἰσθήσεις ἐναργῆ περιφέρουσι· γεύσεως γὰρ ὄσφρησις προκαθημένη τὰ πρὸς ἐδωδὴν καὶ πόσιν σχεδὸν ἅπαντα προδικάζει· ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ προγευστρίδα αὐτὴν ἐκάλεσαν εἰς τὴν ἐνάργειαν ἀπιδόντες εὐθυβόλως ἔνιοι. πέφυκε δὲ καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ὡσανεὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀγαθοῦ προγεύεσθαι καὶ διασυνιστάνειν αὐτὸ ψυχῇ τῇ βεβαίως κτησομένῃ.
165κἀν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις μέντοι πεινήσας τις καὶ διψήσας, πηγὰς ἐξαίφνης ἰδὼν ἢ δένδρα παντοῖα ἡμέροις βρίθοντα καρποῖς, μήπω φαγὼν ἢ πιών, ἀλλὰ μηδ’ ἀρυσάμενος ἢ δρεψάμενος ἐλπίδι τῆς ἀπολαύσεως προπληροῦται. εἶτ’ οἰόμεθα ταῖς μὲν τοῦ σώματος τροφαῖς καὶ πρὸ τῆς χρήσεως ἑστιᾶσθαι δύνασθαι, τὰς δὲ τῆς διανοίας οὐχ ἱκανὰς εἶναι καὶ ὁπότε μέλλοιεν ἑστιᾶν προευφραίνειν;
166Ἐγέλασεν οὖν εἰκότως μήπω δοκοῦντος ἐν τῷ θνητῷ γένει σπαρῆναι τοῦ γέλωτος· καὶ οὐ μόνον αὐτός, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ γελᾷ. λέγεται γὰρ αὖθις· "ἐγέλασε δὲ Σάρρα ἐν ἑαυτῇ λέγουσα· οὔπω μέν μοι γέγονεν ἕως τοῦ νῦν“ (Gen. 18,12) ἄνευ μελέτης ἀπαυτοματίζον ἀγαθόν· ὁ δ’ ὑποσχόμενος „κύριός μου καὶ πρεσβύτερος“ (ibid.) πάσης γενέσεώς ἐστιν, ᾧ πιστεύειν ἀναγκαῖον.
167ἅμα μέντοι καὶ ἀναδιδάσκει, ὅτι ἥ τ’ ἀρετὴ χαρτόν ἐστι φύσει καὶ ὁ ἔχων αὐτὴν αἰεὶ γέγηθε, καὶ τοὐναντίον ὅτι ἥ τε κακία λυπηρὸν καὶ ὁ ἔχων ὀδυνηρότατος. ἔτι νῦν θαυμάζομεν τῶν φιλοσόφων τοὺς λέγοντας τὴν ἀρετὴν εὐπάθειαν εἶναι;
168ἰδοὺ γὰρ Μωυσῆς χορηγὸς ἀνεύρηται τοῦ σοφοῦ τούτου δόγματος, χαίροντα καὶ γελῶντα παραγαγὼν τὸν ἀστεῖον· ἀλλαχόθι δὲ οὐκ αὐτὸν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφικνουμένους αὐτῷ. "ἰδὼν γάρ σε“ φησί „χαρήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Exod. 4, 14), ὡς τῆς τοῦ σπουδαίου προσόψεως αὐτὸ μόνον ἱκανῆς οὔσης ἀναπληρῶσαι τὴν διάνοιαν εὐφροσύνης, ἀποφορτισαμένην τὸ ἀπεχθέστατον ψυχῆς κακῶν, λύπην.
169φαύλῳ δ’ οὐδενὶ χαίρειν ἐφεῖται, καθάπερ καὶ ἐν προφητικαῖς ᾄδεται ῥήσεσι· „χαίρειν οὐκ ἔστι τοῖς ἀσεβέσιν, εἶπεν ὁ θεός“ (Ies. 48,22). λόγος γὰρ ὄντως καὶ χρησμός ἐστι θεῖος, σκυθρωπὸν καὶ ἐπίλυπον καὶ μεστὸν βαρυδαιμονίας εἶναι τὸν παντὸς μοχθηροῦ βίον, κἂν προσποιῆται τῷ προσώπῳ μειδιᾶν.
170οὐ γὰρ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους χαίρειν ἂν εἴποιμι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν, ἡνίκα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς Ἰωσὴφ ἥκοντας ἤκουσαν, ἀλλ’ ἐπιμορφάζειν καθυποκρινομένους τὸ δοκεῖν. οὐδενὶ γὰρ ἐπιστὰς ἔλεγχος ἀφρόνων δι’ ἡδονῆς ἐστιν, ὥσπερ οὐδ’ ἰατρὸς ἀκρατεῖ νοσοῦντι. πόνος μὲν γὰρ τοῖς συμφέρουσι, ῥᾳστώνη δὲ τοῖς βλαβεροῖς ἕπεται· πόνου δὲ ῥᾳστώνην προκρίναντες εἰκότως τοῖς τὰ συμφέροντα εἰσηγουμένοις ἀπεχθάνονται.
171ἐπειδὰν οὖν ἀκούσῃς ὅτι „ἐχάρη Φαραὼ καὶ ἡ θεραπεία αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 45, 16) διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀδελφῶν Ἰωσὴφ ἄφιξιν, μὴ νόμιζε πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἥδεσθαι, εἰ μὴ κατ’ ἐκεῖνο ἴσως, ὅτι προσδοκῶσιν αὐτὸν μεταβαλεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῆς ἀγαθῶν, οἷς συνετράφη, πρὸς τὰς τοῦ σώματος ἀνηνύτους ἐπιθυμίας, τὸ ἀρχαῖον καὶ προγονικὸν ἀρετῆς συγγενοῦς νόμισμα παρακόψαντα.
172τοιαῦτα δ’ ἐλπίσας ὁ φιλήδονος νοῦς αὔταρκες οὐχ ὑπολαμβάνει τοὺς νεωτέρους καὶ ἄρτι πρὸς τὰ σωφροσύνης γυμνάσια φοιτῶντας ἐπιθυμιῶν δελέασιν ἀγκιστρεύσασθαι, ἀλλὰ δεινὸν ἐνόμισεν εἶναι, εἰ μὴ καὶ τὸν πρεσβύτερον ὑπάξεται λόγον, οὗ τὰ λυττῶντα πάθη παρήβηκε.
173λέγει γὰρ αὖ τὰς ζημίας ὡς ὠφελείας προτείνων· „παραλαβόντες τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν ἥκετε πρὸς μέ“ (ibid. 18) ἐπ’ Αἰγύπτου καὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ τούτου βασιλέως, ὃς καὶ τὰ πατρῷα ἡμῶν καὶ τὰ ὄντως ὑπάρχοντα ἀγαθὰ ἔξω προεληλυθότα τοῦ σώματος — φύσει γάρ ἐστιν ἐλεύθερα — ἀντισπᾷ βιαζόμενος δεσμωτηρίῳ πάνυ πικρῷ παραδοῦναι, καταστήσας εἱρκτοφύλακα, ὥς φησι τὸ λόγιον, Πεντεφρῆ τὸν σπάδοντα καὶ ἀρχιμάγειρον (Gen. 39, 1) σπάνει κεχρημένον τῶν καλῶν καὶ τὰ γεννητικὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκτετμημένον, ἔτι δὲ σπείρειν καὶ φυτεύειν τι τῶν κατὰ παιδείαν ἀδυνατοῦντα, μαγείρου τρόπον κτείνοντα τὰ ζῶντα καὶ κατὰ μέρη καὶ κατὰ μέλη κόπτοντα καὶ διαιροῦντα καὶ ἐν ἀψύχοις καὶ νεκροῖς καλινδούμενον οὐ σώμασι μᾶλλον ἢ πράγμασι καὶ ταῖς περιέργοις παραρτύσεσιν ἀνεγείροντα καὶ ἀνερεθίζοντα τὰς τῶν ἀνηνύτων παθῶν ὁρμάς, ἃς εἰκὸς ἦν τιθασεύοντα πραΰναι.
174ὁ δὲ καὶ „δώσω“ φησίν „ὑμῖν πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν Αἰγύπτου, καὶ φάγεσθε τὸν μυελὸν τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 45, 18). ἀλλ’ ἐροῦμεν αὐτῷ· σώματος ἀγαθὸν οὐ προσιέμεθα οἱ τὰ ψυχῆς ἰδόντες· ἱκανὸς γὰρ ὁ τριπόθητος ἐκείνων ἵμερος ἐντακεὶς πάντων ὅσα τῇ σαρκὶ φίλα λήθην ἐργάσασθαι.
175Τοιαύτη μέν τις ἡ ψευδώνυμος χαρὰ τῶν ἀφρόνων, ἡ δὲ ἀληθὴς πρότερον εἴρηται, μόνοις ἀστείοις ἐφαρμόζουσα. „πεσὼν οὖν ἐγέλασεν“ (Gen. 17,17), οὐκ ἀπὸ θεοῦ πεσών, ἀλλ’ ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ· ἔστη μὲν γὰρ περὶ τὸν ἄτρεπτον, ἔπεσε δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἰδίας οἰήσεως.
Sections 176–200
176διὸ καὶ τοῦ μὲν δοκησισόφου καταβληθέντος φρονήματος, ἀνεγερθέντος δὲ τοῦ φιλοθέου καὶ περὶ τὸν ἀκλινῆ μόνον ἱδρυθέντος, γελάσας εὐθὺς „εἶπε τῇ διανοίᾳ· εἰ τῷ ἑκατονταετεῖ γενήσεται, καὶ ἡ Σάρρα ἐνενήκοντα ἐτῶν οὖσα τέξεται“ (ibid.) ;
177μὴ μέντοι νομίσῃς, ὦ γενναῖε, τὸ „εἰπεῖν“ οὐχὶ τῷ στόματι, ἀλλὰ „τῇ διανοίᾳ“ προσκεῖσθαι παρέργως, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ ἐξητασμένως. διὰ τί; ὅτι ἔοικε διὰ τοῦ φάσκειν „εἰ τῷ ἑκατονταετεῖ γενήσεται“ περὶ τῆς Ἰσαὰκ ἐνδοιάσαι γενέσεως, ἐφ’ ᾗ πρότερον ἐλέγετο πιστεῦσαι, ὡς ἐδήλου τὸ χρησθὲν πρὸ μικροῦ τόδε· „οὐ κληρονομήσει σε οὗτος, ἀλλ’ ὃς ἐξελεύσεται ἐκ σοῦ“· εἶτ’ εὐθὺς εἶπεν· „ἐπίστευσε δὲ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην“ (Gen. 15,4. 6).
178ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἀκόλουθον οὐκ ἦν ἐνδοιάσαι τῷ πεπιστευκότι, πεποίηκε τὸν ἐνδοιασμὸν οὐ πολυχρόνιον, μηκυνόμενον μέχρι γλώττης καὶ στόματος, ἀλλ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ τὴν ὀξυκίνητον διάνοιαν ἱστάμενον. „τῇ γὰρ διανοίᾳ“ φησίν „εἶπεν,“ ἣν τῶν εἰς ποδώκειαν ἐπαινουμένων οὐδὲν ἂν ἰσχύσαι παραδραμεῖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰς πτηνὰς φύσεις ἁπάσας ἔφθακεν.
179ἀφ’ οὗ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ τῶν παρ’ Ἕλλησι ποιητῶν ὁ δοκιμώτατος „ὡς εἰ πτερὸν ἠὲ νόημα“ φάναι, δηλῶν τὸ τῆς ὀξύτητος τάχος, κατ’ ἐπίτασιν ὕστερον τοῦ πτεροῦ τὸ νόημα θείς. ἐπὶ πολλὰ γὰρ ἡ διάνοια ἐν ταὐτῷ πράγματα ὁμοῦ καὶ σώματα στείχει μετὰ ἀλέκτου φορᾶς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης αὐτίκα πέρατα φθάνει συναιροῦσα καὶ τέμνουσα τὰ ἀπειρομεγέθη διαστήματα· κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον τοσοῦτον ἀπὸ γῆς ἀναπηδᾷ, ὡς δι’ ἀέρος εἰς αἰθέρα ἀνέρχεσθαι καὶ μόλις περὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἁψῖδα ἵστασθαι.
180τὸ γὰρ ἔνθερμον καὶ διάπυρον ἠρεμεῖν αὐτὴν οὐκ ἐᾷ· διὸ πολλὰ ὑπερβάλλουσα καὶ τοῦ παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ τούτου ὅρου ἔξω φέρεται πρὸς τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἰδεῶν παγέντα συγγενικῶς. γέγονεν οὖν περὶ τὸν ἀστεῖον ἡ τροπὴ βραχεῖα, ἄτομος, ἀμερής, οὐκ αἰσθητή, νοητὴ δὲ μόνον, τρόπον τινὰ ἄχρονος.
181ἀλλ’ ἴσως ἄν τις εἴποι· τί οὖν γε, ὅτι πεπιστευκὼς ἴχνος ἢ σκιὰν ἢ αὔραν ἀπιστίας δέχεται τὸ παράπαν; οὗτος δὲ οὐδὲν ἕτερόν μοι βούλεσθαι δοκεῖ ἢ τὸν γενόμενον ἀποφαίνειν ἀγένητον καὶ τὸν θνητὸν ἀθάνατον καὶ τὸν φθαρτὸν ἄφθαρτον καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, εἰ θέμις εἰπεῖν, θεόν. τὴν γὰρ πίστιν, ἧς ἔλαχεν ἄνθρωπος,
182οὕτω βέβαιόν φησι δεῖν εἶναι, ὡς μηδὲν διαφέρειν τῆς περὶ τὸ ὄν, τῆς ἀρτίου καὶ περὶ πάντα πλήρους. λέγει γὰρ Μωυσῆς ἐν ᾠδῇ τῇ μείζονι· „θεὸς πιστός, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Deut. 32,8).
183πολλὴ δὲ ἄγνοια νομίζειν, τὰς θεοῦ ἀρετὰς τὰς ἀρρεπεῖς καὶ παγιωτάτας χωρῆσαι ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου δύνασθαι· ἀγαπητὸν γὰρ εἰκόνας αὐτῶν κτήσασθαι δυνηθῆναι, πολλοῖς καὶ μεγάλοις ἀριθμοῖς τῶν ἀρχετύπων ἐλαττουμένας· καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως·
184ἀκράτους μὲν γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὰς θεοῦ ἀρετάς, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ θεὸς οὐ σύγκριμα, φύσις ὢν ἁπλῆ, κεκραμένας δὲ τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς γεγόναμεν κράματα, θείου καὶ θνητοῦ συγκερασθέντων καὶ κατὰ τοὺς τῆς τελείας μουσικῆς λόγους ἁρμοσθέντων· τὸ δ’ ἐκ πλειόνων συνεστὼς φυσικὰς πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν ἀνθολκὰς ἔχει.
185εὐδαίμων δ’ ὅτῳ ἐξεγένετο τὸν πλείω τοῦ βίου χρόνον πρὸς τὴν ἀμείνω καὶ θειοτέραν μοῖραν ταλαντεύειν· ἅπαντα γὰρ τὸν αἰῶνα ἀμήχανον, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ ἀντίπαλον θνητὸν ἄχθος ἔστιν ὅτε ἀντέρρεψε καὶ ἐφεδρεῦσαν ἐκαιροφυλάκησε τὰς ἀκαιρίας τοῦ λογισμοῦ, ὡς ἀντιβιάσασθαι.
186„πεπίστευκεν οὖν Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ“ (Gen. 15,6), ἀλλ’ ὡς ἄνθρωπος πεπίστευκεν, ἵνα τὸ ἴδιον τοῦ θνητοῦ γνῷς καὶ μάθῃς οὐκ ἄλλως αὐτῷ γενέσθαι, εἰ μὴ ἐκ φύσεως, τὴν τροπήν. ἀλλ’ εἰ βραχεῖα καὶ ἀκαρὴς γέγονεν, ἄξιον εὐχαριστεῖν· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἕτεροι τῇ ῥύμῃ καὶ φορᾷ κατακλυσθέντες καὶ τῇ βίᾳ εἰσάπαν ἠφανίσθησαν.
187οὐκ ἔστι γάρ, ὦ γενναῖε, κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν ἀρτίπους ἡ ἐν θνητῷ σώματι ἀρετή, ἀλλὰ παραπλήσιόν τι πάσχουσα νάρκῃ, μικρὸν ὅσον ὑποχωλαίνουσα. „ἐνάρκησε“ γάρ φησι „τὸ πλάτος τοῦ μηροῦ, ᾧ καὶ ἐπέσκαζεν“ (Gen. 32,25. 31).
188ἴσως δ’ ἂν τῶν εὐθαρσεστέρων εἴποι τις παρελθών, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἀπιστοῦντός ἐστιν ἡ προφορά, ἀλλ’ εὐχομένου, ἵν’, εἰ μέλλοι τῶν εὐπαθειῶν ἡ ἀρίστη γεννᾶσθαι, χαρά, μὴ ἑτέροις ἀριθμοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν τεχθῇ (Gen. 17, 17), ἵνα τὸ τέλειον ἀγαθὸν τελείοις ἀριθμοῖς εἰς γένεσιν ἔλθῃ.
189τέλειοι δ’ οἱ λεχθέντες ἀριθμοί, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τὰς ἱερωτάτας ἀναγραφάς. ἴδωμεν δ’ αὐτῶν ἑκάτερον· Σὴμ εὐθέως μέν, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ δικαίου Νῶε, πρόγονος δὲ τοῦ ὁρατικοῦ γένους, „ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν εἶναι λέγεται, ἡνίκα ἐγέννησε τὸν Ἀρφαξάτ“ (Gen. 11,10), ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται συνετάραξε ταλαιπωρίαν· καλόν γε ἔγγονον ψυχῆς κλονεῖν καὶ συγχεῖν καὶ διαφθείρειν τὴν ταλαίπωρον καὶ γέμουσαν κακῶν ἀδικίαν.
190ἀλλὰ καὶ „Ἀβραὰμ ἄρουραν φυτεύει“ (Gen. 21,33) χρώμενος ἑκατοστῷ λόγῳ πρὸς ἀναμέτρησιν τοῦ χωρίου, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ „ἑκατοστεύουσαν εὑρίσκει κριθήν“ (Gen. 26,12). καὶ τὴν αὐλὴν τῆς ἱερᾶς σκηνῆς Μωυσῆς κατασκευάζει πήχεσιν ἑκατόν (Exod. 27,9), τὸ πρὸς ἀνατολὰς καὶ δύσεις ἐκμετρούμενος διάστημα.
191ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἀπαρχῆς ἀπαρχὴ ὁ ἑκατοστὸς λόγος, ὃν Λευῖται τοῖς ἱερωμένοις ἀπάρχονται (Num. 18,28)· λαβοῦσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὰς δεκάτας παρὰ τοῦ ἔθνους διείρηται καθάπερ ἀπὸ κτημάτων οἰκείων τοῖς ἱερεῦσι διδόναι ὡς δεκάτην λόγων ἱεράν.
192πολλὰ δ’ ἄν τις καὶ ἄλλα σκοπῶν εὕροι πρὸς ἔπαινον τοῦ λεχθέντος ἀριθμοῦ τοῖς νόμοις ἐμφερόμενα, πρὸς δὲ τὸ παρὸν διεξαρκεῖ τὰ εἰρημένα. ἀλλ’ ἐὰν τῶν ἑκατὸν ἀφέλῃς δεκάτην ἱερὰν ἀπαρχὴν τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς φέροντι καὶ αὔξοντι καὶ πληροῦντι καρποὺς θεῷ, ἕτερον ἀριθμὸν τέλειον τὸν ἐνενήκοντα ἀπολείψεις. πῶς γὰρ οὐ τέλειος, μεθόριος ὢν πρώτης καὶ δεκάτης, καθ’ ὃν διακρίνεται τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων τρόπον καταπετάσματος τοῦ μέσου (Exod. 26,33), ᾧ τὰ ὁμογενῆ διαστέλλεται κατὰ τὰς ἐν τοῖς εἴδεσι τομάς.
193ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀστεῖος ἐλάλει τῇ διανοίᾳ τὰ ἀστεῖα ὄντως, ὁ δὲ φαῦλος ἑρμηνεύει ἔστιν ὅτε παγκάλως τὰ καλά, πράττει δὲ αἰσχρῶς τὰ αἴσχιστα, καθάπερ καὶ Συχὲμ ὁ ἔγγονος ἀνοίας. Ἐμὼρ γάρ ἐστι πατρός, ὃς μεταληφθεὶς ὄνος καλεῖται, αὐτὸς δὲ ἑρμηνευθείς ἐστιν ὦμος, πόνου σύμβολον. ἄθλιος δὲ καὶ ταλαιπωρίας μεστὸς πόνος, ὃν ἄνοια γεννᾷ, ὥσπερ ὠφέλιμος, ᾧ συγγενὴς ἀγχίνοια.
194φασὶ γοῦν οἱ χρησμοὶ ὅτι "ἐλάλησε κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν τῆς παρθένου“ ταπεινώσας αὐτὴν πρότερον ὁ Συχέμ (Gen. 34,2. 3). ἆρ’ οὐκ ἐξητασμένως ἐλέχθη τὸ "ἐλάλησε κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν τῆς παρθένου“, μονονοὺκ εἰς δήλωσιν τοῦ τἀναντία οἷς εἶπεν εἰργασμένου; Δεῖνα γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀδέκαστος κρίσις, ἡ πάρεδρος θεοῦ δίκη, ἡ ἀειπάρθενος· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ ἑκάτερον Δεῖνα, κρίσις ἢ δίκη.
195ταύτην οἱ ἐπιχειροῦντες ἄφρονες διαφθείρειν διὰ τῶν καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν βουλευμάτων καὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων εὐπρεπείᾳ λόγου διαδιδράσκουσι τὸν ἔλεγχον. χρὴ γοῦν αὐτοὺς ἢ ἀκόλουθα τοῖς λεγομένοις πράττειν ἢ ἀδικοῦντας ἡσυχάζειν· ἥμισυ γάρ, φασί, κακοῦ ἡσυχία· καθὰ καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐπιτιμῶν τῷ πρεσβείων μὲν ἀξιώσαντι γένεσιν, δευτερείων δὲ τὸν ἄφθαρτον θεόν φησιν· „ἥμαρτες, ἡσύχασον“ (Gen. 4,7).
196τὸ γὰρ ἐκτραγῳδεῖν καὶ ἐπικομπάζειν τὰ κακὰ διπλοῦν ἁμάρτημα. σχεδὸν δ’ οἱ πολλοὶ πεπόνθασι τοῦτο· λέγουσι μὲν γὰρ ἀεὶ τῇ παρθένῳ ἀρετῇ τὰ φίλα καὶ δίκαια, καιρὸν δ’ οὐδένα παριᾶσιν, ἐν ᾧ δυνηθέντες αὐτὴν οὐχ ὑβριοῦσι καὶ κακώσουσι. ποία γὰρ πόλις οὔκ ἐστι μεστὴ τῶν τὴν ἀειπάρθενον ὑμνούντων ἀρετήν;
197οἳ τὰ ὦτα τῶν παρατυγχανόντων ἀποκναίουσι διεξιόντες τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἡ φρόνησις ἀναγκαῖον, ἡ ἀφροσύνη βλαβερόν· αἱρετὸν ἡ σωφροσύνη, ἐχθρὸν ἡ ἀκολασία· ὑπομονῆς ἄξιον ἡ ἀνδρεία, φυγῆς ἡ δειλία· συμφέρον ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἀσύμφορον ἡ ἀδικία· τὸ ὅσιον καλόν, τὸ ἀνόσιον αἰσχρόν· τὸ θεοσεβὲς ἐπαινετόν, τὸ ἀσεβὲς ψεκτόν· [τὸ] οἰκειότατον ἀνθρώπου φύσει τὸ εὖ καὶ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ πράττειν καὶ λέγειν, ἀλλοτριώτατον τὸ κακῶς τούτων ἕκαστον.
198ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀεὶ συνείροντες τὰ δικαστήρια καὶ βουλευτήρια καὶ τὰ θέατρα καὶ πάντα σύλλογον καὶ θίασον ἀνθρώπων ἀπατῶσιν, ὥσπερ οἱ προσωπεῖα καλὰ αἰσχίσταις ὄψεσι περιτιθέντες προνοίᾳ τοῦ μὴ ὑπὸ τῶν ὁρώντων ἐλέγχεσθαι.
199ἀλλ’ οὐδὲν ὄφελος· ἀφίξονται γάρ τινες εὖ μάλα ἐρρωμένοι καὶ τῷ περὶ ἀρετὴν ζήλῳ κατεσχημένοι καὶ τὰ περικαλύμματα καὶ περίαπτα ταῦτα, ὅσα λόγῳ κακοτεχνοῦντες συνύφηναν, ἀπαμφιάσαντες καὶ γυμνὴν αὐτὴν ἐφ’ αὑτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐγάσαντες εἴσονται καὶ τὰ ἐν μυχοῖς ἀποκείμενα τῆς φύσεως ἀπόρρητα — εἶτ’ ἔξω προαγαγόντες τὰ αἴσχη καὶ τὰ ὀνείδη πάντα αὐτῆς ἐν ἡλίῳ καθαρῷ πᾶσιν ἐπιδείξονται, οἵα τις οὖσα, ὡς αἰσχρὰ καὶ καταγέλαστος οἵαν ἐκ τῶν περιάπτων, ὡς νόθην ἐπεμόρφαζεν εὐμορφίαν.
200οἱ δὲ πρὸς ἄμυναν εὐτρεπεῖς τῶν οὕτως βεβήλων καὶ ἀκαθάρτων τρόπων δύο μέν εἰσιν ἀριθμῷ, Συμεὼν καὶ Λευί, γνώμῃ δὲ εἷς. διὸ καὶ ἐν ταῖς εὐλογίαις ὁ μὲν πατὴρ αὐτοὺς ἐν τάξει ἑνὸς κατηρίθμει (Gen. 49,5), διὰ τὸ σύμφωνον τῆς ὁμονοίας καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ μέρος ὁρμῆς. ὁ δὲ Μωυσῆς οὐδὲ δυάδος ἔτι μέμνηται, ἀλλ’ ὅλον τὸν Συμεὼν εἰς τὸν Λευὶ ἐνεχάραξε (Deut. 33,8) δύο οὐσίας κερασάμενος, ἀφ’ ὧν ἕνα εἰργάσατο οἷον ἰδέᾳ μιᾷ τυπωθέντα, τὸ ἀκούειν τῷ πράττειν ἑνώσας.
Sections 201–225
201Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἔγνω τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν λαλοῦσαν τὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ εὐλαβείας μεστὰ κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ διάνοιαν ὁ σπουδαῖος, ἔπαθεν ἀμφότερα, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν πίστιν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ γενητὸν ἀπιστίαν. εἰκότως οὖν φησι δεόμενος· „Ἰσμαὴλ οὗτος ζήτω ἐνώπιόν σου“ (Gen. 17,18), οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ τῶν ἐμφερομένων ἕκαστον τῶν ὀνομάτων τιθείς, τὸ „οὗτος“, τὸ „ζήτω“, τὸ „ἐνώπιόν σου“· ταῖς γὰρ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν ὁμωνυμίαις ἠπατήθησαν οὐκ ὀλίγοι.
202τί δ’ ἐστὶν ὃ λέγω, σκεπτέον· ἑρμηνευθεὶς Ἰσμαήλ ἐστιν ἀκοὴ θεοῦ, τῶν δὲ θείων δογμάτων οἱ μὲν ἀκούουσιν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ, οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ βλάβῃ αὑτῶν τε καὶ ἑτέρων. ἢ τὸν οἰωνοσκόπον Βαλαὰμ οὐχ ὁρᾷς; οὗτος εἰσάγεται „ἀκούων λόγια θεοῦ ἐπιστάμενός τε ἐπιστήμην παρὰ ὑψίστου“ (Num. 24,16).
203ἀλλὰ τί ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀκροάσεως, τί δ’ ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπιστήμης ὤνατο, γνώμῃ μὲν ἐπιχειρήσας τὸ ψυχῆς ἄριστον ὄμμα λυμήνασθαι, ὃ δὴ μόνον τὸν θεὸν ὁρᾶν πεπαίδευται, μὴ δυνηθεὶς δὲ διὰ τὸ σωτῆρος κράτος ἀήττητον; τοιγαροῦν ὁ μὲν κατακεντούμενος ὑπὸ φρενοβλαβείας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τραύματα πολλὰ δεξάμενος ἐν μέσοις τραυματίαις ἀπώλετο (Num. 31,8), διότι σοφιστείᾳ μαντικῇ τὴν θεοφόρητον προφητείαν παρεχάραξε.
204δεόντως οὖν εὔχεται ὁ ἀστεῖος, ἵν’ οὗτος μόνος Ἰσμαὴλ ὑγιαίνῃ, διὰ τοὺς μὴ γνησίως ἀκούοντας τῶν ἱερῶν ὑφηγήσεων· οἷς ἀπεῖπε Μωυσῆς ἄντικρυς εἰς ἐκκλησίαν φοιτᾶν τοῦ πανηγεμόνος.
205τεθλασμένοι γὰρ τὰ γεννητικὰ τῆς διανοίας ἢ καὶ τελείως ἀποκοπέντες οἱ τὸν ἴδιον νοῦν καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν ἀποσεμνύνοντες ὡς μόνα τῶν κατ’ ἀνθρώπους αἴτια πραγμάτων ἢ οἱ πολυθεΐας ἐρασταὶ καὶ τὸν πολύθεον ἐκτετιμηκότες θίασον, οἱ ἐκ πόρνης γεγονότες, τὸν ἕνα ἄνδρα καὶ πατέρα φιλαρέτου ψυχῆς θεὸν οὐκ εἰδότες, ἆρ’ οὐκ εἰκότως ἐλαύνονταί τε καὶ φυγαδεύονται (Deut. 23,1.2) ;
206παραπλήσιόν μοι δοκοῦσι ποιεῖν καὶ οἱ κατηγοροῦντες τοῦ υἱοῦ γονεῖς ἐπ’ οἰνοφλυγίᾳ· λέγουσι γάρ· „ὁ υἱὸς ἡμῶν οὗτος ἀπειθεῖ“ (Deut. 21,20), διὰ τῆς προσθήκης τῆς „οὗτος“ μηνύοντες, ὅτι εἰσὶν ἕτεροι παῖδες καρτερικοὶ καὶ σώφρονες, τοῖς ἐπιτάγμασι τοῦ ὀρθοῦ λόγου καὶ παιδείας πειθαρχοῦντες· οὗτοι γὰρ ψυχῆς ἀψευδέστατοι γονεῖς, ὑφ’ ὧν κατηγορηθῆναι μὲν αἴσχιστον, ἐπαινεθῆναι δ’ εὐκλεέστατον.
207τὸ δὲ „οὗτός ἐστιν Ἀαρὼν καὶ Μωυσῆς, οἷς εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς ἐξαγαγεῖν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου“ (Exod. 6, 26) καὶ τὸ „οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ διαλεγόμενοι Φαραὼ βασιλεῖ“ (ibid. 27), ταῦτα μὴ νομίζωμεν εἰρῆσθαι παρέργως ἢ τὰς δείξεις μὴ πλέον τι τῶν ὀνομάτων παρεμφαίνειν.
208ἐπειδὴ γὰρ Μωυσῆς μέν ἐστι νοῦς ὁ καθαρώτατος, Ἀαρὼν δὲ λόγος αὐτοῦ, πεπαίδευται δὲ καὶ ὁ νοῦς θεοπρεπῶς ἐφάπτεσθαι καὶ ὁ λόγος ὁσίως ἑρμηνεύειν τὰ ὅσια, μιμηλάζοντες δὴ οἱ σοφισταὶ καὶ παρακόπτοντες τὸ δόκιμον νόμισμα τοῦτό φασι καὶ νοεῖν ὀρθῶς περὶ τοῦ ἀρίστου καὶ λέγειν ἐπαινετῶς (Exod. 7,11). ὅπως οὖν μὴ ἀπατώμεθα παραθέσει τῶν κεκιβδηλευμένων πρὸς τὰ δόκιμα δι’ ὁμοιότητος τοῦ χαρακτῆρος, βάσανον ἔδωκεν, ᾗ διακριθήσεται.
209τίς οὖν ἡ βάσανος; τὸ ἐξαγαγεῖν ἐκ τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας τὸν ὁρατικὸν καὶ φιλοθεάμονα νοῦν καὶ φιλόσοφον. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοῦτο δυνηθεὶς Μωυσῆς ἐστιν οὗτος, ὁ δὲ ἀδυνατήσας, ὁ λεγόμενος μόνον, μυρίας δὲ σεμνότητας ὀνομάτων ἐπαμπισχόμενος, γελᾶται. ζῆν δὲ εὔχεται τῷ Ἰσμαήλ, οὐ τῆς μετὰ σώματος ζωῆς ἐπιστρεφόμενος, ἀλλ’ ἵνα τὸ θεῖον ἄκουσμα ἐπὶ ψυχῇ διαιωνίζον ἐγείρῃ τε αὐτὸν καὶ ζωπυρῇ.
210καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀκρόασιν λόγων καὶ μάθησιν δογμάτων ἱερῶν εὔχεται ζῆν, ὡς ἐλέχθη, ὁ δ’ ἀσκητὴς Ἰακὼβ εὐφυΐαν· λέγει γάρ· „ζήτω Ῥουβὴν καὶ μὴ ἀποθανέτω“ (Deut. 33, 6)· ἆρά γε ἀθανασίαν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν εὐχόμενος, ἀνθρώπῳ πρᾶγμα ἀδύνατον; οὐ δήπου. τί οὖν ἔσθ’ ὃ βούλεται παραστῆσαι, λεκτέον.
211πάντα τὰ ἀκούσματα καὶ μαθήματα ἐποικοδομεῖται καθάπερ θεμελίῳ προκαταβεβλημένῳ φύσει παιδείας δεκτικῇ, φύσεως δὲ μὴ προϋπαρχούσης ἀνωφελῆ πάντα. δρυὸς γὰρ ἢ λίθου κωφῆς οὐδὲν ἂν δόξαιεν οἱ ἀφυεῖς διαφέρειν· ἔγκολλον γὰρ ἂν οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἁρμόζοιτο, πάντα δ’ ὡς ἀπὸ στερροῦ τινος ἀποπάλλεται καὶ ἀποπηδᾷ.
212τὰς δὲ τῶν εὐφυῶν ψυχὰς ἔστιν ἰδεῖν κηροῦ τρόπον λελειασμένου μήτε ἄγαν στερεοῦ μήτε ἄγαν ἁπαλοῦ κεκερασμένας μετρίως, παραδεχομένας τὰ ἀκούσματα καὶ θεάματα ῥᾳδίως πάντα καὶ ἐναποματτομένας ἄκρως αὐτὰς τὰ εἴδη, μνήμης ἐναργεῖς τινας εἰκόνας.
213ἦν γοῦν ἀναγκαῖον εὔξασθαι τῷ λογικῷ γένει τὸ εὐφυὲς ἄνοσον καὶ ἀθάνατον παρεῖναι. τοῦ μὲν γὰρ κατ’ ἀρετὴν βίου, ὅς ἐστιν ἀψευδεστάτη ζωή, μετέχουσιν ὀλίγοι, οὐχὶ τῶν ἀγελαίων φημί — τούτων γὰρ οὐδεὶς τῆς ἀληθοῦς ζωῆς κεκοινώνηκεν —, ἀλλ’ εἴ τισιν ἐξεγένετο τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων φυγεῖν σπουδὰς καὶ θεῷ μόνῳ ζῆσαι.
214παρὸ καὶ λίαν τεθαύμακεν ὁ ἀσκητικὸς καὶ ἀνδρεῖος, εἴ τις ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ βίου ποταμῷ φορούμενος ὑπ’ οὐδεμιᾶς ῥύμης κατασύρεται, δύναιτο δὲ καὶ πλούτῳ πολλῷ ῥέοντι ἀντισχεῖν καὶ ἡδονῆς ἀμέτρου φορὰν ἀνῶσαι καὶ λαίλαπι κενῆς δόξης μὴ ἀναρπασθῆναι.
215λέγει γοῦν οὐχ ὁ Ἰακὼβ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ μᾶλλον ἢ ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος παντὶ τῷ τὸ μὲν σῶμα εὐεκτοῦντι, ἐν ἀφθόνοις δὲ ταῖς εἰς περιουσίαν ὕλαις ἐξεταζομένῳ καὶ πρὸς μηδεμιᾶς ἁλισκομένῳ· „ἔτι γὰρ σὺ ζῇς“ (Gen. 46, 30) ; θαυμαστὸν ἐκφωνήσας λόγον καὶ τὸν ἡμέτερον βίον ὑπερδεδραμηκότα, οἳ μικρᾶς πρὸς εὐτυχίαν αὔρας λαβόμενοι, πάντα κάλων ἀνασείσαντες, λαμπρὰ φυσῶμεν καὶ πνεύσαντες μέγα καὶ σύντονον πλησίστιοι πρὸς τὰς ἀπολαύσεις τῶν παθῶν φερόμεθα καὶ οὐ πρότερον στέλλομεν τὰς ἀνειμένας καὶ κεχαλασμένας ἀκρατῶς ἐπιθυμίας, ἕως
216ἂν ἐξοκείλαντες ὅλῳ τῷ ψυχῆς ναυαγήσωμεν σκάφει. παγκάλως οὖν τοῦτον τὸν Ἰσμαὴλ εὔχεται ζῆν. προστίθησιν οὖν „ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ζήτω“ (Gen. 17,18), τέλος τῆς εὐδαιμονίας τιθέμενος ἐπισκόπου καὶ ἐφόρου τοῦ τῶν ὄντων ἀρίστου τὴν διάνοιαν ἀξιωθῆναι.
217εἰ γὰρ παιδαγωγοῦ μὲν παρόντος οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι ὁ ἀγόμενος, ὑφηγητὴς δὲ ἐγγὺς ὢν ὠφελεῖ τὸν μανθάνοντα, πρεσβυτέρου δὲ παρατυγχάνοντος αἰδοῖ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ κοσμεῖται νέος, πατὴρ δὲ ἢ μήτηρ υἱὸν μέλλοντα ἀδικεῖν ἐκώλυσαν ἐφ’ ἡσυχίας αὐτὸ μόνον ὀφθέντες, ἡλίκαις τισὶν ὑπερβολαῖς ἀγαθῶν χρήσεσθαι νομίζομεν τὸν ὑπολαμβάνοντ’ ἀεὶ ὑπὸ θεοῦ θεωρεῖσθαι; τὸ γὰρ τοῦ παρόντος καὶ περιβλέπεται ἀξίωμα δεδιὼς καὶ τρέμων ἀνὰ κράτος τὸ ἀδικεῖν ἀποδράσεται.
218τὸν δὲ Ἰσμαὴλ ὅταν εὔχηται ζῆν, οὐκ ἀπέγνωκε τὴν γένεσιν Ἰσαάκ, ὡς καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, ἀλλὰ πεπίστευκε μὲν τῷ θεῷ * * * οὐδὲ γὰρ ἃ δοῦναι θεῷ, ταῦτα καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ λαβεῖν δυνατόν, ἐπειδὴ τῷ μὲν πλεῖστα καὶ μέγιστα χαρίσασθαι ῥᾴδιον, ἡμῖν δ’ οὐκ εὐμαρὲς τὰς προτεινομένας δέξασθαι δωρεάς.
219ἀγαπητὸν γάρ, εἰ τῶν ἐκ πόνου καὶ μελέτης συντρόφων καὶ συνηθεστέρων ἀγαθῶν ἐπιλάχοιμεν, τῶν δ’ ἄνευ τέχνης ἢ συνόλως ἀνθρωπίνης ἐπινοίας ἀπαυτοματιζόντων καὶ ἐξ ἑτοίμου γινομένων οὐδ’ ἐλπὶς ἐφικέσθαι· ταῦτα γὰρ ἅτε θεῖα ὄντα θειοτέραις καὶ ἀκηράτοις φύσεσιν ἀπηλλαγμέναις θνητοῦ σώματος εὑρίσκειν ἀναγκαῖον.
220ἐδίδαξε δὲ Μωυσῆς κατὰ δύναμιν τῶν χειρῶν τὰς εὐχαρίστους ὁμολογίας ποιεῖσθαι (Num. 6,21), τὸν ἀγχίνουν ἀνάθημα ἀνατιθέντα τὸ συνετὸν καὶ τὸ φρόνιμον, τὸν λόγιον τὰς ἐν λόγῳ πάσας ἀρετὰς ἀνιεροῦντα διά τε ᾠδῆς καὶ τῶν καταλογάδην τοῦ ὄντος ἐγκωμίων, καὶ κατ’ εἶδος τὸν φυσικὸν φυσιολογίαν, τὸν ἠθικὸν πᾶσαν τὴν ἠθικὴν φιλοσοφίαν, τὸν τεχνικὸν καὶ ἐπιστήμονα τὰ θεωρήματα τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιστημῶν.
221οὕτως εὔπλοιαν μὲν ναύτης καὶ κυβερνήτης, εὐφορίαν δὲ καρπῶν γεωπόνος, εὐτοκίαν δὲ ζῴων ἀγελάρχης, ὑγείαν δὲ καμνόντων ἰατρός, ὁ δ’ αὖ στρατείας ἡγεμὼν τοῦ πολέμου κράτος καὶ ὁ πολιτικὸς ἢ βασιλικὸς τὴν νόμιμον προστασίαν καὶ ἡγεμονίαν ἀναθήσει, καὶ συνελόντα φράσαι πάντων ὅσα ἢ ψυχῆς ἢ σώματος ἢ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀγαθά ἐστιν ὁ μὴ φίλαυτος αἴτιον ἀποφανεῖ τὸν ἀψευδῶς μόνον αἴτιον θεόν.
222μηδεὶς οὖν τῶν ἀφανεστέρων καὶ ταπεινοτέρων εἶναι δοκούντων ἐλπίδος ἀπογνώσει τῆς ἀμείνονος ἀποκνησάτω ἱκέτης εὐχάριστος γενέσθαι θεοῦ, ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ μηδὲν ἔτι προσδοκᾷ τῶν μειζόνων, ὑπὲρ τούτων ὧν ἔλαχεν ἤδη κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν εὐχαριστείτω.
223μυρίων δ’ ἔλαχε, γενέσεως, ζωῆς, τροφῆς, ψυχῆς, αἰσθήσεως, φαντασίας, ὁρμῆς, λογισμοῦ. λογισμὸς δὲ βραχὺ μὲν ὄνομα, τελειότατον δὲ καὶ θειότατον ἔργον, τῆς τοῦ παντὸς ψυχῆς ἀπόσπασμα ἤ, ὅπερ ὁσιώτερον εἰπεῖν τοῖς κατὰ Μωυσῆν φιλοσοφοῦσιν, εἰκόνος θείας ἐκμαγεῖον ἐμφερές.
224ἐπαινεῖν ἄξιον καὶ τῶν κατασκόπων τοὺς ἐπιχειρήσαντας μὲν αὐτόπρεμνον τὸ ἀρετῆς ὅλον ἀνασπάσαι καὶ βαστάσαι στέλεχος, ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν, κληματίδα γοῦν καὶ ἕνα βότρυν λαβόντας, δεῖγμα καὶ μέρος τῆς συμπάσης, ὃ φέρειν αὐτὸ μόνον ἴσχυον (Num. 13,24).
225εὐκτὸν μὲν ἀθρόῳ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐγχορεύειν· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, ἀγαπῶμεν, εἴ τῳ ἐξεγένετο μιᾷ τινι τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἐντυχεῖν, σωφροσύνῃ ἢ ἀνδρείᾳ ἢ δικαιοσύνῃ ἢ φιλανθρωπίᾳ. φερέτω γὰρ ἕν τι ἀγαθὸν ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τικτέτω, μὴ πάντων ἄφορος καὶ στεῖρα γινέσθω.
Sections 226–250
226σὺ δὲ τοιαῦτα ἐπιτάγματα ἐπιτάξεις υἱεῖ τῷ σεαυτοῦ; εἰ μὴ τοῖς οἰκέταις ἡμέρως χρῇ, μηδὲ τοῖς ὁμοτίμοις κοινωνικῶς· εἰ μὴ κοσμίως γυναικί, μηδὲ γονεῦσι τιμητικῶς· εἰ μητρὸς ὀλιγωρεῖς καὶ πατρός, ἀσέβει καὶ εἰς τὸ θεῖον. εἰ χαίρεις ἡδονῇ, μηδὲ φιλαργυρίας ἀποστῇς. ἐφίεσαι πολυχρηματίας; καὶ κενοδόξει. τί γάρ;
227οὐ μετριάζειν ἐν ἐνίοις ἀξιοῖς, εἰ μὴ ἐν πᾶσι δύνασαι; οὐκ ἂν οὖν εἴποι ὁ υἱός· τί λέγεις, ὦ πάτερ; ἢ τέλειον ἀγαθὸν ἢ τέλειον κακὸν βούλει σοι τὸν υἱὸν γενέσθαι καὶ οὐκ ἀγαπήσεις, εἰ πρὸ τῶν ἄκρων τὰ μέσα ἕλοιτο;
228οὐ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ἐπὶ τῆς Σοδομιτῶν ἀπωλείας ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ πεντηκοντάδος εἰς δεκάδα τελευτᾷ (Gen. 18,24. 32), ποτνιώμενος καὶ ἱκετεύων, ἵν’, εἰ μὴ εὑρίσκοιτο ἐν γενέσει ἡ παντελὴς εἰς ἐλευθερίαν ἄφεσις (Lev. 25, 10), ἧς σύμβολον ὁ πεντηκοστὸς λόγος ἱερός, ἡ μέση παιδεία παραληφθῇ δεκάδι παραριθμουμένη πρὸς τὴν τῆς καταδικάζεσθαι ψυχῆς μελλούσης ἀπόλυσιν;
229τῶν ἀναγώγων οἱ πεπαιδευμένοι καὶ τῶν ἀλύρων καὶ ἀμούσων οἱ ἐγκεχορευκότες τῇ ἐγκυκλίῳ μουσικῇ πλείους ἀφορμὰς ἔχουσι πρὸς τὸ αὔξεσθαι, σχεδὸν ἐκ παίδων τοῖς περὶ καρτερίας καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ ἀρετῆς πάσης λόγοις ἐπαντληθέντες. διὸ εἰ καὶ μὴ παντελῶς ἐξερρύψαντο καὶ ἀπελούσαντο τὸ ἀδικεῖν φαιδρυνόμενοι δέ, ἀλλὰ μετρίως γοῦν καὶ μέσως ἐρρύψαντο.
230τὸ παραπλήσιον ὁ Ἠσαῦ λέγειν ἔοικε τῷ πατρί· „μὴ εὐλογία σοι μία ἐστί, πάτερ; εὐλόγησον κἀμέ, πάτερ“ (Gen. 27, 38). ἄλλαι γὰρ ἄλλοις ἀποκεκρίσθωσαν, τελείοις μὲν τέλειαι, μέσαι δὲ ἀτελέσιν, ὡς ἔχει καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν σωμάτων· ὑγιαινόντων γὰρ καὶ νοσούντων ἕτερα μὲν γυμνάσματα, ἕτεραι δὲ τροφαί, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα περὶ δίαιταν, οὐ τὰ αὐτά, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν τὰ πρόσφορα, ἵνα μηδ’ ὅλως νοσήσωσι, τοῖς δὲ τὰ οἰκεῖα, ὅπως πρὸς τὸ ὑγιεινότερον μεταβάλωσι.
231πολλῶν οὖν ἀγαθῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἐν τῇ φύσει τὸ δοκοῦν ἐφαρμόττειν μοι τοῦτο χάρισαι, κἂν μικρότατον ᾖ, στοχασάμενος ἐκείνου μόνου, εἰ δυνήσομαι τὸ δοθὲν φέρειν εὐμαρῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ μὴ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀπειπὼν ὁ δυστυχὴς ὀκλάσω.
232τί δ’ οἰόμεθα ἐμφαίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ· „μὴ χεὶρ κυρίου οὐκ ἐξαρκέσει“ (Num. 11,23) ; ἆρ’ οὐχὶ τὸ πάντῃ τὰς τοῦ ὄντος φθάνειν δυνάμεις ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ μὴ μόνον τῶν ἐνδόξων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀφανεστέρων εἶναι δοκούντων; οἷς τὰ ἁρμόττοντα χαρίζεται πρὸς τὰ τῆς ἑκάστου ψυχῆς σταθμήματα καὶ μέτρα σταθμώμενος καὶ διαμετρῶν ἰσότητι παρ’ ἑαυτῷ τὸ ἀνάλογον ἑκάστοις.
233καταπλήττει με οὐχ ἥκιστα καὶ ὁ τεθεὶς νόμος ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐκδυομένοις τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ μεταγινώσκειν δοκοῦσι. κελεύει γὰρ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἱερεῖον προσάγειν θῆλυ πρόβατον ἄμωμον. „ἐὰν δὲ“ φησί „μὴ ἰσχύῃ ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ τὸ ἱκανὸν εἰς πρόβατον, οἴσει περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἧς ἥμαρτε δύο τρυγόνας ἢ δύο νεοσσοὺς περιστερῶν, ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ ἕνα εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα.
234ἐὰν δὲ μὴ εὑρίσκῃ ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ζεῦγος τρυγόνων ἢ δύο νεοσσοὺς περιστερῶν, οἴσει τὸ δῶρον τὸ δέκατον οἶφι σεμίδαλιν. οὐκ ἐπιχεεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτὸ ἔλαιον οὐδ’ ἐπιθήσει ἐπ’ αὐτὸ λίβανον, ὅτι περὶ ἁμαρτίας ἐστί. καὶ οἴσει αὐτὸ πρὸς τὸν ἱερέα, καὶ δραξάμενος ὁ ἱερεὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ πλήρη τὴν δράκα τὸ μνημόσυνον ἐπιθήσει ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον“ (Lev. 5,7. 11. 12).
235οὐκοῦν τρισὶ μετανοίας τρόποις ἱλάσκεται τοῖς εἰρημένοις, κτήνεσιν ἢ πτηνοῖς ἢ λευκοπύροις, πρὸς τὴν τοῦ καθαιρομένου καὶ μετανοοῦντος δήπου δύναμιν· οὔτε γὰρ μικρὰ μεγάλων οὔτε μεγάλα μικρῶν δεῖται καθαρσίων, τῶν δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἀνάλογον ἴσων καὶ ὁμοίων. τί δήποτ’ οὖν διὰ τριῶν ἡ κάθαρσις, ἄξιον ἐρευνῆσαι.
236σχεδὸν τοίνυν καὶ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ τὰ κατορθώματα συμβέβηκεν ἐν τρισὶν ἐξετάζεσθαι, διανοίᾳ, λόγοις, πράξεσιν. οὗ χάριν κἀν τοῖς προτρεπτικοῖς Μωυσῆς διδάσκων, ὅτι ἡ ἀγαθοῦ κτῆσις οὔτ’ ἀδύνατός ἐστιν οὔτε δυσθήρατος, φησίν·
237οὐκ εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναπτῆναι δεῖ οὐδ’ ἄχρι περάτων γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν σύλληψιν αὐτοῦ· ἀλλ’ ἐστὶν ἐγγύς, καὶ σφόδρα ἐγγύς. εἶτα μόνον οὐκ ὀφθαλμοφανῶς δείκνυσι· „πᾶν ἔργον“ φησί „τῷ στόματί σου καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ ταῖς χερσί“ (Deut. 30, 12—14), συμβολικῶς ἐν λόγοις, ἐν βουλαῖς, ἐν ἔργοις· ἐκ γὰρ εὐβουλίας καὶ εὐλογίας καὶ εὐπραξίας τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην εὐδαιμονίαν συνίστασθαι, ὥσπερ καὶ τὴν κακοδαιμονίαν ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων.
238ἐν γὰρ τοῖς αὐτοῖς τό τε κατορθοῦν καὶ ἁμαρτάνειν χωρίοις ἐστί, καρδίᾳ, στόματι, χειρί· καὶ γὰρ βουλεύονταί τινες εὐγνωμονέστατα καὶ λέγουσιν ἄριστα καὶ πράττουσι τὰ πρακτέα. τριῶν δὲ ὄντων κουφότατόν ἐστι τὸ βουλεύεσθαι ἃ μὴ χρή, βαρύτατον δὲ τὸ χειρουργεῖν τὰ ἄδικα, μέσον δὲ τὸ λέγειν ἃ μὴ δεῖ.
239συμβαίνει δὲ τὸ κουφότατον δυσαποτριπτότατον εἶναι· χαλεπὸν γὰρ ψυχῆς τροπὴν εἰς ἠρεμίαν ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ θᾶττον ἄν τις χειμάρρου φορὰν ἐπίσχοι ἢ ψυχῆς τροπὴν ῥέουσαν ἀκατασχέτως· ἀμύθητα γὰρ ἐνθύμια ἄλλα ἐπ’ ἄλλοις τρικυμίας τρόπον ἐπιτρέχει, φοροῦντα καὶ κυκῶντα καὶ πᾶσαν αὐτὴν βιαίως ἀνατρέποντα.
240τὸ μὲν οὖν ἄριστον τῆς καθάρσεως καὶ τελεώτατον τοῦτ’ ἐστί, μηδ’ ἐνθυμεῖσθαι τι τῶν ἀτόπων, ἀλλ’ εἰρήνῃ καὶ εὐνομίᾳ, ὧν ἡγεμών ἐστι δικαιοσύνη, πολιτεύσασθαι· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον, λόγοις μὴ διαμαρτάνειν ψευδόμενον ἢ ψευδορκοῦντα ἢ ἀπατῶντα ἢ σοφιζόμενον ἢ συκοφαντοῦντα ἢ συνόλως στόμα καὶ γλῶτταν ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ τινῶν ἀνιέντα, οἷς χαλινὸν ἦν ἄμεινον περιθεῖναι καὶ δεσμὸν
241ἄρρηκτον. διὰ τί δὲ τὸ λέγειν τοῦ νοεῖν τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα βαρύτερον ἁμάρτημα, ῥᾷον ἰδεῖν. ἐνθυμεῖται μέν τις οὐ παρ’ ἑαυτὸν ἔστιν ὅτε, ἀλλ’ ἀβουλῶν· ὧν γὰρ οὐ θέλει λαμβάνειν ἐννοίας ἀναγκάζεται, τῶν δ’ ἀκουσίων οὐδὲν ὑπαίτιον.
242λέγει δέ τις ἑκών, ὥστε, εἰ μὴ εὔφημον προΐεται φωνήν, ἀδικεῖ κακοδαιμονῶν, ὁ μηδ’ ἐκ τύχης ἐθέλων τι τῶν ἐπιεικεστέρων φθέγξασθαι· ᾧ λυσιτελὲς τὴν ἀσφαλεστάτην ἡσυχίαν δεξιοῦσθαι· κἄπειτα μὴ ἡσυχάζων τις δύναται δήπου βουληθεὶς σιωπᾶν.
243τὸ δὲ καὶ τοῦ λέγειν βαρύτερον ἁμάρτημα ἡ ἄδικος πρᾶξίς ἐστι· „λόγος γὰρ ἔργου“ φασί „σκιά,“ σκιᾶς δὲ βλαπτούσης πῶς οὐ τὸ ἔργον βλαβερώτερον; διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Μωυσῆς τὴν μὲν γνώμην ἐγκλημάτων καὶ ἐπιτιμίων ἀπήλλαξεν, ἀκουσίοις τὰ πολλὰ μεταβολαῖς χρωμένην καὶ τροπαῖς καὶ πάσχουσαν μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπεισφοιτώντων νοημάτων ἔξωθεν ἢ δρῶσαν· τὰ δ’ ὅσα ἂν ἐξέλθῃ διὰ τοῦ στόματος, ταῦτ’ εἰς ἀπόλογον καὶ εὐθύνας ἄγει, ὡς ἂν δὴ τοῦ λέγειν ἐφ’ ἡμῖν ὑπάρχοντος.
244ἀλλ’ αἱ μὲν λόγων εὔθυναι μετριώτεραι, αἱ δ’ ὑπαιτίων ἔργων ἀργαλεώτεραι. μεγάλας γὰρ τάττει τιμωρίας ἐπὶ τοῖς μεγάλα ἀδικοῦσι καὶ ἔργῳ ἐπεξιοῦσιν ἃ γνώμῃ μὲν ἀγνώμονι ἐβουλεύσαντο, προπετείᾳ δὲ γλώττης ἐξελάλησαν.
245τὰ δὲ καθάρσια τῶν τριῶν, διανοίας, λόγου, πράξεως, εἴρηκεν [οὖν] πρόβατον καὶ ζεῦγος τρυγόνων ἢ περιστερῶν καὶ σεμιδάλεως ἱεροῦ μέτρου δέκατον, ἀξιῶν προβάτῳ μὲν διάνοιαν καθαίρεσθαι, λόγον δὲ τοῖς πτηνοῖς, σεμιδάλει δὲ πρᾶξιν. διὰ τί;
246ὅτι, καθάπερ ἐν ἡμῖν ἄριστον ὁ νοῦς, καὶ ἐν ζῴων ἀλόγων γένει τὸ πρόβατον ἅτε ἡμερώτατον ὑπάρχον καὶ καρπὸν ἐτήσιον ἀνατέλλον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς ὠφέλειαν ὁμοῦ καὶ κόσμον ἀνθρώπων· ἐσθὴς γὰρ τὰς ἀπὸ κρυμοῦ καὶ θάλπους ἀνείργει βλάβας καὶ τὰ ἀπόρρητα τῆς φύσεως ἐπισκιάζουσα πρὸς εὐκοσμίας τοῖς χρωμένοις ἐστί.
247σύμβολον οὖν ἔστω τῆς τοῦ ἀρίστου καθάρσεως, διανοίας, τὸ ζῴων ἄριστον, τὸ πρόβατον, λόγου δὲ τὰ πτηνά· κοῦφόν τε γὰρ ὁ λόγος καὶ πτηνὸν φύσει, βέλους θᾶττον φερόμενος καὶ πάντῃ διᾴττων. τὸ γὰρ ἅπαξ λεχθὲν ἀναδραμεῖν μὲν οὐκ ἔστιν, ἔξω δὲ φερόμενον, τάχει πολλῷ τρέχον, πλήττει τὰ ὦτα καὶ διὰ πάσης ἀκοῆς ἐρχόμενον εὐθὺς ἠχεῖ.
248δίδυμος δὲ ὁ λόγος, ὁ μὲν ἀληθής, ὁ δὲ ψευδής· οὗ μοι δοκεῖ χάριν ζεύγει τρυγόνων ἢ περιστερῶν ἐξομοιωθῆναι. τῶν δὲ πτηνῶν τὸ μὲν περὶ ἁμαρτίας φησὶ δεῖν εἶναι, τὸ δὲ ὁλοκαύτωμα θύειν, ἐπειδὴ τὸν μὲν ἀληθῆ λόγον ὅλον δι’ ὅλου συμβέβηκεν εἶναι ἱερόν τε καὶ τέλειον, τὸν δὲ ψευδῆ διημαρτῆσθαί τε καὶ ἐπανορθώσεως δεῖσθαι.
249πράξεως δέ, ὡς ἔφην, σύμβολον ἡ σεμίδαλις· καὶ γὰρ ταύτην συμβέβηκεν οὐκ ἄνευ τέχνης καὶ ἐπινοίας καθαίρεσθαι, ἀλλὰ χερσὶ σιτοπόνων, ἐπιτήδευμα τὸ πρᾶγμα πεποιηκότων, διακρίνεται. διὸ καί φησι· „δραξάμενος ὁ ἱερεὺς πλήρη τὴν δράκα τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς ἀνοίσει“ (Lev. 5, 12), διὰ τῆς δρακὸς τὸ ἐγχείρημα καὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν ἐμφαίνων.
250ἄγαν δ’ ἐξητασμένως ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ κτήνους εἶπεν· „ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἰσχύῃ ἡ χεὶρ τὸ ἱκανὸν εἰς πρόβατον“ (ibid. 5,7), ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν πτηνῶν· „ἐὰν δὲ μὴ εὑρίσκῃ“ (ibid. 5,11). διὰ τί; ὅτι μεγάλης μὲν ἰσχύος καὶ ὑπερβαλλούσης δυνάμεώς ἐστι καταλῦσαι τὰς τῆς διανοίας τροπάς, οὐ μεγάλης δὲ ῥώμης τὰ λόγων ἐπισχεῖν ἁμαρτήματα.
Sections 251–270
251πάντων γὰρ ἀλεξίκακον τῶν διὰ φωνῆς ἁμαρτανομένων, ὡς καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, ἡσυχία, ᾗ παντί τῳ ῥᾴδιον χρῆσθαι· πολλοὶ δὲ διὰ τὸ λάλον καὶ ἀμετροεπὲς οὐχ εὑρίσκουσι πέρας ἐπιθεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ.
252ταύταις καὶ ταῖς παραπλησίαις τομαῖς καὶ διαστολαῖς τῶν πραγμάτων ἐντραφεὶς καὶ ἐνασκηθεὶς ὁ ἀστεῖος ἆρ’ οὐκ εἰκότως εὔχεσθαι ἂν δόξαι τὸν Ἰσμαὴλ ζῆν, εἰ μὴ δύναται κυοφορῆσαί πω τὸν Ἰσαάκ;
253τί οὖν ὁ χρηστὸς θεός; ἓν αἰτησαμένῳ δύο δίδωσι καὶ τὸ ἔλαττον εὐξαμένῳ χαρίζεται τὸ μεῖζον. „εἶπε“ γάρ φησι „τῷ Ἀβραάμ· ναί, ἰδοὺ Σάρρα ἡ γυνή σου τέξεταί σοι υἱόν“ (Gen. 17,19)· εὐθυβόλος γε ἡ συμβολικὴ ἀπόκρισις ἡ ναί. τί γὰρ ἐμπρεπέστερον ἢ τἀγαθὰ ἐπινεύειν θεῷ καὶ ταχέως ὁμολογεῖν;
254ἀλλ’ οἷς ἐπινεύει τὸ θεῖον, ἅπας ἄφρων ἀνανένευκε. τὴν γοῦν Λείαν μισουμένην εἰσάγουσιν οἱ χρησμοί· διὸ καὶ τοιαύτης ἔτυχε προσρήσεως· ἑρμηνευθεῖσα γάρ ἐστιν ἀνανευομένη καὶ κοπιῶσα διὰ τὸ πάντας ἡμᾶς ἀρετὴν ἀποστρέφεσθαι καὶ κοπώδη νομίζειν ἐπιτάγματα οὐχ ἡδέα πολλάκις ἐπιτάττουσαν.
255ἀλλὰ τοσαύτης ἀποδοχῆς ἠξίωται παρὰ τοῦ πανηγεμόνος, ὥστε τὴν μήτραν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ διοιχθεῖσαν (Gen. 29,31) σπορὰν θείας γονῆς παραδέξασθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ πράξεων γένεσιν. μάθε οὖν, ὦ ψυχή, ὅτι καὶ „Σάρρα“, ἡ ἀρετή, „τέξεταί σοι υἱόν“, οὐ μόνον Ἄγαρ, ἡ μέση παιδεία· ἐκείνης μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἔγγονον διδακτόν, ταύτης δὲ πάντως αὐτομαθές ἐστι.
256μὴ θαυμάσῃς δ’, εἰ πάντα φέρων σπουδαῖα ὁ θεὸς ἤνεγκε καὶ τοῦτο τὸ γένος, σπάνιον μὲν ἐπὶ γῆς, πάμπολυ δ’ ἐν οὐρανῷ. μάθοις δ’ ἂν ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων, ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκεν ἄνθρωπος. ἆρά γε οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ διδαχθέντες ὁρῶσι; τί δ’; οἱ μυκτῆρες ὀσφραίνονται μαθήσει; ἅπτονται δ’ αἱ χεῖρες ἢ οἱ πόδες προΐασι κατ’ ἐπιτάγματα ἢ παραινέσεις ὑφηγητῶν;
257αἱ δ’ ὁρμαὶ καὶ φαντασίαι — πρῶται δ’ εἰσὶν αὗται κινήσεις καὶ σχέσεις ψυχῆς — διδασκαλίᾳ συνέστησαν; παρὰ δὲ σοφιστὴν φοιτήσας ὁ νοῦς ἡμῶν νοεῖν καὶ καταλαμβάνειν ἔμαθε; πάντα ταῦτ’ ἀφειμένα διδασκαλίας ἀπαυτοματιζούσῃ φύσει χρῆται πρὸς τὰς οἰκείας ἐνεργείας.
258τί οὖν ἔτι θαυμάζεις, εἰ καὶ ἀρετὴν ἄπονον καὶ ἀταλαίπωρον ὁ θεὸς ὀμβρήσει μηδεμιᾶς δεομένην ἐπιστασίας, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁλόκληρον καὶ παντελῆ; εἰ δὲ καὶ μαρτυρίαν βούλει λαβεῖν, Μωυσέως ἀξιοπιστοτέραν εὑρήσεις; ὅς φησι τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ἀπὸ γῆς εἶναι τὰς τροφάς, μόνῳ δὲ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ τῷ ὁρατικῷ.
259ταῖς μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ γῆς καὶ ἄνθρωποι γεωπόνοι συνεργοῦσι, τὰς δ’ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ νίφει χωρὶς συμπράξεως ἑτέρων ὁ μόνος αὐτουργὸς θεός. καὶ μὴν λέγεται· „ἰδοὺ ὕω ὑμῖν ἄρτους ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ“ (Exod. 16,4). τίνα οὖν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ τροφὴν ἐνδίκως ὕεσθαι λέγει, ὅτι μὴ τὴν οὐράνιον σοφίαν;
260ἣν ἄνωθεν ἐπιπέμπει ταῖς ἵμερον ἀρετῆς ἐχούσαις ψυχαῖς ὁ φρονήσεως εὐθηνίαν καὶ εὐετηρίαν ἔχων καὶ τὰ ὅλα ἄρδων καὶ μάλιστα ἐν ἱερᾷ ἑβδόμῃ, ἣν σάββατον καλεῖ (Exod. 16, 23 ss.). τότε γὰρ τὴν τῶν αὐτομάτων ἀγαθῶν φορὰν ἔσεσθαί φησιν, οὐκ ἐξ ὅλης τέχνης ἀνατελλόντων, ἀλλ’ αὐτογενεῖ καὶ αὐτοτελεῖ φύσει βλαστανόντων καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους φερόντων καρπούς.
261Τέξεται οὖν σοι ἡ ἀρετὴ υἱὸν γενναῖον ἄρρενα (Gen. 17,19), παντὸς ἀπηλλαγμένον θήλεος πάθους, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸ πάθος, ὅπερ ἂν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ πάθῃς, πείσῃ δὲ πάντως χαράν· ὥστε καὶ τὸ σύμβολον αὐτῆς ὄνομα θήσεις, γέλωτα.
262καθάπερ λύπη καὶ φόβος ἰδίας ἀναφθέγξεις ἔχουσιν, ἃς ἂν τὸ βιασάμενον καὶ κρατῆσαν ὀνοματοποιήσῃ πάθος, οὕτως εὐβουλίαι καὶ εὐφροσύναι φυσικαῖς ἐκφωνήσεσιν ἀναγκάζουσι χρῆσθαι, ὧν οὐκ ἂν εὕροι τις κυριωτέρας καὶ εὐθυβολωτέρας κλήσεις, κἂν τυγχάνῃ περὶ τὰς κλήσεις σοφός.
263διό φησιν· „εὐλόγηκα αὐτόν, αὐξήσω αὐτόν, πληθυνῶ, δώδεκα ἔθνη γεννήσει“ (ibid. 20), τὸν κύκλον καὶ τὸν χορὸν ἅπαντα τῶν σοφιστικῶν προπαιδευμάτων. „τὴν δὲ διαθήκην μου στήσω πρὸς Ἰσαάκ“ (ibid. 21), ἵν’ ἑκατέρας ἀρετῆς τὸ ἀνθρώπων μεταποιῆται γένος, διδακτῆς τε καὶ αὐτομαθοῦς, τὸ μὲν ἀσθενέστερον διδασκομένης, ἑτοίμης δὲ τὸ ἐρρωμένον.
264„Εἰς δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον τέξεταί σοι“, φησίν, ἡ σοφία χαράν (ibid.). ποῖον, ὦ θαυμασιώτατε, δεικνύεις καιρόν; ἢ τὸν ὑπὸ γενέσεως ἄδεικτον μόνον; ὁ γὰρ ἀληθὴς αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη καιρός, ἀνατολὴ τῶν ὅλων, ἡ εὐπραξία καὶ εὐκαιρία γῆς, οὐρανοῦ, τῶν μεταξὺ φύσεων, ζῴων ὁμοῦ καὶ φυτῶν ἁπάντων.
265ὅθεν καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐθάρρησεν εἰπεῖν τοῖς ἀποδεδρακόσι καὶ μὴ θέλουσι τὸν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς ἄρασθαι πόλεμον πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους· „ἀφέστηκεν ὁ καιρὸς ἀπ’ αὐτῶν, ὁ δὲ κύριος ἐν ἡμῖν“ (Num. 14,9). μόνον γὰρ οὐκ ἄντικρυς ὁμολογεῖ τὸν θεὸν καιρόν, ὃς παντὸς μὲν ἀσεβοῦς μακρὰν ἀφέστηκεν, ἀρετώσαις δ’ ἐμπεριπατεῖ ψυχαῖς.
266„περιπατήσω“ γάρ φησιν „ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ ἔσομαι ὑμῶν θεός“ (Lev. 26,12). οἱ δὲ τὰς ὥρας τοῦ ἔτους καιροὺς εἶναι λέγοντες οὐ κυρίως καταχρῶνται τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, ἅτε μὴ πάνυ τὰς φύσεις τῶν πραγμάτων ἠκριβωκότες, ἀλλὰ πολλοῦ τοῦ εἰκῇ μετέχοντες.
267Ἐπιτείνων δὲ τὸ κάλλος τοῦ γεννωμένου φησὶν αὐτὸ „ἐν τῷ ἐνιαυτῷ τῷ ἑτέρῳ“ (Gen. 17,21) γεννηθήσεσθαι, ἐνιαυτὸν ἕτερον οὐ τὸ τοῦ χρόνου μηνύων διάστημα, ὃ ταῖς σεληνιακαῖς ἢ ἡλιακαῖς ἀναμετρεῖται περιόδοις, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔκτοπον καὶ ξένον καὶ καινὸν ὄντως, ἕτερον τῶν ὁρωμένων καὶ αἰσθητῶν, ἐν ἀσωμάτοις καὶ νοητοῖς ἐξεταζόμενον, ὅπερ τὸ χρόνου παράδειγμα καὶ ἀρχέτυπον εἴληχεν, αἰῶνα. αἰὼν δὲ ἀναγράφεται τοῦ νοητοῦ βίος κόσμου, ὡς αἰσθητοῦ χρόνος.
268ἐν ᾧ ἐνιαυτῷ καὶ „τὴν ἑκατοστεύουσαν εὑρίσκει κριθὴν“ (Gen. 26,12) ὁ τὰς θεοῦ χάριτας ἐπὶ γενέσει πλειόνων σπείρας ἀγαθῶν, ἵν’ ὡς πλεῖστοι τῶν ἐπαξίων τυχεῖν μεταλάβωσιν.
269ἀλλὰ γὰρ τῷ σπείραντι καὶ θερίζειν ἔθος· ὁ δ’ ἔσπειρε μὲν ἐπιδεικνύμενος τὴν ἐχθρὰν φθόνου καὶ κακίας ἀρετήν, εὑρεῖν δέ, ἀλλ’ οὐ θερίσαι λέγεται· ὁ γὰρ στάχυν ἁδρότερον τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν καὶ πλήρη πεποιηκὼς ἕτερος ἦν, ὃς εὐτρεπισάμενος καὶ ἑτοιμασάμενος ἐλπίδας μείζους καὶ πλείους δωρεὰς προὔθηκε τοῖς ζητοῦσιν εἰς εὕρεσιν.
270Τὸ δὲ „συνετέλεσε λαλῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν“ (Gen. 17,22) ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ τὸν ἀκροατὴν αὐτὸν ἐτελείωσε κενὸν ὄντα σοφίας πρότερον καὶ ἀθανάτων λόγων ἐπλήρωσεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ τέλειος ὁ μαθητὴς ἐγένετο, „ἀνέβη κύριος ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ“ (ibid.) δηλῶν, οὐχ ὅτι διεζεύχθη — φύσει γὰρ θεοῦ ὀπαδὸς ὁ σοφός —, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἑκούσιον τοῦ μαθητοῦ βουλόμενος παραστῆσαι, ἵν’, ὅπερ ἔμαθε, μηκέτι ἐφεστῶτος τοῦ διδάσκοντος χωρὶς ἀνάγκης αὐτὸς ἐπιδεικνύμενος, ἐθελουργῷ καὶ αὐτοκελεύστῳ προθυμίᾳ χρώμενος, ἐνεργῇ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ. δίδωσι γὰρ ὁ διδάσκαλος τῷ μαθόντι τόπον πρὸς τὴν ἄνευ ὑποβολῆς ἑκούσιον μελέτην, ἀλήστου μνήμης ἐγχαράττων βεβαιότατον εἶδος.
On the doctrine that Dreams are sent from God, Books 1-2
Contents — 23 sections
- Book 1, §§1–25
- Book 1, §§26–50
- Book 1, §§51–75
- Book 1, §§76–100
- Book 1, §§101–125
- Book 1, §§126–150
- Book 1, §§151–175
- Book 1, §§176–200
- Book 1, §§201–225
- Book 1, §§226–250
- Book 1, §§251–256; Book 2, §§1–19
- Book 2, §§20–44
- Book 2, §§45–69
- Book 2, §§70–94
- Book 2, §§95–119
- Book 2, §§120–144
- Book 2, §§145–169
- Book 2, §§170–194
- Book 2, §§195–219
- Book 2, §§220–244
- Book 2, §§245–269
- Book 2, §§270–294
- Book 2, §§295–302
Book 1, §§1–25
1:1The treatise before this one has contained our opinions on those visions sent from heaven which are classed under the first species; in reference to which subject we delivered our opinion that the Deity sent the appearances which are beheld by man in dreams in accordance with the suggestions of his own nature. But in this treatise we will, to the best of our power, describe those dreams which come under the second species.
1:2Now the second species is that in which our mind, being moved simultaneously with the mind of the universe, has appeared to be hurried away by itself and to be under the influence of divine impulses, so as to be rendered capable of comprehending beforehand, and knowing by anticipation some of the events of the future. Now the first dream which is akin to the species which I have been describing, is that which appeared on the ladder which reached up to heaven, and which was of this kind.
1:3"And Jacob dreamed, and behold a ladder was firmly planted on the earth, the head of which reached up to heaven; and the angels of God were ascending and descending on it. And behold there was a ladder firmly planted on the earth, and the Lord was standing steadily upon it; and he said, I am the God of Abraham thy father, and the God of Isaac: be not afraid. The earth on which thou art sleeping I will give unto thee and unto thy seed, and thy seed shall be as the dust of the earth, and it shall be multiplied as the sand on the seashore, and shall spread to the south, and to the north, and to the east; and in thee shall all the kindreds of the earth be blessed, and in thy seed also. And, behold, I am with thee, keeping thee in all thy ways, by whichever is goest, and I will bring thee again into this land; because I will not leave thee until I have done everything which I have said unto thee."
1:4But the previous considerations of the circumstances of this vision requires that we should examine them with accuracy, and then perhaps we shall be able to comprehend what is indicated by the vision. What, then, are the previous circumstances? The scripture tells us, "And Jacob went up from the well of the oath, and came to Charran, and went into a place and lay down there until the sun arose. And he took one of the stones of the place and placed it at his head, and went to sleep in that place." And immediately afterwards came the dream.
1:5Therefore it is well at the outset to raise a question on these three points:—One, What was the well of the oath, and why was it called by this name? Secondly, What is Charran, and why, after Jacob had departed from the well beforementioned, did he immediately go to Charran? Thirdly, What was the place, and why, when he was in it, did the sun at once set, and did he go to sleep?
1:6Let us then at once begin and consider the first of these points. To me, then, the well appears to be an emblem of knowledge; for its nature is not superficial, but very deep. Nor does it lie in an open place, but a well is fond of being hidden somewhere in secret. Nor is it found with ease, but only after great labour and with difficulty; and this too is seen to be the case with sciences, not only with such as have great and indescribable subjects of speculation, but even with respect to such as are the most insignificant.
1:7Choose, therefore, whichever art you please; not the most excellent, but even the most obscure of all, which perhaps no one who has been bred a free man in the whole city would ever study of his own accord, and which scarcely any servant in the field would attend to, who, against his will, was a slave to some morose and ill-tempered master who compelled him to do many unpleasant things.
1:8For the matter will be found to be not a simple one, but rather one of great complications and variety, not easy to be seized upon, but difficult to discover, difficult to master, hostile to delay, and indolence and indifference, full of earnestness and contention, and sweat, and care. For which reason "those who dig in this well say that they cannot find even water in it;" because the ends of science are not only hard to discover, but are even altogether undiscoverable;
1:9and it is owing to this that one man is more thoroughly skilled in grammar or in geometry than another, because of its being impossible to circumscribe, increase, and extend one within certain limits; for there is always more that is left behind than what comes to be learnt; and what is left watches for and catches the learner, so that even he who fancies that he has comprehended and mastered the very extremities of knowledge would be considered but half perfect by another person who was his judge, and if he were before the tribunal of truth would appear to be only beginning knowledge;
1:10for life is short, as some one has said, but art is long; of which that man most thoroughly comprehends the magnitude, who sincerely and honestly plunges deeply into it, and who digs it out like a well. And such a man, when he is at the point of death, being now grey-headed and exceedingly old, it is said, wept, not that he feared death as being a coward, but out of a desire for instruction, as feeling that he was now, for the first time, entering upon it when he was finally departing from life.
1:11For the soul flourishes for the pursuit of knowledge when the prime vigour of the body is withering away from the lapse of time; therefore, before one has arrived at one’s prime and vigour by reason of a more accurate comprehension of things, it is not difficult to be tripped up. But this accident is common to all people who are fond of learning, to whom new subjects of contemplation are continually rising up and striving after old ones, the soul itself producing many such subjects when it is not barren and unproductive. And nature, also, unexpectedly and spontaneously displaying a great number to those who are gifted with acute and penetrating intellects. Therefore the well of knowledge is shown to be of this kind, having no boundary and no end.
1:12We must now explain why it was called the well of the oath. Those matters which are doubted about are decided by an oath, and those which are uncertain are confirmed in the same manner, and so, too, those which want certification receive it; from which facts this inference is drawn, that there is no subject respecting which any one can make an affirmation with greater certainty than he can respecting the fact that the race of wisdom is without limitation and without end.
1:13It is well, therefore, to enrol one’s self under the banners of one who discusses these matters without an oath; but he who is not very much inclined to assent to the assertions of another will at least assent to them when he has made oath to their correctness. But let no one refuse to take an oath of this kind, well knowing that he will have his name inscribed on pillars among those who are faithful to their oaths.
1:14However, enough of this. The next thing must be to consider why it is that as four wells had been dug by the servants of Abraham and Isaac, the fourth and last was called the well of the oath.
1:15May it not be that the sacred historian here desires to represent, in a figurative manner, that as in the universe there are four elements of which this world is composed, and as there are an equal number in ourselves, of which we have been fashioned before we were moulded into our human shape, three of them are capable of being comprehended somehow or other, but the fourth is unintelligible to all who come forward as judges of it.
1:16Accordingly, we find that the four elements in the world are the earth, and the water, and the air, and the heaven, of which, even if some are difficult to find, they are still not classed in the utterly undiscoverable portion.
1:17For that the earth, because it is a heavy, and indissoluble, and solid substance, is divided into mountains and champaign districts, and intersected by rivers and seas, so that some portion of it consists of islands, and some portions are continent. And again, some of it has a shallow and some a deep soil; and some is rough, and rugged, and strong, and altogether barren; and some is smooth and delicate, and exceedingly fertile; and besides all these facts we know a great number of others relative to the earth.
1:18And again, there is the water, which we know has many of the aforesaid qualities in common with the earth, and many also peculiar to itself; for some of it is sweet, and some brackish, and some is mixed up of various characteristics; and some is good to drink, and some is not drinkable; and, moreover, neither of these last qualities is invariable with respect to every creature, but there are some to which it is the one and not the other, and vice versa. Again, some water is by nature cold, and other water naturally hot;
1:19for there is in all sorts of places an infinite number of springs pouring forth hot water, not on the land only but even in the sea: at all events, there have appeared before now veins pouring up warm water in the middle of the sea, which all the enormous efflux of salt water in all the sea that encircles the world, pouring over them from all eternity, has never been able to extinguish, nor even in the least degree to diminish.
1:20Again, we know that the air has an attractive nature, yielding to such bodies as surround it in an altitude of resistance, being the organ of life, and breath, and sight, and hearing, and all the rest of the external senses, admitting of rarification, and condensation, and motion, and tranquillity, and changes, and variations of every kind, by which it is altered and modified, and generating summers and winters, and the seasons of autumn and spring, by means of which the circle of the year is at last brought to a conclusion.
1:21All these things, then, we feel: but the heaven has a nature which is incomprehensible, and it has never conveyed to us any distinct indication by which we can understand its nature; for what can we say? that it is solid ice, as some persons have chosen to assert? or that it is the purest fire? or that it is a fifth body, moving in a circle having no participation in any of the four elements? For what can we say? Has that most remote sphere of the fixed stars any density in an upward direction? or is it merely a superficies devoid of all depth, something like a plane figure?
1:22And what are the stars? Are they masses of earth full of fire? For some persons have said that they are hills, and valleys, and thickets, men who are worthy of a prison and a treadmill, or of any place where there are instruments proper for the punishment of impious persons; or are they, as some one has defined them, a continuous and dense harmony, the closely packed, indissoluble mass of aether? Again, are they animated and intelligent? or are they destitute alike of mind and vitality? Have they their motions in consequence of any choice of their own? or merely because they are compulsory?
1:23What, again, are we to say of the moon? Does she show us a light of her own, or a borrowed and illegitimate one, only reflected from the rays of the sun? or is neither of these things true, but has she something mixed, as it were, so as to be a sort of combination of her own light and of that which belongs to some other body? For all these things, and others like them, belonging to the fourth and most excellent of the bodies in the world, namely, the heaven, are uncertain and incomprehensible, and are spoken of in accordance with conjectures and guesses, and not with the solid, certain reasoning of truth,
1:24so that a person might venture to swear that no mortal man will ever be able to comprehend any one of these matters clearly. At all events, the fourth and dry well was called the well of the oath on this account, because the search after the fourth element in the world, that is to say the heaven, is without any result, and is in every respect fruitless. But let us now see in what manner that fourth element in us is by nature in such an especial and singular manner incomprehensible.
1:25There are, then, four principal elements in us, the body, the external sense, the speech, and the mind. Now of these, three are not uncertain or unintelligible in every respect, but they contain some indication in themselves by which they are comprehended.
Book 1, §§26–50
1:26Now what is my meaning in this statement? We know already that the body is divisible into three parts, and that it is capable of motion in six directions, inasmuch as it has three dimensions, in length, in depth, in breadth; and twice as many motions, namely six, the upward motion, the downward motion, that to the right, that to the left, the forward, and the backward motion. But, moreover, we are not ignorant that it is the vessel of the soul; and we are also aware that it is subject to the changes of being young, of decaying, of growing old, of dying, of undergoing dissolution.
1:27And with respect to the outward senses, we are not, so far as that is concerned, utterly dull and mutilated, but we are able to say that that also is divided into five divisions, and that there are appropriate organs for the development of each sense formed by nature; for instance, the eyes for seeing, the ears for hearing, the nostrils for smelling, and the other organs for the exercise of the respective senses to which they are adapted, and also that we may call these outward senses messengers of the mind which inform it of colours, and shapes, and sounds, and the peculiar differences of vapours, and flavours, and, in short, which describe to it all bodies, and all the distinctive qualities which exist in them. They also may be looked upon as body-guards of the soul, informing it of all that they see or hear; and if anything injurious attacks it from without, they foresee it, and guard against it, so that it may not enter by chance and unawares, and so become the cause of irremediable disaster to their mistress.
1:28Again, the voice does not entirely escape our comprehension; but we know that one voice is shrill and another deep; that one is tuneful and harmonious, and another dissonant and very unmusical; and again, one voice is more powerful, and another less so. And they differ also in ten thousand other particulars, in kind, in complexion, in distance, in combined and separate tension of the tones, in the symphonies of fourths, of fifths, and of the diapason.
1:29Moreover, there are some things which we know also with respect to that articulate voice which has been allotted to man alone of all animals, as, for instance, we know that it is emitted by the mind, that it receives its articulate distinctness in the mouth, that it is by the striking of the tongue that articulate utterance is impressed upon the tones of the voice, and which renders the uttered sound not only a bare, naked, useless noise, void of all characteristic, and that it discharges the office of a herald or interpreter towards the mind which suggests it.
1:30Now then is the fourth element which exists within us, the dominant mind, comprehensible to us in the same manner as these other divisions? Certainly not; for what do we think it to be in its essence? Do we look upon it as spirit, or as blood, or, in short, as any bodily substance! But it is not a substance, but must be pronounced incorporeal. Is it then a limit, or a species, or a number, or a continued act, or a harmony, or any existing thing whatever?
1:31Is it, the very first moment that we are born, infused into us from without, or is it some warm nature in us which is cooled by the air which is diffused around us, like a piece of iron which has been heated at a forge, and then being plunged into cold water, is by that process tempered and hardened? (And perhaps it is from the cooling process (ψύξις) to which it is thus submitted that the soul (ἡ ψυχή) derives its name.) What more shall we say? When we die, is it extinguished and destroyed together with our bodies? or does it continue to live a long time? or, thirdly, is it wholly incorruptible and immortal?
1:32Again, where, in what part does this mind lie hid? Has it received any settled habitation? For some men have dedicated to it our head, as the principal citadel, around which all the outward senses have their lairs; thinking it natural that its body-guards should be stationed near it, as near the palace of a mighty king. Some again contend earnestly in favour of the position which they assign it, believing that it is enshrined like a statue in the heart.
1:33Therefore now the fourth element is incomprehensible, in the world the heaven, in comparison of the nature of the earth, of the water, and of the air; and the mind in man, in comparison of the body and the outward sense, and the speech, which is the interpreter of the mind; may it not be the case also, that for this reason the fourth year is described as holy and praiseworthy in the sacred scriptures?
1:34For among created things, the heaven is holy in the world, in accordance with which body, the imperishable and indestructible natures revolve; and in man the mind is holy, being a sort of fragment of the Deity, and especially according to the statement of Moses, who says, "God breathed into his face the breath of life, and man became a living soul."
1:35And it appears to me, that it is not without reason that both these things are called praiseworthy; for these two things, the heaven and the mind, are the things which are able to utter, with all becoming dignity, the praises, and hymns, and glory, and beatitude of the Father who created them: for man has received an especial honour beyond all other animals, namely, that of ministering to the living God. And the heaven is always singing melodies, perfecting an all-musical harmony, in accordance with the motions of all the bodies which exist therein;
1:36of which, if the sound ever reached our ears, love, which could not be restrained, and frantic desires, and furious impetuosity, which could not be put an end to or pacified, would be engendered, and would compel us to give up even what is necessary, nourishing ourselves no longer like ordinary mortals on the meat and drink, which is received by means of our throat, but on the inspired songs of music in its highest perfection, as persons about to be made immortal through the medium of their ears: and it is said that Moses was an incorporeal hearer of these melodies, when he went for forty days, and an equal number of nights, without at all touching any bread or any water.
1:37Therefore the heaven, which is the archetypal organ of music, appears to have been arranged in a most perfect manner, for no other object except that the hymns sung to the honour of the Father of the universe, might be attuned in a musical manner; and we hear that virtue, that is to say, Leah, after the birth of her fourth son, was no longer able to bring forth any more, but restrained, or perhaps I should say, was restrained, as to her generative powers; for she found, I conceive, all her generative power dry and barren, after she had brought forth Judah, that is to say, "confession," the perfect fruit:
1:38and the phrase, "Leah desisted from bearing children," differs in no respect from the statement, that the children of Isaac found no water in the fourth well." Since it appears from both these figurative expressions, that every creature thirsts for God, by whom all their births take place, and from whom nourishment is bestowed to them when they are born.
1:39Perhaps therefore some petty cavilling critics will imagine that all this statement about the digging of the wells is a superfluous piece of prolixity on the part of the lawgiver: but those who deserve a larger classification, being citizens not of some petty state but of the wide world, being men of more perfect wisdom, will know well that the real question is not about the four wells, but about the parts of the universe that the men who are gifted with sight, and are fond of contemplation exercise their powers of investigation; namely, about the earth, the water, the air, and the heaven.
1:40And examining each of these matters with the most accurately refined conception, in three of them they have found some things within the reach of their comprehension; on which account they have given these names, injustice, enmity, and latitude to what they have discovered. But in the fourth, that is to say in heaven, they have found absolutely nothing whatever, which they could comprehend; as we explained a little time ago: for the fourth is found to be a well destitute of water, and dry; and for the reason above mentioned it is called a well.
1:41We will now investigate what comes next, and inquire what Charran is, and why the man who went up from the well came to it. Charran then, as it appears to me, is a sort of metropolis of the outward senses: and it is interpreted at one time a pit dug, at another time holes; one fact being intimated by both these names;
1:42for our bodies are in a manner dug out to furnish the organs of the outward senses, and each of the organs is a sort of hole for the corresponding outward sense in which it shelters itself as in a cave: when therefore any one goes up from the well which is called the well of the oath, as if he were leaving a harbour, he immediately does of necessity come to Charran: for it is a matter of necessity that the outward senses should receive one who comes on an emigration from that most excellent country of knowledge, unbounded as it is in extent, without any guide.
1:43For our soul is very often set in motion by its own self after it has put off the whole burden of the body, and has escaped from the multitude of the outward senses; and very often too, even while it is still clothed in them. Therefore by its own simple motion it has arrived at the comprehension of those things which are appreciable only by the intellect; and by the motion of the body, it has attained to an understanding of those things which are perceptible by the outward senses;
1:44therefore, if any one is unable altogether to associate with the mind alone, he then finds for himself a second refuge, namely, the external senses; and whoever fails in attaining to a comprehension of the things which are intelligible only by the intellect is immediately drawn over to the objects of the outward senses; for the second organ is always to the outward senses, in the case of those things which are not able to make a successful one as far as the dominant mind.
1:45But it is well for man not to grow old or to spend all his time in this course either, but rather, as if they were straying in a foreign country like sojourners, to be always seeking for second migration, and for a return to their native land. Therefore Laban, knowing absolutely nothing of either species or genus, or form, or conception, or of anything else whatever which is comprehended by the intellect alone, and depending solely on what lies externally visible, and such things as come under the notice of the eyes, and the ears, and the other hundred faculties, is thought worthy of Charran for his country, which Jacob, the lover of virtue, inhabits as a foreign land for a short time, always bearing in his recollection his return homewards;
1:46therefore his mother, perseverance, that is Rebecca, says to him, "Rise up and flee to Laban, my brother, to Charran, and dwell with him certain days." Do you not perceive then that the practiser of virtue will not endure to live permanently in the country of the outward senses, but only to remain there a few days and a short time, on account of the necessities of the body to which he is bound? But a longer time and an entire life is allotted to him in the city which is appreciable only by the intellect.
1:47In reference to which fact, also, it appears to me to be that his grandfather also, by name Abraham, so called from his knowledge, would not endure to remain any great length of time in Charran, for it is said in the scriptures that "Abraham was seventy-five years old when he departed from Charran;" although his father Terah, which name being interpreted means, "the investigation of a smell," lived there till the day of his death.
1:48Therefore it is expressly stated in the sacred scriptures that "Terah died in Charran," for he was only a reconnoitrer of virtue, not a citizen. And he availed himself of smells, and not of the enjoyments of food, as he was not able as yet to fill himself with wisdom, nor indeed even to get a taste of it, but only to smell it;
1:49for as it is said that those dogs which are calculated for hunting can by exerting their faculty of smell, find out the lurking places of their game at a great distance, being by nature rendered wonderfully acute as to the outward sense of smell; so in the same manner the lover of instruction tracks out the sweet breeze which is given forth by justice, and by any other virtue, and is eager to watch those qualities from which this most admirable source of delight proceeds, and while he is unable to do so he moves his head all round in a circle, smelling out nothing else, but seeking only for that most sacred scent of excellence and food, for he does not deny that he is eager for knowledge and wisdom.
1:50Blessed therefore are they to whom it has happened to enjoy the delights of wisdom, and to feast upon its speculations and doctrines, and even of the being cheered by them still to thirst for more, feeling an insatiable and increasing desire for knowledge.
Book 1, §§51–75
1:51And those will obtain the second place who are not allured indeed to enjoy the sacred table, but who nevertheless refresh their souls with its odours; for they will be excited by the fragrances of virtue like those languid invalids who, because they are not as yet able to take solid food, nevertheless feed on the smell of such viands as the sons of the physicians prepare as a sort of remedy for their impotency.
1:52Therefore, having left the land of the Chaldaeans, Terah is said to have migrated to Charran; bringing with him his son Abraham and the rest of his household who agreed with him in opinion, not in order that we might read in the account of the historical chronicles that some men had become emigrants, leaving their native country and becoming inhabitants of a foreign land as if it were their own country, but in order that a lesson of the greatest importance to life and full of wisdom, and adapted to man alone, might not be neglected.
1:53And what is the lesson? The Chaldaeans are great astronomers, and the inhabitants of Charran occupy themselves with the topics relating to the external senses. Therefore the sacred account says to the investigator of the things of nature, why are you inquiring about the sun, and asking whether he is a foot broad, whether he is greater than the whole earth put together, or whether he is even many times as large? And why are you investigating the causes of the light of the moon, and whether it has a borrowed light, or one which proceeds solely from itself? Why, again, do you seek to understand the nature of the rest of the stars, of their motion, of their sympathy with one another, and even with earthly things?
1:54And why, while walking upon the earth do you soar above the clouds? And why, while rooted in the solid land, do you affirm that you can reach the things in the sky? And why do you endeavour to form conjectures about matters which cannot be ascertained by conjecture? And why do you busy yourself about sublime subjects which you ought not to meddle with? And why do you extend your desire to make discoveries in mathematical science as far as the heaven? And why do you devote yourself to astronomy, and talk about nothing but high subjects? My good man, do not trouble your head about things beyond the ocean, but attend only to what is near you; and be content rather to examine yourself without flattery.
1:55How, then, will you find out what you want, even if you are successful? Go with full exercise of your intellect to Charran, that is, to the trench which is dug, into the holes and caverns of the body, and investigate the eyes, the ears, the nostrils, and the other organs of the external senses; and if you wish to be a philosopher, study philosophically that branch which is the most indispensable and at the same time the most becoming to a man, and inquire what the faculty of sight is, what hearing is, what taste, what smell, what touch is, in a word, what is external sense; then seek to understand what it is to see, and how you see; what it is to hear, and how you hear; what it is to smell, or to taste, or to touch, and how each of these operations is ordinarily effected.
1:56But is it not the very extravagance of insane folly to seek to comprehend the dwelling of the universe, before your own private dwelling is accurately known to you? But I do not as yet lay the more important and extensive injunction upon you to make yourself acquainted with your own soul and mind, of the knowledge of which you are so proud; for in reality you will never be able to comprehend it.
1:57Mount up then to heaven, and talk arrogantly about the things which exist there, before you are as yet able to comprehend, according to the words of the poet, "All the good and all the evil Which thy own abode contains;" and, bringing down that messenger of yours from heaven, and dragging him down from his search into matters existing there, become acquainted with yourself, and carefully and diligently labour to arrive at such happiness as is permitted to man.
1:58Now this disposition the Hebrews called Terah, and the Greeks Socrates; for they say also that the latter grew old in the most accurate study by which he could hope to know himself, never once directing his philosophical speculations to the subjects beyond himself. But he was really a man; but Terah is the principle itself which is proposed to every one, according to which each man should know himself, like a tree full of good branches, in order that these persons who are fond of virtue might without difficulty gather the fruit of pure morality, and thus become filled with the most delightful and saving food.
1:59Such, then, are those men who reconnoitre the quarters of wisdom for us; but those who are actually her athletes, and who practise her exercises, are more perfect. For these men think fit to learn with complete accuracy the whole question connected with the external senses, and after having done so, then to proceed to another and more important speculation, leaving all consideration of the holes of the body which they call Charran.
1:60Of the number of these men is Abraham, who attained to great progress and improvement in the comprehension of complete knowledge; for when he knew most, then he most completely renounced himself in order to attain to the accurate knowledge of him who was the truly living God. And, indeed, this is a very natural course of events; for he who completely understands himself does also very much, because of his thorough appreciation of it, renounce the universal nothingness of the creature; and he who renounces himself learns to comprehend the living God.
1:61We have now, then, explained what Charran is, and why he who left the well of the oath came thither. We must now consider the third point which comes next in order, namely, what the place is to which this man came; for it is said, "He met him in the place."
1:62Now place is considered in three ways: firstly, as a situation filled by a body; secondly, as the divine word which God himself has filled wholly and entirely with incorporeal powers; for says the scripture, "I have seen the place in which the God of Israel stood," in which alone he permitted his prophet to perform sacrifice to him, forbidding him to do so in other places. For he is ordered to go up into the place which the Lord God shall choose, and there to sacrifice burnt offerings and sacrifices for salvation, and to bring other victims also without spot.
1:63According to the third signification, God himself is called a place, from the fact of his surrounding the universe, and being surrounded himself by nothing whatever, and from the fact of his being the refuge of all persons, and since he himself is his own district, containing himself and resembling himself alone.
1:64I, indeed, am not a place, but I am in a place, and every existing being is so in a similar manner. So that which is surrounded differs from that which surrounds it; but the Deity, being surrounded by nothing, is necessarily itself its own place. And there is an evidence in support of my view of the matter in the following sacred oracle delivered with respect to Abraham: "He came unto the place of which the Lord God had told him: and having looked up with his eyes, he saw the place afar off."
1:65Tell me, now, did he who had come to the place see it afar off? Or perhaps it is but an identical expression for two different things, one of which is the divine world, and the other, God, who existed before the world.
1:66But he who was conducted by wisdom comes to the former place, having found that the main part and end of propitiation is the divine word, in which he who is fixed does not as yet attain to such a height as to penetrate to the essence of God, but sees him afar off; or, rather, I should say, he is not able even to behold him afar off, but he only discerns this fact, that God is at a distance from every creature, and that any comprehension of him is removed to a great distance from all human intellect.
1:67Perhaps, however, the historian, by this allegorical form of expression, does not here mean by his expression, "place," the Cause of all things; but the idea which he intends to convey may be something of this sort; —he came to the place, and looking up with his eyes he saw the very place to which he had come, which was a very long way from the God who may not be named nor spoken of, and who is in every way incomprehensible.
1:68These things, then, being defined as a necessary preliminary, when the practiser of virtue comes to Charran, the outward sense, he does not "meet" the place, nor that place either which is filled by a mortal body; for all those who are born of the dust, and who occupy any place whatever, and who do of necessity fill some position, partake of that; nor the third and most excellent kind of place, of which it was scarcely possible for that man to form an idea who made his abode at the well which was entitled the "well of the oath," where the self-taught race, Isaac, abides, who never abandons his faith in God and his invisible comprehension of him, but who keeps to the intermediate divine word, which affords him the best suggestions, and teaches him everything which is suitable to the times.
1:69For God, not condescending to come down to the external senses, sends his own words or angels for the sake of giving assistance to those who love virtue. But they attend like physicians to the diseases of the soul, and apply themselves to heal them, offering sacred recommendations like sacred laws, and inviting men to practise the duties inculcated by them, and, like the trainers of wrestlers, implanting in their pupils strength, and power, and irresistible vigour.
1:70Very properly, therefore, when he has arrived at the external sense, he is represented no longer as meeting God, but only the divine word, just as his grandfather Abraham, the model of wisdom, did; for the scripture tells us, "The Lord departed when he had finished conversing with Abraham, and Abraham returned to his place." From which expression it is inferred, that he also met with the sacred words from which God, the father of the universe, had previously departed, no longer displaying visions from himself but only those which proceed from his subordinate powers.
1:71And it is with exceeding beauty and propriety that it is said, not that he came to the place, but that he met the place: for to come is voluntary, but to meet is very often involuntary; so that the divine Word appearing on a sudden, supplies an unexpected joy, greater than could have been hoped, inasmuch as it is about to travel in company with the solitary soul; for Moses also "brings forward the people to a meeting with God," well knowing that he comes invisibly towards those souls who have a longing to meet with him.
1:72And he subsequently alleges a reason why he "met the place;" for, says he, "the sun was set." Not meaning the sun which appears to us, but the most brilliant and radiant light of the invisible and Almighty God. When this light shines upon the mind, the inferior beams of words (that is of angels) set. And much more are all the places perceptible by the external senses overshadowed; but when he departs in a different direction, then they all rise and shine.
1:73And do not wonder if, according to the rules of allegorical description, the sun is likened to the Father and Governor of the universe; for in reality nothing is like unto God; but those things which by the vain opinion of men are thought to be so, are only two things, one invisible and the other visible; the soul being the invisible thing, and the sun the visible one.
1:74Now he has shown the similitude of the soul in another passage, where he says, "God made man, in the image of God created he him." And again, in the law enacted against homicides, he says, "Whoso sheddeth man’s blood, by man shall his blood be shed in requital for that blood, because in the image of God did I make him." But the likeness of the sun he only indicates by symbols.
1:75And it is easy otherwise by means of argument to perceive this, since God is the first light, "For the Lord is my light and my Saviour," is the language of the Psalms; and not only the light, but he is also the archetypal pattern of every other light, or rather he is more ancient and more sublime than even the archetypal model, though he is spoken of as the model; for the real model was his own most perfect word, the light, and he himself is like to no created thing.
Book 1, §§76–100
1:76Since, as the sun divides day and night, so also does Moses say that God divided the light from the darkness; for "God made a division between the light and between the darkness." And besides all this, as the sun, when he arises, discovers hidden things, so also does God, who created all things, not only bring them all to light, but he has even created what before had no existence, not being only their maker, but also their founder.
1:77And the sun is also spoken of in many passages of holy writ in a figurative manner. Once as the human mind, which men build up as a city and furnish, who are compelled to serve the creature in preference to the uncreated God, of whom it is said that, "They built strong cities for Pharaoh and Peitho," that is, for discourse; to which persuasion (τὸ πείθειν) is attributed, and Rameses, or the outward sense, by which the soul is devoured as if by moths; for the name Rameses, being interpreted, means, "the shaking of a moth;" and On, the mind, which they called Heliopolis, since the mind, like the sun, has the predominance over the whole mass of our body, and extends its powers like the beams of the sun, over everything.
1:78But he who appropriates to himself the regulation of corporeal things, by name Joseph, takes the priest and minister of the mind to be his father-in-law; for says the scripture, "he gave him Aseneth, the daughter of Peutephres, the priest of Heliopolis, for his wife."
1:79And, using symbolical language, he calls the outward sense a second sun, inasmuch as it shows all the objects of which it is able to form a judgment to the intellect, concerning which he speaks thus, "The sun rose upon him when he passed by the appearance of God." For in real truth, when we are no longer able to endure to pass all our time with the most sacred appearances, and as it were with incorporeal images, but when we turn aside in another direction, and forsake them, we use another light, that, namely, in accordance with the external sense, which in real truth, is in no respect different from darkness,
1:80which, after it has arisen, arouses as if from sleep the senses of seeing, and of hearing, and also of taste, and of touch, and of smell, and sends to sleep the intellectual qualities of prudence, and justice, and knowledge, and wisdom, which were all awake.
1:81And it is for this reason that the sacred scripture says, that no one can be pure before the evening, as the disorderly motions of the outward senses agitate and confuse the intellect. Moreover, he establishes a law for the priests also which may not be avoided, combining with it an expression of a grave opinion when it says, "He shall not eat of the holy things unless he have washed his body in water, and unless the sun has set, and he has become pure."
1:82For by these words it is very clearly shown that there is no one whatever completely pure, so as to be fit to be initiated into the holy and sacred mysteries, to whose lot it has fallen to be honoured with these glories of life which are appreciable by the external senses. But if any one rejects these glories, he is deservedly made conspicuous by the light of wisdom, by means of which he will be able to wash off the stains of vain opinion and to become pure.
1:83Do you not see that even the sun itself produces opposite effects when he is setting from those which he causes when rising? For when he rises everything upon the earth shines, and the things in heaven are hidden from our view; but, on the other hand, when he sets then the stars appear and the things on earth are overshadowed.
1:84In the same manner, also, in us, when the light of the outward senses rises like the sun, the celestial and heavenly sciences are really and truly hidden from view; but when this light is near setting, then the starlike radiance of the virtues appears, when the mind is pure, and concealed by no object of the outward senses.
1:85But according to the third signification, when he speaks of the sun, he means the divine word, the model of that sun which moves about through the heaven, as has been said before, and with respect to which it is said, "The sun went forth upon the earth, and Lot entered into Segor, and the Lord rained upon Sodom and Gomorrah brimstone and fire."
1:86For the word of God, when it reaches to our earthly constitution, assists and protects those who are akin to virtue, or whose inclinations lead them to virtue; so that it provides them with a complete refuge and salvation, but upon their enemies it sends irremediable overthrow and destruction.
1:87And in the fourth signification, what is meant by the sun is the God and ruler of the universe himself, as I have said already, by means of whom such offences as are irremediable, and which appear to be overshadowed and concealed, are revealed; for as all things are possible, so, likewise, all things are known to God.
1:88In reference to which faculty of his it is that he drags those persons who are living dissolutely as regards their souls, and who are in a debauched and intemperate manner, cohabiting with the daughters of the mind the outward senses, as prostitutes and harlots, to the light of the sun, in order to display their true characters;
1:89for the scripture says, "And the people abode in Shittim;" now the meaning of the name Shittim is, "the thorns of the passions" which sting and wound the soul. "And the people was polluted, and began to commit whoredom with the daughters of Moab," and these who are called daughters are the outward senses, for the name Moab is interpreted, "of a father;" and the scripture adds, "Take all the chiefs of the people, and make an example of them unto the Lord in the face of the sun, and the anger of the Lord shall be turned from Israel."
1:90For he not only desires that the wicked deeds which are hidden shall be made manifest, and therefore turns upon them the beams of the sun, but he also by this symbolical language calls the father of the universe the sun, that being by whom all things are seen beforehand, and even all those things which are invisibly concealed in the recesses of the mind; and when they are made manifest, then he promises that he who is the only merciful being, will become merciful to the people.
1:91Why so? Because, even if the mind, fancying that though it does wrong it can escape the notice of the Deity as not being able to see everything, should sin secretly and in dark places, and should after that, either by reason of its own notions or through the suggestions of some one else, conceive that it is impossible that anything should be otherwise than clear to God, and should disclose itself and all its actions, and should bring them forward, as it were, out of the light of the sun, and display them to the governor of the universe, saying, that it repents of the perverse conduct which it formerly exhibited when under the influence of foolish opinion (for that nothing is indistinct before God, but all things are known and clear to him, not merely such as have been done, but even such are merely hoped or designed, by reason of the boundless character of his wisdom), it then is purified and benefited, and it propitiates the chastiser who was ready to punish it, namely, conscience, who was previously filled with just anger towards it, and who now admits repentance as the younger brother of perfect innocence and freedom from sin.
1:92Moreover, it appears that Moses has in other passages also taken the sun as a symbol of the great Cause of all things, of which I see an instance in the law which is enacted with respect to those who borrow on pledges: let us recite the law, "If thou takest as a pledge the garment of thy neighbour, thou shalt give it back before the setting of the sun: for it is his covering, it is the only covering of his nakedness, in which he lies down. If he cries unto me I will hearken unto him, for I am merciful."
1:93Is it not natural that those who fancy that the lawgiver displays such earnestness about a garment should, if they do not reproach him, at least make a suggestion, saying, "What are ye saying, my good men? Do ye affirm that the Creator and ruler of the world calls himself merciful with respect to so trivial a matter, as that of a garment not being restored to the borrower by the lender?"
1:94These are the opinions and notions of men who have never had the least conception or comprehension of the virtue of the almighty God, and who, contrary to all human and divine law, impart the triviality of human affairs to the uncreate and immortal nature, which is full of happiness, and blessedness, and perfection;
1:95for in what respect do those lenders act unreasonably, who retain in their own hands the pledges which are deposited with them as security, until they receive back their own which they have lent? The debtors are poor, some one will perhaps say, and it is right to pity them: would it not then have been reasonable and better to enact a law in accordance with which a contribution should be made to assist their necessities, rather than allow them to appear as debtors, or else one which should forbid the lending on pledges at all? But the law which has permitted the lending on pledges, cannot fairly be indignant against those who will not give up the pledges which they have received before the proper time, as if they were acting unjustly.
1:96But if any one having come, so to say, to the very farthest limits of poverty, and, being clothed in rags, loads himself with new debts, neglecting the pity which he receives from the bystanders, which is freely bestowed, upon those who fall into such misfortunes, in their own houses, and in the temples, and in the market-place, and everywhere;
1:97such a one brings and offers to his creditor, the only covering which he had for his shame, with which he has been wont to cover the secret parts of his nature, as a pledge for something. For what, I pray? Is it for some other and better garment? For no one is unprovided with necessary food as long as the springs of the rivers bubble up, and the torrents flow abundantly, and the earth gives forth its annual fruits.
1:98Again, is any creditor so covetous of riches, or so very cruel, or so perverse, as not to be willing to contribute a tetradrachm, or even less, to one in distress? Or is any one so stingy as to be willing to lend it, but to refuse to give it? or as to take the only garment that the poor man has as a pledge? which indeed under another name may fairly be called running away with a man’s clothes; for men who do this are accustomed to put on other peoples’ clothes, and steal them, and to leave the proper owners naked.
1:99And why has the law provided so carefully that the debtor may not be without his clothes by night, and that he may not lie down to sleep without them, but has not paid the same attention to the fact of his being indecorously naked by day? Are not all things concealed by night and darkness, so as to cause less shame, or rather none at all at that time, but are they not disclosed by day and by light, so as then to compel persons to blush more freely?
1:100And why does the law not use the expression "to give," but "to restore?" For restoration takes place with respect to the property of other persons, but pledges belong rather to those who have lent on them than to those who have borrowed on them. Moreover, do you not perceive that the law has not enjoined the debtor, who has received back his garment that it may serve as bed-clothes, to bring it back again to his creditor at the return of daylight?
Book 1, §§101–125
1:101And, indeed, if the exact propriety of the language be considered, even the most stupid person may see that there is something additional meant beyond what is formally expressed. For the injunction rather resembles a maxim than a recommendation. For, if a person had been giving a recommendation, he would have said: "Give back to your debtor, at the approach of evening, the garment which has been pledged to you, if it be the only garment that he is possessed of, that he may have something with which to cover himself at night." But one who was laying down a maxim would speak thus; as indeed the law does here, "For it is his garment, the only covering of his nakedness, in which he will lie down to sleep."
1:102These things then, and other things of the same kind, may be urged in reply to those assertors of the literal sense of a passage; and who superciliously reject all other explanations. We will now, in accordance with the usual laws of allegorical speaking, say what is becoming with respect to these subjects. We say, therefore, that a garment is here spoken of symbolically, to signify speech; for clothes keep off the injuries which are wont to visit the body, from cold and heat, and they also conceal the unmentionable parts of nature, and moreover, a cloak is a fitting garment for the body.
1:103In much the same manner, speech has been given to man by God, as the most excellent of gifts; for in the first place, it is a defensive weapon against those who would attack him with innovations. For as nature has fortified all other animals with their own appropriate and peculiar means of defence, by which they are able to repel those who attempt to injure them, so also has it bestowed upon man that greatest defence and most impregnable protection of speech, with which, as with a panoply, every one who is completely clothed, will have a domestic and most appropriate bodyguard; and employing it as a champion, will be able to ward off all the injuries which can be brought against him by his enemies.
1:104In the second place, it is a most necessary defence against shame and reproach; for speech is very well calculated to conceal and obscure the faults of men. In the third place, it conduces to the whole ornament of life: for this is the thing which improves every one, and which conducts every one to what is best;
1:105for there are many disgraceful and mischievous men, who take conversation as a pledge, and deprive its proper owners of it, and utterly cut off what they ought to seek to increase; like men who ravage the lands of their enemies, and who attempt to destroy their corn and all the rest of their crops, which, if it were left unhurt, would be a great advantage to those who would use it.
1:106For some men carry on an irreconcilable and never-ending war against rational nature, and utterly extirpate its every shoot and beginning, and destroy all its first appearances of propagation, and render it, as one may say, utterly unproductive and barren of all good practises.
1:107For sometimes, when it is borne onwards towards sacred instruction with irresistible impetuosity, and when it is smitten with a love of the speculations of true philosophy, they—out of jealousy and envy, fearing lest, when it has derived strength from its noble aspirations and has been elevated to a splendid height, it may overwhelm all their petty cavils and plausible devices against the truth, like an irresistible torrent—turn its energy in another direction by their own evil artifices, guiding it in another channel to vulgar and illiberal acts: and very often they seek to blunt it or to hedge it in, and in this way leave the nobility of its nature uncultivated, just as at times wicked guardians of orphan children have rendered a deep-soiled and fertile land barren. And these most pitiless of all men have not been restrained by shame from stripping the man of his only garment, namely, speech; "For," says the scripture, "it is his only covering."—What is a man’s only covering, except speech?
1:108For, as neighing is the peculiar attribute of a horse, and barking of a dog, and lowing of an ox, and roaring of a lion, so also is speaking, and speech itself, the peculiar property of man: for this is what man has received above all other animals as his peculiar gift, as a protection, and bulwark, and panoply, and wall of defence; he being, of all living creatures, the most beloved by God.
1:109On which account the scripture adds, "This is the only covering of his nakedness;" for what can so becomingly overshadow and conceal the reproaches and disgraces of life, as speech? For ignorance is a disgrace akin to irrational nature, but education is the brother of speech, and an ornament properly belonging to man.
1:110In what then will a man lie down to rest? That is to say, in what will a man find tranquillity and a respite from his labours, except in speech? For speech is a relief to our most miserable and afflicted race? As therefore, when men have been overwhelmed by grief, or by fear, or by any other evil, tranquillity, and constancy, and the kindness of friends have often restored them; so it happens, not often, but invariably, that speech, the only real averter of evil, wards off that most heavy burden which the necessities of that body in the which we are bound up, and the unforeseen accidents of external circumstances which attack us, impose upon us;
1:111for speech is a friend, and an acquaintance, and a kinsman, and a companion bound up within us; I should rather say, fitted close and united to us by some indissoluble and invisible cement of nature. On this account it is, that it forewarns us of what will be expedient for us, and when any unexpected event befalls us it comes forward of its own accord to assist us; not only bringing advantage of one kind only, such as that which he who is an adviser without acting, or an agent who can give no advice, may supply, but of both kinds:
1:112for he does not display a half-complete power, but one which is perfect in every part. Inasmuch, as even if it were to fail in his endeavour, and in any conceptions which may have been formed, or efforts which may have been made, it still can have recourse to the third species of assistance, namely, consolation. For speech is, as it were, a medicine for the wounds of the soul, and a saving remedy for its passions, which, "even before the setting of the sun," the lawgiver says one must restore: that is to say, before the all-brilliant beams of the almighty and all-glorious God are obscured, which he, out of pity for our race, sends down from heaven upon the human mind.
1:113For while that most God-like light abides in the soul, we shall be able to give back the speech, which was deposited as a pledge, as if it were a garment, in order that he who has received this peculiar possession of man, may by its means conceal the discreditable circumstances of life, and reap the benefit of the divine gift, and indulge in a respite combined with tranquillity, in consequence of the presence of so useful an adviser and defender, who will never leave the ranks in which he has been stationed.
1:114Moreover, while God pours upon you the light of his beams, do you hasten in the light of day to restore his pledge to the Lord; for when the sun has set, then you, like the whole land of Egypt, will have an everlasting darkness which may be felt, and being stricken with blindness and ignorance, you will be deprived of all those things of which you thought that you had certain possession, by that sharp-sighted Israel, whose pledges you hold, having made one who was by nature exempt from slavery a slave to necessity.
1:115We have discussed this subject at this length with no other object except that of teaching that the mind, which is inclined to practise virtue, having irregular motions towards prolificness and sterility, and as one may say, being in a manner always ascending and descending, when it becomes prolific and is elevated to a height is illuminated with the archetypal and incorporeal beams of the rational spring of the all-perfecting sun; but when it descends and becomes unproductive, then it is again illuminated by those images of those beams, the immortal words which it is customary to call angels.
1:116On which account we now read in the scripture, "He met the place; for the sun was set." For when those beams of God desert the soul by means of which the clearest comprehensions of affairs are engendered in it, then arises that second and weaker light of words, and the light of things is no longer seen, just as is the case in this lower world. For the moon, which occupies the second rank next to the sun, when that body has set, pours forth a somewhat weaker light than his upon the earth;
1:117and to meet a place or a word is a most sufficient gift for those who cannot discern that God is superior to every place or word; because they have not a soul wholly destitute of light, but because, since that most unmixed and brilliant light has set, they have been favoured with one which is alloyed. "For the children of Israel had light in all their dwellings," says the sacred historian in the book of the Exodus, so that night and darkness were continually banished from them, though it is in night and darkness that those men live who have lost the eyes of the soul rather than those of the body, having no experience of the beams of virtue.
1:118But some persons—supposing that what is meant here by the figurative expression of the sun is the external sense and the mind, which are looked upon as the things which have the power of judging; and that what is meant by place is the divine word—understand the allegory in this manner: the practiser of virtue met with the divine word, after the mortal and human light had set;
1:119for as long as the mind thinks that it attains to a firm comprehension of the objects of intellect, and the outward sense conceives that it has a similar understanding of its appropriate objects, and that it dwells amid sublime objects, the divine word stands aloof at a distance; but when each of these comes to confess its own weakness, and sets in a manner while availing itself of concealment, then immediately the right reason of a soul well-practised in virtue comes in a welcome manner to their assistance, when they have begun to despair of their own strength, and await the aid which is invisibly coming to them from without.
1:120Therefore, the scripture says in the next verses, "That he took one of the stones of the place and placed it at his head, and slept in that place." Any one may wonder not only at the interior and mystical doctrine contained in these words, but also at the distinct assertion, which gives us a lesson in labour and endurance:
1:121for the historian does not think it becoming, that the man who is devoted to the study of virtue should adopt a luxurious life, and live softly, imitating the pursuits and rivalries of those who are called indeed happy, but who are in reality full of all unhappiness; whose entire life is a sleep and a dream, according to the holy lawgiver.
1:122These men, after they have during the whole day been doing all sorts of injustice to others, in courts of justice, and council halls, and theatres, and everywhere, then return home, like miserable men as they are, to overturn their own house. I mean not that house which comes under the class of buildings, but that which is akin to the soul, I mean the body. Introducing immoderate and incessant food, and irrigating it with an abundance of pure wine, until the reason is overwhelmed, and disappears; and the passions which have their seat beneath the belly, the offspring of satiety, rise up, being carried away by unrestrained frenzy, and falling upon, and vehemently attacking all that they meet with, are only at last appeased after they have worked off their excessive violence of excitement.
1:123But by night, when it is time to turn towards rest, having prepared costly couches and the most exquisite of beds, they lie down in the most exceeding softness, imitating the luxury of women, whom nature has permitted to indulge in a more relaxed system of life, inasmuch as their maker, the Creator of the universe, has made their bodies of a more delicate stamp.
1:124Now no such person as this is a pupil of the sacred word, but those only are the disciples of that who are real genuine men, lovers of temperance, and orderliness, and modesty, men who have laid down continence, and frugality, and fortitude, as a kind of base and foundation for the whole of life; and safe stations for the soul, in which it may anchor without danger and without changeableness: for being superior to money, and pleasure, and glory, they look down upon meats and drinks, and everything of that sort, beyond what is necessary to ward off hunger: being thoroughly ready to undergo hunger, and thirst, and heat, and cold, and all other things, however hard they may be to be borne, for the sake of the acquisition of virtue. And being admirers of whatever is most easily provided, so as not to be ashamed of ever such cheap or shabby clothes, thinking rather, on the other hand, that sumptuous apparel is a reproach and great scandal to life.
1:125To these men, the soft earth is their most costly couch; their bed is bushes, and grass, and herbage, and a thick layer of leaves; and the pillows for their head are a few stones, or any little mounds which happen to rise a little above the surface of the plain. Such a life as this, is, by luxurious men, denominated a life of hardship, but by those who live for virtue, it is called most delightful; for it is well adapted, not for those who are called men, but for those who really are such.
Book 1, §§126–150
1:126Do you not see, that even now, also, the sacred historian represents the practiser of honourable pursuits, who abounds in all royal materials and appointments, as sleeping on the ground, and using a stone for his pillow; and a little further on, he speaks of him as asking in his prayers for bread and a cloak, the necessary wealth of nature? like one who has at all times held in contempt, the man who dwells among vain opinions, and who is inclined to revile all those who are disposed to admire him; this man is the archetypal pattern of the soul which is devoted to the practise of virtue, and an enemy of every effeminate person.
1:127Hitherto I have been uttering the praises of the man devoted to labour and to virtue, as it occurred to me naturally; but now we must examine what is symbolically signified under the expressions made use of. Now it is well that we should know, that the divine place and the sacred region are full of incorporeal intelligences; and these intelligences are immortal souls.
1:128Taking then one of these intelligences, and selecting one of them according as it appears to be the most excellent, this lover of virtue, of whom we are speaking, applies it to our own mind, to it as to the head of a united body; for, indeed, the mind is in a manner the head of the soul; and he does this, using the pretext indeed as if he were going to sleep, but, in reality, as being about to rest upon the word of God, and to place the whole of his life as the lightest possible burden upon it;
1:129and it listens to him gladly, and receives the labourer in the paths of virtue at first, as if he were going to become a disciple; then when he has shown his approbation of the dexterity of his nature, he gives him his hand, like a gymnastic trainer, and invites him to the gymnasia, and standing firmly, compels him to wrestle with him, until he has rendered his strength so great as to be irresistible, changing his ears by the divine influences into eyes, and calling this newly-modelled disposition Israel, that is, the man who sees.
1:130Then also he crowns him with the garland of victory. But this garland has a singular and foreign, and, perhaps, not altogether a well-omened name, for it is called by the president of the games torpor, for it is said, that the breadth became torpid of all the rewards and of the proclamations of the heralds, and of all those most wonderful prizes for preeminent excellence which are had in honour;
1:131for the soul which has received a share of irresistible power, and which has been made perfect in the contests of virtue, and which has arrived at the very furthest limit of what is honourable, will never be unduly elated or puffed up by arrogance, nor stand upon tiptoes, and boast as if it were well to make vast strides with bare feet; but the breadth which was extended wide by opinion, will become torpid and contracted, and then will voluntarily succumb and yield to tameness, so as being classed in an inferior order to that of the incorporeal natures, it may carry off the victory while appearing to be defeated;
1:132for it is accounted a most honourable thing to yield the palm to those who are superior to one’s self, voluntarily rather than through compulsion; for it is incredible how greatly the second prize in this contest is superior in real dignity and importance to the first prize in the others.
1:133Such then may be said, by way of preface, to the discussion of that description of visions which are sent from God. But it is time now to turn to the subject itself, and to investigate, with accuracy, every portion of it. The scripture therefore says, "And he dreamed a dream. And behold a ladder was planted firmly on the ground, the head of which reached to heaven, and the angels of God were ascending and descending along it."
1:134By the ladder in this thing, which is called the world, is figuratively understood the air, the foundation of which is the earth, and the head is the heaven; for the large interior space, which being extended in every direction, reaches from the orb of the moon, which is described as the most remote of the order in heaven, but the nearest to us by those who contemplate sublime objects, down to the earth, which is the lowest of such bodies, is the air.
1:135This air is the abode of incorporeal souls, since it seemed good to the Creator of the universe to fill all the parts of the world with living creatures. On this account he prepared the terrestrial animals for the earth, the aquatic animals for the sea and for the rivers, and the stars for the heaven; for every one of these bodies is not merely a living animal, but is also properly described as the very purest and most universal mind extending through the universe; so that there are living creatures in that other section of the universe, the air. And if these things are not comprehensible by the outward senses, what of that? For the soul also is invisible.
1:136And yet it is probable that the air should nourish living animals even more than the land or the water. Why so? Because it is the air which has given vitality to those animals which live on the earth and in the water. For the Creator of the universe formed the air so that it should be the habit of those bodies which are immoveable, and the nature of those which are moved in an invisible manner, and the soul of such as are able to exert an impetus and visible sense of their own.
1:137Is it not then absurd that that element, by means of which the other elements have been filled with vitality, should itself be destitute of living things? Therefore let no one deprive the most excellent nature of living creatures of the most excellent of those elements which surround the earth; that is to say, of the air. For not only is it not alone deserted by all things besides, but rather, like a populous city, it is full of imperishable and immortal citizens, souls equal in number to the stars.
1:138Now of these souls some descend upon the earth with a view to being bound up in mortal bodies, those namely which are most nearly connected with the earth, and which are lovers of the body. But some soar upwards, being again distinguished according to the definitions and times which have been appointed by nature.
1:139Of these, those which are influenced by a desire for mortal life, and which have been familiarised to it, again return to it. But others, condemning the body of great folly and trifling, have pronounced it a prison and a grave, and, flying from it as from a house of correction or a tomb, have raised themselves aloft on light wings towards the aether, and have devoted their whole lives to sublime speculations.
1:140There are others, again, the purest and most excellent of all, which have received greater and more divine intellects, never by any chance desiring any earthly thing whatever, but being as it were lieutenants of the Ruler of the universe, as though they were the eyes and ears of the great king, beholding and listening to everything.
1:141Now philosophers in general are wont to call these demons, but the sacred scripture calls them angels, using a name more in accordance with nature. For indeed they do report (διαγγέλλουσι) the injunctions of the father to his children, and the necessities of the children to the father.
1:142And it is in reference to this employment of theirs that the holy scripture has represented them as ascending and descending, not because God, who knows everything before any other being, has any need of interpreters; but because it is the lot of us miserable mortals to use speech as a mediator and intercessor; because of our standing in awe of and fearing the Ruler of the universe, and the all-powerful might of his authority;
1:143having received a notion of which he once entreated one of those mediators, saying: "Do thou speak for us, and let not God speak to us, lest we die." For not only are we unable to endure his chastisements, but we cannot bear even his excessive and unmodified benefits, which he himself proffers us of his own accord, without employing the ministrations of any other beings.
1:144Very admirably therefore does Moses represent the air under the figurative symbol of a ladder, as planted solidly in the earth and reaching up to heaven. For it comes to pass that the evaporations which are given forth by the earth becoming rarefied, are dissolved into air, so that the earth is the foundation and root of the air, and that the heaven is its head.
1:145Accordingly it is said that the moon is not an unadulterated consolidation of pure aether, as each of the other stars is, but is rather a combination of the aether-like and air-like essence. For that black spot which appears in it, which some call a face, is nothing else but the air mingled with it, which is by nature black, and which extends as far as heaven.
1:146The ladder therefore in the world which is here spoken of in this symbolical manner, was something of this sort. But if we carefully investigate the soul which exists in men, the foundation of which is something corporeal, and as it were earth-like, we shall find that foundation to be the outward sense; and the head to be something heavenly, as it were the most pure mind.
1:147But all the words of God move incessantly upwards and downwards through the whole of it, dragging it upwards along with them whenever they soar aloft, and separating it from whatever is mortal, and exhibiting to it a sight of those things which alone are worthy of being beheld; but yet not casting it down when they descend. For neither is God himself, nor the word of God, worthy of blame. But they join with them in their descent, by reason of their love for mankind and compassion for our race, for the sake of being their allies and rendering them assistance, in order that by breathing in a saving inspiration they may recall to life the soul which was still being tossed about in the body as in the river.
1:148Now the God and governor of the universe does by himself and alone walk about invisibly and noiselessly in the minds of those who are purified in the highest degree. For there is extant a prophecy which was delivered to the wise man, in which it is said: "I will walk among you, and I will be your God." But the angels—the words of God—move about in the minds of those persons who are still in a process of being washed, but who have not yet completely washed off the life which defiles them, and which is polluted by the contact of their heavy bodies, making them look pure and brilliant to the eyes of virtue.
1:149But it is plain enough what vast numbers of evils are driven out, and what a multitude of wicked inhabitants is expelled in order that one good man may be introduced to dwell there. Do thou, therefore, O my soul, hasten to become the abode of God, his holy temple, to become strong from having been most weak, powerful from having been powerless, wise from having been foolish, and very reasonable from having been doting and childless.
1:150And perhaps too the practiser of virtue represents his own life as like to a ladder; for the practise of anything is naturally an anomalous thing, since at one time it soars up to a height, and at another it turns downwards in a contrary direction; and at one time has a fair voyage like a ship, and at another has but an unfavourable passage; for, as some one says, the life of those who practise virtue is full of vicissitudes: being at one time alive and waking, and at another dead or sleeping.
Book 1, §§151–175
1:151And perhaps this is no incorrect statement; for the wise have obtained the heavenly and celestial country as their habitation; having learnt to be continually mounting upwards, but the wicked have received as their share the dark recesses of hell, having from the beginning to the end of their existence practised dying, and having been from their infancy to their old age familiarised with destruction.
1:152But the practisers of virtue, for they are on the boundary between two extremities, are frequently going upwards and downwards as if on a ladder, being either drawn upwards by a more powerful fate, or else being dragged down by that which is worse; until the umpire of this contention and conflict, namely God, adjudges the victory to the more excellent class and utterly destroys the other.
1:153There is also in this dream another sort of similitude or comparison apparent, which must not be passed over in silence; the affairs of mankind are naturally compared to a ladder, on account of their irregular motion and progress:
1:154for as some one or other has said; "One day has cast one man down from on high and destroyed him, and another it has raised up, nothing that belongs to our human race being formed by nature so as to remain long in the same condition, but all such things changing with all kinds of alteration.
1:155Do not men become rulers from having been private individuals, and private individuals from having been rulers, poor from having been rich, and very rich from having been poor; glorious from being despised, and most illustrious from having been infamous?" [...] A very beautiful way of life: for it is very possible that the being whose habitation is the whole world, may dwell with you also, and take care of your house, so that it may be completely protected and free from injury for ever;
1:156and there is such a way as this in which human affairs move upwards and downwards, meeting with an unstable and variable fortune, the anomalous character of which, unerring time proves by evidence which is not indistinct but manifest and legible.
1:157But the dream also represented the archangel, namely the Lord himself, firmly planted on the ladder; for we must imagine that the living God stands above all things, like the charioteer of a chariot, or the pilot of a ship; that is, above bodies, and above souls, and above all creatures, and above the earth, and above the air, and above the heaven, and above all the powers of the outward senses, and above the invisible natures, in short, above all things whether visible or invisible; for having made the whole to depend upon himself, he governs it and all the vastness of nature.
1:158But let no one who hears that he was firmly planted thus suppose that any thing at all assists God, so as to enable him to stand firmly, but let him rather consider this fact that what is here indicated is equivalent to the assertion that the firmest position, and the bulwark, and the strength, and the steadiness of everything is the immoveable God, who stamps the character of immobility on whatever he pleases; for, in consequence of his supporting and consolidating things, those which he does combine remain firm and indestructible.
1:159Therefore he who stands upon the ladder of heaven says to him who is beholding the dream, "I am the Lord God of Abraham thy father, and the God of Isaac; be not afraid." This oracle and this vision were also the firmest support of the soul devoted to the practise of virtue, inasmuch as it taught it that the Lord and God of the universe is both these things also to his own race, being entitled both the Lord and God of all men, and of his grandfathers and ancestors, and being called by both names in order that the whole world and the man devoted to virtue might have the same inheritance; since it is also said, "The Lord himself is his inheritance."
1:160But do not fancy that it is an accidental thing here for him to be called in this place the God and Lord of Abraham, but only the God of Isaac; for this latter is the symbol of the knowledge which exists by nature, which hears itself, and teaches itself, and learns of itself; but Abraham is the symbol of that which is derived from the teaching of others; and the one again is an indigenous and native inhabitant of his country, but the other is only a settler and a foreigner;
1:161for having forsaken the language of those who indulge in sublime conversations about astronomy, a language imitating that of the Chaldaeans, foreign and barbarous, he was brought over to that which was suited to a rational being, namely, to the service of the great Cause of all things.
1:162Now this disposition stands in need of two powers to take care of it, the power that is of authority, and that of conferring benefits, in order that in accordance with the authority of the governor, it may obey the admonitions which it receives, and also that it may be greatly benefited by his beneficence. But the other disposition stands in need of the power of beneficence only; for it has not derived any improvement from the authority which admonishes it, inasmuch as it naturally claims virtue as its own, but by reason of the bounty which is showered upon it from above, it was good and perfect from the beginning;
1:163therefore God is the name of the beneficent power, and Lord is the title of the royal power. What then can any one call a more ancient and important good, than to be thought worthy to meet with unmixed and unalloyed beneficence? And what can be less valuable than to receive a mixture of authority and liberality? And it appears to me that it was because the practiser of virtue saw that he uttered that most admirable prayer that, "the Lord might be to him as God;" for he desired no longer to stand in awe of him as a governor, but to honour and love him as a benefactor.
1:164Now is it not fitting that even blind men should become sharp-sighted in their minds to these and similar things, being endowed with the power of sight by the most sacred oracles, so as to be able to contemplate the glories of nature, and not to be limited to the mere understanding of the words? But even if we voluntarily close the eye of our soul and take no care to understand such mysteries, or if we are unable to look up to them, the hierophant himself stands by and prompts us. And do not thou ever cease through weariness to anoint thy eyes until you have introduced those who are duly initiated to the secret light of the sacred scriptures, and have displayed to them the hidden things therein contained, and their reality, which is invisible to those who are uninitiated.
1:165It is becoming then for you to act thus; but as for ye, O souls, who have once tasted of divine love, as if you had even awakened from deep sleep, dissipate the mist that is before you; and hasten forward to that beautiful spectacle, putting aside slow and hesitating fear, in order to comprehend all the beautiful sounds and sights which the president of the games has prepared for your advantage.
1:166There are then a countless number of things well worthy of being displayed and demonstrated; and among them one which was mentioned a little while ago; for the oracle calls the person who was really his grandfather, the father of the practiser of virtue, and to him who was really his father, it has not given any such title; for the scripture says, "I am the Lord God of Abraham thy father," but in reality Abraham was his grandfather; and then proceeds, "And the God of Isaac," and in this case he does not add, "thy father:"
1:167is it not then worth while to examine into the cause of this difference? Undoubtedly it is; let us then in a careful manner apply ourselves to the consideration of the cause. Philosophers say that virtue exists among men, either by nature, or by practise, or by learning. On which account the sacred scriptures represent the three founders of the nation of the Israelites as wise men; not indeed originally endowed with the same kind of wisdom, but arriving rapidly at the same end.
1:168For the eldest of them, Abraham, had instruction for his guide in the road which conducted him to virtue; as we shall show in another treatise to the best of our power. And Isaac, who is the middle one of the three, had a self-taught and self-instructed nature. And Jacob, the third, arrived at this point by industry and practise, in accordance with which were his labours of wrestling and contention.
1:169Since then there are thus three different manners by which wisdom exists among men, it happens that the two extremes are the most nearly and frequently united. For the virtue which is acquired by practise, is the offspring of that which is derived from learning. But that which is implanted by nature is indeed akin to the others, for it is set below them, as the root for them all. But it has obtained its prize without any rivalry or difficulty.
1:170So that it is thus very natural for Abraham, as one who had been improved by instruction, to be called the father of Jacob, who arrived at his height of virtue by practise. By which expression is indicated not so much the relationship of one man to the other, but that the power which is fond of hearing is very ready for learning; the power which is devoted to practise being also well suited for wrestling.
1:171If, however, this practiser of virtue runs on vigorously towards the end and learns to see clearly what he previously only dreamed of in an indistinct way, being altered and re-stamped with a better character, and being called Israel, that is, "the man who sees God," instead of Jacob, that is, "the supplanter," he then is no longer set down as the son of Abraham, as his father, of him who derived wisdom from instruction, but as the son of Israel, who was born excellent by nature.
1:172These statements are not fables of my own invention, but are the oracle written on the sacred pillars. For, says the scripture: "Israel having departed, he and all that he had came to the well of the oath, and there he sacrificed a sacrifice to the God of his father Isaac." Do you not now perceive that this present assertion has reference not to the relationship between mortal men, but, as was said before, to the nature of things? For look at what is before us. At one time, Jacob is spoken of as the son of his father Abraham, and at another time he is called Israel, the son of Isaac, on account of the reason which we have thus accurately investigated.
1:173Having then said: "I am the Lord God of Abraham, the father and the God of Isaac," he adds: "Be not afraid," very consistently. For how can we any longer be afraid when we have thee, O God, as our armour and defender? Thee, the deliverer from fear and from every painful feeling? Thee, who hast also fashioned the archetypal forms of our instruction while they were still indistinct, so as to make them visible, teaching Abraham wisdom, and begetting Isaac, who was wise from his birth. For you condescended to be called the guide of the one and the father of the other, assigning to the one the rank of a pupil, and to the other that of a son.
1:174For this reason, too, God promised that he would give him the land. I mean by the land here, all-prolific virtue, on which the practiser rests from his contests and sleeps, from the fact of the life according to the outward sense being lulled asleep, and that of the soul being awakened. Receiving gladly peaceful repose there, which he did not obtain without war, and the afflictions which arise from war, not by means of bearing arms and slaying men; away with any such notion! but by overthrowing the array of vices and passions which are the adversaries of virtue.
1:175But the race of wisdom is likened to the sand of the sea, by reason of its boundless numbers, and because also the sand, like a fringe, checks the incursions of the sea; as the reasonings of instruction beat back the violence of wickedness and iniquity. And these reasonings, in accordance with the divine promises, are extended to the very extremities of the universe. And they show that he who is possessed of them is the inheritor of all the parts of the world, penetrating everywhere, to the east, and to the west, to the south, and to the north. For it is said in the scripture: "He shall be extended towards the sea, and towards the south, and towards the north, and towards the east."
Book 1, §§176–200
1:176But the wise and virtuous man is not only a blessing to himself, but he is also a common good to all men, diffusing advantages over all from his own ready store. For as the sun is the light of all those beings who have eyes, so also is the wise man light to all those who partake of a rational nature.
1:177"For in thee shall all the nations of the earth be blessed." And this oracle applies to the wise man in respect of himself, and also in respect of others. For if the mind which is in me is purified by perfect virtue, and if the tribes of that earthly part which is about me are purified at the same time, which tribes have fallen to the lot of the external senses, and of the greatest channel of all, namely the body; and if any one, either in his house, or in his city, or in his country, or in his nation, becomes a lover of wisdom, it is inevitable that that house, and that city, and that country, and that nation, must attain to a better life.
1:178For, as those spices which are set on fire fill all persons near them with their fragrance, so in the same manner do all those persons who are neighbours of and contiguous to the wise man catch some of the exhalations which reach to a distance from him, and so become improved in their characters.
1:179And it is the greatest of all advantages to a soul engaged in labours and contests, to have for its fellow traveller, God, who penetrates everywhere. "For behold," says God, "I am with thee." Of what then can we be in need while we have for our wealth Thee, who art the only true and real riches, who keepest us in the road which leads to virtue in all its different divisions? For it is not one portion only of the rational life which conducts to justice and to all other virtue, but the parts are infinite in number, from which those who desire to arrive at virtue can set out.
1:180Very admirably therefore is it said in the scripture: "I will lead thee back to this land." For it was fitting that the reason should remain with itself, and should not depart to the outward sense. And if it has departed, then the next best thing is for it to return back again.
1:181And perhaps also a doctrine bearing on the immortality of the soul is figuratively intimated by this expression. For the soul, having left the region of heaven, as was mentioned a little while before, came to the body as to a foreign country. Therefore the father who begot it promises that he will not permit it to be for ever held in bondage, but that he will have compassion on it, and will unloose its chains, and will conduct it in safety and freedom as far as the metropolis, and will not cease to assist it till the promises which he has made in words are confirmed by the truth of actions. For it is by all means the peculiar attribute of God to foretell what is to happen.
1:182And why do we say this? for his words do not differ from his actions; therefore the soul which is devoted to the practise of virtue, being set in motion, and roused up to the investigations relating to the living God, at first suspected that the living God existed in place; but after a short space it became perplexed by the difficulty of the question, and began to change its opinion.
1:183"For," says the scripture, "Jacob awoke and said, Surely the Lord is in this place, and I knew it not;" and it would have been better, I should have said; not to know it, than to fancy that God existed in any place, he who himself contains all things in a circle.
1:184Very naturally, therefore, was Jacob afraid, and said in a spirit of admiration, "how dreadful is this place." For, in truth, of all the topics or places in natural philosophy, the most formidable is that in which it is inquired where the living God is, and whether in short he is in any place at all. Since some persons affirm that everything which exists occupies some place or other, and others assign each thing a different place, either in the world or out of the world, in some space between the different bodies of the universe. Others again affirm that the uncreated God resembles no created being whatever, but that he is superior to everything, so that the very swiftest conception is outstripped by him, and confesses that it is very far inferior to the comprehension of him;
1:185wherefore it speedily cries out, This is not what I expected, because the Lord is in the place; for he surrounds everything, but in truth and reason he is not surrounded by anything. And this thing which is demonstrated and visible, this world perceptible by the outward senses, is nothing else but the house of God, the abode of one of the powers of the true God, in accordance with which he is good;
1:186and he calls this world an abode, and he has also pronounced it with great truth to be the gate of heaven. Now, what does this mean? We cannot comprehend the world which consists of various species, in that which is fashioned in accordance with the divine regulations, appreciable only by the intellect, in any other manner than by making a migration upwards from this other world perceptible by the outward senses and visible;
1:187for it is not possible either to perceive any other existing being which is incorporeal, without deriving our principles of judgment from bodies. For while they are quiet, their place is perceived, and when they are in motion we judge of their time; but the points, and the lines, and the superficies, and in short the boundaries. [...] as of a garment wrapped externally around it.
1:188According to analogy, therefore, the knowledge of the world appreciable by the intellect is attained to by means of our knowledge of that which is perceptible by the outward senses, which is as it were a gate to the other. For as men who wish to see cities enter in through the gates, so also they who wish to comprehend the invisible world are conducted in their search by the appearance of the visible one. And the world of that essence which is only open to the intellect without any visible appearance or figure whatever, and which exists only in the archetypal idea which exists in the mind, which is fashioned according to its appearance, will be brought on without any shade; all the walls, and all the gates which could impede its progress being removed, so that it is not looked at through any other medium, but by itself, putting forth a beauty which is susceptible of no change, presenting an indescribable and exquisite spectacle.
1:189But enough of this. There is another dream also which belongs to the same class, that one I mean about the spotted flock, which the person who beheld it relates after he had awoke, saying, "The angel of God spake unto me in a dream, and said, Jacob; and I said, What is it? And he said unto me, Look up with thine eyes, and see the goats and the rams mounting on the flocks, and the she-goats, some white, and spotted, and ring-straked, and speckled: for I have beheld all that Laban does unto thee. I am that God who was seen by thee in the place of God, where thou anointedst the pillar, and vowedst a vow unto me. Now therefore, rise up and depart out of this land, and go into the land of thy birth, and I will be with thee."
1:190You see here, that the divine word speaks of dreams as sent from God; including in this statement not those only which appear through the agency of the chief cause itself, but those also which are seen through the operation of his interpreters and attendant angels, who are thought by the father who created them to be worthy of a divine and blessed lot:
1:191consider, however, what comes afterwards. The sacred word enjoins some persons what they ought to do by positive command, like a king; to others it suggests what will be for their advantage, as a preceptor does to his pupils; to others again, it is like a counsellor suggesting the wisest plans; and in this way too, it is of great advantage to those who do not of themselves know what is expedient; to others it is like a friend, in a mild and persuasive manner, bringing forward many secret things which no uninitiated person may lawfully hear.
1:192For at times it asks some persons, as for instance, Adam, "Where art thou?" And any one may properly answer to such a question, "No where?" Because all human affairs never remain long in the same condition, but are moved about and changed, whether we speak of their soul or their body, or of their external circumstances; for their minds are unstable, not always having the same impressions from the same things, but such as are diametrically contrary to their former ones. The body also is unstable, as all the changes of the different ages from infancy to old age show; their external circumstances also are variable, being tossed up and down by the impetus of everagitated fortune.
1:193When, however, he comes into an assembly of friends, he does not begin to speak before he has first accosted each individual among them, and addressed him by name, so that they prick up their ears, and are quiet and attentive, listening to the oracles thus delivered, so as never to forget them or let them escape their memory: since in another passage of scripture we read, "Be silent and listen."
1:194In this manner, too, Moses is called up to the bush. For, the scripture says, "When he saw that he was turning aside to see, God called him out of the bush, and said, Moses, Moses: and he said, What is it, Lord?" And Abraham also, on the occasion of offering up his beloved and only son as a burnt-offering, when he was beginning to sacrifice him, and when he had given proof of his piety, was forbidden to destroy the self-taught race, Isaac by name, from among men;
1:195for at the beginning of his account of this transaction, Moses says that "God did tempt Abraham, and said unto him, Abraham, Abraham; and he said, Behold, here am I. And he said unto him, Take now thy beloved son Isaac, whom thou lovest, and offer him up." And when he had brought the victim to the altar, then the angel of the Lord called him out of heaven, saying, "Abraham, Abraham," and he answered, "Behold, here am I. And he said, Lay not thy hand upon the child, and do nothing to him."
1:196Also the practiser of virtue is also called one of this company dear to God, being deservedly accounted worthy of the same honour; for, says the scripture, "The angel of God said to me in my sleep, Jacob: and I answered, and said, What is it?"
1:197But after he has been called he exerts his attention, endeavouring to arrive at an accurate knowledge of the symbols which are displayed to him; and these symbols are the connection and generation of reasonings, as flocks and herds. For, says the scripture, "Jacob, looking up with his eyes, saw the goats and the rams leaping upon the she-goats and upon the sheep."
1:198Now the he-goat is the leader of the flock of goats, and the ram is the leader of the flock of sheep, and these two animals are symbols of perfect reasonings, one of which purifies and cleanses the soul of sins, and the other nourishes it and renders it full of good actions. Such then are the leaders of the flocks in us, namely, reasons; and the flocks themselves, resembling the sheep and goats whose names they bear, rush forwards and hasten with zeal and earnestness towards justice.
1:199Therefore, looking up with the eye of his mind, which up to that time had been closed, he saw the perfect and thoroughly sharpened reasons analogically resembling the goats and rams, prepared for the diminution of offences and the increase of good actions. And he beheld how they leap upon the sheep and the goats, that is on those souls which are still young and tender, and in the vigour of youth, and beautiful in the flower of their age; not pursuing irrational pleasure, but indulging in the invisible sowing of the doctrines of prudence.
1:200For this is a marriage which is blessed in its children; not uniting bodies, but adapting perfect virtues to well-disposed souls. Therefore do all ye right reasons of wisdom leap up, form connections, sow seed, and pass by no soul which you see rich and fertile, and well-disposed, and virgin; but inviting it to association and connection with you, render it perfect and pregnant; for so you will become the parents of all kinds of good things, of a male offspring, white, variegated, ring-straked, and speckled.
Book 1, §§201–225
1:201But we must now examine what power each of these offspring has. Now those which are purely white (διάλευκοι) are the most beautiful and the most conspicuous: the word διά being often prefixed in composition by way of adding force to the word, so that the words διάδηλος and διάσημον are commonly used to signify what is very conspicuous (δη̃λον) and very remarkable (ἐπίσημον);
1:202therefore the meaning here is that the first-born offspring of the soul which has received the sacred seed, is purely white; being like light in which there is no obscurity, and like the most brilliant radiance: like the unclouded beam which might proceed from the rays of the sun in fine weather at mid-day. Again, by the statement that some are variegated, what is meant is, not that the flocks are marked by such a multiform and various spottedness as to resemble the unclean leprosy, and which is an emblem of a life unsteady and tossed about in any direction by reason of the fickleness of the mind, but only that they have marks drawn in regular lines and different characters, shaped and impressed with all kinds of well approved forms, the peculiarities of which, being mingled together and combined properly, will produce a musical harmony.
1:203For some persons have looked upon the art of variegating as so random and obscure a matter, that they have referred it to weavers. But I admire not only the art itself, but the name likewise, and most especially so when I look upon the divisions of the earth and the spheres in heaven, and the differences between various plants and various animals, and that most variegated texture, I mean the world;
1:204for I am compelled to suppose, that the maker of this universal textile fabric was also the inventor of all varied and variegating science; and I look with reverence upon the inventor, and I honour the art which he invented, and I am amazed at the work which is the result, and this too, though it is but a very small portion of it which I have been able to see, but still, from the portion which has been unfolded to me, if indeed I may say that it has been unfolded, I hope to form a tolerably accurate judgment of the whole, guiding my conjectures by the light of analogy.
1:205Nevertheless I admire the lover of wisdom for having studied the same art, collecting and thinking fit to weave together many things, though different, and proceeding from different sources, into the same web; for taking the two first elements from the grammatical knowledge imparted to children, that is to say, reading and writing, and taking from the more perfect growth of knowledge the skill which is found among poets, and the comprehension of ancient history, and deriving certainty and freedom from deception from arithmetic and geometry, in which sciences there is need of proportions and calculations; and borrowing from music rhyme, and metre, and harmonies, and chromatics, and diatonics, and combined and disjoined melodies; and having derived from rhetoric invention, and language, and arrangement, and memory, and action; and from philosophy, whatever has been omitted in any of these separate branches, and all the other things of which human life consists, he has put together in one most admirably arranged work, combining great learning of one kind with great learning of another kind.
1:206Now the sacred scripture calls the maker of this compound work Besaleel, which name, being interpreted, signifies "in the shadow of God;" for he makes all the copies, and the man by name Moses makes all the models, as the principal architect; and for this reason it is, that the one only draws outlines as it were, but the other is not content with such sketches,
1:207but makes the archetypal natures themselves, and has already adorned the holy places with his variegating art; but the wise man is called the only adorner of the place of wisdom in the oracles delivered in the sacred scriptures. And the most beautiful and varied work of God, this world, has been created in this its present state of perfection by all-wise knowledge; and how can it be anything but right to receive the art of variegating as a noble effort of knowledge?
1:208the most sacred copy of which is the whole word of wisdom, which will bear about in its bosom the things of heaven and of earth, from which the practiser of virtue elaborates his notions of various things. For after the white sheep he immediately beheld the variegated animals, stamped with the impression of instruction.
1:209The third kind are the ring-straked and speckled; and what man in his senses would deny that these also are, as to their genus, variegated? but still he is not so very eager about the varieties of the members of the flocks, as about the road which leads to virtue and excellence;
1:210for the prophet intends that he who proceeds along this road shall be besprinkled with dust and water; because it is related that the earth and water being kneaded together and fashioned into shape by the Creator of man, was formed into one body, not being made by hand, but being the work of invisible nature.
1:211Therefore it is the first principle of wisdom not to forget one’s self, and always to keep before one’s eyes the materials of which one has been compounded; for in this way a man will get rid of boasting and arrogance, which of all evils is the one most hated by God; for who that ever admits into his mind the recollection that the first principles of his formation are dust and water, would ever be so puffed by vanity as to be unduly elated?
1:212On this account the prophet has thought it fit that those who are about to offer sacrifice shall be be sprinkled with the aforesaid things; thinking no one worthy to appear at a sacrifice who has not first of all learnt to know himself, and to comprehend the nothingness of mankind, and the elements of which he is composed, conjecturing from them that he himself is utterly insignificant.
1:213These three signs, the white, the variegated, and the ring-straked and speckled, are as yet imperfect in the practiser of virtue, who has not himself as yet attained to perfection. But, in the case of him who is perfect, they also appear to be perfect. And in what manner they appear so we will examine.
1:214The sacred scripture has appointed that the great High Priest, when he was about to perform the ministrations appointed by the law, should be besprinkled with water and ashes in the first place, that he might come to a remembrance of himself. For the wise Abraham also, when he went forth to converse with God, pronounced himself to be dust and ashes. In the second place, it enjoins him to put on a tunic reaching down to his feet, and the variously-embroidered thing which was called his breast-plate, an image and representation of the light-giving stars which appear in heaven.
1:215For there are, as it seems, two temples belonging to God; one being this world, in which the high priest is the divine word, his own first-born son. The other is the rational soul, the priest of which is the real true man, the copy of whom, perceptible to the senses, is he who performs his paternal vows and sacrifices, to whom it is enjoined to put on the aforesaid tunic, the representation of the universal heaven, in order that the world may join with the man in offering sacrifice, and that the man may likewise co-operate with the universe.
1:216He is now therefore shown to have these two things, the speckled and the variegated character. We will now proceed to explain the third and most perfect kind, which is denominated thoroughly white. When this same high priest enters into the innermost parts of the holy temple, he is clothed in the variegated garment, and he also assumes another linen robe, made of the very finest flax.
1:217And this is an emblem of vigour, and incorruptibility, and the most brilliant light. For such a veil is a thing very difficult to be broken, and it is made of nothing mortal, and when it is properly and carefully purified it has a most clear and brilliant appearance.
1:218And these injunctions contain this figurative meaning, that of those who in a pure and guileless spirit serve the living God, there is no one who does not at first depend upon the firmness and obstinacy of his mind, despising all human affairs, which allure men with their specious bait, and injure them, and produce weakness in them. In the next place, he aims at immortality, laughing at the blind inventions with which mortals delude themselves. And last of all, he shines with the unclouded and most brilliant light of truth, no longer desiring any of the things which belong to false opinion, which prefer darkness rather than light.
1:219The great high priest of the confession, then, may have now been sufficiently described by us, being stamped with the impressions above-mentioned, the white, the variegated, and the ring-straked and speckled. But he who is desirous of the administration of human affairs, by name Joseph, does not, as it appears, claim for himself any of the extreme characteristics, but only that variegated one which is in the middle between the others.
1:220For we read that Joseph had a "coat of many colours," not being sprinkled with the sacred purifications, by means of which he might have known that he himself was only a compound of dust and water, and not being able to touch that thoroughly white and most shining raiment, virtue. But being clothed in the much-variegated web of political affairs, with which the smallest possible portion of truth is mixed up; and also many and large portions of plausible, probable, and likely falsehoods, from which all the sophists of Egypt, and all the augurs, and ventriloquists, and sorcerers spring; men skilful in juggling, and in incantations, and in tricks of all kinds, from whose treacherous arts it is very difficult to escape.
1:221And it is on this account that Moses very naturally represents this robe as stained with blood; since the whole life of the man who is mixed up in political affairs is tainted, warring on others and being warred against, and being aimed at, and attacked, and shot at by all the unexpected chances which befall him.
1:222Examine now the man who has great influence with the people, on whom the affairs of the city depend. Do not be alarmed at those who look with admiration upon him; and you will find many diseases lurking within him, and you will see that he is entangled in many disasters, and that fortune is dragging him violently in different directions, though he bends his neck the other way, and resists, although invisibly, and in fact that fortune is seeking to overthrow and destroy him; or else the people themselves are impatient at his supremacy, or he is exposed to the attacks of some more powerful rival.
1:223And envy is a formidable enemy, and one hard to be shaken off, clinging also to everything that is called good fortune, and it is not easy to escape from it.
1:224What reason is there then for our congratulating ourselves on the administration of political affairs as if we were clothed in a garment of many colours, deceived by its external splendour, and not perceiving its ugliness, which is kept out of sight, and hidden, and full of treachery and guile?
1:225Let us then put off this flowery robe, and put on that sacred one woven with the embroideries of virtue; for thus we shall escape the snares which want of skill, and ignorance, and want of knowledge, and education lay for us, of which Laban is the companion.
Book 1, §§226–250
1:226For when the sacred word has purified us with the sprinklings prepared beforehand for purification, and when it has adorned us with the select reasonings of true philosophy, and, having led us to that man who has stood the test, has made us genuine, and conspicuous, and shining, it blames the treacherous disposition which seeks to raise itself up to invalidate what is said.
1:227For the scripture says: "I have seen what Laban does unto thee," namely, things contrary to the benefits which I conferred on you, things impure, wicked, and altogether suited to darkness. But it is not right for the man who anchors on the hope of the alliance of God to crouch and tremble, to whom God says, "I am the God who was seen by thee in the place of God."
1:228A very glorious boast for the soul, that God should think fit to appear to and to converse with it. And do not pass by what is here said, but examine it accurately, and see whether there are really two Gods. For it is said: "I am the God who was seen by thee;" not in my place, but in the place of God, as if he meant of some other God.
1:229What then ought we to say? There is one true God only: but they who are called Gods, by an abuse of language, are numerous; on which account the holy scripture on the present occasion indicates that it is the true God that is meant by the use of the article, the expression being, "I am the God (ὁ Θεός);" but when the word is used incorrectly, it is put without the article, the expression being, "He who was seen by thee in the place," not of the God (του̃ Θεου̃), but simply "of God" (Θεου̃);
1:230and what he here calls God is his most ancient word, not having any superstitious regard to the position of the names, but only proposing one end to himself, namely, to give a true account of the matter; for in other passages the sacred historian, when he considered whether there really was any name belonging to the living God, showed that he knew that there was none properly belonging to him; but that whatever appellation any one may give him, will be an abuse of terms; for the living God is not of a nature to be described, but only to be.
1:231And a proof of this may be found in the oracular answer given by God to the person who asked what name he had, "I am that I am," that the questioner might know the existence of those things which it was not possible for man to conceive not being connected with God.
1:232Accordingly, to the incorporeal souls which are occupied in his service, it is natural for him to appear as he is, conversing with them as a friend with his friends; but to those souls which are still in the body he must appear in the resemblance of the angels, though without changing his nature (for he is unchangeable), but merely implanting in those who behold him an idea of his having another form, so that they fancy that it is his image, not an imitation of him, but the very archetypal appearance itself.
1:233There is then an old story much celebrated, that the Divinity, assuming the resemblance of men of different countries, goes round the different cities of men, searching out the deeds of iniquity and lawlessness; and perhaps, though the fable is not true, it is a suitable and profitable one.
1:234But the scripture, which at all times advances its conceptions with respect to the Deity, in a more reverential and holy tone, and which likewise desires to instruct the life of the foolish, has spoken of God under the likeness of a man, though not of any particular man;
1:235attributing to him, with this view, the possession of a face, and hands, and feet, and of a mouth and voice, and also anger and passion, and moreover, defensive weapons, and goings in and goings out, and motions upwards and downwards, and in every direction, not indeed using all these expressions with strict truth, but having regard to the advantage of those who are to learn from it;
1:236for the writers knew that some men are very dull in their natures, so as to be utterly unable to form any conception whatever of God apart from a body, whom it would be impossible to admonish if they were to speak in any other style than the existing one, of representing God as coming and departing like a man; and as descending and ascending, and as using his voice, and as being angry with sinners, and being implacable in his anger; and speaking too of his darts and swords, and whatever other instruments are suitable to be employed against the wicked, as being all previously ready.
1:237For we must be content if such men can be brought to a proper state, by the fear which is suspended over them by such descriptions; and one may almost say that these are the only two paths taken, in the whole history of the law; one leading to the plain truth, owing to which we have such assertions as, "God is not as a man;" the other, that which has regard to the opinions of foolish men, in reference to whom it is said, "The Lord God shall instruct you, like as if a man instructs his son."
1:238Why then do we any longer wonder, if God at times assumes the likeness of the angels, as he sometimes assumes even that of men, for the sake of assisting those who address their entreaties to him? so that when he says, "I am the God who was seen by thee in the place of God;" we must understand this, that he on that occasion took the place of an angel, as far as appearance went, without changing his own real nature, for the advantage of him who was not, as yet, able to bear the sight of the true God;
1:239for as those who are not able to look upon the sun itself, look upon the reflected rays of the sun as the sun itself, and upon the halo around the moon as if it were the moon itself; so also do those who are unable to bear the sight of God, look upon his image, his angel word, as himself.
1:240Do you not see that encyclical instruction, that is, Hagar, says to the angel, "Art thou God who seest me?" for she was not capable of beholding the most ancient cause, inasmuch as she was by birth a native of Egypt. But now the mind begins to be improved, so as to be able to contemplate the governor of all the powers;
1:241on which account he says himself, "I am the Lord God," I whose image you formerly beheld instead of me, and whose pillar you set up, engraving on it a most sacred inscription; and the inscription indicated that I stood alone, and that I established the nature of all things, bringing disorder and irregularity into order and regularity, and supporting the universe firmly, so that it might rest on a firm and solid foundation, my own ministering word.
1:242For the pillar is the symbol of three things; of standing, of dedication, and of an inscription: now the standing and the inscription have been described, but the dedication it is necessary should be explained to all men.
1:243For heaven and the world are an offering dedicated to God who made them; and all the cosmopolitan and God-loving souls, which dedicate and consecrate themselves to him, not allowing any mortal thing to drag them in an opposite direction, are never weary of hallowing their own life, and adorning it with every kind of beauty as a meet offering for him.
1:244And he is a foolish man who does not set up a pillar to God, but who erects one to himself instead, attributing stability to the things of creation, which is tossed about in every direction, and thinking those things worthy of inscriptions and panegyrics, which are in reality full of matter for blame and accusation, and which as such had better never have been mentioned in an inscription at all, or if they had, had better have been speedily erased again.
1:245On which account the holy scripture says distinctly, "Thou shalt not set up a pillar to thyself;" for in truth there is nothing belonging to man that is stable, no, not though some persons persist even so obstinately in affirming it.
1:246But they not only think that they stand firmly, but also that they are worthy of honours and inscriptions, forgetting him who is alone worthy of honour, and who is alone firmly fixed; for while they are turning aside and wandering away from the path which leads to virtue, the outward sense leads them still more astray, that is to say, the woman who is akin to them, she also compels them to run ashore;
1:247therefore, the whole soul, like a ship, being shut in all around, is offered up as a pillar; for the sacred scriptures tell us that Lot’s wife having turned back to look behind her, became a pillar of salt,
1:248and this is said very naturally and fitly; for if any one does not look forwards at those things which are worthy of being seen and heard (and these things are the virtues and the actions done in accordance with virtue), but looks backwards at the things which are behind him, at deaf glory, and blind riches, and senseless vigour of body, and an empty elegance of mind, pursuing these objects only, and such as are akin to them, he will lie as a lifeless pillar melting away by itself; for salt is not a thing to preserve his firmness.
1:249Very admirably therefore does the practiser of virtue, having learnt by continued study that creation is a thing in its own nature moveable, but that the uncreated God is unchangeable and immoveable, erect a pillar to God, and anoint it after he has erected it; for God says, "Thou hast anointed my pillar."
1:250But do not fancy that that stone was anointed with oil, but understand rather that that opinion, that God is the only being who stands firmly, was thoroughly hardened by exercise, and established in the soul by the science of wrestling, not that science by which bodies are made fat, but that by which the mind acquires strength and irresistible vigour;
Book 1, §§251–256; Book 2, §§1–19
1:251for the man who is eager in the pursuit of good studies and virtuous objects is fond of labours, and fond of exercises; so that very naturally, having worked out the science of training which is the sister of the art of medicine, he anoints and brings to perfection all the reasonings of virtue and piety, and dedicates them, as a most beautiful and lasting offering to God.
1:252For this reason, after mentioning the dedication of the pillar, God adds that, "Thou vowedst a vow to me." Now a vow also is, to speak properly, a dedication, since he who makes a vow is said to offer up, as a gift to God, not only his own possessions, but himself likewise, who is the owner of them;
1:253for says the scripture, "the man is holy who nourishes the locks of the hair of his head; who has vowed a vow." But if he is holy he is undoubtedly an offering to God, no longer meddling with anything unholy or profane;
1:254and there is an evidence in favour of my argument, in the conduct of the prophetess, and mother of a prophet, Hannah, whose name being translated, signifies grace; for she says that she gives her son, "Samuel, as a gift to the Holy One," not dedicating him more as a human being, than as a disposition full of inspiration, and possessed by a divinely sent impulse; and the name Samuel being interpreted means, "appointed to God."
1:255Why then, O my soul, do you any longer waste yourself in vain speculations and labours? and why do you not go as a pupil to the practiser of virtue, taking up arms against the passions, and against vain opinion, to learn from him the way to wrestle with them? For as soon as you have learnt this art, you will become the leader of a flock, not of one which is destitute of marks, and of reason, and of docility, but of one which is well approved, and rational, and beautiful,
1:256of which, if you become the leader, you will pity the miserable race of mankind, and will not cease to reverence the Deity; and you will never be weary of blessing God, and moreover you will engrave hymns suited to your sacred subject upon pillars, that you may not only speak fluently, but may also sing musically the virtues of the living God; for by these means you will be able to return to your father’s house, being delivered from a long and profitless wandering in a foreign land.
2:1In describing the third species of dreams which are sent from God, we very naturally call on Moses as an ally, in order that as he learnt, having previously been ignorant, so he may instruct us who are also ignorant, concerning these signs, illustrating each separate one of them. Now this third species of dreams exists, whenever in sleep the mind being set in motion by itself, and agitating itself, is filled with frenzy and inspiration, so as to predict future events by a certain prophetic power.
2:2For the first kind of dreams which we mentioned, was that which proceeded from God as the author of its motion, and, as some invisible manner prompted us what was indistinct to us, but well known to himself. The second kind was when our own intellect was set in motion simultaneously with the soul of the universe, and became filled with divine madness, by means of which it is allowed to prognosticate events which are about to happen;
2:3and for this reason the interpreter of the sacred will very plainly and clearly speaks of dreams, indicating by this expression the visions which appear according to the first species, as if God, by means of dreams, gave suggestions which were equivalent to distinct and precise oracles. Of the visions according to the second species he speaks neither very clearly nor very obscurely; an instance of which is afforded by the vision which was exhibited of the ladder reaching up to heaven; for this vision was an enigmatical one; nevertheless, the meaning was not hidden from those who were able to see with any great acuteness.
2:4But these visions which are afforded according to the third species of dreams, being less clear than the two former kinds by reason of their having an enigmatical meaning deeply seated and fully coloured, require the science of an interpreter of dreams. At all events all the dreams of this class, which are recorded by the lawgiver, are interpreted by men who are skilled in the aforesaid art.
2:5Whose dreams then am I here alluding to? Surely every one must see to those of Joseph, and of Pharaoh king of Egypt, and to those which the chief baker and the chief butler saw themselves;
2:6and it may be well at all times to begin our instruction with the first instances. Now the first dreams are those which Joseph beheld, receiving two visions from the two parts of the world, heaven and earth. From the earth the dream about the harvest; and that is as follows, "I thought that we were all binding sheaves in the middle of the field; and my sheaf stood up."
2:7And the other relates to the circle of the zodiac, and is, "They worshipped me as the sun and the moon and the eleven stars." And the interpretation of the former one, which was delivered with great violence of reproof, is as follows, "Shall you be a king and reign over us? or shall you be a lord and lord it over us?" The interpretation of the second is again full of just indignation, "Shall I, and thy mother, and thy brethren come and fall down upon the ground and worship thee?"
2:8Let these things be laid down first by way of foundation; and on this foundation let us raise up the rest of the building, following the rules of that wise architect, allegory, and accurately investigating each particular of the dreams; but first we must mention what it is requisite should be attended to before the dreams. Some persons have extended the nature of good over many things, and others have attributed it to the most excellent Being alone; some again have mixed it with other things, while others have spoken of it as unalloyed.
2:9Those then who have called only what is honourable good, have preserved this nature free from alloy, and have attributed it only to what is most excellent, namely to the reason that is in us; but those who have mixed it have combined it with three things, the soul, the body, and external circumstances. And they who act thus are persons of a somewhat effeminate and luxurious way of life, being bred up the greater part of their time, from their earliest infancy, in the women’s apartments and among the effeminate race which is found in the women’s apartments. But those who argue differently are men inclined to a harder regimen, being bred up from their boyhood among men, and being themselves men in their minds, embracing what is right in preference to what is pleasant, and devoting themselves to nourishment fit for athletes for the sake of strength and vigour, not of pleasure.
2:10Moses moreover represents two persons as leaders of these two companies. The leader of the noble and good company is the self-taught and self-instructed Isaac; for he records that he was weaned, not choosing to avail himself at all of tender, and milk-like, and childish, and infantine food, but only of such as was vigorous and perfect, inasmuch as he was formed by nature, from his very infancy, for acts of virtue, and was always in the prime and vigour of youth and energy. But the leader of the company, which yields and which is inclined to softer measures, is Joseph;
2:11for he does not indeed neglect the virtues of the soul, but he likewise shows anxiety about the stability and permanence of the body, and also desires an abundance of worldly treasures; and it is in strict accordance with natural truth, that he is represented as drawn in different directions, since he proposes to himself many different objects in life; and being attracted by each of them, he is kept in a state of commotion and agitation, without being able to stand firm.
2:12And his case is not like that of cities, which having made a truce enjoy peace, and yet after a time are again attacked, so as to gain the victory and to be defeated alternately; for at times a great influx of riches and glory coming upon them, subdues all their cares for the body and the soul, but afterwards, being repelled by both these things, they are conquered by the adversary;
2:13and in the same manner all the pleasures of the body coming upon the soul in a compact array overwhelm and efface all the objects of the intellect one after the other; and then, after a short time, wisdom, changing its course and blowing in the opposite direction with a fresh and violent breeze, causes the stream of the pleasures to slacken, and altogether moderates all the eagerness, and impetuosity, and rivalry of the external senses.
2:14Such a circle then of never-ending war revolves around the soul, subject as it is to so many changes; for when one enemy has been destroyed, then immediately there springs up another more powerful, after the fashion of the many-headed hydra; for they say, that in the case of this monster, instead of the head which was cut off another sprung up, by which statement they mean to intimate the multiform, and prolific, and almost invincible character of undying wickedness.
2:15Do not, therefore, answer [...] Joseph [...] but know that he is the image of multiform and mixed knowledge. For there appears in him a rational species of continence, which is of the masculine kind, being fashioned in accordance with his father Jacob;
2:16and also that kind which is devoid of reason is likewise visible, that of the outward sense I mean, being made in the likeness of his maternal race, according to Rachel. There appears in him also the seed of bodily pleasure, , which his association with the chief butlers, and chief bakers, and chief cooks has stamped upon him. There is, also visible the seed of vain opinion, on which he mounts as on a chariot by reason of his levity, being puffed up, and elated, and raising himself to a height to the destruction of equality.
2:17Now the character of Joseph is sketched out by the foregoing outlines. But each of his dreams must be investigated with accuracy; and first of all we must examine the one about the sheaves. "I thought," says he, "that we were all binding sheaves." The expression, "I thought," is clearly that of a person who is not certain, but who is hesitating and supposing with some amount of indistinctness, not of one who sees positively and clearly;
2:18for it is very natural for persons just awakening out of a deep sleep, and still dozing as it were, to say, "I thought;" but not so for people who are thoroughly awake, and who can see distinctly.
2:19And the practiser of virtue, Jacob, does not say, "I thought," but his language is, "Behold, a ladder firmly set, the head of which reached up to heaven." And again he says, when "the sheep conceived I saw them with my eyes in my sleep, and behold the he-goats and the rams leapt upon the ewes and upon the she-goats, white, and variegated, and ring-straked, and speckled."
Book 2, §§20–44
2:20For it happens of necessity that the sleeping conceptions also of those who think what is honourable eligible for its own sake are more distinct and more pure, just as their waking actions are also more deserving of approbation.
2:21But when I hear Jacob relating his dream I marvel at his having fancied that he was binding up the sheaves, and not reaping the corn; for the one is the task of the lower classes and of servants, but the other is the occupation of the employers, and of men more skilled in agriculture.
2:22For to be able to distinguish what is necessary from what is mischievous, and what is nutritious from what is not so, and what is genuine from what is spurious, and useful fruit from a worthless root, not only in reference to those things which the land bears, but also in those which the intellect bears, is the work of most perfect virtue.
2:23Accordingly the holy scripture represents those who see, that is the sons of Israel, as reaping, and what is a most extraordinary thing, as reaping not barley or wheat, but the harvest itself; accordingly the language of Moses is, "When you reap your harvest, you shall not wholly reap the corners of your harvest."
2:24For he means here that the virtuous man is not merely the judge of things which differ from one another, and that he does not only distinguish the things from which some produce is derived from the produce itself; but that he is able also to distinguish while reaping the harvest, to remove this opinion of his ability to distinguish, and to eradicate a man’s own opinion of himself; because he is firmly persuaded, and believes Moses when he affirms that "judgment belongs to God alone," with whom are the comparisons and distinctions between all things; to whom it is well for a man to confess that he is inferior, a confession more glorious than the most renowned victory.
2:25Now the reaping a harvest is like cutting a second time what has been cut already; which when some persons fond of novelty applied themselves to they found a circumcision of circumcision, and a purification of purification; that is to say, they found that the purification of the soul was itself purified, attributing the power of making bright to God, and never fancying that they themselves were competent, without the assistance of the divine wisdom, to wash and cleanse a life which is full of stains.
2:26Akin to this is the double cave, which is a symbol of the twofold and excellent recollections (the one existing in reference to the creature, and the other to the Creator), in which the virtuous man is bred up, contemplating the things which are in the world, and being also fond of inquiring about the father who made them;
2:27and it is owing to these twofold recollections, in my opinion, that the double symphony in music, that of the double diapason, was invented.
2:28For it was necessary that the work and the creator should be made happy in two most perfect melodies, and not both in the same one. For since the excellencies which were to be celebrated by them differed from one another, it followed of necessity that the melodies and symphonies should likewise differ from one another. The combined symphony being assigned to the world, which is a compound creation, composed of many different parts; and the disjoined melody being appropriated to him who, as to his essence, is separated from every creature, namely, to God.
2:29Moreover, the interpreter of the sacred will again enunciates an opinion friendly to virtue, saying that it is not proper "to thoroughly reap every corner of the harvest field;" remembering the original proposition, according to which he agreed that "the tribute belonged to the Lord," to whom the authority and the conformation of these things also belong;
2:30but he who is uninitiated in reaping boasts, so far as to say, "I thought that I was with the others binding up the sheaves which I had reaped." And he does not consider that this is the occupation of servants and of unskilful hands, as I have said a little while ago.
2:31But this word sheaves is an allegorical expression by which affairs are really meant, such as each man takes in hand for the support of his house, in which he hopes to live and dwell for ever.
2:32There are, therefore, an infinite number of differences between sheaves, that is to say, between such affairs as support a house. There are also a countless host of differences between those who gather and take up the sheaves in their hand, so that it is impossible to mention or even to imagine them all. Still it is not out of place to describe a few of them by way of example, which he too mentioned, when he was recounting his dream.
2:33For he says to his brethren, "I thought that we were binding up sheaves." Now, of brethren he has ten, who are sons of the same father as himself, and one who is by the same mother; and the name of each individual among them is an emblem of some most necessary thing. Reuben is an emblem of natural acuteness, for he is called "the son who sees," being in so far as he is a son not perfect, but in so far as he is endowed with the faculty of sight and sees acutely, he is naturally well qualified.
2:34Simeon is an emblem of learning, for his name being interpreted means, "listening." Levi is a symbol of virtuous energies and actions, and of holy ministrations. Judas is an emblem of songs and hymns addressed to God. Issachar, of wages which are given for good works; but perhaps the works themselves are their own perfect reward. Zabulon is a symbol of light, since his name means the departure of night; and when the night departs and leaves us, then of necessity light arises.
2:35Dan is a symbol of the distinction between, and division of, different things. Gad is an emblem of the invasion of pirates, and of a counter attack made upon them. Asser is a symbol of natural wealth, for his name being interpreted, signifies "a calling blessed," since wealth is accounted a blessed possession.
2:36Napthali is a symbol of peace, for all things are opened and extended by peace, as on the other hand they are closed by war; and his name being interpreted means, "widening," or "that which is opened." Benjamin is an emblem of young and old times; for being interpreted his name means "the son of days," and both young time and old time are measured by days and nights.
2:37Accordingly, every one of them takes up in his hand what belongs to himself; and having taken it up, binds all the parts together; the man well endowed by nature taking up the parts of dexterity, and perseverance, and memory, of which good natural endowments consist; the man who has learnt well takes up the parts of listening, tranquillity, and attention; the man willing to endeavour takes up courage and a happy confidence which does not shrink from danger;
2:38the man inclined to gratitude takes up praises, panegyrics, hymns, and blessings, both in speaking and in singing; the - man who is eager for wages takes up unhesitating industry, most enduring gratitude, and care, armed with a promptitude which is not to be despised;
2:39he who pursues light rather than darkness takes up wakefulness and acuteness of sight; the man who is an admirer of the division of and distinction between things takes up well-sharpened reasons so as not to be deceived by things similar to one another as if they were identical, impartiality so as not to be led away by favour, and incorruptibility;
2:40he who, in something of a piratical fashion, lays ambuscades against those who counterplot against him, takes up deceit, cajolery, trickery, sophistry, pretence, and hypocrisy, which being in their own nature blamable, are nevertheless praised when employed against an enemy; he who studies to be rich in the riches of nature takes up temperance and frugality; he who loves peace takes up obedience to law, a good reputation, freedom from pride, and equality.
2:41It is of these things, then, that the sheaves of his brethren by the same father are composed and bound up; but the sheaf of his uterine brother is composed of days and of time, which are the causes of nothing, as if they were the causes of all things.
2:42But the dreamer and interpreter of dreams himself, for he united both characters, makes a sheaf of empty opinion as of the greatest and most brilliant of possessions and the most useful to life. For which reason it is originally by his dreams, which are things dear to night, that he is made known to the king of the bodily country, and not by any performance of conspicuous actions, which require day for their exhibition.
2:43After that, he is appointed overseer or governor of all Egypt, and is honoured with the second rank in the kingdom, and made inferior in honour only to the king. All which things are in the eye of wisdom, if that were the judge, more inglorious and more ridiculous than even defeat and dishonour.
2:44After that he puts on a golden necklace, a most illustrious halter, the circlet and wheel of interminable necessity, not the consequence and regular order of things in life, nor the connection of the affairs of nature as Thamar was; for her ornament was not a necklace, but an armlet. Moreover, he assumes a ring, a royal gift which is no gift, a pledge devoid of good faith, the very contrary gift to that which was given to the same Thamar by Judah the son of the seeing king, Israel;
Book 2, §§45–69
2:45for God gives to the soul a seal, a very beautiful gift, to show that he has invested with shape the essence of all things which was previously devoid of shape, and has stamped with a particular character that which previously had no character, and has endowed with form that which had previously no distinctive form, and having perfected the entire world, he has impressed upon it an image and appearance, namely, his own word.
2:46But Joseph also mounts the second chariot, being puffed up with elation of mind and vain arrogance. And he is regulator of the provisions, laying up and preserving the treasures for the body, and providing it with food from all quarters: and this is a very formidable fortification against the soul.
2:47Moreover, his deliberate choice of life, and the life which he admires, is testified to in no slight degree by his name; for Joseph, being interpreted, means "addition;" and vain opinion is always adding what is spurious to what is genuine, and what is the property of others to what is one’s own, and what is false to what is true, and what is superfluous to what is adequate, and luxury to what is sufficient to support existence, and pride to life.
2:48Consider now what it is which I am here desirous to prove. We are nourished by meat and drink, even though the meat be the most ordinary corn, and the drink plain water from the stream. Moreover, besides this, vain opinion has added to it an infinite number of varieties of cakes, and cheese-cakes, and sweetmeats, and costly and various mixtures of an indescribable multitude of wines, for the enjoyment of pleasure rather than for a participation in necessary food properly prepared.
2:49Again, the necessary seasonings for eating, are leeks, and vegetables, and many fruits of trees, and cheese, and other things of that sort; and if you wish to include carnivorous men, we must, besides, add fish and meat to these items.
2:50Would it not, then, have been sufficient to broil these things upon the coals, or to roast them at the fire, and then eat them at once, after the fashion of those true heroes of old times? But the epicure is eager not only for such things as these, but he takes vain opinion for his ally, and excites the gluttonous passions which are within him, and seeks out and hunts all about for confectioners and pastrycooks of high reputation in their art.
2:51And they, bringing forward the different baits for his miserable stomach, which have been invented after long consideration, and preparing all kinds of peculiar flavours, and arranging them in due order, tickle, and allure, and subdue the tongue. Then, immediately they circumvent that foundation of the outward senses, the taste, by means of which the banquet-hunter in a very short time is rendered a slave instead of a free man.
2:52For who is there who does not know that clothes were originally made as a defence against the injuries which might arise to the body from cold and heat? as the poets say somewhere:— "Taming the wind in the winter."
2:53Who, therefore, thinks of costly purple garments? Who cares about transparent and thin summer robes? Who wishes for a garment delicate as a spider’s web? Who is eager to have embroidered for him apparel flowered over with dyes and brocaded figures, by those who are skilful in sewing and weaving cunning embroidery, and are superior in their handiwork to the imitative skill of the painter? Who, I say? Who, but vain opinion?
2:54And, indeed, it is for these same reasons that we had need of houses, requiring them also for protection against the attacks of wild beasts, or of men more savage in their nature than even wild beasts. Why is it, then, that we adorn the pavements and floors with costly stones? And why do we travel over Asia, and Africa, and all Europe, and the islands, searching for pillars and capitals, and architraves, and selecting them with reference to their superior beauty?
2:55And why are we anxious for, and why do we vie with one another in specimens of Doric, and Ionic, and Corinthian sculpture, and in all the refinements which luxurious men have devised in addition to the existing customs, adorning the capitals of their pillars? And why do we furnish our chambers for men and for women with golden ornaments? Is it not all from our being influenced by vain opinion?
2:56And yet, for sound sleep, the mere ground was sufficient (since, even to the present day, the accounts tell us that the gymnosophists, among the Indians, sleep on the ground in accordance with their ancient customs); and if it were not, at all events a couch made of carefully chosen stones or plain pieces of wood, would be a sufficient bed;
2:57but now the poles of our ladders are ornamented with ivory feet, and workmen inlay our beds with costly mother-of-pearl and variegated tortoise-shell, at great expense of labour, and money, and time: and some beds are even made of solid silver or solid gold, and inlaid with precious stones, with all kinds of flowery work, and embossed golden ornaments strewed about them, as if for mere display and magnificence, and not for daily use. The contriver of all which is again the same vain opinion.
2:58Again: why need we seek for more in the way of ointment than the juice pressed out of the fruit of the olive? For that softens the limbs, and relieves the labour of the body, and produces a good condition of the flesh; and if anything has got relaxed or flabby, it binds it again, and makes it firm and solid, and it fills us with vigour and strength of muscle, no less than any other unguent.
2:59But the pleasant unguents of vain opinion, are set up in opposition to those that are merely useful, on which the perfumers work, and to which vast regions contribute, such as Syria, Babylon, the Indians, and the Scythians; in which nations the origins of all perfumes are found.
2:60Again, with respect to drinking; what more could man really have need of than the cup of nature wrought with the perfection of art? Now such a cup our own hands supply, which, if any one brings together and forms into a hollow, applying them closely to his mouth, while another pours in the liquid to be drank, he gets not only a remedy for his thirst, but also a most indescribable pleasure.
2:61Still, if one were absolutely in need of something else, would not the ivy cup of the agricultural labourer be sufficient? and why should it be requisite to have recourse to the arts of other eminent artists? And what can be the use of providing a countless multitude of gold and silver goblets, if it be not for the gratification of boastful and vain-glorious arrogance, and of vain opinion raising itself to an undue height?
2:62Again, when men wear crowns, they are not content with fragrant garlands of laurel, or ivy, or violets, or lilies, or roses, or of any tree whatever, or of any flower, neglecting all the gifts of God, which he bestows upon us at the various seasons of the year, but they put golden crowns on their heads, which are a very grievous weight, wearing them in the middle of the crowded market-place without any shame. And what can we think of such men, but that they are slaves of vain opinion, in spite of their asserting themselves not only to be free, but even to be rulers over many other persons?
2:63The day would fail me if I were to go through all the varieties of human life; and yet, why need I dwell on the subject with prolixity? For who is there who has not heard, or who has not seen, such men as these? Who is there who does not associate with, and who is not familiar with them? So that the sacred scripture has very appropriately named "addition" the enemy of simplicity and the companion of pride;
2:64for as superfluous shoots do grow on trees, which are a great injury to the genuine useful branches, and which the cultivators destroy and cut out from a prudent foreknowledge of what is necessary: so likewise the life of falsehood and arrogance often grows up by the side of the true life devoid of pride, of which, to this day, no cultivator has been found who has been able to cut away the injurious superfluous growth by the roots.
2:65Therefore the practisers of wisdom, knowing this in the first instance by the outward sense, and secondly, pursuing it by the mind, cry out loudly and say, "A wicked beast has seized and devoured Joseph."
2:66But does not that most ferocious beast, the various pride which springs up in the life of men living in irregularity and confusion, whose chief workmen are covetousness and unscrupulous cunning, devour every one who comes within his reach? Therefore grief will be added to them, even while they are alive, as though they were dead, since they have a life worthy of lamentation and mourning, since Jacob mourns for Joseph, even while he is alive.
2:67But Moses will not allow the sacred reasonings about Nadab to be bewailed; for they have not been carried off by a savage beast, but have been taken up by unextinguishable violence and imperishable light; because, having discarded all fear and hesitation, they had duly consecrated the fervent and fiery zeal, consuming the flesh, and very easily and vehemently excited towards piety, which is unconnected with creation, but is akin to God, not going up to the altar by the regular steps, for that was forbidden by law, but proceeding rapidly onwards with a favourable gale, and being conducted up even to the threshold of heaven, becoming dissolved into ethereal beams like a whole burnt-offering.
2:68Therefore, O thou soul, that art obedient to thy teacher! thou must cut off thine hand and thy power when it begins to take hold of the parts of generation; that is to say, of things created, or of human pursuits;
2:69for very often ... to cut off the hand which has laid hold of the privy parts," in the first place, because it has gladly received the pleasure which it ought rather to hate; and, secondly, because it has thought that the faculty of propagating seed was in our own power, and also, because it has attributed to the creature the power which belongs to the Creator.
Book 2, §§70–94
2:70Dost thou not see that the earthly mass, Adam, when it lays its hand upon the two trees, dies, because it has preferred the number two to the unit, and because it has admired the creature in preference to the Creator? But do thou go forth beyond the reach of the smoke and the tempest, and flee from the ridiculous pursuits of mortal life as a fearful whirlpool, and do not, as the proverb has it, touch them even with the tip of thy finger.
2:71And when thou hast girded thyself up for the sacred ministrations, having made broad thy whole hand and thy whole power, then take a firm hold of the speculations of instruction and wisdom; for the command is of this kind, "If a soul brings a gift or a sacrifice, the gift shall be of fine wheaten flour." After that the lawgiver adds: "And when he has taken a full handful of the fine wheaten flour, with the oil, and with all the frankincense, he places the memorial on the altar of sacrifice."
2:72Is not this a very beautiful and appropriate expression of Moses, to call that soul incorporeal which is about to offer sacrifice, but not to call the double mass which consists of mortality and immortality by any such name? For that which vows the vow—that which is full of gratitude—that which offers such sacrifices as are truly without spot, is one thing only, namely, the soul.
2:73What then is the offering of the incorporeal soul? What is the fine wheaten flour, a symbol of the mind purified by the suggestions of instruction, which is able to render the friend of education free from all disease, and life free from all reproach?
2:74From which the priest taking a handful with his whole hand, that is to say, with the whole grasp of his mind, is commanded to offer up the whole soul itself, full of the most unalloyed and pure doctrines, as the most excellent of sacrifices, fat and in good condition, rejoicing in divine light, and redolent of the exhalations which are given forth by justice, and by the other virtues, so as always to enjoy a most fragrant, and delicious, and happy life; for the oil and the frankincense, of which the priest takes a handful with the white wheat, contain a figurative assertion of this.
2:75It is on this account that Moses set apart an especial festival for the sheaf; however, not for every sheaf, but for that which came from the sacred land. "For when," says he, "you come into the land which I give unto you, and when you reap its harvest, you shall bring sheaves as a first fruit of your harvest to the priest."
2:76And the meaning of this injunction is, when, O mind, you come into the country of virtue, which it is fitting should be offered up to God alone, being a land good for pasture, a land of rich soil, a land which beareth fruit, and when you reap the fruit (either that afforded by the land spontaneously or that which thou hast sown), which has been brought to perfection by the God who gives perfection; carry it not home to thy house; that is to say, do not store it up, and do not attribute to thyself the cause of the crop which has arisen to thee, before thou hast offered the first fruits to the Cause of all wealth, and to him who persuaded thee to study the operations which confer riches.
2:77And it is enjoined that you shall offer the "first fruits of your own harvest;" not of the harvest of the land, in order that we may reap and gather in the harvest for ourselves; dedicating to God all good and nutritious, and beneficial fruits.
2:78But the man who is at the same time initiated in dreams and also an interpreter of dreams, is bold to say that his sheaf rose and stood upright; for in real truth, as spirited horses lift their necks high, so all who are companions of vain opinion place themselves above all things, above all cities, and laws, and national customs, and above all the circumstances which affect each individual of them.
2:79Then proceeding onwards from being demagogues to being leaders of the people, and overthrowing the things which belong to their neighbours, and setting up and establishing on a solid footing what belongs to themselves, that is to say, all such dispositions as are free and by nature impatient of slavery, they attempt to reduce these also under their power;
2:80on which account the dreamer adds, "And your sheaves turning towards my sheaf made obeisance unto it." For the lover of modesty marvels at and fears the stiffnecked, and the cautious person fears the self-willed man, and he who reverences holiness fears that which is impious both for himself and for others.
2:81And is not this reasonable? For inasmuch as the good man is a spectator, not only of human life but also of all the things which exist in the world, he knows how many things are accustomed to be caused by necessity, and chance, and opportunity, and violence, and authority; and what numbers of propositions, and what great instances of prosperity proceeding onwards with rapidity towards heaven, the same causes have shaken and overthrown;
2:82so that he will of necessity take up caution as a shield, as a protection to prevent his suffering any sudden and unexpected evil; for as I imagine what a wall is to a city, that caution is to an individual.
2:83Do not these men then talk foolishly, are they not mad, who desire to display their inexperience and freedom of speech to kings and tyrants, at times daring to speak and to do things in opposition to their will? Do they not perceive that they have not only put their necks under the yoke like brute beasts, but that they have also surrendered and betrayed their whole bodies and souls likewise, and their wives and their children, and their parents, and all the rest of the numerous kindred and community of their other relations? And it is lawful for the charioteer, and also for the passenger, with all freedom to spur, and to urge forward, and to check, and to hold back, according as he desires to arrange things, so as to make them greater or smaller.
2:84Therefore, being pricked with goads, and flogged, and mutilated, and suffering all the cruelties which can be inflicted in an inhuman and pitiless manner before death, all together, they are led away to execution and put to death.
2:85These are the rewards of unseemly freedom of speech, not of that which is accounted such by right-thinking judges, but of that license which is full of folly, and insanity of mind, and of incurable distemper. What do you mean? Does anyone, when he sees a storm at its height, and a violent gale opposing him, and a hurricane raging tempestuously, and the sea full of vast waves, when he ought to anchor his ship, does anyone, I say, at such a moment weigh anchor and put to sea?
2:86What pilot, or what captain of a ship, was ever so drunk and intoxicated, as, while all the dangers which I have just enumerated were threatening him, to be willing to set sail, lest, if his vessel became water-logged by the sea breaking over it from above, it might be swallowed up with all its crew? For, if he had been inclined to meet with a voyage free from danger, it was in his power to wait for calm weather and a smooth and favourable breeze.
2:87What would one say, suppose anyone were to see a bear or a lion coming on with violence, and, while he might pacify and tame him, were to provoke him and make him savage, in order to give up himself as an unpitied meal and feast to those ravenous monsters?
2:88Unless indeed anyone will assert that it is of no use to anyone to oppose the asps and serpents of Egypt, and all the other things which ... destructive poison ... inflict inevitable death on those who are once bitten by them; for that men must be content to use incantations, and so to tame those beasts, and by such means to avoid suffering any evil from them.
2:89Moreover, are there not certain men who are more savage and more treacherous than boars, or serpents, or asps? whose treacherous and malignant disposition it is impossible to escape otherwise than by gentleness and caresses? Therefore the wise Abraham will offer adoration to the sons of Cheth, and their name being interpreted, means "admiring," because the occasion persuades him to do so.
2:90For he has not come to this action of adoration because he honours persons who, by nature, and by hereditary qualities, and by their own habits, are enemies to reason, and who miserably waste that coinage of the soul, namely instruction, corrupting, and adulterating, and clipping it, but because he fears their present power and their scarcely conquerable strength, and is on his guard not to provoke them, he takes refuge in that great and powerful possession and weapon of virtue, that most excellent place of abode for wise souls, the double cave, which he could not occupy while warring and fighting, but only by acting as a champion and servant of reason.
2:91What? Do not we also, when we are spending our time in the market-place, frequently wonder at the masters, and also at the beasts of burden? But we wonder at these two classes, with different and not the same feelings. For we look upon the masters with honour, and upon the beasts of burden with fear, lest some injury should be done to us by them.
2:92And when an opportunity offers, it is a good thing to attack our enemies and put down their power; but when we have no such opportunity, it is better to be quiet; but if we wish to find perfect safety as far as they are concerned, it is advantageous to caress them.
2:93On which account it is even now proper to praise those persons who do not yield to the president of vain opinion but who withstand him and say, "Shall you be a king and rule over us?" For they do not as yet see him actually in possession of kingly power, they do not see him as yet kindled like a flame, and shining and blazing in the unlimited fuel, but only smouldering like a spark, dreaming of glory, and not visibly having attained to it;
2:94for they also suggest favourable hopes to themselves as if they will not be able to be overcome by him; for which reason they say, "Shall you reign over us?" Which is equivalent to saying, Do you expect to be a king over us while we are living, existing, strong, and breathing? Perhaps, indeed, you may make yourself master of such as are weak people, but with respect to us who are strong you will be looked upon by us as a subject.
Book 2, §§95–119
2:95And, indeed, this is the natural state of the case. For when right reason is powerful in the soul, vain opinion is put down; but when right reason is weak, vain opinion is strong. As long, therefore, as the soul has its own power still safe, and as long as it is not mutilated in any part of it, it may well have confidence to attack and aim its arrows at the pride which resists it, and it may indulge in freedom of speech, saying, "You shall not be a king, you shall not be a lord either over us, or during our lifetime over others;
2:96but we, with our body-guards and shield-bearers, the offspring of wisdom, will overthrow your attacks and baffle your threats with one single sally of ours. In reference to which circumstances it is said, "They began to hate him because of his dreams and because of his words."
2:97But are not all the images which pride sets up and worships mere words and dreams, while, on the contrary, those things alone deserve to be called actions and real energies which are referable to correct life and right reason? And the one class are worthy of hatred as being false, and the other class deserve friendship as being full of desirable and lovely truth.
2:98Let no one, therefore, venture to bring accusations against the virtues of such men, as if they exhibited a specimen of an inhuman and unbrotherly disposition; but let any one who is disposed to do so, learn that it is not a man who is now being judged of, but the disposition which exists in the soul of each individual, which is mad on the subject of glory and arrogant pride; let him embrace these men who have adopted irreconcileable enmity and hatred towards this disposition, and let him never love what is hated by them.
2:99Knowing thoroughly that such judges are never deceived so as to wander from a sound opinion, but that, having learnt from the beginning to understand who is the true king, namely, the Lord, they indignantly refuse to worship him who deprives God of his honour, and seeks to appropriate it to himself, and who invites his fellow servants to do him service.
2:100On which account they say with confidence, "Shall you be a king and reign over us?" Are you ignorant that we are not independent, but that we are under the government of an immortal king, the only God? And why should you be a lord and lord it over us? for are we not under domination, and have we not now, and shall we not have for ever, and ever the same one Lord? in being whose servants we rejoice more than any one else can do in his liberty; for to be the servant of God is the most excellent of all things which are honoured in creation.
2:101I, therefore, should pray that I myself also might be able to abide firmly in the things which have been decided by these men; for they are accurate investigators, and superintendents, and overseers of things, not of bodies, and just, and sober all their lives, so as never to be deceived by any of those things which are accustomed to deceive mankind.
2:102But up to this time I am in a state of intoxication, and I am labouring under much uncertainty, and I have need of a staff and of a guide like a blind man; for if I had a staff to support me, then, perhaps, I might neither stumble nor fall.
2:103But if any persons who are conscious that they are but inconsiderate and precipitate, pay no attention to and do not care to follow those who have investigated all necessary matters with diligence and circumspection, nor, though they themselves are ignorant of the road, submit to the guidance of those who are acquainted with it, let them know that they have entered a course which it is very difficult to travel through, and that they are entangled in it, and will not be able to advance further;
2:104but I am so bound by treaties to these men, the moment I have a little recovered from my intoxication, that I think the same person both a friend and an enemy. But at present I will drive from me and hate that dreamer no less than they do; for no one in his senses could blame me for this, that the majority of opinions and votes does always prevail;
2:105but when he changes to a better course of life, and no longer dreams, and no longer worries himself by entangling himself in the vain imaginations of the slaves of vain opinion, and when he no longer dreams about night, and darkness, and the changes of uncertain matters which cannot be guessed at;
2:106he, then, having awakened from deep sleep, continues awake and receives certainty instead of indistinctness, and truth instead of false conceptions, and day instead of night, and light instead of darkness, and rejects an Egyptian wife, that is to say, the pleasure of the body, when she invites him to come in to her, and to enjoy her conversation, out of an indescribable love of continence and admiration for piety,
2:107and asserts his right to a share in those kindred and inherited blessings from which he appeared to be alienated, again desiring to recover that portion of virtue which properly belongs to him. For proceeding by small and gradual improvements, as if he were now established on the summit and perfection of his own life, he cries out, what indeed he knows to a certainty from what has happened to him, that he "belongs to God," and that he belongs no more to any object of external sense which can affect any creature;
2:108and then his brethren will come to a permanent reconciliation with him, changing their hatred into friendship, and their malignity into good will. But I who am the follower of these men, for I have learnt to obey them as a servant obeys his master, will never cease to praise him for his change of mind.
2:109Since Moses, also, that priest of sacred things, preserves his change of mind as what is worthy of love and of being preserved in men’s recollection, from being forgotten, by the symbol of the bones which he did not think proper to have buried in Egypt for ever, looking upon it as a hard thing, if the soul put forth any beautiful flower to suffer that to wither away, and to be overwhelmed and destroyed by the torrents which the Egyptian river of the passions, namely the body, which is incessantly flowing through all the outward senses, sends forth.
2:110The vision, therefore, which appeared proceeding from the earth, with reference to the sheaves and the interpretation thereof, has now been sufficiently discussed. It is time now to consider the other vision; and to examine how that is interpreted by the art of the explanation of dreams.
2:111"He saw then," says the scripture, "a second dream, and he related it to his father, and to his brethren, and he said, I saw that the sun, and the moon, and the eleven stars worshipped me. And his father rebuked him, and said, What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I, and thy mother, and thy brethren, come forward and advance, and fall down to the earth and worship thee? And his brethren were jealous of him; but his father regarded his words."
2:112The studiers of sublime wisdom now say that the zodiac, the greatest of all the circles in heaven, is studded with twelve animals (ζώδια), from which it has derived its name. And that the sun and the moon are always revolving around it, and go through each of the animals, not indeed with equal rapidity, but in unequal numbers and periods; the one doing so in thirty days, and the other in as near as may be a twelfth part of that time, that is in two days and a half;
2:113therefore, he who saw this heaven-sent vision, thought that he was being worshipped by eleven stars, ranking himself among them as the twelfth, so as to complete the whole circle of the zodiac.
2:114And I recollect having before now heard some man who had applied himself to learning in no careless or indolent spirit, say that men were not the only beings which went mad with vain opinions, but that the stars did so too. And they also, said he, contend with one another for precedence, and those which are the greater claim to be attended by the lesser stars as their guards;
2:115these matters, however, we may leave for the studiers of sublime subjects to investigate, and to settle how much truth and how much random assertion there is in them. But we say, that the lover of indiscriminate study, and unreasonable contention, and vain opinion, being always puffed up by folly, wishes to assert a precedence, not only over men, but also above the nature of all existing things;
2:116and he thinks that all things were created for his sake, and that it is necessary that everything, whether earth or heaven, or water or air, should bring him tribute; and he has gone to such an extravagant pitch of folly, that he is not able to reason upon such matters as even a young child might understand, and to see that no artist ever makes the whole for the sake of the part, but rather makes the part for the sake of the whole. Now the part of the whole is the man, so that he is properly asserted to have been made for the sake of perfecting the world in which he is rightly classed.
2:117But some persons are full of such exceeding folly, that they are indignant if the whole world does not follow their intentions: for this reason Xerxes, the king of Persia, being desirous to strike terror into his enemies, made a display of very mighty undertakings, altering the whole face of nature;
2:118for he changed the nature of the elements of the earth and of the sea, giving land to the sea and sea to the land, by joining the Hellespont with a bridge, and breaking up Mount Athos into deep gulfs, which, being filled with sea, became so many new and artificially-cut seas, being entirely changed from the ancient course of nature.
2:119And having worked wonders with respect to the earth, according to his wishes, he mounted up upon daring conceptions, like a miserable man as he was, contracting the guilt of impiety, and seeking to soar up to heaven, as if he would move what cannot be moved, and would subjugate the host of heaven, and, as the proverb has it, he began with a sacred thing.
Book 2, §§120–144
2:120For he aimed his arrows at the most excellent of the heavenly bodies, the sun, the ruler of the day, as if he had not himself been wounded by the invisible dart of insanity, not only because of his desiring things which were impossible, but such as were also most impious, either of which is a great disgrace to him who attempts them.
2:121It is related, also, that the very populous nation of the Germans, and theirs is a country where the sea is subject to the ebb and flow of the tide, ran down to the reflux which occurs in their country with great impetuosity, and drawing their naked swords charged and encountered the billowy sea as if it were a phalanx of enemies:
2:122and these men deserve to be hated because they dare impiously to take up the arms of enemies against the free and invincible parts of nature; but they deserve also to be ridiculed for attempting what is impossible, as if they thought it practicable to wound the water as though it were a living animal, or to stab it and kill it. And again, one should grieve at the sight of such men, and fear, and flee out of fear at their attacks, and submit to all the affections of the soul which are conversant with pleasures and pains.
2:123Moreover, it is only a very short time ago that I knew a man of very high rank, one who was prefect and governor of Egypt, who, after he had taken it into his head to change our national institutions and customs, and in an extraordinary manner to abrogate that most holy law guarded by such fearful penalties, which relates to the seventh day, and was compelling us to obey him, and to do other things contrary to our established custom, thinking that that would be the beginning of our departure from the other laws, and of our violation of all our national customs, if he were once able to destroy our hereditary and customary observance of the seventh day.
2:124And as he saw that those to whom he offered violence did not yield to his injunctions, and that the rest of our people was not disposed to submit in tranquillity, but was indignant and furious at the business, and was mourning and dispirited as if at the enslaving, and overthrow, and utter destruction of their country; he thought fit to endeavour by a speech to persuade them to transgress, saying:
2:125"If an invasion of enemies were to come upon you on a sudden, or the violence of a deluge, from the river having broken down all its barriers by an inundation, or any terrible fire, or a thunderbolt, or famine, or pestilence, or an earthquake, or any other evil, whether caused by men or inflicted by God, would you still remain quiet and unmoved at home?
2:126And would you still go on in your habitual fashion, keeping your right hand back, and holding the other under your garments close to your sides, in order that you might not, even without meaning it, do anything to contribute to your own preservation?
2:127And would you still sit down in your synagogues, collecting your ordinary assemblies, and reading your sacred volumes in security, and explaining whatever is not quite clear, and devoting all your time and leisure with long discussions to the philosophy of your ancestors?
2:128Nay: rather shaking off all these ideas, you would gird yourselves up for the preservation of yourselves, and of your parents, and of your children, and, if one must tell the plain truth, of your possessions and treasures, to save them from being utterly destroyed.
2:129And, indeed, I myself, am," said he, "all the evils which I have just enumerated: I am a whirlwind, I am war, and deluge, and thunderbolt, and the calamity of famine, and the misery of pestilence, and an earthquake which shakes and overthrows what stood firm before, not being merely the name of a necessity of fate, but actual, visible power, standing close to you."
2:130What then can we say that a man who says, or who merely thinks such things as these, is? Is he not an evil of an extraordinary nature? He surely must be some foreign calamity, brought from over the sea, or from some other world, since he, a man in every respect miserable, has dared to compare himself to the all-blessed God.
2:131We must likewise add, that he is daring here to utter blasphemies against the sun, and the moon, and the rest of the stars, whenever anything which had been looked for according to the seasons of the year, either does not happen at all, or is brought about with difficulty; if, for instance, the summer causes too much heat, or the winter too excessive a cold, or if the spring or autumn were unseasonable, so that the one were to become barren and unfruitful, and the other to be prolific only in diseases.
2:132Therefore, giving all imaginable license to an unbridled mouth and abusive tongue, such a man will reproach the stars as not bringing their customary tribute, all but claiming for the things of earth the reverence and adoration of the heavenly bodies, and for himself above them all, in proportion as he, as being a man, looks upon himself as superior to the other animals.
2:133Such men then are classed by us as the very teachers of vain opinion. Let us now in turn look at their followers by themselves. These men are always laying plots against the practisers of virtue, and when they see them labouring to make their own life pure with guileless truth, and to exhibit it, as one may say, to the light of the moon, or of the sun, as able to stand inspection, they endeavour by deceit, or even by open violence, to hinder them, trying to drive them into the sunless country of impious men, which is occupied by deep night, and endless darkness, and ten thousand tribes of images, and appearances, and dreams, and then, having thrust them down thither, they compel them to fall down and worship them as masters.
2:134For we look upon the practiser of virtue as the sun, since the one gives light to our bodies, and the other to the things which belong to the soul: and the education which such a man uses we look upon as the moon, for the use of each is most pure and most useful in the night; and the brethren are those virtuous reasonings which are the offspring of instruction, and of a soul devoted to the practise of virtue, all of which make straight the right path of life, and which they, therefore, by all kinds of wary and cunning wrestlings, seek to overcome, and to trip up, and overthrow, and break the neck of, because they have determined neither to think nor to say anything sound themselves.
2:135For this reason his father rebukes this intractable youth (I do not mean Jacob, but right reason, which is older even than he), saying,
2:136"What is this dream which thou hast dreamt?" but thou hast not seen any dream at all; hast thou fancied that things which are free by nature are to be of necessity slaves to human things, and that things which are rulers are to become subjects? and, what is more paradoxical still, subject, not to anything else but to the very things which they govern? and to be the slaves of no other things except those very things which are their own slaves? unless indeed a change of all established things to their direct contraries is to take place, by the power of God, who is able to effect all things, and to move what is immovable, and to fix what is in a constant state of agitation.
2:137Since on what principle can you be angry with or reproach a man who sees a vision in his sleep? For he will say, I did not see it intentionally, why do you bring accusations against me, for errors which I have not committed from any deliberate purpose? I have related to you what fell upon me and made an impression on my mind suddenly, and without my desiring it.
2:138But the present question is not about dreams, but about things which resemble dreams; which, to those whose minds are not highly purified appear great, and beautiful, and desirable things; while they are, in reality, trifling, and obscure, and deserving of ridicule, in the eyes of honest judges of the truth.
2:139Shall I then, says he, I, that is to say, right reason, come to you? And shall the soul, which is both the mother and nurse of the company devoted to learning virtuous instruction, also come to thee?
2:140And are the offspring of us too to come likewise? And are we all to stand in a row, laying aside all our former dignity, and holding up our hands and praying to thee? And are we then to prostrate ourselves on the ground, and endeavour to propitiate and adore thee? But may the sun never shine upon such transactions, since deep darkness is suited to evil deeds, and brilliant light to good deeds. And what could be a greater evil than for pride, that deceiver and beguiler, to be praised and admired, instead of sincere and honest simplicity?
2:141And it is with great propriety that the statement is added, "And his father took notice of his words." For it is the occupation of a soul which is not young, nor barren, nor wholly unfruitful, but rather of one which is really older and able to beget offspring, to cohabit with prudent caution, and to despise and overlook nothing whatever, but to have a reverential fear of the power of God, from which we cannot escape, and which we cannot overcome; and to look all around to see what its very end shall be.
2:142For this reason they say, that the sister of Moses also (and she is called Hope by us, when speaking in a figurative manner) was contemplated at a distance by the sacred scriptures, inasmuch as she kept her eyes fixed on the end of life, hoping that some good fortune might befall her, sent by the Giver of all good from above, from heaven;
2:143for it has often happened that many persons, after having taken long voyages, and having sailed over a great expanse of sea with a fair wind, and without any danger, have suddenly been shipwrecked in the harbour itself, when they have been on the very point of casting anchor;
2:144and many persons too, who have successfully come to the end of formidable wars of long duration, and have come off unwounded so as never to have received even a scratch on the surface of the skin, but to have escaped whole and entire as if they had only been at some popular assembly or national festival, having returned home with joy and cheerfulness, have been plotted against in their houses by those who, of all the world, least ought to have done so; being, as the proverb says, like oxen slain in their stall.
Book 2, §§145–169
2:145As these unexpected events, which no one could ever have anticipated, do frequently happen in this manner and overthrow people, so also do they often drive the powers of the soul in a contrary direction to the proper one, and drag it in an opposite way, according to their power, and compel it to change its course: for what man, who has ever descended into the arena of life, has come off without a fall?
2:146And who is there who has never been tripped up in that contest? He is happy who has not often been so. And for whom has not fortune laid snares, blowing upon him at intervals, and collecting its strength, that it may twine itself around him, and speedily carry him off before its adversary is ready for the contest?
2:147Do we not know, that some persons have come from infancy to old age who have never been sensible of any irregularity, whether it be from the happy condition of their nature, or from the care of those who brought them up and educated them, or owing to both circumstances? But then, being filled with profound peace in themselves, which is real peace, and the archetypal model of that which exists in cities, and being considered happy on that account, because they have never had a notion, not even in a dream, of the intestine war which arises from the violence of the passions, and which is the most piteous of all wars, have at last, at the very close of their lives, run on shore and made shipwreck, either through some intemperance of language or some insatiable gluttony, or some incontinent licentiousness of the parts below the belly.
2:148For some, while— "Still on the threshold of extreme old age," have admired the youthful, unhonoured, detestable, and disgraceful life of debauchees; and others have given in to the cunning, and wicked, and calumnious, and desperate way of life of others, pursuing the first fruits of a quarrelsome curiosity, when they ought rather to have discarded such habits now, even if they had been familiar to them.
2:149For which reason one ought to propitiate God, and to supplicate him perseveringly, that he will not pass by our miserable race, but that he will allow his saving mercy to be everlastingly shown towards us; for it is difficult for those who have tasted unalloyed peace to be prevented from glutting themselves with it.
2:150But, come now, this hunger is a lighter evil than thirst, inasmuch as it has love and desire for its comforters; but when, through the desire of drinking, it is necessary to to satisfy one’s self with that other fountain, the water of which is dirty and unwholesome, then it is indispensable for the drinkers, being filled with a bitter-sweet pleasure, to live an unenviable life, betaking themselves to pernicious things as though they were advantageous, from ignorance of what is really desirable.
2:151But the impetuous course of these evils is most grievous when the irrational powers of the soul attack the powers of the reason and get the better of them;
2:152for as long as the herds of oxen obey their drivers, and the flocks obey their shepherds, and the goats obey the goatherds, the herds and all belonging to them go on well; but when the herdsmen who are appointed to look after the cattle become weaker than the beasts committed to their care, then everything goes wrong, and instead of regularity there arises irregularity, and disorder in the place of order, and confusion instead of steadiness, and disturbance in the place of good arrangement, since there is no longer any lawful superintending power properly established; for if there had been such a thing, it would have been destroyed before this time.
2:153What then? Do we not think that even in ourselves there is a herd of irrational cattle, inasmuch as the irrational multitude of the soul is deprived of reason, and that the shepherd is the governing mind? But as long as that is vigorous and competent to act as the manager of the herd, everything goes on in a just, and prosperous, and advantageous manner;
2:154but when any weakness or want of power supervenes to the king, then it follows of necessity that the subjects also labour with a like infirmity; and when they most completely seem to be in enjoyment of liberty, then they are a prize, lying most entirely ready for any one who pleases to contend for it to seize; for the natural course is for anarchy to be treacherous, and for government to be salutary, especially in a state where law and justice are honoured. And this is such a state as is consistent with reason.
2:155We have now, then, spoken with sufficient accuracy about the dreams of vain opinion. Now, the different species of gluttony are conversant about drinking and eating. But the one has no need of any great variety, while the other requires a countless number of seasonings and sauces. These things, then, are referred to two managers. The matters relating to excessive drinking are referred to the chief butler, and those which belong to luxurious eating to the chief baker.
2:156Now these men are, with excessive propriety, recorded to have seen visions of dreams in one night; for they, each of them, labour to gratify the same need of their master, providing not simple food, but such as is accompanied with pleasure and extraordinary gratification; and each of them, separately, labours about half the food, but the two together are employed about the whole, and the one part draws on the other;
2:157for men, when they have eaten, immediately desire drink; and men who have drunk immediately wish to eat; so that it is in no slight degree on this account that a vision is ascribed to them both at the same time.
2:158Therefore the chief butler has the office of ministering to the appetite for wine, and the chief baker to the voracity. And each of them sees in his vision what relates to his own business: the one sees wine and the plant which engenders wine, namely the vine; the other sees white bread lying on dishes, and himself serving up the dishes.
2:159Now perhaps it may be proper first of all to examine the first dream. And it is as follows:—"In my sleep there was a vine before me; and on the vine were three branches, and it flourished and brought forth shoots, and there were on it ripe bunches of grapes. And Pharaoh’s cup was in my hand, and I took the bunch of grapes and pressed it into the cup, and I gave the cup into Pharaoh’s hand."
2:160He speaks here in an admirable manner, and the expression, "in my sleep," is quite correct. For, in real truth, he who follows not so much the inebriety which arises from wine as that which proceeds from folly, being indignant at an upright and wakeful position, like people asleep, is thrown down and relaxed, and shuts the eyes of his soul, not being able either to see or to hear anything which is worthy of being seen or of being heard.
2:161And being overthrown, he goes on a blind and guideless (I will not say path, but pathless) way through life, being pricked with thorns and briars; and sometimes too he falls down steep places, and tumbles down upon other people, so as to hurt both them and himself in a pitiable manner.
2:162But the deep and long-enduring sleep in which every wicked man is held, removes all true conceptions, and fills the mind with all kinds of false images, and unsubstantial visions, persuading it to embrace what is shameful as praiseworthy. For at one time it dreams of grief as joy, and does not perceive that it is looking at the vine, the plant of folly and error.
2:163"For," says the chief butler, "the vine was before me," the desired object was before him who desired it, wickedness was before the wicked man: which we, foolish men that we are, cultivate, without being aware that we are doing so to our own injury, the fruit of which we eat and drink, classing it under both species of food, which, as it would seem, we appropriate, not for one half the evils that affect us for the whole of our complete and entire misfortunes.
2:164But it is desirable not to be ignorant that the intoxication which proceeds from the vine does not affect all who indulge in it in a similar manner, but very often affects different people in contrary ways, so that it makes some better and others worse than they are naturally.
2:165For in the case of some men, it relaxes the sternness and moroseness of their character, and relieves them of their cares, and assuages their anger and their sorrow, and brings their dispositions into a milder mood, and makes their souls placable. But of others again, it cherishes the angry passions, and binds their pains firmly, and excites their feelings of love, and stimulates their rudeness; rendering their mouth talkative, their tongue unbridled, emancipating their external senses from all restraint, rendering their passions furious, and their whole mind violent and excited towards every object.
2:166So that the condition of the men first-mentioned appears to resemble an untroubled calm in fine weather, or a waveless tranquillity at sea, or a most peaceful and steady state of affairs in a city. But the condition of those whom I have last described, is more like a violent and unremitting gale, or a sea tossed by a storm into vast billows, or a sedition, an evil more fearful than even interminable and irreconcileable war.
2:167Therefore, of these two banquet parties, the one is filled with laughter, with men promising amusement, and hoping for good fortune, and enjoying cheerfulness, and pleasant language, and mirth, and joy, and freedom from anxiety;
2:168but the other is full of melancholy, and seriousness, and downcast looks, and offences, and reproaches, and wounds; of men gnashing their teeth, looking fiercely at one another, barking, strangling one another, contending with one another in every conceivable way, mutilating one another’s ears and noses, and whatever parts of the body they can reach, displaying the intoxication of their whole life and their drunkenness in this unholy contest, with every kind of unseemly behaviour.
2:169It would therefore be naturally consistent to consider next that the vine is the symbol of two things: of folly, and of mirth. And each of these two, though it is indicated by many circumstances, we will explain in a few words, to avoid prolixity.
Book 2, §§170–194
2:170When any one leading us along the road, deserted by the passions and by acts of wickedness, the road, that is, of philosophy, has led right reason to a height, and placed it like a scout upon a watch-tower, and has commanded it to look around, and to survey the whole country of virtue, and to see whether it be blessed with a deep soil, and rich, and productive of herbage and of fruit, since deep soil is good to cause the learning which has been sown in it to increase, and to make the doctrines which have been planted in it, and which have grown to trees, to form solid trunks, or whether it be of a contrary character; and also to examine into actions, as one might into cities, and see whether they are strongly fortified, or whether they are defenceless and deprived of all the security which might be afforded by walls around them. Also to inquire into the condition of the inhabitants, whether they are considerable in numbers and in valour, or whether their courage is weak and their numbers scanty, the two causes acting reciprocally on one another.
2:171Then because we were not able to bear the weight of the whole trunk of wisdom, we cut off one branch and one bunch of grapes, and carried it with us as a most undeniable proof of our joy, and a burden very easy to be borne, wishing to display at the same time the branch and the fruit of excellence to those who are gifted with acuteness of mental sight, to show them, that is, the strongly-shooting and grape-bearing vine.
2:172They then very fairly compare this vine of which we were only able to take a part, to happiness. And one of the ancient prophets bears his testimony in favour of my view of the matter, who speaking under divine inspiration has said, "The vineyard of the Lord Almighty is the house of Israel."
2:173Now Israel is the mind inclined to the contemplation of God and of the world; for the name Israel is interpreted, "seeing God," and the abode of the mind is the whole soul; and this is the most sacred vineyard, bearing as its fruit the divine shoot, virtue:
2:174thus thinking well (τὸ εὖ φρονει̃ν) is the derivation of the word joy (εὐφροσὑνη), being a great and brilliant thing so that, says Moses, even God himself does not disdain to exhibit it; and most especially at that time when the human race is departing from its sins, and inclining and bending its steps towards justice, following of its own accord the laws and institutions of nature.
2:175"For," says Moses, "the Lord thy God will return, that he may rejoice in thee for thy good as he rejoiced in thy fathers, if thou wilt hear his voice to keep all his commandments and his ordinances and his judgments which are written in the book of this law."
2:176Who could implant in man a desire for virtue and excellence, more strongly than is here done? Dost thou wish, says the scripture, O mind, that God should rejoice? Do thou rejoice in virtue thyself, and bring no costly offering, (for what need has God of anything of thine?) But, on the other hand, receive with joy all the good things which he bestows upon thee;
2:177for he rejoices in giving, when they who receive are worthy of his grace; unless you think that those men who live blameably may be justly said to make God indignant and to excite his anger, but that those who live in a praiseworthy manner do not make him rejoice.
2:178But there is nothing which gives so much pleasure to fathers and mothers, our mortal parents, as the virtues of their children, even though they may be in want of numbers of necessary things; And does not the excellence of these aforesaid persons in like manner rejoice the Creator of the universe, who is in no want of anything whatever?
2:179Do thou therefore, O mind, having learnt how mighty a thing the anger of God is, and how great a good the joy of God is, do not do anything worthy to excite his anger to thy own destruction, but study only such things as may be the means of your pleasing God.
2:180And you will find these actions to be not the making of long and unusual journeys, nor the passing over unnavigable seas, or wandering without stopping to take breath to the furthest boundaries of earth and sea: for good actions do not dwell at a distance and have not been banished beyond the confines of the habitable world, but, as Moses says, good is situated near you, and is planted along with you, being united to you in three necessary parts, in the heart, in the mouth, and in the hands: that is to say, in the mind, in the speech, and in the actions; since it is necessary to think and to say, and to do good things, which are made perfect by a union of good design, good execution, and good language.
2:181I say therefore to him whose occupation is to gratify one description of gluttony, the fondness for drinking, namely to the chief butler, "Why are you labouring hard, O unhappy man? For you think that you are preparing pleasant things to give delight, but in reality you are kindling a flame of folly and intemperance, and contributing great and abundant quantities of fuel to it."
2:182But perhaps he may reply, do not blame me precipitately before you have considered my case; I was appointed to pour out wine, not indeed for a man who was endowed with temperance, and piety, and all the other virtues, but for a violent, and intemperate, and unjust master, one who was very proud in his impiety, and who dared once to say, "I do not know the Lord;" so that I very naturally studied what would afford him gratification:
2:183and do not wonder that God is delighted with one thing, and the mind which is hostile to God, namely Pharaoh, with the contrary. Who then is the chief butler of God? The priest who offers libations to him, the truly great high priest, who, having received a draught of everlasting graces, offers himself in return, pouring in an entire libation full of unmixed wine. You see that there are differences between butlers in proportion to the differences existing between those whom they are waiting on;
2:184on this account I, the butler of Pharaoh, who exerts his stiff-necked, and in all respects intemperate reason, in the direction of indulgences of his passions, am a eunuch, having had all the generative parts of my soul removed, and being compelled to migrate from the apartments of the men, and am a fugitive also from the women’s chambers, inasmuch as I am neither male nor female; nor am I able to disseminate seed nor to receive it, being of an ambiguous nature, neither one thing nor the other; a mere false coin of human money, destitute of immortality, which is from time to time kept alive by the constant succession of children and offspring: being also excluded from the assembly and sacred meeting of the people, for it is expressly forbidden that any one who has suffered any injury or mutilation such as I have should enter in thereto.
2:185But the high priest of whom we are speaking is a perfect man, the husband of a virgin (a most extraordinary statement), who has never been made a woman; but who on the contrary, has ceased to be influenced by the customs of women in regard to her connection with her husband. And not only is this man competent to sow the seeds of unpolluted and virgin opinions, but he is also the father of sacred reasonings,
2:186some of which are overseers and superintendents of the affairs of nature, such as Eleazar and Ithamar; others are ministers of the worship of God, earnestly occupied in kindling and burning up the flame of heaven; for, as they are always uttering discourses relating to holiness, they cause it to shine, bringing forth the most divine kind of piety like fire from a flint;
2:187and the being who is at the same time the guide and father of those men is no insignificant part of the sacred assembly, but he is rather the person without whom the duly convened assembly of the parts of the soul could never be collected together at all; he is the president, the chairman, the creator of it, who, without the aid of any other being, is able by himself alone to consider and to do everything.
2:188He, when taken in conjunction with others, is insignificant in point of number, but when he is looked at by himself he becomes numerous; he is a tribunal, an entire council, the whole people, a complete multitude, the entire race of mankind, or rather, if one is to speak the real truth, he is a sort of nature bordering on God, inferior indeed to him, but superior to man;
2:189"for when," the scripture says, "the high priest goes into the Holy of Holies he will not be a man." What then will he be if he is not a man? Will he be God? I would not venture to say that (for the chief prophet, Moses, did receive the inheritance of this name while he was still in Egypt, being called "the god of Pharaoh;") nor again is he man, but he touches both these extremities as if he touched both the feet and the head.
2:190So now one kind of vine, which has been assigned as the portion of cheerfulness, and the intoxication which arises from it, namely unmingled goodness of counsel, and the cup-bearer too who drew the wine from the divine goblet, which God himself has filled with virtues up to the lip, has been explained;
2:191but the other kind, that of folly, and grief, and drunkenness, is also already depicted in a fashion but in another character, by other expressions which are used in the greater canticle; "for," says the scripture, "their vine is of the vine of Sodom and their tendrils are of the vine of Gomorrah; their grapes are the grapes of gall; their bunches are full of bitterness itself. Their wine is the madness of dragons and the incurable fury of asps."
2:192You see here what great effects are produced by the drunkenness of folly: bitterness, an evil disposition, exceeding gall, excessive anger, implacability, a biting and treacherous disposition. The lawgiver most emphatically asserts the branch of the vine of folly to be in Sodom; and the name Sodom, being interpreted, means "blindness," or "barrenness;" since folly is a thing which is blind, and also barren of all good things; though, nevertheless, some people have been so greatly influenced by it as to measure, and weigh, and count everything with reference to themselves alone.
2:193Gomorrah, being interpreted, means "measure;" but Moses conceived that God was the standard of weight, and measure, and number, in the universe, but he had not the same opinion of the human mind. And he shows this in the following passage, where he says, "There shall not be in thy sack one weight, and another weight, a great and a small; there shall not be in thy house one measure, and another measure, a great and a small;
2:194thy weight shall be a true and just one." But a true and just measure is, to conceive that it is the only just God alone who measures and weighs everything, and who has circumscribed the nature of the universe with numbers, and limitations, and boundaries. But it is unjust and false to imagine that these things are regulated in accordance with the human mind.
Book 2, §§195–219
2:195But the eunuch and chief butler of Pharaoh, having beheld the plant generative of folly, namely, the vine, adds besides to his delineation there stocks, that he may signify the three extremities of error according to the three different times; for a root is equivalent to extremity.
2:196When, therefore, folly has overshadowed and occupied the whole soul, and when it has left no portion of it unoccupied or free, it not only compels it to commit such errors as are remediable, but such also as are irremediable.
2:197Now those which admit of a remedy are set down as the easiest and the first; but those which are irremediable are altogether terrible, and are the last of all, being so far analogous to roots.
2:198And as, in my notions, wisdom begins to benefit a man in small matters, and ends at last in the absolute perfection of all well-doing, so, in the same manner folly, constraining the soul from above and leading it away from instruction by small degrees, establishes it at last at a long distance from right reason, and finally leads it to the extreme point, and utterly overthrows it.
2:199And the dream showed that after the roots appeared the vine flourished and put forth shoots and bore fruit; for, says the chief butler, "It was flourishing and bearing shoots, around which were bunches of grapes." The foolish man is accustomed to display barrenness, and never to put forth even leaves, and, in fact, to be withered all his life;
2:200for what could be a greater evil than folly flourishing and bearing fruit? But, says he, "the cup of Pharaoh," the vessel which is the receptacle of folly and drunkenness, and of the ceaseless intoxication of life, "is in my hand;" an expression equivalent to saying, depends upon my administration, and endeavours, and powers; for without my contrivances, the passion will not proceed rightly by its own efforts;
2:201for as it is proper that the reins should be in the hands of the charioteer, and the rudder in the hands of the pilot—for this is the only way in which the course of the chariot and the voyage of the vessel can proceed successfully—so, also, the filling of the goblet with wine is in the hands and depends upon the power of him who by his art brings to perfection one of the two kinds of gluttony, namely, satiety of wine.
2:202But why has he endured to boast in respect of a matter which deserved rather to be denied than to be confessed? Would it not have been better not to have confessed at all that he was a teacher of intemperance, and not to admit that he increased the excitement of the passions by wine in the case of the intemperate man, as being an inventor and producer of a luxurious, and debauched, and most disgraceful way of life.
2:203Such, however, is the case. Folly boasts of those things which ought to be concealed; and in this present case it prides itself, not only on holding in its hands the receptacle of the intemperate soul, that is to say, the cup of wine, and in showing it to all men, but also in pressing out the grapes into it; that is to say, in making that which satisfies the passion, and bringing what is concealed to light.
2:204For as children which require food, when they are about to receive the milk, squeeze and press out the breast of the nurse that feeds them, so likewise does the workman and cause of intemperance vigorously press the fountain from which the evil of abundance of wine pours forth, that he may derive food in a most agreeable manner from the drops which are squeezed out.
2:205Such a description then as I have here given may be applied to the man who is made frantic by the influence of unmixed wines, that he is a drunken, and foolish, and irremediable evil. We must now, in turn, investigate the character of the glutton, who is akin to the drunkard, and who is a sworn companion of all kinds of voracity and greediness, labouring, without any restraint, at the artificial gratification of his appetite.
2:206And yet it does not require a great deal of care to arrive at his true character; for the dream which was seen is a representation of his likeness very closely resembling him; and when we have accurately examined him, let us look upon him as we would upon a representation in a mirror;
2:207for "I thought," said the chief cook, "that I had three baskets of fine wheaten loaves upon my head." Now, using the word "head" in an allegorical manner, we mean by it the dominant part of the soul, that is, the mind, and we say that everything rests or depends upon that; for he once exclaimed concerning it, "All these things were in my charge."
2:208Therefore when he had completed the preparation of these things which he had devised against the miserable belly, he displayed himself also, and, like a foolish man as he was, he was not ashamed to be weighed down with so great a burden, namely, the weight of three baskets; that is to say, with three portions of time.
2:209For those who advocate the cause of pleasure affirm that it consists of three times, of the memory of past delights, and of the enjoyment of those that are present, and of the hope of what are to come;
2:210so that the three baskets are likened unto the three portions of time, and the cakes upon the baskets to those circumstances which are suitable to each of the portions; to the recollection of past joys, to the enjoyment of present pleasures, to the hope of future delights. And he who carries all these things is likened unto the lover of pleasure, who has filled his faithless table, a table destitute of all hospitable and friendly salt, not with one kind of luxury only, but with almost every description and species of intemperance;
2:211and this is enjoyed by king Pharaoh alone, as if he were sitting at a public banquet, and devoting himself to a dispersion, and scattering, and defeat, and destruction of temperance; for the name Pharaoh, being interpreted, means "dispersion." And it is a magnificent and royal piece of conduct in him not to exult in the specious advantages of wisdom, but to pride himself on those pursuits of profligacy which it is unseemly to mention, wrecking himself on insatiable appetite, and gluttony, and effeminacy of life.
2:212Therefore the birds, that is to say, the chances which never could have been anticipated by conjecture, coming from outward quarters and hovering around him, will attack and kindle every thing like fire, and will destroy every thing with their all-devouring power, so that there is not a single fragment left to the bearer of the baskets for his enjoyment though he had hoped to proceed with his inventions and contrivances, for ever and ever carrying them on in a safe place, so that they could never be taken from him.
2:213And thanks be to God who giveth the victory and who renders the labours of the man who is a slave to his passions, though ever so carefully carried out, still unproductive and useless, sending down winged natures in an invisible manner for their destruction and overthrow. Therefore, the mind, being deprived of those things which it had made for itself, having, as it were, its neck cut through, will be found headless and lifeless, and like those who are fixed to a cross, nailed as it were to the tree of hopeless and helpless ignorance.
2:214For as long as none of these things come upon one which arrive suddenly and unexpectedly, then those acts which are directed to the enjoyment of pleasure appear to be successful; but when such evils descend upon them unexpectedly, they are overthrown, and their maker is destroyed with them.
2:215The dreams, therefore, of those men who divide those things which produce the taste according to every species of food, whether it be meat or drink, and such as is not necessary but superfluous, and sought only by the intemperate, have been sufficiently explained. But those of Pharaoh, who appears to exercise sovereignty over these men and over all the powers of the soul, must now be investigated if we would proceed in order and consistently with our plan.
2:216Pharaoh says, "In my dream I thought that I was standing by the bank of a river, and seven oxen came up as it were out of the river, of eminent plumpness in their flesh, and beautiful to the view, and fed in the green marsh; and behold, seven other oxen came up out of the river after them, evil to look at and ill-favoured, and lean in their flesh, such that I never saw any leaner in all Egypt;
2:217and the lean and ill-favoured oxen devoured the seven former oxen which were beautiful, and picked out, and they entered into their stomachs, and still their appearance remained ill-favoured, as I have described it at first.
2:218And when I had awoke I fell asleep again; and again I saw in my dream, and as it were seven ears of corn grew up on one stalk, full and beautiful. And seven other ears of corn also came up, lean and wind-beaten, close to them, and these last seven ears did swallow up the seven beautiful and full ears."
2:219You see now the preface of the lover of self who being easily moved, and changeable, and fickle, both in his body and soul, says, "I thought that I was standing," and did not consider that unchangeableness and steadiness belong to God alone, and to him who is dear to God.
Book 2, §§220–244
2:220And the most evident proof of the unchangeable power which exists in him is this world, which is always in the same place and in the same condition. And if the world is immovable how can the Creator of it be any thing but firm? In the second place the sacred scriptures are likewise most infallible witnesses;
2:221for it is said in them, where the words are put into the mouth of God, "I stand here and there, before you were dwelling upon the rock," which is an expression equivalent to, Thus am I who am visible to you, and am here: and I am there and everywhere, filling all places, standing and abiding in the same condition, being unchangeable, before you or any one of the objects of creation had any existence, being beheld upon the highest and most ancient authority of power, from which the creation of all existing things was shed forth, and the stream of wisdom flowed;
2:222"for I am he who brought the stream of water out of the solid rock," is said in another place. And Moses also bears witness to the immutability of the Deity, where he says, "I saw the place where the God of Israel Stood;" intimating enigmatically that he is not given to change by speaking here of his standing, and of his being firmly established.
2:223But there is in the Deity such an excessive degree of stability and firmness, that he gave even to the most excellent natures a share of his durability as his most excellent possession: and presently afterwards he, the most ancient author of all things, namely God, says that he is about to erect firmly his covenant full of grace (and that means his law and his word) in the soul of the just man as on a solid foundation, which shall be an image in the likeness of God, when he says to Noah, "I will establish my covenant with thee."
2:224And besides this, he also indicates two other things, one that justice is in no respect different from the covenant of God, the other that other beings bestow gifts which are different from the persons who receive them; but God gives not only those gifts, but he gives also the very persons who receive them to themselves, for he has given me to myself, and every living being has he given to himself; for the expression, "I will establish my covenant with thee," is equivalent to, I will give thee to thyself.
2:225And all those who are truly lovers of God desire eagerly to escape from the storm of multiplied affairs and business in which there is always tempestuous weather, and rough sea, and confusion, and to anchor in the calm and safe untroubled haven of virtue.
2:226Do you not see what is said about the wise Abraham who "is standing before the Lord?" For when was it likely that the mind would be able to stand, no longer inclining to different sides like the balance in a scale, except when it is opposite to God, beholding him and being beheld by him?
2:227For perfect absence of motion comes to it in two ways, either from beholding him with whom nothing can be compared, because he is not attracted by anything resembling himself, or from being beheld by him, because which he considered worthy, the ruler has assigned to himself alone as the most excellent of beings. And indeed a divine admonition was given in the following terms to Moses: "Stand thou here with me," by which injunction both these things appear to be intimated, first, the fact that the good man is not moved, and secondly, the universal stability of the living God.
2:228For, in real truth, whatever is akin or near to God is appropriated by him, becoming steady and stationary by reason of his unchangeableness; and the mind, being at rest, well knows how great a blessing rest is, and admiring, its own beauty, it conceives that either it is assigned to God alone as his, or else to that intermediate nature which is between the mortal and the immortal race;
2:229at all events, it says, "And I stood in the midst between the Lord and you," not meaning by these words that he was standing on his own feet, but wishing to indicate that the mind of the wise man, being delivered from all storms and wars, and enjoying unruffled calm and profound peace, is superior indeed to man, but inferior to God.
2:230For the ordinary human mind is influenced by opinion, and is thrown into confusion by any passing circumstances; but the other is blessed and happy, and free from all participation in evil. And the good man is on the borders, so that one may appropriately say that he is neither God nor man, but that he touches the extremities of both, being connected with the mortal race by his manhood, and with the immortal race by his virtue.
2:231And there is something which closely resembles this in the passage of scripture concerning the high priest; "For when," says the scripture, "he goes into the holy of holies, he will not be a man till he has gone out again." But if at that time he is not a man, it is clear that he is not God either, but a minister of God, belonging as to his mortal nature to creation, but as to his immortal nature to the uncreated God.
2:232And he is placed in the middle class until he again goes forth among the things which belong to the body and to the flesh. And this is the order of things according to nature, when the mind, being entirely occupied with divine love, bends its course towards the temple of God, and approaches it with all possible earnestness and zeal, it becomes inspired, and forgets all other things, and forgets itself also. It remembers him alone, and depends on him alone, who is attended by it as by a body-guard, and who receives its ministrations, to whom it consecrates and offers up the sacred and untainted virtues.
2:233But when the inspiration has ceased, and the excessive desire has relaxed, then it returns from divine things and becomes a man again, mixing with human affairs, which were awaiting him in the vestibule, that they might carry him off while gazing only on the things in them.
2:234Moses therefore describes the perfect man as being neither God nor man, but, as I said before, something on the border between the uncreated and the perishable nature. Again, he classes him who is improving and advancing towards perfection in the region between the dead and the living, meaning by "the living" those persons who dwell with wisdom, and by "the dead" those who rejoice in folly;
2:235for it is said with respect to Aaron, that "He stood between the dead and the living, and the plague was stayed." For he who is making progress is not reckoned among those who are dead as to the life of virtue, inasmuch as he has a desire and admiration of what is honourable, nor among those who are living in extreme and perfect prosperity, for there is still something wanting to the end, but he touches both extremes;
2:236on which account the expression, "the plague was stayed," is very properly used rather than "the plague ceased;" for in those who are perfect the things which break, and crush, and destroy the soul cease; but in those who are advancing towards perfection, they are only diminished, as if they were only cut short and checked.
2:237Since then all steadiness, and stability, and the abiding for ever in the same place unchangeably and immovably, is first of all seen in the living God, and next in the word of the living God, which he has called his covenant; and in the third place in the wise man, and in the fourth degree in him who is advancing towards perfection, what could induce the wicked mind, which is liable to all sorts of curses, to think that it is able to stand by itself, while it is in reality borne about as in a deluge, and dragged hither and thither by the incessant eddies of things flowing in through the dead and agitated body?
2:238"For I thought," says the scripture, "that I was standing on the bank of the river:" and by the word river we say that speech is symbolically meant, since both these things are borne outward, and flow on with a vigorous and sustained speed. And the one is at one time filled up with a great abundance of water, and the other with a quantity of verbs and nouns, and at another time they are both empty and relaxed, and in a state of quiescence;
2:239again, they are of use inasmuch as the one irrigates the fields, and the other fertilizes the souls of those who receive it. And at times they are injurious by reason of overflowing, as then the one deluges the land on its borders, and the other troubles and confuses the reason of those who do not attend to it.
2:240Therefore speech is compared to a river, and the nature of speech is twofold, the one sort being better and the other worse; that is, the better kind which does good, and that of necessity is the worse kind which does harm;
2:241and Moses has given most conspicuous examples of each kind to those who are able to see, for he says, "For a river goes out of Eden to water the Paradise, and from thence it is divided into four branches:"
2:242and by the name Eden he means the wisdom of the living God, and the interpretation of the name Eden is "delight," because I imagine wisdom is the delight of God, and God is the delight of wisdom, as it is said also in the Psalms, "Delight thou in the Lord." And the divine word, like a river, flows forth from wisdom as from a spring, in order to irrigate and fertilize the celestial and heavenly shoots and plants of such souls as love virtue, as if they were a paradise.
2:243And this sacred word is divided into four beginnings, by which I mean it is portioned out into four virtues, each of which is a princess, for to be divided into beginnings, does not resemble divisions of place, but a kingdom, in order that any one, after having shown the virtues as boundaries, may immediately proceed to show the wise man who follows them to be a king, being elected as such, not by men, but by the only free nature which cannot err, and which cannot be corrupted;
2:244for those who behold the excellence of Abraham say unto him, "Thou art a king, sent from God among us:" proposing as a maxim, for those who study philosophy, that the wise man alone is a ruler and a king, and that virtue is the only irresponsible authority and sovereignty.
Book 2, §§245–269
2:245Accordingly, one of the followers of Moses, having compared this speech to a river, has said in the Psalms, "The river of God was filled with water;" and it is absurd to give such a title to any of the rivers which flow upon the earth. But as it seems the psalmist is here speaking of the divine word, which is full of the streams of wisdom, and which has no part of itself empty or desolate, or rather, as some one has said, which is diffused everywhere over the universe, and is raised up on high, on account of the continued and incessant rapidity of that ever-flowing spring.
2:246There is also another expression in the Psalms, such as this, "The course of the river makes glad the city of God." What city? For the holy city, which exists at present, in which also the holy temple is established, at a great distance from any sea or river, so that it is clear, that the writer here means, figuratively, to speak of some other city than the visible city of God.
2:247For, in good truth, the continual stream of the divine word, being borne on incessantly with rapidity and regularity, is diffused universally over everything, giving joy to all.
2:248And in one sense he calls the world the city of God, as having received the whole cup of the divine draught, and being gladdened thereby, so as to have derived from it an imperishable joy, of which it cannot be deprived for ever. But in another sense he applies this title to the soul of the wise man, in which God is said also to walk, as if in a city, "For," says God, "I will walk in you, and I will be your God in you."
2:249And who can pour over the happy soul which proffers its own reason as the most sacred cup, the holy goblets of true joy, except the cup-bearer of God, the master of the feast, the word? not differing from the draught itself, but being itself in an unmixed state, the pure delight and sweetness, and pouring forth, and joy, and ambrosial medicine of pleasure and happiness; if we too may, for a moment, employ the language of the poets.
2:250But that which is called by the Hebrews the city of God is Jerusalem, which name being interpreted means, "the sight of peace." So they do not look for the city of the living God in the region of the earth, for it is not made of wood or of stone, but seek it in the soul which is free from war, and which proposes to those who are endowed with acuteness of sight a contemplative and peaceful life;
2:251since where could any find a more venerable and holy abode for God amid all existing things, than the mind fond of contemplation, which is eager to behold every thing and which does not, even in a dream, feel a wish for sedition or disturbance?
2:252And again, the invisible spirit which is accustomed to converse with me in an unseen manner prompts me with a suggestion, and says, O my friend, you seem to be ignorant of an important and most desirable matter which I will explain to you completely; for I have also in a most seasonable manner explained many other things to you also.
2:253Know, then, O excellent man, that God alone is the truest, and most real, and genuine peace, and that every created and perishable essence is continual war. For God is something voluntary, and mortal essence is necessity. Whoever, therefore, is able to forsake war, and necessity, and creation, and destruction, and to pass over to the uncreated being, to the immortal God, to the voluntary principle, and to peace, may justly be called the abode and city of God.
2:254Do not, therefore, consider it a different thing whether you speak of the sight of peace or the sight of God, as they are the same thing; because peace is not only the companion but also the chief of the powers of the living God, which are distinguished by many names.
2:255And, moreover, he says to the wise Abraham, "that he will give him an inheritance of land from the river of Egypt to the great river, the river Euphrates," not meaning a portion of the land so much as a better portion in respect of our own selves. For our own body, and the passions which exist in it, and which are engendered by it, are likened to the river of Egypt, but the soul and the passions which are dear to that are likened to the river Euphrates.
2:256And here a doctrine is laid down, at once most profitable to life and of the highest importance, that the good man has received for his inheritance the soul and the virtues of the soul: just as, on the contrary, the wicked man has received for his share the body and the vices of the body, and those which are engendered by the body.
2:257And the expression "from," has a double sense. One, that by which the starting point from which it begins is included; the other that by which it is excluded. For when we say that from morning to evening there are twelve hours, or from the new moon to the end of the month there are thirty days, we are including in our enumeration both the first hour and the day of the new moon. And when any one says that such and such a field is three or four furlongs distant from the city, he clearly means to leave the city itself out of that measurement.
2:258So that now, too, we must consider that the expression, "from the river of Egypt," is to be understood so as not to include that river; for the writer intends to remove us to a distance from the things of the body which are seen to exist in a constant flow and course which is being destroyed and destroying, that so we may receive the inheritance of the soul with the imperishable virtues, which are, moreover, deserving of immortality.
2:259Thus, therefore, by tracing it out diligently, we have found that praiseworthy speech is likened to a river; but speech which is deserving of blame is the very river of Egypt itself, untractable, unwilling to learn, as one may say in a word, lifeless speech; for which reason it is also changed into blood, as not being able to afford sustenance. For the speech of ignorance is not wholesome, and it is productive of bloodless and lifeless frogs, which utter only a novel and harsh sound, a noise painful to the ear.
2:260And it is said, likewise, that all the fish in that river were destroyed. And by the fish are here figuratively meant the conceptions; for these things float about and exist in speech as in a river, resembling living things and filling the river with life. But in uninstructed speech all conceptions die; for it is not possible to find any thing intelligent in it, but only, as some one has said, some disorderly and unmusical voices of jackdaws.
2:261We have now then said enough on these subjects. But since he not only confesses that he saw in his dream, a standing and a river, but also the banks of a river, as his words are, "I thought that I was standing by the bank (χεῖλος) of the river." It must be desirable to say a few seasonable things also about the bank.
2:262Now there appears to be two most necessary objects on account of which nature has adapted lips (χείλη) to all animals, and especially to men; one for the sake of tranquillity, for they are the strongest bulwark and fortification of the voice; the other for the sake of distinctness, for it is through them that the stream of words issues forth. For when they are closed speech is checked; for it is impossible that it should be borne outward if they are not parted.
2:263And by these means nature prepares and trains man for both objects, speech and silence, watching the appropriate time for each employment. As for instance, is anything said worth listening to? Then attend, raising no obstacle, in perfect quiet, according to the injunction of Moses, "Be silent and hear."
2:264For of those persons who mix themselves up in contentious discussions there is not one who can properly be considered as either speaking or listening; but this is only advantageous to him who is about to do so.
2:265Again, when you see, amid the wars and disasters of life, the merciful hand of God and his favourable power held over you and standing in defence of you, be silent yourself; for that champion stands in no need of any assistance. And there are proofs of this fact recorded in the sacred writings; such, for instance, as the verse, "The Lord will fight for us, and ye shall be silent."
2:266And if you see the genuine offspring and the firstborn of Egypt destroyed, namely desire, and pleasures, and pain, and fear, and iniquity, and mirth, and intemperance, and all the other qualities which are similar and akin to these, then marvel and be silent, dreading the terrible power of God;
2:267for, say the scriptures, "Not a dog shall move his tongue, nor shall anything, man or beast, utter a sound;" which is equivalent to saying, It does not become either the impudent tongue to bark and curse—nor the man that is within us, that is to say, our dominant mind; nor the cattle-like beast which is within us, that is to say, the outward sense—to boast, when all the evil that was in us has been utterly destroyed, and when an ally from without comes of his own accord to hold his shield over us.
2:268But there are many occasions which are not well suited to silence: and if we go to the language of ordinary prose, of which we may again see memorials laid up, how did there, ever an unexpected participation in good take place to any one? It is well, therefore, to give thanks and to sing hymns in honour of him who bestowed it.
2:269What, then, is the good? The passion which is attacking us is dead, and is thrown out on its face without burial. Let not us delay, but standing still, let us sing that most sacred and becoming hymn, feeling that we are commanded to say to all men, "Let us sing unto the Lord, for he has triumphed gloriously; the horse and his rider hath he thrown into the sea."
Book 2, §§270–294
2:270But the rout and destruction of the passions is indeed a good, but not a perfect good; but the discovery of wisdom is a surpassing good, and when that is found all the people will sing harmonies and melodies, not with one kind of music only, but with every sort;
2:271for then, says the scripture, "Israel sang this song at the well;" that is to say, in triumph for the fact that knowledge, which had long been hidden but which was sought for, had at length been found by all men, though lying deep by nature; the duty of which was to irrigate the rational fields existing in the souls of those men who are fond of contemplation.
2:272What, then, shall we say? When we bring home the legitimate fruit of the mind, does not the sacred scripture enjoin us to display in our reason, as in a sacred basket, the first fruits of our fertility; a specimen of the glorious flowers, and shoots, and fruits which the soul has brought forth, bidding us speak out distinctly, and to utter panegyrics on the God who brings things to perfection, and to say, "I have cleared away the things which were holy out of my house, and I have arranged them in the house of God:" appointing as stewards and guardians of them, men selected for their superior merit, and giving them the charge of these sacred things;
2:273and these persons are Levites, proselytes, and orphans, and widows. But some are suppliants, some are emigrants and fugitives, some are persons widowed and destitute of all created things, but enrolled as belonging to God, the genuine husband and father of the soul which is inclined to worship.
2:274In this way, then, it is most proper both to speak and to be silent. But the wicked adopt an exactly contrary course; for they are admirers of a blamable kind of silence, and of an interpretation open to reproach, practising both lines of conduct to their own destruction and that of others.
2:275But the greater part of their employment consists in saying what they ought not; for having opened their mouth and leaving it unbridled, like an unrestrained torrent, they allow their speech to run on indiscriminately, as the poets say, dragging on thousands of profitless sayings;
2:276therefore those who have devoted themselves to the advocacy of pleasure and appetite, and every sort of excessive desire, building up irrational passion as a fortification against dominant reason, and preparing themselves for a contentious sort of discussion, have come at last to a regular dispute, hoping to be able to blind the race which is endowed with the faculty of sight, and to throw it down precipices, and into depths from which it will not be able at any future time to emerge.
2:277But some have not only put themselves forward as rivals to human virtue, but have proceeded to such a pitch of folly as to oppose themselves also to divine virtue. Therefore Pharaoh, the king of the land of Egypt, is spoken of as the leader of the company which is devoted to the passions; for it is said to the prophet, "Behold, he is going forth to the river, and thou shalt stand in the way to meet him, on the bank of the river;"
2:278for it is the peculiar characteristic of the one man to go forth to the rapidity and continual pouring forth of the irrational passion; and it is also characteristic of the wise man to oppose with exceeding vigour the arguments on behalf of pleasure and desire, not with his feet, but with his mind, firmly and immoveably, standing on the bank of the river; that is to say, on the mouth and on the tongue, which are the organs of speech. For standing firmly on these, he will be able to overturn and defeat the plausible specious arguments which advocate the cause of passion.
2:279But the enemy of the race which is endowed with the power of seeing, is the people of Pharaoh, which never ceased attacking, and persecuting, and enslaving virtue, until ... it paid the penalty for the evils which it inflicted being overwhelmed in the sea of those iniquities ... which it excited ... So that that period exhibited an extraordinary sight, a victory which was in no doubt, and a joy greater than could have been hoped for.
2:280On which account it is said, "And Israel saw the Egyptians dead upon the sea-shore." Great indeed was the hand which fought for them, compelling those who had sharpened these organs against the truth to fall by the mouth, and lips, and speech, so that they who had taken up these weapons against others should perish by their own arms and not by those of others.
2:281And this announces three most glorious things to the soul; one, the destruction of the passions of Egypt; another, that this has taken place in no other spot than near the salt and bitter springs, as if on the shore of the sea, by which sophistical reason, that enemy of virtue, is poured forth; and, lastly, the sight of the disaster.
2:282For no glorious thing can be invisible, but should be brought to the light and brilliancy of the sun. For so also the contrary, namely evil, should be thrust into deep darkness, and should be accounted deserving of night. And may it indeed by chance happen to some one to behold this: but what is really good should be always beheld by more piercing eyes. And what is so good as that what is good should live, and what is evil should die?
2:283There were, therefore, three persons who uttered atrocious words which were to reach even to heaven; these men devoted themselves to studies against nature, or rather against their own souls, saying that this universe was the only thing which was perceptible to the outward senses, and visible, having never been created, and being never destined to be destroyed, but being uncreated and imperishable, not requiring any superintendence, or care, or regulation, or management.
2:284Afterwards piling up fresh attempts one upon another, they built up a doctrine which was not approved, and raised it to a height like a tower; for it is said, "And the whole earth spoke one language," an inharmonious agreement of all the portions of the soul, for the purpose of overthrowing that which is the most comprehensive of all existing principles, namely, authority.
2:285Therefore, a great and irresistible hand overthrew them when they were hoping to mount up even to heaven by their devices, for the purpose of destroying the everlasting kingdom; and it also dashed down the doctrine which they had built up; and the place is called confusion:
2:286a very appropriate name for such an audacious and wicked attempt; for what can be more productive of confusion than anarchy? Are not houses which have no manager full of offences and disturbances?
2:287And are not cities which are left unprovided with a king destroyed by the domination of the mob, the opposite evil to kingly power, and at the same time the greatest of all evils? And have not countries, and nations, and regions of the earth, the governments of which have been put down, lost all their ancient and great prosperity?
2:288And why need I speak of matters of human history? For even the other species of animals, flocks of birds, and herds of terrestrial beasts, and shoals of aquatic creatures, never exist without some leader of their company; but they always desire and always pay attention to their own leader, as being the sole cause of the advantages they receive; at whose absence they are scattered and destroyed.
2:289Do we suppose then, that in the case of earthly creatures, which are the most insignificant portion of the universe, authority is the cause of good things and anarchy the cause of evils, but that the world itself is not filled with extreme happiness by reason of the administration of God its king?
2:290Therefore they have suffered punishment corresponding to their iniquities: for having polluted the sacred doctrine, they saw themselves polluted in like manner, all authority being taken away from among them; and being thrown themselves into confusion, but not having really caused any. But as long as they were left unpunished, being puffed up by insane pride, they sought to overthrow the authority of the universe by unholy speeches; and they set themselves up as rulers and kings, attributing the irresistible power of God to creatures which are perpetually coming to an end and being destroyed.
2:291Therefore these ridiculous men giving themselves tragic airs and using inflated language, are accustomed to speak thus: we are they who are leaders; we are kings; On us all things depend. Who, except ourselves, is the cause of good and of the contrary? To whom, except to us, can the doing well or ill be truly attributed? They talk nonsense too in another manner, saying, that all things depend upon an invisible power, which they fancy presides over all human and divine affairs in the whole world.
2:292Uttering such insolent falsehoods as these, if after intoxication they have become sober, and have come to themselves again, and feel ashamed of the intoxication to which they have given way coming under the dominion of the external senses, and if they reproach themselves for the evil actions which they have been led on to commit by folly, giving ear to their new counsellor, which never flatters, and which cannot be corrupted, namely, repentance, having propitiated the merciful power of the living God by sacred hymns of repentance instead of profane songs, they will find entire forgiveness.
2:293But if they are restive and obstinate for ever, and indulge in wanton behaviour, as if they were independent, and free, and the rulers of others, then by a necessity which is deaf to all entreaties and implacable, they will learn to feel their own nothingness in all things both small and great;
2:294for the driver who mounts upon them, putting a bridle, upon this world, as though it were a winged chariot, drawing back with main strength the reins which before were loose, and pressing the bits severely, will remind them by whip and spur of his authority as master, which they, like wicked servants, have forgotten by reason of the gentle and merciful temper of their manager;
Book 2, §§295–302
2:295for bad servants, looking upon the gentleness of masters as anarchy, fancy themselves entirely free from the power of any master at all, until their owner checks their great and increasing disease by applying punishment as a remedy.
2:296For which reason the expression is used of "a lawless soul, which with its lips distinguishes well-doing and evil-doing, and then will subsequently announce its own sin." What sayest thou, O soul, full of insolence? For dost thou know what real good or real evil, real justice or real holiness, are? or what is suited to what?
2:297The knowledge of those things and the power of regulating them belongs to God alone, and to whoever is dear to him. And witness is borne to this assertion by the scripture in which it is said, "I will kill and I will cause to live; I will smite and I will heal."
2:298But the mind which was wise in its own conceit had not even a superficial dreaming intimation of the things placed above it; but, wretched that it was, it was so completely carried away by the wind of vain opinion that it swore that those things which it had erroneously imagined stood firmly and solidly.
2:299If, therefore, the violence and convulsion of the disease begin to relax, the sparks of returning health becoming gradually re-kindled, will compel it at first to confess its error, that is to say, to reproach itself, and afterwards to become a suppliant at the altar, entreating with prayers, and supplications, and sacrifices, that it may only obtain pardon.
2:300After this who can fairly raise the question why the historian of the scriptures has spoken of the river of Egypt only as having banks and has made no such mention of the Euphrates or of any other of the sacred rivers; for here he says, "Thou shalt stand in the way to meet him by the bank of the river."
2:301And yet perhaps some persons in a spirit of ridicule will say that it is not right to bring such matters as these forward for investigation, for that it rather displays a spirit of cavilling than does any good. But I imagine that such things, like sweetmeats, are prepared in the sacred scriptures, for the improvement of those who read them, and that we ought not to condemn the curiosity of those who investigate such matters, but that we should rather blame their indolence if they did not investigate them.
2:302For our present discussion is not about the history of rivers but about ways of life, which are compared to the streams of rivers, running in opposite directions to one another. For the life of the good man consists in actions; but that of the wicked man is seen to consist only in words. And speech in the tongue, and mouth, and lips, and
Contents — 23 sections
- Book 1, §§1–25
- Book 1, §§26–50
- Book 1, §§51–75
- Book 1, §§76–100
- Book 1, §§101–125
- Book 1, §§126–150
- Book 1, §§151–175
- Book 1, §§176–200
- Book 1, §§201–225
- Book 1, §§226–250
- Book 1, §§251–256; Book 2, §§1–19
- Book 2, §§20–44
- Book 2, §§45–69
- Book 2, §§70–94
- Book 2, §§95–119
- Book 2, §§120–144
- Book 2, §§145–169
- Book 2, §§170–194
- Book 2, §§195–219
- Book 2, §§220–244
- Book 2, §§245–269
- Book 2, §§270–294
- Book 2, §§295–302
Book 1, §§1–25
1:1Ἡ μὲν πρὸ ταύτης γραφὴ περιεῖχε τῶν θεοπέμπτων ὀνείρων τοὺς κατὰ τὸ πρῶτον εἶδος ταττομένους, ἐφ’ οὗ τὸ θεῖον ἐλέγομεν κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπιβολὴν τὰς ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις ἐπιπέμπειν φαντασίας. ἐν ταύτῃ δ’, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ, δηλώσομεν τοὺς ἐφαρμόττοντας τῷ δευτέρῳ.
1:2δεύτερον δ’ εἶδος, ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἡμέτερος νοῦς τῷ τῶν ὅλων συγκινούμενος ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ κατέχεσθαί τε καὶ θεοφορεῖσθαι δοκεῖ, ὡς ἱκανὸς εἶναι προλαμβάνειν καὶ προγινώσκειν τι τῶν μελλόντων. ὄναρ δ’ ἐστὶ πρῶτον οἰκεῖον εἴδει τῷ σημαινομένῳ τὸ φανὲν ἐπὶ τῆς οὐρανοῦ κλίμακος τόδε·
1:3„καὶ ἐνυπνιάσθη· καὶ ἰδοὺ κλῖμαξ ἐστηριγμένη ἐν τῇ γῇ, ἧς ἡ κεφαλὴ ἀφικνεῖτο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι τοῦ θεοῦ ἀνέβαινον καὶ κατέβαινον ἐπ’ αὐτῆς· ὁ δὲ κύριος ἐπεστήρικτο ἐπ’ αὐτῆς· καὶ εἶπεν· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ τοῦ πατρός σου καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰσαάκ· μὴ φοβοῦ· ἡ γῆ, ἐφ’ ἧς σὺ καθεύδεις, σοὶ δώσω αὐτὴν καὶ τῷ σπέρματί σου, καὶ ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς γῆς, καὶ πλατυνθήσεται ἐπὶ θάλασσαν καὶ λίβα καὶ βορρᾶν καὶ ἀνατολάς· καὶ ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου. καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μετὰ σοῦ, διαφυλάσσων σε ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ πάσῃ, ᾗ ἂν πορευθῇς· καὶ ἀποστρέψω σε εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην, ὅτι οὐ μή σε ἐγκαταλίπω, ἕως τοῦ ποιῆσαί με πάντα ὅσα ἐλάλησα σοι“ (Gen. 28,12—15).
1:4προκατασκευὴ δ’ ἐστὶ τῆς φαντασίας ἀναγκαία, ἣν ἀκριβώσαντες εὐμαρῶς ἴσως δυνησόμεθα καὶ τὰ δηλούμενα ὑπὸ τῆς φαντασίας καταλαβεῖν. τίς οὖν ἡ προκατασκευή; „καὶ ἐξῆλθε“ φησίν „Ἰακὼβ ἀπὸ τοῦ φρέατος τοῦ ὅρκου καὶ ἐπορεύθη εἰς Χαρράν, καὶ ἀπήντησε τόπῳ· ἔδυ γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος· καὶ ἔλαβεν ἀπὸ τῶν λίθων τοῦ τόπου καὶ ἔθηκε πρὸς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκοιμήθη ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐκείνῳ“ (ibid. 10. 11)· κἄπειτ’ εὐθύς ἐστι τὸ ὄναρ.
1:5οὐκοῦν ἄξιον ἐν ἀρχῇ ταυτὶ τρία διαπορῆσαι· ἓν μὲν τί τὸ τοῦ ὅρκου φρέαρ καὶ διὰ τί οὕτως ὠνομάσθη, δεύτερον δὲ τίς ἡ Χαρρὰν καὶ διὰ τί ἀπὸ τοῦ λεχθέντος φρέατος ἐξελθὼν εἰς Χαρρὰν ἔρχεται εὐθύς, τρίτον τίς ὁ τόπος καὶ διὰ τί, ὅταν γένηται κατ’ αὐτόν, ὁ μὲν ἥλιος δύεται, αὐτὸς δὲ κοιμᾶται.
1:6Σκοπῶμεν οὖν αὐτίκα τὸ πρῶτον. ἐμοὶ τοίνυν δοκεῖ σύμβολον εἶναι τὸ φρέαρ ἐπιστήμης· οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἐπιπόλαιος αὐτῆς ἡ φύσις, ἀλλὰ πάνυ βαθεῖα· οὐδ’ ἐν φανερῷ πρόκειται, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀφανεῖ που κρύπτεσθαι φιλεῖ· οὐδὲ ῥᾳδίως, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλῶν πόνων καὶ μόλις ἀνευρίσκεται. καὶ ταῦτ’ οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῶν μεγάλα καὶ ἀμύθητα ὅσα θεωρήματα ἐχουσῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν εὐτελεστάτων θεωρεῖται.
1:7ἣν γοῦν ἂν ἐθέλῃς ἑλοῦ τῶν τεχνῶν, μή μοι τὴν ἀρίστην, ἀλλὰ τὴν πασῶν ἀφανεστάτην, ἣν ἐλεύθερος μὲν ἴσως οὐδεὶς ἐν πόλει τραφεὶς ἑκὼν ἐπιτηδεύσειεν ἄν, ἐν ἀγρῷ δὲ μόλις ἄκων οἰκέτης δυσκόλῳ καὶ δυστρόπῳ παλαίων δεσπότῃ βιαζομένῳ πολλὰ δρᾶν τῶν ἀβουλήτων.
1:8εὑρεθήσεται γὰρ οὐχ ἁπλοῦν, ἀλλὰ ποικίλον τὸ πρᾶγμα, οὐ θήρᾳ ληπτόν, δυσεύρετον, δυσπεριγένητον, ἐχθρὸν μὲν ὄκνῳ καὶ ἀμελείᾳ καὶ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ, σπουδῆς δὲ καὶ φιλοτιμίας ἱδρώτων τε καὶ φροντίδων μεστόν. οὗ χάριν οὐδ’ ὕδωρ ἐν τῷ φρέατι τούτῳ φασὶν οἱ ὀρύττοντες εὑρεῖν (Gen. 26,32), ἐπειδὴ τὰ τέλη τῶν ἐπιστημῶν οὐ δυσεύρετα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνεύρετα παντελῶς εἶναι συμβέβηκε.
1:9γραμματικώτερος δὲ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ γεωμετρικώτερος ἕτερος ἑτέρου γίνεται τῷ τὰς ἐπιτάσεις καὶ παραυξήσεις ἀμήχανον εἶναι ὅροις περιγραφῆναι· πλείω γὰρ ἀεὶ τῶν εἰς μάθησιν ἡκόντων τὰ ἀπολειπόμενα ἐκδέχεται καὶ ἐφεδρεύει, ὡς καὶ τὸν ἅπτεσθαι περάτων ἐπιστήμης ὑπολαμβανόμενον ἡμιτελῆ παρ’ ἑτέρῳ κριτῇ νομίζεσθαι, παρὰ δὲ ἀληθείᾳ δικαζούσῃ καὶ ἄρτι ἄρχεσθαι δοκεῖν.
1:10„βραχὺς μὲν γὰρ ὁ βίος,“ ἔφη τις, „ἡ δὲ τέχνη μακρά,“ ἧς ἄριστα καταλαμβάνει τὸ μέγεθος ὁ ἀψευδῶς ἐμβαθύνων αὐτῇ καὶ ὥσπερ φρέαρ αὐτὴν ὀρύττων. διὸ καὶ τελευτῶντά τινα πολιὸν ἤδη καὶ ὑπέργηρων λόγος ἔχει δακρύειν, οὐ δι’ ἀνανδρίαν φόβῳ θανάτου, ἀλλὰ διὰ παιδείας ἵμερον ὡς νῦν πρῶτον εἰς αὐτὴν εἰσιόντα, ὅτε πανύστατ’ ἔξεισιν.
1:11ἀνθεῖ γὰρ ἡ ψυχὴ πρὸς ἐπιστήμην, ὁπότε αἱ τοῦ σώματος ἀκμαὶ χρόνου μήκει μαραίνονται. πρὶν οὖν ἡβῆσαι καὶ ἐννεάσαι τῇ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀκριβεστέρᾳ καταλήψει, χαλεπὸν ὑποσκελισθῆναι. τὸ δὲ πάθος τοῦτο κοινὸν ἁπάντων ἐστὶ τῶν φιλομαθῶν, οἷς νέα ἐπὶ παλαιοῖς ἀνίσχει καὶ ἀναλάμπει θεωρήματα, πολλὰ μὲν καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, ὁπότε μὴ στεῖρα καὶ ἄγονος εἴη, τικτούσης, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τῆς φύσεως ἀτεκμάρτως ἐκ ταὐτομάτου προφαινούσης τοῖς διάνοιαν ὀξυδορκοῦσι. τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐπιστήμης φρέαρ ὅρον καὶ τελευτὴν οὐκ ἔχον τοιοῦτον ἀπεδείχθη.
1:12διὰ τί δὲ ὅρκος ὠνομάσθη (Gen. 26,33), λεκτέον· τὰ ἐνδοιαζόμενα τῶν πραγμάτων ὅρκῳ διακρίνεται καὶ τὰ ἀβέβαια βεβαιοῦται καὶ τὰ ἄπιστα λαμβάνει πίστιν· ἐξ ὧν ἐκεῖνο συνάγεται, ὅτι περὶ οὐδενὸς ἄν τις οὕτως βεβαιώσαιτο, ὡς περὶ τοῦ τὸ σοφίας γένος ἀπερίγραφον καὶ ἀτελεύτητον εἶναι.
1:13καλὸν μὲν οὖν καὶ ἀνωμότῳ διεξιόντι περὶ τούτων συνεπιγράφεσθαι· ὁ δὲ μὴ λίαν εἰς συναίνεσιν εὐχερὴς ἐνωμότῳ γενομένῳ συναινείτω. μηδεὶς δὲ ὀμνύναι τὸν τοιοῦτον ὅρκον ἀναδυέσθω σαφῶς εἰδώς, ὅτι ἐν εὐόρκων γραφήσεται στήλαις.
1:14ἅλις μὲν δὴ τούτων. ἑπόμενον δ’ ἂν εἴη σκέψασθαι, διὰ τί τεττάρων ὀρυττομένων φρεάτων ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ (Gen. 21, 25. 26,19—23) τὸ τέταρτον καὶ τελευταῖον „ὅρκος“ προσερρήθη.
1:15μήποτ’ οὖν δι’ ὑπονοιῶν ἐκεῖνο βούλεται παραστῆσαι, ὅτι κἀν τῷ παντὶ τεττάρων ὄντων, ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκεν ὅδε ὁ κόσμος, καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἰσαρίθμων, ἐξ ὧν διαπλασθέντες εἰς ἀνθρωπόμορφον εἶδος ἐτυπώθημεν, τὰ μὲν [[οὖν]ὗν] τρία πέφυκεν ἀμηγέπῃ καταλαμβάνεσθαι, τὸ δὲ τέταρτον ἀκατάληπτον πᾶσι τοῖς κριταῖς ἐστιν.
1:16ἐν μὲν οὖν τῷ κόσμῳ γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀέρα καὶ οὐρανὸν τέτταρα τὰ πάντα εἶναι συμβέβηκεν· ὧν τὰ μὲν ἄλλα κἂν δυσευρέτου, ἀλλ’ οὐκ εἰσάπαν ἀνευρέτου μοίρας ἠξίωται.
1:17καὶ γὰρ γῆν, ὅτι ἐστὶ σῶμα βαρὺ καὶ ἀδιάλυτον καὶ στερέμνιον καὶ τεμνόμενον εἰς ὄρη καὶ πεδιάδας χώρας καὶ ποταμοῖς καὶ θαλάττῃ διαιρούμενον, ὡς τὰ μὲν νησιάζειν, τὰ δὲ ἠπειροῦσθαι, καὶ ὅτι τὸ μὲν αὐτῆς λεπτόγεων, τὸ δὲ βαθύγειον, καὶ τὸ μὲν τραχὺ καὶ στρυφνὸν καὶ λιθῶδες καὶ εἰσάπαν ἄγονον, τὸ δὲ λεῖον καὶ μαλακὸν καὶ γονιμώτατον, καὶ μυρία πρὸς τούτοις ἕτερα καταλαμβάνομεν·
1:18καὶ πάλιν ὕδωρ ὅτι πολλά τε τῶν εἰρημένων ἔχει κοινὰ πρὸς γῆν καὶ ἐξαίρετα ἕτερα· τὸ μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ γλυκύ, τὸ δ’ ἁλμυρόν, τὸ δ’ ἄλλαις διακεκριμένον ἰδέαις· καὶ τὸ μὲν πότιμον, τὸ δ’ οὐ πότιμον—καὶ ἑκάτερον οὐ πᾶσιν, ἀλλ’ οἷς θάτερον, οὐ τὸ ἕτερον, καὶ οἷς μὴ θάτερον, πάντως τὸ ἕτερον —, καὶ τὸ μὲν φύσει ψυχρόν, τὸ δὲ φύσει θερμόν —
1:19εἰσὶ γὰρ μυρίαι πολλαχόθι πηγαὶ ζέον ὕδωρ ἐκδιδοῦσαι, οὐ κατὰ γῆν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν· ἤδη γοῦν ἐφάνησαν φλέβες ἀνομβροῦσαι ζέον ὕδωρ ἐν μέσοις πελάγεσιν, ἃς ἡ τοσαύτη τῶν ἐν κύκλῳ πελαγῶν ἀνάχυσις ἐξ αἰῶνος ἐπικλύζουσα οὐκ ἴσχυσε σβέσαι, ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἀνεῖναι —·
1:20καὶ πάλιν ὅτι ὁ ἀὴρ ἔχει φύσιν εἴκουσαν ἀντιπεριιστάμενος τοῖς σώμασιν, ὄργανον ὢν ζωῆς, ἀναπνοῆς, ὁράσεως, ἀκοῆς, τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθήσεων, πυκνότητας καὶ μανότητας κινήσεις τε καὶ ἠρεμίας ἐνδεχόμενος, τροπὰς καὶ μεταβολὰς παντοίας τρεπόμενός τε καὶ μεταβάλλων, χειμῶνας καὶ θέρη γεννῶν καὶ τὰς μετοπωρινὰς καὶ ἐαρινὰς ὥρας, ἐξ ὧν ὁ ἐνιαυτοῦ κύκλος πέφυκε περατοῦσθαι.
1:21τούτων μὲν δὴ πάντων αἰσθανόμεθα, ὁ δ’ οὐρανὸς ἀκατάληπτον ἔχει τὴν φύσιν, οὐδὲν ἑαυτοῦ σαφὲς γνώρισμα πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀποστείλας. τί γὰρ ἂν εἴποιμεν; ὅτι πεπηγώς ἐστι κρύσταλλος, ὡς ἠξίωσάν τινες; ἢ ὅτι πῦρ τὸ καθαρώτατον; ἢ ὅτι πέμπτον κυκλοφορικὸν σῶμα, μηδενὸς τῶν τεττάρων στοιχείων μετέχον; τί δ’; ἡ ἀπλανὴς καὶ ἐξωτάτω σφαῖρα πρὸς τὸ ἄνω βάθος ἔχει ἢ αὐτὸ μόνον ἐστὶν ἐπιφάνεια βάθους ἐρήμη, τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις σχήμασιν ἐοικυῖα; τί δ’;
1:22οἱ ἀστέρες πότερον γῆς εἰσιν ὄγκοι πυρὸς πλήρεις — ἄγκεα γὰρ καὶ νάπας καὶ μύδρους διαπύρους εἶπον αὐτοὺς εἶναί τινες, αὐτοὶ δεσμωτηρίου καὶ μύλωνος, ἐν οἷς τὰ τοιαῦτά ἐστιν ἐπὶ τιμωρίᾳ τῶν ἀσεβῶν, ὄντες ἐπάξιοι — ἢ συνεχὴς καί, ὡς εἶπέ τις, πυκνὴ ἁρμονία, πιλήματα ἀδιάλυτα αἰθέρος; ἔμψυχοι δὲ καὶ νοεροὶ ἢ νοῦ καὶ ψυχῆς ἀμέτοχοι; προαιρετικὰς δὲ ἢ κατηναγκασμένας αὐτὸ μόνον κινήσεις ἔχοντες; τί δέ;
1:23σελήνη πότερον γνήσιον ἢ νόθον ἐπιφέρεται φέγγος ἡλιακαῖς ἐπιλαμπόμενον ἀκτῖσιν ἢ καθ’ αὑτὸ μὲν ἰδίᾳ τούτων οὐδέτερον, τὸ δ’ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ὡς ἂν ἐξ οἰκείου καὶ ἀλλοτρίου πυρὸς κρᾶμα; πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τοῦ ἀρίστου τε καὶ τετάρτου τῶν ἐν κόσμῳ σώματος ὄντα, οὐρανοῦ, ἄδηλα καὶ ἀκατάληπτα, στοχασμοῖς καὶ εἰκασίαις, οὐ παγίῳ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἐφορμοῦντα·
1:24ὥστε κἂν ὀμόσαι τινὰ θαρρήσαντα, ὅτι θνητὸς οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἰσχύσει τούτων ἐναργῶς καταλαβεῖν οὐδέν. ὅρκος διὰ τοῦτ’ ὠνομάσθη τὸ τέταρτον καὶ ξηρὸν φρέαρ, ἡ τοῦ τετάρτου τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ζήτησις
1:25ἀτελεύτητος καὶ πάντῃ δυσεύρετος, οὐρανοῦ. ἴδωμεν δέ, ὃν τρόπον καὶ τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς τέταρτον διαφερόντως καὶ κατ’ ἐξαίρετον λόγον ἀκατάληπτον εἶναι πέφυκεν. οὐκοῦν τέτταρα τὰ ἀνωτάτω τῶν περὶ ἡμᾶς ἐστι, σῶμα, αἴσθησις, λόγος, νοῦς· τούτων μὲν δὴ τὰ τρία οὐ κατὰ πάσας ἄδηλα τὰς ἰδέας ἐστίν, ἀλλ’ ἔχει τινὰ δείγματα ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τοῦ καταλαμβάνεσθαι.
Book 1, §§26–50
1:26τί δ’ ἔσθ’ ὅ φημι; ὅτι τὸ σῶμα καὶ τριχῇ διαστατὸν καὶ ἑξαχῇ κινητόν, ἴσμεν, διαστάσεις μὲν τρεῖς ἔχον, μῆκος, βάθος, πλάτος, κινήσεις δὲ τὰς διπλασίας ἕξ, τὴν ἄνω, τὴν κάτω, τὴν ἐπὶ δεξιά, τὴν ἐπὶ εὐώνυμα, τὴν πρόσω, τὴν εἰς τὸ κατόπιν· ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι ψυχῆς ἐστιν ἀγγεῖον, οὐκ ἀγνοοῦμεν· ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι ἡβᾷ, φθίνει, γηράσκει, τελευτᾷ, διαλύεται,
1:27σαφῶς ἴσμεν. καὶ πρὸς αἴσθησιν μέντοι γε οὐ παντάπασιν ἀμβλεῖς καὶ πηροὶ γεγόναμεν, ἀλλ’ ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι καὶ πενταχῇ σχίζεται καὶ ὄργανα ἑκάστης ἐστὶν ὑπὸ φύσεως δημιουργηθέντα οἰκεῖα, ὁράσεως μὲν ὀφθαλμοί, ἀκοῆς δὲ ὦτα, ῥῖνες δὲ ὀσφρήσεως καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τὰ οἷς ἐναρμόζεται, καὶ ὅτι ἄγγελοι διανοίας εἰσὶ διαγγέλλουσαι χρώματα, σχήματα, φωνάς, ἀτμῶν καὶ χυλῶν ἰδιότητας, συνόλως σώματα καὶ ὅσαι ποιότητες ἐν τούτοις, καὶ ὅτι δορυφόροι ψυχῆς εἰσιν, ὅσα ἂν ἴδωσιν ἢ ἀκούσωσι δηλοῦσαι κἂν εἴ τι βλαβερὸν ἔξωθεν ἐπίοι προορώμεναί τε καὶ φυλαττόμεναι, ὡς μὴ λάθρᾳ παρεισρευὲν αἴτιον ζημίας ἀνηκέστου τῇ
1:28δεσποίνῃ γένηται. καὶ φωνὴ δ’ οὐκ εἰσάπαν ἀποδιδράσκει τὴν ἡμετέραν κρίσιν, ἀλλ’ ἴσμεν ὅτι ἡ μὲν ὀξεῖα, ἡ δὲ βαρεῖα, καὶ ἡ μὲν ἐμμελὴς καὶ ἐναρμόνιος, ἡ δὲ ἀπῳδὸς καὶ λίαν ἀνάρμοστος, καὶ πάλιν ἡ μὲν μείζων, ἡ δὲ ἐλάττων· διαφέρουσι καὶ ἄλλοις μυρίοις, γένεσι, χρώμασι, διαστήμασι, συνημμέναις τάσεσι καὶ διεζευγμέναις, ταῖς διὰ τεττάρων, ταῖς διὰ πέντε, ταῖς διὰ πασῶν συμφωνίαις.
1:29καὶ μὲν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐνάρθρου φωνῆς, ἣν μόνος ἐκ πάντων ζῴων ἔλαχεν ἄνθρωπος, ἔστιν ἃ γνωρίζομεν· οἷον ὅτι ἀπὸ διανοίας ἀναπέμπεται, ὅτι ἐν τῷ στόματι ἀρθροῦται, ὅτι ἡ γλῶσσα πλήττουσα τῇ τῆς φωνῆς τάσει τὸ ἔναρθρον ἐνσφραγίζεται καὶ λόγον, ἀλλ’ οὐ ψιλὴν αὐτὸ μόνον φωνὴν ἀργὴν καὶ ἀδιατύπωτον ἦχον ἀπεργάζεται, ὅτι κήρυκος ἢ ἑρμηνέως ἔχει τάξιν πρὸς τὸν ὑποβάλλοντα νοῦν.
1:30ἆρ’ οὖν καὶ τὸ τέταρτον τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, ὁ ἡγεμὼν νοῦς, καταληπτός ἐστιν; οὐ δήπου. τί γὰρ αὐτὸν οἰόμεθα κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν εἶναι; πνεῦμα ἢ αἷμα ἢ σῶμα συνόλως — ἀλλ’ οὐ σῶμα, ἀσώματον δὲ λεκτέον — ἢ πέρας ἢ εἶδος ἢ ἀριθμὸν ἢ ἐνδελέχειαν ἢ ἁρμονίαν ἢ τί τῶν ὄντων;
1:31γεννώμενον δ’ εὐθὺς ἢ ἔξωθεν εἰσκρίνεται ἢ ὑπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος ἀέρος ἡ ἔνθερμος ἐν ἡμῖν φύσις οἷα σίδηρος ἐν χαλκέως πεπυρωμένος ὕδατι ψυχρῷ πρὸς τὸ κραταιότατον στομοῦται; διότι καὶ παρὰ τὴν ψῦξιν ὠνομάσθαι ψυχὴ δοκεῖ. τί δέ; τελευτώντων σβέννυται καὶ συμφθείρεται τοῖς σώμασιν ἢ πλεῖστον ἐπιβιοῖ χρόνον ἢ κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς ἄφθαρτόν ἐστι;
1:32ποῦ δ’ ἐμπεφώλευκεν ὁ νοῦς αὐτῷ; ἆρα οἶκον κεκλήρωται; οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἀνιέρωσαν αὐτῷ κεφαλήν, περὶ ἣν καὶ αἱ αἰσθήσεις λοχῶσιν, εἰκὸς εἶναι νομίσαντες ἐγγὺς οἷα μεγάλου βασιλέως ἐφεδρεύειν τοὺς δορυφόρους· οἱ δ’ ὑπὸ καρδίας αὐτὸν ἀγαλματοφορεῖσθαι διανοηθέντες γνωσιμαχοῦσιν. ἀεὶ δὴ τὸ τέταρτον ἀκατάληπτον,
1:33οὐρανὸς μὲν ἐν κόσμῳ παρὰ τὴν ἀέρος καὶ γῆς καὶ ὕδατος φύσιν, νοῦς δὲ ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ παρὰ σῶμα καὶ αἴσθησιν καὶ τὸν ἑρμηνέα λόγον. μήποτε μέντοι καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ἔτος „ἅγιον καὶ αἰνετὸν“ ταύτης ἕνεκα τῆς αἰτίας ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἀναγραφαῖς δηλοῦται (Lev. 19,24)·
1:34τὸ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἅγιον οὐρανὸς μέν ἐστιν ἐν κόσμῳ, καθ’ ὃν αἱ ἄφθαρτοι καὶ μακραίωνες φύσεις περιπολοῦσιν, ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ δὲ νοῦς, ἀπόσπασμα θεῖον ὤν, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ Μωυσέα λέγοντα· „ἐνεφύσησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν“ (Gen. 2, 7).
1:35καὶ ἑκάτερον δὲ αἰνετὸν οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ μοι δοκεῖ προσειρῆσθαι· τὰ γὰρ δυνάμενα τοὺς ἐπαίνους καὶ ὕμνους καὶ εὐδαιμονισμοὺς ἐκτραγῳδεῖν τοῦ γεννήσαντος πατρὸς ταῦτ’ ἐστίν, οὐρανός τε καὶ νοῦς. ἄνθρωπος μὲν γὰρ ἐξαιρέτου παρὰ τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα γέρως ἔλαχε, θεραπεύειν τὸ ὄν, ὁ δὲ οὐρανὸς ἀεὶ μελῳδεῖ, κατὰ τὰς κινήσεις τῶν ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν πάμμουσον ἁρμονίαν ἀποτελῶν·
1:36ἧς εἰ συνέβαινε τὴν ἠχὴν εἰς τὰς ἡμετέρας φθάνειν ἀκοάς, ἔρωτες ἂν ἀκάθεκτοι καὶ λελυττηκότες ἵμεροι καὶ ἄπαυστοι καὶ μανιώδεις ἐγίνοντο οἶστροι, ὡς καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀπέχεσθαι τρεφομένους μηκέθ’ ὡς θνητοὶ σιτίοις καὶ ποτοῖς διὰ φάρυγγος, ἀλλ’ ὡς οἱ μέλλοντες ἀπαθανατίζεσθαι δι’ ὤτων μουσικῆς τελείας ἐνθέοις ᾠδαῖς· ὧν ἀκροατὴν Μωυσῆν ἀσώματον γενόμενον λόγος ἔχει τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας καὶ τὰς ἴσας νύκτας μήτε ἄρτου μήτε ὕδατος ψαῦσαι τὸ παράπαν (Exod. 24,18).
1:37ὁ τοίνυν οὐρανός, τὸ μουσικῆς ἀρχέτυπον ὄργανον, ἄκρως ἡρμόσθαι δοκεῖ δι’ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ ἵνα οἱ ἐπὶ τιμῇ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων πατρὸς ᾀδόμενοι ὕμνοι μουσικῶς ἐπιψάλλωνται. καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν μέντοι Λείαν ἀκούομεν ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ τετάρτου γενέσεως υἱοῦ μηκέτι τίκτειν δυναμένην, ἀλλ’ ἐπέχουσαν ἢ ἐπεχομένην τὰς γονάς· εὕρισκε γάρ, οἶμαι, πᾶσαν τὴν γένεσιν ἐξ αὐτῆς ξηράν τε καὶ στεῖραν, ἡνίκα Ἰούδαν, τὴν ἐξομολόγησιν, τὸν τέλειον καρπόν, ἤνθησε.
1:38διαφέρει δ’ οὐδὲν τὸ λέγειν "ἵστασθαι τίκτουσαν” (Gen. 29, 35) τοῦ μὴ εὑρίσκειν ἐν τῷ τετάρτῳ φρέατι τοὺς παῖδας Ἰσαὰκ ὕδωρ (Gen. 26,32), ἐπειδήπερ ἐξ ἑκατέρου τῶν συμβόλων ἐμφαίνεται τὸ πάντα διψῆν θεοῦ, παρ’ ὃν αἱ γενέσεις καὶ τροφαὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἄρδονται.
1:39μικροπολῖται μὲν οὖν τινες ἴσως ὑπολήψονται περὶ φρεάτων διορυχῆς τὸν τοσοῦτον εἶναι λόγον τῷ νομοθέτῃ, οἱ δὲ δὴ μείζονι ἐγγραφέντες πατρίδι, τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ, τελειοτέρων φρονημάτων ὄντες, εἴσονται σαφῶς, ὅτι περὶ τεττάρων ἐστίν, οὐ φρεάτων, ἀλλὰ τῶν τοῦ παντὸς μερῶν ἡ ζήτησις τοῖς ὁρατικοῖς καὶ φιλοθεάμοσι, γῆς, ὕδατος, ἀέρος, οὐρανοῦ.
1:40ὧν ἕκαστον ἐπινοίαις εἰς ἄκρον πεποιημέναις διεξελθόντες ἐν μὲν τοῖς τρισὶν εὗρόν τινα καταληπτά — διὸ καὶ τρία ὀνόματα ἐπεφήμισαν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν, ἀδικίαν, ἔχθραν, εὐρυχωρίαν (Gen. 26, 20. 21. 22) —, ἐν δὲ τῷ τετάρτῳ τὸ παράπαν οὐδέν, οὐρανῷ, καθάπερ ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ἐδηλώσαμεν· τὸ γὰρ τέταρτον φρέαρ ἄνυδρον καὶ ξηρὸν εὑρίσκεται καὶ ὅρκος διὰ τὴν εἰρημένην αἰτίαν προσαγορεύεται.
1:41Τὰ δὲ ἑπόμενα ζητήσωμεν ἐρευνῶντες, τίς ἡ Χαρρὰν καὶ διὰ τί ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ φρέατος ἐξελθὼν εἰς αὐτὴν ἔρχεται (Gen. 28,10). ἔστι τοίνυν, ὡς ἔμοιγε φαίνεται, Χαρρὰν μητρόπολίς τις αἰσθήσεων. ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ τοτὲ μὲν ὀρυκτή, τοτὲ δὲ τρῶγλαι, δι’ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ὀνομάτων ἑνὸς δηλουμένου πράγματος.
1:42τὸ γὰρ σῶμα ἡμῶν εἰς τὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὄργανα τρόπον τινὰ ἐξορώρυκται, καὶ γέγονεν ἕκαστον τῶν ὀργάνων ἑκάστης ὀπή τις αἰσθήσεως, ἐν ᾗ πέφυκε φωλεύειν. ὅταν οὖν τις ἀπὸ τοῦ φρέατος, ὃ καλεῖται ὅρκος, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ λιμένος ἐξαναχθῇ, παραγίνεται εὐθὺς εἰς Χαρρὰν ἀναγκαίως· τὸν γὰρ ἀποδημίαν στελλόμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου καὶ ἀπειρομεγέθους ἐπιστήμης χωρίου κατ’ ἀναγκαῖον αἰσθήσεις ἄνευ ξεναγῶν ὑποδέχονται.
1:43κινεῖται γὰρ ἡμῶν ἡ ψυχὴ πολλάκις μὲν ἐφ’ ἑαυτῆς, ὅλον τὸν σωματικὸν ὄγκον ἐκδῦσα καὶ τὸν τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὄχλον ἀποδρᾶσα, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ ταῦτα ἐπαμπισχομένη. τὴν μὲν οὖν γυμνὴν κίνησιν αὐτῆς τὰ νοήσει μόνῃ καταληπτὰ ἔλαχε, τὴν δὲ μετὰ σώματος τὰ αἰσθητά.
1:44εἴ τις οὖν ὁμιλεῖν εἰσάπαν ἀδυνατεῖ διανοίᾳ μόνῃ, δευτέραν καταφυγὴν αἴσθησιν εὑρίσκεται, καὶ ὅστις ἂν σφαλῇ τῶν νοητῶν, αὐτίκα πρὸς τὰ αἰσθητὰ κατασύρεται· δεύτερος γὰρ ἀεὶ πλοῦς ὁ πρὸς αἴσθησιν τοῖς μὴ δυνηθεῖσι πρὸς τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν εὐπλοῆσαι.
1:45καλὸν δὲ κἀν τούτῳ γενομένους μὴ καταγηράσαι καὶ διαιωνίσαι, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐν ξένῃ διατρίβοντας παροίκων τρόπον ἀεὶ μετανάστασιν ζητεῖν καὶ ἐπάνοδον εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν γῆν. Λάβαν μὲν γὰρ οὐκ εἶδος, οὐ γένος, οὐκ ἰδέαν, οὐκ ἐννόημα, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν νοήσει μόνῃ καταλαμβανομένων οὐδὲν ἁπλῶς εἰδώς, ἠρτημένος δὲ τῶν ἐμφανῶν, ἅπερ εἰς ὄψεις καὶ ἀκοὰς καὶ τὰς συγγενεῖς δυνάμεις ἔρχεται, πατρίδος ἠξίωται Χαρράν, ἣν ὡς ξένην ὁ φιλάρετος Ἰακὼβ πρὸς ὀλίγον οἰκεῖ χρόνον, τῆς οἴκαδε ἐπανόδου διαμεμνημένος.
1:46φησὶ γοῦν ἡ μήτηρ, ἡ ὑπομονή, Ῥεβέκκα πρὸς αὐτόν· „ἀναστὰς ἀπόδραθι πρὸς Λάβαν τὸν ἀδελφόν μου εἰς Χαρράν, καὶ οἴκησον μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἡμέρας τινάς“ (Gen. 27, 43. 44). ἆρα οὖν κατανοεῖς, ὅτι οὐχ ὑπομένει ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν αἰσθήσεων καταβιῶναι, ἀλλ’ ἡμέρας ὀλίγας καὶ βραχύν τινα χρόνον διὰ τὰς τοῦ συνδέτου σώματος ἀνάγκας, ὁ δὲ μακρὸς αἰὼν αὐτῷ καὶ βίος ἐν τῇ νοητῇ πόλει ταμιεύεται;
1:47παρό μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ πάππος αὐτοῦ τῆς ἐπιστήμης, Ἀβραὰμ ὄνομα, μὴ πολὺν χρόνον ὑπομεῖναι τῇ Χαρρὰν ἐνδιατρῖψαι. λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „Ἀβραὰμ ἦν ἐτῶν ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε, ὅτε ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ Χαρράν“ (Gen. 12, 4), καίτοι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Θάρρα, ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται κατασκοπὴ ὀσμῆς, μέχρι τελευτῆς ἐν αὐτῇ
1:48βιώσαντος. ῥητῶς γοῦν ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἀναγραφαῖς δηλοῦται, ὅτι „ἀπέθανε Θάρρα ἐν Χαρράν“ (Gen. 11,32)· κατάσκοπος γὰρ ἦν ἀρετῆς, οὐ πολίτης, καὶ ὀσμαῖς ἀλλ’ οὐ τροφῶν ἀπολαύσεσιν ἐχρῆτο, μήπω ἱκανὸς ὢν ἐμπίπλασθαι φρονήσεως, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ γεύεσθαι, τοῦτο δ’ αὐτὸ μόνον ὀσφραίνεσθαι.
1:49καθάπερ γὰρ τοὺς θηρατικοὺς τῶν σκυλάκων λόγος ἔχει καὶ τὰ πορρωτάτω τῶν θηρίων πτώματα ῥινηλατοῦντας ἀνευρίσκειν ἠκονημένους ὑπὸ φύσεως διαφερόντως τὴν περὶ τὰς ὀσμὰς αἴσθησιν, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τὴν ἀπὸ δικαιοσύνης καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς ἀναδιδομένην ἡδεῖαν αὔραν ὁ παιδείας ἐραστὴς ἰχνηλατεῖ καὶ ποθεῖ μὲν ἐκείναις ἐντυχεῖν, ἐξ ὧν ἀναδίδοται τὸ θαυμασιώτατον γάνωμα τοῦτο, μὴ δυνάμενος δ’ ἐν κύκλῳ κενὴν περιάγει τὴν κεφαλήν, ὀσφραινόμενος αὐτὸ μόνον καλοκἀγαθίας καὶ σιτίων ἱερωτάτης κνίσσης· οὐ γὰρ ἀρνεῖται λίχνος ἐπιστήμης καὶ φρονήσεως εἶναι.
1:50μακάριοι μὲν οὖν οἷς ἐξεγένετο τῶν σοφίας φίλτρων ἀπόνασθαι καὶ τῶν θεωρημάτων καὶ δογμάτων αὐτῆς ἑστιαθῆναι καὶ ἐνευφρανθεῖσιν ἔτι διψῆν, ἄπληστον καὶ ἀκόρεστον ἐπιφερομένοις ἵμερον ἐπιστήμης.
Book 1, §§51–75
1:51δεύτερα δ’ οἴσονται, οἷς ἀπολαῦσαι μὲν οὐκ ἐξεγένετο τῆς ἱερᾶς τραπέζης, κνισσοῦν δὲ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς· αὔραις γὰρ ἀρετῆς οὗτοι ζωπυρηθήσονται, καθάπερ τῶν καμνόντων οἱ παρειμένοι διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τροφῇ χρῆσθαι τὰς εἰς ἀνάληψιν προσφέρονται ὀσμάς, ἃς ἰατρῶν παῖδες λιποθυμίας ἄκη σωτήρια προευτρεπίζονται.
1:52καταλιπὼν μέντοι τὴν Χαλδαίαν γῆν εἰς Χαρρὰν λέγεται μετανίστασθαι Θάρρα, τόν τε υἱὸν Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τοὺς ὁμογνίους τῆς οἰκίας ἐπαγόμενος, οὐχ ἵν’ ὡς παρὰ συγγραφέως ἱστορικοῦ μάθωμεν, ὅτι μετανάσται τινὲς ἐγένοντο, τὴν μὲν πατρῴαν γῆν καταλιπόντες, τὴν δὲ ξένην ὡς πατρίδα οἰκήσαντες, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μάθημα βιωφελέστατον καὶ ἁρμόττον ἀνθρώπῳ μὴ ἀμεληθῆναι. τί δὲ τοῦτό ἐστι;
1:53Χαλδαῖοι μὲν ἀστρονομοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ τῆς Χαρρὰν πολῖται περὶ τὸν τῶν αἰσθήσεων τόπον πραγματεύονται. φησὶν οὖν ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος τῷ κατασκόπῳ τῶν τῆς φύσεως πραγμάτων· τί περὶ ἡλίου ζητεῖς, εἰ ποδιαῖός ἐστιν, εἰ τῆς γῆς μείζων ἁπάσης, εἰ πολλαπλάσιος αὐτῆς; τί δὲ περὶ φωτισμῶν σελήνης, εἰ νόθον ἔχει φέγγος, εἰ γνησίῳ μόνῳ χρῆται; τί δὲ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων φύσεως ἢ περιφορᾶς ἢ συμπαθείας πρός τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τἀπίγεια;
1:54τί δὲ βαίνων ἐπὶ γῆς ὑπὲρ νεφέλας πηδᾷς; τί δ’ ἅπτεσθαι τῶν ἐν αἰθέρι φῂς δύνασθαι προσερριζωμένος χέρσῳ; τί δὲ περὶ τῶν ἀτεκμάρτων τεκμαίρεσθαι τολμᾷς; τί δὲ πολυπραγμονεῖς ἃ μή σε δεῖ, τὰ μετέωρα; τί δὲ τὴν ἐν τοῖς μαθήμασιν εὑρεσιλογίαν ἄχρις οὐρανοῦ τείνεις; τί δ’ ἀστρονομεῖς μετεωρολεσχῶν; μὴ τὰ ὑπὲρ σὲ καὶ ἄνω, ὦ οὗτος, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐγγὺς σαυτοῦ κατανόησον, μᾶλλον δὲ σαυτὸν ἀκολακεύτως ἐρεύνησον.
1:55πῶς οὖν ἐρευνήσεις; ἴθι νοερῶς εἰς Χαρρὰν τὴν ὀρυκτήν, τὰς τρώγλας καὶ ὀπὰς τοῦ σώματος, καὶ ἐπίσκεψαι ὀφθαλμούς, ὦτα, ῥῖνας, τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα καὶ αἰσθήσεως ὄργανα, καὶ φιλοσόφησον ἀναγκαιοτάτην καὶ πρεπωδεστάτην φιλοσοφίαν ἀνθρώπῳ, ζητῶν, τί ὅρασις, τί ἀκοή, τί γεῦσις, τί ὄσφρησις, τί ἁφή, τί καὶ συνόλως αἴσθησις· κἄπειτα τί τὸ ὁρᾶν καὶ πῶς ὁρᾷς, τί τὸ ἀκούειν καὶ πῶς ἀκούεις, τί τὸ ὀσφραίνεσθαι ἢ γεύεσθαι ἢ ἅπτεσθαι καὶ πῶς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν εἴωθε γίγνεσθαι.
1:56πρὶν δὲ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον καλῶς ἐπεσκέφθαι, τὸν τοῦ παντὸς ἐξετάζειν οὐχ ὑπερβολὴ μανίας; καὶ οὔπω σοι μεῖζον ἐπίταγμα ἐπιτάττω, τὴν σαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἰδεῖν καὶ τὸν νοῦν, ἐφ’ ᾧ μέγα φρονεῖς· καταλαβεῖν γὰρ αὐτὸν οὔποτε δυνήσῃ.
1:57ἀνάβαινε νῦν εἰς οὐρανὸν καὶ καταλαζονεύου περὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ, μήπω δεδυνημένος γνῶναι κατὰ τὸ ποιητικὸν γράμμα ὅττί τοι ἐν μεγάροισι κακόν τ’ ἀγαθόν τε τέτυκται, καταγαγὼν δ’ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ τὸν κατάσκοπον καὶ ἀντισπάσας ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκεῖ ζητήσεως γνῶθι σαυτόν, εἶτα καὶ τοῦτ’ ἐπιμελῶς ἐκπόνησον, ἵνα τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης εὐδαιμονίας ἐπιλάχῃς.
1:58τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον Θάρρα μὲν Ἑβραῖοι, Σωκράτην δὲ Ἕλληνες ὀνομάζουσι· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνον ἐγγηράσαι φασὶν τῇ περὶ τοῦ γνῶθι σαυτὸν ἀκριβεστάτῃ σκέψει, μηδὲν ἔξω τῶν καθ’ ἑαυτὸν φιλοσοφοῦντα. ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν ἄνθρωπος ἦν, Θάρρα δ’ αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος ὁ περὶ τοῦ γνῶναί τινα ἑαυτὸν προκείμενος οἷα δένδρον εὐερνέστατον, ἵν’ ἔχοιεν εὐμαρῶς οἱ φιλάρετοι τὸν περὶ ἠθοποιίαν δρεπόμενοι καρπὸν σωτηρίου καὶ ἡδίστης ἐμπίπλασθαι τροφῆς.
1:59τοιοῦτοι μὲν ἡμῖν οἱ φρονήσεως κατάσκοποι, τῶν δὲ ἀθλητῶν καὶ ἀγωνιστῶν αὐτῆς αἱ φύσεις τελειότεραι· δικαιοῦσι γὰρ οὗτοι τὸν περὶ τῶν αἰσθήσεων σύμπαντα λόγον ἀκριβῶς καταμαθόντες ἐπί τι μεῖζον ἕτερον χωρεῖν θεώρημα, καταλιπόντες τὰς αἰσθήσεως ὀπάς, αἳ Χαρρὰν ὀνομάζονται.
1:60τούτων ἐστὶν ὁ ἐπιδόσεις καὶ βελτιώσεις πρὸς ἐπιστήμης ἄκρας ἀνάληψιν ἐσχηκὼς Ἀβραάμ· ὅτε γὰρ μάλιστα ἔγνω, τότε μάλιστα ἀπέγνω ἑαυτόν, ἵνα τοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄντος εἰς ἀκριβῆ γνῶσιν ἔλθῃ. καὶ πέφυκεν οὕτως ἔχειν· ὁ λίαν καταλαβὼν ἑαυτὸν λίαν ἀπέγνωκε τὴν ἐν πᾶσι τοῦ γενητοῦ σαφῶς προλαβὼν οὐδένειαν, ὁ δ’ ἀπογνοὺς ἑαυτὸν γινώσκει τὸν ὄντα.
1:61Τίς μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἡ Χαρρὰν καὶ διὰ τί ὁ ἀπολείπων τὸ τοῦ ὅρκου φρέαρ εἰς αὐτὴν ἔρχεται, δεδήλωται. σκεπτέον δὲ τὸ τρίτον καὶ ἀκόλουθον, τίς ὁ τόπος, ᾧ ὑπαντᾷ· λέγεται γάρ, ὅτι „ἀπήντησε τόπῳ“ (Gen. 28, 11).
1:62τριχῶς δὲ ἐπινοεῖται τόπος, ἅπαξ μὲν χώρα ὑπὸ σώματος πεπληρωμένη, κατὰ δεύτερον δὲ τρόπον ὁ θεῖος λόγος, ὃν ἐκπεπλήρωκεν ὅλον δι’ ὅλων ἀσωμάτοις δυνάμεσιν αὐτὸς ὁ θεός. „εἶδον“ γάρ φησι „τὸν τόπον οὗ εἱστήκει ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ“ (Exod. 24, 10), ἐν ᾧ μόνῳ καὶ ἱερουργεῖν ἐφῆκεν ἀλλαχόθι κωλύσας· διείρηται γὰρ ἀναβαίνειν εἰς τὸν τόπον, ὃν ἂν ἐκλέξηται κύριος ὁ θεός, κἀκεῖ θύειν τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ τὰ σωτήρια καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀμώμους θυσίας ἀνάγειν (Deut. 12,5 ss.).
1:63κατὰ δὲ τρίτον σημαινόμενον αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς καλεῖται τόπος τῷ περιέχειν μὲν τὰ ὅλα, περιέχεσθαι δὲ πρὸς μηδενὸς ἁπλῶς, καὶ τῷ καταφυγὴν τῶν συμπάντων αὐτὸν εἶναι, καὶ ἐπειδήπερ αὐτός ἐστι χώρα ἑαυτοῦ, κεχωρηκὼς ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμφερόμενος μόνῳ ἑαυτῷ.
1:64ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν οὔκ εἰμι τόπος, ἀλλ’ ἐν τόπῳ, καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν ὄντων ὁμοίως· τὸ γὰρ περιεχόμενον διαφέρει τοῦ περιέχοντος, τὸ δὲ θεῖον ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς περιεχόμενον ἀναγκαίως ἐστὶν αὐτὸ τόπος ἑαυτοῦ. μαρτυρεῖ δέ μοι λόγιον τὸ χρησθὲν ἐπὶ Ἀβραὰμ τόδε· „ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός· καὶ ἀναβλέψας τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς εἶδε τὸν τόπον μακρόθεν“ (Gen. 22,3. 4). ὁ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν τόπον, εἰπέ μοι, μακρόθεν αὐτὸν εἶδεν;
1:65ἀλλὰ μήποτε δυεῖν πραγμάτων ἐστὶν ὁμωνυμία διαφερόντων, ὧν τὸ μὲν ἕτερον θεῖός ἐστι λόγος, τὸ δὲ ἕτερον ὁ πρὸ τοῦ λόγου θεός.
1:66ὁ δὴ ξεναγηθεὶς ὑπὸ σοφίας εἰς τὸν πρότερον ἀφικνεῖται τόπον, εὑράμενος τῆς ἀρεσκείας κεφαλὴν καὶ τέλος τὸν θεῖον λόγον, ἐν ᾧ γενόμενος οὐ φθάνει πρὸς τὸν κατὰ τὸ εἶναι θεὸν ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸν ὁρᾷ μακρόθεν· μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ πόρρωθεν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον θεωρεῖν ἱκανός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τὸ μακρὰν τὸν θεὸν εἶναι πάσης γενέσεως αὐτὸ μόνον ὁρᾷ καὶ τὸ πορρωτάτω τὴν κατάληψιν αὐτοῦ πάσης ἀνθρωπίνης διανοίας διῳκίσθαι.
1:67μήποτε μέντοι γε οὐδὲ τόπον νῦν ἀλληγορῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ αἰτίου παρείληφεν, ἀλλ’ ἔστι τὸ δηλούμενον τοιοῦτον· „ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν τόπον, καὶ ἀναβλέψας τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς εἶδεν“ αὐτὸν τὸν τόπον, εἰς ὃν ἦλθε, μακρὰν ὄντα τοῦ ἀκατονομάστου καὶ ἀρρήτου καὶ κατὰ πάσας ἰδέας ἀκαταλήπτου θεοῦ.
1:68τούτων προδιωρισμένων, ὅταν εἰς Χαρράν, τὴν αἴσθησιν, ἔλθῃ ὁ ἀσκητής, „ὑπαντᾷ τόπῳ“ (Gen. 28,11), οὔτε τῷ ἐκπεπληρωμένῳ ὑπὸ σώματος θνητοῦ — μετέχουσι γὰρ αὐτοῦ πάντες οἱ γηγενεῖς ἐκπεπληρωκότες χώραν καὶ τόπον τινὰ κατὰ τἀναγκαῖον ἐπέχοντες — οὔτε τῷ τρίτῳ καὶ ἀρίστῳ, οὗ μόλις ἔννοιαν λαβεῖν ἦν ἂν ἐπὶ τοῦ φρέατος ποιούμενον τὰς διατριβάς, ὃ προσηγορεύετο ὅρκος, ᾧ τὸ αὐτομαθὲς γένος, Ἰσαάκ, ἐνδιαιτᾶται μηδέποτε τῆς πρὸς θεὸν πίστεως καὶ ἀφανοῦς ὑπολήψεως ἀφιστάμενον, ἀλλὰ τῷ μέσῳ λόγῳ θείῳ, τὰ ἄριστα ὑφηγουμένῳ καὶ ὅσα πρόσφορα τοῖς καιροῖς ἀναδιδάσκοντι.
1:69οὐ γὰρ ἀξιῶν ὁ θεὸς εἰς αἴσθησιν ἔρχεσθαι τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ λόγους ἐπικουρίας ἕνεκα τῶν φιλαρέτων ἀποστέλλει· οἱ δ’ ἰατρεύουσι καὶ ἐκνοσηλεύουσι τὰ ψυχῆς ἀρρωστήματα, παραινέσεις ἱερὰς ὥσπερ νόμους ἀκινήτους τιθέντες καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τούτων γυμνάσια καλοῦντες καὶ τρόπον ἀλειπτῶν ἰσχὺν καὶ δύναμιν καὶ ῥώμην ἀνανταγώνιστον ἐμφύοντες.
1:70δεόντως οὖν εἰς αἴσθησιν ἐλθὼν οὐκέτι θεῷ, λόγῳ δ’ ὑπαντᾷ θεοῦ, καθὰ καὶ ὁ πάππος αὐτοῦ τῆς σοφίας Ἀβραάμ. λέγεται γάρ· „ἀπῆλθε κύριος, ὡς ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν τῷ Ἀβραάμ, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἀπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 18,33)· δι’ οὗ συνάγεται τὸ λόγοις τοιούτοις ἐντυγχάνειν ἱεροῖς, ὧν ὁ πρὸ τῶν ὅλων θεὸς ἀπήλλακται, μηκέτι τὰς ἀφ’ αὑτοῦ τείνων φαντασίας, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν μεθ’ αὑτὸν δυνάμεων.
1:71ὑπερφυέστατα δ’ ἔχει τὸ μὴ φάναι ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὸν τόπον, ἀλλ’ ἀπαντῆσαι τόπῳ· ἑκούσιον μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἔρχεσθαι, τὸ δ’ ἀπαντᾶν πολλάκις ἀκούσιον, ἵν’ ἐξαπιναίως ὁ θεῖος λόγος ἐπιφαινόμενος ἀπροσδόκητον χαρὰν ἐλπίδος μείζονα ἐρήμῃ ψυχῇ συνοδοιπορεῖν μέλλων προτείνῃ. καὶ γὰρ Μωυσῆς „ἐξάγει τὸν λαὸν εἰς τὴν συνάντησιν τοῦ θεοῦ“ (Exod. 19, 17), σαφῶς εἰδὼς ἐρχόμενον αὐτὸν ἀοράτως πρὸς τὰς ποθούσας ψυχὰς ἐντυχεῖν αὐτῷ.
1:72Τὴν δ’ αἰτίαν ἐπιφέρει, δι’ ἣν τόπῳ ὑπήντησεν· „ἔδυ“ γάρ φησιν „ὁ ἥλιος“ (Gen. 28, 11), οὐχ ὁ φαινόμενος οὗτος, ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ ἀοράτου καὶ μεγίστου θεοῦ περιφεγγέστατον καὶ περιαυγέστατον φῶς. τοῦθ’ ὅταν μὲν ἐπιλάμψῃ διανοίᾳ, τὰ δεύτερα λόγων δύεται φέγγη, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον οἱ αἰσθητοὶ τόποι πάντες ἐπισκιάζονται· ὅταν δ’ ἑτέρωσε χωρήσῃ, πάντ’ εὐθὺς ἀνίσχει καὶ ἀνατέλλει.
1:73μὴ θαυμάσῃς δέ, εἰ ὁ ἥλιος κατὰ τοὺς τῆς ἀλληγορίας κανόνας ἐξομοιοῦται τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ἡγεμόνι τῶν συμπάντων· θεῷ γὰρ ὅμοιον πρὸς ἀλήθειαν μὲν οὐδέν, ἃ δὲ δόξῃ νενόμισται, δύο μόνα ἐστίν, ἀόρατόν τε καὶ ὁρατόν, ψυχὴ μὲν ἀόρατον, ὁρατὸν δὲ ἥλιος.
1:74τὴν μὲν οὖν ψυχῆς ἐμφέρειαν δεδήλωκεν ἐν ἑτέροις εἰπών· „ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, κατ’ εἰκόνα θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτόν“ (Gen. 1,27), καὶ ἐν τῷ κατὰ ἀνδροφόνων τεθέντι νόμῳ πάλιν· „ὁ ἐκχέων αἷμα ἀνθρώπου ἀντὶ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ ἐκχυθήσεται, ὅτι ἐν εἰκόνι θεοῦ ἐποίησα τὸν ἄνθρωπον“ (Gen. 9,6), τὴν δὲ ἡλίου διὰ συμβόλων μεμήνυκε.
1:75ῥᾴδιον δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ἐξ ἐπιλογισμοῦ τοῦτο κατιδεῖν, ἐπειδὴ πρῶτον μὲν ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστι — „κύριος γὰρ φωτισμός μου καὶ σωτήρ μου“ ἐν ὕμνοις ᾄδεται (Psalm. 26, 1) — καὶ οὐ μόνον φῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ παντὸς ἑτέρου φωτὸς ἀρχέτυπον, μᾶλλον δὲ παντὸς ἀρχετύπου πρεσβύτερον καὶ ἀνώτερον, λόγον ἔχον παραδείγματος. τὸ μὲν γὰρ παράδειγμα ὁ πληρέστατος ἦν αὐτοῦ λόγος, φῶς — „εἶπε“ γάρ φησιν „ὁ θεός· γενέσθω φῶς“ (Gen. 1,3) —, αὐτὸς δὲ οὐδενὶ τῶν γεγονότων ὅμοιος.
Book 1, §§76–100
1:76ἔπειθ’ ὡς ἥλιος ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα διακρίνει, οὕτως φησὶ Μωυσῆς τὸν θεὸν φῶς καὶ σκότος διατειχίσαι· „διεχώρισε γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ σκότους“ (Gen. 1,4)· ἄλλως τε ὡς ἥλιος ἀνατείλας τὰ κεκρυμμένα τῶν σωμάτων ἐπιδείκνυται, οὕτως καὶ ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα γεννήσας οὐ μόνον εἰς τοὐμφανὲς ἤγαγεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἃ πρότερον οὐκ ἦν, ἐποίησεν, οὐ δημιουργὸς μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ κτίστης αὐτὸς ὤν.
1:77λέγεται δὲ πολλαχῶς κατὰ τὸν ἱερὸν λόγον ἐν ὑπονοίαις ἥλιος, ἅπαξ μὲν ὁ ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς, ὃν οἰκοδομοῦσιν ὡς πόλιν καὶ κατασκευάζουσιν οἱ γένεσιν πρὸ τοῦ ἀγενήτου θεραπεύειν ἀναγκαζόμενοι, ἐφ’ ὧν εἴρηται ὅτι „ᾠκοδόμησαν πόλεις ὀχυρὰς τῷ Φαραώ, τήν τε Πειθώ“, τὸν λόγον ᾧ τὸ πείθειν ἀνάκειται, „καὶ Ῥαμεσσή“, τὴν αἴσθησιν, ὑφ’ ἧς ὥσπερ ὑπὸ σέων ἡ ψυχὴ διεσθίεται — ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ σεισμὸς σητός —, „καὶ τὴν Ὤν“, τὸν νοῦν, ἣν Ἡλίου πόλιν ὠνόμασεν (Exod. 1,11), ἐπειδὴ καθάπερ ἥλιος τοῦ παντὸς ἡμῶν ὄγκου τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἀνῆπται καὶ τὰς αὑτοῦ δυνάμεις ὥσπερ ἀκτῖνας εἰς ὅλον τείνει.
1:78τὸν δὲ ἱερέα καὶ θεραπευτὴν τοῦ νοῦ πενθερὸν ἐπιγράφεται πᾶς ὁ τὴν τοῦ σώματος πολιτείαν ἀναψάμενος, ὄνομα Ἰωσήφ. „ἔδωκε“ γάρ φησιν „αὐτῷ τὴν Ἀσενὲθ θυγατέρα Πετεφρῆ ἱερέως Ἡλίου πόλεως“ (Gen. 41,45).
1:79δεύτερον δὲ ἥλιον καλεῖ συμβολικῶς τὴν αἴσθησιν, ἐπειδὴ τὰ αἰσθητὰ πάντα δείκνυται διανοίᾳ. περὶ ἧς λελάληκεν ὧδε· „ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος αὐτῷ, ἡνίκα παρῆλθε τὸ εἶδος τοῦ θεοῦ“ (Gen. 32, 31)· τῷ γὰρ ὄντι ταῖς ἱερωτάταις ἰδέαις καὶ ὡς ἂν εἰκόσιν ἀσωμάτοις ὅταν μηκέτι δυνώμεθα συνδιατρίβειν, ἀλλ’ ἑτέρωσε τρεπόμενοι μεταχωρήσωμεν, ἄλλῳ φωτὶ τῷ κατὰ αἴσθησιν χρώμεθα σκότους πρὸς τὸν ὑγιῆ λόγον οὐδὲν ἁπλῶς διαφέροντι·
1:80ὅπερ ἀνατεῖλαν ὅρασιν μὲν καὶ ἀκοήν, ἔτι δὲ γεῦσιν καὶ ὄσφρησιν καὶ ἁφὴν ὥσπερ κοιμωμένας ἀνήγειρε, φρόνησιν δὲ καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐπιστήμην τε καὶ σοφίαν ἐγρηγορυίας εἰς ὕπνον ἔτρεψεν.
1:81οὗ χάριν ἁγνεύειν οὐδένα πρὸ ἑσπέρας φησὶν ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος (Lev. 11,24 al.) δύνασθαι, τῆς διανοίας ὑπὸ τῶν κατ’ αἴσθησιν κινήσεων ἔτι παρευημερουμένης. ἄφυκτον δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι νόμον ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ γνώμην ἀποφαινόμενος τίθησιν, ἐπειδὰν λέγῃ· „Οὐκ ἔδεται ἀπὸ τῶν ἁγίων, ἐὰν μὴ λούσηται τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καὶ δύῃ ὁ ἥλιος καὶ γένηται καθαρός“ (Lev. 22, 6. 7).
1:82δηλοῖ γὰρ σαφέστατα διὰ τούτων, ὅτι εὐαγὴς εἰσάπαν οὐδείς ἐστιν, ὡς ταῖς ἁγίαις καὶ ἱεροπρεπέσι χρῆσθαι τελεταῖς, ᾧ τὰς αἰσθητὰς τοῦ θνητοῦ βίου λαμπρότητας ἔτι τετιμῆσθαι συμβέβηκεν. εἰ δέ τις αὐτὰς οὐκ ἀποδέχεται, κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον τῷ φρονήσεως ἐπιλάμπεται φέγγει, δι’ οὗ δυνήσεται τὰς τῶν κενῶν δοξῶν ἐκνίπτεσθαι καὶ ἀπολούεσθαι κηλῖδας.
1:83ἢ τὸν ἥλιον αὐτὸν οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅτι τἀναντία καὶ ἀνατέλλων καὶ δυόμενος ἐργάζεται; ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ἀνίσχῃ, τὰ μὲν κατὰ γῆν ἅπαντα περιλάμπεται, τὰ δὲ κατ’ οὐρανὸν ἀποκρύπτεται· δύντος δ’ ἔμπαλιν οἱ μὲν ἀστέρες προφαίνονται, τὰ δὲ περίγεια συσκιάζεται.
1:84τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅταν μὲν τὸ τῶν αἰσθήσεων φέγγος ὡς ἥλιος ἀνατείλῃ, τὰς ὀλυμπίους καὶ οὐρανίους ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπιστήμας κρύπτεσθαι συμβέβηκεν· ὅταν δὲ πρὸς δυσμὰς γένηται, τὰς ἀστεροειδεστάτας καὶ θειοτάτας ἀναφαίνεσθαι ἀρετῶν αὐγάς, ὅτε καὶ καθαρὸς ὁ νοῦς ὑπὸ μηδενὸς κρυπτόμενος αἰσθητοῦ γίνεται.
1:85κατὰ δὲ τὸ τρίτον σημαινόμενον ἥλιον καλεῖ τὸν θεῖον λόγον, τὸ τοῦ κατ’ οὐρανὸν περιπολοῦντος, ὡς πρότερον ἐλέχθη, παράδειγμα, ἐφ’ οὗ λέγεται· „ὁ ἥλιος ἐξῆλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ Λὼτ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Σηγώρ, καὶ κύριος ἔβρεξεν ἐπὶ Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα θεῖον καὶ πῦρ“ (Gen. 19, 23. 24).
1:86ὁ γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος, ὅταν ἐπὶ τὸ γεῶδες ἡμῶν σύστημα ἀφίκηται, τοῖς μὲν ἀρετῆς συγγενέσι καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν ἀποκλίνουσιν ἀρήγει καὶ βοηθεῖ, ὡς καταφυγὴν καὶ σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς πορίζειν παντελῆ, τοῖς δὲ ἀντιπάλοις ὄλεθρον καὶ φθορὰν ἀνίατον ἐπιπέμπει.
1:87λέγεται δὲ κατὰ τέταρτον σημαινόμενον ἥλιος μὲν αὐτὸς ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμών, ὡς εἶπον ἤδη, δι’ οὗ τὰ ἀνίατα τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀνακαλύπτεται συσκιάζεσθαι δοκοῦντα·
1:88πάντα γὰρ ὡς δυνατά, οὕτως καὶ γνώριμα θεῷ. παρὸ καὶ τοὺς καταλυθέντας τῶν τόνων τῶν ψυχικῶν, ἀκολάστως καὶ λαγνίστερον ὁμιλοῦντας ταῖς νοῦ θυγατράσιν, αἰσθήσεσιν, ὡς χαμαιτύπαις καὶ πόρναις, ἐνδειχθησομένους πρὸς ἥλιον ἄγει.
1:89φησὶ γάρ· „καὶ κατέλυσεν ὁ λαὸς ἐν Σαττὶν“ — ἄκανθαι δ’ ἑρμηνεύεται, παθῶν κεντούντων καὶ τιτρωσκόντων ψυχὴν σύμβολον —, „καὶ ἐβεβηλώθη“ φησίν „ἐκπορνεῦσαι εἰς τὰς θυγατέρας Μωάβ“ — αἱ δέ εἰσιν αἱ αἰσθήσεις, κεκλημέναι νοῦ θυγατέρες· Μωὰβ γὰρ ἐκ πατρὸς ἑρμηνεύεται—, καὶ προστίθησι· „λάβε πάντας τοὺς ἀρχηγοὺς τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ παραδειγμάτισον τῷ κυρίῳ ἀπέναντι τοῦ ἡλίου, καὶ ἀποστραφήσεται ὀργὴ κυρίου ἀπὸ Ἰσραήλ“ (Num. 25, 1. 4).
1:90οὐ γὰρ μόνον τὰ κεκρυμμένα τῶν ἀδικημάτων ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι βουλόμενος ταῖς ἡλιακαῖς περιέλαμψεν ἀκτῖσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ συμβόλων ἥλιον τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων ἐκάλεσεν, ᾧ πάντα προὖπτα καὶ ὅσα ἐν μυχοῖς τῆς διανοίας ἀοράτως ἐπιτελεῖται· γενομένων δ’ ἐμφανῶν ἵλεώ φησιν ἔσεσθαι τὸν μόνον ἵλεω. διὰ τί;
1:91ὅτι, ἐὰν ὑπολαβοῦσα διάνοια λήσεσθαι τὸ θεῖον ἀδικοῦσα, ὡς μὴ πάντα καθορᾶν δυνάμενον, κρύφα καὶ ἐν μυχοῖς διαμαρτάνῃ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἴτ’ ἐξ αὑτῆς εἴτε καὶ ὑφηγησαμένου τινὸς ἐννοήσῃ, ὅτι ἀμήχανον ἄδηλον εἶναί τι τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἑαυτὴν καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῆς πράξεις ἁπάσας ἀναπτύξῃ καὶ εἰς μέσον προενεγκοῦσα καθάπερ εἰς ἡλιακὸν φῶς ἐπιδείξηται τῷ τῶν ὅλων ἐπισκόπῳ φήσασα μετανοεῖν ἐφ’ οἷς πρότερον ἀγνώμονι γνώμῃ χρωμένη κακῶς ἐδόξαζε — μηδὲν γὰρ ἄδηλον, γνώριμα δὲ καὶ δῆλα πάντα, οὐ τὰ πραχθέντα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐλπιζόμενα κατὰ πολλὴν περιουσίαν ὑπάρχειν αὐτῷ —, κεκάθαρται καὶ ὠφέληται καὶ τὸν ἐφεστῶτα κολαστὴν ἔλεγχον ἡμέρωκεν ὀργῇ δικαίᾳ χρώμενον, εἰ τὸ μετανοεῖν ἀδελφὸν νεώτερον ὂν
1:92τοῦ μηδ’ ὅλως ἁμαρτεῖν ἀποδέχεται. φαίνεται μέντοι καὶ ἑτέρωθι κατὰ σύμβολον ἐπὶ τοῦ αἰτίου τὸν ἥλιον παραλαμβάνων, ὡς ἐν τῷ γραφέντι νόμῳ περὶ τῶν ἐπ’ ἐνεχύροις δανειζόντων· λέγε τὸν νόμον· „ἐὰν ἐνεχύρασμα ἐνεχυράσῃς τὸ ἱμάτιον τοῦ πλησίον, πρὸ δυσμῶν ἡλίου ἀποδώσεις αὐτῷ· ἔστι γὰρ τοῦτο περιβόλαιον αὐτῷ μόνον, τοῦτο τὸ ἱμάτιον ἀσχημοσύνης αὐτοῦ. ἐν τίνι κοιμηθήσεται; ἐὰν οὖν καταβοήσῃ πρὸς μέ, εἰσακούσομαι αὐτοῦ· ἐλεήμων γάρ εἰμι“ (Exod. 22, 26. 27).
1:93ἆρ’ οὐκ ἄξιον τοὺς οἰομένους τὴν τοσαύτην σπουδὴν εἶναι τῷ νομοθέτῃ περὶ ἀμπεχόνης, εἰ καὶ μὴ ὀνειδίζειν, ἀλλά τοί γε ὑπομιμνῄσκειν φάσκοντας· τί λέγετε, ὦ γενναῖοι; ὁ τῶν ὅλων κτίστης καὶ ἡγεμὼν ἐλεήμονα ἑαυτὸν ἐφ’ οὕτως εὐτελοῦς πράγματος, ἱματίου μὴ ἀποδοθέντος χρεώστῃ πρὸς δανειστοῦ, καλεῖ;
1:94τὸ μέγεθος καθάπαξ τῆς ἀρετῆς τοῦ πάντα μεγάλου θεοῦ μὴ συνεωρακότων τοιαῦτ’ ἐστὶν ὑπολαμβάνειν καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην μικρολογίαν τῇ ἀγενήτῳ καὶ ἀφθάρτῳ καὶ πλήρει μακαριότητος καὶ εὐδαιμονίας φύσει παρὰ θέμιν καὶ δίκην προσνεμόντων.
1:95τί γὰρ ἄτοπον ποιοῦσιν οἱ τὰ ῥύσια κατέχοντες δανεισταὶ παρ’ αὑτοῖς, ἄχρις ἂν τὰ ἴδια ἀναπράξωνται; πένητες οἱ χρεῶσται, φήσει τις ἴσως, καὶ ἄξιον ἐλεεῖν αὐτούς. εἶτ’ οὐκ ἄμεινον ἦν γράψαι νόμον, δι’ οὗ τούτους ἐρανιοῦσι μᾶλλον ἢ χρεώστας ἀποφανοῦσιν ἢ ἐπ’ ἐνεχύροις τοῦ δανείζειν κωλύσουσιν; ὁ δὲ ἐφεὶς οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως ἐπὶ τοῖς ἃ ἔλαβον πρὸ καιροῦ μὴ προιεμένοις δυσχεραίνοι ὡς ἀσεβοῦσι.
1:96πενίας δ’ εἰς αὐτά τις ἐλθών, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, τὰ πέρατα καὶ ῥάκιον ἓν ἀμπεχόμενος δανειστὰς καινοὺς ἐπάγεται τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρώντων παρεὶς ἔλεον, ὃς τοῖς κεχρημένοις ταῖς τοιαύταις κακοπραγίαις κατ’ οἰκίαν καὶ παρ’ ἱεροῖς καὶ ἐν ἀγορᾷ καὶ πανταχοῦ προκέχυται;
1:97νυνὶ δὲ καὶ ὃ μόνον εἶχε προκάλυμμα αἰδοῦς, ᾧ τὰ τῆς φύσεως ἀπόρρητα συνεσκίαζε, τοῦτο φέρων προὔτεινε· ῥύσιον ὑπὲρ τίνος, εἰπέ μοι; ἢ ὑπὲρ ἑτέρας ἀμείνονος ἐσθῆτος; τροφῆς μὲν γὰρ ἀναγκαίας ἄπορος οὐδείς, ἄχρις ἂν πηγαὶ μὲν ἀναβλύζωσι, ποταμοὶ δὲ χείμαρροι πλημμυρῶσι, γῆ δὲ τοὺς ἐτησίους ἀναδιδῷ καρπούς.
1:98οὕτω δὲ ἢ βαθύπλουτός τις ἢ λίαν ὠμὸς ὁ δανειστής, ὡς ἢ τετράδραχμον, τάχα δὲ καὶ ἔλαττον ἐθέλειν τῳ συμβαλεῖν ἢ οὕτω πενιχρῷ δανείζειν ἀλλὰ μὴ χαρίζεσθαι ἢ ὃ μόνον ἦν ἱμάτιον ἐκείνῳ λαμβάνειν ἐνέχυρον, ὅπερ ἑτέρῳ ὀνόματι λωποδυτεῖν εἰκότως ἂν λέγοιτο; καὶ γὰρ λωποδύταις ἔθος ἀπαμπίσχουσι τὰς μὲν ἐσθῆτας ἀφαιρεῖσθαι, γυμνοὺς δὲ τοὺς ἔχοντας ἀποφαίνειν.
1:99διὰ τί δὲ νυκτὸς μὲν καὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀνείμονά τινα κοιμηθῆναι προὐνόησεν, ἡμέρας δὲ καὶ τοῦ μὴ ἐγρηγορότα γυμνὸν ἀσχημονεῖν οὐκέθ’ ὁμοίως ἐφρόντισεν; ἢ οὐ νυκτὶ μὲν καὶ σκότῳ κρύπτεται πάντα, ὡς ἧττον ἢ μηδ’ ὅλως αἰδεῖσθαι, ἡμέρᾳ δὲ καὶ φωτὶ ἀνακαλύπτεται, ὡς τότε μᾶλλον ἐρυθριᾶν ἀναγκάζεσθαι;
1:100διὰ τί δ’ οὐ διδόναι τὸ ἱμάτιον, ἀλλ’ ἀποδιδόναι προσέταξεν; ἀπόδοσις γὰρ ἐπ’ ἀλλοτρίοις γίνεται, τὰ δ’ ἐνέχυρα τῶν δεδανεικότων μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν δεδανεισμένων ἐστίν. ἐκεῖνο δὲ οὐκ ἐννοεῖς, ὅτι λαβόντι τῷ χρεώστῃ πρόσκοιτον τὸ ἱμάτιον οὐ προσέταξε μεθ’ ἡμέραν περιελεῖν ἀναστάντι καὶ κομίσαι τῷ δανειστῇ;
Book 1, §§101–125
1:101καὶ μὴν τῷ γε τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἰδιοτρόπῳ καὶ ὁ βραδύτατος ἕτερόν τι τοῦ ῥητοῦ κατανοεῖν ἂν προαχθείη· μᾶλλον γὰρ ἀφορισμῷ ἢ παραινέσει ἔοικε τὸ διάταγμα. παραινῶν μὲν γὰρ εἶπεν ἄν τις· τὸ ἐνεχυρασθὲν ἱμάτιον, ἐὰν τοῦτ’ ᾖ μόνον τῷ χρεώστῃ, πρὸ ἑσπέρας ἀπόδος, ἵν’ ἔχῃ νύκτωρ ἀμπέχεσθαι, ἀφοριζόμενος δὲ οὕτως, ὡς νῦν ἔχει· „ἔστι γὰρ τοῦτο περιβόλαιον αὐτῷ μόνον, τοῦτο τὸ ἱμάτιον ἀσχημοσύνης αὐτοῦ· ἐν τίνι κοιμηθήσεται“ (Exod. 22,27) ;
1:102ταῦτα μὲν δὴ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα πρὸς τοὺς τῆς ῥητῆς πραγματείας σοφιστὰς καὶ λίαν τὰς ὀφρῦς ἀνεσπακότας εἰρήσθω, λέγωμεν δὲ ἡμεῖς ἑπόμενοι τοῖς ἀλληγορίας νόμοις τὰ πρέποντα περὶ τούτων. φαμὲν τοίνυν λόγου σύμβολον ἱμάτιον εἶναι. τάς τε γὰρ ἀπὸ κρυμοῦ καὶ θάλπους εἰωθυίας τῷ σώματι κατασκήπτειν βλάβας ἐσθὴς ἀπωθεῖται καὶ ἐπισκιάζει τὰ τῆς φύσεως ἀπόρρητα καὶ ἔστιν ἁρμόττων σώματι κόσμος ἡ ἀμπεχόνη.
1:103κατὰ τὸ παραπλήσιον μέντοι καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ λόγος δώρημα κάλλιστον ἐδόθη παρὰ θεοῦ, πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ τῶν νεωτεριζόντων εἰς αὐτὸν ὅπλον ἀμυντήριον — ὡς γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων ἕκαστον ζῴων ἡ φύσις οἰκείοις ἕρκεσιν ὠχύρωσε, δι’ ὧν τοὺς ἐπιχειροῦντας ἀδικεῖν ἀποκρούσεται, καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ μέγιστον ἔρυμα καὶ φρουρὰν ἀκαθαίρετον λόγον δέδωκεν, οὗ κραταιῶς οἷα πανοπλίας ἐνειλημμένος οἰκεῖον καὶ προσφυέστατον ἕξει δορυφόρον· τούτῳ δὲ προαγωνιστῇ χρώμενος δυνήσεται τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἐπιφερομένας ἀπωθεῖσθαι ζημίας —,
1:104δεύτερον δὲ καὶ αἰσχύνης καὶ ὀνειδῶν ἀναγκαιότατον περίβλημα — δεινὸς γὰρ συγκρύψαι καὶ συσκιάσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων λόγος —, τρίτον δὲ πρὸς ὅλου τοῦ βίου κόσμον· ὁ γὰρ βελτιῶν ἕκαστον καὶ πάντα ἄγων ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον οὗτός ἐστιν.
1:105ἀλλὰ γάρ εἰσι λῶβαί τινες καὶ κῆρες ἀνθρώπων, οἳ καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐνεχυράζουσιν ἀφαιρούμενοι τοὺς ἔχοντας καί, συναυξῆσαι δέον, ὅλον ὑποτέμνονται, καθάπερ οἱ τὰ τῶν πολεμίων δῃοῦντες χωρία καὶ τόν τε σῖτον καὶ τὸν ἄλλον καρπὸν φθείρειν ἐπιχειροῦντες, ὃς ἀφεθεὶς μεγάλη τοῖς χρησαμένοις ἂν ὄνησις ἦν.
1:106πόλεμος οὖν ἐστιν ἐνίοις ἄσπονδος καὶ ἀκήρυκτος πρὸς τὴν λογικὴν φύσιν, οἵτινες τὰς βλάστας αὐτῆς ἀποκείρουσιν ἐν χρῷ καὶ τὰς πρώτας ἐπιφύσεις ἐκθλίβουσιν, ἄγονον καὶ στεῖραν, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἀπεργαζόμενοι.
1:107ὁρμῶσαν γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτε πρὸς παιδείαν ἀκατασχέτῳ ῥύμῃ καὶ πληχθεῖσαν ἔρωτι τῶν φιλοσοφίας θεωρημάτων ὑπὸ βασκανίας καὶ φθόνου δείσαντες, μὴ μεγάλα πνεύσασα καὶ ἐπὶ μήκιστον ἀρθεῖσα τὰς γλισχρολογίας αὐτῶν καὶ πιθανὰς κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας εὑρέσεις ἐπικλύσῃ χειμάρρου τρόπον, ἑτέρωσε ταῖς ἑαυτῶν κακοτεχνίαις τὴν φορὰν ἔτρεψαν, εἰς βαναύσους καὶ ἀνελευθέρους τέχνας μετοχετευσάμενοι· πολλάκις δὲ καὶ ἀμβλώσαντες καὶ ἐπιφράξαντες ἀργὸν τὸ μεγαλοφυὲς κατέλιπον, ὥσπερ βαθύγειον καὶ εὐδαίμονα γῆν ὀρφανῶν παίδων ἐπίτροποι κακοὶ χέρσον, καὶ οὐκ ᾐδέσθησαν οἱ πάντων ἀνηλεέστατοι τὸ μόνον ἱμάτιον ἀνθρώπου περισυλῶντες, λόγον· „ἔστι“ γάρ φησι „τοῦτο περιβόλαιον αὐτῷ μόνον“ (Exod. 22,27). τί πλὴν ὁ λόγος;
1:108ὥσπερ γὰρ ἵππου τὸ χρεμετίζειν ἴδιον καὶ τὸ ὑλακτεῖν κυνὸς καὶ βοὸς τὸ μυκᾶσθαι καὶ τὸ ὠρύεσθαι λέοντος, οὕτω καὶ ἀνθρώπου τὸ λέγειν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος. τοῦτον γὰρ ἔρυμα, περίβλημα, πανοπλίαν, τεῖχος τὸ ζῷον τὸ θεοφιλέστατον,
1:109ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐκ πάντων ἴδιον κεκάρπωται. διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει· „τοῦτο τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτὸ μόνον ἀσχημοσύνης αὐτοῦ“ (Exod. 22,27). τίς ἄλλος γὰρ οὕτως τὰ ὀνείδη καὶ τὰ αἴσχη τοῦ βίου συσκιάζει καὶ συγκρύπτει, ὡς λόγος; ἀμαθία μὲν γὰρ ἀλόγου φύσεως συγγενὲς αἶσχος, παιδεία δὲ ἀδελφὸν λόγου, κόσμος οἰκεῖος.
1:110„ἐν τίνι οὖν κοιμηθήσεται“, τουτέστιν ἠρεμήσει καὶ διαναπαύσεται ἄνθρωπος, πλὴν ἐν λόγῳ; λόγος γὰρ τὸ βαρυποτμότατον ἡμῶν γένος ἐπικουφίζει. ὥσπερ οὖν τοὺς λύπαις ἢ φόβοις ἤ τισιν ἄλλοις κακοῖς πιεσθέντας εὐμένεια καὶ συνήθεια καὶ δεξιότης φίλων πολλάκις ἐθεράπευσεν, οὕτως οὐ πολλάκις ἀλλ’ ἀεὶ τὸ βαρύτατον ἄχθος, ὅπερ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἡμῖν αἵ τε τοῦ συνδέτου σώματος ἀνάγκαι καὶ αἱ τῶν ἔξωθεν κατασκηπτόντων ἀπροόρατοι συντυχίαι, μόνος ὁ ἀλεξίκακος λόγος ἀπωθεῖται.
1:111φίλος γὰρ καὶ γνώριμος καὶ συνήθης καὶ ἑταῖρος ἡμῖν ἐστιν, ἐνδεδεμένος, μᾶλλον δὲ ἡρμοσμένος καὶ ἡνωμένος κόλλῃ τινὶ φύσεως ἀλύτῳ καὶ ἀοράτῳ. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ προλέγει τὰ συνοίσοντα καὶ συμβάντος τινὸς ἀβουλήτου πάρεστιν αὐτοκέλευστος βοηθήσων, οὐ τὴν ἑτέραν φέρων μόνον ὠφέλειαν, ἣν ὁ μὴ δρῶν σύμβουλος ἢ ὁ συναγωνιστὴς ἥσυχος, ἀλλ’ ἀμφοτέρας.
1:112οὐ γὰρ ἡμίεργον ἐπιτετήδευκε δύναμιν, ἀλλὰ πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν ὁλόκληρον· ὅς γε, κἂν σφαλῇ πείρας ἐν οἷς διανοεῖται ἢ ἔργῳ ἐπεξέρχεται, [ἢ] ἐπὶ τὸ τρίτον ἀφικνεῖται βοήθημα, παρηγορίαν. φάρμακον γὰρ ὡς τραυμάτων, καὶ ψυχῆς παθῶν ὁ λόγος ἐστὶ σωτήριον, ὃν "πρὸ δυσμῶν ἡλίου“ φησὶ δεῖν ὁ νομοθέτης ἀποδοῦναι (Exod. 22, 26), τουτέστι πρὶν τὰς τοῦ μεγίστου καὶ ἐπιφανεστάτου θεοῦ καταδῦναι περιλαμπεστάτας αὐγάς, ἃς δι’ ἔλεον τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν εἰς νοῦν τὸν ἀνθρώπινον οὐρανόθεν ἀποστέλλει.
1:113παραμένοντος γὰρ ἐν ψυχῇ τοῦ θεοειδεστάτου καὶ ἀσωμάτου φωτὸς ἀποδώσομεν τὸν ἐνεχυρασθέντα λόγον, ὡς ἱμάτιον, ἵν’ ἐγγένηται τῷ λαβόντι τὸ ἴδιον ἀνθρώπου κτῆμα τήν τε αἰσχύνην τοῦ βίου περιστεῖλαι καὶ τῆς θείας ἀπόνασθαι δωρεᾶς καὶ μετ’ ἠρεμίας ἀναπαύσασθαι παρουσίᾳ τοιούτου συμβούλου καὶ προασπιστοῦ τάξιν ἣν ἐτάχθη μηδέποτε λείψοντος.
1:114ἕως οὖν ἔτι σοι τὸ ἱερὸν φέγγος ὁ θεὸς ἀκτινοβολεῖ, σπούδασον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τὸ ῥύσιον ἀποδοῦναι τῷ κυρίῳ· δύντος γάρ, ὡς πᾶσα Αἴγυπτος (Exod. 10, 21), ψηλαφητὸν ἕξεις σκότος τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ πληχθεὶς ἀορασίᾳ καὶ ἀγνοίᾳ, ὧν ἐδόκεις ἐπικρατεῖν πάντων ἀφαιρεθήσῃ, πρὸς τοῦ βλέποντος Ἰσραήλ, ὃν ἐρρυσίαζες ἀδούλωτον ὄντα φύσει, δουλούμενος ἀνάγκῃ.
1:115τοῦτον δὴ τὸν δόλιχον ἀπεμηκύναμεν οὐκ ἄλλου του χάριν ἢ τοῦ διδάξαι, ὅτι ἡ ἀσκητικὴ διάνοια κινήσεσιν ἀνωμάλοις πρός τε εὐφορίαν καὶ τοὐναντίον χρωμένη καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἀνιοῦσα καὶ κατιοῦσα συνεχῶς, ὅταν μὲν εὐφορῇ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ὕψος αἴρηται, ταῖς ἀρχετύποις καὶ ἀσωμάτοις ἀκτῖσι τῆς λογικῆς πηγῆς τοῦ τελεσφόρου θεοῦ περιλάμπεται, ὅταν δὲ καταβαίνῃ καὶ ἀφορῇ, ταῖς ἐκείνων εἰκόσιν, ἀθανάτοις λόγοις, οὓς καλεῖν ἔθος ἀγγέλους.
1:116διὸ καὶ νῦν φησιν· „ἀπήντησε τόπῳ· ἔδυ γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος“ (Gen. 28, 11). ὅταν γὰρ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπολίπωσιν αἱ τοῦ θεοῦ αὐγαί, δι’ ὧν σαφέσταται αἱ τῶν πραγμάτων γίνονται καταλήψεις, ἀνατέλλει τὸ δεύτερον καὶ ἀσθενέστερον λόγων, οὐκέτι πραγμάτων, φέγγος, καθάπερ καὶ ἐν τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ· σελήνη γὰρ τὰ δευτερεῖα ἡλίου φερομένη καταδύντος ἐκείνου φῶς ἀμυδρότερον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἀποστέλλει.
1:117καὶ τὸ ὑπαντᾶν μέντοι τόπῳ ἢ λόγῳ τοῖς μὴ δυναμένοις τὸν πρὸ τόπου καὶ λόγου θεὸν ἰδεῖν αὐταρκεστάτη δωρεά, διότι τὴν ψυχὴν ἀφώτιστον εἰσάπαν οὐκ ἔσχον, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἄκρατον ἐκεῖνο φέγγος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ἔδυ, τὸ κεκραμένον ἐκαρπώσαντο. „τοῖς γὰρ υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ φῶς ἦν ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς κατεγίνοντο“, φησὶν ἐν Ἐξαγωγῇ (10, 23), ὡς νύκτα καὶ σκότος ἀεὶ πεφυγαδεῦσθαι, μεθ’ ὧν οἱ τὰ ψυχῆς ὄμματα πρὸ τῶν σώματος πεπηρωμένοι ζῶσιν, ἀρετῆς αὐγὰς οὐκ εἰδότες.
1:118ἔνιοι δὲ ἥλιον μὲν ὑποτοπήσαντες εἰρῆσθαι νυνὶ συμβολικῶς αἴσθησίν τε καὶ νοῦν, τὰ νενομισμένα καθ’ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εἶναι κριτήρια, τόπον δὲ τὸν θεῖον λόγον, οὕτως ἐξεδέξαντο· ἀπήντησεν ὁ ἀσκητὴς λόγῳ θείῳ δύντος τοῦ θνητοῦ καὶ ἀνθρωπίνου φέγγους.
1:119ἄχρι μὲν γὰρ ὁ νοῦς τὰ νοητὰ καὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ αἴσθησις οἴεται παγίως καταλαμβάνειν καὶ ἄνω περιπολεῖν, μακρὰν ὁ θεῖος λόγος ἀφέστηκεν· ἐπειδὰν δ’ ἑκάτερον ἀσθένειαν ὁμολογήσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τρόπον τινὰ καταδύσει χρησάμενον ἀποκρυφθῇ, προϋπαντᾷ δεξιούμενος εὐθὺς ὁ ἔφεδρος ἀσκητικῆς ψυχῆς ὀρθὸς λόγος ἑαυτὴν μὲν ἀπογινωσκούσης, τὸν δὲ ἐπιφοιτῶντα ἔξωθεν ἀφανῶς ἀναμενούσης.
1:120Φησὶ τοίνυν ἑξῆς ὅτι „ἔλαβεν ἀπὸ τῶν λίθων τοῦ τόπου καὶ ἔθηκε πρὸς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκοιμήθη ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐκείνῳ“ (Gen. 28, 11). θαυμάσαι ἄν τις οὐ μόνον τὴν ἐν ὑπονοίαις πραγματείαν καὶ φυσιολογίαν αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ῥητὴν πρὸς πόνου καὶ καρτερίας μελέτην ὑφήγησιν.
1:121οὐ γὰρ ἀξιοῖ τὸν ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελούμενον ἁβροδιαίτῳ βίῳ χρῆσθαι καὶ τρυφᾶν ζηλοῦντα τὰς τῶν λεγομένων μὲν εὐδαιμόνων πρὸς ἀλήθειαν δὲ κακοδαιμονίας γεμόντων σπουδάς τε καὶ φιλοτιμίας, οἷς πᾶς ὁ βίος ὕπνος καὶ ἐνύπνιόν ἐστι κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον νομοθέτην.
1:122οὗτοι μεθ’ ἡμέραν, ὅταν τὰ ἐν δικαστηρίοις καὶ βουλευτηρίοις καὶ θεάτροις καὶ πανταχοῦ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀδικήματα διεξέλθωσιν, οἴκαδε ἀφικνοῦνται τὸν ἑαυτῶν οἶκον, οἱ δυστυχεῖς, καταστρέψοντες, οὐ τὸν τῶν οἰκοδομημάτων, ἀλλὰ τὸν συμφυᾶ τῆς ψυχῆς οἶκον, τὸ σῶμα, τροφὰς ἀμέτρους καὶ ἐπαλλήλους εἰσφέροντες καὶ πολὺν ἄκρατον ἄρδοντες, ἕως ἂν βύθιος μὲν ὁ λογισμὸς οἴχηται, τὰ δ’ ὑπὸ γαστέρα πλησμονῆς ἔκγονα πάθη διαναστάντα, λύττῃ χρώμενα ἀκαθέκτῳ, προσπεσόντα καὶ ἐμπλακέντα τοῖς ἐπιτυχοῦσι, τὸν πολὺν οἶστρον ἀπερυγόντα λωφήσῃ.
1:123νύκτωρ δέ, ὁπότε καιρὸς εἴη πρὸς κοῖτον τραπέσθαι, πολυτελεῖς κλίνας καὶ εὐανθεστάτας στρωμνὰς εὐτρεπισάμενοι μαλακῶς σφόδρα κατακλίνονται, τὴν γυναικῶν ἐκμιμούμενοι τρυφήν, αἷς ἡ φύσις ἐπέτρεψεν ἀνειμένῃ χρῆσθαι διαίτῃ, παρὸ καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ μαλθακωτέρου κόμματος ὁ τεχνίτης καὶ ποιητὴς αὐταῖς εἰργάζετο.
1:124τοιοῦτος οὐδεὶς γνώριμος τοῦ ἱεροῦ λόγου, ἀλλ’ οἱ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἄνδρες, σωφροσύνης καὶ κοσμιότητος καὶ αἰδοῦς ἐρασταί, ἐγκράτειαν, ὀλιγοδεΐαν, καρτερίαν ὥσπερ κρηπῖδάς τινας ὅλου τοῦ βίου καταβεβλημένοι, ψυχῆς ἀσφαλεῖς ὑποδρόμους, οἷς ἀκινδύνως καὶ βεβαίως ἐνορμιεῖται, χρημάτων καὶ ἡδονῆς καὶ δόξης κρείττους, σιτίων καὶ ποτῶν καὶ αὐτὸ μόνον τῶν ἀναγκαίων, ἐφ’ ὅσον μὴ νεωτερίζειν ἄρχεται λιμός, ὑπερόπται, πεῖναν δέχεσθαι καὶ δίψαν θάλπος τε καὶ κρύος καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα δυσκαρτέρητα ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς κτήσεως ἑτοιμότατοι, ζηλωταὶ τῶν εὐποριστοτάτων, ὡς μηδ’ ἐπ’ εὐτελεῖ χλαίνῃ ποτὲ δυσωπηθῆναι, τοὐναντίον δὲ τὰς πολυτελεῖς ὄνειδος καὶ μεγάλην τοῦ βίου ζημίαν νομίσαι.
1:125τούτοις πολυτελὴς μέν ἐστι κλίνη μαλακὸν ἔδαφος, στρωμνὴ δὲ θάμνοι, πόαι, βοτάναι, φύλλων πολλὴ χύσις, τὰ δὲ πρὸς κεφαλῆς λίθοι τινὲς ἢ βραχεῖς γεώλοφοι τοῦ ἰσοπέδου μικρὸν ἀνέχοντες. τὸν βίον τοῦτον οἱ μὲν τρυφῶντες σκληροδίαιτον καλοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ πρὸς καλοκἀγαθίαν ζῶντες ἥδιστον ὀνομάζουσιν· ἀνδράσι γὰρ οὐ λεγομένοις ἀλλ’ οὖσιν ὄντως ἐφαρμόζει.
Book 1, §§126–150
1:126οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅτι καὶ νῦν βασιλικαῖς ὕλαις καὶ παρασκευαῖς περιουσιάζοντα τὸν ἀθλητὴν τῶν καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων εἰσάγει χαμευνοῦντα καὶ λίθῳ προσκεφαλαίῳ χρώμενον καὶ μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐν ταῖς εὐχαῖς ἄρτον καὶ ἱμάτιον, τὸν φύσεως πλοῦτον, αἰτούμενον (Gen. 28, 20), ἐπειδὴ τὸν ἐν ταῖς κεναῖς δόξαις ἐχλεύαζεν ἀεὶ καὶ τοὺς θαυμαστικῶς ἔχοντας αὐτοῦ κατεκερτόμει; οὗτός ἐστι παράδειγμα ἀρχέτυπον ἀσκητικῆς
1:127ψυχῆς, ἐκτεθηλυσμένῳ καὶ ἀνδρογύνῳ παντὶ πολέμιος. ὁ μὲν οὖν τοῦ φιλοπόνου καὶ φιλαρέτου πρόχειρος ἔπαινος εἴρηται, τὸ δὲ κατὰ σύμβολον μηνυόμενον ἐρευνητέον. εἰδέναι δὲ νῦν προσήκει, ὅτι ὁ θεῖος τόπος καὶ ἡ ἱερὰ χώρα πλήρης ἀσωμάτων ἐστὶ λόγων·
1:128ψυχαὶ δ’ εἰσὶν ἀθάνατοι οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι. τούτων δὴ τῶν λόγων ἕνα λαβών, ἀριστίνδην ἐπιλεγόμενος τὸν ἀνωτάτω καὶ ὡσανεὶ σώματος ἡνωμένου κεφαλὴν πλησίον ἱδρύεται διανοίας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ (Gen. 28, 11)· καὶ γὰρ αὕτη τρόπον τινὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστι κεφαλή. ποιεῖ δὲ τοῦτο πρόφασιν μὲν ὡς κοιμησόμενος, τὸ δ’ ἀληθὲς ὡς ἀναπαυσόμενος ἐπὶ λόγῳ θείῳ καὶ σύμπαντα ἑαυτοῦ τὸν βίον κουφότατον ἄχθος ἐπαναθήσων ἐκείνῳ.
1:129ὁ δὲ ἄσμενος ἐπακούει καὶ δέχεται τὸν ἀθλητὴν ὡς φοιτητὴν ἐσόμενον τὸ πρῶτον, εἶθ’ ὅταν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπιτηδειότητα τῆς φύσεως ἀποδέξηται, χειροδοτεῖ τρόπον ἀλείπτου καὶ πρὸς τὰ γυμνάσια καλεῖ, καὶ διερειδόμενος παλαίειν ἀναγκάζει, μέχρις ἂν ἀνανταγώνιστον αὐτῷ ῥώμην ἐγκατασκευάσῃ, τὰ ὦτα θείαις ἐπιπνοίαις μεταβαλὼν εἰς ὄμματα καὶ καλέσας αὐτὸν μεταχαραχθέντα καινὸν τύπον Ἰσραήλ, ὁρῶντα. τότε καὶ τὸν νικητήριον ἐπιτίθησιν αὐτῷ στέφανον.
1:130ὁ δὲ στέφανος ἔκτοπον ἔχει καὶ ξένον καὶ ἴσως οὐκ εὔφημον ὄνομα· καλεῖται γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγωνοθέτου νάρκα. λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι "ἐνάρκησε τὸ πλάτος“ (Gen. 32,25), βραβείων καὶ κηρυγμάτων καὶ τῶν ἐν τιμαῖς ἁπάντων θαυμασιώτατον ἀριστεῖον·
1:131εἰ γὰρ ἡ δυνάμεως ἀκαθαιρέτου ψυχὴ μεταλαβοῦσα καὶ τελειωθεῖσα ἐν ἄθλοις ἀρετῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ὅρον αὐτὸν ἀφικομένη τοῦ καλοῦ μὴ πρὸς ὕψος ὑπὸ μεγαλαυχίας ἀρθείη μηδ’ ἀκροβατοῦσα ἐπικομπάζοι, ὡς ἀρτίοις ποσὶ μακρὰ βαίνειν δυναμένη, ναρκήσειε δὲ καὶ σταλείη τὸ εὐρυνθὲν οἰήσει πλάτος, εἶθ’ ἑκουσίως ὑποσκελίσασα ἑαυτὴν χωλεύοι, τῶν ἀσωμάτων ὅπως ὑστερίζοι φύσεων, ἡττᾶσθαι δοκοῦσα νικηφορήσει.
1:132τὸ γὰρ πρεσβείων ἐξίστασθαι γνώμῃ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνάγκῃ τοῖς ἀμείνοσιν λυσιτελέστατον νενόμισται, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ δευτερεῖα τῶν ἐν τῷδε τῷ ἀγῶνι τιθεμένων ἄθλων τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἐν ἑτέροις ἀξιώματος μεγέθει πλεῖστον ὅσον ὑπερβάλλει.
1:133Τὸ μὲν δὴ προοίμιον τῆς θεοπέμπτου φαντασίας ὧδ’ ἔχει, τρέπεσθαι δ’ ἐπ’ αὐτὴν καιρὸς ἤδη καὶ τῶν ἐμφερομένων ἀκριβοῦν ἕκαστον. „ἐνυπνιάσθη“ φησί „καὶ ἰδοὺ κλῖμαξ ἐστηριγμένη ἐν τῇ γῇ, ἧς ἡ κεφαλὴ ἀφικνεῖτο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι τοῦ θεοῦ ἀνέβαινον καὶ κατέβαινον ἐπ’ αὐτῆς· ὁ δὲ κύριος ἐπεστήρικτο ἐπ’ αὐτῆς“ (Gen. 28, 12. 13).
1:134κλῖμαξ τοίνυν ἐν μὲν τῷ κόσμῳ συμβολικῶς λέγεται ὁ ἀήρ, οὗ βάσις μέν ἐστι γῆ, κορυφὴ δ’ οὐρανός· ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς σεληνιακῆς σφαίρας, ἣν ἐσχάτην μὲν τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν κύκλων, πρώτην δὲ τῶν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀναγράφουσιν οἱ φροντισταὶ τῶν μετεώρων, ἄχρι γῆς ἐσχάτης ὁ ἀὴρ πάντῃ ταθεὶς ἔφθακεν.
1:135οὗτος δ’ ἐστὶ ψυχῶν ἀσωμάτων οἶκος, ἐπειδὴ πάντα τῷ ποιητῇ τὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη καλὸν ἔδοξεν εἶναι ζῴων ἀναπληρῶσαι. διὰ τοῦτο γῇ μὲν τὰ χερσαῖα ἐγκατεσκεύαζε, θαλάτταις δὲ καὶ ποταμοῖς τὰ ἔνυδρα, οὐρανῷ δὲ τοὺς ἀστέρας — καὶ γὰρ ἕκαστος τούτων οὐ μόνον ζῷον, ἀλλὰ καὶ νοῦς ὅλος δι’ ὅλων ὁ καθαρώτατος εἶναι λέγεται —· ὥστε καὶ ἐν τῷ λοιπῷ τμήματι τοῦ παντός, ἀέρι, ζῷα γέγονεν. εἰ δὲ μὴ αἰσθήσει καταληπτά, τί τοῦτο; καὶ ψυχὴ γὰρ ἀόρατον.
1:136καὶ μὴν εἰκός γε ἀέρα γῆς μᾶλλον καὶ ὕδατος ζῳοτροφεῖν, διότι καὶ τὰ ἐν ἐκείνοις οὗτος ἐψύχωσεν· ἐποίει γὰρ αὐτὸν ὁ τεχνίτης ἀκινήτων μὲν σωμάτων ἕξιν, κινουμένων δὲ ἀφαντάστως φύσιν, ἤδη δὲ ὁρμῇ καὶ φαντασίᾳ χρῆσθαι δυναμένων ψυχήν.
1:137οὐκ ἄτοπον οὖν, δι’ οὗ τὰ ἄλλα ἐψυχώθη, ψυχῶν ἀμοιρεῖν; διὸ μηδεὶς τὴν ἀρίστην φύσιν ζῴων τοῦ ἀρίστου τῶν περιγείων, ἀέρος, ἀφαιρείσθω· οὐ γὰρ μόνος ἐκ πάντων ἔρημος οὗτος, ἀλλ’ οἷα πόλις εὐανδρεῖ πολίτας ἀφθάρτους καὶ ἀθανάτους ψυχὰς ἔχων ἰσαρίθμους ἄστροις.
1:138τούτων τῶν ψυχῶν αἱ μὲν κατίασιν ἐνδεθησόμεναι σώμασι θνητοῖς, ὅσαι προσγειότατοι καὶ φιλοσώματοι, αἱ δ’ ἀνέρχονται, διακριθεῖσαι πάλιν κατὰ τοὺς ὑπὸ φύσεως ὁρισθέντας ἀριθμοὺς καὶ χρόνους.
1:139τούτων αἱ μὲν τὰ σύντροφα καὶ συνήθη τοῦ θνητοῦ βίου ποθοῦσαι παλινδρομοῦσιν αὖθις, αἱ δὲ πολλὴν φλυαρίαν αὐτοῦ καταγνοῦσαι δεσμωτήριον μὲν καὶ τύμβον ἐκάλεσαν τὸ σῶμα, φυγοῦσαι δ’ ὥσπερ ἐξ εἱρκτῆς ἢ μνήματος ἄνω κούφοις πτεροῖς πρὸς αἰθέρα ἐξαρθεῖσαι μετεωροπολοῦσι τὸν αἰῶνα.
1:140ἄλλαι δ’ εἰσὶ καθαρώταται καὶ ἄρισται, μειζόνων φρονημάτων καὶ θειοτέρων ἐπιλαχοῦσαι, μηδενὸς μὲν τῶν περιγείων ποτὲ ὀρεχθεῖσαι τὸ παράπαν, ὕπαρχοι δὲ τοῦ πανηγεμόνος, ὥσπερ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀκοαὶ καὶ ὄψεις, ἐφορῶσαι πάντα καὶ ἀκούουσαι.
1:141ταύτας δαίμονας μὲν οἱ ἄλλοι φιλόσοφοι, ὁ δὲ ἱερὸς λόγος ἀγγέλους εἴωθε καλεῖν προσφυεστέρῳ χρώμενος ὀνόματι· καὶ γὰρ τὰς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπικελεύσεις τοῖς ἐγγόνοις καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐγγόνων χρείας τῷ πατρὶ διαγγέλλουσι.
1:142παρὸ καὶ ἀνερχομένους αὐτοὺς καὶ κατιόντας εἰσήγαγεν, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τῶν μηνυσόντων ὁ πάντῃ ἐφθακὼς θεὸς δεῖται, ἀλλ’ ὅτι τοῖς ἐπικήροις ἡμῖν συνέφερε μεσίταις καὶ διαιτηταῖς λόγοις χρῆσθαι διὰ τὸ τεθηπέναι καὶ πεφρικέναι τὸν παμπρύτανιν καὶ τὸ μέγιστον ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ κράτος.
1:143οὗ λαβόντες ἔννοιαν ἐδεήθημέν ποτέ τινος τῶν μεσιτῶν λέγοντες· „λάλησον σὺ ἡμῖν, καὶ μὴ λαλείτω πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὁ θεός, μή ποτε ἀποθάνωμεν“ (Exod. 20, 19). οὐ γὰρ ὅτι κολάσεις, ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ὑπερβαλλούσας καὶ ἀκράτους εὐεργεσίας χωρῆσαι δυνάμεθα, ἃς ἂν αὐτὸς προτείνῃ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ μὴ χρώμενος ὑπηρέταις ἄλλοις.
1:144παγκάλως δὲ ἐστηριγμένον ἐν τῇ γῇ διὰ συμβόλου κλίμακος φαντασιοῦται τὸν ἀέρα· τὰς γὰρ ἀναδιδομένας ἐκ γῆς ἀναθυμιάσεις λεπτυνομένας ἐξαεροῦσθαι συμβέβηκεν, ὥστε βάσιν μὲν καὶ ῥίζαν ἀέρος εἶναι γῆν, κεφαλὴν δὲ οὐρανόν.
1:145λέγεται γοῦν, ὅτι σελήνη πίλημα μὲν ἄκρατον αἰθέρος οὔκ ἐστιν, ὡς ἕκαστος τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων, κρᾶμα δὲ ἔκ τε αἰθερώδους οὐσίας καὶ ἀερώδους· καὶ τό γε ἐμφαινόμενον αὐτῇ μέλαν, ὃ καλοῦσί τινες πρόσωπον, οὐδὲν ἄλλο εἶναι ἢ τὸν ἀναμεμιγμένον ἀέρα, ὃς κατὰ φύσιν μέλας ὢν ἄχρις οὐρανοῦ τείνεται.
1:146ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐν κόσμῳ λεγομένη συμβολικῶς κλῖμαξ τοιαύτη ἐστί, τὴν δ’ ἐν ἀνθρώποις σκοποῦντες εὑρήσομεν τὴν ψυχήν, ἧς βάσις μὲν τὸ ὡσανεὶ γεῶδές ἐστιν, αἴσθησις, κεφαλὴ δ’ ὡς ἂν τὸ οὐράνιον, ὁ καθαρώτατος νοῦς.
1:147ἄνω δὲ καὶ κάτω διὰ πάσης αὐτῆς οἱ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγοι χωροῦσιν ἀδιαστάτως, ὁπότε μὲν ἀνέρχοιντο, συνανασπῶντες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦ θνητοῦ διαζευγνύντες καὶ τὴν θέαν ὧν ἄξιον ὁρᾶν μόνων ἐπιδεικνύμενοι, ὁπότε δὲ κατέρχοιντο, οὐ καταβάλλοντες — οὔτε γὰρ θεὸς οὔτε λόγος θεῖος ζημίας αἴτιος —, ἀλλὰ συγκαταβαίνοντες διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν καὶ ἔλεον τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν, ἐπικουρίας ἕνεκα καὶ συμμαχίας, ἵνα καὶ τὴν ἔτι ὥσπερ ἐν ποταμῷ, τῷ σώματι, φορουμένην ψυχὴν σωτήριον πνέοντες ἀναζωῶσι.
1:148ταῖς μὲν δὴ τῶν ἄκρως κεκαθαρμένων διανοίαις ἀψοφητὶ μόνος ἀοράτως ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμὼν ἐμπεριπατεῖ — καὶ γάρ ἐστι χρησθὲν τῷ σοφῷ θεοπρόπιον, ἐν ᾧ λέγεται· "περιπατήσω ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ ἔσομαι ὑμῶν θεός“ (Lev. 26, 12) —, ταῖς δὲ τῶν ἔτι ἀπολουομένων, μήπω δὲ κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς ἐκνιψαμένων τὴν ῥυπῶσαν καὶ κεκηλιδωμένην ἐν σώμασι βαρέσι ζωὴν ἄγγελοι, λόγοι θεῖοι, φαιδρύνοντες αὐτὰς τοῖς καλοκἀγαθίας δόγμασιν.
1:149ὅσα δὲ ἐξοικίζεται κακῶν οἰκητόρων στίφη, ἵνα εἷς ὁ ἀγαθὸς εἰσοικίσηται, δῆλόν ἐστι. σπούδαζε οὖν, ὦ ψυχή, θεοῦ οἶκος γενέσθαι, ἱερὸν ἅγιον, ἐνδιαίτημα κάλλιστον· ἴσως γάρ, ἴσως ὃν ὁ κόσμος ἅπας, καὶ σὺ οἰκοδεσπότην σχήσεις ἐπιμελούμενον τῆς ἰδίας οἰκίας, ὡς εὐερκεστάτη καὶ ἀπήμων εἰσαεὶ διαφυλάττοιτο.
1:150ἴσως δὲ καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον ὁ ἀσκητὴς φαντασιοῦται κλίμακι ἐοικότα· φύσει γὰρ ἀνώμαλον πρᾶγμα ἄσκησις, τοτὲ μὲν προϊοῦσα εἰς ὕψος, τοτὲ δ’ ὑποστρέφουσα πρὸς τοὐναντίον, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν καθάπερ ναῦς εὐπλοίᾳ τῇ τοῦ βίου, τοτὲ δὲ δυσπλοίᾳ χρωμένη. ἑτερήμερος γάρ, ὡς ἔφη τις, τῶν ἀσκητῶν ὁ βίος, ἄλλοτε μὲν ζῶν καὶ ἐγρηγορώς, ἄλλοτε δὲ τεθνεὼς ἢ κοιμώμενος.
Book 1, §§151–175
1:151καὶ τάχα οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ τοῦτο λέγεται· σοφοὶ μὲν γὰρ τὸν ὀλύμπιον καὶ οὐράνιον χῶρον ἔλαχον οἰκεῖν, ἄνω φοιτᾶν ἀεὶ μεμαθηκότες, κακοὶ δὲ τοὺς ἐν Ἅιδου μυχούς, ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐπιτετηδευκότες καὶ εἰς γῆρας ἐκ σπαργάνων φθορᾶς ἐθάδες ὄντες.
1:152οἱ δ’ ἀσκηταὶ — μεθόριοι γὰρ τῶν ἄκρων εἰσὶν — ἄνω καὶ κάτω πολλάκις ὡς ἐπὶ κλίμακος βαδίζουσιν, ἢ ὑπὸ τῆς κρείττονος μοίρας ἀνελκόμενοι ἢ ὑπὸ τῆς χείρονος ἀντισπώμενοι, μέχρις ἂν ὁ τῆς ἁμίλλης καὶ διαμάχης ταύτης βραβευτὴς θεὸς ἀναδῷ τὰ βραβεῖα τάξει τῇ βελτίονι, τὴν ἐναντίαν εἰσάπαν καθελών.
1:153ἐμφαίνεται δ’ ἔτι καὶ τοιοῦτον εἴδωλον, ὅπερ οὐκ ἄξιον ἡσυχασθῆναι. τὰ ἀνθρώπων πράγματα κλίμακι πέφυκεν ἐξομοιοῦσθαι διὰ τὴν ἀνώμαλον αὐτῶν φοράν.
1:154ἡ μία γάρ, ὡς ἔφη τις, ἡμέρα τὸν μὲν καθεῖλεν ὑψόθεν, τὸν δὲ ἦρεν ἄνω, μηδενὸς ἐν ὁμοίῳ πεφυκότος μένειν τῶν παρ’ ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ παντοίας μεταβαλλόντων τροπάς.
1:155ἢ οὐκ ἄρχοντες μὲν ἐξ ἰδιωτῶν, ἰδιῶται δ’ ἐξ ἀρχόντων, πένητες δ’ ἐκ πλουσίων καὶ ἐκ πενήτων πολυχρήματοι καὶ ἔνδοξοι μὲν ἐξ ἠμελημένων, ἐπιφανέστατοι δὲ ἐξ ἀδόξων ἀεὶ γίνονται καὶ ἰσχυροὶ μὲν ἐξ ἀσθενῶν, ἐκ δὲ ἀδυνάτων δυνατοὶ καὶ συνετοὶ μὲν ἐξ ἀφραινόντων, εὐλογιστότατοι δὲ ἐκ παραπαιόντων·
1:156καὶ ὁδός τις ἥδ’ ἐστὶν ἄνω καὶ κάτω τῶν ἀνθρωπείων πραγμάτων, ἀστάτοις καὶ ἀνιδρύτοις χρωμένη συντυχίαις, ὧν τὸ ἀνώμαλον οὐκ ἀδήλοις ἀλλὰ σαφέσι τεκμηρίοις ὁ ἀψευδέστατος ἐλέγχει χρόνος.
1:157Ἐμήνυε δὲ τὸ ὄναρ ἐστηριγμένον ἐπὶ τῆς κλίμακος τὸν ἀρχάγγελον, κύριον· ὑπεράνω γὰρ ὡς ἅρματος ἡνίοχον ἢ ὡς νεὼς κυβερνήτην ὑποληπτέον ἵστασθαι τὸ ὂν ἐπὶ σωμάτων, ἐπὶ ψυχῶν, ἐπὶ πραγμάτων, ἐπὶ λόγων, ἐπὶ ἀγγέλων, ἐπὶ γῆς, ἐπ’ ἀέρος, ἐπ’ οὐρανοῦ, ἐπ’ αἰσθητῶν δυνάμεων, ἐπ’ ἀοράτων φύσεων, ὅσαπερ θεατὰ καὶ ἀθέατα· τὸν γὰρ κόσμον ἅπαντα ἐξάψας ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἀναρτήσας τὴν τοσαύτην ἡνιοχεῖ φύσιν.
1:158μηδεὶς δ’ ἀκούων, ὅτι ἐπεστήρικτο, νομισάτω τι συνεργεῖν θεῷ πρὸς τὸ παγίως στῆναι, ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνο λογισάσθω, ὅτι τὸ δηλούμενον ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ στήριγμα καὶ ἔρεισμα καὶ ὀχυρότης καὶ βεβαιότης ἁπάντων ἐστὶν ὁ ἀσφαλὴς θεός, ἐνσφραγιζόμενος οἷς ἂν ἐθέλῃ τὸ ἀσάλευτον· ἐπερείδοντος γὰρ καὶ συστηρίζοντος αὐτοῦ μένει τὰ συσταθέντα ἀνώλεθρα κραταιῶς.
1:159ὁ τοίνυν ἐπιβεβηκὼς τῇ οὐρανοῦ κλίμακι λέγει τῷ φαντασιουμένῳ τὸ ὄναρ· „ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ τοῦ πατρός σου καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰσαάκ· μὴ φοβοῦ“ (Gen. 28, 13). ὁ χρησμὸς οὗτος τὸ τέρμα τῆς ἀσκητικῆς ψυχῆς καὶ βεβαιότατον ἔρεισμα ἦν, ὃς αὐτὴν ἀνεδίδασκεν, ὅτι ὁ τῶν ὅλων κύριος καὶ θεὸς ἀμφότερα ταῦτα τοῦ γένους ἐστὶν αὐτῷ, πατέρων καὶ πάππων ἐπιγραφεὶς καὶ ἐπικληθεὶς ἑκάτερον, ἵνα τὸν αὐτὸν ὅ τε κόσμος ἅπας καὶ ὁ φιλάρετος ἔχῃ κλῆρον· ἐπεὶ καὶ λέλεκται· „κύριος αὐτὸς κλῆρος αὐτῷ“ (Deut. 10, 9).
1:160Μὴ νομίσῃς δὲ παρέργως τοῦ μὲν Ἀβραὰμ νυνὶ λέγεσθαι κύριον καὶ θεόν, τοῦ δὲ Ἰσαὰκ θεὸν αὐτὸ μόνον. ὁ μὲν γὰρ αὐτηκόου καὶ αὐτοδιδάκτου καὶ αὐτομαθοῦς φύσει περιγινομένης σύμβολον ἐπιστήμης ἐστίν, ὁ δὲ Ἀβραὰμ διδασκομένης· καὶ τῷ μὲν αὐτόχθονι καὶ αὐθιγενεῖ συμβέβηκεν εἶναι, τῷ δὲ μετανάστῃ καὶ ἐπηλύτῳ.
1:161τὴν γὰρ χαλδαΐζουσαν ἀλλογενῆ καὶ ἀλλόφυλον γλῶτταν τῶν περὶ ἀστρονομίαν μετεωρολεσχῶν ἀπολιπὼν ἐπὶ τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν λογικῷ ζῴῳ παρεγένετο, τὴν τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου θεραπείαν.
1:162οὗτος μὲν δὴ ὁ τρόπος δυεῖν δυνάμεων τῶν ἐπιμελησομένων ἐστὶ χρεῖος, ἡγεμονίας καὶ εὐεργεσίας, ἵνα τῷ μὲν κράτει τοῦ ἡγεμόνος ὑπακούῃ τῶν νομοθετουμένων, τῷ δὲ χαριστικῷ μεγάλα ὠφελῆται, ὁ δ’ ἕτερος τῆς κατὰ τὸ χαρίζεσθαι μόνης· οὐ γὰρ ὑπὸ νουθετούσης ἀρχῆς ἐβελτιώθη, φύσει περιπεποιημένος τὸ καλόν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὰς ὀμβρηθείσας ἄνωθεν δωρεὰς ἀγαθὸς καὶ τέλειος ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐγένετο.
1:163χαριστικῆς μὲν οὖν δυνάμεως θεός, βασιλικῆς δὲ κύριος ὄνομα. τί οὖν ἄν τις εἴποι πρεσβύτερον ἀγαθὸν ἢ τὸ τυχεῖν ἀκράτου καὶ ἀμιγοῦς εὐεργεσίας, τί δὲ νεώτερον ἢ τὸ κεκραμένης ἔκ τε ἡγεμονίας καὶ δωρεᾶς; ὅ μοι δοκεῖ συνιδὼν ὁ ἀσκητὴς εὔξασθαι θαυμασιωτάτην εὐχήν, ἵνα αὐτῷ γένηται κύριος εἰς θεόν (Gen. 28, 21)· ἐβούλετο γὰρ μηκέτι ὡς ἄρχοντα εὐλαβεῖσθαι, ἀλλ’ ὡς εὐεργέτην ἀγαπητικῶς τιμᾶν.
1:164ἆρ’ οὐχὶ τούτοις καὶ τοῖς παραπλησίοις εἰκὸς ἦν καὶ τοὺς τυφλοὺς διάνοιαν ὀξυδορκήσειν, πρὸς τῶν ἱερωτάτων ἐνομματουμένους λογίων, ὡς φυσιογνωμονεῖν καὶ μὴ μόνον τοῖς ῥητοῖς ἐφορμεῖν; ἀλλὰ κἂν ἡμεῖς καμμύσαντες τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμμα μὴ σπουδάζωμεν ἢ μὴ δυνώμεθα ἀναβλέπειν, αὐτός, ὦ ἱεροφάντα, ὑπήχει καὶ ἐπιστάτει καὶ ἐγχρίων μή ποτε ἀπείπῃς, ἕως ἐπὶ τὸ κεκρυμμένον ἱερῶν λόγων φέγγος ἡμᾶς μυσταγωγῶν ἐπιδείξῃς τὰ κατάκλειστα καὶ ἀτελέστοις ἀόρατα κάλλη.
1:165σοὶ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἐμπρεπές· ψυχαὶ δ’ ὅσαι θείων ἐρώτων ἐγεύσασθε, καθάπερ ἐκ βαθέος ὕπνου διαναστᾶσαι καὶ τὴν ἀχλὺν ἀποσκεδάσασαι πρὸς τὴν περίβλεπτον θέαν ἐπείχθητε μεθέμεναι τὸν βραδὺν καὶ μελλητὴν ὄκνον, ἵν’ ὅσα θεάματα καὶ ἀκούσματα τῆς ὑμετέρας ἕνεκα ὠφελείας ὁ ἀγωνοθέτης εὐτρέπισε κατανοήσητε.
1:166Μυρία μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἀοίδιμα τῶν πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν, ἓν δ’ οὖν καὶ τὸ λεχθὲν πρὸ μικροῦ· τὸν μὲν γὰρ γένει πάππον τοῦ ἀσκητοῦ πατέρα εἶπε τὸ λόγιον, τῷ δ’ ὡς ἀληθῶς πατρὶ τὸ τοῦ γεννήσαντος οὐκ ἐπεφήμισεν ὄνομα. λέγει γάρ· „ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ τοῦ πατρός σου„ — καίτοι πάππος οὗτος ἦν — καὶ πάλιν „ὁ θεὸς Ἰσαάκ„ (Gen. 28, 13), εἶτ’ οὐ προστίθησι „τοῦ πατρός σου„.
1:167οὔκουν ἄξιον τὴν τούτων αἰτίαν ἐρευνῆσαι; πάνυ γε. τίς οὖν ἐστι, μὴ παρέργως σκοπήσωμεν. τὴν ἀρετὴν ἢ φύσει ἢ ἀσκήσει ἢ μαθήσει περιγίνεσθαί φησι, διὸ καὶ τρεῖς τοὺς γενάρχας τοῦ ἔθνους σοφοὺς πάντας ἀνέγραφεν, ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς αὐτῆς οὐχ ὁρμηθέντας ἰδέας, πρὸς δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ τέλος ἐπειχθέντας.
1:168ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρεσβύτατος αὐτῶν Ἀβραὰμ ἡγεμόνι ὁδοῦ τῆς πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ἀγούσης ἐχρήσατο διδασκαλίᾳ, ὡς ἐν ἑτέροις, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ, δείξομεν, ὁ δὲ μέσος Ἰσαὰκ αὐτηκόῳ καὶ αὐτομαθεῖ τῇ φύσει, ὁ δὲ τρίτος Ἰακὼβ ἀσκητικαῖς μελέταις, καθ’ ἃς οἱ ἔναθλοι καὶ ἐναγώνιοι πόνοι.
1:169τριῶν οὖν τρόπων ὑπαρχόντων, ἐξ ὧν σοφία περιγίνεται, τοὺς ἄκρους μάλιστα συμβέβηκεν ἡνῶσθαι· τὸ γὰρ ἀσκήσει ἔγγονον τοῦ μαθήσει, τὸ δὲ φύσει συγγενὲς μὲν — ὑποβέβληται γὰρ ὡς ῥίζα πᾶσιν —, ἀνανταγωνίστου δὲ καὶ ἑτοίμου γέρως ἔλαχεν.
1:170ὥστε εἰκότως Ἀβραὰμ ὁ βελτιωθεὶς διδασκαλίᾳ πατὴρ Ἰακὼβ λέγεται, τοῦ μελέτῃ συγκροτηθέντος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος ἀνθρώπου μᾶλλον ἢ δύναμις ἀκουστικὴ πρὸς μάθησιν ἑτοιμοτάτη δυνάμεως ἀσκητικῆς καὶ ἐπιτηδείου πρὸς ἄθλησιν.
1:171ἐὰν μέντοι ὁ ἀσκητὴς οὗτος εὐτόνως δράμῃ πρὸς τὸ τέλος καὶ τηλαυγῶς ἴδῃ ἃ πρότερον ἀμυδρῶς ὠνειροπόλει, μετατυπωθεὶς τῷ κρείττονι χαρακτῆρι καὶ προσαγορευθεὶς Ἰσραήλ, ὁ θεὸν ὁρῶν, ἀντὶ τοῦ πτερνίζοντος Ἰακὼβ πατέρα οὐκέτι τὸν μαθόντα Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλὰ τὸν φύσει γεννηθέντα ἀστεῖον Ἰσαὰκ ἐπιγράφεται.
1:172ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἐμός ἐστι μῦθος, ἀλλὰ χρησμὸς ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἀναγεγραμμένος στήλαις. „ἀπάρας“ γάρ φησιν „Ἰσραὴλ αὐτὸς καὶ πάντα τὰ αὐτοῦ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸ φρέαρ τοῦ ὅρκου, καὶ ἔθυσε θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἰσαάκ“ (Gen. 46, 1). ἆρ’ ἤδη κατανοεῖς, ὅτι οὐ περὶ φθαρτῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’, ὡς ἐλέχθη, περὶ φύσεως πραγμάτων ἐστὶν ὁ παρὼν λόγος; ἰδοὺ γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑποκείμενον τοτὲ μὲν Ἰακὼβ ὀνομάζεται πατρὸς Ἀβραάμ, τοτὲ δὲ Ἰσραὴλ πατρὸς Ἰσαὰκ καλεῖται διὰ τὴν ἠκριβωμένην αἰτίαν.
1:173Εἰπὼν τοίνυν „ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ τοῦ πατρός σου καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ“ ἐπιφέρει· „μὴ φοβοῦ“ (Gen. 28,13), κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον· πῶς γὰρ ἔτι φοβηθησόμεθα, τὸ φόβου καὶ παντὸς πάθους λυτήριον σὲ τὸν ὑπερασπιστὴν ὅπλον ἔχοντες; ὃς καὶ τοὺς ἀρχετύπους τῆς παιδείας ἡμῶν τύπους ἀδηλουμένους ἐμόρφωσας, ἵν’ ἐμφανεῖς ὦσιν, Ἀβραὰμ μὲν διδάξας, Ἰσαὰκ δὲ γεννήσας· τοῦ μὲν γὰρ ὑφηγητής, τοῦ δὲ πατὴρ ὑπέμεινας ὀνομασθῆναι, τῷ μὲν τὴν γνωρίμου τάξιν, τῷ δὲ τὴν υἱοῦ παρασχών.
1:174διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν γῆν, λέγω δὲ τὴν παμφορωτάτην καὶ εὐκαρποτάτην ἀρετήν, ἐφ’ ἧς καθεύδει ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἀναπαυόμενος τῷ τὸν μὲν αἰσθήσεως κοιμᾶσθαι βίον, τὸν δὲ ψυχῆς ἐγρηγορέναι, δώσειν ὁμολογεῖς (Gen. 28, 13), ἀποδεξάμενος αὐτοῦ τὴν εἰρηνικὴν ἀνάπαυσιν, ἣν οὐκ ἄνευ πολέμου καὶ τῶν ἐν πολέμῳ ταλαιπωριῶν εἵλετο, οὐχ ὅπλα βαστάζων καὶ ἀνθρώπους ἀναιρῶν, ἄπαγε, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀντίπαλον ἀρετῆς παθῶν καὶ κακιῶν στῖφος καθαιρῶν.
1:175τὸ δὲ σοφίας γένος ἄμμῳ γῆς (ibid. 14) ἐξομοιοῦται διά τε πληθὺν ἀπερίγραφον, καὶ διότι τὰς μὲν τῆς θαλάττης ἐπιδρομὰς ἡ ὑποταίνιος ἄμμος ἀνακρούεται, τὰς δὲ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ ἀδικημάτων ὁ παιδείας λόγος. οὗτος δὲ κατὰ τὰς θείας ὑποσχέσεις ἄχρι τῶν περάτων τοῦ παντὸς εὐρύνεται καὶ τὸν ἔχοντα ἀποφαίνει τῶν τοῦ κόσμου κληρονόμον μερῶν, φθάνοντα πάντῃ, πρὸς τὰ ἑῷα, πρὸς τὰ ἑσπέρια, τὰ κατὰ μεσημβρίαν, τὰ προσάρκτια· λέγεται γάρ, ὅτι „πλατυνθήσεται ἐπὶ θάλασσαν καὶ λίβα καὶ βορρᾶν καὶ ἀνατολάς“ (ibid. 14).
Book 1, §§176–200
1:176ἔστι δ’ ὁ ἀστεῖος οὐκ ἴδιον μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ κοινὸν ἀγαθὸν ἅπασιν, ἐξ ἑτοίμου τὴν ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ προτείνων ὠφέλειαν. ὡς γὰρ ἥλιος ἁπάντων ἐστὶ φῶς τῶν ὄψεις ἐχόντων, οὕτω καὶ ὁ σοφὸς τῶν ὅσοι λογικῆς κεκοινωνήκασι φύσεως· „ἐνευλογηθήσονται γὰρ ἐν σοὶ“ φησί „πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαί“ (ibid. 14).
1:177ὁ δὲ χρησμὸς οὗτος ἐφαρμόττει καὶ αὐτῷ τινι πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἑτέρῳ πρὸς ἕτερον. ἐάν τε γὰρ ὁ ἐν ἐμοὶ νοῦς ἀρετῇ τελείᾳ καθαρθῇ, καὶ αἱ τοῦ περὶ ἐμὲ γεώδους φυλαὶ συγκαθαίρονται, ἃς ἔλαχον αἱ αἰσθήσεις καὶ ἡ μεγίστη δεξαμενή, τὸ σῶμα· ἐάν τέ τις κατ’ οἰκίαν ἢ πόλιν ἢ χώραν ἢ ἔθνος γένηται φρονήσεως ἐραστής, ἀνάγκη τὴν οἰκίαν ἐκείνην καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν καὶ τὸ ἔθνος ἀμείνονι βίῳ χρῆσθαι.
1:178καθάπερ γὰρ τὰ ἐκθυμιώμενα τῶν ἀρωμάτων εὐωδίας τοὺς πλησιάζοντας ἀναπίμπλησι, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὅσοι γείτονες καὶ ὅμοροι σοφοῦ, τῆς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ σπῶντες αὔρας ἐπὶ μήκιστον χεομένης βελτιοῦνται τὰ ἤθη.
1:179Μεγίστη δέ ἐστιν εὐεργεσία ψυχῇ πονούσῃ καὶ διαθλούσῃ συνοδοιπόρον ἔχειν τὸν ἐφθακότα πάντῃ θεόν· „ἰδοὺ“ γάρ φησιν "ἐγὼ μετὰ σοῦ“ (ibid. 15). τίνος οὖν ἂν ἔτι χρεῖοι γενοίμεθα πλούτου, σὲ τὸν ἀληθείᾳ πλοῦτον ἔχοντες μόνον „διαφυλάσσοντα ἐν ὁδῷ“ (ibid.) τῇ πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἀγούσῃ κατὰ πάσας αὐτῆς τὰς τομάς; οὐ γὰρ ἓν μέρος ἐστὶ τοῦ λογικοῦ βίου τὸ πρὸς δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν ἄλλην τεῖνον ἀρετήν, ἀλλὰ μυρία ὅσα, ἐξ ὧν ἔστιν ὁρμωμένους φρονήσεως ἐφικνεῖσθαι.
1:180παγκάλως δὲ εἴρηται καὶ τὸ "ἀποστρέψω σε εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην“ (ibid.). καλὸν μὲν γὰρ ἦν, τὸν λογισμὸν ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ μείναντα μὴ ἀποδημῆσαι πρὸς αἴσθησιν· δεύτερος δὲ πλοῦς, ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν ὑποστρέψαι πάλιν.
1:181ἴσως δὲ καὶ τὸ περὶ ἀφθαρσίας ψυχῆς ὑπαινίττεται δόγμα διὰ τούτου· ἀπολιποῦσα μὲν γὰρ τὸν οὐράνιον τόπον, ὡς καὶ μικρῷ πρότερον ἐλέχθη, καθάπερ εἰς ξένην χώραν ἦλθε τὸ σῶμα. φησὶ δ’ οὐ μέχρι τοῦ παντὸς καθειργμένην αὐτὴν ὁ γεννήσας περιόψεσθαι πατήρ, ἀλλ’ οἶκτον λαβὼν λύσειν τὰ δεσμὰ καὶ ἐλευθέραν ἄχρι τῆς μητροπόλεως ἀσφαλῶς παραπέμψειν καὶ μὴ πρότερον ἀνήσειν ἢ τὰς διὰ λόγων ὑποσχέσεις ἀληθείας ἔργοις βεβαιωθῆναι· θεοῦ γὰρ ἴδιον λέγειν πάντως τὰ γενησόμενα. καίτοι τί τοῦτό φαμεν;
1:182ἔργων γὰρ ἀδιαφοροῦσιν αὐτοῦ οἱ λόγοι. διακινηθεῖσα οὖν καὶ διαναστᾶσα πρὸς τὰς περὶ τοῦ ὄντος ζητήσεις ἡ ἀσκητικὴ ψυχὴ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑπετόπησεν εἶναι τὸ ὂν ἐν τόπῳ, μικρὸν δὲ ἐπισχοῦσα τῷ δυστοπάστῳ τῆς σκέψεως περιδεὴς γίνεται καὶ μετανοεῖν ἄρχεται.
1:183„ἐξηγέρθη“ γάρ φησιν „Ἰακὼβ καὶ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἔστι κύριος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ, ἐγὼ δὲ οὐκ ᾔδειν“ (ibid. 16). καὶ ἄμεινον ἦν, εἴποιμ’ ἂν, ἀγνοεῖν ἢ ἔν τινι θεὸν ὑπολαμβάνειν εἶναι, τὸν περιέχοντα αὐτὸν ἐν κύκλῳ τὰ πάντα.
1:184Δικαίως οὖν ἐφοβήθη καὶ εἶπε θαυμαστικῶς· „ὡς φοβερὸς ὁ τόπος οὗτος“ (ibid. 17). ὄντως γὰρ τῶν ἐν φυσιολογίᾳ τόπος ἀργαλεώτατος, ἐν ᾧ ζητεῖται, ποῦ καὶ εἰ συνόλως ἔν τινι τὸ ὄν, τῶν μὲν λεγόντων, ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ὑφεστὼς χώραν τινὰ κατείληφε, καὶ ἄλλων ἄλλην ἀπονεμόντων, ἢ ἐντὸς τοῦ κόσμου ἢ ἐκτὸς αὐτοῦ μετακόσμιόν τινα, τῶν δὲ φασκόντων, ὅτι οὐδενὶ τῶν ἐν γενέσει τὸ ἀγένητον ὅμοιον, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ὅλοις ὑπερβάλλον, ὡς καὶ τὴν ὠκυδρομωτάτην διάνοιαν ὑστερίζουσαν μακρῷ τῆς καταλήψεως ὁμολογεῖν ἡττᾶσθαι.
1:185διόπερ εὐθὺς ἀνέκραγεν· „οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο“ (ibid.), ὃ ἐδόξασα, „ὅτι ἔστι κύριος ἔν τῳ τόπῳ“ (ibid. 16)· περιέχει γάρ, ἀλλ’ οὐ περιέχεται κατὰ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον. τοῦτο δὲ τὸ δεικνύμενον καὶ ὁρατόν, ὁ αἰσθητὸς οὑτοσὶ κόσμος, οὐδὲν ἄρα ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ οἶκος θεοῦ (ibid.), μιᾶς τῶν τοῦ ὄντος δυνάμεων, καθ’ ἣν ἀγαθὸς ἦν.
1:186τὸν δὲ κόσμον οἶκον ὠνόμασε καὶ πύλην τοῦ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐρανοῦ (ibid. 17) προσεῖπε. τί δὲ τοῦτ’ ἐστί; τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἰδεῶν συσταθέντα, ἐν τῷ χειροτονηθέντι κατὰ τὰς θείας χορηγίας, κόσμον νοητὸν οὐκ ἔνεστιν ἄλλως καταλαβεῖν ὅτι μὴ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ καὶ ὁρωμένου τούτου μετάβασιν.
1:187οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλο τῶν ὄντων οὐδὲν ἀσώματον ἐννοῆσαι δυνατὸν ὅτι μὴ τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβόντας ἀπὸ σωμάτων· ἠρεμούντων μὲν γὰρ ἐνοήθη τόπος, χρόνος δὲ κινουμένων, σημεῖα δὲ καὶ γραμμαὶ καὶ ἐπιφάνειαι καὶ συνόλως πέρατα ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξωτάτω περικειμένης οἷον ἀμπεχόνης.
1:188κατὰ τὸ ἀνάλογον οὖν καὶ ὁ νοητὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ κόσμος ἐνοήθη, πύλη τις ὢν ἐκείνου. ὡς γὰρ οἱ βουλόμενοι τὰς πόλεις θεάσασθαι διὰ πυλῶν εἰσίασιν, οὕτως ὅσοι τὸν ἀειδῆ κόσμον καταλαβεῖν ἐθέλουσιν, ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ ὁρατοῦ φαντασίας ξεναγοῦνται. [ὁ δὲ νοητῆς ὑποστάσεως κόσμος ἄνευ ἡστινοσοῦν σχημάτων ὄψεως, μόνης δὲ διὰ τῆς ἀρχετύπου ἰδέας τῆς ἐν τῷ διαχαραχθέντι πρὸς τὸ θεαθὲν αὐτῷ εἶδος ἄνευ σκιᾶς μετακληθήσεται, πάντων αὐτῷ τειχῶν καὶ πάσης πύλης ἀπαρθέντων εἰς τὸ μὴ ἀπό τινος ἀθρῆσαι, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ καθ’ αὑτὸ ἀλέκτῳ τινὶ καὶ δυσερμηνεύτῳ θέᾳ διιδεῖν κάλλος ἀναλλοίωτον.]
1:189Περὶ μὲν δὴ τούτων ἅλις. ἐφαρμόζει δὲ τῷ αὐτῷ εἴδει καὶ ἕτερος ὄνειρος, ὁ περὶ τῆς ποικίλης ἀγέλης, ὃν περιαναστὰς ὁ φαντασιωθεὶς διηγεῖται φάσκων· "εἶπέ μοι ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ καθ’ ὕπνον· Ἰακώβ. ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπα· τί ἐστι; καὶ εἶπεν· ἀνάβλεψον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς σου καὶ ἴδε τοὺς τράγους καὶ τοὺς κριοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας ἐπὶ τὰ πρόβατα καὶ τὰς αἶγας διαλεύκους καὶ ποικίλους καὶ σποδοειδεῖς ῥαντούς. ἑώρακα γὰρ ὅσα σοι Λάβαν ποιεῖ. ἐγώ εἰμι ὁὁ θεὸς ὁὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τόπῳ θεοῦ, οὗ ἤλειψάς μοι στήλην καὶ ηὔξω μοι εὐχήν. νῦν οὖν ἀνάστηθι καὶ ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς ταύτης καὶ ἄπελθε εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς γενέσεώς σου, καὶ ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ“ (Gen. 31,11 — 13).
1:190ὁρᾷς ὅτι θεοπέμπτους ὀνείρους ἀναγράφει ὁ θεῖος λόγος οὐ μόνον τοὺς κατὰ τὸ πρεσβύτατον τῶν αἰτίων προφαινομένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς διὰ τῶν ὑποφητῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ ὀπαδῶν ἀγγέλων, οἳ θείας καὶ εὐδαίμονος μοίρας πρὸς τοῦ γεννήσαντος ἠξίωνται πατρός. σκόπει μέντοι καὶ τὸ ἀκόλουθον.
1:191ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος τοῖς μὲν ὡς βασιλεὺς ἃ χρὴ πράττειν ἐξ ἐπιτάγματος παραγγέλλει, τοῖς δὲ ὡς γνωρίμοις διδάσκαλος τὰ πρὸς ὠφέλειαν ὑφηγεῖται, τοῖς δὲ ὡς σύμβουλος γνώμας εἰσηγούμενος τὰς ἀρίστας τὸ συμφέρον ἐξ ἑαυτῶν οὐκ εἰδότας μεγάλα ὠφελεῖ, τοῖς δὲ ὡς φίλος ἐπιεικῶς καὶ μετὰ πειθοῦς πολλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀρρήτων ἀναφέρει, ὧν οὐδένα τῶν ἀτελέστων ἐπακοῦσαι θέμις.
1:192ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ πυνθάνεταί τινων, ὥσπερ τοῦ Ἀδάμ· „ποῦ εἶ“ (Gen. 3, 9), πρὸς ὃ ἀποκρίναιτ’ ἄν τις οἰκείως „οὐδαμοῦ“, τῷ τἀνθρώπεια πάντα ἐν ὁμοίῳ μὴ μένειν, ἀλλὰ κινεῖσθαι καὶ ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι καὶ τοῖς ἐκτός. ἀνίδρυτοι μὲν γὰρ οἱ λογισμοί, φαντασίας ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων οὐχὶ τὰς αὐτὰς ἀλλ’ ἐναντίας ἔχοντες, ἀνίδρυτον δὲ καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ὡς μηνύουσιν αἱ ἐκ βρέφους ἄχρι γήρως τῶν ἡλικιῶν ἁπασῶν τροπαί, ἀνίδρυτα δὲ καὶ τὰ
1:193ἐκτὸς ἐπῃωρημένα φορᾷ τύχης ἀεὶ σαλευούσης. ἐπειδὰν μέντοι πρὸς τὸ τῶν φίλων ἔλθῃ συνέδριον, οὐ πρότερον ἄρχεται λέγειν ἢ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἀνακαλέσαι καὶ ὀνομαστὶ προσειπεῖν, ἵνα τὰ ὦτα ἀνορθιάσαντες, ἡσυχίᾳ καὶ προσοχῇ χρώμενοι, τῶν θεσμῳδουμένων εἰς ἄληστον μνήμην ἀκούωσιν· ἐπεὶ καὶ ἑτέρωθι λέγεται· „σιώπα καὶ ἄκουε“ (Deut. 27, 9).
1:194τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ βάτου Μωϋσῆς ἀνακαλεῖται — „ὡς γὰρ εἶδε“ φησίν „ὅτι προσάγει ἰδεῖν, ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸν κύριος ἐκ τοῦ βάτου λέγων· Μωυσῆ, Μωυσῆ. ὁ δὲ εἶπε· τί ἐστιν;„ (Exod. 3,4) —, Ἀβραὰμ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ καὶ μόνου παιδὸς ὁλοκαυτώσεως, ἡνίκα τε ἱερουργεῖν ἤρχετο καὶ ὁπότε δοὺς ἀπόπειραν εὐσεβείας ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀφανίσαι τὸ αὐτομαθὲς γένος, ἐπίκλησιν Ἰσαάκ, ἐκωλύθη·
1:195ἀρχομένου μὲν γάρ φησιν, ὅτι „ὁ θεὸς ἐπείραζε τὸν Ἀβραὰμ καὶ εἶπε πρὸς αὐτόν· Ἀβραάμ, Ἀβραάμ. ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· ἰδοὺ ἐγώ. καὶ εἶπε· λάβε τὸν υἱόν σου τὸν ἀγαπητόν, ὃν ἠγάπησας, τὸν Ἰσαάκ, καὶ ἀνένεγκε„, ἤδη δὲ τὸ ἱερεῖον ἐπὶ τὸν βωμὸν ἀνενηνοχότος, τότε „ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸν ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λέγων· Ἀβραάμ, Ἀβραάμ. ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· ἰδοὺ ἐγώ. καὶ εἶπε· μὴ ἐπιβάλῃς τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπὶ τὸ παιδάριον, μηδὲ ποιήσῃς αὐτῷ μηδέν„ (Gen. 22,1. 2. 9 — 12).
1:196εἷς δὲ δὴ τοῦ φιλικοῦ θιάσου καὶ ὁ ἀσκητὴς ὢν εἰκότως προνομίας τῆς αὐτῆς ἀξιωθεὶς ἀνακαλεῖται· „εἶπε γάρ μοι„ φησίν „ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ καθ’ ὕπνον· Ἰακώβ. ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπα· τί ἐστιν„ (Gen. 31, 11) ;
1:197ἀνακληθεὶς δὲ προσοχῇ χρῆται, τὰ φανέντα σημεῖα πειρώμενος ἀκριβοῦν, ἔστι δὲ τὰ σημεῖα τῶν λόγων οἷα θρεμμάτων ὀχεῖαί τε καὶ γενέσεις· „ἀναβλέψας„ γάρ φησι „τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς εἶδε τοὺς τράγους καὶ τοὺς κριοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας ἐπὶ τὰ πρόβατα καὶ τὰς αἶγας„ (Gen. 31, 12).
1:198αἰπολίου μὲν δὴ τράγος, ποίμνης δὲ κριὸς ἡγεμών ἐστι· τὰ δὲ ζῷα ταῦτα δυεῖν λόγων σύμβολα τελείων, ὧν ὁ μὲν ἕτερος καθαίρει καὶ κενοῖ ψυχὴν ἁμαρτημάτων, ὁ δὲ ἕτερος τρέφει καὶ πλήρη κατορθωμάτων ἐργάζεται. τοιοῦτοι μὲν οἱ ἡγεμόνες ἐν ἡμῖν ἀγελάρχαι λόγοι· αἱ δὲ ἀγέλαι προβάτοις καὶ αἰξὶ φερωνύμως διατεθεῖσαι ᾄττουσι καὶ προβαίνουσι μετὰ σπουδῆς πρὸς δικαιοσύνην.
1:199ἀναβλέψας οὖν τὸ τέως μεμυκὸς ὄμμα τῆς διανοίας εἶδε τοὺς ἀναλογοῦντας τράγοις καὶ κριοῖς τελείους λόγους ἠκονημένους πρός τε μείωσιν ἀδικημάτων καὶ ὧν χρὴ πράττειν συναύξησιν, πῶς ἐπὶ τὰ πρόβατα καὶ τὰς αἶγας, τὰς ἔτι νέας καὶ ἁπαλὰς ψυχὰς ἄρτι ἡβώσας καὶ ἄνθει τῷ τῆς ἀκμῆς ὡραϊζομένας, ἀναβαίνουσιν οὐκ ἄλογον ἡδονὴν διώκοντες, ἀλλ’ ἀοράτῳ σπορᾷ φρονήσεως χρώμενοι δογμάτων.
1:200εὔπαις γὰρ ὁ γάμος οὗτος οὐ σώματα συμπλέκων, ἀλλ’ εὐφυέσι ψυχαῖς τελείας ἀρετὰς ἁρμοζόμενος. ἐπιβαίνετε οὖν οἱ σοφίας ὀρθοὶ λόγοι πάντες, ὀχεύετε, σπείρετε, καὶ ἣν ἂν ἴδητε ψυχὴν βαθεῖαν, εὔγειον, παρθένον, μὴ παρέλθητε, καλέσαντες δ’ εἰς τὴν ὁμιλίαν καὶ συνουσίαν ἑαυτῶν τελειώσατε καὶ ἐγκύμονα ἀπεργάσασθε· τέξεται γὰρ πάντα ἀστεῖα, γενεὰν ἄρρενα „διαλεύκων, ποικίλων, σποδοειδῶν ῥαντῶν“ (Gen. 31, 10).
Book 1, §§201–225
1:201Ἣν δ’ ἔχει τῶν γεννημάτων τούτων ἕκαστον δύναμιν, ἐρευνητέον. διάλευκοι μὲν τοίνυν εἰσὶν οἱ τηλαυγέστατοι καὶ ἀριδηλότατοι, τοῦ „διὰ“ πολλάκις ἐπὶ τοῦ μεγάλου τιθεμένου, ἀφ’ οὗ διάδηλον καὶ διάσημον τὸ μεγάλως δῆλον καὶ μεγάλως ἐπίσημον ἔθος ὀνομάζειν ἐστί.
1:202βούλεται οὖν τῆς τὸν ἱερὸν σπόρον παραδεξαμένης ψυχῆς τὰ πρωτότοκα γεννήματα διάλευκα εἶναι, φωτὶ ἐοικότα οὐκ ἀμυδρῷ, φέγγει δὲ τηλαυγεστάτῳ, οἵα γένοιτ’ ἂν ἀφ’ ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων ἄσκιος ἐν αἰθρίᾳ κατὰ μεσημβρίαν αὐγή· βούλεται δὲ καὶ ποικίλα οὐ πολυμόρφου καὶ πολυτρόπου λέπρας ἀκαθάρτου τρόπον, διὰ γνώμης ἀβεβαιότητα χρησόμενα ἀστάτῳ καὶ φορουμένῳ βίῳ, ἀλλὰ γράμμασιν ἐγκεκολαμμένα καὶ σφραγῖσι διαφόροις, δοκίμοις δὲ πάσαις τετυπωμένα, ὧν αἱ ἰδιότητες ἀναμιχθεῖσαι καὶ ἀνακραθεῖσαι μουσικὴν συμφωνίαν ἐργάσονται.
1:203τὴν γὰρ ποικιλτικὴν τέχνην ἐνόμισαν μέν τινες οὕτως ἠμελημένον καὶ ἀφανὲς εἶναι πρᾶγμα, ὥστε ὑφάνταις αὐτὴν ἀνέθεσαν. ἐγὼ δ’ οὐ μόνον αὐτήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὔνομα τέθηπα, καὶ μάλισθ’ ὅταν εἰς τὰ γῆς τμήματα καὶ τὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ σφαίρας καὶ ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν διαφορὰς καὶ τὸ παμποίκιλον ὕφασμα, τουτονὶ τὸν κόσμον, ἀπίδω.
1:204τὸν γὰρ τοῦ πλέγματος παντὸς τούτου δημιουργὸν εὑρετὴν τῆς ποικιλτικῆς ἐπινοεῖν εὐθὺς ἐπιστήμης ἀναγκάζομαι, καὶ σέβομαι μὲν τὸν εὑρόντα, τιμῶ δὲ τὴν εὑρεθεῖσαν, τὸ δ’ ἔργον καταπέπληγμαι, καίτοι μηδὲ πολλοστὸν μέρος αὐτοῦ δυνηθεὶς ἰδεῖν, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ φανέντος μοι μέρους, εἰ δὴ καὶ πέφηνεν, ἀκριβῶς τὸ ὅλον εἰκάζων ἀναλογίας ἐλπίδι.
1:205θαυμάζω μέντοι καὶ τὸν σοφίας ἐραστήν, ὅτι τὴν αὐτὴν τέχνην ἐπιτετήδευκε, πολλὰ καὶ διαφέροντα ἐκ διαφερόντων εἰς ταὐτὸ συνάγειν καὶ συνυφαίνειν ἀξιῶν. λαβὼν γὰρ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς παιδικῆς γραμματικῆς δύο τὰ πρῶτα, τό τε γράφειν καὶ τὸ ἀναγινώσκειν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς τελειοτέρας τήν τε παρὰ ποιηταῖς ἐμπειρίαν καὶ τὴν ἀρχαίας ἱστορίας ἀνάληψιν, παρὰ δὲ ἀριθμητικῆς καὶ γεωμετρίας τὸ ἀνεξαπάτητον ἐν οἷς ἀναλογίας καὶ λογισμῶν ἐστι χρεία, παρὰ δὲ μουσικῆς ῥυθμοὺς καὶ μέτρα τά τε ἐναρμόνια καὶ χρωματικὰ καὶ διατονικά, συνημμένα τε αὖ καὶ διεζευγμένα μέλη, παρὰ δὲ ῥητορικῆς εὕρεσιν, φράσιν, τάξιν, οἰκονομίαν, μνήμην, ὑπόκρισιν, παρὰ δὲ φιλοσοφίας ὅσα τε ἐν ταύταις παραλέλειπται καὶ ἄλλα ἐξ ὧν ἅπας ὁ ἀνθρώπων βίος συνέστηκεν, ἓν ἔργον εὐανθέστατον ἡρμόσατο, εὐμάθειαν πολυμαθείᾳ μίξας.
1:206καὶ τὸν τούτου τοῦ πλέγματος δημιουργὸν ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος Βεσελεὴλ ἐκάλεσεν (Exod. 31, 2 ss.), ὃς ἑρμηνευθείς ἐστιν ἐν σκιᾷ θεοῦ. τὰ γὰρ μιμήματα οὗτος, τὰ δὲ παραδείγματα ἀρχιτεκτονεῖ Μωυσῆς· διὰ τοῦθ’ ὁὁ μὲν οἷα σκιὰς ὑπεγράφετο, ὁὁ δ’ οὐ σκιάς, αὐτὰς δὲ τὰς ἀρχετύπους ἐδημιούργει φύσεις.
1:207εἰ δὴ καὶ τὰ ἅγια ποικιλτικῇ τέχνῃ κατεσκεύασται καὶ ὁ σοφὸς ποικιλτὴς μόνος ἐν τοῖς ἱεροφαντηθεῖσι χρησμοῖς ἀνείρηται καὶ τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καλὸν ποίκιλμα, ὅδε ὁ κόσμος, ἐπιστήμῃ πανσόφῳ τετελεσιούργηται, πῶς οὐκ ἄξιον ὡς ἐργαλεῖον τῆς ἐπιστήμης ἀποδέχεσθαι ποικιλτικήν;
1:208ἧς ἀφίδρυμα ἱερώτατον πᾶς ὁ σοφίας οἶκος ἀγαλματοφορήσει καὶ κατ’ οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς, ἀφ’ ἧς ποικίλων λόγων ἰδέας ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐκπονεῖ· μετὰ γὰρ τοὺς διαλεύκους εὐθὺς τοὺς ποικίλους εἶδε, παιδείας κόμματι χαραχθέντας. τρίτοι δ’ εἰσὶν οἱ σποδοειδεῖς ῥαντοί.
1:209καίτοι τίς οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν εἴποι τῷ γένει καὶ τούτους εἶναι ποικίλους; ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ περὶ θρεμμάτων διαφορᾶς ἡ τοσαύτη σπουδή, περὶ μέντοι τῆς πρὸς καλοκἀγαθίαν ἀγούσης ὁδοῦ.
1:210βούλεται γὰρ τὸν ἐπὶ ταύτην ἰόντα σποδῷ καὶ ὕδατι περιρραίνεσθαι, διότι γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ λόγος ἔχει φυραθέντα καὶ μορφωθέντα πρὸς τοῦ ἀνθρωποπλάστου εἰς τὸ ἡμέτερον ἀποκριθῆναι σῶμα, οὐ χειρόκμητον, ἀλλὰ φύσεως ἔργον ἀοράτου.
1:211σοφίας οὖν ἐστιν ἀρχὴ μὴ ἐπιλανθάνεσθαι ἑαυτοῦ, τὰ δ’ ἐξ ὧν συνεκρίθη πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἀεὶ λαμβάνειν· οὕτως γὰρ μεγαλαυχίαν, τὸ κακῶν θεομισέστατον, ἐκνίψαιτ’ ἄν. τίς γὰρ εἰς νοῦν βαλλόμενος, ὅτι τέφρα καὶ ὕδωρ εἰσὶν αὐτῷ τῆς γενέσεως αἱ ἀρχαί, φυσηθεὶς ὑπ’ οἰήσεως μετέωρος ἀρθήσεται;
1:212διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς μέλλοντας ἱερουργεῖν περιρραίνεσθαι τοῖς λεχθεῖσιν ἐδικαίωσεν, οὐδένα θυσιῶν ἄξιον νομίσας, ὃς μὴ πρότερον ἑαυτὸν ἔγνωκε καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην οὐδένειαν κατείληφεν, ἐξ ὧν συνεκρίθη στοιχείων τὸ μηδενὸς ἄξιος εἶναι τεκμηράμενος.
1:213τὰ τρία ταῦτα σημεῖα, τὸ διάλευκον, τὸ ποικίλον, τὸ σποδοειδὲς ῥαντόν, περὶ μὲν τὸν ἀσκητὴν ἅτε μήπω τέλειον ἀτελῆ, περὶ δὲ τὸν τέλειον φαίνεται καὶ αὐτὰ τέλεια.
1:214ὃν δὲ τρόπον, θεασώμεθα· τὸν μέγαν ἀρχιερέα, ὁπότε μέλλοι τὰς νόμῳ προστεταγμένας ἐπιτελεῖν λειτουργίας, ὁ ἱερὸς ἐδικαίωσε λόγος ὕδατι καὶ τέφρᾳ περιρραίνεσθαι τὸ πρῶτον (Exod. 29, 4) εἰς ὑπόμνησιν ἑαυτοῦ — καὶ γὰρ ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραάμ, ὅτε ἐντευξόμενος ᾔει τῷ θεῷ, γῆν καὶ σποδὸν εἶπεν ἑαυτόν (Gen. 18, 27) —, ἔπειτ’ ἐνδύεσθαι τὸν ποδήρη χιτῶνα καὶ τὸ ποικίλον ὃ κέκληκεν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ περιστήθιον (Exod. 29, 5), τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν φωσφόρων ἄστρων ἀπεικόνισμα καὶ μίμημα.
1:215δύο γάρ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἱερὰ θεοῦ, ἓν μὲν ὅδε ὁὁ κόσμος, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἀρχιερεὺς ὁὁ πρωτόγονος αὐτοῦ θεῖος λόγος, ἕτερον δὲ λογικὴ ψυχή, ἧς ἱερεὺς ὁ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἄνθρωπος, οὗ μίμημα αἰσθητὸν ὁ τὰς πατρίους εὐχὰς καὶ θυσίας ἐπιτελῶν ἐστιν, ᾧ τὸν εἰρημένον ἐπιτέτραπται χιτῶνα ἐνδύεσθαι, τοῦ παντὸς ἀντίμιμον ὄντα οὐρανοῦ, ἵνα συνιερουργῇ καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ τῷ παντὶ ἄνθρωπος.
1:216δύο μὲν οὖν ἤδη, τόν τε ῥαντὸν καὶ τὸν ποικίλον τύπον, ἔχων ἐπιδέδεικται· τὸν δὲ τρίτον καὶ τελειότατον, ὃς ὀνομάζεται διάλευκος, αὐτίκα σημανοῦμεν. ὅταν εἰς τὰ ἐσωτάτω τῶν ἁγίων ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτος ἀρχιερεὺς εἰσίῃ, τὴν μὲν ποικίλην ἐσθῆτα ἀπαμπίσχεται, λινῆν δὲ ἑτέραν, βύσσου τῆς καθαρωτάτης πεποιημένην, ἀναλαμβάνει (Lev. 16, 4).
1:217ἡ δ’ ἐστὶ σύμβολον εὐτονίας, ἀφθαρσίας, αὐγοειδεστάτου φέγγους· ἀρραγής τε γὰρ ἡ ὀθόνη καὶ ἐξ οὐδενὸς τῶν ἀποθνῃσκόντων γίνεται καὶ ἔτι λαμπρότατον καὶ φωτοειδέστατον ἔχει μὴ ἀμελῶς καθαρθεῖσα χρῶμα.
1:218διὰ δὲ τούτων ἐκεῖνο αἰνίττεται, ὅτι τῶν ἀδόλως καὶ καθαρῶς θεραπευόντων τὸ ὂν οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς μὴ πρῶτον μὲν ἰσχυρογνωμοσύνῃ κέχρηται καταφρονήσας τῶν ἀνθρωπείων πραγμάτων, ἃ δελεάζοντα κηραίνει καὶ ἀσθένειαν ἐργάζεται, ἔπειτα ἀφθαρσίας ἐφίεται γελάσας ὅσα οἱ θνητοὶ τυφοπλαστοῦσι, τελευταῖον δὲ ἀληθείας ἀσκίῳ φέγγει καὶ περιαυγεῖ καταλάμπεται, μηδὲν ἔτι τῶν τῆς ψευδοῦς δόξης, ἃ σκότῳ φίλα εἶναι συμβέβηκε, προσιέμενος.
1:219ὁ μὲν δὴ μέγας ἀρχιερεὺς τρισὶ ταῖς εἰρημέναις τυπωθεὶς σφραγῖσι, τῇ διαλεύκῳ, τῇ ποικίλῃ, τῇ σποδοειδεῖ ῥαντῇ, τοιοῦτος ἡμῖν ἀναγεγράφθω· τὸν δὲ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης πολιτείας ἐφιέμενον, Ἰωσὴφ ὄνομα, τῶν μὲν ἄκρων ἰδεῖν ἔστι μὴ μεταποιούμενον χαρακτήρων, μόνου δὲ τοῦ μέσου καὶ ποικίλου.
1:220λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι χιτῶνα ποικίλον ἔσχεν (Gen. 37,3), οὔτε καθαρσίοις περιρρανάμενος ἱεροῖς, ἀφ’ ὧν ἑαυτὸν ἂν ἔγνω τέφρας καὶ ὕδατος συμφόρημα, οὔτε τῆς πανλεύκου καὶ φωτοειδεστάτης ἐσθῆτος, ἀρετῆς, ψαῦσαι δυνηθείς, ἀλλὰ τὸ τῆς πολιτείας ἐπαμπισχόμενος ὕφασμα παμποίκιλον, ᾧ βραχύτατον μέρος ἀληθείας ἐγκαταμέμικται, πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ μεγάλαι μοῖραι ψευδῶν εὐλόγων πιθανῶν εἰκότων, ἐξ ὧν οἱ Αἰγύπτου πάντες ἀνέβλαστον σοφισταί, οἰωνομάντεις, ἐγγαστρίμυθοι, τερατοσκόποι, δεινοὶ παλεῦσαι καὶ κατεπᾷσαι καὶ γοητεῦσαι, ὧν τὰς ἐπιβούλους τέχνας μέγα ἔργον διεκδῦναι.
1:221διὸ καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα τοῦτον εἰσάγει Μωυσῆς φυσικῶς αἵματι πεφυρμένον (Gen. 38, 31), ἐπειδὴ πᾶς ὁ τοῦ πολιτευομένου βίος πέφυρται, πολεμῶν τε καὶ πολεμούμενος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν προσπιπτουσῶν ἀβουλήτων συντυχιῶν βαλλόμενος καὶ τοξευόμενος.
1:222ἐρεύνησον οὖν τὸν λίαν δημοτικόν, ᾧ τὰ πόλεως πράγματα ἐφορμεῖ, μὴ καταπλαγεὶς τοὺς θαυμαστικῶς ἔχοντας αὐτοῦ, καὶ πολλὰς μὲν ἐμφωλευούσας νόσους εὑρήσεις, πολλὰς δ’ ἐξημμένον κῆρας καὶ βιαίως ἑκάστην τὴν ψυχὴν αὐχενίζουσαν καὶ ἀφανῶς αὐτῇ προσπαλαίουσαν καὶ ζητοῦσαν ἀνατρέψαι καὶ καταβαλεῖν, ἢ τοῦ πλήθους τῇ προστασίᾳ δυσχεράναντος ἢ κατὰ ἀντεπίθεσιν δυνατωτέρου ἀνδρός.
1:223ἔστι δὲ καὶ ὁ φθόνος βαρὺς καὶ δυσαπότριπτος ἐχθρός, ἐπιφυόμενος ἀεὶ ταῖς λεγομέναις εὐπραγίαις, ὃν οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἐκφυγεῖν.
1:224τί οὖν ὡς ἐσθῆτα πολυτελῆ τὴν ἐπηνθισμένην πολιτείαν ἀναψάμενοι γαυριῶμεν, τῷ εὐπρεπεῖ τῆς φανερᾶς ὄψεως ἀπατώμενοι, τὸ δ’ ἀφανὲς καὶ κεκρυμμένον ἐπίβουλον καὶ σφαλερὸν αἶσχος αὐτῆς οὐ κατανοοῦντες;
1:225ἀποδυσάμενοι δὴ τὸν ἀνθηρὸν τοῦτον χιτῶνα τὸν ἱερὸν ἐνδυώμεθα ἀρετῶν ποικίλμασιν ἐνυφασμένον· οὕτως γὰρ καὶ τὰς ἐνέδρας ἀποδρασόμεθα, ἃς ἀτεχνία καὶ ἀνεπιστημοσύνη καὶ ἀπαιδευσία καθ’ ἡμῶν τιθέασιν, ὧν ὁ Λάβαν ἐστὶ θιασώτης.
Book 1, §§226–250
1:226ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐκάθηρεν ἡμᾶς ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος τοῖς εἰς ἁγιστείαν εὐτρεπισθεῖσι περιρραντηρίοις καὶ τοῖς ἀπορρήτοις φιλοσοφίας ἀληθοῦς κατεποίκιλε λόγοις ἀγαγὼν εἰς τὸ δοκίμιον καὶ διασήμους καὶ ἐπιφανεῖς καὶ λαμπροὺς ἐποίησεν, αἰτιᾶται τὸ ἐπίβουλον ἦθος, πρὸς τὴν τῶν λεχθέντων ἀνηρεθισμένον λώβην.
1:227φησὶ γάρ· „ἑώρακα ὅσα σοι Λάβαν ποιεῖ“ (Gen. 31, 12), τἀναντία δήπουθεν οἷς ἐδωρησάμην ἐγώ, τὸ δυσκάθαρτον καὶ τὸ ἀδόκιμον, τὸ πάντῃ σκοταῖον. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ χρὴ κατεπτηχέναι τὸν ἐλπίδι θείας συμμαχίας ἐφορμοῦντα, ᾧ καὶ λέγεται· „ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεὸς ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τόπῳ θεοῦ“ (Gen. 31, 13).
1:228πάγκαλόν γε αὔχημα ψυχῇ, τὸ ἀξιοῦν θεὸν ἐπιφαίνεσθαι καὶ ἐνομιλεῖν αὐτῇ. μὴ παρέλθῃς δὲ τὸ εἰρημένον, ἀλλὰ ἀκριβῶς ἐξέτασον, εἰ τῷ ὄντι δύο εἰσὶ θεοί· λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἐγώ εἰμι ὁὁ θεὸς ὁὁ ὀφθείς σοι“, οὐκ ἐν τόπῳ ἐμῷ, ἀλλ’ „ἐν τόπῳ θεοῦ,“ ὡς ἂν ἑτέρου. τί οὖν χρὴ λέγειν;
1:229ὁ μὲν ἀληθείᾳ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν, οἱ δ’ ἐν καταχρήσει λεγόμενοι πλείους. διὸ καὶ ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος ἐν τῷ παρόντι τὸν μὲν ἀληθείᾳ διὰ τοῦ ἄρθρου μεμήνυκεν εἰπών· „ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεός“, τὸν δ’ ἐν καταχρήσει χωρὶς ἄρθρου φάσκων· „ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τόπῳ“, οὐ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ μόνον „θεοῦ“.
1:230καλεῖ δὲ θεὸν τὸν πρεσβύτατον αὐτοῦ νυνὶ λόγον, οὐ δεισιδαιμονῶν περὶ τὴν θέσιν τῶν ὀνομάτων, ἀλλ’ ἓν τέλος προτεθειμένος, πραγματολογῆσαι. καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἑτέροις σκεψάμενος, εἰ ἔστι τι τοῦ ὄντος ὄνομα, σαφῶς ἔγνω ὅτι κύριον μὲν οὐδέν (Exod. 6, 3), ὃ δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ τις, καταχρώμενος ἐρεῖ· λέγεσθαι γὰρ οὐ πέφυκεν, ἀλλὰ μόνον εἶναι τὸ ὄν.
1:231μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ τὸ θεσπισθὲν λόγιον τῷ πυνθανομένῳ, εἰ ἔστιν ὄνομα αὐτῷ, ὅτι „ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν“ (Exod. 3, 14), ἵν’ ὧν δυνατὸν ἀνθρώπῳ καταλαβεῖν μὴ ὄντων περὶ θεόν, ἐπιγνῷ τὴν ὕπαρξιν.
1:232ταῖς μὲν οὖν ἀσωμάτοις καὶ θεραπευτρίσιν αὐτοῦ ψυχαῖς εἰκὸς αὐτὸν οἷός ἐστιν ἐπιφαίνεσθαι διαλεγόμενον ὡς φίλον φίλαις, ταῖς δὲ ἔτι ἐν σώματι ἀγγέλοις εἰκαζόμενον, οὐ μεταβάλλοντα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν — ἄτρεπτος γάρ —, ἀλλὰ δόξαν ἐντιθέντα ταῖς φαντασιουμέναις ἑτερόμορφον, ὡς τὴν εἰκόνα οὐ μίμημα, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ τὸ ἀρχέτυπον ἐκεῖνο εἶδος ὑπολαμβάνειν εἶναι.
1:233παλαιὸς μὲν οὖν ᾄδεται λόγος, ὅτι τὸ θεῖον ἀνθρώποις εἰκαζόμενον ἄλλοτε ἄλλοις περινοστεῖ τὰς πόλεις ἐν κύκλῳ, τάς τε ἀδικίας καὶ παρανομίας ἐξετάζον· καὶ τάχα μὲν οὐκ ἀληθῶς, πάντως δὲ λυσιτελῶς καὶ συμφερόντως ᾄδεται.
1:234ὁ δὲ λόγος σεμνότερον καὶ ἁγιώτερον ταῖς περὶ τοῦ ὄντος ἐννοίαις ἀεὶ χρώμενος, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὸν τῶν ἀφρόνων βίον παιδεῦσαι γλιχόμενος ἀνθρώπῳ μὲν εἴκασεν, οὐ μέντοι τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους οὐδενί·
1:235πρόσωπον διὰ τοῦτο καὶ χεῖρας καὶ βάσεις καὶ στόμα καὶ φωνὴν ὀργάς τε καὶ θυμούς, ἔτι δὲ ἀμυντήρια ὅπλα καὶ εἰσόδους μέντοι καὶ ἐξόδους καὶ τὰς ἄνω καὶ κάτω καὶ πανταχῇ κινήσεις περιέθηκεν, οὐ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν τὸ κεφάλαιον τοῦτο τῶν λόγων ἀναφέρων, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελὲς τῶν μανθανόντων.
1:236εἰσὶ γάρ τινες ἀμβλεῖς πάνυ τὰς φύσεις, ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι θεὸν ἄνευ σώματος ἐπινοῆσαι τὸ παράπαν· οὓς ἀμήχανον ἑτέρως ἢ τρόπον τοῦτον νουθετεῖν λέγοντας, ὅτι ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεὸς ἀφικνεῖται καὶ ἐξαναχωρεῖ καὶ κάτεισι καὶ ἀνέρχεται καὶ φωνῇ χρῆται καὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτανομένοις δυσχεραίνει καὶ ἀπαραιτήτως πρὸς τὰς ὀργὰς ἔχει καὶ βέλη μέντοι καὶ ξίφη καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα πρὸς τιμωρίας ὄργανα ἐπιτήδεια κατὰ τῶν ἀδίκων προευτρέπισται.
1:237ἀγαπητὸν γάρ, ἐὰν τῷ διὰ τούτων ἐπικρεμασθέντι φόβῳ σωφρονισθῆναι δυνηθῶσι. καὶ σχεδὸν δύο εἰσὶν αὗται μόναι αἱ τῆς νομοθεσίας πάσης ὁδοί, μία μὲν ἡ πρὸς τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀπονεύουσα, δι’ ἧς κατασκευάζεται „οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεός“ (Num. 23, 19), ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ πρὸς τὰς τῶν νωθεστέρων δόξας, ἐφ’ ὧν λέγεται· „παιδεύσει σε κύριος ὁ θεὸς, ὡς εἴ τις παιδεύσειεν ἄνθρωπος τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ“ (Deut. 8,5).
1:238τί οὖν ἔτι θαυμάζομεν, εἰ ἀγγέλοις, ὁπότε καὶ ἀνθρώποις ἕνεκα τῆς τῶν δεομένων ἐπικουρίας ἀπεικάζεται; ὥσθ’ ὅταν φῇ· „ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεὸς ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τόπῳ θεοῦ" (Gen. 31,13), τότε νόησον, ὅτι τὸν ἀγγέλου τόπον ἐπέσχεν ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν, οὐ μεταβάλλων, πρὸς τὴν τοῦ μήπω δυναμένου τὸν ἀληθῆ θεὸν ἰδεῖν ὠφέλειαν.
1:239καθάπερ γὰρ τὴν ἀνθήλιον αὐγὴν ὡς ἥλιον οἱ μὴ δυνάμενοι τὸν ἥλιον αὐτὸν ἰδεῖν ὁρῶσι καὶ τὰς περὶ σελήνην ἅλως ὡς αὐτὴν ἐκείνην, οὕτως καὶ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰκόνα, τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ λόγον, ὡς αὐτὸν κατανοοῦσιν.
1:240οὐχ ὁρᾷς τὴν ἐγκύκλιον παιδείαν Ἄγαρ, ὅτι τῷ ἀγγέλῳ φησί· „σὺ ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐπιδών με“ (Gen. 16, 13) ; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἱκανὴ τὸ πρεσβύτατον ἰδεῖν αἴτιον, γένος οὖσα τῶν ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου. νυνὶ δὲ ὁ νοῦς ἄρχεται βελτιούμενος τὸν ἡγεμόνα πασῶν τῶν τοιούτων δυνάμεων φαντασιοῦσθαι.
1:241διὸ καὶ αὐτός φησιν· „ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεός“, οὗ τὴν εἰκόνα ὡς ἐμὲ πρότερον ἐθεάσω καὶ στήλην ἐπίγραμμα ἐγκολάψας ἱερώτατον ἀνέθηκας (Gen. 31, 13)· τὸ δὲ ἐπίγραμμα ἐμήνυεν, ὅτι μόνος ἕστηκα ἐγὼ (Exod. 17,6) καὶ τὴν τῶν πάντων φύσιν ἱδρυσάμην, τὴν ἀταξίαν καὶ ἀκοσμίαν εἰς κόσμον καὶ τάξιν ἀγαγὼν καὶ τὸ πᾶν ἐπερείσας, ἵνα στηριχθῇ
1:242βεβαίως τῷ κραταιῷ καὶ ὑπάρχῳ μου λόγῳ. στήλη γὰρ τριῶν πραγμάτων σύμβολον, στάσεως ἀναθέσεως ἐπιγράμματος. ἡ μὲν οὖν στάσις καὶ τὸ ἐπίγραμμα δεδήλωται, ἡ δὲ ἀνάθεσις ἀναγκαία μηνυθῆναι·
1:243πᾶς ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἀνάθημα θεοῦ τοῦ πεποιηκότος τὸ ἀνάθημα· καὶ ὅσαι μέντοι κοσμοπολίτιδες ψυχαὶ καὶ θεοφιλεῖς, ἑαυτὰς ἀνιεροῦσιν ὑπὸ μηδενὸς ἀντισπώμεναι θνητοῦ, καθαγιάζουσαι δὲ καὶ καλλιεροῦσαι τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἄφθαρτον βίον οὐδέποτε κάμνουσι.
1:244μάταιος δ’ ὅστις μὴ θεῷ στήλην ἀνατίθησιν, ἀλλ’ ἑαυτῷ, τὰ γενέσεως ἱστὰς τῆς πάντῃ σαλευομένης καὶ ἐπιγραμμάτων καὶ ἐπαίνων ἀξιῶν, ἃ ψόγου καὶ κατηγορίας μεστὰ ὄντα καλὸν ἦν ἢ μὴ γραφῆναι τὸ παράπαν ἢ γραφέντα εὐθὺς ἀπαλειφθῆναι.
1:245διὸ καί φησιν ἄντικρυς ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος· „οὐ στήσεις σεαυτῷ στήλην“ (Deut. 16, 22)· ἕστηκε γὰρ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐδέν, κἂν διαρραγῶσί τινες ψευδόμενοι.
1:246ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ οἴονται μόνον παγίως ἐρηρεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τιμῶν ἄξιοι καὶ ἐπιγραμμάτων εἶναι, τοῦ μόνου τιμῆς ἀξίου καὶ ἑστῶτος ὄντως ἐπιλελησμένοι. ἀποκλίναντας γὰρ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐκτραπομένους τὴν ἐπ’ ἀρετὴν ἄγουσαν ὁδὸν ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐξέτρεψεν αἴσθησις, ἡ σύμφυτος αὐτῶν γυνή, καὶ ἠνάγκασεν ἐξοκεῖλαι.
1:247τοιγάρτοι περικαταχθεῖσα ὡς ναῦς ἡ ὅλη ψυχὴ τρόπον στήλης ἀνετέθη. τὴν γὰρ Λὼτ γυναῖκα ἐπιστραφεῖσαν εἰς τοὐπίσω φασὶν οἱ χρησμοὶ γενέσθαι στήλην ἁλός (Gen. 19, 26), εἰκότως γε καὶ προσηκόντως·
1:248εἰ γάρ τις μὴ τὰ πρόσω, τὰ θέας καὶ ἀκοῆς ἄξια, διορᾷ — ταῦτα δ’ εἰσὶν ἀρεταὶ καὶ τὰ κατὰ ἀρετὰς ἔργα —, περιβλέπεται δὲ τὰ ὀπίσω καὶ τὰ νώτια, κωφὴν δόξαν καὶ τυφλὸν πλοῦτον καὶ ἀναίσθητον εὐσαρκίαν καὶ νοῦ κενὴν εὐμορφίαν καὶ ὅσα συγγενῆ τούτοις μεταδιώκων, ἄψυχος ἀνακείσεται στήλη περὶ ἑαυτὴν καταρρυεῖσα· οἱ γὰρ ἅλες οὐ βέβαιον.
1:249Παγκάλως οὖν ὁ ἀσκητὴς μελέτῃ συνεχεῖ μαθών, ὅτι γένεσις κινητὸν ἐξ ἑαυτῆς, τὸ δὲ ἀγένητον ἄτρεπτόν τε καὶ ἀκίνητον, ἀνίστησι τῷ θεῷ στήλην καὶ ἀναστήσας ἀλείφει· λέγεται γάρ· „ἤλειψάς μοι στήλην„ (Gen. 31, 13).
1:250ἀλλὰ μὴ νομίσῃς ἐλαίῳ λίθον ἀλείφεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸ περὶ τοῦ μόνον ἑστάναι τὸν θεὸν ἐν ψυχῇ δόγμα γυμνάζεσθαι καὶ συνασκεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀλειπτικῆς ἐπιστήμης, οὐχ ᾗ τὰ σώματα πιαίνεται, ἀλλ’ ὑφ’ ἧς διάνοια ἰσχὺν κτᾶται καὶ ῥώμην ἀνανταγώνιστον.
Book 1, §§251–256; Book 2, §§1–19
1:251φίλαθλος γὰρ καὶ φιλογυμναστὴς ὁ πρὸς τὴν τῶν καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ὡρμημένος θήραν· ὥστ’ εἰκότως τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἰατρικῆς τέχνης ἀλειπτικὴν ἐκπονήσας, πάντας τοὺς περὶ ἀρετῆς καὶ εὐσεβείας ἀλείψας καὶ συγκροτήσας λόγους, ἀνάθημα κάλλιστον καὶ ἐχυρώτατον ἀναθήσει θεῷ.
1:252διὸ καὶ μετὰ τὴν τῆς στήλης ἀνάθεσίν φησιν, ὅτι „ηὔξω μοι εὐχήν“ (ibid.). εὐχὴ δέ ἐστι κυρίως εἰπεῖν ἀνάθεσις, ὁπότε μὴ μόνον τὰ ἑαυτοῦ κτήματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν κεκτημένον ἑαυτὸν ἀποδιδοὺς διδόναι λέγεται θεῷ δῶρον.
1:253„ἅγιος“ γάρ φησιν „ἐστὶν ὁ τρέφων κόμην τρίχα κεφαλῆς“ (Num. 6, 5) εὐξάμενος· εἰ δὲ ἅγιος, ἀνάθημα πάντως, μηδενὸς ἔτ’ ἀνιέρου καὶ βεβήλου προσαπτόμενος.
1:254ἐγγυᾶται δέ μου τὸν λόγον ἡ προφῆτις καὶ προφητοτόκος Ἄννα, ἧς μεταληφθὲν τοὔνομα καλεῖται χάρις. τὸν γὰρ υἱὸν διδόναι φησὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ δῶρον Σαμουήλ (I Reg. 1,28), οὐκ ἄνθρωπον μᾶλλον, ἀλλὰ τρόπον ἐνθουσιῶντα καὶ κατεχόμενον ἐκ μανίας θεοφορήτου. Σαμουὴλ δὲ ἑρμηνεύεται τεταγμένος θεῷ.
1:255τί οὖν ἔτι, ψυχή, ματαιάζεις καὶ κενὰ πονεῖς, ἀλλ’ οὐ φοιτᾷς πρὸς τὸν ἀσκητήν, τὰ κατὰ τοῦ πάθους καὶ τῆς κενῆς δόξης ἀναλαβεῖν ὅπλα καὶ παλαίσματα μαθησομένη; τάχα γὰρ μαθοῦσα ἀγελαρχήσεις, οὐκ ἀσήμου καὶ ἀλόγου καὶ ἀναγώγου, δοκίμου δὲ καὶ λογικῆς καὶ ποικίλης ἀγέλης·
1:256ἧς εἰ γένοιο ἡγεμών, τὸ μὲν οἰκτρὸν ἀνθρώπων γένος ὀλοφυρῇ, τὸ δὲ θεῖον οὐ παύσῃ προστρεπομένη, τὸν δὲ θεὸν οὐκ ἐπιλείψεις εὐδαιμονίζουσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὕμνους ἱεροπρεπεῖς στήλαις ἐγχαράξεις, ἵνα μὴ μόνον λέγῃς εὐτρόχως, ἀλλὰ καὶ ᾄδῃς μουσικῶς τὰς τοῦ ὄντος ἀρετάς. οὕτως γὰρ δυνήσῃ καὶ εἰς τὸν πατρῷον οἶκον ἐπανελθεῖν, τὴν ἐπὶ τῆς ξένης μακρὰν καὶ ἀνήνυτον ζάλην ἐκφυγοῦσα.
2:1Τὸ τρίτον εἶδος τῶν θεοπέμπτων ὀνείρων ἀναγράφοντες εἰκότως ἂν ἐπίμαχον Μωυσῆν καλοῖμεν, ἵν’, ὡς ἔμαθεν οὐκ εἰδώς, ἀγνοοῦντας καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀναδιδάξῃ περὶ τῶν σημείων, ἕκαστον αὐγάζων. συνίσταται δὲ τὸ τρίτον εἶδος, ὁπόταν ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις ἐξ ἑαυτῆς ἡ ψυχὴ κινουμένη καὶ ἀναδονοῦσα ἑαυτὴν κορυβαντιᾷ καὶ ἐνθουσιῶσα δυνάμει προγνωστικῇ τὰ μέλλοντα θεσπίζῃ.
2:2τὸ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον ἦν ἄρχοντος τῆς κινήσεως θεοῦ καὶ ὑπηχοῦντος ἀοράτως τὰ ἡμῖν μὲν ἄδηλα, γνώριμα δὲ ἑαυτῷ· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον τῆς ἡμετέρας διανοίας τῇ τῶν ὅλων συγκινουμένης ψυχῇ καὶ θεοφορήτου μανίας ἀναπιμπλαμένης, ᾗ θέμις πολλὰ τῶν ἀποβησομένων προαγορεύειν.
2:3διὸ ὁ ἱεροφάντης τὰς μὲν κατὰ τὸ πρῶτον σημαινόμενον φαντασίας τρανῶς πάνυ καὶ ἀριδήλως ἐμήνυσεν, ἅτε τοῦ θεοῦ χρησμοῖς σαφέσιν ἐοικότα διὰ τῶν ὀνείρων ὑποβάλλοντος, τὰς δὲ κατὰ τὸ δεύτερον οὔτε σφόδρα τηλαυγῶς οὔτε σκοτίως ἄγαν· ὧν ὑπόδειγμα ἡ ἐπὶ τῆς οὐρανοῦ κλίμακος φανεῖσα ὄψις. αὕτη γὰρ αἰνιγματώδης μὲν ἦν, τὸ δὲ αἴνιγμα οὐ λίαν τοῖς ὀξὺ καθορᾶν δυναμένοις ἀπεκρύπτετο.
2:4αἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τρίτον εἶδος φαντασίαι μᾶλλον τῶν προτέρων ἀδηλούμεναι διὰ τὸ βαθὺ καὶ κατακορὲς ἔχειν τὸ αἴνιγμα ἐδεήθησαν καὶ τῆς ὀνειροκριτικῆς ἐπιστήμης. πάντες γοῦν οἱ κατ’ αὐτὸ ἀναγραφέντες ὄνειροι τῷ νομοθέτῃ διακρίνονται πρὸς σοφῶν τὴν λεχθεῖσαν τέχνην ἀνδρῶν. τίνος οὖν εἰσιν οἱ ὄνειροι;
2:5ἢ παντί τῳ δῆλον, ὅτι οἱ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ, οἱ τοῦ βασιλέως Αἰγύπτου Φαραὼ καὶ οὓς ὅ τε ἀρχισιτοποιὸς καὶ ἀρχιοινοχόος εἶδον αὐτοί;
2:6πρέποι δ’ ἂν ἀπὸ τῶν πρώτων ἀεὶ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἀπάρχεσθαι· πρῶτοι δ’ εἰσὶν οὓς ἐθεάσατο Ἰωσήφ, ἀπὸ δυεῖν τῶν τοῦ κόσμου μερῶν, οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ γῆς, διττὰς φαντασίας λαβών· ἀπὸ μὲν γῆς τὸ περὶ τὸν ἀμητὸν ὄναρ — τοιοῦτον δ’ ἐστίν· „ᾤμην ἡμᾶς δεσμεύειν δράγματα ἐν μέσῳ τῷ πεδίῳ, ἀνέστη δὲ τὸ ἐμὸν δράγμα“ (Gen. 37, 7), — τὸ δὲ περὶ τὸν ζῳδιακὸν κύκλον * * * „ὥσπερ ὁ ἥλιος καὶ ἡ σελήνη καὶ ἕνδεκα ἀστέρες προσεκύνουν με“ (ibid. 9).
2:7διάκρισις δὲ τοῦ μὲν προτέρου μετὰ σφοδρᾶς ἐπανατάσεως τοιαύτη· „μὴ βασιλεύων βασιλεύσεις ἐφ’ ἡμῖν; ἢ κυριεύων κυριεύσεις ἡμῶν“ (ibid. 8) ; τοῦ δὲ ὑστέρου ὀργὴ πάλιν δικαία· „ἆρά γε ἐλευσόμεθα ἐγὼ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου προσκυνῆσαί σοι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν“ (ibid. 10) ;
2:8Ταῦτα μὲν δὴ θεμελίων τρόπον προκαταβεβλήσθω, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα τοῖς σοφῆς ἀρχιτέκτονος, ἀλληγορίας, ἑπόμενοι παραγγέλμασιν ἐποικοδομῶμεν, ἑκάτερον δὴ τῶν ὀνειράτων ἀκριβοῦντες. ἃ δὲ χρὴ πρὸ ἀμφοτέρων ἀκοῦσαι, λεκτέον· τὴν τἀγαθοῦ φύσιν οἱ μὲν ἔτειναν ἐπὶ πολλά, οἱ δὲ τῷ ἀρίστῳ προσεκλήρωσαν μόνῳ· καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐκέρασαν, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἄκρατον εἴασαν.
2:9οἱ μὲν οὖν μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀγαθὸν εἰπόντες, ἀμιγῆ διαφυλάξαντες αὐτήν, ἀπένειμαν τῷ κρατίστῳ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν, λογισμῷ, οἱ δὲ μίξαντες τρισὶν ἐφήρμοσαν, ψυχῇ, σώματι, τοῖς ἐκτός. εἰσὶ δὲ οὗτοι μὲν τῆς μαλακωτέρας καὶ τρυφερᾶς διαίτης, τὸν πλείω χρόνον ἐν γυναικωνίτιδι καὶ τοῖς γυναικωνίτιδος ἐκτεθηλυμμένοις ἔθεσιν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν σπαργάνων ἀνατραφέντες· οἱ δ’ ἕτεροι σκληροδίαιτοι, πρὸς μὲν ἀνδρῶν κουροτροφηθέντες, ἄνδρες δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰ φρονήματα, τὸ συμφέρον πρὸ τοῦ ἡδέος ἀσπαζόμενοι καὶ τροφαῖς ἀθλητικαῖς πρὸς ἰσχὺν καὶ ῥώμην, οὐ πρὸς ἡδονήν, χρώμενοι.
2:10δυεῖν δὴ θιάσων ἡγεμόνας εἰσάγει Μωυσῆς, τοῦ μὲν γενναίου τὸν αὐτομαθῆ καὶ αὐτοδίδακτον Ἰσαάκ — ἀναγράφει γὰρ αὐτὸν ἀπογαλακτιζόμενον (Gen. 21,8), ἁπαλαῖς καὶ γαλακτώδεσι νηπίαις τε καὶ παιδικαῖς τροφαῖς οὐ δικαιοῦντα χρῆσθαι τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλ’ εὐτόνοις καὶ τελείαις, ἅτε ἐκ βρέφους εὖ πρὸς ἀλκὴν πεφυκότα καὶ ἐπακμάζοντα καὶ ἀνηβῶντα ἀεί —, τοῦ δὲ εἴκοντος καὶ εὐενδότου τὸν Ἰωσήφ.
2:11οὗτος γὰρ οὐκ ἀλογεῖ μὲν τῶν κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀρετῶν, προμηθεῖται δὲ καὶ τῆς τοῦ σώματος εὐσταθείας, ἐφίεται δὲ καὶ τῆς τῶν ἐκτὸς εὐπορίας· ἀνθέλκεται δὲ εἰκότως πολλὰ τέλη τοῦ βίου προτεθειμένος, καὶ ἀντισπώμενος ὑφ’ ἑκάστου σείεται καὶ κλονεῖται μὴ δυνάμενος στηριχθῆναι.
2:12καὶ γὰρ οὐδ’ ὥσπερ αἱ ἔνσπονδοι πόλεις εἰρήνην ἄγουσι * * * καὶ ἀντεπιτίθενται, ὡς ἐν μέρει κρατεῖν τε καὶ ἡττᾶσθαι· πολλὴ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτε ῥυεῖσα πρὸς πλοῦτον καὶ δόξαν ὁρμὴ τὰς περὶ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν φροντίδας ἐξενίκησεν, εἶτα ἀντιβιασθεῖσα πάλιν ὑπὸ ἀμφοῖν ὑπὸ τῆς ἑτέρας ἐνικήθη. τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον
2:13ἀθρόαι καὶ αἱ σώματος ἡδοναὶ καταρραγεῖσαι πάντα ἑξῆς τὰ νοητὰ ἐπέκλυσάν τε καὶ ἠφάνισαν· εἶτ’ οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἀντιπνεύσασα σοφία λάβρῳ καὶ σφοδρῷ πνεύματι τό τε ῥεῦμα τῶν ἡδονῶν ἐχάλασε καὶ συνόλως τὰς διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἁπάσας σπουδάς τε καὶ φιλοτιμίας ἐπράυνε.
2:14τοιοῦτος μὲν δὴ κύκλος εἱλεῖται περὶ τὴν πολύτροπον ψυχὴν ἀιδίου πολέμου· καθαιρεθέντος γὰρ ἑνὸς ἐχθροῦ φύεται πάντως δυνατώτερος ἕτερος, ὕδρας τῆς πολυκεφάλου τὸν τρόπον· καὶ γὰρ ἐπ’ ἐκείνης φασὶν ἀντὶ τῆς ἐκτμηθείσης κεφαλῆς ἀναβλαστάνειν ἄλλην, αἰνιττόμενοι τὸ πολύμορφον καὶ πολύγονον τῆς ἀθανάτου κακίας δυσάλωτον γένος.
2:15μηδὲν οὖν ἓν ἀποκρίνας ποτὲ πρὸς * * * τῷ Ἰωσήφ, ἀλλ’ ἴσθι ὅτι πολυμιγοῦς καὶ κεκραμένης δόξης ἐστὶν εἰκών. ἐμφαίνεται γὰρ καὶ τὸ λογικὸν ἐγκρατείας εἶδος, ὃ τῆς ἄρρενος γενεᾶς ἐστι, κατὰ τὸν πατέρα Ἰακὼβ τυπωθέν·
2:16ἐμφαίνεται καὶ τὸ ἄλογον αἰσθήσεως, μητρῴῳ γένει τῷ κατὰ Ῥαχὴλ ἐξεικονισθέν· ἐμφαίνεται καὶ τὸ τῆς σωματικῆς ἡδονῆς σπέρμα, ὃ ἀρχιοινοχόων καὶ ἀρχισιτοποιῶν καὶ ἀρχιμαγείρων συνδιαιτήσεις ἐνεσφράγισαν· ἐμφαίνεται καὶ τὸ τῆς κενῆς δόξης, ἐφ’ ἣν ὡς ἐφ’ ἅρμα διὰ τὸ κοῦφον ἀναβαίνει (Gen. 41, 43), φυσώμενος καὶ μετέωρον αἰωρῶν ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει ἰσότητος.
2:17Ὁ μὲν δὴ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ χαρακτὴρ διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ὑποτυποῦται· τῶν δ’ ὀνειράτων ἑκάτερον μὲν ἀκριβωτέον, πρότερον δὲ τὸ περὶ τῶν δραγμάτων ἐρευνητέον. „ᾤμην“ φησίν „ἡμᾶς δεσμεύειν δράγματα“ (Gen. 37, 7). τὸ μὲν „ᾤμην“ εὐθέως ἀδηλοῦντος καὶ ἐνδοιάζοντος καὶ ἀμυδρῶς ὑπολαμβάνοντος, οὐ παγίως καὶ τηλαυγῶς ὁρῶντος, ἀνάφθεγμά ἐστι.
2:18τοῖς γὰρ ἐκ βαθέος ὕπνου διανισταμένοις καὶ ἔτι ὀνειρώττουσιν ἁρμόττον λέγειν „ᾤμην“, οὐχὶ τοῖς ἐγρηγορόσι παντελῶς καὶ τρανῶς ἐμβλέπουσιν.
2:19ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁ ἀσκητὴς Ἰακὼβ „ᾤμην“ ἐρεῖ, ἀλλ’ „ἰδοὺ κλῖμαξ ἐστηριγμένη, ἧς ἡ κεφαλὴ ἀφικνεῖτο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν“ (Gen. 28, 12), καὶ πάλιν· „ἡνίκα ἐνεκίσσων τὰ πρόβατα, εἶδον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτὰ ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ, καὶ ἰδοὺ οἱ τράγοι καὶ οἱ κριοὶ ἀνέβαινον ἐπὶ τὰ πρόβατα καὶ τὰς αἶγας, διάλευκοι καὶ ποικίλοι καὶ σποδοειδεῖς ῥαντοί“ (Gen. 31, 10. 11).
Book 2, §§20–44
2:20τῶν γὰρ τὸ καλὸν δι’ ἑαυτὸ αἱρετὸν νομιζόντων καὶ τὰς ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις φαντασίας εἱλικρινεστέρας καὶ καθαρωτέρας ἐξ ἀνάγκης εἶναι συμβέβηκεν, ὥσπερ καὶ τὰς μεθ’ ἡμέραν δοκιμωτέρας πράξεις.
2:21Ἄγαμαι δ’, ὅταν ἀκούω τοῦ διηγουμένου τὸ ὄναρ, ὅτι ὑπέλαβε δράγματα καταδεῖν, οὐ θερίζειν. ἐκεῖνο μὲν ἰδιωτῶν καὶ ὑπηρετῶν ἔργον, τοῦτο δ’ ἡγεμόνων καὶ γεωργίας ἐμπειροτάτων τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα.
2:22τὸ γὰρ δύνασθαι διακρίνειν σκυβάλων ἀναγκαῖα καὶ τρόφιμα μὴ τροφίμων καὶ νόθων γνήσια καὶ ἀνωφελοῦς ῥίζης καρπὸν ὠφελιμώτατον, μὴ ἐν οἷς ἡ γῆ βλαστάνει μᾶλλον ἢ διάνοια φύει, τελειοτάτης ἀρετῆς ἐστιν.
2:23ὁ γοῦν ἱερὸς λόγος τοὺς ὁρῶντας εἰσάγει θερίζοντας καί, τὸ παραδοξότατον, οὐ κριθὰς ἢ πυρούς, ἀλλὰ τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτὸν ἐκθερίζοντας· λέγεται οὖν· „ὅταν θερίζητε τὸν θερισμὸν ὑμῶν, οὐ συντελέσετε τὸ λοιπὸν τοῦ θερισμοῦ“ (Lev. 19, 9).
2:24βούλεται γὰρ τὸν ἀστεῖον οὐ μόνον κριτὴν εἶναι τῶν διαφερόντων, διακρίνοντα καὶ διαστέλλοντα ἐξ ὧν γίνεταί τινα καὶ τὰ γεννώμενα, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ δύνασθαι διακρίνειν δοκεῖν ἀναιρεῖν, ἀμῶντα τὸν ἀμητὸν καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπιβουλὴν ἀποτέμνοντα διὰ τὸ καὶ πεποιθέναι καὶ Μωυσεῖ λέγοντι πιστεύειν, ὅτι „μόνου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ κρίσις ἐστί“ (Deut. 1, 17), παρ’ ὃν αἱ συγκρίσεις καὶ αἱ διακρίσεις τῶν ἁπάντων· ὑφ’ οὗ καλὸν ὁμολογεῖν ἡττᾶσθαι καὶ τῆς ἀοιδίμου νίκης εὐκλεέστερον.
2:25ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ τὸν θερισμὸν θερίζειν τὸ δὶς περιτέμνειν, ὅπερ ὡς ὅτε ἐκαινούργησεν ἐξευρὼν περιτομῆς περιτομήν (Gen. 17, 13), τὴν „ἁγνείαν ἀφαγνίζεσθαι“ (Num. 6,2), τὴν κάθαρσιν τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτὴν καθαίρεσθαι, παραχωροῦντας τῷ θεῷ τὸ φαιδρύνειν καὶ μηδέποτε νομίσαντας ἱκανοὺς εἶναι ἑαυτοὺς ἄνευ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης τὸν κηλίδων ἀνάμεστον ἐκνίψασθαι καὶ ἀπολούσασθαι βίον.
2:26ταύτης ἐστὶ τῆς συγγενείας καὶ τὸ διπλοῦν σπήλαιον (Gen. 23, 9), αἱ διπλαῖ καὶ περιμάχητοι γνῶμαι, ἥ τε περὶ τοῦ γεγονότος καὶ ἡ περὶ τοῦ πεποιηκότος, αἷς ἐντρέφεται ὁ ἀστεῖος, θεωρῶν μὲν τὰ ἐν κόσμῳ, φιλοπευστῶν δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ γεννήσαντος πατρός.
2:27ἀφ’ ὧν οἶμαι καὶ τὴν ἐν μουσικῇ δὶς διὰ πασῶν εὑρεθῆναι συμφωνίαν· ἔδει γὰρ καὶ τὸ ἔργον καὶ τὸν δημιουργὸν τελειοτάταις μελῳδίαις εὐδαιμονίζεσθαι δυσίν, οὐχὶ ταῖς αὐταῖς.
2:28ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὰ ὑμνούμενα διέφερεν, ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τὰς μελῳδίας καὶ συμφωνίας διακεκρίσθαι, τὴν μὲν συνημμένην ἀπονέμοντας τῷ συνημμένῳ καὶ ἐκ διαφερόντων ἁρμοσθέντι κόσμῳ, τὴν δὲ διεζευγμένην τῷ πάσης γενέσεως διεζευγμένῳ κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν θεῷ.
2:29γνώμην δὲ ἀποφαίνεται πάλιν ὁ ἱεροφάντης φιλάρετον λέγων· „οὐ συντελέσετε τὸ λοιπὸν τοῦ θερισμοῦ“ (Lev. 19, 9), μεμνημένος τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑποθέσεως, καθ’ ἣν ὡμολόγει „τὸ τέλος εἶναι κυρίου“ (Num. 31, 28 ss.), παρ’ ὃν τὸ κῦρος καὶ ἡ τούτων βεβαίωσίς ἐστιν.
2:30ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὁ τοῦ θερίζειν ἀμύητος αὐχεῖ λέγων· „ᾤμην ἃ μὴ ἐθέρισα καταδεῖν σὺν ἑτέροις δράγματα“ (Gen. 37, 7), καὶ οὐκ ἐλογίσατο παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, ὅτι δούλων καὶ ἀνεπιστημόνων ἥδε ἐστὶν ὑπηρεσία, καθὰ καὶ μικρῷ πρότερον εἶπον.
2:31Δράγματα δ’ ἀλληγοροῦντές φαμεν εἶναι πράγματα, ὧν ἕκαστος ὡς οἰκείας τροφῆς ἐπιδράττεται, ἐν ᾗ ζήσεσθαι καὶ βιώσεσθαι τὸν αἰῶνα
2:32ἐλπίζει. μυρίαι μὲν οὖν τῶν δραγμάτων, λέγω δὴ τῶν ὡσανεὶ τρεφόντων πραγμάτων, διαφοραί, μυρίαι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπιδραττομένων καὶ αἱρουμένων τὰ δράγματα, ὡς ἁπάσας οὔτ’ εἰπεῖν οὔτ’ ἐπινοῆσαι δυνατόν· τινὰς δ’ οὐκ ἄτοπον δείγματος ἕνεκα ἑρμηνεῦσαι, ὧν καὶ τὸ ὄναρ διηγούμενος ἐπεμνήσθη.
2:33φησὶ γὰρ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς· „ᾤμην ἡμᾶς δεσμεύειν δράγματα“ (l. c.). ἀδελφοὶ δ’ εἰσὶν ὁμοπάτριοι μὲν δέκα, ὁμογάστριος δὲ εἷς· ἑκάστου δὲ αὐτῶν τοὔνομα σύμβολον ἀναγκαιοτάτου πράγματός ἐστι, Ῥουβὴν μὲν εὐφυΐας — υἱὸς γὰρ ὁρῶν καλεῖται, ᾗ μὲν υἱός, οὐ τέλειος, ᾗ δὲ ὁρατικὸς καὶ ὀξὺ καθορῶν, εὐφυής —, μαθήσεως δὲ Συμεών — εἰσακοὴ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται —,
2:34ἐνεργειῶν δὲ καὶ πράξεων σπουδαίων καὶ λειτουργιῶν ἁγίων Λευί, τῶν δὲ εἰς θεὸν ᾠδῶν τε καὶ ὕμνων Ἰούδας, Ἰσσάχαρ δὲ μισθῶν, οἳ ἐπ’ ἔργοις καλοῖς ἀποδίδονται — τάχα δ’ αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ὁ τέλειος μισθὸς ἦν —, Ζαβουλὼν δὲ φωτός, ἐπειδὴ ῥύσις νυκτερίας ὀνομάζεται — ῥεούσης δὲ καὶ ἀπολιπούσης νυκτὸς ἐξ ἀνάγκης φῶς ἀνίσχει —,
2:35διακρίσεως δὲ καὶ τομῆς πραγμάτων Δάν, ἐπιθέσεως δὲ καὶ ἀντεπιθέσεως πειρατικῆς Γάδ, Ἀσὴρ δὲ τοῦ φυσικοῦ πλούτου — μακαρισμὸς γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἐπειδὴ μακάριον κτῆμα νενόμισται πλοῦτος —, εἰρήνης δὲ Νεφθαλείμ — διανοίγεται γὰρ καὶ εὐρύνεται πάντα εἰρήνῃ, ὡς συγκλείεται πολέμῳ·
2:36τὸ δὲ ὄνομα μεταληφθὲν πλατυσμὸς ἢ διανεῳγμένον ἐστί —, Βενιαμὶν δὲ τοῦ νέου καὶ γέροντος χρόνου· λέγεται γὰρ ἑρμηνευθεὶς υἱὸς ἡμερῶν εἶναι, ἡμέραις δὲ καὶ νυξὶν ὁ νέος ὁμοῦ καὶ γέρων αἰὼν ἀναμετρεῖται.
2:37ἐπιδράττεται γοῦν ἕκαστος τῶν οἰκείων καὶ ἐπιδραξάμενος τὰ μέρη πάντα συνδεῖ· ὁ μὲν εὐφυὴς εὐθιξίας, ἐπιμονῆς, μνήμης, ἐν οἷς ἡ εὐφυΐα· ὁ δὲ εὐμαθὴς ἀκροάσεως, ἡσυχίας, προσοχῆς· ὁ δὲ ἐγχειρητὴς [τῆς] θαρραλεότητος, παρακεκινδυνευμένης εὐτολμίας·
2:38ὁ δὲ εὐχάριστος ἐπαίνων, ἐγκωμίων, ὕμνων, εὐδαιμονισμῶν κατά τε τὸ λέγειν καὶ τὸ ᾄδειν· ὁ δὲ μισθῶν ἐφιέμενος ἀόκνου συνεχείας τλητικωτάτης καρτερίας καὶ ἐπιμελείας σὺν ἀνανταγωνίστῳ ταχυτῆτι·
2:39ὁ δὲ φῶς ἀντὶ σκότους μεταδιώκων ἐγρηγόρσεως, ὀξυωπίας· ὁ δὲ τομῆς καὶ διακρίσεως πραγμάτων ζηλωτὴς λόγων ἠκονημένων, τοῦ μὴ ὑφ’ ὁμοίων ὡς τῶν αὐτῶν ἀπατᾶσθαι, τοῦ μὴ πρὸς χάριν, τοῦ ἀδεκάστου·
2:40ὁ δὲ πειρατικώτερον ἐνεδρεύων τοὺς ἀντιλοχῶντας ἀπάτης, φενακισμοῦ, γοητείας, σοφισμάτων, προσποιήσεως, ὑποκρίσεως, ἅπερ ἐξ ἑαυτῶν ψεκτὰ ὄντα κατ’ ἐχθρῶν γινόμενα ἐπαινεῖται· ὁ δὲ πλουτεῖν τὸν φύσεως πλοῦτον ἐπιτηδεύων ἐγκρατείας, ὀλιγοδεΐας· ὁ δὲ εἰρήνης ἐρῶν εὐνομίας, εὐδικίας, ἀτυφίας, ἰσότητος.
2:41ἐκ τούτων τὰ τῶν ὁμοπατρίων ἀδελφῶν δράγματα καταδεῖται, τὰ δὲ τοῦ ὁμογαστρίου ἐξ ἡμερῶν καὶ χρόνου, τῶν οὐδενὸς αἰτίων ὡς ἁπάντων αἰτίων.
2:42αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ ἐνυπνιαστὴς καὶ ὀνειροπόλος — ἦν γὰρ ἀμφότερα — τῆς κενῆς δόξης ὡς μεγίστου καὶ λαμπροτάτου καὶ βιωφελεστάτου κτήματος ἐπιδράττεται. διὸ πρῶτον μὲν ἀπ’ ὀνειράτων, ἃ νυκτὶ φίλα, τῷ βασιλεῖ τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας γνωρίζεται, οὐκ ἀπὸ πραγμάτων τηλαυγῶν ἐναργείας, ἃ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ἡμέρας δεῖται.
2:43εἶτ’ ἐπίτροπος ἢ κηδεμὼν Αἰγύπτου πάσης ἀνακηρύττεται, ταῖς τιμαῖς τοῦ βασιλέως οἰσόμενος δευτερεῖα, ἅπερ ἥττης καὶ ἀτιμίας ἀφανέστερα καὶ καταγελαστότερα παρὰ φρονήσει γράφεται δικαζούσῃ.
2:44εἶτα „κλοιὸν χρυσοῦν“ (Gen. 41,41.42), ἀγχόνην ἐπιφανῆ, κύκλον καὶ τροχὸν ἀνάγκης ἀτελευτήτου, περιτίθεται — οὐκ ἀκολουθίαν καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς ἐν βίῳ καὶ τὸν εἱρμὸν τῶν τῆς φύσεως πραγμάτων, ὡς ἡ Θάμαρ· οὐ γὰρ κλοιός, ἀλλὰ ὁρμίσκος αὐτῆς ὁ κόσμος (Gen. 38, 18) — καὶ δακτύλιον μέντοι βασιλικόν (Gen. 41, 42), δῶρον ἄδωρον, πίστιν ἄπιστον, ἐναντιούμενον τῷ δοθέντι πάλιν τῇ Θάμαρ ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ ὁρῶντος, Ἰσραήλ, Ἰούδα.
Book 2, §§45–69
2:45δίδωσι γὰρ οὗτος τῇ ψυχῇ σφραγῖδα (Gen. 38, 18), πάγκαλον δῶρον, διδάσκων ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀσχημάτιστον οὖσαν τὴν τῶν πάντων οὐσίαν ἐσχημάτισε καὶ ἀτύπωτον ἐτύπωσε καὶ ἄποιον ἐμόρφωσε καὶ τελειώσας τὸν ὅλον ἐσφράγισε κόσμον εἰκόνι καὶ ἰδέᾳ, τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λόγῳ.
2:46ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνός γε καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ δευτερεῖον ἄνεισιν ἅρμα (Gen. 41,43) [ἢ] ὑποτυφούμενος ὑπ’ αἰώρας φρενῶν καὶ κενοῦ φυσήματος καὶ σιταρχεῖ (ibid. 48), τῷ σώματι θησαυροφυλακῶν καὶ πανταχόθεν αὐτῷ πορίζων τὰς τροφάς· ἐπιτειχισμὸς δὲ κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς βαρὺς οὗτός ἐστι.
2:47τῇ δὲ προαιρέσει καὶ ζηλώσει τοῦ βίου μαρτυρεῖ καὶ τοὔνομα οὐχ ἥκιστα· πρόσθεσις γὰρ Ἰωσὴφ ἑρμηνεύεται. κενὴ δὲ δόξα προστίθησιν ἀεὶ γνησίῳ μὲν τὸ νόθον, οἰκείῳ δὲ τὸ ἀλλότριον, ἀληθεῖ δὲ τὸ ψεῦδος, αὐτάρκει δὲ τὸ πλεονάζον, ζωῇ δὲ θρύψιν, βίῳ δὲ τῦφον.
2:48Τί δ’ ἐστὶν ὃ βούλομαι δηλοῦν, σκόπει. σιτίοις καὶ ποτοῖς τρεφόμεθα, κἂν ᾖ εὐτελεστάτη μᾶζα καὶ ὕδωρ ναματιαῖον. τί οὖν ἡ κενὴ δόξα προσεπέθηκεν ἀμήτων καὶ μελιπήκτων πεμμάτων γένη μυρία καὶ οἴνων ἀμυθήτων πολυέργους καὶ παμποικίλους κράσεις πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν ἡδονῆς μᾶλλον ἢ πρὸς μετουσίαν τροφῆς παρηρτυμένας;
2:49πάλιν ἡδύσματα πρὸς ἐδωδὴν ἀναγκαῖα γήτεια καὶ λάχανα καὶ πολλὰ τῶν ἀκροδρύων καὶ ἔτι τυρὸς καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο ὁμοιότροπον· εἰ δὲ θέλεις, ἐπὶ σαρκοβόρων ἀνθρώπων ἰχθῦς ἔτι καὶ κρέας πρὸς τούτοις γράφομεν.
2:50ἆρ’ οὖν οὐκ αὔταρκες ἦν ἀπανθρακίσαντας καὶ αὐτοσχεδίως ὀπτήσαντας πυρὶ τρόπον ἡρωικῶν ὄντως ἀνδρῶν προσφέρεσθαι; ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐπὶ ταῦτα ὁ γαστρίμαργος μόνον ὁρμᾷ, σύμμαχον δὲ τὴν κενὴν δόξαν λαβὼν καὶ τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ λίχνον πάθος ἐγείρας ὀψαρτύτας καὶ τραπεζοποιοὺς εὐδοκίμους τὴν τέχνην ἀναζητεῖ καὶ περιβλέπεται.
2:51οἱ δὲ τὰ κατὰ τῆς ταλαίνης γαστρὸς ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων ἀνευρημένα δελέατα ἀνακινήσαντες καὶ χυλῶν ἰδιότητας σκευάσαντές τε καὶ διαθέντες ἐν κόσμῳ προσσαίνουσι καὶ τιθασεύουσι γλῶτταν· εἶτ’ εὐθὺς ἀγκιστρεύονται τῶν αἰσθήσεων τὴν ἐπιβάθραν, γεῦσιν, δι’ ἧς ἀντ’ ἐλευθέρου δοῦλος ὁ δειπνοθήρας οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἀνεφάνη.
2:52τίς γε μὴν οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι ἀμπεχόνη πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ κρυμοῦ | καὶ θάλπους ἐγγινομένας βλάβας τῷ σώματι κατεσκευάσθη τὸ πρῶτον;
2:53ἀλεξάνεμος μέν, ὡς οἱ ποιηταί πού φασι, χειμῶνι * * *. τίς οὖν τὰς πολυτελεῖς ἁλουργίδας, τίς τὰ διαφανῆ καὶ λεπτὰ θέριστρα, τίς τὰς ἀραχνοϋφεῖς ἀμπεχόνας, τίς τὰ ἐπηνθισμένα ἢ βαφαῖς ἢ πλοκαῖς διὰ τῶν βάπτειν ἢ ὑφαίνειν ποικίλα ἐπισταμένων καὶ τὴν ἐν ζῳγραφίᾳ μίμησιν παρευημερούντων δαιδαλεύεται; τίς; οὐχ ἡ κενὴ δόξα;
2:54ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ οἰκίας διὰ τὰς αὐτὰς ἐδέησεν ἡμῖν αἰτίας, καὶ ὅπως μὴ πρὸς θηρίων ἢ θηριωδεστάτων τὰς φύσεις ἀνθρώπων ἐπιτρεχόντων βλαπτώμεθα. τί οὖν τὰ μὲν ἐδάφη καὶ τοὺς τοίχους πολυτελέσι λίθοις διακοσμοῦμεν; τί δὲ Ἀσίαν καὶ Λιβύην καὶ πᾶσαν Εὐρώπην καὶ τὰς νήσους ἐπερχόμεθα, κίονας ἀριστίνδην ἐπιλελεγμένους καὶ ἐπιστυλίδας ἐρευνῶντες;
2:55τί δὲ περὶ Δωρίους καὶ Ἰωνικὰς καὶ Κορινθιακὰς γλυφὰς καὶ ὅσα οἱ ἐντρυφῶντες τοῖς καθεστῶσι νόμοις προσεξεῦρον σπουδάζομέν τε καὶ φιλοτιμούμεθα, κιονόκρανα κοσμοῦντες; τί δὲ χρυσορόφους ἀνδρῶνας καὶ γυναικωνίτιδας κατασκευάζομεν;
2:56ἆρ’ οὐ διὰ τὴν κενὴν δόξαν; καὶ μὴν πρός γε ὕπνον μαλακὸν μὲν ἔδαφος αὔταρκες ἦν — ἐπεὶ καὶ μέχρι νῦν τοὺς Γυμνοσοφιστὰς παρ’ Ἰνδοῖς χαμευνεῖν ἐκ παλαιῶν ἐθῶν κατέχει λόγος —, εἰ δὲ μή, στιβὰς γοῦν ἐκ λίθων λογάδων ἢ ξύλων εὐτελῶν πεποιημένη κλίνη.
2:57ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐλεφαντόποδες τὰ ἐνήλατα καὶ κλιντῆρες ὀστράκοις πολυτελέσι καὶ ποικίλαις χελώναις ἐνδεδεμέναις μετὰ πολλῶν πόνων καὶ δαπανημάτων ἐν πολλῷ χρόνῳ κατασκευάζονται, τινὲς δὲ ὁλοάργυροι καὶ ὁλόχρυσοι καὶ λιθοκόλλητοι στρωμναί, ἀνθηροποικίλοις καὶ χρυσοπάστοις ὡς πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν καὶ πομπήν, οὐ τὴν καθ’ ἡμέραν χρῆσιν, διακεκοσμημέναι, ὧν δημιουργὸς ἡ κενὴ δόξα.
2:58τί δὲ τοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλαίας ἐκθλιβομένου καρποῦ πλέον ἔδει ζητεῖν πρὸς ἀλείμματα; καὶ γὰρ λεαίνει καὶ κάματον σώματος λύει καὶ εὐσαρκίαν ἐμποιεῖ, κἂν εἴ τι κεχαλασμένον εἴη, σφίγγει πυκνότητι καὶ οὐδενὸς ἧττον ἑτέρου ῥώμην καὶ εὐτονίαν ἐντίθησιν.
2:59ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐπετειχίσθη τοῖς ὠφελοῦσι τὰ ἡδέα τῆς κενῆς δόξης ἀλείμματα, εἰς ἃ καὶ μυρεψοὶ πονοῦσι καὶ χῶραι μεγάλαι συντελοῦσι, Συρία, Βαβυλών,
2:60Ἰνδοί, Σκύθαι, παρ’ οἷς αἱ τῶν ἀρωμάτων γενέσεις εἰσί. πρός γε μὴν τὸ πίνειν τίνος ἔδει μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ φύσεως ἐκπώματος ἀκρότησι τέχνης εἰργασμένου; τὸ δὲ ἔκπωμα αἱ ἡμέτεραι χεῖρές εἰσιν, ἃς εἰς ταὐτό τις συναγαγὼν καὶ κοιλάνας, εὖ μάλα τῷ στόματι προσθείς, ἐπιχέοντος ἑτέρου τὸ ποτὸν οὐ μόνον ἄκος τῆς δίψης, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλεκτον ἡδονὴν κτᾶται.
2:61εἰ δὲ ἔδει πάντως ἑτέρου, τὸ γεωργικὸν κισσύβιον οὐχ ἱκανὸν ἦν, ἀλλὰ ἄλλων ἐπιφανῶν τέχνας ἀναζητεῖν ἔδει; τί δὲ ἀργυρῶν καὶ χρυσῶν κυλίκων ἄφθονον πλῆθος κατασκευάζεσθαι, εἰ μὴ διὰ τὸν φρυαττόμενον μεγάλα τῦφον καὶ τὴν ἐπ’ αἰώρας φορουμένην κενὴν δόξαν;
2:62ὅταν καὶ στεφανοῦσθαί τινες ἀξιῶσι μὴ δάφνης μηδὲ κιττοῦ, μὴ ἴων ἢ κρίνων ἢ ῥόδου ἢ θαλλοῦ συνόλως ἤ τινος ἄνθους εὐώδει στεφάνῳ παρελθόντες τὰ θεοῦ δῶρα, ἃ διὰ τῶν ἐτησίων ὡρῶν ἀναδίδωσι, χρυσοῦς δ’ ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς, βαρύτατον ἄχθος, αἰωρῶσιν ἐν ἀγορᾷ μέσῃ καὶ πληθούσῃ χωρὶς αἰδοῦς, ἄλλο τι νομιστέον ἢ ὅτι κενῆς δόξης εἰσὶ δοῦλοι, φάσκοντες οὐκ ἐλεύθεροι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῶν ἄλλων ἡγεμόνες εἶναι;
2:63ἐπιλείψει με ἡ ἡμέρα τὰς διαφθορὰς τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου βίου διεξιόντα. καίτοι τί δεῖ μακρηγορεῖν; τίς γὰρ αὐτῶν ἀνήκοός ἐστι, τίς δὲ οὐ θεατής; τίς μὲν οὖν οὐ τρίβων καὶ ἐθάς; ὥστε παγκάλως προσθήκην τὸν ἀτυφίας μὲν ἐχθρόν, τύφου δ’ ἑταῖρον ὠνόμασεν ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος.
2:64καθάπερ γὰρ τοῖς δένδρεσιν ἐπιφύονται βλάσται περισσαί, μεγάλαι τῶν γνησίων λῶβαι, ἃς καθαίρουσι καὶ ἀποτέμνουσι προνοίᾳ τῶν ἀναγκαίων οἱ γεωργοῦντες, οὕτω τῷ ἀληθεῖ καὶ ἀτύφῳ βίῳ παρανέβλαστεν ὁ κατεψευσμένος καὶ τετυφωμένος, οὗ μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας οὐδεὶς εὕρηται γεωργὸς ὃς τὴν βλαβερὰν ἐπίφυσιν αὐταῖς ῥίζαις ἀπέκοψε.
2:65τοιγαροῦν εἰδότες οἱ φρονήσεως ἀσκηταὶ τὸ κατάπλαστον τοῦτ’ αἰσθήσει πρῶτον, εἶτα διανοίᾳ μεταδιώκοντα ἄντικρυς ἐκβοῶσι· „θηρίον πονηρὸν ἥρπασε καὶ κατέφαγεν Ἰωσήφ“ (Gen. 37, 33).
2:66ἀλλ’ οὐ θηρίον ἐξηγριωμένον ὢν ὁ πολυπλοκώτατος τῶν πεφυρμένων ἀνθρώπων τυφοπλαστηθεὶς βίος, οὗ πλεονεξία καὶ πανουργία σοφαὶ δημιουργοί, τοὺς προσιόντας ἅπαντας εὐωχεῖται; τοιγάρτοι καὶ ἔτι ζῶσιν αὐτοῖς ὡς νεκροῖς προτεθήσεται πένθος, ἀξίαν ὀλοφύρσεως καὶ θρήνων καρπουμένοις ζωήν· ἐπεὶ καὶ Ἰακὼβ τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ἔτι ζῶντα πενθεῖ.
2:67ἀλλ’ οὐ Μωυσῆς ἐάσει τοὺς περὶ Ναδὰβ ἱεροὺς λόγους πενθεῖσθαι (Lev. 10, 6)· οὐ γὰρ ὑπ’ ἀγρίου πονηροῦ θηρὸς ἁρπασθέντες, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ ῥιπῆς ἀσβέστου καὶ ἀθανάτου φέγγους ἀνελήφθησαν, ὅτι τὴν ἔνθερμον καὶ διάπυρον καὶ σαρκῶν ἀναλωτικὴν καὶ ὀξυκίνητον πρὸς τὴν εὐσέβειαν σπουδήν, ἣ γενέσεως μέν ἐστιν ἀλλοτρία, θεοῦ δὲ οἰκεία, τὸν μελλητὴν ὄκνον ἐκποδὼν ἀνελόντες, εὐαγῶς καθιέρωσαν, οὐ δι’ ἀναβαθμῶν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμὸν ἐλθόντες — ἀπείρηται γὰρ νόμῳ —, ἀλλὰ δεξιῷ πνεύματι ἐπουρίσαντες καὶ ἄχρι τῶν οὐρανοῦ περιόδων παραπεμφθέντες, θυσίας ὁλοκαύτου καὶ ὁλοκάρπου
2:68τρόπον εἰς αἰθερίους αὐγὰς ἀναλυθέντες. ἀποκοπτέον οὖν, ὦ ψυχὴ πειθαρχοῦσα τῷ διδάσκοντι, τὴν σεαυτῆς χεῖρα καὶ δύναμιν, ἐπειδὰν ἄρξηται τῶν γεννητικῶν ἢ γενέσεως ἢ ἀνθρωπείων σπουδασμάτων ἐπιλαμβάνεσθαι.
2:69πολλάκις γὰρ ὑφ’ * * * προσαψαμένην τῶν διδύμων χεῖρα ἀποκόπτειν (Deut. 25, 11. 12), πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι ἐδεξιώσατο ἣν ἐχθαίρειν ἐχρῆν ἡδονήν, δεύτερον δὲ ὅτι παρ’ ἡμᾶς τὸ σπείρειν ἐνόμισεν, εἶθ’ ὅτι τῷ γενομένῳ τὴν τοῦ ποιοῦντος ἀνέθηκε δύναμιν.
Book 2, §§70–94
2:70οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅτι ὁ γήινος ὄγκος, Ἀδάμ, ὅταν ἅψηται τοῦ διδύμου ξύλου (Gen. 2, 9), θνῄσκει, δυάδα τιμήσας πρὸ μονάδος καὶ τὸ γενόμενον πρὸ τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἐκθαυμάσας; ἀλλὰ σύ γε τοῦ μὲν καπνοῦ καὶ κύματος ἐκτὸς βαῖνε καὶ τὰς καταγελάστους τοῦ θνητοῦ βίου σπουδὰς ὡς τὴν φοβερὰν ἐκείνην χάρυβδιν ἀποδίδρασκε καὶ μηδὲ ἄκρῳ, τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο, δακτύλῳ ψαύσῃς.
2:71ἐπειδὰν δὲ ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἐπαποδύσῃ λειτουργίαις, ὅλην τὴν χεῖρα καὶ δύναμιν εὐρύνασα εὖ μάλα τῶν παιδείας καὶ σοφίας θεωρημάτων ἐπίδραξαι. καὶ γὰρ πρόσταξίς ἐστι τοιαύτη· „ἐὰν ψυχὴ προσφέρῃ δῶρον ἢ θυσίαν, σεμίδαλις ἔσται τὸ δῶρον,“ εἶτ’ ἐπιφέρει· „καὶ δραξάμενος πλήρη τὴν δράκα ἀπὸ τῆς σεμιδάλεως σὺν τῷ ἐλαίῳ καὶ παντὶ τῷ λιβάνῳ ἐπιθήσει τὸ μνημόσυνον ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον“ (Lev. 2, 1. 2).
2:72ἆρ’ οὐ παγκάλως ψυχὴν εἶπεν ἀσώματον τὴν μέλλουσαν ἱερουργεῖν, ἀλλ’ οὐ τὸν δίδυμον ἐκ θνητοῦ καὶ ἀθανάτου συνεστῶτα ὄγκον; τὸ γὰρ εὐχόμενον, τὸ εὐχάριστον, τὸ θυσίας ἀμώμους ἀληθῶς ἀνάγον ἓν μόνον ἦν ἄρα, ἡ ψυχή.
2:73τίς οὖν ἡ ψυχῆς ἀσωμάτου θυσία; τίς ἢ σεμίδαλις, ἐκκεκαθαρμένης ταῖς παιδείας ὑποθήκαις γνώμης σύμβολον, τροφὴν ἄνοσον καὶ ζωὴν ἀνυπαίτιον ποιεῖν ἱκανῆς;
2:74ἀφ’ ἧς δραξάμενον τὸν ἱερέα ὅλῃ τῇ δρακί, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ πάσαις ταῖς διανοίας λαβαῖς, πλήρη τὴν ὅλην ψυχὴν εἱλικρινεστάτων καὶ καθαρωτάτων δογμάτων γενομένην αὐτὴν ὡς ἱερεῖον τὸ κάλλιστον ἀνάγειν προστέτακται, πίονα καὶ λιπῶσαν, θείῳ φωτὶ χαίρουσαν καὶ ταῖς ἀπὸ δικαιοσύνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετῶν ἀναδιδομέναις καταπνεομένην αὔραις, ὡς εὐωδέστατον καὶ προσηνέστατον ἀεὶ καρποῦσθαι βίον· τὸ γὰρ ἔλαιον καὶ ὁ λιβανωτός, ὧν ἐπιδράττεται σὺν τοῖς λευκοπύροις ὁ ἱερεύς, ταῦτα αἰνίττεται.
2:75διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐξαίρετον ἑορτὴν ἀνέθηκε τῷ δράγματι, πλὴν οὐ παντί, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἀπὸ τῆς ἱερᾶς γῆς. „ὅταν“ γάρ φησιν „εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἣν ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν, καὶ θερίζητε τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτῆς, οἴσετε δράγματα ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ θερισμοῦ ὑμῶν πρὸς τὸν ἱερέα“ (Lev. 23, 10), τὸ δέ ἐστιν·
2:76ὅταν εἰσέλθῃς, ὦ διάνοια, εἰς τὴν ἀρετῆς χώραν, ἣν ἐμπρεπὲς μόνῳ δωρεῖσθαι θεῷ, τὴν εὔβοτον, τὴν εὔγειον, τὴν καρποφόρον, εἶτα οἰκεῖα [εἴ γε] σπείρας’ ἀγαθὰ θερίζῃς αὐξηθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ τελεσφόρου, μὴ πρότερον οἴκαδε συγκομίσῃς, τουτέστι μὴ ἀναθῇς μηδ’ ἐπιγράψῃς σεαυτῇ τὴν τῶν περιγινομένων αἰτίαν, ἢ ἀπάρξασθαι τῷ πλουτάρχῳ καὶ τὰ πλουτιστήρια ἔργα ἐπιτηδεύειν ἀναπείθοντι.
2:77καὶ λέγεται „τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ θερισμοῦ ὑμῶν“ αὐτῶν, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ τῆς γῆς, προσφέρειν, ἵνα ἀμῶμεν καὶ θερίζωμεν ἑαυτοῖς, πάνθ’ ὅσα καλὰ καὶ τρόφιμα καὶ σπουδαῖα βλαστήματα καθιεροῦντες.
2:78Ἀλλ’ ὅ γε τῶν ἐνυπνίων μύστης ὁμοῦ καὶ μυσταγωγὸς θαρρεῖ λέγειν, ὅτι ἀνέστη τὸ αὐτοῦ δράγμα καὶ ὠρθώθη (Gen. 37, 7). τῷ γὰρ ὄντι καθάπερ οἱ γαῦροι τῶν ἵππων τὸν αὐχένα μετέωρον ἐξάραντες, ὅσοι θιασῶται τῆς κενῆς δόξης εἰσίν, ἐπάνω πάντων ἑαυτοὺς ἱδρύουσι, πόλεων, νόμων, ἐθῶν πατρίων, τῶν παρ’ ἑκάστοις πραγμάτων·
2:79εἶτα ἀπὸ δημαγωγίας ἐπὶ δημαρχίαν βαδίζοντες καὶ τὰ μὲν τῶν πλησίον καταβάλλοντες, τὰ δὲ οἰκεῖα διανιστάντες καὶ παγίως ὀρθοῦντες, ὅσα ἐλεύθερα καὶ ἀδούλωτα φύσει φρονήματα, καὶ ταῦθ’ ὑπάγεσθαι μηχανῶνται.
2:80διὸ προστίθησι· „περιστραφέντα δὲ τὰ δράγματα ὑμῶν προσεκύνησαν τὸ ἐμὸν δράγμα“ (ibid.). τέθηπε γὰρ ὁ μὲν αἰδοῦς ἐραστὴς τὸν σκληραύχενα, ὁ δὲ εὐλαβὴς τὸν αὐθάδη, ὁ δὲ ἰσότητα τιμῶν τὸν ἑαυτῷ τε καὶ ἄλλοις ἄνισον, καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως·
2:81ἅτε γὰρ θεωρὸς ὢν οὐ μόνον τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου βίου ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν κόσμῳ συμπάντων ὁ ἀστεῖος οἶδεν ὅσον εἴωθε πνεῖν ἀνάγκη, τύχη, καιρός, βία, δυναστεία, καὶ ὅσας ὑποθέσεις καὶ ἡλίκας εὐπραγίας ἀπνευστὶ δραμούσας ἄχρις οὐρανοῦ κατέσεισαν καὶ κατέρραξαν.
2:82ὥστε ἀναγκαίως εὐλάβειαν ἐπασπιδήσεται, τοῦ μηδὲν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς δεινὸν παθεῖν συγγενὲς φυλακτήριον· ὃ γάρ, οἶμαι, πρὸς πόλιν τεῖχος, τοῦτ’ εὐλάβεια πρὸς ἕκαστον.
2:83ἆρ’ οὖν οὐ παραπαίουσι καὶ μεμήνασιν ὅσοι παρρησίαν ἄκαιρον σπουδάζουσιν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, βασιλεῦσι καὶ τυράννοις ἔστιν ὅτε λέγειν τε καὶ ποιεῖν ἐναντία τολμῶντες, οὐκ αἰσθανόμενοι, ὅτι οὐ τοὺς αὐχένας μόνον ὥσπερ τὰ θρέμματα ὑπεζεύχθησαν, ἀλλ’ ὅλα τὰ σώματα καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς γύναιά τε καὶ τέκνα καὶ γονεῖς καὶ τὴν ἄλλων ἑταίρων καὶ συγγενῶν πολυάνθρωπον οἰκειότητα καὶ κοινωνίαν ἐκδέδενται, καὶ ἔξεστι τῷ ἡνιόχῳ καὶ ἐπόχῳ μετὰ πάσης εὐμαρείας κεντεῖν, ἐλαύνειν, ἐπέχειν, ἀναχαιτίζειν, ἅττ’ ἂν ἐθελήσῃ μικρὰ καὶ μείζω διατιθέναι;
2:84τοιγαροῦν στιζόμενοι καὶ μαστιγούμενοι καὶ ἀκρωτηριαζόμενοι καὶ ὅσα πρὸ τοῦ θανάτου χαλεπὰ πάντα ὠμῶς καὶ ἀνηλεῶς ἀθρόα ὑπομένοντες, ἀπαχθέντες
2:85ἐπὶ πᾶσι θνῄσκουσι. ταῦτ’ ἐστὶ τῆς ἀκαίρου παρρησίας τὰ ἐπίχειρα, οὐ παρρησίας παρά γε εὖ φρονοῦσι κριταῖς, ἀλλ’ εὐηθείας καὶ φρενοβλαβείας καὶ μελαγχολίας ἀνιάτου γέμοντα. τί λέγεις; χειμῶνά τις ὁρῶν ἀκμάζοντα καὶ βαρὺ πνεῦμα ἐναντίον καὶ λαίλαπα καταιγίζουσαν καὶ κυματούμενον πέλαγος, ἐνορμίζεσθαι δέον, ἐξορμίζεται καὶ ἐξανάγεται;
2:86τίς ἢ κυβερνήτης ἢ ναύκληρος οὕτω ποτὲ ἐμεθύσθη καὶ παρῴνησεν, ὡς ὅσων εἶπον κατασκηψάντων ἐθελῆσαι πλεῖν, ἵνα ὑπέραντλος ἄνωθεν ἐπιχυθείσης τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ναῦς γενομένη πλωτῆρσιν αὐτοῖς ἐγκαταποθῇ; τῷ γὰρ βουλομένῳ πλεῖν ἀκινδύνως εὔδιον πνεῦμα οὔριόν τε καὶ λεῖον ἀναμένειν ἐξῆν. τί δέ;
2:87ἄρκτον τις ἢ σῦν ἄγριον ἢ λέοντα μετὰ συρμοῦ θεασάμενος ἐπιόντα, πραῧναι καὶ τιθασεῦσαι δέον, ἐξαγριαίνει καὶ ἀνερεθίζει, ὅπως θοίναν καὶ εὐωχίαν ὠμοβόροις ἀνηλεεστάτοις εὐτρεπίσῃ ἑαυτόν;
2:88εἰ μὴ καὶ φαλαγγίοις καὶ ἀσπίσι ταῖς Αἰγυπτίαις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὅσα τὸν φθοροποιὸν ἰὸν ἐπιφέρεται οὐδενὶ λυσιτελὲς ἀνθίστασθαι, θάνατον ἀπαραίτητον τοῖς ἅπαξ δηχθεῖσιν ἐπάγουσιν· ἀγαπητὸν γὰρ κατεπᾴδοντας καὶ χειροήθη ποιοῦντας μηδὲν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν δεινὸν παθεῖν.
2:89εἶτ’ οὔκ εἰσιν ἄνθρωποί τινες συῶν, φαλαγγίων, ἀσπίδων ἀγριώτεροι καὶ ἐπιβουλότεροι; ὧν τὸ ἐπίβουλον καὶ δυσμενὲς ἀμήχανον ἑτέρως ἢ τιθασείαις καὶ μειλίγμασι χρωμένους διεκδῦναι. τοιγάρτοι ὁ σοφὸς Ἀβραὰμ τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ Χὲτ — ἑρμηνεύονται δὲ ἐξιστάντες — προσκυνήσει (Gen. 23, 7), τῶν καιρῶν τοῦτο δρᾶν ἀναπειθόντων.
2:90οὐ γὰρ τιμῶν γε τοὺς ἐκ φύσεως καὶ γένους καὶ ἐθῶν ἐχθροὺς λογισμοῦ, οἳ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς νόμισμα, παιδείαν, ἐξιστάντες καὶ κατακερματίζοντες οἰκτρῶς ἀναλίσκουσιν, ἐπὶ τὸ προσκυνεῖν ἦλθεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ παρὸν κράτος αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν δυσάλωτον ἰσχὺν δεδιὼς καὶ φυλαττόμενος ἐρεθίζειν, μέγα καὶ ἐχυρὸν κτῆμα καὶ ἀγώνισμα ἀρετῆς, σοφῶν ψυχῶν ἄριστον ἐνδιαίτημα, τὸ διπλοῦν σπήλαιον, ὃ μαχόμενον μὲν καὶ πολεμοῦντα οὐκ ἐνῆν, ὑπερχόμενον δὲ καὶ θεραπεύοντα τῷ λόγῳ, κομιεῖται. τί δέ;
2:91οὐχὶ καὶ ἡμεῖς, ὅταν ἐν ἀγορᾷ διατρίβωμεν, εἰώθαμεν ἐξίστασθαι μὲν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν, ἐξίστασθαι δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις; ἀλλ’ ἀπ’ ἐναντίας γνώμης καὶ οὐχὶ τῆς αὐτῆς· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἄρχουσιν ἐν τιμῇ, τοῖς δὲ ὑποζυγίοις διὰ φόβον τοῦ μηδὲν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς νεωτερισθῆναι.
2:92καὶ διδόντων μὲν τῶν καιρῶν ἐπιτιθεμένους τὴν τῶν ἐχθρῶν βίαν καλὸν καταλῦσαι, μὴ ἐπιτρεπόντων δὲ ἀσφαλὲς ἡσυχάσαι, βουλομένοις δέ τιν’ ὠφέλειαν εὑρίσκεσθαι παρ’ αὐτῶν ἁρμόττον τιθασεῦσαι.
2:93Διὸ καὶ νῦν ἄξιον ἐπαινεῖν τοὺς μὴ ὑποχωροῦντας τῷ τῆς κενῆς προστάτῃ δόξης, ἀλλὰ ἀνθισταμένους καὶ λέγοντας· „μὴ βασιλεύων βασιλεύσεις ἐφ’ ἡμῖν“ (Gen. 37,8) ; οὔπω γὰρ ἰσχυκότα ὁρῶσιν αὐτόν, οὐχ ὡς φλόγα ἡμμένον τε καὶ λάμποντα ἐν ἀφθόνῳ ὕλῃ νεμόμενον, ἀλλ’ ἔθ’ ὡς σπινθῆρα ἐντυφόμενον, ὀνειρώττοντα δόξαν, οὐκ ἐναργῶς ἤδη μετιόντα.
2:94χρηστὰς γὰρ ἐλπίδας ὑποβάλλουσιν ἑαυτοῖς, ὡσεὶ καὶ μὴ ἁλῶναι δυνησόμενοι. παρὸ λέγουσι· „μὴ ἐφ’ ἡμῖν βασιλεύσεις“; ἴσον τῷ ζώντων, ὄντων, ἰσχυόντων, ἐμπνεόντων ἡμῶν οἴει δυναστεύσειν; ἀσθενησάντων μὲν γὰρ ἴσως ἐπικρατήσεις, ἐρρωμένων δὲ ἐν ὑπηκόου μοίρᾳ τετάξῃ.
Book 2, §§95–119
2:95καὶ πέφυκεν οὕτως ἔχειν· ἐπειδὰν μὲν γὰρ ἐν διανοίᾳ ὁ ὀρθὸς ἰσχύῃ λόγος, ἡ κενὴ καταλύεται δόξα, ῥώννυται δὲ ἀσθενήσαντος. ἕως οὖν ἔτι σῴαν ἔχει τὴν ἑαυτῆς δύναμιν ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ μηδὲν αὐτῆς μέρος ἠκρωτηρίασται, θαρρείτω βάλλειν καὶ τοξεύειν τὸν ἐναντιούμενον τῦφον καὶ ἐλευθεροστομείτω φάσκουσα· οὔτε βασιλεύσεις οὔτε κυριεύσεις (ibid.) οὔτε ἡμῶν οὔτε ἐφ’ ἡμῶν ἑτέρων·
2:96ἀλλά σου τὰς ἐπανατάσεις καὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς ἐφόδῳ μιᾷ καταδραμούμεθα σὺν τοῖς δορυφόροις καὶ ὑπασπισταῖς, φρονήσεως ἐγγόνοις· ἐφ’ ὧν λέγεται ὅτι „προσέθεντο μισεῖν αὐτὸν ἕνεκα τῶν ἐνυπνίων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἕνεκα τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ“ (ibid.).
2:97ἀλλ’ οὐ ῥήματα μὲν καὶ ἐνύπνια πάνθ’ ὅσα ὁ τῦφος ἂν εἰδωλοποιῇ, πράγματα δὲ καὶ σαφεῖς ἐνάργειαι τὰ ὅσα ἐπ’ ὀρθὸν βίον καὶ λόγον ἀναφέρεται; καὶ τὰ μὲν μίσους ἅτε κατεψευσμένα, τὰ δὲ φιλίας ἅτε ἀληθείας τῆς ἐπεράστου γέμοντα ἐπάξια.
2:98μηδεὶς οὖν ἔτι κατηγορεῖν ἐπιτολμάτω τῶν τοσούτων τὰς ἀρετὰς ἀνδρῶν ὡς μισανθρώπου καὶ μισαδέλφου δεῖγμα ἤθους ἐκφερόντων, ἀλλὰ μαθών, ὅτι οὐκ ἄνθρωπος ὁ νῦν ἐπικρινόμενός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐν ἑκάστου τῇ ψυχῇ τρόπων ὁ δοξομανὴς καὶ φιλότυφος, ἀποδεχέσθω τοὺς ἄσπονδον ἔχθραν καὶ μῖσος ἀκατάλλακτον πρὸς αὐτὸν αἰρομένους καὶ μηδέποτε τὸν στυγηθέντα πρὸς ἐκείνων στερξάτω, γνοὺς ἀκριβῶς,
2:99ὅτι οἱ τοιοῦτοι δικασταὶ γνώμης οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἐσφάλησαν ὑγιοῦς, ἀλλὰ μαθόντες καὶ παιδευθέντες ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὸν ὄντως βασιλέα, τὸν κύριον, προσκυνεῖν τε καὶ τιμᾶν ἀγανακτοῦσιν, εἴ τις τὴν θεοῦ τιμὴν νοσφίζεται καὶ τοὺς ἱκέτας αὐτοῦ μετακαλεῖ πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν θεραπείαν.
2:100διὸ θαρροῦντες ἐροῦσιν· „μὴ βασιλεύων βασιλεύσεις ἐφ’ ἡμῖν“; ἢ ἀγνοεῖς, ὅτι οὔκ ἐσμεν αὐτόνομοι, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ ἀθανάτου βασιλέως, τοῦ μόνου θεοῦ, βασιλευόμεθα; τί δέ; „κυριεύων κυριεύσεις ἡμῶν“ (Gen. 37,8) ; μὴ γὰρ οὐ δεσποζόμεθα καὶ ἔχομέν τε καὶ ἕξομεν εἰς τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον τὸν αὐτὸν κύριον; ᾧ δουλεύοντες οὕτω γεγήθαμεν, ὡς οὐδεὶς ἕτερος ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ· καὶ γάρ ἐστι τὸ δουλεύειν θεῷ πάντων ἄριστον, ὅσα ἐν γενέσει τετίμηται.
2:101εὐξαίμην ἂν οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς δυνηθῆναι τοῖς γνωσθεῖσιν ὑπὸ τούτων ἐμμεῖναι βεβαίως· ὀπτῆρες γὰρ καὶ κατάσκοποι καὶ ἔφοροι πραγμάτων, οὐ σωμάτων, εἰσὶν ἀκριβοδίκαιοι, πάντα νήφοντες τὸν αἰῶνα, ὡς ὑπὸ μηδενὸς ἔτι τῶν εἰωθότων δελεάζειν ἀπατᾶσθαι.
2:102μεθύω δὲ ἄχρι νῦν ἐγὼ καὶ ἀσαφείᾳ πολλῇ κέχρημαι καὶ βάκτρων καὶ τῶν ποδηγετησόντων ὥσπερ οἱ τυφλοὶ δέομαι· σκηριπτομένῳ γὰρ ἐγγένοιτ’ ἂν ἴσως μήτε προσπταίειν μήτε ὀλισθαίνειν.
2:103εἰ δέ τινες ἀνεξετάστους καὶ ἀπερισκέπτους εἰδότες ἑαυτοὺς οὐ σπουδάζουσι τοῖς ἐξητακόσιν ἃ χρὴ πάντα ἀκριβῶς καὶ περιεσκεμμένως ἀκολουθεῖν, ἀγνοοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐπισταμένοις, ἴστωσαν ὅτι δυσαναπορεύτοις βαράθροις περιπαρέντες οὐδ’ ἐπειγόμενοι προελθεῖν ἔτι δυνήσονται.
2:104ἐγὼ δὲ ἐκείνοις, ὅταν μικρὸν ἀνεθῶ τῆς μέθης, οὕτως εἰμὶ ἔνσπονδος, ὡς τὸν αὐτὸν ἐχθρὸν καὶ φίλον εἶναι νομίζειν. καὶ νῦν οὐδὲν ἧττον τὸν ἐνυπνιαστήν, ὅτι γε καὶ ἐκεῖνοι, προβαλοῦμαι καὶ στυγήσω· καὶ οὐδεὶς εὖ φρονῶν ἐπὶ τούτῳ μέμψαιτ’ ἄν με τῷ τὰς πλειόνων γνώμας τε καὶ ψήφους ἀεὶ νικᾶν.
2:105ἐπειδὰν δὲ πρὸς ἀμείνω βίον μεταβάλῃ καὶ μηκέτ’ ἐνυπνιάζηται μηδὲ ταῖς κεναῖς τῶν κενοδόξων φαντασίαις ἰλυσπώμενος κακοπαθῇ μηδὲ νύκτα καὶ σκότος καὶ πραγμάτων ἀδήλων καὶ ἀτεκμάρτων συντυχίας ὀνειροπολῇ,
2:106περιαναστὰς δὲ ἐκ τοῦ βαθέος ὕπνου διατελῇ μὲν ἐγρηγορώς, ἐνάργειαν δὲ πρὸ ἀσαφείας καὶ πρὸ ψευδοῦς ὑπολήψεως ἀλήθειαν καὶ πρὸ νυκτὸς ἡμέραν καὶ φῶς πρὸ σκότους ἀποδέχηται καὶ τὴν μὲν γυναῖκα τοῦ Αἰγυπτίου, σώματος ἡδονήν, εἰς αὐτὴν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ τῆς ὁμιλίας αὐτῆς ἀπολαῦσαι παρακαλοῦσαν ἀποστρέφηται (Gen. 39,7) διὰ πόθον ἐγκρατείας καὶ ζῆλον εὐσεβείας ἄλεκτον,
2:107ὧν δὲ ἔδοξεν ἀλλοτριωθῆναι συγγενικῶν καὶ πατρῴων ἀγαθῶν μεταποιῆται πάλιν τὸ ἐπιβάλλον ἀρετῆς ἑαυτῷ μέρος δικαιῶν ἀνακτᾶσθαι καὶ ταῖς κατὰ μικρὸν ἐπανιὼν βελτιώσεσιν ὡς ἐπὶ κορυφῆς τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ βίου καὶ τέλους ἱδρυθεὶς ἀναφθέγξηται, ὃ παθὼν ἀκριβῶς ἔμαθεν, ὅτι „τοῦ θεοῦ“ (Gen. 50, 19) ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ οὐδενὸς ἔτι τῶν εἰς γένεσιν ἡκόντων αἰσθητοῦ τὸ παράπαν,
2:108οἱ μὲν ἀδελφοὶ καταλλακτηρίους ποιήσονται συμβάσεις, τὸ μῖσος εἰς φιλίαν καὶ τὸ κακόνουν εἰς εὔνοιαν μεταβαλόντες, ἐγὼ δ’ ὁ τούτων ὀπαδὸς — πείθεσθαι γὰρ ὡς δεσπόταις οἰκέτης ἔμαθον — ἐπαινῶν οὐκ ἐπιλείψω τῆς μετανοίας ἐκεῖνον·
2:109εἴ γε καὶ Μωυσῆς ὁ ἱεροφάντης ἀξιέραστον καὶ ἀξιομνημόνευτον οὖσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν μετάνοιαν ἐκ φθορᾶς ἀνασῴζει διὰ συμβόλου τῶν ὀστέων, ἃ κατορωρύχθαι μέχρι τοῦ παντὸς οὐκ ᾤετο δεῖν ἐᾶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ (Exod. 13, 19), παγχάλεπον ἡγούμενος, εἴ τι ἤνθησεν ἡ ψυχὴ καλόν, τοῦτ’ ἐᾶσαι μαρανθῆναι καὶ κατακλυσθὲν ἀφανισθῆναι πλημμύραις, ἃς ὁ τῶν παθῶν Αἰγύπτιος ποταμός, τὸ σῶμα, διὰ πασῶν τῶν αἰσθήσεων ῥέων ἐνδελεχῶς ἐκδίδωσιν.
2:110Ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν δραγμάτων φανεῖσα ὄψις ἀπὸ γῆς καὶ διάκρισις εἴρηται· τὴν δὲ ἑτέραν καιρὸς ἤδη σκοπεῖν, καὶ ὡς ὀνειροκριτικῇ
2:111τέχνῃ διαστέλλεται. „εἶδεν“ οὖν φησιν „ἐνύπνιον ἕτερον καὶ διηγήσατο τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶπεν· ὥσπερ ὁ ἥλιος καὶ ἡ σελήνη καὶ ἕνδεκα ἀστέρες προσεκύνουν με. καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ εἶπε· τί τὸ ἐνύπνιον ὃ ἐνυπνιάσθης; ἆρά γε ἐλθόντες ἐλευσόμεθα ἐγὼ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου προσκυνῆσαί σοι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν; ἐζήλωσαν δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ ἀδελφοί, ὁ δὲ πατὴρ διετήρησε τὸ ῥῆμα“ (Gen. 37,9—11).
2:112φασὶ τοίνυν οἱ μετεωρολογικοί, τὸν ζῳδιακὸν κύκλον μέγιστον ὄντα τῶν κατ’ οὐρανὸν δυοκαίδεκα ζῳδίοις, ἀφ’ ὧν καὶ τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ἔσχε, κατηστερίσθαι, ἥλιον δὲ καὶ σελήνην ἀεὶ περὶ αὐτὸν εἱλουμένους ἕκαστον διεξέρχεσθαι τῶν ζῳδίων, οὐκ ἰσοταχεῖς, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀριθμοῖς καὶ χρόνοις ἀνίσοις, τὸν μὲν ἐν ἡμέραις τριάκοντα, τὴν δὲ δωδεκατημορίῳ τούτων μάλιστα, ὅπερ ἡμερῶν δυεῖν καὶ ἡμίσους ἐστίν.
2:113ἔδοξεν οὖν ὁ τὴν θεόπεμπτον φαντασίαν ἰδὼν ὑπ’ ἀστέρων ἕνδεκα προσκυνεῖσθαι, δωδέκατον συντάττων ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ ζῳδιακοῦ συμπλήρωσιν κύκλου.
2:114μέμνημαι δὲ καὶ πρότερόν τινος ἀκούσας ἀνδρὸς οὐκ ἀμελῶς οὐδὲ ῥᾳθύμως τῷ μαθήματι προσενεχθέντος, ὅτι οὐκ ἄνθρωποι μόνοι δοξομανοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες καὶ περὶ πρωτείων ἁμιλλώμενοι δικαιοῦσιν οἱ μείζους | ἀεὶ πρὸς τῶν ἐλαττόνων δορυφορεῖσθαι.
2:115ταῦτα μὲν οὖν, ὅπως ἂν ἀληθείας ἢ εἰκαιολογίας ἔχῃ, παρετέον τοῖς μετεωροθήραις σκοπεῖν. λέγομεν δὲ ἡμεῖς, [ὡς] ὅτι ὁ σπουδῆς ἀκρίτου καὶ φιλονεικίας ἀλόγου καὶ κενῆς δόξης ἐραστής, ἀεὶ φυσώμενος ὑπ’ ἀνοίας, οὐ μόνον ἀνθρώπους ὑπερκύπτειν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τῶν ὄντων φύσιν ἀξιοῖ.
2:116καὶ νομίζει μὲν ἑαυτοῦ χάριν τὰ πάντα γεγενῆσθαι, ἀναγκαῖον δ’ εἶναι δασμὸν ἕκαστον ὡς βασιλεῖ φέρειν αὑτῷ, γῆν, ὕδωρ, ἀέρα, οὐρανόν· καὶ τοσαύτῃ τῆς εὐηθείας ὑπερβολῇ χρῆται, ὥστε οὐκ ἰσχύει λογίσασθαι, ὃ κἂν παῖς ἄφρων ἐννοηθείη, ὅτι τεχνίτης οὐδεὶς ἕνεκα μέρους ποτὲ ὅλον, ἀλλ’ ἕνεκα τοῦ ὅλου μέρος δημιουργεῖ· μέρος δὲ τοῦ παντὸς ἄνθρωπος, ὥστε γεγονὼς εἰς τὸ συμπλήρωμα τοῦ κόσμου δικαίως ἂν αὐτὸς ἐκείνῳ συντελοίη.
2:117φλυαρίας δὲ ἄρα τοσαύτης γέμουσί τινες, ὥστε ἀγανακτοῦσιν, εἰ μὴ ὁ κόσμος τοῖς βουλήμασιν αὐτῶν ἕποιτο. διὰ τοῦτο Ξέρξης μὲν ὁ Περσῶν βασιλεύς, βουλόμενος τοὺς ἐχθροὺς καταπλῆξαι, μεγαλουργίας ἐπίδειξιν ἐποιεῖτο, καινουργῶν τὴν φύσιν·
2:118γῆν μὲν γὰρ μετεστοιχείου καὶ θάλατταν, ἀντιδιδοὺς πελάγει μὲν ἤπειρον, ἠπείρῳ δὲ πέλαγος, τὸν μὲν Ἑλλήσποντον ζευγνὺς γεφύραις, ὄρος δὲ τὸν Ἄθω ῥηγνὺς εἰς βαθεῖς κόλπους, οἳ πληρούμενοι θαλάττης ὁ νέος καὶ χειρόκμητος εὐθὺς πόντος ἦσαν, τὸ παλαιὸν τῆς φύσεως ἐξαλλοιωθείς·
2:119τὰ δὲ περίγεια, ὡς ἐδόκει, θαυματουργήσας ἀνέβαινε ταῖς τετολμημέναις ἐπινοίαις συνανάγων ἀσέβειαν ἑαυτῷ καὶ εἰς οὐρανὸν ὁ δύστηνος, ὡς τὰ ἀκίνητα κινήσων καὶ τὸν θεῖον στρατὸν καθαιρήσων, καί, τὸ λεγόμενον, ἀφ’ ἱερᾶς ἤρχετο·
Book 2, §§120–144
2:120τὸν γὰρ ἄριστον τῶν ἐκεῖ, τὸν ἡγεμόνα ἡμέρας ἥλιον, ἐτόξευεν, ὥσπερ οὐκ αὐτὸς ἀφανεῖ βέλει φρενοβλαβείας τιτρωσκόμενος οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ ἀδυνάτων ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀνοσιωτάτων ἔργων ἐρᾶν, ὧν καὶ θάτερον μεγάλη τῷ ἐγχειροῦντι δύσκλεια ἦν.
2:121Γερμανῶν δὲ πολυανθρωποτάτην μοῖραν — ἀμπωτίζει δὲ παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἡ θάλαττα — λόγος ἔχει κατὰ τὰς ἐκεῖ παλιρροίας ἐπιδρομὰς ὠθουμένους μετὰ σπουδῆς, ἐπανατεινομένους γυμνὰ τὰ ξίφη, θέοντας ὡς στῖφος πολεμίων τὸ κυματούμενον πέλαγος ὑπαντιάζειν·
2:122οὓς ἄξιον μισεῖν μέν, ὅτι ἐναντία ὅπλα δι’ ἀθεότητα κατὰ τῶν ἀδουλώτων τῆς φύσεως αἱρεῖσθαι τολμῶσι μερῶν, χλευάζειν δέ, ὅτι ἀδυνάτοις ἐγχειροῦσιν ὡς δυνατοῖς, νομίζοντες ὡς ζῷον καὶ ὕδωρ κεντεῖσθαι, τιτρώσκεσθαι, κτείνεσθαι δύνασθαι, καὶ πάλιν ἀλγεῖν, δεδιέναι, φόβῳ τῶν ἐπιόντων ἀποδιδράσκειν καὶ ὅσα ψυχῆς πάθη κατά τε ἡδονὰς καὶ ἀλγηδόνας
2:123ἀναδέχεσθαι. χθὲς δ’ οὐ πρῴην ἄνδρα τινὰ οἶδα τῶν ἡγεμονικῶν, ὅς, ἐπειδὴ τὴν προστασίαν καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν εἶχεν Αἰγύπτου, τὰ πάτρια κινεῖν ἡμῶν διενοήθη καὶ διαφερόντως τὸν ἁγιώτατον καὶ φρικωδέστατον περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης ὑπάρχοντα νόμον καταλύειν καὶ ὑπηρετεῖν ἠνάγκαζεν αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ποιεῖν παρὰ τὸ καθεστὼς ἔθος, νομίζων ἀρχὴν ἔσεσθαι καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἐκδιαιτήσεως καὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων παραβάσεως, εἰ τὸ ἐπὶ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ πάτριον ἀνελεῖν δυνηθείη.
2:124καὶ μήθ’ οὓς ἐβιάζετο ὁρῶν εἴκοντας τοῖς ἐπιτάγμασι μήτε τὴν ἄλλην πληθὺν ἠρεμοῦσαν, ἀλλὰ βαρέως καὶ τραχέως φέρουσαν τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ ὡς ἐπ’ ἀνδραποδισμῷ καὶ πορθήσει καὶ κατασκαφῇ πατρίδος πενθοῦντάς τε καὶ κατηφοῦντας, ἠξίου λόγῳ διδάσκειν παρανομεῖν, φάσκων·
2:125εἰ πολεμίων ἔφοδος αἰφνίδιον γένοιτο ἢ κατακλυσμοῦ φορὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ταῖς πλημμύραις παραρρήξαντος τὸ χῶμα ἢ ῥιπὴ πυρὸς ἢ κεραυνία φλὸξ ἢ λιμὸς ἢ λοιμὸς ἢ σεισμὸς ἢ ὅσα ἄλλα κακὰ χειροποίητα καὶ θεήλατα, μεθ’ ἡσυχίας πάσης οἴκοι διατρίψετε;
2:126ἢ μετὰ τοῦ συνήθους σχήματος προελεύσεσθε, τὴν μὲν δεξιὰν εἴσω χεῖρα συναγαγόντες, τὴν δὲ ἑτέραν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀμπεχόνης παρὰ ταῖς λαγόσι πήξαντες, ἵνα μηδ’ ἄκοντές τι τῶν εἰς τὸ σωθῆναι παράσχησθε;
2:127καὶ καθεδεῖσθε ἐν τοῖς συναγωγίοις ὑμῶν, τὸν εἰωθότα θίασον ἀγείροντες καὶ ἀσφαλῶς τὰς ἱερὰς βίβλους ἀναγινώσκοντες κἂν εἴ τι μὴ τρανὲς εἴη διαπτύσσοντες καὶ τῇ πατρίῳ φιλοσοφίᾳ διὰ μακρηγορίας ἐνευκαιροῦντές τε καὶ ἐνσχολάζοντες;
2:128ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀποσεισάμενοι πάντα ταῦτα πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτῶν καὶ γονέων καὶ τέκνων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οἰκειοτάτων καὶ φιλτάτων σωμάτων, εἰ δὲ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, καὶ κτημάτων καὶ χρημάτων, ὡς μηδὲ ταῦτα ἀφανισθείη, βοήθειαν ἀποδύσεσθε.
2:129καὶ μὴν οὗτος αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τὰ λεχθέντα, ἔφη, πάντα εἰμί, τυφώς, πόλεμος, κατακλυσμός, κεραυνός, λιμηρὰ καὶ λοιμώδης νόσος, ὁ τινάττων καὶ κυκῶν τὰ παγίως ἑστῶτα σεισμός, εἱμαρμένης ἀνάγκης οὐκ ὄνομα, ἀλλ’ ἐμφανὴς ἐγγὺς ἑστῶσα δύναμις.
2:130τί οὖν τὸν ταῦτα λέγοντα ἢ διανοούμενον αὐτὸ μόνον εἶναι φῶμεν; ἆρ’ οὐκ ἐκτόπιον; ὑπερωκεάνιον μὲν οὖν ἢ μετακόσμιόν τι καινὸν κακόν, εἴ γε τῷ πάντα μακαρίῳ ὁ πάντα βαρυδαίμων ἑαυτὸν ἐξομοιοῦν ἐτόλμησεν.
2:131ὑπερθεῖτ’ ἂν οὗτος ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀστέρας βλασφημεῖν, ὁπότε τι τῶν ἐλπισθέντων κατὰ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας ἢ μὴ συνόλως ἢ μὴ ῥᾳδίως ἀποβαίνοι, φλογμὸν μὲν θέρους, κρυμὸν δὲ [καὶ] χειμῶνος βαρὺν κατασκήπτοντος, ἔαρος δὲ καὶ μετοπώρου, τοῦ μὲν πρὸς εὐκαρπίαν ἐστειρωμένου, τοῦ δὲ πρὸς νοσημάτων γενέσεις εὐτοκίᾳ χρωμένου;
2:132πάντα μὲν οὖν ἀνασείων κάλων ἀχαλίνου στόματος καὶ κακηγόρου γλώττης, ὥσπερ τὸν εἰωθότα δασμὸν οὐκ ἐνεγκόντας τοὺς ἀστέρας αἰτιάσεται, τιμᾶσθαι μονονοὺ καὶ προσκυνεῖσθαι δικαιῶν ὑπὸ τῶν οὐρανίων τἀπίγεια καὶ περιττότερον ἑαυτόν, ὅσῳ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἄνθρωπος ὢν διενηνοχέναι ζῴων
2:133δοκεῖ. τοιοῦτοι μὲν οἱ κορυφαῖοι τῆς κενῆς ἡμῖν δόξης γράφονται, τοὺς δὲ χορευτὰς ἐν μέρει κατ’ αὐτοὺς ἴδωμεν. οὗτοι μὲν ἐπιβουλεύουσιν ἀεὶ τοῖς ἀσκηταῖς ἀρετῆς· οὓς ὅταν ἴδωσι σπουδάζοντας τὸν αὐτῶν βίον ἀληθείᾳ ἀδόλῳ φαιδρύνειν καὶ ὡς πρὸς σεληνιακὸν ἢ τὸ ἀφ’ ἡλίου καθαρὸν φέγγος αὐγάζειν, ἀπατῶντες ἢ βιαζόμενοι κωλύουσιν, εἰς τὸν ἀσεβῶν ἀνήλιον χῶρον εἰσελαύνοντες, ὃν ἐπέχουσι νὺξ βαθεῖα καὶ σκότος ἀτελεύτητον καὶ εἰδώλων καὶ φασμάτων καὶ ὀνειράτων ἔθνη μυρία, κἀκεῖ καταδύσαντες προσκυνεῖν ὡς δεσπότας ἀναγκάζουσι.
2:134τὸν μὲν γὰρ φρονήσεως ἀσκητὴν ὑπολαμβάνομεν ἥλιον, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ μὲν τοῖς σώμασιν, ὁ δὲ τοῖς κατὰ ψυχὴν πράγμασιν ἐμπαρέχει φῶς, τὴν δὲ παιδείαν, ᾗ κέχρηται, σελήνην — ἐν νυκτὶ γὰρ ἡ ἑκατέρας εἱλικρινεστάτη καὶ ὠφελιμωτάτη χρῆσίς ἐστιν —, ἀδελφοὺς δὲ τοὺς παιδείας καὶ ἀσκητικῆς ψυχῆς ὡς ἂν ἐγγόνους ἀστείους λόγους, οὓς πάντας ὀρθὴν ἀτραπὸν εὐθύνοντας τοῦ βίου παλαίσμασι πολυτρόποις καὶ πολυμηχάνοις αὐχενίζοντες ἐκτραχηλίζειν καὶ καταρράττειν ὑποσκελίζοντες οἱ μηδὲν ὑγιὲς μήτε λέγειν μήτε φρονεῖν ἐγνωκότες ἀξιοῦσι.
2:135διὸ καὶ ἐπιτιμᾷ τῷ τοιούτῳ τιθασῶς ὁὁ πατήρ, οὐκ Ἰακώβ, ἀλλ’ ὁὁ καὶ τούτου πρεσβύτερος ὀρθὸς λόγος φάσκων· „τί τὸ ἐνύπνιον τοῦτο ἐνυπνιάσθης“ (Gen. 37, 10) ;
2:136ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐνύπνιον εἶδες; ἢ ὑπέλαβες, ὅτι τὰ φύσει ἐλεύθερα ἀνθρωπείων ἀνάγκῃ δοῦλα ἔσται καὶ ὑπήκοα τὰ ἄρχοντα καί, τὸ ἔτι παραδοξότερον, οὐκ ἄλλων ὑπήκοα ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀρχομένων, οὐδ’ ἑτέρων δοῦλα ἀλλὰ τῶν δουλευόντων; εἰ μὴ ἄρα κράτει θεοῦ τοῦ μόνου πάντα δυνατοῦ, ᾧ καὶ τὰ ἀκίνητα κινεῖν καὶ τὰ φορούμενα θέμις ἱδρύσασθαι, μεταβολὴ τῶν καθεστώτων γένοιτο πρὸς τἀναντία.
2:137ἐπεὶ τίνα ἕξει λόγον τὸ ὀργίζεσθαι καὶ ἐπιτιμᾶν τῷ τὴν καθ’ ὕπνον φαντασίαν ἰδόντι; μὴ γὰρ ἑκὼν εἶδον αὐτήν; ἐρεῖ, τί μοι τὰ τῶν ἐκ προνοίας ἠδικηκότων ἐπάγεις ἐγκλήματα; τὸ προσπεσὸν ἔξωθεν καὶ πλῆξάν μου τὴν διάνοιαν αἰφνίδιον ἄκοντος διηγησάμην.
2:138ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι περὶ ὀνείρατος ὁ παρὼν λόγος, ἀλλὰ περὶ πραγμάτων ἐοικότων ἐνυπνίοις· ἃ τοῖς μὴ λίαν κεκαθαρμένοις μεγάλα καὶ λαμπρὰ καὶ περιμάχητα εἶναι δοκεῖ, μικρὰ ὄντα καὶ ἀμυδρὰ καὶ χλεύης ἐπάξια παρ’ ἀδεκάστοις ἀληθείας βραβευταῖς.
2:139Ἆρ’ οὖν, φησίν, ἐλεύσομαι μὲν ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος, ἐγώ, ἀφίξεται δὲ καὶ ἡ τοῦ φιλομαθοῦς θιάσου [ψυχὴ] μήτηρ ὁμοῦ καὶ τροφός, ἀρετῶσα παιδεία, συντενοῦσι δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῶν ἔγγονοι καὶ στάντες ἀντικρὺς οὕτω κατὰ στοῖχον ἐν κόσμῳ τὰς χεῖρας ἐξάραντες προσευξώμεθα τῦφον πρότερον ἀφέντες;
2:140εἶτα καταβαλόντες ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος ποτνιᾶσθαι καὶ προσκυνεῖν ἐπιχειρήσωμεν; ἀλλὰ μὴ ἐπιλάμψαι ποτὲ τούτοις γινομένοις ἥλιος, ἐπεὶ βαθὺ μὲν σκότος κακοῖς, τηλαυγὲς δὲ φῶς ἀγαθοῖς ἐφαρμόζει. τί δ’ ἂν γένοιτο μεῖζον κακὸν ἢ τὸν πλαστὸν καὶ φένακα τῦφον ἀντὶ τῆς ἀπλάστου καὶ ἀψευδοῦς ἀτυφίας ἐπαινεῖσθαί τε καὶ θαυμάζεσθαι;
2:141παγκάλως δὲ προσδιέσταλται τὸ "διετήρησεν ὁ πατὴρ τὸ ῥῆμα“ (Gen. 37,11)· ψυχῆς γὰρ οὐ νεωτέρας οὐδὲ ἀγόνου καὶ ἐστειρωμένης, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι πρεσβυτέρας καὶ γεννᾶν ἐπισταμένης ἔργον ἐστὶ συζῆν εὐλαβείᾳ καὶ μηδενὸς καταφρονεῖν τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἄδραστον καὶ ἀνίκητον τοῦ θεοῦ κράτος κατεπτηχέναι καὶ περιαθρεῖν ἐν κύκλῳ, τί ἄρα ἀποβήσεται τὸ τέλος αὐτῇ.
2:142διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν Μωυσέως ἀδελφὴν — ἐλπὶς δὲ παρ’ ἡμῖν τοῖς ἀλληγορικοῖς ὀνομάζεται — φασὶν ἀποσκοπεῖν μακρόθεν (Exod. 2, 4) οἱ χρησμοί, πρὸς τὸ τοῦ βίου δήπου τέλος ἐμβλέπουσαν, ἵνα αἴσιον ἀπαντήσῃ, τοῦ τελεσφόρου καταπέμψαντος αὐτὸ ἄνωθεν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ.
2:143πολλοὶ γὰρ πολλάκις ἄπλωτα πελάγη διαβαλόντες καὶ μακρὸν πλοῦν οὐρίοις πνεύμασιν ἀκίνδυνοι παραπεμφθέντες ἐν αὐτοῖς λιμέσιν ἐξαίφνης ἐναυάγησαν, μέλλοντες ἤδη προσορμίζεσθαι.
2:144μυρίοι δὲ καὶ βαρεῖς καὶ πολυετεῖς πολέμους ἀνὰ κράτος ἑλόντες καὶ ἄτρωτοι διατελέσαντες, ὡς μηδ’ ἐπιφάνειαν ἄκραν νυχθῆναι, ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ ἐκ πανηγύρεως κοινοδήμου καὶ δημοτελοῦς ἑορτῆς τελεῖν * * * ὁλοκλήροις καὶ παντελέσι, μεθ’ ἱλαρᾶς ἐπιστρέψαντες εὐθυμίας ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις ὑφ’ ὧν ἥκιστ’ ἐχρῆν ἐπεβουλεύθησαν οἰκίαις, τὸ λεγόμενον τοῦτο, „βόες ἐπὶ φάτνῃ“ σφαγέντες.
Book 2, §§145–169
2:145ὥσπερ δὴ ταῦτα ἀπροσδόκητοι καὶ ἀτέκμαρτοι συντυχίαι κατασκήπτειν φιλοῦσιν, οὕτω καὶ τὰς περὶ ψυχὴν δυνάμεις ἀντωθοῦσι πρὸς τἀναντία καὶ ἀντιμετακλίνουσιν, ἢν οἷαί τε ὦσι, καὶ ἀνατρέψαι βιάζονται. τίς γὰρ εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦ βίου παρελθὼν ἄπτωτος ἔμεινε;
2:146τίς δ’ οὐχ ὑπεσκελίσθη; εὐδαίμων δ’ ὁ μὴ πολλάκις. τίνι δ’ οὐκ ἐφήδρευεν ἡ τύχη, διαπνέουσα καὶ συλλεγομένη ῥώμην, ἵνα συμπλακεῖσα εὐθὺς ἐξαρπάσῃ, πρὶν φθάσαι τὸν ἀντίπαλον κονίσασθαι;
2:147οὐκ ἤδη τινὰς ἴσμεν ἐκ παίδων εἰς γῆρας ἀφιγμένους, οἳ μηδεμιᾶς ἐπῄσθοντο ταραχῆς εἴτε δι’ εὐμοιρίαν φύσεως εἴτε διὰ τὴν τῶν τρεφόντων καὶ παιδευόντων ἐπιμέλειαν εἴτε καὶ ἀμφότερα, βαθείας δ’ εἰρήνης ἀναπλησθέντας τῆς ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ἣ πρὸς ἀλήθειάν ἐστιν εἰρήνη, τῆς κατὰ τὰς πόλεις ἀρχέτυπον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ εὐδαίμονας νομισθέντας, ὅτι τὸν ὑπὸ τῶν παθῶν ἀναρριπιζόμενον ἐμφύλιον πόλεμον, ἀργαλεώτατον ὄντα πολέμων, οὐδ’ ὄναρ ἐπῄσθοντο, εἶτ’ ἐν αὐταῖς τοῦ βίου ταῖς δυσμαῖς ἐξοκείλαντάς τε καὶ ναυαγήσαντας ἢ περὶ γλῶτταν ἄθυρον ἢ περὶ γαστέρα ἄπληστον ἢ περὶ τὴν τῶν ὑπογαστρίων ἀκράτορα λεγνείαν;
2:148οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὸν μειρακιώδη τῶν ἀσώτων, ἄτιμον, ἀποκήρυκτον, αἰσχρὸν βίον ἐζήλωσαν „ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῷ“, οἱ δὲ τὸν πανοῦργον καὶ συκοφάντην καὶ ῥᾳδιουργόν, ἀπαρχόμενοι φιλοπραγμοσύνης, ὅτε εἰκὸς ἦν ἤδη καὶ παλαιὰν οὖσαν καταλῦσαι.
2:149διὸ χρὴ τὸν θεὸν ποτνιᾶσθαι καὶ λιπαρῶς ἱκετεύειν, ὅπως τὸ ἐπίκηρον ἡμῶν γένος μὴ παρέλθῃ, κελεύσῃ δὲ διαιωνίζειν αὐτοῦ τὸν σωτήριον ἔλεον· χαλεπὸν γὰρ εἰρήνης ἀκράτου γευσαμένους κωλυθῆναι κορεσθῆναι.
2:150ἀλλὰ φέρε, δίψης κουφότερόν ἐστι κακὸν ὁ λιμὸς οὗτος, ἔρωτα καὶ πόθον ἔχων παρηγοροῦντας. ὅταν δὲ ἀφ’ ἑτέρας πηγῆς, ἧς θολερὸν καὶ νοσερὸν τὸ νᾶμα, διὰ τὸν τοῦ πιεῖν ἵμερον ἐμφορεῖσθαι δέῃ, τότε ἀνάγκη γλυκυπίκρου πληρουμένους ἡδονῆς ἐν ἀβιώτῳ βίῳ διαζῆν, τοῖς βλαβεροῖς ὡς ὠφελίμοις ἐπιτρέχοντας ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ συμφέροντος.
2:151ἡ δὲ τῶν κακῶν ἀνιαροτάτη φορὰ γίνεται τούτων, ἐπειδὰν αἱ ἄλογοι δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιθέμεναι ταῖς τοῦ λογισμοῦ κρατήσωσιν.
2:152ἕως μὲν γὰρ ἢ βουκόλια βουκόλοις ἢ ποιμέσι ποίμνια ἢ αἰπόλοις αἰπόλια πειθαρχεῖ, τὰ περὶ τὰς ἀγέλας κατορθοῦται· ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἀσθενέστεροι τῶν θρεμμάτων οἱ ἐπιστατοῦντες ἀγελάρχαι γίνωνται, πλημμελεῖται τὰ πάντα καὶ συμβαίνει ἀταξία μὲν ἐκ τάξεως, ἀκοσμία δ’ ἐξ εὐκοσμίας, ταραχὴ δ’ ἐξ εὐσταθείας καὶ σύγχυσις ἐκ διακρίσεως, ἅτε μηδεμιᾶς ἔτι νομίμου καθεστώσης ἐπιστασίας· εἰ γὰρ ἦν, ἤδη καθῄρητο.
2:153τί οὖν; οὐκ οἰόμεθα καὶ ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς θρεμμάτων μὲν ἀγέλην εἶναι, παρόσον ἀποτέτμηται ψυχῆς τὸ ἄλογον στῖφος, ἀγελάρχην δὲ τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν; ἀλλ’ ἕως μὲν ἔρρωταί τε καὶ ἱκανὸς ἀγελαρχεῖν ἐστιν, ἐνδίκως ἅπαντα καὶ συμφερόντως ἐπιτελεῖται.
2:154ὅταν δὲ ἀσθένειά τις ἐπιγένηται τῷ βασιλεῖ, συγκάμνειν ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸ ὑπήκοον· καὶ ὅτε μάλιστα ἠλευθερῶσθαι δοκεῖ, τότε μάλιστα γίνεται ἑτοιμότατον ἆθλον κείμενον τοῖς βουλομένοις αὐτὸ μόνον κονίσασθαι. πέφυκε γὰρ ἀναρχία μὲν ἐπίβουλον, ἀρχὴ δ’ εἶναι σωτήριον, καὶ μάλισθ’ ᾗ νόμος καὶ δίκη τετίμηται· αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ σὺν λόγῳ.
2:155Τὰ μὲν δὴ τῆς κενῆς δόξης ὀνείρατα ὧδε ἠκριβώσθω· τὰ δὲ τῆς γαστριμαργίας εἴδη πόσις τε καὶ βρῶσις, ἀλλὰ τῇ μὲν οὐ ποικίλων, τῇ δὲ μυρίων ὅσων ἡδυσμάτων καὶ παραρτυμάτων χρεία. ταῦτα μέντοι δυσὶ φροντισταῖς ἐπανατίθεται, τὰ μὲν τῆς περιέργου πόσεως ἀρχιοινοχόῳ, τὰ δὲ τῆς ἀναγκαιοτέρας ἐδωδῆς ἀρχισιτοποιῷ. σφόδρα δ’ ἐξητασμένως μιᾷ νυκτὶ φαντασιούμενοι τοὺς ὀνείρους εἰσάγονται·
2:156πρὸς γὰρ τὴν αὐτὴν χρείαν σπεύδουσιν ἀμφότεροι, τροφὴν οὐχ ἁπλῆν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μεθ’ ἡδονῆς καὶ τέρψεως εὐτρεπιζόμενοι. καὶ ἑκάτερος μὲν περὶ τροφῆς ἥμισυ πονεῖται, ἀμφότεροι δὲ περὶ πᾶσαν.
2:157ἔστι δὲ καὶ θάτερον μέρος ὁλκὸν θατέρου· καὶ γὰρ οἱ φαγόντες εὐθὺς ὀρέγονται ποτοῦ καὶ αὐτίκα ἐδωδῆς οἱ πιόντες· ὥστε οὐχ ἥκιστα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο χρόνον τὸν αὐτὸν τῆς φαντασίας ἀμφοτέροις ἀναγεγράφθαι.
2:158ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀρχιοινοχόος οἰνοφλυγίαν, ὁ δὲ ἀρχισιτοποιὸς λαιμαργίαν ἔλαχε. φαντασιοῦται δὲ ἑκάτερος τὰ οἰκεῖα, ὁ μὲν οἶνον καὶ τὸ γεννητικὸν οἴνου φυτόν, ἄμπελον, ὁ δ’ ἐπὶ κανῶν διακειμένους ἐκκεκαθαρμένους ἄρτους καὶ κανηφοροῦντα ἑαυτόν (Gen. 40, 16. 17).
2:159ἁρμόττον δὲ ἂν εἴη πρότερον τὸ πρότερον ἐξετάζειν ὄναρ, ἔστι δὲ τοιόνδε· „ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ μου ἦν ἄμπελος ἐναντίον μου· ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀμπέλῳ τρεῖς πυθμένες καὶ αὐτὴ θάλλουσα ἀνενηνοχυῖα βλαστούς· πέπειροι βότρυες σταφυλῆς. καὶ τὸ ποτήριον Φαραὼ ἐν τῇ χειρί μου· καὶ ἔλαβον τὴν σταφυλὴν καὶ ἐξέθλιψα αὐτὴν εἰς τὸ ποτήριον, καὶ ἔδωκα τὸ ποτήριον εἰς τὰς χεῖρας Φαραώ“ (Gen. 40, 9 — 11).
2:160θαυμασίως γε προανεφθέγξατο καὶ ἀψευδῶς ἔχει τὸ „ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ μου.“ τῷ γὰρ ὄντι ὁ μὴ τὴν δι’ οἴνου μέθην μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν δι’ ἀφροσύνης ἐπιτηδεύων, ὀρθότητι καὶ ἐγρηγόρσει δυσχεραίνων, ὥσπερ οἱ κοιμώμενοι καταβέβληται καὶ παρεῖται καὶ καταμέμυκε τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμματα, οὐδὲν οὔθ’ ὁρᾶν οὔτ’ ἀκούειν τῶν θέας καὶ ἀκοῆς ἀξίων οἷός τε ὤν·
2:161ἡττημένος δὲ τυφλὴν καὶ ἀχειραγώγητον, οὐχ ὁδόν, ἀλλ’ ἀνοδίαν τοῦ βίου διεξέρχεται, βάτοις καὶ τριβόλοις περιπειρόμενος, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ κατὰ κρημνῶν κυλιόμενος καὶ ἄλλοις ἐπιφερόμενος, ὡς ἐκείνους τε καὶ ἑαυτὸν οἰκτρῶς διαφθείρειν.
2:162ὁ δὲ βαθὺς καὶ διωλύγιος ὕπνος, ᾧ πᾶς κατέχεται φαῦλος, τὰς μὲν ἀληθεῖς καταλήψεις ἀφαιρεῖται, ψευδῶν δὲ εἰδώλων καὶ ἀβεβαίων φαντασμάτων ἀναπίμπλησι τὴν διάνοιαν, τὰ ὑπαίτια ὡς ἑπαινετὰ ἀναπείθων ἀποδέχεσθαι. καὶ γὰρ νυνὶ λύπην ὡς χαρὰν ὀνειροπολεῖ καὶ οὐκ αἰσθάνεται, ὅτι τὸ ἀφροσύνης καὶ τοῦ παραπαίειν * * * φυτόν, ἄμπελον, ὁρᾷ.
2:163„ἦν“ γάρ φησιν „ἄμπελος ἐναντίον μου“ (Gen. 40, 9), τὸ ποθούμενον τῷ ποθοῦντι, κακία κακῷ· ἣν καθ’ ἑαυτῶν λελήθαμεν οἱ ἀνόητοι γεωργοῦντες, ἧς τὸν καρπὸν ἐσθίομέν τε καὶ πίνομεν εἰς ἑκάτερον τροφῆς κατατάττοντες εἶδος, ἧς ὡς ἔοικεν οὐκ ἐφ’ ἡμισείᾳ τῇ βλάβῃ ἀλλ’ ἀρτίῳ καὶ ὁλοκλήρῳ καὶ παντελεῖ μεταποιούμεθα.
2:164Προσήκει δὲ μὴ ἀγνοεῖν, ὅτι τὸ ἀμπέλιον μέθυσμα τοὺς χρησομένους ἅπαντας οὐχ ὁμοίως, ἀλλὰ πολλάκις ἐναντίως διατίθησιν, ὡς τοὺς μὲν ἀμείνους, τοὺς δὲ χείρους ἑαυτῶν ἐξετάζεσθαι.
2:165τῶν μὲν γὰρ τὸ σύννουν καὶ σκυθρωπὸν ἐπανῆκε καὶ τὰς φροντίδας ἐχάλασεν ὀργάς τε καὶ λύπας ἐπράυνε τά τε ἤθη πρὸς τὸ ἐπιεικὲς ἐπαιδαγώγησε καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἑαυταῖς ἵλεως ἐποίησε· τῶν δὲ ἔμπαλιν τοὺς θυμοὺς ἐπήλειψε καὶ τὰς ὀδύνας ἐπέσφιγξε καὶ τοὺς ἔρωτας ἐκίνησε καὶ τὰς ἀγροικίας ἀνήγειρεν, ἄκλειστον στόμα καὶ γλῶτταν ἀχαλίνωτον καὶ αἰσθήσεις ἀθύρους καὶ λελυττηκότα πάθη κἀξηγριωμένον καὶ ἐπτοημένον πρὸς πάντα νοῦν ἀποτελοῦν·
2:166ὡς δοκεῖν τὴν μὲν τῶν προτέρων κατάστασιν ἢ τῇ κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα νηνέμῳ αἰθρίᾳ ἢ τῇ κατὰ θάλατταν ἀκύμονι γαλήνῃ ἢ τῇ κατὰ τὰς πόλεις εἰρηνικωτάτῃ εὐσταθείᾳ ἐοικέναι, τὴν δὲ τῶν ὑστέρων ἢ βιαίῳ καὶ συντόνῳ πνεύματι ἢ χειμαίνοντι καὶ κυματουμένῳ πελάγει ἢ στάσει, ἀσπόνδου καὶ ἀκηρύκτου πολέμου δυσωνυμωτέρᾳ ταραχῇ.
2:167δυεῖν γοῦν συμποσίων τὸ μὲν πέπλησται γέλωτος, παιδιᾶς, ἐπαγγελλομένων, ἀγαθὰ ἐλπιζόντων, χαριζομένων, εὐθυμίας, εὐφημίας, ἱλαρότητος, εὐφροσύνης, ἀδείας·
2:168τὸ δὲ συννοίας, κατηφείας, προσκρουσμάτων, λοιδοριῶν, τραυμάτων, βριμουμένων, ὑποβλεπομένων, ὑλακτούντων, ἀγχόντων, καταπαγκρατιαζόντων, ἀκρωτηριαζόντων ὦτα καὶ ῥῖνας καὶ ἅπερ ἂν τύχῃ τοῦ σώματος μέρη καὶ μέλη, τὴν [τοῦ] παντὸς τοῦ βίου μέθην καὶ παροινίαν ἐν ἀνιέρῳ ἀγῶνι μετὰ αἰσχρουργίας τῆς πάσης ἐπιδεικνυμένων.
2:169ἀκόλουθον οὖν ἂν εἴη λογίζεσθαι, ὅτι καὶ ἄμπελος δυεῖν σύμβολον πραγμάτων ἐστίν, ἀνοίας τε καὶ εὐφροσύνης. ἑκάτερον δέ, καίτοι μηνυόμενον ἐκ πολλῶν, ἵνα μὴ μακρηγορῶμεν, δι’ ὀλίγων ἐπιδείξομεν.
Book 2, §§170–194
2:170ἡνίκα ἡμᾶς διὰ τῆς τῶν παθῶν καὶ ἀδικημάτων ἐρήμης ὁδοῦ, φιλοσοφίας, ἀγαγὼν καὶ ὥσπερ ἔμπορος ἀναβιβάσας τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον ἔστησεν ἐπὶ σκοπῆς καὶ ἐκέλευε περιαθρεῖν τὴν ἅπασαν ἀρετῆς χώραν, εἴτε εὔγειος καὶ βαθεῖα καὶ χλοηφόρος καὶ καρποτόκος ἐστὶ καὶ ἀγαθὴ μὲν καὶ τὰ σπειρόμενα μαθήματα συναυξῆσαι, ἀγαθὴ δὲ τὰ φυτευόμενα καὶ δενδρούμενα δόγματα στελεχῶσαι, εἴτε καὶ τοὐναντίον, καὶ περὶ τῶν ὡσανεὶ πόλεων πράξεων, εἰ εὐερκέσταται καὶ ὀχυρώταται ἢ γυμναὶ καὶ ἀπημφιασμέναι οἷα κύκλων τὸ βέβαιον, καὶ περὶ οἰκητόρων, εἰ πρός τε πλῆθος καὶ πρὸς ἀλκὴν ἐπιδεδώκασιν ἢ δι’ ἀσθένειαν ὀλιγανδροῦσιν ἢ δι’ ὀλιγανδρίαν ἀσθενοῦσιν,
2:171τότε οὐ δυνηθέντες ὅλον τὸ σοφίας στέλεχος βαστάσαι κληματίδα μίαν καὶ βότρυν σταφυλῆς τεμόντες ἤραμεν χαρᾶς σαφέστατον δεῖγμα, κουφότατον ἄχθος, βλάστημα καὶ καρπὸν ὁμοῦ καλοκἀγαθίας ἐπιδειξόμενοι τοῖς διάνοιαν ὀξυδορκοῦσι τὴν εὐκληματοῦσαν καὶ βοτρυηφόρον ἄμπελον (cf.
2:172νυμ. 13). ταύτην, ἧς μοῖράν τινα λαβεῖν ἐδυνήθημεν, εὐσκόπως ἐξομοιοῦσιν εὐφροσύνῃ. μαρτυρεῖ δέ μοί τις τῶν πάλαι προφητῶν, ὃς ἐπιθειάσας εἶπεν· „ἀμπελὼν κυρίου παντοκράτορος οἶκος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ“ (Ies. 5,7).
2:173ὁ μὲν Ἰσραήλ ἐστι νοῦς θεωρητικὸς θεοῦ τε καὶ κόσμου — καὶ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται θεὸν ὁρῶν —, οἶκος δὲ διανοίας ὅλη ψυχή. αὕτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἀμπελὼν ἱερώτατος, τὸ θεῖον βλάστημα καρποφορῶν, ἀρετήν.
2:174οὕτω μέντοι τὸ φρονεῖν εὖ, τὸ εὐφροσύνης ἔτυμον, μέγα καὶ λαμπρόν, ὥστε φησὶ Μωυσῆς καὶ θεὸν αὐτῷ μὴ ἀπαξιῶσαι χρῆσθαι, καὶ τότε μάλιστα, ὁπότε τὸ ἀνθρώπων γένος ἐκτρέποιτο μὲν ἁμαρτήματα, ἐπικλίνοι δὲ καὶ ἐπιστρέφοι πρὸς δικαιοσύνην, ἑκουσίῳ γνώμῃ φύσεως νόμοις καὶ θεσμοῖς ἑπόμενον. „ἐπιστρέψει“
2:175γάρ φησι „κύριος ὁ θεός σου εὐφρανθῆναι ἐπὶ σὲ εἰς ἀγαθά, καθότι ηὐφράνθη ἐπὶ τοῖς πατράσι σου, ἐὰν εἰσακούσῃς τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ, φυλάσσειν πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰς κρίσεις τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τοῦ νόμου τούτου“ (Deut. 30, 9. 10).
2:176τίς ἂν δύναιτο μᾶλλον ἀρετῆς ἵμερον ἢ καλοκἀγαθίας ζῆλον ἐμφῦσαι; βούλει, φησίν, ὦ διάνοια, εὐφραίνεσθαι θεόν; εὐφράνθητι αὐτὴ καὶ ἀνάλωμα μὲν μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς μηδέν — τίνος γὰρ τῶν σῶν χρεῖός ἐστιν; —, ἀλλ’ ἔμπαλιν ὅσα σοι δίδωσιν ἀγαθὰ χαίρουσα δέξαι.
2:177διδοὺς γάρ, ὅταν ἄξιοι χάριτος ὦσιν οἱ λαμβάνοντες, εὐφραίνεται· εἰ μὴ νομίζεις, ὅτι οἱ μὲν ὑπαιτίως ζῶντες παραπικραίνειν καὶ παροργίζειν ἐνδίκως λέγοιντ’ ἂν θεόν, οἱ δ’ ἐπαινετῶς οὐχὶ εὐφραίνειν.
2:178ἀλλὰ πατέρας μὲν καὶ μητέρας, τοὺς θνητοὺς γονεῖς, οὐδὲν οὕτως ὡς τέκνων εὐφραίνουσιν ἀρεταί, μυρίων ὅσων ἐνδεεῖς ὄντας· τὸν δὲ τῶν ὅλων γεννητὴν καὶ μηδενὸς ἐνδεᾶ τὸ παράπαν οὐχ ἡ καλοκἀγαθία τῶν λεγομένων;
2:179μαθοῦσα οὖν, ὦ διάνοια, ἡλίκον κακὸν μέν ἐστιν ὀργὴ θεοῦ, ἡλίκον δὲ ἀγαθὸν εὐφροσύνη θεοῦ, μηδὲν μὲν τῶν ὀργῆς ἀξίων ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ κίνει τῷ σεαυτῆς, μόνα δὲ δι’ ὧν εὐφρανεῖς θεὸν ἐπιτήδευε.
2:180ταῦτα δὲ εὑρήσεις οὐ μακρὰς καὶ ἀτριβεῖς διεξιὼν ὁδοὺς ἢ ἄπλωτα πελάγη περαιούμενος ἢ ἐπὶ τοὺς γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ἀπνευστὶ συντείνων ὅρους· οὐ γὰρ πορρωτάτω διῴκισται καὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἔξω πεφυγάδευται, ἀλλ’, ᾗ φησι Μωυσῆς (Deut. 30, 12 — 14), ἐγγὺς οὑτωσὶ τἀγαθὸν παρίδρυταί σοι καὶ συμπέφυκε, τρισὶ τοῖς ἀναγκαιοτάτοις μέρεσιν ἡρμοσμένον, καρδίᾳ, στόματι, χερσί, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ διανοίᾳ, λόγῳ, πράξεσιν, ἐπειδὴ τὰ καλὰ καὶ φρονεῖν καὶ λέγειν καὶ ποιεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, συμπληρούμενον ἔκ τε εὐβουλίας καὶ εὐπραξίας καὶ εὐλογίας.
2:181Λέγωμεν οὖν τῷ θάτερον εἶδος γαστριμαργίας, πολυποσίαν, ἐπιτηδεύοντι ἀρχιοινοχόῳ· τί κακοπαθεῖς, ὦ ἀνόητε; δοκεῖς μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἀγωγὰ πρὸς εὐφροσύνην εὐτρεπίζεσθαι, τὸ δ’ ἀληθὲς ἀφροσύνης καὶ ἀκολασίας ἐξάπτεις φλόγα, πολλὴν αὐτῇ καὶ ἄφθονον ἐπιφέρων ὕλην. ἀλλ’, ἴσως ἂν εἴποι, μή με προπετῶς αἰτιῶ, πρίν με σκέψασθαι.
2:182οἰνοχοεῖν ἐτάχθην, οὐ μὴν δὴ σωφροσύνην καὶ εὐσέβειαν καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀρετὰς ἐνεσκευασμένῳ, ἀλλ’ ἀνδρὶ λαιμάργῳ καὶ ἀκρατεῖ καὶ ἀδίκῳ καὶ ἐπὶ ἀσεβείᾳ μέγα φρονοῦντι, ὃς ἐτόλμησέ ποτε εἰπεῖν· „οὐκ οἶδα τὸν κύριον“ (Exod. 5,2)· ὡς εἰκότως ἐγὼ τὰ ἐκείνῳ δι’ ἡδονῆς ἐπιτετήδευκα.
2:183μὴ θαυμάσῃς δέ, ὅτι τοῖς ἐναντίοις ὁ θεὸς καὶ ὁ ἀντίθεος νοῦς εὐφραίνεται, Φαραώ. τίς οὖν οἰνοχόος θεοῦ; ὁ σπονδοφόρος, ὁ μέγας ὄντως ἀρχιερεύς, ὃς τὰς τῶν ἀεννάων χαρίτων λαβὼν προπόσεις ἀντεκτίνει, πλῆρες ὅλον τὸ σπονδεῖον ἀκράτου μεθύσματος ἐπιχέων, ἑαυτόν. ὁρᾷς οἰνοχόων διαφορὰς τοῖς θεραπευομένοις ἀναλογούσας.
2:184διὰ τοῦτο ἐγὼ μὲν ὁ τοῦ Φαραὼ κατὰ τὰς ἀνέσεις ἐπιτεινομένου τὸν σκληραύχενα καὶ πάντων ἀκράτορα λογισμὸν εὐνοῦχός εἰμι (Gen. 40,1.2), τὰ γεννητικὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκτετμημένος, μετανάστης μὲν τῆς ἀνδρωνίτιδος, φυγὰς δὲ καὶ τῆς γυναικωνίτιδος, οὔτ’ ἄρρεν οὔτε θῆλυ, οὔτε προέσθαι οὔθ’ ὑποδέξασθαι σπορὰν δυνάμενος, ἀμφίβολος, οὐδέτερος, ἀνθρωπείου παράκομμα νομίσματος, ἄμοιρος ἀθανασίας, ἣ τέκνων ἢ ἐγγόνων διαδοχαῖς εἰς ἀεὶ ζωπυρεῖται, συλλόγου καὶ ἐκκλησίας ἱερᾶς ἀπεσχοινισμένος· θλαδίαν γὰρ καὶ ἀποκεκομμένον ἄντικρυς διείρηται μὴ
2:185εἰσιέναι (Deut. 23, 1). ὁ δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς ἄμωμός ἐστιν, ὁλόκληρος, ἀνὴρ παρθένου (Lev. 21, 17. 13), τὸ παραδοξότατον, οὐδέποτε γυναικουμένης, ἀλλ’ ἔμπαλιν τὰ γυναικεῖα κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα ὁμιλίαν ἐκλιπούσης (Gen. 18,11), καὶ οὐκ ἀνὴρ μόνον οὗτος, ἀμιάντους καὶ παρθένους γνώμας σπείρειν ἱκανός, ἀλλὰ καὶ πατὴρ λόγων ἱερῶν·
2:186ὧν οἱ μὲν ἐπίσκοποι καὶ ἔφοροι τῶν τῆς φύσεως πραγμάτων, Ἐλεάζαρ καὶ Ἰθάμαρ (Exod. 28, 1), οἱ δὲ λειτουργοὶ θεοῦ, τὴν οὐράνιον φλόγα ἀνακαίειν καὶ ζωπυρεῖν ἐπειγόμενοι· τρίβοντες γὰρ ἀεὶ τοὺς περὶ ὁσιότητος λόγους καθάπερ ἐκ πυρείων τὸ θεοειδέστατον εὐσεβείας γένος ποιοῦσιν ἐκλάμπειν.
2:187ὁ δὲ τούτων ὑφηγητὴς ὁμοῦ καὶ πατὴρ οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα μοῖρα τῆς ἱερᾶς ἐκκλησίας ἐστίν, ἀλλ’ οὗ χωρὶς σύγκλητος οὐκ ἂν ἀθροισθείη ποτὲ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς μερῶν βουλὴ τὸ παράπαν, ὁ πρόεδρος, ὁ πρύτανις, ὁ δημιουργός, ὁ καὶ χωρὶς ἄλλων μόνος ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ σκοπεῖν τε καὶ πράττειν ἕκαστα ἱκανός.
2:188οὗτος σὺν ἄλλοις μὲν ἐξεταζόμενος ὀλίγος, πολὺς δέ, ὅταν μονωθῇ, γίνεται, δικαστήριον ὅλον, ὅλον βουλευτήριον, ὅλος δῆμος, ὅλος ὄχλος, σύμπαν ἀνθρώπων γένος, μᾶλλον δέ, εἰ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν δεῖ, μεθόριός τις θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπου φύσις, τοῦ
2:189μὲν ἐλάττων, ἀνθρώπου δὲ κρείττων. „ὅταν“ γάρ φησιν „εἰσίῃ εἰς τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἔσται“ (Lev. 16, 17). τίς οὖν, εἰ μὴ ἄνθρωπος; ἆρά γε θεός; οὐκ ἂν εἴποιμι — τὸν γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦδε κλῆρον ὁ ἀρχιπροφήτης ἔλαχε Μωυσῆς ἔτι ὢν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, προσρηθεὶς Φαραὼ θεὸς (Exod. 7, 1) — οὔτε ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ’ ἑκατέρων τῶν ἄκρων, ὡς ἂν βάσεως καὶ κεφαλῆς, ἐφαπτόμενος.
2:190τὸ μὲν οὖν ἕτερον εἶδος ἀμπέλου, ὅπερ εὐφροσύνη κεκλήρωται, καὶ τὸ ἐξ αὐτῆς μέθυσμα, ἡ ἄκρατος εὐβουλία, καὶ ὁ ἀρυσάμενος οἰνοχόος ἐκ τοῦ θείου κρατῆρος, ὃν αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς ἀρετῶν πεπλήρωκεν ἐπὶ χείλη, δεδήλωται.
2:191τὸ δὲ ἀνοίας καὶ λύπης καὶ παροινίας ἤδη μὲν τρόπῳ τινὶ τύπῳ δὲ ἕτερον ἐκτυποῦται διὰ τῶν ἑτέρωθι λεχθέντων ἐν ᾠδῇ τῇ μείζονι· „ἐκ γὰρ ἀμπέλου“ φησί „Σοδόμων ἡ ἄμπελος αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ κληματὶς αὐτῶν ἐκ Γομόρρας· ἡ σταφυλὴ αὐτῶν σταφυλὴ χολῆς, βότρυς πικρίας αὐτοῖς· θυμὸς δρακόντων ὁ οἶνος αὐτῶν, καὶ θυμὸς ἀσπίδων ἀνίατος“ (Deut. 32, 32. 33).
2:192ὁρᾷς ὅσα τὸ ἀφροσύνης μέθυσμα ἐργάζεται, τὸ πικρόν, τὸ κακόηθες, τὸ ἀκρόχολον, τὸ περίθυμον, τὸ ἀτίθασον, τὸ δηκτικόν, τὸ ἐπίβουλον. ἐμφαντικώτατα δὲ ἀφροσύνης ἔρνος ἐν Σοδόμοις φησὶν εἶναι — τύφλωσις δὲ ἢ στείρωσις ἑρμηνεύεται Σόδομα —, ἐπειδὴ τυφλὸν καὶ ἄγονον καλῶν ἀφροσύνη, ὑφ’ ἧς ἀναπεισθέντες τινὲς μετρεῖν καὶ σταθμᾶσθαι καὶ ἀριθμεῖν πάντα καθ’ αὑτοὺς ἠξίωσαν· Γομόρρα γὰρ μεταληφθέν ἐστι μέτρον.
2:193Μωυσῆς δὲ στάθμην καὶ μέτρον καὶ ἀριθμὸν τῶν ὅλων ὑπέλαβεν εἶναι τὸν θεόν, ἀλλ’ οὐ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον νοῦν. δηλοῖ δὲ διὰ τούτων φάσκων· „οὐκ ἔσται ἐν μαρσίππῳ σου στάθμιον καὶ στάθμιον, μέγα ἢ μικρόν· οὐκ ἔσται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ σου μέτρον καὶ μέτρον, μέγα ἢ μικρόν· στάθμιον ἀληθινὸν καὶ δίκαιον ἔσται σοι“ (Deut. 25, 13—15).
2:194ἀληθὲς δὲ καὶ δίκαιον μέτρον τὸ τὸν μόνον δίκαιον θεὸν ὑπολαβεῖν πάντα μετρεῖν καὶ σταθμᾶσθαι καὶ ἀριθμοῖς καὶ πέρασι καὶ ὅροις τὴν τῶν ὅλων περιγράψαι φύσιν, ἄδικον δὲ καὶ ψευδὲς τὸ νομίσαι κατὰ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον νοῦν ταῦτα συμβαίνειν.
Book 2, §§195–219
2:195Ὁ δὲ εὐνοῦχος ἅμα καὶ ἀρχιοινοχόος τοῦ Φαραὼ τὸ ἀφροσύνης γεννητικὸν φυτόν, ἄμπελον, φαντασιωθεὶς προσαναζωγραφεῖ τρεῖς πυθμένας, ἵνα τὰς ἐν τῷ διαμαρτάνειν κατὰ τοὺς τρεῖς χρόνους ἐσχατιὰς
2:196παρεμφήνῃ· πυθμὴν γὰρ τὸ ἔσχατον. ἐπειδὰν οὖν ἀφροσύνη πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἐπισκιάσῃ καὶ κατασχῇ καὶ μηδὲν αὐτῆς ἄφετον μηδὲ ἐλεύθερον μέρος ἐάσῃ, οὐ μόνον ὅσα τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἰάσιμα δρᾶν ἀναγκάζει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσα ἀνίατα.
2:197τὰ μὲν οὖν θεραπείαν ἐνδεχόμενα ῥᾷστα καὶ πρῶτα γράφεται, τὰ δὲ ἀθεράπευτα παγχάλεπα καὶ ὕστατα, πυθμέσιν ἀναλογοῦντα.
2:198καὶ καθάπερ, οἶμαι, ἡ φρόνησις ἄρχεται μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐλαττόνων ὠφελεῖν, λήγει δὲ εἰς τὰς ὑπερβολὰς τῶν κατορθωμάτων, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ἡ ἀφροσύνη καταβιάζουσα τὴν ψυχὴν ἄνωθεν καὶ κατ’ ὀλίγον ἀφιστᾶσα παιδείας μακρὰν ὀρθοῦ λόγου διοικίζει καὶ μέχρι τῶν ἐσχατιῶν καθαιρεῖ.
2:199τὸ δ’ ὄναρ ἐδήλου μετὰ τοὺς πυθμένας ἀνθοῦσαν καὶ βλαστάνουσαν καὶ καρποφοροῦσαν τὴν ἄμπελον — „αὐτὴ“ γάρ φησι „θάλλουσα ἀνενηνοχυῖα βλαστούς· πέπειροι βότρυες σταφυλῆς“ (Gen. 40, 10) —, ἣν εἴθε ἀκαρπίᾳ χρῆσθαι καὶ μηδέποτε χλοηφορῆσαι καὶ πάντα μεμαράνθαι τὸν αἰῶνα.
2:200τί γὰρ ἂν εἴη μεῖζον κακὸν [ἢ] θαλλούσης καὶ εὐφορούσης ἀφροσύνης; ἀλλὰ καὶ „τὸ ποτήριον Φαραώ“, ἡ δεξαμενὴ τῆς ἀνοίας καὶ παροινίας καὶ τῆς παρὰ πάντα τὸν βίον ἀπαύστου μέθης, „ἐν τῇ χειρί μου“ (Gen. 40, 11), φησίν, ἐστίν, ἴσον τῷ ἐν ταῖς ἐμαῖς ἐγχειρήσεσι καὶ ἐπιβολαῖς καὶ δυνάμεσιν· οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ γε τῶν ἐμῶν ἐπινοιῶν εὐοδήσει τὰ πάθος ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ.
2:201ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν μὲν ταῖς τοῦ ἡνιόχου χερσὶ τὰς ἡνίας εἶναι προσῆκεν, ἐν δὲ ταῖς τοῦ κυβερνήτου τοὺς οἴακας — μόνως γὰρ οὕτως κατορθοῦται δρόμος μὲν ἅρματι, σκάφει δὲ πλοῦς —, οὕτως ἐν τῇ χειρὶ καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ θάτερον εἶδος τῆς γαστριμαργίας τεχνιτεύοντος, οἰνοφλυγίαν, ἡ τοῦ ἀκρατοῦς ἐστιν ἐκπλήρωσις.
2:202ἀλλὰ τί παθὼν ὑπέμεινεν αὐχεῖν ἐπ’ ἀρνήσεως μᾶλλον ἢ ὁμολογίας ἐπαξίῳ πράγματι; ἢ οὐκ ἄμεινον ἦν μὴ οὐχ ὁμολογεῖν διδάσκαλον ἀκρασίας εἶναι, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἀκρατεῖ τὰ ὑπεκκαύματα τοῦ πάθους ἐπαναθεῖναι ὡς εὑρετῇ καὶ αὐτουργῷ τεθρυμμένου καὶ κατεαγότος αἰσχίστου βίου;
2:203τοιοῦτον δ’ ἐστίν· ἀφροσύνη σεμνύνεται ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκὸς ἐγκαλύπτεσθαι· νυνὶ μὲν οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν δεξαμενὴν τῆς ἀκράτορος ψυχῆς, τὸ ποτήριον, περιφέρειν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι πᾶσιν ἀγάλλεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν σταφυλὴν εἰς αὐτὸ ἐκθλίβειν· τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ τὸ ἐκπληρωτικὸν τοῦ πάθους δημιουργεῖν καὶ κεκρυμμένον εἰς φῶς ἄγειν.
2:204ὡς γὰρ τὰ βρέφη γλιχόμενα τροφῆς, ὁπότε μέλλοι σπᾶν τοῦ γάλακτος, ἐκθλίβει καὶ πιέζει τὸν μαστὸν τῆς τρεφούσης, οὕτω τὴν πηγήν, ἀφ’ ἧς τὸ οἰνοφλυγίας ὀμβρεῖ κακόν, ὁ δημιουργὸς τῆς ἀκρασίας πιέζει κραταιῶς, ἵνα ταῖς ἐκθλιβομέναις λιβάσιν ἡδίστῃ τροφῇ χρῷτο.
2:205Τοιοῦτος μὲν ἡμῖν ὁ βεβακχευμένος ἀκράτῳ, παροίνιον καὶ παράληρον κακὸν καὶ ἀνίατον, γραφέσθω· τὸν δὲ συγγενῆ τούτου γάστρωνα καὶ αὐτὸν ὄντα, πολυφαγίας καὶ λαιμαργίας ἑταῖρον, τὰ περὶ ἐδωδὴν ἀκρατῶς τεχνιτεύοντα, πάλιν ἐπισκεπτέον.
2:206καίτοι οὐ πολλῆς δεῖ πρὸς τὴν θήραν αὐτοῦ φροντίδος· ἔστι γὰρ ἐκμαγεῖον ἐμφερέστατον αὐτοῦ τῆς εἰκόνος ὁ φανεὶς ὄνειρος. ἀκριβώσαντες οὖν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον ὥσπερ ἔμφασιν ἐν κατόπτρῳ θεασόμεθα.
2:207„ᾤμην“ γάρ φησι „τρία κανᾶ χονδριτῶν αἴρειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς μου“ (Gen. 40, 16). κεφαλὴν μὲν τοίνυν ἀλληγοροῦντές φαμεν εἶναι ψυχῆς τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν, ἐπικεῖσθαι δὲ τούτῳ πάντα· καὶ γὰρ ἐξεφώνησέ ποτε ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ· „ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ἐγένετο ταῦτα πάντα“ (Gen. 42, 36).
2:208στειλάμενος οὖν πομπὴν ὧν ἐτεχνίτευσε κατὰ γαστρὸς τῆς ταλαίνης ἐπιδείκνυται, καὶ κανηφορῶν ὁ ἀνόητος οὐκ αἰδεῖται τοσούτῳ βαρυνόμενος τριττῷ κανῶν ἄχθει, τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ τρισὶ χρόνου μέρεσι.
2:209τὴν γὰρ ἡδονὴν οἱ θιασῶταί φασιν αὐτῆς ἔκ τε μνήμης τῶν παρεληλυθότων τερπνῶν καὶ ἐξ ἀπολαύσεως τῶν ἐνεστηκότων καὶ ἐξ ἐλπίδος τῶν μελλόντων συνεστάναι·
2:210ὥστε τὰ τρία κανᾶ τοῖς τρισὶ τοῦ χρόνου μέρεσιν ἐξομοιοῦσθαι, τὰ δ’ ἐπὶ τῶν κανῶν πέμματα τοῖς ἑκάστῳ τῶν μερῶν ἐφαρμόζουσι, παρεληλυθότων μνήμαις, ἐνεστηκότων μετουσίαις, μελλόντων προσδοκίαις, τὸν δὲ βαστάζοντα ταῦτα πάντα τῷ φιληδόνῳ, ὃς οὐκ ἀφ’ ἑνὸς γένους ἀκρασίας, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ πάντων σχεδὸν εἰδῶν καὶ γενῶν τῆς ἀκολασίας ἄσπονδον καὶ φιλίων ἁλῶν ἐπιδεᾶ τράπεζαν ἐκπεπλήρωκεν.
2:211ἧς ἀπολαύει μόνος ὥσπερ ἐν δημοθοινίᾳ ὁ βασιλεὺς Φαραώ, σπορὰν καὶ σκέδασιν καὶ φθορὰν ἐγκρατείας ἐπιτετηδευκώς· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ σκεδασμός. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ὑπέρογκον καὶ βασιλικὸν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἐφ’ οἷς εἰκὸς σωφροσύνης ἀγαθοῖς ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐν οἷς ἀπεικὸς βδελυρίας ἐπιτηδεύμασι σεμνύνεσθαι, πρὸς ἀπληστίαν καὶ λαιμαργότητα καὶ τὸ ἁβροδίαιτον ἐξοκείλαντι.
2:212τοιγάρτοι τὰ πτηνά, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶν αἱ ἐπιποτώμεναι ἔξωθεν ἀτέκμαρτοι συντυχίαι, πάντα πυρὸς τρόπον ἐπιδραμοῦνται καὶ ἀναφλέξουσι καὶ τῇ παμφάγῳ δυνάμει καταναλώσουσιν (Gen. 40, 17), ὡς μηδὲ λείψανον γοῦν ὑπολείπεσθαι πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν τῷ κανηφοροῦντι, ὃς ἤλπισε τὰς εὑρέσεις καὶ τὰς ἐπινοίας αὑτοῦ μέχρι παντὸς αἰῶνος οἴσειν ἀναφαιρέτους ἐν βεβαίῳ.
2:213χάρις δὲ τῷ νικηφόρῳ θεῷ, ὃς ἀτελεῖς τὰς εἰς ἄκρον πεποιημένας σπουδὰς τοῦ φιλοπαθοῦς ἐργάζεται, πτηνὰς φύσεις ἐπιπέμπων ἀοράτως πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν καὶ φθορὰν αὐτῶν. περισυληθεὶς οὖν ὁ νοῦς ὧν ἐδημιούργησεν, ὥσπερ τὸν αὐχένα ἀποτμηθεὶς ἀκέφαλος καὶ νεκρὸς ἀνευρεθήσεται, προσηλωμένος ὥσπερ οἱ ἀνασκολοπισθέντες τῷ ξύλῳ τῆς ἀπόρου καὶ πενιχρᾶς ἀπαιδευσίας.
2:214ἕως μὲν γὰρ μηδὲν λυμαίνεται τῶν ἐξαπιναίως εἰωθότων ἀπροοράτως ἐπιφοιτᾶν, εὐοδεῖν δοκοῦσιν αἱ πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν ἡδονῆς τέχναι· κατασκηψάντων δ’ ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς ἀνατρέπονται, καὶ ὁ δημιουργὸς αὐταῖς συνδιαφθείρεται.
2:215Τὰ μὲν οὖν τῶν διῃρημένων τὸ γεύσεως ἐργαστήριον ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τροφῆς εἴδει, πόσεώς τε καὶ βρώσεως οὐχὶ τῆς ἀναγκαίας ἀλλὰ περιττῆς καὶ ἀκράτορος, ὀνείρατα δεδήλωται· τὰ δὲ τοῦ τούτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὅσαι ψυχῆς δυνάμεις, βασιλεύειν δοκοῦντος, ὄνομα Φαραώ, κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον αὐτίκα διερευνητέον.
2:216„ἐν γὰρ τῷ ὕπνῳ μου“ φησίν „ᾤμην ἑστάναι παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ· καὶ ὥσπερ ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἀνέβαινον βόες ἑπτά, ἐκλεκταὶ ταῖς σαρξὶ καὶ καλαὶ τῷ εἴδει, καὶ ἐνέμοντο ἐν τῷ ἄχει. καὶ ἰδοὺ ἕτεραι ἑπτὰ βόες ἀνέβαινον ὀπίσω αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ, πονηραὶ καὶ αἰσχραὶ τῷ εἴδει καὶ λεπταὶ ταῖς σαρξίν, ἃς οὐκ εἶδον τοιαύτας ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ αἰσχροτέρας.
2:217καὶ κατέφαγον αἱ βόες αἱ λεπταὶ καὶ αἰσχραὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ βόας τὰς πρώτας τὰς καλὰς καὶ ἐκλεκτάς, καὶ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὰς κοιλίας αὐτῶν· καὶ οὐ διάδηλοι ἐγένοντο ὅτι εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὰς κοιλίας αὐτῶν, καὶ αἱ ὄψεις αὐτῶν αἰσχραί, καθὰ καὶ τὴν ἀρχήν [εἶπον].
2:218ἐξεγερθεὶς δὲ ἐκοιμήθην, καὶ εἶδον πάλιν ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ μου, καὶ ὡς ἑπτὰ στάχυες ἀνέβαινον ἐν πυθμένι ἑνί, πλήρεις καὶ καλοί· ἄλλοι δὲ ἑπτὰ στάχυες λεπτοὶ καὶ ἀνεμόφθοροι ἀνεφύοντο ἐχόμενοι· καὶ κατέπιον οἱ ἑπτὰ στάχυες τοὺς καλοὺς καὶ τοὺς πλήρεις“ (Gen. 41, 17 — 24).
2:219ὁρᾷς μὲν δὴ τὸ προοίμιον τοῦ φιλαύτου, ὃς κινητὸς καὶ στρεπτὸς καὶ μεταβλητὸς ὢν κατά τε σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν φησιν· „ᾤμην ἑστάναι,“ καὶ οὐκ ἐλογίσατο, ὅτι μόνῳ θεῷ τὸ ἀκλινὲς καὶ πάγιόν ἐστιν οἰκεῖον καὶ εἴ τις αὐτῷ φίλος.
Book 2, §§220–244
2:220τῆς μὲν ἀκλινοῦς περὶ αὐτὸν δυνάμεως σαφεστάτη πίστις ὅδε ὁ κόσμος, ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχων — ὁπότε δὲ ὁ κόσμος ἀρρεπής, ὁ δημιουργὸς πῶς οὐ βέβαιος; —, εἶτα μέντοι καὶ οἱ ἀψευδέστατοι μάρτυρες ἱεροὶ χρησμοί·
2:221λέγεται γὰρ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ· „ὧδε ἐγὼ ἕστηκα ἐκεῖ πρὸ τοῦ σὲ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας ἐν Χωρήβ“ (Exod. 17,6), ἴσον τῷ οὗτος ἐγὼ ὁ ἐμφανὴς καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὢν ἐκεῖ τέ εἰμι καὶ πανταχοῦ, πεπληρωκὼς τὰ πάντα, ἑστὼς ἐν ὁμοίῳ καὶ μένων, ἄτρεπτος ὤν, πρὶν ἢ σὲ ἤ τι τῶν ὄντων εἰς γένεσιν ἐλθεῖν, ἐπὶ τῆς ἀκροτάτης καὶ πρεσβυτάτης ἱδρυμένος δυνάμεως ἀρχῆς, ἀφ’ ἧς ἡ τῶν ὄντων γένεσις ὤμβρησε καὶ τὸ σοφίας ἐπλήμμυρε νᾶμα.
2:222ἐγὼ γάρ εἰμι „ὁ ἐξαγαγὼν ἐκ πέτρας ἀκροτόμου πηγὴν ὕδατος“ (Deut. 8, 15) ἐν ἑτέροις εἴρηται. μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ Μωυσῆς περὶ τοῦ μὴ τρέπεσθαι τὸ θεῖον φάσκων· „εἶδον τὸν τόπον οὗ εἱστήκει ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ“ (Exod. 24, 10), τὸ μὴ μεταβάλλειν διὰ τῆς στάσεως καὶ ἱδρύσεως αἰνιττόμενος.
2:223ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοσαύτη περὶ τὸ θεῖόν ἐστιν ὑπερβολὴ τοῦ βεβαίου, ὥστε καὶ ταῖς ἐπιλελεγμέναις φύσεσιν ἐχυρότητος, ὡς ἀρίστου κτήματος, μεταδίδωσιν. αὐτίκα γέ τοι τὴν πλήρη χαρίτων διαθήκην ἑαυτοῦ — νόμος δ’ ἐστὶ καὶ λόγος τῶν ὄντων ὁ πρεσβύτατος — ὡς ἂν ἐπὶ βάσεως τῆς τοῦ δικαίου ψυχῆς ἄγαλμα θεοειδὲς ἱδρύσεσθαι παγίως φησίν, ἐπειδὰν λέγῃ τῷ Νῶε· „στήσω τὴν διαθήκην μου πρὸς σέ“ (Gen. 9, 11).
2:224παρεμφαίνει δὲ καὶ δύο ἕτερα, ἓν μὲν ὅτι τὸ δίκαιον ἀδιαφορεῖ διαθήκης θεοῦ, ἕτερον δὲ ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι χαρίζονται τὰ διαφέροντα τῶν λαμβανόντων, ὁ δὲ θεὸς οὐ μόνον ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους ἑαυτοῖς· ἐμὲ γὰρ ἐμοὶ δεδώρηται καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν ὄντων ἑαυτῷ· τὸ γὰρ „στήσω τὴν διαθήκην μου πρὸς σὲ“ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ „σοὶ δωρήσομαι.“
2:225σπουδάζουσι δὲ καὶ πάντες οἱ θεοφιλεῖς τὸν φιλοπραγμοσύνης χειμῶνα ἀποδιδράσκοντες, ἐν ᾧ σάλος καὶ κλύδων ἀεὶ κυκᾶται, τοῖς τῆς ἀρετῆς εὐδίοις καὶ ναυλοχωτάτοις ἐνορμίζεσθαι λιμέσιν.
2:226οὐχ ὁρᾷς, οἷα περὶ Ἀβραὰμ λέγεται τοῦ σοφοῦ, ὥς ἐστιν „ἑστὼς ἐνώπιον κυρίου“ (Gen. 18, 22) ; πότε γὰρ εἰκὸς δύνασθαι στῆναι διάνοιαν μηκέθ’ ὡς ἐπὶ τρυτάνης ταλαντεύουσαν ἢ ὅτε ἀντικρύς ἐστι θεοῦ, ὁρῶσά τε καὶ ὁρωμένη;
2:227διχόθεν γὰρ αὐτῇ τὸ ἀρρεπές, ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ὁρᾶν τὸν ἀσύγκριτον, ὅτι ὑπὸ τῶν ὁμοίων πραγμάτων οὐκ ἀνθέλκεται, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὁρᾶσθαι, ὅτι ἣν ἀξίαν ἔκρινεν εἰς ὄψιν ὁ ἡγεμὼν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐλθεῖν, τῷ ἀρίστῳ μόνῳ προσεκλήρωσεν, αὑτῷ. καὶ Μωυσεῖ μέντοι θεοπρόπιον ἐχρήσθη τοιόνδε· „σὺ αὐτοῦ στῆθι μετ’ ἐμοῦ“ (Deut. 5, 31), δι’ οὗ τὰ λεχθέντα ἄμφω παρίσταται, τό τε μὴ κλίνεσθαι τὸν ἀστεῖον καὶ ἡ τοῦ ὄντος περὶ πάντα βεβαιότης.
2:228καὶ γὰρ τῷ ὄντι τὸ τῷ θεῷ συνεγγίζον οἰκειοῦται κατὰ τὸ ἄτρεπτον αὐτοστατοῦν, καὶ ἠρεμήσας ὁ νοῦς, ἡλίκον ἐστὶν ἀγαθὸν ἠρεμία, σαφῶς ἔγνω καὶ θαυμάσας αὐτῆς τὸ κάλλος ὑπέλαβεν, ὅτι ἢ θεῷ μόνῳ προσκεκλήρωται ἢ τῇ μεταξὺ φύσει θνητοῦ καὶ ἀθανάτου γένους.
2:229φησὶ γοῦν· „κἀγὼ εἱστήκειν ἀνὰ μέσον κυρίου καὶ ὑμῶν“ (Deut. 5, 5), οὐχὶ τοῦτο δηλῶν, ὅτι ἐπὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ποδῶν ἠρήρειστο, ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνο βουλόμενος ἐμφῆναι, ὅτι ἡ τοῦ σοφοῦ διάνοια χειμώνων μὲν καὶ πολέμων ἀπαλλαγεῖσα, νηνέμῳ δὲ γαλήνῃ καὶ βαθείᾳ εἰρήνῃ χρωμένη κρείττων μέν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπου, θεοῦ δὲ ἐλάττων.
2:230ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀγελαῖος ἀνθρώπειος νοῦς σείεται καὶ κυκᾶται πρὸς τῶν ἐπιτυχόντων, ὁ δ’ ἅτε μακάριος καὶ εὐδαίμων ἀμέτοχος κακῶν· μεθόριος δὲ ὁ ἀστεῖος, ὡς κυρίως εἰπεῖν μήτε θεὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι μήτε ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἄκρων ἐφαπτόμενον, ἀνθρωπότητι μὲν θνητοῦ γένους, ἀρετῇ
2:231δὲ ἀφθάρτου. τούτῳ παραπλήσιόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ χρησθὲν λόγιον ἐπὶ τοῦ μεγάλου ἱερέως· „ὅταν“ γάρ φησιν „εἰσίῃ εἰς τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων, ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἔσται, ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθῃ“ (Lev. 16, 17) ; εἰ δὲ μὴ γίνεται τότε ἄνθρωπος, δῆλον ὅτι οὐδὲ θεός, ἀλλὰ λειτουργὸς θεοῦ, κατὰ μὲν τὸ θνητὸν γενέσει, κατὰ δὲ τὸ ἀθάνατον οἰκειούμενος τῷ ἀγενήτῳ.
2:232τὴν δὲ μέσην τάξιν εἴληχεν, ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθῃ πάλιν εἰς τὰ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς οἰκεῖα. καὶ πέφυκεν οὕτως ἔχειν· ὅταν μὲν ἐξ ἔρωτος θείου κατασχεθεὶς ὁ νοῦς, συντείνας ἑαυτὸν ἄχρι τῶν ἀδύτων, ὁρμῇ καὶ σπουδῇ πάσῃ χρώμενος προέρχηται, θεοφορούμενος ἐπιλέλησται μὲν τῶν ἄλλων, ἐπιλέλησται δὲ καὶ ἑαυτοῦ, μόνου δὲ μέμνηται καὶ ἐξήρτηται τοῦ δορυφορουμένου καὶ θεραπευομένου, ᾧ τὰς ἱερὰς καὶ ἀναφεῖς καθαγιάζων ἀρετὰς ἐκθυμιᾷ.
2:233ἐπειδὰν δὲ στῇ τὸ ἐνθουσιῶδες καὶ ὁ πολὺς ἵμερος χαλάσῃ, παλινδρομήσας ἀπὸ τῶν θείων ἄνθρωπος γίνεται, τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις ἐντυχών, ἅπερ ἐν τοῖς προπυλαίοις ἐφήδρευεν,
2:234ἵνα αὐτὸ μόνον ἐκκύψαντα ἔνδοθεν ἐξαρπάσῃ. τὸν μὲν οὖν τέλειον οὔτε θεὸν οὔτε ἄνθρωπον ἀναγράφει Μωυσῆς, ἀλλ’, ὡς ἔφην, μεθόριον τῆς ἀγενήτου καὶ φθαρτῆς φύσεως· τὸν δὲ προκόπτοντα πάλιν ἐν τῇ μεταξὺ χώρᾳ ζώντων καὶ τεθνηκότων τάττει, ζῶντας μὲν καλῶν τοὺς συμβιοῦντας φρονήσει, τεθνηκότας δὲ τοὺς ἀφροσύνῃ χαίροντας.
2:235λέγεται γὰρ ἐπὶ Ἀαρὼν ὅτι „ἔστη ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν τεθνηκότων καὶ τῶν ζώντων, καὶ ἐκόπασεν ἡ θραῦσις“ (Num. 16, 48). ὁ γὰρ προκόπτων οὔτε ἐν τοῖς τεθνηκόσι τὸν ἀρετῆς βίον ἐξετάζεται, πόθον καὶ ζῆλον ἔχων τοῦ καλοῦ, οὔτε ἐν τοῖς μετὰ τῆς ἄκρας καὶ τελείας ζῶσιν εὐδαιμονίας — ἔτι γὰρ πρὸς τὸ πέρας ἐνδεῖ —, ἀλλ’ ἑκατέρων ἐφάπτεται.
2:236διὸ καὶ κυρίως ἐπιλέγεται τὸ „ἐκόπασεν ἡ θραῦσις“, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐπαύσατο· παύεται μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν τελείων τὰ περιθραύοντα καὶ κατακλῶντα καὶ καταγνύντα τὴν ψυχήν, μειοῦται δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν προκοπτόντων ὡς ἂν αὐτὸ μόνον ἀνακοπτόμενα καὶ στελλόμενα.
2:237Τῆς οὖν στάσεως καὶ ἱδρύσεως καὶ τῆς ἐν ταὐτῷ κατὰ τὸ ἀμετάβλητον καὶ ἄτρεπτον εἰς ἀεὶ μονῆς πρῶτον μὲν ὑπαρχούσης περὶ τὸ ὄν, ἔπειτα δὲ περὶ τὸν τοῦ ὄντος λόγον, ὃν διαθήκην ἐκάλεσε, τρίτον δὲ περὶ τὸν σοφὸν καὶ τέταρτον περὶ τὸν προκόπτοντα, τί παθὼν ὁ φαῦλος καὶ πάσαις ἀραῖς ἔνοχος νοῦς ᾠήθη μόνος ἵστασθαι δύνασθαι, φορούμενος ὥσπερ ἐν κατακλυσμῷ καὶ κατασυρόμενος ταῖς τῶν ἐπιρρεόντων διὰ τοῦ νεκροφορουμένου σώματος δίναις ἐπαλλήλοις;
2:238„ᾤμην“ γάρ φησιν „ἑστάναι ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ“ (Gen. 41, 17). λόγον δὲ συμβολικῶς ποταμὸν εἶναί φαμεν, ἐπειδὴ ἑκάτερος ἔξω τε φέρεται καὶ ῥέων συντόνῳ χρῆται τῷ τάχει καὶ τοτὲ μὲν εὐφορεῖ πλημμύραις ὁὁ μὲν ὕδατος, ὁὁ δὲ ῥημάτων καὶ ὀνομάτων, τοτὲ δὲ ἀφορεῖ χαλώμενος καὶ συνίζων·
2:239καὶ ὠφελοῦσι μέντοι ὁ μὲν ἄρδων τὰς ἀρούρας, ὁ δὲ τὰς τῶν φιληκόων ψυχάς, καὶ ἔστιν ὅτε βλάπτουσι κυμήναντες, ὁ μὲν τὴν ὅμορον γῆν ἐπικλύσας, ὁ δὲ ἀνακυκήσας καὶ συγχέας τὸν τῶν οὐ προσεχόντων λογισμόν. οὗτος μὲν εἰκάζεται ποταμῷ.
2:240διττὴ δὲ λόγου φύσις, ἡ μὲν ἀμείνων, ἡ δὲ χείρων, ἀμείνων μὲν ἡ ὠφελοῦσα, χείρων δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον ἡ βλάπτουσα.
2:241παραδείγματα δὲ ἑκατέρας τοῖς δυναμένοις ὁρᾶν ἀνέθηκε Μωϋσῆς ἀριδηλότατα· „ποταμὸς“ γάρ φησι "πορεύεται ἐξ Ἐδὲμ ποτίζειν τὸν παράδεισον· ἐκεῖθεν ἀφορίζεται εἰς τέσσαρας ἀρχάς“ (Gen. 2, 10).
2:242καλεῖ δὲ τὴν μὲν τοῦ ὄντος σοφίαν Ἐδέμ, ἧς ἑρμηνεία τρυφή, διότι, οἶμαι, ἐντρύφημα καὶ θεοῦ σοφία καὶ σοφίας θεός, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐν ὕμνοις ᾄδεται· „κατατρύφησον τοῦ κυρίου“ (Psalm. 36, 4). κάτεισι δὲ ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς τῆς σοφίας ποταμοῦ τρόπον ὁ θεῖος λόγος, ἵνα ἄρδῃ καὶ ποτίζῃ τὰ ὀλύμπια καὶ οὐράνια φιλαρέτων ψυχῶν βλαστήματα καὶ φυτά, ὡσανεὶ παράδεισον.
2:243ὁ δὲ ἱερὸς οὗτος λόγος ἀφορίζεται εἰς τέσσαρας ἀρχάς, λέγω δὲ εἰς τὰς τέσσαρας ἀρετὰς σχίζεται, ὧν ἑκάστη βασιλίς ἐστι· τὸ γὰρ ἀφορίζεσθαι εἰς ἀρχὰς οὐ τοπικοῖς ὅροις, ἀλλὰ βασιλείᾳ ἔοικεν, ἵν’ ἐπιδείξας τὰς ἀρετὰς εὐθὺς ἀποφήνῃ καὶ τὸν χρώμενον αὐταῖς σοφὸν βασιλέα, κεχειροτονημένον οὐ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀψευδοῦς καὶ ἀδεκάστου καὶ μόνης ἐλευθέρας φύσεως.
2:244λέγουσι γὰρ τῷ Ἀβραὰμ οἱ κατιδόντες αὐτοῦ τὸ ἀστεῖον· „βασιλεὺς παρὰ θεοῦ εἶ σὺ ἐν ἡμῖν“ (Gen. 23, 6), δόγμα τιθέμενοι τοῖς περὶ φιλοσοφίαν διατρίβουσιν, ὅτι μόνος ὁ σοφὸς ἄρχων καὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ ἀνυπεύθυνος ἀρχή τε καὶ βασιλεία.
Book 2, §§245–269
2:245τοῦτον τὸν λόγον εἰκάσας ποταμῷ τις τῶν ἑταίρων Μωυσέως ἐν ὕμνοις εἶπεν· „ὁ ποταμὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπληρώθη ὑδάτων“ (Psalm. 64, 10). καίτοι τινὰ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ῥεόντων ἄλογον κυριολογεῖσθαι· ἀλλ’, ὡς ἔοικε, πλήρη τοῦ σοφίας νάματος τὸν θεῖον λόγον διασυνίστησι, μηδὲν ἔρημον καὶ κενὸν ἑαυτοῦ μέρος ἔχοντα, μᾶλλον δέ, ὡς εἶπέ τις, ὅλον δι’ ὅλων ἀναχεόμενον καὶ αἰρόμενον εἰς ὕψος διὰ τὴν συνεχῆ καὶ ἐπάλληλον τῆς ἀεννάου πηγῆς ἐκείνης φοράν.
2:246ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἕτερον ᾆσμα τοιοῦτον· „τὸ ὅρμημα τοῦ ποταμοῦ εὐφραίνει τὴν πόλιν τοῦ θεοῦ“ (Psalm. 45, 5). ποίαν πόλιν; ἡ γὰρ νῦν οὖσα ἱερὰ πόλις, ἐν ᾗ καὶ ἅγιος νεώς ἐστι, μακρὰν ὥσπερ θαλάττης καὶ ποταμῶν συνῴκισται· ὡς δῆλον εἶναι, ὅτι τοῦ προφανοῦς ἕτερόν τι βούλεται δι’ ὑπονοιῶν παραστῆσαι.
2:247τῷ γὰρ ὄντι τοῦ θείου λόγου ῥύμη * * * καὶ συνεχῶς μεθ’ ὁρμῆς ἐν τάξει φερομένη πάντα διὰ πάντων ἀναχεῖ τε καὶ εὐφραίνει.
2:248πόλιν γὰρ θεοῦ καθ’ ἕνα μὲν τρόπον τὸν κόσμον καλεῖ, ὃς ὅλον τὸν κρατῆρα τοῦ θείου πόματος δεξάμενος ἠκρατίσατο καὶ γανωθεὶς ἀναφαιρέτου καὶ ἀσβέστου τῆς εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν [ἐπὶ τὸν] αἰῶνα εὐφροσύνης ἐπέλαχε, καθ’ ἕτερον δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ σοφοῦ, ᾗ λέγεται καὶ ἐμπεριπατεῖν ὁ θεὸς ὡς ἐν πόλει· „περιπατήσω” γάρ φησιν „ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ ἔσομαι [ἐν] ὑμῶν θεός“ (Lev. 26, 12).
2:249καὶ ψυχῇ δ’ εὐδαίμονι τὸ ἱερώτατον ἔκπωμα προτεινούσῃ τὸν ἑαυτῆς λογισμὸν τίς ἐπιχεῖ τοὺς ἱεροὺς κυάθους τῆς πρὸς ἀλήθειαν εὐφροσύνης, ὅτι μὴ ὁ οἰνοχόος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ συμποσίαρχος λόγος, οὐ διαφέρων τοῦ πόματος, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς ἄκρατος ὤν, τὸ γάνωμα, τὸ ἥδυσμα, ἡ ἀνάχυσις, ἡ εὐθυμία, τὸ χαρᾶς, τὸ εὐφροσύνης ἀμβρόσιον, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ποιητικοῖς ὀνόμασι χρησώμεθα, φάρμακον;
2:250ἡ δὲ θεοῦ πόλις ὑπὸ Ἑβραίων Ἱερουσαλὴμ καλεῖται, ἧς μεταληφθὲν τοὔνομα ὅρασίς ἐστιν εἰρήνης. ὥστε μὴ ζήτει τὴν τοῦ ὄντος πόλιν ἐν κλίμασι γῆς — οὐ γὰρ ἐκ ξύλων ἢ λίθων δεδημιούργηται —, ἀλλ’ ἐν ψυχῇ ἀπολέμῳ καὶ ὀξυδορκούσῃ τέλος προτεθειμένῃ τὸν [δὲ] θεωρητικὸν καὶ εἰρηναῖον βίον.
2:251ἐπεὶ καὶ τίνα σεμνότερον καὶ ἁγιώτερον εὕροι τις ἂν οἶκον ἐν τοῖς οὖσι θεῷ ἢ φιλοθεάμονα διάνοιαν, πάνθ’ ὁρᾶν ἐπειγομένην καὶ μηδὲ ὄναρ στάσεως ἢ ταραχῆς ἐφιεμένην;
2:252ὑπηχεῖ δέ μοι πάλιν τὸ εἰωθὸς ἀφανῶς ἐνομιλεῖν πνεῦμα ἀόρατον καί φησιν· ὦ οὗτος, ἔοικας ἀνεπιστήμων εἶναι καὶ μεγάλου καὶ περιμαχήτου πράγματος, ὅπερ ἀφθόνως — πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ ἄλλα εὐκαίρως ὑφηγησάμην — ἀναδιδάξω.
2:253ἴσθι δή, ὦ γενναῖε, ὅτι θεὸς μόνος ἡ ἀψευδεστάτη καὶ πρὸς ἀλήθειάν ἐστιν εἰρήνη, ἡ δὲ γενητὴ καὶ φθαρτὴ οὐσία πᾶσα συνεχὴς πόλεμος. καὶ γὰρ ὁ μὲν θεὸς ἑκούσιον, ἀνάγκη δὲ ἡ οὐσία· ὃς ἂν οὖν ἰσχύσῃ πόλεμον μὲν καὶ ἀνάγκην καὶ γένεσιν καὶ φθορὰν καταλιπεῖν, αὐτομολῆσαι δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἀγένητον, πρὸς τὸ ἄφθαρτον, πρὸς τὸ ἑκούσιον, πρὸς εἰρήνην, λέγοιτ’ ἂν ἐνδίκως ἐνδιαίτημα καὶ πόλις εἶναι θεοῦ.
2:254μηδὲν οὖν διαφερέτω σοι ἢ ὅρασιν εἰρήνης ἢ ὅρασιν θεοῦ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑποκείμενον ὀνομάζειν, ὅτι δὲ τῶν πολυωνύμων τοῦ ὄντος δυνάμεων οὐ θιασώτης μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔξαρχός ἐστιν εἰρήνης.
2:255καὶ Ἀβραὰμ μέντοι τῷ σοφῷ δώσειν φησὶ κλῆρον γῆς „ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ Αἰγύπτου ἕως τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου Εὐφράτου" (Gen. 15, 18), οὐ χώρας ἀποτομὴν μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν περὶ αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς ἀμείνω μοῖραν. Αἰγύπτου μὲν γὰρ ἀπεικάζεται ποταμῷ τὸ ἡμέτερον σῶμα καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγγινόμενα πάθη, τῷ δὲ Εὐφράτῃ ψυχὴ καὶ τὰ φίλα ταύτῃ.
2:256δόγμα δὴ τίθεται βιωφελέστατον καὶ συνεκτικώτατον, ὅτι ὁ σπουδαῖος κλῆρον ἔλαχε ψυχὴν καὶ τὰς ψυχῆς ἀρετάς, ὥσπερ ὁ φαῦλος ἔμπαλιν σῶμα καὶ τὰς σώματος καὶ διὰ σώματος κακίας.
2:257τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ δύο δηλοῖ, ἓν μὲν τὸ σὺν ἐκείνῳ ἀφ’ οὗ λέγεται, ἕτερον δὲ τὸ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ. ὅταν μὲν γὰρ λέγωμεν ἀπὸ πρωΐας ἄχρις ἑσπέρας ὥρας εἶναι δώδεκα καὶ ἀπὸ νεομηνίας ἄχρι τριακάδος ἡμέρας τριάκοντα, συγκατατάττομεν τήν τε πρώτην ὥραν καὶ τὴν νεομηνίαν· ὅταν δέ τις ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως φῇ τὸν ἀγρὸν ἀπέχειν σταδίους τρεῖς ἢ τέτταρας, δίχα τῆς πόλεως δήπου φησίν.
2:258ὥστε καὶ νῦν τὸ „ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ Αἰγύπτου“ νομιστέον τὸ χωρὶς ἐκείνου παραλαμβάνεσθαι· βούλεται γὰρ διοικίσας ἡμᾶς τῶν σωματικῶν, ἅπερ ἐν ῥύσει καὶ φθορᾷ φθειρομένῃ καὶ φθειρούσῃ θεωρεῖται, κλῆρον ψυχῆς λαβεῖν μετὰ τῶν ἀφθάρτων καὶ ἀφθαρσίας ἀξίων ἀρετῶν.
2:259οὕτω μέντοι τὸ εἰκάσθαι ποταμῷ λόγον ἐπαινετὸν ἰχνηλατοῦντες εὑρήκαμεν. ὁ δὲ ψεκτὸς αὐτὸς ἄρα ἦν ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ποταμός, ἀνάγωγός τις καὶ ἀμαθής, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἄψυχος λόγος· οὗ χάριν καὶ εἰς αἷμα μεταβάλλει (Exod. 7, 20), τρέφειν οὐ δυνάμενος — ὁ γὰρ ἀπαιδευσίας λόγος οὐ πότιμος — καὶ εὐτοκεῖ μέντοι βατράχοις (Exod. 8,6) ἀναίμοις καὶ ἀψύχοις, καινὸν καὶ τραχὺν ἦχον, ἄλγημα ἀκοῆς, ἀπηχοῦσι.
2:260λέγεται δέ, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἐν αὐτῷ πάντες ἰχθύες ἐφθάρησαν (Exod. 7, 21), οἳ συμβολικῶς εἰσι τὰ νοήματα· ταῦτα γὰρ ἐννήχεται καὶ ἐγγίνεται ὡς ἐν ποταμῷ τῷ λόγῳ, ζῴοις ἐοικότα καὶ ψυχοῦντα αὐτόν· ἐν δὲ ἀπαιδεύτῳ λόγῳ τέθνηκε τὰ ἐνθυμήματα· συνετὸν γὰρ οὐδὲν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν, ἀλλὰ κολῳῶν τινας ἀκόσμους καὶ ἀμετροεπεῖς, ὡς εἶπέ τις, φωνάς.
2:261Περὶ μὲν δὴ τούτων ἅλις. ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐ μόνον στάσιν καὶ ποταμόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χείλη ποταμοῦ φαντασιωθῆναι ὁμολογεῖ φάσκων· „ᾤμην ἑστάναι παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ“ (Gen. 41, 17), ἀναγκαῖον ἂν εἴη καὶ περὶ χείλους τὰ καίρια ὑπομνῆσαι.
2:262φαίνεται τοίνυν ἕνεκα δυεῖν τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων ἡ φύσις χείλη ζῴοις καὶ μάλιστα ἀνθρώποις ἁρμόσασθαι· ἑνὸς μὲν ἡσυχίας — ἔρυμα γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ φραγμὸς ὀχυρώτατος φωνῆς —, ἑτέρου δὲ ἑρμηνείας· διὰ γὰρ τούτων τὸ τῶν λόγων νᾶμα φέρεται· συναχθέντων μὲν γὰρ ἐπέχεται, φέρεσθαι δ’ ἀμήχανον μὴ διαστάντων.
2:263ἐκ δὲ τούτου γυμνάζει καὶ συγκροτεῖ πρὸς ἄμφω, τὸ λέγειν καὶ ἡσυχάζειν, ἑκατέρου τὸν ἁρμόττοντα καιρὸν παραφυλάττοντας. οἷον ἀκοῆς ἄξιόν τι λέγεται; πρόσεχε μηδὲν ἐναντιούμενος ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ κατὰ τὸ Μωυσέως παράγγελμα, τὸ „σιώπα καὶ ἄκουε“ (Deut. 27, 9).
2:264τῶν γὰρ εἰς τὰς ἐριστικὰς γνωσιμαχίας ἀφικνουμένων οὐδ’ ἂν εἷς κυρίως οὔτε λέγειν οὔτ’ ἀκούειν νομισθείη, τῷ δὲ μέλλοντι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν * * * ὠφέλιμον.
2:265πάλιν ὅταν ἴδῃς ἐν τοῖς τοῦ βίου πολέμοις καὶ κακοῖς τὴν ἵλεω τοῦ θεοῦ χεῖρα καὶ δύναμιν ὑπερέχουσαν καὶ προασπίζουσαν, ἠρέμησον· οὐ γὰρ δεῖται συμμαχίας ὁ βοηθὸς οὗτος. ἔστι δὲ καὶ τούτου δεῖγμα τὸ ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἀναγραφαῖς κατακείμενον, τὸ „κύριος πολεμήσει ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑμεῖς σιγήσεσθε“ (Exod. 14, 14).
2:266ἐάν γε μὴν ἴδῃς τὰ γνήσια ἔγγονα καὶ πρωτότοκα Αἰγύπτου φθειρόμενα (Exod. 11, 5), τὸ ἐπιθυμεῖν, τὸ ἥδεσθαι, τὸ λυπεῖσθαι, τὸ φοβεῖσθαι, τὸ ἀδικεῖν, τὸ ἀφραίνειν, τὸ ἀκολασταίνειν καὶ ὅσα τούτων ἀδελφὰ καὶ συγγενῆ, καταπλαγεὶς ἡσύχαζε, τὸ φοβερὸν τοῦ θεοῦ κράτος ὑποπτήξας.
2:267„οὐ γὰρ γρύξει“ φησί „κύων τῇ γλώσσῃ, οὐδ’ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους“ (ibid. 7), ἴσον τῷ οὔτε τὴν κυνώδη γλῶσσαν ὑλακτοῦσάν τε καὶ κράζουσαν οὔτε τὸν ἐν ἡμῖν ἄνθρωπον, ἡγεμόνα νοῦν, οὔτε τὸ κτηνῶδες θρέμμα, τὴν αἴσθησιν, προσήκει γαυριᾶν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τοῦ παρ’ ἡμᾶς ὅλον ἔξωθεν τὸ συμμαχικὸν αὐτοκέλευστον ὑπερασπιοῦν ἥκῃ.
2:268πολλοὶ δὲ συμβαίνουσι καιροὶ μὴ ἐφαρμόζοντες ἡσυχίᾳ, τὰς δὲ καταλογάδην ῥήσεις ἐπιζητοῦντες· ὧν πάλιν ἰδεῖν ἔστιν ἀνακείμενα ὑπομνήματα. πῶς; ἀγαθοῦ τις γέγονεν ἀπροσδόκητος μετουσία; καλὸν οὖν εὐχαριστῆσαι καὶ τὸν ἐπιπέμψαντα ὑμνῆσαι. τί οὖν τὸ ἀγαθόν;
2:269τέθνηκε τὸ ἐπιτιθέμενον ἡμῖν πάθος καὶ πρηνὲς ἄταφον ἔρριπται; μὴ μέλλωμεν οὖν, ἀλλὰ χορὸν στησάμενοι τὴν ἱεροπρεπεστάτην ᾄδωμεν ᾠδήν, παρακελευόμενοι λέγειν πᾶσιν· „ᾄσωμεν τῷ κυρίῳ, ἐνδόξως γὰρ δεδόξασται· ἵππον καὶ ἀναβάτην ἔρριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν“ (Exod. 15, 1).
Book 2, §§270–294
2:270ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἡ μὲν τοῦ πάθους φθορὰ καὶ μετανάστασις ἀγαθόν, ἀλλ’ οὐ τέλειον ἀγαθόν· ἡ δὲ σοφίας εὕρεσις ὑπερβάλλον καλόν· ἧς εὑρεθείσης ἅπας ὁ λεὼς οὐ καθ’ ἓν μέρος μουσικῆς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πάσας αὐτῆς τὰς ἁρμονίας καὶ μελῳδίας ᾄσεται.
2:271„τότε“ γάρ φησιν „ᾖσεν Ἰσραὴλ τὸ ᾆσμα τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ φρέατος“ (Num. 21, 17), λέγω δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς πάλαι μὲν κεκρυμμένης, ἀναζητηθείσης δὲ αὖθις καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἀνευρημένης βαθείας τὴν φύσιν ἐπιστήμης, ᾗ νόμος τὰς τῶν φιλοθεαμόνων ἄρδειν λογικὰς ἐν ψυχαῖς ἀρούρας.
2:272τί δέ; ὅταν συγκομίσωμεν τὸν γνήσιον διανοίας καρπόν, οὐ παραγγέλλει ἡμῖν ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος ὥσπερ ἐν καρτάλῳ (Deut. 26, 2. 4) τῷ λογισμῷ τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τῆς εὐφορίας ὧν ἤνθησεν, ὧν ἐβλάστησεν, ὧν ἐκαρποφόρησεν ἡ ψυχὴ καλῶν, ἐπιδεικνυμένους ἄντικρυς οὕτω ῥητορεύειν, τὰ εἰς τὸν τελεσφόρον θεὸν ἐγκώμια λέγοντας· „ἐξεκάθηρα τὰ ἅγια ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας μου“ (ibid. 13) καὶ ἐταμιευσάμην ἐν τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ οἴκῳ, ταμίας καὶ φύλακας αὐτῶν ἐπιστήσας τοὺς ἀριστίνδην ἐπιλελεγμένους πρὸς τὴν ἱερὰν νεωκορίαν.
2:273οὗτοι δέ εἰσι Λευῖται καὶ προσήλυτοι καὶ ὀρφανοὶ καὶ χῆραι (ibid.)· οἱ μὲν ἱκέται, οἱ δὲ μετανάσται καὶ πρόσφυγες, οἱ δὲ ἀπωρφανισμένοι καὶ κεχηρευκότες γενέσεως, θεὸν δὲ τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς θεραπευτρίδος ἄνδρα καὶ πατέρα γνήσιον ἐπιγεγραμμένοι.
2:274τοῦτον μὲν δὴ τὸν τρόπον καὶ λέγειν καὶ ἡσυχάζειν ἐμπρεπέστατον. τὸ δὲ ἐναντίον μεμελετήκασιν οἱ φαῦλοι· καὶ γὰρ ἡσυχίας ἐπιλήπτου καὶ ἑρμηνείας ὑπαιτίου ζηλωταὶ γεγόνασιν, ἑκάτερον ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ ἑαυτῶν τε καὶ ἑτέρων συγκροτοῦντες.
2:275τὸ δὲ πλέον ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς τῆς ἀσκήσεως ἐν τῷ λέγειν ἃ μὴ δεῖ· τὸ γὰρ στόμα διανοίξαντες καὶ ἐάσαντες ἀχαλίνωτον, καθάπερ ῥεῦμα ἀκατάσχετον, φέρεσθαι τὸν ἀκριτόμυθον, ᾗ φασιν οἱ ποιηταί, λόγον ἱᾶσι, μυρία τῶν ἀλυσιτελῶν προσεπισύροντα.
2:276τοιγαροῦν οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ συνηγορίαν ἡδονῆς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας καὶ πάσης πλεοναζούσης ὁρμῆς ἐτράποντο, ἄλογον πάθος ἐπιτειχίζοντες ἡγεμόνι λογισμῷ, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἐριστικαῖς φιλονεικίαις ἐπαποδυσάμενοι αποδυσάμενοι συνεπλάκησαν, ἐλπίσαντες τὸ ὁρατικὸν πηρῶσαι γένος καὶ κατὰ κρημνῶν καὶ βαράθρων, ἐξ ὧν οὐδ’ ἂν ἔτι γένοιτο διαναστῆναι, δυνήσεσθαι ῥῖψαι.
2:277ἔνιοι δὲ οὐ μόνον ἀντιπάλους ἑαυτοὺς τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἀπέφηναν ἀρετῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς θείας· ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἀπονοίας ἤλασαν. τοῦ μὲν οὖν φιλοπαθοῦς ἔξαρχος ἀναγράφεται θιάσου τῆς Αἰγυπτίας χώρας ὁ βασιλεύς, Φαραώ· λέγεται γὰρ τῷ προφήτῃ· „ἰδοὺ αὐτὸς ἐκπορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ στήσῃ συναντῶν αὐτῷ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ“ (Exod. 7, 15).
2:278τοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἴδιον ἐπὶ τὴν φορὰν καὶ ἀνάχυσιν ἀεὶ τοῦ ἀλόγου πάθους ἐξιέναι· τοῦ δὲ σοφοῦ πολλῷ ῥέοντι τοῖς ὑπὲρ ἡδονῆς καὶ ἐπιθυμίας λόγοις ὑπαντιάσαι οὐ τοῖς ποσίν, ἀλλὰ τῇ γνώμῃ, βεβαίως καὶ ἀκλινῶς, ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμίου χείλους, τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος καὶ τῆς γλώττης, ἅπερ ἦν ὄργανα λόγου· παγίως γὰρ ἐπιβὰς αὐτοῖς δυνήσεται τὰς συνηγορούσας τῷ πάθει πιθανότητας ἀνατρέψαι καὶ καταβαλεῖν.
2:279ὁὁ δὲ τοῦ ὁρατικοῦ γένους ἐχθρὸς ὁὁ τοῦ Φαραὼ λαός ἐστιν, ὃς ἐπιτιθέμενος καὶ διώκων καὶ δουλούμενος ἀρετὴν οὐκ ἐπαύσατο, ἕως κακὰς ὧν διέθηκε τὰς ἀμοιβὰς εὕρατο, πελάγει τῶν ἀδικημάτων καὶ τρικυμίαις, ἃς τὸ λυττῶν πάθος ἀνήγειρε, καταποντωθείς, ὡς ὑπερβάλλουσαν θέαν καὶ νίκην ἀνανταγώνιστον καὶ χαρὰν ἐλπίδος μείζονα τὸν καιρὸν ἐνεγκεῖν ἐκεῖνον.
2:280διὸ λέγεται· „εἶδεν Ἰσραὴλ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους τεθνηκότας παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης“ (Exod. 14, 30). μεγάλη γε ἡ ὑπέρμαχος χείρ, ἀναγκάζουσα παρὰ στόματι καὶ χείλεσι καὶ λόγῳ πίπτειν τοὺς τὰ ὄργανα ταῦτα κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀκονησαμένους, ἵνα μὴ ὀθνείοις ἀλλὰ ἰδίοις ὅπλοις οἱ καθ’ ἑτέρων ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὰ θνῄσκωσι.
2:281τρία δ’ εὐαγγελίζεται τῇ ψυχῇ τὰ κάλλιστα, ἓν μὲν ἀπώλειαν Αἰγυπτιακῶν παθῶν, ἕτερον δὲ τὸ μὴ παρ’ ἑτέρῳ χωρίῳ, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἁλμυρᾶς καὶ πικρᾶς πηγῆς, ὡς ἂν θαλάττης, χείλεσι, δι’ ὧν ὁ πολέμιος ἀρετῆς σοφιστὴς λόγος ἐξεκέχυτο, τελευταῖον δὲ τὴν θέαν τοῦ πτώματος.
2:282μηδὲν γὰρ ἀόρατον εἴη καλόν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς * * * καὶ λαμπρὸν ἥλιον ἄγοιτο· καὶ γὰρ τοὐναντίον εἰς βαθὺ σκότος καὶ * * * ἄξιον τὸ κακόν. καὶ τοῦτο μὲν μηδ’ ἐκ τύχης ἰδεῖν ποτε γένοιτο, τὸ δὲ ἀγαθὸν μείζοσιν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀεὶ περιαθροῖτο. τί δὲ οὕτως ἀγαθόν, ὡς ζῆσαι τὰ καλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν τὰ φαῦλα;
2:283τρεῖς τοίνυν ἦσαν οἱ τὴν τῶν λόγων δεινότητα μέχρις οὐρανοῦ τείναντες. οὗτοι μελέτην κατὰ τῆς φύσεως, μᾶλλον δὲ κατὰ τῆς ἑαυτῶν ψυχῆς ἐμελέτησαν φάσκοντες, μόνον εἶναι τὸ αἰσθητὸν καὶ ὁρώμενον τοῦτο, οὔτε γενόμενόν ποτε οὔτ’ αὖθις φθαρησόμενον, ἀγένητον δὲ καὶ ἄφθαρτον, ἀνεπιτρόπευτον, ἀκυβέρνητον, ἀπροστασίαστον.
2:284εἶτ’ ἐπ’ ἄλλοις ἄλλα συνθέντες ἐπιχειρήματα, δόγμα ἀδόκιμον οἰκοδομοῦντες εἰς ὕψος οἷα πύργον ἐξῆραν. λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „ἦν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ χεῖλος ἕν“ (Gen. 11,1), συμφωνία τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς μερῶν πάντων ἀσύμφωνος ἐπὶ τῷ κινῆσαι τὸ συνεκτικώτατον ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν, ἀρχήν.
2:285τοιγαροῦν ἐλπίσαντας αὐτοὺς εἰς οὐρανὸν ταῖς ἐπινοίαις ἀναδραμεῖσθαι ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῆς αἰωνίου βασιλείας ἡ μεγάλη καὶ ἀκαθαίρετος καταβάλλει χείρ, καὶ τὸ οἰκοδομηθὲν δόγμα συνανατρέψασα.
2:286κέκληται δὲ ὁ τόπος „σύγχυσις“, οἰκεῖον ὄνομα τῷ καινουργηθέντι τολμήματι. τί γὰρ ἀναρχίας συγχυτικώτερον; οὐκ οἰκίαι μὲν ἀνηγεμόνευτοι προσκρουσμάτων γέμουσι καὶ ταραχῆς; ἀβασίλευτοι δ’ ἐαθεῖσαι πόλεις ὑπὸ ὀχλοκρατίας, ἐναντίου καὶ μεγίστου, φθείρονται;
2:287καὶ χῶραι δὲ καὶ ἔθνη καὶ κλίματα γῆς, ὧν ἀρχαὶ κατελύθησαν, οὐ παλαιὰς καὶ μεγάλας εὐδαιμονίας ἀπέβαλον; καὶ τί δεῖ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα λέγεσθαι;
2:288οὐδὲ γὰρ αἱ ἄλλαι τῶν ζῴων ἀγέλαι, πτηνῶν, χερσαίων, ἐνύδρων, ἄνευ τινὸς ἀγελάρχου συνεστᾶσιν, ἀλλὰ ποθοῦσι καὶ περιέπουσιν αἰεὶ τὸν οἰκεῖον ἡγεμόνα, ὡς μόνον ἀγαθῶν αἴτιον, οὗ κατὰ τὴν ἀπουσίαν σκεδάννυνται καὶ διαφθείρονται.
2:289εἶτ’ οἰόμεθα τοῖς μὲν περιγείοις, ἃ βραχυτάτη μοῖρα τοῦ παντός ἐστιν, ἀρχὴν μὲν ἀγαθῶν, ἀναρχίαν δὲ κακῶν εἶναι αἰτίαν, τὸν δὲ κόσμον οὐ διὰ τὴν τοῦ βασιλεύοντος θεοῦ προήγησιν εὐδαιμονίας τῆς ἄκρας πεπληρῶσθαι;
2:290δίκην οὖν ἁρμόττουσαν οἷς ἐτίθεντο διδόασι· φύραντες γὰρ τὸ ἱερὸν περὶ * * * ἀναρχίας φυρόμενοι ἐπεῖδον, συγχυθέντες οὐ συγχέαντες. ἕως δὲ οὔπω τιμωρίαν δεδώκασιν, ὑπὸ φρενοβλαβείας φυσώμενοι τὴν μὲν τῶν ὅλων ἀρχὴν ἀνοσίοις λόγοις καθαιροῦσιν, αὑτοὺς δὲ ἄρχοντας καὶ βασιλέας ἀναγράφουσι, τὸ ἀκαθαίρετον τοῦ θεοῦ κράτος γενέσει τῇ ἀδιαστάτως ἀπολλυμένῃ καὶ
2:291φθειρομένῃ περιάπτοντες. ἐπιτραγῳδοῦντες γοῦν καὶ ἐπικομπάζοντες εἰώθασιν οἱ καταγέλαστοι λέγειν ταῦτα· ἡμεῖς οἱ ἡγεμόνες, ἡμεῖς οἱ δυναστεύοντες· ἐφ’ ἡμῖν ὁρμεῖ τὰ πάντα· ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων τίνες αἴτιοι ὅτι μὴ ἡμεῖς; τὸ εὖ καὶ κακῶς ἐργάσασθαι τίσιν ὅτι μὴ ἡμῖν ἀψευδέστατα ἀνάκειται; φλυαροῦσι δὲ ἄλλως οἱ δυνάμεως ἀοράτου τὰ πάντα φάσκοντες ἐξῆφθαι, ἣν πρυτανεύειν τῶν κατὰ τὸν κόσμον ἀνθρωπείων τε καὶ θείων νομίζουσι.
2:292τοιαῦτα καταλαζονευσάμενοι, ἐὰν μὲν ὥσπερ ἐκ μέθης νήψαντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς γένωνται καὶ τῆς παροινίας, ἣν παρῴνησαν, εἰς αἴσθησιν ἐλθόντες αἰδεσθῶσι καὶ κακίσωσιν ἑαυτοὺς ἐφ’ οἷς ὑπ’ ἀγνώμονος γνώμης ἐξαμαρτάνειν προήχθησαν, ἀκολακεύτῳ καὶ ἀδεκάστῳ χρησάμενοι συμβούλῳ μετανοίᾳ, τὴν ἵλεω τοῦ ὄντος δύναμιν ἐξευμενισάμενοι παλινῳδίαις ἀντὶ βεβήλων ἱεραῖς, ἀμνηστίαν εὑρήσονται παντελῆ.
2:293ἐὰν δὲ ἀφηνιασταὶ καὶ σκληραύχενες μέχρι τοῦ παντὸς γενόμενοι σκιρτῶσιν, ὡς αὐτόνομοι καὶ ἐλεύθεροι καὶ ἑτέρων ἡγεμόνες ὄντες, ἀπαραιτήτῳ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ ἀμειλίκτῳ τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἐν ἅπασι μικροῖς τε καὶ μεγάλοις οὐδένειαν αἰσθήσονται.
2:294ὁ γὰρ ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἡνίοχος ὡς ἅρματι πτηνῷ τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ χαλινὸν ἐμβαλὼν καὶ τὸ κεχαλασμένον τῶν ἡνιῶν ὀπίσω βίᾳ τείνας καὶ τοὺς κημοὺς ἐπισφίγξας, μάστιξι καὶ κέντροις ἀναμνήσει τῆς δεσποτικῆς ἐξουσίας, ἧς ἐπελάθοντο διὰ τὸ χρηστὸν καὶ ἥμερον τοῦ κρατοῦντος ὥσπερ οἱ κακοὶ δοῦλοι.
Book 2, §§295–302
2:295τὸ γὰρ τῶν δεσποτῶν ἐπιεικὲς εἰς ἀναρχίαν ἐκτρέποντες ἐπιμορφάζουσι τὸ ἀδέσποτον, μέχρις ἂν τὴν ῥοώδη τε καὶ πολλὴν αὐτῶν νόσον, ἀντὶ φαρμάκων τὰς τιμωρίας προσφέρων, ὁ κεκτημένος ἐπισχῇ.
2:296διὸ λέγεται· „ψυχὴ ἄνομος ἡ διαστέλλουσα τοῖς χείλεσι κακοποιῆσαι ἢ καλῶς ποιῆσαι· εἶθ’ ὕστερον ἐξαγορεύσει τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἑαυτῆς“ (Lev. 5, 4). τί φῄς, ὦ γέμουσα ἀλαζονείας; οἶδας γάρ, τί ἐστι τὸ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀγαθὸν ἢ καλὸν ἢ δίκαιον ἢ ὅσιον ἢ τίνα τίσιν ἐφαρμόττει;
2:297ἡ τούτων ἐπιστήμη τε καὶ δύναμις ἀνάκειται μόνῳ θεῷ, καὶ εἴ τις αὐτῷ φίλος. μάρτυς δὲ καὶ χρησμός, ἐν ᾧ λέγεται· „ἐγὼ ἀποκτενῶ καὶ ζῆν ποιήσω· πατάξω κἀγὼ ἰάσομαι“ (Deut. 32, 39).
2:298ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδὲ ἐπιπόλαιον ἔσχεν ἡ δοκησίσοφος ψυχὴ τὴν τῶν ὑπὲρ ἑαυτὴν ὀνείρωξιν, ἀλλ’ οὕτως ἡ δυστυχὴς ἐξηνεμώθη, ὡς καὶ ἐνώμοτον γενέσθαι περὶ τοῦ βεβαίως καὶ παγίως ταῦθ’ ἑστάναι, ἃ ψευδῶς ὑπέλαβεν.
2:299ἐὰν οὖν τὸ παλμῶδες καὶ παφλάζον τοῦ νοσήματος ἄρξηται χαλᾶν, τὰ τῆς ὑγείας ἐμπυρεύματα κατ’ ὀλίγον ἐκζωπυρούμενα βιάσεται τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐξαγορεῦσαι τὸ ἁμάρτημα, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ κακίσαι ἑαυτήν, εἶτα πρὸς βωμοῖς ἱκέτιν γενέσθαι, ποτνιωμένην λιταῖς καὶ εὐχαῖς καὶ θυσίαις, αἷς ἀμνηστίας μόναις ἐπιλαχεῖν ἔστιν.
2:300Ἑξῆς δ’ ἄν τις εἰκότως ἐπαπορήσειε, τί δή ποτε τὸν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ποταμὸν μόνον ἀνέγραψεν ἔχοντα χείλη, τὸν δ’ Εὐφράτην ἤ τινα τῶν ἄλλων ἱερῶν ποταμῶν οὐκέτι. ὅπου μὲν γάρ φησι· „στήσῃ συναντῶν αὐτῷ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τοῦ ποταμοῦ“ (Exod. 7, 15) * * *.
2:301καίτοι τινὲς ἴσως ἐπιχλευάζοντες ἐροῦσι, μὴ δεῖν τὰ τοιαῦτα εἰς τὰς ζητήσεις εἰσάγειν· γλισχρολογίαν γὰρ μᾶλλον ἢ ὠφέλειάν τινα ἐμφαίνειν. ἐγὼ δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἡδυσμάτων τρόπον παρηρτύσθαι ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἀναγραφαῖς βελτιώσεως ἕνεκα τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων ὑπολαμβάνω· καὶ οὐδεμίαν τῶν ζητούντων καταγνωστέον εὑρεσιλογίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰ μὴ ζητοῖεν, ἔμπαλιν ἀργίαν.
2:302οὐδὲ γὰρ περὶ ποταμῶν ἐστιν ἱστορίας ἡ παροῦσα σπουδή, περὶ δὲ βίων τῶν εἰκαζομένων ποταμίοις ῥεύμασιν, ἐναντιουμένων ἀλλήλοις. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ σπουδαίου βίος ἐν ἔργοις, ἐν λόγοις δὲ ὁ τοῦ φαύλου θεωρεῖται. λόγος δὲ γλώττῃ καὶ στόματι καὶ χείλεσι καὶ τοῖς * * *.